Pindar — Epinikia with the Ancient Scholia

A reading edition of Pindar's four books of epinikia — Olympian, Pythian, Nemean, and Isthmian — set beside the line-by-line scholia vetera transmitted in the medieval manuscripts and edited by A. B. Drachmann (Teubner, 1903–1927).

Where one survives, each ode opens with an Argumentum: a brief ancient preface on the victor, the games, and the metre. The Greek and English then run side by side in matching paragraphs. A small σN tag beside a line marks how many ancient notes survive on it; the Scholia panel beneath each paragraph opens to reveal them.

English translations: The default is Diane Arnson Svarlien's modern verse rendering (1990), aligned line-for-line with the Greek; the toggle at the top switches to Ernest Myers' Victorian prose (1874, public domain), distributed proportionally across the Greek line ranges.

Sources & licence. Greek text: PerseusDL / canonical-greekLit (after Snell–Maehler), CC BY-SA 4.0 · English translation: Diane Arnson Svarlien (1990), via Perseus, CC BY-SA 4.0 · Alternate translation: Ernest Myers, The Extant Odes of Pindar (Macmillan, 1874; rev. 1904), Public Domain (Project Gutenberg #10717) · Scholia vetera: A. B. Drachmann, Scholia Vetera in Pindari Carmina (Teubner, 1903–1927), via OpenGreekAndLatin / First1KGreek, CC BY-SA 4.0.

Translation Diane Arnson Svarlien, 1990 · CC BY-SA 4.0 (via Perseus) Ernest Myers, 1874 · Public Domain (Project Gutenberg #10717)

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 1

Olympian 1 — for Ἱέρωνι Συρακουσίῳ

κέλητι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 116 lines · 344 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen I.

metr. Πινδάρου ἐπίνικοι Ὀλυμπιονίκαις. Ἱέρωνι Συρακουσίῳ κέλητι. Τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἐπινίκοις τοῖς ὑπὸ Πινδάρου γεγραμμένοις εἰς τοὺς Ὀλυμπιονίκας πρώτη ᾠδὴ ἐπῳδική ἐστι τριαδικὴ περικοπῶν δ΄. καὶ ἔστιν ἡ πρώτη στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ιζ΄, ἡ δὲ ἐπωδὸς κώλων ιγ΄. ((Phoen. 239)) τῆς στροφῆς καὶ ἀντιστρόφου τὸ α΄ Γλυκώνειον. τὸ Γλυκώνειον μέτρον, τὸ καὶ ἀντισπαστικὸν, ἐστὶ τετρασύλλαβον, συγκείμενον ἐκ βραχείας καὶ δύο μακρῶν καὶ βραχείας, οἷον Ἀρίσταρχος· ὠνόμασται δὲ διὰ τὸ οἷον ἀντεσπασμένον καὶ οἱονεὶ ἐναντίος διίαμβος εἶναι. τὸ β΄ Φερεκράτειον. τὸ γ΄ ἰθυφαλλικὸν λελυμένου τοῦ α΄ τροχαίου. τὸ δ΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν εἰς συλλαβήν. τὸ ε΄ Εὐριπίδειον, τροχαικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, ὅμοιον τῷ · νῦν δέ μοι πρὸ τειχέων. τὸ ς΄ Φερεκράτειον ὅμοιον τῷ β΄. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαικὸν δίμετρον ὅμοιον τῷ ε΄. τὸ η΄ Φερεκράτειον λεῖπον μιᾷ συλλαβῇ. τὸ θ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον, ὅ ἐστιν Ἀλκμανικόν. τὸ ι΄ τροχαικὴ περίοδος ἀπὸ ἰάμβου. τὸ ια΄ τροχαικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον πλεονάζον τοῦ Εὐριπιδείου συλλαβῇ. τὸ ιβ΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ιγ΄ πενθημιμερὲς κοινὴν λύσιν ἔχον ἰαμβικοῦ καὶ τροχαικοῦ. τὸ ιδ΄ τροχαικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Εὐριπίδειον ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ιε΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἀπὸ δακτύλου τῆς ἰαμβικῆς ἀρξαμένης ἑπτασήμου. τὸ ις΄ περίοδος ἀπὸ ἰάμβου· καὶ καλεῖται βακχεῖος ἀπὸ τροχαίου. τὸ ιζ΄ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ἀπὸὃ ((Archil. fr. 94, 2)) τῆς δὲ ἐπῳδοῦ κώλων ιγ΄ τὸ α΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἰάμβου ὁμοίως τῷ ι΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ β΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον τροχαικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ δ΄ ἐκ διμέτρου βραχυκαταλήκτου. τὸ ε΄ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, καὶ Φαλαίκειον. τὸ ς΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ἕκτῳ. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ Ἱππωνάκτειον, ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ι΄ ὅμοιον τῷ, τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας; τὸ ια΄ ἰωνικὸν παροξύτονον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ιβ΄ προσοδιακὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ ἰωνικοῦ... τὸ ιγ΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ α΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον Γλυκώνειον. τὸ β΄ τροχαικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἰθυφαλλικόν. τὸ γ΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν περαιούμενον εἰς ἰαμβικὴν ἢ βακχείαν κατακλεῖδα κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν. τὸ δ΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, τὸ λεγόμενον παροιμιακόν. τὸ ε΄ ὅμοιον τῷ δευτέρῳ. τὸ ς΄ ὅμοιον τῷ αὐτῷ. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, Εὐριπίδειον ἢ ληκύθιον. τὸ η΄ τροχαικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ι΄ ἐπιωνικὸν ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν τοῦ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ τροχαίου ἀρχομένου. τὸ ια΄ τροχαικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ιβ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ τρίτῳ. τὸ ιγ΄ προκελευσματικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν· ἐν οἷς ὅρα καὶ τὸ θαυμάσιον. ὁ τοιόσδε ῥυθμὸς ταχυτῆτι ἁρμόττει· ὅθεν καὶ προκελευσματικός. βλέπε τοίνυν τὸν σοφώτατον Πίνδαρον πῶς ἥλω ἐν οἷς τὸν τοιοῦτον ῥυθμὸν εὔσημον διὰ τοῦ λόγου ἀποκαθίστησιν, ἐν τῇ ἐννοίᾳ ταχυτῆτα κατωρθωκὼς ἐν οἷς λέγει· ὅθεν ὁ πολύφατος, διὰ τὸ τῆς φήμης ταχύ· καὶ, νόον ὑπὸ γλυκυτάταις, διὰ τὸ τοῦ νοὸς ὀξυκίνητον· καὶ, ὁπότ᾿ ἐκάλεσε πατὴρ, διὰ τὸ τῆς κλήσεως ταχύ· καὶ, ὕδατος ὅτι τε πυρὶ, διὰ τὸ τῶν στοιχείων εὐκίνητον, τοῦ μὲν ἀνωφεροῦς ὄντος, τοῦ δὲ κατωφεροῦς· καὶ πάλιν, μετὰ τὸ ταχύποτμον· καὶ, ἐμὲ δ᾿ ἐπὶ ταχυτάτων· καὶ, Πέλοπος ἵνα ταχυτής· καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις τὸ, θεὸς ἐπίτροπος ἐὼν, διὰ τὴν καὶ ὑπὲρ ῥιπὴν ὀφθαλμοῦ ὀξυκινησίαν τοῦ θείου. τὸ ιδ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ζ΄. τὸ ιε΄ ἔκ τε ἀντισπάστου καὶ α΄ παίωνος κατ᾿ ἀντιπάθειαν καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ ις΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν κατ᾿ ἀντιπάθειαν. τὸ ιζ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν, Φαλαίκειον συλλαβῆς δεούσης. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ιγ΄. τὸ α΄ παίων δεύτερος καὶ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ γ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν ἑκατέρωθεν ἔχον τὰς ἰαμβικάς. ἐν δὲ τῷ εὐάνορος ἐκτείνει τὸ ρ. τὸ δέ γε κλέος, κοινὴ συλλαβή. τὸ δ΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερὲς καὶ ἐφεξῆς τρεῖς ἴαμβοι· ὡς εἶναι τρίμετρον μιᾶς δεούσης μέσον συλλαβῆς. τὸ ε΄ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον τοῦ μέσου ὄντος ἐπιτρίτου τρίτου, τοῦ δὲ τελευταίου βακχείου, ὃς εἶδός ἐστι τοῦ παιωνικοῦ. τὸ ς΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ταῖς ἰαμβικαῖς ἀναμεμιγμένον. τὸ ζ΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐπίμικτον πρὸς τὰς τροχαικάς. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ι΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον Ἀνακρεόντειον. τὸ ια΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον παρατετηρημένον· τὴν γὰρ πρώτην συζυγίαν ἀπὸ βραχείας ἀρχομένην ἐποίησεν. [ἤγουν παίωνα δεύτερον.] τὸ ιβ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου· τὴν δὲ κατακλεῖδα ἐκ τροχαίου καὶ τῆς ἀδιαφόρου. τὸ ιγ΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν εἰς ἰαμβικὴν κατακλεῖδα περαιούμενον, τουτέστιν εἰς ἀμφίβραχυν ἢ βακχεῖον διὰ τὸ ἀδιάφορον τῆς τελευταίας.

hyp. Ὑπόθεσις τῶν Ὀλυμπιονίκων.

insc_a. Inscr.a. ((V, 37)) Γέγραπται μὲν ὁ ἐπινίκιος Ἱέρωνι τῷ Γέλωνος ἀδελφῷ νικήσαντι ἵππῳ κέλητι τὴν ος΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα, ἢ ὡς ἔνιοι ἅρματι. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς νικᾷ καὶ τὴν οζ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα κέλητι, τῇ δὲ οη΄ Ὀλυμπιάδι τεθρίππῳ, ἐν ᾗ Ὀλυμπιάδι ἐτελεύτα. τὸ δὲ ὄνομα τοῦ νικῶντος ἵππου Φερένικός ἐστι· μέμνηται δὲ αὐτοῦ Βακχυλίδης γράφων οὕτως · ξανθότριχα μὲν Φερένικον Ἀλφεὸν παρ᾿ εὐρυδίναν πῶλον ἀελλοδρόμαν εἶδε νικάσαντα. ἦν δὲ Ἱέρων Δεινομένους παῖς· Δεινομένους δὲ παῖδες τέσσαρες· Γέλων Ἱέρων Πολύζηλος Θρασύβουλος· τὸ γένος τύραννος Συρακουσίων τῶν ἐπὶ Σικελίᾳ· υἱὸν δὲ ἔσχε Δεινομένη. νικήσας δὲ τὰ Ὀλύμπια ἀνεκήρυξεν ἑαυτὸν Συρακούσιον καὶ Αἰτναῖον, κτίσας τὴν παρακειμένην [πόλιν τῇ Σικελίᾳ] πόλιν Αἴτνην ὁμώνυμον τῷ ὄρει.

insc_b. b. ἄλλως. γέγραπται ὁ ἐπινίκιος Ἱέρωνι τῷ Γέλωνος ἀδελφῷ νικήσαντι ἵππῳ κέλητι τὴν ος΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα, ἢ ὡς ἔνιοι ἅρματι. συνέβη δὲ αὐτὸν νικήσαντα καὶ τὴν οη΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα ἐν ταύτῃ τελευτῆσαι. τὸ δὲ ὄνομα τοῦ νικῶντος ἵππου Φερένικός ἐστιν. μέμνηται δὲ αὐτοῦ Βακχυλίδης γράφων οὕτως· ξανθότριχα μὲν Φερένικον Ἀλφεὸν παρ᾿ εὐρυδίναν πῶλον ἀελλοδρόμον νικήσαντα.

1–4

 ἄριστον μὲν ὕδωρ, ὁ δὲ χρυσὸς αἰθόμενον πῦρ σ9
 ἅτε διαπρέπει νυκτὶ μεγάνορος ἔξοχα πλούτου·
 εἰ δʼ ἄεθλα γαρύεν
 ἔλδεαι, φίλον ἦτορ, σ3

Water is best, and gold, like a blazing fire in the night, stands out supreme of all lordly wealth. But if, my heart, you wish to sing of contests,

Best is Water of all, and Gold as a flaming fire in the night shineth eminent amid lordly wealth; but if of prizes in the games thou art fain, O my soul, to tell, then, as for no bright star more quickening than the sun must thou search in the void firmament by day, so neither shall we find any games greater than the Olympic whereof to utter our voice: for hence cometh the glorious hymn and entereth into the minds of the skilled in song, so that they celebrate the son of Kronos, when to the rich and happy hearth of Hieron they are come; for he wieldeth the sceptre of justice in Sicily of many flocks, culling the choice fruits of all kinds of excellence: and with the flower of music is he made splendid, even such strains as we sing blithely at the table of a friend.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (12 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. ἄριστον μὲν ὕδωρ: τρία ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὁ Πίνδαρος ἄριστα εἶναι λέγει· ἄριστον μὲν ὕδωρ εἰς τὸ ζῆν, οὗ ἄνευ βιοτεύειν ἀδύνατον· εἶτα χρυσὸν ἐν πλούτῳ τῶν ἄλλων χρημάτων ἐκπρέποντα καθάπερ ἐν νυκτὶ πῦρ· πρὸς δὲ δόξαν τὴν Ὀλυμπίασι νίκην.

b. b. ὁ [δὲ] νοῦς τοῦ προοιμίου ὅλου τοιοῦτος· ὥσπερ τὸ μὲν ὕδωρ τῶν ἄλλων στοιχείων χρησιμώτερον, ὁ δὲ χρυσὸς τῆς λοιπῆς ὕλης προτιμότερος, οὕτως καὶ ὁ Ὀλυμπιακὸς ἀγὼν προτιμότερος τῶν ἄλλων. καὶ δευτέραν ἀπόδειξιν συγκριτικὴν ποιεῖται, τῶν τοῦ πλούτου χρημάτων ἀξιολογώτερον καὶ τιμιώτερον ἀποδεικνὺς τὸν χρυσόν. εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐβράδυνεν, ἠρκέσθη ἂν εἰς τὸν περὶ τῶν στοιχείων λόγον, καίτοι κεφαλαιωδέστερον ὄντα. ἀλλὰ πολύς ἐστιν ἐγκωμιάζων τὸν πλοῦτον, καί φαμεν ἡττᾶσθαι αὐτὸν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φύσεως φιλοχρημάτου τυγχανούσης.

c. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ δὲ χρυσὸς ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς κτήμασι τοῦ δυνατοῦ πλούτου οὕτω διαλάμπει ὡς ἐν νυκτὶ πῦρ καιόμενον.

d. d. ἄριστον μὲν ὕδωρ: ἀρχὴ γὰρ τῶν ὅλων κατὰ Θαλῆν τὸ ὕδωρ. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου· ὁ δὲ χρυσὸς διαπρέπει μεγάνορος ἔξοχα πλούτου, ἅτε αἰθόμενον πῦρ ἐν νυκτί. διάδηλός ἐστιν ὁ ἐν πλοῦτῳ χρυσός.

e. e. ((Ξ 201)) ἄλλως. οὐδὲν ἕτερόν τι αὐτῷ τὸ προοίμιον βούλεται ἢ τεσσάρων ὄντων τῶν ἱερῶν ἀγώνων συγκριτικῶς ἐπιδοξότερον τὸν Ὀλυμπιακὸν ἀποφῆναι. οἰκειότατα δὲ καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα τῆς συγκρίσεως παρείληφε. τεσσάρων ὄντων ὡς ἔφην τῶν ἱερῶν ἀγώνων, καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ κοσμικὰ στοιχεῖα ἰσάριθμα ὄντα τοῖς ἀγῶσι παραλαμβάνει, εἶτα τούτων τῶν στοιχείων χρειωδέστερον τὸ ὕδωρ ἀποδείκνυσι, τῇ τῶν φιλοσόφων ἑπόμενος γνώμῃ, οἳ φυσικώτερον κινηθέντες ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος ἔφασαν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τρία στοιχεῖα συνίστασθαι. λέγουσι μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸ λεπτομερὲς ἀέρα γίνεσθαι, τὸ δὲ παχύτερον εἰς ἑαυτὸ συνιστάμενον γῆν· ἀποτελεῖν δὲ ἀπολεπτυνόμενον τὸν δι|άπυρον αἰθέρα πῦρ. διὰ τοῦτο ἄριστον εἶπε τὸ ὕδωρ, ἐπεὶ δοκεῖ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων γενέσεως αἴτιον εἶναι. τὸ γὰρ αἴτιον τῶν δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ γινομένων, τοῦτο προὔχον τῶν ἄλλων. ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο προστιθέασι λέγοντες, ὅτι καὶ πρὸς τὰ λογικὰ καὶ ἄλογα ζῷα ἀναγκαιότερόν ἐστι τὸ ὕδωρ, μάλιστα πρὸς θάλπος, καὶ ὅτι τὰ φυτὰ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος τρέφεται, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐκ τῶν σπερμάτων ζῶμεν, τὰ δὲ σπέρματα οὐκ ἄλλως δύναται ζῳογονηθῆναι εἰ μὴ ἀπὸ ὕδατος. εἰκότως τοίνυν | τὸ ὕδωρ μεῖζον τῶν ἄλλων στοιχείων. τινὲς δὲ καὶ τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν παραλαμβάνουσιν · Ὠκεανόν τε θεῶν γένεσιν καὶ μητέρα Τηθύν. εἰ δὲ ὁ Ὠκεανὸς ποταμὸς καὶ ἡ Τηθὺς πηγὴ, ἡ δὲ τῶν θεῶν γένεσις ἐκ τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ γεννᾶται, εἰκότως καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ | τῶν ἄλλων στοιχείων προτιμότερον. ἀπεδείξαμεν οὖν διὰ πολλῶν τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων προτιμότερον τὸ ὕδωρ· πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἀπόδειξιν τὸν Ὀλυμπιακὸν ἀγῶνα ἐπιτιμότερον ἀποδείκνυσιν.

f. f. ἄλλως· σύγκρισις τῶν ἀγώνων πρὸς τὰ στοιχεῖα γράφεται ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ προοιμίου. καὶ γὰρ ὃν τρόπον ἐκεῖνα αἴτια τοῦ ζῆν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εἰσὶ, τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ τοῦ καλῶς ζῆν τοὺς ἀγῶνάς φησιν. ἐπεὶ δὲ πρώτιστον καὶ τῶν ἄλλων στοιχείων ἄμεινον τὸ ὕδωρ ἐστὶ, παραβάλλει αὐτὸ τῇ τῶν Ὀλυμπίων νίκῃ, ὡς καὶ αὐτῇ προὐχούσῃ τῶν ἄλλων τεσσάρων.

g. g. ἄλλως· ἄριστον μὲν ὕδωρ· ὁ δὲ χρυσὸς διαπρέπει τοῦ μεγάλως δυναμένου πλούτου, ἅτε τὸ αἰθόμενον πῦρ ἐν νυκτὶ, ἤγουν ὁ πυρσός. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ διαπρέπει.

h. h. τέσσαρες ἔπαινοι τοῦ ὕδατος· λευκὸν, λεπτὸν, ψυχρὸν καὶ γλυκύ. διαφοραὶ δὲ τοῦ ὕδατος πέντε· ὄμβριον, πηγαῖον, ποτάμιον, φρεάτιον καὶ λιμναῖον· ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ οἴνου· ὁ ἐρυθρὸς, ὁ μέλας καὶ γλυκὺς, ὁ αὐστηρὸς, ὁ κιρρὸς, ὁ λεπτὸς καὶ [ὁ] λευκός.

i. i. τὸ ὕδωρ παχυνόμενον ποιεῖ τὴν γῆν· λεπτυνόμενον, τὸν ἀέρα· πάνυ δὲ λεπτυνόμενον, τὸ πῦρ· καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἄριστον.

ad v. 4

a. a. μεγάνορος ἔξοχα: μεγάνορα εἶπε τὸν πλοῦτον, ὡς μὲν ἔνιοι διὰ τὸ παρασκευάζειν τοὺς κεκτημένους αὐτὸν αὐχητικοὺς καὶ ὑπερόπτας.

b. b. ἢ ὅτι αὐτός ἐστι μεγαλήνωρ, διὰ τὸ πολλὰ δύνασθαι κατεργάσασθαι. νεῦρα γὰρ πολέμου χρυσός.

c. c. ἄλλως· μεγάνορος: ἤτοι τοῦ αὐξάνοντος τὰς τύχας τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ποιοῦντος μείζονα φρονεῖν | τῶν καθηκόντων· ἢ ὅτι αὐτὸς μεγάνωρ ἐστὶ, διὰ τὸ πολλὰ δύνασθαι κατεργάσασθαι.

5–8

 μηκέθʼ ἁλίου σκόπει σ7
 ἄλλο θαλπνότερον ἐν ἁμέρᾳ φαεννὸν ἄστρον ἐρήμας διʼ αἰθέρος,
 μηδʼ Ὀλυμπίας ἀγῶνα φέρτερον αὐδάσομεν·
 ὅθεν ὁ πολύφατος ὕμνος ἀμφιβάλλεται σ1

Olympia look no further for any star warmer than the sun, shining by day through the lonely sky, and let us not proclaim any contest greater than, From there glorious song enfolds the wisdom of poets, so that they loudly sing

Scholia ad vv. 5–8 (8 entries)

ad v. 5

a. a. εἰ δ᾿ ἄεθλα γαρύειν: ἆθλα νῦν εἴρηκε τὰ ἀγωνίσματα.

b. b. ((Ψ 273)) ἱππῆας τάδ᾿ ἄεθλα δεδεγμένα κεῖτ᾿ ἐν ἀγῶνι. ἢ καὶ τὰ ἔπαθλα· Ὅμηρος ·

c. c. ἄλλως· ἄεθλα ἀγωνίσματα, περιφραστικῶς τοὺς ἀγῶνας.

d. d. πρὸς ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἐκφέρων εἶπεν· ὦ φίλον ἦτορ, εἰ δὲ καταλέγειν ἆθλα βούλει, νόμιζε ὡς ἐν ἄστροις ἥλιον φαεινότερον, οὕτως ἐν ἄθλοις τὸν Ὀλυμπιακὸν ἀγῶνα πρωτεύειν.

e. e. γαρύεν: φωνεῖν. καταλέγειν. διακρίνειν. ὑμνεῖν. Δωρικῶς δὲ τὸ γαρύεν, τοῦ ι ἐκλείψαντος.

f. f. ((Δ 437)) οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἦεν ὁμὸς θρόος οὐδ᾿ ἴα γῆρυς. τὸ δὲ γαρύεν γαρύειν λέγει, καὶ ἔστιν ἀποβολὴ τοῦ ι, ὅπερ ἔθος Δωριέων. ἡ δὲ γῆρυς ὅτι ἐπὶ τῆς φωνῆς εἴρηται, εὑρήσομέν καὶ παρ᾿ Ὀμήρῳ ·

g. g. ἔθος δέ ἐστι Πινδάρῳ, μὴ οἷς προοιμιάζεται συγκριτικοῖς, τούτοις τὰ συγκρινόμενα εὐθέως ἐπάγειν, ἀλλὰ μεταξύ τινα εἰκόνα ἀποδεικτικὴν τῆς βελτιότητος παρεντιθέναι καὶ οὕτω τὴν σύγκρισιν ἐπιφέρειν. ποιεῖ δὲ τοῦτο θερμός τις ὢν καὶ πολύνους περὶ τὰ νοήματα.

ad v. 8

x. θαλπνότερον: θερμότερον, φανερώτερον, | φαεινότερον· τῇ γὰρ θέρμῃ καίει τὸν ἀέρα καὶ φωτίζειν ποιεῖ.

9 σοφῶν μητίεσσι, κελαδεῖν σ5

Take from the peg the Dorian lute, if in any wise the glory of Pherenikos at Pisa hath swayed thy soul unto glad thoughts, when by the banks of Alpheos he ran, and gave his body ungoaded in the course, and brought victory to his master, the Syracusans' king, who delighteth in horses.

Scholia ad vv. 9–9 (5 entries)

ad v. 9

a. a. ἐν ἁμέρᾳ φαεννὸν ἄστρον: εὖ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τὸ ἄγαν λαμπρὸν τοῦ ἡλίου βούλεται δεῖξαι ὡς πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα, ἅτινα κατ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ἐξασθενεῖ φαίνεσθαι· διὸ καὶ ἁρμοδίως ἄστρον ἐπήγαγεν.

b. b. ((Κ 305)) ἔρημον εἶπε τὸν αἰθέρα διὰ τὸ ἄγαν πυρῶδες καὶ τὸ μὴ πλησιάζειν αὐτῷ ζῷον ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ ἢ ὅτι τὸ -ερι- μόριον λέγουσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ μεγάλου, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος · ἐριαύχενας ἵππους.

c. c. τὸ δὲ σαφὲς οὕτως ἔχει· εἰ δὲ, ὦ προσφιλεστάτη ψυχὴ, ἀγῶνας φωνεῖν καὶ διακρίνειν θέλεις, μηκέτι τοῦ ἡλίου σκόπει ἕτερον ἄστρον μήτε θερμότερον μήτε λαμπρότερον διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου αἰθέρος φερόμενον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, μηδὲ τοῦ Ὀλυμπιακοῦ ἀγῶνος ἕτερον βελτίονα.

d. d. ἄστρον: κακῶς εἶπεν ἄστρον· ἔδει γὰρ εἰπεῖν ἀστέρα. τὰ γὰρ ἐκ πολλῶν συγκείμενα ἀστέρων ζῴδια λέγονται ἄστρα, ὁ δὲ ἥλιος ἀστήρ.

e. e. τὸ δὲ ὅλον εἰπεῖν· ὥσπερ ἐν ἄστροις ἥλιον εἴποις θαλπνότερον, οὕτως ἐν ἀγῶσι προκρίναις Ὀλυμπίαν.

10–11

10 Κρόνου παῖδʼ ἐς ἀφνεὰν ἱκομένους σ510

11 μάκαιραν Ἱέρωνος ἑστίαν,

the son of Cronus, when they arrive at the rich and blessed hearth of Hieron,

Scholia ad vv. 10–11 (5 entries)

ad v. 10

a. a. αἰθέρος ἐρήμας: ἡ μὲν θάλασσα ἔχει τοὺς ἰχθῦς, ἡ δὲ γῆ τὰ τετράποδα καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ, ὁ δὲ ἀὴρ τὰ πτηνά· ὁ μέντοι αἰθὴρ πυρώδης ὢν οὐκ ἔχει.

b. b. ἢ ἐρήμης, τῆς μὴ ἐχούσης νέφος· οὐ γὰρ συνίσταται εἰς θερμασίαν.

c. c. ἢ διὰ τὸ μὴ φαίνεσθαι οἰκούμενον.

d. d. ἢ ὡς πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐρήμης, διὰ τὸ ἡσύχιον καὶ ἤρεμον.

e. e. διαφέρει ὁ αἰθὴρ καὶ ἡ αἰθὴρ, διότι ἡ αἰθὴρ λέγεται τοῦτο τὸ στερέωμα, ὁ αἰθὴρ δὲ ἀρσενικῶς ἡ ἔναστρος σφαῖρα, ὁ πόλος ἐκεῖνος.

12–14

 θεμιστεῖον ὃς ἀμφέπει σκᾶπτον ἐν πολυμάλῳ
 Σικελίᾳ, δρέπων μὲν κορυφὰς ἀρετᾶν ἄπο πασᾶν, σ6
 ἀγλαΐζεται δὲ καὶ σ5

Sicily who wields the scepter of law in of many flocks, reaping every excellence at its peak, and is glorified

Scholia ad vv. 12–14 (11 entries)

ad v. 13

a. a. ὅθεν: ἀπὸ τῆς Ὀλυμπίας.

b. b. πολύφατος: ὁ ὑπὸ πολλῶν φημιζόμενος.

c. c. τουτέστι πολυθρύλλητος, ὑπὸ πολλῶν λεγόμενος.

dX. d. ἢ ἐν ᾧ πολλοὶ φημίζονται καὶ κλεΐζονται.

e. e. πολύφατος: πολύφημος.

f. f. ὁ ὑπὸ πολλῶν φημιζόμενος καὶ λεγόμενος. πολυθρύλλητος.

ad v. 14

a. a. ὁ ὕμνος ἐκ τῆς Ὀλυμπίας περιβάλλεται ταῖς τῶν σοφῶν μητίεσσι καὶ ὑπὸ πάντων τούτων κατασκευάζεται.

b. b. ((Ψ 255)) ἀμφιβάλλεται δὲ, ἤτοι κοσμεῖται, ἢ περιγράφεται καὶ περιλαμβάνεται· ὥσπερ καὶ Ὅμηρος · τορνώσαντο δὲ σῆμα.

c. c. ὕμνος ἀμφιβάλλεται: οἱονεὶ περιγράφεται. περιβάλλεται. |

d. d. ἔνιοι δὲ κοσμεῖται ὁ ὕμνος.

e. e. ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν στεφάνων.

15 μουσικᾶς ἐν ἀώτῳ, σ115

Pisa by the choicest music, which we men often play around his hospitable table. Come, take the Dorian lyre down from its peg, if the splendor of and of Pherenicus placed your mind under the influence of sweetest thoughts,

Scholia ad vv. 15–15 (1 entry)

ad v. 15

x. κελαδεῖν: ὑμνεῖν.

16–19

 οἷα παίζομεν φίλαν σ5
 ἄνδρες ἀμφὶ θαμὰ τράπεζαν. ἀλλὰ Δωρίαν ἀπὸ φόρμιγγα πασσάλου σ1
 λάμβανʼ, εἴ τί τοι Πίσας τε καὶ Φερενίκου χάρις σ3
 νόον ὑπὸ γλυκυτάταις ἔθηκε φροντίσιν, σ4

Bright is his fame in Lydian Pelops' colony, inhabited of a goodly race, whose founder mighty earth-enfolding Poseidon loved, what time from the vessel of purifying Klotho took him with the bright ivory furnishment of his shoulder.

Scholia ad vv. 16–19 (13 entries)

ad v. 16

x. Κρόνου παῖδ᾿ ἐς ἀφνεάν:

a. a. ἰστέον ὅτι τὸ ἱπποτροφεῖν πλουσίων.

b. b. [τὸ δὲ ἱκομένους] ἀντὶ τοῦ παραγενόμενοι· τῇ γὰρ αἰτιατικῇ ἀντὶ τῆς ὀρθῆς χρῆται. [ὅπερ οὐκ οἶμαι λόγον ἔχειν.]

c. c. ἔστι μὲν τὴν ἑστίαν δέξασθαι Κρόνου, καθότι πρόκειται· βέλτιον δὲ οὕτως δέξασθαι· εἰς τὴν τοῦ Ἱέρωνος ἐλθόντας ἑστίαν τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου παῖδα Δία ὑμνεῖν. πιθανώτερον γὰρ τῆς νίκης Ὀλυμπιακῆς οὔσης τὸν Ὀλύμπιον Δία παρὰ τῷ Ὀλυμπιονίκῃ ὑμνεῖσθαι.

d. d. αἴτιος οἱονεὶ τοῦτο κατασκευάζει, ὅτι τοῦ ὑμνεῖσθαι τὸν Δία οὐδείς ἐστιν ἕτερος ἢ ὁ Ἰέρων.

ad v. 17

x. μάκαιραν: εὐδαίμονα. πλουσίαν.

ad v. 18

a. a. ((I 137, 5)) θεμίστεῖον: Ἡρωδιανὸς προπαροξύνει, ἀναλογώτερον γάρ· ἀλλ᾿ ἡ χρῆσις προπερισπᾷ.

b. b. ἄλλως· θεμιστεῖον τὸ δίκαιον, παρὰ τὸ θέμις.

c. c. ἀμφέπει: περιέπει. οἱονεὶ θεραπεύει.

ad v. 19

a. a. σκᾶπτον τὸ σκῆπτρον. ἔκθλιψις, ἧς ἐν αἰτίᾳ παρέμπτωσις.

b. b. σκᾶπτον ἐν πολυμάλῳ: κατὰ Δωριέας τὸ σκῆπτρον, ἀποβολῇ τοῦ -ρ- γενόμενον. | φησὶ δὲ τὴν βασιλείαν. περιπέφρασται δὲ ὁ λόγος. βούλεται γὰρ εἰπεῖν· ὃς μετὰ δικαιοσύνης | βασιλεύει τὴς εὐδαίμονος Σικελίας. ἡ γὰρ πολύμηλος ἀπὸ μέρους εὐδαίμων νοοῖτο ἄν.

c. c. τουτέστι πλουσίᾳ.

d. d. πολυμάλῳ: ((Ι 542)) ἤτοι πολυθρεμμάτῳ· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τῶν μήλων· ἐκεῖ γὰρ περισσῶς λέγεται φυῆναι. ἢ πολυκάρπῳ. καὶ Ὅμηρος · καὶ αὐτοῖσ᾿ ἄνθεσι μήλων.

20–22

 ὅτε παρʼ Ἀλφεῷ σύτο, δέμας σ11
 ἀκέντητον ἐν δρόμοισι παρέχων,
 κράτει δὲ προσέμιξε δεσπόταν,

when that horse ran swiftly beside the Alpheus, not needing to be spurred on in the race, and brought victory to his master,

Scholia ad vv. 20–22 (11 entries)

ad v. 20

a. a. δρέπων μέν: ἀντὶ τοῦ δρεπόμενος, ἀπανθιζόμενος πασῶν τῶν ἀρετῶν τὸ τέλειον, ἀνδρείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς.

b. b. αὐτὸ τὸ ἄκρον δρεπόμενος ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἀρετῶν· οἱονεὶ ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστης τὸ ὠφέλιμον καρπούμενος.

c. c. ἀκαταλλήλως δὲ τῷ δρέπων τὸ ἀγλαΐζεται ἐπενήνοχεν. ἐχρῆν γὰρ εἰπεῖν ἀγλαϊζόμενος, ἵν᾿ ᾖ καλλωπιζόμενος ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς μουσικῆς κάλλει, τουτέστι τῆς ᾠδῆς.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἀγλαΐζεται δὲ: ἀκαταλλήλως τῷ δρέπων τὸ ἀγλαΐζεται. ἐχρῆν γὰρ εἰπεῖν ἀγλαϊζόμενος ἐν τῷ τῆς μουσικῆς ἄνθει καὶ τῇ ᾠδῇ, ἤτοι μουσικὸς ὢν ἢ περὶ τὴν μουσικὴν διακείμενος.

e. e. φίλην δὲ τράπεζαν, ἢ ὅτι κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον συνεστιῶνται· ἢ ὅτι ἐκ ταύτης αἱ φιλίαι.

f. f. δρέπων μέν: ἀντὶ τοῦ δρεπόμενος, ἀπανθιζόμενος καὶ οἷον συλλέγων ὁ Ἱέρων τὰς ἀκρότητας ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἀρετῶν.

g. g. ἄλλως· ἀγλαΐζεται δέ: ἐπαγωγικῶς ἀπὸ τῶν καταριθμηθέντων· εἰρηκὼς γὰρ ἀφνεὸς, ἀγαθὸς, δίκαιος, βασιλεὺς, ἐν τῇ ἀρετῇ τὸ δίκαιον, ἐν τῷ πλουτεῖν τὸ νικᾶν, φησὶν ὅτι κέκτηται καὶ μουσικὴν, ἵνα πάσας τὰς βιωτικὰς ἀρετὰς εἴπῃ.

h. h. ἄλλως· τῷ εἶναι μουσικὸς, ἢ τῷ διακεῖσθαι περὶ μουσικὴν, ὥσπερ φιλίατρος οὐ τῷ εἶναι, ἀλλὰ τῷ διακεῖσθαι.

i. i. ἀώτῳ δὲ τῆς ᾠδῆς ἄνθει, τουτέστιν ἐν ταῖς ᾠδαῖς. οὐδὲν γὰρ ἕτερον ἢ μουσικῆς ἄνθος αἱ ᾠδαί.

j. j. ἐν οἷα δὲ ἔφη, τοῖς παρὰ τὸν πότον εἰωθόσι λέγεσθαι.

k. k. ἀγλαΐζεται: ἀγάλλεται καὶ σεμνύνεται καὶ ἐν τῷ τῆς μουσικῆς ἀπανθίσματι, οἱονεὶ πεπαίδευται μουσικήν.

23 Συρακόσιον ἱπποχάρμαν βασιλῆα. λάμπει δέ οἱ κλέος

the king of Syracuse who delights in horses. His glory shines in the settlement of fine men founded by Lydian Pelops,

24 ἐν εὐάνορι Λυδοῦ Πέλοπος ἀποικίᾳ· σ5

Verily many things are wondrous, and haply tales decked out with cunning fables beyond the truth make false men's speech concerning them. For Charis, who maketh all sweet things for mortal men, by lending honour unto such maketh oft the unbelievable thing to be believed; but the days that follow after are the wisest witnesses.

Scholia ad vv. 24–24 (5 entries)

ad v. 24

a. a. οἷα παίζομεν φίλαν: τὴν φιλοποιόν. οὐ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ εἰς τράπεζαν συνέρχονται.

b. b. τὸ δὲ παίζομεν ὡς πρὸς τράπεζαν, οὔτι σπουδαῖον· ἄκαιρον γάρ.

c. c. ἢ H gl τὴν προσφιλεστάτην.

d. d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οἷα παίζομεν φίλαν ἄνδρες: ὁποῖα μάλιστα μουσικὰ οἱ ἄνθρωποι συνεχῶς κατὰ τὰ συμπόσια περὶ τὴν προσφιλῆ τράπεζαν παίζομεν. καλῶς καὶ μετὰ τὴν εὐωχίαν εἷπεν· οὐ γὰρ ἦν σπουδαίου ἄνευ τοῦ εὐωχεῖσθαι κιθαρίζειν.

e. e. ἀμφίβολον οὖν πότερον ἀγλαΐζεται μουσικᾶς ἐν ἀώτῳ μουσικὰ συζητῶν παρὰ τὸ δεῖπνον, ἢ ἐπεὶ λύρα περιεφέρετο τοῖς δειπνοῦσιν, ὡς ἀπαρχομένων παιδιᾷ μουσικῇ τοῦ εἰς Ἱέρωνα ὕμνου.

25–29

 τοῦ μεγασθενὴς ἐράσσατο γαιάοχος
 Ποσειδᾶν, ἐπεί νιν καθαροῦ λέβητος ἔξελε Κλωθὼ σ9
 ἐλέφαντι φαίδιμον ὦμον κεκαδμένον.
 ἦ θαυματὰ πολλά, καί πού τι καὶ βροτῶν φάτις ὑπὲρ τὸν ἀλαθῆ λόγον σ6
 δεδαιδαλμένοι ψεύδεσι ποικίλοις ἐξαπατῶντι μῦθοι σ3

with whom the mighty holder of the earth Poseidon fell in love, when Clotho took him out of the pure cauldron, furnished with a gleaming ivory shoulder. Yes, there are many marvels, and yet I suppose the speech of mortals beyond the true account can be deceptive, stories adorned with embroidered lies;

Scholia ad vv. 25–29 (18 entries)

ad v. 26

a. a. ἀλλὰ Δωρίαν ἀπὸ φόρμιγγα: παρόσον οἱ ὑπὸ τὸν Παρνασσὸν οἰκοῦντες Δωριεῖς πρῶτοι λέγονται τὸ ὄργανον ἐσκευακέναι.

b. b. οἱ δὲ παρὰ τὸ δῶρον ἀκούουσιν, ὅτι δὴ τὴν λύραν Ἑρμῆς ἀντὶ τῆς τῶν βοῶν κλοπῆς Ἀπόλλωνι παρέσχεν.

c. c. οἱ δὲ ὅτι Δωρικῇ ἁρμονίᾳ ἥρμοστο τῷ Πινδάρῳ ἡ λύρα. ἁρμονίαι δὲ πλείονες· Δώριος, Φρύγιος, Λύδιος.

d. d. τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ δύναται μὲν ἀκούεσθαι καὶ πρὸς τὸ [ἀπὸ] πασσάλου, ἵν᾿ ᾖ ἀπὸ πασσάλου, δύναται δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸ λάμβανε, ἵν᾿ ᾖ ἀπολάμβανε.

e. e. ἐκ τούτου τὸ ἀκμαῖον τῆς τοῦ ἐγκωμίου γραφῆς ὑποφαινόμενον εἴη.

f. f. ἄλλως· ἀλλὰ Δωρίαν ἀπὸ: ὅτι Δωριστὶ συντέτακται ὁ ἐπίνικος.

g. g. ((fr. 67)) περὶ δὲ τῆς Δωριστὶ ἁρμονίας εἴρηται ἐν παιᾶσιν, ὅτι Δώριον μέλος σεμνότατόν ἐστιν.

h. h. ((α 440)) πασσάλου δὲ, ὅτι ἐπὶ πασσάλων ἔκειντο αἱ κιθάραι· καὶ Ὅμηρος · πασσάλῳ ἐγκρεμάσας· διὰ τὸ ἕτοιμον εἶναι εἰς τὸ ἀναλαβεῖν.

i. i. ἢ ὅτι ὡς ἀνάθημα ἔν τινι τόπῳ τοῦ οἴκου ἀνάκειται.

ad v. 28

a. a. ((fr. 247)) τὸ Πίσας δὲ συσταλτέον διὰ τὸ ἀντίστροφον· οὕτω δὲ οἱ περὶ Πίνδαρον καὶ Σιμωνίδην.

b. b. ((FHG II 121)) περὶ δὲ τῆς Πίσης, ὅτι τόπος ἐν Ἤλιδι ὑπὸ ὑψηλῶν ὄχθων περιεχόμενος, Πολέμων φησίν.

c. c. ἔνιοι δὲ ὑποσυγχέουσι τὴν Πίσαν καὶ τὴν Ἦλιν, οὐκ ὀρθῶς δὲ· | διέστηκε γὰρ ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων τὰ χωρία σταδίων πεντήκοντα.

d. d. ὠνόμασται δὲ Πίσα ἀπὸ τῆς Πίσης τῆς Ἐνδυμίωνος θυγατρός.

e. e. ἀναλάμβανε, ὦ Πίνδαρε, τὴν Δωρίαν φόρμιγγα, καὶ ὕμνει τὸν Φερένικον ἵππον τοῦ Ἱέρωνος καὶ τὴν Πίσαν, εἰ ἄρα σοι ἡ τούτων χάρις τὸν νοῦν ηὔφρανεν.

f. f. εἴ τινά σοι ἡ Πίσα καὶ ὁ Φερένικος νικήσας παρέσχε λόγων εὐπορίαν.

ad v. 29

a. a. καὶ Φερενίκου χάρις: ὄνομα τοῦ νικήσαντος ἵππου.

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εἴ τί σοι, ὦ θυμὲ, ἡ τοῦ ἵππου καὶ τῆς Πίσης χάρις τὸν νοῦν ὑπὸ γλυκυτάταις ἔθηκε φροντίσιν.

c. c. χάρις δὲ ἡ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ ἡδονή· φροντίδα δὲ λέγει τοῦ ἐπινικίου τὴν σκέψιν.

30–31

30 Χάρις δʼ, ἅπερ ἅπαντα τεύχει τὰ μείλιχα θνατοῖς,30

31 ἐπιφέροισα τιμὰν καὶ ἄπιστον ἐμήσατο πιστὸν

and Grace, who fashions all gentle things for men, confers esteem and often contrives to make believable the unbelievable. But the days to come are the wisest witnesses.

32–34

 ἔμμεναι τὸ πολλάκις· σ3
 ἁμέραι δʼ ἐπίλοιποι σ4
 μάρτυρες σοφώτατοι. σ1

Meet is it for a man that concerning gods he speak honourably; for the reproach is less. Of thee, son of Tantalos, I will speak contrariwise to them who have gone before me, and I will tell how when thy father had bidden thee to that most seemly feast at his beloved Sipylos, repaying to the gods their banquet, then did he of the Bright Trident, his heart vanquished by love, snatch thee and bear thee behind his golden steeds to the house of august Zeus in the highest, whither again on a like errand came Ganymede in the after time.

Scholia ad vv. 32–34 (8 entries)

ad v. 32

a. a. ὅτε παρ᾿ Ἀλφεῷ: ἐν Ἤλιδι· ὁ γὰρ Ἀλφεὸς ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ τὰς πηγὰς ἔχει, καὶ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς ἀρχόμενος περιρρεῖ καὶ τὴν Ἦλιν.

b. b. σύτο δὲ, ὥρμα πρὸς τὸν δρόμον.

c. c. (σύτο:) ὥρμα.

ad v. 33

a. a. ((Ψ 387)) ἀκέντητον ἐν δρόμοισιν: ἀμάστικτον αὐτῷ τῷ κατὰ φύσιν τάχει τὸ σῶμα κατὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα διαφυλάξας. ἐκ δὲ τούτου τὸ ταχὺ καὶ πρόθυμον τοῦ ἵππου δηλοῖ. καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ὁμήρῳ · ἄνευ κέντροιο θέουσαι.

b. b. ἔσυτο δὲ, οὕτως ὥρμησεν ὡς μὴ δεῖσθαι κέντρου καὶ μάστιγος. |

c. c. κράτει ἀντὶ τοῦ νίκῃ.

d. d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ δὲ Φερένικος ταχύνας ἑαυτὸν κατὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα τῇ νίκῃ προσέμιξε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ δεσπότην Ἱέρωνα.

ad v. 34

x. (κράτει:) τῇ νίκῃ.

35–38

 ἔστι δʼ ἀνδρὶ φάμεν ἐοικὸς ἀμφὶ δαιμόνων καλά· μείων γὰρ αἰτία. σ4
 υἱὲ Ταντάλου, σὲ δʼ, ἀντία προτέρων, φθέγξομαι, σ1
 ὁπότʼ ἐκάλεσε πατὴρ τὸν εὐνομώτατον σ5
 ἐς ἔρανον φίλαν τε Σίπυλον, σ3

It is seemly for a man to speak well of the gods; for the blame is less that way. Son of Tantalus, I will speak of you, contrary to earlier stories. When your father invited the gods to a very well-ordered banquet at his own dear Sipylus, in return for the meals he had enjoyed,

Scholia ad vv. 35–38 (13 entries)

ad v. 35

a. a. ἱππιοχάρμαν: τὸν τῇ ἱππικῇ χαίροντα.

b. b. καλῶς τὸ ἐπίθετον τῷ βασιλεῖ διὰ τὸ ἱπποτροφεῖν, | ἵνα δείξῃ ὅτι οὐ τύχης γέγονεν ἔργον τὸ τῷ Φερενίκῳ χρήσασθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπιστήμης καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐπιμελείας.

c. c. ἔνιοι δὲ ἀναγινώσκουσι παροξύνοντες τὴν παραλήγουσαν συλλαβὴν τοῦ Συρακουσίων καὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην τοῦ ἱππιοχαρμᾶν περισπῶσιν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ Συρακοσίων ἱππιοχαρμῶν. | τὸν γὰρ Ἱέρωνα οὐκ εἶναι Συρακούσιον ὅτε ἐνίκα. κτίσαντα γὰρ αὐτὸν τὴν Κατάνην καὶ προσαγορεύσαντα Αἴτνην ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς Αἰτναῖον αὐτὸν λέγουσιν. | εὐήθεις δέ φησι Δίδυμος τούτους· τότε γὰρ ὁ Ἱέρων ἦν Συρακούσιος καὶ οὐδὲ ἦν Αἰτναῖος, ὥς φησιν Ἀπολλόδωρος. ὁ δὲ Ἀριστόνικος ἀξιοπίστως Αἰτναῖον ὄντα Συρακούσιον ὀνομάζεσθαι.

d. d. γράφεται καὶ ἱππιοχαρμὴν Συρακουσίων καὶ συντάσσεται οὕτως. ἐτυμολογεῖται δὲ ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου καὶ τοῦ χαίρω ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ χάρμη ἡ μάχη.

ad v. 36

x. λάμπει δέ οἱ κλέος: τῷ ἵππῳ. ἢ τῷ Ἱέρωνι· ὃ καὶ βέλτιον.

ad v. 37

a. a. ((FHG I 426)(FHG IV 345)(Β 639)) ἐν εὐάνορι Λυδοῦ Πέλοπος: Πίνδαρος μὲν τὸν Πέλοπα Λυδόν φησιν [εἶναι], Ἴστρος δὲ Παφλαγόνα, Αὐτεσίων δὲ Ἀχαιὸν ἀπ᾿ Ὠλένου πόλεως, ἧς καὶ Ὅμηρος μνημονεύει · καὶ Ὤλενον ἠδὲ Πυλήνην.

b. b. εὐάνορι: ἐν τῇ εὐάνορος ἀποικίᾳ, τοῦ Πέλοπος· τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ Πελοπποννήσῳ.

c. c. γράφεται καὶ ἐποικίᾳ· ταὐτὸν δὲ δι᾿ ἀμφοτέρων.

d. d. ἀποικίαν δὲ, οὐχ ἣν αὐτὸς ἔστειλεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἣν αὐτὸς ἐστείλατο.

e. e. τινὲς εὐάνορι, δοτικῇ ἀντὶ γενικῆς τοῦ εὐάνορος. ἐξ ἀνδρείας γὰρ νικήσας ἔσχε τὴν Ἦλιν. 40 d

ad v. 38

a. a. Πέλοπος ἀποικίᾳ: τῇ Πελοποννήσῳ.

b. b. τοῦ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ Πέλοπος. 48

c. c. (ἀποικίᾳ:) κατοικίᾳ.

39 ἀμοιβαῖα θεοῖσι δεῖπνα παρέχων,

But when thou hadst vanished, and the men who sought thee long brought thee not to thy mother, some one of the envious neighbours said secretly that over water heated to boiling they had hewn asunder with a knife thy limbs, and at the tables had shared among them and eaten sodden fragments of thy flesh. But to me it is impossible to call one of the blessed gods cannibal; I keep aloof; in telling ill tales is often little gain.

40 τότʼ Ἀγλαοτρίαιναν ἁρπάσαι σ640

then it was that the god of the splendid trident seized you,

Scholia ad vv. 40–40 (6 entries)

ad v. 40

a. a. ((fr. 42)) [ἐπεί νιν καθαροῦ λέβητος:] λόγος τις παρὰ τοῖς ἱστορικοῖς ἐπὶ τὸ μυθικώτερον πέπλασται, ὡς οἱ θεοὶ ἐπὶ ἑστίασιν ἐκάλεσαν τὸν Τάνταλον [εἰς] ἔρανον [ὅ ἐστι τὴν εὐωχίαν] παρασκευάσαντες. ἐπειδὴ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Τάνταλος τῷ τοῦ ἐράνου τρόπῳ ἀντεισφέρειν τε τοῖς θεοῖς εὐωχίαν ἠπόρησεν, ἀσεβοῦς ἐπιχειρήματος πρόφασιν τὸ ἄπορον ἔσχε· διακόψας γὰρ τὸν Πέλοπα ἐγκαθῆκε λέβητι καὶ ἑψήσας τοῖς θεοῖς παρέθηκε τῶν κρεῶν. μόνην δὲ τὴν Δήμητραν ἀγνοίᾳ μεταλαβεῖν λέγουσι· τινὲς δὲ τὴν Θέμιν. γνωρίσαντα δὲ τὸν Δία Ἑρμῇ προστάξαι ἐγκαθεῖναι πάλιν λέβητι τὰ κρέα καὶ ὑγιῆ τὸν παῖδα ἀποδοῦναι. ὁ δὲ Βακχυλίδης τὸν Πέλοπα τὴν Ῥέαν λέγει ὑγιάσαι | καθεῖσαν διὰ λέβητος.

b. b. τοῦ δευτέρου οὖν ἀκουστέον, ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ ὑγιὴς ἀνεδόθη.

c. c. ἄλλως· λέγεται τῆς Δήμητρος ἀπογευσαμένης τῶν τοῦ Πέλοπος ὠμείων κρεῶν ἐλεφάντινον τὸν Ἑρμῆν ὦμον προσαρμόσαι τῷ Πέλοπι. τούτου φασὶ καὶ ὑμόμνημα τοὺς Πελοπίδας φέρειν λευκότητά τινα κατὰ τὸν ὦμον. τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου τοῦ Πέλοπος οἱ μὲν λευκόν τι ὡς διὰ τὸν ἐλέφαντα ἔφασαν, οἱ δὲ λόγχην ἐπὶ τὸν βραχίονα, οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν ἀριστερὸν βραχίονα Γοργόνα, | οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς ὠμοπλάτης τρίαιναν μαρτυροῦσαν τῷ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος ἔρωτι.

d. d. καθαροῦ λέβητος: ἐν ᾧ συνετίθετο ὁ Πέλοψ.

e. e. ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ ὑγιὴς ἐγένετο, ὅτε τῆς Δήμητρος τὸν ὠμοπλάτην αὐτοῦ φαγούσης κατ᾿ ἄγνοιαν ἐλεφάντινος ὦμος ἐτέθη αὐτῷ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς.

f. f. ἐπεί νιν καθαροῦ λέβητος: οἷον ἀφ᾿ οὗ αὐτόν. οἱ δὲ, ἐπειδὴ αὐτόν.

41–44

 δαμέντα φρένας ἱμέρῳ χρυσέαισί τʼ ἀνʼ ἵπποις σ1
 ὕπατον εὐρυτίμου ποτὶ δῶμα Διὸς μεταβᾶσαι, σ2
 ἔνθα δευτέρῳ χρόνῳ σ5
 ἦλθε καὶ Γανυμήδης σ4

his mind overcome with desire, and carried you away on his team of golden horses to the highest home of widely-honored Zeus, to which at a later time Ganymede came also,

Scholia ad vv. 41–44 (12 entries)

ad v. 41

x. Κλωθὼ μία τῶν Μοιρῶν· εἴρηται δὲ παρὰ τὸ ἐπικλώθειν ἑκάστῳ τὸ εἱμαρμένον.

ad v. 42

a. a. κεκαδμένον: κεκοσμημένον.

b. b. κεκοσμημένον. ἀπὸ τοῦ κάζω τὸ καλλωπίζω. γράφεται δὲ καὶ κεκασμένον. σύγκειται δὲ τὸ ζ ἐκ τοῦ σ καὶ δ. διὰ τοῦτο γράφεται κεκαδμένον.

ad v. 43

a. a. ἦ θαύματὰ πολλά: ἄπιστον εἶναι βούλεται τὸν τῆς ἱστορίας λόγον Πίνδαρος, ὅτι ἐκρεουργήθη ὁ Πέλοψ. ὁ δὲ ἦ βεβαιωτικός.

b. b. ((scut. 165)) τινὲς δὲ ὀξυτόνως ἀναγινώσκουσιν, ὡς κατὰ ἀποβολὴν τοῦ σ, ἵν᾿ ᾖ θαυμαστὰ ἔργα· ὡς καὶ Ἡσίοδος · θαυματὰ ἔργα.

c. c. ἔνιοι δὲ παράδοξα ἤκουσαν.

d. d. γράφεται καὶ οὕτως· ἦ θαυματὰ πολλά· ἀντὶ τοῦ ὄντως θαυμαστὰ καὶ ἄξια θαύματος.

e. e. γράφεται θαυματά, ἀντὶ τοῦ θαυμαστά. γράφεται δὲ καὶ θαύματα πολλά.

ad v. 44

a. a. καὶ πού τι καὶ βροτῶν φάτις: τὸ σαφές· καὶ δὴ οἱ λόγοι εἰσὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, φησὶν, οἵτινες ποικίλων λόγων τεχνάσμασιν εἰς τὸ ἀπατῆσαι τοὺς ἀκούοντας πεποικιλμένοι ὑπὲρ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον, ἐξαπατᾶν δύνανται.

b. b. ἔνιοι δὲ φάτιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰς φρένας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπατῶσιν οἱ ψευδεῖς λόγοι.

c. c. γράφεται καὶ φασί. ἐν τῷ συντάγματι συντάσσεται γὰρ καὶ τὰς φάτις· συντάσσεται δὲ καὶ φασὶν ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγουσιν.

d. d. ἄλλως· οἱ μῦθοι ὑπὲρ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον ἰσχύουσι καὶ ἐξαπατῶσι τοῖς δεδαιδαλμένοις ψεύδεσι καὶ ποικίλοις· πολλὰ γὰρ ἀληθῆ νομίζεται ἐκ τῆς φήμης, ὅτε τὸ ψεῦδος προσλάβῃ.

45–46

45 Ζηνὶ τωὔτʼ ἐπὶ χρέος.45

46 ὡς δʼ ἄφαντος ἔπελες, οὐδὲ ματρὶ πολλὰ μαιόμενοι φῶτες ἄγαγον,

to perform the same service for Zeus. But when you disappeared, and people did not bring you back to your mother, for all their searching, right away some envious neighbor whispered that they cut you limb from limb with a knife into the water’s rolling boil over the fire,

47–49

 ἔννεπε κρυφᾶ τις αὐτίκα φθονερῶν γειτόνων, σ1
 ὕδατος ὅτι σε πυρὶ ζέοισαν εἰς ἀκμὰν σ3
 μαχαίρᾳ τάμον κάτα μέλη,

Now if any man ever had honour of the guardians of Olympus, Tantalos was that man; but his high fortune he could not digest, and by excess thereof won him an overwhelming woe, in that the Father hath hung above him a mighty stone that he would fain ward from his head, and therewithal he is fallen from joy.

Scholia ad vv. 47–49 (4 entries)

ad v. 47

x. (ἐξαπατῶντι:) ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξαπατῶσι.

ad v. 48

a. a. ἡ τῆς ποιητικῆς, φησι, χάρις καὶ τὰ ἄπιστα ποιεῖ πιστά.

b. b. Χάρις δ᾿ ἅπερ ἅπαντα τεύχει: ἡ δὲ χάρις τῆς ποιητικῆς γραφῆς καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν μῦθον ποικιλίας τε καὶ ψυχαγωγίας, ἥτις καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅπαντα εἶναι τὰ πράγματα ἡδέα παρασκευάζει, τὴν παρ᾿ ἑαυτῆς τιμὴν καὶ χάριν ἐπιφέρουσα, πολλάκις καὶ τὸ ἄπιστον πιστὸν νομισθῆναι παρεσκεύασεν.

c. c. ἄλλως· τὸ ποίημα τὸ πεπλασμένον διαδεχθὲν ὑπὸ πολλῶν πιστὸν ἐγένετο.

50–51

50 τραπέζαισί τʼ, ἀμφὶ δεύτατα, κρεῶν σ150

51 σέθεν διεδάσαντο καὶ φάγον. σ3

and among the tables at the last course they divided and ate your flesh.

Scholia ad vv. 50–51 (4 entries)

ad v. 50

x. ἐπιφέρουσα τιμάν: τιμὴν προσφέρουσα τῷ ἐγκωμιαζομένῳ.

ad v. 51

a. a. καὶ ἄπιστον ἐμήσατο πιστόν: δηλονότι ὁ ποιητὴς διὰ τῆς οἰκείας πιθανολογίας, ἐξ ἧς τὸ ἄπιστον παριστᾷ ὡς πιστὸν, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δεικνύει δύναμιν.

b. b. καὶ δὴ καὶ ἡ φάτις τῶν βροτῶν ὑπὲρ τὸν ἀληθῆ ἰσχύει λόγον, ἵνα ἐξαπατῶσιν οἱ μῦθοι πεποικιλμένοι ψεύδεσι ποικίλοις.

c. c. ἢ καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰς φάτις καὶ τὰς διανοίας τῶν βροτῶν ἐξαπατῶσιν οἱ μῦθοι δεδαιδαλμένοι ψεύδεσι ποικίλοις ὑπὲρ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον ἰσχύοντες.

52–54

 ἐμοὶ δʼ ἄπορα γαστρίμαργον μακάρων τινʼ εἰπεῖν. ἀφίσταμαι.
 ἀκέρδεια λέλογχεν θαμινὰ κακαγόρους. σ2
 εἰ δὲ δή τινʼ ἄνδρα θνατὸν Ὀλύμπου σκοποὶ

Olympus For me it is impossible to call one of the blessed gods a glutton. I stand back from it. Often the lot of evil-speakers is profitlessness. If indeed the watchers of ever honored a mortal man,

Scholia ad vv. 52–54 (2 entries)

ad v. 53

a. a. ἁμέραι δ᾿ ἐπίλοιποι: ὁ δὲ χρόνος, φησὶ, καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν προϊὼν ἀπογυμνοῖ.

b. b. ((2, 10)) ἀξιόπιστος ἔλεγχος. Δημοσθένης · τῷ χρόνῳ δὲ φωρᾶται καὶ περὶ αὑτὰ καταρρεῖ.

55–58

 ἐτίμασαν, ἦν Τάνταλος οὗτος· ἀλλὰ γὰρ καταπέψαι σ4
 μέγαν ὄλβον οὐκ ἐδυνάσθη, κόρῳ δʼ ἕλεν
 ἄταν ὑπέροπλον, ἅν οἱ πατὴρ ὑπερκρέμασε καρτερὸν αὐτῷ λίθον,
 τὸν αἰεὶ μενοινῶν κεφαλᾶς βαλεῖν εὐφροσύνας ἀλᾶται. σ4

that man was Tantalus. But he was not able to digest his great prosperity, and for his greed he gained overpowering ruin, which the Father hung over him: a mighty stone. Always longing to cast it away from his head, he wanders far from the joy of festivity.

This hopeless life of endless misery he endureth with other three, for that he stole from the immortals and gave to his fellows at a feast the nectar and ambrosia, whereby the gods had made him incorruptible. But if a man thinketh that in doing aught he shall be hidden from God, he erreth.

Scholia ad vv. 55–58 (8 entries)

ad v. 55

a. a. ἐοικὸς δέ ἔστι καὶ προσῆκον ἀνθρώπῳ τὰ καλὰ περὶ θεῶν λέγειν· ἐλάττων γὰρ αἰτία. διὰ δὲ τούτου εὐσεβὲς τὸ ἦθος χαρακτηρίζει.

b. b. ὡς ὅτι δεῖ μηδὲ ὅλως ἐγκαθιέναι τινὰ εἰς τὸν περὶ τῶν θεῶν λόγον.

c. c. ((Ε 800)) ἔνιοι δὲ μείων ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδὲ ὀλίγη· | ὡς Ὅμηρος · ἦ ὀλίγον οἷ παῖδα ἐοικότα γείνατο Τυδεύς· ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδὲ ὀλίγον· ἵν᾿ ᾖ, οὐδὲ ὀλίγη ἐστὶν αἰτία τῷ καλὰ λέγοντι περὶ θεῶν.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἔστι δὲ εἰκὸς ἀνθρώπῳ εὔφημα περὶ θεῶν λέγειν καὶ μὴ βλασφημοῦντα λέγειν αὐτοὺς ἀνθρωποφάγους καὶ γαστριμάργους.

ad v. 58

a. a. υἱὲ Ταντάλου, σὲ δ᾿ ἀντία προτέρων φθεγξομαι: ἐγὼ δὲ σὲ, ὦ Πέλοψ, ἐναντία ταῖς τῶν προτέρων δόξαις ἐγκωμιάσω.

b. b. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐναντία καὶ ἕτερα οἷς εἶπον οἱ πρότεροι ποιηταὶ δοξάσω σε καὶ ἐρῶ. οἱ μὲν γάρ σε ἔθεντο τεθνεῶτα, ἐγὼ δὲ πλαπέντα.

c. c. τῶν οἱ δὲ τὸ σέ ἀντὶ τοῦ σοῦ, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ἐγὼ περὶ σοῦ ἐναντία εἴπω ταῖς προτέρων δόξαις.

d. d. ἄλλως· γράψω εἰς σὲ παλινῳδίαν καὶ ἐναντία τοῖς λέγουσί σε κρεανομεῖσθαι.

59 ἔχει δʼ ἀπάλαμον βίον τοῦτον ἐμπεδόμοχθον, σ1

He has this helpless life of never-ending labor,

Scholia ad vv. 59–59 (1 entry)

ad v. 59

x. προτέρων φθέγξομαι: δοξάσω.

60–61

60 μετὰ τριῶν τέταρτον πόνον, ἀθανάτων ὅτι κλέψαις60

61 ἁλίκεσσι συμπόταις

a fourth toil after three others, because he stole from the gods nectar and ambrosia, with which they had made him immortal, and gave them to his drinking companions. If any man expects that what he does escapes the notice of a god, he is wrong.

62–64

 νέκταρ ἀμβροσίαν τε σ3
 δῶκεν, οἷσιν ἄφθιτον
 θῆκαν. εἰ δὲ θεὸν ἀνήρ τις ἔλπεταί τι λαθέμεν ἔρδων, ἁμαρτάνει. σ1

Therefore also the immortals sent back again his son to be once more counted with the short-lived race of men. And he when toward the bloom of his sweet youth the down began to shade his darkening cheek, took counsel with himself speedily to take to him for his wife the noble Hippodameia from her Pisan father's hand.

Scholia ad vv. 62–64 (4 entries)

ad v. 62

a. a. φίλαν τε Σίπυλον: οἱ μὲν πόλεως ὄνομα, οἱ δὲ ὄρους περὶ τὴν Λυδίαν [, ὅθεν ὁ Πέλοψ].

b. b. ἐλλειπτικὸν δέ ἐστι πρὸς τὴν σύνταξιν τὸ ὅλον χωρίον, καὶ ληπτέον ἔξωθεν τὸ ᾄδεται ἢ τὸ λέγω.

c. c. υδίαν. (Σίπυλον:) ὄρος περὶ τὴν Λ

ad v. 64

x. ἀγλαοτρίαιναν: τὸν Ποσειδῶνα.

65–69

 τοὔνεκα προῆκαν υἱὸν ἀθάνατοί οἱ πάλιν
 μετὰ τὸ ταχύποτμον αὖτις ἀνέρων ἔθνος. σ2
 πρὸς εὐάνθεμον δʼ ὅτε φυὰν σ1
 λάχναι νιν μέλαν γένειον ἔρεφον. σ1
 ἑτοῖμον ἀνεφρόντισεν γάμον σ1

Because of that the immortals sent the son of Tantalus back again to the swift-doomed race of men. And when he blossomed with the stature of fair youth, and down darkened his cheek, he turned his thoughts to an available marriage,

Scholia ad vv. 65–69 (5 entries)

ad v. 66

a. a. χρυσέαισιν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ χρυσῶν ἵππων.

b. b. μεταβιβάσαι, μεταγαγεῖν.

ad v. 67

x. ὕπατον εὐριτίμου: ὕπατον τὸ ὑπεροχώτατον.

ad v. 68

x. ποτὶ δῶμα Διός: καθ᾿ ὑπερβατὸν νοείσθω· Γανυμήδης γὰρ πρεσβύτερος Πέλοπος. καὶ ἔστι τὸ ὑπερβατὸν οὕτω· Διὸς δῶμα μεταβᾶσαι δευτέρῳ χρόνῳ, ἔνθα ἦν καὶ Γανυμήδης· ἔξωθεν τὸ πρότερον προσληπτέον.

ad v. 69

x. ἔνθα δευτέρω χρόνῳ: δευτέρῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑστέρῳ. προτέρῳ δὲ ἐχρῆν εἰπεῖν· πρεσβύτερος γὰρ Γανυμήδης Πέλοπος, ὡς ἔστιν ἐκ τῶν ἐπιγόνων τεκμήρασθαι. | Ἕκτωρ γὰρ καὶ Ἀγαμέμνων· Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Πρίαμος· Πέλοψ καὶ Λαομέδων. καὶ πάλιν Λαομέδων, οὗ Πρίαμος, οὗ Ἕκτωρ· Πέλοπος δὲ Ἀτρεὺς, οὗ Ἀγαμέμνων ὁ κατὰ τὸν Ἕκτορα. προανήρπασται οὖν Γανυμήδης Πέλοπος. καθ᾿ ὑπερβατὸν οὖν αὐτὸ ἀκουστέον, ὅπως ἐπὶ τοῦ Πέλοπος λέγηται, καὶ ἔστι τὸ ὑπερβατὸν οὕτως· Διὸς δῶμα μεταβᾶσαι δευτέρῳ χρόνῳ, ἔνθα ἦν καὶ Γανυμήδης· ἔξωθεν τὸ πρότερον προσληπτέον. οὕτως· ὁπότ᾿ ἐκάλεσε πατὴρ ἐπὶ τὸν εὐνομώτατον ἔρανον φίλαν τε Σίπυλον, τότε ἀγλαοτρίαιναν μεταβᾶσαι δευτέρῳ χρόνῳ, ἔνθα ἦλθε καὶ Γανυμήδης.

70–74

 Πισάτα παρὰ πατρὸς εὔδοξον Ἱπποδάμειαν
 σχεθέμεν. ἐγγὺς ἐλθὼν πολιᾶς ἁλὸς οἶος ἐν ὄρφνᾳ σ1
 ἄπυεν βαρύκτυπον σ2
 Εὐτρίαιναν· ὁ δʼ αὐτῷ
 πὰρ ποδὶ σχεδὸν φάνη.

Pisa to win glorious Hippodameia from her father, the lord of, He drew near to the gray sea, alone in the darkness, and called aloud on the deep-roaring god, skilled with the trident; and the god appeared to him, close at hand.

And he came and stood upon the margin of the hoary sea, alone in the darkness of the night, and called aloud on the deep-voiced Wielder of the Trident; and he appeared unto him nigh at his foot.

Scholia ad vv. 70–74 (3 entries)

ad v. 71

x. Ζηνὶ τωὔτ᾿ ἐπὶ χρέος: διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν χρείαν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν.

ad v. 72

a. a. ὡς δὲ ἄφαντος ἔπελες: ὡς δὲ ἀφανὴς ἐγένου, καὶ οἱ ζητοῦντές σε κενοὶ καὶ ἄπρακτοι ὑπέστρεψαν, μὴ ἀγαγόντες σε τῇ μητρὶ Εὐρυανάσσῃ τὸ ὄνομα, οἱ γείτονες διαδεδώκασιν ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός σε κατακεκόφθαι τοῖς θεοῖς εἰς εὐωχίαν, ψευδῆ λέγοντες.

b. b. ὡς δὲ ἄφαντος: ἀφανὴς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος.

75–77

 φίλια δῶρα Κυπρίας ἄγʼ εἴ τι, Ποσείδαον, ἐς χάριν τῷ μὲν εἶπε· σ3
 τέλλεται, πέδασον ἔγχος Οἰνομάου χάλκεον,
 ἐμὲ δʼ ἐπὶ ταχυτάτων πόρευσον ἁρμάτων σ2

Elis Pelops said to the god, “If the loving gifts of Cyprian Aphrodite result in any gratitude, Poseidon, then restrain the bronze spear of Oenomaus, and speed me in the swiftest chariot to, and bring me to victory. For he has killed thirteen

Scholia ad vv. 75–77 (5 entries)

ad v. 75

a. a. ἔννεπε κρυφᾷ τις αὐτίκα: ἕνα φησὶ τῶν γειτόνων φθονοῦντα διασκευάσαι τοῦτον τὸν μῦθον, ὅτι ἐκρεουργήθη.

b. b. κρυφᾶ: Δωρικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ κρύφα.

c. c. ἁρπαγῆναι δέ φησι Πέλοπα ὑπὸ Ποσειδῶνος, εἶτα ἕνα τῶν γειτόνων φθονοῦντα διασκευάσαι τοῦτον τὸν μῦθον, ὅτι ἐκρεουργήθη.

ad v. 77

a. a. ὕδατος ὅτι σε πυρὶ ζέοισαν: τουτέστιν εἰς ὕδωρ ἀκμαίως ζέον, εἰς θερμὸν, κατὰ μέλη τεμόντες ἐμβεβλήκασι, καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον ἐν ταῖς τραπέζαις παραθέντες καὶ μερίδας ποιήσαντες βεβρώκασιν.

b. b. ἀκμάν ἄλλως· ζέοισαν, τὴν ζέσιν τοῦ ὕδατος· ἐπεὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει δύναμιν τῷ σιδήρῳ τὸ πῦρ.

78–79

78 ἐς Ἆλιν, κράτει δὲ πέλασον.

79 ἐπεὶ τρεῖς τε καὶ δέκʼ ἄνδρας ὀλέσαις σ1

Then he said unto him: 'Lo now, O Poseidon, if the kind gifts of the Cyprian goddess are anywise pleasant in thine eyes, restrain Oinomaos' bronze spear, and send me unto Elis upon a chariot exceeding swift, and give the victory to my hands. Thirteen lovers already hath Oinomaos slain, and still delayeth to give his daughter in marriage. Now a great peril alloweth not of a coward: and forasmuch as men must die, wherefore should one sit vainly in the dark through a dull and nameless age, and without lot in noble deeds? Not so, but I will dare this strife: do thou give the issue I desire.'

Scholia ad vv. 78–79 (1 entry)

ad v. 79

x. μαχαίρᾳ τάμον: οἱ Ταντάλου δορυφόροι ἔταμον τῇ μαχαίρᾳ, καὶ μέρος ἑκάστῳ τῶν θεῶν μέλος ἀποδιδόντες, ἐν τῇ τραπέζῃ τὰ δεύτερα μέλη ἔθηκαν καὶ ἔφαγον.

80 ἐρῶντας ἀναβάλλεται γάμον σ280

suitors, and postpones the marriage

Scholia ad vv. 80–80 (2 entries)

ad v. 80

a. a. δεύτατα: δεύτατα ὄντα τοῦ σώματος· τουτέστι μετὰ τὸ σῶμα μέλη δεύτερα ἔθηκαν, χεῖρας καὶ πόδας καὶ τὴν κεφαλήν.

b. b. ἄλλως· δεύτατα, ἢ τὰ ἔσχατα, ἢ τὰ βεβρεγμένα τῷ αἵματι.

81–84

 θυγατρός. ὁ μέγας δὲ κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει.
 θανεῖν δʼ οἷσιν ἀνάγκα, τί κέ τις ἀνώνυμον
 γῆρας ἐν σκότῳ καθήμενος ἕψοι μάταν,
 ἁπάντων καλῶν ἄμμορος; ἀλλʼ ἐμοὶ μὲν οὗτος ἄεθλος σ7

of his daughter. Great danger does not take hold of a coward. Since all men are compelled to die, why should anyone sit stewing an inglorious old age in the darkness, with no share of any fine deeds? As for me, on this contest

Scholia ad vv. 81–84 (7 entries)

ad v. 84

a. a. ἀφίσταμαι: μακρὰν καὶ πόρρω γίνομαι τοῦ τοιαῦτα περὶ θεῶν λέγειν.

b. b. ἀκέρδεια λέλογχε θαμινὰ κακᾱγόρος: τοὺς κακηγόρους ἀκέρδεια καὶ βλάβη ἐκλήρωσεν. ἀκέρδεια δέ ἐστιν ἡ κακηγορία καὶ βλάβη, ἣ τοὺς κακηγόρους περιέχει.

c. c. τοῦ δὲ κακᾱγόρος Δωρικὴ ἡ ἀνάγνωσις· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ αἰτιατικὴ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἀφαίρεσιν τοῦ ῡ προφέρεται διὰ μόνου τοῦ ο.

d. d. κακηγόρους δὲ λέγει τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς καὶ βλασφήμους.

e. e. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀκέρδεια εἴληχε πυκνῶς τοὺς κακηγόρους· ὅ ἐστιν, οἱ κακήγοροι τῶν ἀνθρώπων πυκνῶς ἐν ἀκερδείᾳ εἰσίν.

f. f. ἢ οὕτως· οἱ κακήγοροι οὐδὲν λελόγχασιν ἢ ἀκέρδειαν· οἷον οὐδὲν κερδαίνουσι κακηγοροῦντες.

g. g. τινὲς δὲ τῇ ἐκλείψει τοῦ ῡ ἐχρήσαντο.

85–87

 ὑποκείσεται· τὺ δὲ πρᾶξιν φίλαν δίδοι. σ1
 ὣς ἔννεπεν· οὐδʼ ἀκράντοις ἐφάψατʼ ὦν ἔπεσι. τὸν μὲν ἀγάλλων θεὸς
 ἔδωκεν δίφρον τε χρύσεον πτεροῖσίν τʼ ἀκάμαντας ἵππους. σ2

I will take my stand. May you grant a welcome achievement.” So he spoke, and he did not touch on words that were unaccomplished. Honoring him, the god gave him a golden chariot, and horses with untiring wings.

Thus spake he, nor were his words in vain: for the god made him a glorious gift of a golden car and winged untiring steeds: so he overcame Oinomaos and won the maiden for his bride.

Scholia ad vv. 85–87 (3 entries)

ad v. 85

x. εἰ δὲ δή τινα: εἰ δὲ δή τινα ἄνδρα ἄλλον οἱ θεοὶ ἐτίμησαν, καὶ μάλιστα τὸν Τάνταλον.

ad v. 87

a. a. ἀλλὰ γὰρ καταπέψαι: κατασχεῖν καὶ ἐναπολαῦσαι τῇ εὐτυχίᾳ.

b. b. ἀλλ᾿ εὐδαιμονῶν καρτερεῖν οὐκ ἠδυνήθη.

88–89

88 ἕλεν δʼ Οἰνομάου βίαν παρθένον τε σύνευνον·

89 τέκε τε λαγέτας ἓξ ἀρεταῖσι μεμαότας υἱούς. σ5

He overcame the might of Oenomaus, and took the girl as his bride. She bore six sons, leaders of the people eager for excellence.

Scholia ad vv. 88–89 (5 entries)

ad v. 89

a. a. κόρῳ δ᾿ ἕλεν ἄταν ὑπέροπλον: διὰ δὲ τὸν κόρον μεγάλως ἐβλάβη λίθῳ παλαίσας.

b. b. ἄλλως· κόρῳ τῇ ὕβρει καὶ τῇ ἀλαζονείᾳ. ὑγιῶς δὲ τῇ τροπῇ διόλου ἐχρήσατο, τῷ καταπέψαι τὸν κόρον ἐφαρμόσας.

c. c. διὰ γὰρ τοῦ κόρου, φησὶ, προσείληφε τὴν ἄτην, ἀδυνατήσας κατασχεῖν τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν.

d. d. ((paroem. I, 308. II, 218)) τίκτει τοι κόρος ὕβριν.

e. e. ἔνιοι δὲ κόρῳ, τῇ πλησμονῇ τῆς τροφῆς.

90–92

 νῦν δʼ ἐν αἱμακουρίαις
 ἀγλααῖσι μέμικται, σ4
 Ἀλφεοῦ πόρῳ κλιθείς,

Now he has a share in splendid blood-sacrifices, resting beside the ford of the Alpheus, where he has his attendant tomb beside the altar that is thronged with many visitors. The fame of Pelops shines from afar in the races of the Olympic festivals,

Scholia ad vv. 90–92 (4 entries)

ad v. 91

a. a. ((Or. 10)(λ 582)(Alcae. fr. 93)(fr. 87)(fr. 53)(Or. 4)(Or. 982)) ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶσσαν, αἰσχίστην νόσον.ἑσταότ᾿ ἐν λίμνῃ, ἡ δὲ προσέπλαζε γενείῳ· στεῦτο δὲ διψάων, πιέειν δ᾿ οὐκ εἶχεν ἑλέσθαι,ὁ γὰρ μακάριος, κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας, Διὸς πεφυκὼς, ὡς λέγουσι, Τάνταλος κορυφῆς ὑπερτέλλοντα δειμαίνων πέτρον ἀέρι ποτᾶται καὶ τίνει ταύτην δίκην.μόλοιμι τὰν οὐρανοῦ μέσον χθονὸς τεταμέναν αἰωρήμασι πέτραν ἁλύσεσι χρυσέαις φερομέναν δίναισι βῶλον ἐξ Ὀλύμπου, ἵν᾿ ἐν θρήνοισιν ἀναβοάσω γέροντι πατρὶ Ταντάλῳ. περὶ τῆς τοῦ Ταντάλου κολάσεως ἕτεροι ἑτέρως λέγουσιν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτόν φασιν ὑποκεῖσθαι Σιπύλῳ τῷ Λυδίας ὄρει, αἰτίαν τινὰ προστιθέντες, ὡς Πανδάρεως ὁ Μιλήσιος ἀποκλέψας τὸν κύνα τῆς Κρήτης, ὃν ὁ Ζεὺς φύλακα τοῦ ἱεροῦ κατέστησε, παρατεθειμένος εἴη τῷ Ταντάλῳ. τὸν δὲ Δία ἀποστεῖλαι Ἑρμῆν πειρώμενον τοῦ ὑποδεξαμένου· τὸν δὲ μᾶλλον ψευδόμενον καὶ ἑλέσθαι ἐπιορκῆσαι, ὡς οὐκ ὄντος παρ᾿ αὐτῷ τοῦ κυνός· παὶ οὕτω τὸν Δία ἐπιθεῖναι κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ Σίπυλον τὸ ὄρος, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τὸν λίθον. οἱ δὲ, ὧν ἐστι καὶ Εὐριπίδης · Ὅμηρος δὲ αὐτὸν ἑτέρως ὑποτίθεται τιμωρεῖσθαι · καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· πλὴν εἰ μὴ κατὰ τὸν Ἀρίσταρχον νόθα εἰσὶ τὰ ἔπη ταῦτα. καὶ Ἀλκαῖος δὲ αὶ Ἀλκμὰν λίθον φασὶν ἐπαιωρεῖσθαι τῷ Ταντάλῳ · | κεῖσθαι πὰρ κεφαλᾶς μέγας, ὦ Αἰσιμίδα, λίθος· ὁ δὲ Ἀλκμάν · ὅπως ἀνὴρ δ᾿ ἐν ἀσμένοισιν ἀλιτηρὸς ἧστ᾿ ἐπὶ θάκας κατὰ πέτρας ὁρέων μὲν οὐδὲν, δοκέων δέ. | ἐπέστησε δὲ καὶ Ἀρχίλοχος · μηδ᾿ ὁ Ταντάλου λίθος τῆσδ᾿ ὑπὲρ νήσου κρεμάσθω. ἔνιοι δὲ ἀκούουσι τὸν πέτρον ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡλίου· τὸν γὰρ Τάνταλον φυσιολόγον γενόμενον καὶ μύδρον ἀποφήναντα τὸν ἥλιον ἐπὶ τούτῳ δίκας ὑποσχεῖν, ὥστε καὶ ἐπαιωρεῖσθαι αὐτῷ τὸν ἥλιον, ὑφ᾿ οὗ δειματοῦσθαι καὶ καταπτήσσειν. περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου οἱ φυσικοί φασιν ὡς λίθος καλεῖται ὁ ἥλιος· καὶ Ἀναξαγόρου δὲ γενόμενον τὸν Εὐριπίδην μαθητὴν πέτρον εἰρηκέναι τὸν ἥλιον διὰ τῶν προεκκειμένων · καὶ πάλιν δι᾿ ἄλλων βῶλον λέγοντα οὕτως ·

b. b. τάν οἱ πατὴρ: τὴν ἄτην, φησὶν, ἐπεκρέμασεν αὐτῷ. ἄτην δὲ εἶπε τὸν λίθον, ὃς ἦν ἄτη· δὶς δὲ παρείληφε τὴν ἀντωνυμίαν· τὸ γὰρ οἱ ἰσοδυναμεῖ τῷ αὐτῷ.

c. c. ἄλλως· δι᾿ ἥντινα ἄτην ὁ Ζεὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ λίθον ἐπήρτησεν· ὥστε τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τοῦ καταπίπτειν τὸν λίθον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτὸν τιμωρεῖσθαι αὐτόν· ὅντινα ἐπηρτημένον λίθον ἐπιθυμῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπώσασθαι καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος, εὐφροσύνης πλανᾶται, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔξω τῆς εὐφροσύνης ἐστίν.

d. d. ἄλλως· τάν οἱ πατήρ: ἐπικρέμαται αὐτῷ λίθος· εἶτα τοῦτο μενοινῶν καὶ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἔχων, ὡς ἐπιπεσὼν ὁ λίθος διαφθερεῖ αὐτὸν, τῆς εὐφροσύνης ἀλᾶται, | προσδοκῶν ἀεὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ βληθήσεσθαι.

93–94

93 τύμβον ἀμφίπολον ἔχων πολυξενωτάτῳ παρὰ βωμῷ. τὸ δὲ κλέος

94 τηλόθεν δέδορκε τᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδων ἐν δρόμοις

And he begat six sons, chieftains, whose thoughts were ever of brave deeds: and now hath he part in honour of blood-offerings in his grave beside Alpheos' stream, and hath a frequented tomb, whereto many strangers resort: and from afar off he beholdeth the glory of the Olympian games in the courses called of Pelops, where is striving of swift feet and of strong bodies brave to labour; but he that overcometh hath for the sake of those games a sweet tranquillity throughout his life for evermore.

95–98

 Πέλοπος, ἵνα ταχυτὰς ποδῶν ἐρίζεται σ2
 ἀκμαί τʼ ἰσχύος θρασύπονοι· σ1
 ὁ νικῶν δὲ λοιπὸν ἀμφὶ βίοτον σ7
 ἔχει μελιτόεσσαν εὐδίαν

where there are contests for swiftness of foot, and the bold heights of toiling strength. A victor throughout the rest of his life enjoys honeyed calm,

Scholia ad vv. 95–98 (10 entries)

ad v. 95

a. a. ἔχει δ᾿ ἀπάλαμνον βίον: ἀπάλαμνον τὸν δεινὸν, πρὸς ὃς οὐκ ἔστι παλαμήσασθαι.

b. b. περὶ οὗ οὐδεὶς δύναται χεῖρα αὐτῷ ἐπαγαγεῖν βοηθόν.

ad v. 96

x. ἐμπεδόμοχθον: διηνεκῶς μοχθηρόν. ἠσφαλισμένον τῷ μόχθῳ καὶ τῇ λύπῃ.

ad v. 97

a. a. μετὰ τριῶν τέταρτον: ἢ ὅτι ἐν Ἅιδου μετὰ τριῶν τετάρτος κολάζεται, Σισύφου, Τιτυοῦ, Ἰξίονος.

b. b. ἢ ὅτι μετὰ τριῶν, τοῦ πεινῆν, διψῆν, ἑστάναι, τέταρτον πόνον ἔχει τοῦτον, τὸ τῷ λίθῳ κολάζεσθαι.

c. c. ἢ μετὰ τριῶν κατὰ ἕνα· ἔστι δὲ τὸ περὶ σῶμα, περὶ ψυχὴν, περὶ τὰ ἐκτός.

d. d. ((l. c.)) ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶσσαν, αἰσχίστην νόσον. ἢ μετὰ τριῶν κολάζεται, οἷς μετέδωκε τοῦ νέκταρος καὶ ἐξεῖπε τὰ μυστήρια τῶν θεῶν. | ὁ οὖν Εὐριπίδης φησίν ·

e. e. ἢ ὅτι τριῶν οὐσῶν πρὸ τούτου βασάνων δι᾿ ὧν τις ἀπώλλυτο, βρόχου, κωνείου, βαράθρου, οὗτος μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν καὶ διελθεῖν τὰ τρία διὰ τοῦ θανάτου, καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου κρίνεται.

f. f. ((fr. 822)) λύσω γὰρ εἰ καὶ τῶν τριῶν ἓν οἴσομαι. ἔνιοι δὲ ὅτι τρία λέγεται καὶ κοινῶς τὰ πρὸς τὸν θάνατον συνεργοῦντα, ξίφος, ἀγχόνη, κρημνός· Σοφοκλῆς · τέταρτον οὖν τοῦτον μετὰ τῶν τριῶν ὁ Τάνταλος τῶν εἰς τὸν θάνατον συνεργούντων προσείληφε πόνον τὸν τοῦ ὑπερκειμένου λίθου.

g. g. ((P. III 81)) ἢ ὅτι τριῶν μερίδων οὐσῶν κατὰ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως κατὰ τοὺς ποιητὰς, καὶ τοῖς μὲν εὐδαίμοσι μίαν ἕπεσθαι ἀγαθὴν, δύο δὲ κακὰς, τοῖς δὲ δυσδαίμοσι τὰς τρεῖς φαύλας· ὅθεν καὶ τρισκακοδαίμονας καὶ τρισαθλίους ἐν τῷ βίῳ τινὰς λέγεσθαι· ἵν᾿ ᾖ οὖν ὁ νοῦς οὕτως, ὅτι δὴ ὁ Τάνταλος καὶ μετὰ τὰς τρεῖς ταύτας δυστυχίας ἃς ὑπέστη κατὰ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γεγονὼς, καὶ τετάρτην ὑφίσταται. καὶ ὅτι | ἡ τοιαύτη γνώμη ἀσφαλής ἐστι, μαρτυρεῖ ἡμῖν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐν ἑτέροις λέγων · οἶσθα προτέρων ὅτι ἓν παρ᾿ ἐσλὸν πήματα σύνδυο δαίονται βροτοῖς ἀθάνατοι. [ἐν Πυθιονίκαις.]

99 ἀέθλων γʼ ἕνεκεν. τὸ δʼ αἰεὶ παράμερον ἐσλὸν

so far as contests can bestow it. But at any given time the glory of the present day

100

100 ὕπατον ἔρχεται παντὶ βροτῶν. ἐμὲ δὲ στεφανῶσαι100

is the highest one that comes to every mortal man. I must crown that man with the horse-song in the Aeolian strain. I am convinced that there is no host in the world today who is both knowledgeable about fine things and more sovereign in power,

101–104

 κεῖνον ἱππίῳ νόμῳ
 Αἰοληΐδι μολπᾷ
 χρή· πέποιθα δὲ ξένον
 μή τινʼ, ἀμφότερα καλῶν τε ἴδριν ἁμᾷ καὶ δύναμιν κυριώτερον,

Now the good that cometh of to-day is ever sovereign unto every man. My part it is to crown Hieron with an equestrian strain in Aeolian mood: and sure am I that no host among men that now are shall I ever glorify in sounding labyrinths of song more learned in the learning of honour and withal with more might to work thereto. A god hath guard over thy hopes, O Hieron, and taketh care for them with a peculiar care: and if he fail thee not, I trust that I shall again proclaim in song a sweeter glory yet, and find thereto in words a ready way, when to the fair-shining hill of Kronos I am come. Her strongest-wingëd dart my Muse hath yet in store.

105–107

 τῶν γε νῦν κλυταῖσι δαιδαλωσέμεν ὕμνων πτυχαῖς. σ4
 θεὸς ἐπίτροπος ἐὼν τεαῖσι μήδεται σ1
 ἔχων τοῦτο κᾶδος, Ἱέρων,

whom we shall adorn with the glorious folds of song. A god is set over your ambitions as a guardian, Hieron, and he devises with this as his concern. If he does not desert you soon, I hope that I will celebrate an even greater sweetness,

Scholia ad vv. 105–107 (5 entries)

ad v. 105

a. a. τοὔνεκά οἱ προῆκαν: τοὔνεκά [οἱ] ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕνεκα, ὥστε ἴσον εἶναι τῷ διὸ δή.

b. b. ἀνήρπαστο μὲν ὑπὸ Ποσειδῶνος, τῷ δὲ τὸν Τάνταλον κλέψαι ταῦτα, τούτου χάριν ἐξέβαλον τὸν υἱὸν εἰς τὸ τῶν θνητῶν γένος· | ἡ γὰρ μετά ἀντὶ τῆς εἰς.

c. c. τουτέστι διὰ τοῦτο τὸν Πέλοπα πάλιν οἱ θεοὶ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ μετέστησαν εἰς ἀνθρώπους Ταντάλου δυσσεβήσαντος.

d. d. τοὔνεκά οἱ: δαιμονίως τὴν ἱστορίαν μετεχειρίσατο, καί φησιν ὅτι διὰ τὴν ἀσέβειαν τοῦ Ταντάλου οἱ θεοὶ πάλιν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ τὸν Πέλοπα ἀπέστειλαν εἰς ἀνθρώπους, αὐτάρκη εἶναι ταύτην ἡγούμενοι τῷ Πέλοπι τιμωρίαν. | καὶ ὅτι πρὸς τοῦτο ὁ λόγος, ἐξαρκέσει τὸ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπίθετον, τῆς δυστυχίας τὸ ἀκρότατον ἐμφανίζον.

ad v. 106

x. ἀθάνατοι πάλιν: εἰς τοὐπίσω. εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς πάλιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ταλαιπωρίαν.

108–109

108 μερίμναισιν· εἰ δὲ μὴ ταχὺ λίποι,

109 ἔτι γλυκυτέραν κεν ἔλπομαι σ3

Of many kinds is the greatness of men; but the highest is to be achieved by kings. Look not thou for more than this. May it be thine to walk loftily all thy life, and mine to be the friend of winners in the games, winning honour for my art among Hellenes everywhere.

Scholia ad vv. 108–109 (3 entries)

ad v. 109

a. a. πρὸς εὐάνθεμον δ᾿ ὅτε φυάν: τὸ τῆς ἀκμῆς ἀνθηρὸν λέγει.

b. b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· πρὸς τὴν ἀνθηρὰν ἐλθόντι αὐτῷ ἡλικίαν, ὅτε καὶ αἱ τρίχες αὐτοῦ ἔστεφον τὸ γένειον· ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτε ἠνδρώθη καὶ τέλειος γέγονεν.

c. c. ὅτε φυὰν λάχναι νιν: ὅτε αἱ τρίχες αὐτοῦ τὸ γένειον ἐστεφάνουν μελαίνουσαι· ὅ ἐστιν ὅτε ἤρχετο γενειᾶν ὁ Πέλοψ.

110–114

 σὺν ἅρματι θοῷ κλεΐξειν, ἐπίκουρον εὑρὼν ὁδὸν λόγων σ2
 παρʼ εὐδείελον ἐλθὼν Κρόνιον. ἐμοὶ μὲν ὦν σ7
 Μοῖσα καρτερώτατον βέλος ἀλκᾷ τρέφει· σ1
 ἐπʼ ἄλλοισι δʼ ἄλλοι μεγάλοι. τὸ δʼ ἔσχατον σ1
 κορυφοῦται βασιλεῦσι. μηκέτι πάπταινε πόρσιον. σ1

sped by a swift chariot, finding a helpful path of song when I come to the sunny hill of Cronus. For me the Muse tends her mightiest shaft of courage. Some men are great in one thing, others in another; but the peak of the farthest limit is for kings. Do not look beyond that!

Scholia ad vv. 110–114 (12 entries)

ad v. 110

a. a. μέλαν δὲ, τὸ μελανθησόμενον ὑπὸ τῆς λάχνης.

b. b. (ἔρεφον:) ἐστεφάνουν.

ad v. 111

a. a. ἑτοῖμον ἀνεφρόντισε γάμον: ἑτοῖμον, ἐπεὶ πᾶσι παρέκειτο· ἆθλον γὰρ ἦν τῷ νικῶντι.

b. b. ἢ ὃν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἡτοίμασεν. |

c. c. ἢ τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν Μοιρῶν αὐτῷ ἡτοιμασμένον.

d. d. ἢ τὸν τοῖς ᾑρημένοις κινδυνεύειν ἐκκείμενον.

e. e. ἀνεφρόντισε δὲ, ἐπεὶ ἠθέλησε γῆμαι τὴν Οἰνομάου Ἱπποδάμειαν.

f. f. ἄλλως· τὸν πᾶσιν ἀδεῶς τοῖς βουλομένοις κινδυνεύειν ἐκκείμενον.

g. g. ἢ τὸν παρὰ τῶν Μοιρῶν ἡτοιμασμένον αὐτῷ.

ad v. 112

x. Πισάτα παρὰ πατρός: τοῦ Οἰνομάου τῆς Πίσης βασιλεύοντος.

ad v. 113

x. εὔδοξον: ἤτοι τὴν ἔνδοξον· ἢ τὴν συνετὴν, ἀπὸ τοῦ εὖ δοξάζειν.

ad v. 114

x. ἐγγὺς δ᾿ ἐλθών: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὲ τὸν δέ παρέλαβεν.

115–116

115 εἴη σέ τε τοῦτον ὑψοῦ χρόνον πατεῖν, ἐμέ τε τοσσάδε νικαφόροις σ1115

116 ὁμιλεῖν, πρόφαντον σοφίᾳ καθʼ Ἕλλανας ἐόντα παντᾷ. σ123

May it be yours to walk on high throughout your life, and mine to associate with victors as long as I live, distinguished for my skill among Greeks everywhere.

Scholia ad vv. 115–116 (124 entries)

ad v. 115

x. ἐν ὄρφνᾳ: ἐν νυκτί.

ad v. 116

a. a. ἄπυεν: ἐφώνει. προσεκαλεῖτο. τουτέστιν ηὔξατο τῷ Ποσειδῶνι ὁ Πέλοψ.

b. b. βαρύκτυπον δὲ εἶπε τὸν Ποσειδῶνα ἀπὸ τοῦ κτύπου τῆς θαλάσσης.

a. a. ὁ δ᾿ αὐτῷ παρὰ ποδὶ σχεδὸν φάνη: τὸ ἕτοιμον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκοῆς δεδήλωκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

b. b. εἴποιμεν δ᾿ ἂν αὐτὸν προσκαλεῖσθαι τὸν Ποσειδῶνα ἤτοι ὡς ἐραστὴν ἢ ὡς τῆς ἱππικῆς προεστῶτα καὶ δυνατῶς ἔχοντα τέχνῃ πρὸς τὸν ἆθλον συμβαλέσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

x. σχεδὸν φάνη: οὐ τοπικῶς τὸ σχεδὸν, ἀλλὰ τοπικῶς πρὸς τὴν φωνὴν ἀκούσας τοῦ Πέλοπος. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

a. a. τῷ μὲν εἶπεν: ὁ μέν ἀντὶ τοῦ μήν· οὐ γὰρ ἀνταποδίδοται πρὸς αὐτό· ὁ μὲν εἶπεν, ὁ δὲ ἤκουσεν. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

b. b. φίλια δὲ δῶρα Κυπρίας, τὰ προσφιλῆ δῶρα τῆς Ἀφροδίτης εἰ εἰς χάριν τινὰ γίνεται· ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰ χάρις ἐραστοῦ πρὸς ἐρώμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

c. c. ἢ Κυπρίας, τοῦ γάμου, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· εἴ τίς σοι χάρις ἐστὶ τοῦ ἐμὲ γῆμαι, σύμπραξον ἡμῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

d. d. ἄλλως· εἴ σοι κεχαρισμένος ἐστὶ τῆς Ἱπποδαμείας..... καὶ εἰ μὴ μέλλεις ἐναντιοῦσθαι τῷ ἔρωτι τῷ πρὸς τὴν Ἱπποδάμειαν. ταύτην γὰρ φίλια δῶρα Ἀφροδίτης εἶπεν. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

e. e. ὁ νοῦς· εἰ τὰ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης δῶρα εἰς χάριν γίνεται, ἅγε τὸ τοῦ Οἰνομάου δόρυ πέδασον. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

a. a. (τέλλεται:) ὑπάρχει. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

b. b. ((I, 752)) Ἐν δὲ δύω δίφροι πεπονήατο δηριόωντε, καὶ τὸν μὲν προπάροιθε Πέλοψ ἴθυνε τινάσσων ἡνία· σὺν δέ οἱ ἔσκε παραιβάτις Ἱπποδάμεια. τὸν δὲ μεταδρομάδην ἐπὶ Μυρτίλος ἤλασεν ἵππους, σὺν τῷ δ᾿ Οἰνόμαος προτενὲς δόρυ χειρὶ μεμαρπώς ἄξονος ἐν πλήμνῃσι παρακλιδὸν ἀγνυμένοιο πίπτεν ἐπεσσυμένος Πελοπήια νῶτα δαΐξαι. πέδασον ἔγχος: κάτασχε. ἐμπόδισον τὸ τοῦ Οἰνομάου δόρυ. | δόρυ γὰρ μεταχειριζόμενος ἐπεδίωκε προηγουμένους τοὺς μνηστῆρας καὶ συμποδίσας ἀνῄρει. | ὥς που καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος μαρτυρεῖ · [Drachmann ad v. 122]

c. c. πέδασον ἔγχος: Ἀμμώνιος ἔγχος Οἰνομάου τὸ ἅρμα ἤκουσεν. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

a. a. ἐς Ἆλιν: εἰς Ὀλυμπίαν· ὅτι τὸ χωρίον τῆς Ἤλιδος. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

b. b. κράτει δέ πέλασον: τῇ νίκῃ δὲ πέλασον, ἵνα κρατήσω αὐτοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

a. a. ((fr. 135)) ἐπεὶ τρεῖς τε καὶ δέκα ἄνδρας ὀλέσσας: καὶ ἐν θρήνοις τὸν αὐτὸν ἀριθμὸν τίθησι τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Οἰνομάου ἀναιρεθέντων μνηστήρων. | πέφνε δὲ τρεῖς καὶ δέκα ἄνδρας· τετράτῳ δ᾿ αὐτὸς πεδάθη. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

b. b. ((fr. 165)(F H G IV, 405)) [τρεῖς τε καὶ δέκα ἄνδρας ὀλέσας:] οἱ ἀναιρεθέντες οὗτοί εἰσι· Μέρμνης· Ἱππόθοος· Πέλοψ ὁ Ὀπούντιος· Ἀκαρνάν· Εὐρύμαχος· Εὐρύλοχος· Αὐτομέδων· Λάσιος· Χάλκων· Τρικόρωνος· Ἀλκάθους ὁ Πορθάονος· Ἀριστόμαχος· Κρόκαλος. τούτῳ τῷ ἀριθμῷ τῶν ἀπολομένων μνηστήρων καὶ Ἡσίοδος καὶ Ἐπιμενίδης μαρτυρεῖ: [Drachmann ad v. 127]

c. c. τινὲς δὲ οὕτως αὐτούς φασι ιε΄· Μέρμνην· Ἱππόστρατον· Αἰολοπέα· Πείραντα· Ἀκαρνᾶνα· Ἱππομέδοντα· Ἀλκάθουν· Εὐρύαλον· Εὐρύμαχον· Κρόκαλον· Ἀκρόκομον· Σκόπελον· Λυκούριον· Λάσιον· Χάλκωνα. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

d. d. τινὲς δὲ τοὺς ιγ΄ οὕτως· Μέρμνωνα· Ἱππόθοον· Πέλοπα τὸν Ὀπούντιον· Εὐρύμαχον· Εὐρύλοχον· Ἱππομέδοντα· Λάσιον· Χάλκωνα· Αἰόλιον· Τρικόρωνον· Ἀκαρνᾶνα· Ἀλκάθουν· Ἀριστόμαχον. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

e. e. ἄλλοι δὲ ἓξ εἶναι λέγουσιν οὕτως· Τρικόρωνον· Ἀριστόμαχον· Κυριάνοντα· Αἴολον· Πελάγοντα· Κρόνιον. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

a. a. ὁ μέγας δὲ κίνδυνος: ὁ περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς δηλονότι. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

b. b. ((Μ 246)) σοὶ δ᾿ οὐ δέος ἔστ᾿ ἀπολέσθαι· οὐ γάρ τοι κραδίη μενεδήιος οὐδὲ μαχήμων. οἷον, οὐδεὶς ἄναλκις ὑπομένει περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς κινδυνεύειν, ἀλλ᾿ ἔστι τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀνδρὸς ἀλκίμου. ὅμοιον τῷ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ · [Drachmann ad v. 129]

c. c. ἄλλως· τὰ δὲ ἐπικίνδυνα τῶν πραγμάτων οὐ δεῖται ἀτόλμων καὶ ἀθλίων ἀνθρώπων. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

d. d. ἢ οὕτως· τὸν ἀνδρεῖον μέγας κίνδυνος καταλαμβάνει. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

a. a. θανεῖν δ᾿ οἷς ἀνάγκα: ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, οἷς ἐξ ἀνάγκης τὸ θανεῖν, διὰ τί δή τις ἄδοξον τὸ γῆρας ἐν ἀφανείᾳ καὶ ἀδοξίᾳ καθεζόμενος τήκει καὶ καταναλίσκει μάτην, πάντων τῶν καλῶν | ἀμέτοχος ὑπάρχων; b. ἄλλως· οἷς ἀποθανεῖν ἀνάγκη, τί καί τις καθεζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνωνύμου γήρως ἕψοιτο; τὸ δὲ ἐν σκότῳ καθήμενος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκινησίᾳ καὶ ἀκλείᾳ καθεστώς. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

b. c. ἄλλως· εἰ δεῖ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἄξιον αὐτὸν γενναίως ἢ ἀγεννῶς βιώσαντα τελευτᾶν. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

c. d. ἕψοι δὲ, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἕψοιτο· οὐ γὰρ ἕψει τις τὸ γῆρας, ἀλλ᾿ ἕψεται ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

d. e. ἀνώνυμον δὲ, τὸ ἐν ἀπραξίᾳ καὶ ἀκλεὲς ὑπάρχον. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

e. f. ἄλλως· ἐπειδὴ πρόκειται τὸ ἀποθανεῖν, διὰ τί μὴ μετὰ δόξης τελευτῶμεν, γενναῖόν τι τολμῶντες; [Drachmann ad v. 131]

a. a. ἀλλ᾿ ἐμοὶ μὲν οὗτος ἄεθλος: ἀλλ᾿ ἐμοὶ μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ γάμου κινδυνεῦσαι πρόκειται, σοὶ δὲ τῇ γνώμῃ τὸ πέρας ἐπιθεῖναι. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

b. b. ἄλλως· ἐάν τε συμπράσσῃς, ὦ Πόσειδον, ἐάν τε μὴ, ἐγὼ ὑπομενῶ τοῦτον τὸν ἆθλον τοῦ γάμου. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

x. τὺ δὲ πρᾶξιν φίλαν: σὺ μέντοι δίδου τὴν νίκην καὶ τὴν εὐπραξίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

a. a. ὣς ἔνεπεν: οὕτως εἶπεν. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

b. b. οὐδ᾿ ἀκράντοις ἐφάψατο ἔπεσι: ἀντὶ τοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀκράντων ἐπῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

c. c. οὐδὲ ἀτελειώτοις ἐφήψατο λόγοις· παρέσχε γὰρ αὐτῷ ἃ ἐβούλετο· ἐνίκησε γὰρ καὶ ἔλαβε τὴν Ἱπποδάμειαν πρὸς γάμον. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

a. a. τὸν μὲν ἀγάλλων θεός: τοῦτον μὲν οὖν, φησι, τὸν Πέλοπα, κοσμῶν καὶ αὔξων, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τό τε χρυσοῦν ἅρμα καὶ τοὺς ταχεῖς ἵππους. [Drachmann ad v. 139]

b. b. ἀγάλλων: κοσμῶν, ὡς ἤδη, ἅτε θεὸς, πεπεισμένος μένος περὶ τῆς νίκης. [Drachmann ad v. 139]

c. c. (ἀγάλλων:) ποιῶν ἀγάλλεσθαι ἢ ἀγαλλόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 139]

a. a. ἕλεν δ᾿ Οἰνομάου: ἐνίκησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

b. b. Οἰν.... όμαον. ἕλε: ἐφόνευσε. ἢ ἔλαβε τὴν Ἱπποδάμειαν, ὡς τὸ ἔχω οἰκῶ καὶ συνοικῶ. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

x. παρθένον τε σύνευνον: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἕλεν. [Drachmann ad v. 143]

a. a. ἃ τέκε λαγέτας ἓξ: ἥτις Ἱπποδάμεια. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

b. b. λαγέτας, ἡγεμόνας. τῶν λαῶν ἡγουμένους. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

c. c. λέγει δὲ Ἀτρέα· Θυέστην· Πιτθέα· Ἀλκάθουν· Πλεισθένην· Χρύσιππον. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

d. d. ἄλλως· Ἀτρεύς· Θυέστης· Ἀλπάθους· Ἵππαλκμος· Πιτθεύς· Δίας· ἢ Χρύσιππος, ἐξ Ἀξιόχης νύμφης· καὶ Πλεισθένης, ἐξ ἄλλης. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

e. e. τινὲς δὲ οὕτως· Ἀτρέα· Θυέστην· Ἵππαλκμον· Πλεισθένην· Πιτθέα· Πέλοπα τὸν νεώτερον. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

f. f. (λαγέτας:) ἡγεμόνας. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

x. ἀρεταῖσι μεμαότας: ἐπιθυμοῦντας τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ ταύτης ἀντεχομένους. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

a. a. νῦν δ᾿ ἐν αἱμακουρίαις: Βοιωτικὴ ἡ φωνή. Βοιωτοὶ γὰρ αἱμακουρίας τὰ τῶν νεκρῶν ἐναγίσματα λέγουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ παρόντος ὁ Πέλοψ ἐναγισμοῖς καὶ θυσίαις τελευτήσας τιμᾶται παρὰ τοῖς τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ ῥεύμασι περισημότατον ἔχων μνῆμα παρὰ τῷ πολυξένῳ βωμῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

c. c. περιφραστικῶς οὖν ταῦτά φησιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπέθανεν. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

d. d. ἄλλως· αἱμακουρίαις: τοῖς μεθ᾿ αἱμάτων γινομένοις ἐναγισμοῖς. κατ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν δὲ ἐγίνοντο τῷ Πέλοπι, ὡς καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς. ἡ δὲ ἐτυμολογία ἀπὸ τοῦ κορέννυσθαι τὰς ψυχὰς αἵματος. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

x. πόρῳ κλιθείς: τῷ ῥεύματι. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

a. a. τύμβον ἀμφίπολον ἔχων: τινές φασι μὴ μνῆμα, ἀλλ᾿ ἱερὸν εἶναι τοῦ Πέλοπος, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ Διὸς αὐτῷ τοὺς Ἠλείους θύειν, | τοῦ Ἡρακλέους πρώτου κατὰ τιμὴν τοῦτο πεποιηκότος. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

b. b. ἀμφίπολον δέ τινες τὸν περιπολούμενον, διὰ τὸ ἐν μέσῃ εἶναι τῇ πόλει· οἱ γὰρ οἰκισταὶ ἐν μέσαις ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐθάπτοντο ἐξ ἔθους. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

c. c. ἄλλοι δὲ πολούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγωνιζομένων· ἐν γὰρ τῷ σταδίῳ ἐστὶν αὐτῷ ὁ τάφος. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

d. d. περιπολούμενον, ὡς τῶν ἐπιφοιτώντων διὰ τὸ ἄγαν τῆς κατασκευῆς ἐκπρεπὲς κύκλῳ περιιόντων καὶ θεωμένων. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

e. e. ἔνιοι δὲ ὅτι οἱ δρομεῖς εἰς τὸν τάφον τοῦ Πέλοπος ἔκαμπτον. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

f. f. ἀμφίπολον: διὰ τὸ ἐν μέσῃ εἶναι τῇ πόλει. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

a. a. πολυξενωτάτῳ παρὰ βωμῷ: ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν ἐνόησαν, ὅτι πολύξενόν φησι τὸν βωμὸν τὸν παρὰ τῷ τάφῳ τοῦ Πέλοπος ἑστῶτα διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν εἰς τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν στελλομένων ἀγωνιστῶν τε καὶ θεατῶν, καί φασι τὸν ἑστῶτα παρὰ τῷ Πέλοπος τάφῳ βωμὸν Πέλοπος εἶναι, ἔνθα αὐτῷ τὰ ἐναγίσματα γίνεται. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

b. b. οἱ δὲ οὕτως· ὅτι Ἴαμος Ἀπόλλωνος παῖς παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν μαντικὴν λαβὼν περὶ τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἔλεγε τοῖς ἐρωτῶσι. διὰ τὸ πλείστους οὖν ξένους τῆς μαντικῆς ἕνεκεν ἀφικνεῖσθαι, πολυξενώτατον εἶπε τὸν βωμόν. | καὶ τοῦτον τὸν βωμὸν Διὸς καὶ Πέλοπος λέγουσιν οἱ ταύτην τὴν ἐξήγησιν ἐκδεξάμενοι. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

c. c. ἐπεὶ πολλοὶ ξένοι εἰσρέουσιν εἰς τὸν Ὀλυμπιακὸν ἀγῶνα· βωμὸς γὰρ ἐν Πίσῃ, ἐφ᾿ ὃν θύουσι πάντες οἱ ξένοι. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

a. a. τὸ δὲ κλέος τηλόθεν δέδορκεν: ὁ νοῦς· τὸ δὲ τῆς Ὀλυμπίας κλέος ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Πέλοπος οἰκήσεως ὁρᾶται· ὡς ἐκείνου τὸ τέλειον τῷ Ὀλυμπιακῷ ἀγῶνι περιθέντος. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

b. b. τὸ τηλόθεν χρονικῶς ἀκουστέον. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

c. c. τὸ δὲ δέδορκεν, ἀντὶ παθητικοῦ τοῦ δέρκεται· | ἵν᾿ ᾖ, ὁρᾶται. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

d. d. τουτέστι πανταχῆ βλέπεται καὶ ὁρᾶται ὁ Ὀλυμπιακὸς ἀγών. ἰδίως δὲ τὸ δέδορκεν ἐξενήνοχεν ἀντὶ παθητικοῦ τοῦ βλέπεται. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

e. e. ὅτι μακρόθεν ὁρᾶται τὸ κλέος καὶ εἰς δεῖξιν πίπτει. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

f. f. ἄλλως· τηλόθεν δέδορκε: τουτέστι πανταχῆ βλέπεται καὶ βοᾶται ὁ Ὀλυμπιακὸς ἀγών. | τὸ γὰρ δέδορκεν, ἀντὶ παθητικοῦ τοῦ βλέπεται. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

a. a. ἵνα ταχυτὰς ποδῶν: πρῶτον γὰρ εὑρέθη δρόμου τὸ ἄσκημα, καὶ ἡ πρώτη θέσις τῶν Ὀλυμπίων δρόμου ἦν τὸ σχῆμα. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

b. b. ταχυτὰς ποδῶν ἐρίζεται ἀκμαί τ᾿ ἰσχύος: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἐρίζεται. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

c. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἔνθα πρὸς ἀλλήλας ἐρίζουσι καὶ φιλονεικοῦσιν αἱ τῶν ἀκμαίων ἰσχύες, αἳ γενναίως πρὸς τοὺς πόνους χωροῦσι. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

d. d. τὸ δὲ ἀκόλουθον, αἱ ἀκμαῖαι ἰσχύες. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

e. e. ἀντὶ τοῦ, ἔνθα γίνονται καὶ δρόμοι καὶ πάλαι | καὶ παγκράτια καὶ πυγμαί· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ θρασύπονοι ἀκμαὶ ἰσχύος. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

a. a. ὁ νικῶν δὲ: ἐξωθεν ἀκουστέον τὸν Ὀλυμπιακὸν ἀγῶνα. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

b. b. ὁ νικῶν εὔδιον καὶ ἡδὺν τὸν λοιπὸν ἔχει βίον· ὡς τοῦ τέλους τῶν ἀγωνισμάτων ἐν τῷ Ὀλυμπιακῷ ὄντος | ἀγῶνι, καὶ τοῦ νικήσαντος ἔχοντος τὸ τέλειον τῆς δόξης. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

c. c. ἄλλως· ὁ νικῶν δὲ τὸν λοιπὸν αὐτοῦ βίον διάγει ἐν τῇ γῇ μέλι ῥεούσῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

d. d. μελιτόεσσαν εὐδίαν: ἀντὶ τοῦ, [ἔχει] ἡδεῖαν ἀνάπαυσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

e. e. ἄλλως· ἀμφίβολον πότερον ὁ νικῶν τὰ Ὀλύμπια εἰς τὸν μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνον ἐν εὐδίᾳ ἐστὶν ἕνεκα τῶν ἄθλων· οἷον, ἕνεκα τοῦ νικῆσαι τὰ Ὀλύμπια ἐν εὐθυμίᾳ ἐστὶ, πολλάκις μέντοι εἴωθε δι᾿ ἑτέρας συμφορὰς λυπεῖσθαι· ἢ οὕτως· ὁ νικήσας τὰ Ὀ|λύμπια ἕνεκα τῶν ἄλλων ἄθλων ἐν εὐδίᾳ ἐστίν· οὐκέτι γὰρ φιλοδοξεῖ οὐδὲ ἐπιθυμεῖ νικῆσαι ἕτερον ἀγῶνα. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

f. f. ἄλλως· ὁ νικῶν ἐν εὐδίᾳ διάγει ἡδόμενος ταῖς νίκαις. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

x. (μελιτόεσσαν εὐδίαν:) ἡδεῖαν ἀνάπαυσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

a. a. τὸ δ᾿ αἰεὶ παράμερον ἐσλόν: οἱ ἄνθρωποι τῶν ἔμπροσθεν πεπραγμένων ἀγαθῶν οὐκ εἰώθασι μεμνῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸ παρ᾿ ἡμέραν ἢ καλὸν ἢ κακὸν σκοποῦσιν· ἑκάστῳ οὖν, φησι, τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸ παρ᾿ ἡμέραν γινόμενον κρίνεται μέγιστον εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

b. b. ἄλλως· τὸ διὰ τῶν ἄθλων παραγινόμενον ἀγαθὸν παρ᾿ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν, ἐν ᾗ τις ἐνίκησεν, ὕπατον δοκεῖ καὶ μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν τῷ τετυχηκότι. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

c. c. ἢ οὕτω· τὸ παρ᾿ ἡμέραν γινόμενον· τὰ γὰρ ἐνεστῶτα τῶν μελλόντων προκρίνεται. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

d. d. ἄλλως· τὸ δὲ καθ᾿ ἡμέραν καὶ ἀδιαλείπτως παρὸν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀγαθὸν, τοῦτο ἔξοχον καὶ ὑπεράνθρωπον γίνεται ἀγαθόν. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

e. e. ἢ οὕτω· τὸ δὲ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ στεφάνου ἡμέραν ἀγαθὸν ὕπατον γίνεται παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ. ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα καθ᾿ ἥν τις στέφεται τιμιωτάτη ἐστίν. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

f. f. ἄλλως· ἐάν τις πρότερον εὐτυχῇ ἐν τῷ ἄλλῳ βίῳ καὶ πάλιν εὐτυχήσας νικήσῃ, ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐν ᾗ ἐνίκησεν ἐπιλέλησται τῶν προτέρων εὐτυχημάτων. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

g. g. ἄλλως· τὸ γὰρ κατὰ προαίρεσιν συμβαῖνον ἀγαθὸν ὕπατον καὶ μέγιστον γίνεται παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ· ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ Ἱέρων ἐπιθυμήσας νίκης ἐνίκησε καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ τοῦτο τὸ παρ᾿ ἡμέραν ἀγαθὸν κατὰ προαίρεσιν τελεσθὲν ὕπατον καὶ μέγιστον. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

a. a. Αἰοληίδι μολπᾷ: ἤτοι ποικίλῃ· ποικίλα γὰρ τὰ λυρικά· ἢ Θηβαίᾳ· οἱ γὰρ Αἰολεῖς ᾤκησαν τὰς Θήβας. [Drachmann ad v. 164]

b. b. τινὲς δέ φασιν ὅτι ἄνωθεν Αἰολεὺς τὸ γένος ὁ Πίνδαρος· οἱ δὲ ὅτι Αἰολίῳ ῥυθμῷ διὰ τῆς μουσικῆς χρῆται τῶν ποιημάτων. [Drachmann ad v. 164]

a. a. πέποιθα δὲ ξένον: ἐμαυτῷ. τὸν Ἱέρωνα. ἐμπεριέχοντα καὶ δύο τῶν καλῶν· ὅ ἐστιν, ἀγαθὸν καὶ δυνάμενον ὃ βούλεται συντελεῖν. | ἐνίοις γὰρ τὸ ἕτερον ἠκολούθηκεν, οὐ τὰ δύο. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

b. b. ἄλλως· πεπίστευκα δὲ καὶ πέπεισμαι ἀκριβῶς, μηδένα με ἔτι φίλον τῶν νῦν ἀνθρώπων ἐγκωμιάσαι τοῖς ὕμνοις ἀμφότερα ἔχοντα, καὶ ἐπιστήμονα τὰ κατὰ ψυχὴν καὶ σώματος ἰσχὺν τούτου ἀνδρειότερον· ἅπερ τὰ δύο τῷ Ἱέρωνι πάρεστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

c. c. ἔνιοι δὲ κατὰ τοῦ Πινδάρου αὐτὸ ἀκούουσιν, ὅπερ καὶ μᾶλλον διὰ τὰ ἑξῆς ἐπαγόμενα· ἵν᾿ ᾖ τὸ ἐγκώμιον ἐφ᾿ αὑτῷ κινῶν ὁ Πίνδαρος, καὶ ὁ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· | πιστεύω δὲ μηδένα ἄλλον ποιητὴν ἐπιστήμονά τε εἶναι καὶ ἀνδρεῖον καὶ οὕτω δύνασθαι τοὺς φίλους ἐγκωμιάζειν ὥσπερ ἐμαυτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

d. d. ἄλλως· πεπίστευκα δὲ ὅτι οὐδένα ὕμνησα ἀμφότερα ἔχοντα, ἐμπειρίαν τε καλῶν καὶ δύναμιν· ἀναφέρεται δὲ τοῦτο εἰς Ἱέρωνα. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

e. e. ἄλλως· τεθάρρηκά, φησιν, ὅτι κυρίως ὑμνῶ τὸν εὐδύναμον καὶ φιλάρετον καὶ δίκαιον καὶ γενναῖον. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

a. a. δαιδαλωσέμεν ὕμνων πτυχαῖς: κοσμήσειν. πτυχαῖς, ταῖς ποιήσεσιν· ἐπεὶ διαιρεῖται εἰς στροφὰς καὶ ἀντιστρόφους καὶ ἐπῳδάς. [Drachmann ad v. 169]

b. b. ἄλλως· ὕμνων πτυχαῖς: τοῖς ὕμνοις κατὰ περίφρασιν. | οἰκείως δὲ πρὸς τὸ δαιδαλωσέμεν καὶ τὸ ποικίλλειν, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ κατασκευάσματος, τὸ πτυχαῖς ἐπήγαγεν. [Drachmann ad v. 169]

a. a. θεὸς ἐπίτροπος: οἱ μὲν, φροντιστὴς τῆς σῆς εὐδαιμονίας, ὦ Ἱέρων, ἀδιάπταιστόν σοι τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν φυλάττει. οἱ δὲ πάλιν ἐπὶ τοῦ Πινδάρου· | ἐπίτροπος θεὸς ἐπὶ τῷ ἐμῷ τρόπῳ· καὶ λέγει τὴν Μοῦσαν. [Drachmann ad v. 171]

b. b. θεὸς ἐπόπτης καὶ διοικητὴς τεαῖσι μήδεται μερίμναις, κῆδος ἔχων τοῦτο, εἰς τοῦτο σπουδάζων τὸ σοῦ προνοεῖσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 171]

c. c. ἄλλως· θεὸς ἐπίτροπός σου ὢν ἔχει τε καὶ φυλάσσει τοῦτο ταῖς σαῖς μερίμναις, τὸ νικᾶν σε. [Drachmann ad v. 171]

d. d. ἢ ὅτι θεὸς ἐπίτροπός σου ὢν τοῦτο ἐργάζεται· τὸ γὰρ μήδεται νῦν τοῦτο σημαίνει. [Drachmann ad v. 171]

e. e. ταῖς τεαῖσι μερίμναις: ἔμπειρόν τε εἶναι καὶ δυνατὸν τῶν καλῶν καὶ δραστήριον. [Drachmann ad v. 171]

x. γράφεται καὶ κῦδος ἔχων ἀντὶ τοῦ συνέχων τοῦτο κῦδος. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

a. a. εἰ δὲ μὴ ταχὺ λίποι: εἰ δὲ μὴ ταχέως με ἐπιλίποι ἡ Μοῦσα· | καὶ φανερώτερον τὸν λόγον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ τίθησι Πίνδαρος. οὐκ ἦν γὰρ προσῆκον περὶ τοῦ ἐγκωμιαζομένου λέγειν, ἐὰν μή σε ἐπιλίποι ἡ εὐδαιμονία, ἀλλὰ μετριώτερον ἔστιν αὐτὸ λαμβάνειν, ἐὰν ἐπὶ τοῦ Πινδάρου ἀκούωμεν· ἐὰν οὖν, φησι, μή με ἐπιλίποι ἡ Μοῦσα, | δυνήσομαί σοι καὶ αὖθις τεθρίππῳ νικήσαντι γλυκερώτερον καὶ ἡδύτερον ὕμνον γράψαι καὶ ἐγκωμιάσαι σε, βοηθὸν τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ ποιημάτων εὑρίσκων τὴν σὴν νίκην· σοῦ γὰρ νικήσαντος ἔσται μοι πρόφασις καὶ ὁδὸς ἀφ᾿ ἦς με δεῖ ἐγκωμιάσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 174]

b. b. ἄλλως· εἰ δὲ μὴ ταχὺ λίποι: ἔνιοι οὕτως συνέθηκαν τὸν λόγον· ἐὰν μή με ὁ βίος ταχέως ἐπιλείψῃ, ἀντὶ τοῦ, ἐὰν μὴ τελευτήσω, ἀλλὰ ζῶ, σὺν τῷ ταχεῖ τεθρίππῳ παραγεγονὼς εἰς τὸν εὐδείελον Κρόνιον, τουτέστι τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν, ἐλπίζω γλυκυτέραν σοι καὶ ἡδίω τῆς νῦν ἆσαι ᾠδὴν, ὁδὸν καὶ πρόφασιν τῶν λόγων μου τὴν σὴν εὑρίσκων νίκην. [Drachmann ad v. 174]

c. c. τὸ δὲ σὺν ἅρματι παραγεγονὼς, οἱονεὶ σοῦ τεθρίππῳ νικήσαντος ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ καὶ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῇ τοιαύτῃ νίκῃ γράφοντός σοι τὸν ὕμνον. [Drachmann ad v. 174]

d. d. ἄλλως· εἰ δὲ μὴ ταχὺ λίποι, ἔλπομαι πρὸς εὐδείελον ἐλθὼν Κρόνιον καὶ ἐπίκουρον εὑρὼν λόγων ὁδὸν, ἔτι γλυκυτέραν σὺν ἅρματι θοῷ κλεΐξαι σου τὴν νίκην, ὦ Ἱέρων. [Drachmann ad v. 174]

e. e. ἄλλως· εἰ δὲ μὴ ταχὺ λίποι ὁ αἰὼν, ὦ Ἱέρων, καὶ ἅρματί σε νικήσαντα ἐλπίζω ὑμνήσειν. f. δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτως ἀκούεσθαι· εἰ δὲ μὴ ταχὺ λίποι ὁ ἐπίτροπός σου δαίμων, ἔλπομαι ἐπίκουρον εὑρὼν ὁδὸν λόγων, ποιήσειν ἐγκώμιον βοηθῶν σου τῇ δόξῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 174]

a. a. Κρόνιον: ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Πίσης· περὶ γὰρ τὸν Κρόνιον λόφον ἄγεται [τὰ Ὀλύμπια] ὁ ἀγών. [Drachmann ad v. 179]

b. b. ἐμοὶ μὲν ὦν Μοῖσα: ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν δυνάμει ἡ Μοῦσα ἰσχυρότατα βέλη τρέφει τῶν λόγων, ὥστε βάλλειν καιρίως τοῖς ὕμνοις τοὺς νικηφόρους. [Drachmann ad v. 179]

c. c. ἄλλως· ἐγὼ μὲν ἐπὶ μουσικῇ πέποιθα· τὸ ἐμὸν βέλος ὑπὸ Μούσης τρέφεται· σὺ δὲ ἐν τῷ πλουτεῖν μέγας εἶ. [Drachmann ad v. 179]

a. a. βέλος ἀλκᾷ τρέφει: τρέφει εἴρηκεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀλκὴν αὔξει. [Drachmann ad v. 180]

b. b. ἄλλοισι δ᾿ ἄλλοι μεγάλοι: ἐκ ταύτης τῆς προφάσεως αἰτεῖ τὸν Ἱέρωνα. [Drachmann ad v. 180]

x. τὸ δ᾿ ἔσχατον κορυφοῦται: τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον καὶ τὸ πλῆρες, οὗπερ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑπερβολὴν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εὑρεῖν, ὑψοῦται καὶ ἔστι τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 181]

a. a. μηκέτι πάπταινε: μηκέτι περιβλέπου καὶ ζήτει τῆς οὔσης εὐδαιμονίας ἐν σοὶ μείζονα· ἔχεις γὰρ τὸ τέλειον. [Drachmann ad v. 182]

b. b. μηκέτι περαιτέρω τούτων ζήτει ὧν ἔχεις, βασιλεὺς γενόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 182]

x. (πόρσιον:) μεγαλώτερον. [Drachmann ad v. 183]

a. a. εἴη σέ τε τοῦτον ὑψοῦ χρόνον πατεῖν: ὁ νοῦς· εἴη σὲ μὲν τὸν χρόνον τοῦτον ὃν ζῶμεν ἐν ὕψει καὶ εὐδαιμονίᾳ διαζῆν, ἐμὲ δὲ τοσαῦτα τοῖς νικηφόροις προσδιαλέγεσθαι τοῖς ἐγκωμίοις, προφανῆ καὶ ἐπίσημον ὄντα διὰ τὴν σοφίαν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. [Drachmann ad v. 184]

b. b. ἄλλως· εἴη σέ τε τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ὃν ζῶμεν μὴ ἀποβαλεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν, ἐμέ τε ἐπινίκους γράφειν καὶ ὑμνεῖν τοὺς νικῶντας. [Drachmann ad v. 184]

x. ὑψοῦ: τῷ μὲν ὑψοῦ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ᾐνίξατο, τῷ δὲ πατεῖν τὸ ζῆν ᾐνίξατο πάλιν. [Drachmann ad v. 185]

x. τοσσάδε νικαφόροις: ἀντὶ τοῦ, τοσούτοις νικηφόροις ὁμιλεῖν, οἷος εἶ σύ. χαίρω δὲ γράφων τοιάδε, καὶ ἔσται τοιαῦτα οἷα ἐπὶ σοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 186]

x. πρόφαντον: φανερὸν καὶ ἔξοχον ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ πανταχῆ κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὄντα. [Drachmann ad v. 187]

xx. τέλος τοῦ Θηβαίου Ἱέρωνος. [Drachmann ad v. 187]

x. Greg. Cor. p. 213: τὸ πάντη περισπῶσι (Δωριεῖς) παντᾶ λέγοντες. Πίνδαρος· πρόφαντον σοφίᾳ καθ᾿ Ἕλλανας ἐόντα παντᾶ. Cfr. Apoll. de adv. 625. [Drachmann ad v. 188]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 2

Olympian 2 — for Θήρωνι Ἀκραγαντίνῳ

ἅρματι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 100 lines · 384 scholia parts

Argumentum (2 entries)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen II.

metr. Θήρωνι Ἀκραγαντίνῳ ἅρματι. Τῆς δευτέρας ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐστὶ ιδ΄. τὸ α΄ περιοδικὸν, διπλοῦς ἴαμβος. τὸ β΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἀπὸ τροχαϊκῆς. τὸ γ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἀδιαφόρου τοῦ πρώτου ποδὸς δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἰαμβικῇ κατακλειόμενον. τὸ δ΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἀπὸ ἰαμβικῆς συζυγίας. τὸ ε΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἀντίσπαστος καὶ συλλαβή. τὸ ζ΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάττονος δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἀπὸ τροχαϊκῆς. τὸ η΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ι΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ ὁμόχρονον τῷ ς΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ ιβ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ιγ΄ ἑφθημιμερὲς ἰαμβικόν. τὸ ιδ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἐστὶν η΄. τὸ α΄ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἀπὸ ἰαμβικῆς. τὸ β΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ μικτὸν τροχαϊκὸν ἀπὸ συζυγίας ἰαμβικῆς. ἡ δὲ ἀπόδοσις ἐν τῷ Λάιον τοῦ ι πάσχει ὑφίζησιν. τὸ ζ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν ἰαμβικῆς ἐπιφερομένης. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν μικτὸν ἀπὸ τροχαϊκῆς.

insc. ((FHG I, 213)) Inscr. Γέγραπται Θήρωνι Ἀκραγαντίνῳ ἅρματι νικήσαντι τὴν οζ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα. ἦν δὲ ὁ Θήρων τὸ ἀνέκαθεν ἀπὸ Οἰδίποδος. ἐκήδευσε δὲ Γέλωνι τῷ τυράννῳ, δοὺς αὐτῷ τὴν θυγατέρα Δημαρέτην, ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ τὸ Δημαρέτειον ὠνομάσθη νόμισμα. καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θήρων τὴν Πολυζήλου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ Ἱέρωνος [θυγατέρα] ἔγημε, καθά φησι Τίμαιος. | ἦν δὲ ὁ Θήρων υἱὸς Αἰνησιδάμου.

1–4

 ἀναξιφόρμιγγες ὕμνοι, σ4
 τίνα θεόν, τίνʼ ἥρωα, τίνα δʼ ἄνδρα κελαδήσομεν;
 ἤτοι Πίσα μὲν Διός· Ὀλυμπιάδα δʼ ἔστασεν Ἡρακλέης σ1
 ἀκρόθινα πολέμου· σ2

Pisa Songs, rulers of the lyre, what god, what hero, what man shall we celebrate? Indeed, belongs to Zeus; and Heracles established the Olympic festival, as the finest trophy of battle;

Lords of the lute, my songs, what god, what hero, or what man, are we to celebrate? Verily of Zeus is Pisa the abode, of Herakles the Olympian feast was founded from the chief spoils of war, and Theron's name must we proclaim for his victory with the four-horse-car, a righteous and god-fearing host, the stay of Akragas, of famous sires the flower, a saviour of the state.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (7 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. οἱτὸ ((P. I, 1)) Ἀναξιφόρμιγγες: ἤτοι τῶν φορμίγγων ἀνάσσοντες· ἕπονται γὰρ τοῖς ὕμνοις καὶ φόρμιγγες, δι᾿ οὓς καὶ ἀπεδείχθησαν· ἢ οἱ ἀνασσόμενοι ὑπὸ φορμίγγων | ὕμνοι· πρότερον γὰρ ἐνδίδωσι μέλος ὁ κιθαριστής, ἔπειτα ἡ ᾠδὴ λέγεται· ὡς καὶ ἐν Πυθιονίκαις · χρυσέα φόρμιγξ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ ἰοπλοκάμων σύνδικον Μοισᾶν κτέανον.

b. b. Ἀναξιφόρμιγγες ὕμνοι: οἱ τῆς φόρμιγγος ἀνάσσοντες. πρῶτον γὰρ τὰ ᾄσματα συντίθενται, εἶθ᾿ οὕτω πρὸς αὐτὰ καὶ ἡ λύρα ἁρμόζεται.

c. c. ((α 155)) ἦτοι ὁ φορμίζων ἀνεβάλλετο καλὸν ἀείδειν. ἢ οὕτως· ὦ ὕμνοι οἱ ὑπὸ τῆς φόρμιγγος ἀνασσόμενοι. πρῶτον γὰρ ἔκρουον, εἶτα ἐπῇδον. καὶ τούτου μάρτυς Ὅμηρος · ἐμφανίζει δὲ τὸν μουσόληπτον. ὡς ἐπιζητῶν γὰρ τίνα ὀφείλει ὑμνῆσαι, εἶτα καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν δοκιμάζων....

d. d. ἄλλως· ἀναξιφόρμιγγες ὕμνοι: τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτὸς παρέστησε παρ᾿ ἣν τοὺς τρεῖς δεῖ ἐπαινεῖν· Δία ὅτι τούτου ἱερὸς ὁ τόπος· Ὀλυμπιάδα δ᾿ ἔστησεν Ἡρακλῆς· διὸ ὑμνητέον αὐτὸν ὡς ἥρωα· ἄνθρωπον δὲ Θήρωνα. τυποῖ δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος ὅτι δεῖ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον ἐπίνικον ὑμνεῖν θεὸν, ἥρωα, ἄνδρα.

ad v. 3

x. (κελαδήσομεν:) ὑμνήσομεν.

ad v. 4

a. a. ὡς ἤ τοι Πίσα μὲν Διός: τὴν αἰτίαν παρέστησε, παρ᾿ ἣν τοὺς τρεῖς ἐπαινεῖ· Δία μὲν γὰρ ὅτι τούτου ἱερὸς ὁ τόπος· Ὀλυμπιάδα δὲ ἔστασεν Ἡρακλέης· ὅτι τὰς... μέμνηται ὡς ἥρωος· Θήρωνος δὲ ἀνθρώπου. τυποῖ δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος ὅτι δεῖ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον ἐπίνικον τοὺς τρεῖς ὑμνεῖν, θεὸν, ἥρωα, ἄνθρωπον.

b. b. ἤτοι Πίσα μὲν Διός: ἡ μὲν Πίσα τοῦ Διός ἐστιν ἱερά· δι᾿ ἣν ὑμνεῖν τὸν θεὸν δεῖ· τὸν δὲ Ὀλυμπιακὸν ἀγῶνα ἔστησεν Ἡρακλῆς· ἦν γὰρ κατά τινας παραμεληθείς.

5–6

5 Θήρωνα δὲ τετραορίας ἕνεκα νικαφόρου5

6 γεγωνητέον, ὄπι δίκαιον ξένων, ἔρεισμʼ Ἀκράγαντος,

and Theron must be proclaimed because of his victorious four-horse chariot, Theron who is just in his regard for guests, and is the bulwark of Acragas, the strength of the city, the choicest bloom of illustrious ancestors,

7 εὐωνύμων τε πατέρων ἄωτον ὀρθόπολιν· σ4

They after long toils bravely borne took by a river's side a sacred dwelling place, and became the eye of Sicily, and a life of good luck clave to them, bringing them wealth and honour to crown their inborn worth.

Scholia ad vv. 7–7 (4 entries)

ad v. 7

a. a. ἀκρόθινα πολέμου: Ζηνόδοτος μετὰ τοῦ ι γράφει ἀκροθίνια, ἅπερ κυρίως λέγεται παρὰ τὰς τῶν καρπῶν θῖνας, τουτέστι σωροὺς, [ἢ] οἷον τὰ τῆς θινὸς ἀπάργματα καὶ ἄκρα· λέγεται δὲ ἡ λέξις μεταφορικῶς ἐπὶ παντὸς ἀπάργματος... κορυφαῖον καὶ κάλλιστον.

b. b. ἀκρόθινα πολέμου: τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τῶν λαφύρων.

c. c. πρὸς Αὐγέαν πολεμήσας τὸν Ἤλιδος τύραννον καὶ νικήσας ἐκ τῆς λαφυραγωγίας [τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τῶν λαφύρων προσαγαγὼν ἔκτισε] τὸν ἀγῶνα διέθηκεν.

d. d. ἀκροθίνια δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀπάργματα.

8–9

8 καμόντες οἳ πολλὰ θυμῷ σ5

9 ἱερὸν ἔσχον οἴκημα ποταμοῦ, Σικελίας τʼ ἔσαν

who labored much with their spirits, and won a sacred home by the river, and were

Scholia ad vv. 8–9 (5 entries)

ad v. 8

a. a. ((FHG IV, 433)) Θήρωνα: Θήρων υἱὸς ἦν Αἰνησιδάμου· εἶχε δὲ συγγενεῖς Κάπυν καὶ Ἱπποκράτην, οἵτινες ἦσαν ἀδελφοί· περὶ ὧν Καλλιστράτης ἐν τῷ ζ΄ φησίν.

b. b. τετραορίας: τοῦ ἅρματος. ἡ λέξις παρὰ τὸ ἀρηρέναι καὶ ἡρμόσθαι τοὺς ἵππους ἑαυτοῖς.

c. c. τὸν δὲ Θήρωνα νικήσαντα τεθρίππῳ ὑμνήσωμεν.

d. d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς αὐτῷ· σεμνύνεται μὲν ὁ Ὀλυμπιακὸς ἀγὼν τῷ Διὶ καὶ τῷ καταβεβληκότι τὴν ἀρχὴν Ἡρακλεῖ, οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον καὶ τρίτον σεμνύνεται Θήρωνι νενικηκότι.

e. e. (τεραορίας:) τεθρίππου ἅρματος.

10–12

 ὀφθαλμός, αἰὼν δʼ ἔφεπε μόρσιμος, πλοῦτόν τε καὶ χάριν ἄγων
 γνησίαις ἐπʼ ἀρεταῖς. σ2
 ἀλλʼ ὦ Κρόνιε παῖ Ῥέας, ἕδος Ὀλύμπου νέμων σ2

SicilyOlympus the eye of; their allotted lifetime attended them, bringing wealth and grace to their inborn excellence. But you, son of Cronus and Rhea, who rule over your home on, and over the foremost of festivals, and over the ford of Alpheus, be warmed by our songs and graciously preserve their ancestral land

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (4 entries)

ad v. 11

a. a. δίκαιον ξένον: τὸν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης τοὺς ξένους ὑποδεχόμενον. 1 d ἄνθρωπον — ἄνδρα, dein inscr. E

b. b. (δίκαιον ξένον:) ξενοδοχικόν. ἀντὶ τοῦ δίκαιον καὶ εἰς τοὺς ξένους· οὐ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἦν ξένος.

ad v. 12

a. a. ἔρεισμ᾿ Ἀκράγαντος: ἕδρασμα ὄντα καὶ τείχισμα τῆς Ἀκράγαντος. καὶ Ὅμηρος (Γ 229 etc.)· ἕρκος Ἀχαιῶν. Ἀκράγας δὲ καὶ ποταμὸς καὶ πόλις ἐν Σικελίᾳ.

b. b. ἔρεισμα δὲ τὸν ὄντα ἕδρασμα καὶ τείχισμα.

13–14

13 ἀέθλων τε κορυφὰν πόρον τʼ Ἀλφεοῦ, ἰανθεὶς ἀοιδαῖς σ3

14 εὔφρων ἄρουραν ἔτι πατρίαν σφίσιν κόμισον σ2

O son of Kronos and of Rhea, lord of Olympus' seat, and of the chief of games and of Alpheos' ford, for joy in these my songs guard ever graciously their native fields for their sons that shall come after them.

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (5 entries)

ad v. 13

a. a. εὐωνύμων τε πατέρων: τῶν καλῶς ὀνομαζομένων πατέρων ἀπάνθισμα.

b. b. εὐωνύμων τε πατέρων: προγόνων. πάνυ δὲ ὑπερβαλλόντως ἐπαίρει τὸ ἐγκώμιον, καὶ ἐνδόξων προγόνων ἔτι κατ᾿ ἐπίτασιν αὐτὸν ἄνθος λέγων.

c. c. εὐωνύμων: ἐνδόξων· ἐπεὶ ὁ Θήρων ἀπὸ Κάδμου εἶχε τὸ γένος.

ad v. 14

a. a. ὀρθόπτολιν: ὅτι συνέκτισε καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν Ἀκράγαντα. ἢ ὀρθὸν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἢ ὀρθὴν πόλιν ἔχοντα.

b. b. ὀρθόπολιν: τὸν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ δικαιοσύνῃ ὀρθοῦντα καὶ σώζοντα τὰς πόλεις, ὡς ἐρυσίπολιν καὶ σωζόπολιν. ἐνταῦθα διὰ τὸ ἐνοικίσαι τὴν Ἀκράγαντα, ὁμώνυμον οὖσαν τῷ ὁμωνύμῳ ποταμῷ Ἀκράγαντι.

15–19

 λοιπῷ γένει. τῶν δὲ πεπραγμένων σ4
 ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν, ἀποίητον οὐδʼ ἂν σ5
 χρόνος ὁ πάντων πατὴρ δύναιτο θέμεν ἔργων τέλος·
 λάθα δὲ πότμῳ σὺν εὐδαίμονι γένοιτʼ ἄν. σ3
 ἐσλῶν γὰρ ὑπὸ χαρμάτων πῆμα θνάσκει σ5

for their future generations. When deeds have been accomplished, whether justly or contrary to justice, not even Time the father of all things could undo the outcome. But forgetfulness may come, with favorable fortune. Under the power of noble joys, malignant pain

Scholia ad vv. 15–19 (17 entries)

ad v. 15

a. a. ((FHG I, 214)) καμόντες: ἀναστροφή ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ καμόντες οἱ πολλὰ θυμῷ, κατὰ τὸ ἄρθρον τὸ οἱ· ἵνα ἀναστρέψωμεν καὶ προτάξωμεν· οἱ πολλὰ θυμῷ... οἱ πρόγονοι τοῦ Θήρωνος ἔσχον τὴν Ἀκράγαντα· οἴκημα γὰρ ποταμοῦ... τοῦ Ἀκράγαντος καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὁμοίως καλεῖσθαι. οἱ δὲ Ἀκραγαντῖνοι Γελῴων εἰσὶν ἄποικοι· ὥστε τὸ πατέρων ἄωτον λέγει ἐπὶ τῶν Θήρωνος προγόνων, οἳ οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἰς τὴν Γέλαν μετῆραν, ἀλλὰ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ Ῥόδου εἰς τὴν Ἀκράγαντα. καὶ τοῦτο ἐξ αὐτοῦ Πινδάρου σαφηνίζεται, ὡς καὶ Τίμαιός φησι.

b. b. καμόντες οἳ πολλὰ θυμῷ: οἱ πατέρες, φησὶ, οἱ τοῦ Θήρωνος. Ῥόδιοι γὰρ ὄντες ἄνωθεν, καὶ στάσιν ἐμφύλιον ἀποφεύγοντες μετῴκησαν τὴν Σικελίαν, καὶ αὐτόθι πρός τινας βαρβάρους πολεμήσαντες ἔκτισαν τὴν πόλιν.

c. c. καμόντες οἳ πολλὰ: ὁ λόγος καθολικὸς ἐπὶ τῶν προγόνων τοῦ Θήρωνος, οἳ πρῶτον μὲν ἦλθον εἰς Γέλαν, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Ἀκράγαντα. | οὐ γὰρ λέγει ὁ Πίνδαρος ὅτι καμόντες τὴν Ἀκράγαντα ἔκτισαν, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι καθόλου καμόντες πολλὰ τοῦ Θήρωνος οἱ πρόγονοι ἔσχον τὴν Ἀκράγαντα.

d. d. ((vs. 90 sqq.)(FHG IV, 433)(fr. 119)) ἱερὸν δὲ εἶπεν οἴκημα τὴν Ἀκράγαντα, διὰ τὸ Ἀθηνᾶς αὐτόθι νεὼν εἶναι περιττῶς ἁγιστευόμενον· ἢ διὰ τὸ τὴν Ἀκράγαντα τῇ Περσεφόνῃ εἰς τὰ ἀνακαλυπτήρια ὑπὸ Διὸς δοθῆναι. ὅτι δὲ περὶ Ἀκράγαντός ἐστι τῷ Πινδάρῳ ὁ λόγος, σαφὲς ἐξ ὧν περὶ τοῦ πλούτου τοῦ Θήρωνος διεξιών φησιν · ἐπί τοι Ἀκράγαντι τανύσας αὐδάσομαι ἐνόρκιον λόγον ἀλαθεῖ νόῳ, τεκεῖν μή τινα ἑκατόν τ᾿ ἐτέων πόλιν φίλοις | μᾶλλον εὐεργέταν πραπίσιν ἀφθονέστερον χεῖρα Θήρωνος. Ἱππόστρατος δὲ ἱστορεῖ αὐτὸν πλούτῳ διενηνοχέναι. ἀλλ᾿ οἵ γε πρόγονοι τῶν Ἀκραγαντίνων Γελῷοι οὐχ οὕτως ηὐπορήκεσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶν τοὐναντίον μόγις καὶ ταπεινῶς διέζων, ἐπὶ φυλακῇ τῆς πόλεως μισθαρνοῦντες. ἔνιοι δέ φασιν ὅτι οἱ τοῦ Θήρωνος πρόγονοι οὐδόλως εἰς τὴν Γέλαν κατῆραν, ἀλλ᾿ εὐθὺς εἰς τὴν Ἀκράγαντα ἀπὸ Ῥόδου· ὡς καὶ ὁ Πίνδαρος λέγει · ἂν δὲ Ῥόδον κατῳκίσθεν· ἔνθεν δ᾿ ἀφορμαθέντες ὑψηλὰν πόλιν ἀμφινέμονται, πλεῖστα μὲν δῶρ᾿ ἀθανάτοις ἀνέχοντες, ἕσπετο δ᾿ ἀενάου πλούτου νέφος.

ad v. 16

a. a. ἱερὸν ἔσχον οἴκημα: Ἀρίσταρχος τὴν πόλιν οἴκημα ποταμοῦ προσηγορεῦσθαί φησι διὰ τὸ ὁμώνυμον εἶναι τῷ ποταμῷ Ἀκράγαντι· τὴν γὰρ ὀνομασίαν ἡ πόλις ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἔσχεν.

b. b. ((FHG IV, 341)) Ἀρτέμων δὲ ὁ ἀπὸ Περγάμου τὴν Γέλαν οἴεται δεῖν ἀκούειν. καὶ γὰρ ταύτην ὁμώνυμον εἶναι Γέλᾳ τῷ ποταμῷ, τοὺς δὲ Ἀκραγαντίνους Γελῴων εἶναι ἀποίκους· ὥστε τὸ πατέρων ἄωτον ἐν Γέλᾳ ἐπὶ τῶν τοῦ Θήρωνος προγόνων συντετάχθαι. κεφαλαιώσει δὲ χρῆται τῇδε· τὸ καμόντες ἔφη προσήκειν μᾶλλον ἀκούειν ἐπὶ τῶν τὴν Γέλαν ἐκτικότων, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ τὴν Ἀκράγαντα. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ῥᾴστου συνῳκίσθησαν, οἱ δὲ χαλεπῶς καὶ μόλις. Ἀντίφημος γὰρ ὁ Ῥόδιος καὶ Ἔντιμος ὁ Κρὴς, οἱ τὴν εἰς Γέλαν στείλαντες ἀποικίαν, πρῶτον μὲν περὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν ἔκαμον οὐ μετρίως, συναθροίζοντες τοὺς ἐκ Πελοποννήσου καὶ Ῥόδου καὶ Κρήτης, εἶτα περὶ τὸν διάπλουν, εἶτα περὶ τὸν κατοικισμὸν, καὶ πάλιν διαγωνισάμενοι πρὸς τοὺς Σικανούς.

c. c. ((FHG II, 344)) Μενεκράτης δέ φησι ληρεῖν τὸν Ἀρτέμωνα· μὴ γὰρ καμεῖν τοὺς περὶ Ἀντίφημον περὶ τὴν ἀποικίαν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον κατὰ εὐπέτειαν πολλὴν αὐτοῖς πάντα συμβεβηκέναι. περὶ τίνων οὖν λέγει· καμόντες οἳ πολλά; περὶ τῶν Θήρωνος προγόνων. τούτους γὰρ Θηβαίους ἀνέκαθεν ἀπὸ Κάδμου εἶναι. Κάδμου γὰρ... Πολύδωρος· τοῦ δὲ Αἵμων· τοῦτον δὲ ἐν κυνηγεσίῳ ἐμφύλιόν τινα ἀποκτείναντα Ἀθήναζε ἀποστῆναι· τοὺς δὲ ἀπὸ τούτου πάλιν ἐξ Ἀθηνῶν ἀποστάντας σὺν τοῖς Ἀργείοις Ῥόδον κατοικῆσαι, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐλθεῖν εἰς Ἀκράγαντα, καὶ μέχρι Θήρωνος ἑπτὰ πρὸς ταῖς ὀκτὼ γενεὰς συναριθμεῖσθαι. ἴσως οὖν πρὸς ταῦτα ἀφορῶν ὁ Πίνδαρός φησι· καμόντες οἳ πολλὰ θυμῷ ἱερὸν ἔσχον οἴκημα ποταμοῦ.

d. d. οἴκημα δὲ ποταμοῦ τὴν πόλιν εἶπε διὰ τὴν ὁμωνυμίαν.

e. e. λείπει δὲ ἡ ἐπὶ, ἵνα ᾖ, τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ οἴκημα ἔσχον, τὴν πόλιν.

ad v. 18

a. a. ὀφθαλμός: ἀντὶ τοῦ περίβλεπτοι ἦσαν ἐν Σικελίᾳ· ἀπὸ τοῦ θαυμαστοῦ μέρους τοῦ σώματος τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ.

b. b. Σικελίας τ᾿ ἔσαν ὀφθαλμός: οἱονεὶ τὸ ἐξαίρετον καὶ λαμπρότερον ἦσαν τῆς Σικελίας· ἀξιολογώτερον γὰρ ἐν σώματι ὀφθαλμός.

c. c. ἵν᾿ εἴπῃ ὅτι περίβλεπτοι ἦσαν.

ad v. 19

a. a. Ὅμηρος ((Γ 182)) μόρσιμος: οὐχ ὁ μεμοιραμένος, ἀλλ᾿ ἀντὶ τοῦ εὔμοιρος. · μοιρηγενὲς ὀλβιόδαιμον.

b. b. βούλεται δὲ λέγειν ὅτι ὁ βίος αὐτοῖς ἐπηκολούθησεν ἐκ πεπρωμένης τινὸς τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν αὐτοῖς καὶ τὴν χάριν ἐπιπέμπων ἐπὶ ταῖς γνησίαις αὐτῶν ἀρεταῖς.

c. c. αἰών τ᾿ ἔφεπε μόρσιμος: ἐπηκολούθησε δὲ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἄνωθεν ἐπιπέμπων ταῖς γνησίαις αὐτῶν ἀρεταῖς.

d. d. ἢ οὕτως· εὔμοιρος βίος ἐπηκολούθησεν αὐτοῖς ἐκ πεπρωμένης τινός.

e. e. ((Γ 182)) ὡς καὶ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ · μοιρηγενὲς ὀλβιόδαιμον.

20 παλίγκοτον δαμασθέν,20

is subdued and dies,

Now of deeds done whether they be right or wrong not even Time the father of all can make undone the accomplishment, yet with happy fortune forgetfulness may come. For by high delights an alien pain is quelled and dieth, when the decree of God sendeth happiness to grow aloft and widely.

21–24

 ὅταν θεοῦ Μοῖρα πέμπῃ σ2
 ἀνεκὰς ὄλβον ὑψηλόν. ἕπεται δὲ λόγος εὐθρόνοις σ5
 Κάδμοιο κούραις, ἔπαθον αἳ μεγάλα, πένθος δʼ ἐπίτνει βαρὺ σ3
 κρεσσόνων πρὸς ἀγαθῶν. σ3

whenever god-sent Fate lifts prosperity on high. This saying applies to the daughters of Cadmus on their lovely thrones: they suffered greatly, but their heavy sorrow collapsed in the presence of greater blessings.

Scholia ad vv. 21–24 (13 entries)

ad v. 21

a. a. γνησίαις: ἰδίαις. γνήσια γὰρ τὰ ἴδια πονήματα, καὶ τὰ ἐκ καμάτων, καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐπεισάκτων.

b. b. ἢ γνησίαις ἀρεταῖς, ταῖς ἐκ γένους συγγεγενημέναις αὐτοῖς.

ad v. 22

a. a. Κρόνιε: οὐ μόνον ὅτι Κρόνου παῖς, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι Κρόνιος λόφος καλεῖται ὁ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ.

b. b. ἀλλ᾿ ὦ Κρόνιε: ὁ νοῦς· ὦ Ζεῦ τὸν οὐρανὸν κατοικῶν καὶ τὸ καὶ τὸ, ἡσθεὶς τούτοις τοῖς ὕμνοις αὔξησον ἔτι καὶ ἐπιπλέον ἀβλαβῆ αὐτοῖς τὴν πατρῴαν γῆν διαφύλαξον.

c. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀλλ᾿ ὦ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τῆς Ῥέας παῖ Ζεῦ, τὸν οὐρανὸν κατοικῶν, ὅστις τοῦ Ὀλυμπιακοῦ ἀγῶνος διοικεῖς τὸ ἔδαφος καὶ τὸν πόρον τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ, ἡσθεὶς τούτοις τοῖς ὕμνοις ἔτι καὶ ἐπιπλέον ἀβλαβῆ αὐτοῖς τὴν πατρῴαν γῆν διαφύλαξον.

d. d. τοῖς περὶ Θήρωνα.

e. e. ἀλλ᾿ ὦ Κρόνιε παῖ: οὐ πατρωνυμικῶς, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπὸ τοῦ λόφου. εὔχεται δὲ τῷ Διὶ, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τοῦ ἀγῶνος καθ᾿ ὃν νενίκηκε προστάτης ὁ Ζεύς.

ad v. 23

a. a. ((Β 499)) ἕδος Ὀλύμπου νέμων: ἀντὶ τοῦ οἰκῶν. Ὅμηρος · οἵ τ᾿ ἀμφ᾿ Ἅρμ᾿ ἐνέμοντο, ἀντὶ τοῦ ᾤκουν.

b. b. ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ἐν τῷ Ὀλύμπῳ οἰκῶν. δύναται δὲ καὶ τὸ νέμων νοεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τοῦ διοικῶν καὶ διέπων.

c. c. ἕδος Ὀλύμπου: τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν φησί. τὸ δὲ νέμων ἀντὶ τοῦ διοικῶν, διέπων.

ad v. 24

a. a. ἀέθλων τε κορυφάν: τῶν ἀγωνισμάτων τῶν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ γινομένων· αὐτῷ γὰρ ὁ ἀγὼν οὗτος ἀνάκειται.

b. b. τὸν κορυφάν: Ὀλυμπικὸν ἀγῶνα, καθὰ ἐξέχει τῶν ἄλλων ἀγώνων.

c. c. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ νέμων.

25 ζώει μὲν ἐν Ὀλυμπίοις ἀποθανοῖσα βρόμῳ σ125

Long-haired Semele, who died in the roar of the thunderbolt, lives among the Olympians; Pallas is her constant friend, and indeed so is father Zeus, and she is loved by her ivy-crowned son.

Scholia ad vv. 25–25 (1 entry)

ad v. 25

x. πόρον Ἀλφεοῦ: τὴν Ἦλιν. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ συναπτέον τὸ οἰκῶν ἢ διοικῶν.

26–27

26 κεραυνοῦ τανυέθειρα Σεμέλα, φιλεῖ δέ νιν Παλλὰς αἰεί,

27 καὶ Ζεὺς πατὴρ μάλα, φιλεῖ δὲ παῖς ὁ κισσοφόρος· σ3

And this word is true concerning Kadmos' fair-throned daughters, whose calamities were great, yet their sore grief fell before greater good. Amid the Olympians long-haired Semele still liveth, albeit she perished in the thunder's roar, and Pallas cherisheth her ever, and Father Zeus exceedingly, and her son, the ivy-bearing god. And in the sea too they say that to Ino, among the sea-maids of Nereus, life incorruptible hath been ordained for evermore.

Scholia ad vv. 26–27 (3 entries)

ad v. 27

a. a. εὔφρων: καλῶς διανοούμενος. εὐμενὴς ὤν.

b. b. ἔτι καὶ ἐπιπλέον τὴν πατρῴαν γῆν αὔξησον τῷ λοιπῷ γένει· λέγει δὲ αὐτῷ τῷ Θήρωνι.

c. c. ἔτι, ἵνα τῇ προσούσῃ εὐδαιμονίᾳ ἔτι καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Ζεὺς παράσχῃ.

28–29

28 λέγοντι δʼ ἐν καὶ θαλάσσᾳ σ2

29 μετὰ κόραισι Νηρῆος ἁλίαις βίοτον ἄφθιτον σ5

And they say that even in the sea, among the ocean-daughters of Nereus, immortal life

Scholia ad vv. 28–29 (7 entries)

ad v. 28

a. a. κόμισον: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν κομῶν, τουτέστι τῶν τριχῶν, αἳ ἐπιμελείας ἀξιοῦνται. οἱ δὲ, ἐπιμελείας ἀξίωσον· ὡς γάρ τινες, φυγὰς ἦν· ἀνακόμισον οὖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα.

b. b. κόμισον: αὔξησον. εὔχεται τοὺς ἀπογόνους Θήρωνος ἄρχειν τῶν Ἀκραγαντίνων.

ad v. 29

a. a. λοιπῷ γένει: τοῖς περὶ Θήρωνα καὶ Ξενοκράτην ἀδελφούς. συγγενεῖς δὲ οὗτοι Ἱέρωνος τοῦ Αἰτναίων βασιλέως.

b. b. τῶν δὲ πεπραγμένων: Δεινομένους παῖδες δ΄ ἐγένοντο, Γέλων, Ἱέρων, Πολύζηλος, Θρασύβουλος· κηδεστὴς δὲ ἐγένετο Θήρων τῷ Πολυζήλῳ καὶ τῷ Γέλωνι. κηδεστὴν οὖν ὄντα, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, τὸν Θήρωνα τῷ Πολυζήλῳ παραμυθεῖται ὁ Πίνδαρος, γράφων κατὰ λέξιν οὕτως· Πολυζήλῳ τοίνυν τῷ τοῦ Ἱέρωνος ἀδελφῷ [Ἱέρωνι καὶ Θρασυβούλῳ Θήρων κηδεστής] Γέλωνος [μετὰ] τὴν στρατηγίαν καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα Δημαρέτην κατὰ τὴν τελευτὴν ἐγγυήσαντος, ὥστε ἥνπερ εἶχε Γέλων πρὸς Θήρωνος, ταύτην εἶχε ὁ Πολύζηλος πρὸς Γέλωνος,... γαμβρῶν οὖν γεγονότων αὐτῶν Ἱέρων λαμπροῦ τινος τοῦ Πολυζήλου ὑπάρχοντος καὶ σφόδρα παρὰ τοῖς Σικελικοῖς εὐδοκιμοῦντος ὑπὸ φθόνου τὸ μὲν πρῶτον εἰς ἀνοικισμὸν αὐτὸν Συβάρεως ἐξέπεμψε, τῷ μὲν λόγῳ χρηστὴν αὐτῷ καὶ λαμπρὰν ἐλπίδα τιθεὶς, τοῖς δὲ ἔργοις μεταστὰς αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς Σικελίας...

c. c. τῶν δὲ πεπραγμένων: ὁ Θήρων θυγατέρα ἑαυτοῦ ἐξέδωκε πρὸς γάμον Πολυζήλῳ τῷ ἀδελφῷ Ἱέρωνος, ὃς πεμφθεὶς ὑπὸ Ἱέρωνος πολεμῆσαι τοῖς περιοίκοις Σικελιώταις βαρβάροις, ἔπαυσε τὸν πόλεμον χωρὶς τῆς τοῦ Ἱέρωνος γνώμης, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ὑφοράσει ἦν. Θρασυδαίου δὲ τοῦ Θήρωνος υἱοῦ πείσαντος τὸν Πολύζηλον ἐπιθέσθαι τῷ Ἱέρωνι, ὑπισχνουμένου αὐτοῦ τοῖς πράγμασι συναντιλήψεσθαι, γνοὺς ὁ Ἱέρων ἔκρινεν αἱρήσειν τὴν Ἀκράγαντα καὶ Θήρωνα καὶ Θρασυδαῖον. μελλόντων δὲ τῶν φίλων.... ἔπεμψε Σιμωνίδης ὁ λυρικὸς πρὸς αὐτὸν συμβουλεύων, ἐκταράξαι μᾶλλον βουλόμενος τῷ μηνύειν τὴν μέλλουσαν αὐτῶν προδοσίαν ἔσεσθαι καὶ τοὺς προδιδόντας. ὁ δὲ εὐλαβηθεὶς ἐξεχώρησε τῶν πραγμάτων τῷ Ἱέρωνι, ὕστερον δὲ ἀπέλαβεν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὴν τυραννίδα, καὶ διελύθησαν τῆς ἔχθρας, ὡς καὶ κηδείαν τινὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ποιήσασθαι, ἀδελφιδῆν Θήρωνος Ἱέρωνος λαβόντος γυναῖκα. ὅθεν ὁ Πίνδαρος παραπέμψασθαι παραινεῖ τὰ προγεγενημένα.

d. d. ((FHG I, 214)(fr. 361)) [ἄλλως· τῶν δὲ πεπραγμένων:] ζητεῖται, δι᾿ ἣν αἰτίαν εὐξάμενος τῷ Θήρωνι τὰ κάλλιστα, κατάπαυσιν τῶν πραχθέντων δεινῶν αἰτεῖται τὸν Δία. καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταρχός φησι, διὰ τὸ κεκμηκέναι τοὺς τοῦ Θήρωνος πατέρας κατὰ τὴν Ῥόδον, τῶν πραγμάτων στασιαζομένων, καὶ οὕτω τὴν μετοικίαν εἰς τὴν Σικελίαν στειλαμένων. ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος τὸ ἀκριβέστερον τῆς ἱστορίας ἐκτίθεται, μάρτυρα Τίμαιον τὸν συντάξαντα τὰ περὶ τῆς Σικελίας προφερόμενος. ἡ δὲ ἱστορία οὕτως ἔχει· | Θήρων ὁ τῶν Ἀκραγαντίνων βασιλεὺς Γέλωνι τῷ Ἱέρωνος ἀδελφῷ ἐπικηδεύσας γάμῳ συνάπτει τὴν ἑαυτοῦ Θυγατέρα Δημαρέτην, ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ τὸ Δημαρέτειον νόμισμα ἐν Σικελίᾳ. τοῦ δὲ Γέλωνος τελευτᾶν τὸν βίον μέλλοντος, Πολύζηλος ὁ ἀδελφὸς τὴν στρατηγίαν καὶ τὴν γαμετὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ διαδέχεται κατὰ τὰς Γέλωνος προστάξεις, ὥστε τὸ Θήρωνος εἰς Γέλωνα κῆδος εἰς τὸν Πολύζηλον μετατεθεῖσθαι. λαμπρῷ δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ περιβλέπτῳ τυγχάνοντι κατὰ τὴν Σικελίαν Ἱέρων φθονήσας ὁ ἀδελφὸς καὶ πρόφασιν σκηψάμενος τὸν πρὸς Συβαρίτας πόλεμον, ἀπελαύνει τῆς πατρίδος. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτον κατώρθωσε τὸν πόλεμον ὁ Πολύζηλος. ὁ δὲ μὴ φέρων γυμνότερον αὐτοῦ κατηγορεῖν ἐπειρᾶτο νεωτερισμοῦ. καὶ οὕτω τὸν Θήρωνα, ὑπεραγανακτήσαντα θυγατρὸς ἅμα καὶ γαμβροῦ, συρρῆξαι πρὸς Ἱέρωνα πόλεμον παρὰ Γέλᾳ τῷ Σικελιωτικῷ ποταμῷ, οὗ Καλλίμαχος μέμνηται · οἱ δὲ Γέλᾳ ποταμῷ ἐπικείμενον ἄστυ. μή γε μὴν εἰς βλάβην, μηδὲ εἰς τέλος προχωρῆσαι τὸν πόλεμον· | φασὶ γὰρ τότε Σιμωνίδην τὸν λυρικὸν περιτυχόντα διαλῦσαι τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τὴν ἔχθραν. τούτοις οἰκείως τοῖς φθάσασιν εὔχεσθαι τῷ Διί φησι τὸν Πίνδαρον ὁ Δίδυμος, ὥστε λοιπὸν αὐτοῖς εἰρηναῖον εἶναι τὸν βίον.

e. e. ἡ οὖν διάνοια αὕτη· σὺ μὲν, ὦ Ζεῦ, παράσχοις πάντα τὰ κάλλιστα, καὶ πρὸς τῇ οὔσῃ εὐδαιμονίᾳ πλείονα δοίης ἀγαθά. εἰ δέ τι ἐν τοῖς φθάσασι χρόνοις συμβέβηκεν ἄτοπον, εἴτε δικαίως εἴτε μὴ, τοῦτο οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν, οὐδὲ αὐτῷ τῷ χρόνῳ, ὥστε μὴ γεγενημένον ποιῆσαι. τὸ γὰρ γενόμενον ἀγένητον ποιῆσαι ἀδύνατον· ἴσως δὲ λήθη ἄν τις γένοιτο τῶν κακῶν, ἀγαθῆς μοίρας διαδεξαμένης.

30–31

30 Ἰνοῖ τετάχθαι τὸν ὅλον ἀμφὶ χρόνον. ἤτοι βροτῶν γε κέκριται30

31 πεῖρας οὔ τι θανάτου, σ1

is granted to Ino for all time. Truly, for mortal men at least, the time when we will reach the limit of death is by no means fixed, nor when we will bring a peaceful day, the sun’s child, to an end in unworried well-being. But at various times various currents, both of pleasure and of toil, come to men.

Scholia ad vv. 30–31 (1 entry)

ad v. 31

x. ((Ι 249)) οὐδέ τι μῆχοςῥεχθέντος κακοῦ ἔστ᾿ ἄκος εὑρεῖν· ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρὶνφράζεσθαί σ᾿ ἄνωγα. οὐδ᾿ ἂν χρόνος ὁ πάντων πατήρ: τῶν δὲ πεπραγμένων ἔργων τὸ τέλος ἀποίητον καὶ ἀγένητον θέμεν οὐδ᾿ ἂν ὁ πάντων πατὴρ χρόνος δύναιτο, ἀλλ᾿ ἔστιν ἀδύνατον. | καὶ Ὅμηρος ·

32–34

 οὐδʼ ἡσύχιμον ἁμέραν ὁπότε, παῖδʼ ἁλίου, σ2
 ἀτειρεῖ σὺν ἀγαθῷ τελευτάσομεν· ῥοαὶ δʼ ἄλλοτʼ ἄλλαι
 εὐθυμιᾶν τε μετὰ καὶ πόνων ἐς ἄνδρας ἔβαν. σ2

Ay but to mortals the day of death is certain never, neither at what time we shall see in calm the end of one of the Sun's children, the Days, with good thitherto unfailing; now this way and now that run currents bringing joys or toils to men.

Scholia ad vv. 32–34 (4 entries)

ad v. 32

a. a. ὁ πάντων πατήρ: τὸ φθάσαν γενέσθαι ἀδύνατον ἀπαλειφθῆναι. ἄλλως· οὐ δυνατὸν γὰρ ἀποίητον γενέσθαι...

b. b.... τὰ πραχθέντα εἴτε δικαίως εἴτε ἀδίκως οὐδ᾿ ἂν ὁ πάντων πατὴρ δυνηθείη χρόνος· λήθην μέντοι ἱκανὸς ἐμβαλεῖν τύχῃ σὺν ἀγαθῇ· φθερεῖ δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν πραγμάτων ἡ χαρὰ τῶν ἀτόπων τὰς βλάβας, ὅταν πάλιν εὐδαιμονία παραγένηται.

ad v. 34

a. a. λάθα δέ: τοῦ δὲ κακοῦ λήθη γένοιτ᾿ ἂν ὑπ᾿ ἀγαθοῦ τινος ἐπιγινομένου· τὸ γὰρ παλίγκοτον πῆμα οὕτως ἂν μόνως ἀποθνήσκοι χάρματός τινος ἐπιγινομένου.

X. b. λάθα δὲ γένοιτ᾿ ἄν: τῶν δὲ κακῶν γένοιτο ἂν λήθη, διαδεξαμένης εὐδαιμονίας. | ὃ δὲ λέγει τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὅτι οἱ περὶ Θήρωνα τὸ ἀνέκαθεν δεδυστυχήκασιν, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς λήθην αὐτῶν ἐξέπεσεν ἡ δυστυχία διὰ τὴν ἐπισυμβᾶσαν εὐτυχίαν.

35–37

 οὕτω δὲ Μοῖρʼ, ἅ τε πατρώιον σ3
 τῶνδʼ ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον, θεόρτῳ σὺν ὄλβῳ σ3
 ἐπί τι καὶ πῆμʼ ἄγει παλιντράπελον ἄλλῳ χρόνῳ·

Pytho In such a way does Fate, who keeps their pleasant fortune to be handed from father to son, bring at another time some painful reversal together with god-sent prosperity, since the destined son met and killed Laius, and fulfilled the oracle of,

Scholia ad vv. 35–37 (6 entries)

ad v. 35

a. a. ἐσλῶν γὰρ ὑπὸ χαρμάτων πῆμα θνᾴσκει: ὑπὸ γὰρ τῆς χαρᾶς τῶν γεγενημένων ἀγαθῶν τὸ κακὸν ἀφανίζεται καὶ τὸ παλίγκοτον καὶ ἄτοπον δαμασθὲν καὶ ἀναιρεθὲν ὑφ᾿ ἡδονῆς θνήσκει, μάλιστα ὄλβου ἐπιγινομένου ὑψηλοῦ ἐκ θείας μοίρας.

b. b. ἄλλως· τὸ δὲ τραχὺ πῆμα νικᾶται ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγαθῆς χαρᾶς καὶ ἀφανίζεται, ὁπόταν εἰς ὕψος τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἀναφέρῃ ἡ μοῖρα [καὶ ὅταν τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν εἰς ὕψος ἄγῃ].

c. c. παλίγκοτον: τὸ χαλεπὸν καὶ ἐναντίον τῷ ἀγαθῷ.

ad v. 36

a. a. δαμασθέν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡττηθέν.

b. b. παλίγκοτον: εἰς τοὐπίσω τὸν κότον ἀποβαλὼν καὶ εἰς λήθην ἐμπίπτειν τῶν κακῶν.

c. c. ἢ παλίγκοτον ἵνα εἴπῃ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν παρὰ τὸ δὶς ἐπιφοιτᾶν δύνασθαι.

38–39

38 ἐξ οὗπερ ἔκτεινε Λᾷον μόριμος υἱὸς σ4

39 συναντόμενος, ἐν δὲ Πυθῶνι χρησθὲν σ4

Thus destiny which from their fathers holdeth the happy fortune of this race, together with prosperity heaven-sent bringeth ever at some other time better reverse: from the day when Laïos was slain by his destined son who met him on the road and made fulfilment of the oracle spoken of old at Pytho. Then swift Erinys when she saw it slew by each other's hand his war-like sons: yet after that Polyneikes fell Thersander lived after him and won honour in the Second Strife and in the fights of war, a saviour scion to the Adrastid house.

Scholia ad vv. 38–39 (8 entries)

ad v. 38

a. a. ἀνεκάς: ἄνωθεν· ἢ ἄνω.

b. b. ὅταν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ μοῖρα τὸν ὄλβον ἄνω αὐξήσῃ.

c. c. (ἀνεκάς:) πόρρω. ἤγουν ἄνω. ἐξ ὕψους.

e. e. ἀνεκάς: ἄνω. εἰς ὕψος πολύ.

ad v. 39

a. a. ((fr. 118)) ἕπεται δὲ λόγος: οὗτος ὁ λόγος ἀκολουθεῖ ταῖς τοῦ Κάδμου κόραις· μεγάλων γὰρ κακῶν τυχοῦσαι ἐκ μεταβολῆς μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν ἐπειράσθησαν. εὖ δὲ τὸ τῶν Κάδμου θυγατέρων μεμνῆσθαι, ἵνα οἰκείῳ παραδείγματι χρήσηται· τὸ γὰρ τοῦ Θήρωνος γένος ἐνθένδε κατάγεσθαί φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐν ἐγκωμίῳ οὗ ἀρχή · βούλομαι παίδεσσιν Ἑλλάνων.

b. b. ἕπεται δὲ λόγος εὐθρόνοις Κάδμοιο κούραις: οἰκειότατα πρὸς τὴν γνώμην ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τὸ παράδειγμα λαμβάνει, ὅτι τοὺς προδυστυχήσαντας καὶ εὐδαιμονία διαδέχεται, ὥσπερ καὶ τὰς Κάδμου θυγατέρας. ὁ αὐτὸς γὰρ λόγος διαδέχεται αὐτὰς καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἁρμόζει. αὗται γὰρ τὸ μὲν πρότερον εἰς τοσαύτην δυστυχιῶν ὑπερβολὴν ἐληλύθασιν ὥστε καὶ τραγικαῖς ὑποθέσεσι χορηγίαν παρασχεῖν· ἀλλ᾿ ἐφάμιλλος καὶ εὐδαιμονία τὰς κόρας διεδέξατο· τούτων δὲ μέμνηται, ἐπεὶ ὁ Θήρων εἰς Λάιον ἀνάγει τὸ γένος.

c. c. ἄλλως· ἕπεται δὲ λόγος: οὗτος ὁ λόγος ἀκολουθεῖ καὶ ταῖς τοῦ Κάδμου κόραις· μεγάλων γὰρ κακῶν τυχοῦσαι, πάλιν ἐκ μεταβολῆς μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν ἐκοινώνησαν. εὖ δὲ τῶν Κάδμου θυγατέρων τὸ παράδειγμα φέρει· ἄνωθεν γὰρ Θηβαῖος ὁ Θήρων.

d. d. εὐθρόνοις: τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν διαδεξαμένην εὐτυχίαν ἀκουστέον.

40 παλαίφατον τέλεσσεν. σ140

spoken long before.

Scholia ad vv. 40–40 (1 entry)

ad v. 40

x. ἔπαθον αἳ μεγάλα: Ἰνὼ, Σεμέλη, Αὐτονόη, Ἀγαυή· ἐπεὶ καὶ αὗται παθοῦσαι ἐν ἀρχῇ, ὕστερον ἔτυχον τῆς ἐκ θεῶν τιμῆς.

41–43

 ἰδοῖσα δʼ ὀξεῖʼ Ἐριννὺς
 ἔπεφνέ οἱ σὺν ἀλλαλοφονίᾳ γένος ἀρήιον· σ5
 λείφθη δὲ Θέρσανδρος ἐριπέντι Πολυνείκει, νέοις ἐν ἀέθλοις

But the sharp-eyed Erinys saw it, and destroyed his warlike sons through mutual slaughter. Yet Polyneices, when laid low, left behind him a son, Thersander, honored in youthful contests and in the battles of war,

Scholia ad vv. 41–43 (5 entries)

ad v. 42

a. a. πιτνεῖ: ἢ πίπτει ἢ προκατάρχει.

b. b. πιτνεῖ: καταπίπτει.

c. c. τὸ δὲ βαρὺ πένθος πιτνεῖ καὶ ἀφανίζεται τῶν κρεισσόνων διαδεξαμένων ἀγαθῶν.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἡττᾶται γὰρ τὸ κακὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, καὶ λύσις ἐστὶ τῆς συμφορᾶς ὅταν ἀγαθόν τι ἐπιγίνηται.

e. e. ((fr. 225)) ἐὰν δὲ χωρὶς τοῦ σ γράφηται, ἔσται τὸ νόημα τοιοῦτον· πρὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ κακά· ὅπερ καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ φησίν · ὁπόταν θεὸς ἀνδρὶ χάρμα πέμψῃ, πάρος μέλαιναν καρδίαν ἐστυφέλιξεν.

44 ἐν μάχαις τε πολέμου σ1

From him they have beginning of their race: meet is it that Ainesidamos receive our hymn of triumph, on the lyre. For at Olympia he himself received a prize and at Pytho, and at the Isthmus to his brother of no less a lot did kindred Graces bring crowns for the twelve rounds of the four-horse chariot-race.

Scholia ad vv. 44–44 (1 entry)

ad v. 44

x. ζώει μὲν ἀποθανοῖσα: ἠστειεύσατο πρὸς τὴν τῆς εὐτυχίας ὑπερβολὴν, ὅτι δοκήσει μὲν | τέθνηκεν ἡ Σεμέλη τῷ βρόμῳ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ κεραυνίου, ζῇ δὲ νῦν συνδιατρίβουσα τοῖς οὐρανίοις θεοῖς.

45–47

 τιμώμενος, Ἀδραστιδᾶν θάλος ἀρωγὸν δόμοις· σ1
 ὅθεν σπέρματος ἔχοντα ῥίζαν, πρέπει τὸν Αἰνησιδάμου
 ἐγκωμίων τε μελέων λυρᾶν τε τυγχανέμεν.

a scion to defend the house of the descendants of Adrastus. And it is fitting that the son of Aenesidamus, whose roots grew from that seed, should meet with songs of praise and with the lyre.

Scholia ad vv. 45–47 (1 entry)

ad v. 45

x. βρόμῳ: ἤχῳ πυρός· ἐκεραυνώθη γάρ.

48–49

48 Ὀλυμπίᾳ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸς σ7

49 γέρας ἔδεκτο, Πυθῶνι δʼ ὁμόκλαρον ἐς ἀδελφεὸν

OlympiaPytho For in he himself received a prize of honor; at

Scholia ad vv. 48–49 (7 entries)

ad v. 48

a. a. Παλλάς: Ἀθηνᾶ ἡ πολιοῦχος τῶν Θηβαίων· οὐκ εἶπε δὲ τὴν Ἥραν, ὅτι μητρυιά.

b. b. φιλέοντι δὲ Μοῦσαι: ὡς Θηβαίαν οὖσαν· φιλόλογοι δὲ Θηβαῖοι.

c. c. τὰς [καὶ Ζεὺς πατήρ:] τὸ κῶλον τοῦτο ἀθετεῖ Ἀριστοφάνης· περιττεύειν γὰρ αὐτό φησι πρὸς ἀντιστρόφους.

d. d. φιλεῖ δέ νιν Παλλάς: τοῦτο οἱ μὲν ἁπλῶς διὰ τὴν ἐν θεοῖς διατριβὴν λέγουσιν· οἱ δὲ ὅτι ὡς ἐπιχωρία θεός. ἄγαλμα γὰρ αὐτῆς ὁ Κάδμος ἱδρύσατο ἐν Ὄγκαις, κώμῃ τῆς Βοιωτίας. Ὀγκαία οὖν ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ τιμᾶται.

e. e. φιλέοντι δὲ Μοῖσαι: οἱ μὲν διὰ τὰ περὶ αὐτῆς τοῖς ποιηταῖς εἰρημένα· οἱ δὲ διὰ τὸν Ἑλικῶνα, ὅς ἐστι τῆς Βοιωτίας. καὶ αὗται οὖν ἐπιχώριοι.

f. f. φιλέοντι δὲ Μοῖσαι: περισσόν ἐστι κῶλον ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἀντίστροφον· ὅθεν καὶ ὀβελίσκος αὐτῷ παράκειται. πᾶσαι γάρ εἰσι δεκατεσσάρων [ὁμοῦ] κώλων, αὕτη δὲ μόνη δεκαπέντε εὑρίσκεται ἔχουσα.

g. g. φιλέοντι δέ: καὶ τοῦτο ὡς θεαὶ ἐπιχώριοι διὰ τὸν Ἑλικῶνα, ὅς ἐστι Βοιωτίας ὄρος· οἱ δὲ, διὰ τὸ ἐν ταῖς ποιήσεσι τὴν Σεμέλην ᾄδεσθαι.

50 Ἰσθμοῖ τε κοιναὶ Χάριτες ἄνθεα τεθρίππων δυωδεκαδρόμων σ150

and at the Isthmus, the Graces who love them both brought garlands of flowers to his equally blessed brother for his four-horse team, victorious in the twelve courses of the race. To attempt a contest and be successful brings release from sadness. Wealth adorned with excellence brings many opportunities, rousing deep wild ambitions;

Scholia ad vv. 50–50 (1 entry)

ad v. 50

x. ὁ κισσοφόρος: ἐπιθετικῶς ὁ Διόνυσος. παῖς δὲ ἤτοι ὁ νεαρὸς, ἢ πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν Σεμέλην [λέγει].

51–54

 ἄγαγον. τὸ δὲ τυχεῖν σ4
 πειρώμενον ἀγωνίας παραλύει δυσφρονᾶν. σ2
 ὁ μὰν πλοῦτος ἀρεταῖς δεδαιδαλμένος φέρει τῶν τε καὶ τῶν
 καιρόν, βαθεῖαν ὑπέχων μέριμναν ἀγροτέραν,

Victory setteth free the essayer from the struggle's griefs, yea and the wealth that a noble nature hath made glorious bringeth power for this and that, putting into the heart of man a deep and eager mood, a star far seen, a light wherein a man shall trust if but the holder thereof knoweth the things that shall be, how that of all who die the guilty souls pay penalty, for all the sins sinned in this realm of Zeus One judgeth under earth, pronouncing sentence by unloved constraint.

Scholia ad vv. 51–54 (6 entries)

ad v. 51

a. a. λέγοντι δέ: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ ἐν θαλάσσῃ· πρῶτος γὰρ ὁ σύνδεσμος, εἶτα ἡ πρόθεσις.

b. b. λέγοντι δ᾿ ἐν καὶ θαλάσσᾳ: φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὴν Ἰνὼ Κάδμου θυγατέρα μετὰ τῶν θυγατέρων τοῦ Νηρέως ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου ἄφθαρτον οὖσαν διάγειν καὶ τετάχθαι. | αὕτη δὲ ἡ Λευκοθέα Νηρηὶς γενομένη.

c. c. οὕτως γὰρ, ἤγουν Λευκοθέα, καλεῖται. ἡ γὰρ Ἰνὼ μεταξὺ Βοιωτίας καὶ Ἀττικῆς φυγοῦσα ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν Ἰσθμὸν καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἥλατο εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν.

d. d. ((Ε 333)) τὸν δὲ ἴδεν Κάδμου θυγάτηρ, καλλίσφυρος Ἰνώ, Λευκοθέη, ἣ πρὶν μὲν ἔην βροτὸς αὐδήεσσα, νῦν δ᾿ ἁλὸς ἐν πελάγεσσι θεῶν ἐξέμμορε τιμῆς. μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ Ὅμηρος ·

ad v. 52

a. a. Νηρέως: Δωρίδος καὶ Νηρέως αἱ Νηρηίδες.

b. b. cett. usque ad καὶ ἡ Ἰνώ ποτε κακωθεῖσα ὕστερον εἰς ἀθανασίαν μετέβαλεν, ἐνάλιος γενηθεῖσα θεός. τὸν δὲ ἴδε τιμῆς.

55–56

55 ἀστὴρ ἀρίζηλος, ἐτήτυμον σ355

56 ἀνδρὶ φέγγος· εἰ δέ νιν ἔχων τις οἶδεν τὸ μέλλον, σ2

it is a brilliant star, a man’s true light, at least if one has and knows the future, that the reckless souls of those who have died on earth immediately pay the penalty—and for the crimes committed in this realm of Zeus there is a judge below the earth; with hateful

Scholia ad vv. 55–56 (5 entries)

ad v. 55

a. a. ἦτοι βροτῶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ δὴ, ἵνα ᾖ ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ λόγου· τῶν δὴ βροτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν κεκριμένον πέρας θανάτου· ἄδηλον γὰρ πότε συμβήσεται ὁ θάνατος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.

b. b. ἄλλως· τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸ τέλος τοῦ θανάτου κατ᾿ οὐδὲν σαφές ἐστιν.

c. c. ἢ οὕτω· τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸ τέλος τοῦ βίου κατ᾿ οὐδὲν σαφὲς, οὐδὲ ποδαπὴν τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἕξουσιν ἡμέραν ἴσασιν.

ad v. 56

a. a. πέρας οὔτι κέκριται: οὐδὲ τοῦτο διακεκριμένον ἐστὶν οὐδὲ ἀναμφισβητήσιμον καὶ ἑστηκὸς, ποίαν ἡμέραν εἰρηναίαν καὶ ἀγαθὴν διάξομεν.

b. b. παῖδα δὲ ἡλίου τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐπεὶ ὁ ἥλιος τὴν ἡμέραν γεννᾷ ἀνατέλλων. | ἀὴρ γὰρ ὑπὸ ἡλίου φωτιζόμενος ποιεῖ τὴν ἡμέραν.

57–59

 ὅτι θανόντων μὲν ἐνθάδʼ αὐτίκʼ ἀπάλαμνοι φρένες
 ποινὰς ἔτισαν, τὰ δʼ ἐν τᾷδε Διὸς ἀρχᾷ σ7
 ἀλιτρὰ κατὰ γᾶς δικάζει τις ἐχθρᾷ

But evenly ever in sunlight night and day an unlaborious life the good receive, neither with violent hand vex they the earth nor the waters of the sea, in that new world; but with the honoured of the gods, whosoever had pleasure in keeping of oaths, they possess a tearless life: but the other part suffer pain too dire to look upon.

Scholia ad vv. 57–59 (7 entries)

ad v. 58

a. a. ((Theog. 124)) Νυκτὸς δ᾿ αὖτ᾿ Αἰθήρ τε καὶ Ἡμέρα ἐξεγένοντο· οὐδ᾿ ἁσύχιμον: λέγει ὅτι ἄδηλος ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων. τὴν δὲ ἡμέραν θυγατέρα τοῦ Ἡλίου ἔφη ἐναντίως Ἡσιόδῳ· ἐκεῖνος γάρ φησι · καθὸ ἐκ τῆς ἐπιτολῆς αὐτοῦ ἡ ἡμέρα γεννᾶται.

b. b. ἀμφίβολον δὲ πότερον αὐτῷ ὁ λόγος καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θανάτου· οὐδὲ ὁπότε τελευτήσομεν τὴν ἐσχάτην ἡμέραν.... ὅτι ἀθορύβως ἐν τῷ τοῦ ζῆν χρόνῳ. οὕτω δὲ καὶ Ἀρίσταρχος ἀκούει.

c. c. οὐδ᾿ ἁσύχιμον: ἥσυχον. ἀπράγμονα. εὐτυχῆ.

d. d. οὐδ᾿ ὁπότε ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἐσόμεθα | ἀθορύβως καὶ ἀταράχως ἐν τῷ τοῦ ζῆν χρόνῳ.

e. e. οὐδ᾿ ὁπότε διατελέσομεν ἡμέραν ἥσυχον.

f. f. ἡμέρα δὲ ἡσύχιος, ἡ τοῦ θανάτου· ἐπεὶ ἐν αὐτῇ θανόντες ἡσυχάζομεν.

g. g. (ἁσύχιμον:) θανάσιμον.

60 λόγον φράσαις ἀνάγκᾳ· σ260

compulsion he passes his sentence.

Scholia ad vv. 60–60 (2 entries)

ad v. 60

a. a. ἀτειρεῖ σὺν ἀγαθῷ: ἀβλαβεῖ. ἀκαταπονήτῳ. ἀνεμποδίστῳ.

b. b. ὁπότε σὺν τῷ ἀβλαβεῖ ἀγαθῷ τελευτήσομεν.

61–62

61 ἴσαις δὲ νύκτεσσιν αἰεί, σ1

62 ἴσαις δʼ ἐν ἁμέραις ἅλιον ἔχοντες, ἀπονέστερον σ4

But having the sun always in equal nights and equal days, the good receive a life free from toil, not scraping with the strength of their arms the earth, nor the water of the sea,

Scholia ad vv. 61–62 (5 entries)

ad v. 61

x. (τελευτάσομεν:) πληρώσομεν.

ad v. 62

a. a. ῥοαὶ δ᾿ ἄλλοτ᾿ ἄλλαι: ῥεύματα δὲ ἀλλοῖα καὶ ἀλλοῖα μετὰ εὐθυμιῶν τε καὶ μόχθων εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἔρχονται.

b. b. θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν ἀνθρώπους ὄντας ἀεὶ ἐν εὐθυμίᾳ διάγειν, ἀλλὰ πάντως καὶ ἀτόποις ἐντυγχάνειν ἀνάγκη.

c. c. ἄλλως· ῥεύματα. μεταβολαί.

d. d. αἱ τῆς τύχης φοραὶ ἄλλοτε εἰς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους μεταβαίνουσιν ἢ εὐθυμίαν ἢ πόνον παρέχουσαι.

63–64

63 ἐσλοὶ δέκονται βίοτον, οὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες ἐν χερὸς ἀκμᾷ

64 οὐδὲ πόντιον ὕδωρ

Then whosoever have been of good courage to the abiding steadfast thrice on either side of death and have refrained their souls from all iniquity, travel the road of Zeus unto the tower of Kronos: there round the islands of the blest the Ocean-breezes blow, and golden flowers are glowing, some from the land on trees of splendour, and some the water feedeth, with wreaths whereof they entwine their hands: so ordereth Rhadamanthos' just decree, whom at his own right hand hath ever the father Kronos, husband of Rhea, throned above all worlds.

65–67

 κεινὰν παρὰ δίαιταν· ἀλλὰ παρὰ μὲν τιμίοις σ7
 θεῶν, οἵτινες ἔχαιρον εὐορκίαις, ἄδακρυν νέμονται
 αἰῶνα· τοὶ δʼ ἀπροσόρατον ὀκχέοντι πόνον

for the sake of a poor sustenance. But in the presence of the honored gods, those who gladly kept their oaths enjoy a life without tears, while the others undergo a toil that is unbearable to look at.

Scholia ad vv. 65–67 (7 entries)

ad v. 65

a. a. οὕτω δὲ: οὕτω δὲ ἐπὶ τούτων τῶν περὶ τὸν Θήρωνα ἡ πατρικὴ μοῖρα κακὸν φέρει καὶ πάλιν ἀγαθόν.

b. b. ἡ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τοῦ γένους τούτου μοῖρα.

c. c. ((Eur. Phoen. 18)) οὕτω δὲ μοῖρα ἕως τοῦ ἄλλῳ χρόνῳ: ἐνταῦθα ἡ ἀνταπόδοσις τῆς διανοίας καὶ ἧς ἐξέθετο γνώμης. οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τὰ ῥεύματα τῆς τύχης ἄλλως καὶ ἄλλως φέρεται ἐπί τε καλῶν καὶ κακῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπίμονα, | ὥστε δείκνυσθαι ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ Θήρωνα γένους. τούτου μὲν γὰρ εὔφρονα καὶ καλλίστην γένεσιν ἀπέδειξεν ἀπὸ προγόνων ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς θεοὺς ἀνωρθωκέναι αὐτοῦ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν· | ἐπάγει δέ τι καὶ πῆμα ἐναντιώτατον τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔστιν ὅτε· ἀφ᾿ οὗ πήματος ἔστι θεάσασθαι κακῶς διατεθὲν καὶ τὸ Λαΐου γένος. ὃν δὴ συμβέβηκεν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου παιδὸς φονευθῆναι Οἰδίποδος, | ἐν ὁδῷ περιτυχόντα κατὰ τὴν Φωκίδα, καὶ ἐπὶ πέρας ἀγαγεῖν τὸ πρότερον αὐτῷ χρησμῳδηθέν · μὴ σπεῖρε παίδων ἄλοκα δαιμόνων βίᾳ. ὁ δὲ Θήρων τὴν συγγένειαν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ γένος τὸ τοῦ Οἰδίποδος, | καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οἰκείως τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἐχρήσατο λόγοις. | πῶς δὲ συγγενής ἐστιν, ἐροῦμεν ἑξῆς. ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ καὶ οὕτως· οὕτω δὲ ἅτε πατρῷον· ὃν τρόπον κατὰ τῶν προγόνων τῶν περὶ τὸν Θήρωνα κατέχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον ἡ τύχη, καθάπερ τὸ πατρῷον κατέσχε.

d. d. τουτέστι τῶν Καδμιδῶν.

e. e. οὕτω δὲ μοῖρ᾿ ἅτε πατρώιον: ἡ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀπὸ γένους μοῖρα ἅμα τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ πήματα ἄγει, ἀφ᾿ οὗ ἀνεῖλεν ὁ Οἰδίπους τὸν Λάιον.

f. f. ὅτι ἐκ πλούτου κακὸν ἄγει ἡ μοῖρα ἐν ἄλλῳ χρόνῳ, τεκμήριον ὁ Λαΐου παῖς.

g. g. ἄλλως· οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτων τῶν περὶ τὸν Θήρωνά, φησιν, ἡ πατρῴα κακὸν ἄγει μοῖρα καὶ πάλιν ἀγαθόν.

68 ὅσοι δʼ ἐτόλμασαν ἐστρὶς σ7

Those who have persevered three times, on either side, to keep their souls free from all wrongdoing,

Scholia ad vv. 68–68 (7 entries)

ad v. 68

a. a. ἐπί τι καὶ πῆμ᾿ ἄγει: ἐπάγει καί τι.

b. b. χρόνος ἀντὶ χρόνου, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπήγαγεν.

c. c. παλιντράπελον: ἢ τὸ ἐναντίον τῷ κακῷ· ἢ τὸ ἀηδές.

d. d. ἐπί τι καὶ πῆμ᾿ ἄγει: ἐπάγει δὲ ἡ μοῖρα καὶ κακόν τι ἐναντίον ἑτέρῳ χρόνῳ· ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ κακῶν πεῖραν ἡ μοῖρα δίδωσιν. εἶτ᾿ ἐκ παραδείγματος· τοιγαροῦν καὶ τὸ γένος Λαΐου τάδε ἔπαθεν.

e. e. θεόρτῳ: ὑπὸ θεοῦ ὀρθουμένῳ. ἀσφαλεῖ. θεοδωρήτῳ.

f. f. παλιντράπελον: ἀντεστραμμένον.

g. g. ἐπὶ ἡ δὲ ὅλη διάνοια οὕτως ἔχει· ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους μοῖρα τὸν περὶ τὸν Θήρωνα εὔφρονα πότμον καὶ ὄλβον ὅν ὁ θεὸς ὀρνύει καὶ δίδωσιν, ἐπάγει τι καὶ ἀντεστραμμένον πῆμα ἐν ἄλλῳ χρόνῳ.

69 ἑκατέρωθι μείναντες ἀπὸ πάμπαν ἀδίκων ἔχειν σ1

Peleus and Kadmos are counted of that company; and the mother of Achilles, when her prayer had moved the heart of Zeus, bare thither her son, even him who overthrew Hector, Troy's unbending invincible pillar, even him who gave Kyknos to death and the Ethiop son of the Morning.

Scholia ad vv. 69–69 (1 entry)

ad v. 69

x. ἐν ἄλλῳ δὲ χρόνῳ καὶ ἐπί τινα βλάβην ἄγει ἀντεστραμμένως καὶ ἐναντίως τοῖς πρῴην ἀγαθοῖς.

70–74

 ψυχάν, ἔτειλαν Διὸς ὁδὸν παρὰ Κρόνου τύρσιν· ἔνθα μακάρων σ9
 νᾶσος ὠκεανίδες
 αὖραι περιπνέοισιν, ἄνθεμα δὲ χρυσοῦ φλέγει, σ4
 τὰ μὲν χερσόθεν ἀπʼ ἀγλαῶν δενδρέων, ὕδωρ δʼ ἄλλα φέρβει, σ4
 ὅρμοισι τῶν χέρας ἀναπλέκοντι καὶ στεφάνοις

follow Zeus’ road to the end, to the tower of Cronus, where ocean breezes blow around the island of the blessed, and flowers of gold are blazing, some from splendid trees on land, while water nurtures others. With these wreaths and garlands of flowers they entwine their hands

Scholia ad vv. 70–74 (17 entries)

ad v. 70

a. a. (ἀφ᾿ οὗπερ:) ἀφ᾿ οὗ πήματος ἔκτεινεν ὁ παῖς τὸν πατέρα.

b. b. καὶ μόρσιμος υἱός: ὁ ἀναγκαῖος κατὰ μοῖραν αὐτῷ γεγονώς. γράφεται καὶ μόριμος, ὁ μόρον ἐπενεγκών.

c. c. ἢ ὁ εἱμαρμένος, διὰ τοῦ σ.

d. d. ((fr. 68)(FHG III, 157)) μόρσιμον υἱὸν τὸν Οἰδίπουν, καθὸ μοῖραν ἐπήνεγκε τῷ πατρὶ Λαΐῳ· ἐν δὲ τοῖς παιᾶσιν εἴρηται περὶ τοῦ χρησμοῦ τοῦ ἐκπεσόντος Λαΐῳ· καθὰ καὶ Μνασέας ἐν τῷ περὶ χρησμῶν γράφει· Λάιε Λαβδακίδη, ἀνδρῶν περιώνυμε πάντων. e. ἐξ οὗπερ· ἀφ᾿ οὗ χρόνου Λάιον ἐφόνευσεν Οἰδίπους. εἰσὶ γὰρ ἀπόγονοι τούτων οἱ περὶ Θήρωνα.

e. f. ((fr. 118)(vs. 15 vulg.)) ἄλλως· περὶ τῶν Θήρωνος προγόνων, ὅτι οὗτοι τὸ γένος ἀπὸ Θηβαίων εἶχον, ἀπὸ Κάδμου τὸ ἀνέκαθεν. Κάδμου γὰρ Πολύδωρον· τοῦ δὲ Λάβδακον· τοῦ δὲ Λάιον· τοῦ δὲ Οἰδίποδα· εἶτα Ἐτεοκλέα· τοῦ δὲ Πολύδωρον· τοῦ δὲ Αἵμονα. τοῦτον δὲ τῶν ἐμφυλίων ἀνδρῶν ἀποκτείναντά τινα τῷ κυνηγεσίῳ Ἀθήναζε μεταστῆναι· τοὺς δὲ ἀπὸ τούτου πάλιν ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν μεταστάντας ἅμα τοῖς Ἀργείοις Ῥόδον κατοικῆσαι μέχρι τινῶν γενεῶν κἀκεῖ μείναντας ἐλθεῖν εἰς Ἀκράγαντα, καὶ μέχρι Θήρωνος τὰς ἁπάσας γενεὰς ζ΄ πρὸς ταῖς η΄ ἀριθμεῖσθαι. ταῦτα ἱστορεῖ ἐν ἐγκωμίῳ οὗ ἡ ἀρχή · βούλομαι παίδεσσιν Ἑλλάνων. ἐν δὲ τοῖς προεκκειμένοις καὶ ταύτην τὴν πολλὴν ἄλην αὐτῶν ἀποκλαίοντα τὸν Πίνδαρον φάναι · καμόντες οἳ πολλὰ θυμῷ ἱερὸν ἔσχον οἴκημα ποταμοῦ.

f. g. ((fr. 361)) ἵνα λέγῃ τὴν Γέλαν, οὕτω καλουμένην πόλιν ἐν Σικελίᾳ παρὰ τῷ ποταμῷ τῷ Γέλᾳ, ὡς Καλλίμαχος · οἱ δὲ Γέλα ποταμοῦ κεφαλῇ ἐπικείμενον ἄστυ. οἱ δὲ τὴν Ἀκράγαντα· πάλιν γὰρ αὕτη πόλις ἐστὶ Σικελίας ὁμώνυμος τῷ ποταμῷ. ἔχοι δ᾿ ἂν μᾶλλον τὸ β΄ λόγον. μετὰ γὰρ καμάτου ἐκτίσθη Ἀντιφήμου τοῦ Ῥοδίου καὶ Ἐντίμου τοῦ Κρητὸς κατὰ χρησμὸν Ἀπόλλωνος μαχεσαμένων Σικελιώταις περὶ τοῦ χωρίου. h. ἱερὸν δὲ οἴκημα ἡ Ἀκράγας ὅτι Ζεὺς ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν Περσεφόνῃ.

g. i. μόριμος υἱός: ἤτοι ὁ κατὰ μοῖραν αὐτῷ γενόμενος, ἢ ὁ μόρον ἐπενεγκών.

h. k. ὁ δὲ χρησμὸς ὁ δοθεὶς Λαΐῳ δημώδης· Λάιε Λαβδακίδη καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.

i. l. μόρσιμος υἱός: ὁ μεμοιραμένος. ἢ ὁ μόρου αἴτιος τῷ πατρί.

ad v. 72

a. a. τὸ δὲ χρησθὲν παλαίφατον: τὸ δὲ μαντεῖον τὸ δοθὲν Λαΐῳ κατὰ τὴν Πυθῶνα παρ᾿ Ἀπόλλωνος, τοῦτο πατροκτονήσας ἐπὶ πέρας ἤγαγεν ὁ Οἰδίπους.

b. b. ἄλλως· παλαίφατον: τὸ πάλαι πεφατισμένον καὶ ῥηθὲν Λαίῳ.

c. c. ((Eur. Phoen. 18)) ἐν δὲ Πυθῶνι: τὸ δὲ χρησθὲν τῷ Λαΐῳ ἐν Πυθοῖ, τὸ μὴ σπεῖρε, Λάιε Λαβδακίδα, ἄλοκα δαιμόνων βίᾳ, εἰς γὰρ κακόν σου τοῦτ᾿ ἔσται, ἐξεπλήρωσεν Οἰδίπους.

d. d. (τελέσας:) γράφεται καὶ τέλεσε.

ad v. 73

a. a. ἰδοῖσα δ᾿ ὀξεῖ᾿ Ἐρινύς: ἤτοι ὀξέως βλέπουσα, ἢ ὀξέως τιμωρουμένη.

b. b. ἐστύγησεν ὥστε ἀλληλοφονίαν γενέσθαι τοῦ γένους αὐτοῦ. | Ἐτεοκλῆς γὰρ καὶ Πολυνείκης | ἀλλήλους ἀνεῖλον.

c. c. τοῦτο δὲ ὀξέως θεασαμένη ἡ Ἐριννὺς τὸ γεγονὸς ὑπὸ Οἰδίποδος, ἀνεῖλεν αὐτοῦ τὸ γένος καὶ δι᾿ ἀλλήλων χωρῆσαι ἐποίησεν.

cc. c. λέγει δὲ Ἐτεοκλέα καὶ Πολυνείκην.

75–79

 βουλαῖς ἐν ὀρθαῖσι Ῥαδαμάνθυος, σ1
 μέ ὃν πατὴρ ἔχει γας ἑτοῖμον αὐτῷ πάρεδρον, σ4
 πόσις ὁ πάντων Ῥέας ὑπέρτατον ἐχοίσας θρόνον.
 Πηλεύς τε καὶ Κάδμος ἐν τοῖσιν ἀλέγονται· σ1
 Ἀχιλλέα τʼ ἔνεικʼ, ἐπεὶ Ζηνὸς ἦτορ

according to the righteous counsels of Rhadamanthys, whom the great father, the husband of Rhea whose throne is above all others, keeps close beside him as his partner. Peleus and Cadmus are counted among them, and Achilles who was brought there by his mother, when she had

Many swift arrows have I beneath my bended arm within my quiver, arrows that have a voice for the wise, but for the multitude they need interpreters. His art is true who of his nature hath knowledge; they who have but learnt, strong in the multitude of words, are but as crows that chatter vain things in strife against the divine bird of Zeus.

Scholia ad vv. 75–79 (6 entries)

ad v. 75

x. γένος ἀρήιον: ἤτοι γενναῖον τὰ πολεμικὰ, ἢ ὅτι ἀπὸ Ἄρεος τὸ γένος κατῆγε δι᾿ Ἁρμονίαν.

ad v. 76

a. a. Θέρσανδρος: Θέρσανδρος ἔγημε Δαμώνασσαν τὴν Ἀμφιαράου· ἀδελφοὶ δὲ αὐτοῦ Τιμέας καὶ Ἀλάστωρ.

b. b. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου· λείφθη δὲ ὁ Θέρσανδρος τοῦ Πολυνείκους πεσόντος οὐκ ἦν...

c. c. λείφθη δὲ Θέρσανδρος: τὸ ἑξῆς· ἐλείφθη δὲ τοῦ Πολυνείκους πεσόντος Θέρσανδρος, Ἀνδρότιμος, Ἄλαστος. ὁ δὲ Θέρσανδρος ἐν Μυσίᾳ τρωθεὶς ὑπὸ Τηλέφου τελευτᾷ.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἐλείφθη δὲ λοιπὸν ὁ υἱὸς Πολυνείκους ἀναιρεθέντος Θέρσανδρος, ὅστις αὐτῷ ἐξ Ἀργείας τῆς Ἀδράστου θυγατρὸς γέγονεν.

ad v. 78

x. νέοις ἐν ἀέθλοις: ἐν τοῖς ἀκινδύνοις ἀγωνίσμασι καὶ πρέπουσι νέοις· λέγει δὲ τοῖς δι᾿ ἀγῶνος· [ἐν μάχαις τε:] καὶ ἐν πολέμοις ὁ τίμιος καὶ γενναῖος τυγχάνων.

80 λιταῖς ἔπεισε, μάτηρ· σ380

persuaded the heart of Zeus with her prayers—

Scholia ad vv. 80–80 (3 entries)

ad v. 80

a. a. Ἀδραστεΐδαν: ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ ἑνικοῦ πληθυντικῶς ἐξήνεγκεν· ἔστι γὰρ Ἀδραστεΐδος· ἐκ μιᾶς γὰρ τῆς Ἀδράστου θυγατρὸς Ἀργείας γέγονε.

b. b. τὸ δὲ Ἀδραστεΐδαν οὐ περισπαστέον· ἔστι γὰρ θηλυκὸν καὶ ἔχει τὴν εὐθεῖαν Ἀδραστεῖς, τῶν Ἀδραστεΐδων· | τὸ γὰρ ἀρσενικὸν περισπᾶται, οἱ Ἀδραστεῖδαι, τῶν Ἀδραστειδῶν.

c. c. EM 18, 46: Ἀδραστεϊδῶν: Ἄδραστος κύριον· Ἀδραστίδης, Ἀδραστιδῶν· καὶ πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ε, Ἀδραστεϊδῶν θάλος.

81–84

 ὃς Ἕκτορʼ ἔσφαλε, Τροίας σ6
 ἄμαχον ἀστραβῆ κίονα, Κύκνον τε θανάτῳ πόρεν, σ4
 Ἀοῦς τε παῖδʼ Αἰθίοπα. πολλά μοι ὑπʼ ἀγκῶνος ὠκέα βέλη
 ἔνδον ἐντι φαρέτρας

Troy Achilles, who laid low Hector, the irresistible, unswerving pillar of, and who consigned to death Memnon the Ethiopian, son of the Dawn. I have many swift arrows in the quiver under my arm,

Come bend thy bow on the mark, O my soul--at whom again are we to launch our shafts of honour from a friendly mind? At Akragas will I take aim, and will proclaim and swear it with a mind of truth, that for a hundred years no city hath brought forth a man of mind more prone to well-doing towards friends or of more liberal mood than Theron.

Scholia ad vv. 81–84 (10 entries)

ad v. 81

a. a. θάλος ἀρωγὸν δόμοις: [τιμώμενος:] ὁ Θέρσανδρος. γίνεται γὰρ Ἀργείας τῆς Ἀδράστου θυγατρὸς καὶ Πολυνείκους, εἰς ὃν ἀναφέρει τὸ γένος ὁ Θήρων.

b. b. Ἀδραστεΐδων δὲ εἶπε κατὰ τὸ πληθυντικὸν ἀντὶ ἑνικοῦ Ἀδραστίδος· μιᾶς γὰρ ἐγένετο τῆς Ἀργείας ὁ Θέρσανδρος.

c. c. οὐ δεῖ περισπᾶν τὸ Ἀδραστεΐδαν· εἴρηται γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀδραστίδες· Δαναίδες.

d. d. θάλος ἀρωγὸν δόμοις: τὸ βλάστημα τοῦ Ἀδράστου γένους.

e. e. ἀπὸ γὰρ Θερσάνδρου καὶ Κάδμου οἱ πρόγονοι τοῦ Θήρωνος.

f. f. ἐπεὶ Θέρσανδρος καὶ Διομήδης οἱ ἐπίγονοι ἐπιστρατεύσαντες ταῖς Θήβαις τῶν προαναιρεθέντων πατέρων ἐξεδίκησαν τὸν φόνον.

ad v. 82

a. a. ὅθεν σπέρματος: ἔστι μὲν καὶ οὕτως διαστεῖλαι· ὅθεν σπέρματος ἔχοντι ῥίζαν· εἶτα ἀπ᾿ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς· πρέπει τὸν Αἰνησιδάμου· ἣν καὶ ὁ Δίδυμος ἀποδέχεται. Ἀρίσταρχος δὲ οὕτως· ὅθεν σπέρματος ἔχοντι ῥίζαν τὸν Αἰνησιδάμου· ὥστε ἴσον εἶναι τῷ, ἀφ᾿ ὧν ἔχοντι τὸ σπέρμα τῷ Αἰνησιδάμου υἱῷ πρέπει λυρῶν καὶ ἐγκωμίων τυγχάνειν. γίνεται δέ, φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος, κατὰ τὴν ἐκφορὰν ταύτην παρέλκον τὸ τυγχανέμεν. τὴν δὲ αἰτιατικὴν πτῶσιν τοῖς ἄνω συναπτέον ὡς προείρηκα, καὶ τὸ πρέπει τὸν Αἰνησιδάμου ἀπὸ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς· ὁ δὲ Θήρων τοῦ σπέρματος ἔχει ῥίζαν ἀπὸ τούτων.

b. b. ὅθεν σπέρματος· ἀπὸ γὰρ Οἰδίποδος οἱ περὶ Θήρωνα.

c. c. Αἰνησιδάμου γὰρ παῖδες Θήρων καὶ Ἱέρων.

d. d. ὅθεν σπέρματος ἔχοντι: ἀφ᾿ οὗ γένους, τοῦ Θερσάνδρου, ἔχουσι τὴν ῥίζαν οἱ περὶ Θήρωνα. | τὸ δὲ γένος Λαΐου καὶ Οἰδίποδος ὁ Θήρων οὕτω κατάγει· | Λαΐου Οἰδίπους· τούτου Πολυνείκης· οὗ Θέρσανδρος· οὗ Τισαμενός· οὗ Αὐτεσίων· οὗ Θήρας· οὗ Σάμος. οὗτος ἔσχεν υἱοὺς δύο, Τηλέμαχον καὶ Κλύτιον· ὧν ὁ μὲν Κλύτιος ἔμεινεν ἐν Θήρᾳ τῇ νήσῳ, ὁ δὲ Τηλέμαχος ἐν χώρᾳ...., ὅθεν συλλέξας δύναμιν ἔρχεται εἰς Σικελίαν καὶ κρατεῖ τῶν τόπων· ἐξ οὗ Χαλκιοπεύς· οὗ Αἰνησίδαμος· οὗ Θήρων.

85–87

 φωνᾶντα συνετοῖσιν· ἐς δὲ τὸ πὰν ἑρμηνέων
 χατίζει. σοφὸς ὁ πολλὰ εἰδὼς φυᾷ· μαθόντες δὲ λάβροι
 παγγλωσσίᾳ, κόρακες ὥς, ἄκραντα γαρύετον σ8

arrows that speak to the initiated. But the masses need interpreters. The man who knows a great deal by nature is truly skillful, while those who have only learned chatter with raucous and indiscriminate tongues in vain like crows

Scholia ad vv. 85–87 (8 entries)

ad v. 87

a. a. Ὀλυμπίᾳ μὲν γάρ: εἰς μὲν τὰ Ὀλύμπια ἐνίκησε μόνος, εἰς δὲ τὰ Πύθια μετὰ Ἱέρωνος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. τὸ γὰρ παλαιὸν ποιοῦντες ἀμφότεροι τὰς δαπάνας ἴσας, ἔπεμπον ἅρματα εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα, καὶ νικώντων αὐτῶν κοινῶς τὰς δαπάνας καὶ τὴν νίκην εἶχον.

b. b. Ὀλυμπίᾳ μὲν γὰρ αὐτός: Ὀλυμπίᾳ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸς καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν γέρας εἴληφεν· ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἐνίκησεν· ἔσχε δὲ καὶ κοινὰς πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ξενοκράτην νίκας ἐν Ἰσθμῷ καὶ Πυθοῖ. ἐξ ἑνὸς γὰρ οἴκου πρὸς ἱπποτροφίαν διδόντες καὶ ἀπὸ κοινῶν χρημάτων, ἀμφότεροι καὶ ταῖς νίκαις ἀνεγράφοντο.

c. c. καὶ οἱ μὲν βούλονται ἀκούειν οὕτως· οἱ κοινοὶ αὐτῶν ἵπποι νικήσαντες ἀμφοτέροις παρεσχήκασι κοινὴν καὶ τὴν δόξαν· οἱ δὲ ὅτι ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς ἵπποις ἀμφότεροι, ἕκαστος ἰδίᾳ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἵπποις ἐνίκησε τέθριππον· ὃ καὶ μᾶλλον.

d. d. ἄλλως· Ὀλυμπίᾳ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸς γέρας ἔδεκτο: ἀντὶ τοῦ μόνος· Πύθια δὲ καὶ Ἴσθμια Ξενοκράτης.

e. e. κατὰ δὲ τοὺς Ἀριστοτέλους Πυθιονίκας μόνος Θήρων ἀναγέγραπται· ἤτοι οὖν συλληπτικῶς εἴρηκεν, ἢ ἐπεὶ Θήρωνος ἵπποις ὁ Ξενοκράτης ἐνίκησε, διὸ καὶ συνανεκήρυξε Θήρωνα.

f. f. ὁμόκληρον δὲ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἢ διὰ τὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κλήρου καὶ φύσεως μετέχειν, ἢ ὅτι Ἴσθμια καὶ Πύθια ὁμοίως ἐνίκησε, διὰ τοὺς δύο στεφάνους μετασχὼν καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς δόξης.

g. g. ((J. II, 1)) ἄλλως· Ξενοκράτης ἦν Θήρωνος ἀδελφός. οὗτος ἐνίκησεν ἱπποτροφῶν καὶ Πύθια καὶ Ἴσθμια, καὶ γέγραφε Πίνδαρος εἰς τὰς τούτου νίκας· κοινὰς οὖν φησιν αὐτῶν εἶναι τὰς νίκας διὰ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ οἴκου εἶναι τὰς χορηγίας | καὶ τὰς ἐπιμελείας τῆς ἱπποτροφίας. τὴν γοῦν Ἰσθμικὴν νίκην ὑμνῶν Θρασύβουλον προσεφώνησε τὸν τοῦ Θήρωνος υἱόν [οὗτος τοῦ Ξενοκράτους] · οἱ μὲν πάλαι, ὦ Θρασύβουλε, φῶτες. οὕτω κοινὰς ἡγοῦντο τὰς νίκας.

h. h. ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸς γέρας καὶ τιμὴν ἐδέξατο· ἐν τῇ Πυθοῖ δὲ καὶ Ἰσθμοῖ πρὸς τὸν ὁμόκληρον ἀδελφὸν Ξενοκράτην καὶ αὐτὸν αἱ κοιναὶ χάριτες τὰ ἄνθη τῶν ἁρμάτων τῶν δωδεκαδρόμων, ἤγουν τὰς νίκας, ἤγαγον. οἱ κοινοὶ ἵπποι αὐτοῖς δόξαν ἔφερον· ἢ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ἵπποις ἕκαστος ἰδίᾳ ἐνίκησε τέθριππον.

88–89

88 Διὸς πρὸς ὄρνιχα θεῖον.

89 ἔπεχε νῦν σκοπῷ τόξον, ἄγε θυμέ, τίνα βάλλομεν σ5

against the divine bird of Zeus. Now, bend your bow toward the mark; tell me, my mind, whom are we trying to hit

Yet praise is overtaken of distaste, wherewith is no justice, but from covetous men it cometh, and is fain to babble against and darken the good man's noble deeds.

Scholia ad vv. 88–89 (5 entries)

ad v. 89

a. a. αὐτοῦ ὁμόκλαρον: ἤτοι τῆς αὐτῆς τύχης κεκοινωνηκότα, κότα, ἢ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κλήρου καὶ [τῆς] φύσεως μετέχοντα. τὸν Ξενοκράτην δὲ λέγει· ἦν γὰρ Θήρωνος ἀδελφός. οὗτος ἐνίκησεν ἱπποτροφῶν καὶ Ἴσθμια καὶ Πύθια, καὶ γράφει ὁ Πίνδαρος εἰς τὰς νίκας τούτου. κοινὰς οὖν αὐτοῖς τὰς νίκας φησὶ γεγονέναι διὰ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τὰς χορηγίας τῆς ἱπποτροφίας γεγονέναι.

b. b. ὁμόκλαρον ἐς ἀδελφεόν: ἤτοι διὰ τὴν συγγένειάν φησιν, ἢ ὡς ὁμοῦ ἱπποτροφούντων αὐτῶν καὶ ἀγωνιζομένων καὶ ὁμοῦ νικησάντων Ἴσθμια τεθρίππῳ.

c. c. φησὶν οὖν ὅτι ἐν Ἰσθμῷ αἱ χάριτες τῆς νίκης τῆς ἐν τῷ τεθρίππῳ κοιναὶ ἤγαγον αὐτοῖς τὰ ἄνθη τῶν στεφάνων. ἀπὸ σελίνων γὰρ τὸ στέμμα.

d. d. ἢ οὕτως· αἱ δὲ χάριτες αἱ ἐν Πυθῶνι καὶ Ἰσθμῷ τὰ ἄνθη τῶν τεθρίππων εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἤνεγκαν.

e. e. (ἀδελφεόν:) εἰς τὸν Πράξανδρον ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Θήρωνος ὄντα.

90–93

 ἐκ μαλθακᾶς αὖτε φρενὸς εὐκλέας ὀϊστοὺς ἱέντες; ἐπί τοι σ2
 Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις σ1
 αὐδάσομαι ἐνόρκιον λόγον ἀλαθεῖ νόῳ σ2
 τεκεῖν μή τινʼ ἑκατόν γε ἐτέων πόλιν φίλοις ἄνδρα μᾶλλον σ8

Acragas as we shoot arrows of fame from a gentle mind? I will aim at, and speak with true intent a word sworn by oath: no city for a hundred years has given birth to a man more beneficent in his mind or more generous with his hand

Scholia ad vv. 90–93 (13 entries)

ad v. 90

a. a. Ἰσθμοῖτε: ἐπιρρηματικῶς λέγεται· οἴκοι.

b. b. κοιναί: ὡς ἅμα ἱπποτροφούντων αὐτῶν καὶ ἀγωνιζομένων, καὶ ἅμα νικώντων.

ad v. 91

x. (ἄνθεα:) νίκας.

ad v. 92

a. a. δυωδεκαδρόμων: ὅτι δώδεκα δρόμους ἔτρεχον τὰ τέλεια ἅρματα, τουτέστιν ι΄ καὶ β΄ καμπτῆρας.

b. b. τὸ γὰρ παλαιὸν οὐκ ἔκαμπτον οἱ ἵπποι ζ΄ καμπτοὺς, ἀλλὰ δώδεπα.

ad v. 93

a. a. τὸ δὲ τυχεῖν: τὸ τυχεῖν πειρώμενον ἀγῶνος καὶ λύπην λύει καὶ τὴν ἀθυμίαν ἐκβάλλει.

b. b. τῷ ἀποτυγχάνοντι κοινὸν ἔγκλημα ἡ ἄνοια καὶ ἡ ἀφροσύνη.

c. c. ὁ νοῦς· πρῶτον μὲν τὸ πειρᾶσθαι ἀγῶνος παρέχει κάματον τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις, ὕστερον δὲ πόνων λύσιν καὶ εὔκλειαν ἔχει.

d. d. ὁ τὸ δὲ τυχεῖν πειρώμενον: οὕτως· ἐπιτυχὼν οὐκέτι ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐστὶ, παρόσον ἄφρονας μὲν λέγουσι τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους, τοὺς δὲ νικήσαντας οὐκέτι.

e. e. ἢ οὕτως· τὸ πειρώμενον τοῦ ἀγωνίσματος τυχεῖν λύσιν ποιεῖ τῆς ἀφροσύνης, ὥσπερ τὸ μὴ νικῆσαι ἄφρονα ποιεῖ.

f. f. ἄλλως· τὸ δὲ ἐπιτυχεῖν καὶ νικῆσαι ἀποπειρώμενον ἀγῶνος τῶν δυσκόλων φροντίδων τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ ἀπολύει.

g. g. ἄλλως· τὸ νικῆσαι δέ, φησι, τὸν ἀγωνιζόμενον παράλυσιν ποιεῖ τῆς ἀφροσύνης καὶ τῆς λύπης.

h. h. δύναται δὲ καὶ κυρίως κεῖσθαι ἡ ἀφροσύνη, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· | ὁ νικήσας νομίζεται ἐκτὸς ἀφροσύνης εἷναι· | κρίνουσι γὰρ οὐ τὸ εὖ βεβουλεῦσθαι διὰ τὸ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα.

94 εὐεργέταν πραπίσιν ἀφθονέστερόν τε χέρα

The sea-sand none hath numbered; and the joys that Theron hath given to others--who shall declare the tale thereof?

95–99

 Θήρωνος. ἀλλʼ αἶνον ἔβα κόρος
 οὐ δίκᾳ συναντόμενος, ἀλλὰ μάργων ὑπʼ ἀνδρῶν, σ11
 τὸ λαλαγῆσαι ἐθέλων κρύφον τε θέμεν ἐσλῶν καλοῖς
 ἔργοις· ἐπεὶ ψάμμος ἀριθμὸν περιπέφευγεν, σ3
 καὶ κεῖνος ὅσα χάρματʼ ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν σ1

than Theron. But praise is confronted by greed, which is not accompanied by justice, but stirred up by depraved men, eager to babble and to bury the fine deeds of noble men. Since the sand of the shore is beyond all counting,

Scholia ad vv. 95–99 (15 entries)

ad v. 96

a. a. ὁ μάν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅταν.

b. b. ἡ Σαπφώ· ((fr. 80)) ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὅταν ᾖ πεποικιλμένος ὁ πλοῦτος σὺν ἀρετῇ, πορίζει τὰ εὐφραίνοντα, καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς περιγινόμενα ἑαυτῷ· ἀρετὴν μὲν γάρ τις ἔχων, ἀχόρηγος δὲ ὢν διὰ τὸ πένης εἶναι, πολλῶν στέρεται τῶν εὐφραινόντων· πλούσιος δὲ ὢν ἀρετὴν μὴ ἔχων οὐ χρῆται τοῖς εὐφραίνουσι. καὶ πλοῦτος ἄνευ ἀρετῆς οὐκ ἀσινὴς πάροικος.

bb. b. ὁ πλοῦτός γε μὴν ταῖς ἀρεταῖς κεκοσμημένος καὶ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ εὐφραινόντων καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἀρετῆς κοσμούντων δίδωσι καιρὸν καὶ ἡδονὴν.

c. c. πολλὴν καὶ συνετὴν διάνοιαν πρότερον παρασχὼν, μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ τὰς ἰδίας ὁ πλοῦτος καὶ τὰς τῆς ἀρετῆς εὐφροσύνας παρέχει.

d. d. προπαρασχὼν τὴν μέριμναν δι᾿ ἧς πάντα ἀγρεύεται.

e. e. ὁ μὰν πλοῦτος ἀρεταῖς: οἱ μετὰ ἀρετῆς πλουτοῦντες εὐγενῶς τὰ δύο φέρουσι τά τε ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ κακά· οὔτε γὰρ τὸν πλοῦτον ἀποδέχεται οὔτε τὴν ἀρετὴν, ἀλλὰ τὰ δύο ἡνωμένα. φησὶ γάρ· ὁ πλοῦτος κοινωνῶν τῇ ἀρετῇ ποιεῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εὐγενῶς φέρειν τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ κακὰ ὑπὸ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν, τὴν βαθεῖαν αὐτοῦ ὑπέχων μέριμναν, ὅ ἐστιν ὑπεράνω ὢν τῶν προσπιπτόντων ἀγαθῶν τε καὶ κακῶν. τὸ δὲ ἀγροτέραν σημαίνει ἀγρευτικὴν καὶ ἐρευνητικήν.

f. f. ((H. in Jov. 95)(fr. 80)) οὔτ᾿ ἀρετῆς ἄτερ ὄλβος ἐπίσταται ἄνδρας ἀέξειν, οὔτ᾿ ἀρετὴ ἀφένοιο· δίδου δ᾿ ἀρετήν τε καὶ ὄλβον. ὁ μὰν πλοῦτος: ὁ νοῦς· ὁ δὲ πλοῦτος οὐ μόνος ὢν καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρετῇ κεκοσμημένος, καιρίως τῶν τε ἑαυτοῦ ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀπολαύει, συνετὴν ἔχων τὴν φροντίδα πρὸς τὸ ἀγρεύειν τὰ καλά. | τούτων γὰρ τὸ ἕτερον καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸ οὐχ ἡδύ· ὡς καὶ Καλλίμαχος · καὶ ἡ Σαπφώ · πλοῦτος ἄνευ ἀρετῆς οὐκ ἀσινὴς πάροικος. ἡ δὲ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων κρᾶσις εὐδαιμονίας ἔχει τὸ ἄκρον. τοῦτο προσεῖναι τῷ Θήρωνι μαρτυρεῖ.

g. g. ἄλλως· ὁ πλοῦτός γε μὴν ταῖς ἀρεταῖς κεκοσμημένος καὶ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ εὐφραινόντων καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἀρετῆς κοσμούντων δίδωσι καιρὸν καὶ ἡδονὴν, τὴν πολλὴν καὶ βαθεῖαν καὶ συνετὴν διάνοιαν εὔκολον καὶ εὔληπτον καὶ ἀγροτέραν διδούς.

h. h. βαθεῖαν: τὴν συνετήν.

i. i. ὑπέχων: ὑποτιθείς.

k. k. ἀγροτέραν: ἀγρευτικὴν τῶν ἡδέων, θηρευτικωτέραν πρὸς τὸ πορίζειν τὰ ἀγαθά.

ad v. 98

a. a. φέρει τῶν τε καὶ τῶν: τῶν αὐτοῦ καλῶν καὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς.

b. b. ἢ τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀθλήσει καμάτων.

c. c. ἐκείνων, φησὶ, καὶ τούτων τῶν καλῶν.

ad v. 99

x. βαθεῖαν: τὴν συνετὴν, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν βάθει ὑδάτων.

100

100 τίς ἂν φράσαι δύναιτο; σ164100

who could number all the joys that Theron has given others?

Scholia ad vv. 100–100 (164 entries)

ad v. 100

a. a. τὴν ἅπαντα ἀγρεύουσαν.

b. b. ἀγροτέραν: ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐαγροτέραν, καὶ θηρευτικὴν εἰς τὸ πορίζειν.

c. c. (ἀγροτέραν:) φροντιστικήν.

a. a. ἀστὴρ ἀρίζηλος: ὁ τοιοῦτος πλοῦτος ὁ μετὰ ἀρετῆς ἀστὴρ ἀρίζηλός ἐστι καὶ ἐτυμώτατον ἀνδρὶ φέγγος. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

b. b. ἀστὴρ ἀρίζηλος: ὁ μετὰ ἀρετῆς πλοῦτος ὡς ἀστήρ ἐστιν ἔκδηλος, ἀληθινὸν φῶς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

a. a. εἰ δέ νιν ἔχων: ἤτοι καθόλου [καὶ] ἐξαιρετέον τὸν δέ σύνδεσμον ἢ μεταληπτέον εἰς τὸν δή· ὁ γὰρ λόγος τοιοῦτος· ὁ μετὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς πλοῦτος ἀστήρ ἐστιν ἀρίζηλος καὶ ἀληθινώτατον ἀνδρὶ φέγγος, εἰ δή τις αὐτῷ χρήσεται εἰς δέον καὶ οὐκ εἰς ἀδικίαν κατατιθέμενος τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον εἰς δικαιοσύνην. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

b. b. Ἀρίσταρχος ἐξηγεῖται οὕτως· εἴ τις οἶδε τὸ μέλλον, ὅτι ποινὴν τίνουσιν οἱ ἐν Ἅιδου παρανομήσαντες· ὁ γὰρ λόγος ὡς τῶν αὐτῶν πλεονάκις ἀναβιούντων καὶ ἢ ἐνθάδε ἢ καὶ ἐκεῖ δίκας διδόντων τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

c. c. ἔνιοι δὲ ἁπλούστερον ἀκούουσι τοῦ λόγου οὕτως· εἰ ἔχων τις τὸν πλοῦτον οἶδεν ὅτι ἐν τῷ ὑστέρῳ χρόνῳ οἱ ἀποθανόντες καθ᾿ Ἅιδου δίκας διδόασιν. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

d. d. εἰ δέ νιν ἔχων: εἰ δέ τις τοῦτον ἔχων τὸν πλοῦτον ὁρᾷ καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον, ὅτι τῶν ἀδίκων τελευτησάντων τὸν βίον τιμωρία καὶ κρίσις παρὰ τοῖς ἀποιχομένοις πᾶσίν ἐστιν, οὐκ ἂν αὐτῷ εἰς ἀδικίαν ἐχρήσατο. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

a. a. ((σ 79)) νῦν μὲν μήτ᾿ εἴης, βουγάιε, μήτε γένοιο. ὅτι θανόντων μὲν ἕως ἐχθρᾷ λόγον φράσαις ἀνάγκᾳ: ἐγκρίνει τὴν παλιγγενεσίαν. λέγει οὖν· εἴ τις οἶδε τὸ μέλλον, ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἐν τῷ ζῆν ἁμαρτάνοντες, ἐν Ἅιδου κολάζονται, οἱ δὲ ἐν Ἅιδου, ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ βίῳ ἐν τῇ τοῦ Διὸς ἀρχῇ· ταύτην γὰρ εἶπε τὸν ὑποκείμενον τῷ οὐρανῷ τόπον· καὶ ἐάν τις ἐν ταῖς τρισὶν ἀναβιώσεσιν αἷς ὑφίσταται ἀναμάρτητος εἰς τρὶς ἑκατέρωθεν μένῃ, τοῦτόν φησιν εἰς τὰς τῶν μακάρων νήσους προπέμπεσθαι. τὸ δὲ περὶ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας ἀρχαιότερόν ἐστι· παραδέδοται γὰρ ἔτι ἀνέκαθεν, ὡς Ὅμηρός φησιν · πρῶτος δὲ δοκεῖ τούτῳ τῷ δόγματι χρῆσθαι Πυθαγόρας. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

b. b. ἄλλως· ὅτι θανόντων μὲν ἐνθάδε: Χρύσιππος οὕτως ἀκούει· ἐνθάδε μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν θανόντων ἐτιμωρήθησαν, κάτω δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν κάτω δικαζόντων, εἴτε Ἅιδης ἐστὶν εἴτε ἕτερός τις. οὐκ ἀπίθανον δέ, φησιν, | ὑπὸ τῶν τελευτησάντων τιμωρεῖσθαι τοὺς ζῶντας· μεστὴ γὰρ τούτων ἐστὶν ἡ τραγῳδία, ὅτι οἱ ἀδικούμενοι εὐχὰς τοῖς καταχθονίοις ἥρωσι ποιοῦνται, ἵνα ἐπικουρήσωσιν αὐτοῖς, οἷον Ἠλέκτρα τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

c. c. ἔνιοι δέ φασι | τῆς κατὰ Πυθαγόραν παλιγγενεσίας μνημονεύειν· τὰς γὰρ ψυχὰς εἰς ἕτερα σώματα εἰσδυνούσας ἀνανεοῦσθαι, ὥστε ὅσοι μὲν ὑπὲρ γῆς ὄντες ἐπλημμέλουν, τούτους ἐν Ἅιδου δίκην ὑπέχειν· ὅσοι δὲ ἀνάπαλιν ἐν Ἅιδου ἐνεωτέρισαν, ὑπὲρ γῆς γενόμενοι δίκας τίνουσιν, ὥστε μηδαμόθεν αὐτοὺς ἀποφυγεῖν τὴν προσήκουσαν τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις δοῦναι δίκην. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

a. a. τῷ ἀπάλαμνοι φρένες συναπτέον τὸ ἐνθάδε· ὅτι τῶνἐνταῦθα ἀδίκων ἀπάλαμνοι φρένες αὐτίκα καὶ εὐθέως τελευτησάντων ποινὰςκαὶ τιμωρίας ἐκεῖ δεδώκασιν. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

b. b. ἔξωθεν οὖν· χρῆσθαι αὐτῷ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν δεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

a. a. Ἀρίσταρχοςκαὶ οὕτωἐν Διὸς ἀρχᾷ: τὸν δέ, φησι, σύνδεσμονἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ δεῖ ἀκούειν καθιστάναι τὸν λόγον· τὰ γὰρ τῇ τοῦ Διὸς ἀρχῇ ἀλιτρά. λέγει γὰρ τοῦτο ὁ Πίνδαρος· ἐπεὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ ζῆν ἁμαρτάνοντες μετὰ τὸν θάνατον δίκας ὑπέχουσιν· οἱ δὲ καθ᾿ Ἅιδου ἄδικοι τῶν κατὰ τὸν τοῦ ζῆν χωρισμὸν, ὅταν ἀναβιώσωσιν, ἐν μέρει πάλιν δίκας ὑπέχουσιν ἐν τῷ ζῆν τοῖς Ὀλυμπίοις θεοῖς. οἴεται γὰρ ἀναβιοῦν τὰς ψυχὰς Πυθαγορικῇ δόξῃ χρώμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

b. b. Διὸς ἀρχὴν τοὺς ἐπιγείους βούλεται εἶναι· λέγει δὲ τοὺς ζῶντας. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

c. c. Διὸς ἀρχᾷ: Διὸς ἀρχὴν τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὴν ἄνω διαγωγήν. φησὶν οὖν ὅτι τὰ ἐν τοῖς ζῶσιν ἁμαρτήματα κατὰ γῆς δικάζει τις. λέγει δὲ τὸν Πλούτωνα τιμωρεῖσθαι αὐτούς. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

x. δαίμονάκατὰ γᾶς: ὑπὸ γῆς, τουτέστι καθ᾿ Ἅιδου. ὑφίσταται δὲ ἐν Ἅιδου τινα Ἀνάγκην ὀνόματι, καὶ ταύτῃ παραδίδοσθαι τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

a. a. λείπει τὸ διδοὺς, τῇ ἐχθρᾷ ἀνάγκῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

b. b. εἰπὼν τὸν λόγον τῆς τιμωρίας. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

c. c.(113) ἐχθρᾷ δὲ τοῖς πονηροῖς. ταῦτα δὲ τῶν ἀσεβῶν, σκάπτειν ἐν λίμναις τε πελαγίζεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

d. d. φράσας ἀνάγκᾳ: τὸν τῆς τιμωρίας λόγον. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

e. e. σωματοποιεῖ ἐνταῦθα δαίμονά τινα Ἀνάγκην, ᾗ τὰς ἁμαρτίας λέγουσιν οἱ ἀκούοντες. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

x. ἴσαις δὲ νύκτεσσιν: ἴσον ἡμῖν τοῖς ζῶσι χρόνον ἐπιβάλλει ὁ ἥλιος καὶ τοῖς καθ᾿ Ἅιδου δικαίοις. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

a. a. ἴσαις δ᾿ ἐν ἁμέραις: οὐκέτι περὶ τῶν ἀδίκων ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν δικαίων· φησὶ δὲ ὅτι τοῖς ζῶσιν ἡμῖν τὸν ἴσον χρόνον ἐπιβάλλει καὶ τοῖς ἐν Ἅιδου ἀγαθοῖς ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ τόπον ἔχουσι τοιοῦτον καθ᾿ ὃν ἐπιλάμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ ἥλιος· ἀπονέστερον δὲ ἡμῶν διάγουσι τὸν χρόνον. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

b. b. ἴσαις δ᾿ ἐν ἁμέραις: ἴσον ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς χρόνον ἐπιβάλλει ὁ ἥλιος καὶ τοῖς ἐν Ἅιδου δικαίοις. οὐκ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων δὲ ὁ λόγος, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τῶν δικαίων. φησὶν οὖν ὅτι τὸν ἥλιον ἔχουσι τοῦτον καθ᾿ ὃν ἐπιβάλλει αὐτοῖς χρόνον ἀπονέστερον διάγοντες. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

c. c. ἄλλως· τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς τῶν ἀνδρῶν κατ᾿ ἴσον ἡμῖν ἀπολαύειν ἐν Ἅιδου φησὶ τοῦ ἡλίου μηδὲν κακοπαθοῦντας. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

a. a. οὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες: τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν γῆν. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

b. b. χερὸς δὲ ἀκμῇ ἀντὶ τοῦ τῷ καρπῷ νῦν, καθὸ καὶ Ἀρίσταρχος. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

c. c. ἔνιοι δὲ χερὸς ἀκμῇ ἀντὶ τοῦ τῇ αἰχμῇ [οἳ] ἀλληγορικῶς ἀκούουσιν· οὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες, οἷον οὐ πολεμοῦντες κατὰ τὴν γῆν· οὐδὲ πόντιον ὕδωρ, οὐδὲ στόλους κατ᾿ ἀλλήλων ἐπάγοντες. κενεὰν δὲ παρὰ δίαιταν, παρὰ τὰ κενὰ ἑαυτῶν κρίματα. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

d. d. ἄμεινον δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος, παρὰ τὰ μὴ πλήρη τὰ τῆς διαγωγῆς ἐκεῖ, οἷον εἴ τις λέγοι· μὴ ἐργαζόμενοι οὔτε κατὰ γῆν οὔτε κατὰ θάλατταν δι᾿ ἔνδειαν. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

e. e. οὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες: οὔτε γεωργοῦντες οὔτε πλέοντες διὰ τὸ κενὰ αὐτοῖς εἶναι τὰ τῆς διαίτης. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

f. f. ἐν χερὸς δὲ ἀκμᾷ, τῷ καρπῷ τῷ ἀπὸ τῆς χειρός. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

g. g. ἢ οὕτως· οὐκ ἀροῦντες οὐδὲ σκάπτοντες τῇ ἀκμαζούσῃ χειρὶ τῶν νέων καὶ δυναμένων ἐργάζεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

h. h. τινὲς δὲ ἀλληγορικῶς ἀκούουσιν· οὔτε πολεμοῦντες κατὰ γῆν οὔτε ἀλλήλοις στόλους ἐπάγοντες κατὰ θάλασσαν. [οὔτε ναυμαχοῦσιν.] [Drachmann ad v. 113]

i. i. ἄλλως· οὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες: οὐ διὰ μόχθου καὶ καμάτου τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν καρπούμενοι. οὐδὲ γὰρ γεωργίᾳ προσέχουσιν ἀναταράσσοντες τὴν γῆν (τινὲς δὲ χερὸς ἀκμᾷ τὸ ἄροτρον ἢ τὸ δόρυ)· | οὐδὲ πόντιον ὕδωρ· ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ταράσσοντες· ἀντὶ τοῦ, οὐδὲ κατὰ θάλασσαν κινδυνεύοντες ἔχουσι τὴν ζωήν. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

x. κενεὰν παρὰ δίαιταν: διὰ τὴν κενὴν καὶ ἄπορον δίαιταν· λέγει δὲ τὴν πενίαν· οὐδὲ γὰρ παρὰ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς πενίας. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

a. a. τιμίοις: τοῖς τιμωμένοις θεοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

b. b. τιμίοις θεῶν: τῷ Πλούτωνι καὶ τῇ Περσεφόνῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

c. c. οἵτινες οὖν, φησιν, ἔχαιρον τοῖς δικαίοις, ἀπόνως καὶ ἀβασανίστως καὶ ἀδακρυτὶ διάγουσι | τὸν ὅλον αἰῶνα πρὸς τῷ μήτε ἀροτριᾶν μήτε ἐνθαλαττεύειν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν ταῖς μακάρων νήσοις διάγειν. παρὰ τούτοις γὰρ διατρίβουσι τοῖς τιμωμένοις ὑπὸ θεῶν, οἵτινες δίκαιοι ἦσαν ζῶντες. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

a. a. τοὶ δ᾿ ἀπροσόρατον: οἱ ἀσεβεῖς. ἀπροσόρατον δὲ, ἤτοι ὃν οὐκ ἄν τις ὑπομείνειε, δεινόν· ἢ ἀνεπίδεικτον καὶ θεοῖς πόνον ἔχουσιν, οὐδὲ ὑπὸ θεῶν δυνάμενον προσοραθῆναι. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

b. b. τοὶ δ᾿ ὀκχέοντι πόνον: οἱ ἄδικοι πόνον ὑφίστανται καὶ βαστάζουσιν ἀπροόρατον καὶ ἀπροσδόκητον, ὃν οὐδὲ προϊδεῖν οἷόν τέ ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

c. c. ἢ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἰδεῖν ἐθελήσει. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

d. d. λέγει δὲ ὅτι οἱ δυσσεβεῖς ἀνεπίδεικτον καὶ θεοῖς πόνον ἔχουσιν, ὅ ἐστιν οὐδὲ ὑπὸ θεῶν προσοραθῆναι δυνάμενον.d [Drachmann ad v. 121]

e. e. ἄλλως· τοὶ δ᾿ ἀπροσόρατον: φοβερὸν, ὃν οὐ τολμᾷ τις προσβλέψαι. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

f. f. (ἀπροόρατον:) ἀπροσδόκητον. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

x. (ὀκχέοντι:) ὑφίστανται. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

a. a. ὅσοι δ᾿ ἐτόλμασαν: τοῦτο Πυθαγόρου φήσαντος ἐπῄνεσε Πλάτων τὸ ῥῆμα, ὅτι τρίτον ἡ ψυχὴ δικαζομένη ἐν Ἅιδῃ, τρίτον εἰς σῶμα μετεμψυχοῦται, καὶ τοὺς τοσαυτάκις δικαιοπραγήσαντας ἐν βίῳ ἄγειν εἰς τὰς μακάρων νήσους καὶ παρὰ τὴν τύρσιν τοῦ Κρόνου, τουτέστι τὰ τείχη καὶ τὴν τοῦ Κρόνου βασιλείαν. λέγει δὲ τὰς μακάρων νήσους περιφραστικῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

b. b. εἰς τρίς: ἤτοι ἀριθμῷ, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλάκις. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

c. c. ((Phaedr. 249 a?)) ὅσοι ἐδυνήθησαν ἐν γῇ καὶ ἐν Ἅιδῃ... ὡς παρὰ Πλάτωνι · ἡ ἐς τρὶς ἀδόλως φιλοσοφήσασα ψυχή. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

d. d. ὅσοι δ᾿ ἐτόλμασαν ἐς τρίς: ὅσοι δὲ τρίτον ὑπέμειναν ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τόπῳ μείναντες, ἔν τε τῷ ὑπὲρ γῆν καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν, ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀδίκων ἔργων καὶ δίκαια πράττειν, ἐστάλησαν ἣν ὁδὸν ἔταξεν ὁ Ζεὺς, ἣν μακάρων νῆσον ὀνομάζουσιν· ἣν δὴ Κρόνου τύρσιν προσηγόρευσεν. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

e. e. ἄλλως· ὅσοι δὲ ἐκαρτέρησαν μέχρι τριῶν μετεμψυχώσεων εἰς ἑκάτερα τὰ μέρη, εἴς τε τὸν ἐν Ἅιδου μετὰ θάνατον εἴς τε τὸν τῆς ζωῆς χρόνον, δίκαιοι γενέσθαι δικαίως καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ὁσίαν φυλάξαι, οὗτοι ἐστάλησαν εἰς ἣν ἔταξεν ὁ Ζεὺς, ὅ ἐστιν εἰς τὰς μακάρων νήσους, ἔνθα Κρόνος ἔχει τὴν ἐκεῖ κατοίκησιν· ἐν αἷς νήσοις πλησίον οὔσαις τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ αἱ πλεῖσται καὶ ἡδεῖαι αὖραι τέρπουσαι πνέουσι, καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐταῖς ἄνθη ὡς χρυσὸς στίλβει, τὰ μὲν ὄντα ἐκ τῆς γῆς, τὰ [δὲ] ἐκ τῶν δένδρων τῶν ἐν τῇ χέρσῳ, τὰ δὲ ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων ἀπορροίας τρεφόμενα, οἰονεὶ ῥόδα, ὑάκινθος, ἴα· ταῦτα γὰρ ὕδατι τρέφεται· ἐξ ὧν ἀνθέων οἱ δίκαιοι ταῖς ἑαυτῶν χερσὶν ὅρμους πλέκουσι καὶ στεφάνους. ἐνδείκνυται δὲ τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τῆς τέρψεως. τὴν δὲ τῆς μετεμψυχώσεως γνώμην Πυθαγόρας πρῶτος εἰσηγήσατο, ᾧ νῦν ὁ Πίνδαρος ἀκολουθεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

x. (ἑκατέρωθι:) ἔνθεν κἀκεῖθεν. ἄνωθεν.... [Drachmann ad v. 124]

a. a. ψυχὰν, ἔστειλαν: ἐτελείωσαν. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

b. b. παρὰ τὴν Κρόνου βασιλείαν ἐτελείωσαν, ἤνυσαν, ἐπορεύθησαν. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

c. c. Διὸς δὲ ὁδὸν, ἣν ἔταξε τοῖς δικαίοις. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

d. d. τὴν ὑπὸ Διὸς δεδειγμένην αὐτοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

e. e. ἢ τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ Διὸς νομοθετηθεῖσαν. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

f. f. λέγει δὲ πρὸς τοῦ Διὸς κρίνεσθαι τοῦτον· τὸν γὰρ ἑκατέρωθεν μείναντα ἀναμάρτητον εἰς τὰς τῶν μακάρων νήσους πέμπεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

g. g. (ἔτειλαν:) ἐτελείωσαν. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

a. a. ὁδὸν παρὰ Κρόνου: ἐτελείωσαν. παρὰ τὴν τοῦ Κρόνου βασιλείαν. κυρίως δὲ τύρσιν τὸ τεῖχος. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

b. b. τύρσιν: πόλιν. κυρίως δὲ τὸ τεῖχος. | λέγονται δὲ πρῶτοι Τυρσηνοὶ τὴν τῶν τειχῶν κατασκευὴν εὑρηκέναι. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

x. ((δ 567)) ἀλλ᾿ αἰεὶ Ζεφύροιο λιγὺ πνείοντας ἀήτας.μακάρων: παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν · [Drachmann ad v. 128]

x. ((δ 568)) ὠκεανὸς ἀνίησιν ἀναψύχειν ἀνθρώπους.ὅτι ἐν τῷ ὠκεανῷ αἱ τῶν μακάρων νῆσοι λέγονται καθ᾿ Ὅμηρον· φησὶ γάρ · [Drachmann ad v. 129]

a. a. ἄνθεμα δὲ χρυσοῦ: λείπει τὸ ὡς, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ὡς χρυσοῦ φλέγει ἄνθη. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

b. b. ἢ οὕτως· τὰ δὲ ἄνθη λάμπει ὡς ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

a. a. τὰ μὲν χερσόθεν: διέστειλεν ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων τὰ κατὰ τὴν γῆν βλαστήματα. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

b. b. ἄνθη ἀπὸ δένδρων· ἐλαίας, μυρσίνης, κισσοῦ. κατὰ γῆν ἄνθη· ἴα καὶ κρόκος. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

c. c. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ στελέχους καὶ χωρὶς ὕδατος ἀνθεῖ, τὰ δὲ χαμαίζηλα ἐπαρδευόμενα διατηρεῖται θάλλοντα καὶ ἀκμαῖα. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

d. d. τὰ μὲν χερσόθεν: διέστειλεν ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων τὰ κατὰ γῆν βλαστήματα, τουτέστι τὰ χρείαν ἔχοντα ἀρδεύεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

a. a. ὅρμοισιν: ἐν τοῖς ὅρμοις, τοῖς ἑλίγμασιν τὰς κεφαλὰς στεφανοῦνται καὶ τὰς χεῖρας. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

b. b. κατ᾿ ἐναλλαγὴν δὲ πτώσεως εἶπεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ χερσὶν ἀναπλέκουσιν ὅρμους καὶ στεφάνους. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

c. c. ὅρμοισι τῶν χέρας: ὅρμους· ἀντὶ τῆς αἰτιατικῆς τῇ δοτικῇ ἐχρήσατο. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

d. d. ὅρμοις [οὖν] λέγει τοῖς ἑλίγμασιν, οἷς τὰς κεφαλὰς στεφανοῦνται καὶ τὰς χεῖρας. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

e. e. ὅρμοισι, τοῖς ἐνέρμασιν, οἷς τὰς χεῖρας στεφανοῦνται καὶ τὰς κεφαλάς. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

f. f. ἢ τῶν ἀνθῶν ταῖς χερσὶν ὅρμους ἀναπλέκουσι καὶ στεφάνους. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

a. a. ((Gorg. 526 c)) βουλαῖς ἐν ὀρθαῖσι: βουλαῖς δικαίαις. τέτακται γὰρ οὗτος, ὡς καὶ Πλάτων λέγει, τοὺς δικαίους πέμπειν εἰς τὰς μακάρων νήσους. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

b. b. ἄλλως· βουλαῖς ἐν ὀρθαῖσιν: ὡς τοῦ Ῥαδαμάνθυος τοῦτο τοῖς δικαίοις παρεχομένου· ὑφίσταται γὰρ αὐτὸν τῶν μακάρων ἄρχοντα νήσων. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

c. c. ἢ ὡς τούτων μεταλαβόντων φύσεως δαιμονίας, οἵτινες ὀρθοὶ κατὰ βουλὴν καὶ δίκην τὸν τρόπον ἔχοντες, ὡς καὶ ὁ Ῥαδάμανθυς. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

d. d. ἢ συγχωροῦντος τοῦ Ῥαδαμάνθυος· οὗτος γὰρ δικαιονομεῖ τοῖς ἐν Ἅιδου. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

e. e. ἢ οὕτω· βουλαῖς ἐν ὀρθαῖσι Ῥαδαμάνθυος· ὁ γὰρ Ῥαδάμανθυς δικαιονομεῖ τοῖς κάτω ὑπηρετῶν τῷ Κρόνῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

a. a. ὃν πατὴρ ἔχει ἕτοιμον: τὸν δίχα τοῦ κληθῆναι ἐλθόντα. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

b. b. ὅντινα Ῥαδάμανθυν ὁ πατὴρ πάντων Κρόνος, ὁ τῆς Γῆς παῖς, ὁ ἀνὴρ τῆς τὸν ὕπατον ἐχούσης θρόνον Ῥέας, ἕτοιμον καὶ ἀχώριστον ἔχει πάρεδρον. | συγκαταλέγονται δὲ ἐν τούτοις τοῖς δικαίοις ὅ τε Κάδμος καὶ ὁ Πηλεύς. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

a. a. πόσις: ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταρχος πόσιος γράφει ὁ πάντων καὶ τὸν Δία ἀκούει συμπότην εἶναι τοῦ Ῥαδαμάνθυος. ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος ἐπὶ τοῦ Κρόνου καθιστᾷ τὸν λόγον· ὃν ὁ πατὴρ πάντων ὁ Κρόνος ἕτοιμον καὶ ἀχώριστον ἔχει πάρεδρον, πόσις ὢν Ῥέας, παῖς δὲ τῆς ὕπατον ἐχούσης θρόνον τῆς Γῆς· εἷς γὰρ τῶν Τιτάνων ὁ Κρόνος, οἳ Γῆς εἰσιν υἱοί. θρόνον δὲ αὐτὴν μέγιστον εἰληφέναι ὡς πάντα φέρουσαν καὶ τοῦ κόσμου νομιζομένην εἶναι [θεῶν] τροφόν· ὡς καὶ ὁ ποιητής· ζείδωρον ἄρουραν. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

b. b. ἔνιοι πόσιν ἤκουσαν τὸν συμπότην. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

x. ἐν τοῖσιν ἀλέγονται: ἀριθμοῦνται. συγκαταλέγονται ἐν τοῖς εὐσεβέσι τοῖς κατοικοῦσι τὰς τῶν μακάρων νήσους. καὶ τὸν Ἀχιλλέα δὲ ἡ μήτηρ τεθνηκότα αὐτόθι ἤγαγεν, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ Διὸς τὴν ψυχὴν ἔπεισεν ἱκεσίαις. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

a. a. ἄμαχον: ἀκαταμάχητον. ἀκαταγώνιστον. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

b. b. ἀστραβῆ: ἀμετάτρεπτον. οὐ διδόντα εἰς φυγὴν τὰ νῶτα. ἀκίνητον. ἀσάλευτον. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

c. c. κίονα δὲ οὐ στύλον λέγει· ἀλλ᾿ ἔστι παντὶ οἴκῳ τόπος στύλος λεγόμενος, ἐφ᾿ οὗ κεῖνται οἱ πινσοὶ καὶ λέγεται ὅλην ἔχειν τὴν οἰκίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

d. d. ἄμαχον ἀστραβῆ κίονα: μεταφορικῶς εἶπεν. ἀστραβὴς δὲ λέγεται ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καὶ μὴ ῥᾳδίως συστρεφόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

e. e. ἄστρεπτον καὶ ἀμετακίνητον· καὶ ἔστι κατὰ μετάθεσιν τοῦ ε εἰς τὸ ᾱ καὶ ἀποβολὴν τοῦ ᾱ· ἔστι γὰρ ἀστρεβλῆ. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

f. f. οἷον ἄστρεπτον, ἀστραφῆ. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

a. a. Κύκνον τε: τὸν Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἁρπαλέης· τὸν γὰρ Ἄρεως ἀνεῖλεν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

b. b. τὸν δὲ Κύκνον Σκαμανδροδίκης, ἄλλοι δὲ Καλυκίας φασί. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

c. c. Κύκνον τε θανάτῳ: παραδέδωκε. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

d. d. τὸν Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Σκαμανδροδίκης· οἱ δὲ Ἁρπάλης. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

e. e. Κύκνοι δὲ δύο, ὁ μὲν Ἄρεος, ὁ δὲ Ποσειδῶνος· καὶ τὸν μὲν Ἄρεος κακῶς τὰ περὶ Θεσσαλίαν διαθέντα Ἡρακλῆς ἀπέκτεινε, τὸν δὲ Ποσειδῶνος Ἀχιλλεὺς στρατευσάμενον καὶ συμμαχοῦντα τοῖς Τρωσίν. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

x. Ἀοῦς τε παῖδ᾿ Αἰθίοπα: τὸν Μέμνονα, τὸν Τιθωνοῦ τοῦ Λαομέδοντος καὶ Ἡμέρας. ταῦτα δὲ λέγουσιν οἱ τὰ μεθ᾿ Ὅμηρον γράψαντες. οὕτω· Τιθωνῷ γίνονται ἐξ Ἡμέρας παῖδες δύο, Μέμνων καὶ Ἠμαθίων. καὶ Μέμνων μὲν ἀνῃρέθη ὑπ᾿ Ἀχιλλέως, Ἠμαθίων δὲ ὑπὸ Ἡρακλέος κατὰ τὴν ἀπέλασιν τῶν Γηρυόνου βοῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

a. a. ὠκέα βέλη: ἀλληγορεῖ ἀπὸ τῶν τόξων μεταφέρων ἐπὶ τὰ ποιήματα· φαρέτρα μὲν γὰρ ἡ διάνοια, βέλη δὲ οἱ λόγοι. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

b. b. Σκυθικὰ δὲ βέλη τὰ ποιήματα λέγει· εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ Σκύθαι ὑπὸ τὸν ἀγκῶνα τὰ βέλη βαστάζειν, οἱ δὲ ἐκεῖ Κρῆτες κατὰ τῶν ὤμων. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

c. c. ((17, 30)) ὠκέα βέλη: τροπικὸς ὁ λόγος· βέλη δὲ τοὺς λόγους εἴρηκε διὰ τὸ ὀξὺ καὶ καίριον τῶν ἐγκωμίων· φαρέτρας δὲ, τῆς διανοίας. τὸ δὲ ὑπ᾿ ἀγκῶνος ὡς πρὸς τὸ φαρέτρας ἀκουστέον. οὕτω καὶ ὁ βουκόλος ὑπωλένιόν τε φαρέτρην λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

d. d. ἄλλως· πολλά μοι ὑπ᾿ ἀγκῶνος: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλὰ λέγειν ἔχω. βέλη δὲ εἴρηκε τὰ ποιήματα. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

a. a. φωνᾶντα συνετοῖσιν: ἀκουστὰ τοῖς συνετοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

b. b. ἀντὶ τοῦ φανερὰ, σαφῆ καὶ ἐκτιθέμενα. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

c. c. ὁ δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος οὕτω· διάδηλά φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος τοῖς συνετοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἶναι, εἰς δὲ τὸ κοινὸν ἀγόμενα ἑρμηνέως χρῄζειν τοῦ σαφηνίζοντος αὐτὰ, ὡς οὐ πᾶσι καταδήλως φράζων· ὥστε τοῖς μὲν σοφοῖς σοφὰ διαλέγεσθαι καὶ μὴ ἔκθεσμα, τοῖς δὲ ἰδιώταις μὴ κατάδηλα γίνεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

d. d. ((Β 488)) τινὲς δὲ ὅτι πολλὰ ἔχων λέγειν, εἰς τὸ πάντα εἰπεῖν καὶ διατίθεσθαι προσδεῖται ἑρμηνέων· ὡς Ὅμηρος · πληθὺν δ᾿ οὐκ ἂν ἔγωγε μυθήσομαι. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

e. e. φωνάεντα: φωνὴν ἀφιέντα παρὰ σοφοῖς καὶ σαφῆ. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

a. a. ἐς δὲ τὸ πᾶν ἑρμηνέων χατίζει: εἰς δὲ τὸ κοινὸν καὶ εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ χυδαιοτέρους ἐρχόμενοι ἑρμηνείας χρῄζουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

b. b. ἤτοι περὶ τῶν ποιημάτων ἑαυτοῦ διαλέγεται· οἶδε γὰρ ὅτι πολλῇ ἱστορίᾳ κέχρηται καὶ σχήμασιν ἐξηλλαγμένοις καὶ φράσει ποικίλῃ· ἔχει γὰρ ὑπερβατὰ πολλά. τὰ ποιήματα οὖν μου, φησὶν, ἑρμηνέων χρῄζει. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

c. c. ((Β 488)) πληθὺν δ᾿ οὐκ ἂν ἐγὼ μυθήσομαι οὐδ᾿ ὀνομήνω. οἷον, οὐδέν ἐστιν ὃ μὴ χρῄζει ἑρμηνέων· αὐτὸς γὰρ οὐ δύναται διὰ τὸ πλῆθος ἐξειπεῖν πάντα. ὅμοιον δέ ἐστι τῷ · [Drachmann ad v. 153]

a. a. ὁ πολλὰ εἰδώς: ὁ τῇ φύσει πολύπειρος καὶ εὑρετικὸς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τῷ ὄντι σοφὸς, καὶ μὴ πάντα διδακτὰ ἔχων. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

b. b. σοφὸς ὁ πολλὰ εἰδώς: ὁ λόγος γνωμικός· καί φησι, σοφός ἐστιν ὁ πλεῖστα ἐπιστάμενος ἐκ φύσεως, ὁ φύσει πρός τι ἔχων. τῶν γὰρ μανθανόντων οἱ ἐκ φύσεως ἔμπειροι βελτίους, ἐπειδὴ καὶ πρεσβυτέρα τῶν μαθημάτων φύσις. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

c. c. οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ μαθήσεως βουλόμενοι ἠχεῖν καὶ ἐκ πολλῶν συνείροντες, ὃν τρόπον καὶ οἱ κεκράκται κόρακες καὶ μάτην φλυαροῦντες, ἀτελῆ καὶ περιττὰ καὶ ἀσύνετα φθέγγονται πρὸς τὸν συνετὸν καὶ θεῖον ὄρνιν τοῦ Διὸς τὸν ἀετὸν ἀντιβοῶντες. ἀποτείνεται δὲ πρὸς τὸν Βακχυλίδην· γέγονε γὰρ αὐτῷ ἀνταγωνιστὴς τρόπον τινὰ καὶ εἰς τὰ αὐτὰ καθῆκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

a. a. κόρακες: οἷον, ὡς κόρακες πρὸς ἀετὸν ἀντιβοῶντες, οὕτως οἱ μαθόντες πρὸς τὸν φύσει σοφόν. αἰνίττεται Βακχυλίδην καὶ Σιμωνίδην, ἑαυτὸν λέγων ἀετὸν, κόρακας δὲ τοὺς ἀντιτέχνους. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

b. b. τοὺς εὐφυεῖς ἀετοῖς παραβάλλει, τοὺς ἀφυεῖς κόραξιν. τὸ γὰρ γαρύετον δυικὸν οὐκ ὀρθῶς κεῖται, οὐδὲ τηροῦσι πάνυ τὸ τοιοῦτον οἱ ποιηταὶ οὗτοι. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

a. a. ἄκραντα γαρύετον: οἱ φύσει χρώμενοι λαμπροί· οἱ δὲ μαθόντες ἄκραντα γαρύειν ἥσσονές εἰσι τῶν καθ᾿ αὑτοὺς ὅ τι δήποτε μαθόντων ἢ ἐπισταμένων. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

b. b. τὸ [δὲ] γαρύετον κακῶς· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπὶ δυϊκοῦ βούλεται ἡ λέξις, οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ δύο κοράκων, ἀλλ᾿ ὑπὲρ πολλῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

c. c. ὥσπερ κόρακες πρὸς ἀετὸν φιλονεικοῦσιν, οἱ διδακτοὶ πρὸς τοὺς φύσει αὐτοδιδάκτους. αἰνίττεται δὲ εἰς Σιμωνίδην. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

d. d. εἰ δέ πως εἰς Βακχυλίδην καὶ Σιμωνίδην αἰνίττεται, καλῶς ἄρα ἐξείληπται τὸ γαρύετον δυικῶς. καὶ οὕτως ὄντως ἔχει ὁ λόγος. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

a. a. σκοπῷ τόξον: μεθέλκων ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐγκωμιαζομένους φησίν· ἐπὶ τὸν σκοπὸν ἐπίτεινον τὸ τόξον. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

b. b. ἔπεχε νῦν σκοπῷ: μεθέλκων ἑαυτόν φησιν· ἐπὶ τὸν σκοπὸν στῆσον τὸ τόξον. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

c. c. ἔπεχε νῦν σκοπῷ: ἐπέστρεψε τὸν λόγον πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καί φησιν ὅτι, ἐπάνελθε εἰς τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς σου σκοπὸν καὶ τὴν σπουδὴν τὴν περὶ τοὺς Θήρωνος ἐπαίνους. δι᾿ ὅλου δὲ τὴν τοῦ τόξου ἐφύλαξε τροπήν. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

d. d. τὸ δὲ τίνα βάλλομεν, τίνα ἔχομεν θαυμάσαι ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας διανοίας. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

a. a. τίνα βάλλομεν, δηλονότι σκοπόν; τὸν νικηφόρον. μήποτε δὲ βέλτιον ἀκούειν σκοπὸν, τὴν Ἀκράγαντα. καὶ γὰρ ἐπιφέρει· ἐπί τοι Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

b. b. ἐκ δὲ τούτου σημαίνει τὸν εὔκαιρον καὶ εὔστοχον λόγον. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

a. a. ἐκ μαλθακᾶς: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν μαλθακὴν φρένα, ἐπεὶ παρέβαλε τῷ τόξῳ καὶ τοῖς βέλεσι τὰ ποιήματα, κατὰ μέρος, ἵνα μὴ ᾖ ἐκ τραχύτητος, ἐκ προσηνοῦς φησι φρενὸς τὸν ὕμνον ἀφεθήσεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

b. b. ἐκ μαλθακᾶς αὖτε φρενός: τοῦτο εἶπε θεραπεύων τὸ σκληρὸν τοῦ λόγου. τὸ γὰρ ἀπὸ τόξου βάλλειν, ὥς φησι, δύσφρονός ἐστι κατὰ τοῦ βαλλομένου. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

c. c. τῆς [οὖν] προσηνοῦς καὶ οὐ πολεμικῆς διανοίας. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

x. (εὐκλέας:) τοὺς ἐγκωμιαστικοὺς ὕμνους. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

a. a. ἱέντες; ἐπί τοι: ἐπὶ σκοπὸν τὴν Ἀκράγαντα τείνας τὸ τόξον μεθ᾿ ὅρκου λέξω τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ ἀποφανοῦμαι. [Drachmann ad v. 164]

b. b. ἐπί τοι Ἀκράγαντι τανύσσαις: τοῦτο ὡς ἐν συννοίᾳ γενόμενος καὶ μαθὼν τίνα ὀφείλει ἐγκωμιάσαι φησίν, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῇ Ἀκράγαντι τῇ πόλει τοῦ Θήρωνος λέγει τὸ τόξον, ὅ ἐστι τὸν λόγον, τείνειν. [Drachmann ad v. 164]

a. a. αὐδάσομαι μεθόρκιον: ἀποφανοῦμαι μεθ᾿ ὅρκου τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὡς μήτε μεγαλοφρονέστερον μήτε εὐεργετικώτερον μήτε συνετώτερον ἀπὸ ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν ἐνηνοχέναι μᾶλλον Θήρωνος ἄλλον τινά. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

b. b. ἄλλως· ὄμνυμι ὅρκον ἀληθέστατον, μήτε εὐεργέτην ἀπὸ ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν γενέσθαι μήτε μεγαλόψυχον....· ἀλλὰ φθόνος τις ταράξαι βουλόμενος ὕβριν ἐπήνεγκεν οὐ δικαίως αὐτῷ. λέγει δὲ τὴν ἔριν τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν γενομένην. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

c. c. καὶ φιλικὸν ἄνδρα καὶ μεταδόσει χρημάτων εὐεργετικώτατον λέγει τὸν Θήρωνα. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

d. d. αὐδάσομαι ἐνόρκιον: λόγον ὄμνυμι ἔνορκον καὶ ἀληθέστατον· | ἵνα δείξῃ τὸ πιστὸν ὧν λέγει· περὶ γὰρ ὧν τις πέποιθεν, ὅρκοις διισχυρίζεται. τί δέ, φησιν, ὄμνυμι; μή τινα πόλιν ἄλλην πρὸ ὅλων ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν τεκεῖν τοιοῦτον ἄνδρα, μηδὲ ἄλλον εἰς εὐεργεσίαν τῶν φίλων πρόχειρον ἢ πρὸς ἐπίδοσιν χρημάτων ἀφθονέστερον τοῦ Θήρωνος. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

e. e. αὐδάσομαι ἐνόρκιον: Ἀκράγας πεντηκοστῇ Ὀλυμπιάδι ἐκτίσθη, ὁ δὲ Θήρων ἑβδομηκοστῇ ἕκτῃ ἐνίκησε. γίνεται οὖν τὰ μεταξὺ ἀπὸ ῆς κτίσεως ἕως τῆς Θήρωνος νίκης ρδ΄ ἔτη. ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

f. f. Ἕλληνες δὲ κτίζουσιν Ἀκράγαντα. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

g. g. ἐξ οὗ, φησιν, ἐκτίσθη ἡ πόλις τῶν Ἀκραγαντίνων, οὐκ ἄλλος ἐγένετο ὅμοιος Θήρωνι, εὐεργετικὸς καὶ συνετὸς καὶ μεγαλόφρων οὕτως. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

x. ἑκατόν γε ἐτέων: λέγεται τὴν Ἀκράγαντα πεντηκοστῇ Ὀλυμπιάδι ἐκτίσθαι, ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ἄχρι τῆς Θήρωνος νίκης ἔτη εἶναι ἑκατὸν ἐν Ὀλυμπιάσιν κε΄· γίνονται δὲ πρὸς ταῖς ν΄ Ὀλυμπιάσιν οε΄. ἐνίκα οὖν ος΄· κέχρηται οὖν τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀριθμῷ εἰπὼν ρ΄. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

a. a. ἀλλ᾿ αἶνον ἐπέβασε κόρος: ἀλλὰ τὸν ἔπαινον κόρος ἐπέβη καὶ ὕβρις ἄδικος· κορεσθέντες γάρ τινες τῶν ἀγαθῶν αὐτοῦ αὐτοὶ κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐγένοντο. προσαγανακτῶν δὲ ταῦτά φησι διὰ τὸ εἰς ἔνια τὸν Θήρωνα ἐλαττωθῆναι, τύχαις χρησάμενον οὐκ ἐπιτηδείαις. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

b. b. ((Par. Gr. I, p. 308. II, p. 218. 774)) ἄλλως· ὅτι κατακορεῖς γίνονται οἱ ἄνθρωποι τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀνθρώποις τῷ φθόνῳ. ἔστι δὲ καὶ παροιμία · τίκτει γὰρ κόρος ὕβριν. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

c. c. ὁ κόρος τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν μάργων τῶν θορυβῆσαι θελόντων ἐπέβη τῷ τοῦ Θήρωνος ἐπαίνῳ, κρύψιν θέλων θεῖναι τοῖς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργοις. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

d. d. ἀλλ᾿ αἶνον ἐπέβα κόρος: τὴν ᾠδὴν ταύτην ἔγραψεν ὁ Πίνδαρος τοῦ Θήρωνος πολεμοῦντος διὰ τὴν πρὸς Ἱέρωνα κηδείαν. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

e. e. κόρος δὲ, ὕβρις μετὰ ἀδικίας. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

f. f. τὸ χαριστικόν, φησι, τοῦ Θήρωνος ἐπέβησε πολλοὺς εἰς ὕβριν[, δηλονότι αὐτοὺς προηγάγετο]· ἐπεὶ οἱ προδιδόντες αὐτὸν Ἱέρωνι φίλοι ἦσαν. δύναται δὲ τοῦτο καὶ εἰς τοὺς περὶ Κάπυν τείνειν, οἳ | ἐπεστράτευσαν αὐτῷ, μὴ ὑπομένοντες αὐτὸν ὁρᾶν οὕτω λαμπρὸν ὄντα. ἐπέβη οὖν τῷ Θήρωνος ἐπαίνῳ ὁ φθόνος ὑπαντήσας οὐ κατὰ δίκην οὐδὲ ὃν δεῖ τρόπον. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

g. g. ἄλλως· Κάπυς καὶ Ἱπποκράτης | Θήρωνος ἦσαν ἀνεψιοί. οὗτοι πολλὰ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ εὐεργετηθέντες ὡς ἑώρων ηὐξημένην αὐτοῦ τὴν τυραννίδα, φθονοῦντες πόλεμον ἤραντο πρὸς αὐτόν· ὁ δὲ συμβαλὼν αὐτοῖς περὶ τὴν Ἱμέραν ἐνίκησε. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

h. h. ἐπέβα κόρος: τὸν ἔπαινον, τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θήρωνος. κόρος δὲ ὕβρις. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

i. i. ἄλλως· τοῦτο ὥσπερ ἀγανακτῶν ἐφ᾿ οἷς ἀδίκως λελύπηταί φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος. καί φησιν ὅτι, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἔπαινον τοῦ Θήρωνος ἤδη ἐπέβη κόρος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱκανῶς ἤδη φθονηθεὶς ἐπὶ τοῖς θαύματος ἀξίοις. | αἰνίττεται δὲ τὴν γενομένην αὐτῷ πρὸς Ἱέρωνα ἔχθραν. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

k. k. ἄλλως· διὰ τὴν μάχην τὴν πρὸς Ἱέρωνα ἕνεκα Πολυζήλου. ἐκβληθέντα γὰρ αὐτὸν ὑπὸ Ἱέρωνος ἀπὸ Συρακουσῶν ὑπεδέξατο ὁ Θήρων. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

l. l. αἶνον: τοῦτο αὐτὸ τὸ τῆς εὐδοξίας ἀγαθόν. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

a. a. (οὐ δίκᾳ συναντόμενος:) οὐ δικαίως συναντήσας καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ γεγονώς. [Drachmann ad v. 174]

x. ἀλλὰ μάργων: ὑπὸ γὰρ μανιωδῶν τινων καὶ ἀνοήτων ἐφθονήθη, αὐτὸ τοῦτο θορύβῳ τινὶ καὶ ματαίᾳ φλυαρίᾳ κρύψαι καὶ σβέσαι βουληθέντων, τὸ ἐκ τῶν καλλίστων αὐτοῦ ἔργων ἀγαθόν. [Drachmann ad v. 175]

a. a. λαλαγῆσαι: φλυαρῆσαι. λέγειν τι φθόνου ἐχόμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 176]

b. b. ἢ θορυβῆσαι, ἀπὸ τοῦ λαλεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 176]

c. c. τὸ λαλαγῆσαι θέλων: λαλαγῆσαι λέγει τὸ θορυβῆσαι τῷ λόγῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 176]

d. d. (λαλαγῆσαι:) ταράξαι. θορυβῆσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 176]

e. e. (θέλων:) ὁ κόρος. [Drachmann ad v. 176]

a. a. κρύφιον: ἡ λέξις ἐνίοις λέγεται χωρὶς τοῦ ι ἀρσενικῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 177]

b. b. ὃ δὲ βούλεται λέγειν ἔστι τοιοῦτον· τοῖς τῶν καλῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθοῖς ἔργοις ἀφανισμὸν θέλων παρασκευάσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 177]

bb. b. οὐ: δίχα. [Drachmann ad v. 177]

d. c. κρύφον: κρύψιν καὶ ἀφανισμόν. [Drachmann ad v. 177]

X. d. κρύφιον: Ἀρίσταρχος χωρὶς τοῦ ι γράφει κρύφον, καὶ ἀποδίδωσι κρύψιν· ὁ κόρος κρύψιν θέλων [καὶ ἀφανισμὸν] θεῖναι τοῖς τῶν ἐσθλῶν καλοῖς. καὶ ἡ ἀντίστροφος δὲ οὕτως ἀπαιτεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 177]

a. a. ἐπεὶ ψάμμος: ἐπεὶ δὲ μετρεῖν ψάμμον ἀδύνατον, καὶ τὰς εὐεργεσίας τοῦ Θήρωνος μετρεῖσθαι ἀδύνατον. [Drachmann ad v. 178]

b. b. ἐπεὶ ψάμμος· παραβολικῶς· λέγει γὰρ, ὥσπερ ἡ ψάμμος οὐκ ἂν ἀριθμῷ περιληφθείη, οὕτως ἀμέτρητος Θήρων ταῖς εὐποιίαις. ωνι τέλος ὕμνου τῷ Θήρ. τέλος Θήρωνος Ἀκραγαντίνου. [Drachmann ad v. 178]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 3

Olympian 3 — for Θήρωνι Ἀκραγαντίνῳ

ἅρματι εἰς Θεοξένια

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 45 lines · 187 scholia parts

Argumentum (1 entry)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen III.

metr. Τῷ αὐτῷ ἅρματι θεοξένια. Τῷ αὐτῷ εἰς θεοξένια. ἐκ τοῦκαὶδίμετρονἐκ τοῦκαὶκαὶ Τοῦ τρίτου εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐννέα, καὶ ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἐννέα. | τὸ α΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. | τὸ β΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ τοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος καὶ χοριάμβου. τὸ γ΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἀπὸ μείζονος χοριάμβου καὶ ἑξῆς ὁμοίως ἀπὸ μείζονος ἰωνικοῦ. τὸ δ΄ προσοδιακὸν ὑπερκατάληκτον ἀπὸ μείζονος ἰωνικοῦ χοριάμβου καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ ε΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἀπὸ τροχαϊκῆς χοριάμβου καὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ᾿ ἐλάττονος. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ὅμοιον τῷ α΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ θ΄ Στησιχόρειον. καὶκαὶ ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων θ΄. τὸ α΄ τροχαικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. | τὸ β΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ γ΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἀπὸ τροχαϊκῆς χοριάμβου καὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος. τὸ δ΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀπὸ χοριάμβου καὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος. | τὸ ς΄ ὅμοιον τῷ α΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ ζ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ η΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ θ΄ Στησιχόρειον ὁμοίως τῷ θ΄ τῆς στροφῆς. Θεοξένια. θεοξενίων ἑορταὶ παρ᾿ Ἕλλησιν οὕτως ἐπιτελοῦνται κατά τινας ὡρισμένας ἡμέρας, ὡς αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν ἐπιδημούντων ταῖς πόλεσιν. ἄγοντος δὲ Θήρωνος τὴν ἑορτὴν τῶν Διοσκούρων καὶ Ἑλένης ἠγγέλθη ἡ νίκη· διὸ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἄρχεται.

1–4

 Τυνδαρίδαις τε φιλοξείνοις ἁδεῖν καλλιπλοκάμῳ θʼ Ἑλένᾳ σ4
 κλεινὰν Ἀκράγαντα γεραίρων εὔχομαι,
 Θήρωνος Ὀλυμπιονίκαν ὕμνον ὀρθώσαις, ἀκαμαντοπόδων
 ἵππων ἄωτον. Μοῖσα δʼ οὕτω ποι παρέστα μοι νεοσίγαλον εὑρόντι τρόπον

Olympia I pray that I may be pleasing to the hospitable sons of Tyndareus and to Helen of the beautiful hair while I honor renowned Acragas by raising my song in praise of Theron’s victory at, won by the choicest of horses with untiring feet. With this in view the Muse stood beside me when I found a shining new manner

Tyndareus' hospitable sons and lovely-haired Helen shall I please assuredly in doing honour to renownëd Akragas by a hymn upraised for Theron's Olympian crown; for hereunto hath the Muse been present with me that I should find out a fair new device, fitting to feet that move in Dorian time the Komos-voices' splendid strain.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. ((vs. 36)) Τυνδαρίδαις: ζητεῖται τί δήποτε ὁ Πίνδαρος Ὀλυμπικὸν ὕμνον γράφων εὔχεται τοῖς Διοσκούροις προσηνεῖς τῇ ᾠδῇ γενέσθαι· ἐχρῆν γὰρ, εἴπερ ἄρα, Ἡρακλέα τὸν διαθέντα τὸν ἀγῶνα κατακαλεῖσθαι. Ἀρίσταρχος μὲν οὖν τὴν ἀπορίαν διαλύων τοὺς θεοὺς τούτους σφόδρα ἐν Ἀκράγαντί φησι τιμᾶσθαι. οἱ δέ φασι θεοξενίων ὄντων καὶ κεκλημένων τῶν Διοσκούρων εἰς τὰ θεοξένια τὸν Θήρωνα νικῆσαι, ᾧ συγχρησάμενον τὸν Πίνδαρον εὔχεσθαι τοῖς Διοσκούροις. οἱ δὲ ὅτι Ἡρακλῆς ἀποθεούμενος τούτοις ἐπέτρεψε τὸν ἀγῶνα, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρός φησι. τῇ Ἀρισταρχείῳ ἀποδόσει ὁ Δίδυμος μᾶλλον προστίθεται.

b. b. Τυνδαρίδαις τε φιλοξείνοις ἀδεῖν: ὁ νοῦς· τὴν ἔνδοξον Ἀκράγαντα τιμῶν καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τὸν ὕμνον τελειῶν καὶ ὀρθῶν τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν Ὀλυμπίων νίκῃ, ὅστις ὕμνος ἄωτόν ἐστι καὶ κόσμος τῶν ἀκαμαντοπόδων ἵππων τοῦ Θήρωνος, εὔχομαι ἀρέσαι τοῖς τε Διοσκούροις καὶ τῇ Ἑλένῃ. διὰ τί δὲ τούτοις εὔχεται ἀρέσαι; διὰ τὸ εἰς θεοξένια γράφειν. ἀντέστραπται δὲ ἡ τάξις, καὶ δοκεῖ τῇ συγχύσει ἀσάφειαν εἰργάσθαι· ἐπεὶ ἡ ἀκόλουθος ἑρμηνεία οὕτως ἐστί· κλεινὰν Ἀκράγαντα γεραίρων, Ὀλυμπιονίκαν ὕμνον ὀρθώσας Θήρωνος ἀκαμαντοπόδων ἵππων ἄωτον, εὔχομαι ἀδεῖν Τυνδαρίδαις τε φιλοξένοις καλλιπολκάμῳ θ᾿ Ἑλένᾳ.

c. c. Τυνδαρίδαις τε φιλοξείνοις ἀδεῖν: οἱ Διόσκουροι κατὰ ἐντολὴν Ἡρακλέος διατεθειμένοι τὸν Ὀλυμπιακὸν ἀγῶνα ὡς ἐνομοθέτησεν Ἡρακλῆς· τούτοις γὰρ εἰς θεοὺς ἀναχωρῶν Ἡρακλῆς τὴν τῶν Ὀλυμπιακῶν ἀγώνων φροντίδα καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν ἐνεχείρισεν· οὗτοι ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτῶν ἐπενόησαν πανήγυριν θεοξένια παρὰ τὸ δοκεῖν τότε ξενίζειν τοὺς θεούς. θύοντος οὖν τοῦ Θήρωνος εἰς θεοξένια, ἐν τοσούτῳ ἠγγέλθη αὐτῷ καὶ ἑτέρων αὐτοῦ ἵππων νίκη, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο γράφει ὁ ποιητής.

d. d. ζητεῖται δὲ διὰ τί μὴ Διὶ ηὔξατο, ᾧ οὗτος ὁ ἀγὼν ἀνάκειται, ἢ Ἡρακλεῖ τῷ καταβολεῖ, ἀλλὰ Διοσκούροις. καὶ φαμὲν πρῶτον ὅτι πρὸς τὸ παρόν εἰσιν αὐτοὶ οἱ διοικοῦντες τὸν ἀγῶνα· ἔπειτα ὅ τε Ζεὺς καὶ Ἡρακλῆς. ὁ δὲ Ἀρίσταρχός φησι παρὰ τοῖς Ἀκραγαντίνοις διὰ τιμῆς εἶναι τοὺς Διοσκούρους, καὶ πατρίῳ ἔθει καὶ νῦν αὐτοὺς χρῆσθαι. ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος ἱστορικώτερον λέγει καί φησι διὰ τὸ τὸν Θήρωνα ἄνωθεν Ἀργεῖον εἶναι· τιμῶνται δὲ κατὰ τὸ Ἄργος καὶ τὴν Πελοπόννησον οἱ Διόσκουροι.

5 Δωρίῳ φωνὰν ἐναρμόξαι πεδίλῳ σ55

of fitting the splendid voice of the victory procession to the Dorian sandal.

For crowns entwined about his hair demand from me this god-appointed debt, that for Ainesidamos' son I join in seemly sort the lyre of various tones with the flute's cry and ordering of words.

Scholia ad vv. 5–5 (5 entries)

ad v. 5

a. a. ὕμνον ὀρθώσαις: τὸν ὕμνον τῶν ἵππων ἄωτον προσηγόρευσεν ὡς ἄνθος καὶ στεφάνωμα αὐτῶν.

b. b. τὸ δὲ ὀρθώσας εἶπε μετενεγκὼν ἀπὸ τιθεμένων ἀνδριάντων ἢ ἀγαλμάτων.

c. c. ἢ ὀρθώσας καὶ ὑψώσας καὶ αὐξήσας τὸν ὕμνον.

d. d. ἄωτον δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ κόσμον αὐτοῦ καὶ στέφανον.

e. e. ὑψώσας καὶ αὐξήσας ἐπινίκιον ὕμνον.

6–9

 ἀγλαόκωμον. ἐπεὶ χαίταισι μὲν ζευχθέντες ἔπι στέφανοι σ1
 πράσσοντί με τοῦτο θεόδματον χρέος, σ3
 φόρμιγγά τε ποικιλόγαρυν καὶ βοὰν αὐλῶν ἐπέων τε θέσιν σ5
 Αἰνησιδάμου παιδὶ συμμῖξαι πρεπόντως, ἅ τε Πίσα με γεγωνεῖν· τᾶς ἄπο σ4

PisaPisa For the garlands twined around his hair exact from me this sacred debt, to blend harmoniously for the son of Aenesidamus the embroidered song of the lyre and the cry of the flutes with the arrangement of words, and bids me to raise my voice—, from which

Scholia ad vv. 6–9 (13 entries)

ad v. 6

x. (ἄωτον:) ἀντὶ τοῦ κόσμησιν.

ad v. 7

a. a. Μοῖσα δ᾿ οὕτω ποι παρέστα: οὕτω μοι παρέστη ἡ Μοῦσα, ἐὰν τοῖς Διοσκούροις ἀρέσω.

b. b. ἢ, οὕτω μοι ἐρχέσθω ἡ Μοῦσα, ὥστε με Δωρίδι διαλέκτῳ νεοποίκιλον ἐξαγγεῖλαι ὕμνον.

c. c. ἄλλως· οὕτω γάρ που ἡ Μοῦσα ἐπῆλθέ μοι τὸ εἰς θεοξένια γράψαι.

ad v. 8

a. a. νεοσίγαλον: νεοποίκιλον. σιγαλῶσαι γὰρ τὸ ἐπιθεῖναι ἐπὶ πᾶσι τὸν κόσμον.

b. b. ἀμφιβάλλεται δὲ ὁ λόγος. ἤτοι γὰρ τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· οὕτω μοι παρέστη ἡ Μοῦσα, ἵνα τοῖς Διοσκούροις ἀρέσω· ἢ, οὕτως μοι παρέστη ἡ Μοῦσα καὶ ἔρχεται ὥστε Δωρίδι διαλέκτῳ νεοποίκιλτον ἐπαγγεῖλαι ὕμνον.

c. c. τὸ δὲ Δωρίῳ πέδιλον δὲ κυρίως μὲν τὸ ὑπόδημα, νῦν δὲ τὸ μέλος. ἐπὶ τοῦ πεδίλου τέταχεν, ἵνα † αἰνέσω τὸ Δώριον μέλος.

d. d. τουτέστιν ὅπως διοδεύσω διὰ τοῦ Δωρίου μέλους.

e. e. νεοσίγαλον τρόπον: νεοποίκιλτον ἐπινοήσαντι ὑπόθεσιν, τὸ γράψαι εἰς θεοξένια.

ad v. 9

a. a. Δωρίῳ φωνάν: τρεῖς ἁρμονίαι, Δωρία, Φρυγία, Λυδία. πεδίλῳ δὲ τῷ ῥυθμῷ.

b. b. ἀπὸ [δὲ] τοῦ περιέχοντος τὸ περιεχόμενον. τὴν βάσιν οὖν εἶπε.

c. c. πρὸς τῷ Δωρίῳ μέλει ἐναρμόσαι | τὴν ἀγλαόκωμον φωνήν. γέγραπται γὰρ ἡ ᾠδὴ Δωριστί.

d. d. (πεδίλῳ:) τῷ ῥυθμῷ.

10 θεόμοροι νίσοντʼ ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπους ἀοιδαί, σ310

god-fated songs come often to men,

And Pisa bids me speak aloud, for from her come to men songs of divine assignment, when the just judge of games the Aitolian man, fulfilling Herakles' behests of old, hath laid upon one's hair above his brows pale-gleaming glory of olive.

Scholia ad vv. 10–10 (3 entries)

ad v. 10

a. a. ἐπεὶ χαίταισι μέν: ἐπειδὴ ἐν ταῖς χαίταις τῶν ἵππων ἐπιζευχθέντες οἱ στέφανοι ἀπαιτοῦσί με τὸν ὕμνον αὐτοῖς προσφωνῆσαι, ὅ ἐστιν ἀγλαόκωμον χρέος. ἐκώμαζον γὰρ ὑμνοῦντες τὴν νίκην.

b. b. τινὲς δὲ χαίταις οὐ τῶν ἵππων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μελλόντων στέλλειν τὸν κῶμον.

c. c. ἀγλαόκωμον ἐπεὶ χαίταισι: χαίταις οὐ ταῖς τῶν ἵππων διὰ τὸ νικᾶν, ἀλλὰ ταῖς τῶν μελλόντων στέλλειν τὸν κῶμον ὃν ἔμελλον ᾄδειν. ἐκώμαζον γὰρ ὑμνοῦντες τὴν νίκην. καὶ οὐκ ἀπιθάνως στοχάζονται, ὅτι ἴσως εἰς Διοσκούριον ὁ κῶμος ἤγετο καὶ ἡ πομπὴ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς Διοσκούρους τοῦ Θήρωνος οἰκειότητα.

11–13

 ᾧ τινι, κραίνων ἐφετμὰς Ἡρακλέος προτέρας, σ1
 ἀτρεκὴς Ἑλλανοδίκας γλεφάρων Αἰτωλὸς ἀνὴρ ὑψόθεν σ3
 ἀμφὶ κόμαισι βάλῃ γλαυκόχροα κόσμον ἐλαίας· τάν ποτε

Danube for anyone over whose brow the strict Aetolian judge of the Greeks tosses up around his hair the gray-green adornment of olive leaves, fulfilling the ancient behests of Heracles; the olive which once the son of Amphitryon brought from the shady springs of the,

Scholia ad vv. 11–13 (4 entries)

ad v. 11

a. ζευχθέντες ἔπι στέφανοι: ζευχθέντες γὰρ οἱ στέφανοι ταῖς τῶν ἵππων θριξὶν ἀπαιτοῦσί με τὸν θεοκατασκεύαστον ὕμνον τὸν ἐκ Μουσῶν, ὥστε πρὸς τὴν ποικιλόφωνον κιθάραν καὶ τὴν ἡδεῖαν τῶν αὐλῶν ἠχὴν τοὺς ἐμοὺς εὐπρεπῶς ἁρμόσαι λόγους εἰς χάριν τοῦ Αἰνησιδάμου παιδὸς Θήρωνος. σύμψαλμα δὲ τὸ γινόμενον.

ad v. 12

a. a. (πράσσοντι:) ἀπαιτοῦσι.

b. b. θεόδματον χρέος: ἢ τὸ ἀπὸ θεῶν μεριζόμενον, ἢ τὸ εἰς θεοὺς μεριζόμενον.

c. c. θεόδματον· τὸ εἰς θεοὺς πεποιημένον. λέγει δὲ τὴν ᾠδήν.

14 Ἴστρου ἀπὸ σκιαρᾶν παγᾶν ἔνεικεν Ἀμφιτρυωνιάδας, σ2

That tree from Ister's shadowy springs did the son of Amphitryon bear to be a memorial most glorious of Olympian triumphs, when that by his words he had won the Hyperborean folk, who serve Apollo. In loyal temper he besought for the precinct of Zeus, whereto all men go up, a plant that should be a shadow of all folk in common, and withal a crown for valorous deeds.

Scholia ad vv. 14–14 (2 entries)

ad v. 14

a. a. τὴν ποίησιν ἐπέων θέσιν εἶπεν.

b. b. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ πράσσουσιν.

15 μνᾶμα τῶν Οὐλυμπίᾳ κάλλιστον ἄθλων15

to be the most beautiful memorial of the Olympian contests,

16–18

 δᾶμον Ὑπερβορέων πείσαις Ἀπόλλωνος θεράποντα λόγῳ. σ1
 πιστὰ φρονέων Διὸς αἴτει πανδόκῳ σ9
 ἄλσει σκιαρόν τε φύτευμα ξυνὸν ἀνθρώποις στέφανόν τʼ ἀρετᾶν. σ1

when he had persuaded the Hyperborean people, the servants of Apollo, with speech. With trustworthy intentions he was entreating them for a shady plant, to be shared by all men and to be a garland of excellence in the grove of Zeus which is hospitable to all. For already the altars had been consecrated to his father, and in mid-month the full

Scholia ad vv. 16–18 (11 entries)

ad v. 16

x. συμμίξαι πρεπόντως: συμβαλεῖν τῇ λύρᾳ καὶ τῷ αὐλῷ τὸν Αἰνησιδάμου παῖδα Θήρωνα.

ad v. 17

a. a. ἅ τε Πίσα με γεγωνεῖν: ἥ τε Πίσα με ἀπαιτεῖ μὴ ἠρεμεῖν, ἀλλὰ ὑμνεῖν καὶ βοᾶν.

b. b. ἢ τὸ ἑξῆς· πράσσοντί με γεγωνεῖν.

c. c. γεγωνεῖν: προσυπακουστέον τὸ πράσσει με ἐκ τοῦ προκειμένου.

d. d. ἀπαιτεῖ τὸ θεόδματον χρέος.

e. e. ((Ω 703)) τὸ δὲ γεγωνεῖν οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς γεγωνώς μετοχῆς βαρύτονον Αἰολικῶς κλίναντες γεγώνειν ὡς ἀκούειν, γινώσκειν ἐκφέρουσι· γέγωνέ τε πᾶν κατὰ ἄστυ. εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ ἀπὸ τοῦ γεγωνέω σχηματίζουσιν, ὥστε δεῖ περισπᾶν.

f. f. ἐνεστὼς τὸ ἀπαρέμφατον ἀντὶ συντελικοῦ φησι παρειλῆφθαι τὸ † γεγωνήσειν.

g. g. τᾶς ἄπο: τῆς Ὀλυμπίας.

h. h. ἀφ᾿ ἧς δὴ Πίσης αἱ ἀπὸ θεῶν ἀπομεριζόμεναι [ἀοιδαὶ καὶ] ᾠδαὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους παραγίνονται.

i. i. ἐπὶ τοὺς νικῶντας [ἀνθρώπους].

ad v. 18

x. θεόμοροι νίσονται: ἀπὸ θεῶν μεριζόμεναι καὶ παρεχόμεναι τοῖς νενικηκόσιν. εἰ μὴ γὰρ θεῶν προνοίᾳ νικήσῃ τις, οὐδὲ ᾄδεται.

19 ἤδη γὰρ αὐτῷ, πατρὶ μὲν βωμῶν ἁγισθέντων, διχόμηνις ὅλον χρυσάρματος σ4

For already, when the altars had been sanctified to his sire, the midmonth Moon riding her golden car lit full the counter-flame of the eye of Even, and just judgment of great games did he ordain, and the fifth year's feast beside the holy steeps of Alpheos.

Scholia ad vv. 19–19 (4 entries)

ad v. 19

a. a. ᾧτινι κραίνων: τὸ ἑξῆς τοῦ ὑπερβατοῦ οὕτως· ᾧτινι ἀμφὶ κόμαις βάλῃ γλαυκόχροα κόσμον ἐλαίας ὑψόθεν βλεφάρων ἀτρεκὴς Ἑλλανοδίκας Αἰτωλὸς ἀνὴρ Ἡρακλέους κραίνων ἐφετμὰς προτέρας.

b. b. ((fr. 54)) ἄλλως· τὸ ἑξῆς· βλεφάρων ὑψόθεν· οὕτως γὰρ ἐστέφοντο, ἐπὶ τοῦ μετώπου. Ἀνακρέων · ἐπὶ δὲ ὀφρύσι σελίνων στεφάνους θέμενοι.

c. c. ᾧτινι κραίνων ἐφετμάς: ἀπὸ τοῦ πληθυντικοῦ μετέπεσεν εἰς τὸ ἑνικόν.

d. d. τούτῳ, φησὶν, ἀκολουθοῦσιν αἱ ᾠδαὶ, ᾧτινι τελειῶν τὰς ἐντολὰς καὶ τοὺς νόμους τοῦ Ἡρακλέος ὁ δίκαιος καὶ ἀληθὴς Ἑλλανοδίκης, ὁ Ἠλεῖος ἀνὴρ, ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐπάνω τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τὸν στέφανον περιβάλλει τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλαίας τοῦ κοτίνου.

20 ἑσπέρας ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντέφλεξε Μήνα, σ120

evening’s eye shone brightly, the Moon on her golden chariot,

Scholia ad vv. 20–20 (1 entry)

ad v. 20

x. προτέρας: ὅτι μετὰ τὸν Ἡρακλέα πάλιν Ἴφιτος ἔθηκε τὸν ἀγῶνα | τῶν Ὀλυμπίων, διὰ τοῦτο εἶπε προτέρας.

21–22

21 καὶ μεγάλων ἀέθλων ἁγνὰν κρίσιν καὶ πενταετηρίδʼ ἁμᾶ σ2

22 θῆκε ζαθέοις ἐπὶ κρημνοῖς Ἀλφεοῦ· σ5

and he had established the consecrated trial of the great games along with the four years’ festival beside the sacred banks of the Alpheus. But Pelops’ sacred ground was not flourishing with beautiful trees in the valleys below the hill of Cronus. He saw that this garden, bare of trees, was exposed to the piercing rays of the sun.

Scholia ad vv. 21–22 (7 entries)

ad v. 21

a. a. Ἑλλανοδίκαι καλοῦνται οἱ προτεταγμένοι τοῦ ἀγῶνος, ἐπεὶ μόνοις Ἕλλησιν ἀγωνίζονται.

b. 21 b. 22 a. Ἑλλανοδίκας... Αἰτωλὸς ἀνήρ· τοὺςἢβ΄ ((FHG I, 57)(FHG III, 308)) ἀτρεκής: ἀτρεκὴς Ἑλλανοδίκας, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πάντας τοὺς Ἠλείους Αἰτωλοὺς εἶπεν· οὕτως γὰρ ὠνομάσθησαν ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ Αἰτωλοῦ τοῦ Ἐνδυμίωνος, διὰ τὴν Ὀξύλου εἰς Ἦλιν ἄφιξιν, ὥσπερ Ἀσκληπιάδης ἀξιοῖ. περὶ δὲ τοῦ τῶν Ἑλλανοδικῶν ἀριθμοῦ Ἑλλάνικός φησι καὶ Ἀριστόδημος, ὅτι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον... ιβ΄, τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ι΄· τοσαῦται γὰρ αἱ τῶν Ἠλείων φυλαὶ, καὶ ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστης εἷς ἦν Ἑλλανοδίκης.

ad v. 22

a. See previous = 21 b.

b. b. Αἰτωλὸς ἀνὴρ ὑψόθεν: Αἰτωλὸς ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἠλεῖος. Ὄξυλος γάρ τις, εἷς τῶν Αἰτωλῶν, ἡνίκα ἐπὶ τὴν Πελοπόννησον οἱ Ἡρακλεῖδαι ἠπείγοντο, καθηγήσατο αὐτοῖς τῆς ὁδοῦ, ἀντιδόσεως δὲ τρόπῳ τινὶ τὴν Ἠλείων ἡγεμονίαν παρ᾿ αὐτῶν λαμβάνει· παρ᾿ οὗ λοιπὸν οἱ Ἠλεῖοι Αἰτωλοὶ ὠνομάσθησαν. διὰ τοῦτο οὖν Αἰτωλὸς ἀνὴρ ὁ Ἠλεῖος.

c. c. ἄλλως· Αἰτωλὸς ἀνὴρ ὁ Ἠλεῖος, ἤτοι ἀπὸ Αἰτωλοῦ τοῦ Ἐνδυμίωνος, ὃς ἦν Ἠλεῖος, ἀποκτείνας δὲ Ἄπιν ἐν τοῖς ἐπ᾿ Ἀζᾶνι ἄθλοις ἔφυγεν εἰς τὴν πρότερον Κουρῆτιν, Αἰτωλίαν δὲ ὕστερον ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κληθεῖσαν. ἢ ἀπὸ Ὀξύλου, ὃς ἦν Αἰτωλὸς τοῦ Ἀνδραίμονος, διεῖλε δὲ τοῖς Ἡρακλείδαις τὴν Πελοπόννησον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐδωρήσαντο αὐτῷ ἐξαίρετον τὴν Ἦλιν.

d. d. ἄλλως· Αἰτωλοὶ πρῶτοι ἐγένοντο Ἑλλανοδίκαι ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ. καὶ ὅτι ὁ κτίστης τῆς Ἤλιδος Ὄξυλος Αἰτωλὸς ἦν.

e. e. (Αἰτωλός:) Ἠλεῖος.

23–24

23 ἀλλʼ οὐ καλὰ δένδρεʼ ἔθαλλεν χῶρος ἐν βάσσαις Κρονίου Πέλοπος.

24 τούτων ἔδοξεν γυμνὸς αὐτῷ κᾶπος ὀξείαις ὑπακουέμεν αὐγαῖς ἁλίου. σ3

But no fair trees were nursed upon that place in Kronian Pelops' glens; whereof being naked his garden seemed to him to be given over to the keen rays of the sun.

Scholia ad vv. 23–24 (3 entries)

ad v. 24

a. a. (κόσμον ἐλαίας:) περιφραστικῶς τὴν ἐλαίαν.

b. b. (τάν:) τὴν ἐλαίαν.

c. c. τάν ποτε Ἴστρου: ἥντινα ἐλαίαν ποτὲ ἀπὸ Ἴστρου ποταμοῦ τῶν συσκίων πηγῶν ἐκόμισεν ὁ τοῦ Ἀμφιτρύωνος παῖς Ἡρακλῆς μνημεῖον ἐσόμενον τῶν ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἄθλων.

25 δὴ τότʼ ἐς γαῖαν πορεύεν θυμὸς ὥρμα σ325

And so his spirit prompted him to travel to the land

Scholia ad vv. 25–25 (3 entries)

ad v. 25

a. a. Ἴστρου ἀπὸ σκιαρᾶν παγᾶν: τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Ἴστρου ἐν Ὑπερβορέοις ὑποτίθεται.

b. b. Ἴστρος δὲ ποταμὸς διὰ πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τῆς Εὐρώπης χωρῶν· ἔχει δὲ τὰς πηγὰς ἐν τῇ τῶν Ὑπερβορέων χώρᾳ· ὃς νῦν Δάνουβις λέγεται.

c. c. σκιερὰς δέ φησι πηγὰς ἤτοι τὰς βαθείας ἢ τὰς σκιαζομένας τῇ περὶ αὐτὰς τῶν ἐλαιῶν φυτείᾳ.

26 Ἰστρίαν νιν· ἔνθα Λατοῦς ἱπποσόα θυγάτηρ

DanubeArcadia of the, where the horse-driving daughter of Leto had received him when he came from the mountain-glens and deep, winding valleys of; through the commands of Eurystheus, compulsion from his father urged him on the quest of the doe with the golden horns, which once Taÿgete

27–29

 δέξατʼ ἐλθόντʼ Ἀρκαδίας ἀπὸ δειρᾶν καὶ πολυγνάμπτων μυχῶν, σ1
 εὖτέ νιν ἀγγελίαις Εὐρυσθέος ἔντυʼ ἀνάγκα πατρόθεν σ3
 χρυσόκερων ἔλαφον θήλειαν ἄξονθʼ, ἅν ποτε Ταϋγέτα

Then was it that his soul stirred to urge him into the land of Ister; where Leto's horse-loving daughter received him erst when he was come from the ridged hills and winding dells of Arcady, what time his father laid constraint upon him to go at Eurystheus' bidding to fetch the golden-hornëd hind, which once Taÿgete vowed to her of Orthion and made a sign thereon of consecration. For in that chase he saw also the land that lieth behind the blast of the cold North-wind: there he halted and marvelled at the trees: and sweet desire thereof possessed him that he might plant them at the end of the course which the race-horses should run twelve times round.

Scholia ad vv. 27–29 (4 entries)

ad v. 27

x. μνᾶμα τῶν Ὀλυμπίᾳ: σύμβολον στέμμα τῶν ἱερῶν ἀγώνων, οἷον Ὀλυμπίων κότινος, Πυθίων δάφνη, Νεμέων σέλινον χλωρὸν, Ἰσθμίων σέλινον ξηρόν.

ad v. 28

a. a. φησι ((FHG III, 33)(FHG II, 387)) δᾶμον Ὑπερβορέων: ἀπὸ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς... ὑπόνοιαν ἔχῃ ὡς τοῖς ἄνω συνηρτημένον. πανταχοῦ δὲ οἱ Ὑπερβόρεοι ἱεροὶ Ἀπόλλωνος. ἐκλήθησαν δὲ Ὑπερβόρεοι ἀπὸ Ὑπερβορέου τινὸς Ἀθηναίου, ὥς Φιλόδημος. Φιλοστέφανος δὲ τὸν Ὑπερβόρεον Θεσσαλόν φησιν εἶναι. ἄλλοι ἀπὸ Ὑπερβορέου Πελασγοῦ τοῦ Φορωνέως καὶ Περιμήδας τῆς Αἰόλου. ὁ δὲ Φανόδημος τοὺς Ὑπερβορέους ἀπὸ τοῦ Τιτανικοῦ γένους φησὶν εἶναι. ὁ δὲ Ἑκαταῖος ἄλλως ἱστορεῖ.

b. b. δᾶμον Ὑπερβορέων: πείσας τὸν δῆμον τὸν τῶν Ὑπερβορέων δοῦναι τὸν κότινον· ὅστις δῆμος θεράπων ἦν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ θρησκευτὴς αὐτοῦ.

c. c. ἀμφί θ᾿ Ὑπερβορέων, οἵτ᾿ ἔσχατα ναιετάουσι νηῷ ὑπ᾿ Ἀπόλλωνος, ἀπείρητοι πολέμοιο. τοὺς μὲν ἄρα προτέρων ἐξ αἵματος ὑμνήσουσι Τιτήνων βλαστόντας ὑπὲρ δρόμον αἰθρήεντα νάσσασθαι Βορέαο γύην Ἀριμασπὸν ἄνακτα. δᾶμον Ὑπερβορέων πείσας: τοὺς Ὑπερβορέους τοῦ Τιτανικοῦ γένους Φερένικός φησιν εἶναι γράφων οὕτως·

30 ἀντιθεῖσʼ Ὀρθωσίᾳ ἔγραψεν ἱράν. σ330

had inscribed as a sacred dedication to Artemis who sets things right.

Scholia ad vv. 30–30 (3 entries)

ad v. 30

a. a. πιστὰ φρονέων: φιλικῶς διανοούμενος καὶ πείθων λόγῳ.

b. b. ἢ πιστὰ, πειστικά· οἷον πειθοῖ καὶ οὐ βίᾳ· διὸ καὶ ἔπεισεν αὐτούς.

c. c. πανδόκῳ: τῷ πάντας ὑποδεχομένῳ, διὰ τὸ εἰς τοὺς ἀγῶνας πολλοὺς ἐπιέναι.

31 τὰν μεθέπων ἴδε καὶ κείναν χθόνα πνοιᾶς ὄπιθεν Βορέα σ2

Pursuing that doe he had also seen that land beyond the cold blasts of Boreas; there he had stood and marvelled at the trees, and sweet desire for them possessed him, to plant them around the boundary-line of the horse-racing ground with its twelve courses. And now in his kindness he comes regularly to this festival of ours, together with the godlike

Scholia ad vv. 31–31 (2 entries)

ad v. 31

a. a. ((Β 506)) ἄλσει: οὐ θαυμαστὸν εἰ τὸ μήπω πεφυτευμένον ἄλσος εἶπεν. Ἀριστόνικος προληπτικῶς φησιν εἰρῆσθαι· οἱ δὲ ὅτι πάντα τὰ ἱερὰ, κἂν μήπω πεφυτευμένα ᾖ, ἄλση ἐκάλουν οἱ ἀρχαῖοι. καὶ Ὅμηρος · Ὀγχηστόν θ᾿ ἱερὸν, Ποσειδήιον ἄλσος. ἥκιστα γὰρ δενδρώδης Ὀγχηστὸς, ἐφ᾿ ὑψηλοῦ κείμενος.

b. b. (((l. l.))) Ὀγχηστόν θ᾿ ἱερὸν, Ποσιδήιον ἀγλαὸν ἄλσος. οὐ γὰρ Ὀγχηστὸς δένδρεσι κομᾷ, ἀλλ᾿ ἱερός ἐστιν. ἄλσει: οὐκ ἄν τις ἐνταῦθα ἐναντιωθείη τῷ Πινδάρῳ τὸ ἔτι ἀφύτευτον χωρίον ἄλσος ὀνομάζοντι. ἔλεγον γὰρ πᾶν χωρίον ἀφιερωμένον θεῷ, | κἂν ψιλὸν φυτῶν ᾖ, ἄλσος· ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος ·

32–34

 ψυχροῦ. τόθι δένδρεα θάμβαινε σταθείς. σ2
 τῶν νιν γλυκὺς ἵμερος ἔσχεν δωδεκάγναμπτον περὶ τέρμα δρόμου σ5
 ἵππων φυτεῦσαι. καί νυν ἐς ταύταν ἑορτὰν ἵλαος ἀντιθέοισιν νίσσεται

So now to this feast cometh he in good-will in company with the Twins Divine, deep-girdled Leto's children. For to them he gave charge when he ascended into Olympus to order the spectacle of the games, both the struggle of man with man, and the driving of the nimble car.

Scholia ad vv. 32–34 (7 entries)

ad v. 32

a. a. ξυνὸν στέφανον: κοινὸν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις φύτευμα καὶ στέφανον τῶν ἀρετῶν.

b. b. ἄλλως· κοινὸν γενέσθαι φύτευμα τοῦ τε ἄλσους τοῦ Διὸς καὶ τῶν στεφάνων τῶν ἀρετὴν ἐχόντων ἀνδρῶν.

ad v. 33

a. a. ἤδη γὰρ αὐτῷ: περὶ τοῦ χρόνου καθ᾿ ὃν ἄγεται τὰ Ὀλύμπια καθ᾿ ἑκάστην Ὀλυμπιάδα, καὶ Κώμαρχος ὁ τὰ περὶ Ἠλείων συντάξας φησὶν οὕτως· πρῶτον μὲν οὖν παντὸς περίοδον συνέθηκεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.... ἄρχειν νουμηνίαν μηνὸς ὃς Θωσυθιὰς ἐν Ἤλιδι ὀνομάζεται, περὶ ὃν τροπαὶ ἡλίου γίνονται χειμεριναί· καὶ -πα- Ὀλύμπια ἄγεται η΄ μηνί· ἑνὸς δὲ ὄντος διαφέροντων τῇ ὥρᾳ, τὰ μὲν ἀρχομένης τῆς ὀπώρας, τὰ δὲ ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸν ἀρκτοῦρον. ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἄγεται ὁ ἀγὼν, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος μαρτυρεῖ.

b. b. ἤδη γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ περὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς τοὺς τοῦ Διὸς θυσία καὶ τὰ ἐναγίσματα ἐπεπλήρωτο καὶ ἡ σελήνη πλήρης οὖσα καὶ ὁλοκλήρῳ τῷ φωτὶ πρὸς τὴν ἑσπέραν καὶ τὴν νύκτα ἀντιλάμπουσα καὶ ἀντιφλέγουσα τὸν καιρὸν παρεῖχε τῆς κρίσεως τοῦ ἀγῶνος· ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἑκκαιδεκάτῃ τῆς σελήνης ὁ Ὀλυμπιακὸς ἀγὼν τελεῖται.

c. c. δεῖ δὲ τὸ πρότερον δεύτερον νοεῖν καὶ τὸ δεύτερον πρῶτον· οὐ γὰρ δὴ θυσίαι ἐγίνοντο πρότερον, εἶτα οὕτως ἡ διχόμηνις ἔλαμπεν, ἀλλὰ πρότερον ἡ ἡμέρα τῆς πανσελήνου παρεγίνετο, εἶτα οὕτως αἱ θυσίαι καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἐτελοῦντο.

d. d. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἤδη γὰρ τῶν βωμῶν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Διὸς πληρωθέντων θυσιῶν, ἀντὶ τοῦ σεβασθέντων ταῖς θυσίαις καὶ ἐναγίσματα λαβόντων.

e. e. (αὐτῷ:) τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ.

35 σὺν βαθυζώνου διδύμοις παισὶ Λήδας. σ1435

twin sons of deep-waisted Leda.

Scholia ad vv. 35–35 (14 entries)

ad v. 35

a. a. ὅτι διχόμηνις: διχόμηνις περὶ τὴν ις΄ πανσελήνου οὔσης ἄγεται τὰ Ὀλύμπια, τουτέστι διχομηνίᾳ Παρθενίου ἢ Ἀπολλωνίου μηνὸς, παρ᾿ Αἰγυπτίοις Θὼθ ἢ Μεσωρί.

b. b. ἢ ὅτι ἀσκίαστος ἦν ὁ χῶρος, διὰ τοῦτο ὅλην λάμπει τὴν σελήνην.

c. c. [ἡ] μήνη: [οὖν] τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τῆς ἑσπέρας ὅλον ἀντέφλεξεν ἡ μήνη ἡ διχόμηνις καὶ χρυσάρματος οὖσα. τουτέστι πανσέληνος ἦν.

d. d. διχόμηνις: ἡ σελήνη, ἐπεὶ ἐν τῇ πανσελήνῳ ὁ Ὀλυμπιακὸς ἀγὼν ἄγεται, καὶ τῇ ἑκκαιδεκάτῃ γίνεται ἡ κρίσις. καὶ αὐτὴ εἰς δύο καταμερίζεται, εἴς τε τὴν αὔξησιν καὶ λεῖψιν τοῦ φωτός.

e. e. διχόμηνις: ὅτι πανσελήνῳ ἄγεται ὁ Ὀλυμπιακὸς ἀγών. πρὸ δὲ τοῦ εἰς Ὑπερβορέους παραγενέσθαι Ἡρακλῆς διατέθεικε μίαν Ὀλυμπιάδα, μηδέπω ἀποδεδειγμένου τοῦ στεφάνου.

f. f. βούλεται δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι ψιλὸς καὶ ἀσκίαστος ἦν ὁ τόπος, ὥστε ὅλον τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τῆς σελήνης καταλάμψαι τοὺς βωμούς.

g. g. γίνεται δὲ ὁ ἀγὼν ποτὲ μὲν διὰ μθ΄ μηνῶν, ποτὲ δὲ διὰ ν΄, ὅθεν καὶ ποτὲ μὲν τῷ Ἀπολλωνίῳ μηνὶ, ποτὲ δὲ τῷ Παρθενίῳ ἐπιτελεῖται.

h. h. χρυσάρματον δὲ εἶπε τὴν σελήνην πρὸς τὸ μεγαλοπρεπέστερον τὴν εἰκόνα διαθέμενος.

i. i. ἄλλως· ὅλον ὀφθαλμόν: τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ σκοτῶδες πληροῦσα ἡ σελήνη κατελάμπρυνεν.

k. k. ἡ χρυσάρματος: † ἁμερίας οὕτω· χρυσάρματος μήνη τὸν αὑτῆς ὀφθαλμὸν ἑσπέρας ἀντέφλεξεν αὐτῷ.

l. l. τουτέστι πανσέληνος.

m. m. σελήνη δὲ ἑκκαιδεκαταία διὰ τὸ ἁβρὸν εἶναι τὸν τόπον καὶ μηδὲν ἐπιπροσθεῖναι ταῖς αὐγαῖς † τί δῆτα κατέχειν τὸν χῶρον.

n. n. οἱτων ὃ γὰρ βούλεται λέγειν, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ἐν γὰρ ταῖς ἔμπροσθεν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ γενομέναις θυσίαις ἄδενδρος ἦν ὁ τόπος περὶ τὸ Κρόνιον. γὰρ τῷ Διὶ ἁγισθέντες βωμοὶ τὴν θυηπολίαν νοοῦσι τοῦ Διός· ἁγισθέν γὰρ εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ κατασεβασθέντων ταῖς θυσίαις.

o. o. τοῖς ἤδη οὖν, φησι, τῶν Ὀλυμπιονικῶν ἀγώνων τελουμένων, οὐδέπω νικήσασιν ὁ τῆς ἐλαίας στέφανος ἀπεδέδοτο, ὡς ἂν οὐδὲ αὐτῆς αὐτόθι πεφυτευμένης, ὥστε ἀπὸ τοῦ, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ καλὰ δένδρεα ἔθαλλεν, ἐκ τοῦ παρεπομένου τὴν δόσιν τοῦ στεφάνου δηλοῦσθαι.

36–39

 τοῖς γὰρ ἐπέτραπεν Οὐλυμπόνδʼ ἰὼν θαητὸν ἀγῶνα νέμειν
 ἀνδρῶν τʼ ἀρετᾶς πέρι καὶ ῥιμφαρμάτου σ1
 διφρηλασίας. ἐμὲ δʼ ὦν πᾳ θυμὸς ὀτρύνει φάμεν Ἐμμενίδαις σ3
 Θήρωνί τʼ ἐλθεῖν κῦδος, εὐΐππων διδόντων Τυνδαριδᾶν, ὅτι πλείσταισι βροτῶν σ2

Olympus For Heracles, when he ascended to, assigned to them the ordering of the marvellous contest of men, the contest in excellence and in the driving of swift chariots. And so my spirit somehow urges me to say that glory has come to the Emmenidae and to Theron through the dispensation of the sons of Tyndareus with their fine horses, because that family

Me anywise my soul stirreth to declare that to the Emmenidai and to Theron hath glory come by gift of the Tyndaridai of goodly steeds, for that beyond all mortals they do honour to them with tables of hospitality, keeping with pious spirit the rite of blessed gods.

Scholia ad vv. 36–39 (6 entries)

ad v. 37

x. καὶ μεγάλων ἀέθλων: ἢ διὰ τὴν τῶν Ἑλλανοδικῶν ἐπιμέλειαν, ἢ διὰ τὴν σύγκρισιν.

ad v. 38

a. a. πενταετηρίδ᾿ ἁμᾶ: ἰδίως τὰ κεφάλαια ἐκθεὶς ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸ κατὰ μέρος ἐπέξεισιν, ὥστε εἶναι τὸ ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου τοιοῦτον· ἤδη γὰρ αὐτῷ πενταετηρίδα διαθέντι καὶ θύσαντι τῷ πατρὶ ἦν ὁ χῶρος ἄδενδρος.

b. b. καὶ πενταετηρίδ᾿ ἁμᾶ: ἔθηκε δὲ ὁμοῦ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ χρόνον, πενταετηρικὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι τάξας.

c. c. πάντων οὖν, φησι, γενομένων τῶν μεγάλων ἄθλων, λοιπὸν τὴν ἁγνὴν καὶ ἀδωροδόκητον κρίσιν ἔθηκε, τὸν ἀγῶνα, ὥστε διὰ τοσούτου τελεῖσθαι καὶ ἐν τόπῳ τῇ Ἤλιδι· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ὁ Ἀλφεὸς ποταμός.

ad v. 39

a. a. (κρημνοῖς:) ταῖς ὄχθαις.

b. b. κρημνοὺς Ἀλφεοῦ τὰς ὄχθας λέγει τοῦ ποταμοῦ.

40 ξεινίαις αὐτοὺς ἐποίχονται τραπέζαις, σ140

comes to them with the most hospitable feasting-tables of any mortal men,

Scholia ad vv. 40–40 (1 entry)

ad v. 40

x. ἀλλ᾿ οὐ καλά: τὸ ἀλλά ἀντὶ τοῦ δέ. ἐκ δὲ τοῦ παρεπομένου τὴν δόσιν τοῦ στεφάνου δηλοῖ, ὅτι μήπω ἦν.

41–44

 εὐσεβεῖ γνώμᾳ φυλάσσοντες μακάρων τελετάς. σ6
 εἰ δʼ ἀριστεύει μὲν ὕδωρ, κτεάνων δὲ χρυσὸς αἰδοιέστατος, σ3
 νῦν δὲ πρὸς ἐσχατιὰν Θήρων ἀρεταῖσιν ἱκάνων ἅπτεται σ1
 οἴκοθεν Ἡρακλέος σταλᾶν. τὸ πόρσω δʼ ἔστι σοφοῖς ἄβατον

observing the rites of the blessed gods with pious thoughts. If water is best and gold is the most honored of all possessions, so now Theron reaches the farthest point by his own native excellence; he touches the pillars of Heracles. Beyond that the wise cannot set foot; nor can the unskilled set foot

Now if Water be the Best, and of possessions Gold be the most precious, so now to the furthest bound doth Theron by his fair deeds attain, and from his own home touch the pillars of Herakles. Pathless the things beyond, pathless alike to the unwise and the wise. Here I will search no more; the quest were vain.

Scholia ad vv. 41–44 (10 entries)

ad v. 41

a. a. ἐν βάσσαις Κρονίου Πέλοπος: τότε. κατὰ τοῦ Κρονίου Πέλοπος βήσσας.

b. b. Ἀρίσταρχος· χῶρος ὁ ἐν Κρονίου βήσσαις Πέλοπος. λόφος δέ ἐστιν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ ὁ καλούμενος Κρόνιος.

c. c. τινὲς δὲ Κρονίου Πέλοπος, ὅτι Πλουτὼ θυγάτηρ Κρόνου ἐγένετο, ᾗ συγκοιμηθεὶς ὁ Τάνταλος ἔσχε Πέλοπα.

d. d. Κρονίου Πέλοπος: ἤτοι ὅτι ἀπὸ Κρόνου εἶχε τὸ γένος ὁ Πέλοψ· Πλουτὼ γὰρ θυγάτηρ Κρόνου, ἧς Τάνταλος ὁ πατὴρ Πέλοπος.

e. e. ἵνα οὖν εἴπῃ ὅτι οὔπω ἦν τὸ τοῦ κοτίνου φυτὸν ἐν ταῖς βήσσαις καὶ τοῖς τόποις τοῦ Πέλοπος τοῦ Κρονίου· τῆς Πελοποννήσου γὰρ ἦν ἡ Ἦλις.

f. f. Ὀλυμπίας ἢ ἁπλούστερον οὕτως· ὅτι ὁ χῶρος τοῦ Πέλοπος ὁ ἐν ταῖς βήσσαις τοῦ Κρονίου οὐδέπω εἶχε τὸ φυτόν. Κρόνιον δὲ ὄρος πλησίον.

ad v. 42

a. a. τούτων ἔδοξεν: ὁ χῶρος γυμνὸς ὢν ἔδοξεν ὑπακούειν ταῖς τοῦ ἡλίου αὐγαῖς, τουτέστι καταλάμπεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου. γυμνὸς δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ψιλός. τὸ δὲ ὑπακούειν μεταληπτικῶς εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ αἰσθάνεσθαι.

b. b. διὰ τὴν καῦσιν τοῦ ἡλίου.

c. c. τούτων ἔδοξε: τούτων τῶν φυτῶν γυμνὸς ὢν ὁ κῆπος καὶ ὅλος ὁ τόπος [ἔδοξε καὶ] ἐδόκει ὑπακούειν ταῖς ὀξείαις αὐγαῖς τοῦ ἡλίου, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἶναι κατάθερμος καὶ πυρώδης καὶ ἀσκίαστος.

ad v. 43

x. γυμνὸς αὐτῷ κᾶπος: κᾶπος κυρίως ὁ περιπνεόμενος [ἀνέμοις] τόπος· ὅθεν κάπας τὰς φάτνας [καλεῖσθαι], διὰ τὸ περιπνέεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἵππων τῷ πνεύματι ἀνασπώντων τὴν τροφήν.

45 κἀσόφοις. οὔ νιν διώξω· κεινὸς εἴην. σ7945

beyond that. I will not pursue it; I would be a fool.

Scholia ad vv. 45–45 (79 entries)

ad v. 45

a. a. δὴ τότ᾿ ἐς γαῖαν: εἰς τὴν Σκυθίαν.

b. b. ὁ θυμὸς αὐτὸν παρώρμησεν.

c. c. Ἀρίσταρχος· εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐλθεῖν, ὅπου αὐτὸν ἡ Ἰστρία Ἄρτεμις ὑπεδέξατο. δηλοῖ δὲ πάλιν τὴν εἰς Ὑπερβορέους ἐπὶ τὰς τοῦ Ἴστρου πηγὰς ἄφιξιν· ἐκεῖ γὰρ οὕτως τιμᾶται ἡ Ἄρτεμις ὅτι μάλιστα ἐκεῖ ἀπὸ Ταύρων τοῦ Σκυθικοῦ ἔθνους.

d. d. ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ β΄ -νν- γράφουσι καὶ τὸν λόγον ἀπευθύνουσιν οὕτως· τότε δὴ ὁ θυμὸς παρώρμησε τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰστρίαν γῆν πορεύεσθαι.

e. e. θυμὸς ὥρμαινεν: διὰ τοῦτο προεθυμήθη παραγενέσθαι εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ Ἴστρου ποταμοῦ, εἰς τὴν Σκυθίαν· ἐν ᾗ Σκυθίᾳ ἡ Ἄρτεμις αὐτὸν ὑπεδέξατο ἐλθόντα, ἡνίκα αὐτὸν τοῖς προστάγμασι καὶ ταῖς ἀγγελίαις τοῦ Εὐρυσθέως ὑπουργεῖν ἡ πατρὸς ἀνάγκη παρεσκεύαζεν ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν ἔλαφον ἀγαγεῖν, ἥν ποτε ἡ Ταϋγέτη ἀνέθηκε τῇ Ὀρθωσίᾳ Ἀρτέμιδι.

a. a. Ἰστρίαν νιν: ἐὰν διὰ τῶν δύο -νν- Ἰστρίαν νιν, τὴ Σκυθίαν ἀκουστέον. [Drachmann ad v. 46]

b. b. ἔνθα ἡ Ἰστρία Ἄρτεμις αὐτὸν, τὸν Ἡρακλέα, ὑπεδέξατο. Ἰστρία δὲ ἡ Ἄρτεμις ἤτοι ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἴστρου, ὃν περιοικοῦσιν αἱ Ἀμαζόνες, αἳ τιμῶσι μάλιστα τὴν θεὸν, ἢ ἀπὸ Ταύρων ἔθνους Σκυθικοῦ περιοικοῦντος τὸν Ἴστρον, παρ᾿ οἷς ὁμοίως τιμᾶται ἡ Ἄρτεμις. [Drachmann ad v. 46]

c. c. τοὺς δὲ ἀναγινώσκειν Ἰστριανὴν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ τὴν Ἰστριανὴν γῆν. [Drachmann ad v. 46]

d. d. (Ἰστρίαν νιν:) γράφεται καὶ Ἰστριανήν. [Drachmann ad v. 46]

a. a. εὖτέ μιν ἀγγελίαις: ἡνίκα αὐτὸν ἡ πατρόθεν ἀνάγκη, τουτέστι τοῦ Διὸς, κατὰ τὰς Εὐρυσθέως ἀγγελίας παρεσκεύασεν ἀγαγεῖν τὴν ἔλαφον. [Drachmann ad v. 50]

b. b. τὴν ((p. 217 K)(fr. 3)(FHG I, 78)) θήλειαν δὲ εἶπε καὶ χρυσοκέρων ἀπὸ ἱστορίας· ὁ γὰρ Θησηίδα γράψας τοιαύτην αὐτήν... καὶ Πείσανδρος ὁ Καμιρεὺς καὶ Φερεκύδης. καὶ τὸ παρὰ Ἀνακρέοντι· κεροέσσης λειφθεὶς ἀπὸ μητρὸς [ληφθεὶς] ἐπτοήθη... ὅτι αἱ θήλειαι κέρατα οὐ φύουσιν. ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ ἡ ἔλαφος Κερυνία. [Drachmann ad v. 50]

c. c. ((Ο 639)) ὃς Εὐρυσθῆος ἀέθλων ἀγγελίης οἴχνεσκε βίῃ Ἡρακληείῃ. εὖτέ μιν ἀγγελίαις: δι᾿ ἀγγέλου γὰρ καὶ κήρυκος ἐκέλευεν ὁ Εὐρυσθεὺς, τοῦ Κοπρῆος. Ὅμηρος · [Drachmann ad v. 50]

a. a. (ἔντυ᾿:) κατεσκεύαζεν. [Drachmann ad v. 51]

b. b. ((v. 103)) σήμερον ἄνδρα φόωσδε μογοστόκος Εἰλείθυια, ἀνάγκα πατρόθεν: παρὰ τὰ ἐν τῷ τ΄ τῆς Ἰλιάδος. ὁ Ζεὺς πρὸς τὴν Ἥραν· καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. | διὰ τοῦτό φησι πατρόθεν ἀνάγκα. [Drachmann ad v. 51]

a. a. ((fr. 51)(Script. rer. Alex. M. p. 162 M.)) χρυσοκέρων ἔλαφον: ὅτι ἐπιμελῶς οἱ ποιηταὶ τὴν θήλειαν ἔλαφον κέρατα ἔχουσαν εἰσάγουσι, καθάπερ καὶ τὴν θηλάζουσαν τὸν Τήλεφον γράφουσι καὶ πλάττουσι. τέτακται δὲ καὶ παρὰ Ἀνακρέοντι · ἀγανῶς | οἷά τε νεβρὸν νεοθηλέα γαλαθηνὸν, ὅστ᾿ ἐν ὕλαις κεροέσσης ὑπολειφθεὶς ὑπὸ μητρὸς ἐπτοήθη. Ζηνόδοτος δὲ μετεποίησεν ἐροέσσης διὰ τὸ ἱστορεῖσθαι τὰς θηλείας κέρατα μὴ ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἄρρενας. οἱ μέντοι ποιηταὶ πάντες κέρατα ἐχούσας ποιοῦσιν. ὅτι δὲ συνέβαινε καὶ εἰκός ἐστιν ἐνίας ἔχειν, ἐκεῖθεν δῆλον, ὅτι τῶν ἐλεφάντων οἱ μὲν ἐξ Αἰθιοπίας καὶ Λιβύης πάντες σὺν ταῖς θηλείαις ὀδόντας ἔχουσιν, ἢ κέρατα, ὥς τινες· καθὰ καὶ Ἀμυντιανὸς ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐλεφάντων φησί· τῶν δὲ Ἰνδικῶν αἱ θήλειαι χωρὶς ὀδόντων εἰσίν. [Drachmann ad v. 52]

a. a. ἅν ποτε: ἥν ποτε. [Drachmann ad v. 53]

b. b. ἡ Τηϋγέτη ἡ θυγάτηρ τοῦ Ἄτλαντος. [Drachmann ad v. 53]

c. c. ταύτην Διὸς βουλομένου βιάσασθαι εἰς ἔλαφον ἐποίησεν ἡ Ἄρτεμις. εἶτα πάλιν ἄνθρωπος γενομένη τὴν ἔλαφον τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι καθιέρωσε | καὶ ἀνέθηκε χρυσοκέρων οὖσαν ὡς παράδοξον ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐεργεσίας διότι χρυσᾶ ποιήσασα κέρατα διέβαλεν ἐν αὐτῇ· οἱ δὲ ὅτι αὐτοφυῆ ἦν τὰ τῆς ἐλάφου κέρατα χρυσᾶ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὡς ἀξίαν θαύματος ἀνέθηκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 53]

d. d. Ταϋγέτα: ἡ Τηϋγέτη τῆς Ἀρτέμιδός ἐστι φίλη. ταύτης ἠράσθη Ζεὺς καὶ αὐτὴν Ἄρτεμις διωκομένην εἰς ἔλαφον μεταβάλλει· ὅθεν καὶ εἰς ὑπόμνημα τοῦ πραχθέντος τὴν ἔλαφον χρυσώσασα ἀνέθηκε γαμηθεῖσα Διί. [Drachmann ad v. 53]

e. e. Ταϋγέτα: ὄνομα κύριον, Ἄτλαντος θυγάτηρ. αὕτη ἀφιέρωσε τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι τὴν ἔλαφον. λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι ἡνίκα Ἡρακλῆς παρέσχεν αὐτὴν Εὐρυσθεῖ, τότε εὑρέθη ἐπὶ τοῦ τραχήλου αὐτῆς γεγραμμένον· Ταυγέτη ἱερὰν ἀνέθηκεν Ἀρτέμιδι. [Drachmann ad v. 53]

a. a. Ὀρθωσίᾳ: τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι. περὶ τῆς Ὀρθωσίας Ἀρτέμιδος Ἀπολλόδωρος γράφει. Ὀρθωσία δὲ ὅτι ὀρθοῖ εἰς σωτηρίαν· ἢ ὀρθοῖ τοὺς γεννωμένους. καὶ ἐν Ἀθήναις ἵδρυται· τὸ ἱερὸν δέ ἐστιν ἐν Κεραμεικῷ. καὶ παρ᾿ Ἠλείοις Ὀρθωσίας Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, ὥς φησι Δίδυμος. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

b. b. ἀντιθεῖσ᾿ Ὀρθωσίᾳ: Ὀρθωσία ἡ Ἄρτεμις παρὰ Ὀρθωσιεῦσιν [ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὄρος Ἀρκαδικόν]. ἔστι δὲ καὶ Ἀρκαδίας ὄρος Ὄρθιον, ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ ἡ θεὸς Ὀρθία καὶ Ὀρθωσία καλεῖται. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

c. c. ἤτοι τῇ ὀρθούσῃ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐκ τῶν τοκετῶν ἀγούσῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

d. d. (Ὀρθωσίᾳ:) τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

a. a. τὰν μεθέπων: ἥντινα διώκων εἰς Ὑπερβορέους ἦλθεν. [Drachmann ad v. 55]

b. b. τὰν μεθέπων: ταύτην ἐπιδιώκων τὴν ἔλαφον ἐθεάσατο καὶ τοὺς Ὑπερβορέους καὶ ψυχροτάτους τόπους καὶ τὴν Σκυθίαν· ἔνθα στὰς ἐξεπλάγη τὰ δένδρα τῆς ἐλαίας, καὶ αὐτὸν ἐπιθυμία ἔλαβε φυτεῦσαι ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν περὶ τοὺς τοῦ σταδίου τόπους τοῦ ἱππικοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 55]

a. a. πνοιαῖς ὄπισθεν: τὸ πνοιαῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ πνοιῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 56]

b. b. Βορέα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ Βορέου Δωρικῶς· οἱ γὰρ Δωριεῖς τὴν -ου- δίφθογγον εἰς -α- μεταβάλλουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 56]

c. c. Βορέαο: ὑπερβόρεος γὰρ ἡ χώρα διὰ τὸ ὄπισθεν †ἕρπον τῶν τοῦ Βορέου πνοῶν ἐν τοῖς Ῥιπαίοις ὄρεσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 56]

x. τῶν μιν γλυκύς: τούτων αὐτὸν τῶν δένδρων ἐπιθυμία ἔσχεν ὥστε μετενεγκεῖν εἰς τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 58]

x. δωδεκάγναμπτον: δώδεκα γὰρ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ τρέχει τὸ τέλειον ἅρμα, τὸ δὲ πωλικὸν ὀκτώ. [Drachmann ad v. 59]

x. ἵππων φυτεῦσαι: τὸ Πάνθειον, ἐν ᾧ πεφύτευται ἡ ἐλαία· ἣν δρέπει ἀμφιθαλὴς παῖς χρυσῷ δρεπάνῳ κλάδους ιζ΄ τέμνων, ὅσα καὶ τὰ ἀγωνίσματα. [Drachmann ad v. 60]

a. a. καὶ νῦν εἰς ταύταν: νῦν τὴν εὐωχίαν ἑορτὴν εἶπε· λέγει γὰρ τὴν τῶν νικηφορίων τοῦ Θήρωνος εὐωχίαν, φάμενος εἰς ταύτην ἔρχεσθαι τὸν Ἡρακλέα μετὰ τῶν Διοσκούρων. [Drachmann ad v. 61]

b. b. εἰς τὰ θεοξένια. [Drachmann ad v. 61]

c. c. καὶ νῦν ἐς ταύταν ἑορτάν: τὴν τοῦ νικηφόρου πανήγυριν καὶ εὐωχίαν· εἰώθεισαν γὰρ εὐωχεῖσθαι. τὴν εὐωχίαν γὰρ ἑορτὰν εἶπε. [Drachmann ad v. 61]

d. d. φησὶ γὰρ ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν Θήρωνος ἑστίαν τόν τε Ἡρακλέα καὶ τοὺς Διοσκούρους, ἐπεὶ ἐξένιζεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θήρων. [Drachmann ad v. 61]

a. a. ἀντιθέοισιν: ἀντὶ τοῦ... οἱ Διόσκουροι θνητοὶ ὄντες πρότερον ἀθανασίας ἔτυχον παρὰ τοῦ Διός. [Drachmann ad v. 62]

b. b. τὸν ἀγῶνα νίσεται: ἔρχεται Ἡρακλῆς σὺν τοῖς Διοσκούροις· τούτοις γὰρ ἀποθεούμενος ἐπέτρεψε διοικεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 62]

c. c. τὸ δὲ ἀντιθέοισιν πρὸς τοὺς Διοσκούρους, ὅτι καὶ θνητοὶ ὄντες ἀθάνατοι ἐγένοντο. [Drachmann ad v. 62]

d. d. καὶ νῦν νίσεται: ἥξει καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ παρούσῃ πανηγύρει τοῦ Θήρωνος ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἅμα τοῖς ἰσοθέοις τῆς Λήδας παισὶ Διοσκούροις· τούτοις γὰρ ἐπέτρεψε διατιθέναι τὸν ἀγῶνα Ἡρακλῆς, αὐτὸς λοιπὸν εἰς θεοὺς ἀναχωρῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 62]

a. a. ἀνδρῶν τ᾿ ἀρετᾶς: καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀρετῆς διοικεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐπέτρεψε, τοῖς Τυνδαρίδαις. [Drachmann ad v. 66]

b. b. καὶ ῥιμφαρμάτου: Ἀρίσταρχος παρὰ τὴν ῥίψιν, φησὶ, γέγονε τὸ ῥίμφα· σημαίνει δὲ ἡ λέξις τὴν ταχεῖαν φοράν. [Drachmann ad v. 66]

c. c. ῥιμφαρμάτου: τῆς ταχέα καὶ ὀξέα ἅρματα ἐχούσης. [Drachmann ad v. 66]

a. a. ἐμὲ δὲ ὦν: ἐμὲ δὲ οὖν πως ὑμνεῖν τοὺς Ἐμμενίδας ἡ ψυχὴ παρακελεύεται λαχόντας νίκην παρὰ τῶν Διοσκούρων. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

b. b. φατρία [οὖν] οὕτω καλουμένη, ἐξ ἧς ἦν Θήρων καὶ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Ἱέρων. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

c. c. οἵτινες τούτους τοὺς θεοὺς ξενίζουσι πολλάκις εὐωχίαν ποιοῦντες. καὶ ἐκάλουν αὐτὴν θεοξένια. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

d. d. τὴν ἑορτὴν ἔνθεν τοὺς Διοσκούρους ξενίζειν ἐδόκουν. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

e. e. ἐμὲ δ᾿ ὦν πα: ἀμφότεροι οἱ σύνδεσμοι παραπληρωματικοὶ, καὶ ἐν τῷ, Θήρωνί τ᾿ ἐλθεῖν, ὁ τέ. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

a. a. Ἐμμενίδαις: Ἐμμενίδαι λέγονται οἱ περὶ Θήρωνα, ὡς μὲν οἱ προὑπομνηματισάμενοι, ἀπὸ Ἐμμένους τινὸς τοῦ τὴν Φαλάριδος τυραννίδα καθελόντος. ἦν δὲ ὁ Ἐμμένης Τηλεμάχου παῖς, οὗ γίνεται Αἰνησίδαμος, οὗ Θήρων, οὗ Θρασυδαῖος καὶ Φιλοκράτης. [Drachmann ad v. 68]

b. b. Ἐμμενίδαις: Ἐμμενίδαι φατρία Θήρωνος ἐν Σικελίᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 68]

c. c. λέγει δὲ τοῖς Ἀκραγαντίνοις. [Drachmann ad v. 68]

d. d. Τηλεμάχου καταλύσαντος τὸν τῶν Ἀκραγαντίνων τύραννον Φάλαριν παῖς γίνεται Ἐμμενίδης, οὗ Αἰνησίδαμος, οὗ Θήρων καὶ Ξενοκράτης· Θήρωνος δὲ Θρασυδαῖος, Ξενοκράτους δὲ Θρασύβουλος. [Drachmann ad v. 68]

x. (πλείσταισι:) πεπληρωμέναις. [Drachmann ad v. 71]

a. a. ξενίαις ἐποίχονται: ὅτι ἡ γινομένη θυσία τοῖς Διοσκούροις ξενισμὸς λέγεται. [Drachmann ad v. 72]

b. b. ταῖς γινομέναις [οὖν] θυσίαις τοῖς Διοσκούροις ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὡς εὐσεβῶν ὄντων. [Drachmann ad v. 72]

c. c. ἀγαθῇ [οὖν] γνώμῃ καὶ συνειδήσει οἱ Ἐμμενίδαι τὰς θυσίας ἀεὶ πληροῦσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 72]

d. d. ἐποίχονται: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέπουσι, τιμῶσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 72]

e. e. οἱ Ἐμμενίδαι. [Drachmann ad v. 72]

a. a. τελετάς: ἢ τῶν Διοσκούρων ἢ πάντων τῶν θεῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 74]

b. b. τελετὰς δὲ νῦν τὰς ἑορτάς· οὐ γὰρ τὰ ὄργια. [Drachmann ad v. 74]

a. a. εἰ δ᾿ ἀριστεύει μέν: εἰ ταῦτά, φησι, ἀνεπίληπτα καὶ φανερὰ, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ὕδωρ ἄριστόν ἐστι, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων κτεάνων ὁ χρυσὸς, καὶ τὸ περὶ τοῦ Θήρωνος λεγόμενον σαφές ἐστιν, ὅτι τοῦ Ὀλυμπικοῦ τετυχηκὼς στεφάνου νῦν ἐξ οἴκου ἅπτεται πρὸς αὐτὴν ἤδη τὴν ἐσχατιὰν μέχρι τῶν τοῦ Ἡρακλέος στηλῶν. ἀλληγορικῶς δὲ βούλεται εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἐπ᾿ ἄκρον τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐλήλυθεν. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

b. b. εἰ δ᾿ ἀριστεύει μὲν ὕδωρ: εἰ δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ μὲν τῶν λοιπῶν στοιχείων προτετίμηται καὶ τοῦ πλούτου ὁ χρυσὸς καὶ τῶν ἀγώνων ὁ Ὀλυμπιακὸς, δῆλόν ἐστιν ὅτι πρὸς τὸ τέλειον τῆς ἀρετῆς ὁ Θήρων παρεγένετο νικήσας καὶ αὐταῖς τρόπον τινὰ ταῖς τοῦ Ἡρακλέος στήλαις προσεπέλασεν. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

c. c. ἄλλως· καθολικῶς πάντων εἰπών. ὥσπερ οὖν, φησι, τὸ ὕδωρ ἀριστεύει τῶν πάντων, οὕτω καὶ Θήρων ἀριστεύει τῶν ἀνθρώπων. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

d. d. ἄλλως· εἰ δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ τῶν ἄλλων στοιχείων διαφέρει καὶ ὁ χρυσὸς τοῦ πλούτου, νῦν γε ὁ Θήρων πρὸς τὸ ἔσχατον καὶ ἄκρον τῆς νίκης ἱκάνων ἅπτεται ταῖς οἴκοθεν ἀρεταῖς τῶν Ἡρακλέους στηλῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

e. e. καὶ τὸ πόρσω ἐστὶ βροτοῖς σοφοῖς ἄβατον καὶ ἀσόφοις. οὐδαμῶς οὖν αὐτὸ, τὸ πόρσω, διώξω καὶ τούτου μεῖζον ζητήσω, τοῦ Ὀλυμπιακοῦ ἀγῶνος. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

a. a. νῦν δέ: ἀντὶ τοῦ νῦν ἤδη. παρατηρητέον δὲ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀτύχημα γέγονε περὶ τὸν οἶκον Θήρωνος. [Drachmann ad v. 77]

b. b. πρὸς ἐσχατιάν: μέχρι τοῦ ἐφικτοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἐσχάτου τέλους τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἀρετῆς ἐρχόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 77]

c. c. πρὸς ἐσχατιὰν ἀρεταῖσιν: εἰς ἄκρον ἥκει ἀρετῆς τοῦ Ὀλυμπιακοῦ ἀγῶνος στεφάνου τετυχηκώς. [Drachmann ad v. 77]

x. τῶνἀρεταῖσιν ἱκάνων: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἔστι τούτων ἀρετὴ περαιτέρω, οὐδὲ τῶν στηλῶν Ἡρακλείων γῆ περαιτέρω. τοῦτο δὲ φανερόν ἐστι καὶ σοφοῖς καὶ οὐ σοφοῖς· ὁ μὲν γὰρ σοφὸς εἰδὼς οὐκ ἐθελήσει περᾶν, ὁ δὲ ἄφρων, κἂν τολμήσῃ, τῆς ἐλπίδος στερήσεται· ὥστε πᾶσιν ἀδύνατον εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 78]

a. a. οἴκοθεν: διὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἀρετῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

b. b. τὸ πόρσω: τὸ ἐπέκεινα τῆς στήλης. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

c. c. ἄλλως· τὸ δὲ περαιτέρω τῶν Ἡρακλέους στηλῶν χωρεῖν οὔτε σοφὸς οὔτε μὴ σοφὸς | ζητήσειεν ἄν· ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τὸ τοιοῦτον διώξω· εἴην γὰρ ἂν κενός τις καὶ ἀπαίδευτος. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

d. d. [Ἡρακλέος στηλᾶν:] ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἡνίκα ἐπὶ τὰς Γηρυόνου βοῦς εἰς τὴν Ἐρύθειαν λεγομένην νῆσον πρὸς τῷ Ὠκεανῷ παρεγένετο, πᾶσαν διεξελθὼν τὴν πλεομένην θάλασσαν, ἐβούλετο προσωτέρω χωρεῖν· εἶτα χάος εὑρὼν καὶ ζόφον ἔστησε στήλας, δι᾿ ὧν ἐμήνυσε τὸ τέλος τῆς θαλάσσης, ὡς μηδὲν εἶναι περαιτέρω πλωτόν. πρὸς τοῦτο οὖν ἡ διάνοια ἀποδίδοται, ὅτι ὁ νικήσας Ὀλύμπια μηδὲν ζητείτω πλέον· ἔχει γὰρ τὸ τέλος τῆς εὐδαιμονίας, ὥσπερ τὸ τέλος τῆς θαλάσσης αἱ Ἡρακλέους στῆλαι. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

e. e. ἐν τόπῳ Γαδείροις. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

f. f. τὸ πόρσω: τὸ ἐπιπόρρω τούτων φησὶν ἄβατον εἶναι καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνέφικτον καὶ σοφοῖς καὶ ἀσόφοις. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

g. g. τὰ δὲ ὑπὲρ τὰ ἐκεῖ φράσαι καὶ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ἀδύνατα, ὡς εἶναι ἄγνωστα καὶ τοῖς σοφοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

a. a. ((Γ 376)) ἔνιοι δὲ ἀναγινώσκουσι κεινὸς, ὡς παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ · κεινὴ δὲ τρυφάλεια, ἵν᾿ ᾖ κενή. κενὸς γὰρ ἂν εἴην, εἰ διώκοιμι πρόσω τῶν Ἡρακλείων στηλῶν, ὧν ὕπερ ἄγαν. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

b. b. γράφε κεῖνος εἴην, ὁ τῶν δυνατῶν ἐφιέμενος | καὶ μὴ ἀδυνάτων ἐρῶν. ἔνιοι δὲ ἀναγινώσκουσι κεινὸς εἴην, ἵν᾿ ᾖ, ἐὰν διώξω τὰ ἀδύνατα, κεινὸς εἴην, οἷον ἄφρων, ὡς ἀδυνάτων ἐφιέμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

c. c. ἄλλως· περὶ τοῦ κεινὸς εἴην ἐπιστήσας τις λογικὸς καὶ εὑρὼν ὅτι τὰ εὐκτικὰ τῶν ῥημάτων, ὅτε μὲν κυρίως εὐκτικά εἰσι καὶ εὐχὴν περιέχουσιν, ἄνευ συνδέσμου τινὸς προφέρονται, τοῦ ἄν δηλαδὴ ἢ τοῦ εἴ ἢ ἑτέρου ὑποτακτικοῦ μορίου, ὁπηνίκα δὲ ἀντὶ ὑποτακτικῶν λαμβάνονται, τὰ εἰρημένα μόρια συμπροφερόμενα ἔχουσι, τὸ κεινός ὥσπερ διορθούμενος κεῖνος ἔγραψεν, ἵν᾿ οὕτως εὐκτικῶς τὸ εἴην ἀποδοθῇ καὶ ἀναχθῇ τὸ νόημα πρὸς τὸν Θήρωνα, εὐχομένου δηλαδὴ τοῦ ποιητοῦ τὸ γενέσθαι κατὰ Θήρωνα καὶ μὴ πλέον τι. καλῶς μὲν οὖν ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐπεστάτησεν ὡς ἐπήβολος ἄριστος τῆς γραμματικῆς τέχνης· τοῦτο δὲ μόνον ἠγνόησεν, ὅτι ἡ γραμματικὴ ἐπὶ μόνῃ τῇ κοινῇ διαλέκτῳ τὸ κράτος ἔχει καὶ δι᾿ αὐτὴν συνεστάθη. πρὸς γὰρ τὰς ἄλλας, τὴν Δωρίδα φημὶ καὶ Αἰολίδα καὶ Ἀττικὴν καὶ Ἰάδα, λίαν ἔχει ἀσυντελῶς. διὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς κοινῆς κανόνας ἀπαιτούμεθα, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων μόνα ἰδιώματα, οἷον, τόδε ἰδίωμα Δωριέων καὶ τόδε Ἀττικῶν. ἰστέον οὖν ὅτι τὸ κεινὸς εἴην Δωρικῶς κείμενον παρὰ τῷ Πινδάρῳ ἐστὶν, ὃς τὰ πλείω Δωριστὶ γράφει. οἱ δὲ Δωριεῖς ὀλιγοφραδεῖς καὶ συλληπτικοὶ, ὡς δῆλον ἀπὸ τοῦ χρή καὶ χρῆν, ὧν τὸ μὲν χρή ἀπὸ τοῦ χρεών ἐστι, συντεθέν· διὸ καὶ τοῦ ἐστί τὸν τόνον ἔχει· τὸ δὲ χρῆν· ἀπὸ τοῦ χρεὼν ἦν· διὸ καὶ περισπᾶται. εἴπῃς οὖν καὶ τὸ εἴην ἄν συλληπτικῶς καὶ Δωρικῶς, ὡς τῆς συλλαβῆς τῆς -ην- ἐπελθούσης τῇ ἄν καὶ ἀρκούσης καθ᾿ ἑαυτῆς καὶ τοῦ συνδέσμου παρὰ τῷ Δωριεῖ. τέλος θεοξενίων. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 4

Olympian 4 — for Ψαύμιδι Καμαριναίῳ

ἅρματι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 28 lines · 84 scholia parts

Argumentum (1 entry)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen IV.

metr. Ψαύμιδι Καμαριναίῳ ἅρματι. Ψαύμιδι Καμαριναίῳ ἵπποις. Ψαύμιδι Καμαριναίῳ ἵπποις νικήσαντι τὴν ὀγδοηκοστὴν δευτέραν Ὀλυμπιάδα τεθρίππῳ, παιδὶ Ἄκρωνος. b. Καμάρινα δὲ πόλις Σικελίας. τοῦ δ΄ εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐστὶ ιε΄. δίμετροντὸ α΄ ἀνακλώμενον ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἰθυφαλλικόν. τὸ δ΄ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον τῆς α΄ μακρᾶς ἀναλυομένης. τὸ ε΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἀδιαφόρου τῆς ἀρχούσης. Τὸ ς΄ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ λογαοιδικὸν ἐξ ἀναπαίστων καὶ ἰάμβου καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ η΄ Φερεκράτειον λεῖπον τῇ τελευταίᾳ συλλαβῇ. τὸ θ΄ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ι΄ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ τροχαικὸν ἀκατάληκτον διαλυθέντων τῶν ποδῶν. τὸ ιβ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ιγ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον τῆς ἀρχούσης ἀδιαφόρου. τὸ ιδ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον· ἢ ἰωνικὸν τῆς α΄ ἀδιαφόρου οὔσης, διὰ τὴν ἀντίστροφον. τὸ ιε΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ιβ΄. τὸ α΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ προσοδιακὸν τῆς -κεοι- συνῃρημένης. τὸ ε΄ δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν, ἀπὸ τροχαίου ἀναλυομένου. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, ἢ προσοδιακὸν τοῦ ἰωνικοῦ β΄ ὄντος. τὸ η΄ περίοδος, διπλοῦς ἴαμβος. τὸ θ΄ περίοδος τροχαϊκὴ ἀπὸ ἰάμβου καταληκτικοῦ. τὸ ι΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ τροχαϊκὸν ἐπίτριτον τοῦ α΄ ποδὸς ἀναλυομένου. τὸ ιβ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. Ψαύμιδι: ὁ Ψαῦμις ἐνίκησε τὴν πβ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα τεθρίππῳ. ἦν δὲ Σικελὸς ἀπὸ Καμαρίνης πόλεως, ᾗ ὁμώνυμος καὶ λίμνη.

1–4

 ἐλατὴρ ὑπέρτατε βροντᾶς ἀκαμαντόποδος Ζεῦ· τεαὶ γὰρ ὧραι σ13
 ὑπὸ ποικιλοφόρμιγγος ἀοιδᾶς ἑλισσόμεναί μʼ ἔπεμψαν
 ὑψηλοτάτων μάρτυρʼ ἀέθλων. σ9
 ξείνων δʼ εὖ πρασσόντων ἔσαναν αὐτίκʼ ἀγγελίαν σ1

Charioteer of the thundercloud with untiring feet, highest Zeus! Your Seasons, whirling to the embroidered notes of the lyre’s song, sent me as a witness of the most lofty games. When friends are successful, the noble immediately smile on

Hurler of thunderbolts unfaltering, the most high Zeus, for that thy chosen hour recurrent hath sent me with a song set to the music of the subtle lute for a witness to the greatest of all games--and when friends have good hap the good are glad forthwith at the sweet tidings--now therefore, O son of Kronos, unto whom Ætna belongeth, the wind-beaten burden that crusheth fierce Typhon's hundred heads, receive thou this band of triumph for an Olympian victory won by the Graces' aid, a most enduring light of far-prevailing valorous deeds.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (23 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. Ἐλατὴρ ὑπέρτατε: ἰδίως οἱ νεώτεροι τὴν βροντὴν ὄχημα καὶ ἵππον τοῦ Διὸς ὑποτίθενται.

b. b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ὑπέρτατε βροντᾶς ἐλατὴρ Ζεῦ· οἷον ἡνίοχε. ἀκαμαντόποδος δὲ, μὴ καμνούσης τοὺς πόδας. ἀκοπιάστου καὶ στερρόποδος.

c. c. Ἐλατὴρ ὑπέρτατε βροντᾶς: ἐπειδὴ ὁ ἀγὼν Ὀλυμπιακὸς, τοῦτον δὲ ὁ Ψαῦμις ἐνίκησεν, εἰκότως ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Διὸς ποιεῖται τὸ προοίμιον τοῦ ἐπινίκου.

d. d. οἱ νεώτεροι· δὲ ἅρματα τὴν βροντὴν τῷ Διὶ εἶναι διδόασι, καὶ λέγουσιν, ὦ ἡνίοχε Ζεῦ.

e. e. ἡ δὲ ἀκολουθία· ὦ Ζεῦ, ὃς Αἴτναν ἔχεις· καθ᾿ ὑπερβατόν.

f. f. ἀλλ᾿ ὦ Ζεῦ, ὅστις τὴν Αἴτναν κατέχεις τὴν οὖσαν ἶπον καὶ πίεσμα καὶ βάρος τοῦ Τυφῶνος.

g. g. Αἴννα ὄρος Σικελίας | οἰκειότατα δὲ, Σικελιώτης γὰρ ὁ νικηφόρος.

h. h. ὅτι καὶ ἡ Καμάρινα πόλις Σικελίας.

i. i. καὶ ἡ Κατάνη ὕστερον Αἴτνη ἐκλήθη.

k. k. τὴν βροντὴν ὁ Πίνδαρος ὡς ἵππον ὑφίσταται τοῦ Διός· διὸ καὶ ἀκαμαντόποδα αὐτὴν εἶπεν.

l. l. ἤτοι δὲ ὑπέρτατε Ζεῦ εἴρηκεν, ἢ ὑπέρτατε ἐλατὴρ τῆς βροντῆς.

m. m. ἀκαμαντόποδος δὲ, τῆς στερρᾶς καὶ μὴ καμνούσης τοὺς πόδας.

n. n. οὗτος δὲ ὁ Ψαῦμις ἐνίκησε τεθρίππῳ τὴν πβ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα.

ad v. 3

a. a. τεαὶ γὰρ ὧραι: αἱ γὰρ ὧραι ἑλίσσουσαι, τουτέστι περικυκλοῦσαι ἔπεμψάν με.

b. b. Διὸς δὲ ὥρας τὰς Ὀλυμπιάδας νῦν λέγει.

c. c. Ζεῦ, τεαὶ γὰρ ὧραι: τὸ ἑξῆς· Ζεῦ, τεαὶ γὰρ ὧραι ἑλισσόμεναί με ἔπεμψαν ὑψηλοτάτων μάρτυρ᾿ ἀέθλων, ὑπὸ ποικιλοφόρμιγγος ἀοιδᾶς.

d. d. ((Β 551)) ἵν᾿ ᾖ, αἱ γὰρ σαὶ ὧραι τῶν ἐνιαυτῶν ἔπεμψαν. Ὅμηρος · περιτελλομένων ἐνιαυτῶν.

e. e. μάρτυρα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑμνητήν· διὰ γὰρ τῶν ποιημάτων καὶ ὕμνων ἐκδηλότεροι οἱ νικῶντες καὶ ἀίδιος ἡ μαρτυρία.

f. f. τὸ δὲ, ὑπὸ ποικιλοφόρμιγγος ἀοιδᾶς, τῇ ὑπό ἀντὶ τῆς μετά κέχρηται· ἵν᾿ ᾖ, μετὰ ποικιλοφορμίγγων ᾠδῶν | ἔπεμψάν με αἱ τεαὶ ὧραι.

g. g. ποικιλοφόρμιγγα δὲ εἷπεν, ἐπειδὴ σὺν μουσικοῖς ὀργάνοις, αὐλῷ τε καὶ κιθάρᾳ, ᾖδον.

h. h. ((Σ 492)) τῇ δὲ ὑπό ἀντὶ τῆς μετά καὶ Ὅμηρος κέχρηται · δαΐδων ὑπὸ λαμπομενάων· ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ δαΐδων.

i. i. Διὸς ὥρας τὰς Ὀλυμπιάδας λέγει. k. περισσὸς δὲ ὁ γάρ σύνδεσμος.

ad v. 4

x. ποικιλοφόρμιγγος ἀοιδᾶς: ὅτι αἰτία τοῦ ποικίλλειν τὴν φόρμιγγα.

5–9

 ποτὶ γλυκεῖαν ἐσλοί.
 ἀλλʼ, ὦ Κρόνου παῖ, ὃς Αἴτναν ἔχεις, σ2
 ἶπον ἀνεμόεσσαν ἑκατογκεφάλα Τυφῶνος ὀβρίμου, σ10
 Οὐλυμπιονίκαν δέκευ
 Χαρίτων ἕκατι τόνδε κῶμον,

Aetna the sweet announcement. Son of Cronus, you who hold, the wind-swept weight on terrible hundred-headed Typhon, receive, for the sake of the Graces, this Olympic victory-procession,

Scholia ad vv. 5–9 (12 entries)

ad v. 6

a. a. ὑψηλοτάτων: τῶν Ὀλυμπιακῶν λέγει.

b. b. μάρτυρα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἑρμηνέα.

ad v. 7

a. a. ξείνων δ᾿ εὖ πρασσόντων: τῶν φίλων εὖ πρασσόντων τὴν ἀγγελίαν τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν γλυκεῖαν οὖσαν ἱλαρῶς οἱ ἀγαθοὶ προσδέχονται καὶ ἀφθόνως.

b. b. ἔσαναν: ἐχάρησαν. ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν σαινόντων κυνῶν τοὺς ἰδίους δεσπότας.

c. c. ξείνων δ᾿ εὖ πρασσόντων: ξείνων, φίλων.

d. d. ἔσαναν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐχάρησαν, ἀπὸ τῶν σαινόντων ζώων.

e. e. ἤτοι δὲ τὸ ἑξῆς· προσέσαναν τὴν ἀγγελίαν· ἢ, πρὸς τὴν ἀγγελίαν ἔσαναν καὶ ἐχάρησαν.

f. f. ἡ δὲ διάνοια· πρὸς τὴν τῶν εὖ πρασσόντων φίλων ἀγγελίαν ἐχάρησαν οἱ ἀγαθοί.

g. g. ἢ οὕτω· τὴν δὲ τῶν εὖ πρασσόντων φίλων ἀγγελίαν γλυκεῖαν οὖσαν ἱλαρῶς οἱ ἀγαθοὶ φίλοι προσδέχονται. | τοῦτο δὲ ὡς πρὸς ἑαυτόν.

h. h. ὁ χορὸς ἥδεται ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ νενικηκότος εὐπραγίᾳ, | ὡς ἂν γνωρίμου.

i. i. ἔσαναν· ἐχάρησαν.

k. k. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τῶν γὰρ φίλων εὐδαιμονούντων εὐθέως οἱ γνήσιοι καὶ ἀγαθοὶ ἑταῖροι ἥσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν γλυκειῶν ἀγγελιῶν μαθόντες.

10–14

 χρονιώτατον φάος εὐρυσθενέων ἀρετᾶν. Ψαύμιος γὰρ ἵκει
 ὀχέων, ὅς, ἐλαίᾳ στεφανωθεὶς Πισάτιδι, κῦδος ὄρσαι σ3
 σπεύδει Καμαρίνᾳ. θεὸς εὔφρων
 εἴη λοιπαῖς εὐχαῖς· ἐπεί νιν αἰνέω μάλα μὲν
 τροφαῖς ἑτοῖμον ἵππων, σ5

Pisa this most enduring light of widely powerful excellence. For the procession comes in honor of Psaumis’ chariot; Psaumis, who, crowned with the olive of, hurries to rouse glory for Camarina. May the god be gracious to his future prayers, since I praise a man who is most eager in the raising of horses,

For the sake of Psaumis' mule-chariot it draweth nigh to thee--Psaumis, who, crowned with Pisan olive, hasteth to raise up glory for Kamarina. May God be gracious to our prayers for what shall be! For I praise him as a man most zealous in the rearing of horses, and delighting in ever-open hospitality, and bent on peace and on the welfare of his city, with guileless soul.

Scholia ad vv. 10–14 (8 entries)

ad v. 11

a. a. ἵππον: ἀλλ᾿ ὦ Ζεῦ ὃς τὴν Αἴτναν ἔχεις τὴν παγίδα τὴν ἀνεμόεσσαν (Αἴτνα δὲ πόλις καὶ ὄρος Σικελίας), ὅπου κολάζεται ὁ Τυφὼν ὁ ἑκατὸν ἔχων κεφαλάς.

b. b. γράφεται καὶ ἵππον. ἔστι δὲ ὄνομα ὄρους.

c. c. ((fr. 382)) ἶπον ἀνεμόεσσαν: ὁ μὲν Πίνδαρος τῷ Τυφῶνι ἐπικεῖσθαί φησι τὴν Αἴτνην, ὁ δὲ Καλλίμαχος τῷ Ἐγκελάδῳ, | οὕτως · τριγλώχιν ὀλοῷ νῆσος ἐπ᾿ Ἐγκελάδῳ. | ἔνιοι δὲ ἐν Πιθηκούσαις φασὶ τὸν Τυφῶνα, ἄλλοι ἐν Φρυγίᾳ, οἱ δὲ ἐν Σικελίᾳ, οἱ δὲ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, ὡς Ἡρόδοτος (ΙΙΙ, 5), οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ ὄρει τῷ κατὰ Βοιωτίαν.

ad v. 14

a. a. δέξαι: τοῦτον τὸν κῶμον καὶ ὕμνον δέξαι ὄντα Ὀλυμπιονίκην· ἐπειδὴ εἰς τὸν νικήσαντα λέγεται. δέξαι δὲ ἡδέως καὶ κεχαρμένως.

b. b. δέξαι Χαρίτων θ᾿ ἕκατι τόνδε κῶμον: ἀντὶ τοῦ κεχαριτωμένον.

c. c. ὁ δὲ τέ σύνδεσμος περισσός· ἔστι γὰρ τὸ ἑξῆς· ἀλλὰ Κρόνου παῖ, δέξαι Χαρίτων ἕκατι τόνδε κῶμον ἐπὶ τῇ Ὀλυμπικῇ νίκῃ γεγραμμένον, ὅστις ἐστὶ τῆς τῶν νικησάντων ἀρετῆς χρονιώτατον φάος· σβέννυται γὰρ τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, μὴ ἔχοντα ποιητικὴν φωνὴν | μάρτυρα.

d. d. τὸ δ᾿ ἑξῆς· Χαρίτων τ᾿ εὐρυσθενέων ἕκατι.

e. e. ὄντακαὶ ἄλλως· τόνδε κῶμον: τοῦτον τὸν κῶμον δέξαι καὶ ὕμνον Ὀλυμπιόνικον, ἐπειδὴ εἰς τὸν νικήσαντα λέγεται· | δέξαι δὲ ἡδέως κεχαρισμένως ὡς ἐσόμενον φῶς πολυχρόνιον τῶν εὐρυσθενῶν, οἱονεὶ τῶν νικησάντων μετὰ ἀνδρείας καὶ ἐναρέτων γενομένων. ἐκ γὰρ τῶν ὀχημάτων τοῦ Ψαύμιδος ἦλθεν ὁ ὕμνος, ὅστις Ψαῦμις τῷ κοτίνῳ τῷ ἐν τῇ Πίσῃ στεφθεὶς δόξαν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδι σπεύδει περιθεῖναι.

15–18

 χαίροντά τε ξενίαις πανδόκοις
 καὶ πρὸς ἁσυχίαν φιλόπολιν καθαρᾷ γνώμᾳ τετραμμένον. σ2
 οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον·
 διάπειρά τοι βροτῶν ἔλεγχος· σ3

who rejoices in being hospitable to all guests, and whose pure thoughts are turned towards city-loving peace. I will not stain my words with lies. Perseverance is what puts men to the test,

Scholia ad vv. 15–18 (5 entries)

ad v. 16

a. a. χρονιώτατον: τὸν ὕμνον, ὃς φωστὴρ ἀρετῆς ἐστι, δέξαι τὸν ἐπὶ χρόνον μένοντα. ἀθάνατος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ὕμνος καὶ ἡ ἀρετή.

b. b. ἐστι φάος: τὸν ὕμνον, ὃς φωστὴρ ἀρετῆς · σβέννυται γὰρ τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, μὴ ἔχοντα τὴν ποιητικὴν φωνὴν μάρτυρα.

ad v. 18

a. a. Ψαύμιος γάρ: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥκει γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀχέων ὁ Ψαύμιος ὕμνος· ὃν δέξαι, ὦ Ζεῦ.

b. b. ὃς ἢ οὕτως· ὁ τοῦ Ψαύμιος ὕμνος.... ἐλαίᾳ στεφανωθεὶς παραγίνεται, τῇ πατρίδι δόξαν περιποιῶν τῇ Καμαρίνῃ· ἔστι δὲ πόλις καὶ λίμνη τῆς Σικελίας.

c. c. Ψαύμιος γὰρ ἵκει: ἥκει γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀχέων τοῦ Ψαύμιδος· τίς; ὁ ὕμνος· ὃς ἐλαίᾳ στεφανωθεὶς παραγίνεται τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδι Καμανίνῃ στέφανον καὶ δόξαν φέρων.

19 ἅπερ Κλυμένοιο παῖδα

and what saved the son of Clymenus

With no lie will I tinge my tale: trial is the test of men; this it was that delivered the son of Klymenos from the Lemnian women's slight. He, when he had won the foot-race in bronze armour, spake thus to Hypsipyle as he went to receive his crown: 'For fleetness such am I: hands have I and a heart to match. So also on young men grow oftentimes grey hairs even before the natural season of man's life.'

20–24

 Λαμνιάδων γυναικῶν σ2
 ἔλυσεν ἐξ ἀτιμίας. σ5
 χαλκέοισι δʼ ἐν ἔντεσι νικῶν δρόμον
 ἔειπεν Ὑψιπυλείᾳ μετὰ στέφανον ἰών·
 οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι· σ2

from the contempt of the Lemnian women. He won the foot race in bronze armor, and said to Hypsipyle as he went to take the garland: “Such is my swiftness;

Scholia ad vv. 20–24 (9 entries)

ad v. 20

a. a. Πισάτιδι κῦδος: τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδι. ἥκει γὰρ τῶν ὀχέων τοῦ Ψαύμιδος ὕμνος· ὃν δέξαι, ὦ Ζεῦ.

b. b. ὃς ἐλαίᾳ στεφανωθείς: ὁ Ψαῦμις· ὃς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδι στέφανον καὶ δόξαν θέλει περιποιήσασθαι.

ad v. 21

a. a. εὔφρων εἴη: καὶ εἰς τὸν πάντα χρόνον εὔφρων ὁ θεὸς εἴη αὐτῷ.

b. b. θεὸς εὔφρων εἴη λοιπαῖς εὐχαῖς: εὐμενής.

c. c. μετὰ ταύτης οὖν αὐτοῦ τῆς δόξης εἴη αὐτῷ ταῖς λοιπαῖς εὐχαῖς εὐμενὴς ὁ θεός· ἐπειδὴ ἄξιος ἐπαίνου μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν λίαν πρόθυμον ἐπὶ τὸ ἱπποτροφεῖν, | καὶ ὅτι φιλόξενός ἐστι πάντας δεξιούμενος. εἰς τὸν μετὰ ταῦτα οὖν χρόνον θεὸς εὔφρων αὐτῷ γένοιτο. |

d. d. ἄλλως· εὐχαῖς: τοῦ νικηφόρου.

e. e. ὁ Ζεύς, φησιν, εἴη εὔφρων καὶ ταῖς λοιπαῖς εὐχαῖς, ἐπειδὴ τὰς περὶ τῆς νίκης ἐτέλεσεν.

ad v. 24

a. a. τροφαῖς: ταῖς ἐξ ἑτοίμου ἱπποτροφίαις αὐτὸν ἐπαινεῖ· χαίρει δὲ καὶ ξενίζων.

b. b. ἐξ ἑτοίμου ἱπποτροφεῖ· χαίρει δὲ καὶ ξενίζων· διὸ ἐπαινῶ αὐτόν.

25–28

 χεῖρες δὲ καὶ ἦτορ ἴσον. σ1
 φύονται δὲ καὶ νέοις ἐν ἀνδράσιν σ1
 πολιαὶ θαμὰ καὶ παρὰ τὸν ἁλικίας
 ἐοικότα χρόνον. σ24

and I have hands and heart to match. Even on young men gray hair often grows, even before the expected age.”

Scholia ad vv. 25–28 (26 entries)

ad v. 25

x. χαίροντά τε: καὶ φιλόξενον ὄντα καὶ ἱππικὸν καὶ εἰρηνικὸν καὶ δίκαιον· ἱππικὸν μὲν, ὡς χαίροντα τροφαῖς ἵππων, φιλόξενον δὲ ὡς πάντα ξένον ὑποδεχόμενον καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ χαίροντα, εἰρηνικὸν δὲ ὡς ἡσυχίαν ἀγαπῶντα τὴν φιλοπόλιδα, δίκαιον δὲ ὡς τὴν γνώμην τρέποντα ἐπὶ τὸ καθαρώτατον καὶ ἀμόλυντον.

ad v. 26

x. φιλόπολιν: εἰσὶ γάρ τινες οἱ ἐν ταῖς στάσεσι διάγοντες φιλοπόλιδες ὄντες· τὸν οὖν Ψαῦμιν φιλόπολίν φησιν εἶναι πρὸς τῷ καὶ ἥσυχον ὑπάρχειν.

ad v. 28

a. a. οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω: οὐ καταβρέξω οὐδὲ ἀφεψήσω καθάπερ ὕδατι ψεύδει τὸν λόγον. οἷον οὐ ψεύσομαι.

b. b. οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω: οὐκ εἰς ὑπερβολὴν τραπήσομαι ψευσάμενος.

c. c. ἤτοι οὐ κρύψω τὸν λόγον τῷ ψεύδει· κρύπτεται γὰρ τἀληθῆ ὑπὸ τῶν ψευδῶν.

d. d. ἢ οὕτως· οὐ ποιήσω τὸν λόγον ἀσθενέστερον, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν βρεχομένων· ταῦτα γὰρ ἀσθενέστερα γίνεται.

e. e. οὐ μιανῶ οὖν, φησιν, οὐδὲ βρέξω τὸν λόγον μου ψεύδει· ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ ψεύσομαι περὶ τῶν ἐγκωμίων τῶν τοῦ Ψαύμιδος λέγων.

a. a. διάπειρά τοι: τοῦτο ἐν τῷ καθόλου λέγει, ὅτι ἡ πεῖρα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔλεγχός ἐστι. καὶ τούτου οὖν εἶναι αὐτοῦ πείσεται ὅτι τοιοῦτός ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

b. b. διάπειρά τοι βροτῶν ἔλεγχος: πάρεστι διαπειρᾶσαι τὸν Ψαῦμιν καὶ γνῶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

c. c. ἄλλως· ἡ πεῖρα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔλεγχος ἀκριβής· καὶ ὁ τούτου πειραθεὶς εἴσεται ὅτι οὕτως ἔχει. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

d. d. παράδειγμα δὲ τοῦ δεῖν τῇ πείρᾳ τἀληθὲς ἐξετάζειν τὸν Ἐργῖνον παρέλαβεν τὸν Μινυῶν βασιλέα, ἀγωνιζόμενον ἐν τῷ ἐπιταφίῳ ἀγῶνι Θόαντος μετὰ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν. γέλωτας δὲ κινῶν ἐπὶ τῷ παρ᾿ ἡλικίαν ἀθλεῖν αὐτὸν, αὐτῇ τῇ πείρᾳ τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἔδειξε νικήσας ὡς εἶχεν ἰσχύος. ἐνίκησε δὲ τοὺς Βορεάδας. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

e. e. ἐλθόντων γὰρ εἰς τὴν Λῆμνον τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν δοκεῖ Ὑψιπύλη ἡ Θόαντος θυγάτηρ θεῖναι τὸν γυμνικὸν ἀγῶνα, καὶ ὁ Ἐργῖνος ἠγωνίσατο· ὡς δὲ γελώμενος ὑπὸ τῶν Λημνιάδων ὅτι πολιὸς ὢν νέοις ἐσπούδασε διαγωνίσασθαι ἐνίκησε φύσει πολιὸς ὑπάρχων. ὅθεν δῆλον ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Ψαῦμις ἤδη πολιὸς ὢν ἐνίκησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

a. a. ἅπερ: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴπερ. [Drachmann ad v. 31]

b. b. οἴη δ᾿ ἐκ πασέων γεραροῦ περιφείσατο πατρὸς Ὑψιπύλεια Θόαντος, ὃ δὴ κατὰ Λῆμνον ἄνασσεν· λάρνακι δ᾿ ἐν κοίλῃ μιν ὕπερθ᾿ ἁλὸς ἧκε φέρεσθαι, αἴ κε φύγῃ. καὶ τὸν μὲν ἐς Οἰνοίην ἐρύσαντο πρόσθεν, ἀτὰρ Σίκινόν γε μεθύστερον αὐδηθεῖσαν. ἡ πεῖρα ἤλεγξε καὶ τὸν Ἐργῖνον· ὃν ἔλαβεν εἰκόνα. δοκεῖ γὰρ παρ᾿ ἱστορίαν λέγειν· οὐ γὰρ ἐν Λήμνῳ τελευτᾷ Θόας ὁ πατὴρ Ὑψιπύλης, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτὴ μὴ ἀνελοῦσα αὐτὸν λάρνακι ξυλίνῳ βαλοῦσα κατέβαλεν ἐν θαλάσσῃ, ὡς Ἀπολλώνιος (Ι, 620)· πῶς οὖν λέγει αὐτὸν ἐν Λήμνῳ τεθάφθαι καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ ἀγῶνα ποιῆσαι Ὑψιπύλην; ἀλλ᾿ ἔξεστι πλάττειν τοῖς ποιηταῖς ἃ βούλονται. [Drachmann ad v. 31]

c. c. τῇ πείρᾳτοῦ Κλυμένοιο: παράδειγμα τοῦ δεῖν τὸ ἀληθὲς ἐξετάζειν τὸν Ἐργῖνον προσάγεται· οὗτος γὰρ παλαιὸς ὢν λίαν ἀγωνιούμενος τὸν ἐπὶ Θόαντι ἀγῶνα ἦλθεν· γελώντων δὲ ἐκείνων ἐπὶ τῷ παρ᾿ ἡλικίαν δοκεῖν... αὐτῇ τῇ πείρᾳ ἀγῶνος ἔδειξε νικήσας ἐνόπλιον δρόμον· ὥστε καὶ τοῦ Ψαύμιος †συμπονοῦντος παρέλαβεν ὡς ὅμοιον τὸ κατὰ τὸν Ἐργῖνον. [Drachmann ad v. 31]

a. a. ((fr. 197)) Λαμνιάδων: καὶ ὁ Καλλίμαχος · Ἐργῖνος Κλυμένου ἔξοχος ἐν σταδίῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 32]

b. b. ἥτις διάπειρα τὸν Κλυμένου παῖδα ἀπέλυσε τῆς ἀτιμίας τῶν ἐν Λήμνῳ γυναικῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 32]

c. c. ἡ δὲ ἱστορία τοιαύτη· Ὑψιπύλης ἀγῶνα ἐπιτελούσης ἐπιτάφιον Θόαντι τῷ πατρὶ Λημνίων βασιλεῖ, συμβέβηκεν ἀπιόντας ἐπὶ τὸ χρυσοῦν δέρας τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας ἐκεῖσε γενέσθαι, καὶ προτραπέντας εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα ἀγωνίσασθαι. εἷς ὢν οὖν αὐτῶν ὁ Ἐργῖνος νεώτερος μὲν τῷ χρόνῳ, προπόλιος δὲ τὴν κόμην, ὡς μὴ ἱκανὸς ἀγωνίσασθαι διὰ τὴν ὄψιν τῶν πολιῶν ἐγελᾶτο ὑπὸ τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ ἐπεκερτομεῖτο. ὡς δὲ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐδείχθη ὑπερβαλλόμενος τοὺς ἀγωνιστάς· ἦσαν δὲ οἱ τοῦ Βορέου παῖδες Ζήτης καὶ Κάλαϊς· | ἐπαύσατο ἡ κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ γινομένη χλεύη, καὶ τοὐναντίον ἐθαυμάσθη. διὰ τοῦτο οὖν λέγει τὴν πεῖραν πεπαυκέναι τῆς ὕβρεως τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὰς Λημνιάδας γυναῖκας. [Drachmann ad v. 32]

a. a. χαλκέοισιν δὲ ἐν ἔντεσιν: ὁπλῖται γὰρ ἔτρεχον. [Drachmann ad v. 34]

b. b. ὁ δὲ δέ σύνδεσμος ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ· ἵν᾿ ᾖ· χαλκέοις γὰρ ἐν ὅπλοις νικῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 34]

c. c. χαλκέοις δ᾿ ἐν ἔντεσιν: ὁ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ. τὸν γὰρ ἔνοπλον δρόμον νικήσας ὁ Ἐργῖνος, | εἶτα προσιὼν τῇ Ὑψιπύλῃ ἐπὶ τῷ στεφθῆναι εἶπε πρὸς αὐτὴν δεικτικῶς· οὗτος ἐγώ. [Drachmann ad v. 34]

x. μετὰ στέφανον: ἐπὶ τὸ στεφθῆναι ἀπιὼν εἶπε τῇ Ὑψιπύλῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 36]

x. οὗτος ἐγώ: τὸ οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι δεικτικόν. [Drachmann ad v. 37]

x. χεῖρες δὲ καὶ ἦτορ: αἱ δὲ χεῖρές μου καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ κατάλληλοι. ἀλλ᾿ ὅμοιος ἔσομαι, ὅμοια ἐνθυμούμενος καὶ πράττων. [Drachmann ad v. 38]

a. a. φύονται καὶ νέοις: ὡς καὶ τοῦ Ψαύμιδος προπολιοῦντος καὶ νικήσαντος. [Drachmann ad v. 39]

b. b. ἄλλως· πολλάκις τις νέος ὢν πολιοῦται καὶ παρὰ τὸν τῆς ἡλικίας ἐοικότα χρόνον. δηλονότι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Ψαῦμις πολιὸς ἦν καὶ οἷον προπόλιος. ὕμνου τέλος Ψαύμιδος ἐκ Καμαρίνης. [Drachmann ad v. 39]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 5

Olympian 5 — for Ψαύμιδι Καμαριναίῳ ἀπήνῃ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 24 lines · 101 scholia parts

Argumentum (6 entries)

metr. Τῷ αὐτῷ ἀπήνῃ καὶ κέλητι καὶ τεθρίππῳ. Τῷ αὐτῷ ἀπήνῃ καὶ κέλητι.

metr_a. a. Τὸ ε΄ εἶδος γ΄ ἔχει περιόδους ἁπλᾶς πάσας ἑαυταῖς συμφωνούσας· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐπῳδὸς ἡ γ΄. ἐκ κώλων δέ εἰσιν ιθ΄. τὸ α΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ β΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάττονος, τῆς α΄ συζυγίας τρίτον παίωνα ἐπιδεξαμένης· ὅπερ γίνεται ἐπὶ τῶν ἰωνικῶν. τὸ γ΄ ἰθυφαλλικὸν παρὰ μίαν συλλαβήν. τὸ δ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ε΄ ἰθυφαλλικόν. τὸ ς΄ ἀναπαιστικόν· σύγκειται δὲ ἐκ β΄ ἀναπαίστων καὶ βακχείου, ὅπερ πάσχει τὰ ἀναπαιστικὰ, καὶ ἑξῆς ἀναπαίστου καταληκτικοῦ. τὸ ζ΄ ἰθυφαλλικόν. τὸ η΄ Φερεκράτειον. τὸ θ΄ προσοδιακὸν ἐκ τοῦ ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος καὶ χοριάμβου. τὸ ι΄ δακτυλικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ιβ΄ ἰθυφαλλικόν. τὸ ιγ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ς΄. τὸ ιδ΄ ἰθυφαλλικόν. τὸ ιε΄ δίμοιρον ἔπους. τὸ ις΄ ἰθυφαλλικόν. τὸ ιζ΄ δίμοιρον ἔπους. τὸ ιη΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν παρὰ τὴν τελευταίαν συλλαβήν. τὸ ιθ΄ ἰθυφαλλικόν.

metr_b. b. ὅμοιον δέ ἐστι μονοστροφικῶ· ἐκ γ΄ γὰρ περιόδων ἐστὶ τῶν αὐτῶν, ἐπῳδὸς δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν.

insc_a. Inscr.a. Αὕτη ἡ ᾠδὴ ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἐδαφίοις οὐκ ἦν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς Διδύμου ὑπομνήμασιν ἐλέγετο Πινδάρου.

insc_b. Inscr.b. Γέγραπται τῷ αὐτῷ Ψαύμιδι τεθρίππῳ καὶ ἀπήνῃ καὶ κέλητι νενικηκότι τὴν ὀγδοηκοστὴν δευτέραν Ὀλυμπιάδα.

insc_c. Inscr.c. περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀπήνης Πολέμων φησί· ἤγετο δὲ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἀπήνης ἀγὼν, καί εἰσιν οἱ ἀγωνισάμενοι ἡμίονοι· καταλυθῆναι δὲ τοῦτο τὸ ἀγώνισμα κατὰ τὴν οδ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα καὶ εἶναι ιγ΄ νίκας. τὴν δὲ ἀπήνην λαμπήνην λεγέσθαι ὑπὸ Τεγεατῶν φησιν ὁ Πολέμων· οἱ δὲ, Θετταλῶν εἶναι τὴν λέξιν. ἐτυμολογεῖται δὲ ἀπήνη αἰπεινή τις οὖσα διὰ τὴν ὑπερτερίαν· διὸ καὶ ὑψηλᾶν ἀρετᾶν τὸν Πίνδαρον λέγειν ὁ λόγος.

1–3

 ὑψηλᾶν ἀρετᾶν καὶ στεφάνων ἄωτον γλυκὺν σ4
 τῶν Οὐλυμπίᾳ, Ὠκεανοῦ θύγατερ, καρδίᾳ γελανεῖ
 ἀκαμαντόποδός τʼ ἀπήνας δέκευ Ψαύμιός τε δῶρα·

Daughter of Ocean, with a smiling heart receive the sweet bloom of lofty excellence and Olympian garlands, the gifts of Psaumis and of his mule car team with untiring feet.

Of lofty deeds and crowns Olympian this sweet delight, O daughter of Ocean, with glad heart receive, the gift of Psaumis and his untiring car. He to make great thy city, Kamarina, with its fostered folk, hath honoured six twin altars in great feasts of the gods with sacrifices of oxen and five-day contests of games, with chariots of horses and of mules and with the steed of single frontlet.

Scholia ad vv. 1–3 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. ὦ θύγατερ Ὠκεανοῦ Καμάρινα, δέχου τὸν γλυκὺν ἄωτον τῶν στεφάνων καὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν τῶν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ καρδίᾳ γελανεῖ, τουτέστι γαληνιαζούσῃ, καὶ τῆς ἀκαμαντόποδος ἀπήνης καὶ τὰ δῶρα τοῦ Ψαύμιδος· σοὶ γὰρ αὐτὰ παρακομίζει.

b. b. ((FHG IV, 341)) Ὑψηλᾶν ἀρετᾶν: ὁ νοῦς· λέγει πρὸς τὴν Καμάριναν τὴν Ὠκεανοῦ, ᾗ ὁμώνυμος ἡ πόλις καὶ ἡ λίμνη, | ὅτι δέξαι τῶν ἀρετῶν καὶ τῶν στεφάνων τῶν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ καὶ τῆς ἀπήνης τὸ ἄωτον, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸν ὕμνον, ὅς ἐστι δῶρα τοῦ Ψαύμιος νενικηκότος. τὸν ὕμνον δὲ ἄωτον τῶν στεφάνων καὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν εἶπεν, ἐπεὶ οἱ νικῶντες ἐκ τοῦ ὑμνεῖσθαι εὐκλεεῖς γίνονται. Ἀρίσταρχος δὲ ἀκούει Ὠκεανοῦ θυγατέρα Καμάριναν τὴν λίμνην, ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὠνομάσθαι. Ἀρτέμων δὲ πρὸς τὴν Ἀρέθουσαν τὸν λόγον εἶναί φησιν. αὕτη δὲ ἐν Συρακούσαις κρήνη· ὑποτέτακται δὲ ἡ Καμάρινα ταῖς Συρακούσαις. ἔχει δὲ ἡ Ἀρέθουσα καὶ πᾶσα κρήνη τὰς πηγὰς ἀπὸ Ὠκεανοῦ. βέλτιον δὲ ὡς Ἀρίσταρχος.

c. c. ((th. 364)) τρὶς γὰρ μυρίαι εἰσὶ τανίσφυροι Ὠκεανῖναι. ἄλλως· Καμάρινα καὶ ἡ πόλις τοῦ Ψαύμιδος καλεῖται καὶ λίμνη πλησίον αὐτῆς κειμένη. οἱ μὲν οὖν φασιν ὅτι τῇ πόλει τὸ ὄνομα ἐτέθη ἀπό τινος νύμφης οὔσης, οἱ δὲ ἔκ τινος Ὠκεανοῦ θυγατρὸς ἀμφοτέραις, ὡς Ἡσίοδος · πρὸς θυγατέρα οὖν τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ τὴν Καμάριναν λέγει.

d. d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ θύγατερ Καμάρινα, δέχου τὸν γλυκὺν ἄωτον (λέγει δὲ τὸν ὕμνον) τῶν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ ὑψηλοτάτων ἀρετῶν καὶ τῶν στεφάνων τῆς τε ἀπήνης καὶ τοῦ Ψαύμιδος, δέχου δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτο δῶρον φαιδρῷ προσώπῳ.

4 ὃς τὰν σὰν πόλιν αὔξων, Καμάρινα, λαοτρόφον

Psaumis who, exalting your city, Camarina, which cares for its people,

5–6

5 βωμοὺς ἓξ διδύμους ἐγέραιρεν ἑορταῖς θεῶν μεγίσταις σ15

6 ὑπὸ βουθυσίαις ἀέθλων τε πεμπαμέροις ἁμίλλαις, σ3

honored the six double altars, at the greatest festivals of the gods, with the sacrifice of oxen and in contests on the fifth day,

To thee hath the victor consecrated the proud token of his fame, and hath glorified by the herald's voice his father Akron and this new-peopled town.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (4 entries)

ad v. 5

x. καρδίᾳ γελανεῖ: γαληνιώσῃ καὶ φαιδρᾷ.

ad v. 6

a. a. ἀκαμαντόποδος ἀπήνης: ἁμάξης.

b. b. ἀπήνη δέ ἐστιν ἅρμα ἐξ ἡμιόνων ζευχθέν. εἰθισμένου δὲ ἵπποις ἀγωνίζεσθαι, Ἀσάνδραστος ἐπετήδευσε καὶ ἡμιόνοις ἀγωνίζεσθαι. χρόνος δέ τις οὐ μακρὸς, ἀλλὰ δεκαετὴς τοῦτο διέλυσε· διελύθη γὰρ περὶ πε΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα.

c. c. ἀκαμαντόποδος δὲ, τῆς κατὰ τὸν δρόμον ἀκοπιάστου ἀπήνης.

7–8

7 ἵπποις ἡμιόνοις τε μοναμπυκίᾳ τε. τὶν δὲ κῦδος ἁβρόν σ2

8 νικάσαις ἀνέθηκε, καὶ ὃν πατέρʼ Ἄκρωνʼ ἐκάρυξε καὶ τὰν νέοικον ἕδραν. σ2

contests of horse teams, and mule teams, and of riding the single horse. To you he has dedicated rich renown by his victory, and he had his father Acron and his new-founded home proclaimed by the herald.

Scholia ad vv. 7–8 (4 entries)

ad v. 7

a. a. Ψαύμιός τε δῶρα: ὅστις Ψαῦμις, ὦ νύμφη Καμάρινα, τὴν σοὶ ὁμώνυμον πόλιν ἐπαίρων καὶ δοξάζων, τὴν εὐδαίμονα καὶ πολυάνθρωπον Καμάριναν, | τοὺς λεγομένους διδύμους βωμοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἤλιδι ἓξ ἐκόσμησε βουθυσίαις ὑπὸ ταῖς ἑορταῖς τῶν θεῶν ταῖς μεγίσταις. οἱ γὰρ νικῶντες ἔθυον ἐν τοῖς ἓξ βωμοῖς.

b. b. ἄλλως· ὃς τὰν σὰν πόλιν αὔξων: πρὸς τὴν ἡρωΐδα ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἡ πόλις· ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς κρήνης καὶ ἡ πόλις.

ad v. 8

a. a. τὰν σὰν πόλιν: τὴν Καμάριναν ὁμώνυμον τῇ πόλει λίμνην οὖσαν ἀκούουσιν, ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ πόλις ὠνόμασται. διὸ καὶ Ὠκεανοῦ θυγατέρα αὐτὴν λέγει.

b. b. σὰν πόλιν: τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ προσαγορευομένην καὶ χρηματίζουσαν, διὰ τὸ ἐν ἀξιώματι.

9 ἵκων δʼ Οἰνομάου καὶ Πέλοπος παρʼ εὐηράτων

Coming from the lovely homes of Oenomaus and of Pelops,

Also, returning from the gracious dwelling place of Oinomaos and Pelops, thy sacred grove, O city-guarding Pallas, doth he sing, and the river Oanis, and the lake of his native land, and the sacred channels wherethrough doth Hipparis give water to the people, and build with speed a lofty forest of stedfast dwellings, bringing from perplexity to the light this commonwealth of citizens.

10–11

10 σταθμῶν, ὦ πολιάοχε Παλλάς, ἀείδει μὲν ἄλσος ἁγνὸν σ310

11 τὸ τεόν, ποταμόν τε Ὤανιν, ἐγχωρίαν τε λίμναν,

he sings of your sacred grove, Pallas protector of the city, and of the river Oanis, and the local lake,

Scholia ad vv. 10–11 (3 entries)

ad v. 10

a. a. ((FHG II, 36)) βωμοὺς ἕξ: ἀφ᾿ ἱστορίας τοῦτο εἴληφεν· ἱστορεῖ γὰρ περὶ τῶν ἓξ βωμῶν Ἡρόδωρος γραμματικός· ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἦλιν τὸ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἱερὸν ἱδρύσατο Διὸς Ὀλυμπίου καὶ Ὀλυμπίαν τοῦ θεοῦ ὁμώνυμον τὴν χώραν ἔθεντο. ἔθηκε δὲ αὐτῷ αὐτόθι καὶ ἄλλοις θεοῖς βωμοὺς ἓξ τῷ ἀριθμῷ σύμβολον τῶν ιβ΄ θεῶν, καὶ πρῶτον τὸν τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Ὀλυμπίου, ᾧ σύμβωμον ἐποίησε τὸν Ποσειδῶνα· δεύτερον Ἥρας καὶ Ἀθηνᾶς· τρίτον Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος· τέταρτον Χαρίτων καὶ Διονύσου· πέμπτον Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ Ἀλφειοῦ· ἕκτον Κρόνου καὶ Ῥέας. καὶ ἐπὶ πέντε ἡμέρας ἦγον τὴν ἑορτὴν βουθυσίας ποιοῦντες καὶ ἀγῶνας ἐπιτελοῦντες.

b. b. βωμοὺς ἕξ: Ἡρόδωρός φησι τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἱδρύσασθαι δώδεκα θεῶν ἀγάλματα, συμβώμους δὲ αὐτοὺς ποιῆσαι ἓξ βωμοὺς κατασκεύασαντα.

c. c. ἄλλως· Ὀλυμπίασι βωμοί εἰσιν ἓξ δίδυμοι τοῖς δώδεκα θεοῖς ἀνιδρυμένοι, ἑνὸς ἑκάστου βωμοῦ δύο θεοῖς καθωσιωμένου· πρῶτος Διὸς καὶ Ποσειδῶνος· δεύτερος Ἥρας καὶ Ἀθηνᾶς· τρίτος Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος· τέταρτος Χαρίτων καὶ Διονύσου· πέμπτος Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ Ἀλφειοῦ· ἕκτος Κρόνου καὶ Ῥέας· ὥς φησιν Ἡρόδωρος.

12 καὶ σεμνοὺς ὀχετούς, Ἵππαρις οἷσιν ἄρδει στρατόν,

and the sacred canals with which Hipparis waters its people, and swiftly builds a tall-standing grove of steadfast dwellings, bringing this host of citizens out of helplessness into the light.

13–14

13 κολλᾷ τε σταδίων θαλάμων ταχέως ὑψίγυιον ἄλσος, σ5

14 ἀπʼ ἀμαχανίας ἄγων ἐς φάος τόνδε δᾶμον ἀστῶν·

Now ever in fair deeds must toil and cost contend toward an accomplishment hidden in perilous chance: yet if men have good hap therein, even to their own townsfolk is their wisdom approved.

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (5 entries)

ad v. 13

a. a. καὶ ἀέθλων τε πεμπαμέροις: ὅτι πεμπάμερος ἢ πενθήμερος ὁ ἀγὼν λέγεται· πρὸς γὰρ ε΄ ἡμέρας ἄγεται, ἀπὸ ια΄ ἀρχόμενος λήγων εἰς ιε΄· καὶ στεφάνους ἔχει κη΄, οἷς στεφανοῦσι τοὺς νικῶντας.

b. b. πεμπταμέροις ἁμίλλαις: ἐπειδὴ ἐπὶ πέντε ἡμέρας ἤγετο αὐτὰ τὰ ἀγωνίσματα [ἀπὸ ια΄ μέχρις ις΄].

c. c. ἡνίκα οὖν ἐτελεῖτο τὰ ἆθλα τῶν πενθημέρων ἀγώνων, ἐγέραιρε τοὺς βωμούς· ἐκόσμησε δὲ τοὺς βωμοὺς νικήσας ἵπποις [τεθρίππῳ] καὶ ἡμιόνοις καὶ κέλητι.

d. d. πεμπταμέροις: ἐπεὶ ἐν πέντε ἡμέραις ἤγετο τὰ Ὀλύμπια, ἀπὸ ἑνδεκάτης μέχρις ἑξκαιδεκάτης.

e. e. Tzetzes ad Lyc. 41: Τὰ δὲ Ὀλύμπια πέντε ἡμέρας ἐτελεῖτο, ἀπὸ ια΄ τῆς σελήνης μέχρι τῆς ὅλης ιε΄. Προεγυμνάζοντο δὲ πρῴην ἡμέρας λ΄.

15 αἰεὶ δʼ ἀμφʼ ἀρεταῖσι πόνος δαπάνα τε μάρναται πρὸς ἔργον σ215

Always, when it is a question of excellence, toil and expense strive to accomplish a deed that is shrouded in danger; those who are successful seem wise, even to their fellow-citizens.

Scholia ad vv. 15–15 (2 entries)

ad v. 15

a. a. μοναμπυκίᾳ τε: καὶ ἵπποις καὶ ἡμιόνοις καὶ μοναμπυκίᾳ, ὅ ἐστι κέλητι· ἄμπυξ γὰρ κατὰ Θετταλοὺς ὁ χαλινός.

b. b. ((Ε 358)(Χ 469)) μοναμπυκίᾳ: μονοχαλίνῳ. νοητέον δὲ ἑνὶ ἵππῳ τῷ λεγομένῳ κέλητι. ἄμπυξ μὲν γὰρ κυρίως ἀνάδημα τῆς κεφαλῆς τι, καὶ λῶρος χρυσῷ καὶ λίθοις πεποικιλμένος, ὃν περὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αἱ γυναῖκες φοροῦσι· μεταφορικῶς δὲ καὶ οἱ διάχρυσοι χαλινοὶ ἄμπυκες λέγονται· ὡς Ὅμηρος · χρυσάμπυκας ἵππους· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ · ἄμπυκα κεκρύφαλόν τ᾿ ἠδὲ πλεκτὴν ἀναδέσμην.

16 κινδύνῳ κεκαλυμμένον· ἠῢ δʼ ἔχοντες σοφοὶ καὶ πολίταις ἔδοξαν ἔμμεν. σ1

O guardian Zeus that sittest above the clouds, that inhabitest the Kronian hill and honourest the broad river of Alpheos and Ida's holy cave, suppliant to thee I come, making my cry on Lydian flutes, to pray thee that thou wilt glorify this city with brave men's renown.

Scholia ad vv. 16–16 (1 entry)

ad v. 16

x. τὶν δὲ κῦδος: σοὶ δὲ, ὦ νύμφη Καμάρινα, τὴν ἐκ τῆς νίκης δόξαν ἀνέθηκεν· ἀντὶ τοῦ, σοὶ χάριν ὁμολογεῖ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ. ἔτι γε μὴν καὶ τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα τὸν Ἄκρωνα ἀνεκήρυξεν· ἐν γὰρ τῷ ἀγῶνι οἱ νικῶντες | καὶ ἀπὸ πατέρων ἀνηγορεύοντο καὶ ἀπὸ προγόνων καὶ πόλεων. καὶ τὴν νέοικον οὖν ἕδραν ἀνηγόρευσεν, τὴν πόλιν αὐτοῦ τὴν νεωστὶ ἱδρυθεῖσαν καὶ οἰκισθεῖσαν. κτίζεται μὲν γὰρ ἡ Καμάρινα με΄ Ὀλυμπιάδι· ἐπικρατησάντων δὲ Συρακουσίων πορθεῖται τῇ νζ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδι· εἶτα ἐν τῇ πε΄ Ὀλυμπιάδι τῷ μεταξὺ χρόνῳ κωθ᾿ ὃν ἐνίκησεν ὁ Ψαῦμις ἀνακτίζεται. εἰκότως οὖν αὐτὴν νέοικον ὀνομάζει.

17–19

 Σωτὴρ ὑψινεφὲς Ζεῦ, Κρόνιόν τε ναίων λόφον
 τιμῶν τʼ Ἀλφεὸν εὐρὺ ῥέοντʼ Ἰδαῖόν τε σεμνὸν ἄντρον, σ1
 ἱκέτας σέθεν ἔρχομαι Λυδίοις ἀπύων ἐν αὐλοῖς, σ4

Savior Zeus, high in the clouds, you who dwell on the hill of Cronus and honor the wide-flowing Alpheus and the sacred cave of Ida! I come as your suppliant, singing to the sound of Lydian flutes,

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (5 entries)

ad v. 18

x. ὃν πατέρα Ἄκρων᾿ ἐκήρυξεν: Ἄκρων ἐκαλεῖτο ὁ πατὴρ Ψαύμιδος. ὁ γὰρ νικῶν πατέρα καὶ πατρίδα ἀνακηρύσσει.

ad v. 19

a. a. τὰν νέοικον ἕδραν: νέοικον ἕδραν εἶπε τὴν Καμάριναν ὁ Πίνδαρος. σαφηνίζει Τίμαιος ἐν τῇ δεκάτῃ· εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι οἱ Καμαριναῖοι.... ὑπὸ τοῦ Γέλωνος τυράννου ἀνῃρέθησαν· εἶτα ὑπὸ Γελώων συνῳκίσθησαν ἐπὶ τῆς... Ὀλυμπιάδος. ἡ δὲ ἅλωσις ἐγένετο κατὰ τὴν Δαρείου τοῦ Πέρσου διάβασιν.

b. b. ((FHG I, 214)) τὰν νέοικον ἕδραν: Ἱπποκράτης ὑπὸ τοῦ τῶν Γελώων τυράννου ἀνῃρέθη· εἶτα ὑπὸ Γελώων συνῳκίσθη ἡ Καμάρινα κατὰ τὴν †μβ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα, ὥς φησι Τίμαιος · διὸ καὶ νέοικον ἕδραν εἶπε τὴν πόλιν. ἡ δὲ ἅλωσις αὐτῆς ἐγένετο κατὰ τὴν Δαρείου τοῦ Ὑστάσπου στρατείαν.

c. c. ((FHG I, 187)) Φίλιστος ἐν γ΄ φησὶν ὅτι Γέλων Καμάριναν κατέσκαψεν· Ἱπποκράτης δὲ πολεμήσας Συρακουσίοις καὶ πολλοὺς αἰχμαλώτους λαβὼν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τούτους ἀποδοῦναι ἔλαβε τὴν Καμάριναν καὶ συνῴκισεν αὐτήν. ὁ γοῦν Πίνδαρος συνῳκισμένην οἶδε τὴν Καμάριναν.

d. d. ὅτι δὲ περὶ τὴν π΄ ἐνίκησεν Ὀλυμπιάδα ὁ Ψαῦμις τῇ ἀπήνῃ, οὕτως συνορᾶται· καταλύεται γὰρ αὐτῇ τὸ ἀγώνισμα περὶ ὀγδοηκοστὴν ε΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα· τῷ δὲ ἅρματι ἐνίκησε τὴν πβ΄· ὥστε τὴν πα΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα ἐνίκησε τῇ ἀπήνῃ ὁ Ψαῦμις.

20–22

 αἰτήσων πόλιν εὐανορίαισι τάνδε κλυταῖς σ5
 δαιδάλλειν, σέ τʼ, Ὀλυμπιόνικε, Ποσειδανίαισιν ἵπποις σ2
 ἐπιτερπόμενον φέρειν γῆρας εὔθυμον ἐς τελευτάν, σ1

entreating you to adorn this city with glorious hosts of noble men; and that you, Psaumis the Olympic victor, delighting in the horses of Poseidon, may carry on to the end a pleasurable old age

For thee also, Olympian victor, I pray that, joying in the steeds Poseidon gave, thou mayest bear with thee to the end a serene old age, and may thy sons, O Psaumis, be at thy side. If a man cherish his wealth to sound ends, having a sufficiency of goods and adding thereto fair repute, let him not seek to become a god.

Scholia ad vv. 20–22 (8 entries)

ad v. 20

a. a. ἱκὼν δ᾿ Οἰνομάου: ἀπὸ τῆς Πίσης.

b. b. περιφραστικῶς ἀπὸ τῆς Πελοποννήσου ἐλθών.

c. c. ὅτι καὶ ὁ Οἰνόμαος ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ ᾤκει.

d. d. ἱκὼν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ παραγενόμενος.

e. e. ἄλλως· ἱκὼν δ᾿ Οἰνομάου ἕως τόνδε δᾶμον ἀστῶν: ὁ νοῦς· ἐλθὼν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἀγῶνος καὶ τῆς Πίσης νικήσας ὑμνεῖ μὲν τὸ σὸν ἄλσος, ὦ πολιοῦχε Ἀθηνᾶ· ἀντὶ τοῦ σὲ ὑμνεῖ· ὑμνεῖ δὲ καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν Ὄανον καλούμενον καὶ τὴν ἐγχωρίαν λίμνην Καμάριναν· ὑμνεῖ δὲ καὶ τοὺς ὀχετοὺς τοῦ Ἱππάριδος ποταμοῦ, ὅστις τοῖς μὲν ὀχετοῖς αὐτοῦ ἄρδει τὸν ὅλον ὄχλον τε καὶ τόπον, προσκολλᾷ δὲ καὶ προστίθησιν ἀδιαλείπτως ἄλσος μέγα καὶ τόπον πολύν τε καὶ ὑψηλὸν, ὡς δύνασθαι καὶ θαλάμους ἐξ αὐτοῦ καὶ μεγάλας ποιεῖν οἰκίας· ἄγει δὲ τὸν δῆμον αὐτὸν εἰς φῶς καὶ χαρὰν ἐξ ἀμηχανίας καὶ ἀπορίας, πάντα παρέχων. λέγεται γὰρ καὶ ναυσίπορος εἶναι καὶ πολύιχθυς. καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταρχος βούλεται οὕτω, θαλάμων κατασκευὰς τὸν Ἵππαριν τῇ Καμαρίνῃ παρέχειν· φησὶ γὰρ ὅτι διὰ μέσης ῥέων τῆς Καμαρίνης τῇ πλημμυρίᾳ ἀναπλάσσει γῆν, ἀφ᾿ ἧς πλινθεύοντες οἱ Καμαριναῖοι οἰκοδομοῦσι τὰς οἰκίας. προσπλάσσει δὲ γῆν ὡς καὶ ὁ Ἀχελῷος ταῖς Ἐχινάσι καὶ ὁ Νεῖλος τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ. | ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος οὐ τοῦτο βούλεται· οὐ γάρ φησι τοσοῦτον πλημμυρεῖν ὡς δύνασθαι τῇ νεωστὶ κατασκευασθείσῃ πόλει τοσοῦτον παρασχεῖν πηλὸν πρὸς πλινθοποιίαν. ἀλλὰ τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι ὁ ποταμὸς διὰ μέσης τῆς ὕλης ῥεῖ· εἶτα κοπτόντων τῶν Καμαριναίων τὰ ξύλα εἰς κατασκευὴν οἴκων, ἀμηχανούντων δὲ πρὸς τὴν καταγωγὴν, ὑποδέχεσθαι καὶ τῷ πολλῷ ῥεύματι κατάγειν εἰς τὴν πόλιν. | οὕτω καὶ τὸ ταχέως προσκεῖσθαι τῷ λόγῳ φαμέν.

ad v. 21

a. a. παρ᾿ εὐηράτων σταθμῶν: ἐπεράστων οἴκων· νῦν γὰρ καταχρηστικώτερον σταθμῶν τῶν οἴκων. λέγει δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Ὀλυμπίας.

b. b. γράφεται εὐηλάτων· ἔνθα αἱ ἱππηλασίαι γίνονται.

ad v. 22

x. πολιάοχε: Καμαριναίων θεὸς ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ καὶ διὰ πλείστης τιμῆς παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς οὖσα ἡ θεός. καὶ Ἀθήναιον ἐπίσημον ἐν Καμαρίνῃ. εἰς τοῦτο δὲ εἰώθει ὁ κῶμος ἄγεσθαι ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ καὶ ὁ ὕμνος ᾄδεσθαι.

23–24

23 υἱῶν, Ψαῦμι, παρισταμένων. ὑγίεντα δʼ εἴ τις ὄλβον ἄρδει,

24 ἐξαρκέων κτεάτεσσι καὶ εὐλογίαν προστιθείς, μὴ ματεύσῃ θεὸς γενέσθαι. σ59

with your sons standing beside you. If a man cultivates both prosperity and health, being generous with his possessions and winning praise as well, let him not seek to become a god.

Scholia ad vv. 23–24 (59 entries)

ad v. 24

a. a. [Ὄανον:] Ἀθηνᾶς ἱερὸν ἐπίσημον ἐν Καμαρίνῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 25]

b. b. ποταμόν τε Ὄανον: ποταμὸς ἐν Καμαρίνῃ Ὄανος. [Drachmann ad v. 25]

c. c. τοὺς δὲ ἱεροὺς τόπους ἄλση εἰώθασι λέγειν. [Drachmann ad v. 25]

a. a.... καὶ Καμάριναν, ἵν᾿ Ἵππαρις ἀγκύλον ἕρπει. Ἵππαρις: ὁ Ἵππαρις λέγεται τὰς ῥύσεις τῶν ὑδάτων ἔχειν οὐχ ὁμοίας, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν γλυκεῖαν, τὴν δὲ πικράν· ὅπερ κρύπτων ὁ ποιητὴς σεμνοὺς ὀχετοὺς λέγει. Ἵππαρις δὲ ποταμὸς Σικελίας· [Drachmann ad v. 27]

b. b. Ἀρίσταρχος παριέναι φησὶ τὸν Ἵππαριν τὴν πόλιν καὶ προσχωννύντα ἰλὺν ἀναπλάσσειν αὐτῇ γῆν, καθάπερ τὸν Ἀχελῷον ταῖς Ἐχινάσι νήσοις καὶ τὸν Νεῖλον τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ· κολλᾷ οὖν ἀντὶ τοῦ προσαναπλάσσει γῆν. τοῦτο δέ φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος ἀμάρτυρον εἶναι· οὐ γὰρ ἱστορεῖται περὶ τὸν Ἵππαριν καὶ τὴν Καμάριναν τοῦτο γενόμενον· οὐ γὰρ πλημμύρᾳ χρῆται ὁ ποταμὸς καταφερόμενος. βέλτιον οὖν οὕτως τινές· ἐπειδὴ ἐξ ὑπογυίου συνῴκισται ἡ Καμάρινα, καθὰ καὶ νέοικον αὐτὴν προσηγόρευσε, γειτνιᾷ δὲ Ἵππαρις αὐτῇ, κατὰ τοῦτο φάναι ἐπὶ τοῦ συνοικισμοῦ κολλᾶσθαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ σταδίων θαλάμων ταχέως ὑψίπυργον ἄλσος, ἐπεὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πρὸς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν διὰ τοῦ κατάπλου προσεκομίζετο ὥστε ποιεῖν σταδίους θαλάμους. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

c. c. Ἵππαρις: ποταμὸς οὗτος ἐν Καμαρίνῃ. ἔστι δὲ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ῥεύματος τὸ μέν τι γλυκὺ, τὸ δὲ ἁλμυρόν· διὸ καὶ τὸν Πίνδαρον εἰρηκέναι σεμνοὺς ὀχετοὺς ἀναστέλλοντα. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

a. a. κολλᾷ τε σταδίων: εὖ ἑστώτων. ἑδραίων. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

b. b. ὅτι προσχώννυσι καὶ προστίθησί τινα τῇ πόλει γῆν. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

c. c. κολλᾷ οὖν ἀντὶ τοῦ προσαναπλάσσει. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

d. d. τὸ δὲ σταδίων θαλάμων ἄλσος ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν ἐπιτήδειον οἴκων. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

e. e. ἄλλως· κολλᾷ τε σταδίων: Ἀρίσταρχός φησιν ἰλὺν καταφέρειν τὸν Ἵππαριν ὡς καὶ τὸν Νεῖλον· ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἰλύος κατασκευάζεσθαί φησιν ἄλση· κυρίως γὰρ ἀκούεσθαι τὰ ἄλση. οὐκ ἔστι δὲ, ἀλλ᾿ ὑψίγυια ἄλση τοὺς οἴκους φησὶ παρὰ τὸ ἑστάναι ὡς τὰ ἄλση. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

f. f. ἄλσος δὲ θαλάμων, τὸ πλῆθος τῶν οἴκων, τουτέστιν αὐτὴν τὴν πόλιν, | ὡσεὶ ἔλεγε δένδρων ἄλσος. σταδίων δὲ οἷον ἑδραίων. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

g. g. ὁ οὖν Ἵππαρις κολλᾶ καὶ προστίθησιν ἐπὶ τῇ πόλει τοὺς θαλάμους, καθὸ δι᾿ αὐτοῦ εἰσκομίζεται τὰ πρὸς τὴν κατασκευὴν ὑπουργήματα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἴτιος τοῦ τὰς οἰκίας κατασκευάζεσθαι. μεσόγειος γάρ ἐστιν ἡ χώρα. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

h. h. ἄλλως· θάλαμος κυρίως ἐστὶν οἶκος ἐν ῳ κατακλείονται αἱ νυμφευόμεναι, ὅτι θάλλουσαι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ συνέρχονται γάμῳ· καταχρηστικῶς δὲ νῦν ὅλας τὰς οἰκίας θαλάμους εἶπεν ὁ Πίνδαρος. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

a. a. ὑψίγυιον ἄλσος: ὑψηλὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 31]

b. b. ἔχον μακροὺς κλάδους, τουτέστι ξύλα μακρὰ οἷς † λακτίζουσι καὶ ὀροφοῦσι τοὺς θαλάμους. [Drachmann ad v. 31]

c. c. ὑψίγυιον: ὑψηλόν. [Drachmann ad v. 31]

d. d. πρὸς οἰκοδομίαν χρήσιμον. [Drachmann ad v. 31]

x. ὑπ᾿ ἀμηχανίας: ὑπ᾿ ἀπορίας. [Drachmann ad v. 32]

a. a. αἰεὶ δ᾿ ἀμφ᾿ ἀρεταῖσιν: ὡμολόγηται ὅτι ἕνεκα τοῦ κτήσασθαι ἀρετὴν καὶ πόνους τις καὶ μεγάλας δαπάνας καταβάλλεται καὶ πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἐπικίνδυνον ἀπομάχεται ἡ δαπάνη καὶ ὁ πόνος. [Drachmann ad v. 34]

b. b. κινδύνῳ δὲ κεκαλυμμένον εἶπε νῦν, ἐπειδὴ οὐ μόνον ἄδηλός ἐστι τοῖς τὰ ἑαυτῶν δαπανῶσιν ἡ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ νίκη, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι καὶ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀγωνιζομένων ἀπέθανον ἐν τῷ σταδίῳ. τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἔστι πρόδηλον, οὐδὲ γὰρ πᾶσι συμβαίνει, ἀλλὰ κεκάλυπται ὁ τοιοῦτος κίνδυνος τῇ ἀδηλίᾳ. ἐνδείκνυται δὲ ὅτι οὐ μικρόν ἐστι νικῆσαι Ὀλύμπια. [Drachmann ad v. 34]

c. c. ((Hes. O. et D. 289)) οὶ προπάροιθεν ἔθηκαν πόνος δαπάνα: πονεῖν ἔφη καὶ δαπανᾶν τοὺς ὀρεγομένους ἀρετῆς· καὶ πόνον μὲν τὴν γυμνασίαν εἶπε, δαπάνην δὲ τὴν ἱπποτροφίαν. · τῆς ἀρετῆς ἱδρῶτα θε. [Drachmann ad v. 34]

d. d. τὸ ἀγωνίζεσθαι οὐκ ἐκτός ἐστι κινδύνου διὰ τὸ ἄδηλον τῆς τύχης. οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν ὅτι μετὰ κινδύνου ἐνίκησεν ὁ ὑμνούμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 34]

x. a. κινδύνῳ κεκαλυμμένον: πρὸς τὴν νίκην· ἄδηλος γάρ ἐστιν αὕτη τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις. [Drachmann ad v. 36]

b. b. ἔργον κινδύνῳ: τῇ ἀδηλίᾳ· ἄδηλος γὰρ ἡ τῆς νίκης ἔκβασις. [Drachmann ad v. 36]

c. c. πρὸς ἔργον: τὴν νίκην λέγει, ὅτι ἄδηλός ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 36]

a. a. εὖ δὲ ἔχοντες: εὐδαιμονήσαντες δὲ καὶ σοφοὶ καὶ λόγιοι τοῖς πολίταις ἔδοξαν εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 37]

b. b. εὖ δὲ ἔχοντες: εὖ δὲ πράξαντες οἱ ἀρετῆς ἀντιποιούμενοι, ποιούμενοι, ὅ ἐστιν ἐπιτυχόντες οἱ νικήσαντες, καὶ σοφίας δόκησιν ἔχουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 37]

c. c. ἄλλως· οἱ ἐνάρετοι καὶ πονοῦσιν ἅμα καὶ ἀναλίσκουσιν ἕνεκα τοῦ ἀρετὴν κτήσασθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 37]

d. d. ἢ οὕτω· παρὰ σοὶ, Ψαῦμι, ἕνεκα τῶν ἀρετῶν ὁ πόνος τῇ δαπάνῃ μάχεται· καὶ γὰρ δαπανᾷς καὶ ταλαιπωρεῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 37]

e. e. σοφοὶ καὶ πολίταις: οἱ γοῦν εὐδαιμονήσαντες καὶ καλῶς διάξαντες κατὰ τὸν βίον ἤδη που καὶ σοφοὶ καὶ λόγιοι ἔδοξαν εἶναι παρὰ τοῖς πολίταις. [Drachmann ad v. 37]

a. a. σωτὴρ ὑψινεφές: Ἀττικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑψινεφής. [Drachmann ad v. 39]

b. b. Ζεῦ, ὅστις σωτὴρ τυγχάνεις καὶ τῶν ἐν ὕψει νεφελῶν κρατεῖς τόν τε λόγον οἰκεῖς τοῦ Κρόνου. [Drachmann ad v. 39]

c. c. Κρόνιον δὲ ὄρος ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ Πίσῃ ἱερὸν Κρόνου. [Drachmann ad v. 39]

a. a. τιμῶν τ᾿ Ἀλφεόν: καὶ τιμῶν καταξιῶν καὶ τὸν Ἀλφειὸν ποταμόν. [Drachmann ad v. 41]

b. b. ἀπὸ δὲ μέρους τὴν Ἦλιν λέγει, διὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα. [Drachmann ad v. 41]

a. a. Ἰδαῖόν τε σεμνὸν ἄντρον: Ἰδαῖον ἄντρον ἐν Ἤλιδι Δημήτριος ὁ Σκήψιος νέων διακόσμου ἱερὸν Διός. ἔνιοι δὲ νομίζοντες μὴ τῶν ἐν Ἤλιδι χωρίων αὐτὸν μεμνῆσθαι ὑπέλαβον μνημονεύειν Ἴδης τῆς ἐν Κρήτῃ ἢ τῆς ἐν Τροίᾳ. οὕτως Θέων φησίν. [Drachmann ad v. 42]

b. b. ((I, 46 sqq.)) Ἰδαῖόν τε σεμνὸν ἄντρον: τὸ Κρητικὸν ὄρος, ἔνθα ἀνετράφη ὁ Ζεὺς ὑπὸ τῶν Κουρήτων φρουρούμενος. ἄντρον δὲ τὸ σπήλαιον λέγει. μέμνηται δὲ τῆς ἀνατροφῆς τοῦ Διὸς καὶ ὁ Καλλίμαχος ἐν ὕμνοις. [Drachmann ad v. 42]

a. a. ἱκέτας σέθεν: παρακαλῶ σε, Ζεῦ, Λυδίαις ὑμνῶν εὐρυθμίαις φυλάττειν τὴν Καμάριναν ἐν νίκαις καὶ ἀνδρείαις. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

b. b. ἱκέτας σέθεν ἔρχομαι: ἡ ἀνταπόδοσις τῆς ἐπικλήσεως· ὦ Ζεῦ, ἱκέτης σου ἔρχομαι· ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ἱκετεύω σε, Ζεῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

c. c. Λυδίοις ἀπύων: Λυδιστὶ ἡρμοσμένοις. Πτολεμαῖος δὲ ὁ ἐπιθέτης τοὺς ἐν Λυδίᾳ αὐλούς φησι πρωτεύειν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

d. d. Λυδίοις ἀπύων: ἀντὶ τοῦ βοῶν, ᾄδων. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

e. e. αἰτήσω σέ, φησιν, ὦ Ὀλυμπιόνικε Ψαῦμι, καὶ σὲ τοῖς ἵπποις ἐπιτερπόμενον εὔθυμον ἔχειν γῆρας καὶ φέρειν σε ἐπὶ τελευτὴν υἱῶν παρισταμένων. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

f. f. ἄλλως· Λυδίοις ἀπύων ἐν αὐλοῖς: βοῶν. ᾄδων. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

g. g. ἢ ὅτι αἱ λεγόμεναι γλωσσίδες τῶν αὐλῶν ἐν Λυδίᾳ γίνονται, ἢ ὅτι τοὺς μετὰ Πέλοπος ἐλθόντας πρώτους αὐλητὰς οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐμιμήσαντο. γλυκὺ δὲ τὸ Λύδιον μέλος. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

h. h. ἔρχομαι οὖν αἰτήσων σε διὰ Λυδίου μελῳδίας ὥστε σε ταύτην τὴν πόλιν, τὴν Καμάριναν, ταῖς εὐανδρίαις καὶ ταῖς εὐφημίαις αὔξειν καὶ ἀγάλλειν. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

i. i. εὐρυθμίαις δὲ Λυδίαις, Λυδιστὶ ἡρμοσμέναις. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

x. ὁ θεόςαἰτήσων πόλιν εὐανορίαις: αἰτήσω δὲ σέ, φησιν, Ὀλυμπιόνικε Ψαῦμι, σὲ τὸν ἵπποις τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος ἐπιτερπόμενον (τῆς γὰρ ἱππικῆς ἔφορος ), εὔθυμον ἔχειν γῆρας καὶ φέρειν εἰς τὴν τελευτὴν, υἱῶν σου παρισταμένων. [Drachmann ad v. 46]

x. σέ τ᾿ Ὀλυμπιόνικε: πάλιν ἀπέστρεψε τὸν λόγον πρὸς τὸν Ψαῦμιν· καὶ σὲ ἦλθον αἰτήσων, ὦ τὰ Ὀλύμπια | νενικηκὼς, ταῖς ἵπποις ἐπιτερπόμενον· Ποσειδανίαισι δὲ, ἐπεὶ φίλιππος ὁ θεός· | μέχρι τῆς τελευτῆς σου τοῦ βίου διάγειν ἐν εὐθυμίᾳ καὶ τὸ γῆρας τοῖς καλοῖς τέρπειν. [Drachmann ad v. 48]

a. a. υἱῶν Ψαῦμι: ἢ εὔχεται παῖδας αὐτῷ γενέσθαι, ἢ ὑπὲρ τῶν ὄντων καὶ παρεστώτων αὐτῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 53]

b. b. υἱῶν, Ψαῦμι, παρισταμένων: παρεστώτων σοι, ὦ Ψαῦμι, καὶ υἱῶν. ἴσως δὲ ὡς πρὸς τέλεον ἄπαιδα· ἢ ὡς ἐπιθυμοῦντα ἀρρένων παίδων· | ἢ ὡς λοιπὸν παρεστώτων αὐτῷ καὶ παίδων. [Drachmann ad v. 53]

a. a. ὑγίεντα: τὸν μετὰ ὑγείας· ἢ τὸν ἄθραυστον καὶ ὑγιῆ. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

b. b. ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταρχος ἀναγινώσκει ὀξύτονον τὴν παραλήγουσαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑγιαίνοντα· τινὲς δὲ ὡς χαρίεντα. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

c. c. εἰ δὲ πλοῦτον ἔχει τις μεθ᾿ ὑγιείας, διοικῶν αὐτὸν καὶ δαπανῶν ὅπως πρεπῶδές ἐστιν, τύχῃ δὲ καὶ ὕμνῳ εὐφημεῖσθαι, μὴ ζητείων θεὸς γενέσθαι· ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτῷ ἱκανά. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

d. d. ὑγίεντα δ᾿ εἴ τις ὄλβον: τὴν μεθ᾿ ὑγείας εὐδαιμονίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

e. e. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ δὲ τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν αὔξων ἐν ἑαυτῷ καὶ οὕτως ἐπαρκῶν τῇ περιουσίᾳ καὶ διοικῶν τὴν ὕπαρξιν ὥστε καὶ εὐφημίας αὐτῷ προσγενέσθαι, οὗτος μὴ ζητείτω ἔτι καὶ θεὸς γενέσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

a. a. ὄλβον: τὸν ἐξ ὑγιοῦς ὄλβον. [Drachmann ad v. 55]

b. b. εἴ τις ἄρδοι: οἷον εἴ τις ἐπιμελούμενος τοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν καλῶν συναγομένου πλούτου τοῦτον αὔξει ἱκανὸς ὢν τοῖς κτήμασι καὶ προσκτώμενος εὐλογίαν, μὴ ζητείτω θεὸς γενέσθαι· ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτῷ ἱκανά. [Drachmann ad v. 55]

x. ((Η 475)) κτεάτεσσιν: ἀπ᾿ εὐθείας τῆς κτέατος Δωρικῶς· τὰ γὰρ εἰς -ον- εἰς -ος- ποιοῦσιν, ὡς παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ · ἀνδραπόδεσσιν. τέλος. [Drachmann ad v. 56]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 6

Olympian 6 — for Ἁγησίᾳ Συρακοσίῳ

ἀπήνῃ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 105 lines · 393 scholia parts

Argumentum (3 entries)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen VI.

metr. Ἀγησίᾳ Συρακουσίῳ ἀπήνῃ. Ἀγησίᾳ Συρακουσίῳ υἱῷ Σωστράτου ἀπήνῃ. Ἀγησίᾳ Συρακουσίῳ ἀπήνῃ υἱῷ Σωστράτου. Τοῦ ς΄ εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐστὶν ια΄. τὸ α΄ ἐστιν ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, α΄ χοριάμβου, β΄ ἰωνικοῦ, γ΄ χοριάμβου. τὸ δ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ ε΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ς΄ προσοδιακὸν ὑπερκατάληκτον δίμετρον. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ η΄ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος. τὸ θ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ἕκτῳ. τὸ ι΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ ια΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ιδ΄. τὸ α΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν παρὰ μίαν τοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς ἰαμβικοῦ. τὸ β΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ Στησιχόρειον τῷ Πινδαρικῷ ἰδιώματι· ὁ γὰρ τελευταῖος ἀντὶ τροχαίου ἴαμβον ἔχει. τὸ δ΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν μονόμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἰωνικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον, [ἢ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον]. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ θ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ β΄ τῆς στροφῆς κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῶν ἰωνικῶν ἀπὸ βραχείας. τὸ ι΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ια΄ ὅμοιον τῷ β΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ ιβ΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ιγ΄ προσοδιακὸν ἀπὸ χοριάμβου. τὸ ιδ΄ Στησιχόρειον.

insc_a. Inscr.a. Τὸν Ἀγησίαν οἱ μὲν Συρακούσιον, οἱ δὲ Στυμφάλιον. οἱ δὲ χρόνοι τῆς ᾠδῆς οἱ πρὸς τῆς καταλύσεως τοῦ τῆς ἀπήνης ἀγωνίσματος· κατελύθη δὲ περὶ τὴν πε΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα. ἄπορον δὲ τὴν πόστην Ὀλυμπιάδα ἐνίκησεν.

insc_b. Inscr.b. Ἀγησίᾳ Συρακουσίῳ: ὡς μὲν ἔνιοι, Συρακουσίῳ, ὡς δὲ ἔνιοι, Στυμφηλίῳ, υἱῷ Σωστράτου, ἀπήνῃ. κατελύθη δὲ ἡ ἀπήνη, ὥς τινές φασιν, ὀγδοηκοστῇ πέμπτῃ Ὀλυμπιάδι, κατ᾿ ἐνίους δὲ ὀγδοηκοστῇ ἕκτῃ.

1–4

 χρυσέας ὑποστάσαντες εὐτειχεῖ προθύρῳ θαλάμου σ4
 κίονας, ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον
 πάξομεν· ἀρχομένου δʼ ἔργου πρόσωπον σ1
 χρὴ θέμεν τηλαυγές. εἰ δʼ εἴη μὲν Ὀλυμπιονίκας, σ5

Raising the fine-walled porch of our dwelling with golden pillars, we will build, as it were, a marvellous hall; at the beginning of our work we must place a far-shining front. If someone were an Olympic victor,

Golden pillars will we set up in the porch of the house of our song, as in a stately palace-hall; for it beseemeth that in the fore-front of the work the entablature shoot far its splendour.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (10 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. Χρυσέας: ἀλληγορεῖ ὁ ποιητὴς, ὡς ἐπὶ οἰκίας μεγαλοπρεποῦς κατασκευαστὴς τὸν ἐπίνικον διατεθειμένος. παραβάλλει δὲ προπυλαίῳ μὲν τὸ προοίμιον, τῷ δὲ ὅλῳ οἴκῳ τὸν ὕμνον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ τῷ κατασκευάζοντι.

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· χρυσέας ὑποστήσαντες κίονας πρὸ τοῦ θαλάμου, οὕτως τὸ λοιπὸν πήξομεν μέγαρον, τουτέστι τελειώσομεν τὴν ᾠδὴν προκαταβαλλόμενοι ἀρχὰς κεφαλαιώδεις.

c. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· ὕμνον πήξομεν ὥσπερ θαητὸν μέγαρον χρυσέας κίονας ὑποστήσαντες τῷ προθύρῳ τοῦ θαλάμου, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τὸ προοίμιον. καὶ ὥσπερ θαύματος ἄξιον μέγαρον ἢ οἶκον κατασκευάσαντες τὸ πρόθυρον ἀξιοπρεπὲς ποιοῦμεν, οὕτω καὶ τοῦ ὕμνου τὸ προοίμιον πήξομεν ἀξιόλογον.

d. d. ((α 53)) ἔχει δέ τε κίονας αὐτὸς μακρὰς, αἳ γαῖάν τε καὶ οὐρανὸν ἀμφὶς ἔχουσιν. χρυσέας· τιμίας νῦν κίονας ὑπορθώσαντες. θηλυκῶς δὲ νῦν προήγαγεν, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος ·

ad v. 3

x. ὡς ὅτε θαητόν: θαυμαστὸν, παρὰ τὴν θέαν.

ad v. 4

a. a. πάξομεν: κυρίως μὲν τὸ πῆξαι ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν ξύλων ἁρμογῆς λέγεται, νῦν δὲ καταχρηστικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ κατασκευάσομεν.

b. b. ἀρχομένου δ᾿ ἔργου: δύναται τῷ δέ συνδέσμῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ χρῆσθαι· ἵνα ᾖ ἡ ἀρχὴ οἷον, ὥσπερ ἄλλοι ἀρχόμενοι ἔργου κοσμοῦσι τὰ πρόθυρα, οὕτω κοσμήσομεν καὶ ἡμεῖς τὸ προοίμιον· χρὴ γὰρ παντὸς ἔργου πρόσωπον τηλαυγὲς εἶναι. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει ἐπειδὴ τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ προτερήματα κατ᾿ ἀρχὴν τῆς ᾠδῆς λέγει.

c. c. ἀρχομένου δ᾿ ἔργου: ὁ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ. ἡ γὰρ ἀκολουθία· παντὸς γὰρ ἔργου, φησὶν, ἀρχομένου περίβλεπτον καὶ ἐξαίρετον δεῖ ποιεῖν τὸ τῆς προσόψεως.

d. d. τὴν εἰσβολὴν καὶ τὴν ἀρχήν.

e. e. λαμπρὰν καὶ ἐπίσημον.

5 βωμῷ τε μαντείῳ ταμίας Διὸς ἐν Πίσᾳ,5

Pisa and a guardian of the prophetic altar of Zeus at, and a fellow-founder of renowned Syracuse, what hymn of praise would that man fail to win, by finding fellow-citizens ungrudging in delightful song?

6–7

6 συνοικιστήρ τε τᾶν κλεινᾶν Συρακοσσᾶν· τίνα κεν φύγοι ὕμνον σ2

7 κεῖνος ἀνήρ, ἐπικύρσαις ἀφθόνων ἀστῶν ἐν ἱμερταῖς ἀοιδαῖς; σ5

Now if one be an Olympian conqueror and treasurer to the prophetic altar of Zeus at Pisa, and joint founder of glorious Syracuse, shall such an one hide him from hymns of praise, if his lot be among citizens who hear without envy the desired sounds of song? For in a sandal of such sort let the son of Sostratos know that his fortunate foot is set. Deeds of no risk are honourless whether done among men or among hollow ships; but if a noble deed be wrought with labour, many make mention thereof.

Scholia ad vv. 6–7 (7 entries)

ad v. 6

a. a. ὅτι Ὀλυμπιονίκας: ἐπισυνάγει πρῶτον μὲν Ὀλυμπιονίκης, δεύτερον δὲ ὅτι τοῦ μαντείου τοῦ Διὸς διοικητὴς, τρίτον δὲ ὅτι ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνου τοῦ πρῶτον κτίσαντος τὰς Συρακούσας.

b. b. εἰ δ᾿ εἴη μὲν Ὀλυμπιονίκας: λοιπὸν περὶ τοῦ Ἀγησίου φησίν· εἴ τις οὖν ὃν τρόπον οὗτος Ὀλυμπιονίκης εἴη καὶ προφήτης τοῦ κατὰ Πίσαν καὶ Ὀλυμπίαν μαντείου καὶ συνῳκικὼς τὰς Συρακούσας, τίνα διαφύγῃ ἂν ὁ τοιοῦτος ὕμνον; οὐχὶ δὲ παντὸς ἂν τύχῃ, τῶν πολιτῶν γε δὴ τυχὼν ἀφθόνων ἐν τῷ ὑμνεῖσθαι; τοῦτο δὲ προστίθησιν, ἐπειδὴ οἱ πολῖται κατὰ φύσιν ἀλλήλοις φθονοῦσιν.

ad v. 7

a. a. βωμῷ: ἀντὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ.

b. b. ((FHG II, 239)) δι᾿ ἐμπύρων ἐν Ἤλιδι Ἰαμίδαι ἐμαντεύοντο· ἀφ᾿ ὧν τὸ γένος εἶχεν Ἀγησίας. τοῦ δὲ μαντείου τοῦ ἐν Ἤλιδι καὶ Δικαίαρχος μέμνηται.

c. c. βωμῷ τε μαντείῳ ταμίας Διὸς ἐν Πίσᾳ: παρόσον ὁ Ἀγησίας ἱερεὺς ἦν τοῦ ἐν Πίσῃ μαντικοῦ βωμοῦ τοῦ τῷ Διὶ ἀνιερωμένου.

d. d. μαντείῳ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ μαντικῷ.

e. e. (μαντείῳ:) μαντικῷ.

8–9

8 ἴστω γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ πεδίλῳ δαιμόνιον πόδʼ ἔχων σ2

9 Σωστράτου υἱός. ἀκίνδυνοι δʼ ἀρεταὶ

Let the son of Sostratus know that this sandal fits his divinely-blessed foot. But excellence without danger

Scholia ad vv. 8–9 (2 entries)

ad v. 8

a. a. συνοικιστήρ τε: ὅτι οἱ πρόγονοι αὐτοῦ σὺν Ἀρχίᾳ παρεγένοντο ἐν Συρακούσαις οἱ Ἰαμίδαι, ἀφ᾿ ὧν εἰκὸς παραλαβεῖν τινας.

b. b. συνοικιστήρ τε: τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἀληθῶς· οὐ γὰρ οὗτος συνῴκισε τὰς Συρακούσας. ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἐγκώμιον εἴληφεν· ἀπὸ γὰρ ἐκείνων ὁ Ἀγησίας τῶν συνοικισάντων.

10 οὔτε παρʼ ἀνδράσιν οὔτʼ ἐν ναυσὶ κοίλαις10

is honored neither among men nor in hollow ships. But many people remember, if a fine thing is done with toil. Hagesias, that praise is ready for you, which once Adrastus’ tongue rightly spoke for the seer Amphiaraus, son of Oicles, when the earth swallowed up him and his shining horses.

11–14

 τίμιαι· πολλοὶ δὲ μέμνανται, καλὸν εἴ τι ποναθῇ.
 Ἁγησία, τὶν δʼ αἶνος ἑτοῖμος, ὃν ἐν δίκᾳ σ6
 ἀπὸ γλώσσας Ἄδραστος μάντιν Οἰκλείδαν ποτʼ ἐς Ἀμφιάρηον
 φθέγξατʼ, ἐπεὶ κατὰ γαῖʼ αὐτόν τέ νιν καὶ φαιδίμας ἵππους ἔμαρψεν. σ6

For thee, Agesias, is that praise prepared which justly and openly Adrastos spake of old concerning the seer Amphiaraos the son of Oikleus, when the earth had swallowed him and his shining steeds. For afterward, when on seven pyres dead men were burnt, the son of Talaos spake on this wise: 'I seek the eye of my host, him who was alike a good seer and a good fighter with the spear.'

Scholia ad vv. 11–14 (12 entries)

ad v. 12

a. a. ἴστω γάρ: οἷον ὅτι ἔχει τὰ προειρημένα τρία.

b. b. ἢ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ πεδίλῳ, τῆς ἱμερτῆς ἀοιδῆς.

c. c. τουτέστι περὶ πόδας ἑαυτοῦ πεποιημένος τὰ τρία καὶ συνῃρημένα αὐτὰ ἔχων ὁ Ἀγησίας.

d. d. ((Ο 217)) ἴστω τοῦθ᾿ ὅτι νῶιν ἀνήκεστον ἄλγος ἔσται. ἴστω: γινωσκέτω. καὶ Ὅμηρος ·

e. e (πεδίλω:) νῦν τῇ βάσει καὶ τῷ ῥυθμῷ.

f. f. πεδίλῳ δὲ τῷ ὑποδήματι· νῦν δὲ τῇ βάσει καὶ τῷ ῥυθμῷ λέγει.

ad v. 14

a. a. Σωστράτου υἱός: ὁ Ἀγησίας.

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἴστω δὲ ἐν τῷδε βεβηκὼς τῷ τρόπῳ ὁ τοῦ Σωστράτου παῖς Ἀγησίας τὰ προειρημένα τρία ἔχων, Ὀλυμπιονίκης καὶ ταμίας τοῦ Διὸς βωμοῦ καὶ συνοικιστὴς Συρακουσῶν.

c. e. πεδίλῳ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς εἶπεν, ἵν᾿ εἴπῃ ὅτι προσήρμοσται αὐτῷ τὰ προειρημένα δαιμονίως καὶ ἐξαιρέτως, ὡσανεὶ πέδιλον τῷ ποδί.

d. d. τουτέστιν ὁ ὕμνος.

e. e. ἀκίνδυνοι δ᾿ ἀρεταί: ἤτοι ὡς περὶ τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ πολλῶν κινδύνων γενομένων, ἢ αὐτοῦ μετὰ κινδύνου νικήσαντος.

f. f. ((O. et D. 289)) τῆς δ᾿ ἀρετῆς ἱδρῶτα θεοὶ προπάροιθεν ἔθηκαν. ἀκίνδυνοι δ᾿ ἀρεταί: Ἡσίοδος λέγει · ὁ δὲ λέγει ὅτι αἱ ἀρεταὶ αἱ χωρὶς πόνων καὶ κινδύνων οὐκ εἰσὶ τίμιαι οὔτε παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις οὔτε παρὰ τοῖς θαλαττεύουσιν ἁπλῶς, εἰ μὴ καὶ ναύμαχός τις εἴη. | παραμυθεῖται δὲ αὐτὸν, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ μόχθου πολλοῦ ἐνίκησεν.

15 ἑπτὰ δʼ ἔπειτα πυρᾶν νεκρῶν τελεσθεισᾶν Ταλαϊονίδας15

Thebes In, when the seven pyres of corpses had been consumed, the son of Talaus spoke in this way: “I long for the eye of my army, a man who was good both as a prophet and at fighting with the spear.” And this holds good as well for the man of Syracuse who is master of our victory-procession. Though I am not prone to quarrel, and not overly fond of victory,

16–19

 ποθέω στρατιᾶς ὀφθαλμὸν ἐμᾶς, εἶπεν ἐν Θήβαισι τοιοῦτόν τι ἔπος· σ2
 ἀμφότερον μάντιν τʼ ἀγαθὸν καὶ δουρὶ μάρνασθαι. τὸ καὶ σ2
 ἀνδρὶ κώμου δεσπότᾳ πάρεστι Συρακοσίῳ. σ4
 οὔτε δύσηρις ἐὼν οὔτʼ ὦν φιλόνικος ἄγαν,

This praise also belongeth to the Syracusan who is lord of this triumphal song. I who am no friend of strife or wrongful quarrel will bear him this witness even with a solemn oath, and the sweet voice of the Muses shall not say me nay.

Scholia ad vv. 16–19 (8 entries)

ad v. 16

a. a. πολλοὶ δὲ μέμνανται: τὸ διὰ πόνου γιγνόμενον πολλοὶ ἀπομνημονεύουσιν.

b. b. ἢ οὕτως· πολλοὶ τοῦ καλοῦ μνημονεύουσιν ὅταν πονηθῇ.

ad v. 17

a. a. καλὸν εἴ τι ποναθῇ: ταῦτα δὲ ὡς κάλλιστα παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς μνημονεύεται, τὰ μετὰ πόνων ἀγαθὰ συμβαίνοντα δικαίως.

b. b. τὸ δὲ πονηθῇ ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ πόνου κατορθωθείη.

ad v. 18

a. a. Ἀγησία: σοὶ ·δὲ, ὦ Ἀγησία, πάρεστιν ἕτοιμον ἔχειν τὸν ἔπαινον ὡς ἐπῄνεσεν ὁ Ἄδραστος εἰς Ἀμφιάραον. οὗτος ὑπὸ γῆς κατεπόθη πολεμῶν ἐν Θήβαις. τίς οὖν τοῦ Ἀδράστου πρὸς τὸν Ἀμφιάραον ἔπαινος ἐοικώς σοι; ἐκεῖνος ἀγαθὸς ἦν πολεμεῖν καὶ μάντις, σὺ δὲ καὶ ἀνδρεῖος καὶ μάντις ἀγαθός. ἔχεις δὴ τὸν Ἀμφιαράου ἔπαινον ἑτοίμως.

b. b. Οἰκλέους δὲ παῖς Ἀμφιάραος.

c. c. τὶν δ᾿ αἶνος ἕτοιμος: σοὶ δὲ, ὦ Ἀγησία, πρόχειρος καὶ ἁρμόδιος ὁ ἔπαινος καὶ πρέπων ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀδράστου ῥηθεὶς τοῦ Ταλαοῦ παιδὸς εἰς τὸν μάντιν Ἀμφιάραον τὸν Οἰκλέους υἱὸν, ὃν διαστᾶσα καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐδέξατο ἅμα τῷ ἅρματι ἐν Ὠρωπῷ τῆς Βοιωτίας κινδυνεύειν μέλλοντα· περὶ οὗ μάντεως Ἀμφιαράου ὁ τοῦ Ταλαοῦ παῖς Ἄδραστος εἶπεν ὅτε συνηθροίσθησαν οἱ τῶν ἑπτὰ πυλῶν νεκροὶ ἐν Θήβαις καὶ ἐγένοντο ἑπτὰ πυρκαϊαί· ποθέω στρατιᾶς ὀφθαλμὸν ἐμᾶς, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.

d. d. (ἑτοῖμος:) νῦν ἁρμόδιος.

20 καὶ μέγαν ὅρκον ὀμόσσαις τοῦτό γέ οἱ σαφέως20

I would even swear a great oath, and on this point at least I will clearly bear witness for him; and the honey-voiced Muses will give their consent.

21 μαρτυρήσω· μελίφθογγοι δʼ ἐπιτρέψοντι Μοῖσαι. σ4

O Phintis yoke me now with all speed the strength of thy mules that on the clear highway we may set our car, that I may go up to the far beginning of this race. For those mules know well to lead the way in this course as in others, who at Olympia have won crowns: it behoveth them that we throw open to them the gates of song, for to Pitane by Eurotas' stream must I begone betimes to-day.

Scholia ad vv. 21–21 (4 entries)

ad v. 21

a. a. (ἐπεί:) ἀφ᾿ οὗ.

b. b. ἐπεὶ κατὰ γαῖ᾿: κεραυνωθεὶς γὰρ Ἀμφιάραος κατέδυ μετὰ τοῦ ἅρματος ἐν τῷ Ὠρωπῷ τῆς Βοιωτίας καταποθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς γῆς.

c. c. αὐτόν τέ νιν: ὅτι ἐκ παραλλήλου τέθεικε τὰς ἀντωνυμίας, καὶ ἔστιν ἡ μία αὐτῶν περισσή.

d. d. ((fr. 31 K)) κατεπόθη δὲ Ἀμφιάραος, οἱ μὲν περὶ Ὠρωπὸν, οἱ δὲ περὶ Κλεωνάς· τοὺς δὲ ἵππους αὐτοῦ φησιν Ἀντίμαχος εἶναι †ἀσυστάτους, οἱ δὲ Θεσσαλούς· ὀνόματα δὲ αὐτῶν Θόας καὶ Δίας· ὁ δὲ ἡνίοχος αὐτοῦ Βάτων ἐκαλεῖτο ἢ Σχοίνικος, συγκαταποθεὶς αὐτῷ.

22–24

 ὦ Φίντις, ἀλλὰ ζεῦξον ἤδη μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων, σ2
 ᾇ τάχος, ὄφρα κελεύθῳ τʼ ἐν καθαρᾷ σ6
 βάσομεν ὄκχον, ἵκωμαί τε πρὸς ἀνδρῶν

Phintis, come now and yoke the strength of mules for me, quickly, so that we can drive the chariot along a clear path, and I can at last arrive at the race of these men.

Scholia ad vv. 22–24 (8 entries)

ad v. 22

a. a. ὀνόματα τῶν ἵππων Δίας καὶ Θόας.

b. b. (ἔμαρψεν:) ὑπεδέξατο.

ad v. 23

a. a. ((FHG IV, 339)) ἑπτὰ δ᾿ ἔπειτα πυρᾶν: τῶν διαβεβοημένων ἐστὶ καὶ τοῦτο, πῶς ἑπτά φησι γενέσθαι πυρὰς, [τῶν] ἑπτὰ ἐπιστρατευσάντων καὶ οὐ πάντων καέντων. Ἀμφιάραος μὲν κατεπόθη σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις ἐν Ὠρωπῷ· Πολυνείκης δὲ οὐκ ἐτάφη· ἄταφος γὰρ ἔμεινεν· Ἄδραστος δὲ ζῶν εἰς Ἄργος ἀπῆλθεν. καταλείπονται δ΄, Τυδεὺς, Καπανεὺς, Παρθενοπαῖος, Ἱππομέδων. ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀρίσταρχός φησιν ὅτι ἰδιάζει καὶ ἐν τούτοις ὁ Πίνδαρος ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις. ὁ δὲ Ἀριστόδημός φησι τὰς ἑπτὰ πυρὰς... ἀπολομένων. οὕτως καὶ Ἱππομέδων καὶ Ἀρμενίδας γράφουσι· καὶ πυρὰς ποιεῦντες ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ τοῖς †ἕρμεσιν ἐνταῦθα ὅπου καλοῦνται Ἑπτὰ Πυραὶ, ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ Θήβας, ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ παίδων Νιόβης ἐκεῖ καυθέντων ἀπὸ τῶν ιδ΄ χωρισθεισῶν τῶν συζυγιῶν.

b. b. ἑπτὰ δ᾿ ἔπειτα πυρᾶν νεκρῶν τελεσθέντων: ἐπισωρευθέντων.

c. c. ἤτοι καταριθμηθέντων, ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου οὕτως ἔχῃ· καταριθμήσας γὰρ ὁ Ἄδραστος τοὺς νεκροὺς καὶ λείποντα τὸν Ἀμφιάραον εὑρὼν, εἰκότως δυσφορήσας τὸν λόγον ἀπεφθέγξατο.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἑπτὰ δ᾿ ἔπειτα: ζητεῖται πῶς ἑπτά φησι τὰς πυράς· ἀδύνατον γάρ. ἠφάνιστο γὰρ Ἀμφιάραος· Ἄδραστος δὲ ζῶν εἰς Ἄργος ἀποφεύγει· Πολυνείκης δὲ ἄταφος ἔρριπτο, ὡς ἐπιστρατεύσας τῇ πατρίδι· ὥστε τῷ ἀληθεῖ λόγῳ τέσσαρας εἶναι πυρκαϊὰς τῶν τεθνηκότων. ἀλλ᾿ ἐπιλυτέον οὕτως, ὅτι τὰς πυρὰς ὁ Πίνδαρος καταριθμεῖται οὐ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τοὺς στρατηγοὺς, ἀλλὰ τὰ τούτων στρατεύματα. ἑπτὰ γὰρ τάξεις στρατευμάτων περὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ πύλας τῶν Θηβῶν μάχην συνεστήσαντο, καὶ οὕτω τῶν ἐν ἑκάστῃ πύλῃ τεθνηκότων στρατιωτῶν φησι γενέσθαι πυρκαϊάς.

e. e. ἄλλως· τὸ σημεῖον ὅτι ἑπτὰ πυράς φησι τῶν ἑπτὰ μὴ ἀποθανόντων· Ἀμφιάραος γὰρ κατεπόθη σὺν ταῖς ἵπποις ἐν Ὠρωπῷ πόλει τῆς Βοιωτίας.

f. f. (τελεσθέντων:) συναχθέντων.

25 καὶ γένος· κεῖναι γὰρ ἐξ ἀλλᾶν ὁδὸν ἁγεμονεῦσαι25

Olympia For those mules above all others know how to lead the way along this path, since they have won garlands at, And so it is right to open for them the gates of song; and I must go today, in good time, to Pitana, beside the ford of Eurotas.

26–28

 ταύταν ἐπίστανται, στεφάνους ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ σ1
 ἐπεὶ δέξαντο· χρὴ τοίνυν πύλας ὕμνων ἀναπίτναμεν αὐταῖς· σ4
 πρός Πιτάναν δὲ παρʼ Εὐρώτα πόρον δεῖ σάμερόν μʼ ἐλθεῖν ἐν ὥρᾳ·

Now Pitane, they say, lay with Poseidon the son of Kronos and bare the child Euadne with tresses iris-dark. The fruit of her body unwedded she hid by her robe's folds, and in the month of her delivery she sent her handmaids and bade them give the child to the hero son of Elatos to rear, who was lord of the men of Arcady who dwelt at Phaisane, and had for his lot Alpheos to dwell beside.

Scholia ad vv. 26–28 (5 entries)

ad v. 26

x. ((fr. 5 K.)) ποθέω: ὁ Ἀσκληπιάδης φησὶ ταῦτα εἰληφέναι ἐκ τῆς κυκλικῆς Θηβαίδος.

ad v. 27

a. a. ὀφθαλμόν: ὅτι ἔνδοξος, ὡς ὀφθαλμὸς τοῦ σώματος.

b. b. ἢ ὅτι μάντις ὢν προέβλεπε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο διασημότατος ἦν.

c. c. ὀφθαλμὸν ἐμᾶς: ὀφθαλμὸν στρατιᾶς τὸν Ἀμφιάραον ἐκάλεσεν ὡς δυνάμει προὔχοντα καὶ μάντιν ὄντα καὶ προορᾶν τὰ μέλλοντα δυνάμενον· ὀφθαλμὸς γὰρ προὔχει τοῦ σώματος. τοῦτο οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτου λέγει τοῦ νικηφόρου.

d. d. στρατιᾶς ὀφθαλμόν: ἤτοι τὸν ἐν πολέμῳ περίβλεπτον, ἢ τὸν προορᾶν δυνάμενον τὰ μέλλοντα ὡς μάντιν. καὶ δι᾿ ἀμφότερά, φησιν οὖν, ποθῶ αὐτὸν, ὅτι τε μάντις ἀγαθὸς καὶ πολεμιστὴς (ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἀγαθός)· ὅπερ ἔξεστιν εἰπεῖν καὶ τῷ Ἀγησίᾳ τῷ δεσπότῃ τοῦ ὕμνου. τί δὲ αὐτῷ πάρεστιν ὃ καὶ τῷ Ἀμφιαράῳ; καὶ μάντις καὶ ἀνδρεῖος τὰ ἐν μάχαις.

29 ἅ τοι Ποσειδάωνι μιχθεῖσα Κρονίῳ λέγεται σ1

Pitana, who, it is said, lay with Poseidon son of Cronus,

Scholia ad vv. 29–29 (1 entry)

ad v. 29

x. (τό:) τὸ ἐπὶ Ἀμφιαράου ῥηθέν.

30 παῖδα ἰόπλοκον Εὐάδναν τεκέμεν. σ330

and bore a child, violet-haired Evadne. But she hid her unwedded pregnancy in the folds of her robe. And in the appointed month she sent servants, and told them to give the baby to be tended by the hero, Aepytus son of Eilatus, who ruled over the Arcadians at Phaesana, and had his allotted home on the Alpheus,

Scholia ad vv. 30–30 (3 entries)

ad v. 30

a. a. ἀνδρὶ κώμου δεσπότᾳ: τῷ ἐγκωμιαζομένῳ.

b. b. οἷον τῷ Ἀμφιαράῳ ὑπῆρξεν, τοιοῦτόν φησι καὶ τούτῳ ἶσον ὑμνούμενον. ἦν γὰρ ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ μάντις ὁ Ἀγησίας.

c. c. κώμου δεσπότᾳ: τῷ Ἀγησίᾳ. φησὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸν Ἀγησίαν μεθ᾿ Ἱέρωνος στρατευσάμενον πολλοὺς πολέμους κατωρθωκέναι μαντείᾳ καὶ ἀρετῇ.

31–34

 κρύψε δὲ παρθενίαν ὠδῖνα κόλποις·
 κυρίῳ δʼ ἐν μηνὶ πέμποισʼ ἀμφιπόλους ἐκέλευσεν σ3
 ἥρωι πορσαίνειν δόμεν Εἰλατίδᾳ βρέφος,
 ὃς ἀνδρῶν Ἀρκάδων ἄνασσε Φαισάνᾳ λάχε τʼ Ἀλφεὸν οἰκεῖν·

There was the child Euadne nurtured, and by Apollo's side she first knew the joys of Aphrodite.

Scholia ad vv. 31–34 (3 entries)

ad v. 32

a. a. οὔτε δύσερις ἐών: ὁ γὰρ δύσερις καὶ ψευδῆ δύναται λέγειν πρὸς φιλονεικίαν.

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐγὼ οὐκ ὢν φιλόνεικος καὶ ὀμόσαιμι τῷ Ἀγησίᾳ μαρτυρῶν ταῦτα, ἅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀμφιαράου λέγεται· εὔχομαι δὲ ἐπιτρέψαι μοι τὰς Μούσας καὶ συνεργῆσαι. εἰκότως δὲ παρὰ τῶν Μουσῶν αἰτεῖ ἐπιτραπῆναι, ἐπειδὴ οἶδεν ἀνάρμοστον ὂν τὸ ὀμνύναι ποιητῇ ἐγκωμιάζοντι.

c. c. ὂν οὔτε δύσερις ἐών: ἐγὼ γάρ, φησιν, οὔτε δύσερις οὔτε φιλόνεικός τις πάνυ ὢν καὶ τὸν μέγιστον ὅρκον ὀμόσαιμι μαρτυρῶν τῷ Ἀγησίᾳ, ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀμφιαράου λέγεται· εὔχομαι δὲ ἐπιτρέψαι μοι τὰς Μούσας καὶ συνεργῆσαι. εἰκότως δὲ ἐπιτραπῆναι παρὰ τῶν Μουσῶν αἰτεῖ, ἐπειδὴ οἶδεν ἀνάρμοστον ποιητῇ τὸ ὀμνύειν ἐγκωμιάζοντι.

35 ἔνθα τραφεῖσʼ ὑπʼ Ἀπόλλωνι γλυκείας πρῶτον ἔψαυσʼ Ἀφροδίτας. σ135

where Evadne was raised, and first touched the sweets of Aphrodite beneath Apollo’s embrace.

Scholia ad vv. 35–35 (1 entry)

ad v. 35

x. [τοῦτό γέ οἱ σαφέως μαρτυρήσω:] τοῦτο αὐτὸ μαρτυρήσω τὸ προδεδηλωμένον, ὅτι εἰς πάντα ὁ Ἀγησίας παραπλήσιος ἦν τῷ Ἀμφιαράῳ.

36–39

 οὐδʼ ἔλαθʼ Αἴπυτον ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ κλέπτοισα θεοῖο γόνον.
 ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν Πυθώναδʼ, ἐν θυμῷ πιέσαις χόλον οὐ φατὸν ὀξείᾳ μελέτᾳ, σ6
 ᾤχετʼ ἰὼν μαντευσόμενος ταύτας περʼ ἀτλάτου πάθας.
 ἁ δὲ φοινικόκροκον ζώναν καταθηκαμένα σ8

Pytho She did not escape the notice of Aepytus in all the time that she was hiding the offspring of the god; no, he went to, pressing down the unspeakable anger in his spirit with intense concern, to consult the oracle about this unbearable disaster. And she laid down her purple and saffron girdle,

But she might not always hide from Aipytos the seed of the god within her; and he in his heart struggling with bitter strain against a grief too great for speech betook him to Pytho that he might ask of the oracle concerning the intolerable woe.

Scholia ad vv. 36–39 (14 entries)

ad v. 37

a. a. ((Hom. Γ 277)) ὦ Φίντις: Δωριεῖς -λ- εἰς τὸ -ν-, ὅταν ἐπιφέρηται ἢ τὸ -θ- ἢ τὸ -τ-. ὄνομα δὲ κύριον ὁ Φίντις Δωρικῶς λεγόμενον, οὗ τὸ κοινὸν ὁ Φίλτις ἐστίν. τῇ δὲ κλητικῇ οὐκ ἐχρήσατο ἀλλὰ τῇ εὐθείᾳ · Ἠέλιος ὃς πάντ᾿ ἐφορᾷς.

b. b. ἔστι δὲ ἡνίοχος Ἀγησίου τῆς ἀπήνης.

c. c. ὦ Φίντις: οὗτος ἦν ἡνίοχος τῆς ἀπήνης.

d. d. ὦ Φίντις, ἀλλὰ ζεῦξον: ὁ νοῦς· ἀλλ᾿ ὦ Φίντι, ζεῦξον ἤδη τὰς ἡμιόνους μοι. τροπικῷ δὲ τῷ λόγῳ χρῆται. δοκῶν γὰρ προσκαλεῖσθαι τὸν ἡνίοχον, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν σπουδάσαι πρὸς τὸν ὕμνον προτρέπεται, καί φησιν· ἀντὶ τοῦ, γενοῦ τοι πρόφασις.

e. e. ἢ ἔστω μοι ἀφορμὴ τοῦ ὕμνου Φίντις [δὲ] ὁ ἡνίοχος καὶ τὰ ἅρματα τῶν ἡμιόνων.

f. f. ὦ Φίντις: Δωρικῶς ἐσχημάτισται· εἴη δ᾿ ἂν κατὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν διάλεκτον Φίλτις. οἱ Δωριεῖς γὰρ τὸ -λ- εἰς -ν- μετατιθέασι, ὅταν ᾖ εἴτε τὸ -τ- εἴτε τὸ -θ-.

ad v. 39

a. a. ᾇ τάχος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς τάχος.

b. b. τῇ ὁδῷ δὲ τῇ καθαρᾷ, τῇ μὴ ἐχούσῃ ἐπίληψιν ἢ ψεῦδος, ἀλλὰ ἀλήθειαν.

c. c. τὸ δὲ ὄκχον κατὰ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐπὶ τῶν ἡμιόνων τιθέασιν.

d. d. ὄφρα κελεύθῳ τ᾿ ἐν καθαρᾷ βάσομεν ὄκχον: ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσωμεν ἐν καθαρᾷ ὁδῷ τὸ ὄχημα. ἀλληγορεῖ δὲ νῦν, περὶ τοῦ ὕμνου λέγων· ἵνα διὰ καθαρᾶς λεωφόρου τὸν ὕμνον ἐπιβιβάσαντες τῷ ὀχήματι χρησώμεθα.

e. e. τὸ δὲ βάσομεν ἀντὶ τοῦ βήσωμεν Ὁμηρικόν.

f. f. ὄφρα κελεύθῳ: ἀλληγορεῖ καί φησιν· ἵνα δικαίᾳ καὶ καθαρᾷ ὁδῷ, τῇ τῶν λόγων, ἐπιβήσωμεν τὸ ὄχημα, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑμνήσωμεν... καὶ προσηκόντως· | καὶ ἵνα πρὸς τὸ γένος ἵκωμαι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, λέγει δὲ τῶν προγόνων τοῦ Ἀγησίου· ἵκωμαι δὲ ἐν αὐταῖς, διὰ τῶν ἐγκωμίων· ἐκεῖναι γὰρ, αἱ ἡμίονοι τοῦ Ἀγησίου, παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας πάσας ἐπίστανται καὶ δύνανται ἡγεμονεῦσαι ταύτην τὴν ὁδόν· ποίαν ὁδόν; τὴν τῶν ὕμνων· ἐπειδὴ τοὺς ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ στεφάνους ἐδέξαντο.

g. g. γράφεται ἧ τάχος.

h. h. (καθαρᾷ:) τῇ μὴ ἐχούσῃ ἐπίληψιν.

40 κάλπιδά τʼ ἀργυρέαν, λόχμας ὑπὸ κυανέας σ540

and her silver pitcher, and beneath a blue-shaded thicket gave birth to a god-inspired boy. The golden-haired god sent gentle-minded Eleithuia and the Fates to help her.

Scholia ad vv. 40–40 (5 entries)

ad v. 40

a. a. (ὄκχον:) ὄχημα.

b. b. ἵκωμαί τε πρὸς ἀνδρῶν: ἢ ὁ καί περισσός· ἢ ὅτι ἄλλος...

c. c. τὸν καί σύνδεσμον ὑπερβιβαστέον· ἢ περισσός ἐστιν. θέλει γὰρ εἰπεῖν· ὅπως παραγένωμαί τε πρὸς τὸ γένος καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν... μνημονεύσω καὶ τῶν προγόνων.

d. d. ἵκωμαί τε πρὸς ἀνδρῶν: τὸν καί σύνδεσμον ὑπερβιβαστέον· καὶ πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν γένος παραγένωμαι, τουτέστι μνημονεύσω καὶ τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῦ. ἀνέφερε δὲ ὁ Ἀγησίας εἰς τοὺς Ἰαμίδας τὸ γένος.

e. e. ἔνιοι δὲ τὸν καί σύνδεσμον περισσὸν δέχονται, ἵν᾿ ᾖ, ἵκωμαί τε πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν γένος.

41–42

41 τίκτε θεόφρονα κοῦρον. τᾷ μὲν ὁ Χρυσοκόμας σ5

42 πραΰμητίν τʼ Ἐλείθυιαν παρέστασέν τε Μοίρας·

But she beneath a thicket's shade put from her silver pitcher and her girdle of scarlet web, and she brought forth a boy in whom was the spirit of God. By her side the gold-haired god set kindly Eleutho and the Fates, and from her womb in easy travail came forth Iamos to the light. Him in her anguish she left upon the ground, but by the counsel of gods two bright-eyed serpents nursed and fed him with the harmless venom of the bee.

Scholia ad vv. 41–42 (5 entries)

ad v. 41

a. a. (καί:) τὸ καί περισσὸν κατὰ....

b. b. ἐξ ἄλλαν: παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας πάσας.

c. c. ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὲρ πάσας τὰς λοιπάς.

d. d. αὗται γὰρ παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας πάσας τὰς ἀγωνισαμένας νικήσασαι προκαλοῦνται τὸν ὕμνον.

e. e. lex. Vindob. p. 94, 1: ἔξ σημαίνει καὶ σύγκρισιν. Πίνδαρος· ἐκεῖναι γὰρ καὶ ἐξ ἄλλων ὁδὸν ἡγεμονεῦσαι ἐπίστανται.

43–44

43 ἦλθεν δʼ ὑπὸ σπλάγχνων ὑπʼ ὠδῖνός τʼ ἐρατᾶς Ἴαμος

44 ἐς φάος αὐτίκα. τὸν μὲν κνιζομένα σ6

From her womb and her sweet birth-pangs Iamus came right away into the light. In her distress,

Scholia ad vv. 43–44 (6 entries)

ad v. 44

a. a. ἐπεὶ δέξαντο: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπεδείξαντο τοὺς στεφάνους οὓς ἔλαβον πᾶσιν.

b. b. ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὐταὶ αἱ ἡμίονοι στεφάνοις ἐβάλλοντο καὶ ἄνθεσιν.

c. c. ὁτὰς χρὴ τοίνυν πύλας: περὶ τῶν ἡμιόνων λόγος. αὗται γὰρ παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας ἀγωνιζομένας νικήσασαι προκέκληνται τὸν ὕμνον.

d. d. ἐπεδέξαντο, ἀντὶ τοῦ γράφεται καὶ ἐπεδείξαντο τοὺς στεφάνους οὓς ἔλαβον.

e. e. πύλας ὕμνων ἀναπιτνάμεν: ἐνέμεινε τῇ τροπῇ καί φησι· προσήκει τῶν ὕμνων τὰς πύλας ἀνοίγειν ταῖς ἡμιόνοις.

f. f. ἄλλως· χρὴ τοίνυν πύλας: προσήκει καθάπερ πύλας, οὕτω τοὺς ὕμνους ἀναπετάσαι. εὖ δὲ τῇ παρασκευῇ παρίστησι τήν τε τοῦ ἐπαίνου μεγαλειότητα καὶ τὴν ἐν τῷ ἐπαινεῖν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ὁ ποιητής.

45 λεῖπε χαμαί· δύο δὲ γλαυκῶπες αὐτὸν45

Pytho she left him on the ground. But by the will of the gods, two gray-eyed serpents nurtured him with the harmless venom of bees, caring for him. And when the king had driven back from rocky, he questioned everyone in the household about the child whom Evadne had borne. For he said that he was begotten by Phoebus,

46–49

 δαιμόνων βουλαῖσιν ἐθρέψαντο δράκοντες ἀμεμφεῖ σ4
 ἰῷ μελισσᾶν καδόμενοι. βασιλεὺς δʼ ἐπεὶ σ5
 πετραέσσας ἐλαύνων ἵκετʼ ἐκ Πυθῶνος, ἅπαντας ἐν οἴκῳ σ4
 εἴρετο παῖδα, τὸν Εὐάδνα τέκοι· Φοίβου γὰρ αὐτὸν φᾶ γεγάκειν

But when the king came back from rocky Delphi in his chariot he asked all who were in the house concerning the child whom Euadne had born; for he said that the sire whereof he was begotten was Phoibos, and that he should be a prophet unto the people of the land excelling all mortal men, and that his seed should be for ever.

Scholia ad vv. 46–49 (13 entries)

ad v. 46

a. a. πρὸς Πιτάναν δέ: Πιτάναν νῦν τὴν ὁμώνυμον πόλιν λέγει τῇ ἡρωίδι, ἐπικειμένην ταῖς ὄχθαις τοῦ Εὐρώτα ποταμοῦ. προσέθηκε δὲ παρ᾿ Εὐρώτα πόρον, ἐπεὶ καὶ τῆς Αἰολίδος ἐστὶν ἡ Πιτάνη. αὕτη δὲ ἡ Πιτάνη ἡ τοῦ Εὐρώτα πρόγονός ἐστι τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν. ταύτης γὰρ καὶ Ποσειδῶνος Εὐάδνη, Εὐάδνης δὲ καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος Ἴαμος ὁ μάντις. τῆς Πιτάνης δὲ ὁμώνυμος ἡ πόλις. Εὐάδναι δὲ δισσαὶ, μία μὲν ἡ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Πιτάνης, ἑτέρα δὲ Ἴφιδος, ἣν καὶ Ἰάνειραν λεγομένην φασὶν Εὐάδνην ὠνομάσθαι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἕδνων ὧν ἔδωκε Καπανεύς.

b. b. ἡ δὲ Λακωνικὴ Πιτάνη Εὐρώτα τοῦ ποταμοῦ γενεαλογεῖται εἶναι.

c. c. πρὸς Πιτάναν δὲ παρ᾿ Εὐρώτα πόρον: ὁ Ἀγησίας γένει μὲν ἦν Ἀρκὰς καὶ Ἀργεῖος ὡς ἀπὸ Ἰάμου οὕτω· Πιτάνη γὰρ γέγονεν Εὐρώτα Λακωνικοῦ ποταμοῦ· ᾗ συνελθὼν Ποσειδῶν ἐγέννησεν Εὐάδνην τινά. αὕτη τὸ γεννηθὲν ἐκπέμπει λαθραίως εἰς Ἀρκαδίαν τρέφεσθαι παρὰ Αἰπύτῳ τῷ Ἐλάτου παιδί. ταύτην τὴν Εὐάδνην ἐν ἀκμῇ γενομένην διεκόρησεν ὁ Ἀπόλλων, καὶ ἔτεκεν Ἴαμον, ἀφ᾿ οὗ οἱ Ἰαμίδαι μάντεις κατὰ τὴν Πίσαν, εἰς οὓς τὸ γένος ἀνάγει ὁ Ἀγησίας· καὶ οὕτως εὑρίσκεται ὡς μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς Πιτάνης Ἀργεῖος, ὡς δὲ ἀπὸ Ἰάμου καὶ Εὐάδνης τῆς ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ Ἀρκάς.

d. d. παρ᾿ Εὐρώτα πόρον: προσέθηκε τὸ παρ᾿ Εὐρώτα πόρον· ἔστι δὲ Πιτάνη πόλις Λακεδαίμονος, καὶ Εὐρώτας ποταμὸς καὶ Σπάρτης καὶ ἄλλος Ἰταλίας.

ad v. 47

a. a. δεῖ σάμερον: ἑαυτὸν λέγει ὁ ποιητής· ἀντὶ τοῦ σχολάσω τῷ ὕμνῳ.

b. b. δεῖ σάμερον ἐλθεῖν: κατὰ τὸν ὡρισμένον καιρὸν τῶν ἐγκωμίων.

c. c. δεῖ οὖν, φησι, ταχέως καὶ περὶ τῆς Πιτάνης εἰπεῖν τήμερον, τῆς τοῦ Εὐρώτα ποταμοῦ θυγατρός. |

d. d. ἐν δέοντι καιρῷ.

e. e. δεῖ αὐτῆς μνησθῆναι σήμερον.

ad v. 48

a. a. [ἅ τοι Ποσειδάωνι]: λάθρᾳ τεκοῦσα ἡ Πιτάνη ἀπέστειλεν εἰς Ἀρκαδίαν Αἰπύτῳ τῷ Ἐλάτου παιδί. τὸ δὲ ἐκ συντυχίας συμβεβηκὸς ἐκ προνοίας λέγει γεγενῆσθαι. τὴν γὰρ Εὐάδνην ἐκτεθεῖσαν Αἴπυτος εὑρὼν ἀνέλαβεν.

b. b. Πιτάνη γὰρ Εὐρώτα Λακωνικοῦ ποταμοῦ· ᾗ Ποσειδῶν μιχθεὶς λάθρᾳ.... γεννῆσαι τὸν Ἴαμον, ἀφ᾿ οὗ Ἰαμίδαι.

c. c. ((Π 179)) τῆς δ᾿ ἑτέρης Εὔδωρος ἀρήιος ἡγεμόνευε παρθένιος. ἅ τοι Ποσειδάωνι μιχθεῖσα: ἥτις μιχθεῖσα τῷ Ποσειδῶνι Πιτάνη λέγεται τὴν ἰοπλόκαμον (ἀπὸ μέρους τὴν καλὴν) Εὐάδνην τεκεῖν, καὶ διαλαθεῖν ἐγκυμονοῦσαν, καὶ κρύψαι τὴν ὠδῖνα τὴν ἑαυτῇ δοκοῦσαν παρθενίαν. παρθένιοι δὲ λέγονται παῖδες οἱ κρύφα τικτόμενοι παρὰ τῶν ἔτι νομιζομένων εἶναι παρθένων. οὕτω που καὶ Ὅμηρος ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ τῶν Ἀχιλλέως νηῶν φησι ·

d. d. ἄλλως· ἅ τοι Ποσειδάονι: πρὸς τὴν ἱστορίαν, ὅτι φησὶ τὸν Ποσειδῶνα Πιτάνῃ μιχθέντα λάθρᾳ γεννῆσαι Εὐάδνην. ἐκ ταύτης δὲ καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος Ἴαμος, ἀφ᾿ οὗ Ἰαμίδαι.

50 πατρός, περὶ θνατῶν δʼ ἔσεσθαι μάντιν ἐπιχθονίοις σ250

and that he would be, for men on earth, a prophet above all mortals, and that his race would never fail. Such was his speech. But they claimed that they had neither seen nor heard the baby, born four days ago. For it had been hidden in the rushes and the boundless thicket,

Scholia ad vv. 50–50 (2 entries)

ad v. 50

a. a. ((FHG II, 627)) ἰοπλόκαμον: ἡ Πιτάνη πρόγονός ἐστι τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν. γίνεται γὰρ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Πιτάνης Εὐάδνη· Εὐάδνης δὲ καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος Ἴαμος ὁ μάντις, ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ Ἰαμίδαι. δύο δέ εἰσιν Εὐάδναι· μία μέν ἐστιν ἡ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Πιτάνης, ἑτέρα δὲ Ἰφίτου, ἣν καὶ Ἰάνειραν· ἣν ἔγημε Καπανεύς. ἡ δὲ Λακωνικὴ Πιτάνη Εὐρώτα τοῦ ποταμοῦ γενεαλογεῖται, ὡς Σωσίβιος.

b. b. ἡ ἡρωίνη, ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ ἡ πόλις.

51–54

 ἔξοχον, οὐδέ ποτʼ ἐκλείψειν γενεάν. σ2
 ὣς ἄρα μάνυε. τοὶ δʼ οὔτʼ ὦν ἀκοῦσαι σ6
 οὔτʼ ἰδεῖν εὔχοντο πεμπταῖον γεγενημένον. ἀλλʼ ἐν
 κέκρυπτο γὰρ σχοίνῳ βατιᾷ τʼ ἐν ἀπειράτῳ, σ2

Such was his tale, but they answered that they had neither seen nor heard of him, though he was now born five days. For he was hidden among rushes in an impenetrable brake, his tender body all suffused with golden and deep purple gleams of iris flowers; wherefore his mother prophesied saying that by this holy name of immortality he should be called throughout all time.

Scholia ad vv. 51–54 (10 entries)

ad v. 51

a. a. παρθενίαν: καθ᾿ ὃ ἐδόκει ἔτι παρθένος εἶναι. διὸ καὶ οἱ ἐξ αὐτῶν παῖδες παρθένιοι.

b. b. ἢ ὅτι λαθραίως ἡ Πιτάνη διεκορεύθη καὶ ἔτεκεν.

ad v. 52

a. a. κυρίῳ δ᾿ ἐν μηνί: τῷ τὸ κῦρος ἔχοντι τοῦ τόκου.

b. b. κυρίῳ δ᾿ ἐν μηνί: τῷ τοῦ τοκετοῦ.

c. c. ὁ νοῦς· τῷ κυρίῳ δὲ μηνὶ τοῦ τίκτειν ἀποστείλασα θεράποντας ἐκπέμπει τὸ βρέφος πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Ἀρκάδων Αἴπυτον Ἐλάτου παῖδα.

d. d. ἄλλως· κύριον εἶπε τὸν μῆνα εἰς ὃν ἔδει τεκεῖν αὐτήν.

e. e. ((Β 604)) πέμποισ᾿ ἀμφιπόλους: λάθρᾳ φησὶ τὴν Πιτάνην τεκοῦσαν ἀποστεῖλαι τὸ βρέφος τὴν Εὐάδνην εἰς τὴν Ἀρκαδίαν πρὸς Ἐλάτου υἱὸν τρέφεσθαι Αἴπυτον. τούτου καὶ Ὅμηρος μέμνηται · Αἰπύτιον παρὰ τύμβον.

f. f. παρὼν δὲ καὶ ὁ Αἴπυτος ἐν Λακεδαίμονι ἔλαβεν αὐτὸ ἐκτεθέν· ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος ποιητικῶς λέγει πεπέμφθαι τὸ βρέφος.

ad v. 54

a. a. ἥρωι πορσαίνειν: τὸ ἑξῆς· ἥρωι Εἰλατίδᾳ δόμεν ὥστε πορσαίνειν καὶ τρέφειν τὸ βρέφος.

b. b. (πορσαίνειν:) τρέφειν.

55–56

55 ἴων ξανθαῖσι καὶ παμπορφύροις ἀκτῖσι βεβρεγμένος ἁβρὸν σ455

56 σῶμα· τὸ καὶ κατεφάμιξεν καλεῖσθαί νιν χρόνῳ σύμπαντι μάτηρ σ1

his tender body washed in the golden and purple light of violets. Therefore his mother declared that he should be called for all time

But when he had come to the ripeness of golden-crowned sweet youth, he went down into the middle of Alpheos and called on wide-ruling Poseidon his grandsire, and on the guardian of god-built Delos, the bearer of the bow, praying that honour might be upon his head for the rearing of a people; and he stood beneath the heavens, and it was night.

Scholia ad vv. 55–56 (5 entries)

ad v. 55

a. a. ὃς ἀνδρῶν Ἀρκάδων: Δίδυμός φησιν ὅτι πάντες οἱ ὑπομνηματισάμενοι Φαισάναν τὴν τῆς Ἀρκαδίας πόλιν· αὐτὸς δέ φησιν εἶναι τῆς Ἠλιδίας, καὶ παρατίθεται Ἴστρον ἱστοροῦντα ἐν τῇ ε΄ τῶν Ἠλιακῶν. ἤτοι οὖν Πίνδαρος ψεύδεται, ἢ διὰ τὸ τὴν Πίσαν ὑπὸ τοῖς Ἀρκάσι ποτὲ γενέσθαι βασιλεύειν φησὶ τῆς Φαισάνης τὸν Αἴπυτον.

b. b. ὃς ἀνδρῶν Ἀρκάδων ἄνασσε Φαισάνᾳ: τὴν Φαισάναν πάντες μὲν οἱ ὑπομνηματισταὶ τῆς Ἀρκαδίας εἶναι πόλιν ἐξεδέξαντο· ὁ δὲ Δίδυμός φησι τῆς Ἤλιδος αὐτὴν εἶναι καὶ ὑπεραπολογεῖται τοῦ ῥητοῦ οὕτως, ὅτι ποτὲ οἱ Ἀρκάδες καὶ τῆς Ἤλιδος ἐβασίλευον κατὰ τὸν χρόνον τοῦ Αἰπύτου. οἱ δὲ βουλόμενοι τὴν Φαισάναν Ἀρκαδικὴν εἶναι τὸ περὶ Ἀλφειοῦ οὕτως ἐπιλύονται, ὅτι διὰ Φαισάνης ἔχει ὁ ποταμὸς τὰ ῥεύματα. φέρεται γὰρ ἐξ Ἀσέας κώμης Ἀρκαδικῆς.

c. c. ὅτι αἱ πηγαὶ τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ ἐξ Ἀσέας τῆς Ἀρκαδικῆς εἰσι, καὶ μεταποιοῦνται αὐτοῦ οἱ Ἀρκάδες. 58 EQ

d. d. ἄνασσε Φαισάνᾳ: ὁ νοῦς· ὅστις Αἴπυτος βασιλεύων τῆς Ἀρκαδίας καὶ ἔχων ὑφ᾿ ἑαυτὸν τὴν Φαισάναν ἔλαχε κατοικεῖν ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς τοῦ ποταμοῦ· ἄρχεται γὰρ τὰ ῥεῖθρα ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ, ἐν Ἤλιδι δὲ ἐκλάμπει πολύς.

ad v. 56

x. αἱἈλφεὸν οἰκεῖν: τὸν Ἀλφεόν φησιν οἰκεῖν τὸν Αἴπυτον, ὅτι τῆς Ἠλιδίας ἐπῆρχον οἱ Ἀρκάδες· ἢ ὅτι πηγαὶ τοῦ Ἀλφεοῦ ἐν Ἀσέᾳ τῆς Ἀρκαδίας εἰσὶ, παρ᾿ ὃ καὶ ἀντιποιοῦνται αὐτοῦ οἱ Ἀρκάδες.

57–59

 τοῦτʼ ὄνυμʼ ἀθάνατον. τερπνᾶς δʼ ἐπεὶ χρυσοστεφάνοιο λάβεν σ1
 καρπὸν Ἥβας, Ἀλφεῷ μέσσῳ καταβὰς ἐκάλεσσε Ποσειδᾶνʼ εὐρυβίαν, σ3
 ὃν πρόγονον, καὶ τοξοφόρον Δάλου θεοδμάτας σκοπόν, σ2

Delos by this immortal name, “Iamus.” And when he had attained the delightful fruit of golden-crowned Youth, he went down into the middle of the Alpheus, and called on wide-ruling Poseidon, his grandfather, and on the Archer who watches over god-built,

Scholia ad vv. 57–59 (6 entries)

ad v. 57

x. ὑπ᾿ Ἀπόλλωνι: ἀντὶ τοῦ διεκορεύθη ὑπ᾿ Ἀπόλλωνος ἡ Εὐάδνη ἐκεῖ τρεφομένη.

ad v. 58

a. a. ἔψαυσ᾿ Ἀφροδίτας: δαιμονίως τὸ ἔψαυσεν ὡς ἐπὶ θείας ἀφροδισίων συνόδου ἔταξε.

b. b. τὸ δὲ ὅλον· διεφθάρη ὑπ᾿ Ἀπόλλωνος.

c. c. ἄλλως· τῆς γλυκείας πρῶτον συνουσίας μετέσχε τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.

ad v. 59

a. a. οὐδ᾿ ἔλαθ᾿ Αἴπυτον: οὐκ ἔλαθε τὸ ἐκ θεοῦ λαθραῖον ἀδίκημα κρύπτουσα τὸν πάντα χρόνον· ἔγνω γὰρ αὐτὴν ἔγκυον οὖσαν.

b. b. τινὲς τὸν Ἴαμον οὐκ Ἀπόλλωνος, ἀλλὰ Ποσειδῶνος γεγονέναι.

60–63

 αἰτέων λαοτρόφον τιμάν τινʼ ἑᾷ κεφαλᾷ, σ4
 νυκτὸς ὑπαίθριος. ἀντεφθέγξατο δʼ ἀρτιεπὴς σ4
 ὄρσο, τέκος, πατρία ὄσσα, μετάλλασέν τέ νιν· σ2
 δεῦρο πάγκοινον ἐς χώραν ἴμεν φάμας ὄπισθεν.

praying that the honor of caring for the people be on his head, under the clear night sky. His father’s voice responded in clear speech, and sought him out: “Rise, my son, and follow my voice here to a place that welcomes all.”

Then the infallible Voice of his father answered and said unto him: Arise, my son, and come hither, following my voice, into a place where all men shall meet together.

Scholia ad vv. 60–63 (10 entries)

ad v. 60

a. a. οὐκ ἠδυνήθη οὖν λαθεῖν τὸν αὐτὴν θρέψαντα Αἴπυτον ἤγουν κλέψασα ἤτοι δεξαμένη τὸν ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος γινόμενον παῖδα.

b. b. (κλέπτοισα:) συσκιάζουσα.

c. c. θεοῖο γόνον: τὸν ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος γινόμενον παῖδα.

d. d. οὐκ ἠδυνήθη οὖν διαλαθεῖν τὸν αὐτὴν θρέψαντα Αἴπυτον δεξαμένη γόνον θεοῦ.

ad v. 61

a. a. ἀλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν Πυθῶνα: ἀλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν εἰς Πυθῶνα μαντευσόμενος ἀφίκετο.

b. b. πιέσας: τὸν ἑαυτοῦ χόλον κατασχών.

c. c. ἐν θυμῷ πιέσας: κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν.

d. d. καίτοι δεινὴν οὖσαν τὴν ὀργὴν λογισμῷ κατασχὼν καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς γνώσεως οὐκ ἐκφῆναι τὸ δεινὸν βουληθεὶς, καίτοι καὶ πάνυ χαλεπαίνων, εἰς τὸ τοῦ Πυθίου Ἀπόλλωνος μαντεῖον ἐπορεύετο γνωσόμενος ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀτλήτου καὶ ἀτόπου τῆς διαφθορᾶς πάθους.

ad v. 62

a. a. (χόλον:) τὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν.

b. b. ὀξείᾳ μελέτῃ, τῇ μεγάλῃ φροντίδι· μελέτας γὰρ τὰς φροντίδας λέγουσιν.

64 ἵκοντο δʼ ὑψηλοῖο πέτραν ἀλίβατον Κρονίου·

They came to the steep rock of the lofty hill of Cronus.

65–69

 ἔνθα οἱ ὤπασε θησαυρὸν δίδυμον σ2
 μαντοσύνας, τόκα μὲν φωνὰν ἀκούειν σ3
 ψευδέων ἄγνωστον, εὖτʼ ἂν δὲ θρασυμάχανος ἐλθὼν σ1
 Ἡρακλέης, σεμνὸν θάλος Ἀλκαϊδᾶν, πατρὶ σ1
 ἑορτάν τε κτίσῃ πλειστόμβροτον τεθμόν τε μέγιστον ἀέθλων, σ2

There the god gave him a double treasure of prophecy: there and then to hear a voice that did not know how to lie; and when bold-plotting Heracles came, the sacred scion of the Alcidae, and founded for his father a festival frequented by mortals and the greatest ritual of contests,

So they came to the steep rock of lofty Kronion; there the god gave him a twofold treasure of prophecy, that for the time then being he should hearken to his voice that cannot lie; but when Herakles of valorous counsels, the sacred scion of the Alkeidai, should have come, and should have founded a multitudinous feast and the chief ordinance of games, then again on the summit of the altar of Zeus he bade him establish yet another oracle, that thenceforth the race of Iamidai should be glorious among Hellenes.

Scholia ad vv. 65–69 (9 entries)

ad v. 65

a. a. ἀτλάτου: περὶ τοῦ προδεδηλωμένου ἀτολμήτου ὄντος.

b. b. ἢ ἣν οὐκ ἄν τις ῥᾳδίως ἐνέγκοι διὰ τὴν ὕβριν.

ad v. 66

a. a. ἁ δὲ φοινικόκροκον: ἡ Εὐάδνη.

b. b. φοινικόκροκον, τὴν ἐκ φοινικῆς κρόκης ὑφασμένην.

c. c. ἢ τὴν ἐκ φοινικοῦ εἴδους κεκροτημένην ἤτοι κατεσκευασμένην.

ad v. 67

x. ζώναν: ὁ Αἴπυτος ἕως ᾤχετο πρὸς Δελφοὺς μαντευσόμενος, ἡ Εὐάδνη ἀφελομένη τὴν ζώνην τῆς γαστρὸς καὶ τὴν ὑδρίαν ἀποθεμένη ἔτεκε τὸν Ἴαμον.

ad v. 68

x. ἀργυρέαν: ἔθος ἦν ταῖς ἡρωίσιν ἑαυταῖς ὑδρεύσασθαι, ὡς καὶ ἡ Εὐάδνη ὅτε τὸν παῖδα ἐγέννησεν. ἔθος δὲ καὶ ταῖς τικτούσαις λύειν τὰς ζώνας.

ad v. 69

a. a. λόχμας ὑπὸ κυανέας: τοῦ ἀνθηροῦ καὶ καταπύκνου τοῖς φυτοῖς τόπου.

b. b. κυανέας, ἤτοι τῆς βαθείας, ἢ παρὰ τὴν τῶν ἴων χροιάν.

70 Ζηνὸς ἐπʼ ἀκροτάτῳ βωμῷ τότʼ αὖ χρηστήριον θέσθαι κέλευσεν. σ370

then he commanded him to establish an oracle on the highest altar of Zeus.

Good luck abode with them; for that they know the worth of valour they are entered on a glorious road.

Scholia ad vv. 70–70 (3 entries)

ad v. 70

a. a. θεόφρονα κοῦρον: ἢ θεῖα φρονοῦντα, καθὸ μάντις ὁ Ἴαμος· ἢ ὅτι θεῶν βουλαῖς ἐγένετο.

b. b. τίκτε θεόφρονα κοῦρον: τὸν Ἴαμον, ὅτι μάντις τὴν τέχνην.

c. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡ δὲ Εὐάδνη τὴν ἐκ φοινικῆς κρόκης ζώνην λύσασα καὶ ἀποθεμένη, ἀποθεμένη δὲ καὶ τὴν κάλπιν, οὕτω λοιπὸν ἔτεκεν ἐν συσκίῳ τόπῳ τὸν ἐσόμενον θεόφρονα παῖδα. φησὶ δὲ τὸν Ἴαμον, | ἀφ᾿ οὗ τὸ γένος ἔχει ὁ Ἀγησίας.

71–74

 ἐξ οὗ πολύκλειτον καθʼ Ἕλλανας γένος Ἰαμιδᾶν. σ5
 ὄλβος ἅμʼ ἕσπετο· τιμῶντες δʼ ἀρετὰς σ1
 ἐς φανερὰν ὁδὸν ἔρχονται. τεκμαίρει σ2
 χρῆμʼ ἕκαστον· μῶμος ἐξ ἄλλων κρέμαται φθονεόντων

Greece Since then the race of the sons of Iamus has been very famous throughout, Prosperity attended them; and by honoring excellence, they walk along a bright path. Every action brings evidence. Envious blame from others hangs

Scholia ad vv. 71–74 (8 entries)

ad v. 71

a. a. πραΰμητιν: τὴν Εἰλείθυιαν πραΰμητιν εἶπεν, ὅτι αἱ τίκτουσαι πραότεραι γίνονται.

b. b. ἢ ὅτι παρθένοι εἰσίν.

bb. b. πραΰμητίν τ᾿ Εἰλείθυιαν: πραεῖαν. εὐμενῆ.

c. c. τῇ Εὐάδνῃ ἀποκυούσῃ παρέστησεν ὁ χρυσοκόμης Ἀπόλλων τὴν Εἰλείθυιαν | κεχαρισμένα φρονοῦσαν καὶ τὰς Μοίρας. ἡ δὲ ἔνδειξις οὐ μόνον περὶ εὐτοκίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ καλλίστης γενέσεως τοῦ παιδός.

d. d. πραΰμητιν δὲ πραεῖαν καὶ εὐμενῆ.

ad v. 72

x. τεπαρέστασέ τε: τοὺς συνδέσμους μεταθετέον· ὁ γὰρ λόγος οὕτως ἀπαιτεῖ· τῇ μὲν ὁ χρυσοκόμας πραΰμητιν Εἰλείθυιάν παρέστασεν Μοίρας τε κατὰ τὸν τόκον.

ad v. 73

a. a. ἦλθε δ᾿ ὑπὸ σπλάγχνων, ἕως κηδόμενοι: ὁ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· ἐγεννήθη δὲ ἐξ ἐπεράστου ὠδῖνος ὁ Ἴαμος καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὸ φῶς εὐθέως. τοῦτον οὖν τίκτουσα καὶ ἐπιλυπουμένη καταλέλοιπεν ἐπὶ τῇ γῇ ἡ Εὐάδνη. δύο δὲ αὐτὸν φοβερώτατοι δράκοντες θεῶν βουλήσει ἀνέθρεψαν ἀβλαβῆ ἰὸν προσφερόμενοι· ἵνα λέγῃ τὸ μέλι.

b. b. ὑπ᾿ ὠδῖνος: ἡ δευτέρα ὑπό ἀντὶ τῆς μετά, ἡ πρώτη δὲ ἀντὶ τῆς ἀπό.

75–77

 τοῖς, οἷς ποτε πρώτοις περὶ δωδέκατον δρόμον σ1
 ἐλαυνόντεσσιν αἰδοία ποτιστάξῃ Χάρις εὐκλέα μορφάν. σ4
 εἰ δʼ ἐτύμως ὑπὸ Κυλλάνας ὅροις, Ἁγησία, μάτρωες ἄνδρες σ1

over those who have once driven first down the final course of a race, and on whom honored Grace has shed glorious beauty. But if, Hagesias, it is true that the men on your mother’s side, living below the boundaries of Cyllene,

The matter proveth the man, but from the envious calumny ever threateneth them on whom, as they drive foremost in the twelfth round of the course, Charis sheddeth blushing beauty to win them fame more fair.

Scholia ad vv. 75–77 (6 entries)

ad v. 75

x. ἐς φάος αὐτίκα: εὐθέως. ἀκολούθως ὡς ἀπὸ εὐμενεστάτης Εἰλειθυίας ῥᾳδίαν καὶ ἄμοχθον τὴν ὠδῖνα ἐποιήσατο.

ad v. 76

a. a. κνιζομένα: λυπουμένη ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ δύνασθαι τρέφειν αὐτόν.

b. b. τὸν μὲν κνιζομένα: δοκεῖ τὸ κνιζομένα ἐναντίον εἶναι πρὸς τὴν τῆς Εἰλειθυίας εὐμένειαν· καὶ ἴσως τὴν μετρίαν αἴσθησιν τῆς ἀλγηδόνος ὑποφαίνει [καὶ] κνισμὸν ὀνομάζων.

c. c. ἢ λυπουμένη· ἤλγει μὲν γὰρ ὡς μήτηρ, στέργουσα τὸ τέκνον· κατελείπετο δὲ αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρημίας βουλομένη λαθεῖν.

d. d. γλαυκῶπες αὐτόν: ἢ πυρώδεις· τὸ γὰρ γλαυκὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρώδους ἔθεντο πολλοὶ καὶ τὴν σελήνην γλαυκὴν λέγουσιν. ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ γλαύσσειν.

ad v. 77

x. δαιμόνων βουλαῖσιν: ἤτοι καθόλου τῶν θεῶν ἀκουστέον, ἢ εἰς Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ Ποσειδῶνα ἀνακτέον, τὸν μὲν πατέρα, τὸν δὲ προπάτορα.

78–79

78 ναιετάοντες ἐδώρησαν θεῶν κάρυκα λιταῖς θυσίαις σ9

79 πολλὰ δὴ πολλαῖσιν Ἑρμᾶν εὐσεβέως, ὃς ἀγῶνας ἔχει μοῖράν τʼ ἀέθλων σ3

piously gave many gifts, with prayers and sacrifices, to the herald of the gods, Hermes, who rules over games and the dispensation of contests,

Scholia ad vv. 78–79 (12 entries)

ad v. 78

a. a. ἀμεμφεῖ: ἀμεμφῆ ἰὸν προσηγόρευσε τὸ μέλι σκληρότερον· ὁ γὰρ ἰὸς μοχθηρόν τι ὑποφαίνει.

b. b. ἐπειδὴ [δὲ] δράκοντές εἰσιν οἱ τρέφοντες, οὗτοι δὲ εἰώθασιν ἐμεῖν τὸν ἰόν· ὥστε τοὐναντίον ἐργάζεσθαι τὸν τῶν δρακόντων ἰὸν ὥσπερ εἰώθασι κατὰ φύσιν, τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τοῦτο παραστήσαντος τὴν φύσιν τῶν δρακόντων.

c. c. ἢ ἰῷ μελισσᾶν τῷ μέλιτι, διὰ τὴν δριμύτητα καὶ κατὰ μεταφοράν.

d. d. δὲ ἐπεὶ δράκοντές εἰσιν, οὗτοι εἰώθεισαν ἐμεῖν τὸν ἰόν.

e. e. [ἐν] ἀμεμφεῖ ἰῷ μελισσῶν: ἤγουν ἐν ἀμέμπτῳ ἰῷ καὶ παρὰ τῶν μελισσῶν· ἤτοι ἁπαλωτέρῳ καὶ γλυκυτέρῳ.

f. f. ἀμεμφῆ ἰὸν εἶπε τὸ μέλι σκληρότερον· ὁ γὰρ ἰὸς μοχθηρίαν τινὰ ὑποφαίνει.

g. g. ὡς ἐπὶ δρακόντων δὲ τὸν ἰὸν εἶπεν· ἀποβάλλει γὰρ ὁ δράκων ἰόν· βουλῇ δὲ θεῶν ὡς μελισσῶν ἄνθος ἡδὺ γίνεται καὶ οἷον ὡς μέλι.

h. h. ἄλλως· ἠστειεύσατο εἰπὼν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰοῦ μέλι προϊέναι.

i. i. τὸ δὲ σημεῖον ὅτι ἰὸν μελισσᾶν εἶπε τὸ μέλι διὰ τὸ ἀφίεσθαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν· φησὶ δὲ τὸν Ἴαμον ὑπὸ δρακόντων μέλιτι τραφῆναι.

ad v. 79

a. a. βασιλεὺς δ᾿ ἐπεὶ πετραέσσας: τῆς τραχείας.

b. b. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς, πετραέσσας Πυθῶνος.

c. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐπειδὴ οὖν ἦλθεν ἐκ τοῦ μαντείου ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἴπυτος, ἀνήρετο πάντας τοὺς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ περὶ τοῦ γεννηθέντος παιδὸς ὑπὸ τῆς Εὐάδνης.

80–84

 Ἀρκαδίαν τʼ εὐάνορα τιμᾷ· κεῖνος, ὦ παῖ Σωστράτου,
 σὺν βαρυγδούπῳ πατρὶ κραίνει σέθεν εὐτυχίαν.
 δόξαν ἔχω τινʼ ἐπὶ γλώσσᾳ ἀκόνας λιγυρᾶς,
 ἅ μʼ ἐθέλοντα προσέρπει καλλιρόοισι πνοαῖς·
 ματρομάτωρ ἐμὰ Στυμφαλίς, εὐανθὴς Μετώπα, σ4

Arcadia and honors, the home of fine men, it is that god, son of Sostratus, who with his loud-thundering father fulfills your good fortune. I think I have on my tongue a shrill whetstone, which steals over me (and I am willing) with fair-flowing breaths. My mother’s mother was the nymph of Stymphalus, blossoming Metopa,

Now if in very truth, Agesias, thy mother's ancestors dwelling by the borders of Kyllene did piously and oft offer up prayer and sacrifice to Hermes, herald of the gods, who hath to his keeping the strife and appointment of games, and doeth honour to Arcadia the nurse of goodly men,--then surely he, O son of Sostratos, with his loud-thundering sire, is the accomplisher of this thy bliss.

Scholia ad vv. 80–84 (4 entries)

ad v. 84

a. a. περὶ θνατῶν: περισσῶς ὑπὲρ πάντας ἀνθρώπους.

b. b. ἔλεγε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐκ πατρὸς Ἀπόλλωνος γεγονέναι καὶ περισσῶς ὑπὲρ πάντας ἀνθρώπους γενέσθαι μάντιν καὶ μηδέποτε αὐτοῦ τὸ γένος διαλείπειν.

c. c. τὸ ἔφη ἀπὸ κοινοῦ.

d. d. τὴν μαντείαν οὐδέποτ᾿ ἐκλείψειν τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ διὰ τὸ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τοὺς Ἰαμίδας εἶναι.

85–89

 πλάξιππον ἃ Θήβαν ἔτικτεν, τᾶς ἐρατεινὸν ὕδωρ
 πίομαι, ἀνδράσιν αἰχματαῖσι πλέκων σ2
 ποικίλον ὕμνον. ὄτρυνον νῦν ἑταίρους, σ2
 Αἰνέα, πρῶτον μὲν Ἥραν Παρθενίαν κελαδῆσαι, σ3
 γνῶναί τʼ ἔπειτʼ, ἀρχαῖον ὄνειδος ἀλαθέσιν σ1

who bore horse-driving Thebe, whose delicious water I drink, while I weave my embroidered song for heroic spearmen. Now rouse your companions, Aeneas, first to shout the praises of Hera Parthenia, and then to know whether we have truly escaped the ancient reproach

Methinks I have upon my tongue a whetstone of loud sounding speech, which to harmonious breath constraineth me nothing loth. Mother of my mother was Stymphalian Metope of fair flowers, for she bare Thebe the charioteer, whose pleasant fountain I will drink, while I weave for warriors the changes of my song.

Scholia ad vv. 85–89 (8 entries)

ad v. 86

a. a. οὐδέποτ᾿ ἐκλείψειν: διὰ τὸ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τοὺς Ἰαμίδας εἶναι.

b. b. τοὺς ἀπογόνους.

ad v. 87

a. a. οὔτ᾿ ὦν ἀκοῦσαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλεγον μήτε ἀκηκοέναι παιδὸς μήτε ἰδεῖν παῖδα, ἤδη ε΄ [γὰρ] ἡμερῶν διελθουσῶν τῆς γενέσεως τοῦ παιδός.

b. b. τοὶ δ᾿ οὔτ᾿ ὦν: οἱ κατ᾿ οἶκον τοῦ Αἰπύτου θεράποντες.

ad v. 88

a. a. εὔχοντο: εἶπον· τῷ γὰρ εὔχοντο ἀντὶ τοῦ εἶπον οἱ Λάκωνες χρῶνται.

b. b. (εὔχοντο:) ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλεγον.

c. c. πεμπταῖον γεγεναμένον: τοῦτο οὐχ ὡς ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκετῶν· δίδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὸ εἰδέναι, εἰ καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀφ᾿ οὗ γέγονεν ἐπίστανται· ἀλλὰ ῥητέον ἐκ τοῦ ποιητικοῦ προσώπου τὸ τοιοῦτον λέγεσθαι. οἱ οὖν οἰκέται τοῦ Αἰπύτου ἐρωτώμενοι ἔλεγον μήτε ἑωρακέναι μήτε ἀκηκοέναι· εἶτα ὁ ποιητὴς ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ· καὶ ταῦτα πεμπταῖον ἤδη ὂν τὸ παιδίον.

ad v. 89

x. [οὔτ᾿ ἰδεῖν εὔχοντο ἕως τοῦτ᾿ ὄνομ᾿ ἀθάνατον:] ὁ νοῦς· ἔκειτο δὲ ὁ παῖς βεβρεγμένος καὶ κεκαλυμμένος ταῖς τῶν ἴων ἀκτῖσι [δεδροσισμένος]· διόπερ καὶ τὴν κλῆσιν τὴν τοῦ Ἰάμου αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ ἔθετο ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἴων αἰτίας. ἀθάνατον δὲ εἶπεν ὠνομάσθαι αὐτὸν ὡς ἐν τῷ χρησμῷ· εἶπε γὰρ ἀνωτέρω οὐδέποτε ἐκλείψειν τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ.

90–91

90 λόγοις εἰ φεύγομεν, Βοιωτίαν ὗν. ἐσσὶ γὰρ ἄγγελος ὀρθός, σ690

91 ἠϋκόμων σκυτάλα Μοισᾶν, γλυκὺς κρατὴρ ἀγαφθέγκτων ἀοιδᾶν· σ4

of men’s speech, “Boeotian pig.” For you are a faithful herald, a message-stick of the lovely-haired Muses, a sweet mixing-bowl of loud-sounding songs.

Now rouse thy fellows, Ainëas, first to proclaim the name of maiden Hera, and next to know for sure whether we are escaped from the ancient reproach that spake truly of Boeotian swine. For thou art a true messenger, a writing-tally of the Muses goodly-haired, a bowl wherein to mix high-sounding songs.

Scholia ad vv. 90–91 (10 entries)

ad v. 90

a. a. βατείᾳ τ᾿ ἐν ἀπειράτῳ: ἣν οὐκ ἔστι διὰ τὰ κέντρα διαπερᾶσαι.

b. b. ἢ τὴν πολλὴν καὶ δύσβατον μετασχηματίσας βάτειαν εἶπεν.

c. c. οἷον ἐν δρυμῷ μεγάλῳ.

d. d. βατείᾳ τ᾿ ἐν ἀπειράντῳ: ὅτι βάτειαν εἶπε τὴν βάτον, ὅ ἐστιν ἀκάνθης εἶδος. καὶ ὅτι τὸν Ἴαμον ἐτυμολογεῖ.

e. e. ἀπειράντῳ δὲ, ἐν δρυμῷ μεγάλῳ. |

f. f. ἀπειράτῳ ἀπὸ πολλῶν.

ad v. 91

a. a. ἴων ξανθαῖς τε: ταῖς τῶν ἴων ἀκτῖσι καὶ λαμπηδόσι δεδροσισμένος.

b. b. ἀκτῖσι δὲ παμπορφύροις εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἴων τὰ μὲν ὑπολευκίζει, τὰ δὲ πορφυρᾶ ἐστιν.

c. c. παμπορφύροις ἀκτῖσιν: ἀκτῖνας λέγει τὰς ἀποπιπτούσας ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθέων δρόσους.

d. d. ἢ λαμπηδόνας τῶν ἀνθῶν.

92–94

 εἰπὸν δὲ μεμνᾶσθαι Συρακοσσᾶν τε καὶ Ὀρτυγίας· σ4
 τὰν Ἱέρων καθαρῷ σκάπτῳ διέπων, σ2
 ἄρτια μηδόμενος, φοινικόπεζαν

Tell them to remember Syracuse and Ortygia, which Hieron rules with his pure scepter and with good counsels,

Scholia ad vv. 92–94 (6 entries)

ad v. 92

a. a. βεβρεγμένος: τουτέστι δεδροσισμένος ἐν αὐτοῖς.

b. b. Ζηνόδοτος γράφει ἀντὶ τοῦ βεβρεγμένος....

c. c. ((Hom. Ξ 351)) ἀκτῖνας δὲ ἔφη τὰς ἀποπιπτούσας ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθέων δρόσους · στιλπναὶ δ᾿ ἔπιπτον ἐέρσαι.

d. d. (βεβρεγμένος:) δεδροσισμένος.

ad v. 93

a. a. κατεφάμιξεν: διὰ τὸ ἐν ἄνθεσι τετράφθαι Ἴαμος ἐκλήθη ἀπὸ τῶν ἴων τῶν περὶ αὐτῷ.

b. b. τὸ καὶ κατεφάμιξεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὸ τοῖς ἴοις δροσίζεσθαι αὐτὸν ἀστείως καὶ Ἴαμον καλεῖσθαι.

95–98

 ἀμφέπει Δάματρα, λευκίππου τε θυγατρὸς ἑορτάν, σ9
 καὶ Ζηνὸς Αἰτναίου κράτος. ἁδύλογοι δέ νιν σ1
 λύραι μολπαί τε γιγνώσκοντι. μὴ θράσσοι χρόνος ὄλβον ἐφέρπων. σ4
 σὺν δὲ φιλοφροσύναις εὐηράτοις Ἁγησία δέξαιτο κῶμον

while he attends on the worship of Demeter of the red feet, and on the festival of her daughter with her white horses, and on the might of Aetnaean Zeus. The sweet-voiced lyres and music are familiar with Hieron. May time not creep up and disturb his prosperity, but may he with loving friendliness welcome the victory-procession of Hagesias

And bid them make mention of Syracuse and of Ortygia, which Hieron ruleth with righteous sceptre devising true counsels, and doth honour to Demeter whose footsteps make red the corn, and to the feast of her daughter with white steeds, and to the might of Aetnaean Zeus. Also he is well known of the sweet voices of the song and lute. Let not the on-coming time break his good fortune. And with joyful welcome may he receive this triumphal song, which travelleth from home to home, leaving Stymphalos' walls, the mother-city of Arcadia, rich in flocks.

Scholia ad vv. 95–98 (14 entries)

ad v. 95

a. a. τοῦτ᾿ ὄνυμα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὄνομα.

b. b. τὸ ἀθάνατον ὅτι διαβόητος ἦν· ἢ ὅτι ἐξ αὐτοῦ πολὺ γένος ἐγένετο τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν.

c. c. ἀθάνατον: διὰ τὸ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κεκλῆσθαι τοὺς Ἰαμίδας.

aa. a. τοῦτ᾿ ὄνυμ᾿ ἀθάνατον: διὰ τοῦτο.

bb. b. διὰ τὸ τοὺς Ἰαμίδας [ἀθανάτους] ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ καλεῖσθαι.

cc. c. τερπνᾶς δ᾿ ἐπεί: καλῶς εἶπε τερπνῆς χρυσοστεφάνου καρπόν· ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἀκμῇ τοῦ σώματος οἱ ἄνδρες τὰ τέλεια φρονοῦσι.

d. d. τερπνὴν δὲ καὶ εὐστέφανον ἐκάλεσε τὴν ἀκμὴν τοῦ σώματος διὰ τὸ ἐπίχαρι αὐτῆς.

e. e. τερπνᾶς ἥβας: ὅτι ἐν ταύτῃ μάλιστα τὰ ἡδέα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις γίνεται.

f. f. τερπνᾶς δ᾿ ἐπεὶ χρυσοστεφάνοιο: ὁ νοῦς· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐν ἀκμῇ ἡλικίας ἐγένετο καὶ τὸν καρπὸν τοῦ χρόνου ἤνεγκε, | τὰ γένεια δὲ λέγει, τότε δὴ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ἐπίδαυρον ηὔξατο· ἐν μέσῳ γὰρ Ἤλιδος καὶ Ἀρκαδίας ἡ Ἐπίδαυρος, ὧν ἡ μὲν Ἀρκαδία τὴν ἀρχὴν, ἡ δὲ Ἦλις τὰ πρὸς ταῖς ἐκβολαῖς οἰκεῖται τοῦ ποταμοῦ. ἐνταῦθα οὖν, | εἰς τὴν Ἐπίδαυρον, ἐπεκαλέσατο τόν τε ἑαυτοῦ πρόγονον Ποσειδῶνα καὶ τὸν τοξοφόρον καὶ ἔφορον τῆς θείας Δήλου τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα, τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα.

ad v. 96

x. (χρυσοστεφάνοιο:) τῆς τιμίας καὶ ἀνθηρᾶς.

ad v. 97

a. a. καρπὸν ἥβας: τῆς θεοῦ λέγει.

b. b. ὡς ἥβησεν.

c. c. Ἀλφεῷ μέσῳ: ὁ Ἀλφεὸς ἐκ τῆς Ἀρκαδίας ῥέει ἐπὶ τὴν Ἦλιν.

d. d. κατελθὼν ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ ὑπαίθριος· ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ τὸν ἀέρα· ἐν νυκτί ἐκάλεσε τὸν Ποσειδῶνα τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πρόγονον· ἀντὶ τοῦ πάππον κατὰ μητέρα· εἶπε γὰρ ἐν τοῖς προλαβοῦσιν ὅτι τῇ Πιτάνῃ τῇ νύμφῃ ἐμίγη ὁ Ποσειδῶν· ἐξ ἧς Εὐάδνη· καὶ ἀπὸ Εὐάδνης καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος Ἴαμος.

99 οἴκοθεν οἴκαδʼ ἀπὸ Στυμφαλίων τειχέων ποτινισσόμενον,

as it comes to one home from his other home within the walls of Stymphalus,

100–104

 ματέρʼ εὐμήλοιο λείποντʼ Ἀρκαδίας. ἀγαθαὶ δὲ πέλοντʼ ἐν χειμερίᾳ
 νυκτὶ θοᾶς ἐκ ναὸς ἀπεσκίμφθαι δύʼ ἄγκυραι. θεὸς
 τῶν τε κείνων τε κλυτὰν αἶσαν παρέχοι φιλέων. σ6
 δέσποτα ποντομέδων, εὐθὺν δὲ πλόον καμάτων σ1
 ἐκτὸς ἐόντα δίδοι, χρυσαλακάτοιο πόσις σ2

Arcadia leaving his motherland, of the fine flocks. On a stormy night it is good to have two anchors to throw down from a swift ship. May a god lovingly bestow a glorious lot on the men of both cities. Master, ruler of the sea, husband of Amphitrite of the golden distaff, grant straight sailing free from troubles,

Good in a stormy night are two anchors let fall from a swift ship. May friendly gods grant to both peoples an illustrious lot: and thou O lord and ruler of the sea, husband of Amphitrite of the golden distaff, grant this my friend straight voyage and unharmed, and bless the joyous flower of my song.

Scholia ad vv. 100–104 (9 entries)

ad v. 102

a. a. λαοτρόφον: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν διατρέφουσαν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ τιμήν· λέγει δὲ τὴν μαντικήν· οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τρέφονται μαντευόμενοι.

b. b. τινὲς δὲ λαοτρόφον φασὶ τὴν βασιλείαν τὴν τοὺς λαοὺς τρέφουσαν.

c. c. λαότροφον οὖν προπαροξυτόνως τὸν διὰ τῆς μαντικῆς τρεφόμενον, παροξυτόνως δὲ τὴν τρέφουσαν τὸν λαὸν, τουτέστι τὸν ὄχλον.

d. d. λαοτρόφον: τὴν τρεφομένην ὑπὸ τῶν λαῶν ἐπιστήμην ἑαυτῷ αἰτῶν.

e. e. λαοτρόφον τιμάν: βασιλικὴν ἀρχήν· ᾧ καὶ Ὅμηρος ὁμολογῶν τοὺς βασιλέας ποιμένας λαῶν ὀνομάζει.

f. f. αἰτῶν οὖν τιμήν τινα τὴν ἀπὸ πολλῶν, ἐν πολλοῖς ὄχλοις, ὑπάρξαι αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ.

ad v. 103

x. τιμάν τιν᾿: τιμὴν ἀπὸ τῶν λαῶν καὶ αὐξανομένην καὶ τρεφομένην.

ad v. 104

a. a. νυκτὸς ὑπαίθριος: τοῦτο συναπτέον τῷ πρώτῳ· καταβὰς ἐν μέσῳ Ἀλφειῷ νυκτὸς ὑπαίθριος. | οἰκεῖος δὲ καὶ ὁ καιρὸς πρὸς θείαν ἐπίκλησιν.

b. b. ηὔχετο οὖν, φησιν, αἰτῶν καὶ παρακαλῶν νυκτὸς ὑπαίθριος· ἀρχαιότατος δὲ ὁ τρόπος τῆς εὐχῆς.

105

105 Ἀμφιτρίτας, ἐμῶν δʼ ὕμνων ἄεξʼ εὐτερπὲς ἄνθος. σ161105

and give new growth to the delightful flower of my songs.

Scholia ad vv. 105–105 (161 entries)

ad v. 105

a. a. ἀρτιεπής: σαφὴς καὶ μηδὲν ἔχουσα ἀποκεκρυμμένον ὥσπερ οἱ χρησμοί.

b. b. ἀρτιεπὴς πατρία ὄσσα: ἡ ἀληθὴς καὶ ἀψευδής.

c. c. ἡ δὲ ἀρτιεπὴς καὶ ἀληθὴς φωνὴ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰς εὐχὰς ἀντεφθέγξατο.

d. d. ὄσσα δὲ ἡ φωνή.

a. a. μετάλλασεν: ἰδίως κέχρηται τῇ λέξει· μεταλλῆσαι γὰρ λέγουσι τὸ ζητῆσαι, ἀπὸ τῶν μετάλλων· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ τοιούτου οὐ τέταχεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐφθέγξατο καὶ προσεῖπεν αὐτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

b. b. ἔνιοι οὕτως· ἐπεὶ ἀφανὴς ἦν ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ἐπεφάνη μὲν οὔ, προσέπιπτε δὲ αὐτῷ ἡ βοή. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

c. c. μετάλλασέν τέ νιν: ἐὰν μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος, νοεῖσθαι δεῖ οὕτως· ἐπεζήτησέ τε αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φροντίδι ἔσχεν ὅπως ἂν τὰ μέλλοντα προλέγειν παράσχῃ αὐτῷ· ἐὰν δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰάμου, ὅτι τῆς φωνῆς ἀκούσας τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐπεζήτησεν αὐτὸν, ὥστε καὶ κατ᾿ ὄψιν αὐτὸν εὐτυχῆσαι τῆς θέας τοῦ θεοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

d. d. τὸ δὲ μετάλλασεν, ἐὰν λάβωμεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνηρώτησεν, ἀκύρως κεῖται· μεταλλῆσαι γάρ ἐστι τὸ ζητεῖν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν μετάλλων. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

e. e. ἄλλως· μετάλλασέ τέ νιν: ἰδίως κέχρηται τῇ λέξει· μεταλλῆσαι γάρ ἐστι τὸ ζητῆσαι, ἀπὸ τῶν μετάλλων. νῦν δὲ ἐπ᾿ οὐδενὸς τοιούτου τέταχεν, ἀλλὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐφθέγξατο καὶ προσεῖπε καὶ οἱονεὶ ἐφιλοφρονήσατο. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

f. f. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτως· ἐπεὶ ἀφανὴς ἦν ὁ Ἀπόλλων τῷ Ἰάμῳ, μόνῃ δὲ φωνῇ προσεῖπεν αὐτὸν, ἐφθέγξατο μὲν ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ὁ δὲ Ἴαμος ἐζήτησε τὸν φθεγξάμενον τίς ἦν. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

g. g. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς λεγόμενον· ἐφθέγξατο· ὄρσο τέκος. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

a. a. ὄρσο τέκνον: ὅρμα, τέκνον, τῆς ἐμῆς φωνῆς ὀπίσω· καθηγήσομαι μὲν ἐγὼ, σὺ δὲ ἀκολούθει εἰς τὴν ἐσομένην πάγκοινον χώραν, τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

b. b. ὄρσο τέκνον δεῦρο: ταῦτα παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος πρὸς Ἴαμον· ἄγε δὴ ἀνίστασο, παῖ, ἀπέλθωμεν | εἰς τὴν ἐσομένην ὕστερον πολύκοινον καὶ πολυπληθῆ χώραν· λέγει δὲ τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν. ὡς δὲ θεὸς, καὶ μάντις ἀκριβής ἐστιν εἰς τὰ μέλλοντα. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

c. c. πάγκοινον ἐς χώραν: κοινὴν χώραν τὴν Ἤλιδα, ὅτι πολλοὶ ξένοι ἐκεῖσε ἤρχοντο ἀγωνισόμενοι. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

d. d. ((Υ 131)) φήμας δὲ ὄπισθεν, οἷον τῇ φωνῇ ἀκολουθῶν· ὡς Ὅμηρος · χαλεποὶ δὲ θεοὶ φαίνεσθαι ἐναργεῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

x. ((l. l.)) φάμας ὄπισθεν: τῇ ἐμῇ φωνῇ ἐπικατακολούθει. Ὁμηρικῶς δέ · χαλεποὶ δὲ θεοὶ φαίνεσθαι ἐναργεῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

a. a. πέτραν: τὸν ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ λόφον φησίν. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

b. b. πέτραν ἀλίβατον: τὴν ὑψηλήν. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

c. c. καὶ ἤτοι ἐφ᾿ ἧς βαίνοντά ἐστιν ἀλιτεῖν διὰ τὸ ὕψος, ἢ ἐφ᾿ ἧς ἀνατέλλων πρῶτον ὁ ἥλιος βαίνει. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

d. d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὅρμησον, ὦ τέκνον, καὶ ἐλθὲ εἰς τὴν πολύκοινον ἐσομένην χώραν κατακολουθῶν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ φωνῇ. | παρεγένοντο δὲ εἰς τὴν ὑψηλὴν πέτραν τοῦ Κρονίου, ἐν ᾧ Κρονίῳ παρέσχεν αὐτῷ διπλοῦν θησαυρὸν μαντείας. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

a. a. θησαυρὸν δίδυμον: δίδυμον θησαυρὸν μαντείας αὐτῷ φησι δοθῆναι, ἕνα μὲν τὸ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν εὐθέως τότε φωνὴν ἀκούειν ψευδέων ἀνεπίγνωστον, οἷον ἀληθῆ· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῦ κατ᾿ Ὀλυμπίαν ἀγῶνος ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους τεθέντος τὸ μαντεῖον ἱδρύσασθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

b. b. θησαυρὸν δίδυμον: ἕνα μὲν, τὸ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν εὐθέως φωνὴν ἀκούειν ψευδῶν ἀνεπίγνωστον· ὕστερον δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῷ βωμῷ τοῦ Διὸς μαντεύεσθαι ἐκ τῆς τοῦ πυρὸς ἀναδόσεως. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

c. c. ἄλλως· ἔνθα οἱ ὤπασε θησαυρὸν δίδυμον ἕως τὸ βωμῷ: ὁ δὲ νοῦς· | ἐδίδου δὲ ὁ Ἀπόλλων τῷ Ἰάμῳ δίδυμον θησαυρὸν τῆς μαντείας, τότε μὲν φωνῆς κατακούειν ἀληθοῦς, ὅτε δὲ ὁ ἰσχυρὸς Ἡρακλῆς, τὸ τῶν Ἀλκαϊδῶν βλάστημα, τύχῃ ἐλθὼν εἰς Ὀλυμπίαν καὶ κτίσῃ τῷ αὑτοῦ πατρὶ περίβλεπτον καὶ πολυάνθρωπον πανήγυριν | καὶ τὸν νόμον καὶ θεσμὸν τῶν μεγίστων Ὀλυμπιακῶν ἄθλων ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Διὸς ὑψηλοτάτῳ βωμῷ, τότε Ἴαμον ἐκέλευσεν ὁ Ἀπόλλων χρηστήριον θέσθαι καὶ μαντεῖον τὸ διὰ τῶν θυμάτων. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

d. d. ἄλλως· μαντεῖον ἦν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ, οὗ ἀρχηγὸς γέγονεν Ἴαμος τῇ διὰ τῶν ἐμπύρων μαντείᾳ· ᾗ καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν οἱ Ἰαμίδαι χρῶνται. ἀναλαμβάνοντες γὰρ τὰ τῶν ἱερείων δέρματα ἐπιτιθέασιν εἰς τὸ πῦρ καὶ οὕτω μαντεύονται. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

e. e. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτω φασὶ, τεμνομένοις δέρμασι μαντεύεσθαι αὐτούς· λαμβάνοντες γὰρ τὰς βύρσας τῶν ἱερείων ἔσχιζον, καὶ κατὰ τὰ σχίσματα ἐμαντεύοντο, ἀφορῶντες εἰς τὴν τομὴν, πότερον εὐθεῖά ἐστιν ἢ οὔ. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

a. a. ψευδέων ἄγνωστον: ἀληθῆ. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

b. b. ἄγνωστος δὲ ψευδέων ἡ τῶν θεῶν φωνή. ἄλλοι δέ φασιν ὄρνεων. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

a. a. σεμνὸν θάλος: Δίδυμός φησι μὴ σώζεσθαι τὸν λόγον· τὸν γὰρ Ἡρακλέα θάλος εἶπεν Ἀλκαϊδᾶν ἀπὸ Ἀμφιτρύωνος, ὃς ἦν Ἀλκαίου παῖς. ἔθος δὲ τῷ Πινδάρῳ κατὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς τάσσειν τὸ πληθυντικόν. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

b. b. ὅτι Ἀμφιτρύων Ἀλκαίου παῖς ἐστι, δῆλον· ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ Ἀλκείδης ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τὸ πρότερον ἐκαλεῖτο. 109 [Drachmann ad v. 115]

c. c. σεμνὸν θάλος: τὸ βλάστημα τῶν Ἀλκαϊδῶν· φησὶ δὲ τὸν τοῦ Ἀμφιτρύωνος· ἐκεῖνος γὰρ Ἀλκαίου παῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

d. d. ἔνιοι μέντοι αὐτὸν τὸν Ἡρακλέα Ἀλκαῖον καλεῖσθαι βούλονται, μετωνομάσθαι δὲ Ἡρακλῆ, Ἀπόλλωνος τοῦτο χρησμοδοτήσαντος. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

a. a. πλειστόμβροτον: παρ᾿ ἣν οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων συνάγονται. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

b. b. πλειστόμβροτον: παρ᾿ ἣν πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀθροίζονται. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

x. βωμῷ: τῷ κατὰ τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν μαντικῷ βωμῷ τοῦ Διός. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

x. ((FHG II, p. 197 n. 2)) εἰς τὰςτότ᾿ αὖ χρηστήριον θέσθαι: τὸ διὰ τῶν ἐμπύρων μαντεύεσθαι. οὕτως δὲ μέχρι νῦν οἱ Ἰαμίδαι μαντεύονται, ἔμπυρα θύματα τιθέντες ἐν τῷ βωμῷ. Ἡρακλείδης δὲ ἐν τῷ περὶ χρηστηρίων τοῖς δέρμασί φησιν αὐτοὺς μαντεύεσθαι ἀφορῶντας σχισμὰς τῶν δερμάτων, πότερον εὐθεῖαί εἰσιν ἢ οὔ. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

x. ἐξ οὗ ὄλβος Ἰαμιδᾶν ἕσπετο: ἰδίως τῇ φράσει ἐχρήσατο· ἀφ᾿ οὗ δὴ χρόνου τὸ ἐνδοξότατον γένος τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν εὐδαιμονία ἠκολούθησεν· ἀντὶ δοτικῆς τὴν ἀκολουθίαν ἐχούσης πρὸς τὸν λόγον· | ἀφ᾿ οὗ τῷ τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν γένει ὁ ὄλβος ἠκολούθησε καθ᾿ Ἕλληνας. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

x. Ἰαμιδᾶν: ἐκτεταμένον τὸ Ἰαμιδᾶν διὰ τὸ ἀντίστροφον. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

a. a. ὄλβος δ᾿ ἅμ᾿ ἕσπετο: ὁμοίως τῷ σχήματι τῆς ἑρμηνείας κέχρηται· ἐξ οὗ τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν τὸ γένος ὄλβος ἅμ᾿ ἕσπετο· ἀντὶ τοῦ τῷ τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν γένει ὄλβος ἠκολούθησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

b. b. ((Ο 305)) ἡ πληθὺς ἐπὶ νῆας Ἀχαιῶν ἀπονέοντο, τὸ, γένος τιμῶντες. ἄλλως· ὁμοίως τῷ · [Drachmann ad v. 122]

c. c. τιμῶντες δ᾿ ἀρετάς: ἤτοι καθόλου γνωμικὸς ὁ λόγος, ἢ ἐπὶ τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν· οἱ δὲ Ἰαμίδαι τὰς ἀρετὰς τιμῶντες ἀεὶ εἰς ἐπίδοξον ὁδὸν βίου πορεύονται. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

a. a. ἐὰν δὲ ἀρσενικῶς, οὕτως·ἕκαστον. [ἐς φανερὰν ὁδόν:] ἀμφίβολον πότερον ἀρσενικόν ἐστι τὸ ἕκαστον ἢ οὐδέτερον. ἐὰν μὲν οὐδετέρως δεξώμεθα, οὕτως· σαφὲς δὲ ποιεῖ καὶ τεκμηριοῖ ἕκαστον ἔργον... τὸ ἴδιον πρᾶγμα ἔκδηλον καὶ φανερὸν καθίστησι τῶν ἀνθρώπων [Drachmann ad v. 123]

b. b. ἕκαστον γὰρ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἄλλως· τὸ ἴδιον πρᾶγμα φανερὸν ποιεῖ, ὡς Ὅμηρον ἡ ποίησις, ἡ ῥητορικὴ Δημοσθένην. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

c. c. τεκμαίρει χρῆμ᾿ ἕκαστον: ἕκαστον γὰρ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τεκμαίρει καὶ μηνύει τὸ οἱκεῖον πρᾶγμα, ὡς Ὅμηρον ἡ ποίησις, Δημοσθένην ἡ ῥητορική. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

d. d. λείπει· ἐγὼ τοίνυν διὰ τοῦτο ἐπαινῶ. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

e. e. ὁ δὲ λόγος γνωμικός. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

a. a. μῶμος δ᾿ ἐξ ἄλλων: φθόνος δὲ καὶ ψόγος ἐξ ἄλλων τινῶν, ἐκ τῶν φθονερῶν, ἐπικρέμαται τούτοις οἷς ἄν ποτε κατὰ τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν περὶ τὸν δωδεκάκυκλον δρόμον ἀγωνισαμένοις καὶ νικήσασιν [καὶ οἷς ἂν] ἡ ἐκ τῆς νίκης χάρις ἔνδοξον τὴν ὄψιν παράσχῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

b. b. ἄλλως· ὁ νοῦς· ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων φθονούντων μῶμος ἐπικρέμαται τοῖς τετυχηκόσι τῶν τιμῶν τούτων· οἷον οἱ μὴ τετυχηκότες τοὺς τυχόντας διαμωμῶνται ὡς μηδενὸς ἀξιολόγου τετυχηκότας. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

a. a. εὐκλεᾶ οἷς ποτε πρώτοις: τὸ ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου· οἷς ἄν ποτε πρῶτον ἁρματηλατήσασιν ἡ αἰδοία Χάρις ἐπιστάζῃ... [Drachmann ad v. 126]

b. b. εὐκλεᾶ μορφὰν δὲ εἶπε διὰ τὸ περιβλέπτους εἶναι τοὺς νικῶντας καὶ ἐπιχάριτας καὶ λαμπρούς. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

a. a. αἰδοία ποτιστάξῃ: ἐπεὶ οἱ νικῶντες δοκοῦσιν εὐειδεῖς εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

b. b. ποτιστάξῃ δὲ, ἐπιχαρίτους ποιήσῃ τοὺς νικῶντας. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

a. a. εἰ δ᾿ ἐτύμως ὑπὸ Κυλλάνας ὅροις: Κυλλήνη ὄρος Ἀρκαδίας ἱερὸν Ἑρμοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

b. b. φησὶ δὲ ὅτι εἰ δὴ ἀληθῶς οἱ τοῦ Ἀγησίου πρόγονοι τὴν Κυλλήνην κατοικοῦντες τὸ Ἀρκάδιον ὄρος ἐτίμησαν διὰ δώρων καὶ θυσιῶν πολλῶν πολλάκις τὸν κήρυκα τῶν θεῶν τὸν Ἑρμῆν τὸν τῶν ἀγώνων δεσπόζοντα καὶ τὰς μερίδας τῶν ἄθλων κεκληρωμένον, τὸν τὴν Ἀρκαδίαν τιμῶντα, τοῦτον ἂν εἴποιμεν καὶ νῦν, ὦ Σωστράτου παῖ, σὺν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ πατρὶ τελειοῦν σοι τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ εὐδαιμονίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

c. c. ἐτύμως: εἰ δὲ ἀληθῶς, φησι, οἱ τοῦ Ἀγησία κατὰ μητέρα πρόγονοι τὴν Ἀρκαδίαν οἰκοῦντες ἐδωρήσαντο θυσίας τῷ Ἑρμῇ. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

d. d. ὅροις· τῆς Ἀρκαδίας· τὸ δὲ Στύμφηλον ταύτῃ ὑπόκειται. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

e. e. ((FHG III, 30)) Στύμφηλος ὑπόκειται τῇ Κυλλήνῃ· ἔστι δὲ τῆς Ἀρκαδίας. οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὴν μητέρα πρόγονοι τοῦ Ἀγησίου Στυμφήλιοί εἰσιν. | Φιλοστέφανος δὲ ἐν τῷ περὶ Κυλλήνης φησὶ Κυλλήνην καὶ Ἑλίκην θρέψαι... ἐναγωνίου δὲ ὄντος τοῦ θεοῦ φησιν ὅτι οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀγησίαν διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ Ἑρμῆς ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ, εἰκότως νικῶσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

a. a. Ἀγησία: σημείωσαι ὅτι κατὰ μητέρα Ἀρκὰς ἦν Ἀγησίας. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

b. b. μάτρωες: οἱ μητρὸς ἀδελφοί. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

x. δώρησαν θεῶν κάρυκα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐδωρήσαντο τῷ κήρυκι τῶν θεῶν, ἢ χοροῖς ἐτίμησαν αὐτὸν. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

a. a. ὃς ἀγῶνας ἔχει: ἐναγώνιος γὰρ ὁ θεός. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

b. b. δι᾿ ὃν νικῶσιν οἱ περὶ Ἀγησίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

c. c. ὃς ἀγῶνας ἔχει: ἐναγώνιος ὁ θεός. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

d. d. ἢ ὅτι κῆρυξ· κῆρυξ δὲ καὶ ἐν ἀγῶσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

e. e. ἢ ὅτι τῆς πάλης εὑρετής. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

x. ((δ 616)) ὦ παῖ Σωστράτου: τῇ σῇ εὐτυχίᾳ, ὦ τοῦ Σωστράτου παῖ, τὴν εὐδοξίαν ἐπιστεφανοῖ. τὸ γὰρ κραίνειν καὶ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλων οὕτως τίθησιν. Ὅμηρος · χρυσὸς δ᾿ ἐπὶ χείλεσι κεκράανται. ἐπιτετερμάτισται. τινὲς δέχονται ὡς ἁπλῶς αὐτοῦ λέγοντος ἐστεφάνωται. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

a. a. δόξαν ἔχω τιν᾿: [δόξαν ἔχω τινά.] δόκησιν ἔχω ἐπὶ τῆς γλώττης, ἥ με παραθήγει ὡς ἀκόνη ὑμνεῖν ὑμᾶς καίπερ διαπροαιρούμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

b. b. ὃ δοκῶτῶν ἀκόνην δὲ λιγυρὰν εἶπε τὴν τοῦ ὕμνου ᾠδήν, ὡς... περὶ ἀνδρῶν, τοῦτό μοι ἡ ἀκόνη ἡ παροξύνουσα καὶ παρορμῶσα. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

c. c. δόξαν ἔχω ἕως ἔτικτεν: ὁ νοῦς· ἔχω τινὰ καὶ ἑτέραν δόκησιν οὕτω με προτρεπομένην λέγειν περὶ σοῦ, ὡσανεὶ τῆς ἀκόνης τῆς ὀξύνειν δυναμένης τὸ παραθηγόμενον· ἥτις δόκησις θελοντί μοι καὶ βουλομένῳ προσέρπει καὶ προσπίπτει ὑπὸ ταῖς τῶν αὐλῶν πνοαῖς καὶ τῶν ἤχων· διὰ πνοῆς γὰρ ὁ ἦχος ἐκφέρεται· ἥτις δόκησίς ἐστι τοῦ ὑμνεῖν σε ἐκ τῆς ἐμῆς προγόνου Μετώπης ἀπὸ Στυμφήλου πόλεως Ἀρκαδικῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

d. d. ματρομάτορα δὲ τὴν Μετώπην λέγει ὁ Πίνδαρος οὕτω. Μετώπη θυγάτηρ μὲν ἦν Λάδωνος τοῦ ποταμοῦ τῆς Ἀρκαδίας, | γυνὴ δὲ Ἀσωποῦ τοῦ ἐν Θήβαις ποταμοῦ. ἐκ ταύτης γέγονε νύμφη τις Θήβη, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἡ πόλις· Θηβαῖος δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος. διὰ τοῦτο ματρομάτορα ἰδίαν λέγει τὴν Μετώπην. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

a. a. ((Β 246)) Θερσῖτ᾿ ἀκριτόμυθε, λιγύς περ ἐὼν ἀγορητής, ἴσχεο. ἀκόνας λιγυρᾶς: ἀκόνην ὀξεῖάν φησι τὴν μουσικήν· λιγὺς γὰρ νῦν ὁ ὀξύς. καὶ Ὅμηρος · | οὐ γὰρ ἐγχωρεῖ τὸν ἄκριτα λέγοντα ἡδὺν εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

b. b. ἄλλως· ἀκόνης τινὸς δόκησιν ἔχω ἐπὶ γλώσσης· ὅ ἐστι, παρακονῶμαι. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

c. c. ἢ οὕτως· ἡ δόκησις ἀκόνη μοι· ὃ δοκῶ περὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, τοῦτό μοι ἀκόνη ἐστὶν ἡ παροξύνουσά με καὶ παρορμῶσα. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

d. d. ἢ οὕτω· τῆς λιγυρᾶς ἀκόνης ἔχω δόκησιν ἐπὶ τῆς γλώσσης, ἥτις κραίνει τῆς εὐτυχίας τὴν δόκησιν. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

e. e. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὀξὺς ὢν ὀξύτερος γίνομαι παρ᾿ ἀκόνης τῆς δοκήσεως θηγόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

f. f. λιγυρᾶς νῦν τῆς ὀξείας. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

a. a. προσέρπει: προσάγει. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

b. b. παροξύνει καὶ αὐτόν με θέλοντα ταῖς καλλιρρόοις ῥοαῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

c. c. καλλίροοι δὲ ῥοαὶ αἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀργάνων ἐκπεμπόμεναι. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

d. d. (προσέρπει:) γράφεται προσέλκοι. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

a. a. καλλιρόοισι ῥοαῖς: ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ὀργάνων ἀναφερομέναις τῶν μετ᾿ αὐλῶν ὕμνων. [Drachmann ad v. 143]

b. b. ματρομάτωρ: ἡ τῆς μητρὸς τῆς ἐμῆς μήτηρ· πῶς δὲ, ἐπιόντες δείξομεν. [Drachmann ad v. 143]

a. a. ((Β 608)) Στύμφηλόν τ᾿ εἶχον καὶ Παρρασίην ἐνέμοντο. Στυμφαλίς: ἀπὸ πατρίδος Ἀρκαδικῆς · [Drachmann ad v. 144]

b. b. ἡ Μετώπη δὲ Ἀσωποῦ μὲν ἦν γυνὴ, θυγάτηρ δὲ Λάδωνος τοῦ ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ ποταμοῦ, μήτηρ δὲ Θήβης, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἡ Πινδάρου πατρίς. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

c. c. προσέλκεταί με ἡ Μετώπη ὑμνεῖν σε διὰ τὴν οἰκειότητα· Ἀρκὰς γὰρ, ἐγὼ δὲ Θηβαῖος... ἦν, Θήβη δὲ Ἀσωποῦ καὶ Μετώπης τῆς Λάδωνος τοῦ ποταμοῦ Ἀρκάδος θυγάτηρ· ἀφ᾿ οὖ καὶ θηλυκῶς οὕτω ποταμὸς ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ Μετώπη. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

d. d. Στυμφαλὶς εὐανθὴς Μετώπα: Μετώπη Ἀσωποῦ μὲν ἦν γυνὴ, μήτηρ δὲ Θήβης, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἡ πόλις Θήβη προσηγορεύθη. διὰ τὴν οἰκειότητα οὖν, φησὶν ὁ Πίνδαρος, τὴν πρὸς ἐμὲ τῆς Μετώπης, ὅτι Θήβης μήτηρ τῆς ἐμῆς πατρίδος, ἕλκεταί με ἡ Μετώπη Ἀρκὰς οὖσα. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

e. e. τὴν δὲ Μετώπην φασὶ γήμαντα Ἀσωπὸν τὸν Ὠκεανοῦ, Λάδωνος οὖσαν θυγατέρα, τεκνῶσαι Κέρκυραν, Αἴγιναν, Σαλαμῖνα, Θήβην, Ἄρπινναν, Νεμέαν, Κλεώνην. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

f. f. εὐανθὴς δὲ Μετώπα ἡ ἀκμαία καὶ ἀνθηρὰ, ἵν᾿ ὁ λόγος ἐπὶ τῆς νύμφης ἀκούηται. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

g. g. ἡ Μετώπη ἡ Ἀρκαδικὴ πόλις (τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει διὰ τὸ Στυμφαλίς· Στύμφηλος γὰρ Ἀρκαδίας μητρόπολις) προσέλκει με ἑκόντα ἐν καλλιρόοις πνοαῖς, ἤγουν πρὸς τὸ αὐλεῖν καὶ ὑμνεῖν τὴν Ἀρκαδίαν τὴν τῆς μητρός σου χώραν. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

h. h. ((Β 608)) Στύμφηλόν τ᾿ εἶχον καὶ Παρρασίην ἐνέμοντο. ἄλλως· Στυμφαλὶς εὐανθὴς Μετώπα: Ἀρκαδική. Στύμφηλος γὰρ πόλις Ἀρκαδίας. Ὅμηρος · [Drachmann ad v. 144]

i. i. ματρομάτορα δὲ λέγει τὴν Μετώπην ὁ Πίνδαρος οὕτω· | Μετώπη θυγάτηρ μὲν Λάδωνος τοῦ ποταμοῦ τῆς Ἀρκαδίας, γυνὴ δὲ Ἀσωποῦ τοῦ ἐν Θήβαις ποταμοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

k. k. φασὶ δὲ τὴν Μετώπην οἱ μὲν λίμνην, οἱ δὲ ποταμόν. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

a. a. ἥτις Μετώπη ἐγέννησε τὴν ἱππικὴν Θήβην, κατὰ ἀναφορὰν τῶν ἐνοικούντων ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

b. b. πλάξιππον ἃ Θήβαν ἔτικτε· τᾶς ἐρατεινὸν ὕδωρ: ταύτης οὖν, τῆς Μετώπης· λέγει δὲ νῦν τοῦ ὁμωνύμου ποταμοῦ τῇ ἡρωίδι. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

c. c. ((in Jov. 26)) ὅτι δὲ ἡ Μετώπη τῆς Ἀρκαδίας ποταμὸς, Καλλίμαχος ἱστορεῖ ἐν ὕμνοις · πολύστιόν τε Μετώπην. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

a. a. πίομαι: οὐ λέγει κυρίως ὅτι πίομαι τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς Μετώπης ὕδωρ, ἀλλὰ οἷον γεύσομαι αὐτῆς διὰ τὸν ὕμνον καὶ ταύτην εἰς τὸν ὕμνον συλλήψομαι. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

b. b. πίομαι ἀνδράσιν αἰχματαῖσιν ἕως τοῦ ὕμνον: ἀνδράσι νῦν τῷ τε Ἀγησίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τούτου προγόνοις. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

c. c. τὸ δὲ πλέκων, ἤτοι πρὸς τὸ ποικίλον καὶ διάφορον τῆς φθογγῆς· λέγουσι γὰρ καὶ στροφὰς ὧδε· ἢ ὡς ἐπὶ στεφάνου μουσικοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

d. d. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ὦ τῆς ἐμῆς πατρίδος Ἀρκαδικῆς Μετώπη· λέγει δὲ τοῦ ποταμοῦ· γεύσομαι τῷ ὕμνῳ καὶ εἰς τὸ ἐγκώμιον ἀναλήψομαι, αὐτῷ τε τῷ Ἀγησίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τούτου ἀνδρείοις καὶ πολεμικωτάτοις προγόνοις τὸν ποικίλον καὶ πολύφθογγον ὕμνον διαπλέκων καὶ συντιθείς. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

a. a. ὄτρυνον νῦν ἑταίρους, Αἰνέα: ἀποστρέφει τὸν λόγον πρὸς Αἰνέαν τὸν χοροδιδάσκαλον. Αἰνέας γὰρ οὗτος χοροδιδάσκαλος, ᾧ ἐχρήσατο διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν ἰσχνόφωνον εἶναι καὶ μὴ δύνασθαι ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ καταλέγειν τοῖς χοροῖς, ὅπερ οἱ πλείους καὶ μεγαλόφωνοι τῶν ποιητῶν ἀγωνιζόμενοι ἐποίουν, δι᾿ ἑαυτῶν διδάσκοντες τοὺς χορούς. ἀπέστρεψεν οὖν τὸν λόγον ὁ Πίνδαρος πρὸς τὸν Αἰνέαν λέγων· παρόρμησον νῦν, ὦ Αἰνέα, τοὺς ἑταίρους τοὺς ἐν τῷ χορῷ, ὥστε ὑμνῆσαι πρῶτον μὲν τὴν Ἥραν· ἔπειτα δὲ γνωρίσαι τοῖς λόγοις ποίησον αὐτοὺς, εἰ κατὰ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον ἐκφεύγομεν τὸ ὄνειδος τῶν Βοιωτῶν | καὶ τὴν παροιμίαν τὴν λεγομένην Βοιωτία ὗς. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

b. b. ἡ δὲ παροιμία ἐντεῦθεν· Ὕαντες, ἔθνος βάρβαρον ἀρχαῖον, κατῴκησαν τὴν Βοιωτίαν· οὕστινας ἐκ παραφθορᾶς τοῦ ὀνόματος, ἀντὶ τοῦ Ὕαντας λέγειν, Ὗς ἐκάλουν· ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ὕστερον διαδοθῆναι τὴν λέξιν ἐπὶ τῶν Βοιωτῶν καὶ λοιπὸν νομισθῆναι, | διὰ πολλὴν ἀλογίαν καὶ ἀγροικίαν οὕτως ἐξ ἀρχαίου αὐτοὺς κεκλῆσθαι, τούς τε βουλομένους εἰς ἀπαιδευσίαν ἐπισκώπτειν τινὰς, τοῦτο λέγειν· Βοιωτία ὗς. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

c. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· παρόξυνον ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος τοὺς χορευτὰς, ὦ Αἰνέα, πρῶτον μὲν τὴν Ἥραν τὴν ἐν τῷ Παρθενίῳ ὄρει Παρθενίαν ἀνυμνῆσαι, καὶ γνῶναι ἀληθέσι λόγοις διὰ τοῦ ὕμνου ποίησον τοὺς ἀκούοντας, εἰ ἀποφεύγομεν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὄνειδος, ὃ ἀμουσίας ἕνεκεν ἡμῖν τοῖς Βοιωτοῖς προστρίβεται. ὑπάρχεις γὰρ τῶν Μουσῶν ἄγγελος ὀρθὸς καὶ ὑποφήτης, καὶ τρόπον τινὰ σκυτάλη καὶ σκῆτρον τούτων τυγχάνεις καὶ κρατὴρ ἡδὺς τῶν ὕμνων· ἀντὶ τοῦ, μουσικώτατος γὰρ εἶ. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

a. a. Αἰνέα: Αἰνέας ὁ τοῦ χοροῦ διδάσκαλος, ᾧτινι ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐχρῆτο διὰ τὸ ἰσχνόφωνον καὶ μὴ δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ δύνασθαι τοῖς χοροῖς καταλέγειν· ὅπερ οἱ πλεῖστοι ἐποίουν, δι᾿ ἑαυτῶν ἀγωνιζόμενοι. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

b. b. πρῶτον μὲν Ἥραν: τὴν Σαμίαν Ἥραν. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

c. c. τινὲς δὲ τὸν Ἀγησίαν φασὶν ἱδρύσασθαι ἄγαλμα Ἥρας. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

d. d. οἱ δὲ ὅτι γαμήλιος καὶ αἰτία γενέσεων. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

e. e. καὶ ἐν Εὐβοίᾳ Παρθένος ἐκαλεῖτο. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

f. f. ((fr. 213)) καὶ ποταμὸς Παρθένιος, ὃς Ἴμβρασος ἐκλήθη. Καλλίμαχος · ἀντὶ γὰρ ἐκλήθης, Ἴμβρασε, Παρθενίου. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

g. g. Ἥραν Παρθενίαν: τὴν ἐν τῷ Παρθενίῳ ὄρει τῆς Ἀρκαδίας τιμωμένην [ὑμνῆσαι]· ἵν᾿ ᾖ, τὴν ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ. οὕτως δὲ καὶ ἐν Ἄργει τιμᾶται Ἥρα. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

x. ((fr. 83)(fr. 310 K.)) εἰ φεύγομεν, Βοιωτίαν ὗν: ὅτι διὰ τὴν ἀγροικίαν καὶ τὴν ἀναγωγίαν τὸ παλαιὸν οἱ Βοιωτοὶ ὗες ἐκαλοῦντο· | καθάπερ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τοῖς διθυράμβοις · ἦν ὅτε σύας τὸ Βοιώτιον ἔθνος ἔλεγον. | καὶ Κρατῖνος · οὗτοι δ᾿ εἰσὶν Συοβοιωτοὶ, κρουπεζοφόρον γένος ἀνδρῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

a. a. ὗν: Ἀρίσταρχος· παρὰ τὸ λεγόμενον [ἐν] Βοιωτία ὗς. πεποιθὼς δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ποιήμασι κελεύει ἐπιγνῶναι τὸν Αἰνέαν καὶ γνῶναι τὴν τέχνην, εἰ φεύγουσιν οἱ Θηβαῖοι τὸ παλαιὸν ὄνειδος παιδείᾳ διαφέροντες καὶ μουσικῇ. τότε γὰρ ὡς ἀμαθεῖς ἐσκώπτοντο. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

b. b. Ὕαντες δὲ ᾤκησαν τὴν Θήβην, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος μετετράπη τὸ καὶ Συοβοιωτοὺς αὐτοὺς λέγεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

c. c. ὗν: Ὕαντες ἔθνος Βοιωτίας, οὕστινας ἐκ παραφθορᾶς τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀντὶ τοῦ Ὕαντας λέγειν ἐκάλουν Ὗς· ὥστε τοῖς ὕστερον διαδοθῆναι τὴν λέξιν ἐπὶ τῶν Βοιωτῶν καὶ λοιπὸν νομισθῆναι διὰ πολλὴν ἀγροικίαν καὶ ἀλογίαν οὕτως ἐξ ἀρχαίου αὐτοὺς κεκλῆσθαι, τούς τε βουλομένους τινὰς σκῶψαι ἐκάλουν Βοιωτίαν ὗν. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

d. d. ἐσσὶ γὰρ ἄγγελος: τυγχάνεις γὰρ, ὦ Αἰνέα, ἄγγελος ἀληθὴς καὶ τῶν καλλικόμων Μουσῶν κῆρυξ τῶν τε ἐπισήμων καὶ ἄγαν εὐφήμων ὕμνων κρατὴρ γλυκύτατος. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

a. a. ((fr. 86)) ἠυκόμων: καὶ νῦν τοῦτο σημαίνει· οἷον Μουσῶν εἶ κῆρυξ, διὰ τὸ σκυταλοφορεῖν τοὺς κήρυκας. περὶ δὲ τῆς σκυτάλης καὶ ἐν τοῖς Ἀρχιλόχου ὑπομνήμασιν εἴρηται · ἀχνυμένη σκυτάλη. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

b. b. ὃν.... παρὰ τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις. τινὲς δὲ δύο ἰσοπήχεις καὶ ἰσομήκεις· καὶ τούτων τὴν μίαν διδόασι τῷ ἁρμοστῇ, ἂν ἐκπέμπωσι πολιτικὴν χρείαν ἔχοντα, τὴν δὲ ἄλλην κατέχουσι· καὶ ὅταν δέῃ ἐπιστέλλειν ἀναγκαῖά τινα, ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἄγνωστα εἶναι τὰ ἐπιστελλόμενα τοῖς διακομίζουσιν ἑλίσσουσι παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῖς τὴν σκυτάλην δέρματι λευκῷ καὶ γράφουσι· ἔπειτα λύουσι καὶ διδόασι, μὴ φυλάττοντα τὴν λέξιν τῶν γεγραμμένων παρ᾿ ἑτέρῳ τινι ἢ παρ᾿ ἐκείνῳ, ὃς λαβὼν ἑλίσσει τὴν παρ᾿ ἑαυτῷ ῥάβδον καὶ οὕτως φανερῶν τῇ τάξει γενομένων μὴ νοεῖν τὰ γεγραμμένα. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

c. c. ((fr. 86)) ἠυκόμων σκυτάλα Μοισᾶν: τῶν εὐκόμων Μουσῶν ἀξιόλογε [ἄγγελε καὶ] κῆρυξ. σκυτάλην γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος λέγουσιν, ὡς καὶ Ἀρχίλοχος · ἀχνυμένη σκυτάλη. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

d. d. ἡ δὲ σκυτάλη τοιοῦτόν ἐστι. Λάκωνες κήρυκας διαπεμπόμενοι ξύλον μελαίνοντες περιείλισσον λευκῷ ἱμάντι καὶ περιέγραφον τῷ τε ἱμάντι καὶ τῷ ξύλῳ· εἶτα ὑπέλυον, ὥστε τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς γραφῆς μὴ σώζεσθαι, εἰ μὴ προστεθείη πάλιν ὁ ἱμάς· καὶ οὕτω διὰ μὲν ἑτέρου τὸν ἱμάντα, διὰ δὲ ἑτέρου τὸ ξύλον ἀπέστελλον. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

e. e. οἱ δὲ ὅτι ξύλον διαπρίοντες ἔνδον ἐπέγραφον καὶ οὕτως ἀπέστελλον. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

f. f. οἱ δὲ ὅτι ξύλον τι στρογγύλον, ὅπερ εἰς δύο ποιοῦντες τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ κατεῖχον αὐτοὶ, τὸ δὲ ἕτερον ἐδίδουν τῷ ἁρμοστῇ [τῷ στρατηγῷ] τῷ ἐκπεμπομένῳ εἴς τινα πόλιν· εἶτα εἰ ἐβούλοντο δηλῶσαι αὐτῷ περὶ ἀπορρήτων, ἱμάντι περιειλίσσοντες ὃ εἶχον αὐτοὶ ξύλον ἐπέγραφον· ὅντινα δεχόμενος ὁ ἁρμοστὴς περιείλει ᾧ εἶχεν ἐκείνου ἀποκόμματι καὶ οὕτως ἀνεγίνωσκεν. ἦσαν δὲ ἁρμοσταὶ Λακεδαιμονίων εἴκοσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

g. g. ἄλλως· Μοισᾶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ Μουσῶν ἄγγελε καὶ κῆρυξ. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

h. h. ἐχρῶντο δὲ πλατείαις σκυτάλαις οἱ Λάκωνες, ἐγγράφοντες αὐταῖς τὰς ἐπιστολὰς καὶ ἐγκλείοντες εἰς σκύτινα ἀγγεῖα καὶ οὕτω σφραγίζοντες. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

a. a. Συρακοσσᾶν τε καὶ Ὀρτυγίας: Ὀρτυγία νῆσος ταῖς Συρακούσαις παρακειμένη τὸ πρότερον· νῦν δὲ συνήφθη τῇ πόλει ταῖς Συρακούσαις. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

b. b. ἄλλως· νῆσος πρὸ τῶν Συρακουσῶν, ἧς ἄρχει ὁ Ἱέρων. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

c. c. ὅτι ἡ τῶν Συρακουσίων νῆσος Ὀρτυγία ἐκαλεῖτο, καὶ ὅτι Ἀγησίας ἐπολιτεύετο ἐν Συρακούσαις· ἦν δὲ τὸ ἀνέκαθεν Στυμφήλιος ἐξ Ἀρκαδίας. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

d. d. ἥντινά, φησι, τὴν τῶν Συρακουσῶν πόλιν Ἱέρων καθαρῷ σκήπτρῳ διοικῶν, ἴσα καὶ δίκαια βουλευόμενος τιμᾷ καὶ θεραπεύει τὴν Δήμητραν τὴν ἀνθηρὸν [καὶ ἐρυθρὸν] ἔχουσαν πόδα. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

e. e. ἢ φοινικόπεζαν, τὴν ἐρυθρόπουν, ἀπὸ μέρους καλήν· πέζα γὰρ ὁ ποῦς. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

a. a. εἶχεν τὰν Ἱέρων: ἱερωσύνην ὁ Ἱέρων Δήμητρος καὶ Κόρης καὶ Διὸς Αἰτναίου ἐν Σικελίᾳ ἐκ διαδοχῆς Τηλίνου τοῦ προγόνου αὐτῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

b. b. σκάπτῳ: Ἀρίσταρχος· τοῖς κατὰ τὸν χορὸν εἰπεῖν ἐπικελεύει τῶν τε Συρακουσῶν μεμνῆσθαι καὶ τῆς Ὀρτυγίας· αὕτη δέ ἐστι προσεχὴς ταῖς Συρακούσαις νῆσος καὶ ἀχώματος. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

c. c. ((FHG IV, 640)(FHG I, 214)) ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος· διὰ τὸν Ἱέρωνα, ἐπεὶ ἄνωθεν ἐκ προγόνων ἱεροφάντης τῶν θεῶν ἀποδέδεικται, τὰ προκείμενά φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος· καὶ παρατίθεται τὰ Φιλίστου καὶ τὰ Τιμαίου. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

x. φοινικόπεζαν: ἐπειδὴ οἱ λικμῶντες τὰ ἄχυρα ξανθοὶ γίνονται τὴν κεφαλήν. πᾶν δὲ ἄκρον πέζα καλεῖται. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

a. a. λευκίππου τε: ὅτι ἡ Δημήτηρ τὴν Κόρην εὗρε μετὰ τὴν ἁρπαγὴν καὶ λευκοὺς ἵππους ὑποζεύξασα ἀνήγαγεν αὐτήν. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

b. b. λευκίππου τε θυγατρός: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἀμφέπει καὶ τῆς λευκοὺς ἵππους ἐχούσης θυγατρὸς αὐτῆς· λέγει δὲ τῆς Κόρης. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

c. c. λεύκιππον δὲ εἶπεν, | ἐπειδὴ λέγεται μετὰ τὴν ἁρπαγὴν ἡ Κόρη, ἣν ὑπέστη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πλούτωνος, εὑρεθεῖσα λοιπὸν ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς Δήμητρος, λευκοπώλῳ ἅρματι ἀνῆχθαι εἰς τὸν Ὄλυμπον πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τὸν Δία. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

d. d. λέγεται δὲ ὁ Ἱέρων τῆς Δήμητρος καὶ τῆς Κόρης ἱεροφάντης. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

a. a. Ζηνὸς Αἰτναίου: ἐν τῇ Αἴτνῃ Διὸς Αἰτναίου ἄγαλμα ἵδρυται, καὶ ἑορτὴ Αἰτναῖα καλεῖται. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

b. b. καὶ Ζηνὸς Αἰτναίου: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἀμφέπει. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

c. c. περιέπει δὲ καὶ θεραπεύει ὁ Ἱέρων καὶ τὸ κράτος τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ κατὰ τὴν Αἴτνην τιμωμένου. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

d. d. ἁδύλογοι δέ μιν λύραι: αἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀργάνων πνοαί. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

e. e. ((O. I 14)) ὁ δὲ λόγος· αἱ δὲ ἡδύλογοι αὐτὸν πνοαὶ τῶν ὀργάνων καὶ ᾠδαὶ γνωρίζουσιν· ἤτοι ὡς πολυύμνητον διὰ τὰ κατορθώματα, ἢ ὡς καὶ αὐτὸν μουσικῆς ἔμπειρον· φησὶ γάρ που ἔμπροσθεν · ἀγλαΐζεται δὲ καὶ μουσικᾶς ἐν ἀώτῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

a. a. μὴ θραύσοι: ὁ ἐπιγινόμενος χρόνος τὸν ὄλβον αὐτῶν μὴ θραύοι, τοὐναντίον δὲ αὐτοὶ....· τοῦτο γάρ τινες συνεκδέχονται. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

b. b. μὴ ταράσσοι. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

c. c. μὴ θραύσοι χρόνος ὄλβον: ὁ λόγος εὐκτικός· μὴ δὲ οὖν, ὦ θεοὶ, θραύσοι καὶ ἀφανίσοι αὐτοῦ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ὁ μακρὸς χρόνος, ἀλλὰ φιλοφροσύναις καὶ εὐθυμίαις ἐπεράστοις εἴη τὸν Ἱέρωνα τὸ τοῦ Ἀγησίου ἐγκώμιον δέξασθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

x. σὺν δὲ φιλοφροσύναις: ὅτι φίλος Ἀγησίας Ἱέρωνος καὶ μάντις· ὃς ἀνῃρέθη Ἱέρωνος καταλυθέντος. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

x. δέξαιτο κῶμον: τὸ τοῦ Ἀγησίου ἐγκώμιον δέξαιτο ὁ Ἱέρων. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

a. a. οἴκοθεν οἴκαδε: ὅτι Ἀρκὰς καὶ Συρακούσιος ὁ Ἀγησίας. [Drachmann ad v. 167]

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· | οἰκεῖον ὄντα καὶ οὐκ ἀλλότριον. [Drachmann ad v. 167]

c. c. ((129 e)) ἴδιον ἐξ ἰδίων. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐν Σικελίᾳ οἰκεῖν δοκεῖ ὁ Ἀγησίας, ὅμως ἐκ μητρὸς Ἀρκάς ἐστιν, ὥσπερ ἐδείχθη ἀνωτέρω. [Drachmann ad v. 167]

d. d. ἀπὸ Στυμφαλίων: ἐκ τοῦ Στυμφήλου εἰς Συρακούσας πέμπει τὸν ὕμνον. μητρόπολις δὲ Ἀρκαδίας ἡ Στύμφηλος. [Drachmann ad v. 167]

a. a. ποτινισόμενον: παραγινόμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· δέξαιτο ὁ Ἱέρων ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀρκαδίας ἐρχόμενον τὸν ὕμνον καὶ καταλιπόντα τὴν Στύμφηλον πόλιν, ἥ ἐστι μητρόπολις τῆς εὐμήλου Ἀρκαδίας, καὶ εἰς Σικελίαν παραγινόμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

a. a. ἀγαθαὶ δὲ πέλονται: ἀγαθαὶ δέ, φησι, καὶ χρήσιμοι κατὰ χειμερίαν νύκτα δύο ἄγκυραι ἠρεισμέναι ἐκ μιᾶς νεώς. τοῦτο δέ φησι διὰ τὸ καὶ τὸν Ἀγησίαν δύο περιέχεσθαι πατρίσι, τῇ τε Ἀρκαδίᾳ καὶ ταῖς Συρακούσαις. [Drachmann ad v. 170]

b. b. ἄλλως· ἐν νυκτὶ δ᾿ ἄνεμοι χαλεποί:— δῆλον νηῶν: πρὸς οὓς χρηστέον δύο ἀγκύραις... [Drachmann ad v. 170]

c. c. δύο ἄγκυραι... χρήσιμοι, οὕτω καὶ πρὸς τὰς γινομένας ταραχὰς αἱ δύο πόλεις. [Drachmann ad v. 170]

d. d. ἀγαθαὶ δὲ πέλονται: ἀστείως ἀπολογεῖται τοῦ εἶναι τὸν νικηφόρον δύο πατρίδων, καί φησιν· ὥσπερ ἐστὶ λυσιτελὲς καὶ συμφέρον ἐν χειμῶνι καὶ νυκτὶ [τὴν νῆα] δύο ἀγκύραις ἐπερείδεσθαι, οὕτως ἐπικερδὲς καὶ δύο πατρίδας ἔχειν [τὸν νικηφόρον]. [Drachmann ad v. 170]

e. e. ἡ δὲ ἔμφασις ὅτι ἐκπίπτοντες τῆς ἑτέρας πόλεως ἐπὶ τὴν ἑτέραν δύνανται σώζεσθαι παραγινόμενοι. [Drachmann ad v. 170]

x. τῶνδ᾿ ἐκείνων τε: ὁ νοῦς· θεὸς οὖν τῶν Ἀρκάδων τὴν μοῖραν καὶ τῶν Συρακουσίων παρέχοι τῷ Ἀγησίᾳ καλλίστην. [Drachmann ad v. 174]

x. φιλέων δὲ, θεὸς τὸν Ἀγησίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 175]

x. δέσποτα ποντόμεδον: σὺ δὲ, ὦ δέσποτα Πόσειδον, ἄνερ τῆς Ἀμφιτρίτης, πάρεχε αὐτῷ εὐθὺν πλοῦν καὶ ἄκμητον. ἐν εὐθυμίᾳ καὶ εὐδαιμονίᾳ ὄντα παράσχες διανήξασθαι τὸν βίον· καὶ τὸν ἐμὸν δὲ ὕμνον εἰς ἄνθος καὶ τὸν καρπὸν εἰς δόξαν ἔπαιρε. [Drachmann ad v. 176]

a. a. εὔθυνε πλόον: μέλλει γὰρ ὁ Ἀγησίας εἰς Συρακούσας πέμπειν τὸν ὕμνον πλοΐ. [Drachmann ad v. 177]

b. b. τινὲς δὲ τὴν διαγωγὴν τοῦ βίου πλοῦν φασι ποιεῖσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 177]

a. a. ((Γ 277)) πόσις: τὸ πόσις ἐπὶ κλητικῆς κεῖται εὐθείας ὂν, ὡς τὸ Ἠέλιος ὃς πάντ᾿ ἐφορᾷς, καὶ Διὶ φίλος. b. δίδου οὖν, φησιν, ὦ Πόσειδον, ὦ πόσις Ἀμφιτρίτης, εὐπλοῆσαι καμάτων ἐκτὸς ἐόντα. τέλος ἀπήνης Ἀγησίᾳ Συρακουσίῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 179]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 7

Olympian 7 — for Διαγόρᾳ Ῥοδίῳ

πύκτῃ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 95 lines · 311 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen VII.

metr. Διαγόρᾳ Ῥοδίῳ πύκτῃ υἱῷ Δαμαγήτου. Διαγόρᾳ Ῥοδίῳ πύκτῃ. Διαγόρᾳ Ῥοδίῳ πύκτῃ νικήσαντι ἑβδομηκοστὴν ἐννάτην Ὀλυμπιάδα. ((FHG IV, 410)) Ταύτην τὴν ᾠδὴν ἀνακεῖσθαί φησι Γόργων ἐν τῷ τῆς Λινδίας Ἀθηναίας ἱερῷ χρυσοῖς γράμμασιν. | ἐνίκησε δὲ καὶ Πύθια καὶ Ἴσθμια. Τοῦ ζ΄ εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐστὶν ια΄. τὸ α΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ β΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ε΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ζ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ β΄. τὸ η΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ θ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ι΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ιγ΄. τὸ α΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ β΄ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἀπὸ τροχαϊκῆς εἰς τροχαϊκήν. τὸ γ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἢ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν μονόμετρον. τὸ ς΄ περίοδος, διπλοῦς τροχαῖος. τὸ ζ΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ι΄ ἰαμβέλεγος τοῦ πρώτου ἰάμβου λελυμένου. τὸ ια΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ιβ΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ιγ΄ Στησιχόρειον.

insc_a. Inscr.a. Διαγόρᾳ νικήσαντι τὴν οθ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα. τοῦτον δὲ τὸν Διαγόραν οἱ Ῥόδιοι Ἑρμοῦ παῖδά φασιν. πορευομένῃ γὰρ τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς ἀγρὸν καὶ ἀναπαυομένῃ πρὸς Ἑρμαίῳ τινὶ μιγῆναι τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ἐκ τούτου γενέσθαι τὸν Διαγόραν.

insc_b. ἔσχονInscr.b. περὶ τοῦ Διαγόρου εἷπε μὲν καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης... καὶ Ἀπόλλας μαρτυροῦσιν ὅτι δ΄ πηχῶν καὶ ε΄ δακτύλων ἦν. ἔσχε δὲ καὶ Δαμάγητον υἱὸν πρεσβύτατον τῶν παίδων τετράπηχυν τὸ μέγεθος, τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλάττονα ε΄ δακτύλων. ἔσχε δὲ καὶ ἄλλον ἀδελφὸν Ἀκουσίλαον, θυγατέρων δὲ υἱοὺς Εὐκλέα Καλλιάνακτος καὶ Πεισίρροδον. οὗτοι δὲ πολλὰς νίκας ἐκ τῶν Ὀλυμπίων ἔσχον, δὲ καὶ ἐκ Πυθίων... δὲ ἔφη ὅτι παῖδες τούτου διαφόρους ἀγῶνας νικήσαντες καὶ περιβαλόντες τὸν Διαγόραν ἐξῆλθον μακαριζόμενοι, ἀφ᾿ οὗ Ἡρακλῆς συνέθηκε τὸν ἀγῶνα, μηδενί πω τοιαῦτα συμβῆναι ὥστε καὶ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ὀλυμπινοίκας γενέσθαι. ἡ θυγάτηρ δὲ τούτου ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ Ὀλύμπια· ᾗ ὄνομα Καλλιπάτειρα. ἐκωλύετο δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλανοδικῶν γυνὴ οὖσα θεωρῆσαι τὰ Ὀλύμπια. ἡ δὲ οὐχ ὁμοία ἔφη εἶναι ταῖς ἄλλαις γυναιξίν· ἔχειν γὰρ καὶ τὸν πατέρα Διαγόραν καὶ τοὺς τρεῖς ἀδελφοὺς Ὀλυμπιονίκας, Δαμάγητον, Δωριέα, Ἀκουσίλαον, καὶ πέμπτον ἀδελφῆς παῖδα Εὐκλέα καὶ αὐτῆς υἱὸν Πεισίρροδον, καὶ τούτων εἰκόνας εἶναι ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ. οἱ Ἑλλανοδίκαι δὲ ἡσθέντες συνεχώρησαν αὐτῇ θεωρεῖν.

insc_c. Inscr.c. προοίμιον. ὁ Διαγόρας υἱὸς μὲν ἦν Δαμαγήτου τοῦ Ῥοδίου· περὶ δὲ τούτου τοῦ Διαγόρου ἱστόρηται τοιαῦτα. κατὰ γὰρ τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν ἕστηκεν ὁ Διαγόρας μετὰ τὴν Λυσάνδρου εἰκόνα, πηχῶν τεσσάρων δακτύλων πέντε, τὴν δεξιὰν ἀνατείνων χεῖρα, τὴν δὲ ἀριστερὰν εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐπικλίνων. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἵσταται καὶ ὁ Δαμάγητος ὁ πρεσβύτερος τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ, ὃς ὖν καὶ ὁμώνυμος τῷ πάππῳ, παγκράτιον προβεβλημένος, καὶ αὐτὸς πηχῶν τεσσάρων, ἐλάττων δὲ τοῦ πατρὸς δακτύλων τεσσάρων. ἐχόμενος δὲ τούτων ἕστηκε Δωριεὺς ἀδελφὸς πύκτης καὶ αὐτὸς προβεβλημένος. τρίτος δὲ μετ᾿ ἐκεῖνον Ἀκουσίλαος, τῇ μὲν ἀριστερᾷ ἱμάντα ἔχων πυκτικὸν, τὴν δὲ δεξιὰν ὥσπερ πρὸς εὐχὴν ἀνατείνων. καὶ οὗτοι μὲν οἱ τοῦ νικηφόρου παῖδες ἐν στήλαις ἵστανται σὺν τῷ πατρί· | μετ᾿ ἐκείνους δὲ καὶ θυγατέρων αὐτοῦ νικηφόροι υἱοὶ δύο, Εὔκλων πυγμῇ νικήσας ἄνδρας καὶ μετ᾿ ἐκεῖνον Πεισίρροδος. καὶ λέγεται κατὰ τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν νικήσαντας τοὺς παῖδας κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν τῷ πατρί, | περιβαλόντας [οὖν] τὸν Διαγόραν περιιέναι τὸ στάδιον μακαριζομένους ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. χρόνῳ δὲ ὕστερόν φασι καὶ τὴν τούτου θυγατέρα Ἀριστοπάτειραν ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν καὶ αἰτεῖν παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλανοδικῶν ἐπιτρέψαι τὴν θέαν αὐτῇ· τοὺς δὲ κωλύειν φάσκοντας κατὰ νόμον γυναῖκα μὴ θεωρεῖν τὸν γυμνικὸν ἀγῶνα. τὴν δὲ φῆσαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἴσην εἶναι ταῖς ἄλλαις γυναιξὶν, ἀλλὰ φέρειν πλέον τι, ταῖς προγονικαῖς ἀρεταῖς ἐπερειδομένην, καὶ δεῖξαι τάς τε τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν στήλας· καὶ οὕτω νικηθέντας τοὺς Ἑλλανοδίκας ἐπιχωρῆσαι καὶ συνήθειαν νόμου διαλῦσαι καὶ τῇ Ἀριστοπατείρᾳ τὴν θέαν ἐπιτρέψαι. καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ αὐτῶν τοσαῦτα. ἱστόρηται δὲ ὁ Διαγόρας Ἑρμοῦ παῖς γεγενῆσθαι. φασὶ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὴν μητέρα εἰς ἀγρόν που πορευομένην, εἶτα καύματος σφοδροῦ ἐπισχόντος ἐπικλιθῆναί τινι Ἑρμαίῳ τεμένει, καὶ οὕτω τὸν θεὸν αὐτῇ συνελθεῖν, | τὸν δὲ Διαγόραν οὕτω τεκεῖν αὐτήν· ὃς πρῶτος ἀφ᾿ Ἡρακλέος λέγεται τοιοῦτος γενέσθαι.

1–4

 φιάλαν ὡς εἴ τις ἀφνειᾶς ἀπὸ χειρὸς ἑλὼν σ2
 ἔνδον ἀμπέλου καχλάζοισαν δρόσῳ
 δωρήσεται σ4
 νεανίᾳ γαμβρῷ προπίνων οἴκοθεν οἴκαδε, πάγχρυσον κορυφὰν κτεάνων, σ1

As when someone takes a goblet, all golden, the most prized of his possessions, foaming with the dew of the vine from a generous hand, and makes a gift of it to his young son-in-law, welcoming him with a toast from one home to another,

As when from a wealthy hand one lifting a cup, made glad within with the dew of the vine, maketh gift thereof to a youth his daughter's spouse, a largess of the feast from home to home, an all-golden choicest treasure, that the banquet may have grace, and that he may glorify his kin; and therewith he maketh him envied in the eyes of the friends around him for a wedlock wherein hearts are wedded--

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (7 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. φιάλαν ὡς εἴ τις: ὡς εἴ τις φιάλην πάγχρυσον ἀπὸ πλουσίας χειρὸς λαβὼν πεπληρωμένην οἴνου δωρήσεται ἀκμαίῳ νυμφίῳ, ἅμα τὸν οἶνον προπίνων καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν φιάλην δωρούμενος, οὖσαν κεφάλαιον τῶν τοῦ πλούτου κτημάτων διὰ τὸ αὐτὴν χρυσῆν εἶναι· | ἀπὸ τῶν οἴκων δὲ τοῦ πενθεροῦ δεξάμενος εἰς τὰ ἑαυτοῦ φέρει οἰκήματα· ἐχαρίσατο δὲ τοῦ τε συμποσίου διὰ τοῦ δώρου τὴν ὀφειλομένην χάριν ἀποσώσας καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ συγγένειαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν νεανίαν τιμήσας· | ἔθηκε δὲ αὐτὸν ζηλωτὸν ἕνεκεν τῆς ὁμοφροσύνης πρὸς τὴν τοῦ δωρησαμένου θυγατέρα.

b. b. ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ πενθερὸς δωρεῖται τῷ νεανίᾳ τὴν φιάλην οἴνου πεπληρωμένην, κἀγὼ τὸ ἄκρατον τὸ ἐκ Μουσῶν ὑπάρχον μοι νέκταρ, ὃ ἐκ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ διανοίας ἐκαρπωσάμην, | παρέχων τοῖς νικηταῖς ἀνδράσιν, ἱλαροὺς αὐτοὺς καὶ εὐχαρίστους ἀποτελῶ.

ad v. 3

a. a. καγχλάζοισαν: ἀντὶ τοῦ πληθύνουσαν.

b. b. ἔνδον δὲ ὅτι ἔσω τῆς φιάλης ἔχεται ὁ οἶνος.

c. c. ἀμπέλου δρόσῳ: ἤγουν τῷ οἴνῳ. 6

d. d. καχλάζοισαν: ἀντὶ τοῦ πεπληρωμένην· πρὸς ὃ τὸ σημεῖον.

ad v. 4

x. ((fr. 66?)(18, 296)) δωρήσεται: οὐ μόνον προπίνων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν φιάλην χαρίσεται χρυσῆν οὖσαν. δηλοῖ γὰρ τὸ δωρεῖσθαι, ὡς καὶ Ἀνακρέων · ὡς καὶ προπίνων χρηστὰς φιάλου. καὶ Δημοσθένης τοὺς προδιδόντας τὴν πατρίδα...

5–6

5 συμποσίου τε χάριν κᾶδός τε τιμάσαις νέον, ἐν δὲ φίλων σ35

6 παρεόντων θῆκέ νιν ζαλωτὸν ὁμόφρονος εὐνᾶς· σ4

honoring the grace of the symposium and the new marriage-bond, and thereby, in the presence of his friends, makes him enviable for his harmonious marriage-bed;

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (7 entries)

ad v. 5

a. a. ((fr. 66)(18, 296)) προπίνων: προπίνειν ἐστὶ κυρίως τὸ ἅμα τῷ κράματι τὸ ἀγγεῖον χαρίζεσθαι. Ἀνακρέων · ἀλλὰ πρόπινε ῥαδινοὺς ὦ φίλε μηρούς· ἀντὶ τοῦ χαρίζου. καὶ Δημοσθένης τοὺς προδιδόντας τὰς πατρίδας τοῖς ἐχθροῖς προπίνειν ἔφη τοῖς ἐχθροῖς.

b. b. ἄλλως· τινὲς προπέμπων λέγουσι, τὸ δὲ προπίνων παλαιὸν σφάλμα φασὶ τῶν γραψάντων.

c. c. νεανίᾳ δὲ γαμβρῷ, τῷ ἀκμαίῳ νυμφίῳ· γαμβρὸν γὰρ κυρίως τὸν νυμφίον λέγουσι δηλονότι.

ad v. 6

a. a. οἴκοθεν: διὰ γὰρ τὴν οἰκειότητα αἱ οἰκίαι κοιναί εἰσι τοῦ πενθεροῦ καὶ τοῦ γαμβροῦ.

b. b. πάγχρυσον κορυφάν: τὸ μὲν πάγχρυσον ὡς πρὸς τὴν φιάλην, ἵν᾿ ᾖ ἡ φιάλη ὅλη χρυσῆ.

c. c. τὸ δὲ κορυφὰν κτεάνων, ὅτι ἀξιοπρεπέστερος τῶν τοῦ πλούτου χρημάτων ὁ χρυσός. κορυφὰν οὖν τὸ κεφάλαιον καὶ ἄκρον ἀκουστέον.

d. d. ((K 216 cl. Ω 235)) ἐξ Ὁμήρου τοῦτο παρέξεται φάσκοντος· τῷ κτέρας οὐδὲν ὅμοιον.

7–9

 καὶ ἐγὼ νέκταρ χυτόν, Μοισᾶν δόσιν, ἀεθλοφόροις
 ἀνδράσιν πέμπων, γλυκὺν καρπὸν φρενός, σ4
 ἱλάσκομαι,

I too, sending to victorious men poured nectar, the gift of the Muses, the sweet fruit of my mind, I try to win the gods’ favor

Scholia ad vv. 7–9 (4 entries)

ad v. 8

a. a. συμποσίου τε χάριν: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῶν ἐν τῷ συμποσίῳ. ποσίῳ.

b. b. ὅπως καὶ δόξῃ χαριστικός τις εἶναι παρὰ τοῖς πίνουσιν.

c. c. κᾶδός τε· τὴν κατ᾿ ἐπιγαμίαν οἰκειότητα τιμῶν τῷ δώρῳ τῆς χρυσῆς φιάλης. ἔνθεν καὶ κηδεστής.

d. d. κᾶδός τε τιμάσας ἑόν: τὸ κῆδος. τὴν συγγένειαν· ἔοικε γὰρ ὁ δωρούμενος πατὴρ εἶναι τῆς γαμηθείσης τῷ νεανίᾳ νύμφης.

10–12

 Οὐλυμπίᾳ Πυθοῖ τε νικώντεσσιν· ὁ δʼ ὄλβιος, ὃν φᾶμαι κατέχοντʼ ἀγαθαί. σ2
 ἄλλοτε δʼ ἄλλον ἐποπτεύει Χάρις ζωθάλμιος ἁδυμελεῖ
 θαμὰ μὲν φόρμιγγι παμφώνοισί τʼ ἐν ἔντεσιν αὐλῶν. σ5

OlympiaPytho for those men who were victors at and at, That man is prosperous, who is encompassed by good reports. Grace, which causes life to flourish, looks with favor now on one man, now on another, with both the sweet-singing lyre and the full-voiced notes of flutes.

So also I, my liquid nectar sending, the Muses' gift, the sweet fruit of my soul, to men that are winners in the games at Pytho or Olympia make holy offering. Happy is he whom good report encompasseth; now on one man, now on another doth the Grace that quickeneth look favourably, and tune for him the lyre and the pipe's stops of music manifold.

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (7 entries)

ad v. 10

a. a. ζαλωτόν: ζηλωτὸν ἐκεῖνον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησεν ἕνεκεν τῆς ὁμοφροσύνης αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν σύνευνον. διὰ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δηλονότι παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς ἐτιμᾶτο.

b. b. προσληπτέον δὲ εἰς τὸν πλήρη λόγον τὴν ἕνεκα, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· φίλων δὲ παρόντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν ζηλωτὸν ἕνεκα τῆς ὁμόφρονος εὐνῆς.

ad v. 12

a. a. καὶ ἐγὼ νέκταρ χυτόν: αὐτόχυτον καὶ ἄκρατον.

b. b. νέκταρ τὸ ποίημα εἶπε· Μοισᾶν δὲ δόσιν, τὴν μουσικὴν καὶ τοὺς ὕμνους.

c. c. ἱλάσκομαι, ἱλαροὺς ποιῶ.

d. d. καρπὸν φρενός: τὴν ποίησιν καὶ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν τῶν ποιημάτων καρπὸν εἶπε φρενός.

e. e. νέκταρ χυτόν: καὶ ἐγὼ τὴν τῶν Μουσῶν δόσιν, ἥτις ἐστὶ νέκταρ χυτὸν καὶ αὐτὸ ἄκρατον· οὐ γὰρ ἐπιδέεται τοῦτο συγκράσεως, ὥσπερ οἶνος χωρὶς ὕδατος·....

13–14

13 καί νυν ὑπʼ ἀμφοτέρων σὺν Διαγόρᾳ κατέβαν τὰν ποντίαν

14 ὑμνέων παῖδʼ Ἀφροδίτας Ἀελίοιό τε νύμφαν, Ῥόδον,

And now, with the music of flute and lyre alike I have come to land with Diagoras, singing the sea-child of Aphrodite and bride of Helios, Rhodes,

15–17

 εὐθυμάχαν ὄφρα πελώριον ἄνδρα παρʼ Ἀλφεῷ στεφανωσάμενον σ1
 αἰνέσω πυγμᾶς ἄποινα
 καὶ παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ, πατέρα τε Δαμάγητον ἁδόντα Δίκᾳ, σ3

AsiaArgive so that I may praise this straight-fighting, tremendous man who had himself crowned beside the Alpheus and near Castalia, as a recompense for his boxing, and also his father Damagetus, a man pleasing to Justice, living on the island of three cities near the foreland of spacious, among spearmen.

Scholia ad vv. 15–17 (4 entries)

ad v. 15

x. ἱλάσκομαι: ἱλαροὺς ποιῶ τοὺς τὸν ὕμνον λαμβάνοντας νικηφόρους, ὡς ὁ προπίνων πενθερὸς τῷ γαμβρῷ τὴν φιάλην καὶ δωρούμενος λαμπρὸν κατασκευάζει τὸν λαμβάνοντα καὶ γεγηθότα.

ad v. 17

a. a. ὁ δ᾿ ὄλβιος: οὗτος δέ ἐστιν εὐδαίμων, ὃν ἀγαθὴ δόξα καὶ φήμη κατέχει.

b. b. ἤτοι γνωμικῶς· ἢ ἰδίως, ὃν ἂν εὐφημήσω.

c. c. ὄλβιος: καθόλου πᾶς ὁ καλῶς ἀκούων ὄλβιός ἐστιν... φῆμαι ἀγαθαὶ κατέχουσιν ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν ποιημάτων, οἷον τὸν ὑπ᾿ ἐμοῦ μνησθέντα.

18–19

18 Ἀσίας εὐρυχόρου τρίπολιν νᾶσον πέλας

19 ἐμβόλῳ ναίοντας Ἀργείᾳ σὺν αἰχμᾷ. σ8

Thus to the sound of the twain am I come with Diagoras sailing home, to sing the sea-girt Rhodes, child of Aphrodite and bride of Helios, that to a mighty and fair-fighting man, who by Alpheos' stream and by Kastalia's hath won him crowns, I may for his boxing make award of glory, and to his father Demegetos in whom Justice hath her delight, dwellers in the isle of three cities with an Argive host, nigh to a promontory of spacious Asia.

Scholia ad vv. 18–19 (8 entries)

ad v. 19

a. a. ἄλλοτε δ᾿ ἄλλον: τὸ ἑξῆς· ἄλλοτ᾿ ἄλλον ἡ Χάρις ἐποπτεύει. [τὸν] κομίζονται τῶν κακοπαθειῶν τὴν χάριν οἱ ὑμνηθέντες.

b. b. δύναται δὲ καὶ ἡ χάρις ἐποπτεύειν ἅμα μὲν ἁδυμελεῖ φόρμιγγι παμφώνων τε ἐν ἔντεσιν αὐλῶν ὅπερ νικῶσι τοῖς νικηφόροις συμβαίνει ποιεῖν.

c. c. περιφραστικῶς εἶπε τοὺς αὐλοὺς ἔντεα παρὰ τὸ ἔσω τὴν φωνὴν ἔχειν.

d. d. ἄλλοτε δ᾿ ἄλλον ἐποπτεύει χάρις: Ἀρίσταρχος χάριν ἀκούει τὴν τῆς εὐδαιμονίας· βέλτιον δὲ τὴν τῶν ποιημάτων.

e. e. ζωθάλμιος δὲ, ἡ θάλλειν αὐτοὺς ποιοῦσα καὶ οἱονεὶ ζῆν διαπαντὸς μνημονευομένους.

f. f. ἄλλως· ἐποπτεύει χάρις: ἡ τῶν ποιημάτων ἡδονή.

g. g. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· [ἄλλοτε δ᾿ ἄλλον ἡ ζωθάλμιος χάρις, ἡ τῆς νίκης,] καταλαμβάνει δὲ καὶ ἐποπτεύει ἡ χάρις τοὺς νικηφόρους σύν τε κιθάρᾳ καὶ αὐλοῖς ποικίλως φθεγγομένοις.

h. h. ζωθάλμιος ἀντὶ τοῦ ζῶσα καὶ θάλλουσα.

20–24

 ἐθελήσω τοῖσιν ἐξ ἀρχᾶς ἀπὸ Τλαπολέμου
 ξυνὸν ἀγγέλλων διορθῶσαι λόγον,
 Ἡρακλέος σ1
 εὐρυσθενεῖ γέννᾳ. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πατρόθεν ἐκ Διὸς εὔχονται· τὸ δʼ Ἀμυντορίδαι σ3
 ματρόθεν Ἀστυδαμείας. ἀμφὶ δʼ ἀνθρώπων φρασὶν ἀμπλακίαι σ9

I shall want to proclaim my message for them, the widely powerful race of Heracles, and tell correctly from the beginning, from Tlepolemus, the story that concerns all. For, on the father’s side, they boast descent from Zeus, while, on the mother’s, they are descendants of Amyntor, through Astydameia. But around the minds of men

Scholia ad vv. 20–24 (13 entries)

ad v. 22

a. ἔντεσιν αὐλῶν: περιφραστικῶς τοῖς αὐλοῖς, οὓς ἔντεα εἶπε παρὰ τὸ ἐντὸς ἔχειν τὴν φωνήν.

ad v. 23

a. a. καὶ νῦν ὑπ᾿ ἀμφοτέρων: μετὰ αὐλῶν καὶ λύρας.

b. b. ((Σ 492)) ἡ δὲ ὑπό ἀντὶ τῆς μετά· καὶ Ὅμηρος · δαΐδων ὑπὸ λαμπομενάων.

c. c. κατῆλθον οὖν ἀπὸ Θήβης εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, εἰς τὴν τοῦ νικηφόρου πατρίδα.

ad v. 24

a. a. τὰν ποντίαν: διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὴν νῆσον, διὰ τοῦτο ποντίαν εἶπε.

b. b. κατέβαν δὲ, κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Θήβης ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥόδον, ὑμνῶν αὐτὴν μετὰ αὐλῶν καὶ κιθάρας.

c. c. παῖδα τὰν ποντίαν ὑμνέων παῖδ᾿ Ἀρφοδίτας: σύνηθες τῷ Πινδάρῳ τὰ τῶν Νηρηίδων ὀνόματα κατὰ τῶν πόλεων τῶν ὁμωνύμως λεγομένων τάττειν, καὶ τοὔμπαλιν· ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ συμπλέκειν, ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν. Ἀφροδίτης μὲν γὰρ λέγει τὴν ἡρωίδα· ὅτι δὲ ποντίαν ὀνομάζει, τὴν νῆσον βούλεται δηλοῦν. ἐὰν δὲ γράφηται παῖδα Ἀμφιτρίτης, ὡς Ἀμφιτρίτης αὐτῆς καὶ Ποσειδῶνος οὔσης τῆς Ῥόδου θυγατρός. κατὰ δὲ ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν τὸ ποντία οὐκέτι ἐπὶ τῆς νήσου θετέον, | ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀμφιτρίτης· καὶ γὰρ αὕτη ἐνάλιος δαίμων.

d. d. Ἀσκληπιάδης δέ φησι γενεαλογεῖσθαι τὴν Ῥόδον Ἀφροδίτης καὶ Ἡλίου· τὸν γὰρ Ἥλιον αὐτῆς ἐρασθῆναι καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ νήσῳ μιγῆναι.

e. e. ἄλλως· ποντίαν παῖδ᾿ Ἀφροδίτας: τὴν Ῥόδον. διὰ τὸ εἶναι δὲ νῆσον ποντίαν εἶπεν.

cc. c. οὐχ ὥς τινες ἠβουλήθησαν, ἐξ Ἡλίου καὶ Ἀφροδίτης τὴν νύμφην γεγενῆσθαι· ἐναντίον γὰρ τὸ ἐπαγόμενον Ἀελίοιό τε νύμφαν· ἀλλ᾿ ἀκουστέον τὴν Ῥόδον Ἀφροδίτης παῖδα διὰ τὸ ἀνθηρὸν καὶ χαριέστατον, νύμφην δὲ Ἡλίου. λέγεται γὰρ θεασάμενος τὴν νύμφην καὶ ἐρασθεὶς, εἶτα ἁρπάσας ἐν τῇ ὁμωνύμῳ νήσῳ συγγενέσθαι· ἵνα τὸ μὲν ποντίαν παῖδ᾿ Ἀφροδίτας ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς τῆς νήσου λάβωμεν, τὸ δὲ Ἀελίοιό τε νύμφαν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς τῆς ἡρωίδος ἀκούσωμεν.

f. f. ((FHG IV, 404)) παῖδ᾿ Ἀφροδίτης εἶπε τὴν Ῥόδον διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς νήσου. Ἡρόφιλος δὲ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀφροδίτης τὴν Ῥόδον εἶναί φησι, Ἐπιμένιδης δὲ αὐτὴν Ὠκεανοῦ γενεαλογεῖ· ἀφ᾿ ἧς τὴν πόλιν ὠνομάσθαι. τινὲς δὲ αὐτήν φασι κληθῆναι οὕτω διὰ τὸ σπουδαῖα ἔχειν ῥόδα· οἱ δὲ διὰ τὸ ῥοώδη εἶναι τὰ περὶ αὐτήν.

g. g. ἄλλως· ὅτι Ἀφροδίτης φησὶ γενέσθαι Ῥόδον θυγατέρα, ἀφ᾿ ἧς κληθῆναι τὴν νῆσον, Ἡλίου δὲ νύμφην.

h. h. Ἡλίου καὶ Ῥόδης ἐγένοντο παῖδες ἑπτὰ καὶ θυγάτηρ Ἠλεκτρυώνη.

25 ἀναρίθμητοι κρέμανται· τοῦτο δʼ ἀμάχανον εὑρεῖν, σ125

countless errors loom; and this is impossible to discover:

Scholia ad vv. 25–25 (1 entry)

ad v. 25

x. Ἀφροδίτας: Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀφροδίτης Ἡρόδωρος γενεαλογεῖ παρ᾿ Ἡροφίλῳ, οἱ δὲ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀμφιτρίτης. οἱ δὲ ὅτι εὐπρεπὴς ἡ Ῥόδος διὰ τὸ κάλλος.

26 ὅ τι νῦν ἐν καὶ τελευτᾷ φέρτατον ἀνδρὶ τυχεῖν. σ1

Midea what is best to happen to a man, now and in the end. For indeed, striking Licymnius, the bastard brother of Alcmena, with a staff of hard olive-wood as he came out of the chamber of,

Scholia ad vv. 26–26 (1 entry)

ad v. 26

x. Ἀελίοιό τε: Ἥλιος ἰδὼν αὐτὴν ἥρπασε καὶ ἐμίγη αὐτῇ ἐν τῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς κληθείσῃ Ῥόδῳ.

27–29

 καὶ γὰρ Ἀλκμήνας κασίγνητον νόθον σ3
 σκάπτῳ θένων σ3
 σκληρᾶς ἐλαίας ἔκτανʼ ἐν Τίρυνθι Λικύμνιον ἐλθόντʼ ἐκ θαλάμων Μιδέας

Fain would I truly tell from the beginning from Tlepolemos the message of my word, the common right of this puissant seed of Herakles. For on the father's side they claim from Zeus, and on the mother's from Astydameia, sons of Amyntor.

Scholia ad vv. 27–29 (6 entries)

ad v. 27

a. a. εὐθυμάχαν: ἤτοι μὴ ἐπιστρεφόμενον ἐν τῷ πυκτεύειν, ἢ ἐπ᾿ εὐθείας ἐρχόμενον ἐν μάχῃ.

b. b. τὸ δὲ πελώριον οὐκ ἀργῶς, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ τετράπηχυς ἦν καὶ ε΄ δακτύλων.

c. c. εὐθυμάχαν δὲ τὸν ἐξ εὐθείας ἀγωνιζόμενον.

ad v. 28

a. a. πελώριον ἄνδρα: οὐ παρὰ τὸ παρατυγχάνον ἐνεγκωμίασε τὸν ἄνδρα Διαγόραν, ἀλλὰ συμφώνως τοῖς προτέροις οἷς ἐξηγησάμεθα περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τεσσάρων πηχῶν καὶ πέντε δακτύλων ὁ Διαγόρας.

b. b. (πελώριον:) τεσσάρων γὰρ ἦν πηχῶν.

c. c. παρ᾿ Ἀλφειῷ: ἤγουν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ.

30–31

30 τᾶσδέ ποτε χθονὸς οἰκιστὴρ χολωθείς. αἱ δὲ φρενῶν ταραχαὶ σ130

31 παρέπλαγξαν καὶ σοφόν. μαντεύσατο δʼ ἐς θεὸν ἐλθών. σ3

the founder of this land once killed that man, in anger. Disturbances of the mind lead astray even a wise man. Tlepolemus went and sought the god’s oracle.

Scholia ad vv. 30–31 (4 entries)

ad v. 30

x. (ἄποινα:) ἀντίδωρα.

ad v. 31

a. a. καὶ παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ: οὐ μόνον γὰρ Ὀλύμπια ἐνίκησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Πύθια· Κασταλία γὰρ κρήνη ἐν Πυθοῖ.

b. b. παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ: ὡς καὶ Πύθια νικήσαντος τοῦ Διαγόρου.

c. c. παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ: ἐνίκησε γὰρ καὶ Πύθια· ἡ δὲ Κασταλία κρήνη ἐν Πυθῶνι. πρὸς δὲ τοῦτο κοινῶς συναπτέον τὸ στεφανωσάμενον, παρά τε Ἀλφειῷ καὶ Κασταλίᾳ.

32–34

 τῷ μὲν ὁ Χρυσοκόμας εὐώδεος ἐξ ἀδύτου ναῶν πλόον σ6
 εἶπε Λερναίας ἀπʼ ἀκτᾶς εὐθὺν ἐς ἀμφιθάλασσον νομόν, σ3
 ἔνθα ποτὲ βρέχε θεῶν βασιλεὺς ὁ μέγας χρυσέαις νιφάδεσσι πόλιν, σ3

Lerna To him the golden-haired god spoke, from his fragrant sanctuary, of a voyage by ship from the shore of straight to the pasture land with sea all around it, where once the great king of the gods showered the city with golden snow,

Scholia ad vv. 32–34 (12 entries)

ad v. 32

a. a. Δαμάγητον: τὸν τοῦ Διαγόρου πατέρα.

b. b. ἁδόντα δίκᾳ: ἀντὶ τοῦ δίκαιον ὄντα.

c. c. πατέρα τε Δαμάγητον ἁδόντα δίκᾳ: ἀρέσαντα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ, ἀντὶ τοῦ δίκαιον.

d. d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος οὕτως ἔχει· κἀγὼ τοίνυν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος σὺν ἀμφοτέροις ἦλθον, τῇ τε λύρᾳ καὶ τοῖς αὐλοῖς, ὥστε ἅμα τῷ νικητῇ Διαγόρᾳ τὴν τοῦ Ἡλίου μὲν νύμφην, Ἀφροδίτης δὲ παῖδα Ῥόδον ὑμνῆσαι, ὅπως τοῦτον τὸν εὐθύμαχον ἄνδρα τὸν Διαγόραν τὸν πελώριον καὶ μέγιστον, τὸν παρὰ τῷ Ἀλφειῷ ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ στεφθέντα, διὰ τὴν πυγμὴν τοῖς ὕμνοις ὡς ἀποίνοις καὶ δώροις ὑμνήσω, στεφθέντα δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῇ Κασταλίᾳ τῇ ἐν Πυθοῖ· αἰνέσω δὲ καὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ [Διαγόρα] τὸν Δαμάγητον, τὸν ἀρέσκοντα τῇ δίκῃ, τὸν ὅσιον καὶ εὐσεβῆ.

e. e. πατέρα τε Δαμάγητον: τὸν τοῦ Διαγόρου. πάλιν δὲ τούτῳ κοινῶς συναπτέον τὸ αἰνέσω, | πατέρα τε Δαμάγητον πελώριόν τε ἄνδρα.

f. f. (ἁδόντα:) ἀρέσαντα.

ad v. 33

a. a. ((FHG IV, 517)) Ἀσίας εὐρυχώρου: τινὲς τὴν Ῥόδον φασὶ κεῖσθαι καταντικρὺ τῶν Χελιδονίων νήσων, αἵ εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς Λυκίας. οἱ δὲ τὸν Κάρμηλον. Θεότιμος δὲ ἐν... τῶν περὶ τοῦ Νείλου ὅρου ἱστοριῶν διὰ τοῦ ῡ γράφει εὔβολον, καὶ οὕτως προσαγορεύεσθαι διὰ τὸ ἐν καλῷ τόπῳ κεῖσθαι τὴν νῆσον· καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ φαμὲν εὐβόλως διακεῖσθαι τὰ πράγματα ὅταν ᾖ καλῶς διακείμενα· ὥστε τὴν μεταφορὰν ἀπὸ τῶν ἁλιέων εἶναι.

b. b. ἢ ὅτι ἐν ἐξέχοντι τόπῳ κεῖται.

c. c. ἢ ὥσπερ τριήρει οὖσα ὁμοία καὶ Ἀσίας εὐρυχώρου πέλας οὖσα.

ad v. 34

a. a. ((Β 655)) οἳ Ῥόδον ἀμφενέμοντο διάτριχα κοσμηθέντες, Λίνδον Ἰηλυσόν τε καὶ ἀργιόεντα Κάμιρον. τρίπολιν νᾶσον: τὴν Ῥόδον κατὰ τρεῖς πόλεις ᾤκουν, ὥς φησιν ὁ ποιητής · Δίδυμος δέ φησι καὶ τετάρτην εἶναι πόλιν τὴν νῦν Ἀχαΐαν καλουμένην.

b. b. ((l. c.)) οἳ Ῥόδον ἀμφενέμοντο διάτριχα κοσμηθέντες, Λίνδον Ἰηλυσόν τε καὶ ἀργινόεντα Κάμειρον. τρίπολιν νᾶσον: τὴν Ῥόδον· ὡς Ὅμηρος · ἔκγονοι δὲ Ἡλίου ἀφ᾿ ὧν αἱ πόλεις ὠνομάσθησαν· Λίνδος, Ἰηλυσὸς, Κάμειρος, παῖδες Κερκάφου τοῦ Ἡλίου καὶ Κυδίππης τῆς Ὀχίμου θυγατρός.

c. e. ἄλλως· τρίπολιν εἶπε τὴν Ῥόδον διὰ τὸ ἔχειν τρεῖς πόλεις, Λίνδον, Ἰηλυσὸν καὶ Κάμειρον.

35–38

 ἁνίχʼ Ἁφαίστου τέχναισιν σ4
 χαλκελάτῳ πελέκει πατέρος Αθαναία κορυφὰν κατʼ ἄκραν σ3
 ἀνορούσαισʼ ἀλάλαξεν ὑπερμάκει βοᾷ· σ1
 Οὐρανὸς δʼ ἔφριξέ νιν καὶ Γαῖα μάτηρ. σ2

when, by the skills of Hephaestus with the bronze-forged hatchet, Athena leapt from the top of her father’s head and cried aloud with a mighty shout. The Sky and mother Earth shuddered before her.

Now round the minds of men hang follies unnumbered--this is the unachievable thing, to find what shall be best hap for a man both presently and also at the last. Yea for the very founder of this country once on a time struck with his staff of tough wild-olive-wood Alkmene's bastard brother Likymnios in Tiryns as he came forth from Midea's chamber, and slew him in the kindling of his wrath. So even the wise man's feet are turned astray by tumult of the soul.

Scholia ad vv. 35–38 (10 entries)

ad v. 35

a. a. Ἀσίας ἐμβόλῳ: τούτους δὲ ὑμνήσω τοὺς τὴν τρίπολιν νῆσον οἰκοῦντας Ῥόδον, τὴν οὖσαν πλησίον τοῦ ἐμβόλου τῆς εὐρυχώρου Ἀσίας. ἔμβολος δὲ Ἀσίας ἡ Λυκία, διὰ τὸ οὕτω παρατετάσθαι τὴν γῆν ὡσεὶ πόλεως ἔμβολον ἢ τριήρους. ἔμβολα γὰρ τὰ τῶν πλοίων ὀξέα, ἃ δὴ καὶ σιμώματα καλοῦσιν.

b. b. [Ἀσίας ἐμβόλῳ:] δύναται καὶ ἑτέρως ἑρμηνεύεσθαι τὸ πέλας ἐμβόλῳ ναίοντας. ἡ γὰρ Ῥόδος ἀντικρὺ κεῖται τῆς Λυκίας καὶ πλησίον· ἐν Λυκίᾳ δέ ἐστι πόλις Ἀρύκανδα λεγομένη, ἧς πλησίον ἱερόν τι χωρίον, ὃ πρότερον μὲν Ἔμβολος ἐκαλεῖτο | διὰ τὴν θέσιν τοῦ χωρίου· ἐκ γὰρ πολλῶν καὶ πλατέων τῶν παρακειμένων πετρῶν εἰς ὀξὺ λήγει μέρος ἡ χώρα· | νῦν δὲ προσονομάζεται Τριήρης ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς αἰτίας, ἐπεὶ ὥσπερ πλοίῳ προσέοικεν ἡ θέσις τοῦ τόπου. | ἐπεὶ οὖν μάλιστα ἐν τούτῳ τῷ τόπῳ θρησκευτήριόν ἐστιν Ἡλίου, Ῥόδιοι δὲ ἐξ Ἠλίου, διὰ τοῦτο ὡς οἰκειοτέρου καὶ προσφόρου μέμνηται τοῦ τόπου. δύναται δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκ μέρους περιφράσεως νοεῖσθαι τῇ τῆς Λυκίας πλησίον ὑπαρχούσῃ.

c. c. σημείωσαι ὅτι εἰς Ῥόδον τόπος ἐστὶν ἀποτείνων εἰς ὀξὺ κατὰ Λυκίαν ἐμβόλῳ παραπλήσιος.

d. d. Ἀργείᾳ σὺν αἰχμᾷ: σὺν πλήθει Ἀργείων ναίοντας· διὰ τοὺς κατελθόντας σὺν Τληπολέμῳ.

ad v. 36

a. a. ἐθελήσω τοῖσιν ἐξ ἀρχᾶς: ἐθελήσω, φησὶ, τοῖς Ἡρακλείδαις, τοῖς ἀπὸ Τληπολέμου Ῥοδίοις, κοινὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διορθῶσαι λόγον, τουτέστιν ἀκριβῶσαι καὶ διασημῆναι. μῆναι.

b. b. τρεῖς ἀμφιβολίας ἔχει· ἤτοι γὰρ καθόλου πάντων ἀνθρώπων κοινὸν λόγον, ἢ αὐτῶν τῶν Ῥοδίων, ἢ ἔξωθεν ληπτέον τὸ ὥς, ἵνα ᾖ· ὥστε ξυνῶσαι καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εἰς μέσον ἀγαγεῖν.

c. c. ((Β 661)(Β 670)) Τληπόλεμος δ᾿ ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφη ἐν μεγάρῳ ἐυπήκτῳ, αὐτίκα πατρὸς ἑοῖο φίλον μήτρωα κατέκτα.καί σφιν θεσπέσιον πλοῦτον κατέχευε Κρονίων. ἐθελήσω τοῖσιν ἐξ ἀρχᾶς ἀπὸ Τλαπολέμου: βούλομαι οὖν τοῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὖσιν ἀπὸ Τληπολέμου Ῥοδίοις κοινόν τινα καὶ προσήκοντα λόγον εἰπεῖν καὶ διακριβῶσαι· οἵτινές εἰσι Τληπολεμίδαι οἱ Ῥόδιοι ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Ἡρακλέος γέννης. βούλεται δὲ τῆς τοῦ Τληπολέμου φυγῆς ὑπεραπολογήσασθαι. ὁ γὰρ | Τληπόλεμος Λικύμνιον τὸν Ἠλεκτρύωνος παῖδα νόθον, ὃς ἐγένετο ἐκ Μιδέας Φρυγίας τινὸς γυναικὸς, ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ ἡ πόλις κέκληται, ἐλαΐνῳ σκυτάλῳ πλήξας ἄκων ἀναιρεῖ· | ἐπὶ γὰρ βοῦν βουλόμενος ἀκοντίσαι τὸ σκύταλον ἔρριψε κατὰ τοῦ Λικυμνίου. | ἀποφεύγοντι οὖν τὸ μύσος τοῦ φόνου καὶ χρηστηριαζομένῳ τῷ Τληπολέμῳ ἀνεῖλε τὸ λόγιον ἀποικίσαι τὸ Ἄργος καὶ εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον ἐλθεῖν. τούτοις καὶ Ὅμηρος μαρτυρεῖ · λέγεται δὲ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν Τληπολέμου μάλιστα εὐδαιμονῆσαι Ῥοδίους, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος μαρτυρεῖ · ἔστι δὲ αὐτοῦ ἱερὸν καὶ τάφος ἐν Ῥόδῳ· | οἱ γὰρ συστρατευσάμενοι αὐτῷ διήγαγον τὰ ὀστᾶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰλίου εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, οὐκ εὖ ἔχειν κρίναντες τὸ ἄνευ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπινοστῆσαι τῇ πατρίδι. τελεῖται δὲ καὶ ἀγὼν ἐπιτάφιος ἐν τῇ πόλει Τληπολέμου, κατὰ δὲ ἑτέρους ἱερὸς Ἡλίῳ· ἀγωνίζονται δὲ παίδων ἡλικίαι καὶ στέφονται ἐκ λεύκης.

ad v. 37

x. ((l. c.)) Τληπόλεμος δ᾿ ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφεν ἐν μεγάρῳ ἐυπήκτῳ, αὐτίκα πατρὸς ἑοῖο φίλον μήτρωα κατέκτα ἤδη γηράσκοντα Λικύμνιον, ὄζον Ἄρηος.ἀπὸ Τλαπολέμου: ἐπεὶ ὁ Τληπόλεμος φυγὼν ἐξ Ἄργους διὰ τὸν Λικυμνίου τοῦ μήτρωος φόνον ἀπῄει μετὰ νεῶν καὶ κατὰ χρησμὸν ᾤκισε Ῥόδον. Ὅμηρος · διὸ καὶ ἔφυγεν.

ad v. 38

a. a. ξυνόν: κοινῶς πᾶσι διηγήσασθαι.

b. b. ὥστε ποιῆσαι κοινὸν πᾶσι καὶ εἰς πάντας ἀγαγεῖν.

39 τότε καὶ φαυσίμβροτος δαίμων Ὑπεριονίδας σ1

Then even the god that brings light to mortals, son of Hyperion,

Scholia ad vv. 39–39 (1 entry)

ad v. 39

x. Ἡρακλέος: τοῖς Ῥοδίοις, ἀπὸ Τληπολέμου Ἡρακλείδαις οὖσιν.

40–43

 μέλλον ἔντειλεν φυλάξασθαι χρέος σ1
 παισὶν φίλοις, σ3
 ὡς ἂν θεᾷ πρῶτοι κτίσαιεν βωμὸν ἐναργέα, καὶ σεμνὰν θυσίαν θέμενοι σ2
 πατρί τε θυμὸν ἰάναιεν κόρᾳ τʼ ἐγχειβρόμῳ. ἐν δʼ ἀρετὰν σ1

enjoined his dear children to observe the obligation that was soon to be due: that they should be the first to build for the goddess an altar visible to all men, and by founding a sacred burnt-offering warm the spirit of the father and of the daughter who thunders with her spear. She who casts excellence and joys into men is the daughter of Forethought, Reverence.

Scholia ad vv. 40–43 (7 entries)

ad v. 40

x. εὐρυσθενεῖ γέννᾳ: παρόσον ἐκ μὲν Ἡρακλέος Τληπόλεμος, ἐκ δὲ Τληπολέμου Ῥόδιοί εἰσιν.

ad v. 41

a. a. (ἐκ Διός:) Διὸς Ἡρακλῆς· οὗ Τληπόλεμος.

b. b. εὔχονται: Ἡρακλῆς γὰρ Διὸς, τοῦ δὲ Τληπόλεμος, ὃς Ῥόδον ᾤκησεν.

c. c. εὔχονται δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ καυχῶνται.

ad v. 42

a. a. ((Β 658)(FHG IV, 286)) τὸ δ᾿ Ἀμυντορίδαι ματρόθεν: ἐναντίως τῷ ποιητῇ τὰ περὶ τῆς μητρὸς Τληπολέμου ἱστορεῖ ὁ Πίνδαρος. Ὅμηρος μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν Ἀστυόχην ἀποκαλεῖ καὶ Ἄκτορος εἶναι θυγατέρα βούλεται ἐν οἷς φησιν · ὃν τέκεν Ἀστυόχεια. | ἔοικε δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐντετυχηκέναι τῷ Ἀχαιῷ ἱστοριογράφῳ · ἐκεῖνος γὰρ οὕτως γενεαλογεῖ· Ὑπερόχης Εὐρύπυλος· οὗ Ὄρμενος· οὗ Φέρης· οὗ Ἀμύντωρ· οὗ Ἀστυδάμεια ἡ Τληπολέμου μήτηρ. καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ Ἀμύντωρ εἰς Δία τὸ γένος ἀνάγει· ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ υἱὸν Ἀμύντορα τοῦ Διὸς εἶναι λέγουσιν.

b. b. ((Β 658)(fr. 134 Rz.)(FHG I, 82)(l. l.)) ὃν τέκεν Ἀστυδάμεια βίῃ Ἡρακληείῃ. Ἀστυδαμείας: Ὅμηρος ταύτην Ἀστυόχην φησὶν, οὐκ Ἀστυδάμειαν. εἰκὸς δὲ τὸν Πίνδαρον ἀπαντῆσαι ταύτῃ τῇ γραφῇ · καὶ Ἡσίοδος δὲ Ἀστυδάμειαν αὐτήν φησι, Φερεκύδης δὲ Ἀστυγένειαν. ἦν δὲ Φύλαντος θυγάτηρ· τινὲς δὲ ἐξ Ἀντιγόνης αὐτῷ Τληπόλεμόν φασιν· ἐνταῦθα δὲ Ἀμύντορος αὐτήν φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος, Ἡσίοδος δὲ καὶ Σιμωνίδης Ὀρμένου. εἰκὸς δὲ ὅτι ὁ Πίνδαρος παρὰ τῶν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν λογίων ἤκουσεν Ἀμυντορίδας εἶναι Ῥοδίους μητρόθεν.

ad v. 43

x. ἀμφὶ δ᾿ ἀνθρώπων φρασίν: ὑπεραπολογεῖται τοῦ φόνου ὃν δέδρακεν ὁ Τληπόλεμος, καί φησι· περὶ τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων φρένας μυρίαι καὶ ἀναρίθμητοι ἁμαρτίαι ἀπήρτηνται.

44 ἔβαλεν καὶ χάρματʼ ἀνθρώποισι Προμαθέος Αἰδώς·

Then he came to enquire of the oracle of God. And he of the golden hair from his sweet-incensed shrine spake unto him of a sailing of ships that should be from the shore of Lerna unto a pasture ringed with sea, where sometime the great king of gods rained on the city golden snow, what time by Hephaistos' handicraft beneath the bronze-wrought axe from the crown of her father's head Athene leapt to light and cried aloud with an exceeding cry; and Heaven trembled at her coming, and Earth, the Mother.

45–49

 ἐπὶ μὰν βαίνει τε καὶ λάθας ἀτέκμαρτα νέφος,
 καὶ παρέλκει πραγμάτων ὀρθὰν ὁδὸν σ5
 ἔξω φρενῶν.
 καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμʼ ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ· τεῦξαν δʼ ἀπύροις ἱεροῖς σ1
 ἄλσος ἐν ἀκροπόλει· κείνοις ὁ μὲν ξανθὰν ἀγαγὼν νεφέλαν σ2

Truly, a cloud of forgetfulness sometimes descends unexpectedly, and draws the straight path of action away from the mind. For they climbed the hill without bringing the seed of burning flame; and they established the sacred precinct on the acropolis with fireless sacrifices. Zeus brought to them a yellow cloud

Scholia ad vv. 45–49 (8 entries)

ad v. 46

a. a. τοῦτο δ᾿ ἀμήχανον: ἀμήχανον δέ ἐστι τοῦτο εὑρεῖν καὶ προγνῶναι, ὅπερ νῦν τε καὶ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν δυστύχημα φερόμενον πρὸς τὸ τέλος λυσιτελήσει. καὶ τοὐναντίον βούλεται λέγειν, ὅτι τῷ Τληπολέμῳ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν δυστύχημα εἰς ἀγαθὸν ἀπέβη, Ῥόδον οἰκήσαντι καὶ βασιλείας καὶ τιμῆς ἀξιωθέντι.

b. b. ἄλλως· ἀδύνατόν ἐστι τοῦτο εὑρεῖν τὸ περιτυχεῖν ἀνδρὶ καὶ γνῶναι τὸ φέρτατον.

c. c. ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ἀποβησόμενον ἀφ᾿ οὗ τις γεννηθῇ μέχρι τέλους.

d. d. τοῦτο δ᾿ ἀμήχανον: καὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον γνῶναι ἀδύνατόν ἐστι· τὸ ποῖον; ὁποῖόν τε νῦν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος βέλτιστόν ἐστι καὶ ἐν ὑστέρῳ· οἷον εἰ καὶ ἐν τῇ τελευτῇ ἕξει τις καλόν. ἡ δὲ ἀπότασις πρὸς τὸν Τληπόλεμον.

e. e. τοῦτο δ᾿ ἀμάχανον εὑρεῖν: τὴν παροῦσαν καὶ τὴν μέλλουσαν εὐδαιμονίαν ἀμήχανόν ἐστιν εὑρεῖν. ὁ γὰρ Τληπόλεμος | ἐν ἀρχῇ ἀτυχήσας ὕστερον ἐβασίλευσε τῆς Ῥόδου.

ad v. 48

x. (τυχεῖν:) συμβῆναι.

ad v. 49

a. a. ((FHG IV, 386)) καὶ γὰρ Ἀλκμήνας: Ἀλκμήνης ἀδελφὸν νόθον Λικύμνιον ἐκ Φρυγίας Μιδέας † γενομένης γενόμενον Ἠλεκτρύωνι· ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ πόλις Μιδέα ἐν Ἄργει· ὃν ἀνεῖλεν ὁ Τληπόλεμος. οἱ γὰρ γνήσιοι παῖδες Ἠλεκτρύωνος ἀπὸ Λυσιδίκης ἐγένοντο ἕξ· Γοργοφόνος, Στρατοβάτης, Φυλονόμος, Κελαινεύς, Ἀμφίμαχος, Δηίμαχος, αἰτία δὲ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως ἐγένετο περί τινων τιμῶν· οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἀγίαν καὶ Δερκύλον φασὶν ἀκούσιον τὸν φόνον γενέσθαι.

b. b. καὶ γὰρ Ἀλκμήνας νόθον: καὶ γὰρ τὸν Ἀλκμήνης νόθον ἀδελφὸν Λικύμνιον ῥοπάλῳ ἐλαίας τύπτων ἀπέκτεινεν ἐν τῇ Τίρυνθι παραγενόμενον ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ μητρὸς Μιδέας ὁ Τληπόλεμος ὁ παλαιὸς οἰκιστὴρ τῆς χώρας. πῶς δὲ νόθος ἀδελφὸς Λικύμνιος Ἀλκμήνης; Ἀλκμήνη μὲν ἐξ Ἠλεκτρύωνος καὶ Λυσιδίκης τῆς Πέλοπος θυγατρὸς γνησίας γυναικός· Λικύμνιος δὲ ἐξ Ἠλεκτρύωνος καὶ Μιδέας γυναικὸς Φρυγίας τὸ γένος.

50 πολὺν ὗσε χρυσόν· αὐτὰ δέ σφισιν ὤπασε τέχναν σ150

and rained on them abundant gold. And the gray-eyed goddess herself bestowed on them

Scholia ad vv. 50–50 (1 entry)

ad v. 50

x. νόθον: ἀκουσίως αὐτόν φασιν ἀνῃρηκέναι. νόθον δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι ἐκ Μιδέας τῆς παλλακίδος ἦν, Ἀλκμήνη δὲ καὶ οἱ αὐτῆς ἀδελφοὶ ἐκ Λυσιδίκης.

51 πᾶσαν ἐπιχθονίων Γλαυκῶπις ἀριστοπόνοις χερσὶ κρατεῖν. σ1

every art, so that they surpassed all mortal men as the best workers with their hands; and the roads bore works of art like living, moving creatures, and their fame was profound. For a wise craftsman, even superior skill is free from guile. The ancient stories of men tell

Scholia ad vv. 51–51 (1 entry)

ad v. 51

x. σκληρᾶς ἐλαίας: ἀπεσκληκότι ξύλῳ καὶ ῥοπάλῳ ἐλαΐνῳ.

52–54

 ἔργα δὲ ζωοῖσιν ἑρπόντεσσί θʼ ὁμοῖα κέλευθοι φέρον· σ2
 ἦν δὲ κλέος βαθύ. δαέντι δὲ καὶ σοφία μείζων ἄδολος τελέθει. σ1
 φαντὶ δʼ ἀνθρώπων παλαιαὶ σ1

Then also the god who giveth light to men, Hyperion, bade his beloved sons see that they guard the payment of the debt, that they should build first for the goddess an altar in the sight of all men, and laying thereon a holy offering they should make glad the hearts of the father and of his daughter of the sounding spear. Now Reverence, Forethought's child, putteth valour and the joy of battle into the hearts of men; yet withal there cometh upon them bafflingly the cloud of forgetfulness and maketh the mind to swerve from the straight path of action. For they though they had brands burning yet kindled not the seed of flame, but with fireless rites they made a grove on the hill of the citadel. For them Zeus brought a yellow cloud into the sky and rained much gold upon the land; and Glaukopis herself gave them to excel the dwellers upon earth in every art of handicraft. For on their roads ran the semblances of beasts and creeping things: whereof they have great glory, for to him that hath knowledge the subtlety that is without deceit is the greater altogether.

Scholia ad vv. 52–54 (4 entries)

ad v. 52

a. a. ἐλθόντ᾿ ἐκ θαλάμων: παραγενόμενον εἰς Ἄργος ἐκ τῶν οἴκων τῆς Μιδέας· ἤτοι τῶν τῆς μητρὸς, ἢ καὶ τῆς ὁμωνύμου πόλεως· ἔστι δὲ αὕτη τοῦ Ἄργους ἡ πόλις.

b. b. (Μιδέας:) τῆς μητρός.

ad v. 53

x. ἐκ θαλάμων: δύναται ἑκατέρως ἀκούεσθαι· ἔκ τε τῶν τόπων τῆς πόλεως Μιδέας, καὶ ἐκ τῶν θαλάμων τῆς μητρὸς Μιδέας· ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ Ἠλεκτρύωνος [καὶ] Λικύμνιος.

ad v. 54

x. χθονὸς οἰκιστὴρ χολωθείς: τῇ δόξῃ ὁ Πίνδαρος ἕπεται τῶν ἱστορούντων διὰ τιμάς τινας καὶ ἀρχὰς τὸν Τληπόλεμον εἰργάσθαι τὸν φόνον· διὰ γὰρ τοῦ χολωθεὶς τὸ τοιοῦτον ὑποφαίνει.

55–57

 ῥήσιες, οὔπω, ὅτε χθόνα δατέοντο Ζεύς τε καὶ ἀθάνατοι, σ2
 φανερὰν ἐν πελάγει Ῥόδον ἔμμεν ποντίῳ, σ2
 ἁλμυροῖς δʼ ἐν βένθεσιν νᾶσον κεκρύφθαι. σ1

that when Zeus and the immortals were dividing the earth among them, Rhodes was not yet visible in the expanse of the sea, but the island was hidden in the salty depths.

Scholia ad vv. 55–57 (5 entries)

ad v. 55

a. a. αἱ δὲ φρενῶν ταραχαί: γνωμικῶς· αἱ δὲ ἀκρατόθυμοι καὶ προπετεῖς ὀργαὶ ἤδη που καὶ τοὺς σοφοὺς διασφάλλεσθαι ποιοῦσι.

b. b. τοῦτο δὲ μέση παρεμβολή.

ad v. 56

a. a. παρέπλαγξαν: αἱ γὰρ ταραχαὶ καὶ τὸν σοφὸν παράγουσιν εἰς τὸ πρᾶξαί τι ἄτοπον.

b. b. μαντεύσατο δ᾿ ἐς θεὸν ἐλθών: ὡς οὖν ἀπέκτεινεν ὁ Τληπόλεμος τὸν Λικύμνιον, φεύγων τὸ μύσος εἰς Δελφοὺς ἐλθὼν ἐμαντεύσατο ὅποι χρὴ τραπέσθαι. ὁ τοίνυν Ἀπόλλων ἔχρησεν αὐτῷ ὥστε ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκτῆς τῆς Λερναίας, τουτέστι τοῦ Ἄργους, ἰθύνειν καὶ ὁρμᾶν διὰ πλοίων ἐπὶ χώραν τῆς νήσου Ῥοδίων.

ad v. 57

x. (θεόν:) τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα.

58–59

58 ἀπεόντος δʼ οὔτις ἔνδειξεν λάχος Ἀελίου·

59 καί ῥά μιν χώρας ἀκλάρωτον λίπον, σ2

Helios was absent, and no one marked out a share for him; in fact they left him without any allotment of land,

Scholia ad vv. 58–59 (2 entries)

ad v. 59

a. a. εὐώδεος ἐξ ἀδύτου: τοῦ τεθυμιαμένου ἀδύτου· λέγει δὲ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν Πυθῶνα.

b. b. πλόον: πλεῖν ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Λερναίας ἀκτῆς (τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἄργους· ἡ γὰρ Λέρνη κρήνη καὶ πόλις Ἄργους) εἰς Ῥόδον.

60 ἁγνὸν θεόν. σ260

although he was a holy god. And when Helios mentioned it, Zeus was about to order a new casting of lots, but Helios did not allow him. For he said that he himself saw in the gray sea, growing from the bottom, a rich, productive land for men, and a kindly one for flocks.

Scholia ad vv. 60–60 (2 entries)

ad v. 60

a. a. Λερναίας ἀπ᾿ ἀκτᾶς: τὴν Λέρνην οἱ μὲν λέγουσι κρήνην, οἱ δὲ λοχμῶδες χωρίον· ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ Ὕδραν καταδεδυκέναι μυθολογοῦσι. Φερεκύδης δὲ καὶ πόλιν φησίν· οἱ δὲ ἐπίνειον Ἄργους, ἣ νῦν καλεῖται Λάμπεια. b. Λερναίας ἀπ᾿ ἀκτᾶς: ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἄργους. ἡ γὰρ Λέρνη κατὰ μέν τινας κρήνη, κατὰ δέ τινας λοχμῶδες χωρίον· ἐν ᾗ μυθεύουσι καὶ τὴν Ὕδραν καταδεδυκέναι. φασὶ καὶ τὴν ἄβυσσον κρήνην αὐτόθι εἶναι. ἕτεροι δὲ καὶ πόλιν φασίν.

b. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εὐθῦναι τὴν ναῦν εἰς τὴν νῆσον τὴν Ῥόδον, ἐν ᾗ νήσῳ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν θεῶν Ζεὺς χρυσέαις σταγόσι τὴν πόλιν κατέβρεχε καὶ ἐπλουτοποίει τοὺς οἰκήτορας τῆς Ῥόδου.

61–63

 μνασθέντι δὲ Ζεὺς ἄμπαλον μέλλεν θέμεν. ἀλλά νιν οὐκ εἴασεν· ἐπεὶ πολιᾶς σ6
 εἶπέ τινʼ αὐτὸς ὁρᾶν ἔνδον θαλάσσας αὐξομέναν πεδόθεν σ1
 πολύβοσκον γαῖαν ἀνθρώποισι καὶ εὔφρονα μήλοις. σ2

Now the ancient story of men saith that when Zeus and the other gods made division of the earth among them, not yet was island Rhodes apparent in the open sea, but in the briny depths lay hid. And for that Helios was otherwhere, none drew a lot for him; so they left him portionless of land, that holy god. And when he spake thereof Zeus would cast lots afresh; but he suffered him not, for that he said that beneath the hoary sea he saw a certain land waxing from its root in earth, that should bring forth food for many men, and rejoice in flocks. And straightway he bade her of the golden fillet, Lachesis, to stretch her hands on high, nor violate the gods' great oath, but with the son of Kronos promise him that the isle sent up to the light of heaven should be thenceforth a title of himself alone.

Scholia ad vv. 61–63 (9 entries)

ad v. 61

a. a. εὐθυν ἐς ἀμφιθάλασσον: οἱ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐθῦναι, οἱ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐθέως.

b. b. ἀμφιθάλασσον δὲ τὴν ἑκατέρωθεν θαλάσσῃ περιχεομένην.

c. c. νομὸν δὲ τὴν κατανομήν.

d. d. (εὔθυν᾿:) ἤγουν ὀρθὸν ποίησον. γράφεται καὶ εὐθὺν.

e. e. ἀμφιθάλασσον: ἀμφιθάλασσον νομὸν τὴν Ῥόδον, καθὸ νῆσος οὖσα περιείργεται θαλάσσῃ.

f. f. νομὸν δὲ, κατανέμησιν.

ad v. 62

x. (νομόν:) κατανομήν.

ad v. 63

a. a. ((Β 670)(ο 426)) καί σφιν θεσπέσιον πλοῦτον κατέχευε Κρονίων.κούρη δ᾿ εἴμ᾿ Ἀρύβαντος ἐγὼ ῥυδὸν ἀφνειοῖο. βρέχε θεῶν βασιλεύς: τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ Ὁμηρικοῦ στίχου τοῦ ἀθετουμένου μετενήνεκται · ὅτι ἄρα νεφέλην ἐπιστήσας τοῖς Ῥοδίοις χρυσὸν ἔχευε· ἢ ὅτι πολὺν χύδην πλοῦτον αὐτοῖς κατεσκεύασεν, ὁμοίως τῷ ·

b. b. ((l. c.)) καί σφιν θεσπέσιον πλοῦτον κατέχευε Κρονίων· βρέχε θεῶν βασιλεὺς ὁ μέγας: τοῦτο ἐκ τῶν Ὁμήρου ὁρμηθεὶς λέγει, ὅτι Ζεὺς χρυσὸν ἔβρεξε τοῖς Ῥοδίοις διὰ τὸ τὸν ποιητὴν εἰρηκέναι · | οὐκ εἰρηκότος Ὁμήρου ὅτι ἔβρεξε χρυσὸν, ἀλλὰ περιεποίησε χύδην αὐτοῖς τὸν πλοῦτον.

64 ἐκέλευσεν δʼ αὐτίκα χρυσάμπυκα μὲν Λάχεσιν σ1

And he bid Lachesis of the golden headband

Scholia ad vv. 64–64 (1 entry)

ad v. 64

x. ((l. c.)) καί σφιν θεσπέσιον πλοῦτον κατέχευε Κρονίων.χρυσέαις νιφάδεσσι: τοῦτο ἄντικρυς ἐκ τοῦ ἀθετουμένου Ὁμηρικοῦ στίχου εἴληφεν ὁ Πίνδαρος ·

65–68

 χεῖρας ἀντεῖναι, θεῶν δʼ ὅρκον μέγαν σ1
 μὴ παρφάμεν, σ2
 ἀλλὰ Κρόνου σὺν παιδὶ νεῦσαι, φαεννὸν ἐς αἰθέρα νιν πεμφθεῖσαν ἑᾷ κεφαλᾷ
 ἐξοπίσω γέρας ἔσσεσθαι. τελεύταθεν δὲ λόγων κορυφαὶ σ1

raise her hands right away, and speak, correctly and earnestly, the great oath of the gods, and consent with the son of Cronus that that island, when it had risen into the shining air, should thereafter be his own prize of honor. And the essence of his words was fulfilled and turned out to be true. There grew from the waters of the sea

Scholia ad vv. 65–68 (4 entries)

ad v. 65

x. ἁνίχ᾿ Ἁφαίστου τέχναισι: τὸν καιρὸν καθ᾿ ὃν Ζεὺς ἐν Ῥόδῳ χρυσὸν ὗσε, διὰ τῆς ἱστορίας ἐπισημαίνεται καί φησιν ὅτι | ἡνίκα ὁ Ζεὺς διαιρεθείσης αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ πελέκεως τοῦ Ἡφαίστου ἀνέδωκεν ἐκ τῆς κορυφῆς τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν· ἡ δὲ ἀνορούσασα καὶ ἔκδηλος γενομένη μέγα ἐβόησεν.

ad v. 66

a. a. χαλκελάτῳ πελέκει: ἐν τοῖς Μουσαίου Παλαμάων λέγεται πλῆξαι τοῦ Διὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν, ὅτε τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν ἐγέννα· ἔνιοι δὲ τὸν Προμηθέα λέγουσι· Σωσίβιος δὲ Ἑρμῆν φησι· Ἀριστοκλῆς δὲ νέφει συγκεκρύφθαι τὴν θεὸν, τὸν δὲ Δία πλήξαντα τὸ νέφος ἐκφῆναι τὴν θεόν.

b. b. χαλκελάτῳ πελέκει: οἱ μὲν Παλαμάονα λέγουσι ῥῆξαι τὴν τοῦ Διὸς κεφαλὴν ὅτε Ἀθηνᾶ ἐγεννᾶτο· οἱ δὲ Ἑρμῆν· οἱ δὲ Προμηθέα· Ἀριστοκλῆς δὲ ὑφίσταται τὴν γένεσιν Ἀθηνᾶς ἐν Κρήτῃ· νέφει γάρ φησι κεκρύφθαι τὴν θεὸν, τὸν δὲ Δία πλήξαντα τὸ νέφος προφᾶναι αὐτήν.

ad v. 68

a. ἀλάλαξεν: ὀξὺ ἀνεβόησε. διὰ δὲ τούτου τὸ φιλοπόλεμον τῆς θεοῦ ἐχαρακτήρισεν. ἡ γὰρ ἀλαλαγὴ κυρίως ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν πολεμίων συμβολῆς γίνεται· εἶτ᾿ οὖν λέγεται καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐκβακχευμάτων.

69 ἐν ἀλαθείᾳ πετοῖσαι. βλάστε μὲν ἐξ ἁλὸς ὑγρᾶς

And in the end of the matter his speech had fulfilment; there sprang up from the watery main an island, and the father who begetteth the keen rays of day hath the dominion thereof, even the lord of fire-breathing steeds. There sometime having lain with Rhodos he begat seven sons, who had of him minds wiser than any among the men of old; and one begat Kameiros, and Ialysos his eldest, and Lindos: and they held each apart their shares of cities, making threefold division of their father's land, and these men call their dwelling-places. There is a sweet amends for his piteous ill-hap ordained for Tlepolemos leader of the Tirynthians at the beginning, as for a god, even the leading thither of sheep for a savoury burnt-offering, and the award of honour in games.

70–74

 νᾶσος, ἔχει τέ νιν ὀξειᾶν ὁ γενέθλιος ἀκτίνων πατήρ, σ2
 πῦρ πνεόντων ἀρχὸς ἵππων· ἔνθα Ῥόδῳ ποτὲ μιχθεὶς τέκεν σ4
 ἑπτὰ σοφώτατα νοήματʼ ἐπὶ προτέρων ἀνδρῶν παραδεξαμένους σ1
 παῖδας, ὧν εἷς μὲν Κάμειρον σ1
 πρεσβύτατόν τε Ἰάλυσον ἔτεκεν Λίνδον τʼ· ἀπάτερθε δʼ ἔχον,

IalysusLindus an island, which is held by the birthgiving father of piercing rays, the ruler of fire-breathing horses. And there he once lay with Rhodes, and begat seven sons who inherited from him the wisest minds in the time of earlier men; and of these one begat Cameirus, and the eldest, and, Each had his own separate share of cities

Scholia ad vv. 70–74 (8 entries)

ad v. 70

a. a. ὁ Οὐρανὸς δ᾿ ἔφριξέ νιν: διὰ τὸ σὺν ὅπλοις γεννηθῆναι ἐφοβήθησαν Οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ Γῆ.

b. b. Οὐρανὸς δ᾿ ἔφριξέ νιν: ἤτοι διὰ τὸ σὺν ὅπλοις γεννηθῆναι· ἢ διὰ τὴν βοήν.

ad v. 71

a. a. τότε καὶ φαυσίμβροτος: ὁ νοῦς· τότε οὖν, ἡνίκα ἔμελλε τίκτεσθαι ἡ θεὸς, ὁ Ἥλιος τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ παισὶ τοῖς περὶ Ὄχιμον καὶ Κέρκαφον ἐπετείλατο τὸ μέλλον πρᾶγμα, τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς | τὴν γένναν, παραφυλάξασθαι καὶ θυσίας ποιῆσαι, καὶ ὅπως τῇ θεῷ θυσίας πλήθοντα βωμὸν ἐναργῆ κτίσειαν, τοῦτόν τε πηξάμενοι ἐπιθύειν τήν τε ψυχὴν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς Διὸς τέρψαιεν καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς γεννηθείσης παρθένου τῆς πολεμικῆς. ἔγχος μὲν γὰρ τὸ δόρυ, βρόμος δὲ ὁ ἦχος.

b. b. ἄλλως· ὁ Ἥλιός, φησι, παρεκελεύσατο τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ παισὶ καὶ Ῥόδης, μελλούσης γεννᾶσθαι τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς, ὅπως αὐτοὶ πρῶτοι θύσωσιν· ἐκεῖ γὰρ μέλλειν οἰκεῖν τὴν θεὸν, | παρ᾿ οἷς ἂν πρῶτον θυσία αὐτῇ ἐπιτελεσθῇ. ἀνερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν πρῶτοι οὗτοι ἐπελάθοντο πῦρ κομίσαι. συνέβη οὖν πρώτους Ἀθηναίους θῦσαι· διόπερ καὶ τὴν θεὸν αὐτόθι καθιδρυθῆναι, | τιμῆσαι δὲ καὶ τὴν θεὸν τοὺς Ῥοδίους. διὰ τοῦτο δέ φασι τοὺς Ῥοδίους ἄπυρα θύειν, ὥσπερ οἱ πρῶτοι τῇ Αθηνᾷ ἔθυσαν· τινὲς δὲ ὅτι καὶ φυλαξάντων αὐτῶν ὑπερησθεὶς ὁ Ζεὺς πλοῦτον καὶ εὐδαιμονίαν παρέσχε, δωρησαμένης καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς τὴν περὶ τὴν τέχνην ἀρετήν.

c. c. φαυσίμβροτος: φαεσίμβροτος. τὸ -ε- καὶ το ᾱ εἰς τὴν -αυ- δίφθογγον συνεῖλεν.

d. d. (φαυσίμβροτος:) ὁ τοῖς βροτοῖς φάος φέρων.

ad v. 72

x. ((371)) Θεία δ᾿ Ἠέλιόν τε μέγαν λαμπράν τε Σελήνην Ἠῶ θ᾿, ἣ πάντεσσιν ἐπιχθονίοισι φαείνει, γείναθ᾿ ὑποδμηθεῖσ᾿ Ὑπερίονος ἐν φιλότητι.δαίμων Ὑπεριονίδας: ὁ Ὑπερίονος παῖς. Ὑπερίων δὲ εἷς τῶν Τιτάνων κατὰ τὴν Ἡσιόδου θεογονίαν · οἱ δὲ αὐτὸ ἐπιθετικῶς ἀκούουσιν ἐν τύπῳ πατρωνυμικῷ· ὁ ὑπὲρ γῆν ἱέμενος, ἢ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς πορευόμενος.

ad v. 73

x. μέλλον ἔντειλεν: τὸ μέλλον ἔσεσθαι ἐνετείλατό, φησιν, ὁ Ἥλιος, ἵνα πρῶτοι θύσωσι Ῥόδιοι τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ· ἐκεῖ γὰρ οἰκήσειν ὅπου θύσουσιν αὐτῇ πρῶτον. Ῥοδίων δὲ ἐπιλαθομένων ἔμπυρα θῦσαι Ἀθηναῖοι ἔθυσαν· διὸ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἡ θεὸς τιμᾶται.

75–76

75 διὰ γαῖαν τρίχα δασσάμενοι πατρωίαν,75

76 ἀστέων μοῖραν, κέκληνται δέ σφιν ἕδραι. σ1

in their threefold division of their father’s land, and their dwelling-places were named after them.

Scholia ad vv. 75–76 (1 entry)

ad v. 76

x. βωμὸν ἐναργέα: ἤτοι τῇ κατασκευῇ πολυτελῆ τυγχάνοντα· ἢ τὸν ἐναργῶς γενόμενον παρὰ τὸν τῆς γεννήσεως καιρὸν· πρῶτοι γὰρ ἔθυσαν τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ. διὸ ἔμελλεν ἐπίσημος εἶναι παρὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς τελουμένης θυσίας.

77 τόθι λύτρον συμφορᾶς οἰκτρᾶς γλυκὺ Τλαπολέμῳ σ2

There it is that a sweet recompense for his pitiful misfortune is established for Tlepolemus, the first leader of the Tirynthians, as for a god:

Scholia ad vv. 77–77 (2 entries)

ad v. 77

a. a. σεμνὰν θυσίαν θέμενοι: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸν τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς τρόπον.

b. b. σεμνῶς φησι τὰ θύματα αὐτῆς τελεῖν.

78–79

78 ἵσταται Τιρυνθίων ἀρχαγέτᾳ, σ1

79 ὥσπερ θεῷ, σ6

Of garlands from these games hath Diagoras twice won him crowns, and four times he had good luck at famous Isthmos and twice following at Nemea, and twice at rocky Athens. And at Argos the bronze shield knoweth him, and the deeds of Arcadia and of Thebes and the yearly games Boeotian, and Pellene and Aigina where six times he won; and the pillar of stone at Megara hath the same tale to tell.

Scholia ad vv. 78–79 (7 entries)

ad v. 78

x. ἐγχειβρόμῳ: τῇ παρὰ τὸν πόλεμον βρεμούσῃ.

ad v. 79

a. a. ἐν δ᾿ ἀρετάν: περιποιεῖ ἀρετὴν καὶ χαρὰν ἡ ἐκτὸς προμηθείας αἰδώς· οἷον εἴ τις ἐκ τοῦ προμηθεῖσθαι τὴν αἰδῶ μεταποιεῖται, τούτῳ ἀκολουθεῖ χαρὰ καὶ ἀρετή· ὡς τῶν προσκοπουμένων μηδὲν ἐχόντων.

b. b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· οἱ τὴν προμήθειαν ἐπιστρεφόμενοι περί τινος καὶ προλαμβάνοντες τὸ ἐσόμενον διὰ τὸ προβουλεύσασθαι τοῦτο πράττουσι κατ᾿ ἐκτροπὴν καὶ ὕστερον χαίρουσι τοῦτο προβουλευσάμενοι.

c. c. ἔνιοι δὲ ἀναγινώσκουσι περισπωμένως αἰδῶς, τῆς αἰδοῦς.

d. d. ἐν δ᾿ ἀρετὰν ἔβαλεν: δύναται ὁ λόγος γνωμικὸς εἶναι· ἔχει δὲ τὸ σαφὲς οὕτως· ἐπέβαλε δὲ ἀρετὴν καὶ ἡδονὴν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἡ περὶ τὰ πράγματα πρόγνωσις.

e. e. ὃ δέ φησι, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· οἱ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων πραγμάτων τὸ δέον προσκοπήσαντες καὶ τοῦτο προδιαθέντες, οὗτοι εἰς ἀρετὴν καὶ ἡδονὴν ἔρχονται.

f. f. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτως ἐνόησαν· ἐκ δὲ ταύτης τῆς αἰτίας καὶ αἰδὼς ἡ ὑπάρξασα εἰς τὴν θεὸν ἡ ἐκ τῆς προμηθείας καὶ τῆς προγνώσεως χαρὰν αὐτοῖς καὶ εὐθυμίαν καὶ ἀρετὴν παρέσχεν.

80–82

 μήλων τε κνισσάεσσα πομπὰ καὶ κρίσις ἀμφʼ ἀέθλοις. τῶν ἄνθεσι Διαγόρας
 ἐστεφανώσατο δίς, κλεινᾷ τʼ ἐν Ἰσθμῷ τετράκις εὐτυχέων, σ2
 Νεμέᾳ τʼ ἄλλαν ἐπʼ ἄλλα, καὶ κρανααῖς ἐν Ἀθάναις. σ3

NemeaAthens a procession of flocks for burnt sacrifice and the trial of contests. With the flowers from these Diagoras has had himself crowned twice, and at the renowned Isthmus four times, in his good fortune, and again and again at and in rocky;

Scholia ad vv. 80–82 (5 entries)

ad v. 81

a. a. Προμαθέος αἰδώς: ἡ προμήθεια τοῖς ἀνθρώποις αἰτία ἀγαθῶν καὶ ἀρετῆς γίνεται.

b. b. Προμαθέος αἰδώς: τὸ προσκοπεῖν τὸ μέλλον.

ad v. 82

a. a. ἐπὶ μὰν βαίνει τι καὶ λάθας: ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἀκούουσι τὴν προμήθειαν καὶ προσκοπουμένοις τὸ μέλλον ἐπιβαίνει τι καὶ λήθης ἴδιον νέφος. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν Ῥοδίων ὁ λόγος, ὅτι καίπερ προδιαστειλαμένου τοῦ Ἡλίου αὐτοῖς θῦσαι τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ μεμνημένοι ταύτῃ συντελέσαι, συντελοῦντες τῶν πρὸς τὴν κατασκευήν τι ἔλιπον· ὅ ἐστι τὸ πῦρ.

b. b. βαίνει τι: ἡ πρόνοια.

c. c. ἐπιβαίνει γε μὴν καὶ λήθης τι ἀπροσδόκητον.

83–84

83 ὅ τʼ ἐν Ἄργει χαλκὸς ἔγνω νιν, τά τʼ ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ σ2

84 ἔργα καὶ Θήβαις, ἀγῶνές τʼ ἔννομοι σ3

ArgosArcadiaThebes and the prizes of the bronze shield in and the works of art in and are familiar with him, and the duly ordered contests

Scholia ad vv. 83–84 (5 entries)

ad v. 83

a. a. λάθας ἀτέκμαρτον: πολλάκις τὴν προμήθειαν τὸ τῆς λήθης ἀτέκμαρτον νέφος καὶ διέργεται.

b. b. ἐνίοτε καὶ τοῖς ἔχουσι τὴν προμήθειαν καὶ προσκοπουμένοις ἐπιβαίνει καὶ ἀνθιστᾷ ἕτερον μέρος. ὁ δὲ λόγος περὶ τῶν Ῥοδίων, ὅτι καίτοι καὶ τοῦ Ἡλίου προαναγγείλαντος αὐτοῖς θῦσαι τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ μεμνημένοι ταύτῃ συντελέσαι, τῶν πρὸς τὴν παρασκευήν τι παραλειπόντων.

ad v. 84

a. a. καὶ παρέλκει πραγμάτων: τῶν πραγμάτων τὴν ὀρθὴν ὁδὸν ἐκτὸς τῶν φρενῶν παρέλκει ἡ λήθη.

b. b. παρέλκει πραγμάτων ὀρθὰν ὁδόν: ὁ νοῦς οὕτως ἔχει· καίτοι γὰρ οἱ Ῥόδιοι προμαθόντες παρὰ τοῦ Ἡλίου τὴν τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς γένεσιν καὶ κατακούσαντες παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸ θῦσαι τῇ θεῷ, παρ᾿ αὐτὴν τὴν ἱερουργίαν τοῦ κυριωτάτου πρὸς τὰς θυσίας ἐπελάθοντο· οὐκ ἔχοντες γὰρ πῦρ ἀνῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, ἔνθα οἱ βωμοί· καὶ ἄνευ πυρὸς θύοντες τὸ ἱερὸν ἐποίησαν τὸ ἐν τῇ ἀκροπόλει.

c. c. (παρέλκει:) παρατρέπει.

85 Βοιωτίων,85

AeginaMegara of the Boeotians, and Pellana and, where he was six times victor. And in the list carved in stone gives no other account. But, Father Zeus, you who rule over the ridges of Atabyrium, grant honor to the hymn ordained in praise of an Olympian victor,

86–88

 Πέλλανά τʼ Αἴγινά τε νικῶνθʼ ἑξάκις. ἐν Μεγάροισίν τʼ οὐχ ἕτερον λιθίνα σ9
 ψᾶφος ἔχει λόγον. ἀλλʼ, ὦ Ζεῦ πάτερ, νώτοισιν Ἀταβυρίου
 μεδέων, τίμα μὲν ὕμνου τεθμὸν Ὀλυμπιονίκαν,

But do thou, O Father Zeus, who holdest sway on the mountain-ridges of Atabyrios glorify the accustomed Olympian winner's hymn, and the man who hath done valiantly with his fists: give him honour at the hands of citizens and of strangers; for he walketh in the straight way that abhorreth insolence, having learnt well the lessons his true soul hath taught him, which hath come to him from his noble sires. Darken not thou the light of one who springeth from the same stock of Kallianax. Surely with the joys of Eratidai the whole city maketh mirth. But the varying breezes even at the same point of time speed each upon their various ways.

Scholia ad vv. 86–88 (9 entries)

ad v. 86

a. a. καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθούσας: καὶ γὰρ αὐτοί, φησιν, ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν παραφυλάξαντες τὴν γένεσιν τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.

b. b. ((fr. 11 ap. Michaël. diss. Hal. 1875)) ἄλσος μὲν τὸ τέμενος εἴρηκεν· ἄπυρα δὲ [ὅτι] μέχρι νῦν οἱ Ῥόδιοι θύουσιν ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνης τῆς ἀρχῆς τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ. καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ ποιητής φησιν ἄπυρα τοὺς Ῥοδίους ἱερὰ θύειν διὰ τὴν πρὸς Ἥφαιστον ἕνεκα τῶν γάμων ἔχθραν, ὅτι ἐπεδίωξε τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν βουλόμενος συμμιγῆναι. οὐ μόνον δὲ Ῥόδιοι ἀπύροις ἱεροῖς χρῶνται, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀθηναῖοι.

c. c. ((fr. 302)) ξανθὰν δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἔμφασιν ἔφη ὁ Πίνδαρος νεφέλην τὴν ἔγκυον οὖσαν χρυσοῦ, καθὸ καὶ τὴν ὕδωρ ἔχουσαν ζοφώδη.

d. d. αἰθούσας ἔχοντες: καὶ οὗτοι γάρ, φησιν, ἀνῆλθον θῦσαι θέλοντες κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν τῆς θεᾶς κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ πατρὸς, οὐκ ἔχοντες ὑπέκκαυμα. ἔστι γὰρ τὸ ἑξῆς· οὐκ ἔχοντες [δέ].

e. e. πυρὸς σπέρμα τὸν ἄνθρακα [δὲ] λέγει ἢ τὸν σπινθῆρα.

f. f. αἰθούσας δὲ τῆς αἰθομένης καὶ λαμπρᾶς καὶ καυστικῆς.

g. g. τοὶ γὰρ αἰθούσας: τῆς καυστικῆς, παρὰ τὸ αἴθειν.

h. h. τὸ δὲ οὔ ἐπίρρημα προσαπτέον τῷ ἔχοντες, ἵν᾿ ᾖ οὐκ ἔχοντες.

i. i. ((ε 490)) φλογὸς δὲ σπέρμα, τὸ πῦρ, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος · σπέρμα πυρὸς σῴζων.

89 ἄνδρα τε πὺξ ἀρετὰν εὑρόντα, δίδοι τέ οἱ αἰδοίαν χάριν σ3

and to the man who has found excellence as a boxer, and grant to him honored grace

Scholia ad vv. 89–89 (3 entries)

ad v. 89

a. a. ἄλσος ἐν ἀκροπόλει: ἄλσος τέμενος εἶπεν.

b. b. ἄπυρα δὲ μέχρι νῦν θύουσιν οἱ Ῥόδιοι τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ.

c. c. ἔχῃ ξανθὰν ἀγαγών: εὖ κατὰ τὴν ἔμφασιν ὁ Πίνδαρός, φησιν, νεφέλην ὠνόμασε ξανθὰν, οἷον τὴν ἔγκυον χρυσοῦ· καθάπερ ὅταν ὕδωρ ὁ ἀὴρ, ζοφώδης ἐστίν.

90–94

 καὶ ποτʼ ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων. ἐπεὶ ὕβριος ἐχθρὰν ὁδὸν
 εὐθυπορεῖ, σάφα δαεὶς ἅ τέ οἱ πατέρων ὀρθαὶ φρένες ἐξ ἀγαθῶν σ2
 ἔχρεον. μὴ κρύπτε κοινὸν
 σπέρμʼ ἀπὸ Καλλιάνακτος· Ἐρατιδᾶν τοι σὺν χαρίτεσσιν ἔχει
 θαλίας καὶ πόλις· ἐν δὲ μιᾷ μοίρᾳ χρόνου

in the eyes of both citizens and strangers. For he walks a straight course on a road that hates arrogance, knowing clearly the sound prophetic wisdom of his good ancestors. Do not bury in obscurity the shared seed of Callianax. When the Eratidae are graced with victories, the city too holds festivities; but in a single space of apportioned time

Scholia ad vv. 90–94 (2 entries)

ad v. 91

a. a. αὐτὰ δέ σφισιν ὤπασε τέχναν: αὐτὴ δὲ ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ κατὰ πᾶσαν χειρουργικὴν τέχνην τὸ ἄριστον αὐτοῖς ἀπένειμεν.

b. b. ὕστερον δὲ οἱ Ῥόδιοι πολλὰ τῶν πρὸς τὸν βίον ἀνηκόντων ἐργαλείων εὗρον.

95 ἄλλοτʼ ἀλλοῖαι διαιθύσσοισιν αὖραι. σ13695

the winds shift quickly from moment to moment.

Scholia ad vv. 95–95 (136 entries)

ad v. 95

a. a. ((FHG III, 146)) ἔργα δὲ ζωοῖσιν ἑρπόντεσσί θ᾿ ὁμοῖα: τὰ γὰρ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν δημιουργούμενα καὶ ἐργαζόμενα τοιαῦτα καὶ ὀφθῆναι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οἷα καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἔμψυχα κινούμενα. ἄριστοι γὰρ περὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνδριάντων κατασκευὴν οἱ Ῥόδιοι. αὐτοὶ γὰρ πρῶτοι οἱ Ῥόδιοι τὴν τῶν ἀνδριάντων ἐξεῦρον δημιουργίαν, τὸ πρότερον οὐχ οὕτω τιμωμένων. Ἀρίσταρχος δὲ τὰ κατὰ Δαίδαλον αὐτόν φησι μεταφέρειν νῦν ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ῥόδον τεχνιτῶν, ὅτι τοιαῦτα κατεσκεύαζον ἔργα. | Πολέμων μὲν γάρ φησι παρὰ Χίοις μὲν τὸν Διόνυσον δεδέσθαι, καὶ παρ᾿ Ἐρυθραίοις δὲ τὸ ἕδος τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος, καὶ ὅλως πολὺν κατεσπάρθαι λόγον περὶ τῶν ἀγαλμάτων ὡς μὴ μενόντων, ἀλλὰ πορευμένων ἄλλοσε πολλάκις.

b. b. ((Σ 418)) χρύσειαι, ζωῇσι νεήνισιν ἔργ᾿ εἰκυῖαι. ἄλλως· ἔργα δὲ ζωοῖσι: παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν ·

c. c. κέλευθοι δὲ νῦν τὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἄμφοδα.

x. ἦν δὲ κλέος βαθύ: ἐκ δὲ τούτου βαθὺ κλέος καὶ πολλὴ δόξα προσῆν αὐτοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

a. a. δαέντι δέ: τῷ μαθόντι δὲ ἡ σοφία μείζων καὶ φανερὰ γίνεται. ἀδύνατον γὰρ ἔν τινι ποιήσασθαι ἐπίδειξιν μὴ μαθόντα. [Drachmann ad v. 98]

b. b. βέλτιον δὲ οὕτως· οἱ προπαρατυγχάνοντες καὶ μαθόντες τὴν σοφίαν τεχνολογοῦσι. [Drachmann ad v. 98]

c. c. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει ὡς τῶν Ῥοδίων εὐφυῶν μὲν ὄντων κατὰ φύσιν· προσδεξάμενοι δὲ καὶ τὴν τέχνην, οὕτως ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων, τῶν μαθήσεων καὶ τῶν φύσεων, ἐχορήγησαν τὰ μέγιστα. [Drachmann ad v. 98]

d. d. δαέντι δὲ καὶ σοφία: ἀντὶ τοῦ, δαέντος ἡ σοφία καὶ μείζων καὶ ἄδολος θελέθει. ἀδύνατον γὰρ ἔν τισι ποιήσασθαι ἐπίδειξιν μὴ μαθόντα. [Drachmann ad v. 98]

e. e. βέλτιον δὲ οὕτως· οἱ παρατυχόντες καὶ μαθόντες σοφίαν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ ἔντεχνον αὐτοῖς λέγουσι καὶ ἄδολον, ὅ ἐστιν ἁπλῆν. [Drachmann ad v. 98]

f. f. ἢ οὕτω· τῷ μαθόντι καὶ ἡ ἄδολος σοφία μείζων γίνεται. [Drachmann ad v. 98]

g. g. τὸ δὲ σαφὲς οὕτως ἔχει· τῷ δὲ μετ᾿ εὐφυΐας μεμαθηκότι ἡ σοφία καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον ἀδόλως καὶ ἀνεμποδίστως ἐπαίρεται· ὡς τῶν Ῥοδίων εὐφυῶν μὲν ὄντων κατὰ φύσιν, προσδεξαμένων δὲ καὶ τὴν τέχνην, καὶ οὕτως ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῆς μαθήσεως αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον ἐλθούσης. [Drachmann ad v. 98]

x. (ἄδολος:) ἡ φυσική. [Drachmann ad v. 99]

a. a. φαντὶ δ᾿ ἀνθρώπων παλαιαὶ ῥήσιες: οὔπω γὰρ τῶν ἱστοριογράφων ὄντων οἱ κατὰ καιροὺς ποιηταὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι λογίων καὶ γεγηρακότων, οἷς ὁ χρόνος τὸ ἀκριβὲς τῆς γνώσεως ἐμαρτύρει, τὰς ἱστορίας κατακούοντες ἐμάνθανον. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

b. b. λέγει δὲ τοιοῦτόν τι· καθ᾿ ὃν χρόνον οἱ θεοὶ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς διεμερίζοντο, ἀπόντος τοῦ Ἡλίου καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ διανύοντος δρόμον, οὐδὲ εἷς τῶν θεῶν ὑπέμνησεν ὥστε καὶ αὐτῷ τοῦ κόσμου μερίδα φυλαχθῆναι. οὐδέπω δὲ ἡ Ῥόδος ἦν ἐκ θαλάσσης ἀναδοθεῖσα· διὸ καὶ ἀκλήρωτος μείνας ὁ θεὸς ταύτην εἵλετο τὴν μερίδα, ἱερὰν αὑτῷ τὴν νῆσον ἐπιτρεψάμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

x. οὔπω ὅτε χθόνα: διὰ τὸ μηδέπω εἴναι τοὺς ἱστορικοὺς συγγραφέας, ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν λογίων πυνθάνονται τὰ ἐπιχώρια οἱ ποιηταί. πρὸ Πινδάρου δὲ τοῦτο οὐχ ἱστόρητο. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

x. ἁλμυροῖσι: ἁλί φησιν ἐνταῦθα αὐτὴν κεκρύφθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

a. a. ἀπεόντος: ἀπόντος δὲ τοῦ Ἡλίου οὐδεὶς τῶν παρόντων θεῶν ἐνέδειξεν οὐδὲ ἐνεφάνισεν ὥστε ἀποκληρῶσαί τινα χώραν αὐτῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

b. b. ἔνδειξεν: ὑπέδειξεν. ἐνεφάνισεν. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

x. λάχος: κλῆρον. μερίδα. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

x. ἁγνὸν θεόν: τὸν Ἥλιον, οὐχ ὅτι καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν ἁγνὸς, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ ἀφαγνίζειν τῇ ἀκτῖνι δυνάμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

a. a. ἄκυρα μνασθέντι δέ: μνησθέντι δὲ αὐτῷ περὶ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ὁ Ζεὺς ἔμελλεν ἀνακληροῦν ἐξ ἀρχῆς καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ κεκληρωμένα τοῖς θεοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

b. b. δύναται δὲ τὸ μνασθέντι ἀντὶ τοῦ μνασθέντος. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

c. c. ἢ μνησθέντι τῷ Ἡλίῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

d. d. ((Η 171)) ἄμπαλον μέλλεν θέμεν: ἀνακλήρωσιν· ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὁμηρικοῦ · κλήρῳ νῦν πεπάλαχθε. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

e. e. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὑπομνησαμένῳ δὲ τῷ Ἡλίῳ ἀνακλήρωσιν ἔμελλε ποιῆσαι ὁ Ζεύς· ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ εἴασεν αὐτὸν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι ὁ Ἥλιος, ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν ἔνδον τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ ἐν τῷ βυθῷ [ὁρᾶν] παραυξομένην καὶ ἐγειρομένην ἐκ τοῦ πέδου ἐσομένην ταύτην γὰρ πρός τε ἀνθρώπων χρησιμωτάτην καὶ πρὸς πάντα τὰ ζῷα εὔβοτον καὶ εὔφρονα, ἀπὸ μέρους τῶν προβάτων. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

f. f. (ἄμπαλον:) ἀνακλήρωσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

g. g. Eust. II. 64, 42:... ἀναδασμὸν ἤγουν δεύτερον μερισμὸν τῶν προμερισθέντων· ὅπερ ἄμπαλον Πίνδαρος ἔφη, τουτέστι δεύτερον πάλον καὶ κλῆρον ἐπὶ μερισμῷ.... τὸ ἄμπαλος ἤτοι ἀνάπαλος, ἤγουν ἀνάδασμος, ὁ ἐκ δευτέρου πάλος ὅ ἐστι κλῆρος. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

a. a. ἀλλά νιν οὐκ εἴασεν: ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν ὁ Ἥλιος οὐκ ἠβουλήθη, ἀνακλήρωσιν γενέσθαι καὶ τὸν ἀναδασμόν· ἑώρα γὰρ τὴν Ῥόδον ἀναβλαστῆσαι μέλλουσαν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ καὶ πάσας ὑπερβαίνειν. διὸ τὴν Λάχεσιν τὴν μίαν τῶν Μοιρῶν τὴν πρὸς τὸν δασμὸν ἁρμόδιον ἐκέλευσεν αὑτῷ ἐπικρῖναι τὴν Ῥόδον, τοὺς δὲ θεοὺς ὀμόσαι πεποίηκε μηδένα παρερεῖν μηδὲ ἀναπείσειν τὸν Δία γενομένης τῆς χώρας ἄλλῳ τινὶ δοθῆναι αὐτήν. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

b. b. (μιν:) αὐτόν. τὸν Δία. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

x. (πεδόθεν:) κάτωθεν ἀπὸ τοῦ πέδου. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

a. a. πολύβοσκον: τὴν μεγάλην καὶ πολλοὺς θρέψαι δυναμένην. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

b. b. ((Γ 265)) ἐν ἴσῳ δὲ τῷ Ὁμηρικῷ · πουλυβότειραν. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

a. a. μήλοις: καταχρηστικῶς πᾶσι τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

b. b. ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

x. ἐκέλευσε δ᾿ αὐτίκα: Ἀρίσταρχος· ἐκέλευσε δ᾿ ὁ Ἥλιος παραχρῆμα τὴν μὲν Λάχεσιν ἐπιχειροτονῆσαι τῷ λόγῳ, τοὺς δὲ θεοὺς ὀμόσαι μηδένα παρερεῖν μηδὲ παραπείσειν τὸν Δία περὶ τῆς μελλούσης χώρας φαίνεσθαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

a. a. Λάχεσιν: πιθανῶς τὴν Λάχεσιν παρέλαβεν, ἐπεὶ περὶ κλήρου ὁ λόγος. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

b. b. ((Χ 469)) ἄμπυκα κεκρύφαλόν τε ἰδὲ πλεκτὴν ἀναδέσμην. χρυσάμπυκα Λάχεσιν: ἄμπυξ μὲν κυρίως κόσμος ἐπιτιθέμενος ταῖς τῶν γυναικῶν κεφαλαῖς· οὗ καὶ Ὅμηρος μνημονεύει · νῦν δὲ καταχρηστικῶς τὴν τιμίαν ἀκουστέον. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

c. c. ((th. 218)) Λάχεσις δὲ μία τῶν Μοιρῶν καλεῖται· τριῶν δὲ οὐσῶν τῶν πασῶν Ἡσίοδος μνημονεύει · | Κλωθώ τε Λάχεσίς τε καὶ Ἄτροπος. ἔστι δὲ τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν πεποιημένα· καὶ ἡ μὲν Κλωθὼ παρὰ τὸ συγκλώθειν τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, ἡ δὲ Λάχεσις παρὰ τὴν κλήρωσιν τὴν ποιὰν, ἣν ἕκαστος γεγονὼς κεκλήρωται· ἡ δὲ τρίτη Ἄτροπος παρὰ τὸ ἀμετάτρεπτον τῆς μοιριδίου ἀνάγκης. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

a. a. χεῖρας ἀντεῖναι: ἀντὶ τοῦ χειροτονηθῆναι ποιῆσαι, κατὰ μετωνυμίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

b. b. ((th. 400)(Ο 37)) καὶ τὸ κατειβόμενον Ετυγὸς ὕδωρ, ὅς τε μέγιστος ὅρκος. θεῶν δ᾿ ὅρκον μέγαν: θεῶν ὅρκον τὴν Στύγα. ταύτην γὰρ καὶ Ὅμηρος καὶ Ἡσίοδος οἶδε, δι᾿ ὧν φησι · [Drachmann ad v. 119]

a. a. μὴ παρφάμεν: μὴ παραλογίσασθαι, τουτέστιν. ἐπικυρῶσαι τὸν τῶν θεῶν ὅρκον. τοῦτο δὲ ὡς ὀμωμοκότων αὐτῶν φυλάξειν τὴν κρυπτομένην ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ νῆσον. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

b. b. (παρφάμεν:) παραβῆναι. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

a. a. φαενὸν ἐς αἰθέρα: ἀντὶ τοῦ, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς τὸν λαμπρὸν αἰθέρα ἀναφανεῖσαν τὴν Ῥόδον αὐτῷ δοθῆναι τῷ Ἡλίῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

b. b. φαενὸν κατὰ συγκοπὴν φαεινὸν, λαμπρόν. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

c. c. αἰθέρα νῦν καταχρηστικῶς τὸν ἀέρα. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

x. ἑᾷ κεφαλᾷ: τῇ ἑαυτοῦ, τοῦ Ἡλίου, κεφαλῇ εἰς τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα μερίδα γενέσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

a. a. (γέρας:) γράφεται μέρος. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

b. b. τελεύτασαν δὲ λόγων: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀληθῆ ἐποίησαν τὰ δόξαντα. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

c. c. τελεύταθεν: ἐτελειώθησαν. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

d. d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐτελειώθη δὲ τούτων τῶν λόγων τὰ κεφάλαια ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πεσόντα. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

e. e. (τελεύτασαν:) γράφεται τελεύταθεν. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

a. a. βλάστε μὲν νᾶσος: ὁ νοῦς· ἀνεβλάστησε καὶ ἀνεδόθη ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ νῆσος, ἔχει δὲ αὐτὴν εἰς ἰδίαν μοῖραν ὁ Ἥλιος ὁ τῆς τῶν ὀξειῶν ἀκτίνων γενέσεως πατὴρ [Ἥλιος] καὶ τῶν πῦρ πνεόντων ἡγεμὼν ἵππων. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

b. b. ἐκ δὲ τοῦ | ὀξειῶν, τῶν πυρωτικῶν ἀκουστέον· τὴν γὰρ ὀξύτητα καὶ ἐπὶ πυρώσεως λέγομεν. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

x. ἔχει τέ μιν: αὐτὴν, τὴν νῆσον. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

x. ὁ γενέθλιος ἀκτίνων: ὁ Ἥλιος, ὁ ἔφορος τῆς γενέσεως πάντων. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

a. a. ἔνθα Ῥόδῳ ποτὲ μιχθείς: ὁ νοῦς· ἐν ᾗ νήσῳ τῇ νύμφῃ Ῥόδῳ μιχθείς ποτε ὁ Ἥλιος ἐγέννησεν ἑπτὰ παῖδας ἐπὶ τῶν παλαιῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς σοφώτατα νοήματα παραδεξαμένους [ἀντὶ τοῦ σοφωτάτους]. εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ Ἡλίου ἑπτὰ παῖδες οὗτοι· Κέρκαφος, Ἀκτὶς, Μακαρεὺς, Τενάγης, Τριόπης, Φαέθων ὁ νεώτερος, Ὄχιμος. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

b. b. ἄλλως· Τενάγης ἤτοι Φαέθων [ὁ νεώτατος], Ἀκτὶς, Μάκαρ, Χρύσιππος, Κάνδαλος, Τριόπης. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

c. c. ἄλλως· Ἡλίου παῖδες καὶ Ῥόδης ἑπτὰ γίνονται· Ὄχιμος, Κέρκαφος, Ἀκτὶς, Μακαρεὺς, Κάνδαλος, Τριόπης, Φαέθων ὁ νεώτερος, | ὃν οἱ ἐν τῇ νήσῳ ὀνομάζουσι Τενάγην. τοῦ δὲ Κερκάφου υἱοὶ Λίνδος, Ἰηλυσὸς, Κάμειρος, οἱ ὑπὸ Πινδάρου ὀνομαζόμενοι, ὥστε μὴ εἶναι αὐτοὺς υἱοὺς Ἡλίου, ἀλλ᾿ υἱωνούς. | [Drachmann ad v. 131]

d. (d.) διὸ καί τινες γράφουσιν· ὧν εἷς μὲν Κάμειρον πρεσβύτατον· ὥστε τὸν λόγον εἶναι τοιοῦτον· ἀφ᾿ ὧν, τῶν Ἡλίου ἑπτὰ παίδων, εἷς Κέρκαφος ἐγέννησε τοὺς προκειμένους· ὥστε τὴν ἀπό πρόθεσιν ἔξωθεν λαμβάνειν ἡμᾶς. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

a. a. τέκεν ἑπτά: Ἡλίου καὶ Ῥόδης (οὕτω γὰρ αὐτὴν Ἑλλάνικος καλεῖ) ἑπτὰ γίνονται παῖδες· Ὄχιμος, Κέρκαφος, Ἀκτὶς, Μάκαρος, Κάνδαλος, Τριόπης, Φαέθων ὁ νεώτερος, ὃν οἱ κατὰ τὴν νῆσον Τενάγην καλοῦσι. περὶ δὲ τῶν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν διαφωνοῦσι· πάντες δὲ ἑπτά φασιν αὐτούς. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

b. b. τέκεν ἑπτὰ σοφώτατα νοήματα: τουτέστι σοφωτάτους γενομένους. | ὁ γὰρ λέγων ὅτι Δημοσθένης ῥήτωρ ἐγένετο σοφώτατα νοήματα τῶν προτέρων ἀνδρῶν παραδεξάμενος, μηνύει ὅτι ῥήτωρ ἄριστος ἐγένετο. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

c. c. σοφώτατα νοήματα: οἷον σοφωτάτους. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

d. d. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· τέκεν ἑπτὰ παῖδας ἐπὶ τῶν προτέρων ἀνδρῶν παραδεξαμένους σοφὸν νόημα. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

e. e. τῶν ἑπτὰ τῶν προειρημένων εἷς ὁ Κέρκαφος ἐκ Κυδίππης τῆς Ὀχίμου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ὑπὸ Πινδάρου ἱστορεῖται πεποιηκέναι τρεῖς παῖδας, Λίνδον καὶ Ἰηλυσὸν καὶ Κάμιρον, οἳ οὔκ εἰσιν Ἡλίου υἱοὶ, ἀλλ᾿ υἱωνοί [ἤγουν υἱῶν υἱοί]. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

x. ὧν εἷς μέν: ὧν, τούτων τῶν ἑπτὰ παίδων, εἷς, ὁ Κέρκαφος, ἐκ Κυδίππης τῆς Ὀχίμου θυγατρὸς ἐγέννησε τρεῖς υἱοὺς, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα [ὁ Πίνδαρος] ἐξέθετο· Κάμειρον· Λίνδον· Ἰηλυσόν [τῶν δύο πρεσβύτερον]· | ὡς εἶναι τούτους υἱωνοὺς καὶ οὐ παῖδας Ἡλίου. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

a. a. (τρίχα:) τριχῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

b. b. τριχθὰ δασσάμενοι: διαδασάμενοι τριχῇ τὴν γῆν τὴν πατρῴαν καὶ τὴν μοῖραν τῶν ἄστεων. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

c. c. δασσάμενοι πατρῴαν ἄστεων μοῖραν: χωρὶς καὶ ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστος διαδασάμενοι καὶ διαμερισάμενοι. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

d. d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τούτων δὲ ἕκαστος κεχωρισμένως καὶ κατ᾿ ἰδίαν ἔχει πόλιν ὁμώνυμον· τὴν γὰρ πατρῴαν, αὐτὴν τὴν νῆσον, εἰς τρεῖς νειμάμενοι διεμερίσαντο, καὶ οὕτως ἐπωνόμασαν τὰς ἕδρας καὶ τὰς πόλεις· ὁμώνυμοι γάρ εἰσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

a. a. αἱὍμηρος ((Β 656)) Λίνδον Ἰηλυσόν τε καὶ ἀργιόεντα Κάμιρον. κέκληνται δέ σφιν ἕδραι: ἕδραι, αἱ πόλεις αἱ τρεῖς, ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὠνομάσθησαν. · [Drachmann ad v. 140]

b. b. κέκληνται δέ σφιν ἕδραι: ἐπωνομάσθησαν δὲ αὐτῶν αἱ ἕδραι, τουτέστιν αἱ πόλεις· | ἕδρας γὰρ νῦν ταύτας ὀνομάζει. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

c. c. τοῖς Ἡλίου υἱωνοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

a. a. τόθι λύτρον συμφορᾶς: τῆς κατὰ τὴν φυγὴν συμφορᾶς γλυκὺ λύτρον ἵσταται. τουτέστι γλυκερὰ νόσος ἵσταται. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

b. b. ἄλλως· λυτήριον τῆς φυγῆς τῆς διὰ Λικύμνιον. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

c. c. τόθι: ἔνθα καὶ τῷ Τληπολέμῳ, τῷ τῶν Ἀργείων ἡγεμόνι, τῆς οἰκτρᾶς συμφορᾶς λυτήριον γλυκὺ ἵσταται. ἵσταται δὲ αὐτῷ τὸ λυτήριον ὡς τοῖς θεοῖς· θυσίαι γὰρ αὐτῷ διάφοροι γίνονται καὶ ἀγῶνες τελοῦνται. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

d. d. λυτήριον δὲ τῆς συμφορᾶς τὴν μετοίκησίν φησι καὶ τὴν αὐτόθι τοῦ βίου διατριβήν. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

x. μήλων τε κνισσάεσσα πομπά: ἡ θυσία. ἐπεί φασιν ὅτι ἀγὼν ἐκεῖ ἄγεται Τληπολέμεια. οἱ δὲ Ἡράκλεια· ὅθεν αὐτῷ θυσίαι ἀξιοπρεπεῖς τελοῦνται αὐτόθι. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

a. a. κρίσις ἀμφ᾿ ἀέθλοις· κρίσιν εἶπε τὸν ἀγῶνα τῶν Ἡλιείων, ὃν τιθέασιν οἱ Ῥόδιοι. ἐψεύσατο δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος· οὐ γὰρ Τληπολέμῳ, τῷ δὲ Ἡλίῳ τιθέασι τὸν ἀγῶνα. διὸ καὶ ἡλιορόδιον τὸν ἀγῶνα. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

b. b. ((FHG I, 427)) ἀμφ᾿ ἀέθλοις· τὸν ἀγῶνα τῶν Ῥοδίων ὃν τιθέασιν οἱ Ῥόδιοι Τληπολέμῳ. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ψεύδεται ὁ Πίνδαρος· οὐ γὰρ Τληπολέμῳ ὁ ἀγὼν ἐπιτελεῖται· οὐ γὰρ Ἡλίῳ, ὡς Ἴστρος φησὶν ἐν τῇ περὶ τῶν Ἡλίου ἀγώνων· Ῥόδιοι τιθέασιν Ἡλίου ἐν Ῥόδῳ γυμνικόν τε στεφανίτην· ἐν γὰρ Ῥόδῳ ἄγεται τὰ Τληπολέμια. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

a. a. τῶν ἄνθεσι: ἐκ τῶν τιμώντων Τληπολεμίων ἐν Ἰσθμῷ εἰς τὰ Τληπολέμια οὗτος ἐνίκησε τετράκις εὐτυχέων. b. τῶν ἄνθεσι Διαγόρας: τῶν παρὰ Ῥοδίοις ἄθλων. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

b. c. ἄνθεσι δὲ τοῖς στεφάνοις. τελεῖται γὰρ αὐτόθι ἀγὼν Τληπολέμειος ἐπικαλούμενος. ἐγκωμιαστικῶς δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸν ἀγῶνα, Ἡλίῳ τελούμενον, εἰς τὸν Τληπόλεμον μετήγαγε. τελεῖται δὲ μηνὸς Γορπιαίου εἰκοστῇ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. ἀπέχει δὲ τῶν Νεμέων ἡμέρας ἕξ. ἀγωνίζονται δὲ παῖδες καὶ ἄνδρες. ὁ δὲ στέφανος λεύκη δίδοται. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

x. ((O. XIV, 3)) κλεινᾷ τ᾿ ἐν Ἰσθμῷ: θηλυκῶς τὴν Ἰσθμόν φησιν, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις τὴν Ὀρχομενόν. λέγει δὲ τὸν Διαγόραν τετράκις Ἴσθμια νενικηκέναι. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

x. Νεμέᾳ τ᾿ ἄλλαν ἐπ᾿ ἄλλᾳ: καὶ ἐν τῇ Νεμέᾳ ἄλλην ἐπ᾿ ἄλλῃ νίκην ἔσχεν· οἷον δὶς ἐνίκησεν, οὐκ ἐκ διαλείμματος μέντοι, ἀλλὰ πρώτην Νέμεα νικήσας, καὶ τὴν ἑξῆς ἀγωνισάμενος ἐστέφθη. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

a. καὶ κρανααῖς ἐν Ἀθάναις: τὴν ὅλην Ἀττικὴν Ἀθήνας προσηγόρευσεν· | εἴη δὲ τὰ Παναθήναια νενικηκὼς ἢ τὰ Ἡράκλεια ἢ τὰ Ὀλύμπια ἢ τὰ Ἐλευσίνια [ἢ τὰ Πανελλήνια], ἴσως δὲ καὶ πάντα· | ἀδήλως γὰρ εἶπεν. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

a. a. ἃ ὅ τ᾿ ἐν Ἄργει χαλκός: τὰ Ἥραια, καὶ Ἑκατόμβαια λέγεται διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν θυομένων βοῶν. λαμβάνουσι δὲ ἐντεῦθεν οὐκ ἀργὸν χαλκὸν, ἀλλὰ τρίποδας καὶ λέβητας καὶ ἀσπίδας καὶ κρατῆρας. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

b. b. ἔγνω νιν: ἐγνώρισε δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ Ἄργει διδόμενος χαλκὸς ἆθλον τῷ νικήσαντι. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

c. c. τελεῖται δὲ κατὰ τὸ Ἄργος τὰ Ἥραια ἢ τὰ Ἑκατόμβαια διὰ τὸ ἑκατὸν βοῦς θύεσθαι τῇ θεῷ. τὸ δὲ ἆθλον, ἀσπὶς χαλκῆ· οἱ δὲ στέφανοι ἐκ μυρσίνης. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

d. d. ἄλλως· ἐν Ἄργει, ἐν τῷ Ἑκατομβαίων ἀγῶνι, χαλκὸς τὸ ἆθλον δίδοται, ὅτι Ἀρχῖνος Ἀργείων γενόμενος βασιλεὺς, ὃς καὶ ἀγῶνα πρῶτος συνεστήσατο, ταχθεὶς ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν ὅπλων κατασκευῆς, ἀπὸ τούτων καὶ τὴν τῶν ὅπλων δόσιν ἐποιήσατο. | Ἑκατόμβαια δὲ ὁ ἀγὼν λέγεται ὅτι πομπῆς μεγάλης προηγοῦνται ἑκατὸν βόες, οὓς νόμος κρεανομεῖσθαι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

e. e. τὸ δὲ σημεῖον ὅτι Ἑκατόμβαια λέγει τὰ ἐν Ἄργει νενικηκέναι τὸν Διαγόραν. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

a. a. τά τ᾿ ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ: ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ πολλοὶ ἀγῶνες ἄγονται· Λύκαια· Κόρεια· Ἕρμαια. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

b. b. τά τ᾿ ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἔγνω νιν· ἐγνώρισε δὲ αὐτὸν νικῶντα καὶ τὰ ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ ἆθλα. τελεῖται δὲ ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ τὰ Λύκαια ἀνακείμενα τῷ Λυκαίῳ Διί. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

c. c. τὰ δὲ ἔργα τινὲς οὕτως ἀκούουσιν· ἐπειδὴ οἱ αὐτόθι νικῶντες σκεύεσι τιμῶνται. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

d. d. ((FHG III, 123)) ἄλλως· Πολέμων ἐν τῷ περὶ τῶν Θήβησιν Ἡρακλείων φησὶ χαλκὸν τὸ ἆθλον εἶναι τοῖς ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ Λυκαίοις· ὥστε ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὰ ἔργα καὶ τὸν χαλκὸν ληπτέον, ὅταν φησὶν ὁ Πίνδαρος· ὅ τ᾿ ἐν Ἄργει χαλκὸς ἔγνω νιν τά τε ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ ἔργα καὶ Θήβαις. δίδοται γὰρ ἐν ταύταις τρίπους χαλκοῦς. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

e. e. πολλοὶ δὲ ἄγονται ἀγῶνες ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ· Λύκαια· Κόρεια· Ἀλέαια. | ἐν δὲ Θήβαις τὰ Ἡράκλεια· τὰ δὲ αὐτὰ καὶ Ἰολάεια καλεῖται. | ἐν δὲ Βοιωτίᾳ, ἐν μὲν Θεσπιαῖς Ἐρώτια, ἐν δὲ Λεβαδείᾳ τὰ καλούμενα Βασίλεια. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

a. a. καὶ Θήβαις: ἐν μὲν Θεσπιαῖς Ἐρώτια· ἐν ταῖς Πλαταιαῖς τὰ Ἐλευθέρια. ταῦτα Ἀριστόνικος· ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος Βασίλεια καὶ Ἀμφιάρεια καὶ Δήλια ἐπὶ Δηλίῳ καὶ Τροφώνεια ἐν Λεβαδείᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

b. b. ἀγῶνές τ᾿ ἔννομοι Βοιωτῶν: πάλιν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἔγνω νιν. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

c. c. τελοῦνται δὲ ἐν Βοιωτίᾳ διάφοροι ἀγῶνες· | ἐν μὲν Θεσπιαῖς τὰ Ἐρωτίδια· ἐν δὲ Πλαταιαῖς τὰ Ἐλευθέρια· ἐν δὲ Λεβαδείᾳ τὰ Τροφώνια· ἐν δὲ Ὠρωπῷ τὰ Ἀμφιάραια. [Drachmann ad v. 154]

a. a. Πελλάνα τε: ἐν Πελλήνῃ τῇ Ἀχαϊκῇ ἐνίκησε. καλεῖται δὲ ὁ ἀγὼν Θεοξένια· ἐδίδοτο δὲ ἆθλον χλαῖνα. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

b. b. Πελλάνα τ᾿ Αἴγινά τε: πάλιν τὸ ἔγνω νιν· ἐγνώρισε δὲ τὸν Διαγόραν ἥ τε Πελλήνη καὶ ἡ Αἴγινα ἑξάκις νενικηκότα. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

c. c. ((fr. 80)) τελεῖται δὲ ἐν μὲν Πελλήνῃ τῆς Ἀχαΐας ἀγὼν ὁ καλούμενος Θεοξένια· τινὲς δὲ, καὶ τὰ Ἕρμαια· τὸ δὲ ἆθλόν ἐστι χλαῖνα. ἐν δ᾿ Αἰγίνῃ τὰ Αἰάκεια· οἱ δὲ Οἰνώναια· ἀμφορίτης ἀγὼν, οὗ Καλλίμαχος μέμνηται ἐν τοῖς ἰάμβοις. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

x. ἐν Μεγάροισι: τὰ Διόκλεια· καὶ Πύθια· καὶ Νέμεα. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

x. λιθίνα: στήλη ἥτις οὐχ ἕτερον λόγον ἔχει ἐγκεκολαμμένον ἢ ὅτι νενίκηκε Διαγόρας. ἴσως γὰρ τοιοῦτον ἦν τὸ ἔθος αὐτῶν, τῶν Μεγαρέων, τὸ γράφειν ἐν στήλαις τὰ τῶν νικώντων ὀνόματα. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

a. a. ψᾶφος ἔχει λόγον: κατὰ τὰ Μέγαρα ἔθος ἐστὶ τῶν νικηφόρων τὰ ὀνόματα λίθοις ἐγκολάπτεσθαι. φησὶν οὖν ὅτι καὶ ἐν τοῖς Μεγάροις ἡ λιθίνη ψῆφος οὐχ ἑτέρου τινὸς οὕτως ἐγκεκολαμμένον φέρει τὸ ὄνομα ὡς τὸ τοῦ Διαγόρα. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

b. b. τὸ σημεῖον ὅτι ψῆφον λιθίνην λέγει τὴν στήλην διὰ τὸ περιέχειν τὰ ψηφίσματα. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

c. c. ὦ Ζεῦ, νώτοισιν Ἀταβυρίου: ὁ νοῦς οὕτως ἔχει· ἀλλ᾿ ὦ Ζεῦ πάτερ τοῦ Ἀταβυρίου ὄρους βασιλεύων, ἐν τιμῇ ἔχε τὸν ὕμνον τὸν εἰς τὸν Ὀλυμπιονίκην καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν εὑρόντα καὶ τὸν κτησάμενον τὴν ἀρετὴν διὰ τῆς ἐν πυγμῇ νίκης. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

d. d. ἄλλως· νώτοισιν Ἀταβυρίου: ἐπάνω γὰρ τοῦ ὄρους ἵδρυται ὁ Ζεύς. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

e. e. νώτοισι δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ νώτων. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

f. f. εἰσὶ δὲ χαλκαῖ βόες ἐν αὐτῷ, αἵτινες ὅταν μέλλῃ ἄτοπόν τι γενέσθαι, μυκῶνται. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

g. g. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἐν Σικελίᾳ ὄρος Ἀταβύριον, ὥς φησι Τίμαιος. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

a. a. Ἀταβυρίου: ὄρος Ῥόδου. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

b. b. ((Hom. B 824)) νώτοις δὲ ἀλλάξας πτῶσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ νώτων. τὸ πλάτος δὲ λέγει, ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος, ὡς πόδας Ἴδης καὶ κεφαλὴ ὄρους. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

c. c. Δίδυμος δέ φησιν ἐν Σικελίᾳ εἶναι ὄρος Ἀταβύριον, ὡς Τίμαιός φησι· καλεῖται δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἀταβύριος. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ βόες χαλκοῖ ἐπὶ τῷ ὄρει τῆς Ῥόδου, οἳ ὅταν μέλλῃ τι τῇ πόλει γίνεσθαι κακὸν μυκῶνται. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

a. a. τίμα μὲν ὕμνου: περιφραστικῶς τὸν ὕμνον τὸν Ὀλυμπιόνικον. ἢ τὸν Διαγόραν· οὗτος γὰρ νόμος ἐγένετο νικήσας τοῦ ὕμνου. βέλτιον δὲ τὸ πρότερον· ἐπιφέρει γάρ· ἄνδρα τε πὺξ ἀρετὰν εὑρόντα. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

b. b. (ὕμνου τεθμόν:) περιφραστικῶς τὸν ὕμνον. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

c. c. τὸ σημεῖον ὅτι τὴν θέσιν δηλοῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

a. a. (ἄνδρα τε:) ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ τίμα. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

b. b. ((Ψ 634)) πὺξ ἀρετάν: τὸν τὴν ἀρετὴν εὑρόντα κατὰ τὴν πυκτικήν. Ὅμηρος · πὺξ μὲν ἐνίκησα, ἀντὶ τοῦ πυγμῇ. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

c. c. τὸν διὰ πυγμῆς ἀρετὴν εὑρόντα. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

x. δίδοι τέ οἱ αἰδοίαν χάριν: ὁ νοῦς· δίδου τε αὐτῷ αἰδοίαν χάριν καὶ παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ παρὰ τῶν ξένων, ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἐχθρὰν τῆς ὕβρεως ὁδὸν βαδίζει, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπεὶ πάντας δι᾿ αἰδοῦς ἔχει καὶ τιμῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 164]

x. (ὕβριος ἐχθρὰν ὁδόν:) τὴν δικαιοσύνην λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

a. a. σάφα δαείς: σαφῶς μεμαθηκὼς ἃ οἱ πατέρες αὐτῷ ἐχρησμῴδησαν καὶ ὑπέθεντο. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

b. b. σάφα δαείς: ταῦτα λοιπὸν ὡς πρὸς ἑαυτόν φησιν ὁ ποιητής· σαφῶς γνοὺς ἅτινα αὐτῷ αἱ τῶν ἀγαθῶν αὐτοῦ πατέρων ὀρθαὶ φρένες ἐξέχραον, οἱονεὶ ἐχρησμῴδουν καὶ παρῄνουν. ὡς περὶ εὐσεβῶν δὲ λίαν ὑπαινίττεται. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

c. c. ((Ζ 209)) ἅ τέ οἱ πατέρων: τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν εἴρηται · μηδὲ γένος πατέρων αἰσχυνέμεν. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

d. d. τουτέστι μὴ ἀπόκρυπτε τοὺς προγόνους, ὦ θυμὲ, ἀλλὰ ὕμνει. ἑαυτῷ δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος παρακελεύεται. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

a. a. (ἔχραον:) ἐπῆλθον. [Drachmann ad v. 170]

b. b. μὴ κρύπτε κοινόν: κοινὸν λέγει τὸ ἔνδοξον· κοινὰ γὰρ τὰ ἔνδοξα, ἐξ ὧν πάντες μεταλαμβάνουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 170]

c. c. μὴ κρύπτε κοινόν: μὴ ἀπόκρυπτε τὸ κοινὸν καὶ διάδηλον τοῖς πολλοῖς τοῦ Καλλιάνακτος γένος (πρόγονος γὰρ τοῦ νικηφόρου οὗτος ἔνδοξος), ἀλλὰ ὕμνει. [Drachmann ad v. 170]

d. d. κοινὸν σπέρμα λέγει τὸ ἔνδοξον· κοινὰ γὰρ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐξ οὗ πάντως ἔχει. [Drachmann ad v. 170]

e. e. τὸ συγγενικόν. [Drachmann ad v. 170]

a. a. Ἐραστεϊδῶν: ὁ νοῦς· σὺν ταῖς τῶν Ἐραστιδῶν χάρισι καὶ ἡδοναῖς ἡ πόλις κοινωνεῖ. ὁ δὲ καί σύνδεσμος περιττεύει. [Drachmann ad v. 172]

b. b. Ἐραστεϊδᾶν: Ἐραστείδης πρόγονος τοῦ Διαγόρου, ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ φυλὴ ὁμώνυμος ἐν Ῥόδῳ. φησὶν οὖν ὅτι σὺν ταῖς τῶν Ἐραστειδῶν χάρισι καὶ ἡδοναῖς (τῶν προγόνων δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγει)....· ἐπεὶ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ῥόδος πλείστας εὐτυχίας ἐκ τῆς τούτου νίκης ἔχει. [Drachmann ad v. 172]

c. c. σὺν χαρίτεσσι: ἐκ τῶν χαρίτων τῶν Ἐραστιδῶν ἢ σὺν ταῖς τῶν Ἐραστιδῶν χάρισι κῦδος ἔχει ἡ πόλις καὶ θαλίας. ὥστε τὸν μὲν Καλλιάνακτα πρόγονον εἶναι, Ἐραστίδας δὲ τὴν φατρίαν ἀπό τινος Ἐράστου καλεῖσθαι ἢ Ἐραστέος, ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἐραστεύς. [Drachmann ad v. 172]

d. d. φυλὴ δέ ἐστι τῶν Ἐραστιδῶν ἐν Ῥόδῳ, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἦν Διαγόρας. [Drachmann ad v. 172]

a. a. ἐν δὲ μιᾷ μοίρᾳ χρόνου: ἐκ τούτου ἐμφαίνει ὅτι ἄνωθεν αὐτῷ περὶ τὸν οἶκον συμφορὰν συνέβη γενέσθαι, νῦν δὲ ἑτέρως αὐτοῖς πνέει τὰ πράγματα. παραμυθεῖται οὖν αὐτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

b. b. ἐν δὲ μοίρᾳ μιᾷ χρόνου: ἐν τῷ βραχεῖ δὲ χρόνῳ τὰ πράγματα ἄλλοτε ἄλλως διατίθεται. εἶπε δὲ ἀλληγορικῶς, ὡς πρὸ ὀλίγου τινὸς λυπηροῦ αὐτῷ συμβάντος, καὶ ὅτι λοιπὸν ὀφείλει, ἑτέρας αὔρας τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον πνευσάσης, τέρπεσθαι καὶ ἐν εὐτυχίᾳ πάσῃ καὶ χαρᾷ διαζῆν. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

x. (διαιθύσσουσιν:) ὁρμῶσιν. τέλος Διαγόρου πύκτου. ὕμνου τέρμα Διαγόρα τοῦ πύκτου. τέλος Διαγόρα Ῥοδίου πύκτου. [Drachmann ad v. 175]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 8

Olympian 8 — for Ἀλκιμέδοντι Αἰγινήτῃ

παιδὶ παλαιστῇ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 88 lines · 223 scholia parts

Argumentum (3 entries)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen VIII.

metr. π΄ Ἀλκιμέδοντι παλαιστῇ καὶ Τιμοσθένει παλαιστῇ, καὶ Μελησίᾳ παγκρατιαστῇ Νέμεα, Αἰγινήταις νικήσασιν Ὀλυμπιάδα. Ἀλκιμέδοντι παιδὶ παλαιστῇ, καὶ Τιμοσθένει παλαιστῇ Νέμεα. Μελησίᾳ ἀλείπτῃ. Ἀλκιμέδοντι παιδὶ παλαιστῇ καὶ Τιμοσθένει καὶ Μελησίᾳ παγκρατιαστῇ. Τοῦ η΄ εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων θ΄. τὸ α΄ τροχαϊκὸν ἐπίτριτον, ἢ ἐπιχοριαμβικόν. τὸ β΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος, τρίτου παίωνος ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος πλεονάζων συλλαβῇ. τὸ δ΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν Πινδαρικὸν, ἢ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ ε΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν τοῦ ἰωνικοῦ μέσου ὄντος. τὸ ζ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ η΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ θ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ια΄. τὸ α΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ δ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν παρὰ τὴν τελευταίαν συλλαβήν. τὸ ε΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον τελικὸν, ἢ προσοδιακόν. Τὸ ς΄ ὅμοιον τῷ αὐτῷ. ἐκτὸ ζ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ αὐτῷ. τὸ η΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ θ΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον· ὁ πρῶτος ἰωνικὸς ἀπ᾿ ἀδιαφόρου, ὁ δεύτερος χορίαμβος. τὸ ι΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος, τροχαϊκῆς συζυγίας πρώτης καὶ τρίτου παίωνος κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῶν ἰωνικῶν, τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

insc_a. Inscr.a. Γέγραπται ὁ ἐπινίκιος προηγουμένως τῷ Ἀλκιμέδοντι παιδὶ παλαιστῇ νικήσαντι τὴν ὀγδοηκοστὴν Ὀλυμπιάδα· μέμνηται δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ Τιμοσθένους Νέμεα νικήσαντος καὶ τοῦ ἀλείπτου αὐτοῦ Μελησίου, ὥς τινες παγκρατιαστοῦ. τοῖς γὰρ τρισί, φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος, μίαν ᾠδὴν γέγραφε.

insc_b. Inscr.b. ζητοῦσι δέ τινες διατί ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ τούτῳ ἐπινικίῳ τοὺς τρεῖς ἐνεκωμίασε; καὶ οἱ μέν φασι, διὰ τὸ μὴ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον ἀξιολόγους ἀφορμὰς εὑρηκέναι· οἱ δὲ, ὅτι ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἦσαν τῆς αὐτῆς οἱ τρεῖς.

1–4

 μᾶτερ ὦ χρυσοστεφάνων ἀέθλων, Οὐλυμπία, σ8
 δέσποινʼ ἀλαθείας· ἵνα μάντιες ἄνδρες
 ἐμπύροις τεκμαιρόμενοι παραπειρῶνται Διὸς ἀργικεραύνου, σ5
 εἴ τινʼ ἔχει λόγον ἀνθρώπων πέρι σ4

Olympia Mother of golden-crowned contests,, queen of truth! where prophets, judging from burnt sacrifices, inquire of Zeus of the flashing thunderbolt, if he has any message to give concerning men

O mother of gold-crowned contests, Olympia, queen of truth; where men that are diviners observing burnt-offerings make trial of Zeus the wielder of white lightnings, whether he hath any word concerning men who seek in their hearts to attain unto great prowess and a breathing-space from toil; for it is given in answer to the reverent prayers of men--do thou, O tree-clad precinct of Pisa by Alpheos, receive this triumph and the carrying of the crown.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (17 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. Ὁ Πίνδαρος πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον, ὅ ἐστι πρὸς τὴν Πίσαν τὸν τόπον διαλέγεται· καὶ μητέρα αὐτὴν καλεῖ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ πάσης ἀληθείας ἐκρίνοντο οἱ ἀγωνιζόμενοι.

b. b. Μᾶτερ ὦ χρυσοστεφάνων: μητέρα τῶν ἀγώνων τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν, οἷον μητρόπολιν, διὰ τὸ ἐπιφανέστατον εἶναι τὸν Ὀλυμπιακὸν ἀγῶνα.

c. c. ((Ι 389)) οὐδ᾿ εἰ χρυσείῃ Ἀφροδίτῃ κάλλος ἐρίζοι. χρυσοστεφάνων: ἀντὶ τοῦ καλλιστεφάνων. Ὅμηρος ·

d. d. ἢ ὅτι ἀληθῶς ἡ διδομένη τοῖς νικῶσιν ἐλαία καλλιστέφανος καλεῖται.

e. e. δέσποινα δὲ ἀληθείας διὰ τὸ αὐτόθι τὸ τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν μαντεῖον ὑπάρχειν.

f. f. μᾶτερ ὦ χρυσοστεφάνων: ἡ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐξήγησις οὕτως ἔχει· ὦ Ὀλυμπία μῆτερ τῶν χρυσοστεφάνων ἄθλων.

g. g. μῆτερ δὲ, ἐπεὶ δοκεῖ ὁ Ὀλυμπιακὸς ἀγὼν πρωτεύειν τῇ δόξῃ παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους.

h. h. ὡς οὖν λέγομεν μητρόπολιν τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἐνδοξοτέραν πόλιν, οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα μητέρα ἄθλων.

ad v. 3

a. a. δέσποιν᾿ ἀλαθείας: ὦ δέσποινα τῆς ἀληθείας· ἐπειδὴ τὸ μαντεῖόν ἐστιν ἐκεῖ τὸ τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν.

b. b. ἵνα μάντιες ἄνδρες: διὰ τὸ τῶν Ἰαμιδῶν μαντεῖον.

c. c. τὸ ἑξῆς· ὅπου μάντιες ἄνδρες τοῖς διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ἱεροῖς σημειούμενοι διαπειρῶνται τοῦ Διός.

d. d. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀποπειρῶνται.

e. e. ἵνα μάντιες ἄνδρες: ἔνθα, λέγει δὲ ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ, οἱ μάντιες ἄνδρες διὰ τῶν ἐμπύρων θυσιῶν ἀποπειρῶνταί, | φησι, τοῦ Διὸς περὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, εἴ τινα λόγον αὐτῶν ἔχει καὶ φροντίδα.

ad v. 4

a. a. ἐμπύροις τεκμαιρόμενοι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμπείρων, φησὶ, γινώσκουσι, τίνα ὁ Ζεὺς ἐκ.... τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν τὴν ἀρετὴν φιλούντων· τὴν δὲ ἀρετὴν καὶ παραμυθίαν τῶν πόνων ζητοῦσιν, οἱ μὲν ἀγαθῶν, οἱ δὲ τῶν κακῶν ἀναβολήν.

b. b. παραπειρῶνται: ἡ παρά περισσή· ἔστι γὰρ πειρῶνται.

c. c. ἀπο- ἢ ἡ παρά ἀντὶ τῆς ἀπό· ἔστι γὰρ πειράζουσιν.

d. d. ἀποπειρῶνται οἱ μάντεις καὶ ἐπιζητοῦσι μαθεῖν διὰ τῶν ἐμπύρων τεκμαιρόμενοι καὶ εὑρίσκοντες τὰ σημεῖα. περὶ ποίων δὲ ἀνθρώπων ἀποπειρῶνται; περὶ τῶν ζητούντων καὶ ἐπιθυμούντων μεγάλην ἀρετὴν κτήσασθαι ἐκ τῆς νίκης καὶ σπουδαζόντων ἀναπνοὴν λαβεῖν ἐκ τῶν κατεχόντων μόχθων.

5–6

5 μαιομένων μεγάλαν σ25

6 ἀρετὰν θυμῷ λαβεῖν,

whose spirits are seeking to attain great excellence and a breathing-space from toils.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (2 entries)

ad v. 5

a. a. Διὸς ἀργικεραύνου: ἤτοι παρὰ Διός· ἐνταῦθα ἡ παρά συναπτέον· ὥστε εἶναι· παρὰ Διὸς ἀργικεραύνου πειρῶνται μεγάλαν ἀρετὰν θυμῷ λαβεῖν μαιόμενοι. ὁ δὲ λόγος· εἰ φροντίζει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὃ ἡμεῖς λέγομεν ἀποπειρῶνται.

b. b. ὁ δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος οὕτως· ἀποπειρῶνται εἰ ἀντιποιεῖται περὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἔχει λόγον τῶν ζητούντων ἀρετὴν κτήσασθαι.

7 τῶν δὲ μόχθων ἀμπνοάν·

Great is his glory ever on whom the splendour of thy honour waiteth. Yet this good cometh to one, that to another, and many are the roads to happy life by the grace of gods.

8–9

8 ἄνεται δὲ πρὸς χάριν εὐσεβίας ἀνδρῶν λιταῖς.

9 ἀλλʼ ὦ Πίσας εὔδενδρον ἐπʼ Ἀλφεῷ ἄλσος,

Pisa Accomplishment is granted to the prayers of men in gratitude for their piety. Well-wooded grove of beside the Alpheus,

10–12

 τόνδε κῶμον καὶ στεφαναφορίαν δέξαι. μέγα τοι κλέος αἰεί, σ11
 ᾧτινι σὸν γέρας ἕσπητʼ ἀγλαόν·
 ἄλλα δʼ ἐπʼ ἄλλον ἔβαν σ6

welcome this victory-procession and the garland we bring to the victor; the man who is attended by your splendid prize of honor has great glory forever. Some good things come to one man, some to another; with the favor of the gods, there are many paths of success.

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (17 entries)

ad v. 10

a. a. τι ἄνεται δὲ πρὸς χάριν· τουτέστιν οἱ εὐσεβεῖς ἀνύουσί ταῖς πρὸς θεοὺς λιταῖς, οἱ δὲ ἀσεβεῖς οὐδαμῶς.

b. b. ἢ οὕτως· τελευτᾷ δὲ πρὸς χάριν εὐσεβείας τὸ μαντεῖον.

c. c. ἢ οὕτως· ἀνύεται τὰ μαντεῖα ταῖς τῶν ἀνδρῶν λιταῖς.

d. d. βέλτιον δέ· τελειοῦται τὰ μαντεῖα πρὸς τὸ κεχαρισμένον ἕνεκα τῆς εὐσεβείας· οἷον οἱ εὐσεβεῖς ἀνύουσι ταῖς πρὸς θεοὺς λιταῖς καὶ λαμβάνουσι κεχαρισμένους χρησμοὺς, οἱ δὲ ἀσεβεῖς οὔ.

e. e. Ἀσκληπιάδης δὲ χωρὶς τοῦ -σ- γράφει λιταί· δεήσει δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν λαμβάνειν τὸ ἄνεται ἀντὶ πληθυντικοῦ τοῦ ἄνονται, ἵνα ᾖ· τελειοῦνται δὲ αἱ λιταὶ πρὸς τὴν χάριν τῆς εὐσεβείας.

f. f. δὲ ἄνεται δὲ πρὸς χάριν: ἀνύεται δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτον· τὸ ποῖον; τὸ φανερωθῆναι τὴν τοῦ Διὸς βουλήν. ἀνύεται εἰς χάριν τῶν εὐσεβῶς καὶ ὁσίως εὐχομένων καὶ λιτανευόντων, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τῶν μάντεων καὶ ἱερέων. ἐπαινεῖ οὖν ἴσως τοὺς Ἰαμίδας ὡς εὐσεβεῖς· | δύναται δὲ καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν τούτων νοεῖσθαι τὸ εὐσεβείας.

g. g. πρόσκειται δὲ τὸ σημεῖον ὅτι τὸ σημαινόμενόν ἐστι τοιοῦτον· ἐπιτελεῖται δὲ χάριν τῆς εὐσεβείας, ἢ διὰ τὴν εὐσέβειαν.

h. h. ἄλλως· ἄνεται δὲ πρὸς χάριν: τουτέστιν οἱ εὐσεβεῖς ἀνύουσί τι ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς λιταῖς, οἱ δὲ ἀσεβεῖς οὔ.

i. i. γράφει δὲ [κατ᾿ ἐνίους] ὁ Ἀσκληπιάδης ἄνευ τοῦ -σ- λιταί, καὶ οὕτω καθίστησι τὸν λόγον· πρὸς δὲ τὸ κεχαρισμένον τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀνύονται λιταί· ὡς ἂν αὐτῇ τῇ τῶν ἀνδρῶν εὐσεβείᾳ κεχαρισμένου τοῦ λιτανεύειν ὄντος.

k. k. ἄλλως· τελειοῦται ἡ μαντεία πρὸς τὸ κεχαρισμένον ἕνεκα τῆς εὐσεβείας ταῖς τῶν ἀνδρῶν λιταῖς.

l. l. ἢ οὕτω· τελειοῦνται δὲ τὰ μαντεῖα ταῖς τῶν ἀνδρῶν εὐσεβείαις, ὅτι πείθοντες λιταῖς τοὺς θεοὺς λαμβάνουσι χρησμούς. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει, ἐπεὶ οὐ παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ μαντεύεται τὸ θεῖον, ἀλλὰ τοῖς εὐσεβέσιν.

ad v. 12

a. a. ἀλλ᾿ ὦ Πίσας: πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ τῆς Πίσης ἄλσος διαλέγεται· ἢ πρὸς τὸ Πάνθειον, ὅπου αἱ ἐλαῖαι φύονται· ἢ πρὸς τὸν τόπον ὅπου οἱ ἀνδριάντες τῶν νικησάντων ἀνάκεινται.

b. b. ἀλλ᾿ ὦ Πίσας εὔδενδρον: ἤτοι λείπει τὸ ἔχων ἢ φιλῶν, τὸ τῆς Πίσης ἄλσος, ἵν ᾖ πρὸς τὸν Δία λέγων· ἢ πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ ἄλσος τῆς Ὀλυμπίας λέγει, ὅπερ ἀνάκειται τῷ Διὶ τῷ τῆς Πίσης.

c. c. τὸ εὔδενδρον ἄλσος τὸ ὂν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἀλφειῷ.

d. d. ὁ δὲ τρόπος περίφρασις.

e. e. τοῦτον τὸν κῶμον καὶ τὸν ὕμνον καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς στεφανηφορίας πρόσδεξαι νίκην.

f. f. (ἄλσος:) λείπει τὸ ἔχων.

13–14

13 ἀγαθῶν, πολλαὶ δʼ ὁδοὶ

14 σὺν θεοῖς εὐπραγίας. σ2

Thee, O Timosthenes, and thy brother hath Destiny assigned to Zeus the guardian of your house, even to him who hath made thee glorious at Nemea, and Alkimedon by the hill of Kronos a winner in Olympic games.

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (2 entries)

ad v. 14

a. a. μέγα τοι κλέος: ᾧτινι ἂν τὸ σὸν γέρας παρακολουθήσῃ, μέγα κλέος αὐτῷ ἐστιν.

b. b. μέγα τοι κλέος: μεγίστη γὰρ ἐκείνῳ δόξα, ᾧ ἂν τὸ σὸν κλέος ἐπακολουθήσῃ τὸ ἡδὺ καὶ τερπνόν· ἀγλαία γὰρ ἡ τέρψις.

15–17

 Τιμόσθενες, ὔμμε δʼ ἐκλάρωσεν πότμος
 Ζηνὶ γενεθλίῳ· ὃς σὲ μὲν Νεμέᾳ πρόφατον, σ1
 Ἀλκιμέδοντα δὲ πὰρ Κρόνου λόφῳ

Nemea Timosthenes, fortune has allotted you and your brother to the care of your ancestor Zeus, who made you renowned at, and made Alcimedon an Olympic victor beside the hill of Cronus. He was beautiful to look at, and his deeds did not belie his beauty

Scholia ad vv. 15–17 (1 entry)

ad v. 16

x. ((Δ 320)) ἀλλ᾿ οὔ πως ἅμα πάντα θεοὶ δόσαν ἀνθρώποισιν.ἄλλα δ᾿ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλον ἔβαν: οὐ πάντες τὰ αὐτὰ ἔχουσιν ἀγαθὰ, ἀλλὰ ἄλλος ἄλλα. λέγει ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ Ἀλκιμέδων Ὀλύμπια νενίκηκεν, ὁ δὲ ἀδελφὸς Τιμοσθένης Νέμεα· διὸ οὐ πάντες πάντων κοινωνοῦσι τῶν ἀγαθῶν.| Ὅμηρος ·

18–19

18 θῆκεν Ὀλυμπιονίκαν. σ1

19 ἦν δʼ ἐσορᾶν καλός, ἔργῳ τʼ οὐ κατὰ εἶδος ἐλέγχων σ2

Now the boy was fair to look upon, neither shamed he by his deeds his beauty, but in the wrestling match victorious made proclamation that his country was Aigina of long oars, where saviour Themis who sitteth in judgment by Zeus the stranger's succour is honoured more than any elsewhere among men.

Scholia ad vv. 18–19 (3 entries)

ad v. 18

x. σὺν θεοῖς: ἀντὶ τοῦ, τῶν θεῶν βουλομένων πολλαὶ ὁδοὶ γίνονται εἰς τὸ εὖ πράσσειν.

ad v. 19

a. a. ὔμμε δὲ κλάρωσεν: ὑμᾶς μέντοι, ὦ Τιμόσθενες, ἐκλήρωσε καὶ προσῳκείωσεν ἡ μοῖρα καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον τῷ Διὶ τῷ γενεθλίῳ· γενεθλίῳ δὲ τῷ τῆς γεννήσεως αἰτίῳ. τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ἐπειδὴ νεώτεροι ἐνίκησαν.

b. b. ἐκλάρωσεν: ὁ μοιρίδιος ὑμῶν πότμος καὶ ἡ τύχη ἀπεκλήρωσεν ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν τῷ Διὶ, σέ τε, ὦ Τιμόσθενες, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἀλκιμέδοντα.

20–22

 ἐξένεπε κρατέων πάλᾳ δολιχήρετμον Αἴγιναν πάτραν·
 ἔνθα σώτειρα Διὸς ξενίου σ4
 πάρεδρος ἀσκεῖται Θέμις σ1

when by his victory in wrestling he had Aegina with her long oars proclaimed as his fatherland. There the savior Themis, seated beside Zeus the god of hospitality, is honored

Scholia ad vv. 20–22 (5 entries)

ad v. 21

a. a. ἐν Νεμέᾳ: ὅτι Νέμεα νενίκηκεν· Ἀλκιμέδων δὲ Ὀλύμπια· ἀμφότερα δὲ Διὶ ἀνάκεινται.

b. b. ἐν Νεμέᾳ πρόφαντον: ἐπιφανῆ καὶ ἐπίσημον ἐποίησεν.

c. c. ((fr. 193)) Ζηνί τε καὶ Νεμέῃ τι χαρίσιον ἕδνον ὀφείλω. ἀμφοτέρους δὲ τοὺς ἀγῶνας τούτους ἀνάπτει τῷ Διὶ, παρόσον καὶ ἡ Ὀλυμπία καὶ ἡ Νεμέα Διός. | καὶ ὁ Καλλίμαχός φησι ·

d. d. πρόφαντον· Ἀλκιμέδοντα δέ: σὲ μὲν ἐπιφανῆ καὶ ἔνδοξον ὁ Ζεὺς ἐν τῇ Νεμέᾳ πεποίηκε, τὸν δὲ Ἀλκιμέδοντα Ὀλυμπιονίκην ἐν τῷ Κρονίῳ λόφῳ.

ad v. 22

x. Κρόνου λόφῳ: τῇ Ἤλιδι. οἱ δὲ ὅτι ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος ἐκεῖνο Κρόνος ἵδρυται.

23 ἔξοχʼ ἀνθρώπων. ὅ τι γὰρ πολὺ καὶ πολλᾷ ῥέπῃ,

more than among all other men. For when there is a heavy weight in the balance that sways many ways, to judge with a straight mind and not inopportunely

24 ὀρθᾷ διακρίνειν φρενὶ μὴ παρὰ καιρόν, σ1

For in a matter mighty and bearing many ways to judge with unswayed mind and suitably, this is a hard essay, yet hath some ordinance of immortals given this sea-defended land to be to strangers out of every clime a pillar built of God. May coming time not weary of this work.

Scholia ad vv. 24–24 (1 entry)

ad v. 24

x. a. ἦν δ᾿ ἐσορᾶν καλός: καλὸς μὲν ἦν καὶ ὀφθῆναι ὁ Ἀλκιμέδων, οὐ κατῄσχυνε δὲ τὸ εἶδος τοῖς ἔργοις. ἀνεκήρυξε γὰρ τὴν Αἴγιναν τὴν ναυτικὴν κρατήσας καὶ νικήσας πάλῃ.

25–29

 δυσπαλές· τεθμὸς δέ τις ἀθανάτων καὶ τάνδʼ ἁλιερκέα χώραν σ2
 παντοδαποῖσιν ὑπέστασε ξένοις σ5
 κίονα δαιμονίαν
 ὁ δʼ ἐπαντέλλων χρόνος σ3
 τοῦτο πράσσων μὴ κάμοι σ2

is a difficult struggle. But some ordinance of the immortals set up as a divine pillar for visitors of all kinds this sea-girt land—and may the dawning time to come never tire of fulfilling this—

Scholia ad vv. 25–29 (12 entries)

ad v. 25

a. a. οὐ κατὰ εἶδος ἐλέγχων: τῷ τῆς πάλης.

b. b. (((ρ 454))) [ἄλλως·] τὴν εὐμορφίαν, τὸ εἶδος, οὐ κατελέγχων. ὁ δὲ Ὅμηρος ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου· οὐκ ἄρα σοί γε φρένες ἦσαν καὶ εἶδος.

ad v. 26

a. a. ἐξένεπε: ἀνακηρυχθῆναι ἐποίησεν.

b. b. [καὶ] ἀνεκήρυξεν ἑαυτὸν Αἰγινήτην τῇ πάλῃ [καὶ] κρατήσας καὶ νικήσας.

c. c. δολιχήρετμον δὲ τὴν Αἴγιναν, ὅτι ναυτικοὶ οἱ Αἰγινῆται· ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Περσικῷ πολέμῳ δεύτεροι Ἀθηναίων εὑρέθησαν.

d. d. ἐξένεπε κρατέων: ἐξηγόρευσεν.

e. e. ((fr. 100, 6)) οἳ δή τοι πρῶτον τεῦξαν νέας ἀμφιελίσσας, πρῶτοι δ᾿ ἱστία θέσαν νεὼς πτερὰ ποντοπόροιο. ἀνεκήρυξε τὴν ναυτικὴν Αἴγιναν. Ἡσίοδος ·

ad v. 28

a. a. ἔνθα σώτειρα: ἐν τῇ Αἰγίνῃ ἀσκεῖται ἡ Θέμις ἡ τοῦ ξενίου Διὸς πάρεδρος.

b. b. τουτέστι φιλόξενοί εἰσιν, ἴσως διὰ τὸ ἐμπορεῖον εἶναι τὴν Αἴγιναν.

c. c. ἔνθα σώτειρα Διὸς ξενίου πάρεδρος ἀσκεῖται Θέμις: ἐν ᾗ Αἰγίνῃ ἡ Θέμις ἡ τοῦ Διὸς πάρεδρος ἀσκεῖται καὶ θρησκεύεται. ἐπαινεῖ δὲ αὐτοὺς ὡς φιλοξένους, διὰ τὸ παρὰ τῷ πλῷ κεῖσθαι καὶ πολλοὺς ὑποδέχεσθαι. διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν ἔξοχ᾿ ἀνθρώπων, | ἵνα ἐξόχως καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἴπῃ τὴν Θέμιν ἀσκεῖσθαι ἕνεκα φιλοξενίας παρ᾿ Αἰγινήταις· ἐπειδὴ τὸ κεκριμένον τῆς πρὸς ἕκαστον ἀξίας αὐτοῖς προσμαρτυρεῖ. τοῦτο γὰρ μάλιστα ἀξιώματος ἄξιον, τὸ τῶν πλησιαζόντων ἑκάστῳ τὴν πρέπουσαν καὶ πρόσφορον ἑκάστῳ ἀποδοῦναι τιμήν. διὰ τοῦτο οὖν φησι τιμᾶσθαι ἐξόχως τὴν τοῦ Διὸς ξενίου Θέμιν. ἐπειδὴ ἔνθα ἂν ᾖ πολύ τι καλὸν, ὡς καὶ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ τὸ τῆς φιλοξενίας, καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἀνθρώπων χρόνον ἢ πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ἔχοι τὴν ῥοπὴν παραγινόμενον, τοῦτο διακρῖναι καὶ δοκιμάσαι ὀρθῷ λογισμῷ καὶ προσήκοντι, ἵνα ἑκάστῳ τὸ πρέπον παράσχῃ καὶ κατὰ καιρὸν, δύσκολόν ἐστι καὶ δυσανταγώνιστον· ὅπερ Αἰγινῆται ὑπὲρ πάντας κατώρθωσαν.

ad v. 29

a. a. πάρεδρος ἀσκεῖται Θέμις: Ἀσκληπιάδης ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμᾶται πρὸς τοῦ ξενίου Διός.

b. b. τουτέστι φιλόξενοί εἰσιν. ἴσως διὰ τὸ ἐμπορεῖον εἶναι τὴν Αἴγιναν· | ὅθεν τὸν ἐπὶ μεταβολῇ φόρτον Αἰγινητικὸν ἔλεγον καὶ τοὺς παντοπώλας Αἰγινοπώλας.

30–34

 Δωριεῖ λαῷ ταμιευομέναν ἐξ Αἰακοῦ· σ11
 τὸν παῖς ὁ Λατοῦς εὐρυμέδων τε Ποσειδᾶν,
 Ἰλίῳ μέλλοντες ἐπὶ στέφανον τεῦξαι, καλέσαντο συνεργὸν
 τείχεος, ἦν ὅτι νιν πεπρωμένον σ5
 ὀρνυμένων πολέμων

Ilium guarded by the Dorian people since the time of Aeacus, whom wide-ruling Poseidon and the son of Leto, when they were about to build the crown of walls to encircle, summoned as a fellow worker; for it was fated that when war arose,

To a Dorian folk was the land given in trust from Aiakos, even the man whom Leto's son and far-ruling Poseidon, when they would make a crown for Ilion, called to work with them at the wall, for that it was destined that at the uprising of wars in city-wasting fights it should breathe forth fierce smoke.

Scholia ad vv. 30–34 (16 entries)

ad v. 30

a. a. ἔξοχ᾿ ἀνθρώπων: ἵνα βεβαιώσῃ τὸ ἐξόχως, ἐπάγει· ἔνθα γάρ τι πολύ ἐστι καὶ ῥοπὴν ἔχει μεγάλην, | ὡς καὶ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ τὸ τῆς φιλοξενίας, τοῦτο ὀρθῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ ἀσφαλεῖ κεκριμένως εἰπεῖν μὴ ἔξω τοῦ προσήκοντος, ἀλλ᾿ εὐκαίρως, δύσκολόν ἐστι καὶ δυσπαλές.

b. b. ἔξοχ᾿ ἀνθρώπων: ὅπου γὰρ ἂν ᾖ πολὺ καὶ πολλαχοῦ ῥέπειν δυνάμενον, δυσχερές ἐστι κατὰ τρόπον προνοῆσαι. τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ὅτι φιλόξενοι ὄντες μετὰ κρίσεως παραδέχονται τοὺς ἀφικνουμένους.

c. c. ((υ 132)) ἐκπλήγδην ἕτερόν γε τίει μερόπων ἀνθρώπων χείρονα, τὸν δέ τ᾿ ἀρείον᾿ ἀτιμήσασ᾿ ἀποπέμπει. ἄλλως· γνωμικόν ἐστι τὸ λεγόμενον, τείνει δὲ εἰς τὸν περὶ φιλοξενίας τῶν Αἰγινητῶν λόγον. σημαίνει δὲ τοῦτο· ἐὰν γὰρ ᾖ πολλὰ καὶ πολλαχῇ ῥέπειν δυνάμενον, περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου προνοῆσαι κατὰ τρόπον καὶ οἰκονομῆσαι καὶ κατορθῶσαι δυσχερὲς τοῖς πολλοῖς. οὔκ εἰσιν οὖν ἄξενοι οἱ Αἰγινῆται, οὐδὲ μὴν ἄνδρα ἀκρίτως παραδέχονται, ὡς ἡ Πηνελόπη ·

d. d. ((fr. 472 R.)) δύναται τὸ πολὺ καὶ πολλᾷ ῥέπον κατὰ τοῦ ὄχλου τίθεσθαι· ἐν ᾗ πόλει ἐστὶν ὄχλος, ἐν ταύτῃ τὸν κατοικοῦντα τῶν συμφερόντων τι νοῆσαι χαλεπόν ἐστιν· [ἀπὸ] ἀκριβοῦς γὰρ διανοίας ἔργον ἐστὶ τουτέστι τοῦτο. οὕτως ἐπλήθυναν οἱ Αἰγινῆται ὡς μζ΄ μυριάδας οἰκετῶν κτήσασθαι, ὥς φησιν Ἀριστοτέλης.

e. e. ἐπαινεῖ δὲ τοὺς Αἰγινήτας ὅτι πάντας δεχόμενοι ἐξαιρέτως τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἔχουσιν.

f. f. ὅ, τι γάρ: πολλοὺς ξένους παραγίνεσθαί φησιν εἰς Αἴγιναν καὶ δυσχερὲς ὁμοῦ πολλῶν ὄντων διαγινώσκειν τοὺς Αἰγινήτας, χρηστὸς τίς ἢ τίς φαῦλος· καὶ ὅμως τοσούτους ὑποδεχόμενοι περὶ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς μᾶλλον ἐσπουδάκασιν.

g. g. τὸ δὲ πολὺ καὶ πολλᾷ ῥέπον, τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων. τὸ δὲ δυσπαλὲς ἀπὸ τῶν δοράτων ἔχει τὴν μεταφορὰν, καὶ τὸ ῥέπειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἱστάντων ἐπὶ ζυγοῦ. ὅταν γὰρ τὸ ἐν τῷ ζυγῷ ἐλαφρὸν ᾖ, εὐχερὲς τὴν ἰσότητα γνῶναι· ἐὰν δὲ βαρὺ, δυσχερές.

h. h. ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὅτι εἰς ὑπερβολήν εἰσι διακρίνειν τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ δυσχερὲς, ὅπερ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις χαλεπὸν νομίζεται.

i. i. ὅ,τι γὰρ πολὺ καὶ πολλᾷ ῥέποι: γνωμικόν ἐστι τὸ λεγόμενον, συντείνει δὲ εἰς τὸ περὶ φιλοξενίας τῶν Αἰγινητῶν. σημαίνει δὲ τοῦτο· ὅπου γὰρ ἂν ᾖ τι πολὺ καὶ πολλαχοῦ ῥέπειν δυνάμενον, περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου προνοῆσαι καὶ κατὰ τρόπον οἰκονομῆσαι καὶ κατορθῶσαι δυσχερὲς τοῖς πολλοῖς γίνεται.

k. k. ((υ 131)) τοιαύτη γὰρ ἐμὴ μήτηρ, πινυτή περ ἐοῦσα· ἐμπλήγδην ἕτερον γε τιμᾷ. οὐκ εἶναι οὖν φησιν ἀξένους τοὺς Αἰγινήτας καθάπαξ, οὐδὲ μὴν ἀκρίτως ὑποδέχονται τοὺς παραγινομένους οὗτοι πάντας, ὡς ὁ Τηλέμαχός φησιν ἐπὶ τῆς Πηνελόπης ·

l. l. δύναται [οὖν] τὸ πολὺ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄχλου τίθεσθαι τοῦ ἐν τῇ πόλει, οἷον· ὅπου ἐστὶν ὄχλος, ἐνταῦθα τὸν κατοικοῦντα ὄχλον τῶν συμφερόντων τι νοῆσαι χαλεπόν ἐστιν. ἀκριβοῦς γὰρ διανοίας καὶ ἠρεμούσης καὶ ὀλίγων ἀνδρῶν τὸ ἐπὶ τοιαύτην ἐνεχθῆναι κρίσιν. πλήθειν γὰρ ἀνδρῶν οὕτω φασὶ τὴν Αἴγιναν ὡς εἶναι ἐν αὐτῇ μζ΄ μυριάδας οἰκετῶν.

ad v. 33

a. a. τεθμὸς δὲ νόμος. κρίσις. δόγμα. δόκησις.

b. b. ἁλιερκέα δὲ χώραν τὴν Αἴγιναν· νῆσος γάρ.

c. c. τεθμὸς δέ τις ἀθανάτων: ἔτι πρὸς τὰ δεδηλωμένα τείνει περὶ τῆς εἰς τοὺς ξένους αὐτῶν εὐεργεσίας· φησὶ γὰρ ὅτι νόμος τις καὶ θεῶν θέμις καὶ ταύτην τὴν χώραν παντοδαποῖς ξένοις ἔστησε κίονα θεῖον καὶ ἔρεισμα.

d. d. τὸ σημεῖον, ὅτι τεθμὸν νῦν τὸ δόγμα καὶ τὴν δόκησιν εἴρηκε.

e. e. τὸ δὲ σαφὲς οὕτω· θεσμὸς δέ τις καὶ δικαία κρίσις τῶν θεῶν καὶ ταύτην τὴν τῇ θαλάττῃ περιτετειχισμένην Αἴγιναν τοῖς πανταχόθεν ἐπιφοιτῶσι ξένοις βάθρον ὥσπερ καὶ ἔρεισμα θεῖον ἐνομοθέτησεν.

35 πτολιπόρθοις ἐν μάχαις35

in the city-destroying battles, that wall would breathe forth ravening smoke.

36 λάβρον ἀμπνεῦσαι καπνόν.

Now when it was new-built three dragons fiery-eyed leapt at the rampart: two fell and perished in despair; but the third sprang in with a war-cry.

37–39

 γλαυκοὶ δὲ δράκοντες, ἐπεὶ κτίσθη νέον, σ2
 πύργον ἐσαλλόμενοι τρεῖς, οἱ δύο μὲν κάπετον,
 αὖθι δʼ ἀτυζομένω ψυχὰς βάλον· σ2

And three gray-green serpents, when the wall was newly built, tried to leap into it; two of them fell down, stunned, and gave up their lives,

Scholia ad vv. 37–39 (4 entries)

ad v. 37

a. a. ὁ δ᾿ ἐπαντέλλων χρόνος: ὁ δὲ ἐπιὼν χρόνος μὴ κάμοι διαφυλάσσων αὐτοὺς ἐν φιλοξενίᾳ.

b. b. ὁ δ᾿ ἐπαντέλλων χρόνος μὴ κάμοι: μήποτε οὖν ἐν παντὶ τῷ ἐπιόντι χρόνῳ λίποι τὸ τοιοῦτον, μηδὲ κάμοι αὐτὸς ὁ χρόνος τοῦτο πράττων. ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο μέσον παρεμβληθέν· ἐπεὶ ἡ ἀκολουθία· κίονα δαιμονίαν Δωριεῖ λαῷ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· ἵν᾿ ᾖ· τὴν Αἴγιναν τὴν χώραν, | ἥτις ἐστὶ κίων τῶν ξένων, ἡ κρίσις τῶν θεῶν ὑπέστησεν, ὑπὸ τοῦ Δωριέως λαοῦ βασιλευομένην μετὰ τὸν Αἰακόν.

ad v. 39

a. a. Δωριεῖ λαῷ: τοῖς Αἰγινήταις. οἱ γὰρ ἀπὸ Δώρου Ἀργεῖοι ᾤκισαν Αἴγιναν, ἡγουμένου αὐτῶν τοῦ στόλου Τριάκοντος.

b. b. Δωριεῖ λαῷ: ὅτι [οἱ] μετὰ τὴν Αἰακοῦ βασιλείαν Δωριεῖς τῆς Αἰγίνης ἐκράτησαν. Αἰακοῦ γὰρ καὶ Ψαμάθης Νηρηίδος Φῶκος ἐγένετο. τοῦτον ὡς νόθον ἀδελφὸν ἀπέκτειναν Πηλεὺς καὶ Τελαμὼν, καὶ φεύγει ὁ μὲν εἰς τὴν Θεσσαλίαν τὴν καλουμένην Φθίαν, Τελαμὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα. καὶ τελευτήσαντος οὖν τοῦ Αἰακοῦ ἔρημος ἡ νῆσος περιελείπετο βασιλέως, ἐν τούτῳ Τριάκων τις Ἀργεῖος συλλέξας πλῆθος Ἀργείων (οἱ δὲ Ἀργεῖοι τοῦ Δωρικοῦ γένους) εἰς τὴν Αἴγιναν ἦλθον καὶ κατῴκησαν. | καὶ οὕτως ἔδοξε μετὰ τὸν Αἰακὸν ἀποταμιεύεσθαι τοῖς Δωριεῦσιν ἡ τῆς Αἰγίνης ἀρχή.

40–41

40 εἷς δʼ ἀνόρουσε βοάσαις.40

41 ἔννεπε δʼ ἀντίον ὁρμαίνων τέρας εὐθὺς, Ἀπόλλων· σ2

Pergamos and the third leapt up with a cry. Pondering this adverse omen, Apollo said right away: “ is taken, hero, through the works of your hands—so says a vision sent to me from the son of Cronus, loud-thundering Zeus—

Scholia ad vv. 40–41 (2 entries)

ad v. 41

a. a. τοῦ ((fr. 58 M.)) ἦ γὰρ δὴ Φοῖβός τε Ποσειδάων τ᾿ ἐκάλεσσαν Αἰακὸν, οὐκ ἀβοήθητα περὶ κρήδεμνα δέμοντες. τὸν παῖς ὁ Λατοῦς: ἰδίως φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος καὶ τούτοις χρήσασθαι τὸν Πίνδαρον· τὸν γὰρ Ποσειδῶνα καὶ Ἀπόλλωνα εἰς τὴν τοῦ τείχους κατασκευήν φησι τὸν Αἰακὸν προσλαβεῖν. καὶ τὸν λόγον ἀποδίδωσί, φησίν, ἵνα διὰ τούτου τοῦ μέρους ὑπὸ Αἰακοῦ οἰκοδομηθέντος ἁλώσιμος γένηται ἡ Ἴλιος. παρ᾿ οὐδενὶ δὲ πρεσβυτέρῳ Πινδάρου ἡ ἱστορία· ὁ δὲ Εὐφορίων φησίν ·

b. b. ((Α 399)) ὁππότε μιν ξυνδῆσαι Ὀλύμπιοι ἤθελον ἄλλοι, Ἥρη τ᾿ ἠδὲ Ποσειδάων καὶ Φοῖβος Ἀπόλλων, οὐχ ὡς ἔνιοι, καὶ Παλλὰς Ἀθήνη. τὸν παῖς ὁ Λατοῦς: ὅντινα Αἰακὸν ὁ Ἀπόλλων καὶ ὁ Ποσειδῶν, μέλλοντες τὸν στέφανον καὶ τὸ τεῖχος τῆς Ἰλίου κατασκευάζειν, συνεργὸν εἵλοντο καὶ συλλήπτορα. τούτους γὰρ κατεδίκασεν ὁ Ζεὺς πρὸς τὴν τειχοποιίαν ὑπηρετῆσαι τῷ Λαομέδοντι, ἐπειδὴ ἐπεβούλευσαν αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν· ἠθέλησαν γὰρ αὐτὸν μεταστῆσαι, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος μνημονεύει ·

42–44

 Πέργαμος ἀμφὶ τεαῖς, ἥρως, χερὸς ἐργασίαι ἁλίσκεται· σ3
 ὣς ἐμοὶ φάσμα λέγει Κρονίδα
 πεμφθὲν βαρυγδούπου Διός· σ4

Then Apollo pondering, the sign spake straightway unto Aiakos by his side: 'Hero, where thy hands have wrought is Pergamos taken: thus saith this sign, sent of the son of Kronos, loud-thundering Zeus. And that not without thy seed; but with the first and fourth it shall be subdued'.

Scholia ad vv. 42–44 (7 entries)

ad v. 42

a. a. εὐρυμέδων: μεγάλως βασιλεύων.

b. b. ἐπὶ στέφανον: στέφανον τείχεος περιφραστικῶς τὸ τεῖχος.

c. c. ((fr. 72)) ἐπὶ στέφανον τεῦξαι: μεταφορικῶς τὸ τεῖχος· στέφανος γὰρ ὥσπερ τῶν πόλεων τὰ τείχη. καὶ Ἀνακρέων · νῦν δ᾿ ἀπὸ μὲν πόλεως στέφανος ὄλωλεν.

ad v. 44

a. a. ἦν ὅτι νιν πεπρωμένον: αὐτὸ, τὸ τεῖχος.

b. b. οὗτοι [δὲ] συνεργὸν εἵλοντο τὸν Αἰακὸν, ἐπειδὴ ἦν αὐτῷ πεπρωμένον, τῷ τείχει, πολέμου γενομένου πυρὶ καταφλεχθῆναι πολλῷ. οὐ γὰρ ἦν δυνατὸν ἁλῶναι αὐτὸ, εἰ τὸ πᾶν ἔργον ἦν θεῶν.

c. c. ἄλλως· ὅτι πέπρωτο δορυάλωτον γενομένην τὴν πόλιν ταύτην ἐμπυρισθῆναι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι τὸν Ποσειδῶνα καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα εἰς τὴν τῆς Ἰλίου τείχισιν προσλαβεῖν τὸν Αἰακὸν, διὰ τοῦ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ οἰκοδομηθέντος ἵνα ἁλώσιμος γένηται καὶ μὴ διὰ τοῦ ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν.

d. d. πεπρωμένον: ὅτι πεπρωμένον ἦν δοριάλωτον γενηθεῖσαν τὴν Ἴλιον ἐμπυρισθῆναι· ὅπως κατὰ τὸ τοῦ Αἰακοῦ ἔργον ἁλῴη τὸ τεῖχος, καὶ μὴ κατὰ τὸ τῶν θεῶν.

45–46

45 οὐκ ἄτερ παίδων σέθεν, ἀλλʼ ἅμα πρώτοις ῥάζεται45

46 καὶ τερτάτοις. ὣς ἆρα θεὸς σάφα εἴπαις

XanthusDanube not without your sons: the city will be destroyed with the first generation, and with the third.” The god spoke clearly, and then hurried on his way, driving to, and to the Amazons with their fine horses, and to the, And the wielder of the trident drove his swift chariot to the sea-washed Isthmus,

47–49

 Ξάνθον ἤπειγεν καὶ Ἀμαζόνας εὐίππους καὶ ἐς Ἴστρον ἐλαύνων. σ1
 Ὀρσοτρίαινα δʼ ἐπʼ Ἰσθμῷ ποντίᾳ σ5
 ἅρμα θοὸν τανύεν, σ2

Thus plainly spoke the god, and away to Xanthos and the Amazons of goodly steeds and to Ister urged his car.

Scholia ad vv. 47–49 (8 entries)

ad v. 47

x. λάβρον ἀμπνεῦσαι καπνόν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμπυρισθῆναι.

ad v. 48

a. a. ((μ 73)) γλαυκοὶ δὲ δράκοντες: ἀκαταλλήλως εἶπεν· ἔδει γὰρ εἰπεῖν· γλαυκοτέρων δὲ δρακόντων εἰσαλλομένων, οἱ β΄ κάπετον, εἶς δὲ ὄρουσε βοήσας. τὸ δὲ σχῆμα ὅμοιον τῷ· οἱ δὲ δύο σκόπελοι.

b. b. γλαυκοὶ δὲ δράκοντες: φοβεροί.

c. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐπειδὴ οὖν ποτε ἐκτίσθη τὸ τεῖχος, εὐθέως καὶ παραχρῆμα τρεῖς δράκοντες ἐφάνησαν, ὧν οἱ μὲν δύο βουλόμενοι εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ πύργου εἰς τὸ ἐντὸς κατέπεσον καὶ ἀπέθανον, ὁ δὲ εἷς δράκων εἰσῆλθε μετὰ συριγμοῦ καὶ βοῆς. δηλοῖ δὲ τὴν ἅλωσιν τὴν τότε γενομένην· οἱ γὰρ ἐπιόντες πολέμιοι εἰώθασιν ἐφορμᾶν ἅμα βοῇ.

d. d. ((μ 73)) οἱ δὲ δύο σκόπελοι, ὁ μὲν οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἱκάνει. ἔδει εἰπεῖν· γλαυκῶν δὲ δρακόντων εἰσαλλομένων τριῶν, οἱ δύο μὲν κατέπεσον, ὁ δὲ εἷς ἀνόρουσε. τὸ σχῆμα Ὁμήρου ·

e. e. κτίσθη νέον: οἱ μὲν νεωστὶ κατασκευασθὲν, οἱ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐθές.

ad v. 49

a. a. εἰσαλλόμενοί γε τρεῖς: κτισθέντος, φησὶ, τοῦ τείχους τρεῖς εἰσεπήδησαν δράκοντες, ὧν τοὺς δύο ἀποθανεῖν, τὸν δὲ ἕτερον ἕνα περιγενέσθαι καὶ εἰσελθεῖν.

b. b. ἐπειδὴ τρεῖς οἱ κατασκευάζοντες· οἱ μὲν οὖν τῶν θεῶν ἀπέθανον, ὁ δὲ τοῦ Αἰακοῦ εἰσῆλθεν.

50–51

50 ἀποπέμπων Αἰακὸν σ150

51 δεῦρʼ ἀνʼ ἵπποις χρυσέαις, σ1

bringing Aeacus here on his golden horses,

Scholia ad vv. 50–51 (2 entries)

ad v. 50

x. (κάπετον:) κατέπεσον.

ad v. 51

x. ((Ζ 468)) ἀτυζόμενοι: ἢ ταραττόμενοι· Ὅμηρος · πατρὸς φίλου ὄψιν ἀτυχθείς· ἢ παρὰ τὴν ἄτην, τουτέστιν ἐν ἄτῃ ἐγένοντο· ἀπέθανον γὰρ πεμέοι πότεμος.

52 καὶ Κορίνθου δειράδʼ ἐποψόμενος δαιτικλυτάν. σ2

Corinth and going to see the ridge of, famous for its feasts. But nothing can be equally delightful to all men. If I have, in my song, exalted the glory of Melesias for his training of beardless youths,

Scholia ad vv. 52–52 (2 entries)

ad v. 52

a. a. εἷς δ᾿ ὄρουσεν: δύο μὲν δράκοντας Ἀχιλλέα καὶ Αἴαντα· ὁ δὲ περιγενόμενος Ἀχιλλέως υἱός.

b. b. βοάσας: καθ᾿ ὃ μέρος ᾠκοδόμει ὁ Αἰακὸς, εἰσῆλθεν ὁ δράκων, δι᾿ οὗ οἱ Ἕλληνες εἰσῆλθον διὰ τοῦ δουρείου λυσάντων αὐτῶν τῶν Τρώων.

53–54

53 τερπνὸν δʼ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἴσον ἔσσεται οὐδέν. σ7

54 εἰ δʼ ἐγὼ Μελησίᾳ ἐξ ἀγενείων κῦδος ἀνέδραμον ὕμνῳ,

And the Trident-wielder for Isthmos over seas harnessed his swift chariot, and hither first he bare with him Aiakos behind the golden mares, and so on unto the mount of Corinth, to behold his feast of fame.

Scholia ad vv. 53–54 (7 entries)

ad v. 53

a. a. ((λ 116)) ἔννεπε δ᾿ ἀντίον: οὐχ ὑπερέθετο στοχάσασθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἐξ ἐναντίας ὁρῶν εἶπε πρὸς τὸν Αἰακὸν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ὅτι κατὰ τὰς σὰς ἐργασίας ἁλίσκεται· οἷον ἁλώσιμόν ἐστιν. ὅμοιον τῷ · οἵ τοι βίοτον κατέδουσιν· οὐδέπω γὰρ πάρεισιν οἱ μνηστῆρες ὅτε ἐμαντεύσατο ὁ Ὀδυσσεὺς, ἀλλὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ κατέδονται κατέδουσιν εἶπεν.

b. b. ἔννεπε δ᾿ ἀντίον ὁρμαίνων: φροντίζων καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐφιστάς.

c. c. ὁ δὲ λόγος· οὐχ ὑπερέθετο στοχάζεσθαί, φησιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐξ ἐναντίου ὁρῶν ἔτι εἶπεν.

d. d. ὡς δὲ συνέβαλε τὸ σημεῖον, καὶ οἰκείως ἔννεπεν· οἱ προσβαλοῦντες κατὰ τὰ ἡμέτερα τείχη ἀπολοῦνται καθάπερ οἱ δύο δράκοντες· | ὁ δὲ κατὰ τὸ Αἰακοῦ τείχισμα ἐλθὼν δράκων κρατήσει, τουτέστιν οἱ προσβαλοῦντες κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο τὸ μέρος· | ὥστε ἀπὸ τῶν τριῶν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ τρεῖς ἀρχὴ πλήθους ἐστὶ, τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εἰς σημείωσιν ἦχθαι.

e. e. τινὲς δὲ εἰς τὸ ἐγγὺς ἔτι τὸ αἴνιγμα θέλουσιν ἄγειν. | ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οἱ δράκοντές εἰσι τρεῖς, ὧν δύο ἀπέθανον, εἷς δὲ εἰσῆλθεν, ἀνάγει πρὸς τοὺς ἐξ Αἰακοῦ καὶ λέγει· Τελαμὼν καὶ Πηλεὺς ἀδελφοί· δύο τούτων παῖδες προσβαλοῦσι μὲν, ἀπολοῦνται δὲ, Αἴας καὶ Ἀχιλλεύς· ὁ δὲ εἷς Νεοπτόλεμος, ὃς καὶ ἐντὸς τῆς πόλεως ἐγένετο, οὗτος κρατήσει τῆς πόλεως· ὥστε τὸ ἀνάλογον σώζεσθαι καὶ δράκοντι τῷ εἰσελθόντι καὶ σωθέντι.

f. f. ὁρμαίνων: διαλογιζόμενος. διανοούμενος.

g. g. εἶπε δὲ ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ἐναντίον καὶ ἀδέξιον θεασάμενος τὸ γεγονὸς τέρας.

55–58

 μὴ βαλέτω με λίθῳ τραχεῖ φθόνος· σ3
 καὶ Νεμέᾳ γὰρ ὁμῶς
 ἐρέω ταύταν χάριν, σ1
 τὰν δʼ ἔπειτʼ ἀνδρῶν μάχαν

Nemea let envy not strike me with a rough stone. For I will tell how he himself won the same grace at, and later, among men, in the battle

Scholia ad vv. 55–58 (4 entries)

ad v. 55

a. a. ((Ε 446)) Πέργαμος ἀμφὶ τεαῖς: Πέργαμος, ἡ ἀκρόπολις. Ὅμηρος · Περγάμῳ εἰν ἱερῇ.

b. b. ἀποστρέφει δὲ τὸν λόγον πρὸς Αἰακόν· ἡ πόλις δὲ, ὦ ἥρως Αἰακὲ, τῶν Τρώων εὐάλωτος γενήσεται κατὰ τὴν ἐργασίαν τῶν σῶν χειρῶν, ὡς ἐμοὶ τὸ σημεῖον τὸ γεγενημένον ἐκ τοῦ Διὸς δηλοῖ.

c. c. ((λ 115)) ἄλλως· κατὰ τὰς σὰς ἐργασίας ἡ Πέργαμος ἁλίσκεται· οἷον ἁλώσιμος ἔσται· | ὅμοιον τῷ · οἵ τοι βίοτον κατέδουσιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβρώσονται. οὐδέπω γὰρ παρῆσαν οἱ μνηστῆρες ὅτ᾿ ἐσφαγίαζεν ὁ Ὀδυσσεὺς, ἀλλὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ κατεδοῦνται κατέδουσιν εἶπε.

ad v. 57

x. φάσμα τὸ φάντασμα καὶ σημεῖον. εἴρηται δὲ παρὰ τὸ φαίνειν καὶ δηλοῦν.

59 ἐκ παγκρατίου. τὸ διδάξασθαι δέ τοι σ1

of the pancratium. To teach

Now shall there never among men be aught that pleaseth all alike. If I for Melesias raise up glory in my song of his boys, let not envy cast at me her cruel stone. Nay but at Nemea too will I tell of honour of like kind with this, and of another ensuing thereon, won in the pankration of men.

Scholia ad vv. 59–59 (1 entry)

ad v. 59

x. ((796 sqq.)) ἀλλ᾿ ἅμα πρώτοις: συμπεριλαμβάνει καὶ τὸν Αἰακόν· πρῶτοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ περὶ Πηλέα καὶ Τελαμῶνα, δεύτεροι δὲ Ἀχιλλεὺς καὶ Αἴας τούτων ὄντες υἱοί· τρίτος δὲ Νεοπτόλεμος· συγκαταριθμουμένου δὲ καὶ Αἰακοῦ γίνεται τέταρτος. σὺν Ἡρακλεῖ δὲ ἐστράτευσε καὶ Πηλεὺς, οὐ μόνος Τελαμὼν, ὡς καὶ Εὐριπίδης φησὶν ἐν Ἀνδρομάχῃ... ὅτι μόνος Τελαμών. συγκαταριθμούμενος οὖν τέταρτος Νεοπτόλεμος. πρώτοις οὖν τοῖς περὶ Πηλέα πολεμήσασι, τετάρτοις Νεοπτολέμῳ, συναριθμουμένου καὶ Αἰακοῦ, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐμαχέσατο.

60–64

 εἰδότι ῥᾴτερον· ἄγνωμον δὲ τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν· σ3
 κουφότεραι γὰρ ἀπειράτων φρένες. σ2
 κεῖνα δὲ κεῖνος ἂν εἴποι σ5
 ἔργα περαίτερον ἄλλων, τίς τρόπος ἄνδρα προβάσει σ1
 ἐξ ἱερῶν ἀέθλων μέλλοντα ποθεινοτάταν δόξαν φέρειν. σ4

is easier for one who has knowledge himself. And it is foolish not to learn in advance; for the minds of those with no experience are insubstantial. Melesias, beyond all others, could speak of those deeds: what manner of training will advance a man who is going to win the most longed-for glory from the sacred games.

Scholia ad vv. 60–64 (15 entries)

ad v. 60

a. a. καὶ Τελαμὼν πρώτοις ἄρξεται καὶ τετράτοις: ἰδίως κατὰ τὴν φράσιν οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ ἀριθμῷ κέχρηται. ὅτε μὲν γὰρ λέγει πρώτοις, οὐ συγκαταριθμεῖται Αἰακὸς, ὅτε δὲ λέγει τετράτοις, συμπεριλαμβάνει καὶ τὸν Αἰακόν. πρῶτοι μὲν οὖν εἰσιν οἱ περὶ Πηλέα καὶ Τελαμῶνα, δεύτεροι δὲ Ἀχιλλεὺς καὶ Αἴας, τρίτος δὲ ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος· συγκαταριθμουμένου δὲ τοῦ Αἰακοῦ γίνεται τέταρτος. στρατευομένου εἰ δὲ μεθ᾿ Ἡρακλέους ἐπὶ τὸν Λαομέδοντα Πηλεὺς κατὰ τὸν Πίνδαρον, κατὰ δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους μόνος Τελαμών. δεύτεροι δὲ ποιοῦνται στρατείαν μετ᾿ Ἀγαμέμνονος Ἀχιλλεὺς καὶ Αἴας· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Νεοπτόλεμος στρατεύσας αἱρεῖ τὴν Ἴλιον. τὸ σημαινόμενον οὖν ἐστι, πρώτοις τοῖς περὶ Πηλέα, τετάρτῳ δὲ τῷ Νεοπτολέμῳ συγκαταριθμουμένου τοῦ Αἰακοῦ.

b. b. ἄλλως· πρώτοις ἄρξεται καὶ τετράτοις: ἁλωθήσεται δὲ ἡ Τροία οὐ χωρὶς τῶν σῶν ἐκγόνων, ἀλλ᾿ ἀρχὴν μὲν ἕξει τοῦ πορθεῖσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν σῶν παίδων (τῶν περὶ τὸν Πηλέα λέγει καὶ Τελαμῶνα· οὗτοι γὰρ συνεστράτευσαν Ἡρακλεῖ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἴλιον διὰ τοὺς Λαομέδοντος ἵππους), ἁλωθήσεται δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν τετάρτων ἀπὸ σοῦ· ἔστι δὲ ὁ Πύρρος.

c. c. οἱ ((E 638 sqq.)) ἅμα οὖν πρώτοις ἄρξεται καὶ τετάρτοις· πρῶτοι γὰρ, ὡς προείπομεν, ἐπολέμησαν τοῖς Τρωσὶν συστρατεύσαντες Ἡρακλεῖ, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος μνημονεύει · καὶ τετάρτοις· Πύρρον λέγει τὸν καὶ Νεοπτόλεμον· τέταρτος γὰρ ἐξ Αἰακοῦ. | Αἰακοῦ γὰρ Πηλεὺς, οὗ Ἀχιλλεὺς, οὗ Νεοπτόλεμος. τὸ τοίνυν τῶν δρακόντων σημεῖον πρὸς τοῦτο ἔχει τὴν ἀναφοράν.

ad v. 61

a. a. ὧς ἄρα θεὸς σάφα εἴπας: ταῦτα τὰ περὶ τῶν δρακόντων σημεῖα σαφῶς διαλύσας ὁ Ἀπόλλων εἰς τοὺς ἰδίους ἐστέλλετο κλήρους.

b. b. (εἴπας:) σημείωσαι τὸ εἴπας.

ad v. 62

a. a. Ξάνθον ἤπειγεν: ποταμὸς Λυκίας· ἀφ᾿ οὗ δηλοῖ ὅτι εἰς Λυκίαν ἠπείγετο.

b. b. ἤπειγε δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠπείγετο, ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ παθητικοῦ.

c. c. ἐπὶ Ξάνθον ἤπειγεν καὶ Ἀμαζόνας: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἔσπευδεν, | εἰς τὰς Ἀμαζόνας, οὔσας παρὰ τῷ Θερμώδοντι ποταμῷ τῆς Παφλαγονίας· ἵν᾿ ἔχῃ τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτω, κατὰ τὸν τῆς χωρογραφίας λόγον· πρῶτον μὲν εἰς Λυκίαν ἔσπευδεν· | ἔπειτα εἰς τὰς Ἀμαζόνας· εἶτα ἐκεῖθεν διέβαινεν εἰς Σκυθίαν καὶ τὸν Ἴστρον ποταμὸν (λέγει δὲ τοὺς Ὑπερβορέους) παρεγένετο. καὶ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα χωρία τῆς Ἀσίας εἰσὶ, τὰ δὲ δεύτερα τῆς Εὐρώπης.

d. d. ἤπειγεν Ξάνθον: ἔσπευδεν.

e. e. ἐκ δὲ τούτου εἰς Λυκίαν· ἱερὰ γὰρ τῷ θεῷ.

ad v. 63

x. Ἴστρον ἐλαύνων: εἰς Ὑπερβορέους, ἔνθα Ἴστρος τὰς πηγὰς ἔχει.

ad v. 64

a. a. ((O. VII, 148 vulg.)) ὀρσοτρίαινα: ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀπόλλων, φησὶν, εἰς τὸν Ξάνθον καὶ εἰς τὸν Ἴστρον ἠπείγετο· ὁ δὲ Ποσειδῶν εἰς Ἰσθμὸν ἤλαυνε χωριζόμενος ἐκ τῆς Τροίας καὶ ἀποπέμπων τὸν Αἰακὸν δεῦρο, τουτέστιν εἰς Αἴγιναν. θηλυκῶς τὴν Ἰσθμὸν, ὡς ἐν ἄλλῳ

b. b. ((Π 33)) ὀρσοτρίαινα δ᾿ ἐπ᾿ Ἰσθμῷ ποντίᾳ: κλητικὴ ἀντὶ εὐθείας, ὡς καὶ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ · ἱππότα Πηλεύς.

c. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ δὲ ὀρσοτριαίνης Ποσειδῶν ἐπὶ Ἰσθμοῦ τοῦ παραθαλασσίου, ὅς ἐστι πλησίον τῆς Κορίνθου, ἠπείγετο [θεάσασθαι].

d. d. ((P. I 15)) ἐπ᾿ Ἰσθμῷ ποντίᾳ: ἐπίφορός ἐστι πρὸς τὰ θηλυκὰ, ὡς τὸ ἐν αἰνᾷ Ταρτάρῳ · ὡς καὶ νῦν τῇ Ἰσθμῷ.

65–66

65 νῦν μὲν αὐτῷ γέρας Ἀλκιμέδων σ265

66 νίκαν τριακοστὰν ἑλών· σ1

Now it is his honor that his thirtieth victory has been won for him by Alcimedon,

Verily to teach is easier to him that knoweth: it is folly if one hath not first learnt, for without trial the mind wavereth. And beyond all others can Melesias declare all works on that wise, what method shall advance a man who from the sacred games may win the longed-for glory.

Scholia ad vv. 65–66 (3 entries)

ad v. 65

a. a. ((Π 375)) ἅρμα θοὸν τάνυεν: εἰς δρόμον παρώξυνεν. Ὅμηρος · τανύοντο δὲ μώνυχες ἵπποι.

b. b. ἀντὶὍμηρος ((l. l.)) τάνυεν: ἀπὸ τοῦ παρακολουθοῦντος τοῦ ἤλαυνεν. · τανύοντο δὲ μώνυχες ἵπποι. ὅταν γὰρ τρέχωσι, τείνονται.

ad v. 66

x. ἀποπέμπων Αἰακὸν δεῦρο: εἰς τοῦτον τὸν τόπον· ὑπόκειται γὰρ τὸ ἐγκώμιον ἐν Αἰγίνῃ. ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ δὲ ὁ λόγος.

67–69

 ὃς τύχᾳ μὲν δαίμονος, ἀνορέας δʼ οὐκ ἀμπλακὼν σ1
 ἐν τέτρασιν παίδων ἀπεθήκατο γυίοις σ1
 νόστον ἔχθιστον καὶ ἀτιμοτέραν γλῶσσαν καὶ ἐπίκρυφον οἶμον, σ1

who, with divine good fortune, yet without falling short in his own manliness, thrust off from himself and onto the four limbs of other boys a hateful homecoming with contemptuous talk and a secret way back,

Scholia ad vv. 67–69 (3 entries)

ad v. 67

x. δεῦρ᾿ ἵπποις: δεῦρο, εἰς τοῦτον τὸν τόπον. ἐν Αἰγίνῃ.

ad v. 68

x. Κορίνθου δειράδα: ἐν γὰρ τῇ Κορίνθῳ τιμᾶται ὁ Ποσειδῶν. δειράδα δὲ κυρίως τὸν τράχηλον, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ πάντα τὰ ἆθλα. ὁ δὲ Ἰσθμὸς στενοῦται ὡς ἐπὶ σώματι τράχηλος.

ad v. 69

x. δαιτικλυτάν: τὴν τὰς θυσίας αὐτῷ καὶ τὰς τιμὰς ἐνδόξως τελοῦσαν.

70 πατρὶ δὲ πατρὸς ἐνέπνευσεν μένος σ470

and breathed into his father’s father the force that wrestles off old age. Hades is forgotten by a man with good accomplishments.

Scholia ad vv. 70–70 (4 entries)

ad v. 70

a. a. τερπνὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις: οἷον οὐ πάντες ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς χαίρουσιν οὐδὲ τέρπονται· τάχα γὰρ ἂν ὑπό τινων φθονηθείην, εἰ παρεκβὰς τὸν ὕμνον Μελησίαν ἐπαινέσω. πράξω δὲ ὅμως τὸ τοιοῦτον, εἰ καὶ μὴ πᾶσι χαρίζομαι.

b. b. σπουδάζουσιν εἰς ὑπεροχὴν ἔχειν· διὸ οὐδ᾿ ἓν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἐστι τερπνόν.

c. c. ((ξ 228)) ἄλλος γάρ τ᾿ ἄλλοισιν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις. τερπνὸν δ᾿ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἴσον ἔσσεται οὐδέν: διάφοροι τῶν παλαιῶν ἐξηγήσεις περὶ τοῦτο γεγόνασι τὸ ῥητόν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ οὕτως· ἐπειδή, φασι, διεχώρισε τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ ἕκαστον ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρεσκομένους ἤγαγε τόπους, οἰκείως ἐπάγει τὸ κῶλον, ὅτι ἴσως οὐδὲν τερπνόν ἐστι τοῖς πᾶσιν, οὔτε μὴν ἀνθρώποις οὔτε θεοῖς. οἱ δὲ οὕτως· ἐπειδὴ καινοτέρῳ τῷ τρόπῳ τῶν ἐγκωμίων ἐπιβάλλει τρεῖς ἅμα καθ᾿ ἕνα ἐπίνικον ἐγκωμιάσας, φασὶ τὸν Πίνδαρον λέγειν ὑπεραπολογούμενον τοῦ ἐγχειρήματος ταῦτα· οὐδὲν ἴσως τερπνόν ἐστι τοῖς πᾶσιν· εἰ γὰρ ἀηδὲς τοῦτο τοῖς ἄλλοις δοκεῖ, ἀλλ᾿ οὖν ἐμοὶ προσφιλές. | ὡς Ὅμηρος ·

d. d. ἄλλως· οὐχ ὁμοίως ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς τέρπονται ἅπαντες· ἄλλος γὰρ ἄλλο προκρίνει. οὐδὲν δὲ τοῦ νικᾶν τερπνότερον παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.

71–73

 γήραος ἀντίπαλον. σ5
 Ἀΐδα τοι λάθεται
 ἄρμενα πράξαις ἀνήρ. σ1

Now for the thirtieth time is honour gained for him by the victory of Alkimedon, who by God's grace, nor failing himself in prowess, hath put off from him upon the bodies of four striplings the loathed return ungreeted of fair speech, and the path obscure; and in his father's father he hath breathed new vigour to wrestle with old age. A man that hath done honourable deeds taketh no thought of death.

Scholia ad vv. 71–73 (6 entries)

ad v. 71

a. a. εἰ δ᾿ ἐγὼ Μελησία: εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ὕμνων τῶν ἀγενείων ἐπὶ τὸ τοῦ Μελησίου κῦδος ἀνέδραμον, μηδὲ εἷς φθόνον μέμψαιτό μου.

b. b. ((ρ 14)) ἄλλως· εἰ δ᾿ ἐγώ, φησι, τὸ γενόμενον τῷ Μελησίᾳ ἐκ τῶν ἀγενείων κῦδος ἀνέδραμον τῷ ὕμνῳ, τοῦ Ἀλκιμέδοντος ἀφέμενος· οἷον, παρεκβὰς ἦλθον ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν· ἀνέδραμον δὲ νῦν ἔφη διὰ τὸ προγενεστέραν εἶναι τὴν τοῦ Μελησίου νίκην τῆς ἐνεστώσης. ἔνιοι δὲ τὸ ἀνέδραμον ἀκούουσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναδραμοῦμαι· οἷον, εἰ τὸν ἀθλητὴν καταλιπὼν ἐπὶ τὸν ἀλείπτην ἐλεύσομαι καὶ ὑμνήσω, μηδεὶς [δέ] με μεμψάσθω. Ὅμηρος · ὁ ξεῖνος εἴπερ μάλα μηνίει.

c. c. εἰ δ᾿ ἐγὼ Μελησία: εἰ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ Μελησίᾳ τὸν ὕμνον ἐφαρμόζων ἐπὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ ἀνέδραμον, ἣν ἔσχεν ἀγωνιζόμενος [ἐξ] ἀγενείων, μηδείς με τοῦ φθόνου τῷ λίθῳ ἀκοντιζέτω, ἀντὶ τοῦ μηδείς με διὰ βασκανίαν κακῶς ἀγορευέτω. | Μελησίας δὲ ἀπὸ ἀθλητῶν νῦν ἀλείπτης τοῦ Ἀλκιμέδοντος.

d. d. ἢ οὕτως· εἰ δὲ ἐκ τῶν ὕμνων τοῦ Ἀλκιμέδοντος ἐπὶ τὸ τοῦ Μελησίου κῦδος ἀνέδραμον, ὃ ἔσχεν ἐξ ἀγενείων, μηδείς μοι φθονείτω· ἐρῶ γὰρ καί φημι αὐτὸν ὁμοίως ἐν τῇ Νεμέᾳ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐσχηκέναι χάριν καὶ νίκην· | ταύτην δὲ εἴποιμι ἂν ἣν μετὰ ταῦτα εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀνδρῶν μάχην ἐκ τοῦ παγκρατίου ἔσχεν.

e. e. ἄλλως· ὡς τοῦ Μελησίου προηθληκότος καὶ τανῦν ἀλείφοντος καὶ διδάσκοντος τὸν Ἀλκιμέδοντα· ὥστε οὐ τῷ Μελησίᾳ γράφεται ὁ ἐπίνικος, ἀλλὰ τῷ Ἀλκιμέδοντι. ὁ οὖν εἰδώς, φησι, ῥᾳδίως διδάσκει, οὐχ ὁ ἀγνοῶν.

ad v. 73

x. μὴ βαλέτω με: μηδείς μοι φθονείτω, εἰ εἰς τὸ γεγενημένον τῷ Μελησίᾳ ἐξ ἀγενείων κῦδος ἀνέδραμον τῷ ὕμνῳ ἀποσχόμενος τοῦ Ἀλκιμέδοντος.

74 ἀλλʼ ἐμὲ χρὴ μναμοσύναν ἀνεγείροντα φράσαι σ3

But I must awaken memory and tell

Scholia ad vv. 74–74 (3 entries)

ad v. 74

a. a. καὶ Νεμέᾳ γάρ ἕως τοῦ ἐν παγκρατίῳ: ταύτην δὲ τὴν μάχην καὶ τὴν νίκην ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγενείων καὶ ἐν ἀνδράσιν ἔσχεν.

b. b. ὁμοίως ἐν τῇ Νεμέᾳ τὴν αὐτὴν χάριν ἔσχε νίκης ἀγενείων κἀκεῖ παγκρατίου.

c. c. καὶ ἐν Νεμέᾳ γὰρ ὁμῶς: τὴν γὰρ αὐτὴν χάριν ὁμοίως ἐρῶ καὶ ἐν Νεμέᾳ γεγενημένην αὐτῷ· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ νενίκηκε. | δεύτερον ἐξ ἧς πάλιν Νεμεακὴν νίκην αὐτοῦ συνίστησι τοῦ ἀλείπτου τῶν νικηφόρων τούτων, εἰς οὓς τὸν ἐπίνικον ἔγραψεν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τῶν νενικηκότων τοὺς προεκκειμένους ἀγῶνας.

75 χειρῶν ἄωτον Βλεψιάδαις ἐπίνικον,75

of the choicest victory of hands for the Blepsiads, who are now crowned with their sixth garland from the contests flourishing with leaves. Even the dead have a share in rites performed according to law; the dust does not cover

76–79

 ἕκτος οἷς ἤδη στέφανος περίκειται φυλλοφόρων ἀπʼ ἀγώνων. σ3
 ἔστι δὲ καί τι θανόντεσσιν μέρος σ2
 κὰν νόμον ἐρδομένων· σ2
 κατακρύπτει δʼ οὐ κόνις

But I must needs arouse memory, and tell of the glory of their hands that gave victory to the Blepsiad clan, to whom this is now the sixth crown that hath come from the wreathed games to bind their brows.

Scholia ad vv. 76–79 (7 entries)

ad v. 76

a. a. τὰν δ᾿ ἔπειτα: τὴν τῶν ἀγενείων.

b. b. τὸ ἔπειτα ἀντὶ τοῦ δή.

c. c. τὰν δ᾿ ἔπειτ᾿ ἀνδρῶν μάχαν: τὴν νίκην ἐξ ἧς ἐνίκησεν ἄνδρας παγκρατίῳ.

ad v. 77

a. a. τὸ διδάξασθαι δέ τοι: ὡς τοῦ Μελησίου προηθληκότος, εἶτα νῦν ἀλείφοντος καὶ διδάσκοντος τὸν Ἀλκιμέδοντα, οὗ ἀλείπτης ἦν. διὸ καὶ ἔφη· τὸ διδάξασθαι δέ τοι εἰδότι ῥαΐτερον· ὁ γὰρ εἰδὼς ῥᾷον διδάσκει, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν.

b. b. τὸ διδάξασθαι δέ τοι ῥαΐτερον: τὸ διδάξασθαι δέ τι ἐπιστάμενον βέλτιον καὶ εὔκολόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ μὴ προμαθεῖν ἀπειρίαν ἔχει· τοιγαροῦν τῶν ἀπειράτων ἀνόητοί εἰσι καὶ κοῦφοι καὶ ὡς ἔτυχεν οἱ λογισμοὶ φερόμενοι. ταῦτα δέ φησιν ἐπειδὴ διδάσκαλος ἐγένετο, ἀλείφων τὸν Ἀλκιμέδοντα, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου αὐτὸν θαυμάζει ὡς ἀπὸ πείρας καὶ ἐπιστήμης διδάσκοντα.

ad v. 78

a. a. ἄγνωμον δέ: ἀνόητον δὲ διδάσκειν ἄλλους ὃ μὴ αὐτὸς οἶδεν. οὕτως ὁ μὴ προμαθών.

b. b. ἄλλως· οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἐπιγνώμων οὐδὲ τεχνίτης ὁ μὴ προμαθών.

80 συγγόνων κεδνὰν χάριν. σ280

the good grace of their kinsmen.

Scholia ad vv. 80–80 (2 entries)

ad v. 80

a. a. κουφότεραι: ἀνόητοι, ἐλαφραὶ, κεναὶ τῶν ἀμαθῶν αἱ διάνοιαι.

b. b. ἀπειράτων φρένες: τὰς τῶν μὴ πεπειραμένων φρένας κουφοτέρας λέγων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ σημαίνει.

81 Ἑρμᾶ δὲ θυγατρὸς ἀκούσαις Ἰφίων σ3

Olympia Having heard the voice of Hermes’ daughter, Angelia, Iphion might tell Callimachus of the splendid adornment at, which Zeus gave to their race. May he be willing to grant noble deeds upon noble

Scholia ad vv. 81–81 (3 entries)

ad v. 81

a. a. κεῖνα δὲ κεῖνος: ὁ μαθὼν καὶ προαθλήσας εὐκολώτερον ἂν διδάξοι ἄλλον, κατὰ ποῖον τρόπον προβαίνειν οἷόν τε, θέλοντα ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερῶν ἀγώνων δόξαν λαβεῖν.

b. b. ἢ ὁ Μελησίας.

c. a. κεῖνα δὲ κεῖνος ἂν εἴποι: εἴποι δ᾿ ἂν ἀκριβῶς ἐκεῖνα τὰ ἔργα καὶ ἐμπειρότερον ἐκεῖνος ὁ μεμαθηκὼς καὶ τῇ πείρᾳ τὴν διδασκαλίαν ἀκριβώσας, τὰ τῶν ἀγωνισμάτων ἔργα, καὶ ποῖος τρόπος εἰς εὐδοξίαν ἄνδρα ὁδηγῆσαι δύναται ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν ἀγώνων ποθεινὴν βουλόμενον δόξαν ἀποφέρεσθαι.

82–84

 Ἀγγελίας, ἐνέποι κεν Καλλιμάχῳ λιπαρὸν
 κόσμον Ὀλυμπίᾳ, ὅν σφι Ζεὺς γένει σ1
 ὤπασεν. ἐσλὰ δʼ ἐπʼ ἐσλοῖς

Even the dead have their share when paid them with due rites, and the grace of kinsmen's honour the dust concealeth not. From Hermes' daughter Fame shall Iphion hear and tell to Kallimachos this lustre of Olympic glory, which Zeus hath granted to this house. Honour upon honour may he vouchsafe unto it, and shield it from sore disease. I pray that for the share of glory fallen to them he raise against them no contrary discontent, but granting them a life unharmed may glorify them and their commonwealth.

Scholia ad vv. 82–84 (1 entry)

ad v. 83

x. τὸντίς τρόπος ἄνδρα: τίς τρόπος ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἄνδρα προάξει ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν ἀθλημάτων μέλλοντα τὴν ποθεινοτάτην φέρεσθαι δόξαν.

85–88

 ἔργʼ ἐθέλοι δόμεν, ὀξείας δὲ νόσους ἀπαλάλκοι.
 εὔχομαι ἀμφὶ καλῶν μοίρᾳ Νέμεσιν διχόβουλον μὴ θέμεν· σ5
 ἀλλʼ ἀπήμαντον ἄγων βίοτον
 αὐτούς τʼ ἀέξοι καὶ πόλιν. σ55

deeds, and to ward off bitter diseases. I pray that, for the share of fine things allotted to them, Zeus may not cause the mind of Nemesis to waver; rather, may he grant a painless life, and thus give new growth to themselves and their city.

Scholia ad vv. 85–88 (60 entries)

ad v. 86

a. a. νῦν μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ γέρας: λείπει ἢ ἤνεγκεν ἢ περιεποίησεν. οὐ δεκτέον δὲ ὅτι τριακοντάκις Ἀλκιμέδων ἐνίκησεν, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι Μελησίας γυμνάσας τριάκοντα ἀθλητὰς νίκας αὐτῶν ἐδέξατο. ἦν δὲ τριακοστὸς Ἀλκιμέδων. δύναται δὲ τὸ ἑλών μετοχὴ ἀντὶ ῥήματος τοῦ ἑλεῖν.

b. b. νῦν μὲν αὐτῷ γέρας: τῷ Μελησίᾳ.

c. c. ἐπὶ τοίνυν τοῦ παρόντος δόξα αὐτῷ ἐστιν ὁ Ἀλκιμέδων τριακοστὸς νικητὴς ἀναδειχθείς. λέγεται γὰρ σὺν τούτῳ ἀλεῖψαι τριάκοντα μαθητάς.

d. d. ἄλλως· νῦν τῷ ἀλείπτῃ Μελησίᾳ γέρας ὁ Ἀλκιμέδων περιεποίησε· τὸ γὰρ περιεποίησεν ἔξωθεν προσληπτέον.

e. e. οὐ δεκτέον [δὲ] πάντως ὅτι ὁ Ἀλκιμέδων τριάκοντα νίκας ἔσχεν· ἀλλ᾿ ὁ Μελησίας γυμνάσας ἀθλητὰς νίκας αὐτῶν ἐδέξατο τριάκοντα.

ad v. 88

a. a. ὃς τύχᾳ μὲν δαίμονος: ὅστις Ἀλκιμέδων τύχῃ μὲν ἀγαθῇ δαίμονος χρησάμενος ἀνδρείας οὐ διαμαρτὼν ἐν τέτρασι παίδων ἀπεθήκατο γυίοις νόστον ἔχθιστον, τουτέστι δ΄ ἐποίησε παῖδας οὐχ ἡδέως οἴκαδε ἀπονοστῆσαι τῆς νίκης στερήσας· ὡς δ΄ παῖδας αὐτοῦ καταβεβληκότος.

b. b. ὃς τύχᾳ μὲν δαίμονος: ὅστις Ἀλκιμέδων τῆς τοῦ δαίμονος εὐτυχίας καὶ τῆς ἀνδρείας τῆς ἰδίας οὐ διαμαρτὼν ἐν τέτρασι παίδων μέλεσιν ἐναποθέμενος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἰσχὺν, τοῖς ἡττηθεῖσι τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν πατρίδα ἀνακομιδὴν ἐχθροτάτην εἶναι παρεσκεύασε, καὶ τὴν γλῶτταν αὐτῶν τῆς παρρησίας ἀφείλετο, καὶ τὸ βάδισμα κρύφιον καὶ ἀπαρρησίαστον πεποίηκε· τοιαῦτα γὰρ τὰ τῶν ἡττωμένων ἀτυχήματα.

c. c. ἄλλως· ὅστις τῆς τοῦ δαίμονος εὐτυχίας οὐχ ἁμαρτήσας, οὐκ ἀποτυχὼν δὲ οὐδὲ τῆς ἰδίας ἀνδρείας, ἐνίκησεν.

a. a. ἐν τέτρασι παίδων: τουτέστι τέσσαρας παῖδας ἐνίκησε καὶ ἐποίησεν οὐχ ἡδέως οἴκαδε ἀπονοστῆσαι, τῆς νίκης στερήσας· οἱονεὶ κακῶς ἀπέπεμψεν· ὡς τέσσαρας αὐτοῦ καταβεβληκότος. [Drachmann ad v. 90]

b. b. ἀπεθήκατο οὖν εἰς τὰ γυῖα αὐτῶν τῶν ἀγωνισαμένων αὐτῷ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν· ἀπὸ τοῦ παρακολουθοῦντος, ἐνίκησεν αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτῶν τὸν νόστον ἔχθιστον· οἱ γὰρ νικηθέντες ὅταν οἴκαδε ἀπίωσιν, ἐν κατηφείᾳ εἰσίν. [Drachmann ad v. 90]

c. c. ἐχθρὰ οὖν αὐτοῖς ἡ ἀνακομιδή· οὐ γὰρ τὸν κατ᾿ εὐχὴν νόστον ἔχουσιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπεχθῆ. [Drachmann ad v. 90]

d. d. ἀπεθήκατο γυίοις: ἀπεθήκατο τοῖς γυίοις τῶν ἀνταγωνιστῶν τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ παρακολουθοῦντος τὸ ἐνίκησε δ΄ καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτῶν τὸν νόστον ἔχθιστον. [Drachmann ad v. 90]

a. a. νόστον ἔχθιστον: ἀντὶ τοῦ φήμην κακὴν ἐποίησε παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς· ἕκαστος γὰρ τῶν ὁρώντων ἐπὶ τῆς γλώττης· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ νενικηκώς, ἐπιφέρει. [Drachmann ad v. 91]

b. b. ἀτιμοτέραν γλῶσσαν: οἱ γὰρ ἡττώμενοι καὶ σιωπῶσι καὶ λάθρᾳ ἀναχωροῦσιν ὡς ἀπαρρησίαστοι καὶ ἄγνωστοι τῇ πατρίδι. [Drachmann ad v. 91]

c. c. ἢ ὅτι οὐχ ὑμνοῦνται. [Drachmann ad v. 91]

d. d. ἀτιμοτέραν γλῶσσαν: ἀπαρρησίαστον. [Drachmann ad v. 91]

x. ((fr. 229)) καὶ ἐπίκρυφον οἶμον: οἱ γὰρ νενικημένοι οὐ φανερὰς ὁδοὺς ἀπίασιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκτρεπόμενοι διὰ τὸ ἐπονείδιστον τῆς ἥττης. | καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ · νικώμενοι γὰρ ἄνδρες ἀγρυξίᾳ δέδενται· οὐ φίλων ἐναντίον ἐλθεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 92]

a. a. ((τ 360)) αἶψα γὰρ ἐν κακότητι βροτοὶ καταγηράσκουσιν. πατρὶ δὲ πατρός: τῷ δὲ προπάτορι αὐτοῦ μένος ἐνέπνευσεν ἐναντίον τῷ γήρᾳ, τουτέστιν ἀντὶ γέροντος νέον αὐτὸν ἐποίησε καὶ εὔθυμον. καὶ Ὅμηρος · [Drachmann ad v. 93]

b. b. ἢ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου· ἡ γὰρ εὐθυμία τοὺς γέροντας νεάζειν ποιεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 93]

c. c. πατρὶ δὲ πατρός: τῷ δὲ πάππῳ αὐτοῦ ἡ τῆς νίκης ἡδονὴ ἐνέβαλε δύναμιν τὴν τοῦ γήρως ἐναντίαν οὖσαν· οἱονεὶ ταῖς εὐφροσύναις καὶ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ἀνανεάζειν πεποίηκε τὸν γεγηρακότα ἡ χαρά. [Drachmann ad v. 93]

x. παρὰἀντίπαλον: ἐτυμολογεῖται τὸ πάλος, ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ συζυγίαν κληρουμένων ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἐν τῷ παλαίειν ἢ παγκρατιάζειν. [Drachmann ad v. 94]

a. a. Ἀίδα τοι λάθεται: πᾶς γάρ τις ἁρμόδια καὶ καταθύμια πράξας τοῦ Ἅιδου λήθην ποιεῖται, τουτέστιν ἀθάνατα φρονεῖ διὰ τὴν παρεστῶσαν εὐφροσύνην. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

b. b. Ἀίδα τοι λάθεται: πᾶς γὰρ ἀνὴρ ἁρμόδια πράξας τῇ ἑαυτοῦ προαιρέσει Ἅιδου, τουτέστι τοῦ θανάτου, λήθην λαμβάνει· ἤ πού γε τῶν ἁπλῶς κατὰ φύσιν ὀχλούντων οἱονεὶ τὸ φρόνημα· τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ τῆς φαντασίας εὐπραξία τοῖς εὖ πράττουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

x. ἀλλ᾿ ἐμὲ χρὴ μναμοσύναν: ἐμὲ τοίνυν χρὴ τὴν μνήμην ἀνεγείροντα ὥσπερ κοιμηθεῖσαν καὶ σιωπηθεῖσαν λοιπὸν (λέγει δὲ τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῦ, οἵτινές εἰσι Βλεψιάδαι οὕτω καλούμενοι...) οὕτω τὸν εἰς αὐτοὺς ὕμνον πληρῶσαι διηγούμενον τὸν τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν καρπὸν, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ νίκη· ἀνεγεῖραι δὲ τὴν μνήμην τῶν προγόνων διὰ τῶν τοῦ Ἀλκιμέδοντος νικητηρίων. Βλεψιαδῶν δὲ φυλὴ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ ἀπὸ Βλεψιάδου προγόνου Ἀλκιμέδοντος. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

x. Βλεψιάδαις: Βλεψιάδαι ἡ φατρία αὐτῶν ἐστιν, ὧν εἷς ἀπόγονος ὁ νικήσας. [Drachmann ad v. 99]

x. ἕκτος οἷς ἤδη στέφανος: οἷστισι Βλεψιάδαις καὶ ᾧ γένει ἕκτος ὑπῆρξε στέφανος ἤδη ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν τούτων ἀγώνων. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

a. a. φυλλοφόρων ἀπ᾿ ἀγώνων: ἤτοι καθὸ οἱ νικῶντες ἐφυλλοβολοῦντο· ἢ φύλλα τοὺς στεφάνους εἶπε, διακρίνων αὐτοὺς πρὸς τοὺς δωρίτας καὶ χρηματίτας. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

b. b. φυλλίναι οἱ στεφανῖται· δωρῖται οἱ θέματα διδόντες· ἀργυρῖται οἱ ἔχοντες χρυσᾶ ἆθλα. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

a. a. ἔστι δὲ καί τι θανόντεσσιν: ἔστι δὲ καὶ τοῖς τετελευτηκόσιν ἔννομον καὶ δίκαιον μέρος ἀποδιδόμενον, τὸ τῶν ἐπαίνων λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

b. b. θανόντεσσι μέρος: καὶ τοῖς ἀποθανοῦσι μεμέρισται, καὶ οἱ ἀποθανόντες κοινωνοῦσι τῆς τῶν ἐγκωμίων γραφῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

x. (καννόμον:) ἤτοι κατὰ νόμον. [Drachmann ad v. 103]

x. κατακρύπτει δ᾿ οὐ κόνις κεδνὰν χάριν: τὴν τῶν συγγενῶν ἀγαθὴν χάριν οὐ κρύπτει κόνις, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν φανερῷ κειμένη καὶ τῶν τεθνεώτων ἐφικνεῖται. πρὸς γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ πᾶν λέγει, τὸν μὲν λόγον ἐν τῷ καθόλου τιθεὶς, τείνων δὲ πρὸς ἐκεῖνο, διὸ τῆς νίκης τούτου ὁ προθανὼν Ἰφίων μετέχει καὶ συνήδεται. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

a. a. τοῦτο συγγόνων κεδνὰν χάριν: τὴν τῶν συγγόνων ἀγαθὴν χάριν οὐ κρύπτει κόνις, ἀλλὰ ἐν φανερῷ κειμένη καὶ εἰς τεθνεῶτας ἀφικνεῖται· πρὸς γὰρ τὸ πᾶν λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

b. b. καὶ γὰρ οἱ προαποθανόντες συγγενεῖς τοῦ Ἀλκιμέδοντος μετειλήφασι τῆς ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ δόξης, ὡς εἶναι διὰ τὴν τούτου δόξαν ἀθανάτους αὐτούς. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

a. a. Ἑρμᾶ δὲ θυγατρός: Ἰφίων πρόγονος Ἀλκιμέδοντος· οἱ δὲ ὅτι πατὴρ αὐτοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

b. b. εἰδωλοπεποίηκεν Ἑρμοῦ θυγατέρα τὴν ἀγγελίαν· ἄγγελος γὰρ οὗτος καὶ διάκτωρ. ὅθεν ἀκούσας ὁ Ἰφίων τῆς τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ θυγατρὸς Ἀγγελίας εἴποι τῷ Καλλιμάχῳ, ὡς καὶ τούτῳ συγγενεῖ ὄντι καὶ προτετελευτηκότι. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

c. c. κόσμον δὲ Ὀλυμπίᾳ, τὴν νίκην. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

d. d. Ἰφίων πατὴρ Ἀλκιμέδοντος τεθνεώς· Καλλίμαχος δὲ εἷς τῶν συγγενῶν. ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ἀκούσας Ἰφίων τὴν ἀγγελίαν εἴποι ἂν Καλλιμάχῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

e. e. ἄλλως· ποιητικῶς ἀναπλάττει τῆς ἀγγελίας. ἢ ἴσως ὡς αἴσθησιν ἐχόντων τῶν τεθνεώτων λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

f. f. ἁπλῶς συγγενεῖς ὁ δὲ νοῦς· παρὰ δὲ τῆς τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ θυγατρὸς ἀκούσας ὁ Ἰφίων εἴποι ἂν Καλλιμάχῳ τῷ συγγενεῖ αὐτοῦ... ἐκ τοῦ Ὀλυμπιακοῦ ἀγῶνος ὁ Ζεύς. Ἰφίων δὲ καὶ Καλλίμαχος κατὰ μέν τινας τοῦ Ἀλκιμέδοντος, κατὰ δὲ ἐνίους ὁ Ἰφίων μὲν πατὴρ, Καλλίμαχος δὲ θεῖος. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

g. g. ((ω 1)) Ἑρμῆς δὲ ψυχὰς Κυλλήνιος ἐξεκαλεῖτο. ὅτι δὲ ὁ Ἑρμῆς καὶ ἐπουράνιος καὶ ἐπίγειος καὶ ὑποχθόνιος δηλονότι καὶ κῆρυξ θεῶν ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐν γῇ· καὶ ὅτι ὑποχθόνιος, μαρτυρεῖ Ὅμηρος · Ἀγγελία δὲ ὄνομα κύριον τῆς θυγατρὸς Ἑρμοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

h. h. ἀκούσας Ἰφίων: ὁ Ἰφίων πρόγονός ἐστιν Ἀλκιμέδοντος [οὗτος]. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

i. i. εἰδωλοπεποίηκεν Ἑρμοῦ θυγατέρα τὴν ἀγγελίαν· ἄγγελος γὰρ ὁ θεὸς οὗτος. ἀκούσας οὖν, φησιν, ὁ Ἰφίων τῆς τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ θυγατρὸς Ἀγγελίας ἐννέποι τῷ Καλλιμάχῳ, ὡς καὶ τούτῳ συγγενεῖ ὄντι καὶ προτετελευτηκότι. τί ἂν οὖν ἐννέποι; τὸν κόσμον τὸν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ, τουτέστι τὴν νίκην. ἡ γὰρ ἑνὸς νίκη πᾶν τὸ γένος κοσμεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

k. k. Ἰφίων καὶ Καλλίμαχος κατὰ μέν τινας ἀπλῶς συγγενεῖς τοῦ Ἀλκιμέδοντος, κατὰ δέ τινας Ἰφίων μὲν πατὴρ αὐτοῦ, Καλλίμαχος δὲ θεῖος. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

x. ἐσλὰ δ᾿ ἐπ᾿ ἐσλοῖς: ἀγαθὰ ἐξ ἀγαθῶν καὶ καλλίστων παρέχειν αὐτοῖς βούλοιτο ὁ Ζεύς. τὸ δὲ θέλοι εὐκτικῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

a. a. ((Λ 269)) ὡς δ᾿ ὅταν ὠδίνουσαν ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα. ὀξείας δὲ νόσους: διὰ τὰς ἀλγηδόνας. Ὅμηρος · [Drachmann ad v. 111]

b. b. ((Ph. 333)) ἢ ὀξείας διὰ τοὺς πυρετούς. Ἄρατος · ὀξέα σειριάει. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

c. c. καὶ ἀποκωλύοι αὐτῶν τὰς ἐπιπόνους καὶ ὀξείας νόσους. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

d. d. ὀξεῖαι δέ εἰσιν αἱ ἐπικίνδυνοι. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

a. a. εὔχομαι: εὔχομαι μὴ γενέσθαι νέμεσιν αὐτοῖς μηδὲ φθονηθῆναι περὶ τῶν καλῶν μηδὲ νέμεσιν παρακολουθῆσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

b. b. εὔχομαι τῷ Διὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν καλῶν αὐτῶν μοίρᾳ μὴ ἐπιθεῖναι διχόβουλον καὶ ἐναντίαν νέμεσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

c. c. εὔχομαι ἀμφὶ καλῶν: εὔχομαι μὴ γενέσθαι νέμεσιν αὐτοῖς, τουτέστι μὴ φθονηθῆναι περὶ τῶν καλῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

d. d. διχόβουλον δὲ τὴν νέμεσιν τὴν ἐπιφθονοῦσαν καὶ ἐναντία ποιοῦσαν οἷς βουλευόμεθα. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

e. e. οἷον τὴν διχάζουσαν ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν | καὶ χωρίζουσαν τὰς βουλάς. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

f. f. ἢ τὴν ἐναντία βουλευομένην τοῖς ἤδη προκατωρθωμένοις ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

g. g. ἄλλως· εὔχομαι δὲ τῷ αὐτῷ Διὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν καλῶν μοίρᾳ νέμεσιν καὶ βασκανίαν μὴ ἐπιβαλεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

a. a. διχόβουλον: τὴν ἐπίφθονον καὶ ἐναντίαν οὖσαν οἷς βουλόμεθα. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

b. b. τουτέστι τὴν διχάζουσαν ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν καὶ χωρίζουσαν τὰς βουλάς. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

a. a. ἀλλ᾿ ἀπήμαντον: ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα ἀβλαβῆ τὸν βίον αὐτῶν διάγων ὁ Ζεὺς καὶ φυλάττων, αὐτοὺς ἐπαίροι εἰς δόξαν καὶ τὴν πατρίδα αὐτῶν Αἴγιναν. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

b. b. ἀπήμαντον: ὁ Ζεὺς ἐπάγων ἀπήμαντον βίον αὐτούς τε αὔξοι καὶ τὴν Αἴγιναν. Τέλος Ἀλκιμέδοντος. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 9

Olympian 9 — for Ἐφαρμόστῳ Ὀπουντίῳ

παλαιστῇ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 112 lines · 341 scholia parts

Argumentum (1 entry)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen IX.

metr. Ἐφαμρόστῳ Ὀπουντίῳ παλαιστῇ. Τοῦ θ΄ εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ις΄. τὸ α΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν εἰς τροχαϊκὴν συζυγίαν. τὸ γ΄ Φαλαίκειον ἀντισπαστικόν. τὸ δ΄ Γλυκώνειον, οἷόν ἐστιν ἀντισπαστικόν. τὸ ε΄ ἰαμβικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ὅμοιον τῷ δ΄. τὸ ζ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ὅμοιον τῷ δ΄ καὶ ς΄. τὸ θ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ζ΄. τὸ ι΄ περιοδικὸν, ἐπίτριτος τροχαῖος. τὸ ια΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ζ΄ καὶ τῷ θ΄. τὸ ιβ΄ Γλυκώνειον. τὸ ιγ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ζ΄ καὶ θ΄ καὶ ια΄. τὸ ιδ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ιε΄ ἐπιωνικὸν ἄτακτον, β΄ σπονδεῖον ἔχον. τὸ ις΄ ἐπιωνικὸν καθαρὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. καὶ διπλοῦς ἴαμβοςἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ι΄. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον καταλῆγον μιᾷ συλλαβῇ. τὸ δ΄ ἰωνικὸν καταλῆγον εἰς τροχαϊκὴν συζυγίαν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ δακτυλικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ς΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν· α΄ ἰωνικὸς ἀπὸ μείζονος, β΄ χορίαμβος, γ΄ ἰωνικὸς ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος. τὸ ζ΄ τρίμετρον ἐπιωνικὸν βραχυκατάλητον. τὸ η΄ διπλοῦς τροχαῖος. τὸ θ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἀδιάφορον κατὰ τὴν ἄρχουσαν. τὸ ι΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν ἐννεασύλλαβον Σαπφικὸν πλεονάζον τοῦ Γλυκωνείου μιᾷ συλλαβῇ.

1–4

 τὸ μὲν Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος σ10
 φωνᾶεν Ὀλυμπίᾳ, καλλίνικος ὁ τριπλόος κεχλαδώς, σ1
 ἄρκεσε Κρόνιον παρʼ ὄχθον ἁγεμονεῦσαι σ13
 κωμάζοντι φίλοις Ἐφαρμόστῳ σὺν ἑταίροις·

The resounding strain of Archilochus, the swelling thrice-repeated song of triumph, sufficed to lead Epharmostus to the hill of Cronus, in victory-procession with his dear companions.

The strain of Archilochos sung without music at Olympia, the triple resonant psalm of victory, sufficed to lead to the hill of Kronos Epharmostos triumphing with his comrade friends: but now with darts of other sort, shot from the Muses' far-delivering bow, praise Zeus of the red lightning, and Elis' holy headland, which on a time Pelops the Lydian hero chose to be Hippodameia's goodly dower.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (24 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. ((fr. 119)) τήνελλα καλλίνικε χαῖρε ἄναξ Ἡράκλεις, αὐτός τε καὶ Ἰόλαος, αἰχμητὰ δύο. τὸ μὲν Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος: Ἀρχίλοχος ἐλθὼν εἰς Ὀλυμπίαν μέλος ἐποίησεν εἰς Ἡρακλέα ἔχον οὕτως ·

b. b. τὸ ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου· τὸ μὲν Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος τὸ φωνᾶεν ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἤρκεσεν ἡγεμονεῦσαι παρὰ τὸν Κρόνιον λόφον κωμάζοντι Ἐφαρμόστῳ.

c. e. τήνελλα καλλίνικε χαῖρε ἄναξ Ἡράκλεις, αὐτός τε καὶ Ἰόλαος, αἰχμητὰ δύο. τήνελλα καλλίνικε χαῖρε ἄναξ Ἡράκλεις. Ἀρχίλοχος τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ ὕμνον... ἀπορήσας κιθαρῳδοῦ διά τινος λέξεως τὸ μέλος ἐμιμήσατο. συντάξας οὖν τοῦτο τὸ κόμμα· τήνελλα, οὕτως τὰ ἑξῆς ἀνεβάλλετο, καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν τὸ μέλος τῆς κιθάρας ἐν μέσῳ τῷ χορῷ ἔλεγε, τὸ τήνελλα, ὁ δὲ χορὸς τὰ ἐπίλοιπα. ἐκ τούτου τὸ λοιπὸν οἱ ἀποροῦντες κιθαρῳδῶν τούτῳ τῷ κόμματι ἐχρῶντο τῷ τήνελλα. τὸ δὲ ὅλον οὕτως·

d. d. τριπλόον δὲ διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ τρὶς ἐλέγετο τοῦτο τὸ κομμάτιον τοῖς νικῶσι. κωμάζει δὲ πρὸς τὸν τοῦ Διὸς βωμὸν ὁ νικήσας μετὰ τῶν φίλων, αὐτὸς τῆς ᾠδῆς ἐξηγούμενος.

e. e. ὃ δὲ λέγει τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ὁ μὲν τοῦ Ἀρχιλόχου πεποιημένος ὕμνος ἐδυνάστευσε ῥηθῆναι κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν ἀγῶνα· ὁ δὲ ὑπ᾿ ἐμοῦ γενόμενος ῥηθήσεται.

f. f. τὸ μὲν Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος: ὁ Ἀρχίλοχος πρὸ τούτων τῶν λυρικῶν γενόμενος, θελήσας ὕμνον ἀναβαλέσθαι εἰς Ἡρακλέα ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ, ἀπορήσας κιθαρῳδοῦ διά τινος λέξεως μιμήσασθαι τὸν ῥυθμὸν καὶ τὸν ἦχον τῆς κιθάρας ἐπεχείρησε. συντάξας οὖν τοῦτο τὸ τήνελλα οὕτω τὰ ἑξῆς ἀνεβάλλετο. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν τὸν ἦχον τῆς κιθάρας ὑποκρινόμενος ἔλεγεν ἐν μέσῳ τὸ τήνελλα καὶ τὰ ἐπίλοιπα, οἷον καλλίνικε χαῖρε ἄναξ Ἡράκλεις, καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερον, οἷον αὐτός τε καὶ Ἰόλαος, αἰχμητὰ δύο, τήνελλα. τὸ λοιπὸν οἱ ἀποροῦντες κιθαρῳδοῦ τούτῳ τῷ κόμματι ἐχρῶντο, τρὶς αὐτὸ ἐπιφωνοῦντες. κεκράτηκεν οὖν ἐπὶ πάντων νικηφόρων παρ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς νίκης ἐπᾴδεσθαι τὸ κόμμα. καὶ τοίνυν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἐφαρμόστου νικήσαντος τοῦτο ἐλέχθη.

g. g. ὁ δὲ λόγος· τὸ μὲν τοῦ Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος, οἷον τὸ τήνελλα καλλίνικε, φωνηθὲν καὶ προλεχθὲν ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ, ὅπερ μέλος ἔχον τὸ καλλίνικος τρίτον ἐλέγετο μετὰ πλήθους καὶ χοροῦ, ἐξήρκεσε παρὰ τὸ Κρόνιον ὄρος ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ καθηγήσασθαι καὶ προρρηθῆναι τότε χορεύοντι καὶ κωμάζοντι σὺν τοῖς ἑταίροις τῷ Ἐφαρμόστῳ.

h. h. ἄλλως· ὁ μὲν ὑπ᾿ Ἀρχιλόχου, φησὶ, λεχθεὶς ὕμνος ἤρκεσεν· ὁ δ᾿ ὑπ᾿ ἐμοῦ νῦν γεγονὼς ῥηθήσεται. | ἔθος δὲ ἦν κωμάζειν τὴν νίκην ἑσπέρας τοῖς νικηφόροις μετ᾿ αὐλητοῦ· μὴ παρόντος δὲ αὐλητοῦ εἷς τῶν ἐταίρων ἀνακρουόμενος ἔλεγε· τήνελλα καλλίνικε.

i. i. ἄλλως· τὸ μὲν Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος, ὃ τοῖς νικῶσι τὰ Ὀλύμπια ἐπῄδετο, ἦν τρίστροφον, κοινῶς δυνάμενον ἁρμόζειν ἐπὶ παντὸς νικηφόρου διὰ τὸ κατὰ τῆς πράξεως αὐτῆς ψιλὸν ἔχειν τὸν λόγον, μήτε δὲ ὄνομα μήτε ἰδίωμα ἀγωνίσματος. ἐφυμνίῳ δὲ κατεχρῶντο τούτῳ· | τήνελλα καλλίνικε. τῷ οὖν Ἐφαρμόστῳ, φησὶν, ἐπήρκεσε παραχρῆμα κατὰ τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν τοῦτο τὸ μέλος κωμάζοντι σὺν τοῖς ἑταίροις.

k. k. ((p. 226 Bernh.)) τὸ δὲ τριπλόος ὅτι τρὶς ἐπεκελάδουν τὸ καλλίνικε. οὐ καθόλου δὲ τρὶς, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι τριπλῆν ἔχει τὴν στροφὴν καὶ πάλιν ἀναλαμβάνεται. Ἐρατοσθένης δέ φησι μὴ ἐπινίκιον εἶναι τὸ Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος, ἀλλ᾿ ὕμνον εἰς Ἡρακλέα· τριπλόον δὲ οὐ διὰ τὸ ἐκ τριῶν στροφῶν συγκεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ τρὶς ἐφυμνιάζεσθαι τὸ καλλίνικε. | περὶ δὲ τοῦ τήνελλα Ἐρατοσθένης φησὶν ὅτι ὅτε ὁ αὐλητὴς ἢ ὁ κιθαριστὴς μὴ παρῆν, ὁ ἔξαρχος αὐτὸ μεταλαβὼν ἔλεγεν ἔξω τοῦ μέλους, ὁ δὲ τῶν κωμαστῶν χορὸς ἐπέβαλλε τὸ καλλίνικε, καὶ οὕτω συνειρόμενον γέγονε τὸ τήνελλα καλλίνικε. ἡ δὲ ἀρχὴ τοῦ μέλους ἐστίν· ὦ καλλίνικε χαῖρε ἄναξ Ἡράκλεες.

ad v. 2

x. φωνᾶεν Ὀλυμπίᾳ: οἱ μὲν προσγράφουσι τῷ ᾱ τὸ -ι- καὶ ἀκούσουσι φωνῇ, τὸ τῇ φωνῇ λεχθέν· οἱ δὲ ἀπόστροφον τιθέντες ἐν τῷ ᾱ τὸ φωνηθὲν καὶ πολυθρύλλητον ἀκούουσιν.

ad v. 3

a. a. καλλίνικος ὁ τριπλόος κεχλαδώς: τρὶς ὑμνοῦντο οἱ νικηφόροι, ἅμα τῇ νίκῃ καὶ ἐν τῷ γυμνασίῳ καὶ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι.

b. b. ἢ πολλάκις λεγόμενος τῇ νίκῃ.

c. c. ἢ ἐπειδὴ τρία ἰαμβεῖά εἰσιν.

d. d. ἄλλως· τριπλόος, ὁ πλήθων, οἱονεὶ πλήθει λεγόμενος, ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους ᾀδόμενος.

e. e. ἢ ὁ ἁβρυνόμενος καὶ πολλάκις ᾀδόμενος. τοῦτο λέγει κεχλαδώς.

f. f. ἄλλως· τριπλόος: ἀκαταλλήλως τῷ μέλος τὸ τριπλόος ἐπήγαγεν ὁ Πίνδαρος, οὐδετέρῳ προσπλέξας τὸ ἀρσενικόν. ἀλλὰ ῥητέον πρὸς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτὸν ἀπηντηκέναι· Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος ὁ ὕμνος, εἶτα ὕμνος ὁ τριπλοῦς.

g. g. τριπλόος δὲ ἤτοι ὁ τρὶς ἐπᾳδόμενος, ἢ τρίστροφος ὢν κατὰ Ἀρίσταρχον.

h. h. στροφῇ δὲ καὶ ἀντιστρόφῳ τὰ τῶν λυρικῶν σύγκειται ποιήματα.

i. i. ὁ τριπλόος κεχλαδώς: ὁ μετὰ πλήθους κελάδων· ἢ πληθύει τὰ μέλη.

k. k. [κωμάζοντι φίλοις:] πλειόνων οὐσῶν ἀντιστρόφων καθ᾿ ἑκάστην στροφὴν ἔφη ὅτι τρὶς ἐπεκελάδουν καλλίνικε λέγοντες. οὐ καθόλου δὲ τρὶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τριπλῆν ἔχειν τὴν τροπὴν καὶ πάλιν ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον.

l. l. βέλτιον δὲ ὅτι τρὶς ἐπῇδον λέγειν τὸ ἐφύμνιον οἱ κωμασταί· λέγω δὲ τὸ τήνελλα καλλίνικε.

m. m. (κεχλαδώς:) ὁ λεγόμενος. ὁ ὑπὸ ὄχλου ᾀδόμενος.

n. n. ἢ κεκλαδὼς, ὁ κελάδων.

5–9

 ἀλλὰ νῦν ἑκαταβόλων Μοισᾶν ἀπὸ τόξων
 Δία τε φοινικοστερόπαν σεμνόν τʼ ἐπίνειμαι
 ἀκρωτήριον Ἄλιδος
 τοιοῖσδε βέλεσσιν, σ4
 τὸ δή ποτε Λυδὸς ἥρως Πέλοψ

Elis But now, from the bow of the Muses who, shooting from afar, send a shower of such arrows of song as these on Zeus of the red lightning-bolt and on the sacred height of, which once the Lydian hero Pelops

Scholia ad vv. 5–9 (4 entries)

ad v. 8

a. a. ἀλλὰ νῦν ἑκαταβόλων: τότε μὲν οὖν καὶ παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς νίκης ἐκεῖνα ἐλέχθη ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ· νυνὶ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν τὰ πόρρω βαλλόντων τόξων μουσικῶν.

b. b. τὸ δὲ ὅλον τροπή· τόξῳ μὲν γὰρ τὴν ποίησιν, βέλεσι δὲ τὰ ἐγκώμια παραβάλλει.

c. c. ἄλλως· ἑαυτῷ παρακελεύεται· | ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα χρόνον, φησὶν, ἀπὸ τῶν μουσικῶν τόξων ἐπινεμήθητι τοῖς ὕμνοις τὸν Δία καὶ τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν.

d. d. ἑκαταβόλων δὲ, τῶν εἰς ἅπαντα τόπον διικνεῖσθαι ποιούντων τὰ ποιήματα.

10 ἐξάρατο κάλλιστον ἕδνον Ἱπποδαμείας·10

won as the very fine dowry of Hippodameia.

11 πτερόεντα δʼ ἵει γλυκὺν σ6

Pytho And shoot a winged sweet arrow to; for your words will not fall to the ground, short of the mark, when you trill the lyre in honor of the wrestling of the man from renowned Opus. Praise Opus and her son;

Scholia ad vv. 11–11 (6 entries)

ad v. 11

a. a. ἐπίνειμαι: ἤτοι τῷ χορῷ ἢ ἑαυτῷ παρακελεύεται ὁ ποιητής.

b. b. σεμνόν τ᾿ ἐπίνειμαι: ὕμνει, ἢ ὑμνηθῆναι ποίησον τὴν Πίσαν τὴν πρωτεύουσαν τῶν πόλεων. ἢ διὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα, οἷον τὴν τὸν ἀκρότατον καὶ κάλλιστον τῶν ἀγώνων ἔχουσαν.

c. c. τὸ δὲ ἐπίνειμαι ἢ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἢ πρὸς τὸν χορόν.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἐπίνειμαι: ἔπελθε. ἡ δὲ παρακέλευσις ἢ ὡς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἢ ὡς πρὸς τὸν χορόν.

e. e. ἔπελθε οὖν, φησι, τὸ ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Ἤλιδος, ὅπερ ποτὲ ὁ Πέλοψ ἐξαίρετον εἴληφε παρὰ τῆς Ἱπποδαμείας νικήσας τὸν Οἰνόμαον ἕδνον.

f. f. (ἐπίνειμαι:) ἔπελθε. ὕμνησον.

12–14

 Πυθώναδʼ ὀϊστόν· οὔτοι χαμαιπετέων λόγων ἐφάψεαι σ3
 ἀνδρὸς ἀμφὶ παλαίσμασιν φόρμιγγʼ ἐλελίζων σ1
 κλεινᾶς ἐξ Ὀπόεντος· αἰνήσαις ἓ καὶ υἱόν,

And shoot a feathered arrow of sweet song Pythoward, for thy words shall not fall to the ground when thou tunest the throbbing lyre to the praise of the wrestlings of a man from famous Opous, and celebratest her and her son. For Themis and her noble daughter Eunomia the Preserver have made her their own, and she flourisheth in excellent deeds both at Kastalia and beside Alpheos' stream: whence come the choicest of all crowns to glorify the mother city of Lokrians, the city of beautiful trees.

Scholia ad vv. 12–14 (4 entries)

ad v. 12

a. a. ἀκρωτήριον Ἄλιδος: τὴν Πίσαν λέγει.

b. b. ἢ τὴν ἐξέχουσαν τῇ θέσει, ἢ τὴν ἐνδοξοτάτην καὶ πρωτεύουσαν.

bb. b. (Ἄλιδος:) τῆς Ὀλυμπίας.

ad v. 13

x. τοιοῖσδε μέλεσιν: τοιοῖσδε ποιήμασι. τοιούτοις ὕμνοις, τοῖς νῦν, καὶ μὴ οἵοις οἱ πρότερον.

15–19

 ἃν Θέμις θυγάτηρ τέ οἱ σώτειρα λέλογχεν σ4
 μεγαλόδοξος Εὐνομία, θάλλει δʼ ἀρεταῖσιν
 σόν τε, Κασταλία, πάρα σ4
 Ἀλφεοῦ τε ῥέεθρον· σ5
 ὅθεν στεφάνων ἄωτοι κλυτὰν

praise her whom Themis and her glorious daughter, the savior Eunomia, have received under their protection; she flourishes with excellence beside your stream, Castalia, and beside the Alpheus. From there the choicest garlands

Scholia ad vv. 15–19 (13 entries)

ad v. 15

a. a. ((FHG IV, 345)) Πέλοψ ἐξάρατο: ὁ Πέλοψ κατὰ μέν τινας Λυδὸς, κατὰ δέ τινας Φρὺξ ἢ Παφλαγών· κατὰ δὲ Αὐτεσίωνα Ἀχαιός.

b. b. κάλλιστον ἕδνον: ἕδνον νῦν οὐ τὸ παρὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς διδόμενον τῇ γαμουμένῃ λέγει, ἀλλ᾿ | ὃ αὐτὸς ἐκείνην λαβὼν προσεκτήσατο.

c. c. φησὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἱπποδαμείας αὐτῷ περιγενομένων δώρων, ὅτε ἔγημεν αὐτὴν, τοῦτο κάλλιστον ἕδνον εἶναι, τὴν τῆς χώρας κτῆσιν.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἄκυρόν ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἱπποδαμείας τὸ ἕδνον· ἕδνα γὰρ διδόασιν οἱ ἄνδρες, φερνὴν δὲ αἱ γυναῖκες, παρὰ τὸ φέρειν μεθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν.

ad v. 17

a. a. πτερόεντα δ᾿ ἵει: ἄφιε τὸν γλυκὺν ὀιστὸν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν Πυθίαν, φησὶ, τὸν ὕμνον ἀπὸ τῆς Ὀλυμπίας μεθιστάς. καὶ γὰρ ἐν Πυθίᾳ ἐνίκησε, λγ΄ Πυθιάδι.

b. b. πτερόεντα δ᾿ ἵει γλυκὺν ὀιστόν: τροπικῶς τὸν ὕμνον. πάλιν δὲ ἢ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἢ πρὸς τὸν χορὸν λέγει.

c. c. καὶ εἰς τὴν Πυθῶνα δὲ ἵει καὶ πρόπεμπε τὸν πτερόεντα ὀιστόν. πάλιν δὲ τῇ τροπῇ κέχρηται. παρακελεύεται δ᾿ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Ὀλυμπίας βαλεῖν τοῖς τῶν ἐγκωμίων βέλεσι καὶ τὴν Πυθῶνα κατὰ σκοποῦ. ἐνίκησε δὲ ὁ Ἐφάρμοστος καὶ Ὀλύμπια, ὡς προεῖπον, καὶ Πύθια, ἑβδομηκοστῇ ὀγδόῃ Ὀλυμπιάδι.

d. d. (ἵει:) πέμπε.

ad v. 18

a. a. Πυθῶνάδ᾿ ὀιστόν: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ τὴν Πυθῶνα ὕμνει.

b. b. καὶ πρὸς τὴν Πυθῶνά, φησιν, ἀφίει τὸν γλυκὺν ὀιστὸν, ὅ ἐστι τὸν ὕμνον, ἀπὸ τὴς Ὀλυμπίας μεταβάς. καὶ γὰρ Πύθια ἐνίκησεν ὁ Ἐφάρμοστος τὴν λ΄ Πυθιάδα.

c. c. οὔτοι χαμαιπετέων: οὐ γὰρ δὴ εὐτελῶν οὐδὲ μικρῶν λόγων ἀπάρξῃ περὶ τῶν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς παλαισμάτων λέγων καὶ τῇ κιθάρᾳ ἐπὶ τούτοις χρώμενος.

d. d. οὐ τοιούτων λόγων ἐφάψῃ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν ὕμνον, οἳ ἂν πέσοιεν χαμαὶ, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἐνδόξων καὶ δυναμένων πανταχοῦ διικνεῖσθαι.

e. e. χαμαιπετῆ δὲ κυρίως ἐστὶ δόρατα ἢ βέλη, ὅταν ἀποτυχόντα τοῦ σώματος χαμαὶ πέσῃ.

20 Λοκρῶν ἐπαείροντι ματέρʼ ἀγλαόδενδρον.20

glorify the famous mother-city of the Locrians with her splendid trees.

21–22

21 ἐγὼ δέ τοι φίλαν πόλιν σ1

22 μαλεραῖς ἐπιφλέγων ἀοιδαῖς, σ6

I am lighting up that dear city with fiery songs, and more swiftly than a spirited horse or a winged ship

Scholia ad vv. 21–22 (7 entries)

ad v. 21

x. φόρμιγγ᾿ ἐλελίζων: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῇ κιθάρᾳ τὸν ἐπίνικον προσᾴδων.

ad v. 22

a. a. κλεινᾶς ἐξ Ὀπόεντος: ποίου, φησὶν, ἀνδρός; τοῦ ἐκ τῆς Ὀποῦντος· ἵν᾿ ᾖ, τοῦ Ἐφαρμόστου· ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ τὸ γένος ἔχει.

b. b. αἰνήσαις ἓ καὶ υἱόν: τῇ διαιρέσει οὕτω· τὸ αἰνήσαις, ἐχόμενον δὲ τὸ ἕ· τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ἕ προενεκτέον ἐγκλίσει καὶ δασυντέον, ἵνα σημαίνῃ· ἐπαινέσας αὐτὴν, τὴν Ὀποῦντα, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν δὲ αὐτῆς τὸν Ἐφάρμοστον, καθὸ πατρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν.

c. c. δύναται δὲ καὶ τὴν ἡρωίδα λέγειν, υἱὸν δὲ τὸν Ὀποῦντα.

d. d. αἰνήσαις ἓ καὶ υἱόν: ἕ ἀντωνυμία· κεῖται γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ αὐτὴν, τὴν Ὀποῦντα· υἱὸν δὲ τὸν πολίτην λέγει.

e. e. ἄλλως· τὴν πόλιν Ὀποῦντα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῆς τὸν νικηφόρον· υἱὸν δὲ ἀτὶ τοῦ πολίτην.

f. f. δύναται καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν ἡρωίδα λέγειν, υἱὸν δὲ Ὀποῦντα.

23–24

23 καὶ ἀγάνορος ἵππου σ2

24 θᾶσσον καὶ ναὸς ὑποπτέρου παντᾷ σ4

I, to illuminate the city of my friends with eager blaze of song, swifter than high-bred steed or winged ship will send everywhere these tidings, so be it that my hand is blessed at all in labouring in the choice garden of the Graces; for they give all pleasant things to men.

Scholia ad vv. 23–24 (6 entries)

ad v. 23

a. a. (ἕ:) αὐτὴν, τὴν Ὀποῦντα.

b. b. (υἱόν:) ἤγουν τὸν πολίτην.

ad v. 24

a. a. ἃν Θέμις: ἣν ἡ Θέμις λέλογχεν [ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥντινα] καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς Εὐνομία. ἐνήλλαχε δὲ τὴν πτῶσιν.

b. b. ((th. 901)) δεύτερον ἠγάγετο λιπαρὴν Θέμιν, ἣ τέκεν Ὥρας, Εὐνομίην τε Δίκην τε καὶ Εἰρήνην τεθαλυῖαν. Θέμιδος δὲ θυγατέρα καὶ Ἡσίοδος ·

c. c. ὁ δὲ λόγος ἐπὶ τῆς Ὀποῦντος, ὅθεν ἦν ὁ νικηφόρος.

d. d. ἃν Θέμις: ἥντινα Ὀποῦντα ἥ τε Θέμις καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ ταύτης Εὐνομία ἡ τὰς πόλεις σώζουσα κεκλήρωται κατέχειν· | ἥτις Εὐνομία μεγάλην δόξαν ἔχει.

25–28

 ἀγγελίαν πέμψω ταύταν,
 εἰ σύν τινι μοιριδίῳ παλάμᾳ
 ἐξαίρετον Χαρίτων νέμομαι κᾶπον· σ4
 κεῖναι γὰρ ὤπασαν τὰ τέρπνʼ· ἀγαθοὶ δὲ καὶ σοφοὶ κατὰ δαίμονʼ ἄνδρες

I will send that message everywhere, so surely as I, by some destined skill, am cultivating the exquisite garden of the Graces; for they are the givers of delight, but men become brave and skillful by divine will.

Scholia ad vv. 25–28 (4 entries)

ad v. 27

a. a. θάλλει δ᾿ ἀρεταῖς: ἡ Ὀποῦς θάλλει ταῖς ἀρεταῖς ἔν τε Πυθοῖ καὶ Ὀλυμπίᾳ. τὸ δὲ ἶσον ἀντὶ τοῦ κοινῶς.

b. b. παρά τε τὸ σὸν ῥέεθρον, Κασταλία, καὶ τὸ τοῦ Ἀλφεοῦ.

c. c. θάλλει δ᾿ ἀρεταῖς: βρύει δὲ καὶ αὔξεται ταῖς τῆς νίκης ἀρεταῖς [ἡ Ὀποῦς] ἔν τε τῇ Κασταλίᾳ πηγῇ ἐν Πυθοῖ | καὶ ἐν ταῖς τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ ποταμοῦ..., τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ· ἀφ᾿ ὧν, ἤτοι ποταμῶν ἢ τόπων, αἱ νῖκαι καὶ τὰ ἄνθη τῶν στεφάνων τὴν ἔνδοξον τῶν Λοκρῶν μητέρα τὴν Ὀποῦντα ἐπέρχονται καὶ ὑψοῦσι τὴν καλλίδενδρον· ἀφ᾿ οὗ δηλοῖ τὴν εὔγειον.

d. d. θάλλει δ᾿ ἀρεταῖς: ἡ Ὀποῦς θάλλει ταῖς ἀρεταῖς τῆς Κασταλίας, ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς Πυθοῦς· κρήνη γάρ ἐστιν ἐν Πυθῶνι. | τὰ γὰρ Πύθια ἐνίκησε καὶ τὰ Ὀλύμπια.

29 ἐγένοντʼ· ἐπεὶ ἀντία

For

30–33

 πῶς ἂν τριόδοντος Ἡρακλέης σκύταλον τίναξε χερσίν,
 ἁνίκʼ ἀμφὶ Πύλον σταθεὶς ἤρειδε Ποσειδᾶν σ1
 ἤρειδεν δέ νιν ἀργυρέῳ τόξῳ πολεμίζων σ4
 Φοῖβος, οὐδʼ Ἀΐδας ἀκινήταν ἔχε ῥάβδον, σ1

Pylos how could Heracles have wielded his club against the trident, when Poseidon took his stand to guard, and pressed him hard, and Phoebus pressed him hard, attacking with his silver bow; nor did Hades keep his staff unmoved, with which he leads mortal bodies down to the hollow path

Scholia ad vv. 30–33 (6 entries)

ad v. 31

x. ἐπαείροντι: ὑψοῦσι. μετεωροῦσιν. ὑμνοῦσιν.

ad v. 32

a. a. ((J. I, 1)) ματέρ᾿ ἀγλαόδενδρον: μητέρα τοῦ Ἐφαρμόστου τὴν Ὀποῦντα, καθὸ μητέρας τὰς πατρίδας λέγουσι. Μᾶτερ ἐμὰ, τὸ τεὸν, χρύσασπι, φησὶ τὴν Θήβην.

b. b. μητρόπολις δὲ τῶν Λοκρῶν ἡ Ὀποῦς.

c. c. ματέρ᾿ ἀγλαόδενδρον: ματέρα τὴν Ὀποῦντα τοῦ Ἐφαρμόστου πατρίδα.

d. d. μητρόπολιν δὲ τὴν Ὀποῦντα τῶν Λοκρῶν λέγει.

ad v. 33

x. ἐγὼ δέ τοι φίλαν πόλιν: ὁ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· ἐγὼ δὴ οὖν ταύτην τὴν προσφιλεστάτην Ὀποῦντα ἐκδήλοις καταυγάζων ὕμνοις πανταχοῦ ἐκπέμπω ταύτην τὴν ἀγγελίαν καὶ ἵππου παντὸς ταχυτάτου καὶ ναὸς ταχείας θᾶττον, εἴπέρ τινι θείᾳ μοίρᾳ καὶ μετά τινος θείας χειρὸς τὸν ἐξαίρετον τῶν Χαρίτων κῆπον, τὸν ποιητικὸν λέγει, νέμομαι. τοῦτον δὲ νέμομαι εἶπεν, ὅτι οἶδεν αὑτὸν εὐφυῶς καὶ δυνατῶς φράζοντα, εἰ δὲ καὶ χάρις τοῖς ποιήμασιν ἐφέψεται, ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀγνοεῖ.

34 βρότεα σώμαθʼ ᾇ κατάγει κοίλαν πρὸς ἀγυιὰν σ8

By fate divine receive men also valour and wisdom: how else might the hands of Herakles have wielded his club against the trident, when at Pylos Poseidon took his stand and prest hard on him, ay, and there prest him hard embattled Phoibos with his silver bow, neither would Hades keep his staff unraised, wherewith he leadeth down to ways beneath the hollow earth the bodies of men that die?

Scholia ad vv. 34–34 (8 entries)

ad v. 34

a. a. μαλεραῖς: ταῖς λαμπραῖς, παρόσον τὸ πῦρ λαμπρὸν καὶ μαλερὸν λέγεται· ὡς ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἐπιθέτου τὸ πῦρ δηλοῦσθαι, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ πυρὸς τὸ λαμπρόν. ὁ δὲ τρόπος μετάληψις.

b. b. λαμπρὰς δὲ τὰς ᾠδὰς διὰ τὸ διικνεῖσθαι ὡς τὸ πῦρ.

c. c. ((J. II, 8)) ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος ἀντὶ τοῦ μαλακαῖς· καὶ γὰρ ἑτέρωθι μαλακοφώνους τὰς ᾠδάς φησιν.

d. d. μαλεραῖς ἐπιφλέγων ἀοιδαῖς: λαμπραῖς, κατὰ μετωνυμίαν.

e. e. ἄλλως· ταῖς λαμπραῖς καὶ ἐκδήλοις.

f. f. ἐπιφλέγων δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπαυγάζων· διόλου γὰρ τῇ τροπῇ ὡς ἐπὶ πυρὸς ἐπέμεινε.

g. g. λαμπρύνων.

h. h. ἐγὼ οὖν, φησιν, ὑμνῶν τὴν πόλιν ταύτην τὴν ἀγγελίαν πανταχοῦ πέμψω ταχύτερον ὀξέος ἵππου καὶ νεὼς οὐριοδρομούσης, εἰ σὺν θεοῦ βουλήσει κεχαριτωμένα ποιήματα γράφω.

35–38

 θνᾳσκόντων; ἀπό μοι λόγον
 τοῦτον, στόμα, ῥῖψον· σ4
 ἐπεὶ τό γε λοιδορῆσαι θεοὺς
 ἐχθρὰ σοφία, καὶ τὸ καυχᾶσθαι παρὰ καιρὸν σ3

of the dead. My mouth, fling this story away from me! Since to speak evil of the gods is a hateful skill, and untimely boasting

Scholia ad vv. 35–38 (7 entries)

ad v. 36

a. a. Ὅμηρος· ((λ 124)) ναὸς ὑποπτέρου: ἢ τῆς ταχείας, ἢ τῆς εὐτρεπισθείσης ἀρμένοις. τὰ πτερὰ νηυσὶ πέλονται.

b. b. ναὸς ὑποπτέρου: ταχείας.

c. c. ((λ 124)) ἢ διὰ τὰς κώπας. Ὅμηρος · τὰ πτερὰ νηυσὶ πέλονται.

d. d. ἀγγελίαν δὲ τὴν περὶ τῆς νίκης.

ad v. 38

a. a. εἰ σύν τινι μοιριδίῳ: εἰ σύν τινι μηχανῇ παρὰ Μοιρῶν δεδομένῃ μοι τῶν Χαρίτων ἐπινέμομαι κῆπον καὶ μὴ παρὰ φύσιν βιάζομαι.

b. b. ἄλλως· εἴπέρ τινι θείᾳ μοίρᾳ τὸν ἐξαίρετον τῶν Χαρίτων κῆπον (τὸν ποιητικὸν λέγει) καρποῦμαι τοῦτον. οἶδε γὰρ αὑτὸν εὐφυῶς μὲν γράφοντα, εἰ δὲ χάρις τοῖς ποιήμασιν ἐπακολουθήσει, ἀγνοεῖ.

c. c. μοιριδίῳ παλάμᾳ: δαιμονίᾳ μηχανῇ καὶ τέχνῃ.

39 μανίαισιν ὑποκρέκει. σ3

is in harmony with madness.

Scholia ad vv. 39–39 (3 entries)

ad v. 39

a. a. Χαρίτων κᾶπον: τὴν ποιητικὴν λέγει, δι᾿ ἧς ἔστι χαρίσασθαι.

b. b. ἄλλως· κᾶπον: τὸν ποιητικόν.

c. c. ((th. 64)) πὰρ δ᾿ αὐταῖς Χάριτές τε καὶ Ἵμερος οἰκί᾿ ἔχουσιν. ὅτι δὲ πάροικοι ταῖς Μούσαις αἱ Χάριτες, καὶ Ἡσίοδος μαρτυρεῖ ·

40–44

 μὴ νῦν λαλάγει τὰ τοιαῦτʼ· ἔα πόλεμον μάχαν τε πᾶσαν σ1
 χωρὶς ἀθανάτων· φέροις δὲ Πρωτογενείας
 ἄστει γλῶσσαν, ἵνʼ αἰολοβρόντα Διὸς αἴσᾳ σ1
 Πύρρα Δευκαλίων τε Παρνασοῦ καταβάντε σ1
 δόμον ἔθεντο πρῶτον, ἄτερ δʼ εὐνᾶς ὁμόδαμον σ3

PyrrhaParnassus Do not babble of such things now. Keep war and all battles apart from the immortals. But lend your tongue to the city of Protogeneia, where, by the ordinance of Zeus with the flashing thunderbolt, and Deucalion came down from and made their first home, and without the marriage-bed

Scholia ad vv. 40–44 (6 entries)

ad v. 40

x. κεῖναι γὰρ ὤπασαν: αἱ Χάριτες τὰ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τερπνὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις παρέσχον· | ἀγαθοὶ δὲ καὶ σοφοὶ καὶ ἀνδρεῖοι ἄνθρωποι κατὰ βούλησιν τοῦ δαιμονίου καὶ θεῶν γίνονται. Χαρίτων μὲν γὰρ ἔργον οἶδε τὸ τὰ πράγματα χαριέντως ἀποτερματίζειν, Μοιρῶν δὲ καὶ εἱμαρμένης τὸ δυνατούς τινας κατὰ ἀνδρείαν καὶ | συνετοὺς κατὰ φρόνησιν γίνεσθαι. λεληθότως δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος διὰ τὸ ἀνεπαχθὲς τὰ ἴδια ἐπεξεργάζεται ἐγκώμια.

ad v. 42

x. κατὰ δαίμον᾿ ἄνδρες: ἀγαθοί, φησιν, ἄνδρες κατὰ ἀνδρείαν καὶ | σοφοὶ κατὰ σύνεσιν ἐκ θεοῦ μοίρας ἐγένοντο. τοῦτο δὲ παραδεικνὺς παραβάλλει τὸν Ἡρακλέα, ὅτι εἰ μὴ κατὰ θεοῦ μοῖραν ἐγεγόνει τοιοῦτος, οὐκ ἄν ποτε ὑπέστη ἀντιστῆναι Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ Ποσειδῶνι καὶ Ἅιδῃ Ἡρακλῆς.

ad v. 43

x. ἐπεὶ ἀντίον πῶς ἂν τριόδοντος ἕως θνᾳσκόντων: τίνες εἰσὶν αἱ αἰτίαι δι᾿ ἃς ἐπολέμησε τοῖς τρισὶ θεοῖς ὁ Ἡρακλῆς; πρὸς τὸν Ποσειδῶνα μὲν προϊστάμενον Πυλίων. ἐπολέμει γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς τοῖς Πυλίοις διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν. ἀνελών τινα Τραχίνιον καὶ φεύγων τοῦ φόνου τὸ μύσος ἔρχεται πρὸς Νηλέα ἐπὶ τῷ καθαρθῆναι τοῦ φόνου. ὡς οὖν οὐκ ἐπέτρεψεν, ἐκίνησε πρὸς Νηλέα πόλεμον. ὁ οὖν Ποσειδῶν ὡς ὑπὲρ παιδὸς ἐμαχέσατο τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ· Νηλεὺς γὰρ καὶ Πελίας Ποσειδῶνος υἱοί. πρὸς δὲ Ἀπόλλωνα οὕτω καὶ διὰ τοιαύτην αἰτίαν. εἰς γὰρ τὴν Πυθῶνα παρεγένετο μαντευσόμενος περί τινος. ἔφησεν οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ Πυθία μὴ παρεῖναι τὸν θεὸν μηδὲ χρησμῳδεῖν. ὀργισθεὶς δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ Ἡρακλῆς ἥρπασε τὸν μαντικὸν τρίποδα καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν εἵλετο τὴν μάχην. πρὸς δὲ τὸν Ἅιδην διὰ τοῦτο. ἐπιταχθεὶς γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ Εὐρυσθέως τὸν Κέρβερον κύνα ἀγαγεῖν, εἶτα διακωλυόμενος ἐτόλμησε καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἅιδην. αἱ δὲ μάχαι αἱ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ἐν διαφόρῳ χρόνῳ τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ γεγόνασιν.

ad v. 44

a. a. ((Ε 397)) πῶς ἂν τριόδοντος: ἰδίως κἀν τούτοις ὁ Πίνδαρος Ἡρακλέα γράφει τοῖς τρισὶ πολεμῆσαι θεοῖς. δεδόσθω γὰρ αὐτῷ, φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος, περὶ τὴν ὑπὸ Νέστορι Πύλον συστῆναι τὴν μάχην, Ὁμήρου τὴν ἐν Ἅιδου πύλην νεκύων πύλον εἰρηκότος · ἐν πύλῳ ἐν νεκύεσσι βαλών. εἴη δ᾿ ἂν ὁ Πίνδαρος τὰ καὶ τόποις καὶ χρόνοις διεστῶτα εἰς ἕνα καιρὸν ἄγων ἕνεκα τοῦ μειζόνως ἢ ὡς ἔσχε ταῖς ἀληθείαις τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἐπαινεῖν. Ἀπόλλωνι μὲν γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς ἐν Πυθῶνι περὶ τοῦ τρίποδος μάχεται, | τῷ Ἅιδῃ δὲ ὅτε τὸν Κέρβερον ἀνήγαγε, Ποσειδῶνι δὲ ἀμύνοντι Πύλῳ.

b. b. ἄλλως· ἐπεὶ ἀντίον πῶς: ἐπεὶ εἰ μὴ ἐκ θεῶν ὑπῆρχε τὰ κάλλιστα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, πότε ἂν ἠδυνήθη Ἡρακλῆς τῷ ῥοπάλῳ ἀντιμάχεσθαι | πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος τρίαιναν καὶ νικῆσαι; ἡνίκα ὁ Ποσειδῶν στὰς περὶ τὴν Πύλον διεκώλυε τὸν Ἡρακλέα καὶ ἐπολέμει.

c. c. ὑπὸ τὸν Ἡρακλέα φασί τινα Τραχίνιον πεφονευκέναι, εἶτα εἰς Πύλον ἀποδημήσαντα τῆς πατρίδος πρὸς τὸ τοῦ μιάσματος καθαρθῆναι μὴ παραδεχθῆναι τοῦ τῆς Πύλου τοῦ Νέστορος Νηλέως ἄρχοντος. ἐπὶ τούτῳ διωκόμενον ἆραι χεῖρας κατὰ τοῦ ἄρχοντος. τοῦ δὲ Νηλέως υἱοῦ Ποσειδῶνος τυγχάνοντος, ἐπὶ ἐκδικήσει τοῦ παιδὸς ἐλθεῖν, καὶ οὕτως Ἡρακλέα θάρσους ἐμπλησθέντα τολμῆσαι καὶ κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ καίπερ θεοῦ τυγχάνοντος τῇ οἰκείᾳ δυνάμει χρήσασθαι.

45–48

 κτισσάσθαν λίθινον γόνον·
 λαοὶ δʼ ὀνύμασθεν. σ1
 ἔγειρʼ ἐπέων σφιν οἶμον λιγύν,
 αἴνει δὲ παλαιὸν μὲν οἶνον, ἄνθεα δʼ ὕμνων σ1

they founded a unified race of stone offspring, and the stones gave the people their name, Arouse for them a clear-sounding path of song; praise wine that is old, but praise the flowers of songs

O my mouth, fling this tale from thee, for to speak evil of gods is a hateful wisdom, and loud and unmeasured words strike a note that trembleth upon madness. Of such things talk thou not; leave war of immortals and all strife aside; and bring thy words to the city of Protogeneia, where by decree of Zeus of the bickering lightning-flash Pyrrha and Deukalion coming down from Parnassos first fixed their home, and without bed of marriage made out of stones a race to be one folk: and hence cometh the name of peoples. Awake for them the clear-toned gale of song, and if old wine be best, yet among songs prefer the newer flowers.

Scholia ad vv. 45–48 (2 entries)

ad v. 46

x. ((Ε 397)) ἁνίκ᾿ ἀμφὶ Πύλον: ὅτι παρακήκοεν Ὁμήρου λέγοντος · ἐν πύλῳ ἐν νεκύεσσι. διὸ καὶ μεμυθολόγηκε τὰ περὶ τὴν Πύλον τοῦ Νέστορος. Ὅμηρος δὲ οὐκ ἐν Πύλῳ λέγει τῇ πόλει, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν πύλῃ τῇ τοῦ Ἅιδου φησὶν αὐτὸν μάχεσθαι.

ad v. 48

x. ἤρειδεν: εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἦν ἐκ θεῶν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ ἀγαθὰ, πότε ἂν Ἡρακλῆς τῷ ῥοπάλῳ πρὸς τὴν τρίαιναν ἐμάχετο Ποσειδῶνι, ὅτε Ποσειδῶν ἐκώλυεν Ἡρακλέα ἐν τῇ Πύλῳ μαχέσασθαι; πρὸς δὲ Ἀπόλλωνα Ἡρακλῆς ἐμαχέσατο ὅτε ἐπελθόντι Ἡρακλεῖ πυθέσθαι ἡ Πυθία ἔφη μὴ ἐνδημεῖν τὸν θεὸν, ὁ δὲ ἀνήρπασεν αὐτοῦ τὸν τρίποδα. πρὸς δὲ τὸν Ἅιδην ἐμαχέσατο ὅτε ἀπεστάλη τοῦ Κερβέρου χάριν παρὰ τοῦ Εὐρυσθέως.

49 νεωτέρων. λέγοντι μὰν

that are new. They tell, indeed,

50–54

 χθόνα μὲν κατακλύσαι μέλαιναν σ2
 ὕδατος σθένος, ἀλλὰ
 Ζηνὸς τέχναις ἀνάπωτιν ἐξαίφνας
 ἄντλον ἑλεῖν. κείνων ἔσαν σ1
 χαλκάσπιδες ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι σ2

how the strength of the waters overwhelmed the dark earth; but by the skills of Zeus the ebbing tide suddenly drained off the flood. From these were descended your ancestors with their bronze shields,

Scholia ad vv. 50–54 (5 entries)

ad v. 50

a. a. οὐδ᾿ Ἀίδας ἀκινήταν ἔχε ῥάβδον: τῇ ῥάβδῳ κέχρηται καθάπερ ὅπλῳ τινὶ, βίαν μὲν οὐδεμίαν παρεχομένῃ, καθάπερ ἢ τριόδους ἢ ξίφος ἢ δόρυ, ἀλλὰ δυνάμει συνεχρῆτο θελκτικῇ καὶ μαλακτικῇ τῆς ψυχῆς· ταύτῃ γοῦν φησι καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτὸν κατάγειν. ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους οὖν ὁ Ἅιδης ἐργωδίᾳ τῆς ῥάβδου ταύτης οὐδὲν ἠδύνατο δρᾶσαι διὰ τὸ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἀμβλύνεσθαι. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ εἰ μὴ κατὰ δαίμονα ἄνδρες ἐγένοντο, οὐκ ἂν οὐδὲ ὁ Ἅιδης ἀσθενῆ καὶ ἀκίνητον διαμαχόμενος Ἡρακλεῖ εἶχε τὴν ῥάβδον, | ἐν ᾗ ῥάβδῳ τὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν σώματα ἀσθενῆ ποιῶν οὕτως εἰς τὸν κοῖλον τόπον [τοῦ Ἅιδου] κατάγει τῶν τελευτώντων.

b. b. ((ε 47)) εἵλετο δὲ ῥάβδον, τῇ τ᾿ ἀνδρῶν ὄμματα θέλγει ὧν ἐθέλει, τοὺς δ᾿ αὖτε καὶ ὑπνώοντας ἐγείρει. ὅτι [δὲ] κηλητικὴ ἡ ῥάβδος καὶ κατεργάσασθαι δύναται, | Ὅμηρός φησιν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ ·

ad v. 53

x. κοίλαν ἐς ἀγυιάν: ὡς παρὰ τὸ αἴθω αἴθυια καὶ παρὰ τὸ μύω μυῖα, οὕτω καὶ παρὰ τὸ ἄγω ἀγυιά. | λέγοι δ᾿ ἂν οὖν τὸν Ἅιδην, ὅτι ἐκεῖ ἄγονται οἱ ἄνδρες.

ad v. 54

a. a. ἀπὸ, στόμα, ῥῖψον: ἀπόρριψόν μοι τοῦτον τὸν λόγον, ὦ στόμα. παῦσαι τοῦ λέγειν τοιαῦτα περὶ θεῶν· τὸ γὰρ βλασφημίας ἐχόμενα λέγειν περὶ θεῶν ἀλλότριον τοῖς σοφοῖς, ἀνοήτοις δὲ οἰκεῖον.

b. b. σοφία μὲν [γὰρ] οἶδε τὸ γινώσκειν τὰ παλαιὰ καὶ ταῦτα ἑρμηνεύειν τεχνικῶς διασκευάζουσα, τὸ δὲ πρὸς λοιδορίαν ἕλκειν τὰ διηγήματα οὐχ ὅσιόν ἐστιν, ὡς διορίζεται. διὸ ἐχθρὰν σοφίαν αὐτὴν ὀνομάζει.

55–56

55 ἀρχᾶθεν Ἰαπετιονίδος φύτλας55

56 κοῦροι κορᾶν καὶ φερτάτων Κρονιδᾶν, ἐγχώριοι βασιλῆες αἰεί, σ1

young men sprung from the beginning from the stock of the daughters of Iapetus and from the powerful sons of Cronus, always a native line of kings,

Scholia ad vv. 55–56 (1 entry)

ad v. 56

x. ἐπεὶ τό γε λοιδορῆσαι: διότι ἄνδρα ὄντα τὸν Ἡρακλέα τριῶν θεῶν ἀπέδειξεν ὄντα βελτίονα.

57–59

 πρὶν Ὀλύμπιος ἁγεμὼν σ2
 θύγατρʼ ἀπὸ γᾶς Ἐπειῶν Ὀπόεντος ἀναρπάσαις, ἕκαλος σ1
 μίχθη Μαιναλίαισιν ἐν δειραῖς, καὶ ἔνεικεν σ3

Olympus until the ruler of carried off the daughter of Opus from the land of the Epeians, and lay with her peacefully in the glens of Mount Maenalus, and brought her

Truly men say that once a mighty water swept over the dark earth, but by the craft of Zeus an ebb suddenly drew off the flood. From these first men came anciently your ancestors of the brazen shields, sons of the women of the stock of Iapetos and of the mighty Kronidai, Kings that dwelt in the land continually; until the Olympian Lord caught up the daughter of Opöeis from the land of the Epeians, and lay with her in a silent place among the ridges of Mainalos; and afterward brought her unto Lokros, that age might not bring him low beneath the burden of childlessness. But the wife bare within her the seed of the Mightiest, and the hero saw the bastard born and rejoiced, and called him by the name of his mother's father, and he became a man preeminent in beauty and great deeds: and his father gave unto him a city and a people to rule over.

Scholia ad vv. 57–59 (6 entries)

ad v. 57

a. a. ἐχθρὰ σοφία: τὸ ἄκρᾳ ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ καυχᾶσθαι πάντα μανίας μετέχει.

b. b. τῶν τὸ δὲ ὑποκρέκει ὑποτερετίζει· οὕτω γὰρ ἔνιοι διηγήσαντο, ἀπὸ τῆς κιθαρίσεως κρεγμῶν. πρότερον γὰρ ἐπαφώμενοι τῆς κιθάρας ὑποκρέκουσιν, ἔπειτα τέλεον κιθαρίζουσιν.

ad v. 58

x. καὶτὸ καυχᾶσθαι παρὰ καιρόν: τὸ γοῦν ἐπὶ ταῖς οὕτως ἀκαίροις οὐκ ἀναγκαίαις διηγήσεσι καυχᾶσθαι καὶ σεμνύνεσθαι μανίας ὅμοιόν ἐστιν. τοῦτο δὲ εἴρηκε παρόσον ἀσεβεῖν δόξει, ἐὰν τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἐγκωμιάζῃ ἐπὶ τῷ τοὺς θεοὺς νενικηκέναι.

ad v. 59

a. a. μανίαισιν ὑποκρέκει: συμφωνεῖ. οἷον ἐνδόσιμόν ἐστιν.

b. b. ἄλλως· ὑποκρέκει: ὑπηχεῖ. προσέοικεν. ὑποκρέκειν γὰρ κυρίως ἐστὶ τὸ ἠρεμαίως ὑπηχεῖν ἐν τῷ ἁρμόζειν τὴν κιθάραν.

c. c. ὑποτερετίζει οὖν, ἐνδόσιμόν ἐστι μανίᾳ. ἡ μεταφορὰ οὖν ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς κιθάρας κρεγμῶν. πρότερον γὰρ τῆς κιθάρας ἐφαπτόμενοι ὑποκρέκουσιν.

60–64

 Λοκρῷ, μὴ καθέλοι μιν αἰὼν πότμον ἐφάψαις σ3
 ὀρφανὸν γενεᾶς. ἔχεν δὲ σπέρμα μέγιστον
 ἄλοχος, εὐφράνθη τε ἰδὼν ἥρως θετὸν υἱόν, σ4
 μάτρωος δʼ ἐκάλεσσέ νιν
 ἰσώνυμον ἔμμεν, σ3

to Locrus, so that age would not overtake him and lay the burden of childlessness on him. His bride was carrying in her womb the seed of the greatest god, and the hero rejoiced to see his adopted son, and gave him the same name as his mother’s father, Opus,

Scholia ad vv. 60–64 (10 entries)

ad v. 60

a. a. μὴ νῦν λαλάγει: μὴ λέγε τοῦτο ὅτι οἱ θεοὶ μετέχουσι τῶν πόνων καὶ μάχης. φιλόθεος γὰρ ὁ Πίνδαρος.

b. b. μὴ λαλάγει: ἀντὶ τοῦ θορύβει.

c. c. μὴ τοίνυν τὰ τοιαῦτα φλυάρει, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπόρριψον καὶ ἔα καὶ μὴ μέμνησο πολέμων καὶ μαχῶν. τὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα κεχώρισται τῶν θεῶν καὶ πόρρω ἐστίν.

ad v. 62

a. a. φέροις δὲ Πρωτογενείας: ὑμνοῖς τὸ τῆς Πρωτογενείας ἄστυ τὴν Ὀποῦντα.

b. b. ((FHG I, 48)(l. c.)) Πρωτογενείας καὶ Λοκροῦ κατ᾿ ἐπίκλησιν Ὀποῦς· ἡ δὲ Πύρρα καὶ Δευκαλίων ἐκ τοῦ Παρνασσοῦ ἐλθόντες ἐν τῇ λάρνακι πρῶτον ᾤκησαν ἐν τῇ Ὀποῦντι πλησίον Παρνασσοῦ. ἔνιοι οὐκ ἐν Ὀποῦντί φασι Πύρραν οἰκῆσαι. ὁ γὰρ Ἀπολλόδωρος οὕτως γράφει· οἰκῆσαι δὲ ἐν Κύνῳ τὸν Δευκαλίωνα λέγεται, καὶ τὴν Πύρραν ἐκεῖ τετάφθαι φασίν· ἱστορεῖ δὲ ταῦτα. καὶ Ἑλλάνικος. δυσχεραίνοι δὲ ἄν τις, πῶς τινές φασι Πύρρας καὶ Δευκαλίωνος εἶναι Πρωτογένειαν, τοῦ Πινδάρου ἐξ Ὀποῦντός τινος Ἠλείου λέγοντος αὐτὴν γεγενῆσθαι. ὁ δὲ Ἑλλάνικος και τὴν λάρνακα οὐ τῷ Παρνασσῷ φησι προσενεχθῆναι, ἀλλὰ περὶ τὴν Ὄθρυν τῆς Θεσσαλίας.

c. c. φέροις δὲ Πρωτογενείας: φέροις δὲ μᾶλλον, ὦ στόμα, καὶ λέγοις τὰ περὶ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἀπὸ Πρωτογενείας· λέγει δὲ τῆς Ὀποῦντος.

d. d. ὑμνοίης δέ, φησι, τὸ τῆς Πρωτογενείας ἄστυ. ταύτης γὰρ καὶ Λοκροῦ κατ᾿ ἐπίκλησιν μὲν Ὀποῦς, γόνῳ δὲ Διός· Πρωτογένεια δὲ Δευκαλίωνος καὶ Πύρρας. ὁ μέντοι Πίνδαρος Πρωτογένειαν Ὀποῦντος ἱστορεῖ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς.

ad v. 64

a. a. αἰολοβρόντα Διὸς αἴσᾳ: καλῶς τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ μεμνημένος αἰολοβρόνταν εἶπε τὸν Δία.

b. b. ((FHG I, 453)) ἵνα οὖν ἐν Ὀποῦντι λέγει· ἐκεῖ γάρ [φησι] | Δευκαλίωνα καὶ Πύρραν | οἰκῆσαι, ὧν θυγάτηρ Πρωτογένεια. Ἀπολλόδωρος δέ φησιν οὐκ ἐν Ὀποῦντι ἀλλ᾿ ἐν Κύνῳ τὸν Δευκαλίωνα καὶ τὴν Πύρραν | οἰκῆσαι.

c. c. ἄλλως· ἵν᾿ αἰολοβρόντα: ἔνθα, ἐν ᾗ Ὀποῦντι κατὰ βούλησιν τοῦ Διὸς ὅ τε | Δευκαλίων καὶ ἡ πύρρα ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους τοῦ Παρνασοῦ καταβάντες κατῴκισαν ἑαυτοῖς οἰκίαν. ὅτε γὰρ ὁ κατακλυσμὸς, ἀνῆλθον εἰς τὸν Παρνασόν· ὄρος δέ ἐστι πάντων ὑψηλότατον. Πρωτογένεια δὲ κατὰ μέν τινας Προμηθέως, κατὰ δὲ ἐνίους Ὀποῦντος τοῦ ἐν Ἤλιδι ποταμοῦ. ἐκ ταύτης καὶ Διὸς Ὀποῦς ἡ πόλις τῶν Ὀπουντίων. ἵν᾿ οὖν δείξῃ τὸ εὐγενὲς τῆς μητρὸς, λέγει τὴν πόλιν τῆς Ὀποῦντος Πρωτογενείας.

65–66

65 ὑπέρφατον ἄνδρα μορφᾷ τε καὶ65

66 ἔργοισι. πόλιν δʼ ὤπασεν λαόν τε διαιτᾶν.

a man beyond words in beauty and fine deeds. Locrus gave him a city and a people to govern,

67 ἀφίκοντο δέ οἱ ξένοι,

ArgosThebesArcadiaPisa and strangers came to him from and, from and, But among the settlers he chiefly honored the son of Actor

68–69

68 ἔκ τʼ Ἄργεος ἔκ τε Θηβᾶν, οἱ δʼ Ἀρκάδες, οἱ δὲ καὶ Πισᾶται· σ2

69 υἱὸν δʼ Ἄκτορος ἐξόχως τίμασεν ἐποίκων

Then there came unto him strangers, from Argos and from Thebes, and from Arcadia others, and from Pisa. But the son of Aktor and Aigina, Menoitios, he honoured above all settlers, him whose son went with the Atreidai to the plain of Teuthras and stood alone beside Achilles, when Telephos had turned the valiant Danaoi to flight, and drove them into the sterns of their sea-ships; so proved he to them that had understanding that Patroklos' soul was strong. And thenceforward the son of Thetis persuaded him that he should never in murderous battle take his post far from his friend's conquering spear.

Scholia ad vv. 68–69 (2 entries)

ad v. 68

a. a. ἄτερ δὲ εὐνᾶς ὁμόδαμον κτησάσθην λίθινον γόνον: οἱ προειρημένοι Δευκαλίων τε καὶ Πύρρα χωρὶς κοίτης καὶ μίξεως ὅμοιον καὶ ἶσον γένος δήμου ἐποιήσαντο ἐκ λίθων βολῆς. οἱ γὰρ πεμπόμενοι εἰς τὰ ὄπισθεν λίθοι παρ᾿ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωποι ἐγένοντο. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ λαοὶ οἱ ὄχλοι ἀπὸ τοῦ λᾶας.

b. b. Πύρρα δὲ ἡ γυνὴ Δευκαλίωνος. ἐξάδελφοι οὗτοι· Ἰαπετοῦ γὰρ παῖδες Προμηθεὺς καὶ Ἐπιμηθεὺς δύο ἀδελφοί· καὶ ἐκ μὲν Προμηθέως Ἕλλην, ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ Ἕλληνες, καὶ Δευκαλίων· Πύρρα δὲ [ἡ Δευκαλίωνος γυνὴ] θυγάτηρ Ἐπιμηθέως.

70–74

 Αἰγίνας τε Μενοίτιον· τοῦ παῖς ἅμʼ Ἀτρείδαις σ5
 Τεύθραντος πεδίον μολὼν ἔστα σὺν Ἀχιλλεῖ
 μόνος, ὅτʼ ἀλκᾶντας Δαναοὺς τρέψαις ἁλίαισιν σ5
 πρύμναις Τήλεφος ἔμβαλεν·
 ὥστʼ ἔμφρονι δεῖξαι σ4

and Aegina, Menoetius, whose son went with the Atreidae to the plain of Teuthras, and stood alone beside Achilles, when Telephus turned to flight the mighty Danaans, and attacked their ships beside the sea, to reveal to a man of understanding

Scholia ad vv. 70–74 (14 entries)

ad v. 70

a. a. ((FHG I, 100)) λίθινον γόνον: κοινὰ τὰ περὶ Δευκαλίωνα καὶ Πύρραν. καὶ ὅτι τοὺς λίθους κατόπιν ῥίπτοντες ἀνθρώπους ἐποίουν, μαρτυρεῖ Ἀκουσίλαος.

b. b.(72.) ((fr. 122 K.)(FHG I, 386)) λαοὺς [ἐπέων σφίσιν οἶμον:] Ἐπίχαρμος ἀπὸ τῶν λάων τῶν λίθων ὠνομάσθαι λαούς φησιν. ὁ δὲ Φιλόχορος ἀπὸ Κέκροπος· οὗτος γὰρ βουλόμενος τὸ τῶν Ἀθηναίων γένος πληθυνθῆναι ἐκέλευσεν αὐτοὺς λίθους λαβεῖν καὶ ἐνεγκεῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον· ἐξ ὧν ἔγνω δισμυρίους αὐτοὺς ὄντας. ἀπὸ Κέκροπος οὖν φησι τοὺς ὄχλους ὠνομάσθαι. ἐπέων οἶμον δὲ τὸν ὕμνον.

c. c. ((l. c.)(l. c.)) κτησάσθαν λίθινον γόνον: Ἐπίχαρμος ἀπὸ τῶν λίθων λαοὺς τοὺς ὄχλους ὠνομάσθαι φησίν. Φιλόχορος δέ φησι Κέκροπα βουλόμενον τὸ τῶν Ἀθηναίων γένος ἐπιγνῶναι κελεῦσαι αὐτοὺς λίθους εἰσφέρειν καὶ βάλλειν εἰς τὸ μέσον, ἐξ ὧν ἐπιγνῶναι δισμυρίους αὐτοὺς ὄντας. ἀπὸ Κέκροπος οὖν φησι τοὺς ὄχλους λαοὺς ὀνομασθῆναι.

d. d. ἐκ δὲ λίθων ἐγένοντο βροτοὶ, λαοὶ δὲ καλέονται. ἄλλως· ὅτι κατηκολούθησε τοῖς μυθογράφοις εἰρηκόσι λαοὺς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους προσωνομάσθαι διὰ τὸ ἐκ λίθων γενέσθαι·

e. e. διό φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος ἄνευ συνουσίας αὐτοὺς κτήσασθαι λίθινον γόνον.

ad v. 72

a. a. ἔγειρ᾿ ἐπέων σφιν οἶμον λιγύν: τὸν τῶν ἐπέων λιμένα. καθόρμισον εἰς τὸν ὕμνον τοῦτον.

b. b. τοῖς ἀπὸ Δευκαλίωνος καὶ τοῖς Λοκροῖς.

c. c. ὡς τοῦ νικηφόρου ἀπογόνου ὄντος Δευκαλίωνος.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἐπέων οἶμον: ὁδόν.

e. e. τὸν δὲ κατὰ Δευκαλίωνα λόγον ὡς κοινὸν ὄντα παραιτεῖται λέγειν. φησὶν οὖν· ἔγειρε καὶ ἵστα καὶ παῦε τὴν ὁδὸν ταύτην τὴν ἡδεῖαν τῆς μυθολογίας | (λιγὺν δὲ εἶπε τῇ ἀκοῇ μόνῃ)· προσήκει γὰρ ἐπαινεῖν οὐ τὰ παλαιὰ διηγήματα, ἀλλὰ παλαιὸν μὲν οἶνον ἐπαίνει, λόγων δὲ νεαρῶν καὶ προκειμένων τὰς ὑποθέσεις καὶ τὰ ἄνθη (ἄνθη δὲ νῦν τὰς πράξεις). εἶτα πάλιν ὃ παρῃτήσατο ἐκ περιουσίας λέγει.

ad v. 74

a. a. ((α 351)) τὴν γὰρ ἀοιδὴν μᾶλλον ἐπικλείουσ᾿ ἄνθρωποι, ἥτις ἀκουόντεσσι νεωτάτη ἀμφιπέληται. ἄνθεα δ᾿ ὕμνων: παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν ·

b. b. ((fr. 75)) δοκεῖ δὲ τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ Σιμωνίδειον εἰρῆσθαι· ἐπεὶ ἐκεῖνος ἐλασσωθεὶς ὑπὸ Πινδάρου λοιδορίας ἔγραψε κατὰ τοῦ κρίναντος ἀγαθῶν εἰδέου ἐπειδὴ ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν · ἐξελέγχει ὁ νέος οἶνος οὔπω πέρυσι δῶρον ἀμπέλου· ὁ δὲ μῦθος ὅδε κενεόφρων: κούρων δὲ, διὰ τοῦτο ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐπαινεῖ παλαιὸν οἶνον.

c. c. ((α 351)) τὴν γὰρ ἀοιδὴν μᾶλλον ἐπικλείουσ᾿ ἄνθρωποι, ἥτις ἀκουόντεσσι νεωτάτη ἀμφιπέληται. ἄνθεα δ᾿ ὕμνων νεωτέρων αἴνει: Ὅμηρος ·

d. d. ἄλλως· ἄνθεα ὕμνων τὰς ὑποθέσεις. ταῦτα δὲ αἰνίττεται πρὸς Σιμωνίδην.

75–76

75 μαθεῖν Πατρόκλου βιατὰν νόον. σ175

76 ἐξ οὗ Θέτιος γόνος οὐλίῳ νιν ἐν Ἄρει

the powerful mind of Patroclus. From that time forward, the son of Thetis exhorted him in deadly war

Scholia ad vv. 75–76 (1 entry)

ad v. 75

x. νεωτέρων· λέγοντι: ἐπανάληψιν ποιεῖται τοῦ λόγου· λέγει γὰρ τὴν πρώτην πλημμύραν τοῦ ὕδατος Δευκαλίωνος.

77–78

77 παραγορεῖτο μή ποτε

78 σφετέρας ἄτερθε ταξιοῦσθαι σ7

never to post himself far from his own man-subduing spear.

Scholia ad vv. 77–78 (7 entries)

ad v. 78

a. a. ((ο 479)) ἄμπωτιν ἐξαίφνας: ἄμπωτιν λέγει τὸ πεδίον τὸ γενόμενον ἐκ τῆς πλημμύρας τοῦ ὕδατος ἀναποθέντος, ἄντλον δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὴν χύσιν τοῦ ὕδατος, ἣν ἡ ἄμπωτις ἐξήρανεν. Ὅμηρος · ἄντλῳ δ᾿ ἐνδούπησε.

b. b. τὸν δὲ κατακλυσμὸν γενέσθαι τινὲς διὰ Πέλοπος ἀνελόντος Ἄζανα, τινὲς δὲ διὰ τὸ περὶ τὸν Λυκάονος παῖδα ἀσέβημα ὑπὸ Λυκάονος δὲ διὰ τὴν κρεουργίαν. τὸν δὲ Δία βουλόμενον καθᾶραι τὴν γῆν τοῦ ἄγους κατακλύσαι.

c. c. ἄμπωτις: ἄμπωτιν νῦν λέγει τὸ γενόμενον πεδίον ἐκ τῆς τότε πλημμυρίδος ἀναποθέντος τοῦ ὕδατος.

d. d. τὸ περὶ τὸν δὲ κατακλυσμὸν γεγενῆσθαι οἱ μὲν διὰ τὸ Πέλοπος ἄγος ὅτε ἐκρεουγήθη· οἱ δὲ διὰ τὸν Λυκάονος παῖδα Ἄζανα ἀσέβημα ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Λυκάονος, τοῦ Διὸς βουλομένου πάντα τῆς γῆς ἀποκαθᾶραι ἀσεβήματα.

e. e. ἄμπωτιν: ἀνάποσιν.

f. f. ἄμπωτις δὲ κυρίως ἡ αἰφνίδιος ὑποχώρησις ἡ ἐκ πλημμύρας τῶν ἐν θαλάσσῃ ὑδάτων, | ὡς ἐν Λιβύῃ λέγεται.

g. g. τέχναις δὲ μηχαναῖς καὶ βουλήσεσι Διός.

79 δαμασιμβρότου αἰχμᾶς. σ4

Fit speech may I find for my journey in the Muses' car; and let me therewith have daring and powers of ample scope. To back the prowess of a friend I came, when Lampromachos won his Isthmian crown, when on the same day both he and his brother overcame. And afterward at the gates of Corinth two triumphs again befell Epharmostos, and more in the valleys of Nemea. At Argos he triumphed over men, as over boys at Athens. And I might tell how at Marathon he stole from among the beardless and confronted the full-grown for the prize of silver vessels, how without a fall he threw his men with swift and cunning shock, and how loud the shouting pealed when round the ring he ran, in the beauty of his youth and his fair form and fresh from fairest deeds.

Scholia ad vv. 79–79 (4 entries)

ad v. 79

a. a. ((ο 479)) ὕδατος σθένος: τὴν ῥύσιν λέγει τοῦ ὕδατος, ἣν ἡ ἄμπωτις ἀνεξήρανε. Ὅμηρος · ἄντλῳ δ᾿ ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσα.

b. b. ἄντλον: τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ὕδατος, τὴν χύσιν, παρὰ τὸ ἀντλεῖσθαι.

c. c. κείνων δ᾿ ἔσαν χαλκάσπιδες ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι: λοιπὸν ὡς πρὸς τὸν Ἐφάρμοστον· ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνων δὴ ἦσαν οἱ πρόγονοι ὑμῶν οἱ πολεμικώτατοι, ἐξ ἀρχῆς

d. d. ἐναντίωμα δὲ κατὰ τὴν γενεαλογίαν ἐμπίπτει. τὴν γὰρ Πρωτογένειαν οἱ μὲν Δευκαλίωνός φασιν, οἱ δὲ Ὀποῦντος, καὶ δοκεῖ συμφωνεῖν μήτε ἡ γενεαλογία μήτε ἡ ἱστορία. ἄλλο γάρ τι ποταμὸς Ὀποῦς καὶ ἄλλο ἀνὴρ ἐξ Ἰαπετοῦ. ἵν᾿ οὖν τὸ ἀσύμφωνον ἀπὸ τούτων λυθῇ, φασί τινες τὸν Δευκαλίωνα διώνυμον εἶναι καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν λέγεσθαι Ὀποῦντα· ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς Πηνελόπης. λέγεται γὰρ Ἀρναία πρότερον καλουμένη παρὰ τῶν φύντων εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐκριφῆναι, εἶτα ὑπό τινων ὄρνεων πηνελόπων λεγομένων εἰς τὴν χέρσον ἐξενεχθῆναι, καὶ οὕτως ἀναληφθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῶν γεννησάντων ὀνομασθῆναι Πηνελόπην ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ὀρνίθων ὁμωνυμίας, καὶ τραφεῖσαν διώνυμον εἶναι τὸ λοιπόν.

80–84

 εἴην εὑρησιεπὴς ἀναγεῖσθαι σ1
 πρόσφορος ἐν Μοισᾶν δίφρῳ· σ1
 τόλμα δὲ καὶ ἀμφιλαφὴς δύναμις σ7
 ἕσποιτο. προξενίᾳ δʼ ἀρετᾷ τʼ ἦλθον
 τιμάορος Ἰσθμίαισι Λαμπρομάχου μίτραις, ὅτʼ ἀμφότεροι κράτησαν

May I be a suitable finder of words as I move onward in the Muses’ chariot; may boldness and all-embracing power attend me. Because of his friendship with my people and his excellence, I went to honor the Isthmian crowning of Lampromachus, when both he and Epharmostus were victors

Scholia ad vv. 80–84 (9 entries)

ad v. 80

x. ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι: ὡς ἀπὸ Δευκαλίωνος ὄντων τῶν προγόνων Ἐφαρμόστου. τινὲς δὲ οὕτω τὰ γένη αὐτῶν· Ἰαπετοῦ καὶ.... Ἐπιμηθεὺς, οὗ καὶ Πανδώρας Πύρρα Δευκαλίωνος γυνή. τούτων φησὶν εἶναι τοὺς προγόνους τῷ Ἐφαρμόστῳ.

ad v. 81

x. Ἰαπετιονίδος: Ἰαπετοῦ Προμηθεὺς, οὗ καὶ Κλυμένης γίνεται ὁ Λευκαλίων. Ἰαπετοῦ δὲ πάλιν ὁ Ἐπιμηθεὺς, οὗ καὶ Πανδώρας Πύρρα. Πύρρας δὲ καὶ Δευκαλίωνος Πρωτογένεια.

ad v. 82

a. a. κοῦροι κουρᾶν: πληθυντικῶς εἶπεν· ἐχρῆν γὰρ ἑνικῶς εἰπεῖν· κοῦροι γὰρ κούρης τῆς Πρωτογενείας λέγει.

b. b. κοῦροι: ὦ Ὀπούντιοι.

c. c. καὶ φερτάτων Κρονιδᾶν: τὸ ἑνικὸν ἀντὶ πληθυντικοῦ ἐξενήνοχεν.

d. d. τοῦ ἀντὶ φερτάτου Κρονίδου· Διὸς γὰρ Λοκρὸς ὁ πρόγονος αὐτῶν. κουρᾶν δὲ πάλιν τῆς κόρης, τῆς Πρωτογενείας.

e. e. ἢ ὡς καὶ Ἕλληνα φέρειν τὸ γένος ἢ ἀπὸ Δευκαλίωνος. δύναται δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀποῦντος· Διὸς γὰρ ἦν, ὥς φησι Πίνδαρος, θέσει δὲ Λοκροῦ.

f. f. φερτάτων Κρονιδᾶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ φερτάτου Κρονίδου· Διὸς γὰρ Λοκρὸς ὁ πρόγονος αὐτῶν.

g. g. τὸ δὲ Ἰαπετιονίδος φησὶ φύτλας καὶ φερτάτων Κρονιδᾶν, ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς Πρωτογενείας καὶ τοῦ Διὸς, ἀφ᾿ ὧν τοὺς Ὀπουντίους λέγει γεγενῆσθαι.

85–89

 μίαν ἔργον ἀνʼ ἁμέραν. σ2
 ἄλλαι δὲ δύʼ ἐν Κορίνθου πύλαις ἐγένοντʼ ἔπειτα χάρμαι, σ5
 ταὶ δὲ καὶ Νεμέας Ἐφαρμόστῳ κατὰ κόλπον· σ3
 Ἄργει τʼ ἔσχεθε κῦδος ἀνδρῶν, παῖς δʼ ἐν Ἀθάναις, σ3
 οἷον δʼ ἐν Μαραθῶνι συλαθεὶς ἀγενείων σ1

CorinthNemeaArgosAthens on a single day. And then there were two other joyous victories at the gates of, and others won by Epharmostus in the vale of; and at he won glory in a contest of men, and as a boy at, And at Marathon, when he was barred from competing with the beardless youths,

Scholia ad vv. 85–89 (14 entries)

ad v. 85

a. a. πρὶν Ὀλύμπιος ἁγεμών: πρόσθες σύνδεσμον γάρ, ἵν᾿ ᾖ συναρμοστέος ὁ λόγος τοῖς ἄνωθεν, καὶ εἰπέ· πρὶν γὰρ Ὀλύμπιος ἁγεμών.

b. b. τὸ γὰρ παλαιὸν ὁ Ζεὺς ἀναρπάσας τὴν Πρωτογένειαν γένειαν ἥσυχος αὐτῇ ἐμίγη ἐν τῷ Μαινάλῳ ὄρει τῆς Ἀρκαδίας, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐγκύμονα ποιήσας ἤνεγκε τῷ Λοκρῷ, ἵνα μὴ ὁ αἰὼν καὶ ὁ χρόνος αὐτὸν ἐξέλῃ τῆς ζωῆς ἔρημον ὄντα παίδων [καὶ γονῆς] καὶ γένους.

ad v. 86

a. a. Ἐπειῶν: Ἐπειοὺς τοὺς Ἠλείους, ἀπὸ Ἐπειοῦ τοῦ Ἐνδυμίωνος κληθέντας. τινὲς δὲ τὸν Ἐπειὸν Ἀεθλίου φασίν.

b. b. ἀπὸ γᾶς Ἐπειῶν: διὰ τούτων ὁ Πίνδαρος τὴν Πρωτογένειάν φησιν ἐξ Ἤλιδος ἁρπασθεῖσαν εἰς Μαίναλον τῆς Ἀρκαδίας ὄρος κομισθῆναι ὑπὸ Διός.

c. c. ἐξήλλαχε δὲ τὴν ἱστορίαν ὁ Πίνδαρος. τὴν γὰρ Πρωτογένειαν οὐκ Ὀποῦντός φασιν οἱ πλείους, ἀλλὰ Δευκαλίωνος καὶ Πύρρας.

d. d. Ἐπειῶν τῶν Ἠλείων, ἀπὸ Ἐπειοῦ τοῦ Ἐνδυμίωνος, ἢ τοῦ Ἀεθλίου τοῦ Ἐνδυμίωνος.

e. e. ((fr. 561)) Ὀποῦντος ἦν θυγάτηρ Ἠλείων βασιλέως, ἣν Ἀριστοτέλης Καμβύσην καλεῖ.

ad v. 87

a. a. ((FHG I, 85)) ἀρπάσαις: ὁ Πίνδαρος τὴν Πρωτογένειαν ἀναρπασθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Διὸς εἰς τὸ Μαίναλον τῆς Ἀρκαδίας ὄρος κομισθῆναι, τὴν δὲ Πρωτογένειαν Ὀποῦντος τοῦ Ἠλείων βασιλέως φησὶ θυγατέρα, ἄλλων τὴν Πρωτογένειαν Πύρρας καὶ Δευκαλίωνος λεγόντων, ὡς Φερεκύδης φησὶν ἐν τῷ ε΄.

b. b. ἁρπάσας οὖν τὴν Πρωτογένειαν καὶ ἔγκυον αὐτὴν ποιήσας, ἵνα μὴ ὁ Λοκρὸς ἄτεκνος διατελοίη, δέδωκε τῷ Λοκρῷ. ὁ δὲ Λοκρὸς τὸν ἀπὸ Διὸς καὶ Πρωτογενείας παῖδα ὡς ἴδιον σχὼν ὠνόμασεν αὐτὸν Ὀποῦντα ὁμώνυμον τῷ κατὰ μητέρα πάππῳ.

c. c. (ἕκαλος:) ἥσυχος. νύκτωρ.

ad v. 88

a. a. μίχθη: μετὰ γὰρ τὸ φθαρῆναι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν ὁ Λοκρός.

b. b. μίχθη Μαιναλίαισιν: Μαίναλον ὄρος Ἀρκαδίας καὶ πόλις. ἐνταῦθα μιχθεὶς αὐτῇ ὁ Ζεὺς ἤνεγκε τῷ Λοκρῷ, | ἵν᾿ ὡς ἑαυτοῦ ἀναθρέψῃ τὸν γεννηθέντα.

c. c. Μαίναλος υἱὸς Λυκάονος, ἀφ᾿ οὗ τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ ἱερὸν Διός.

ad v. 89

x. ἔνεικε Λοκρῷ: Λοκρὸς ἔσχε τὸ γένος ἐκ Διός· ἀφ᾿ οὗ ἡ τῶν Λοκρῶν χώρα, ἧς Λοκρίδος μητρόπολις ἡ Ὀποῦς.

90–94

 μένεν ἀγῶνα πρεσβυτέρων ἀμφʼ ἀργυρίδεσσιν· σ3
 φῶτας δʼ ὀξυρεπεῖ δόλῳ
 ἀπτῶτι δαμάσσαις σ2
 διήρχετο κύκλον ὅσσᾳ βοᾷ,
 ὡραῖος ἐὼν καὶ καλὸς κάλλιστά τε ῥέξαις. σ2

how he endured the contest for silver cups among the older men! Having subdued those men by the trick of quickly shifting balance without falling, with what a roar of applause did he pass through the ring, in his prime, and handsome, and having accomplished the finest deeds.

Also before the Parrhasian host was he glorified, at the assembly of Lykaian Zeus, and again when at Pellene he bare away a warm antidote of cold winds. And the tomb of Iolaos, and Eleusis by the sea, are just witnesses to his honours.

Scholia ad vv. 90–94 (7 entries)

ad v. 90

a. a. μὴ καθέλοι μιν: μιχθεὶς ὁ Ζεὺς Πρωτογενείᾳ καὶ ἔγκυον αὐτὴν ποιήσας δέδωκε Λοκρῷ.

b. b. ἵνα μὴ καθέλοι μιν αἰών: ἵνα μὴ ἄτεκνος τελευτήσῃ.

c. c. δέδωκεν αὐτῷ, μὴ ὀρφανεύσῃ τοῦ γένους, ἵνα ὡς ἑαυτοῦ θρέψῃ τὸν γεννηθέντα. ἐξ αὐτῆς γίνεται Ὀποῦς, ἐπίκλησιν Λοκροῦ, γένει Διὸς ὤν.

ad v. 92

a. a. ὀρφανὸν γενεᾶς: ἄτεκνον.

b. b. ὀρφανὸν γενεᾶς: λέγεται γὰρ ὁ Λοκρὸς ἄπαις γεγενῆσθαι καὶ τὸν ἐκ Διὸς συλληφθέντα ὑπὸ τῆς Πρωτογενείας ἴδιον νενομικέναι παῖδα. | προεῖχε μέντοι ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Πρωτογένεια τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ Διός.

ad v. 94

a. a. εὐφράνθη τε ἰδὼν ἥρως θετὸν υἱόν: εὐφράνθη δὲ ὁ Λοκρὸς θεασάμενος τὸν παῖδα, | ὃς ἦν μὲν θετὸς αὐτοῦ κατὰ φύσιν, ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἀγνοίας ἴδιος αὐτοῦ ἐνομίζετο.

b. b. θετὸν δὲ λέγει ὁ ποιητὴς ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου προσώπου. [προειρήκει γὰρ ὅτι, εἶχε δὲ σπέρμα μέγιστον ἄλοχος, ἐκ Διός.] ὁ γὰρ Λοκρὸς ἴδιον αὐτὸν ἐνόμιζεν.

95–99

 τὰ δὲ Παρρασίῳ στρατῷ σ1
 θαυμαστὸς ἐὼν φάνη Ζηνὸς ἀμφὶ πανάγυριν Λυκαίου, σ3
 καὶ ψυχρᾶν ὁπότʼ εὐδιανὸν φάρμακον αὐρᾶν
 Πελλάνᾳ φέρε· σύνδικος δʼ αὐτῷ Ἰολάου σ1
 τύμβος εἰναλία τʼ Ἐλευσὶς ἀγλαΐαισιν. σ3

Eleusis Again, among the Parrhasian people he was marvellous to look at, at the festival of Lycaean Zeus, and when at Pellana he carried off as his prize a warm remedy against chilly winds. The tomb of Iolaus bears witness for him, and also by the sea, for his splendid achievements.

Scholia ad vv. 95–99 (8 entries)

ad v. 95

x. θετὸν υἱόν: ὁ Λοκρὸς δηλονότι τὸν Ὀποῦντα οὐκ ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι θετὸν υἱὸν (Διὸς γὰρ), ἀλλὰ ἴδιον.

ad v. 96

a. a. μάτρωος δ᾿ ἐκάλεσέ νιν: κυρίως μήτρωες οἱ μητρὸς ἀδελφοί· νῦν δὲ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς πατέρα Ὀποῦντα μήτρωα. ἦν γὰρ Πρωτογενείας καὶ Διὸς, ἐπίκλησιν δὲ Λοκροῦ.

b. b. ((Π 717)) Ἀσίῳ, ὃς μήτρως ἦν Ἕκτορος ἱπποδάμοιο, αὐτοκασίγνητος Ἑκάβης, υἱὸς δὲ Δύμαντος. μάτρωος δ᾿ ἐκάλεσσέ μιν ἰσώνυμον ἔμμεν: ἡσθεὶς οὖν ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸν τοῦ πρὸς μητρὸς πάππου τὸ ὄνομα. καὶ νῦν μὲν ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸν ἐκ μητρὸς πάππον μήτρωα ὀνομάζει· Ὅμηρος δὲ καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς ἀδελφὸν μήτρωα καλοῦσιν. φησὶν οὖν ἐν τῇ Ἰλιάδι ·

c. c. μάτρωος δ᾿ ἐκάλεσσέ μιν: ὁ Λοκρὸς τὸν Ὀποῦντα. | ἦν δὲ ὁ Λοκρὸς Ἀμφικτύονος τοῦ Διὸς. καὶ ἐκάλεσε τοῦ μητροπάτορος τὸ ὄνομα. Ὀποῦς γὰρ ἐκαλεῖτο ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἠλείων, ᾧ καὶ οὗτος ὁμώνυμός ἐστιν.

ad v. 98

x. ὑπέρφατον: ὑπερφυᾶ καὶ μέγαν καὶ τῷ εἴδει καὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν.

ad v. 99

a. a. πόλιν δ᾿ ὤπασεν: ἐνεχείρισεν αὐτῷ.

b. b. ὥστε ἀπὸ Ὀποῦντος υἱοῦ τοῦ Διὸς ἡ πόλις ὠνόμασται.

c. c. πόλιν δ᾿ ὤπασεν: ὄντι δὲ τῷ παιδὶ ἐξαιρέτῳ καὶ ἀνδρωθέντι ὁ Λοκρὸς τὴν πόλιν ἐνεχείρισε καὶ τὸν ὄχλον διαιτᾶν καὶ διοικεῖν.

100

100 τὸ δὲ φυᾷ κράτιστον ἅπαν· πολλοὶ δὲ διδακταῖς100

That which is inborn is always the best; but many men strive to win glory with excellence that comes from training. Anything in which a god has no part is none the worse for being quelled in silence. For some roads

101–104

 ἀνθρώπων ἀρεταῖς κλέος σ1
 ὤρουσαν ἀρέσθαι.
 ἄνευ δὲ θεοῦ σεσιγαμένον
 οὐ σκαιότερον χρῆμʼ ἕκαστον. ἐντὶ γὰρ ἄλλαι σ4

The natural is ever best: yet many men by learning of prowess essay to achieve fame. The thing done without God is better kept in silence. For some ways lead further than do others, but one practice will not train us all alike. Skill of all kinds is hard to attain unto: but when thou bringest forth this prize, proclaim aloud with a good courage that by fate divine this man at least was born deft-handed, nimble-limbed, with the light of valour in his eyes, and that now being victorious he hath crowned at the feast Oilean Alas' altar.

Scholia ad vv. 101–104 (5 entries)

ad v. 101

x. ἀφίκοντο δέ οἱ ξένοι: διαβοήτου δὲ τῆς τοῦ Ὀποῦντος ἀρετῆς τυγχανούσης πανταχόθεν τὰς ἰδίας αὐτῶν πατρίδας οἱ περίοικοι καταλελοιπότες πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔσπευδον. παρεγένοντο μὲν οὖν μέτοικοι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπό τε τοῦ Ἄργους καὶ Θηβῶν, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐξ Ἀρκαδίας, οἱ δὲ Πισᾶται.

ad v. 104

a. a. ((FHG IV, 487)) υἱὸν δ᾿ Ἄκτορος: τὸν Μενοίτιον. τοῦτον δέ φησιν Ἄκτορος καὶ Αἰγίνης· ὃς [οὐκ] ἐκ Θεσσαλίας μετῴκησεν εἰς Ὀποῦντα. Πυθαίνετος δὲ Διὶ συνελθοῦσαν Αἴγιναν γεννῆσαι Αἰακὸν καὶ Δαμοκράτειαν, ἣν γαμηθῆναι Ἄκτορι ἐν Θετταλίᾳ καὶ τεκεῖν Μενοίτιον· ὕστερον δὲ τοῦτον εἰς Ὀποῦντα....· συγγενὴς γὰρ ὑπῆρχε τοῦ Λοκροῦ.

b. b. υἱὸν δ᾿ Ἄκτορος: τὸν Μενοίτιον λέγει τὸν Πατρόκλου πατέρα.

c. c. ὑπὲρ πάντας τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας ξένους ἐτίμησε τὸν Ἄκτορος παῖδα, τὸν ἐξ Αἰγίνης μητρὸς Μενοίτιον. | Αἴγινα δὲ μήτηρ Αἰακοῦ, θυγάτηρ δὲ αὕτη γίνεται Ἀσωποῦ τοῦ ἐν Θήβαις ποταμοῦ.

d. d. ἀφίκοντο δέ οἱ ξένοι συνοικήσοντες αὐτῷ.

105–109

 ὁδῶν ὁδοὶ περαίτεραι, σ1
 μία δʼ οὐχ ἅπαντας ἄμμε θρέψει σ2
 μελέτα· σοφίαι μὲν σ2
 αἰπειναί· τοῦτο δὲ προσφέρων ἆθλον, σ2
 ὄρθιον ὤρυσαι θαρσέων,

lead farther than others, and a single occupation will not nourish us all. The paths to skill are steep; but, while offering this prize of song, boldly shout aloud

Scholia ad vv. 105–109 (7 entries)

ad v. 105

x. ἐποίκων: πάντων τῶν προειρημένων.

ad v. 106

a. a. Αἰγίνας τε Μενοίτιον: Αἴγινα μετὰ τὸ τεκεῖν τὸν Αἰακὸν ἦλθεν εἰς Θεσσαλίαν καὶ ἐγαμήθη Ἄκτορι, ἐξ οὗ ἔσχε Μενοίτιον, ὃς ἐπῴκησε τὴν Ὀποῦντα ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ Θεσσαλίας.

b. b. τινὲς ἐκ Δαμοκρατείας τῆς Αἰγίνης καὶ Ἄκτορός φασι τὸν Μενοίτιον· ὁ δὲ Πάτροκλος Μενοιτίου ἦν καὶ Σθενέλης.

ad v. 107

a. a. ((Σ 10)) τοῦ παῖς: τοῦ Μενοιτίου παῖς ὁ Πάτροκλος ἀπὸ Σθενέλης. καὶ Μυρμιδόνα δὲ αὐτόν φησιν [αὐτὸν] Ὅμηρος · Μυρμιδόνων τὸν ἄριστον.

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τούτου οὖν [φησι] τοῦ Μενοιτίου παῖς συστρατεύσας τοῖς Ἀτρέως παισὶν εἰς Μυσίαν κατήντησε, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων εἰς φυγὴν τραπέντων μόνος αὐτὸς Ἀχιλλεῖ συμπαρέστη, ἡνίκα τοὺς γενναιοτάτους Ἕλληνας τρέψας καὶ νικήσας μέχρι τῶν νεῶν καὶ τοῦ πελάγους συνήλασεν ὁ Τήλεφος.

ad v. 108

a. a. Τεύθραντος: τὴν Μυσίαν λέγει. βασιλεὺς γάρ τις τῶν ἐκεῖσε Τεύθρας γενόμενος ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ὠνόμασε τὴν ἀληθείᾳ Αὔγης ἦν καὶ Ἡρακλέους ὁ Τήλεφος.

b. b. Τεύθραντος πεδίον τὴν Μυσίαν λέγει. ὁ γὰρ Τεύθρας ἐβασίλευσε τῆς Μυσίας. ὅτε δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες εἰς τὴν Μυσίαν παρεγένοντο κἀκεῖ νομίσαντες εἶναι τὴν Ἴλιον ἐπολέμουν τοῖς Μυσοῖς, ὁ Τήλεφος πάντας εἰς φυγὴν ἐτρέψατο καὶ μέχρι τῶν νεῶν ἤλασε πλὴν Ἀχιλλέως καὶ Πατρόκλου. διὰ τοῦτο· [οὖν] μέμνηται τοῦ γένους τούτου ὡς ἀνδρείου.

110–112

 τόνδʼ ἀνέρα δαιμονίᾳ γεγάμεν σ2
 εὔχειρα, δεξιόγυιον, ὁρῶντʼ ἀλκάν,
 Αἰάντειόν τʼ ἐν δαιτὶ Ἰλιάδα νικῶν ἐπεστεφάνωσε βωμόν. σ138

that this man, by the blessing of the gods, was born with deftness of hand and litheness of limb, and with valor in his eyes; and at the banquet of Aias son of Oileus he laid his victorious garland on the altar.

Scholia ad vv. 110–112 (140 entries)

ad v. 110

a. a. ὅτ᾿ ἀλκάεντας: τὸν Μενοίτιον τὸν πατέρα Πατρόκλου ἀπὸ Αἰγίνης μητρὸς Ἀσωποῦ θυγατρός.

b. b. θέλει οὖν εἰπεῖν ὅτι τούτου τοῦ Μενοιτίου παῖς σὺν τοῖς Ἀτρέως παισὶ συστρατεύσας εἰς Μυσίαν κατήντησε, καὶ Τηλέφου τοῦ Μυσῶν βασιλέως πάντας τρέψαντος εἰς φυγὴν μόνος Ἀχιλλεὺς καὶ Πάτροκλος ἔμειναν. ὡς ἀνδρείου οὖν νῦν τοῦ γένους μέμνηται.

ad v. 112

a. a. ὥστ᾿ ἔμφρονι δεῖξαι: ὥστε παραστῆσαι τῷ φρονίμῳ ᾗ ἐκέχρητο ἀνδρείᾳ ὁ Πάτροκλος. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

b. b. ὥστε γνῶναι τὸν ἔμφρονα ὅτι γενναῖος ἦν ὁ Πάτροκλος ἀνθιστάμενος Τηλέφῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

c. c. ὥστ᾿ ἔμφρονι δεῖξαι: οὗτος ἔστη μόνος ἅμα τῷ Ἀχιλλεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

d. d. ὥστε δυνατὸν εἶναι δεῖξαι παντὶ φρονίμῳ πρὸς τὸ γνῶναι τὴν τοῦ Πατρόκλου ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνδρείᾳ διάνοιάν τε καὶ σπουδὴν καὶ θάρσος. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

a. μαθεῖν Πατρόκλου: οὕτως ἔστη ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ ὥστε παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ νοῦν ἔχοντι δειχθῆναι τὴν ἰσχὺν καὶ φανερὰν γενέσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

aa. βιατάν: ἰσχυρὸν, ἀνδρεῖον. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

a. a. ἐξ οὗ Θέτιος γόνος: ἐξ ἐκείνου, φησὶ, τοῦ χρόνου παρῄνει αὐτὸν Ἀχιλλεὺς μήποτε ἐν τῷ ὀλεθρίῳ πολέμῳ χωρὶς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ παρουσίας παρατάττεσθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἅμα αὐτῷ πολεμεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

b. b. ἐξ οὗ Θέτιος γόνος: θαυμάσας, φησὶν, ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς ἐν τῇ προσβολῇ τὴν βίαν τοῦ Πατρόκλου ἀρχὴν ἔλαβε τοῦ θαυμάζειν, καὶ παρῄνει μηδέποτε χωρὶς τάττεσθαι τῆς πολεμικῆς αὐτοῦ τάξεως. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

c. c. ἰδίως δὲ τοῦτο τάσσει χαριζόμενος τῷ Πατρόκλῳ· Ὅμηρος γὰρ διὰ παντὸς λέγει αὐτὸν θεράποντα Ἀχιλλέως. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

d. d. ((Π 89)) μὴ σύ γ᾿ ἄνευθεν ἐμεῖο λιλαίεσθαι πολεμίζειν Τρωσὶ φιλοπτολέμοισιν· ἀτιμότερον δέ με θήσεις. Ὅμηρος · [Drachmann ad v. 115]

e. e. ἢ οὕτως· ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Τήλεφον μάχης παρηγορεῖτο κατὰ ψυχὴν καὶ τεθαρσήκει, ὅτι τὸν Πάτροκλον εἶχε διαπαντὸς παραστάτην. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

a. a. σφετέρας: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς ἑᾶς. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

b. b. ταξιοῦσθαι: παρατάττεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

c. c. ((Π 89)) μὴ σύ γ᾿ ἄνευθεν ἐμεῖο λιλαίεσθαι πολεμίζειν. Ὅμηρος · [Drachmann ad v. 118]

a. a. εἴην εὑρεσιεπής: τοῦτό φησιν ὅτι ἔπλασε τὰ περὶ Πατρόκλου εἰρημένα εἰς ἔπαινον τοῦ Ἐφαρμόστου Ὀπουντίου ὄντος. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

b. b. γενοίμην, φησὶ, διαπαντὸς εὑρίσκειν δυνάμενος τρόπους καὶ διηγεῖσθαι τὰς πράξεις τῶν ἀρχαίων. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

c. c. εἴην εὑρεσιεπής: ὡς σεμνυνόμενος τοῖς διηγήμασί φησιν· εἴην δὲ λόγων καινοπρεπῶν εὑρετὴς ἐπὶ τῷ διηγεῖσθαι καὶ πρόσφορος ποιητικῇ μούσῃ καὶ τρόπῳ Μουσῶν ἁρμόδιος. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

d. d. ἄλλως· γενοίμην, φησὶ, διὰ παντὸς δυνάμενος εὑρίσκειν λόγους καὶ διηγεῖσθαι πράξεις. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

e. e. ταῦτα δὲ λέγει διὰ τὸ πλάσασθαι αὐτὸν τὸ ἐπὶ Πατρόκλου προειρημένον ἐπαινεῖν βουλόμενος τὸν Ἐφάρμοστον Ὀπούντιον ὄντα Πατρόκλου πολίτην. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

a. a. εὑρεσιεπής: καινολόγος. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

b. b. ἀναγεῖσθαι: διηγεῖσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

a. a. πρόσφορος: κατάλληλος ἐν ποιητικῇ. ἐπιτήδειος. αἴτιος. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

b. b. πρόσφορος: μέγας. διαφέρων. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

c. c. πρόσφορος: εὐεπίφορος ἐν ποιήμασιν. ἐπιτήδειος. ἱκανός. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

d. d. ταῦτα δέ φησιν ἐπειδὴ εἶπε τὴν περὶ Πατρόκλου ἱστορίαν, ἣν οὐδεὶς εἴρηκε. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

a. a. τόλμα δὲ καὶ ἀμφιλαφής: εἴη μοι τολμᾶν καὶ ἀποκινδυνεύειν διαπλάσσοντι τὰ τοιαῦτα. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

b. b. ἀμφιλαφὴς δὲ δύναμις ἕσποιτο: ἐμοὶ δὲ παρέποιτο ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ὁμοῦ μὲν εὐτολμία, ὁμοῦ δὲ καὶ δαψίλειά τις δυναμέως. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

c. c. τὸ δὲ ἀμφιλαφής κατὰ ἀντιστοιχίαν εἴρηται κατὰ ἔθος τῶν Μακεδόνων μεταθέσει τοῦ -β- εἰς -φ-· ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφιλαβής, ὃ ἔστιν ἀμφοτέραις λαβεῖν ταῖς χερσίν. τοῦτο δὲ ἐπὶ πλήθους συμβαίνει. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

a. a. ξενίᾳ δ᾿ ἀρετᾷ: ὡς οἰκείου ὄντος τοῦ Λαμπρομάχου πρὸς τὸν Ἐφάρμοστον διὰ Λαμπρόμαχόν φησι γεγονέναι τὸν ἐπίνικον καὶ δι᾿ ἣν εἶχον προξενίαν πρὸς αὐτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

b. b. τιμάορος δὲ εἷπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμητὴς ἐσόμενος καὶ τιμῶν διὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς τοῦ ὕμνου, ὡς τοῦ Λαμπρομάχου καὶ Ἐφαρμόστου νενικηκότων Ἴσθμια τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ Νέμεα. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ ἄλλα δὶς ἐνίκησεν Ἴσθμια ὁ Ἐφάρμοστος. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

c. c. προξενίᾳ δ᾿ ἀρετᾷ τ᾿ ἤλυθον: πρόξενος ἦν Θηβαίων Λαμπρόμαχος, δι᾿ ὃν ἔγραψε τὴν ᾠδὴν ταύτην· ἦν δὲ καὶ Ἰσθμιονίκης. δύναται δὲ καὶ τοῦ Πινδάρου πρόξενος εἶναι. | ὁμοῦ δὲ νενικήκασιν Ἴσθμια καὶ Νέμεα τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ αὐτὸς καὶ ὁ Ἐφάρμοστος. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἄλλα δὶς νενίκηκεν Ἴσθμια ὁ Ἐφάρμοστος. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

d. d. προξενίᾳ τῇ φιλίᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

e. e. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς οὕτως ἔχει· διὰ δὲ τὴν προξενίαν, τουτέστι τὴν φιλίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ Λαμπρομάχου ἦλθον ἐπαινέτης τῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσθμῷ μιτρῶν, ὅτι κατὰ μίαν ἡμέραν οἱ δύο ἐνίκησαν, ὁ μὲν Ἐφάρμοστος Ὀλύμπια, ὁ δὲ Λαμπρόμαχος Ἴσθμια. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

f. f. ἔνιοι δέ φασιν ὅτι οἱ δύο Ἴσθμια ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ἐνίκησαν. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

a. a. Λαμπρομάχου: τὰ β΄ μία ἐστὶ περίοδος. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

b. b. μίτραισι δὲ ταῖς νίκαις. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

c. c. Ἰσθμίαισι Λαμπρομάχου: Λαμπρόμαχος συγγενὴς τοῦ Ἐφαρμόστου, κατὰ μίαν ἡμέραν Ἴσθμια σὺν αὐτῷ νικήσας. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

d. d. μίτραις νῦν τοῖς στεφάνοις καὶ ταῖς νίκαις. μίτρας γὰρ ἔνδοθεν τῶν στεφάνων καὶ διαδήματα ποικίλα εἰώθασι συνδεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

a. a. ἄλλαι δὲ δύο ἐν Κορίνθου πύλαις: ἐν δὲ Ἰσθμῷ ἄλλαι δύο νῖκαι ἐγένοντο Ἐφαρμόστῳ ἑξῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

b. b. ((Η 218)) χάρμαι νῦν χαραὶ καὶ ἡδοναί· καθ᾿ Ὅμηρον δὲ αἱ μάχαι. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

c. c. ἄλλως· ἤτοι μάχαι, ἢ χαραὶ καὶ νῖκαι ἐγένοντο αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ Ἰσθμῷ· Κορίνθου γὰρ πύλαι ὁ Ἰσθμός. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

x. ((fr. 62)(fr. 94)) ἔπειτα χάρμα: νῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ χαρά· Ὅμηρος δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς μάχης· οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἴβυκον καὶ Στησίχορον χάρμην τὴν ἐπιδορατίδα φασίν. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

a. a. τὰ δὲ καὶ Νεμέας: καὶ ἐν τῇ Νεμέᾳ Ἐφάρμοστος ἐνίκησε· ἐν Ἀθήναις δὲ τὰ Παναθήναια. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

b. b. καὶ ἄλλαι δὲ χαραὶ ἐγένοντο τῷ Ἐφαρμόστῳ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τῆς Νεμέας. ἔστι δὲ | περίφρασις ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν Νεμέᾳ. κατὰ κοινοῦ δὲ ἀκουστέον τὸ ἐγένοντο χάρμαι. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

x. κατὰ κόλπον: κατὰ κόλπον Νεμέας. ἐξυπακουστέον δὲ τὸ χάρμα. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

a. a. Ἄργει τ᾿ ἔσχεθε: τὰ Ἑκατόμβαια νικήσας καὶ τὰ Ἥραια ἐνίκησεν. οὗτος δὲ ἐν Ἄργει ἐτελεῖτο ὁ ἀγών. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

b. b. Ἄργει τ᾿ ἔσχεθε κῦδος ἀνδρῶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ, καὶ ἐν Ἄργει δὲ δόξαν προσείληφεν ἀνδρῶν νικήσας τὰ Ἥραια. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

c. c. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ἀνδράσι νικᾷ ἐν Ἄργει. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

a. a. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ [δὲ] τὸ κῦδος ἔσχε. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

b. b. ἢ τὰ Παναθήναια ἢ τὰ Ὀλύμπια. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

a. a. οἷον ἐν Μαραθῶνι: τὰ β΄ μία ἐστὶ περίοδος. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

b. b. τὸ οἷον θαυμαστικῶς. ἀγωνιζόμενος γὰρ ἐν Μαραθῶνι ἔκκριτος γενόμενος ἐκ τῶν ἀγενείων προβὰς ἄνδρας ἐνίκησε. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

c. c. δύναται δὲ τὸ οἷον καὶ ψιλῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ μόνον τὸν ἀγῶνα. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

d. d. οἷον δ᾿ ἐν Μαραθῶνι συλαθείς: [νῦν τὰ Ἡράκλεια λέγει. τοῦ δὲ οἷον ] διπλῆ ἡ ἐκδοχή. τινὲς γὰρ τὸ -οι- ψιλῶς ἀναγινώσκουσιν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· μόνον ἐν Μαραθῶνι ἀγενείων ἀγωνισάμενος ἡττήθη· καὶ μετεγγράψας ἑαυτὸν εἰς τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐνίκησεν. ἄτοπον δὲ τοῦτο· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐγκωμιάζων περὶ ἥττης ἔμελλε λέγειν. οἱ δὲ θαυμαστικῶς, ὃ καὶ βέλτιον· ὅπως δὲ καὶ οἵως ὑπέμεινεν ἐν Μαραθῶνι ἀγωνιζόμενος πρὸς τοὺς προβεβηκότας ἄνδρας, ἀποσυληθεὶς τῶν ἀγενείων καὶ ὑπεξελθὼν | καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἄνδρας χωρήσας, ἡνίκα περὶ ἀργυρῶν φιαλῶν προέκειτο ἀγωνίζεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

e. e. τὰ Ἡράκλεια. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

f. f. τὸ δὲ οἷον θαυμαστικόν. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

a. a. ἀμφ᾿ ἀργυρίδεσσι: ἀργύρειαι φιάλαι ἆθλα ἦσαν ἐν Μαραθῶνι ἐν τοῖς Ἡρακλείοις. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

b. b. ἀμφ᾿ ἀργυρίδεσσι: τοῖς ἐν Μαραθῶνι ἀγωνιζομένοις φιάλαι ἀργυραῖ δίδονται τὸ ἔπαθλον. Ἀθηναίοις δὲ ἔθος χρυσίδας καὶ ἀργυρίδας λέγειν. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

a. a. ὀξυρεπεῖ δόλῳ: ὀξυτάτῃ ἐπιμελείᾳ καὶ τέχνῃ. δόλῳ, παλαίσματι δολίῳ. καταγωνισάμενος τῇ παλαιστικῇ ὀξύτητι. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

b. b. τὸ δὲ ἀπτωτὶ ἐπιρρηματικῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

c. c. φῶτας δ᾿ ὀξυρρεπεῖ δόλῳ: τῇ ὀξυτάτῃ καὶ ἐπιμελεῖ τέχνῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

d. d. ὁ νοῦς· τοὺς δὲ ἄνδρας τοὺς ἀνταγωνιστὰς αὐτοῦ τέχνῃ νικήσας ὀξυτάτῃ, [αὐτὸς] μὴ πεσὼν μήτε ὑποστὰς πτῶμα διέβαινε τὸν κύκλον τοῦ σταδίου μεθ᾿ ὅσης βοῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

e. e. ἤτοι τὸν ἀγῶνα. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

f. f. μεθ᾿ ὅσων ἐπαίνων. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

a. a. διήρχετο κύκλον: τὸν τοῦ σταδίου ἔνθα ἠγωνίζοντο κύκλον. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

b. b. σὺν βοῇ τῇ τῶν θαυμαζόντων. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

c. c. διήρχετο κύκλον ὅσσᾳ: ἀντὶ τοῦ μεγάλῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

d. d. ὁ νοῦς· αὐτὸς κατὰ τὴν ἄθλησιν οὐ πεσὼν (θαυμαστικῶς) μεθ᾿ ὅσης δὲ βοῆς κύκλον, τὸν τοῦ σταδίου φησὶ, διήρχετο. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

e. e. ὅσσᾳ βοᾷ: μετὰ πάσης βοῆς παριόντι αὐτῷ ἐπήχουν πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

a. a. ὡραῖος ἐών: τὸ ἄκρον τῆς ὥρας καὶ τῆς ἀκμῆς ἔχων. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

b. b. οἷον καλὸς ὢν καλὰ ἔπραξεν. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

c. c. ὡραῖος ἐὼν καὶ καλός: νεανίας μὲν ὢν καὶ θαυμαστὸς τῷ ὀφθῆναι, ταῖς δὲ πράξεσιν οὐ καταισχύνων τὸ εἶδος. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

d. d. ὅσσᾳ δὲ βοᾷ, μεγάλῃ βοῇ. τὸ γὰρ ὅσσᾳ θαυμαστικῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

a. a. ((FHG IV, 366)) τὰ δὲ Παρρασίῳ στρατῷ: Κλεοφάνης ἐν τῷ περὶ ἀγώνων. τῷ Ἀρκαδικῷ, ὡς ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ τὰ Λύκαια νενικηκότος. ἐν τῇ Ἀρκαδίᾳ γὰρ ἤγοντο τῷ Διὶ τὰ Λύκαια. [Drachmann ad v. 143]

b. b. τὰ δὲ Παρρασίῳ στρατῷ: ἐν τῷ δήμῳ τῆς Ἀρκαδίας. Παρρασία δὲ μέρος Ἀρκαδίας, ἔνθα τελεῖται Λυκαίου Διὸς ἀγών. [Drachmann ad v. 143]

c. c. τὰ δὲ ἔργα αὐτοῦ τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀγῶνι τοῦ Λυκαίου Διὸς κατὰ τὴν Παρρασίαν τῆς Ἀρκαδίας ὅπως αὐτὸν ἔδειξε θαύματος ἄξιον. [Drachmann ad v. 143]

a. a. Λυκαίου: ἐν τῇ Ἀρκαδίᾳ, ὅπου ὁ Ζεὺς τετίμηται. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

b. b. καὶ Λύκαιος ἀπό τινος Λυκαίου. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

a. a. καὶ ψυχρᾶν ὁπότε: ἐφάνη δὲ θαυμάσιος καὶ ἡνίκα τῶν ψυχρῶν αὐρῶν καὶ τοῦ κρύους τὸ φάρμακον καὶ τὸ βοήθημα ἀπὸ τῆς Πελλήνης λαβὼν ἔφερε, τὴν χλανίδα. ταύτην γὰρ ἐλάμβανον οἱ νικῶντες. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

b. b. οἷον τρίβωνας. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

c. c. ὁ δὲ ἀγὼν ἐν Πελλήνῃ Ἕρμαια καλεῖται. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

d. d. εὐδιανόν: εὐδίαν ποιοῦν. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

e. e. εὐδιανὸν φάρμακον: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ θαυμαστὸς ἐφάνη. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

f. f. [εὐδιανὸν δὲ] ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνάπαυσιν τὴν ἀλεξάνεμον. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

g. g. ὅτι ἐν Πελλήνῃ χλαῖνα ἐδίδοτο τῷ νικῶντι χειμῶνος ὥρᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

h. h. ἄγεται δὲ Ἕρμαια καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος ἑορτὴ θεοξένια καλουμένη. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

a. a. ((ξ 529)) Πελλάνᾳ: ὅτι χλαῖνα ἦν τὸ ἔπαθλον ἐν Πελλήνῃ, εἴρηται. πεποίηται δὲ ταῦτα παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν · ἀλεξάνεμον μάλα πυκνήν. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

b. b. ἤγετο δὲ ὁ ἀγὼν ἐν Πελλήνῃ τῆς Ἀχαΐας τὰ θεοξένια ἐν χειμῶνι· διὸ καὶ χλαμὺς ἐδίδοτο. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

c. c. σύνδικος: σύμψηφος. σύμφωνος. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

d. d. τὸν τῶν Ἡρακλείων δὲ ἀγῶνα βούλεται δηλῶσαι. παρὰ γὰρ τῷ κοινῷ σήματι Ἀμφιτρύωνος καὶ Ἰολάου ἄγεται τὰ Ἡράκλεια. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

e. e. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· σύμφωνος δὲ τῶν προειρημένων ἀγώνων καὶ τὰ Ἰόλεια. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

f. f. ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι συνδικούντων ἀλλήλοις. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

g. g. τύμβον δὲ λέγει τὸ κενοτάφιον. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

h. h. σύνδικος δ᾿ αὐτῷ Ἰολάου τύμβος: μαρτυρεῖ δὲ αὐτοῦ τῇ ἀνδρείᾳ καὶ ὁ τοῦ Ἰολάου τύμβος ἐν Θήβαις. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

i. i. Ἰολάεια γὰρ λέγεται ὁ ἀγὼν ὃν ἐνίκησεν. | [Drachmann ad v. 148]

k. k. ἄλλως· Ἰολάου τύμβος: ὁ ἐν Θήβαις. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

l. l. καὶ Ἰολάου τὸν τῶν Ἡρακλείων ἀγῶνα θέλων δηλῶσαι τύμβον Ἰολάου εἶπε. παρὰ γὰρ τῷ κοινῷ σήματι Ἀμφιτρύωνος ὁ τῶν Ἡρακλείων ἀγὼν ἐτελεῖτο. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

a. a. εἰναλία τ᾿ Ἐλευσίς: ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι ἄγεται τὰ Δημήτρια. τοῦτον δὲ πρῶτον ἀγώνων φασὶν εἶναι. μετὰ γὰρ τὸ εὑρεθῆναι τὸν Δημήτριον καρπὸν εὐρωστίας οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐπίδειξιν ἐπιδειξάμενοι τοῦτον ἠγωνίζοντο, καὶ τετραποδιστὶ τὸ πάλαι περιπατοῦντες ἀνέστησαν καὶ δρόμον ἠγωνίζοντο· ἔνθεν καὶ στάδιον καλοῦσι δρόμον διὰ τὴν στάσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

b. b. ἐναλία τ᾿ Ἐλευσίς: καὶ ἡ Ἐλευσὶς δὲ ἡ πρὸς τῇ θαλάσσῃ κειμένη ταῖς ἀγλαΐαις αὐτοῦ καὶ νίκαις μαρτυρεῖ. ἄγεται δὲ αὐτόθι ἀγὼν Κόρης καὶ Δήμητρος, ὃς καλεῖται Ἐλευσίνια· οὗ ἔπαθλον κριθαί. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

c. c. τὴν Ἐλευσίς: τὸν τῶν Ἐλευσινίων ἀγῶνα λέγει. ἔπαθλον δὲ κεῖται κριθαί· ἄγεται δὲ ἐν Ἀθήναις μετὰ τῶν Δημητριακῶν καρπῶν συλλογὴν τῇ Δήμητρι εὐχαριστήρια. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

a. a. τὸ τὸ δὲ φυᾷ: θείᾳ φύσει καὶ μοίρᾳ πρασσόμενον καλόν ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

b. b. ἢ τὸ ἐξ εὐφυΐας. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

c. c. τὸ δὲ φυᾷ κράτιστον ἅπαν: τὸ δὲ ἐκ φύσεως προσὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ θείας μοίρας κράτιστον καὶ ἐξαίρετον. λείπει δὲ τὸ ἐστίν. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

d. d. εἰς ἑαυτὸν δὲ αἰνίττεται· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἑαυτὸν λέγει αὐτοδίδακτον. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

a. a. πολλοὶ δὲ διδακταῖς: πολλοὶ δὲ ἠθέλησαν κλέος λαβεῖν διδαχθέντες καὶ μὴ ἐκ φύσεως ἔχοντες τὴν ἀρετήν. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

b. b. πολλοὶ δὲ διδακταῖς: πολλοὶ δὲ δόξαν ἑαυτοῖς ἠθέλησαν περιποιῆσαι ἀπὸ διδακτῶν ἀρετῶν καὶ ὥρμησαν καὶ ἔσπευσαν ἐπὶ τοῦτο προελθεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

a. a. ἄνευ δὲ θεοῦ: ἕκαστον δέ, φησι, πρᾶγμα τὸ χωρὶς θεοῦ πρασσόμενον σιωπώμενον σοφώτερόν ἐστι· πᾶν γὰρ τὸ μὴ κατὰ θεὸν πρασσόμενον δεῖ σιγᾶν καὶ μηδενὸς λόγου ἀξιοῦν. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

b. b. οἷον σοφώτερόν ἐστι σιγᾶν ἐκεῖνα τὰ πράγματα τὰ μὴ μετειληχότα βουλῆς ἀθανάτου. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

c. c. οἷον μετὰ θεοῦ τις παραγενόμενος εἰς τοὺς ἀγῶνας ὡς ὁ Ἐφάρμοστος, οὗτος καὶ ὑμνεῖσθαι καὶ λαλεῖσθαι ἄξιός ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

a. a. [ἐντὶ γὰρ ἄλλαι ὁδῶν ὁδοὶ ἕως τοῦ μελέτα:] διατί δὲ οὐκ ἔστι σκαιὸν τὸ μὴ θαυμάζειν τοὺς ἄνευ θεοῦ μοίρας τι πράσσοντας, ἑαυτοῖς δὲ ἐπιτρέποντας; ὅτι εἰσὶν αἱρετώτεραι καὶ προτιμότεραί τινες ἐπιτηδεύσεις ἐπιτηδεύσεων· | οἷον αἱ προσφυεῖς ἑκάστῳ καὶ οὐκ ἐναντιούμεναι κατὰ γένεσιν καὶ φύσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

b. b. ἐντὶ γὰρ ἄλλαι ὁδῶν ὁδοὶ ἕως μελέτα: δεῖ ἕκαστον τὴν δεδομένην αὐτῷ ὁδὸν ἐκ θεῶν, ταύτην ἰέναι καὶ μὴ παραβιάζεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

c. c. ((Ν 730)) ἄλλῳ μὲν γὰρ ἔδωκε θεὸς πολεμήια ἔργα, ἄλλῳ δ᾿ ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον. Ὅμηρος · [Drachmann ad v. 158]

d. d. περαίτεραι δὲ ἀμείνονες. περασιμώτεραι. ἀνυσιμώτεραι. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

e. e. περαίτεραι: εὐοδώτεραι. δι᾿ ὧν τις δύναται περαιῶσαί τι. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

f. f. οἷον εἰ μὴ πέφυκας πρὸς τὸ παγκράτιον, πάλην ἄσκει, ἢ ἄλλο τι πρὸς ὃ εὐφυῶς ἔχεις. | οὐ γὰρ δεῖ σε ἑνὶ προσέχειν· ἡ γὰρ ἐπιμέλεια ἡμᾶς θρέψει. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

g. g. ὁ γὰρ ἑλόμενός τι ὥστε τηρῆσαι πάντων, ἐκεῖ εὐκλεὴς ἔσται. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

x. ὁδοὶ περαίτεραι: πρακτικώτεραι, ἀνυστικώτεραι. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

a. a. μία δ᾿ οὐχ ἅπαντας ἄμμε θρέψει: οὐ γὰρ ἡ μία μελέτη καὶ τὸ ἓν ἐπιτήδευμα πάντας ἡμᾶς δύναται τρέφειν. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

b. b. μελέτη δὲ ἄσκησις. ἐπιτήδευμα. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

a. a. αἰπειναί: δυσέφικτοι. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

b. b. σοφίαι μὲν αἰπειναί: τουτέστιν ἐφ᾿ ὑψηλοῦ καὶ προβάσεως κεῖνται αἱ σοφίαι, ὥστε εἶναι τὴν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὰς ὁδὸν δυσχερῆ. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

c. c. ((Op. 289)) τῆς δ᾿ ἀρετῆς ἱδρῶτα θεοὶ προπάροιθεν ἔθηκαν. ἢ οὕτως· ὑψηλόν ἐστι καὶ ἐν μετεώρῳ κείμενον τὸ ἀρετὴν ἔχειν. ὡς Ἡσίοδος · [Drachmann ad v. 161]

d. d. ἢ οὕτως· αἱ μὲν σοφίαι ὑψηλαί εἰσιν καὶ πόρρω καὶ δυσχερεῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

a. a. προσφέρων ἄεθλον: προσφέρων τῇ σοφίᾳ τὸν ἆθλον. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

b. b. ἢ πρὸς τοῦτον φέρων τὸν ἆθλον, αὐτὴν τὴν σοφίαν. τὸν ὕμνον δὲ λέγει, ἔπαθλον τοῦ νικηφόρου. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

c. c. τοῦτο δὲ προσφέρων: τὸ τῆς ἐμῆς σοφίας ἐπιτήδευμα. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

d. d. τὸ τοῦτο δὲ προσφέρων ἄεθλον: ἑαυτῷ ὁ Πίνδαρος παρακελεύεται καί φησιν· ὅμως δὲ τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῆς σοφίας ἆθλον προσφέρων καὶ ἐκπληρῶν, τὸν ὕμνον, μέγα καὶ ὑπερφυὲς ἀναβόησον μετὰ εὐθαρσίας· τί δὲ ἀναβόησον; τοῦτον δαιμονίᾳ (λείπει μοίρᾳ) γεγενῆσθαι δυνατὸν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ παντὶ τῷ σώματι ἐπιδέξιον κατὰ πᾶν μέλος· ἵνα κοῦφος ᾖ καὶ εὔστροφος καὶ ὁ λεγόμενος ὑγρὸς παλαιστής· ὃς καὶ τῷ βλέμματι ἀλκὴν καὶ δύναμιν ἐμφαίνει. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

a. a. ((Λ 11)) ὄρθιον ὤρουσαι: ὀξὺ καὶ μέγα. Ὅμηρος · ὄρθι᾿, Ἀχαιοῖσιν δὲ μέγα σθένος. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

b. b. λέγει δὲ πρὸς τὸν χορὸν περὶ τοῦ νενικηκότος· βόησον ἀνατεταμένον θαρσῶν ὅτι θείᾳ μοίρᾳ ἐγένετο πρὸς ἄθλησιν οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

c. c. ἢ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν λέγει ὅτι ὥρμησα ὀξέως. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

d. d. θαρσέων: θαρρῶν φώνησον ἀνατεινάμενος, ὦ θυμὲ, ὅτι θείᾳ μοίρᾳ ἐγένετο πρὸς ἄθλησιν οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ. περὶ δὲ τοῦ νενικηκότος ὁ λόγος. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

x. δαιμονίᾳ γεγάμεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ θείᾳ μοίρᾳ γεγονέναι. [Drachmann ad v. 164]

a. a. δεξιόγυιον: τὸν Ἐφάρμοστον λέγει· μετὰ γὰρ σῶμα ἔχει καὶ ὑγιῆ τὰ μέλη. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

b. b. ἐπιδέξιον κατὰ πᾶν μέλος καὶ βλέποντα ἀνδρικῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

c. c. ὁρῶντ᾿ ἀλκάν: βλέποντα ἀνδρικῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

a. a. Αἰάντειον: τὸ ἑξῆς· Αἰάντειον βωμὸν ἔστεφε νικῶν ἐν δαιτὶ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ ἀγῶνι, τοῦ Ὀιλέως παιδός· ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ῑ τὸ ὄνομα εἶπεν· ὡς καὶ τὰ ἐν Ὀποῦντι Αἰάντεια νενικηκότος καὶ ἐστεφανωκότος τὸν Αἴαντος βωμόν. ἄγεται δὲ ταῦτα τῷ Λοκρῷ Αἴαντι ἐν Ὀποῦντι. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

b. b. Αἰάντειόν τ᾿ ἐν δαιτί: τὰ Αἰάντεια ἐν Ὀποῦντι ἄγεται· ἃ νικήσας ἐστεφάνωσε τὸν Αἰάντειον βωμὸν ἐν πανηγύρει. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

x. ((cfr. fr. 142)) ἐν δαιτὶ Ἰλιάδα: ὅστις ἀνὴρ καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ Αἴαντος τοῦ Ὀιλέως παιδὸς πανηγύρει καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐπωνύμῳ αὐτοῦ ἀγῶνι νικήσας θυσίαις καὶ στέμμασι τὸν Αἰάντειον βωμὸν ἐκόσμησεν. | Ἰλιάδα τοῦ Ὀιλέως παιδὸς, τοῦ Αἴαντος τοῦ Λοκροῦ. | ἄνευ δὲ τοῦ -ο- εἴρηκε τὸν Ὀιλιάδην Ἰλιάδην εἰπών, ὥς πού φησι καὶ Ἡσίοδος. τέλος Ἐφαρμόστου. [Drachmann ad v. 167]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 10

Olympian 10 — for Ἀγησιδάμῳ Λοκρῷ Ἐπιζεφυρίῳ

παιδὶ πύκτῃ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 105 lines · 328 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen X.

metr. Ἀγησιδάμῳ Λοκρῷ Ἐπιζεφυρίῳ παιδὶ πύκτῃ. Τοῦ ι΄ εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων η΄. τὸ α΄ Ἀσκληπιάδειον ἀντισπαστικὸν ἀκατάληκτον, τοῦ α΄ ἀντισπάστου ἀπὸ διβραχέος ἀρξαμένου. τὸ β΄ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἀρξάμενον ἀπὸ ἰαμβικῆς καὶ λῆγον εἰς ἴαμβον. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον· ὁ τρίτος δάκτυλος πανταχοῦ. τὸ δ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον διῃρημένου τοῦ α΄ ποδός. τὸ ε΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερὲς, ἢ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. καὶτὸ ς΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον, ὅ ἐστι Φερεκράτειον παρὰ συλλαβήν. τὸ ζ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. ἡ α΄ συζυγία ἰωνική· ἡ β΄ ἰαμβική· εἶτα τροχαῖος, οἰκεῖος τῆ ἰωνικῇ, συλλαβή. τὸ η΄ Γλυκώνειον· ὅπερ ἔλυσεν ἐν τῷ πέφνε Κτέατον ἀμύμονα, ἐννεασύλλαβον. εἶτα β΄ ἰωνικῶνκαὶ χοριάμβουἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων θ΄. τὸ α΄ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον, οὗ ἡ πρώτη συζυγία ἰαμβική ἐστι τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς ἀναλυομένου· εἶτα χορίαμβος· εἶτα ποὺς ἁπλοῦς. τὸ β΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον· α΄ τροχαῖος τοῦ α΄ ποδὸς λελυμένου· εἶτα ἰωνικὸς ἀπὸ μείζονος· εἶτα χορίαμβος. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον λελυμένον. τὸ δ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἀπὸ ἰαμβικῆς συζυγίας λελυμένης. τὸ ε΄ ἰωνικὸν τετράμετρον καταληκτικὸν, τοῦ γ΄ παίωνος ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος κειμένου, καὶ τροχαίου καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον, οὗ ἀπόδοσις· ὁ γὰρ ε΄ πούς ἐστι.... τὸ ζ΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ τοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος καὶ ποδὸς ἡμίσεος. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον· ὁ β΄ ποὺς ἀνάπαιστος· ὁ δ΄ τρίβραχυς. τὸ θ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἀπὸ τροχαϊκῆς [συζυγίας].

insc_a. Inscr.a. Ἀγησιδάμῳ: οὗτος ἐνίκησεν ἕκτην καὶ ἑβδομηκοστὴν Ὀλυμπιάδα.

insc_b. Inscr.b. Ἔθνη Λοκρῶν εἰσι τρία· Ἐπιζεφύριοι πρὸς Ἰταλίᾳ· Ὀζόλαι πρὸς τῇ Αἰτωλίᾳ· Ἐπικνημίδιοι πρὸς τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ.

insc_c. c. ἐνίκησε δὲ οὗτος ἑβδομηκοστὴν τετάρτην Ὀλυμπιάδα.

1–4

 τὸν Ὀλυμπιονίκαν ἀνάγνωτέ μοι σ9
 Ἀρχεστράτου παῖδα, πόθι φρενὸς σ3
 ἐμᾶς γέγραπται· γλυκὺ γὰρ αὐτῷ μέλος ὀφείλων ἐπιλέλαθʼ· ὦ Μοῖσʼ, ἀλλὰ σὺ καὶ θυγάτηρ
 Ἀλάθεια Διός, ὀρθᾷ χερὶ σ2

Read me the name of the Olympic victor, the son of Archestratus, where it has been written in my mind. For I owed him a sweet song, and I have forgotten. But come, Muse, you and the daughter of Zeus, unforgetting Truth: with the hand that puts things right,

Sometimes have men most need of winds, sometimes of showered waters of the firmament, the children of the cloud.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (14 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. Τὸν Ὀλυμπιονίκαν: ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὰς Μούσας, ἢ πρὸς τοὺς τοῦ χοροῦ.

b. b. Τὸν Ὀλυμπιονίκαν ἀνάγνωτέ μοι: ἔοικεν ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐκ πολλοῦ συνθέμενος γράφειν τὸν ἐπίνικον ὀλιγωρῆσαι τῆς γραφῆς, αὖθις δὲ ἀποδιδοὺς αὐτῷ σὺν τόκῳ ὥσπέρ τι χρέος παλαιὸν διαλύεσθαι προσθεὶς ἕτερόν τι ᾠδάριον τὸ ἑξῆς.

c. c. ἀνάγνωτέ μοι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναγνωρίσατέ μοι.

d. d. ἀναμνήσατέ με, ὦ Μοῦσαι, ἐν ᾧ χωρίῳ τῆς φρενός μου Ἀγησίδαμός ἐστιν.

e. e. ((fr. 540)) ὡς προδιατεθειμένος τὸν ἐπίνικον νῦν ἀναμνήσεως δεῖν αὐτῷ φησι. καὶ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Τριπτολέμῳ · σὲ δ᾿ ἐν φρενὸς δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους.

f. f. ἔστι δὲ τροπικῶς ταῦτα.

g. g. τὸν Ὀλυμπιονίκαν: ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ προοιμίου ὁ Πίνδαρος δῆλός ἐστιν ὅτι πρὸ πολλοῦ μὲν ἠξίωτο γράψαι, ὑπερθέμενος δὲ νῦν ὡς ἐξ ὑπομνήσεως ἀποδοῦναι βούλεται τὸν ὕμνον.

h. h. ἀναγνωρίσατέ μοι καὶ εἰς μνήμην τὴν ἐμὴν ἀγάγετε τὸν Ὀλυμπιονίκην τὸν τοῦ Ἀρχεστράτου υἱὸν, καὶ εἴπατε ἐν ποίῳ μέρει μου τῆς διανοίας κεχάρακται. χρεωστῶν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὕμνον γλυκὺν, ὦ Μοῦσαι, ἐπελαθόμην μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος.

i. i. τρία μέρη φασὶν εἶναι τῆς φρενὸς, λογιστικὸν, μνημονευτικὸν καὶ φανταστικὸν, καὶ τὸ μὲν λογιστικόν ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἐγκεφάλῳ, τὸ δὲ φανταστικὸν ἐν τῷ μετώπῳ, τὸ δὲ μνημονευτικὸν μέσον τῶν δύο. ἔχουσι δὲ ἀμφότερα, τό τε λογιστικὸν καὶ φανταστικὸν, ὥς τι ταμεῖον τὸ μνημονευτικὸν, καὶ ἐναποτιθεῖσιν ἐν αὐτῷ ἅπερ ἐκεῖνο μὲν φαντάζεται, ἐκεῖνο δὲ, ἤγουν τὸ λογιστικὸν, λογίζεται. ἐκ δὲ τούτου, ἤγουν τοῦ μνημονευτικοῦ, ἔχομεν μνημονεύειν ἅπερ ἀνέγνωμεν καὶ ἅπερ ἐθεασάμεθα. διά τοι τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Πίνδαρος εἶπεν· ἀναγνωρίσατέ μοι, ὦ Μοῖσαι, ἐν ποίῳ μέρει τῆς φρενὸς γέγραπται, ἤγουν κεχάρακται, ὁ παῖς τοῦ Ἀρχεστράτου, ἤγουν ὁ Ἀγησίδαμος.

ad v. 2

a. a. πόθι φρενός: ἐν ποίῳ μέρει τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἀπόκειται.

b. b. διὰ τὸ μῆκος τοῦ χρόνου.

c. c. γράφεται δὲ καὶ ἐγγέγραπται, οἱονεὶ ἐγκεχάρακται.

ad v. 4

a. a. ὦ Μοῖσ᾿, ἀλλὰ σὺ καὶ θυγάτηρ Ἀλάθεια Διός: σὺ τοίνυν, ὦ Μοῦσα, καὶ σὺ, τοῦ Διὸς θυγάτηρ Ἀλήθεια, ταῖς ἴσαις καὶ δικαίαις χερσὶν ἀποκωλύσατε καὶ ἀπείρξατε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ τὴν ἐπίπληξιν καὶ τὴν ἐπιτίμησιν ἣν ἄν τις εἰς ἐμὲ ποιήσαιτο ὡς εἰς τὸν ξένον μου καὶ φίλον ἡμαρτηκότα, ὅτι ἐψευσάμην καὶ ἐβράδυνα πληρῶσαι τὸν ὕμνον.

b. b. ἀλιτόξενον: διαμαρτάνουσαν εἰς τοὺς ξένους, ὅτι ξένου αὐτῷ ὄντος τοῦ Ἀρχεστράτου ψευσάμενος ἤλιτεν εἰς αὐτόν[, ὅ ἐστιν ἥμαρτεν].

5–6

5 ἐρύκετον ψευδέων5

6 ἐνιπὰν ἀλιτόξενον. σ2

keep from me the blame for lying, for wronging my friend.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (2 entries)

ad v. 6

a. a. ((Α 526)) Ἀλάθεια: τὴν Ἀλήθειαν Διός φησι θυγατέρα εἶναι, ἐπεὶ τούτῳ πρέπει τὸ ἀληθεύειν· οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν παλινάγρετον οὐδ᾿ ἀπατηλὸν οὐδ᾿ ἀτελεύτητον.

b. b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἀλλὰ σὺ, ὦ Μοῦσα, καὶ Ἀλήθεια τὴν τῶν ψευδῶν ἐπίπληξιν ἐρύκετε.

7–9

 ἕκαθεν γὰρ ἐπελθὼν ὁ μέλλων χρόνος
 ἐμὸν καταίσχυνε βαθὺ χρέος. σ2
 ὅμως δὲ λῦσαι δυνατὸς ὀξεῖαν ἐπιμομφὰν τόκος· ὁρᾶτʼ ὦν νῦν ψᾶφον ἑλισσομέναν σ9

Approaching from far away, the future has arrived and made me ashamed of my deep debt. Still, payment with interest has a way of dissolving the bitter reproach of men.

Scholia ad vv. 7–9 (11 entries)

ad v. 8

a. a. ἀλιτόξενον: τὴν τοὺς ξένους βλάπτουσαν.

b. b. ὅτι καὶ οὗτος εἰς Ἀρχέστρατον ξένον ὄντα ἤλιτεν.

ad v. 9

a. a. ἐπελθών: ὁ ἐκ πολλοῦ διαστήματος ἐλθών.

b. b. ὁ γὰρ ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνος παραγενόμενος τὸ ἐμὸν χρέος καταισχύνει.

c. c. ἡνίκα πολὺς γὰρ ὁ μεταξὺ χρόνος ἐγένετο καὶ ἦλθεν οὐκ ἐγγύθεν, ἀλλὰ μακρόθεν, ἀναμνησθεὶς ἐπιτελεῖ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν.

d. d. ἕκαθε γὰρ ἐπελθὼν ὁ μέλλων χρόνος: ὁ προσδοκώμενος μετὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν ἔσεσθαι, καθ᾿ ὃν ἀποδίδωσι τὸν ἐπινίκιον.

e. e. ὁ μελλητικός.

f. f. ὁ γὰρ ἐκ πολλοῦ διαστήματος χρόνος παραγενόμενος τὸ ἐμὸν χρέος καταισχυνεῖ· οἷον βαθὺ αὐτὸ καὶ πολὺ ποιήσει χρέος καὶ αὐξηθησόμενον τόκοις.

g. g. ἕκαθε γάρ: ἀφ᾿ οὑκερ ὑπεσχόμην, πρὸς τοῦτο ἕκαθε.

h. h. ὁ γὰρ ἐπιγενόμενος χρόνος μετὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν πολὺς ὢν καταισχύνει τὸ ὄφλημα· διὰ δὲ τούτου σημαίνει ὅτι πολὺς ὁ διὰ μέσου χρόνος διελήλυθεν εἴπερ ὁ μέλλων χρόνος οὐκ ἐγγύθεν, ἀλλὰ μακρόθεν ἐλήλνθεν, ἡνίκα μνησθεὶς ἐπιτελεῖ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν.

i. i. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐ γὰρ ὡρισμένως οὐδὲ καθὼς ὑπεσχόμην. ἀλλὰ πόρρω τῆς προθεσμίας ὁ τότε ὡρισμένος καὶ τότε μέλλων [προσδοκώμενος] χρόνος αἰσχύνης ἀξίαν μηνύει μου τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν καὶ ὀφειλὴν βραδύνας.

10–12

 ὅπα κῦμα κατακλύσσει ῥέον, σ1
 ὅπα τε κοινὸν λόγον σ1
 φίλαν τίσομεν ἐς χάριν.

Now, just as the flowing wave overwhelms the rolling pebble, so shall I pay my account in full, in gratitude and friendship.

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (2 entries)

ad v. 10

x. βαθὺ χρέος: μέγιστον ὄφλημα τὸν ὕμνον λέγει.

ad v. 11

x. ὅμως δέ γε λῦσαι δυνατός: ὅμως ἠρεθισμένην τὴν τῶν θνητῶν ἐπιμομφὴν δυνατὸς ὁ τόκος ἐστὶ λῦσαι. ὀξεῖαν γὰρ τὴν ἠρεθισμένην ἢ τὴν εὐεπίφορον· ὁ δὲ ὀφείλων ἐπιδιδοὺς τόκον ἄμεμπτος γίνεται· φιλοκερδεῖς γὰρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι.

13–14

13 νέμει γὰρ Ἀτρέκεια πόλιν Λοκρῶν Ζεφυρίων, σ13

14 μέλει τέ σφισι Καλλιόπα σ2

For unswerving Exactitude rules the city of the Western Locrians, and Calliope is important to them, and bronze-armored Ares.

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (15 entries)

ad v. 13

a. a. νῦν ψᾶφον: ἀλληγορικῶς ταῦτα λέγει· προσυπακουστέον δὲ ἔξωθεν τούτῳ. ἰδίωμα δέ ἐστι Πινδάρου οὕτως ἐλλείπειν τὸ ὥς. παραβάλλει δὲ ἀλληγορῶν τῷ τῆς θαλάσσης ῥεύματι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν. ὡς γὰρ ψῆφον ἐπ᾿ αἰγιαλὸν κυλινδουμένην ἐκβρασσόμενον τὸ κῦμα κατακλύζει, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, φησὶ, κἀγὼ τὴν ἐπικυλιομένην καὶ ἐπιφερομένην μοι μέμψιν ἐκκλύσω καθάπερ ψῆφον.

b. b. ῥεῦμα οὖν λέγει τῶν ὕμνων τὸ πνεῦμα.

c. c. νῦν ψᾶφον ἑλισσομέναν ὅπα κῦμα κατακλύσει ῥέον: ἀλληγορικῶς ταῦτα λέγει· προσυπακουστέον δὲ ἔξωθεν τοιοῦτόν τι· ἴδωμεν, θεωρήσωμεν μήποτε κῦμα τὴν ψῆφον δινουμένην ἐπιρρέον κατακλύσῃ.

d. d. τινὲς δὲ πρὸς τὸ κατὰ τὸν ὕμνον νοούμενον πνεῦμα.

e. e. παραβάλλει δὲ ἀλληγορῶν τῷ τῆς θαλάσσης ῥεύματι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν. ὡς γὰρ ψῆφον παρ᾿ αἰγιαλὸν κυλινδουμένην ἐκβρασσόμενον τὸ κῦμα κατακλύζει, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, φησὶ, κἀγὼ τὴν ἐπικυλιομένην μέμψιν ἐκκλύσω ὡς ψῆφον.

f. f. ἢ οὕτω· νῦν τὴν τῶν ἀνδρῶν μομφὴν ὥσπερ ψῆφον δινουμένην κατακλύσει τὸ τῶν ὕμνον ῥεῦμα ὡς κῦμα.

g. g. ἄλλως· νῦν ψᾶφον ἑλισσομέναν: νῦν [ψᾶφον] τὴν παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων μέμψιν κατακλύσει ὁ ὕμνος ὡς ψῆφον κῦμα, | ὅταν τὸν κοινὸν λόγον, τουτέστι τὸ ποίημα, πρὸς χάριν ἀποτίσωμεν.

h. h. προσυπακουστέον δὲ τὸ ὥς, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ὡς ψῆφον ἑλισσομένην, οὕτω τὸ κῦμα καταλύσει αὐτήν.

i. i. ἢ οὕτως· ὥσπερ τὸ κῦμα τὴν ψῆφον ἐπιρρέον κατακλύζει, οὕτω καὶ τὸν ἐπίνικον ἀποδώσομεν.

k. k. ἢ οὕτως· λείπει τὸ ἴδωμεν ἢ θεωρήσωμεν.

l. l. νῦν σκοπήσωμεν ὅπως τὸ ἡμέτερον κῦμα ῥέον, τουτέστιν ἡ ἡμετέρα ποίησις, κατακλύσει τὴν ἑλισσομένην ψῆφον, τουτέστι τὴν καθ᾿ ἡμῶν ἑλισσομένην λοιδορίαν.

m. m. ἄλλως· νῦν οὖν σκοπήσωμεν ὅπως καθάπερ [λοιδορίαν] ψῆφόν τινα κυλιομένην τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης κῦμα περικλύζει καὶ ἵστησιν, οὕτω στήσωμεν τὸν παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν ψόγον, καὶ σκοπήσωμεν ὅπως τὸν κοινὸν τοῦ παντὸς γένους καὶ πάσης τῆς πόλεως ἔπαινον προσφιλῶς καὶ κεχαρισμένως ἀποτίσωμεν καὶ ἀποδώσομεν.

n. n. ἑλισσομέναν: κυλιομένην.

ad v. 14

a. a. ὅπα κῦμα κατακλύσει: τινὲς τὸ ὅπα ἀντὶ τοῦ ὥς νῦν παραλαμβάνουσιν.

b. b. ὅπα κῦμα: οἱ μὲν ὅπου, οἱ δὲ ὅκως.

15–19

 καὶ χάλκεος Ἄρης. τράπε δὲ Κύκνεια μάχα καὶ ὑπέρβιον σ3
 Ἡρακλέα. πύκτας δʼ ἐν Ὀλυμπιάδι νικῶν σ1
 Ἴλᾳ φερέτω χάριν σ10
 Ἁγησίδαμος ὡς σ2
 Ἀχιλεῖ Πάτροκλος. σ4

Olympia Battle with Cycnus set back even Heracles, strong and violent; let Hagesidamus, victorious as a boxer at, offer thanks to Ilas, just as Patroclus did to Achilles.

Scholia ad vv. 15–19 (20 entries)

ad v. 15

a. a. κοινὸν λόγον: Ἀρίσταρχος κοινὸν λόγον τὸν ὕμνον, οὗ πολλοὶ ἐπιθυμοῦσι· πολύκοινος γὰρ καὶ εὐεπίφορός ἐστιν εἰς τὸ λέγειν.

b. b. κοινὸν λόγον: ἕτεροι μὲν τὸν περὶ τῶν πολλῶν λόγον· οἱ δὲ τὸν ὕμνον ἤκουσαν, ἤτοι ὅτι πλείονες αὐτοῦ μεθέξουσιν [οἱ νικηφόροι], ἢ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν ἔσται στομάτων.

c. c. ὅπα τε κοινὸν λόγον: ὅπως τὸν ὕμνον ἀποτίσωμεν προσφιλῶς τε καὶ κεχαρισμένως τῷ ἐγκωμιαζομένῳ.

ad v. 16

x. φίλαν ἐς χάριν: εἰς χάριν, φησὶ, τοῦ νενικηκότος· ἵν᾿ ᾖ δῆλον ὅτι καθαρεῖ καὶ ἀποτρίψει τὸ ὄφλημα.

ad v. 17

a. a. νέμει γὰρ ἁ τραχεῖα πόλις: ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐνομεῖται· διὸ δεῖ χαρίζεσθαί με τὸν ὕμνον.

b. b. ἢ νέμει. οἱονεὶ νομὴν καὶ λαβὴν δίδωσιν ἡ πόλις πρὸς τὸ ἐγκωμιάζειν· διό φησι· μέλει τέ σφισι Καλλιόπα, τουτέστιν ἐν μουσικῇ καὶ πολέμῳ διαφέρουσιν.

c. c. ἢ οὕτως· ἡ ἀτρέκεια νέμει τὴν πόλιν τῶν Λοκρῶν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπαληθεύει ἡ τῶν Λοκρῶν πόλις· διὸ καὶ ἐμοὶ φυλακτέον ἐστὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀλήθειαν γράφοντι τὸν ἐπίνικον καὶ ἀποδιδόντι Ἀγησιδάμῳ. ὁ δὲ Δίδυμός φησιν ἔχειν λόγον καὶ τὴν ἑτέραν νέμει γὰρ ἁ τραχεῖα πόλις Λοκρῶν, ἐπεὶ περὶ χάριτός ἐστιν ὁ λόγος· ἀπονέμει ἡ τραχεῖα πόλις τὴν χάριν, τουτέστιν οἶδεν ἀντιχαρίζεσθαι ἡ τῶν Λοκρῶν πόλις πρὸς ἐγκώμια· διό φησιν· μέλει τέ σφι Καλλιόπα.

d. d. νέμει γὰρ ἀτρέκεια πόλιν Λοκρῶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ νέμεται καὶ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, | τουτέστι καὶ μεθ᾿ ἑαυτῆς ἔχει τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἡ τῶν Λοκρῶν πόλις. | οὐ δεῖ οὖν, φησιν, οὐδ᾿ ἐμὲ ψεύδεσθαι.

e. e. νέμει γὰρ ἀτρέκεια πόλιν Λοκρῶν, τουτέστιν ἀληθεύει ἡ τῶν Λοκρῶν πόλις. | διὸ καὶ ἐμοὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀλήθειαν φυλακτέον.

f. f. ἐπεὶ γὰρ περὶ χάριτός ἐστιν ὁ λόγος, φησὶν· ὅπα τε κοινὸν λόγον τίσομεν ἐς χάριν· ἀπονέμει γὰρ ἡ τραχεῖα πόλις.

g. g. τινὲς οὕτως· οἶδεν ἀντιχαρίζεσθαι ἡ τῶν Λοκρῶν πόλις.

h. h. νέμει γὰρ ἀτρέκεια πόλιν Λοκρῶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχει νομὴν καὶ δίδωσι λαβὰς ἡ πόλις τῶν Λοκρῶν | πρὸς ἐγκώμια· διὸ ἐπήνεγκε· μέλει τέ σφι Καλλιόπα καὶ χάλκεος Ἄρης. καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ μουσικῇ διαφέρουσι κἀν τοῖς κατὰ πόλεμον· διὸ ἀφορμὰς δίδωσι τοῖς βουλομένοις.

i. i. ((fr. 200)(fr. 548)) τραχεῖα δὲ εἰκότως ἂν λέγοιτο, λοφώδης οὖσα καὶ ἐπιθαλασσίδιος. | αὐτὸς γάρ φησιν · οἵ τ᾿ ἀργίλοφον πὰρ Ζεφυρίου κολώναν. καὶ ὃ βούλεται λέγειν, ἔστι τοιοῦτον· καίπερ τραχεῖα οὖσα εὐνομεῖται. διὰ τί δέ, φησὶν Ἀριστοτέλης · ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐχρῶντο τῷ θεῷ πῶς ἂν πολλῆς ταραχῆς ἀπαλλαγεῖεν, ἐξέπεσεν αὐτοῖς χρησμὸς ἑαυτοῖς νόμους τίθεσθαι. ὅτε καί τις ποιμὴν, ᾧ ὄνομα Ζάλευκος, πολλοὺς νόμους δυνηθεὶς εἰσενεγκεῖν τοῖς πολίταις δοκίμους, γνωσθείς τε καὶ ἐρωτηθεὶς πόθεν εὕροι, ἔφησεν ἐνύπνιον αὐτῷ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν παρίστασθαι· διὸ αὐτός τε ἠλευθέρωται καὶ νομοθέτης κατέστη.

k. k. οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ δὲ μουσικοὺς εἶπε τοὺς Λοκρούς· Λοκριστὶ γάρ τις ἁρμονία ἐστὶν, ἣν ἀσκῆσαί φασι Ξενόκριτον τὸν Λοκρόν.

ad v. 18

a. a. ἐνκαὶ Ἐπιζεφύριοι Ζεφυρίων: τῶν Ἐπιζεφυρίων. τρισσά εἰσιν Ἑλλάδι ἔθνη τῶν Λοκρῶν· Ἐπικνημίδιοι καὶ Ὀζόλαι · Ἐπικνημίδιοι μὲν οἱ μετὰ τοῦ Ὀιλέως Αἴαντος εἰς Ἴλιον παραγενόμενοι· οἳ τὸ ὄνομα παρ᾿ οὓς αἱ κνημῖδες τοῦ Ὀιλέως Αἴαντος ὅπου κεῖνται. Ὀζόλαι δὲ ὑπέρκεινται καὶ αὐτοὶ... ἀπὸ τῶν φυγόντων Κενταύρων ἐκλήθησαν Ὀζόλαι. τρίτον δὲ Ἐπιζεφύριοι Ἰταλοὶ μίαν πόλιν καὶ οὐκ ἐθνηδὸν οἰκοῦντες· ἀπὸ δὲ ἄκρας ὑπερκειμένης Ἐπιζεφυρίας ἐκλήθησαν Ἐπιζεφύριοι· ὧν εἷς ἐστιν ὁ νενικηκώς.

b. b. ((fr. 541)) μέλει τέ σφι Καλλιόπα: οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ τούτους εἶπε τοὺς Λοκροὺς μουσικοὺς, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι ἔστι τις ἁρμονία Λοκριστὶ προσαγορευομένη, ἣν ξυναρμόσαι φασὶ Ξενόκριτον τὸν Λοκρόν. Καλλίμαχος · ὃς Ἰταλὴν ἐφράσατ᾿ ἁρμονίην.

ad v. 19

a. a. ((fr.12)) Κυκνέα μάχη: ὅτι τὸν Ἄρεος Κύκνον Ἡρακλῆς φυγὼν αὖτις ἀνεῖλε, Στησίχορος ἐν τῷ ἐπιγραφομένῳ Κύκνῳ φησίν. διὰ τὸν Ἀγησίδαμον δὲ εἰκότως ἡ ἱστορία· οὗτος γὰρ καταλύειν ἤδη προῃρημένος ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀλείπτου ἀνερρώσθη παραθήξαντος αὐτόν.

b. b. ((fr. 12)) τῷ τράπε δὲ Κυκνέα μάχα: ἐτράπη δὲ καὶ ὑπεχώρησεν ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὸν Κύκνον μάχῃ ὁ μέγιστος Ἡρακλῆς, παρορμήσαντος Ἄρεος τὸν Κύκνον. ἐμαχέσατο δὲ Ἡρακλῆς ὅτι κακόξενος ἦν Κύκνος καὶ ἐν παρόδῳ τῆς Θεσσαλίας οἰκῶν ἀπεκαρατόμει τοὺς παριόντας ναὸν τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι βουλόμενος ἐκ τῶν κεφαλῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι, καὶ αὐτῷ παριόντι ἐπιβουλεῦσαι ἠθέλησε. συστάσης οὖν αὐτοῖς μάχης ἐφυγάδευσεν Ἡρακλῆς, συμβαλλομένου Ἄρεος τῷ παιδὶ Κύκνῳ. ἀλλ᾿ ὕστερον Ἡρακλῆς καὶ τοῦτον ἀπέκτεινε. Στησίχορος ἐν ἐπιγραφομένῳ Κύκνῳ ἱστορεῖ.

c. c. τοιγάρτοι διὰ τὸ καὶ τὸν Ἀγησίδαμον ἀπολήγοντα ἤδη ὑπὸ Ἰολάου ἀλείπτου ἀνερρῶσθαι εἰκότως ταῦτα ἐπηγάγετο.

d. d. ἐχέτω οὖν, φησι, τῷ Ἴλᾳ Ἀγησίδαμος χάριν, ὡς Ἀχιλλεῖ Πάτροκλος παρορμήσαντι εἰς τὸν πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους πόλεμον.

20–21

20 θήξαις δέ κε φύντʼ ἀρετᾷ ποτὶ σ120

21 πελώριον ὁρμάσαι κλέος ἀνὴρ θεοῦ σὺν παλάμᾳ· σ2

With the help of a god, one man can sharpen another who is born for excellence, and encourage him to tremendous achievement.

Scholia ad vv. 20–21 (3 entries)

ad v. 20

x. [ὑπέρβιον Ἡρακλέα:] ὡς Ἡρακλέα τραπέντα ἀνέρρωσεν ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ, οὕτως καὶ τὸν Ἀγησίδαμον ὁ Ἰόλαος.

ad v. 21

a. a. Ἰολάῳ φερέτω χάριν: ἐτράπη μὲν ἐν τῇ μάχῃ τοῦ Κύκνου ὁ Ἡρακλῆς. ὁ Κύκνος υἱὸς ὢν τοῦ Ἄρεος ἐν τῇ παρόδῳ τῆς Θεσσαλίας οἰκῶν τοὺς παριόντας ξένους ἐκαρατόμει, ἐκ τῶν κεφαλῶν ναὸν τῷ Ἄπόλλωνι ποιῆσαι βουλόμενος. παριόντι τοίνυν τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ ἐπεβούλευσε, καὶ συστάσης μάχης ἐτράπη εἰς φυγὴν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς συλλαβομένου τοῦ Ἄρεος ὡς παιδὶ τῷ Κύκνῳ. ἀλλὰ ὕστερον αὐτὸν μόνον γενόμενον ἐνίκησεν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς. ἔοικε δὲ ὁ Ἀγησίδαμος ἡττῆσθαι πρῶτον, εἶτα ὕστερον ὑπὸ Ἰολάου παροξυνθεὶς νενικηκέναι. τῷ Ἰολάῳ, φησὶν οὖν, χάριν ἐχέτω ὁ Ἀγησίδαμος ὥσπερ Ἀχιλλεῖ Πάτροκλος.

b. b. Ἰόλᾳ φερέτω χάριν: οὕτω, φησὶ, τῷ Ἰόλᾳ χάριν ἐχέτω ὁ Ἀγησίδαμος ὁ πύκτης, ὥσπερ Πάτροκλος τῷ Ἀχιλλεῖ. τοῖς γὰρ ὅπλοις ἠρίστευσε τοῖς ἐκείνου.

22–24

 ἄπονον δʼ ἔλαβον χάρμα παῦροί τινες, σ1
 ἔργων πρὸ πάντων βιότῳ φάος. σ2
 ἀγῶνα δʼ ἐξαίρετον ἀεῖσαι θέμιτες ὦρσαν Διός, ὃν ἀρχαίῳ σάματι πὰρ Πέλοπος σ1

Without toil only a few have attained joy, a light of life above all labors. The laws of Zeus urge me to sing of that extraordinary contest-place which Heracles founded by the ancient tomb of Pelops

But when through his labour one fareth well, then are due honey-voiced songs, be they even a prelude to words that shall come after, a pledge confirmed by oath in honour of high excellence.

Scholia ad vv. 22–24 (4 entries)

ad v. 22

x. ὡς Ἀχιλεῖ Πάτροκλος: ὁ γὰρ Ἀχιλλεὺς τοῖς ἰδίοις ὅπλοις κοσμήσας Πάτροκλον καὶ παραθαρρύνας ἔπεμψεν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον.

ad v. 23

a. a. φύντ᾿ ἀρετᾷ: τὸν φύντα πρὸς ἀρετὴν σὺν θεοῦ παλάμῃ παροξύνας τις πρὸς μέγα κλέος ὁρμῆσαι ποιήσειεν.

b. b. τὸ δὲ παλάμῃ ἀντὶ τοῦ γνώμῃ καὶ βουλῇ καὶ ἐπινοίᾳ.

ad v. 24

x. πελώριον: τὰ β΄ μία ἐστὶ περίοδος ιζ΄ συλλαβῶν.

25–27

 βωμῶν ἑξάριθμον ἐκτίσσατο,
 ἐπεὶ Ποσειδάνιον σ6
 πέφνε Κτέατον ἀμύμονα, σ1

with its six altars, after he killed Cteatus, the flawless son of Poseidon

Scholia ad vv. 25–27 (7 entries)

ad v. 26

a. a. ἄπονον δ᾿ ἔλαβον: ὡς μετὰ πόνου αὐτοῦ λαβόντος τὴν νίκην. οἱ δὲ χωρὶς πόνου νικῶντες ἄδοξοι.

b. b. ὀλίγοι τινές εἰσιν οἳ χαρὰν ἐκτήσαντο χωρὶς πόνων.

c. c. ((Ε 800)) ἦ ὀλίγον οἱ παῖδα ἐοικότα γείνατο Τυδεύς. τὸ ὀλίγοι ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς ·

d. d. ἄπονον δ᾿ ἔλαβον χάρμα παῦροί τινες: οὗτος μὲν οὖν, φησι, μετὰ πόνου ἔλαβε τὴν νίκην· ὀλίγοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ χωρὶς πόνου νικήσαντες.

e. e. ἢ οὕτως· οὐδένες χωρὶς πόνου χαράν τινος ἔσχον ἔργου.

f. f. οὐδένες πρὶν ἐνεργῆσαι νικῶσί τι. ἡ δὲ νίκη τῷ βίῳ αὐτῶν ἐστι φάος.

ad v. 27

x. βιότῳ φάος: [τὸ φάος] τὸ χάρμα τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς νίκης ἁπάντων τῶν ἔργων τοῦ βίου φάος εἴρηκεν.

28–29

28 πέφνε δʼ Εὔρυτον, ὡς Αὐγέαν λάτριον σ7

29 ἀέκονθʼ ἑκὼν μισθὸν ὑπέρβιον σ4

and Eurytus too, with a will to exact from the unwilling Augeas, strong and violent, the wages for his menial labor.

Scholia ad vv. 28–29 (11 entries)

ad v. 28

a. a. ἐξαίρετον: προτρέπουσί με ἀεῖσαι τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν ἐξαίρετον τῶν Ὀλυμπίων.

b. b. δηλονότι δικαίως ᾄδεται.

c. c. ἀγῶνα δ᾿ ἐξαίρετον ἀεῖσαι: ἐμὲ δὲ παρώρμησαν αἱ τοῦ Διὸς θέμιδες ὑμνῆσαι τοῦτον τὸν ἀγῶνα.

d. d. θέμιδες δὲ Διὸς ὁ κατὰ θεσμὸν τῆς πενταετηρίδος πληρωθεὶς χρόνος.

e. e. ἢ οὕτως· ἐμὲ προτρέπουσιν αἱ [Διὸς] θέμιδες ᾆσαι τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν ἐξαίρετον τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ.

f. f. ἄλλως· τὸ ἑξῆς· ἀγῶνα θέμιτες [δὲ] Διὸς ὦρσαν, ἐπεὶ μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ἀγωνίζονται.

g. g. ((Ο 87)) ἀντὶ τοῦ θέμιδες. Δωρικὴ δὲ ἡ κλίσις. Ὅμηρος · Θέμιστι δὲ καλλιπαρῄῳ.

ad v. 29

a. a. ὃν ἀρχαίῳ σάματι: τὸ αὐτό ἐστι τό τε μνῆμα τὸ τοῦ Πέλοπος καὶ ὁ βωμός. οὐ γὰρ ἑτέρωθι μὲν ὁ Πέλοψ, ἑτέρωθι δὲ ὁ βωμός.

b. b. ὃν ἀρχαίῳ σάματι πὰρ Πέλοπος βωμῷ: τὸ μνῆμα τοῦ Πέλοπος τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ βωμῷ. οὐ γὰρ ἑτέρωθι μὲν ὁ Πέλοψ, ἑτέρωθι δὲ ὁ βωμὸς, ἀλλ᾿ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ χωρίον ἐστὶ σῆμα καὶ βωμός.

c. c. ἑξάριθμον δὲ, ἐπεὶ τῶν ιβ΄ θεῶν ἓξ βωμοὺς κατεσκεύασεν.

d. d. ὅντινα ἀγῶνα πλησίον τοῦ ἀρχαίου σήματος καὶ τάφου ἓξ βωμῶν ἀριθμὸν ἔχοντα [ἕκτον βωμὸν] ἱδρύσατο καὶ κατεστήσατο Ἡρακλῆς, ἡνίκα τοὺς τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος ἀνεῖλε παῖδας Κτέατον καὶ Εὔρυτον, ἵνα δυνηθῇ τῆς ὑπηρεσίας μισθὸν κομίσασθαι παρὰ τοῦ Αὐγέου πλεῖστον ὄντα, καὶ παρὰ ἄκοντος αὐτὸς ἑκών.

30–33

 πράσσοιτο, λόχμαισι δὲ δοκεύσαις ὑπὸ Κλεωνᾶν δάμασε καὶ κείνους Ἡρακλέης ἐφʼ ὁδῷ,
 ὅτι πρόσθε ποτὲ Τιρύνθιον σ3
 ἔπερσαν αὐτῷ στρατὸν σ1
 μυχοῖς ἥμενον Ἄλιδος σ1

Elis Heracles lay in wait in the thicket below Cleonae, and in his turn overcame those men by the roadside; for once before those arrogant Moliones had destroyed his Tirynthian army, when it was encamped in the valley of,

Scholia ad vv. 30–33 (5 entries)

ad v. 31

a. a. θεοῖς βωμῶν ἑξάριθμον: ἐν τοῖς ἓξ βωμοῖς δώδεκα Ἡρακλῆς ἔθυεν· περὶ ὧν εἴπαμεν.

b. b. ἓξ γὰρ βωμοὺς ἔκτισεν Ἡρακλῆς ἡνίκα τοὺς Ποσειδῶνος παῖδας ἐφόνευσε Κτέατον καὶ Εὔρυτον.

c. c. τῷ γὰρ δοκεῖν ἦσαν Ἄκτορος καὶ Μολιόνης.

ad v. 32

x. [ἐκτίσσατ᾿ ἐπεὶ Ποσειδάνιον:] Κτέατος καὶ Εὔρυτος ἀδελφοὶ, τῷ μὲν λόγῳ Ἄκτορος καὶ Μολιόνης, τῇ δὲ ἀληθείᾳ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Μολιόνης. οὗτοι συνεστρατεύσαντο Αὐγείᾳ, καὶ ἐπειδὴ εἰς τὸν μισθὸν τῆς ἐκχύσεως τῆς ὄνθου ἠδικεῖτο Ἡρακλῆς, ἀποκαθάρας μὲν τὴν κόπρον, ἀποστερούμενος δὲ τοῦ συμφωνηθέντος μισθοῦ, τούτους λοχήσας ἐν Κλεωναῖς τοῦ Ἄργους ὁ Ἡρακλῆς προανεῖλεν, ἵν᾿ εὐαλώτερος αὐτῷ μονωθεὶς ὁ Αὐγείας γένηται. ἦν δὲ ὁ μισθὸς ἡ δεκάτη τῶν βοῶν.

ad v. 33

x. Κτέατον: καὶ γὰρ Κτέατον καὶ Εὔρυτον τοὺς Ποσειδῶνος παῖδας καὶ Μολιόνης περὶ Κλεωνὰς ἐνεδρεύσας πορευομένους περὶ τὸν Ἰσθμὸν ἀνεῖλεν. ἀπέκτεινε δὲ τοὺς Μολιονίδας καὶ Ἡρακλῆς ὅπως εἰσπράξαιτο τοῦ Αὐγέου μισθόν.

34 Μολίονες ὑπερφίαλοι. καὶ μὰν ξεναπάτας σ8

And indeed it was not much later before the man who betrayed his friend,

Scholia ad vv. 34–34 (8 entries)

ad v. 34

a. a. λάτριον: τὸν ἐν τῇ λατρείᾳ γενόμενον. ἐλάτρευσε γὰρ τῷ Αὐγέᾳ ἐκβαλὼν τὴν ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ κόπρον.

b. b. ὡς Αὐγέαν λάτριον ἀέκονθ᾿ ἑκὼν μισθὸν ὑπέρβιον πράσσοιτο: τὸ ὥς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἵνα.

c. c. ἀνεῖλεν οὖν τοὺς Μολιονίδας ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἵν᾿ εἰσπράξηται τὸν Αὐγείαν.

d. d. λάτριον δὲ μισθὸν τὸν ἀντὶ τῆς λατρείας καὶ ὑπηρεσίας.

e. e. ὡς Αὐγέαν λάτριον: ἐλάτρευσε γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἐκφορήσας τὴν ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ κόπρον.

f. f. ὑπέρβιον δὲ τὸν πολύν.

g. g. ὅτι ἐν τῷ πρὸς Αὐγέαν πολέμῳ Ἡρακλῆς ὑπὸ τῶν Μολιονιδῶν ἁλοὺς ἔφυγε, διὸ μηνίσας αὐτοῖς τὸν περὶ Κλεωνὰς συνεστήσατο λόχον, φησὶ Μνασέας ὁ Παταρεύς.

h. h. ὡς Αὐγέαν: τὸ ὥς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅπως.

35–39

 Ἐπειῶν βασιλεὺς ὄπιθεν
 οὐ πολλὸν ἴδε πατρίδα πολυκτέανον ὑπὸ στερεῷ πυρὶ σ3
 πλαγαῖς τε σιδάρου βαθὺν εἰς ὀχετὸν ἄτας σ7
 ἵζοισαν ἑὰν πόλιν. σ2
 νεῖκος δὲ κρεσσόνων σ2

the king of the Epeians, saw his land with all its possessions, his own city, sink into a deep channel of destruction beneath unyielding fire and blows of iron. A fight with a stronger man

Scholia ad vv. 35–39 (14 entries)

ad v. 36

a. a. λόχμαισι δὲ δοκεύσας: ὅτε Αὐγέᾳ ἐπολέμει Ἡρακλῆς διὰ τὸν μισθὸν τῆς κόπρου, εἶχε πολλοὺς συμμάχους Τιρυνθίους, οὓς οἱ Μολιονίδαι ἐφόνευσαν βοηθοῦντες Αὐγέᾳ.

b. b. λόχμαισι: δασέσι τόποις.

c. c. λόχμαισι δὲ δοκεύσας: ἐπιτηρήσας γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς συνδένδροις τόποις τῶν Κλεωνῶν ἀνεῖλεν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἐνεδρεύσας καὶ λοχήσας, | διότι πρῴην ποτὲ τὸ στράτευμα αὐτοῦ τὸ ἐκ τῶν Ἀργείων ἐν τῇ πόλει τῶν Ἠλείων καθεζόμενον ἐπολέμησαν αὐτοὶ ὑπερήφανοι τῆς Μολιόνης οὗτοι.

ad v. 37

a. a. ὑπὸ Κλεωνᾶν δάμασε: Δωρικῶς· ὑπὸ Κλεωνῶν.

b. b. ὄνομα πόλεως Ἀργολικῆς. |

c. c. τινὲς δὲ δῆμον Λακωνικόν.

d. d. ἐδάμασε δὲ Εὔρυτον καὶ Κτέατον, ἤτοι ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτούς.

e. e. ((Hom. A 151)) ἐφόδῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ λόχῳ · ἢ ὁδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνέδραν ἐλθεῖν.

f. f. ἀπέκτεινε δὲ αὐτοὺς | πορευομένους ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσθμικὸν ἀγῶνα.

g. g. τὸ δὲ ὅτι πρόσθε ποτέ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀποδιδοὺς τοῦ γεγενημένου ὁ Πίνδαρός φησιν.

ad v. 38

a. a. ἐφ᾿ ὁδῷ: διχῶς, ἐφ᾿ ὁδῷ, ἢ ὑφὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐφόδῳ, τῇ ἐνέδρᾳ.

b. b. ἐφόδῳ: ἤτοι ἐνέδρᾳ.

ad v. 39

a. a. ὅτι πρόσθε ποτὲ Τιρύνθιον: τουτέστιν ὅτι πολλοὺς συστρατεύσαντας αὐτῷ ἀπέκτειναν. οἱ δὲ ἀποθανόντες ἐν τῇ μάχῃ Τελαμὼν, Χαλκώδων καὶ Ἰφικλῆς ὁ πρεσβύτατος αὐτοῦ ἀδελφός.

b. b. Τιρύνθιον Ἀργεῖον· Τίρυνς γὰρ πόλις Ἄργους.

40–42

 ἀποθέσθʼ ἄπορον. σ1
 καὶ κεῖνος ἀβουλίᾳ ὕστατος
 ἁλώσιος ἀντάσαις θάνατον αἰπὺν οὐκ ἐξέφυγεν. σ2

is impossible to push away. So even he, by his own senselessness, last of all found himself captured and did not escape sheer destruction.

Scholia ad vv. 40–42 (3 entries)

ad v. 40

x. Τελαμών· Χαλκώδων· Ἴφικλος, ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ.

ad v. 42

a. a. καὶ μὰν ξεναπάτας βασιλεὺς Ἐπειῶν: ξεναπάτην αὐτόν φησι διὰ τὴν τοῦ μισθοῦ ἀγνωμοσύνην.

b. b. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ ὁ περὶ τοὺς φίλους ἀπατηλὸς Αὐγέας, ὁ τῶν Ἠλείων βασιλεὺς, ἐθεάσατο οὐ πολὺ ὕστερον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδα εἰς πλῆθος κακῶν ἐμβαλλομένην τοῦτο μὲν πυρὶ, τοῦτο δὲ σιδήρῳ, καὶ εἰς ῥεῦμα ἄτης ἐγκαθίσασαν.

43–44

43 ὁ δʼ ἄρʼ ἐν Πίσᾳ ἔλσαις ὅλον τε στρατὸν σ2

44 λαίαν τε πᾶσαν Διὸς ἄλκιμος

Pisa But the brave son of Zeus gathered the entire army and all the spoils together in

Ample is the glory stored for Olympian winners: thereof my shepherd tongue is fain to keep some part in fold. But only by the help of God is wisdom kept ever blooming in the soul.

Scholia ad vv. 43–44 (2 entries)

ad v. 43

a. a. ξειναπάτας: οὐ μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ τῆς ἰδίας ἀπάτης καὶ ἀδικίας.

b. b. ἄλλως· οὐ μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺν χρόνον Αὐγείας εἶδεν ἁλισκομένην τὴν πατρίδα.

45–48

 υἱὸς σταθμᾶτο ζάθεον ἄλσος πατρὶ μεγίστῳ· περὶ δὲ πάξαις Ἄλτιν μὲν ὅγʼ ἐν καθαρῷ σ2
 διέκρινε, τὸ δὲ κύκλῳ πέδον σ6
 ἔθηκε δόρπου λύσιν, σ4
 τιμάσαις πόρον Ἀλφεοῦ σ3

and measured out a sacred precinct for his supreme father. He enclosed the Altis all around and marked it off in the open, and he made the encircling area a resting-place for feasting, honoring the stream of the Alpheus

Scholia ad vv. 45–48 (15 entries)

ad v. 45

a. a. ὑπὸ στερεῷ πυρί: διὰ τὸ κατασκάπτεσθαι τὴν πορθουμένην πόλιν [καὶ καίεσθαι].

b. b. πλαγαῖς τε σιδήρου: διὰ τὸ κατασκάπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν σκαφέων.

ad v. 46

a. a. βαθὺν εἰς ὀχετόν: καθεζομένην εἰς τὸν βαθὺν ὀχετὸν τῆς ἄτης τῆς ἑαυτοῦ.

b. b. ἄλλως· εἰς βάθος κακῶν.

c. c. βαθὺν ἐς ὀχετὸν ἄτας: κατὰ περίφρασιν ἄτην.

d. d. εἰς ῥεῦμα ἄτης ἐμπεσοῦσαν. |

e. e. ἵζοισαν δὲ, ἐπικαθημένην.

f. f. ((fr. 97)) τὴν δ᾿ Ἀμαρυγκείδης Ἱππόστρατος, ὄζος Ἄρηος, Φυκτέος ἀγλαὸς υἱὸς, Ἐπειῶν ὄρχαμος ἀνδρῶν. ἑὰν πόλιν: τὴν πόλιν φασὶ καλεῖσθαι Φύκτεον ἀπό τινος Φυκτέως, οὗ μέμνηται καὶ Ἡσίοδος οὕτω·

ad v. 47

a. a. ((Α 80)) κρείσσων γὰρ βασιλεὺς ὅτε χώσεται ἀνδρὶ χέρηι. νεῖκος δὲ κρεισσόνων: τῶν κρεισσόνων τὸ νεῖκος οὐ ῥᾴδιόν ἐστιν ἀποθέσθαι· ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῖς κρείσσοσι κεῖται τὸ ὅταν θέλωσι πολεμεῖν. καὶ Ὅμηρος ·

b. b. ((Α 80)) κρείσσων γὰρ βασιλεὺς ὅτε χώσεται ἀνδρὶ χέρηι. νεῖκος δὲ κρεσσόνων: παραφράζει τὸ Ὁμηρικόν ·

c. c. ὅ ἐστι· τὸ τῶν κρεισσόνων νεῖκος οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἀποθέσθαι· ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῖς κρείττοσι κεῖται τὸ ὅτε θέλουσι πολεμεῖν.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἀδύνατον γάρ ἐστι τῷ ἥττονι τὸ τῶν ὑπερεχόντων κράτος ἐκκλῖναι.

ad v. 48

a. a. κἀκεῖνος ἀβουλίαις: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὕστατος τῆς ἁλώσεως ἀπέθανεν.

b. b. τουτέστι μετὰ τὸ ἁλῶναι τὴν πόλιν ἀπώλετο διὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀβουλίαν.

c. c. κἀκεῖνος ἀβουλίαις: ὁ γοῦν Αὐγείας διὰ τὴν οἰκείαν ἄνοιαν περὶ τὰ τελευταῖα τῆς ἁλώσεως περιτυχὼν τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ οὐκ ἠδυνήθη τὸν μέγιστον καὶ χαλεπώτατον θάνατον ἐκφυγεῖν.

49 μετὰ δώδεκʼ ἀνάκτων θεῶν. καὶ πάγον

along with the twelve ruling gods.

50–54

 Κρόνου προσεφθέγξατο· πρόσθε γὰρ
 νώνυμνος, ἇς Οἰνόμαος ἆρχε, βρέχετο πολλᾷ νιφάδι. ταύτᾳ δʼ ἐν πρωτογόνῳ τελετᾷ σ5
 παρέσταν μὲν ἄρα Μοῖραι σχεδὸν
 ὅ τʼ ἐξελέγχων μόνος σ4
 ἀλάθειαν ἐτήτυμον σ2

And he called it the Hill of Cronus; it had been nameless before, while Oenomaus was king, and it was covered with wet snow. But in this rite of first birth the Fates stood close by, and the one who alone puts genuine truth to the test,

Scholia ad vv. 50–54 (11 entries)

ad v. 51

a. a. ὁ δ᾿ ἄρ᾿ ἐν Πίσᾳ ἔλσαις ὅλον τε στρατόν: ἐν χωρίῳ τινὶ χωριζομένῳ τῆς Ὀλυμπίας κατὰ τὴν τῶν γεωγράφων βουλὴν σταδίους τρεῖς.

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ δὲ δὴ τοῦ Διὸς ἰσχυρότατος υἱὸς συναγαγὼν καὶ κατασχὼν ἐν τῇ Πίσᾳ, ἤτοι τῇ Ἤλιδι, τὸν ὅλον αὐτοῦ στρατὸν καὶ τὴν πᾶσαν λείαν, οὕτω λοιπὸν κατεσκεύαζε τὸ θεῖον τοῦ Διὸς ἄλσος.

c. c. ἔλσας ὅλον στρατόν: ὁ Ἡρακλῆς.

d. d. συνδήσας. συγκλείσας. κατασχών. καθιδρύσας.

e. e. τὸν τοῦ Αὐγέου λαόν.

ad v. 53

a. a. σταθμᾶτο: περιεγράφετο. ἐσημειοῦτο. ἐχωρογράφει. ἐποίει.

b. b. σταθμᾶτο: κατεμετρεῖτο. περιώριζε. περιεσκέπτετο. ἢ κατεσκεύαζεν.

c. c. ἄλσος δὲ τὸ ἀνιερωμένον τῷ θεῷ γῆς μέρος, εἰ καὶ ψιλὸν εἴη φυτῶν.

d. d. ἄλσος: ὁ σύμφυτος καὶ ἀνιερωμένος τῷ θεῷ τόπος.

ad v. 54

a. a. περὶ δὲ πάξαις: περιπήξας δὲ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τὰ ὅπλα κύκλῳ τὸ ἱερὸν κατεβάλλετο.

b. b. περὶ δὲ πάξαις: περιπήξας δέ, φησιν, ὁ Ἡρακλῆς κύκλῳ τὰ ὅπλα ἐσταθμᾶτο τῷ πατρὶ τῷ μεγίστῳ τὸ ἱερὸν, ἀντὶ τοῦ κατεβάλλετο.

55–59

 χρόνος. τὸ δὲ σαφανὲς ἰὼν πόρσω κατέφρασεν, σ7
 ὅπα τὰν πολέμοιο δόσιν
 ἀκρόθινα διελὼν ἔθυε καὶ πενταετηρίδʼ ὅπως ἄρα σ2
 ἔστασεν ἑορτὰν σὺν Ὀλυμπιάδι πρώτᾳ σ5
 νικαφορίαισί τε. σ3

Time. Time moved forward and told the clear and precise story, how Heracles divided the gifts of war and sacrificed the finest of them, and how he established the four years’ festival with the first Olympic games and its victories.

Scholia ad vv. 55–59 (17 entries)

ad v. 55

a. a. Ἄλτιν: ὁ νοῦς· τὴν μὲν Ἄλτιν καθιέρωσε τῷ θεῷ, τὸν δὲ κύκλῳ τόπον συμπόσιον ἐποίησεν.

b. b. οἱ περὶ Ἀριστόδημον καὶ Λεπτίνην καὶ Διονύσιον γράφουσιν Ἄλτιν. μὴ γὰρ πρέπον ἐστὶ τὴν ἄρτι πεπορθημένην Ἦλιν ἱερὰν γενέσθαι τῷ Διί· καὶ λόγον ἔχει τὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἱερὸν ἱδρύσθαι ἐν Πίσῃ. οὐ γὰρ ἐν Ἤλιδι οἱ ἐρχόμενοι ἐπὶ τὴν πανήγυριν θοινῶνται, ἀλλὰ ἐν Πίσῃ. τὸ γὰρ ἐν κύκλῳ τοῦ ἱεροῦ καταγωγαῖς διείληπτο. διῴκισται δὲ ἡ Πίσα τῆς Ὀλυμπίας γ΄ σταδίους. Ἄλτιν οὖν γραπτέον· οὕτως γὰρ τὸν περὶ Ὀλυμπίαν τόπον ἐκάλουν.

c. c. ((fr. 198)(fr. 99)) Ἀριστόδημος γράφει ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἆλιν Ἄλτιν· οὕτω γὰρ τὸν περὶ Ὀλυμπίαν τόπον καλεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸν Δία ἐξ ἐπιθέτου Ἄλτιον. | μὴ γὰρ λόγον ἔχειν τὴν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ πεπορθημένην Ἦλιν ἱερὰν καὶ καθαρὰν ποιῆσαι. ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ἱερὸν εἶναι Διὸς ἐν Ἤλιδι, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν Πίσῃ. ἀπῳκίσθαι δὲ τὴν Πίσαν τῆς Ὀλυμπίας σταδίους ἕξ. Δίδυμος δὲ κατὰ χώραν ἐῶν τὴν γραφὴν τὸν Πίνδαρον τὴν Πίσαν Ἦλιν λέγειν φησίν· οἱ γὰρ Ἠλεῖοι ὑφ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς ποιησάμενοι τοὺς Πισαιάτας Ἦλιν τὴν Πίσαν μετωνόμασαν. εἰ οὖν ἡ Πίσα μετέβαλε, τί ἂν εἴη ἐμποδὼν γράφειν Ἆλιν; καὶ Καλλίμαχος δὲ τὴν Ἦλιν Διὸς οἰκίον εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ Πίσαν · Ἦλιν ἀνάσσεσθαι Διὸς οἰκίον ἔλλιπε Φυλεῖ· ἱερὰν δὲ τὴν Ἦλιν ἀντὶ τοῦ Πίσαν. | καὶ τὸν ἐν Πίσῃ δὲ Δία Ἠλεῖον εἶπε Καλλίμαχος · Ἄλιος ὁ Ζεύς.

d. d. Ἄλτιν μὲν ὅ γ᾿ ἐν καθαρῷ διέκρινε: τὴν μὲν Ἦλιν ἢ Ἄλτιν καθιέρωσε τῷ θεῷ, | τὸ δὲ κύκλῳ δάπεδον αὐτῆς εἰς συμπόσιον ἐποίησεν.

e. e. ἄλλως· Ἄλτιν τὸ ἄδυτον, κατὰ δέ τινας τὸν νεὼν, κατὰ δὲ ἐνίους ὄνομα χωρίου.

f. f. γράφεται Ἆλιν. τὴν μὲν Ἦλιν καθιέρωσε τῷ θεῷ, τὸν δὲ κύκλῳ τόπον αὐτῆς εἰς συμπόσιον ἐποίησεν.

g. g. ἄλλως· Ἄλτιν τὸ στάδιον· ἐκλήθη δὲ οὕτως διὰ τὸ ἅλλεσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ τοὺς ἀθλοῦντας.

ad v. 57

a. a. κύκλῳ δάπεδον: τὸ δὲ χωρίον τὸ κύκλῳ τοῦ ἱεροῦ καταλυτήριον ἔταξεν εἶναι τῶν ἀγωνιζομένων εἰς εὐωχίαν.

b. b. τὸ δὲ ὅλον· περιπήξας δὲ καὶ περιφράξας τόπον τὸν μὲν ναὸν καὶ τὸ ἄδυτον αὐτὸ διεχώρισεν ἐν τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ μέρει ἀνὰ τὸ μεσαίτατον· τὸ δὲ εἰς κύκλον τῆς γῆς ἢ τοῦ νεὼ καταγώγιον ἐποίησε καὶ δειπνητήριον τῶν ξένων.

ad v. 58

a. a. ὡς τιμάσαις πόρον Ἀλφεοῦ: πρώτῳ τῷ Ἀλφειῷ ἔθυσεν ἐγχωρίῳ θεῷ· καὶ γὰρ μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα θεῶν τιμᾶται. σφόδρα δὲ αὐτὸν τιμῶσι σάλμιοι.

61. ἇς:61. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἕως. τοῦ ποταμοῦ γίνονται.

b. b. τιμάσαις πόρον Ἀλφεοῦ μετὰ δώδεκ᾿ ἀνάκτων θεῶν: καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐγκαταριθμεῖται τοῖς ιβ΄ θεοῖς. | ὁ δὲ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ βωμὸς οὐ δύναται ἐξ ἄλλου ὕδατος γενέσθαι εἰ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ.

c. c. ἄλλως· Ἀλφειῷ εἰκότως ὡς ἐγχωρίῳ ἔθυσε ποταμῷ. | μετὰ δὲ τῶν δώδεκα θεῶν τοὺς βωμοὺς ἐποίησε· βωμοὺς γὰρ ἵδρυσε διδύμους ἕξ· ἐπωνόμασέ τε τοῦτον τὸν τόπον Κρόνου πάγον. τὸ πρότερον γὰρ οὐδεμίαν εἶχε προσηγορίαν, ἕως ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ Οἰνόμαος, | ἀλλὰ κρημνὸς οὖσα καὶ ἀοίκητος ἐξέκειτο τοῖς πολλοῖς ὑετοῖς καὶ ὄμβροις.

d. d. τιμάσαις πόρον Ἀλφεοῦ: τουτέστι πρώτῳ τῷ Ἀλφειῷ ἔθυσεν ὡς ἐντοπίῳ θεῷ.

ad v. 59

a. a. μετὰ δώδεκ᾿ ἀνάκτων: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν δώδεκα θεοῖς.

b. b. καὶ πάγον Κρόνου: Κρόνιον πάγον προσηγόρευσεν.

c. c. ὄνομα πάγον Κρόνου: μετὰ ταῦτά, φησι, τὸν Κρόνιον πάγον προσηγόρευσεν οὐκ ἔχοντα πρότερον.

60–62

 τίς δὴ ποταίνιον
 ἔλαχε στέφανον σ2
 χείρεσσι ποσίν τε καὶ ἅρματι, σ2

Who won the first garland, with the skill of his hands or feet or chariot, setting the boast of victory in his mind and achieving it with his deeds?

Scholia ad vv. 60–62 (4 entries)

ad v. 61

a. a. ἇς Οἰνόμαος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἕως· καὶ ἔστιν ἐπίρρημα χρονικόν.

b. b. τὸ ἇς παρά τισιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἕως.

ad v. 62

a. a. ((fr. 240)) βρέχετο: ἀντὶ τοῦ κατεσιωπᾶτο. συνήθως γὰρ τὸ βρέχειν ἐπὶ τοῦ σιωπῆσαι τίθησι. καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ · μὴ σιγᾷ βρεχέσθω.

b. b. τινὲς δὲ οὕτως· ἐκρύπτετο νιφάδι, τῇ περὶ τὸν Οἰνόμαον ἀδοξίᾳ.

63 ἀγώνιον ἐν δόξᾳ θέμενος εὖχος, ἔργῳ καθελών; σ3

Son of Archestratos, Agesidamos, know certainly that for thy boxing I will lay a glory of sweet strains upon thy crown of golden olive, and will have in remembrance the race of the Lokrians' colony in the West.

Scholia ad vv. 63–63 (3 entries)

ad v. 63

a. a. ἐν πρωτογόνῳ τελετᾷ: ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ γεγενημένῃ θυσίᾳ αἱ Μοῖραι ἔστησαν, ὡς ταύτην εὔμοιρον γενέσθαι, καὶ ὁ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν πᾶσι φανερῶν Χρόνος, ἐνδεικνύμενος ὅτι ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον τελεσθήσεται.

b. b. ταύτᾳ δ᾿ ἐν πρωτογόνῳ τελετᾷ: ἐν δὴ ταύτῃ τῇ πρώτῃ καταβολῇ τῶν Ὀλυμπίων καὶ πρώτῃ τελουμένῃ ἑορτῇ παρεγένοντο μὲν αἱ Μοῖραι αἱ τίμιαι καὶ ὁ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσι φανερῶν Χρόνος. τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ἐνδεικνύμενος ὅτι εὐμοίρως καὶ πολυχρονίως ἡ πανήγυρις τελεσθήσεται.

c. c. ἄλλως· ἐν ταυτῃ πρῶτον ἀγομένῃ τῇ ἑορτῇ τῶν Ὀλυμπίων παρέστησαν αἱ Μοῖραι καὶ ὁ Χρόνος τοῖς τόποις. παρείληφε δὲ τὰς Μοίρας καὶ τὸν Χρόνον ὅτι εὔμοιρός τε ὁ ἀγὼν ἔσοιτο καὶ εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα.

64 σταδίου μὲν ἀρίστευσεν εὐθὺν τόνον

In the foot race the best at running the straight course

65–69

 ποσσὶ τρέχων παῖς ὁ Λικυμνίου
 Οἰωνός· ἷκεν δὲ Μιδέαθεν στρατὸν ἐλαύνων· ὁ δὲ πάλᾳ κυδαίνων Ἔχεμος Τεγέαν·
 Δόρυκλος δʼ ἔφερε πυγμᾶς τέλος, σ9
 Τίρυνθα ναίων πόλιν· σ3
 ἀνʼ ἵπποισι δὲ τέτρασιν σ3

MideaTegeaTiryns with his feet was the son of Licymnius, Oeonus, who had come from at the head of an army. In wrestling, Echemus won glory for, And the prize in boxing was won by Doryclus, who lived in the city of, And in the four-horse chariot

Scholia ad vv. 65–69 (15 entries)

ad v. 67

a. a. Χρόνος: διότι καὶ οὗτος ὁ χρόνος ἀποδέδωκε τὸν ὕμνον ὃν εἶπεν.

b. b. σαφὲς ἄλλως· τὸ δὲ πρότερον ἀσαφὲς καὶ κατάδηλον ἐποίησεν, ὅτι Ἡρακλῆς διελὼν ἔθυσε τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τῶν σκύλων.

c. c. κατέφρασε: ὁ χρόνος, φησὶ, προιὼν τὸν τόπον ἐδήλωσε.

68. 68. τὴν λείαν.

69. 69. ἔθηκε τὴν πρώτην Ὀλυμπιάδα.

d. d. τὸ δ᾿ ἐς ἀφανὲς ἰὼν πρόσω κατέφρασε: τὸ δὲ πρότερον ἀφανὲς ὂν προιὼν ὁ χρόνος ἐνεφάνισε καὶ φανερὸν ἐποίησε, ποῦ τὰ λάφυρα τοῦ πολέμου καὶ τὰ ἀπάργματα ἔθυσεν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς.

e. e. ἢ οὕτω· προιὼν δὲ ὁ χρόνος τὸ σαφανὲς ἡμῖν κατέδειξεν, ὅπως τὴν τοῦ πολέμου δόσιν, τουτέστι τὰ ἀκροθίνια διαμερίσας τοῖς θεοῖς ἔθυσε. 68 b EQ

f. f. ἄλλως· τὸ ἀφανὲς ἰὼν εἰς τὸ πρόσω ὁ χρόνος ἔκδηλον ἐποίησεν. | ἀφανὲς γὰρ ὂν πρότερον τοῦτο τὸ χωρίον ὁ χρόνος διάδηλον ἐποίησεν.

g. g. ἕτεροι δὲ οὕτω, σαφανές, ἵν᾿ ᾖ τὸ σαφὲς, ὑφὲν ἀναγινώσκουσιν, ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἄνω διάνοιαν· | τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς ὂν καὶ σαφὲς ἀεὶ ὁ χρόνος φανεροῖ.

ad v. 68

a. a. ὅπα τὰν πολέμοιο δόσιν: ὅπου καὶ ἐν ᾧ τόπῳ διανείμας τὰ λάφυρα λαβών τε τὰς ἀπαρχὰς ἔθυσε, καὶ ὅπως (θαυμασίως) τὴν τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἑορτὴν κατέστησεν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ Ὀλυμπιάδι καὶ τοῖς ἀγωνίσμασιν.

b. b. πολέμου δόσιν τὰ λάφυρά φησιν.

c. c. ὅπου τὴν λῆψιν τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου γενομένην διελὼν τὰ ἀκροθίνια τοῖς θεοῖς ἔθυσεν.

ad v. 69

a. a. ἀκρόθινα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκροθίνια.

b. b. ὅπως ἄρα τὸν πρῶτον ἐνιαυτὸν καθαριθμῶν ἀνέθηκε τὴν πρώτην Ὀλυμπιάδα.

c. c. καὶ πενταετηρίδ᾿ ὅπως: θαυμαστικῶς λέγει· καὶ πενταετηρικὸν ὅπως ἄρα ἔστησε καὶ ἐνσμοθέτησεν εἶναι τὴν τὼν Ὀλυμπίων πανήγυριν.

70–74

 ἀπὸ Μαντινέας Σᾶμος Ὡλιροθίου·
 ἄκοντι Φράστωρ ἔλασε σκοπόν· σ1
 μᾶκος δὲ Νικεὺς ἔδικε πέτρῳ χέρα κυκλώσαις ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων, καὶ συμμαχία θόρυβον σ7
 παραίθυξε μέγαν· ἐν δʼ ἕσπερον
 ἔφλεξεν εὐώπιδος σ5

SamosMantinea the victor was of, the son of Halirhothius. Phrastor hit the mark with the javelin. Niceus sent the stone flying from his circling arm beyond all the others, and his fellow soldiers raised a sudden burst of loud cheering.

Scholia ad vv. 70–74 (13 entries)

ad v. 71

x. σὺν Ὀλυμπιάδι: κατὰ τὴν τῶν Ὀλυμπίων πρώτην θέσιν.

ad v. 72

a. a. τίς δὴ ποταίνιον ἔλαβε στέφανον: πρὸς τὴν Μοῦσαν.

b. b. ποταίνιον: πρόσφατον· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ παρακολουθοῦντος σημαίνει τὸ πρῶτον, ἐπεὶ ὁ πρῶτος πρόσφατός ἐστι.

c. c. τίς οὖν, φησι, πρῶτος ἔλαχε τὸν στέφανον ὅτε ἔθηκεν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τὸν ἀγῶνα;

d. d. τίς δὴ ποταίνιον: Δωρικῶς τὸν πρόσφατον.

e. e. τίς δὴ οὖν προσφάτως καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ νικῆσαι δεδύνηται, ἤτοι διὰ χειρῶν ἢ δρόμῳ ἢ ἅρματι, | ἐνδόξως μὲν αὐτὸς ἀγωνισάμενος, τὸ δὲ τοῦ ἀνταγωνιστοῦ κλέος καθελών;

f. f. ἄλλως· ποταίνιον ἀντὶ τοῦ πρόσφατον, νεαρόν. ἐκ δὲ τοῦ παρακολουθοῦντος νῦν σημαίνειν βούλεται.

g. g. τίς πρῶτον ἔλαχε στέφανον, ὅτε ἔθηκε τὸν ἀγῶνα Ἡρακλῆς;

ad v. 74

a. a. ἐν δόξᾳ θέμενος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔνδοξον νομίσας τὸ νικῆσαι.

b. b. τοῦ τουτέστι συλλαβὼν τὴν εὐχὴν ἢ καύχημα ἀνταγωνιστοῦ καθελὼν διὰ τοῦ ἔργου.

c. c. ἢ οὕτως· τὸ ἀγώνιον εὖχος δόξαν θέμενος καὶ ἔργῳ καθελὼν αὐτό.

d. d. ἀγώνιον εὖχος ἔργῳ καθελών: τὸ ὑπερβατόν· ἀγώνιον εὖχος καθελὼν, τὸ τοῦ ἀνταγωνιστοῦ, καὶ τὴν νίκην, τὴν αὐτοῦ εὐχὴν, ἔργῳ ἀποβαλών.

e. e. ἢ οὕτω· συλλαβὼν τὴν εὐχὴν, ὅ ἐστι τὸ καύχημα τοῦ ἀνταγωνιστοῦ καθελὼν διὰ τοῦ ἔργου.

75 σελάνας ἐρατὸν φάος. σ375

The lovely light of the moon’s beautiful face lit up the evening

Scholia ad vv. 75–75 (3 entries)

ad v. 75

a. a. (ἐν δόξᾳ θέμενος:) ἔνδοξον νομίσας τὸ νικῆσαι.

b. b. ἢ θέμενος τὸ ἀποτελέσας λέγει.

c. c. ἢ θέμενος καὶ ποιήσας ἑαυτὸν ἐν δόξῃ.

76–79

 ἀείδετο δὲ πᾶν τέμενος τερπναῖσι θαλίαις σ2
 τὸν ἐγκώμιον ἀμφὶ τρόπον.
 ἀρχαῖς δὲ προτέραις ἑπόμενοι καί νῦν ἐπωνυμίαν χάριν σ8
 νίκας ἀγερώχου, κελαδησόμεθα βροντὰν σ2

and in the delightful festivities the whole precinct rang with a song in praise of victory. Even now we will follow the first beginnings, and as a namesake song of proud victory, we will shout of the thunder

Scholia ad vv. 76–79 (12 entries)

ad v. 76

a. a. τὸ εὐθὺ, τὸ μὴ ἔχον καμπὴν καθάπερ ὁ δίαυλος.

b. b. στάδιον μὲν ἀρίστευσεν εὐθύτονον: εὐθὺ, τὸ μὴ ἔχον καμπὴν, τὸν ἁπλοῦν δρόμον.

ad v. 78

a. a. Οἰωνός: τὸν Οἰωνὸν ὁ Πίνδαρος ἤδη ἠνδρωμένον νικῆσαι στάδιον περὶ τὴν πρώτην θέσιν τῶν Ὀλυμπίων, ἔνιοι δέ φασιν αὐτὸν διεσπαράχθαι ὑπὸ τῶν Ἱπποκόωντος κυνῶν. ἐκλήθη δὲ οὕτως ὑφ᾿ Ἡρακλέους διὰ τὸ ὀξέως αὐτὸν τρέχειν ὡς πτηνὸν καὶ μὴ καταλαμβάνεσθαι.

b. b. τὸν δὲ Οἰωνὸν Πίνδαρος ὡς ἤδη ἠνδρωμένον νικῆσαί φησι στάδιον περὶ τὴν πρώτην θέσιν τῶν Ὀλυμπίων· ἔνιοι δὲ παῖδα ὄντα αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἱπποκοωντιδῶν διειργάσθαι.

c. c. παῖς ὁ Λικυμνίου Οἰωνός: ὁ νοῦς· ὁ μὲν τοῦ Λικυμνίου παῖς Οἰωνὸς τὸ εὐθύτονον καὶ ἀκαμπὲς στάδιον δραμών· οὗτος δὲ ὁ Οἰωνὸς ἦλθεν ἀπὸ πόλεως Μιδέας καλουμένης τοῦ Ἄργους, βασιλεύων καὶ ἡγεμὼν λαοῦ ὤν. ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ τοῦ ἐλαύνων ἀπὸ τῶν ποιμνίων.

d. d. ἄλλως· εὐθύτονον στάδιον εἶπε· τοιοῦτον γὰρ λέγεται εἶναι τὸ στάδιον.

e. e. ἄλλως· παῖς ὁ Λικυμνίου, ὃς ἤδη ἀνδρωθεὶς τὴν πρώτην τῶν Ὀλυμπίων θέσιν καὶ δίαυλον ἐνίκησεν.

f. f. τὸ χ΄ ὅτι Οἰωνὸς προηγούμενος ἦλθεν. ἔστι δὲ ὄνομα κύριον ὁ Οἰωνός.

g. g. ἀπὸ Μιδέας κώμης Ἀργολικῆς. ἔνιοι δὲ πόλεως.

h. h. Μιδέαθεν: ἀπὸ Μιδέας.

ad v. 79

a. a. στρατὸν ἐλαύνων: καὶ ἡγούμενος.... ἣν συνεκρότησεν εἰς συμμαχίαν Ἡρακλεῖ ἀπὸ Μιδέας ὢν, ὅθεν καὶ Ἀλκὼ ἡ Λικυμνίου ἀδελφή.

b. b. ὁ δὲ πάλᾳ κυδαίνων Ἔχεμος Τεγέαν: ὁ δὲ Ἔχεμος ἠρίστευσε πάλῃ κυδαίνων, ὅ ἐστι δοξάζων τὴν πόλιν αὐτοῦ Τεγέαν· ἔστι δὲ πόλις Ἀρκαδίας· δοξάζων δὲ διὰ τὸ ἀναγορευθῆναι ἀπὸ Τεγέας. προσυπακουστέον τὸ ἠρίστευσεν. ὑπὸ δὲ τούτου τοῦ Ἐχέμου τὸν Ὕλλον φασὶ τελευτῆσαι κατιόντα εἰς Πελοπόννησον.

80–83

 καὶ πυρπάλαμον βέλος σ1
 ὀρσικτύπου Διός,
 ἐν ἅπαντι κράτει
 αἴθωνα κεραυνὸν ἀραρότα. σ6

and the fire-wrought shaft of Zeus who rouses the thunder-clap, the burning bolt that suits omnipotence. Swelling music will answer the reed-pipe in songs

Scholia ad vv. 80–83 (7 entries)

ad v. 80

x. ((fr. 114)) Ἔχεμος: προσυπακουστέον τὸ ἠρίστευσε· τὴν δὲ πάλην ἐνίκησεν Ἔχεμος Ἀρκὰς τὸ γένος. ὑφ᾿ οὗ φασι τὸν Ὕλλον τελευτῆσαι εἰς Πελοπόννησον κατιόντα. ἐγάμησε δὲ τὴν Τιμάνδραν· Ἡσίοδος. Τιμάνδρην, φησὶν, Ἔχεμος θαλερὴν ποιήσατ᾿ ἄκοιτιν.

ad v. 83

a. a. ((c. 20)(Ε 292)) στρωφᾷς δὲ πώλους ὡς ὁ Μαντινεὺς Ἥρως. ἀν᾿ ἵπποισι δὲ τέτρασιν ἕως Ἁλιρροθίου: ἐφ᾿ ἵπποις δὲ τέτρασιν, τεθρίππῳ ἀγωνισάμενος ἐνίκησεν ὁ Ἁλιρρόθιος. ὅθεν τινὲς σῆμα Ἁλιρροθίου κατὰ περίφρασιν ἤκουσαν, οἱονεὶ τὸ σημεῖον καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Ἁλιρροθίου, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος· ἱερὴ ἲς Τηλεμάχοιο, καί· βίη Ἡρακληείη. | ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος οὕτω καθίστησι τὸν λόγον. τὴν Μαντινέαν φησὶν εἶναι ἱερὰν Ποσειδῶνος, καὶ παρατίθεται τὸν Βακχυλίδην λέγοντα οὕτω · Ποσειδάνιον ὡς Μαντινέες τριόδοντα χαλκοδαιδάλοισιν ἐν ἀσπίσιν φορεῦντες. ἐπίσημον γὰρ εἶναι τῶν ἀσπίδων τὸν Ποσειδῶνος τριόδοντα, ὅτι παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς μάλιστα τιμᾶται ὁ θεός. ἔσται οὖν τὸ σαφὲς οὕτω | κατ᾿ αὐτὸν, ἔξωθεν παραλαμβανομένου τοῦ ὀνόματος· ἀν᾿ ἵπποισι δὲ τέτρασιν Ἥρως ὁ ἀπὸ Μαντινέας ἐνίκα· ἥ ἐστιν ἡ Μαντινέα σημεῖον καὶ ἱερὰ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος. Ἁλιρρόθιον γὰρ ἐπιθετικῶς τὸν Ποσειδῶνά φησι. καὶ παρατίθεται τὸ Ὁμηρικόν · πάσας δ᾿ ὀρόθυνεν ἀέλλας παντοίων ἀνέμων. παρατίθεται δὲ καὶ τὸν γράφοντα τὴν Θησηίδα. μαρτυροῦντα τῷ Ἥρωι τὴν τοῦ ἅρματος ἡνιοχευτικὴν ἀρετήν·

b. b. τρέψας δὲ πώλους ὡς ὁ Μαντινεῦς Σῆμος, ὃς πρῶτος ἅρματ᾿ ἤλασεν παρ᾿ Ἀλφειῷ. ἄλλως· ἀν ἵπποις τέτρασιν: ἐὰν μὲν γράφηται σᾶμα Ἁλιρροθίου, ἔσται αὐτὸς ὁ Ἁλιρρόθιος ἥκων ὡς ἂν ἐπίσημος ἐγένετο ὁ Ἁλιρρόθιος· ἐὰν δὲ Σᾶμος Ἁλιρροθίου φανερόν· οἷον, Σᾶμος Ἁλιρροθίου ἐνίκησεν. Ἀριστόδημος δέ φησι μὴ δύνασθαι συγχρονεῖν Ἁλιρρόθιον τὸν κατὰ Κέκροπα Ἡρακλεῖ. ἀλλὰ μηδὲ Ἀρκάδα εἶναι, ἀλλ᾿ Ἀθηναῖον· Σῆμον δέ τινα νῦν νενικηκέναι ἅρματι, ὥς φησι Δίφιλος ὁ τὴν Θησηίδα ποιήσας ἔν τινι ἰάμβῳ οὕτω·

c. c. ἀπὸ Μαντινέας: Μαντινέα πόλις Ἀρκαδίας· σῆμα δὲ Ἁλιρροθίου περιφραστικῶς ὁ Ἁλιρρόθιος.

d. d. ἢ σῆμα ἐπίσημος, φανερός.

e. e. σᾶμ᾿ Ἁλιρροθίου: Ἁλιρρόθιος Μαντινεὺς ὁμώνυμος τῷ Ἀθηναίῳ, ὃς ἦν Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Βαθυκλείας.

f. f. ((fr. 106)) ἤτοι ὁ μὲν Σῆρον καὶ Ἀλάζυγον υἱέας ἐσθλούς. τινὲς γράφουσι Σῆρος Ἁλιρροθίου, οὗ μέμνηται Ἡσίοδος · ἦν δὲ ὁ Σῆρος τοῦ Ἁλιρροθίου τοῦ Περιήρους καὶ Ἀλκυόνης.

84 χλιδῶσα δὲ μολπὰ πρὸς κάλαμον ἀντιάξει μελέων, σ5

There do ye, O Muses, join in the song of triumph: I pledge my word that to no stranger-banishing folk shall ye come, nor unacquainted with things noble, but of the highest in arts and valiant with the spear. For neither tawny fox nor roaring lion may change his native temper.

Scholia ad vv. 84–84 (5 entries)

ad v. 84

a. a. Ἁλιρροθίου: ὁ Ἁλιρρόθιος νικῶν ἐπίσημος ἐγένετο.

b. b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἀπὸ τῆς ἁλιρροθίου Μαντινείας ἐν ἅρματι πρῶτος ἐνίκα· ἢ ἐπίσημος ὢν Ἁλιρρόθιος· τὸ γὰρ ἐνίκα πᾶσι τούτοις ὑπακουστέον· εἶτα ἀφ᾿ ἑτέρας ἀρχῆς· ἄκοντι Φράστωρ ἔλασε σκοπόν.

c. c. ἢ οὕτως· ἀν᾿ ἵπποισι δὲ τέτρασιν: ἀπὸ Μαντινείας καὶ ἅρμασιν ἐνίκα Θησεύς.

d. d. σῆμα Ἁλιρροθίου: οἷον ὅμοιος ὢν Ἁλιρροθίῳ τῷ ἀδελφῷ. ἢ ἐπίσημος ὢν Ἁλιρρόθιος.

e. e. ὅτι ((FHG IV, 327)) μετὰ τὴν τῆς Ἤλιδος ἅλωσιν εἷς ἦν τῶν ἀγωνισαμένων ὁ Θησεὺς ἱστορεῖ Ἀρίστιππος, οὐχ ἅρματι δὲ, ἀλλὰ παγκρατίῳ.

85–89

 τὰ παρʼ εὐκλέϊ Δίρκᾳ χρόνῳ μὲν φάνεν· σ2
 ἀλλʼ ὥτε παῖς ἐξ ἀλόχου πατρὶ σ4
 ποθεινὸς ἵκοντι νεότατος τὸ πάλιν ἤδη, μάλα δέ οἱ θερμαίνει φιλότατι νόον· σ3
 ἐπεὶ πλοῦτος ὁ λαχὼν ποιμένα σ4
 ἐπακτὸν ἀλλότριον, σ1

which have come to light beside famous Dirce, after a long time, but like a long-desired child from the wife of a man who has already reached the opposite of youth, who fills his father’s mind with the warmth of love; since his wealth falling into the hands of a stranger who is master of another home

Scholia ad vv. 85–89 (14 entries)

ad v. 85

a. a. Φράστωρ: ὁ Φράστωρ τοῦ σκοποῦ τῷ ἀκοντίῳ ὑπερήλασεν.

b. b.(86.) [ἄκοντι δὲ Φράστωρ ἔλασε σκοπόν:] ὁ δὲ Φράστωρ ἀκοντίῳ ἀγωνισάμενος ἔρριψε κατὰ σκοποῦ. οἱ δὲ τὸ ἤλασε σκοπόν ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς νίκης εὐτύχησε. ἔστι δὲ ὄνομα κύριον.

ad v. 86

a. a. μᾶκος δὲ Νικεύς: ὡς Τυδεύς.

b. b. ((θ 190)) ὁ δὲ λόγος· μακρόν τι καὶ ἐπίμηκες ἐδίσκευσεν ὁ Νικεύς. ὅτι δὲ πέτροις τὸ παλαιὸν ἐδίσκευον, Ὅμηρος · βόμβησεν δὲ λίθος.

c. c. μᾶκος δ᾿ Ἐνικεύς: Ἐνικεὺς ὄνομα κύριον.

d. d.(87.) ((Τ 131)) μακρὸν ἐδίσκευσε δίσκῳ λιθίνῳ. οὕτως οἱ ἀρχαῖοι. μᾶκος δὲ μακρόν. παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν · χειρὶ περιστρέψας.

ad v. 87

a. a. χέρα κυκλώσαις ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων: πάντας, φησὶ, τοὺς ἀνταγωνιστὰς τῇ βολῇ παρελθών.

b. b. ((θ 189)) τόν ῥα περιστρέψας ἧκε στιβαρῆς ἀπὸ χειρός. τὸ δὲ χέρα κυκλώσας παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν ·

c. c. ((θ 190)) κατὰ δ᾿ ἔπτηξαν ποτὶ γαίῃ Φαίηκες δολιχήρετμοι, ναυσίκλυτοι ἄνδρες. τὸ δὲ καὶ συμμαχία θόρυβον, καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτοῖς συμμάχοις ἔκπληξιν καὶ τάραχον ἐκίνησε | μέγαν διὰ τὄ ὑπερβεβλημένον τῆς βολῆς θαῦμα. καὶ τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν ·

ad v. 88

a. a. καὶ συμμαχία θόρυβον: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ πλῆθος θαυμάσαν ἀνεβόησεν ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς βολῆς μήκει.

b. b. ἢ οὕτω· παρεκίνησε καὶ ἀνήγειρε τὸ τῶν συμμάχων πλῆθος.

c. c. [κυκλώσαις:] ἤτοι διὰ τὸ προβάλλειν τοὺς ἄλλους τῷ δίσκῳ διαταραχθῆναι εἰς τὸ πλῆθος ἀποθαυμάσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς βολῆς μήκει.

d. d. θόρυβον: ἀνήγειρε δὲ νικήσας ταραχὴν τοῖς συνοῦσιν· ἐβόησαν γὰρ θαυμάσαντες τῆς βολῆς τὸ μῆκος.

ad v. 89

x. παρέθηξεν: ἐκίνησε. παρώρμησεν.

90 θνᾴσκοντι στυγερώτατος· σ590

is the most hateful thing to a dying man.

Scholia ad vv. 90–90 (5 entries)

ad v. 90

a. a. ἐν δ᾿ ἕσπερον ἔφλεξεν εὐώπιδος: τῆς δὲ εὐώπιδος σελήνης τὸ ἐρατὸν φάος κατέλαμψε | τὴν ἑσπέραν. ταῦτα γὰρ ἐγένετο τοῦ ἑσπέρου καὶ τοῦ σκότου καταυγαζομένου ὑπὸ τῆς σεληνιακῆς αὐγῆς.

b. b. ((III, 19)) ἐρατὸν δὲ φάος, τὸ πανσέληνον· τελεῖται γὰρ κατὰ πληροσέληνον, ὡς αὐτὸς ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις εἶπεν.

c. c. ἔδει δὲ οὕτως εἰπεῖν· οὔσης δὲ πανσελήνου ἐτέθη ὁ ἀγὼν, | ὁ δὲ τὸν ἀγῶνα διαθέμενος τοῦτο τότε ἐπήνεγκεν. 92Q

d. d. ἐν δ᾿ ἕσπερον ἔφλεξε: τὸ ἑσπερινὸν φάος.

e. e. ὅτι ἐν πανσελήνῳ ἐτέθη ὁ ἀγών. 90 a Q

91–94

 καὶ ὅταν καλὰ ἔρξαις ἀοιδᾶς ἄτερ, σ1
 Ἁγησίδαμʼ, εἰς Ἀΐδα σταθμὸν σ3
 ἀνὴρ ἵκηται, κενεὰ πνεύσαις ἔπορε μόχθῳ βραχύ τι τερπνόν. τὶν δʼ ἁδυεπής τε λύρα
 γλυκύς τʼ αὐλὸς ἀναπάσσει χάριν· σ1

And, Hagesidamus, when a man with fine achievements but no songs reaches the house of Hades, he has spent his strength and his breath in vain and gained only a short-lived delight with his effort. But on you the soft-singing lyre and the sweet flute scatter grace

Scholia ad vv. 91–94 (5 entries)

ad v. 91

x. σελάνας ἐρατὸν φάος: τοῦτο ἔδει πρῶτον εἰπεῖν ὅτι πανσελήνου οὔσης ὁ ἀγὼν ἐτέθη. εὐήθως δὲ καὶ οἱ φαντασθέντες ἄχρι δύσεως ἡμέρας αὐτοὺς ἀγωνίζεσθαι.

ad v. 92

a. a. ἀείδετο δέ: τῶν ἐπινίκων λεγομένων ἤχει ἡ Πίσα.

b. b. ἀείδετο δὲ πᾶν τέμενος: ἐν δὲ ταῖς εὐωχίαις περιῄδετο καὶ ἠχεῖτο τὸ πᾶν τέμενος εὐφημιῶν καὶ ὕμνων λεγομένων. οὗτος γὰρ ἐγκωμιαστικὸς τρόπος.

c. c. ἢ οὕτως· ἐνεκωμιάζετο ἐκ τῶν νικώντων τὸ τέμενός, φησιν.

ad v. 94

x. ἀρχαῖς δὲ προτέραις ἑπόμενοι: ταῖς οὖν ἀρχαῖς καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι τῶν φθανόντων καὶ νῦν ἡμεῖς ἀκολουθοῦντες τὴν ἐπώνυμον τῆς νίκης χάριν, τουτέστι τὸν ἐπινίκιον ὕμνον εἴπωμεν, θαυμάζοντες τήν τε βροντὴν τοῦ Διὸς καὶ τὸν ἔμπυρον αὐτοῦ κεραυνόν.

95–96

95 τρέφοντι δʼ εὐρὺ κλέος σ1095

96 κόραι Πιερίδες Διός. σ5

and the Pierian daughters of Zeus nurture your wide fame.

Scholia ad vv. 95–96 (15 entries)

ad v. 95

a. a. χάριν νίκας: ἔξωθεν ληπτέον τὸ εἴς· εἰς χάριν κελαδησόμεθα βροντάν.

b. b. τὸ δὲ ἐπωνυμίαν τοῦ χάριν ἐπίθετον· τὴν ἐπωνύμους ποιοῦσαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπονομάζοντος καὶ καλοῦντος.

c. c. ἄλλως· ἐπωνυμίαν νίκης χάριν τὸν ἐπίνικον εἶπεν.

d. d. ἐπωνυμίαν χάριν: ἔξωθεν τὴν εἴς πρόθεσιν λάβε· εἰς χάριν κελαδήσομεν.

e. e. ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸν κεραυνὸν ὑμνήσομεν.

f. f. ἄλλως· τὴν ὀνομαστὴν βροντὴν καὶ διαβόητον.

g. g. ἢ οὕτω· τὴν νίκην περιφραστικῶς τὴν διαβόητον.

h. h. ἄλλως· χάριν νίκης, διὰ τὴν νίκην.

i. i. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπίθετον τῆς νίκης τῆς ἐπωνύμους ποιούσης.

k. k. ἢ τῆς ὄνομα φερούσης καὶ κρατούσης ἐν παντὶ κράτει. 99B

ad v. 96

a. a. πυρπάλαμον βέλος: τὸν κεραυνὸν καὶ ἐκ πυρὸς καὶ ἐκ Διὸς τεχνασθέντα.

b. b. καὶ πυρπάλαμον βέλος ἐν ἅπαντι κράτει: τὸν ἐπὶ πάσῃ χρείᾳ τοῦ κράτους αὐτοῦ ἁρμόδιον καὶ ἐπαρκοῦντα πρὸς τὰς χρείας.

c. c. ἢ πρὸς πᾶσαν αὐτῷ δύναμιν ἀραρότα.

d. d. ἢ κράτει τῇ νίκῃ· νικῶντα ἀεί.

e. e. κράτει ἀραρότα: ἡρμοσμένον παντὶ κράτει τοῦ Διός.

97–99

 ἐγὼ δὲ συνεφαπτόμενος σπουδᾷ, κλυτὸν ἔθνος
 Λοκρῶν ἀμφέπεσον μέλιτι
 δʼ εὐάνορα πόλιν καταβρέχων· παῖδʼ ἐρατὸν Ἀρχεστράτου σ3

While I, earnestly lending my hand, have embraced the famous tribe of the Locrians, showering with honey their city of fine men. And I praised the lovely son of Archestratus,

Scholia ad vv. 97–99 (3 entries)

ad v. 99

a. a. χλιδῶσα δὲ μολπά: τρυφῶσα δὲ ἡ μολπὴ τῶν ἐπέων ἀντιάσει πρὸς τὸν κάλαμον. τοῦτο δέ φησιν ἐπεὶ μετ᾿ αὐλῶν τὸν ὕμνον ἔλεγον.

b. b. χλιδῶσα: τρυφῶσα. ἐναβρυνομένη.

c. c. ἡ μολπὴ ἡ τῶν μελῶν ἁβρῶς καὶ ἡδέως ἐντρυφῶσα τῇ ἡδονῇ ἀπαντήσει πρὸς αὐτόν.

100–104

 αἴνησα, τὸν εἶδον κρατέοντα χερὸς ἀλκᾷ σ4
 βωμὸν παρʼ Ὀλύμπιον, σ5
 κεῖνον κατὰ χρόνον σ5
 ἰδέᾳ τε καλὸν
 ὥρᾳ τε κεκραμένον, ἅ ποτε σ3

whom I saw at that time beside the Olympic altar, winning victory with the valor of his hands—beautiful in form, and blended with that youthful bloom which once

Scholia ad vv. 100–104 (17 entries)

ad v. 100

a. a. ἀντιάξει: ὁμοδρομήσει. συναντήσει τῷ αὐλῷ.

b. b. οἷον ἀντιάσει. ἀνακινήσει.

c. c. ἀντιάξει μελέων: ἀπαντήσει. ἀντηχήσει.

d. d. ὁ δὲ ὕμνος τρυφηλῶς καὶ ἡδέως μετὰ αὐλῶν ῥηθήσεται.

ad v. 101

a. a. Δίρκᾳ: καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ ἔλεγεν ὅτι διέστηκε τὸ πρῶτον τῆς ὁμολογίας τοῦ γράψαι τὸ ἐγκώμιον. καὶ νῦν ἀπὸ τῆς Δίρκης [τὴν Θήβην φησὶ] καὶ ἐν Θήβῃ φησὶ μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον πεφηνέναι τὰ μέλη καὶ τὰ ποιήματα, ὡς ἐν Θήβαις γεγραφὼς τὸν ἐπίνικον μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον τῆς ὁμολογίας.

b. b. τὰ παρ᾿ εὐκλεεῖ Δίρκᾳ: ἅτινα μέλη ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ Δίρκῃ, ἤτοι Θήβαις, ἐν πλείονι μὲν χρόνῳ τῆς προσδοκίας ἐφάνη καὶ ἐγράφη· | ἀλλ᾿ οὕτως ἐστὶ γλυκὺς ὁ ἐπίνικος τῷ λαβόντι ὥσπερ παῖς γνησίας γυναικὸς καὶ οὐ παλλακίδος πατρὶ γεννηθεὶς ἤδη γεγηρακότι.

c. c. ἄλλως· Δίρκη πηγὴ ἐν Θήβαις.

d. d. κεχρονικέναι μέν φησι καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ λέγων ὁ Πίνδαρος ὅτι διέστηκεν ἀπὸ τῆς ὁμολογίας πρὶν γραφῆναι τὸ ποίημα· καὶ νῦν ἀπὸ τῆς Δίρκης (σημαίνων ἐν Θήβαις) φησὶ μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον πεφηνέναι τὰ μέλη καὶ τὰ ποιήματα, ὡς ἐν Θήβαις γεγραφὼς [τὰ μέλη καὶ τὰ ποιήματα, ἤτοι] τὸν ἐπίνικον, μετὰ πολὺν τῆς ὁμολογίας τῆς περὶ τοῦ γράφειν χρόνον.

e. e. ἅπερ μέλη χρόνῳ ἐφάνη ἐν Βοιωτίᾳ. ἐπεὶ μετὰ χρόνον ἔγραψε τὸ ποίημα.

ad v. 102

a. a. ἀλλ᾿ ὥστε παῖς ἐξ ἀλόχου: γνησίας γυναικὸς καὶ οὐ παλλακίδος.

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀλλ᾿ οὕτως ἐστὶ γλυκὺς ὁ ἐπίνικος τῷ λαβόντι ὥσπερ παῖς | πατρὶ γεννηθεὶς ἤδη γεγηρακότι.

c. c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὕτω δέ σοι ποθεινὰ καὶ ἡδέα ἔσται, ὥσπερ τις γνήσιος παῖς ἐκ νομίμης γυναικὸς πατρὶ | ποθεινὸς ὁρᾶται εἰς τὸ ἀνάπαλιν τῆς νεότητος ἐλθόντι· τουτέστι, γηράσαντι. | πάνυ τε τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ πατρὸς τὸν νοῦν ἐκπυροῖ πρὸς τὸν πόθον κεχαρισμένος φαινόμενος. διατί δὲ ὁ παῖς ποθεινός ἐστι γηρῶντι; ἐπειδή, φησιν, ἡ περιουσία καὶ ὁ πλοῦτος ἄρχοντα καὶ δεσπότην ἑαυτοῦ λαχὼν ἀλλότριον τοῦ γένους καὶ ἔξωθέν τινα ἐπαχθέντα λυπηρότατός ἐστι τῷ ἀποθνήσκοντι.

d. d. τὸ δὲ ἵκοντι νεότατος, εἰς τὸ ἔμπαλιν τῆς νεότητος, τὸ γῆρας.

e. e. εἰς τὸ γῆρας ἤδη ἐληλυθότι, καθ᾿ ὃν καιρὸν οὐκ ἔστιν οἷος ἄλλο γεννῆσαι.

ad v. 104

a. a. τοὔμπαλιν: εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον τῆς νεότητος.

b. b. τουτέστι γεγηρακώς.

c. c. θερμαίνει: ὁ γεννηθεὶς τοῦ πατρὸς θάλπει τὸν νοῦν.

105

105 ἀναιδέα Γανυμήδει μόρον ἄλαλκε σὺν Κυπρογενεῖ. σ39105

kept Ganymede from shameless death, with the help of Cyprian Aphrodite.

Scholia ad vv. 105–105 (39 entries)

ad v. 105

a. a. ἐπεῖ πλοῦτος: τοῦτο ἐν τῷ καθόλου λέγει· ἐπεὶ πλοῦτος ὁ ἐπακτὸν λαχὼν ποιμένα τὸν διαδεξάμενον τῷ καταλιπόντι καὶ ἀποθνήσκοντι στυγερός ἐστιν. διὰ δὲ τούτου σημαίνει ὅτι ἐάν τις ἔχων πλοῦτον ἄτεκνος ἀποθνήσκῃ διάδοχον μὴ καταλιπὼν, ἐπώδυνος αὐτῷ γίνεται. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

b. b. ((Ε 158)) ἄλλως· τὸν μὴ κατὰ γένος διάδοχον· παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν · χηρωσταὶ δὲ διὰ κτῆσιν δατέονται. τὸ δὲ θνᾴσκοντι κοινῶς πρὸς ἀμφότερα· ἀλλότριον θνήσκοντι, καὶ στυγερώτατος θνήσκοντι. πάνυ γὰρ ἀλγοῦσιν οἱ τοῖς μὴ προσήκουσι διαδόχοις χρώμενοι. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

c. c. ὥσπερ οὖν, φησι, λυπηρόν ἐστι τῷ τελευτῶντι ἀλλοτρίῳ τινι χρήσασθαι κληρονόμῳ, οὕτως ἀλγεινόν ἐστι καὶ ὅταν κάλλιστα μὲν εἴη διαπεπραγμένος τις, ἄνευ δὲ ἐπαίνου, καταλύσῃ τὸν βίον, ὦ Ἀγησίδαμε, κενῶς μοχθήσας, ὡς μηδὲ βραχύ τι τερπνὸν καὶ ἡδὺ ἀποκερδάναι ἐκ τῶν πόνων. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

x. καὶ ὅταν καλὰ [μὲν] ἔρξαις: καὶ ὅταν καλά τις ἐπιτελέσας ἔργα δίχα καὶ χωρὶς ἀοιδῆς ἀποθάνῃ ἀκλεὴς, τῷ μόχθῳ βραχὺ δέδωκε τερπνὸν, τουτέστι βραχὺ ἐτέρφθη παραχρῆμα, οὐκέτι δὲ τελευτήσαντος αὐτοῦ μέμνηταί τις. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

x. Ἀίδα σταθμόν: τὸν οἶκον. ἢ τὸν Ἅιδην, περιφραστικῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

x. τὸ κενεὰ πνεύσας ἀντὶ τοῦ ματαίως μοχθήσας. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

a. a. τερπνόν: βραχὺ τυγχάνει παρ᾿ αὐτὴν τὴν νίκην. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

b. b. βραχύ τι τερπνόν ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδέν. οὐδὲ ὀλίγον. οὐδὲ τὸ ἐλάχιστον. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

a. a. τὶν δέ: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδέν.... πᾶσα μουσικὴ ἀναπέμπει καὶ διαποικίλλει τὴν χάριν. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

aa. τὶν δ᾿ ἁδυεπής τε λύρα: [Drachmann ad v. 113]

b. b. τίν σοί Δωρικῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

c. c. σοὶ οὖν, φησι, πᾶν εἶδος μουσικῆς διαποικίλλει τὴν χάριν καὶ παρέχει τὴν ἡδονήν. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

d. d. ((Γ 126)) παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν · πολέας δ᾿ ἐνέπασσεν ἀέθλους. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

a. a. ἀναπάσσει: ἤτοι ἀνεγείρει. ἄνω ποιεῖ. ἀναβάλλει. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

b. b. καὶ γὰρ τὸ πάσσειν ποικίλλειν ἐστὶ, καὶ παστὸς διὰ τὸ πεποικίλθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

c. c. ((l. l.)) ἀναποικίλλει σοι τὴν χάριν ἥ τε λύρα καὶ ὁ αὐλός. Ὅμηρος · πολέας δ᾿ ἐνέπασσεν ἀέθλους. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

d. d. ἀναπάσσει: ἀναπέμπει. ἀναποικίλλει. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

e. e. ἀναπάσσει: ἀνεγείρει. ἄνω ποιεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

f. f. ἢ ἀναποικίλλει σοι τὴν χάριν ἥ τε λύρα καὶ ὁ αὐλός. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

a. a. χάριν: τὴν τῶν νικησάντων. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

b. b. τρέφουσι καὶ αὔξουσι τήνδε τὴν χάριν τοῦ νικῶντος αἱ Μοῦσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

c. c. ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ποίημα. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

d. d. δοξάζουσι τοὺς νικῶντας. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

e. e. τρέφοντι δ᾿ εὐρὺ κλέος: αὔξουσι δέ σου τὸ κλέος αἱ Μοῦσαι καὶ οἱ λόγοι· ἀθάνατοι γὰρ οἱ διὰ τῶν λόγων ἔπαινοι. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

f. f. τρέφουσι δὲ αἱ Μοῦσαι μέγιστον κλέος τῶν νικησάντων. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

a. a. ἐγὼ δὲ συνεφαπτόμενος: καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τῶν Μουσῶν τῆς ᾠδῆς ἐπιλαμβανόμενος τρέφω σου τὸ κλέος ὕμνῳ ὡσανεὶ μέλιτι πιαίνων τὴν πόλιν. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

b. b. ἔθνος ἐγὼ δὲ συνεφαπτόμενος σπουδᾷ: καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ἐγὼ τῇ σπουδῇ συνεφαπτόμενος τῶν Μουσῶν, συλλαμβανόμενος καὶ συνεργῶν τρέφω σου τὸ κλέος καὶ αὔξω, εἴς τε τὸ τῶν Λοκρῶν ἐμαυτὸν ἐμβάλλων καὶ ὡσανεὶ μέλιτι πιαίνων τὴν πόλιν [καὶ ἡδέως διατίθημι ὑμνῶν.] [Drachmann ad v. 117]

x. σπουδᾷ: τῇ σπουδῇ τῶν Μουσῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

x. ἀμφέπεσον μέλιτι καταβρέχων: ὥρμησα. αὐτῷ τῷ ποιήματί, φησι, καταβρέχων, τουτέστιν ὑμνῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

x. παῖδ᾿ ἐρατόν: ταῦτα κομματικῶς καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

x. τὸν εἶδον: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔγνων. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

a. a. κρατέοντα: νικῶντα. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

b. b. χειρὸς ἀλκᾷ: ἀντὶ τοῦ πυκτικῇ. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

a. a. κεῖνον κατὰ χρόνον: οὐ γὰρ ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐνίκησεν ἔγραψε τὸν ὕμνον. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

b. b. κεῖνον κατὰ χρόνον: τὴν βραδυτῆτα τοῦ ἐπινικίου καὶ νῦν ἐπιδείκνυται. subscr. Q [Drachmann ad v. 122]

c. c. ἰδέᾳ τε καλόν: καὶ τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ σώματος ἐναβρυνόμενον καὶ τῷ κάλλει. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

a. a. ὥρᾳ τε κεκραμένον: καὶ τῷ κάλλει τοῦ σώματος ἀναλόγως συγκεκραμένον καὶ φαιδρυνόμενον τῇ τούτου ὥρᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

b. b. ((Υ 234)) τὸν καὶ ἀνηρείψαντο θεοὶ Διὶ οἰνοχοεύειν κάλλεος εἵνεκα οἷο, ἵν᾿ ἀθανάτοισι μετείη. ἅ ποτ᾿ ἀναιδέα: ἥτις ὥρα ποτὲ τὸν ἀναιδῆ θάνατον ἀπεκώλυσε τοῦ Γανυμήδους ἅμα τῇ Ἀφροδίτῃ. | Ὅμηρος · [Drachmann ad v. 123]

c. c. ἄλλως· ἡ ὥρα, φησὶ, τῆς ἡλικίας τῷ Γανυμήδει θάνατον ἄλαλκε· | καὶ γὰρ δι᾿ αὐτὴν καὶ διὰ τὸ κάλλος ἀθάνατος ἐγένετο. τέλος Ἀγησιδάμου. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 11

Olympian 11 — for Ἀγησιδάμῳ Λοκρῷ Ἐπιζεφυρίῳ παιδὶ πύκτῃ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 21 lines · 51 scholia parts

Argumentum (3 entries)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen XI.

metr. Τῷ αὐτῷ τόκος. Τοῦ ια΄ εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ς΄, ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ι΄. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβέλεγος τῆς τελευταίας εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν μετατεθείσης. τὸ β΄ ὅμοιον τῷ α΄ παρὰ τὴν τελευταίαν συλλαβήν. τὸ γ΄ τὸ αὐτὸ παρὰ τὸν τελευταῖον πόδα. τὸ δ΄ μικτὸν ἐκ διμέτρου τροχαϊκοῦ καὶ ἡμίσεος ἔπους. τὸ ε΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον εἰς ἴαμβον Πινδαρικῷ ἔθει. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβέλεγος. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ι΄. τὸ α΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ β΄ δίμοιρον ἔπους. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος παρὰ τὴν πρώτην συλλαβήν. τὸ δ΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ε΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ς΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ζ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν ἐπιλαμβάνον. τὸ η΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ι΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

insc_a. Inscr.a. τόκος ἐπιγέγραπται, ἐπειδὴ ἐν προσθήκης μέρει τελευταῖον γέγραφε, καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν δανεισμάτων τὸ προστιθέμενον ἐκτὸς τοῦ ἀρχαίου. τόκος δὲ κέκληται παρὰ τὸ ἐπιτετέχθαι καὶ ἐπιγεγενῆσθαι τῷ ἀριθμῷ.

insc_b. Inscr.b. τῷ αὐτῷ γέγραφεν ἐν προσθήκης μέρει διδοὺς ὡς ἂν τόκον διὰ τὸ μὴ παρὰ τὸν τῆς νίκης καιρὸν γεγραφέναι τὸν ἐπίνικον.

1 ἔστιν ἀνθρώποις ἀνέμων ὅτε πλείστα σ4

There is a time when men’s need for winds is the greatest, and a time for waters from the sky, the rainy offspring of clouds. But when anyone is victorious through his toil, then honey-voiced odes

Read me the name of the Olympic winner Archestratos' son that I may know where it is written upon my heart: for I had forgotten that I owed him a sweet strain.

Scholia ad vv. 1–1 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. ἔστιν ἀνθρώποις: ὁ λόγος· καιρός ἐστι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὅτε χρεία γένηται ἀνέμων, ὅ,τι ἐπὶ τῶν πλεόντων μάλιστα συμβαίνει, καὶ γεωργοῖς ὄμβρου· τότε δηλονότι ἐπινίκων ὕμνων καὶ ἐγκωμίων....

b. b.... ἄλλο ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ τοῖς γεωργοῖς ὀμβρίων ὑδάτων γένηται.

c. c. ἔστιν ἀνθρώποις ἀνέμων ὅτε πλείστα χρῆσις: ἔστι καιρὸς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, φησὶν, ὅτε πλείστη χρεία γίνεται ἀνέμου, | οἷον ἐπὶ τῶν πλεόντων μάλιστα συμβαίνει· ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ οὐρανίων ὄμβρων τοῖς γηπονοῦσι χρεία· οὕτω δηλονότι καὶ τοῖς ἀθληταῖς ἐγκωμίων.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἔστιν ὅτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πολλὴ χρεία ἐστὶν ἀνέμου, | οἱονεὶ τοῖς πλέουσι, καὶ ἔστιν ὅτε πλείστη χρεία ἐστὶν ὄμβρων καὶ ὑετῶν, οἱονεὶ τοῖς γηπονοῦσιν.

2–3

2 χρῆσις, ἔστιν δʼ οὐρανίων ὑδάτων, σ1

3 ὀμβρίων παίδων νεφέλας. σ1

But do thou, O Muse, and thou Truth, daughter of Zeus, put forth your hands and keep from me the reproach of having wronged a friend by breaking my pledged word. For from afar hath overtaken me the time that was then yet to come, and hath shamed my deep debt.

Scholia ad vv. 2–3 (2 entries)

ad v. 2

x. ἔστι δ᾿ οὐρανίων: ἔστι δὲ καὶ ὅτε οὐρανίων ὑδάτων τοῖς γεωργοῦσιν.

ad v. 3

x. παίδων νεφέλας: παῖδας νεφελῶν τοὺς ὄμβρους φησίν.

4 εἰ δὲ σὺν πόνῳ τις εὖ πράσσοι, μελιγάρυες ὕμνοι σ8

Nevertheless from that sore reproach I may be delivered by payment with usury: behold how the rushing wave sweepeth down the rolling shingle, and how we also will render for our friend's honour a tribute to him and to his people.

Scholia ad vv. 4–4 (8 entries)

ad v. 4

a. a. εἰ δὲ σὺν πόνῳ τις: εἰ δὲ φιλοπονήσας τις εὐτυχοίη.

b. b. εἰ δέ τίς, φησι, μὴ κατὰ κενὸν πονήσει.

c. c. οἱ εἰ δὲ διὰ τῶν πόνων ἀθλήσας νίκης τύχοι, τούτῳ μάλιστα χρεία τῶν ὕμνων· οὗτοι γὰρ αὐτῷ ἀρχὴν ποιοῦνται τῶν ὕστερον ἐσομένων περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγων· διὰ γὰρ τοὺς ὕμνους καὶ οἱ ὕστερον μνημονεύουσι τῶν προγενεστέρων, καὶ ὡσανεὶ ὅρκος πιστὸς, οὕτως καὶ ὕμνοι διασώζουσιν αὐτῶν τὴν ἀρετήν.

d. d. εἰ δὲ σὺν πόνῳ τις εὖ πράσσοι: εἰ δέ τίς, φησι, μὴ κατὰ κενὸν πονήσει, διὰ δὲ τῶν πόνων ἀθλήσας τοῦ ἀθλήματος τῆς νίκης τύχοι, τούτῳ προσδεῖ τῶν ὕμνων· οὗτοι γὰρ αὐτῷ ἀρχὴν ποιοῦνται τῶν ὕστερον ἐσομένων περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγων.

e. e. ἄλλως· εἰ δέ τις πονήσας εὐτυχῆ πράσσοι καὶ νικήσει, τούτῳ οἱ ἡδεῖς οὗτοι ὕμνοι τῶν ὕστερον ἐπαίνων ἀρχὴ γίνονται καὶ πρόφασις· ἀντὶ τοῦ οἱ ὕμνοι οὗτοι αἴτιοι γίνονται τοῦ καὶ αὖθις μνημονεύεσθαι τοῦ νικηφόρου τὰ κατορθώματα, | τῶν ὕστερον μετὰ ταῦτα λόγων ἤτοι ἐπαίνων μελλόντων λέγεσθαι τοῦ ὕμνου τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν πρόφασιν διδόντος.

f. f. μελιγάρυες: ἐπειδὴ ἡδυτάτοις μέλεσιν ἐχρήσατο.

g. g. ἄλλως· μελιγάρυες ὕμνοι, φησὶ, τῶν ὑστέρων λόγων ἀρχή εἰσι. δι᾿ αὐτοὺς γὰρ καὶ οἱ ὕστεροι μνημονεύουσι τῶν προγενεστέρων.

h. h. ἢ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς οἱ ὕμνοι συνηρμοσμένοι εἰσὶ τῶν ὑμνουμένων.

5 ὑστέρων ἀρχὰ λόγων σ15

become the foundation for future fame, and a faithful pledge for great deeds of excellence.

Truth inhabiteth the city of the Lokrians of the West, and Kalliope they hold in honour and mailëd Ares; yea even conquering Herakles was foiled by that Kykneän combat.

Scholia ad vv. 5–5 (1 entry)

ad v. 5

x. τέλλεται: ἀντὶ τοῦ τέλλονται οἱ ὕμνοι· ἑνικὸν ἀντὶ πληθυντικοῦ.

6 τέλλεται καὶ πιστὸν ὅρκιον μεγάλαις ἀρεταῖς. σ3

Now let Agesidamos, winner in the boxing at Olympia, so render thanks to Ilas as Patroklos of old to Achilles. If one be born with excellent gifts, then may another who sharpeneth his natural edge speed him, God helping, to an exceeding weight of glory. Without toil there have triumphed a very few.

Scholia ad vv. 6–6 (3 entries)

ad v. 6

a. a. καὶ πιστὸν ὅρκιον: σύνθημα. ὁμολόγημα. δύναταί τις ὀμόσαι νενικηκέναι τὸν Ἀγησίδαμον ἀκούων τοῦ ὕμνου.

b. b. ἄλλως· οἱ ὕμνοι πιστὸν ὅρκιόν εἰσι τῶν ἀρετῶν· οὐ γὰρ ἀπολείπουσιν αὐτοὺς οὐδέποτε συμπαρόντες, ἀεὶ δὲ μνείαν πορίζουσιν αὐτοῖς.

c. c. καὶ πιστὸν ὅρκιον μεγάλαις ἀρεταῖς: οἱ ὕμνοι. οὐ γὰρ ἀπολείπουσιν αὐτοὺς παρόντες, ἀλλ᾿ ἀεὶ μνείαν αὐτοῖς πορίζουσιν.

7–8

7 ἀφθόνητος δʼ αἶνος Ὀλυμπιονίκαις σ2

8 οὗτος ἄγκειται. τὰ μὲν ἁμετέρα σ1

This praise is dedicated to Olympian victors, without stint. My tongue wants to foster such themes;

Of that light in the life of a man before all other deeds, that first of contests, the ordinances of Zeus have stirred me to sing, even the games which by the ancient tomb of Pelops the mighty Herakles founded, after that he slew Kleatos, Poseidon's goodly son, and slew also Eurytos, that he might wrest from tyrannous Augeas against his will reward for service done.

Scholia ad vv. 7–8 (3 entries)

ad v. 7

a. a. ἀφθόνητος δ᾿ αἶνος: ἀφθόνητος ὁ ὕμνος ἐστὶν ἔπαινος καὶ ἀνάκειται τοῖς Ὀλυμπιονίκαις.

b. b. ἄλλως· καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, ὅτι ἀλλότριος τῶν διὰ φθόνον ἐπιβουλευόντων ὁ ὕμνος ἐστίν· εἰκόνα μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἄγαλμα καθέλοι ἄν τις διὰ φθόνον, ὕμνον δ᾿ οὐκ ἂν ἀφανίσειεν.

ad v. 8

x. τὰ μὲν ἁμετέρα γλῶσσα: ταῦτα οὖν τὰ κατορθώματα καὶ τὰ ἐγκώμια τῶν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ νενικηκότων καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα γλῶσσα καὶ Μοῦσα περιέπειν καὶ ἀνυμνεῖν βούλεται.

9 γλῶσσα ποιμαίνειν ἐθέλει· σ1

Lying in ambush beneath Kleonai did Herakles overcome them on the road, for that formerly these same violent sons of Molos made havoc of his own Tirynthian folk by hiding in the valleys of Elis. And not long after the guest-betraying king of the Epeans saw his rich native land, his own city, beneath fierce fire and iron blows sink down into the deep moat of calamity. Of strife against stronger powers it is hard to be rid. Likewise Augeas last of all in his perplexity fell into captivity and escaped not precipitate death.

Scholia ad vv. 9–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 9

x. γλῶσσα ποιμαίνειν θέλει: προστατεῖν, φησὶν, ἡ γλῶσσά μου τῶν Ὀλυμπιονικῶν θέλει καὶ κατορθοῦν καὶ ἀνυμνεῖν τὰ κατορθώματα τῶν νικησάντων.

10 ἐκ θεοῦ δʼ ἀνὴρ σοφαῖς ἀνθεῖ πραπίδεσσιν ὁμοίως. σ310

but it is by the gift of a god that a man flourishes with a skillful mind, as with anything else. For the present rest assured, Hagesidamus son of Archestratus: for the sake of your boxing victory,

Then the mighty son of Zeus having gathered together all his host at Pisa, and all the booty, measured a sacred grove for his sovereign Father; and having fenced round the Altis he marked the bounds thereof in a clear space, and the plain encompassing it he ordained for rest and feasting, and paid honour to the river Alpheos together with the twelve greatest gods. And he named it by the name of the Hill of Kronos; for theretofore it was without name, when Oinomaos was king, and it was sprinkled with much snow.

Scholia ad vv. 10–10 (3 entries)

ad v. 10

a. a. ἐκ θεοῦ ἀνήρ: καὶ ἡμεῖς, φησι, καὶ οἱ ὕμνοι καὶ οἱ ἐγκωμιάζοντες τῆς τῶν θεῶν ἐπινοίας δεόμεθα.

b. b. ἐκ θεοῦ δ᾿ ἀνήρ: κατὰ δὲ βούλησιν δαιμονίου ἴσως καὶ τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ σοφὸς διαπαντὸς ἀνθεῖ ταῖς γνώμαις.

c. c. ἀπὸ γὰρ θείας μοίρας μουσικός τις καὶ ἔξοχος λάμπει ὁμοίως ὥσπερ καὶ σὺ νενίκηκας. τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὰ ἴδια ἐγκώμια κατασκευάζει, λέγων ἑαυτὸν διαπαντὸς σοφῶς φράζειν.

11 ἴσθι νῦν, Ἀρχεστράτου σ1

And at this first-born rite the Fates stood hard at hand, and he who alone proveth sure truth, even Time. He travelling onward hath told us the clear tale of how the founder set apart the choicest of the spoil for an offering from the war, and sacrificed, and how he ordained the fifth-year feast with the victories of that first Olympiad.

Scholia ad vv. 11–11 (1 entry)

ad v. 11

x. ἴσθι νῦν Ἀρχεστράτου παῖ: ἴσθι δὴ οὖν καὶ γίνωσκε, ὦ Ἀγησίδαμε, ὅτι τῆς σῆς πυγμῆς ἕνεκεν τὸν κόσμον τὸν διὰ τοῦ στεφάνου κελαδήσω. λέγει δὲ, τὸν ὕμνον ἀναβοήσω τῆς καλλιστεφάνου ἐλαίας.

12 παῖ, τεᾶς, Ἁγησίδαμε, πυγμαχίας ἕνεκεν

Who then won to their lot the new-appointed crown by hands or feet or chariot, setting before them the prize of glory in the games, and winning it by their act? In the foot-race down the straight course of the stadion was Likymnios' son Oionos first, from Nidea had he led his host: in the wrestling was Tegea glorified by Echemos: Doryklos won the prize of boxing, a dweller in the city of Tiryns, and with the four-horse chariot, Samos of Mantinea, Halirrhothios' son: with the javelin Phrastor hit the mark: in distance Enikeus beyond all others hurled the stone with a circling sweep, and all the warrior company thundered a great applause.

13 κόσμον ἐπὶ στεφάνῳ χρυσέας ἐλαίας σ3

I shall loudly sing a sweet song, an adornment for your garland of golden olive,

Scholia ad vv. 13–13 (3 entries)

ad v. 13

a. a. κόσμον ἐπὶ στεφάνῳ: τὸν ὕμνον λέγει.

b. b. ἐλαίας: λείπει τὸ δεξάμενον.

c. c. παρεῖται δέ τι εἰς τὸ τοῦ λόγου πλῆρες· πληρωθείη δ᾿ ἂν οὕτως· χρυσέας ἐλαίας κόσμον σε δεξάμενον κελαδήσω τοὺς Ἐπιζεφυρίους Λοκροὺς φροντίδος ἀξιῶν διὰ σέ.

14 ἁδυμελῆ κελαδήσω, σ3

Then on the evening the lovely shining of the fair-faced moon beamed forth, and all the precinct sounded with songs of festal glee, after the manner which is to this day for triumph.

Scholia ad vv. 14–14 (3 entries)

ad v. 14

a. a. κόσμον ἁδυμελῆ κελαδήσω: κελαδήσω τὸν ὕμνον σου τῆς νίκης τῶν Ἐπιζεφυρίων Λοκρῶν φροντίδα ποιούμενος καὶ μνήμην.

b. b. ἔθνη δὲ γ΄ Λοκρῶν· Λοκροὶ οἱ Ἐπιζεφύριοι οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ· Λοκροὶ Ὀζόλαι οἱ ἐν τῇ Αἰτωλίᾳ· Λοκροὶ οἱ Ἐπικνημίδιοι οἱ ἐν τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ· ὅθεν Αἴας ὁ Ὀιλέως ὑπῆρχε καὶ τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἔσχε τὴν τοῦ Λοκροῦ.

c. c. γένη δὲ καὶ ἔθνη τῶν Λοκρῶν εἰσι τρία, Ἐπιζεφύριοι, Ὀζόλαι, Ἐπικνημίδιοι. τούτων οἱ μὲν Ἐπιζεφύριοί εἰσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ, οἱ δὲ Ὀζόλαι πρὸς τῇ Αἰτωλίᾳ, οἱ δ᾿ Ἐπικνημίδιοι πρὸς τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ, ὅθεν Αἴας ὁ Ὀιλέως.

15 Ζεφυρίων, Λοκρῶν γενεὰν ἀλέγων. σ315

while I honor the race of the Western Locrians. There, Muses, join in the victory-song; I shall pledge my word to you that we will find there a race that does not repel the stranger, or is inexperienced in fine deeds, but one that is wise and warlike too. For

So following the first beginning of old time, we likewise in a song named of proud victory will celebrate the thunder and the flaming bolt of loud-pealing Zeus, the fiery lightning that goeth with all victory.

Scholia ad vv. 15–15 (3 entries)

ad v. 15

a. a. ((fr. 58; sed potius Alcm. 23, 2)) ἀλέγων: ὑμνῶν. καὶ Ἀλκαῖος · οὐκ ἐγὼ Λύκον ἐν Μούσαις ἀλέγω. παρὰ τὸ ἀλέγειν καὶ φροντίδα ποιεῖν.

b. b. ὁ δὲ λόγος οὗτος· τὴν Ἐπιζεφυρίων γενεὰν ὑμνῶν ὅπου συγκωμάζονται μέν σε ἐγγυήσομαι ἀφίξεσθαι εἰς στρατὸν μήτε ἄξενον μήτε καλῶν ἄπειρον.

c. c. ἀλέγων: ἐν φροντίδι ἔχων. μεμνημένος. ἀνυμνῶν.

16 ἔνθα συγκωμάξατʼ· ἐγγυάσομαι σ2

And soft tones to the music of the flute shall meet and mingle with my verse, which beside famous Dirke hath come to light after long time.

Scholia ad vv. 16–16 (2 entries)

ad v. 16

a. a. ἔνθα συγκωμάξατ᾿· ἐγγυάσομαι: ἐκεῖ δὲ συγχορεύσατε, ὦ Μοῦσαι· ἐγγυῶμαι γὰρ ὑμῖν μηδαμῶς τὸν στρατὸν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν δῆμον κακόξενον εἶναι καὶ μὴ χαίροντα μουσικῇ.

b. b. ἔνθα συγκωμάξατε: ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ Λοκρίδι τῶν Ἐπιζεφυρίων συγκωμάσατε καὶ συγχορεύσατε, ὦ Μοῦσαι· ἐγγυήσομαι δὲ ἀφίξεσθαι ὑμᾶς πρὸς στρατὸν μὴ ἄξενον μηδὲ καλῶν ἄπειρον, | ἀλλὰ πάντων καλῶν πεπειραμένον.

17–18

17 ὔμμιν, ὦ Μοῖσαι, φυγόξενον στρατὸν σ1

18 μηδʼ ἀπείρατον καλῶν,

But even as a son by his lawful wife is welcome to a father who hath now travelled to the other side of youth, and maketh his soul warm with love--for wealth that must fall to a strange owner from without is most hateful to a dying man--so also, Agesidamos, when a man who hath done honourable deeds goeth unsung to the house of Hades, this man hath spent vain breath, and won but brief gladness for his toil.

Scholia ad vv. 17–18 (1 entry)

ad v. 17

x. φυγόξενον: φυγαδεύοντα τοὺς ξένους. κακόξενον.

19 ἀκρόσοφον δὲ καὶ αἰχματὰν ἀφίξεσθαι. τὸ γὰρ σ5

On thee the pleasant lyre and the sweet pipe shed their grace, and the Pierian daughters of Zeus foster thy wide-spread fame.

Scholia ad vv. 19–19 (5 entries)

ad v. 19

a. a. ἀκρόσοφον δὲ καὶ αἰχμητὰν ἀφίξεσθαι: τουτέστιν εἰς ἄκρον ἐληλυθότα σοφίας. 16

b. b. ἀκρόσοφον: τὸν ἐπ᾿ ἄκρον ἰόντα σοφίας.

c. c. τὸ γὰρ ἐμφυὲς οὔτ᾿ αἴθων ἀλώπηξ: τὸ γὰρ ἦθος τὸ ἐκ τῆς φύσεως οὐκ ἂν μεταβάλοι οὔτε ἡ δολία ἀλώπηξ οὔτε οἱ φοβεροὶ λέοντες. τοῦτο δὲ ὡς φύσει ὄντας αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐπιτηδείους καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τε μεταβληθῆναι αὐτούς. διὰ τοῦτο οὖν, φησι, καὶ ἐγγυῶμαι αὐτούς.

d. d. εἰσὶν ἄλλως· τὸ γὰρ ἐμφυὲς οὔτ᾿ αἴθων ἀλώπηξ: τούτοις ὑπακουστέον ὅτι οὐδὲ οἱ Λοκροὶ τὸ συγγενικὸν μετέβαλον, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς αἰχμηταὶ τῶν προδεδηλωμένων ἀρετῶν μετέχοντες ἐκ φύσεως.

e. e. ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ λέων οὐ μεταβάλλει τὸ γενναῖον οὔτε ἡ ἀλώπηξ τὸ σοφὸν, οὕτως οὐδὲ οἱ Λοκροὶ τὸ ἔμφυτον ἦθος μεταβάλλονται.

20–21

20 ἐμφυὲς οὔτʼ αἴθων ἀλώπηξ σ420

21 οὔτʼ ἐρίβρομοι λέοντες διαλλάξαντο ἦθος. σ1

neither the fiery fox nor loud-roaring lions change their nature.

I with them, setting myself thereunto fervently, have embraced the Lokrians' famous race, and have sprinkled my honey upon a city of goodly men: and I have told the praises of Archestratos' comely son, whom I beheld victorious by the might of his hand beside the altar at Olympia, and saw on that day how fair he was of form, how gifted with that spring-tide bloom, which erst with favour of the Cyprian queen warded from Ganymede unrelenting death.

Scholia ad vv. 20–21 (5 entries)

ad v. 20

a. a. οὔτ᾿ αἴθων ἀλώπηξ: πανοῦργον ζῷον ἡ ἀλώπηξ· ὁ δὲ λέων δυναμικώτερος· ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἀλλάξει τὸ ἦθος τὸ ἔμφυτον.

b. b. αἴθων ἀλώπηξ: διάπυρος.

c. c. δολία τῇ διανοίᾳ.

d. d. ἢ αἴθων, παρόσον λαμπουρὶς καλεῖται.

ad v. 21

x. οὐδ᾿ ἐρίβρομοι λέοντες: καὶ τούτοις ὑπακουστέον ὅτι οὐδὲ οἱ Λοκροὶ τὸ συγγενικὸν μεταβεβλήκασιν, ἀλλ᾿ εἰσὶν ὃν τρόπον ἐξ ἀρχῆς αἰχμηταὶ καὶ τῶν προδεδηλωμένων ἀρετῶν μετέχοντες ἐκ φύσεως καὶ ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς [οἱ] τοιοῦτοι. τέλος τόκου.

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 12

Olympian 12 — for Ἐργοτέλει Ἱμεραίῳ

δολιχοδρόμῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 19 lines · 51 scholia parts

Argumentum (5 entries)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen XII.

metr. Ἐργοτέλει Ἱμεραίῳ δολιχεῖ καὶ Ἴσθμια καὶ Πύθια. Ἐργοτέλει Ἱμεραίῳ δολιχοδρόμῳ Πύθια καὶ Ἴσθμια, νικήσαντι τὴν οζ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα. sch. Inscr. B Τοῦ ιβ΄ εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων θ΄. ((Archil. fr. 99)) τὸ α΄ ἰαμβέλεγος λειπούσης τῆς πρώτης συλλαβῆς [ἢ τοῦ τέλους μετακειμένου ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν]. τὸ β΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ Ζεῦ πάτερ, γάμον μὲν οὐκ ἐδαισάμην. τὸ ε΄ Πινδαρικὸν ἐκ Στησιχορείου τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβέλεγος τοῦ τέλους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν μετακειμένου. τὸ ζ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ η΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ι΄. τὸ α΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ β΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ γ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ δ΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ προσοδιακὸν καὶ συλλαβή. τὸ ς΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος τῆς πρώτης ἀφῃρημένης [ἢ τοῦ τέλους μετακειμένου]. τὸ η΄ Πινδαρικὸν ἀπὸ Στησιχορείου. τὸ θ΄ Στησιχόρειον. τὸ ι΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. 1 B

insc_a. ὅτιInscr. a. Ἐργοτέλει: Ὀλυμπιάδα μὲν ἐνίκησεν οζ΄ καὶ τὴν ἑξῆς οθ΄, Πυθιάδα δὲ κε΄ καὶ Ἴσθμια ὁμοίως. αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἐργοτέλης ἦν μὲν τὸ γένος Κρὴς Κρώσιος· φυγαδευθεὶς δὲ ἐντεῦθεν ἀπῆλθεν εἰς Ἱμέραν πόλιν τῆς Σικελίας, ἐξ ἧς ἦν ὁ Στησίχορος ὁ μελοποιὸς, καὶ πολίτης γραφεὶς ἐνταῦθα ἤθλησεν. διὰ δὲ τοῦ προοιμίου εὔχεται ἀεὶ τὴν Ἱμέραν ἐλευθέραν εἶναι καὶ ἀνυπότακτον ἄλλοις. φανερὸν δὲ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὴν Τύχην προσαγορεύει [καὶ] Διὸς ἐλευθερίου παῖδα, ἣν καὶ παρακαλεῖ ἀμφιπολεῖν τὴν Ἱμέραν.

insc_b. Inscr. b. Ἐργοτέλης Κρὴς μὲν ἦν τῷ γένει πόλεως Kνωσσοῦ, ὃς ἠγωνίσατο ἑβδομηκοστὴν ἑβδόμην Ὀλυμπιάδα καὶ τὴν ἑξῆς Πυθιάδα εἰκοστὴν ἐννάτην. στασιαζομένης δὲ τῆς πόλεως φυγὰς εἰς Ἱμέραν πόλιν Σικελιωτικὴν ἀπῆλθε, καὶ καταλαβὼν πάλιν τὰ ἐν Σικελίᾳ πράγματα στασιαζόμενα πρὸς Γέλωνος καὶ Ἱέρωνος, ἐκδεξάμενος εἰρήνην ἐνίκησε. διὸ πρὸς τὴν Εἰρήνην ἀποτείνεται ἐν τῷ προοιμίῳ ὡς αἰτίαν γενομένην τῷ νικηφόρῳ τῆς νίκης.

insc_c. c. Ἱμέραν δὲ νῦν τὴν πόλιν αὐτὴν λέγει· ἔστι δὲ καὶ ποταμός. ἐκ ταύτης δὲ τῆς Ἱμέρας καὶ Στησίχορος ὁ μελοποιός.

insc_d. d. ἦν δὲ ὁ Ἐργοτέλης υἱὸς Φιλάνορος καὶ ἐπολιτογραφήθη ἐνταῦθα. metr. B

1–3

 λίσσομαι, παῖ Ζηνὸς Ἐλευθερίου, σ6
 Ἱμέραν εὐρυσθενέʼ ἀμφιπόλει, σώτειρα Τύχα.
 τὶν γὰρ ἐν πόντῳ κυβερνῶνται θοαὶ

I entreat you, child of Zeus the Deliverer, saving Fortune, keep protecting Himera, and make her powerful. For by your favor swift ships are steered on the sea, and on dry land rushing battles

I pray thee, daughter of Zeus the Deliverer, keep watch over wide-ruling Himera, O saviour Fortune.

Scholia ad vv. 1–3 (6 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. Λίσσομαι παῖ Ζηνός: καταλυθέντων τῶν περὶ Ἱέρωνα ἀθλήσας ἤδη ἐνίκησεν· ὅθεν τὸν ἐλευθέριον Δία.... ὡς τῶν Σικελιωτῶν κατελευθερωθέντων τῆς τυραννίδος.

b. b. Λίσσομαι παῖ Ζηνὸς ἐλευθερίου: τὴν Εἰρήνην ἐλευθερίου Διὸς ὑποτίθεται θυγατέρα διὰ τὴν ἐνοῦσαν τοῖς εἰρηνεύουσιν ἐλευθερίαν.

c. c. ((Hom. A 37)) ἔστι δὲ ὡς τὸ · Χρύσην ἀμφιβέβηκας.

d. d. ἱκετεύω οὖν σε, ὦ τοῦ ἐλευθερίου Διὸς παῖ Τύχη σώτειρα, περὶ τῆς μεγαλοσθενοῦς πόλεως τῆς Ἱμέρας καλουμένης.

e. e. [ἔστι δὲ] Ἱμέρα πόλις Σικελίας. ἀμφιπόλει δὲ, περιπόλει. σῶζε.

f. f. εὔχεται δὲ μὴ ὑποταγῆναι τὴν Ἱμέραν μηδενί.

4 νᾶες, ἐν χέρσῳ τε λαιψηροὶ πόλεμοι σ5

By thee upon the sea swift ships are piloted, and on dry land fierce wars and meetings of councils.

Scholia ad vv. 4–4 (5 entries)

ad v. 4

a. a. τίν: σοί Δωρικῶς.

b. b. τὶν γὰρ ἐν πόντῳ: διὰ σὲ γὰρ καὶ νῆες ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἰθύνονται.

c. c. ἢ ὑπὸ σοῦ.

d. d. διὰ τὴν τύχην φησὶ καὶ τὰς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐλπίδας ἐκκλείεσθαι.

e. e. θοαὶ νᾶες: ἐπεὶ καὶ αἱ νῆες τύχῃ τινὶ κινοῦνται. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ αἱ δημηγορίαι γίνονται.

5–6

5 κἀγοραὶ βουλαφόροι. αἵ γε μὲν ἀνδρῶν σ25

6 πόλλʼ ἄνω, τὰ δʼ αὖ κάτω ψεύδη μεταμώνια τάμνοισαι κυλίνδοντʼ ἐλπίδες· σ1

and assemblies where counsel is given. But men’s expectations are often tossed up and then back down, as they cleave the waves of vain falsehood.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (3 entries)

ad v. 5

a. a. λαιψηροὶ πόλεμοι: κοῦφοι καὶ ἀνόητοι· διὰ τὸ ἀνοήτως ποιεῖν ὁρμᾶν τοὺς μαχομένους.

b. b. ἤτοι ὅτι ὀξέως ἡ ὀργὴ διανίσταται τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐξ ἧς ὁ πόλεμος.

ad v. 6

x. αἵ γε μὲν ἀνδρῶν: ὃ ἄν τις ἐλπίζῃ, οὐκ εὐθέως ἀποβαίνει, οὐδὲ εὐθυποροῦσιν αἱ ἐλπίδες, ἀλλὰ ποτὲ μὲν εἰς ὕψος φέρεται τὰ προσδοκώμενα ὡς τελευτηθησόμενα, ὁτὲ δὲ ῥίπτεται καὶ ταπεινοῦται.

7–9

 σύμβολον δʼ οὔ πώ τις ἐπιχθονίων σ2
 πιστὸν ἀμφὶ πράξιος ἐσσομένας εὗρεν θεόθεν· σ1
 τῶν δὲ μελλόντων τετύφλωνται φραδαί.

Never yet has any man on earth found a reliable token of what will happen from the gods. Our understanding of the future is blind.

Up and down the hopes of men are tossed as they cleave the waves of baffling falsity: and a sure token of what shall come to pass hath never any man on the earth received from God: the divinations of things to come are blind.

Scholia ad vv. 7–9 (3 entries)

ad v. 7

a. a. πόλλ᾿ ἄνω, τὰ δ᾿ αὖ κάτω: πεπλανημένως.

b. b. διὰ σὲ οὖν, ὦ Τύχη, πάντα γίνονται. αἱ γοῦν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐλπίδες πολλάκις ἀντιστρόφῳ τῇ προσδοκίᾳ χρησάμεναι μάτην διεξῆλθον καὶ περισσῶς ἠλπίσθησαν.

ad v. 8

x. ψευδῆ μεταμώνια τάμνοισαι: τὰ ψευδῆ μεταμώνια εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ μετέωρα αἰρόμενα. τὸ δὲ τάμνοισαι ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν νεῶν εἴληπται. | ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ νῆες τρέχουσιν, οὕτως καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐλπίδες ἀνὰ πολλὰ πράγματα φέρονται καὶ κυλίονται τοῖς πονήμασι, καὶ οὐδὲν ὧν ᾠήθησαν ἀληθὲς εὑρίσκουσι. τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὸν ὑμνούμενον, ἐπεὶ φυγὰς γενόμενος καὶ νομίσας δυστυχεῖν ἐνίκησε παρὰ προσδοκίαν.

10–12

 πολλὰ δʼ ἀνθρώποις παρὰ γνώμαν ἔπεσεν, σ5
 ἔμπαλιν μὲν τέρψιος, οἱ δʼ ἀνιαραῖς
 ἀντικύρσαντες ζάλαις ἐσλὸν βαθὺ πήματος ἐν μικρῷ πεδάμειψαν χρόνῳ.

And therefore many things fall out for men contrary to their judgement, bringing to some reversal of delight, while others, having encountered grievous storms, in a short time exchange their troubles for high success.

Many the chances that fall to men when they look not for them, sometimes to thwart delight, yet others after battling with the surge of sorrowful pain have suddenly received for their affliction some happiness profound.

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (5 entries)

ad v. 10

a. a. σύμβολον: σύμβολον ἀρσενικῶς καὶ οὐδετέρως.

b. b. ((fr. 44)) συμβόλους δὲ λέγομεν πταρμοὺς ἢ φήμας ἢ ἀπαντήσεις. ὡς Ἀρχίλοχος · μετέρχομαί σε σύμβολον ποιούμενος.

c. c. σύμβολον δ᾿ οὔπω τις ἐπιχθονίων πιστόν: τοιγαροῦν, φησιν, οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τεκμήριον ἢ σημεῖον δυνάμενον πιστώσασθαι περὶ τῶν ἐλπιζομένων πράξεων εὕρατο παρὰ θεοῦ, ὅτι πάντως ἐκβήσεται κατὰ τόνδε τὸν τρόπον ὡρισμένως.

d. d. ((FHG I, 416)) ἄλλως· οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων πράξεως μελλούσης ἔσεσθαι πιστὸν εὗρε παρὰ θεῶν σημεῖον. Φιλόχορος δὲ τὰς ἐκ φήμης μαντείας, τουτέστι κληδόνας καὶ πταρμοὺς σύμβολόν φησι λέγεσθαι· | χρήσασθαι δὲ αὐτοῖς πρώτην Δήμητραν.

e. e. οὔπω τις ἐπιχθονίων: οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων περὶ πράξεως μελλούσης ἔσεσθαι πιστὸν εὗρε παρὰ θεοῦ σημεῖον ἢ τεκμήριον ὅτι πάντως ἐκβήσεται κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ὡρισμένως εἰπεῖν.

13–14

13 υἱὲ Φιλάνορος, ἤτοι καὶ τεά κεν, σ1

14 ἐνδομάχας ἅτʼ ἀλέκτωρ, συγγόνῳ παρʼ ἑστίᾳ σ5

Son of Philanor, truly, like a cock that fights at home, even

Son of Philanor, verily even the glory of thy fleet feet would have fallen into the sere leaf unrenowned, abiding by the hearth of thy kin, as a cock that fighteth but at home, had not the strife of citizen against citizen driven thee from Knosos thy native land.

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (6 entries)

ad v. 13

x. τετύφλωνται φραδαί: ἀπροόρατοί εἰσιν αἱ γνώσεις καὶ ἀφανεῖς αἱ ἀποβάσεις.

ad v. 14

a. a. ἔπεσεν ἔμπαλιν μὲν τέρψιος: τὰ ἐναντία τῇ τέρψει, τουτέστι τὰ ἀηδῆ.

b. b. καὶ γὰρ τοῖς ἕτερα τῆς γνώμης προσδοκῶσι τὰ ἐναντία συνέβη. τὸ δὲ ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν κύβων.

c. c. οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἐναντία ἢ ὡς προσεδόκησαν καὶ μετεῖχον τέρψεως εὕραντο· οἱ δὲ χαλεπαῖς καὶ δειναῖς πραγμάτων ζάλαις περιτυχόντες μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν αἰφνιδίως μετηλλάξαντο τοῦ προσδοκωμένου κακοῦ. πάντων δὲ τῶν προειρημένων ὁ σκοπὸς τὴν ἀναφορὰν εἰς τὸν Ἐργοτέλη ἔχει, ἐπειδὴ προσδοκήσας ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ Κρήτην πολέμου καὶ τῆς φυγῆς ἀδέξια τὰ μέλλοντα δι᾿ εὐτυχίαν πολλὴν ὕστερον δόξαν ἐκτήσατο.

d. d. ἄλλως· τὰ ἐναντία τῇ τέρψει, τουτέστι τὰ ἄδηλα καὶ ἀφανῆ ἀηδῆ.

e. e. ἄλλως· ἔνιοι δὲ ἐν ζάλαις καὶ πραγμάτων χειμῶσι γενόμενοι ἐν μικρῷ χρόνῳ μετήμειψαν καὶ μετήλλαξαν εἰς βαθὺ καὶ μέγα ἀγαθὸν παραγενόμενοι.

15 ἀκλεὴς τιμὰ κατεφυλλορόησε ποδῶν,15

OlympiaPytho the fame of your swift feet would have shed its leaves ingloriously beside your native hearth, if hostile civil strife had not deprived you of your Cnossian fatherland. But as things are, Ergoteles, having been crowned with garlands at, and twice from, and at the Isthmus, you exalt the hot baths of the Nymphs, while keeping company with them beside your own fields.

16–19

 εἰ μὴ στάσις ἀντιάνειρα Κνωσίας ἄμερσε πάτρας. σ2
 νῦν δʼ Ὀλυμπία στεφανωσάμενος σ1
 καὶ δὶς ἐκ Πυθῶνος Ἰσθμοῖ τʼ, Ἐργότελες,
 θερμὰ Νυμφᾶν λουτρὰ βαστάζεις, ὁμιλέων παρʼ οἰκείαις ἀρούραις. σ15

But now at Olympia hast thou won a crown, O Ergoteles, and at Pytho twice, and at Isthmos, whereby thou glorifiest the hot springs where the nymphs Sicilian bathe, dwelling in a land that is become to thee as thine own.

Scholia ad vv. 16–19 (18 entries)

ad v. 16

a. a. ἀντικύρσαντες: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐντυχόντες ζάλαις καὶ τρικυμίαις.

b. b. ἔνιοι ἐν ζάλαις περιπεσόντες πραγμάτων καὶ χειμῶσιν ἐκομίσαντο ἐν μικρῷ χρόνῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ πήματος βαθὺ ἀγαθόν. ταύτην δὲ τὴν γνώμην λέγει πολλάκις ὁ Πίνδαρος, ὅτι παρὰ μὲν εὐτυχίαν κακὸν ἐμβαίνειν εἴωθε, παρὰ δὲ δυστυχίαν ἀγαθόν. καὶ γὰρ ὁ Ἐργοτέλης φυγαδευθεὶς καὶ ἐπὶ ἆθλον ἀγωνισάμενος ἐνίκησεν.

ad v. 17

x. πήματος ἐν μικρῷ: λείπει ἡ ἀντί, ἵν᾿ ᾖ ἀντὶ πήματος. τοῦτο δὲ εἶπε διὰ τὸν Ἐργοτέλη· | καὶ γὰρ οὗτος ἐκ πημάτων τῶν περὶ τὴν ἀπόπτωσιν ἀγαθὸν ἔσχε τὴν νίκην.

ad v. 19

x. περὶυἱὲ Φιλάνορος: ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὸν Ἐργοτέλη υἱὸν ὄντα Φιλάνορος. λέγει δὲ, προδεδηλωκὼς τῶν συμφορῶν ὅτι φιλεῖ μεταπίπτειν ἐξ ἀγαθῶν μὲν κακὰ, ἐκ κακῶν δὲ ἀγαθὰ, ὅτι καὶ Ἐργοτέλης εἰ μὴ ἐφυγαδεύθη, οὐκ ἂν ἠγωνίσατο.

a. a. τὸδρᾶν ἅτ᾿ ἀλέκτωρ: τὸν ἀλεκτρυόνα παρέλαβε διὰ τὰς τῶν ἀλεκτρυόνων μάχας [καὶ] κατοικιδίας γίνεσθαι καὶ μηδὲν ἄξιον λόγου δημοσίᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 20]

b. b. ἐνδομάχας ἅτ᾿ ἀλέκτωρ: τὸν ἀλέκτορα παρείληφε διὰ τὸ κατοικιδίους ποιεῖσθαι τὰς μάχας τὸ ζῷον τοῦτο καὶ μηδὲν λόγου ἄξιον δρᾶν δημοσίᾳ. θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι εἰ μὴ ἔφυγεν ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος, οὐκ ἂν ἐστεφανώθη. [Drachmann ad v. 20]

c. c. ἄλλως· τί οὖν, φησιν, ὦ τοῦ Φιλάνορος υἱὲ Ἐργότελες; καὶ ἡ σὴ τιμὴ ἀκλεὴς ἂν ἐγένετο καὶ ἀπεμαράνθη ἂν καὶ ἀπώλετο ἡ τῆς ὀξύτητός σου τῶν ποδῶν δόξα, εἴπερ ἐν τῇ τῶν προγόνων σου ἑστίᾳ παρέμεινας ἐκεῖ μόνον ἀγωνιζόμενος ὡς εἴ τις ἀλέκτωρ ἐνοικίδιος τοῖς ἔνδον ὄρνισι μαχόμενος, καὶ μὴ ἡ γεγενημένη στάσις καὶ ὁ πόλεμος ὁ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου τῇ Κνωσσῷ στερήσας σε ἦν τῶν οἰκείων καὶ ποιήσας ἀναχωρῆσαι τῆς πατρίδος, ὥστε δυνηθῆναι τὸν Ὀλυμπίασιν ἀγῶνα νικῆσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 20]

a. a. συγγόνῳ παρ᾿ ἑστίᾳ: ἐν τῇ Κρήτῃ κατοικίδιον ἂν ἔσχε τὴν ἀρετήν. [Drachmann ad v. 21]

b. b. συγγόνῳ, ἐν τῇ συγγενικῇ, τῇ ἀπὸ προγόνων· Κνώσσιος γὰρ ἦν. λέγει δὲ ὅτι καὶ τὸ δόξαν κακῶς γεγενῆσθαι, τὸ τῆς φυγῆς, τοῦτο αὐτῷ ἀγαθὸν προέβη. [Drachmann ad v. 21]

a. a. κατεφυλλορόησε ποδῶν: τουτέστιν, ἡ ταχυτής σου ἐμαράνθη· ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν φύλλων φυλλοροήσεως. [Drachmann ad v. 22]

b. b. εἴπερ οὖν, φησι, μείνας ἦς ἐν τῇ πατρίδι, ἅτε ἐνδομάχης ἀλέκτωρ, οὕτως περιεῖδες ἂν φυλλοροοῦσάν σου τὴν ἀρετὴν, τουτέστι μαραινομένην. βούλεται δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἀπόδοξος ἂν ἦς. [Drachmann ad v. 22]

x. Κνωσσίας: Κνώσσιος ὁ Ἐργοτέλης· διὰ δὲ στάσιν ἦλθεν... ὅπου ἤθλησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 24]

a. a. νῦν δ᾿ Ὀλυμπίᾳ στεφανωσάμενος: ἐκ δὲ ταύτης τῆς αἰτίας τῆς κατὰ τὴν φυγὴν στεφθεὶς ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ καὶ ἐν Πυθίᾳ καὶ ἐν Ἰσθμῷ, τὰ θερμὰ ὕδατα τῶν Νυμφῶν ἐν τῇ Ἱμέρᾳ ὑψοῖς καὶ ἐπαίρεις τῇ δόξῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 25]

b. b. βούλεται δὲ λέγειν ἀπὸ μέρους αὐτὴν τὴν πόλιν· τόπος γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ θερμὰ λουτρὰ τὰ φυσικὰ ἔχων. [Drachmann ad v. 25]

a. a. θερμὰ Νυμφᾶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπαίρεις καὶ αὔξεις. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

b. b. ἀπὸ μέρους δέ φησι τὴν Ἱμέραν ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν Σικελίαν, ὅτι ἐν Μεγάροις θερμὰ λουτρά ἐστιν, ἃ τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ φασι τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν ἀναδοῦναι ἵνα λούσηται, ὅτε τὰς βοῦς ἀπελαύνων Γηρυόνου παρεγένετο. τινὲς δὲ τὰς Νύμφας ἀναδοῦναι αὐτὰ, ὡς ὁ Πίνδαρος. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

c. c. θερμὰ Νυμφᾶν: τὰ θερμὰ ἐν τῇ Σικελίᾳ τὰ τῆς Ἱμέρας πόλεως λέγεται Ἀθηνᾶν ἀναδοῦναι εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν Ἡρακλεῖ, ἡνίκα ἐκεῖ ἐφάνη (τινὲς δὲ Νύμφας, καθὼς καὶ Πίνδαρος), ἵνα ἀπολούσηται, ὅτε τὰς Γηρυόνου βοῦς ἀπελαύνων παρεγένετο. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

x. λοιπὸν ὡς ἐν ἰδίᾳ γῇ παροικῶν καὶ οὐδενὸς τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπιδεόμενος. τέλος Ἐργοτέλους. [Drachmann ad v. 28]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 13

Olympian 13 — for Ξενοφῶντι Κορινθίῳ

σταδιοδρόμῳ καὶ πεντάθλῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 115 lines · 226 scholia parts

Argumentum (1 entry)

Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen XIII.

metr. Ξενοφῶντι Κορινθίῳ σταδιοδρόμῳ καὶ πεντάθλῳ νικήσαντι τὴν οθ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα. 1B Ξενοφῶντι Κορινθίῳ πεντάθλῳ. Τοῦ ιγ΄ εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ια΄. τὸ α΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἀπὸ πρώτου ποδὸς ἀδιαφόρου καὶ τροχαίου. ὁ τρίτος ποῦς παρηνομήθη· ὁ γὰρ ἀντίσπαστος ἀπὸ β΄ τροχαίων, ὅπερ πάσχει κατὰ μέσον. τὸ β΄ Φερεκράτειον. τὸ γ΄ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος βραχυκατάληκτος. ὁ β΄ ποῦς ἁπανταχοῦ τρίβραχυς. ὁ δ΄ ἄτακτος· σπονδεῖος γὰρ εὑρίσκεται παρὰ τοῖς μελοποιοῖς. τὸ δ΄ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος βραχυκατάληκτος. τὸ ε΄ διπλῆ περίοδος, καὶ διπλοῦς ἴαμβος ἀρχόμενος. τὸ ς΄ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἀπὸ ἰαμβικῆς καὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος καὶ τροχαϊκῆς τῆς οἰκείας. τὸ ζ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ η΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν, ἀπὸ τροχαϊκῆς διποδίας καὶ χοριάμβου, τῆς καί βραχείας οὔσης διὰ τὴν κατάληξιν. τὸ θ΄ προσοδιακὸν ἢ ἀναπαιστικόν. τὸ ι΄ Εὐριπίδειον· αἱ δὲ ἀποδόσεις ἑπτασύλλαβοί εἰσιν ἰωνικοὶ ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος. τὸ ια΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν, ἢ τροχαῖος ἐπίτριτος. ((Eupol. fr. 290 K.)) ἡ δὲ ἐπωδὸς καὶ αὐτὴ κώλων ια΄. τὸ α΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον τῆς -μοι- βραχείας οὔσης. τὸ β΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ γ΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ δ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ια΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ ε΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ θ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν ἄτακτον· ὁ γὰρ β΄ σπονδεῖός ἐστιν· εἶτα ἥμισυ συζυγίας. γίνεται δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἐπιωνικοῖς ἡ ἀταξία, ὡς ἐν τῷ Ὦ καλλίστη πόλι πασῶν, ὅσας Κλέων ἐφορᾷ. τὸ ι΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ια΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

1–4

 τρισολυμπιονίκαν σ3
 ἐπαινέων οἶκον ἅμερον ἀστοῖς,
 ξένοισι δὲ θεράποντα, γνώσομαι
 τὰν ὀλβίαν Κόρινθον, Ἰσθμίου σ4

Olympia While I praise a house that has been three times victorious at, gentle to her own citizens, and hospitable to strangers, I shall recognize prosperous Corinth,

Thrice winner in Olympic games, of citizens beloved, to strangers hospitable, the house in whose praise will I now celebrate happy Corinth, portal of Isthmian Poseidon and nursery of splendid youth. For therein dwell Order, and her sisters, sure foundation of states, Justice and likeminded Peace, dispensers of wealth to men, wise Themis' golden daughters. And they are minded to keep far from them Insolence the braggart mother of Loathing.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (7 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. Τρισολυμπιονίκαν: παρόσον τρεῖς νίκας αὐτοῖς συμβέβηκε γενέσθαι, τῷ μὲν παιδὶ δύο κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν, πεντάθλῳ καὶ σταδίῳ ἀγωνισαμένῳ, τῷ δὲ πατρὶ Θεσσαλῷ τοὔνομα πρῶτον ἐν τῇ ξθ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδι.

b. b. τὸν τρισολυμπιονίκην οἶκον ἐπαινῶν τὸν πρᾷον μὲν πρὸς τοὺς πολίτας, φιλοξενώτατον δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ξένους, εἰς γνῶσιν ἄξω καὶ ὑμνήσω διὰ τούτων καὶ τὴν εὐδαίμονα Κόρινθον, τὴν τοῦ Ἰσθμίου Ποσειδῶνος οὖσαν προπύλαιον καὶ οἰκητήριον, ἥτις ἀγλαοὺς κούρους καὶ ἄνδρας ἔχει.

c. c. ἀγλαόκουρον τὴν εὔανδρον λέγει.

ad v. 4

a. a. Ἰσθμίου πρόθυρον: ὅτι ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος τῆς Πελοποννήσου ὁ Ἰσθμός. πρόθυρον δὲ, τοῖς εἰς Πελοπόννησον στελλομένοις.

b. b. ἔνιον δὲ, τὴν τοῦ Ἰσθμίου Ποσειδῶνος οὖσαν προπύλαιον καὶ οἰκητήριον.

c. c. ((c. I, 14)) ἄλλως· πρόθυρον καὶ θύρας εἰώθασι καλεῖν τὴν Κόρινθον διὰ τὸ ἀρχὴν ἢ τέλος εἶναι τῆς Πελοποννήσου. Βακχυλίδης · ὦ Πέλοπος λιπαρᾶς νάσου θεόδματοι πύλαι.

d. d. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπεὶ ἀρχὴ μὲν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος εἰς Πελοπόννησον πορευομένοις, ἐσχάτη δὲ τῆς Πελοποννήσου.

5–8

 πρόθυρον Ποτειδᾶνος, ἀγλαόκουρον.
 ἐν τᾷ γὰρ Εὐνομία ναίει, κασίγνηταί τε, βάθρον πολίων ἀσφαλές, σ3
 Δίκα καὶ ὁμότροφος Εἰρήνα, ταμίαι ἀνδράσι πλούτου,
 χρύσεαι παῖδες εὐβούλου Θέμιτος·

the portal of Isthmian Poseidon, glorious in her young men. There dwell Eunomia and her sisters, the secure foundation of cities: Dike, and Eirene, who was raised together with her, the guardians of wealth for men, the golden daughters of wise Themis.

Scholia ad vv. 5–8 (3 entries)

ad v. 6

a. a. ((theog. 901)) δεύτερον ἠγάγετο λιπαρὴν Θέμιν, ἣ τέκεν Ὥρας Εὐνομίην τε Δίκην τε καὶ Εἰρήνην τεθαλυῖαν. ἐν τᾷ γὰρ Εὐνομία ναίει: ἐν γὰρ ταύτῃ, τῇ Κορίνθῳ, οἰκεῖ ἡ Εὐνομία καὶ ἀδελφὴ αὐτῆς ὁμότροφος Εἰρήνη· ὡς Ἡσίοδος ·

b. b. βάθρον πολίων: ἐφ᾿ ὧν πᾶσα πόλις ἀσφαλῶς βέβηκεν.

c. c. Εὐνομία, Δίκη, Εἰρήνη ἀδελφαὶ ἐκ Θέμιδος.

9 ἐθέλοντι δʼ ἀλέξειν

They are resolute in repelling

I have fair witness to bear of them, and a just boldness stirreth my tongue to speak. Nature inborn none shall prevail to hide. Unto you, sons of Aletes, ofttimes have the flowery Hours given splendour of victory, as to men excelling in valour, pre-eminent at the sacred games, and ofttimes of old have they put subtleties into your men's hearts to devise; and of an inventor cometh every work.

10–14

 Ὕβριν, Κόρου ματέρα θρασύμυθον.
 ἔχω καλά τε φράσαι, τόλμα τέ μοι
 εὐθεῖα γλῶσσαν ὀρνύει λέγειν. σ5
 ἄμαχον δὲ κρύψαι τὸ συγγενὲς ἦθος.
 ὔμμιν δέ, παῖδες Ἀλάτα, πολλὰ μὲν νικαφόρον ἀγλαΐαν ὤπασαν σ2

Koros Hybris, the bold-tongued mother of, I have fine things to tell, and straightforward boldness urges my tongue to speak. It is impossible to conceal one’s inborn nature. As for you, sons of Aletes, often the Seasons have sent you victorious splendor

Scholia ad vv. 10–14 (7 entries)

ad v. 12

a. a. ἐθέλοντι δ᾿ ἀλεξεῖν ὕβριν: ἤτοι εὐκτικῶς εἶπε, τὴν τῶν θεῶν· βούλοιντο δ᾿ ἂν ἀπαμύνειν τὴν ὕβριν καὶ ἀποκωλύειν· ἢ περὶ τῶν Κορινθίων, ὅτι βούλημα δέ ἐστιν αὐτῶν καὶ σκοπὸς ἐκκλίνειν τὴν ὕβριν, ἀντὶ τοῦ καθεστῶτές εἰσι καὶ οὐχ ὑβρισταί.

b. b. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτως· βούλημα δὲ καὶ σκοπὸν ἔχουσιν αἱ τῆς Θέμιδος θυγατέρες ἀπαλεξεῖν τὴν ὕβριν τὴν τοῦ κόρου μητέρα τὴν θρασεῖαν.

c. c. ἄλλως· ἔθελοντι δ᾿ ἀλεξεῖν· αἱ προειρημέναι θεαὶ ἀπαλεξήσουσι τὴν ὕβριν τῶν πόλεων.

d. d. οὐκ ὀρθῶς δὲ τὴν ὕβριν τοῦ κόρου μητέρα λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀνάπαλιν εἰπεῖν ἔδει.

e. e. τίκτει τοι κόρος ὕβριν, ὅταν κακῷ ὄλβος ἕπηται. Ὅμηρος(? Theogn. v. 153)·

ad v. 14

a. a. ἔχω καλά τε φράσαι: ἔχω τοίνυν περὶ τῆς Κορίνθου τὰ κάλλιστα διεξελθεῖν· παρορμᾷ γὰρ ἡ τόλμα τὴν γλῶτταν, ἡ εὐθεῖα τόλμα νῦν καὶ πρόσφορος, διηγεῖσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.

b. b. ἄλλως· ἡ ὑπομονὴ καὶ ἡ εὐτολμία τὴν γλῶττάν μου παρορμᾷ λέγειν τὰ ἐπ᾿ εὐθείας καὶ ἐφεξῆς τούτοις πράγματα.

15 ἄκραις ἀρεταῖς ὑπερελθόντων ἱεροῖς ἐν ἀέθλοις,15

for your consummate excellence when you won in sacred contests, and often into the hearts of men

16 πολλὰ δʼ ἐν καρδίαις ἀνδρῶν ἔβαλον σ1

Whence were revealed the new graces of Dionysos with the dithyramb that winneth the ox? Who made new means of guidance to the harness of horses, or on the shrines of gods set the twin images of the king of birds ? Among them thriveth the Muse of dulcet breath, and Ares in the young men's terrible spears. Sovran lord of Olympia, be not thou jealous of my words henceforth for ever, O father Zeus; rule thou this folk unharmed, and keep unchanged the favourable gale of Xenophon's good hap. Welcome from him this customary escort of his crown, which from the plains of Pisa he is bringing, having won with the five contests the stadion-race beside; the like whereof never yet did mortal man.

Scholia ad vv. 16–16 (1 entry)

ad v. 16

a. a. ἄμαχον δὲ κρύψαι: ἀμήχανον καὶ ἀδύνατον ἀποκρύψαι τὸ συγγεγενημένον ἦθος καὶ ἐκ φύσεως.

17–19

 ὧραι πολυάνθεμοι ἀρχαῖα σοφίσμαθʼ. ἅπαν δʼ εὑρόντος ἔργον. σ6
 ταὶ Διωνύσου πόθεν ἐξέφανεν
 σὺν βοηλάτᾳ χάριτες διθυράμβῳ·

the Seasons rich in flowers have cast ancient inventiveness. But the fame for every work is due to its inventor. Whence did the graces of Dionysus first come to light, with the ox-driving dithyramb?

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (6 entries)

ad v. 17

a. a. ὔμμι δὲ παῖδες Ἀλάτα: ὑμῖν γὰρ, ὦ Κορίνθιοι, τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν νικῶν ἡδονήν τε καὶ τέρψιν παρέσχον αἱ Ὧραι, νικηταῖς γενομένοις ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις καὶ ἱεροῖς ἀγῶσιν.

b. b. παῖδας δὲ Ἀλήτου εἶπε τοὺς Κορινθίους. πῶς δὲ παῖδες Ἀλήτου οἱ Κορίνθιοι; Ἀλήτης Ἱππότου τοῦ Φύλαντος τοῦ Ἀντιόχου τοῦ Ἡρακλέους, οὗτος ἐκράτησε Κορίνθου. διόπερ παῖδας Ἀλήτου εἶπε τοὺς Κορινθίους ὡς ἀπογόνους.

c. c. ἄλλως· Ἀλήτου παῖδες οἱ Κορίνθιοι. Ἀλήτης γὰρ ἡγήσατο τῆς ἀποικίας τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν, ὅτε οἱ Ἡρακλεῖδαι κατῄεσαν εἰς Πελοπόννησον, καὶ αὐτὸς εἷς ὢν τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν· ἦν γὰρ Ἱππότου τοῦ Φύλαντος τοῦ Ἀντιόχου τοῦ Ἡρακλέους. Δίδυμος δέ φησι τὸν Ἀλήτην μὴ οἰκιστὴν τῆς Κορίνθου γεγονέναι, ἀλλὰ βασιλέα, ἔτει τριακοστῷ μετὰ τὴν τῶν Δωριέων ἄφιξιν.

d. d. οὐ μόνον ἐνδόξους διὰ τὰς νίκας τοὺς Κορινθίους αἱ Ὧραι ἐποίησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν ἐνέβαλον σοφίαν.

e. e. φησὶ δὲ ταῦτα, ἐπειδὴ Φείδων τις, Κορίνθιος ἀνὴρ, εὗρε μέτρα καὶ σταθμία· καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ λέγονται εὑρηκέναι οἱ Κορίνθιοι· διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει· πᾶν δ᾿ εὑρόντος ἔργον. πολλὰ οὖν εὗρον οἱ Κορίνθιοι.

f. f. νικαφόρον ἀγλαΐαν: τὴν ἐκ τῆς νίκης ἡδονήν.

20–23

 τίς γὰρ ἱππείοις ἐν ἔντεσσιν μέτρα, σ2
 ἢ θεῶν ναοῖσιν οἰωνῶν βασιλέα δίδυμον σ4
 ἐπέθηκʼ; ἐν δὲ Μοῖσʼ ἁδύπνοος,
 ἐν δʼ Ἄρης ἀνθεῖ νέων οὐλίαις αἰχμαῖσιν ἀνδρῶν.

Corinth Who invented the bridle for the harness of horses, or placed the double king of birds on top of the temples of gods? And in the sweet-breathing Muse blossoms, and also Ares, with the deadly spears of young men.

Scholia ad vv. 20–23 (6 entries)

ad v. 20

a. a. ὑπερελθόντων: νικησάντων. ὑπερβαλόντων καὶ κρεισσόνων γενομένων.

b. b. ὑπερελθόντων ἱεροῖς· σχῆμά ἐστιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπερελθοῦσιν.

ad v. 21

a. a. πολλὰ δ᾿ ἐν καρδίαις· ἐπεὶ πολλὰ οἱ Κορίνθιοι ἐτεχνήσαντο καὶ εὗρον· διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει· πᾶν δ᾿ εὑρόντος ἔργον.

b. b. πολλὰ οὖν εὗρον οἱ Κορίνθιοι, ὥστε καὶ τὰ ὕστερον εὑρεθέντα ἴδια αὐτῶν νομισθῆναι.

c. c. ἄλλως· καὶ οὐ μόνον νίκην παρέσχον ὑμῖν αἱ Ὧραι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλεῖστα σοφὰ διανοήματα ὁ χρόνος ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις τῶν παρ᾿ ὑμῖν ἀνδρῶν ἐνέβαλεν· ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ ἀνδρείους ὑμᾶς ἤνεγκεν ὁ χρόνος καὶ συνετοὺς καὶ σοφούς.

d. d. ταῦτα δέ φησιν ἐπειδὴ Φείδων τις ἀνὴρ Κορίνθιος εὗρε μέτρα καὶ σταθμούς. καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ λέγονται εὑρηκέναι οἱ Κορίνθιοι.

24 ὕπατʼ εὐρὺ ἀνάσσων σ1

Highest lord

Also two parsley-wreaths shadowed his head before the people at the games of Isthmos, nor doth Nemea tell a different tale. And of his father Thessalos' lightning feet is record by the streams of Alpheos, and at Pytho he hath renown for the single and for the double stadion gained both in a single day, and in the same month at rocky Athens a day of swiftness crowned his hair for three illustrious deeds, and the Hellotia seven times, and at the games of Poseidon between seas longer hymns followed his father Ptoiodoros with Terpsias and Eritimos. And how often ye were first at Delphi or in the Pastures of the Lion, though with full many do I match your crowd of honours, yet can I no more surely tell than the tale of pebbles on the sea-shore. But in everything is there due measure, and most excellent is it to have respect unto fitness of times.

Scholia ad vv. 24–24 (1 entry)

ad v. 24

x. ἅπαν δ᾿ εὑρόντος ἔργον: τοῦ πρῶτον εὑρόντος ἴδιόν ἐστιν, οὐχὶ δὲ τοῦ ὕστερον μιμησαμένου· | παρ᾿ ὑμῖν γὰρ τοῖς Κορινθίοις πολλὰ τῶν ἔργων εὑρέθη.

25–29

 Ὀλυμπίας, ἀφθόνητος ἔπεσσιν σ3
 γένοιο χρόνον ἅπαντα, Ζεῦ πάτερ, σ5
 καὶ τόνδε λαὸν ἀβλαβῆ νέμων σ4
 Ξενοφῶντος εὔθυνε δαίμονος οὖρον·
 δέξαι τέ οἱ στεφάνων ἐγκώμιον τεθμόν, τὸν ἄγει πεδίων ἐκ Πίσας, σ2

OlympiaPisa of, ruling far and wide; for all time, father Zeus, may you be ungrudging of our words, and ruling this people in safety, grant a straight course to the fair wind of Xenophon’s good fortune. Receive the ordained song of praise in honor of his garlands, the procession which he leads from the plains of,

Scholia ad vv. 25–29 (14 entries)

ad v. 25

a. a. ταὶ Διονύσου πόθεν ἐξέφανεν: αἱ τοῦ Διονύσου πανηγύρεις πόθεν ἐξέλαμψαν σὺν τῷ διθυράμβῳ, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸν διθύραμβον προσλαβοῦσαι;

b. b. τῶν αἱ τῶν διθυράμβων χάριτες αἱ τῷ Διονύσῳ ᾀδόμεναι πόθεν ἐφάνησαν; τοῦτο δὲ ὡς παρὰ Κορινθίοις πρῶτον εὑρεθέντων εἰς τὸν Διόνυσον διθυράμβων.

c. c. ((fr. 115)(fr. 71)) ὁ Πίνδαρος δὲ ἐν μὲν τοῖς ὑπορχήμασιν ἐν Νάξῳ φησὶ πρῶτον εὑρεθῆναι διθύραμβον, ἐν δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν διθυράμβων ἐν Θήβαις, ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐν Κορίνθῳ.

ad v. 26

a. a. σὺν βοηλάτᾳ: βοηλάτην τὸν διθύραμβον προσαγορεύει, ἤτοι διὰ τὸ βοῦν εἶναι τῷ νικήσαντι ἔπαθλον· ἱερὸς γὰρ τοῦ Διονύσου· ἢ διὰ τὸ ἐλαύνεσθαι αὐτὸν διὰ βοῆς καὶ λέγεσθαι.

b. b. Χάριτες διθυράμβῳ: οὕτως ἀκουστέον· αἱ τοῦ Διονύσου διθυράμβων ἐν Κορίνθῳ ἐφάνησαν χάριτες, τουτέστι τὸ σπουδαιότατον τῶν Διονύσου διθυράμβων ἐν Κορίνθῳ πρῶτον ἐφάνη· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ὡράθη ὁ χορὸς ὀρχούμενος· ἔστησε δὲ αὐτὸν πρῶτος Ἀρίων ὁ Μηθυμναῖος, εἶτα Λάσος ὁ Ἑρμιονεύς.

c. c. ἄλλως. ὁ λόγος ἐρωτηματικὸς, ὑπακούεται δὲ δηλονότι· ἐκ Κορίνθου. | συνίστησι γὰρ ὅτι πρῶτος ἐν Κορίνθῳ διθύραμβος εἰσήχθη, ὃς ἦν κύκλιος χορὸς, Ἀρίωνος τοῦ Μηθυμναίου συστήσαντος αὐτόν.

d. d. ἡ δὲ ἀκολουθία· αἱ τοῦ Διονύσου δὴ οὖν χάριτες ὁ διθύραμβος ποῦ πρῶτον ἐξεφάνη; οὐκ ἀπὸ Κορίνθου;

e. e. ἄλλως· τοῦτο ἐν ἤθει φησίν· | ὅπου, φησὶν, ὤφθησαν αἱ ἐπὶ τῶν διθυράμβων χάριτες; δηλονότι ἐν Κορίνθῳ.

ad v. 27

a. a. ((fr. 263)) τίς γὰρ ἱππείοις ἐν ἔντεσι μέτρα: τουτέστι τὰ ἵππεια μέτρα τοῦ χαλινοῦ. ἀποδεδώκασι δὲ τῷ δοκεῖν τὸν Πήγασον πρῶτον ὑπὸ Βελλεροφόντου ἐν Κορίνθῳ κατεζεῦχθαι. Δίδυμος δέ φησι μήτε τοὺς ἱππικοὺς δρόμους μήτε τὰς τῶν ἁρμάτων κατασκευὰς μήτε τὸν χαλινὸν διὰ τούτων δηλοῦσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸν κεραμεικὸν τροχὸν, ἐκ μεταφορᾶς διχόθεν μετενηνεγμένης, τοῦτο μὲν ὅτι ἵπποις οἰκεῖος ὁ τροχὸς, τοῦτο δὲ ὅτι ἑκατέρωθεν ἐλαύνεται ὑπὸ ποδὸς πτέρνης. Καλλίμαχος · πτέρνῃ θ᾿ ἵππος ἐλαυνόμενος.

b. b. τίς γάρ, φησιν, ἕτερος εὗρε τὰ μέτρα τὰ ἐν τοῖς ἱππείοις ἔντεσι καὶ ὅπλοις γινόμενα; ἱππείοις δὲ ἔντεσιν εἶπε τοῖς τροχοῖς | τοῖς κεραμεικοῖς, ἐπειδὴ ἐπὶ τροχοῦ πλάττεται, ὁ δὲ τροχὸς κοινωνεῖ τῷ ἅρματι τῶν ἵππων.

c. c. καὶ Θεόφραστος μὲν ἐν τῷ περὶ εὑρημάτων Ὑπέρβιον τὸν Κορίνθιόν φησιν εὑρηκέναι | τὴν τοῦ κεραμεικοῦ τροχοῦ μηχανήν. | μέτρα δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Πίνδαρος, παρόσον ἐν κεραμεικοῖς μετροῦμεν. [καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα, χόες, ψυκτῆρες, κώθωνες.] ἔνιοι δὲ ἵππεια ἔντεα ἅρματα καὶ χαλινοὺς, ἀπὸ μέρους τοὺς πολεμικούς. ὅτι δὲ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ὁ χαλινὸς εὕρηται, δείκνυσι τὰ ἑξῆς.

d. d. ((η 232)(J. T. 700)) ὁ Δίδυμος ἑτέραν ἀποδίδωσιν οὕτως ἔχουσαν· τὴν ἔν πρόθεσιν, ἀντὶ τῆς εἴς κειμένην, συναπτέον πρὸς τὰ μέτρα· τίς γὰρ τοῖς εἰς τὰ μέτρα ἱππείοις ἔντεσιν ἐχρήσατο πρώτη ἢ σὺ, ὦ Κόρινθε; ἵππεια δὲ ἔντεα ἀκουστέον τὰ Φειδώνεια ἀγγεῖα· ἔντεα γὰρ ἂν εἴη τὰς χοίνικας καὶ τοὺς μεδίμνους λέγων, διὰ τὴν κοιλότητα. καὶ Ὅμηρος · ἀμφίπολοι δ᾿ ἀπεκόσμεον ἔντεα δαιτός. τούτων οὖν τῶν εἰς τὰ μέτρα ἐντέων εὑρετάς φησιν εἶναι τοὺς Κορινθίους. διατί δὲ ἵππεια αὐτὰ εἶπεν; ὅτι Φείδων ὁ πρῶτος κόψας Κορινθίοις τὸ μέτρον Ἀργεῖος ἦν· τὸ δὲ Ἄργος ἵππειον λέγουσιν οἱ ποιηταί. Εὐριπίδης · ὅταν εἰς Ἑλλάδ᾿ ἵππειόν τ᾿ Ἄργος μόλῃς.

ad v. 29

a. a. ἢ θεῶν ναοῖσιν οἰωνῶν βασιλέα δίδυμον: τὸν αἰετόν· φησὶ δὲ τὸ κατὰ τοὺς ναοὺς τῶν θεῶν ἀέτωμα. τίς οὖν, φησιν, ἐν τοῖς ναοῖς τῶν θεῶν τὸν βασιλέα τῶν ὀρνίθων ἐπέθηκε, τὸ λεγόμενον ἀέτωμα; δίδυμον δέ φησιν, ὅτι διπλᾶ τὰ ἀετώματα, ὄπισθεν καὶ ἔμπροσθεν, διὰ τὸ ἐξ ἑκατέρων τῶν μερῶν κατασκευάζεσθαι αὐτά.

b. b. ((FHG I, 202)) ἄλλως· οἰωνῶν βασιλέα: ὁ ἀετὸς οἰωνῶν βασιλεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν ἱερῶν τιθέμενος. τινὲς δὲ τὸ ἀέτωμα λέγουσιν, | ὥς φησι Δίδυμος παρατιθέμενος Τίμαιον λέγοντα· | καὶ τοῦτο ἐν ταῖς οἰκοδομίαις αὐτῶν εὕρημα, ταύτην ἀποδοὺς τὴν ἐξήγησιν τῶν προκειμένων.

30 πεντάθλῳ ἅμα σταδίου νικῶν δρόμον· ἀντεβόλησεν30

since he has been victorious in both the pentathlon and the foot race; he has attained what no mortal man has ever attained before.

31 τῶν ἀνὴρ θνατὸς οὔπω τις πρότερον. σ2

I with your fleet sailing a privateer will speak no lie concerning the valour of Corinth's heroes, whether I proclaim the craft of her men of old or their might in war, whether of Sisyphos of subtlest cunning even as a god, and Medea who made for herself a marriage in her sire's despite, saviour of the ship Argo and her crew: or whether how of old in the struggle before the walls of Dardanos the sons of Corinth were deemed to turn the issue of battle either way, these with Atreus' son striving to win Helen back, those to thrust them utterly away.

Scholia ad vv. 31–31 (2 entries)

ad v. 31

a. a. ἐν δὲ Μοῖσ᾿ ἁδύπνοος: ποῦ δὲ ἡ μουσικὴ ἀνθεῖ καὶ τὰ πολεμικὰ ἀλλαχοῦ; τοῦτο δὲ διὰ τὸν Εὔμολπον ὄντα Κορίνθιον καὶ γράψαντα νόστον τῶν Ἑλλήνων.

b. b. ((fr. 215)) ἀντὶ τοῦ μουσικοί εἰσι· παρόσον καὶ ποιηταὶ διασημότατοι ἐν Κορίνθῳ ἐγένοντο, ὧν ἦν καὶ Αἴσων, οὗ μέμνηται Σιμωνίδης. ἐν δὲ τῷ Περσικῷ πολέμῳ καὶ οὗτοι ἐστρατεύσαντο ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνα Ἀδείμαντον.

32–34

 δύο δʼ αὐτὸν ἔρεψαν σ2
 πλόκοι σελίνων ἐν Ἰσθμιάδεσσιν
 φανέντα· Νέμεά τʼ οὐκ ἀντιξοεῖ.

Nemea Two wreaths of wild celery crowned him, when he appeared at the Isthmian festival; and does not speak differently.

Scholia ad vv. 32–34 (2 entries)

ad v. 32

a. a. ἐν δ᾿ Ἄρης ἀνθεῖ νέων: ποῦ δέ, φησι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἐμπείρως οὕτω γίνεται; τοῦτο δὲ διὰ τὰ Μηδικά φησιν, ὅτε ἠνδραγάθησαν· ἐπεὶ Ξέρξου ἡττηθέντος καὶ φυγόντος ὑπὸ Ἀθηναίων, [ὅτε καὶ] πεντήκοντα ναῦς τοῦ Πέρσου κατέδυσαν.

b. b. ((Simon. 137)) Αἵδ᾿ ὑπὲρ Ἑλλάνων τε καὶ ἀγχεμάχων πολιητᾶν ἕστασαν εὐχόμεναι Κύπριδι δαιμονίᾳ. Οὐ γὰρ τοξοφόροισιν ἐβούλετο δῖ᾿ Ἀφροδίτα Μήδοις Ἑλλάνων ἀκρόπολιν δόμεναι. ἄλλως· τὸν Ἄρην φησὶν ἐν Κορίνθῳ λάμπειν τείνων εἰς τὰ περὶ Περσίδα, ἐν οἷς ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων σωτηρίας ἠνδραγάθησαν οἱ Κορίνθιοι. Θεόπομπος δέ φησι καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας αὐτῶν εὔξασθαι τῇ Ἀφροδίτῃ ἔρωτα ἐμπεσεῖν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν αὐτῶν μάχεσθαι ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος τοῖς Μήδοις, εἰσελθούσας εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τῆς Ἀφροδίτης, ὅπερ ἱδρύσασθαι τὴν Μήδειαν λέγουσιν Ἥρας προσταξάσης. εἶναι δὲ καὶ νῦν ἀναγεγραμμένον ἐλεγεῖον εἰσιόντι εἰς τὸν ναὸν ἀριστερᾶς χειρός ·

35–38

 πατρὸς δὲ Θεσσαλοῦ ἐπʼ Ἀλφεοῦ σ1
 ῥεέθροισιν αἴγλα ποδῶν ἀνάκειται,
 Πυθοῖ τʼ ἔχει σταδίου τιμὰν διαύλου θʼ ἁλίῳ ἀμφʼ ἑνί, μηνός τέ οἱ
 τωὐτοῦ κρανααῖς ἐνʼ Ἀθάναισι τρία ἔργα ποδαρκὴς σ2

PythoAthens The brilliance of his father Thessalus’ feet is stored up by the streams of the Alpheus, and at he has honor for the single and the double foot race within the circuit of a single day’s sun; and in the same month, in rocky, one swift-footed day placed three very beautiful prizes on his head,

Scholia ad vv. 35–38 (3 entries)

ad v. 35

x. ἀφθόνητος ἔπεσσιν: ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔπεσι [τῆς Ὀλυμπίας] καὶ τοῖς ὕμνοις οἷς λέγω περὶ αὐτῶν μὴ νεμεσήσῃς, ὦ Ζεῦ.

ad v. 38

a. a. Ξενοφῶντος εὔθυνε: τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος εὔθυνε τὴν εὐτυχίαν, οὔριον καὶ εὐδιεινὸν διδοὺς αὐτῷ | τὸ δαιμόνιον.

b. b. ποίει δὲ αὐτὸν εὐτυχῆ καὶ εὐδαίμονα.

39 ἅμερα θῆκε κάλλιστʼ ἀμφὶ κόμαις, σ7

Now when Glaukos was come thither out of Lydia the Danaoi feared him. To them he proclaimed that in the city of Peirene his sire bare rule and had rich heritage of land and palace, even he who once, when he longed to bridle the snaky Gorgon's son, Pegasos, at Peirene's spring, suffered many things, until the time when maiden Pallas brought to him a bit with head-band of gold, and from a dream behold it was very deed.

Scholia ad vv. 39–39 (7 entries)

ad v. 39

a. a. δέξαι δέ οἱ στεφάνων ἐγκώμιον: καὶ πρόσδεξαι ἡδέως τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν στεφάνων αὐτοῦ θεσμὸν καὶ νόμιμον ἔπαινον· λέγει δὲ τὸν ὕμνον.

b. b. δέξαι δέ οἱ, ἀντὶ τοῦ δέξαι παρὰ αὐτοῦ.

c. c. τεθμὸν τὸν νόμον· νόμος γάρ ἐστιν οὗτος, Ὀλυμπιονίκας ὑμνεῖσθαι.

d. d. τὸν ἐγκωμιαστικὸν λόγον, ὅς ἐστιν ὕμνος τῶν νικηφόρων.

e. e. τὸν ἄγει: ὅντινα ὕμνον ἐκτήσατο καὶ ἄγει ἑαυτῷ νικῶν καὶ στάδιον ὁμοῦ καὶ πένταθλον.

f. f. ἐν τῷ σταδίῳ.

g. g. τῆς νίκης.

40–44

 Ἑλλώτια δʼ ἑπτάκις· ἐν δʼ ἀμφιάλοισι Ποτειδᾶνος τεθμοῖσιν
 Πτοιοδώρῳ σὺν πατρὶ μακρότεραι
 Τερψίᾳ θʼ ἕψοντʼ Ἐριτίμῳ τʼ ἀοιδαί.
 ὅσσα τʼ ἐν Δελφοῖσιν ἀριστεύσατε σ5
 ἠδὲ χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος, δηρίομαι πολέσιν

Delphi and the games of Athena Hellotis give him seven victories. In the games of Poseidon between the two seas, the songs would be too long that could tell of all the victories won by Terpsias and Eritimus, with their father Ptoeodorus. And as for all the times you were best at, and in the lion’s pastures, I am ready to contend with many

Scholia ad vv. 40–44 (5 entries)

ad v. 43

a. (mél. litt. gr.(cl. Miller, p. 36)(Π 847)) sch. 43a. EM 112, 48: ἰστέον ὅτι τὸ ἀντιβολῶ ἔξωθεν ἐκλίθη.... τὸ δὲ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ ἀντεβόλησεν τῶν ἀνὴρ θνητός ἔξωθεν ἐκλίθη διὰ τοῦ ε̄· καὶ τὸ σημαινόμενον ἕτερον. ὡς καὶ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ· τοιοῦτοι δ’ εἰ καί μοι ἐεικοσιν ἀντεβόλησαν.

b. b. τῶν ἀνὴρ θνατός: ὧν εὐτυχημάτων, τῶν τῆς διπλῆς νίκης, οὐδέπω πρότερον εὐτύχησεν ἀνήρ.

c. c. ἄλλως· ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδεὶς πώποτε τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰς δύο ταύτας νίκας ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ἔλαβεν, εἰ μὴ μόνος αὐτός.

d. d. πρῶτον καὶ μόνον φησὶ τὸν Ξενοφῶντα κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν στάδιον καὶ πένταθλον νικῆσαι Ὀλύμπια.

e. e. λέγει δὲ καὶ ἄλλας νίκας αὐτοῦ.

45–46

45 περὶ πλήθει καλῶν, ὡς μὰν σαφὲς σ345

46 οὐκ ἂν εἰδείην λέγειν ποντιᾶν ψάφων ἀριθμόν. σ3

over the number of your honors; for, truly, I would not know how to give a clear account of the number of pebbles in the sea.

Scholia ad vv. 45–46 (6 entries)

ad v. 45

a. a. δύο δ᾿ αὐτὸν ἔρεψαν πλόκοι σελίνων: νῦν στέφανοι. ἐκ σελίνων γὰρ οἱ στέφανοι.

b. b. πλόκοι δὲ, παρὰ τὸ πλέκεσθαι τοῖς τὰ Ἴσθμια νικῶσι.

c. c. σημειωτέον ὅτι ἤδη ἀπεδέδεικτο Ἰσθμοῖ ἀπὸ σελίνων στέφανος, ὡς ἐν Νεμέοις. ἀμφότεροι γὰρ ἐπιτάφιοι, ἱερὸν δὲ | τὸ σέλινον τῶν καταχθονίων.

ad v. 46

a. a. οὐκ ἀντιξοεῖ: οὐκ ἐναντιοῦται.

b. b. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνίκησε καὶ Νέμεα.

c. c. οἱ δὲ ὅτι ἀντίκειται, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν ξύλων τῶν ξεομένων καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἁρμοζομένων. τὰ γὰρ συναρμοζόμενα συγξέεται | ἀλλ᾿ ἀντιξοεῖ καὶ ἀντιβαίνει πρὸς τὴν ξέσιν ἁρμοστὰ ὄντα.

47–49

 ἕπεται δʼ ἐν ἑκάστῳ
 μέτρον· νοῆσαι δὲ καιρὸς ἄριστος. σ1
 ἐγὼ δὲ ἴδιος ἐν κοινῷ σταλεὶς σ1

Each thing has its limit; knowing it is the best and most timely way. And I, sailing on my own course for the common good,

For she said unto him 'Sleepest thou O Aiolid king? Come, take this charmer of steeds, and show it to thy father the tamer of horses, with the sacrifice of a white bull.'

Scholia ad vv. 47–49 (2 entries)

ad v. 48

x. πατρὸς δὲ Θεσσαλοῖο: καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Θεσσαλοῦ (κύριον δὲ ὄνομα· αὐτοῦ τούτου γὰρ παῖς ὁ Ξενοφῶν) ἀνάκειται ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἡ δόξα ἡ ἐκ τοῦ δρόμου.

ad v. 49

x. αἴγλα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡ νίκη.

50–53

 μῆτίν τε γαρύων παλαιγόνων σ3
 πόλεμόν τʼ ἐν ἡρωΐαις ἀρεταῖσιν σ4
 οὐ ψεύσομʼ ἀμφὶ Κορίνθῳ, Σίσυφον μὲν πυκνότατον παλάμαις ὡς θεόν,
 καὶ τὰν πατρὸς ἀντία Μήδειαν θεμέναν γάμον αὐτᾷ,

Argo and singing of the wisdom and the battles of ancient men in their heroic excellence, shall not falsify the story of Corinth; I shall tell of Sisyphus, who, like a god, was very shrewd in his devising, and of Medea, who resolved on her own marriage against her father’s will, and thus saved the ship and its seamen.

Scholia ad vv. 50–53 (7 entries)

ad v. 50

a. a. Πυθοῖ τ᾿ ἔχει: ὡς καὶ τὰ Πύθια τοῦ Θεσσαλοῦ νενικηκότος.

b. b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· κατὰ δὲ τὴν Πυθίαν διαύλου καὶ σταδίου τιμὴν ἔλαβε.

c. c. λέγει δὲ Θεσσαλὸν, τὸν τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος πατέρα.

ad v. 51

a. a. ἁλίῳ ἀμφ᾿ ἑνί: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρα.

b. b. μηνός τέ οἱ τωὐτοῦ: κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν μῆνα τρία ἔργα καὶ ἐν ταῖς Ἀθήναις ταῖς τραχείαις καὶ τρεῖς ἄθλους περιεποίησεν αὐτῷ ἡ ὀξύδρομος ἡμέρα.

c. c. ἔργα καὶ ἀγωνίσματα κάλλιστα, ἀφ᾿ ὧν ἐστέφθη τὰς κόμας καὶ τὴν κεφαλήν.

d. d. τρία δὲ ἔργα εἶπε δίαυλον καὶ ὁπλιτικὸν δρόμον καὶ στάδιον.

54 ναῒ σώτειραν Ἀργοῖ καὶ προπόλοις. σ1

Thus in the darkness as he slumbered spake the maiden wielder of the shadowy aegis--so it seemed unto him--and he leapt up and stood upright upon his feet. And he seized the wondrous bit that lay by his side, and found with joy the prophet of the land, and showed to him, the son of Koiranos, the whole issue of the matter, how on the altar of the goddess he lay all night according to the word of his prophecy, and how with her own hands the child of Zeus whose spear is the lightning brought unto him the soul-subduing gold.

Scholia ad vv. 54–54 (1 entry)

ad v. 54

x. ποδαρκὴς ἁμέρα θῆκεν: ἤτοι ἡ πρὸς τὸν δρόμον τότε ἀποκληρωθεῖσα καὶ ἐπαρκοῦσα· ἢ ἡ παρασχοῦσα αὐτῷ τὸ τάχος διαρκές· ἢ αὐτὴ οὖσα [ἡ] ὀξύπορος καὶ ὀξύπους.

55–59

 τὰ δὲ καί ποτʼ ἐν ἀλκᾷ
 πρὸ Δαρδάνου τειχέων ἐδόκησαν σ5
 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος, σ1
 τοὶ μὲν γένει φίλῳ σὺν Ἀτρέος σ4
 Ἑλέναν κομίζοντες, οἱ δʼ ἀπὸ πάμπαν

And again, in the fight long ago before the walls of Dardanus, Corinthians seemed to decide the issue of battles on either side: some of them attempting, with the dear race of Atreus, to recover Helen, and others doing everything they could

Scholia ad vv. 55–59 (10 entries)

ad v. 56

a. a. Ἑλλώτια δ᾿ ἑπτάκις: τὴν προσηγορίαν φασὶ ταύτην ἐσχηκέναι τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν Μαραθῶνι ἕλους, ἔνθα ἵδρυται.

b. b. ἄλλως· Τιμάνδρου θυγατέρες τέσσαρες Κορίνθιαι· Ἑλλωτὶς, Εὐρυτιώνη, Χρυσῆ, Κοτυτώ. ἁλούσης τῆς πόλεως τὴν νέαν τὴν Χρυσῆν ἡ Ἑλλωτὶς ἁρπάσασα εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τῆς Ἀθηναῖς, ἔνθα περικατάληπτος γενομένη ἔρριψεν ἑαυτὴν εἰς τὸ πῦρ. καθάρσια οὖν ἄγεται τῇ θεῷ, ἅτινα οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα Ἀλήτου Ἑλλώτια καλοῦσιν.

c. c. ἑορτὴ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἐν Κορίνθῳ, ἐν ᾗ καὶ ὁ ἀγὼν τελεῖται ὁ καλούμενος λαμπαδοδρομικὸς, ἐν ᾧ ἔτρεχον νεανίαι λαμπάδας κρατοῦντες. αὕτη δὲ ἡ πανήγυρις εὑρέθη κατὰ μέν τινας ἐπειδὴ τὸν ἵππον τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου ὑπέταξεν ἡ θεὸς τὸν Πήγασον καὶ περιέθηκεν αὐτῷ τὰ χαλινὰ καὶ οὕτως εἷλεν αὐτόν. ἢ διὰ τοῦτο· Δωριεῖς σὺν τοῖς Ἡρακλείδαις ἐπιθέμενοι Πελοποννησίοις Κόρινθον χειρωσάμενοι ταύτην τῇ φλογὶ συνέφλεγον. τῶν τοίνυν γυναικῶν ἐν τῇ πορθήσει φευγουσῶν, τινὲς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἅμα Εὐρυτιώνῃ καὶ Ἑλλωτίδι εἰς τὸν τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς εἰσελθοῦσαι νεὼν οὕτω διαφεύξασθαι τὸν κίνδυνον προσεδόκησαν. ὡς δὲ ᾔσθοντο Δωριεῖς, κατὰ τούτων πῦρ ἔπεμψαν. αἱ μὲν οὖν ἄλλαι ἔφυγον, ἡ δὲ Εὐρυτιώνη καὶ ἡ Ἑλλωτὶς ἀδελφαὶ τυγχάνουσαι μετὰ παιδίου κατεφλέχθησαν. λοιμοῦ δὲ συμπεσόντος οὐ πρότερον τὸ νόσημα παύσασθαι ἔφη ἡ θεὸς πρὶν ἐξιλεώσασθαι τῶν παρθένων τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ Ἑλλωτίδος Ἀθηνᾶς ἱερὸν ἱδρύσασθαι καὶ πανήγυριν Ἑλλώτια καλουμένην· καθ᾿ ἥν φησιν ἑπτάκις νενικηκέναι τὸν Ξενοφῶντα.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἐν Κορίνθῳ τὰ Ἑλλώτια ἄγεται τῇ Ἑλλωτίᾳ Ἀθηνᾷ. τυχεῖν δὲ αὐτὴν ταύτης τῆς προσηγορίας Κορίνθιοι μὲν λέγουσιν ἑλοῦσαν καὶ χαλινώσασαν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς τὸν Πήγασον· οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἕλους τοῦ περὶ τὸν Μαραθῶνα, ἐν ᾧ ἵδρυται· οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Ἑλλωτίδος παρθένου.

e. e. EM 332, 43: Ἑλλωτίς] Ἀθηνᾶ οὕτω καλουμένη ἐτιμᾶτο ἐν Κορίνθῳ· καὶ ἑορτὴ Ἑλλώτια. εἴρηται δὲ Ἑλλωτὶς ἡ θεὸς, ὅτι Βελλεροφόντης τὸν Πήγασον ἵππον ἑλὼν καθ᾿ ὑποθήκην καὶ συμμαχίαν τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἐχαλίνωσε· καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑλεῖν τὸν ἵππον Ἑλλωτίαν προσηγόρευσεν αὐτὴν καὶ ἱερὸν αὐτῇ ἱδρύσατο, καὶ τὰ Ἑλλώτια ἑορτήν (ἑορτή edd.). ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ πρὸς Μαραθῶνα ἕλους ἐν ᾧ ἵδρυται. Πίνδαρος ἐπινικίῳ Ξενοφῶντος. — Ath. 15, 678b.

ad v. 57

x. Ποτειδᾶνος τεθμοῖσιν: ἐν τοῖς Ἰσθμικοῖς ἀγῶσιν· οὗτοι γὰρ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος νόμιμοι ἀγῶνες.

ad v. 58

a. a. Πτοιοδώρου Θεσσαλὸς, Θεσσαλοῦ Ξενοφῶν.

b. b. Πτοιοδώρῳ σὺν πατρί: Τερψίου ἀδελφὸς Πτοιόδωρος, καὶ Τερψίου μὲν παῖδες Ἐρίτιμος καὶ Ναμερτίδας, Πτοιοδώρου δὲ Θεσσαλὸς, οὗ Ξενοφῶν.

c. c. τινὲς δὲ τὸν Ναμερτίδαν Ἐρίτιμόν φασιν, Ἐριτίμου δὲ Αὐτόλυκον.

d. d. μακρότεραι τέρψιες: αἱ πλείους ἀκολουθοῦσι νῖκαι ἐπιτερπεῖς καὶ ὕμνοι μέγιστοι. καὶ ἥδε μὲν ἡ ἐξήγησις οὕτως, εἰ τὰ τῆς γραφῆς, ὡς ἔν τισιν, ἔχει τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· μακρότεραι τέρψιες ἕψονται ἐρίτιμοί τ᾿ ἀοιδαί. εἰ δὲ ὀνόματα λάβοιμεν τὸ Τερψίας καὶ τὸ Ἐρίτιμος, ἔσται τὰ τῆς διανοίας ὡς εἴπομεν.

60–61

60 εἴργοντες· ἐκ Λυκίας δὲ Γλαῦκον ἐλθόντα τρόμεον Δαναοί. τοῖσι μὲν σ260

61 ἐξεύχετʼ ἐν ἄστεϊ Πειράνας σφετέρου πατρὸς ἀρχὰν

Lycia to oppose the attempt. And the Danaans trembled before Glaucus, when he came from; he boasted to them that in the city of Peirene lay the rule and rich estate and hall of his ancestor, Bellerophon,

Scholia ad vv. 60–61 (2 entries)

ad v. 60

a. a. ὅσσα τ᾿ ἐν Δελφοῖσι: θαυμαστικῶς τὸ ὅσσα, ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλάκις ἐν Δελφοῖς ἐνίκησαν.

b. b. ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰ Πύθια.

62 καὶ βαθὺν κλᾶρον ἔμμεν καὶ μέγαρον· σ2

Then the seer bade him with all speed obey the vision, and that when he should have sacrificed to the wide-ruling Earth-enfolder the strong-foot beast, he should build an altar straightway to Athene, queen of steeds.

Scholia ad vv. 62–62 (2 entries)

ad v. 62

a. a. ἠδὲ. χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος: πόσα δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ Νεμέᾳ, ἥτίς ἐστι περιορισμὸς τοῦ λέοντος, ἐν ᾧ ἐτράφη ὁ λέων ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους ἀναιρεθείς.

b. b. ((Ω 640)) αὐλῆς ἐν χόρτοισι κυλινδόμενος κατὰ κόπρον. ἄλλως· χόρτοις περιορίσμασι· τὸ γὰρ παλαιὸν χόρτους φυτεύοντες ἀντὶ φραγμῶν περιώριζον τοὺς τόπους. | Ὅμηρος ·

63–64

63 ὃς τᾶς ὀφιώδεος υἱόν ποτε Γοργόνος ἦ πόλλʼ ἀμφὶ κρουνοῖς σ5

64 Πάγασον ζεῦξαι ποθέων ἔπαθεν,

who once suffered greatly when beside the spring he wanted to harness Pegasus, the son of the snake-entwined Gorgon;

Scholia ad vv. 63–64 (5 entries)

ad v. 63

a. a. δηρίομαι πολέσιν: διαφιλονεικήσω πλείστοις περὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων καλῶν, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀξιοπρεπέσι τὰ κατορθώματα ὑμῶν ἀντιπαραθεὶς οὐκ ἐλάττονα ὄντα ταῦτα ἀποδεικνύς.

b. b. ἢ οὕτω· διαμαχεσθήσομαι εἷς ὢν περὶ πλειόνων κατορθωμάτων.

c. c. πλεῖστα μὲν οὖν περὶ ὑμῶν πρὸς πάντας καταλέγειν...., σαφῶς μέντοι καὶ ἀκριβῶς οὐκ ἂν δυνηθείην πάντα εἰπεῖν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ θαλασσίας ψηφῖδος τὸν ἀριθμόν.

d. d. ἢ οὕτως· περὶ πλήθει καλῶν: τῶν ἀνδραγαθημάτων.

e. e. οὕτω τὰ καλὰ πλεονάζει παρ᾿ ὑμῖν ὥστε μηδὲ ἀριθμῆσαι σαφῶς | καθάπερ οὐδὲ τὰς παραθαλασσίους ψηφῖδας.

65–68

 πρίν γέ οἱ χρυσάμπυκα κούρα χαλινὸν
 Παλλὰς ἤνεγκʼ· ἐξ ὀνείρου δʼ αὐτίκα σ1
 εὕδεις, Αἰολίδα βασιλεῦ; ἦν ὕπαρ· φώνασε δʼ· σ4
 ἄγε φίλτρον τόδʼ ἵππειον δέκευ,

until the maiden Pallas brought to him a bridle with golden cheek-pieces. The dream suddenly became waking reality, and she spoke: “Are you sleeping, king, son of Aeolus? Come, take this charm for the horse; and, sacrificing a white bull, show it to your ancestor, Poseidon the Horse-Tamer.”

Scholia ad vv. 65–68 (5 entries)

ad v. 66

x. (ποντιᾶν:) θαλασσίων. πολιῶν.

ad v. 67

a. a. ἕπεται δ᾿ ἐν ἑκάστῳ μέτρον: τὸ μέτρον καιροῦ δεῖ· κἀγὼ οὖν, φησι, παύσομαι ὑπὲρ μέτρον ἐπαινῶν ὑμᾶς.

b. b. ἐπεὶ δὲ μετρίως ἐκτὸς τῆς ᾠδῆς ἐγένετο, θέλει ἀναλαβεῖν.

c. c. ἄλλως· οὐδὲν οὖν πλεῖον δύναμαι λέγειν, ἵνα μὴ τῷ ἀμέτρῳ λυπήσω τινάς.

d. d. ἑκάστῳ γὰρ πράγματι μέτρον ἀκολουθεῖ καὶ συμμετρία· τοῦτο δὲ αὐτὸ νοῆσαι τὸ τῆς συμμετρίας εὔκαιρόν τέ ἐστι καὶ ἄριστον.

69 καὶ Δαμαίῳ νιν θύων ταῦρον ἀργᾶντα πατρὶ δεῖξον. σ5

Now the power of Gods bringeth easily to pass such things as make forecast forsworn. Surely with zealous haste did bold Bellerophon bind round the winged steed's jaw the softening charm, and make him his: then straightway he flew up and disported him in his brazen arms.

Scholia ad vv. 69–69 (5 entries)

ad v. 69

a. a. ἐγὼ δ᾿ ἴδιος ἐν κοινῷ σταλείς: ἐγὼ δὴ οὖν, οὐχ ὡς ἀλλότριός τις, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς ἴδιος καὶ κοινὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, παρ᾿ οἷς καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν προγόνων ὑμῶν λέγων | καὶ τὰ ἀνδραγαθήματα τῶν παρ᾿ ὑμῖν ἡρώων τὰ κατὰ πόλεμον καὶ αὐτὰ λέγων, οὐδὲν ἀλλότριον διαψεύσομαι τῆς Κορίνθου.

b. b. ((Ζ 153)) ἔνθα δὲ Σίσυφος ἔσκεν, ὃ κέρδιστος γένετ᾿ ἀνδρῶν. ἄλλως· ὡς ἴδιος, τουτέστιν ὡς εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀποσταλεὶς καὶ προκριθεὶς τὴν βούλησιν τῶν ὑμετέρων προγόνων καὶ τὸν ἡρωικὸν πόλεμον οὐ ψεύσομαι περὶ τῆς Κορίνθου γαρύων, τουτέστι φωνῶν καὶ λέγων. | μῆτιν δὲ παλαιγόνων ἔφη τὴν Σισύφου. ἱστορεῖται γὰρ γεγονέναι συνετός. Ὅμηρος ·

c. c. ἄλλως· οὐκ ἀλλότριός τις ὑμῶν ἀλλ᾿ οἰκεῖος, οὐκ ἴδιος δὲ κατὰ γένος.

d. d. ἄλλως· ἐν κοινῷ: ἐν ὑμῖν.

e. e. ἢ οὕτως· κοινοῦ ὄντος τοῦ ἐγκωμιάζειν οὐκ ἐχρησάμην τῇ κοινότητι.

70–74

 κυαναιγὶς ἐν ὄρφνᾳ σ1
 κνώσσοντί οἱ παρθένος τόσα εἰπεῖν
 ἔδοξεν· ἀνὰ δʼ ἐπᾶλτʼ ὀρθῷ ποδί. σ2
 παρκείμενον δὲ συλλαβὼν τέρας, σ1
 ἐπιχώριον μάντιν ἄσμενος εὗρεν, σ7

The goddess of the dark aegis seemed to say such words to him as he slumbered in the darkness, and he leapt straight up to his feet. He seized the marvellous thing that lay beside him, and gladly went to the seer of the land,

Scholia ad vv. 70–74 (11 entries)

ad v. 70

x. παλαιγόνων: τῶν σοφῶν. τοῦτο γὰρ εἰρήκασιν οἱ παλαιοὶ τῶν σοφῶν.

ad v. 72

a. a. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μῆτις ἡ προκειμένη τῶν προγόνων, ἧς ὑπόδειγμα Σίσυφος.

b. b. τὸν μὲν Σίσυφον λέγω, φησὶν, οὕτω συνετώτατον ἐν ταῖς ἐπινοίαις γεγενῆσθαι ὡς ἂν θεόν.

ad v. 73

x. πυκνότατον παλάμαις: συνετώτατον βουλαῖς ἢ γνώμαις.

ad v. 74

a. a. καὶ τὰν πατρὸς ἀντία Μήδειαν: καὶ τὴν Μήδειαν ὑμνῶ τὴν παρὰ γνώμην τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς γαμηθεῖσαν· ἐγαμήθη δὲ τῷ Ἰάσονι σοφὴ οὖσα· τὴν γενομένην σώτειραν καὶ βοηθὸν τῇ Ἀργοῖ. ἐβούλετο γὰρ ὁ Αἰήτης ἀνελεῖν τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας.

b. b. ἄλλως· πατρὸς ἀντία: ἠναντιώθη κατὰ τὸν γάμον τῷ πατρὶ ἡ Μήδεια· ὃν γὰρ ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἐβούλετο Ἰάσονα, τούτῳ ἐγήματο καὶ συναπῆρεν αὐτῷ.

c. c. ζητεῖται δὲ τί δήποτε τὴν Μήδειαν Κολχίδα οὖσαν εἰς τοὺς περὶ Κορινθίων λόγους προσάγεται.

d. d. φασὶ δὲ τὴν Κόρινθον πατρῷον εἶναι κτῆμα Μηδείας. Αἰήτῃ γὰρ τῷ Ἡλίου καὶ Ἀντιόπης χρησμὸν δοθῆναι πόλιν οἰκίζειν ἐν Κόλχοις ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἔχουσαν, τὴν δὲ τῶν Κορινθίων τυραννίδα παρακαταθέσθαι Βούνῳ τῷ Ἑρμοῦ, ἐντειλάμενον, εἰ μὲν ἐπανέλθοι, ἀποδοῦναι αὐτῷ, εἰ δὲ μὴ, αὐτὸν ἔχειν.

e. e. τὴν δὲ Μήδειαν ἐρασθῆναι Σισύφου φησὶ Θεόπομπος.

f. f. ((fr. 2 K.)) ἀλλ᾿ ὅτε δ᾿ Αἰήτης καὶ Ἀλωεὺς ἐξεγένοντο Ἠελίου τε καὶ Ἀντιόπης, τότε δ᾿ ἄνδιχα χώρην δάσσατο παισὶν ἑοῖς Ὑπερίονος ἀγλαὸς υἱός. ἣν μὲν ἔχ᾿ Ἀσωπὸς, ταύτην πόρε δίῳ Ἀλωεῖ· ἣν δ᾿ Ἐφύρη κτεάτισσ᾿, Αἰήτῃ δῶκεν ἅπασαν. Αἰήτης δ᾿ ἄρ᾿ ἑκὼν Βούνῳ παρέδωκε φυλάσσειν εἰσόκεν αὐτὸς ἵκοιτ᾿ ἢ ἐξ αὐτοῖό τις ἄλλος, ἢ παῖς ἢ υἱωνός· ὁ δ᾿ ἵκετο Κολχίδα γαῖαν. Βοῦνος δὲ Ἑρμοῦ καὶ νύμφης τινὸς παῖς. ἄλλως· διὰ τί Μηδείας ἐμνημόνευσεν; ὅτι ἡ Κόρινθος πατρῷον αὐτῆς κτῆμα γέγονε τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ· Ἀλωεὺς γὰρ καὶ Αἰήτης ὁ Μηδείας πατὴρ ἐγένοντο παῖδες Ἡλίου καὶ Ἀντιόπης. τούτοις ὁ Ἥλιος διένειμε τὴν χώραν, καὶ ἔλαβεν Ἀλωεὺς τὴν ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ, τὴν δὲ Κόρινθον Αἰήτης. Αἰήτης δὲ μὴ ἀρεσθεὶς τῇ ἀρχῇ Βούνῳ μέν τινι Ἑρμοῦ υἱῷ παρέδωκε τὴν πόλιν εἰπὼν φυλάττειν τοῖς ἐσομένοις ἐξ αὐτοῦ. αὐτὸς δὲ | εἰς Κολχίδα τῆς Σκυθίας ἀφικόμενος ᾤκησε βασιλεύων. διδάσκει δὲ τοῦτο Εὔμηλός τις ποιητὴς ἱστορικὸς εἰπών ·

g. g. ἄλλως· Μηδείας μέμνηται ὅτι ἐν Κορίνθῳ κατῴκει καὶ ἔπαυσε Κορινθίους λιμῷ κατεχομένους θύσασα Δήμητρι καὶ νύμφαις Λημνίαις. ἐκεῖ δὲ αὐτῆς ὁ Ζεὺς ἠράσθη, οὐκ ἐπείθετο δὲ ἡ Μήδεια τὸν τῆς Ἥρας ἐκκλίνουσα χόλον· διὸ καὶ Ἥρα ὑπέσχετο αὐτῇ ἀθανάτους ποιῆσαι τοὺς παῖδας. ἀποθανόντας δὲ τούτους τιμῶσι Κορίνθιοι, καλοῦντες μιξοβαρβάρους.

75–76

75 δεῖξέν τε Κοιρανίδᾳ πᾶσαν τελευτὰν πράγματος, ὥς τʼ ἀνὰ βωμῷ θεᾶς75

76 κοιτάξατο νύκτʼ ἀπὸ κείνου χρήσιος. ὥς τέ οἱ αὐτὰ

and he told the son of Coeranus the whole story: how, at the seer’s bidding, he had gone to sleep for the night on the altar of the goddess, and how the daughter herself of Zeus whose spear is the thunderbolt had given him

77 Ζηνὸς ἐγχεικεραύνου παῖς ἔπορεν σ1

In company with that horse also on a time, from out of the bosom of the chill and desert air, he smote the archer host of Amazons, and slew the Solymoi, and Chimaira breathing fire. I will keep silence touching the fate of him: howbeit Pegasos hath in Olympus found a home in the ancient stalls of Zeus.

Scholia ad vv. 77–77 (1 entry)

ad v. 77

x. προπόλοις: τοῖς ἐμπορεύουσι. λέγει δὲ τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας.

78–79

78 δαμασίφρονα χρυσόν. σ3

79 ἐνυπνίῳ δʼ ᾇ τάχιστα πιθέσθαι

the spirit-subduing gold. The seer told him to obey the dream with all speed;

Scholia ad vv. 78–79 (3 entries)

ad v. 78

a. a. τὰ δὲ καί ποτ᾿ ἐν ἀλκᾷ: καὶ τά ποτε δὲ, λείπει γένη, διὰ τῆς ἰδίας ἀνδρείας δόξαντα διατέμνειν καὶ πέρας ἐπιτιθέναι τῇ μάχῃ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μερῶν, τουτέστιν Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ Τρώων. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ γαρύων τε καὶ ἀνυμνῶν.

b. b. τὰ δὲ καὶ ποτ᾿ ἐν ἀλκᾷ: λείπει τὰ γένη.

c. c. ((fr. 50)) οἱ Κορίνθιοι ἐπ᾿ ἀμφότερα ἠρίστευσαν ἐν Ἰλίῳ· καὶ γὰρ τοῖς Τρωσὶ συνεμάχησαν καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησι, Τρωσὶ μὲν Γλαῦκος τὸ γένος εἰς Βελλεροφόντην ἀναφέρων τὸν Γλαύκου τοῦ Σισύφου, τοῖς δὲ Ἀχαιοῖς Εὐχήνωρ Πολυίδου τοῦ μάντεως. | διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ Σιμωνίδης εἶπε · Κορινθίοισιν οὐ μανίει... οὐδὲ Δαναοί. ἀμφοτέροις γὰρ σύμμαχοι ἐγένοντο.

80–84

 κελήσατό μιν, ὅταν δʼ εὐρυσθενεῖ
 καρταίποδʼ ἀναρύῃ Γαιαόχῳ,
 θέμεν Ἱππίᾳ βωμὸν εὐθὺς Ἀθάνᾳ. σ5
 τελεῖ δὲ θεῶν δύναμις καὶ τὰν παρʼ ὅρκον καὶ παρὰ ἐλπίδα κούφαν κτίσιν. σ1
 ἤτοι καὶ ὁ καρτερὸς ὁρμαίνων ἕλε Βελλεροφόντας,

and, when he sacrificed a strong-footed bull to the widely powerful holder of the earth, straightaway to dedicate an altar to Athena, goddess of horses. The power of the gods accomplishes as a light achievement what is contrary to oaths and expectations. And so mighty Bellerophon eagerly

Scholia ad vv. 80–84 (6 entries)

ad v. 82

a. a. ((Ν 663)) ἦν δέ τις Εὐχήνωρ Πολυΐδου μάντιος υἱὸς, ἀφνειός τ᾿ ἀγαθός τε, Κορινθόθι οἰκία ναίων. τοὶ μὲν γένει Ἀτρέος: οἱ μὲν γὰρ περὶ τὸν Εὐχήνορα | (Κορίνθιος δὲ ὁ ἀνήρ) ἅμα τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις ἐβούλοντο τὴν Ἑλένην ἀνακομίσασθαι ἁρπασθεῖσαν ὑπὸ Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Ἰλιώτου. | ὅτι δὲ Εὐχήνωρ Κορίνθιος ἦν, καὶ Ὅμηρός φησιν ·

b. b. οἱ δ᾿ ἀπὸ πάμπαν εἴργοντες: οἱ δὲ ἀπεκώλυον καὶ ἀνθίσταντο παντελῶς, οἱ περὶ τὸν Γλαῦκον. λέγεται δὲ καὶ οὗτος Κορίνθιος. πῶς δὲ Κορίνθιος;

c. c. οὐ μόνον ἡ τοῦ Εὐχήνορος ἀνδρεία τοῦ συστρατεύσαντος τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις διὰ τὴν Ἑλένην, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ τοῦ Γλαύκου, ὃς ἀντεστράτευσε καὶ ἀνθίστατο αὐτοῖς.

d. d. ὅτι τὸ γένος ἐξ ἀρχῆς Ἑλληνικὸν ἔσχε καὶ ἐκ τῆς Κορίνθου ὁ Γλαῦκος. πῶς δέ; Γλαῦκος γὰρ γίνεται τοῦ Ἱππολόχου τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου τοῦ Γλαύκου τοῦ Σισύφου τοῦ Αἰόλου τοῦ Ἕλληνος τοῦ Διός. | βούλεται οὖν δεῖξαι ὅτι οἱ παρ᾿ Ἕλλησιν ἄριστοι καὶ οἱ παρὰ Τρωσὶν ἔξοχοι κατὰ τὸ ἀληθὲς Κορίνθιοι ἐτύγχανον.

e. e. ((Ζ 191)) ἀλλ᾿ ὅτε δὴ γίνωσκε θεοῦ γόνον ἠὺν ἐόντα. πῶς δὲ ὁ Γλαῦκος γέγονε Λύκιος; ὅτι ὁ Βελλεροφόντης πεμφθεὶς εἰς Λυκίαν Κορίνθιος ὢν ἀπὸ τοῦ Προίτου ὡς ὀφείλων ἐπιβουλευθῆναι διὰ τὴν ἐπιψευσαμένην μοιχείαν παρὰ τῆς γυναικὸς, ἠρίστευσέ τε τὰ μέγιστα, καὶ προσδοκώμενον αὐτοῦ ἔσεσθαι φονέα τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Λυκίων τὸν πενθερὸν Προίτου, καὶ αὐτὸς πενθερὸν ἔσχε γαμήσας αὐτοῦ θυγατέρα Ἀντίκλειαν· ἐξ οὗ Λυκίαν οἰκοῦντος ὡς βασιλέως υἱὸς γέγονεν Ἱππόλοχος· οὗ Γλαῦκος. | οὕτως ἄρα Κορίνθιος Γλαῦκος τῷ γένει. ὄνομα δὲ τῷ Λυκίων βασιλεῖ Ἰόβατος. καὶ Ὅμηρος τούτοις μαρτυρεῖ ·

ad v. 83

x. ἐκ Λυκίας δέ: ὁ δέ σύνδεσμος ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ κεῖται, καὶ ἔστιν· ἐτρόμεον γὰρ οἱ Ἕλληνες τὸν Λύκιον Γλαῦκον.

85 φάρμακον πραῢ τείνων ἀμφὶ γένυι, σ185

stretched the gentle charmed bridle around its jaws and caught

But for me who am to hurl straight the whirling javelin it is not meet to spend beside the mark my store of darts with utmost force of hand: for to the Muses throned in splendour and to the Oligaithidai a willing ally came I, at the Isthmos and again at Nemea. In a brief word will I proclaim the host of them, and a witness sworn and true shall be to me in the sweet-tongued voice of the good herald, heard at both places sixty times.

Scholia ad vv. 85–85 (1 entry)

ad v. 85

x. τοῖσι μὲν ἐξεύχετο: παρὰ τοῖς Τρωσὶν ηὔχει καὶ διηγεῖτο, ὅτι ἐν τῷ τῆς Πειρήνης ἄστει τῇ Κορίνθῳ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ἔχει τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὸ γένος | καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν περιουσίαν. καὶ ἤτοι τοῖς Λυκίοις ηὔχει καὶ διηγεῖτο, ἢ τοῖς Τρωσίν. ἀπὸ Λυκίων δὲ τοὺς Τρῶας δεῖ νοεῖν.

86–89

 ἵππον πτερόεντʼ· ἀναβὰς δʼ εὐθὺς ἐνόπλια χαλκωθεὶς ἔπαιζεν. σ2
 σὺν δὲ κείνῳ καί ποτʼ Ἀμαζονίδων
 αἰθέρος ψυχρῶν ἀπὸ κόλπων ἐρήμου
 τοξόταν βάλλων γυναικεῖον στρατόν, σ4

the winged horse. Mounted on its back and armored in bronze, at once he began to play with weapons. And with Pegasus, from the chilly bosom of the lonely air, he once attacked the Amazons, the female army of archers,

Scholia ad vv. 86–89 (6 entries)

ad v. 86

a. a. Πειράνας: Πειρήνη κρήνη ἐν Κορίνθῳ.

b. b. σφετέρου πατρός: ἀντὶ τοῦ προγόνου· | οὐ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ Ἱππόλοχος ἡγεμονίαν εἶχεν εἰς Κόρινθον, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ πρόγονος αὐτοῦ ὁ Σίσυφος.

ad v. 89

a. a. ὃς τᾶς ὀφιώδεος υἱόν ποτε Γοργόνος: ὅστις τῆς Γοργόνος τῆς ὀφιώδους λεγομένης εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν Πήγασον ἵππον ὄντα πτερωτὸν θέλων ὑποζεῦξαι τῷ χαλινῷ ἀληθῶς πλεῖστα ἔπαθε καὶ ὑπέστη παρὰ τοῖς κρουνοῖς καὶ ῥεύμασι τῆς Πειρήνης (λέγει δὲ ἐν τῇ Κορίνθῳ) πρὸ τοῦ κομίσαι αὐτῷ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν χρυσόδετον χαλινὸν παραστᾶσαν καθεύδοντι. | ὃ οὖν εἶδεν ὄναρ, τοῦτο διαναστὰς ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου δι᾿ ἔργων εὗρεν.

b. b. ἄλλως· ὅστις πρόγονος αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸς πατρὸς ὢν πάππος· λέγει δὲ τὸν Βελλεροφόντην.

c. c. ((theog. 280)) τῆς ὅτε δὴ Περσεὺς κεφαλὴν ἀπεδειροτόμησεν, ἐξέθορε Χρυσάωρ τε μέγας καὶ Πήγασος ἵππος. ὅτι δὲ τῆς Γοργόνος ἀποτμηθείσης τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ Περσέως ἀνεδόθη ὁ Πήγασος ἵππος, καὶ Ἡσίοδος μαρτυρεῖ ·

d. d. ὀφιώδεος: δράκοντας γὰρ εἶχε τὰς τρίχας.

90–91

90 καὶ Χίμαιραν πῦρ πνέοισαν καὶ Σολύμους ἔπεφνεν.90

91 διασωπάσομαί οἱ μόρον ἐγώ· σ1

Olympus and he killed the fire-breathing Chimaera, and the Solymi. I shall pass over his death in silence; but Pegasus has found his shelter in the ancient stables of Zeus in,

Scholia ad vv. 90–91 (1 entry)

ad v. 91

x. ὃς πολλὰ πάθε ζεῦξαι ποθέων: ὃς πολλὰ ἔπαθε χαλινῶσαι καὶ ζεῦξαι τὸν Πήγασον βουλόμενος παρὰ τοῖς κρουνοῖς τῆς Πειρήνης [ὅ ἐστι τῇ Πειρήνῃ]. υἱὸς δὲ τῆς Μεδούσης ὁ Πήγασος.

92 τὸν δʼ ἐν Οὐλύμπῳ φάτναι Ζηνὸς ἀρχαῖαι δέκονται.

Now have their acts at Olympia, methinks, been told already: of those that shall be hereafter I will hereafter clearly speak. Now I live in hope, but the end is in the hands of gods. But if the fortune of the house fail not, we will commit to Zeus and Enyalios the accomplishment thereof.

93–94

93 ἐμὲ δʼ εὐθὺν ἀκόντων

94 ἱέντα ῥόμβον παρὰ σκοπὸν οὐ χρὴ σ1

But I, while casting the whirling javelins with straight aim, must not miss the mark

Scholia ad vv. 93–94 (1 entry)

ad v. 94

x. ἐξ ὀνείρου δ᾿ αὐτίκα ἦν ὕπαρ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς: τοῦτο εἶπεν ὡς καθεύδοντι αὐτῷ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἐνηνοχυίας τὸν χαλινὸν, ᾧ ἔμελλε χαλινώσειν τὸν Πήγασον. μὴ πρότερον δὲ καταζεῦξαι πρὶν μαντεύσασθαι αὐτῷ Πολύιδον τὸ δύνασθαι... τὸν δὲ χαλινὸν αὐτῷ Ποσειδῶνα παρασχεῖν.

95–99

 τὰ πολλὰ βέλεα καρτύνειν χεροῖν. σ1
 Μοίσαις γὰρ ἀγλαοθρόνοις ἑκὼν
 Ὀλιγαιθίδαισίν τʼ ἔβαν ἐπίκουρος. σ2
 Ἰσθμοῖ τά τʼ ἐν Νεμέᾳ παύρῳ ἔπει θήσω φανέρʼ ἀθρόʼ, ἀλαθής τέ μοι σ2
 ἔξορκος ἐπέσσεται ἑξηκοντάκι δὴ ἀμφοτέρωθεν σ3

Nemea as I speed many shafts with the strength of my hands. I have come as a willing champion of the Muses on their splendid thrones and of the race of Oligaethus. I shall make their many victories at the Isthmus and at manifest in a few words; and, as a truthful witness under oath,

Scholia ad vv. 95–99 (8 entries)

ad v. 95

x. φώνασε δ᾿ εὕδεις: εἶπε παραστᾶσα κατ᾿ ὄναρ αὐτῷ ἡ θεός· κοιμᾶσαι, ὦ βασιλεῦ, ὃς κατάγεις τὸ γένος ἀπὸ Αἰόλου;

ad v. 97

a. a. ἄγε φίλτρον τόδε: τὸν χαλινὸν, ὅτι τούτῳ οἱ ἵπποι πείθονται. πικρότερον δὲ τῇ μεταφορᾷ.

b. b. ἄγε δὴ οὖν δέχου τοῦτον τὸν χαλινὸν, ὅς ἐστι πεῖσμα καὶ φίλτρου αἴτιος τοῖς ἵπποις, καὶ τῷ δαμάζοντι Ποσειδῶνι, τῷ πατρί σου, θύων ταῦρον εὐθαλῆ καὶ μέγαν, οὕτως ἐπίδειξον αὐτόν.

ad v. 98

a. a. καὶ δαμαίῳ: τῷ δαμαστικῷ· ἵππιος γὰρ ὁ θεός.

b. b. ἢ δαμαῖος λέγεται Ποσειδῶν ἐν Κορίνθῳ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἵππων δαμάσεως.

ad v. 99

a. a. ἀργᾶντα πατρὶ δεῖξον: ἀργᾶντα νῦν τὸν ἔκδηλον τῷ μεγέθει.

b. b. πατρὶ δὲ, τῷ Ποσειδῶνι. τῷ μὲν γὰρ λόγῳ ὁ Βελλεροφόντης Γλαύκου ἐστὶ τοῦ Σισύφου, τῇ δὲ ἀληθείᾳ Ποσειδῶνος, ὥσπερ Ἡρακλῆς Ἀμφιτρύωνος.

c. c. ((γ 6)) ἄλλως· ἐπιλαμβάνονταί τινες τοῦ ἐπιθέτου, ἐπειδὴ ταῦρον εἶπε θύειν Ποσειδῶνι ἀργήεντα, ὅπερ δηλοῖ λευκὸν, τοῦ Ὁμήρου εἰπόντος, | ὅτι χρὴ θύειν„ ταύρους παμμέλανας ἐνοσίχθονι κυανοχαίτῃ“. ἀλλὰ βοηθεῖται τὸ ἀργᾶντα· οὐ γὰρ λευκὸν τῇ χροιᾷ βούλεται λέγειν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐκλάμποντα τῷ μεγέθει καὶ ἐπιφανῆ ἐν τῇ ἀγέλῃ.

100

100 ἁδύγλωσσος βοὰ κάρυκος ἐσλοῦ. σ3100

the sweet-tongued cry of the noble herald, who announced their victories sixty times at both places, will confirm my words.

Yet other glories won they, by Parnassos' brow, and at Argos how many and at Thebes, and such as nigh the Arcadians the lordly altar of Zeus Lykaios shall attest, and Pallene, and Sikyon, and Megara, and the well-fenced grove of the Aiakidai, and Eleusis, and lusty Marathon, and the fair rich cities beneath Aetna's towering crest, and Euboea. Nay over all Hellas if thou searchest, thou shalt find more than one sight can view.

Scholia ad vv. 100–100 (3 entries)

ad v. 100

a. a. κυάναιγις ἐν ὄρφνᾳ: μέλαιναν καὶ φοβερὰν αἰγίδα ἔχουσα. αἰγὶς δὲ τὸ ὅπλον.

b. b. κνώσσοντι δὲ καθεύδοντι. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡ κυαναιγὶς παρθένος τοσαῦτα ἔδοξεν ἐν τῷ ὀνείρατι διαλέγεσθαι· ὁ δὲ ἐξανέστη ἄσμενος καὶ εὗρε τὸν χαλινὸν ἕτοιμον.

c. c. οὐχ ὥς τινες βούλονται παρακελεύεσθαι αὐτῷ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν διηγεῖσθαι τὰ παρ᾿ αὐτῆς αὐτῷ ῥηθέντα κατ᾿ ὄναρ. οὐκ ἔστι δὲ, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκείνη βελτίων ἡ ἐκδοχὴ, λαμβανομένη ἀπὸ τοῦ ποιητικοῦ προσώπου.

101–104

 τὰ δʼ Ὀλυμπίᾳ αὐτῶν
 ἔοικεν ἤδη πάροιθε λελέχθαι· σ2
 τά τʼ ἐσσόμενα τότʼ ἂν φαίην σαφές· σ2
 νῦν δʼ ἔλπομαι μέν, ἐν θεῷ γε μὰν

Olympia Their victories at seem to have already been mentioned; and of those in the future I could tell clearly when the time comes. For now I am hopeful, although a god controls

Scholia ad vv. 101–104 (4 entries)

ad v. 102

a. a. ἀνὰ δ᾿ ἔπαλτ᾿ ὀρθῷ ποδί: λοιπὸν ὁ ποιητὴς ταῦτα· ἀνήλατο δὲ ἐκ τῆς κοίτης καὶ ἔστη.

b. b. ἀσμένως. περιχαρὴς ὤν.

ad v. 103

a. a. συλλαβὼν τέρας: τὸν χαλινὸν τέρας εἶπεν, ὅτι ὄναρ φανεὶς ὕπαρ ὤφθη.

b. b. παρακείμενον δὲ εὑρὼν τὸν χαλινὸν καὶ ἀναρπάσας αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν μάντιν ἦλθεν εὐθέως τὸν ἐπιχώριον, | [105. δεῖξέν τε Κοιρανίδᾳ:] τὸν Κοιράνου παῖδα Πολύιδον. ἐλθὼν δὲ πρὸς τὸν μάντιν | ἔδειξε καὶ διεσαφήνισεν αὐτῷ τὴν ὅλην ἀπόβασιν τοῦ πράγματος καὶ τὴν κατάστασιν, [106. ὥστ᾿ ἀνὰ βωμῷ θεᾶς κοιτάξατο:] ὅπως τε ἐπὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἐκαθεύδησεν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Πολυίδου προμαντείας καὶ συμβουλῆς, ὡς αὐτοῦ συμβουλεύσαντος αὐτῷ διὰ μαντείας, ἀγωνιῶντι περὶ τῆς κατοχῆς τοῦ ἵππου, | παρακαθευδῆσαι τῷ βωμῷ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς, | [109. ὥστε οἱ αὐτὰ Ζηνὸς ἐγχεικεραύνου:] καὶ ὅπως αὐτὴ ἡ θεὸς αὐτῷ παρέσχε τὸν χαλινὸν ἡ θυγάτηρ τοῦ ἐγχεικεραύνου Διός.

105–106

105 τέλος· εἰ δὲ δαίμων γενέθλιος ἕρποι,105

106 διʼ τοῦτʼ Ἐνυαλίῳ τʼ ἐκδώσομεν πράσσειν. τὰ δʼ ὑπʼ ὀφρύϊ Παρνασσίᾳ

ParnassusArgosThebes the outcome. If the good fortune of their family continues, we shall leave this to Zeus and Enyalius to accomplish. They won six times beneath the brow of; and all their victories in and in, and all that shall be witnessed by the royal Lycaean altar that rules over the Arcadians,

107–108

107 ἕξ· Ἄργεΐ θʼ ὅσσα καὶ ἐν Θήβαις, ὅσα τʼ Ἀρκάσιν ἀνάσσων

108 μαρτυρήσει Λυκαίου βωμὸς ἄναξ,

O king Zeus the Accomplisher, grant them with so light feet to move through life, give them all honour, and sweet hap of their goodly things.

109

109 Πέλλανά τε καὶ Σικυὼν καὶ Μέγαρʼ Αἰακιδᾶν τʼ εὐερκὲς ἄλσος,

SicyonMegara and by Pellana, and, and, the beautifully enclosed precinct of the Aeacidae,

110–114

 ἅ τʼ Ἐλευσὶς καὶ λιπαρὰ Μαραθών,
 ταί θʼ ὑπʼ Αἴτνας ὑψιλόφου καλλίπλουτοι σ2
 πόλιες, ἅ τʼ Εὔβοια· καὶ πᾶσαν κατὰ
 Ἑλλάδʼ εὑρήσεις ἐρευνῶν μάσσονʼ ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν. σ2
 ἄνα, κούφοισιν ἐκνεῦσαι ποσίν· σ3

EleusisAetnaGreece and and splendid Marathon, and the wealthy and beautiful cities beneath the high crest of, and Euboea—you may search through all, and you will find that their victories are more than the eye can see. Come, swim away with agile feet!

Scholia ad vv. 110–114 (7 entries)

ad v. 111

a. a. δαμασίφρονα δὲ εἶπε χρυσόν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ τὸν τίμιον, ἢ ὅτι διάχρυσος ἦν τῇ κατασκευῇ ὁ χαλινός· δαμάζοντα δὲ τὸ φρόνημα τὸ ἄγριον τῶν ἵππων | καὶ ἥμερα φρονεῖν ἀναγκάζον. καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ χρυσὸς δαμασίφρων, ἐπεὶ ἱκανὸς ἀπατῆσαι.

b. b. ἐνυπνίῳ δ᾿ ᾇ τάχιστα πείθεσθαι: τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου δὲ τὸ ὄναρ διηγησαμένου εἶπεν ὁ Πολύιδος ὡς τάχιστα καὶ ἀνυπερθέτως πείθεσθαι τῷ ἐνυπνίῳ.

ad v. 113

a. a. ὅταν δ᾿ εὐρυσθενεῖ: ὡς ταῦτα αὐτῷ εἰπόντος τοῦ μάντεως.

b. b. καὶ ἡνίκα ἂν τὸν ταῦρον θύῃ τῷ Ποσειδῶνι, τότε δὴ τῇ ἱππικωτάτῃ Ἀθηνᾷ ἱδρύσασθαι βωμὸν ἤτοι ἄγαλμα.

ad v. 114

a. a. ((Α 459)) κραταίποδ᾿ ἀναρύῃ: ὡς Ὅμηρος · αὐέρυσαν μὲν πρῶτα. 116 B

b. b. κραταίποδα τὸν ταῦρον. οὕτω Δελφοὶ ἰδίως ἐκάλουν.

c. c. ἀναρύῃ δὲ σφάζῃ, θύῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ παρακολουθοῦντος.

115

115 Ζεῦ τέλειʼ, αἰδῶ δίδοι καὶ τύχαν τερπνῶν γλυκεῖαν. σ64115

Zeus the Accomplisher, grant reverence, and a sweet good fortune of delights.

Scholia ad vv. 115–115 (64 entries)

ad v. 115

a. a. τελεῖ δὲ θεῶν δύναμις καὶ τὰν παρ᾿ ὅρκον: ἐπιτελοῦσι δὲ καὶ παρέχουσιν οἱ θεοὶ καὶ τὰ νομιζόμενα ἀδύνατα, περὶ ὧν ἄν τις καὶ δι᾿ ὅρκων τὴν ἐλπίδα ἀπαγορεύσοι· | καὶ ἐπιτελοῦσιν οὐ δυσκόλως, ἀλλὰ κούφως καὶ εὐμαρῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

b. b. ἄλλως· οὐχὶ τὴν ἐξ ἐπιορκίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐόρκως ἀπελπισθεῖσαν. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

c. c. ἢ οὕτω· δύναται δὲ θεὸς τελέσαι καὶ τὸ μεθ᾿ ὅρκου ἀδύνατον νομιζόμενον εἰς περίκτησιν. | [Drachmann ad v. 116]

d. d. ἄλλως· οἷον εὐχερὲς καὶ ἀδύνατον. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

e. e. τοῦτο δὲ γνωμολογεῖ, ὅτι δὴ καὶ Βελλεροφόντης ὀμόσας μηδέποτε ζευχθήσεσθαι τὸν Πήγασον, δι᾿ ἐπικουρίαν Ἀθηνᾶς ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ἐποίησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

x. καὶ ὁ καρτερὸς ὁρμαίνων: καὶ δὴ ἐκ τούτων ὁ γενναῖος Βελλεροφόντης μετὰ σπουδῆς ἔλαβε τὸν χαλινὸν, καὶ τὸν πτερωτὸν ἵππον Πήγασον ἐχαλίνωσε· | τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ τείνων ἀμφὶ γένυι. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

x. ὁρμαίνων: προθυμούμενος. 123B [Drachmann ad v. 119]

a. a. πραῢ τείνων ἀμφὶ γένυι: πραΰνοντα καὶ ἡμεροῦντα, ὡς ἄν τι φάρμακον ἰατρικόν. λέγει δὲ τὸν χαλινόν. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

b. b. τὸ δὲ τείνων ἀμφὶ γένυι ἀντὶ τοῦ χαλινῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

a. a. χαλκωθείς: ἤτοι χαλκοῦν περιθέμενος θώρακα, ἢ ὅπλα ἐνδὺς χαλκᾶ. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

b. b. ἔπαιζεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπειρᾶτο, ἐγυμνάζετο εὐκόλως, ὥσπερ παιδιᾶς τρόπῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

c. c. ἔστι δὲ ἐτέρπετο. ἢ ἐνόπλιον ὄρχησιν ἐποιεῖτο. ἢ σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις εὐχερῶς ἐμάχετο. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

x. σὺν δ᾿ ἐκείνῳ καί ποτ᾿ Ἀμαζονίδων: μετὰ δὲ τοῦ ἵππου ὢν [ἢ σὺν αὐτῷ] ποτε καὶ τὸν στρατὸν τῶν Ἀμαζόνων τὸν ἐκ τοῦ ἀέρος τοῦ ἐρήμου καὶ τῶν ψυχροτάτων τόπων τῶν Ὑπερβορέων ἐνίκησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

a. a. αἰθέρος ψυχρᾶς: τῆς ἐν Σκυθίᾳ· κρυώδης γὰρ καὶ δυσχείμερος. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

b. b. μετέωρος γὰρ ὢν ἀνῄρει. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

a. a. καὶ Χίμαιραν πῦρ πνέοισαν: ἐνίκησε δὲ σὺν αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν πυρίπνουν Χίμαιραν, καὶ τοὺς Σολύμους ἀνεῖλε. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

b. b. Πισίδας Σόλυμοι δὲ ἔθνος πρὸς τῇ Λυκίᾳ, μεταξὺ Λυκίας καὶ Παμφυλίας, πολεμικώτατον, ὅπερ καλοῦσι. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

c. c. ((Z 155 sq.)) εἶπε δὲ ταῦτα καὶ Ὅμηρος περὶ τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

a. a. διασωπάσομαί οἱ μόρον ἐγώ: σιωπήσω. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

b. b. ὑποστέλλεται τὰ κατὰ τὴν τελευτὴν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι πεσὼν ἐκ τοῦ Πηγάσου χωλὸς ἐγένετο. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

c. c. ((Ζ 201)) ἤτοι ὁ κὰπ πεδίον τὸ Ἀλήιον οἶος ἀλᾶτο ὃν θυμὸν κατέδων. ἄλλως. τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ σιγήσομαι. | ὑποστέλλεται γὰρ τὸ κατὰ τὴν τελευτὴν ἐκβεβηκὸς αὐτῷ κακόν. λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι ἀναπτῆναι βουληθεὶς τῷ Πηγάσῳ, κούφως παρακινδυνεύσας, κατὰ βούλησιν τοῦ Διὸς οἰστρωθέντος τοῦ Πηγάσου ἐκπίπτει καὶ χωλοῦται· καὶ ἐπλανᾶτο κατὰ τὸ Ἀλήιον χωλός. καὶ Ὅμηρός φησιν · [Drachmann ad v. 130]

d. d. τὸν δ᾿ ἐν Ὀλύμπῳ: Πήγασον· καταβαλὼν γὰρ τὸν Βελλεροφόντην ἀπενόστησεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

e. e. ((892. 898)) τὸν Πήγασον αἱ οὐράνιαι φάτναι τοῦ Διὸς ὑπεδέξαντο. κατηστερίσθη γάρ. καὶ Ἄρατος μέμνηται ὅτι εἰσὶ φάτναι ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ὄνοι καλούμενοι ἀστέρες. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

a. a. ἐμὲ δ᾿ εὐθὺν ἀκόντων ἱέντα ῥόμβον: ἀλλ᾿ ὁ μέν, φησιν, οὕτως· ἐμὲ δὲ χρὴ οὐ παρὰ σκοπὸν ἱέντα τὰ βέλη μου τὰ πολλὰ ταῖς χερσὶν ἰσχυρῶς ἔχειν, ἀλλ᾿ ὀξύν τινα τὸν ἀκοντισμὸν αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

b. b. ((O. II 83)) ἀλληγορικῶς· ὅτι οὐ χρή με περὶ ἄλλων πολυλογεῖν, ἐάσαντα τὸν προκείμενον ἔπαινον. τὸ δὲ ἀκόντων ῥόμβον τὴν δίνησιν καὶ τὴν βολὴν τῶν ἀκοντίων, τροπικῶς δὲ τὸν ἐγκωμιαστικὸν λόγον φησὶν, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις · πολλά μοι ὑπ᾿ ἀγκῶνος ὠκέα βέλη ἔνδον ἐντὶ φαρέτρας. ἀφέμενος γὰρ τοῦ νικηφόρου εἰς τὰ πάτρια ἀναδραμὼν πλείονι τῇ παρεκβάσει κέχρηται· διὸ καὶ ἐπιστρέφει ἑαυτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

c. c. ἱέντα ῥόμβον: τὸ ἑξῆς· ἐμὲ δὲ ἱέντα πολλὰ βέλη. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

d. d. [παρὰ σποπὸν οὐ χρή:] ῥόμβον τὴν ῥίψιν καὶ ὁρμήν. λέγει δὲ ὅτι οὐ χρὴ περιττολογεῖν περὶ ἄλλων καὶ ἐκτραπῆναι τοῦ προκειμένου. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

x. Μοίσαις γὰρ ἀγλαοθρόνοις εἴκων: ὁ νοῦς· οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον δι᾿ ἄλλο τι, ἀλλὰ ταῖς Μούσαις ἐπίκουρος καὶ ὑπηρέτης ἦλθον, ἵνα τῆς Κορίνθου τούτους τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς φατρίας τῆς Ὀλιγαιθίδος καλουμένης ὄντας ἐπαινέσω καὶ τὰ πραχθέντα ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσθμῷ καὶ τῇ Νεμέᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 136]

x. Ὀλιγαιθίδαισίν τ᾿ ἔβαν: οἱ περὶ τὸν Ξενοφῶντα τοῦτον τὸν ἐπαινούμενον | Ὀλιγαιθίδαι λέγονται κατὰ φατρίαν,ὡς τὸ ἀνέκαθεν ὄντες ἀπ᾿ Ὀλιγαίθου τινὸς ἀρχαίου. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

a. a. παύρῳ δ᾿ ἔπει θήσω: ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ συντόμῳ λόγῳ δῆλα καὶ φανερὰ πλεῖστα πράγματα καὶ ἀθρόα ποιήσω. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

b. b. ἄλλως· ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ὀλίγῳ τὰ πολλὰ φανερὰ ποιήσω. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

a. a. ἀλαθής τέ μοι: ἀληθὴς δὲ περὶ τούτων καὶ ἐξαίρετος ὅρκος ἔσται. ὀμνύειν δὲ βούλεται ὡς ἀληθεύων ἐν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις. [Drachmann ad v. 139]

b. b. ἄλλως· ἰδίως ἔφη ἔξορκος ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅρκος. [Drachmann ad v. 139]

c. c. ὀμόσω οὖν αὐτὸς τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς φατρίας [Ὀλιγαιθίδος] ἑξηκοντάκις νενικηκέναι. [Drachmann ad v. 139]

a. ἀμφοτέρωθεν: τουτέστιν ἔν τε Ἰσθμοῖ καὶ Νεμέᾳ κεκηρύχθαι αὐτούς. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

a. ἁδύγλωσσος βοά: λείπει τὸ ἀνεκήρυξεν αὐτοὺς ἡ τοῦ κήρυκος γλῶσσα ἑξηκοστὸν νικήσαντας· ἑξηκοντάκις γὰρ ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς ἀγῶσιν, Ἰσθμίοις καὶ Νεμέοις, ἀνεκηρύχθησαν οἱ Ὀλιγαιθίδαι, τριακοντάκις ἐν ἑκάστῳ ἀγῶνι. [Drachmann ad v. 143]

a. a. τὰ δ᾿ Ὀλυμπίᾳ αὐτῶν ἔοικεν ἤδη πάροιθε λελέχθαι: εἶπε γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ ὕμνου οὕτω· τρισολυμπιονίκαν. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τὰ δὲ ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ αὐτῶν νικητήρια ἤδη ὡς ἔοικε προείρηται ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν λόγοις. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

x. τὰ δ᾿ ἐσσόμενα: τὰ δὲ μέλλοντα, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐὰν δὲ πάλιν νικήσῃ Ὀλύμπια, αὖθις σαφέστερον ἐπαινέσω αὐτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

x. νῦν δ᾿ ἔλπομαι: νῦν δὲ ἐγὼ ἐλπίζω καὶ προσδοκῶ νικῆσαι αὐτόν· ἐν δὲ τῷ κρείττονι τὸ τοιοῦτο τῆς προσδοκίας δοῦναι. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

a. a. εἰ δὲ δαίμων ὁ γενέθλιος ἕρποι: εἰ δὲ τὸ συγκληρωθὲν δαιμόνιον καὶ ἡ τύχη ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον προΐοι νικητὰς αὐτοὺς μηνύον, ἀναθήσομεν τὸ τοιοῦτον εὐεργέτημα τῷ Διὶ καὶ Ἄρει. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

b. b. διατί δέ φησι τῷ Διὶ καὶ τῷ Ἐνυαλίῳ ἐπιτρέψειν; ὅτι ὁ μὲν Ζεὺς πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, καὶ Ὀλυμπία τοῦ Διὸς ἱερά· τὸν δὲ Ξενοφῶντα οὐ μόνον ἀθλητὴν γεγενῆσθαί φασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ πολεμικὰ ἀγαθόν. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

c. c. ἢ ὅτι τοῦ Οἰνομάου πατήρ ἐστιν ὁ Ἄρης καὶ μετέχει τῆς Ὀλυμπίας. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

d. d. ἄλλως· Διί τ᾿ Ἐνυαλίῳ τε: τῷ μὲν Διὶ ὅτι ὁ ἀγὼν αὐτῷ ἀνάκειται καὶ τελεῖται, | τῷ δὲ Ἄρει ἐπειδὴ ἐπιχώριος καὶ πατρῷος τῶν Ἠλείων ὁ Ἄρης. μιχθεὶς γὰρ Ἁρπίνῃ θυγατρὶ Ἀσωποῦ τοῦ Θηβαίου ποταμοῦ ἐτέκνωσε τὸν Οἰνόμαον ὁ Ἄρης, ὃς ἦν βασιλεὺς τῶν τόπων. | εἰς χάριν οὖν τοῦ παιδὸς προΐστατο τῆς χώρας τῶν Ἠλείων. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

a. a. τὰ δ᾿ ἐπ᾿ ὀφρύι Παρνασίᾳ: τὰ ἐν Δελφοῖς Πύθια. ἐκ τοῦ παρακειμένου ὄρους λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

b. b. ὅ ἐστι Πύθια ἑξάκις. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

c. [c. καὶ ἐν Ἄργει δὲ καὶ ἐν Θήβαις]. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

x. ὅσα τ᾿ Ἀρκάσιν: καὶ ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ δὲ ὅπως δεσπότης γέγονε τοῦ στεφάνου, ὁ βωμός ἐστι μάρτυς ὁ τοῦ Λυκαίου Διὸς | καὶ ἡ ἐκεῖ ἀγομένη πανήγυρις. ἐκεῖ γὰρ νικήσας ἐστέφθη. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

x. Πελλάνα τε καὶ Σικυών: ἐν Σικυῶνι Πύθια ἄγεται. ἡ δὲ Πελλήνη τῆς Ἀχαΐας πόλις [ὅπου τὰ Φιλοξένια, καὶ αἱ χλαῖναι δίδονται]. ἡ δὲ Σικυὼν Βοιωτίας [ἐν ᾗ τὰ Πύθια ἄγεται. καὶ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ τὰ Δελφίνια καὶ Αἰάκεια]. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

a. a. καὶ Μέγαρ᾿ Αἰακιδᾶν: ἐν Μεγάροις τὰ Διόκλεια καὶ Πύθια. ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι τὰ Δημήτρια ἢ Ἐλευσίνια. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

b. b. εὐερκὲς δὲ ἄλσος διὰ τὸ κύκλῳ ὑπὸ θαλάσσης ὥσπερ ἕρκους καὶ τείχους περιβεβλῆσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

c. c. ἢ διὰ τὴν φιλοξενίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

a. a. ταί θ᾿ ὑπ᾿ Αἴτνας ὑψιλόφου: καὶ αἱ ὑπὸ τὴν Αἴτνην τὸ Σικελικὸν ὄρος πόλεις (πόλεις δὲ λέγει τὰς Συρακούσας) | μαρτυροῦσιν αὐτοῦ τῇ ἀνδρείᾳ· Ἴσθμια γὰρ ἐν αὐταῖς τελεῖται, ἃ καὶ ἐνίκησε Ξενοφῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

b. b. ἄλλως· ταί θ᾿ ὑπ᾿ Αἴτνας: τῆς Σικελίας [πόλεις]· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἄγεται ἀγὼν Νέμεα καλούμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

c. c. ἢ οὕτως· ἐν Συρακούσαις ἄγεται Ἴσθμια | ὡς ἐν Κορίνθῳ· ἄποικοι γὰρ Κορινθίων Συρακούσιοι. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

a. a. ἅ τ᾿ Εὔβοια καὶ πᾶσαν καθ᾿ Ἑλλάδα: καὶ ἐν τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ δὲ πάσῃ καὶ τῇ Ἑλλάδι ζητῶν εὑρήσεις τινὰ μείζονα λόγου παντὸς καὶ πάσης γνώσεως νικητήρια. ὑπερβολικῶς δὲ εἶπεν. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

b. b. ἄλλως· ἐν Εὐβοίᾳ Γεραίστια ὑπὸ πάντων Γεραιστίων ἄγεται Ποσειδῶνι | διὰ τὸν συμβάντα χειμῶνα περὶ Γεραιστόν· καὶ ἐν Ἀμαρύνθῳ τῆς Εὐβοίας Ἀμαρύσια νενικήκασιν. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

x. καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἐπιπορευόμενος εὑρήσεις μείζονα ἔργα πεποιηκότα αὐτὸν ἢ ὡς δύνασαι ἰδεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

x. μᾶσσον ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν: τὸ πλῆθος τῶν στεφάνων, φησὶν, ἐκπέφευγε τὴν τῆς ὁράσεως μετάληψιν. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

a. a. ἀλλὰ κούφοισιν ἐκνεῦσαι ποσίν: [εἶπε] τοῦτο πρὸς ἑαυτὸν παρακελευόμενος ἀποδραμεῖν ἀπὸ τούτων καὶ καταπαῦσαι τὸν ὕμνον. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

b. b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπαύσατο τῶν ἐπαίνων καὶ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λέγει ὅτι χρὴ ἀποστῆναι κούφοις ποσὶν, ἀνεπαχθῆ φανέντα. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

c. c. δίδου μοι οὖν, φησιν, ὦ Ζεῦ τέλειε, αἰδῶ τε καὶ εὐτυχίαν, ἐξ ἧς ἐστι τέρπεσθαι καὶ ἥδεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

d. d. ἀντὶ τοῦ αἰδέσιμόν με ποίει καὶ τιμῆς ἄξιον. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

e. e. ἢ οὕτως· αἰδεστικούς τε καὶ αἰδεσίμους αὐτοὺς ποίει ἐπιμελῶς προαρξάμενος. Τέλος Ξενοφῶντος. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

PINDAR · OLYMPIAN · ODE 14

Olympian 14 — for Ἀσωπίχῳ Ὀρχομενίῳ

σταδιεῖ (παιδὶ Κλεοδάμου)

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 24 lines · 56 scholia parts

Argumentum (5 entries)

p1. Scholia in Olympionicarum carmen XIV.

metr. Ἀσωπίχῳ Ὀρχομενίῳ σταδιεῖ παιδὶ Κλεοδάμου νικήσαντι τὴν ος΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα. καὶ διιάμβου Τὸ τεσσαρεσκαιδέκατον εἶδος μονοστροφικόν ἐστιν ἐκ ιη΄ κώλων καὶ ιζ΄. τὸ α΄ Σαπφικὸν ἐννεασύλλαβον. τὸ β΄ Φαλαίκιον. τὸ γ΄ ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ Φερεκράτειον ἀτελές. τὸ ε΄ ἐπιωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ς΄ δακτυλικὴ διποδία ἑξασύλλαβος. τὸ ζ΄ ἐκ παιώνων δύο καὶ ἀντισπαστικοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς. τὸ η΄ τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ θ΄ ἐκ δακτυλικῆς διποδίας καὶ τροχαϊκοῦ [καὶ ἰαμβικῆς βάσεως] πενθημιμεροῦς. τὸ ι΄ ἐξ ἀντισπάστου πεντασήμου καὶ τροχαϊκῆς κατακλεῖδος. τὸ ια΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ιβ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ιγ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὰ ιδ΄ ἐξ ἰωνικῆς βάσεως ἀπ᾿ ἐλάττονος καὶ τροχαϊκοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς. τὸ ιε΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάττονος ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ις΄ ἐξ ἰωνικῆς βάσεως ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος καὶ ἰαμβικοῦ ἡμιολίου ἀτάκτου. τὸ ιζ΄ ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ ἰαμβικοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς. τὸ ιη΄ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. τὰ λοιπὰ ἑπτακαίδεκα οὕτως· τὸ α΄ Φαλαίκιον. τὸ β΄ ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ ἰαμβικοῦ ἑφθημιμεροῦς. τὸ γ΄ Ἀλκμαιώνειον δεκασύλλαβον. τὸ δ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ ἰαμβικῆς βάσεως. τὸ ς΄ χοριαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ζ΄ ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ τροχαϊκῆς κατακλεῖδος. τὸ η΄ ἐκ χοριαμβικοῦ εἰς ἀντισπαστικόν. τὸ θ΄ ἐξ ἰωνικῆς βάσεως καὶ τοῦ πεντασήμου καὶ χοριαμβικοῦ καὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος. τὸ ι΄ Ἀσκληπιάδειον. τὸ ια΄ δακτυλικὴ τριποδία. τὸ ιβ΄ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ιγ΄ ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ ἰαμβικοῦ ἑφθημιμεροῦς. τὸ ιδ΄ Γλυκώνειον. τὸ ιε΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ις΄ ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ ἰαμβικοῦ ἑφθημιμεροῦς. τὸ ιζ΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές.

insc_a. Inscr.a. Ἀσωπίχῳ Ὀρχομενίῳ σταδιεῖ παιδὶ Κλεοδάμου νικῶντι τὴν ος΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα στάδιον. Κηφισὸς δὲ ποταμὸς ἐν Ὀρχομενῷ, ἔνθα καὶ αἱ Χάριτες τιμῶνται.

insc_b. Inscr.b. γέγραπται ὁ ὕμνος Ἀσωπίχῳ τῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Ὀρχομενοῦ, ὃς ἐνίκησεν ος΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα στάδιον. ταῖς Χάρισι δὲ προσφωνεῖ ὁ ποιητὴς ταῖς τιμωμέναις κατὰ τὴν Ὀρχομενόν. ὁ δὲ Κηφισσὸς τῆς Ὀρχομενοῦ ἐστι ποταμὸς, ἔνθα καὶ αἱ Χάριτες τιμῶνται.

insc_ca. ((fr. 66)) Inscr.c. ταύταις δὲ Ἐτέοκλος ὁ Κηφισοῦ τοῦ ποταμοῦ πρῶτος ἔθυσεν, ὥς φησιν Ἡσίοδος. διὰ δὲ τοῦ Ὀρχομενοῦ ὁ Κηφισὸς ῥεῖ. δύο δὲ Ὀρχομενοὶ, ὁ μὲν Μινύειος ὁ ἐν Βοιωτίᾳ, ὁ δὲ πολύμηλος ὁ ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ. τοῦ δὲ Μινυείου νῦν μέμνηται. metr. B. 2Q

1–4

 Καφισίων ὑδάτων σ2
 λαχοῖσαι, αἵτε ναίετε καλλίπωλον ἕδραν, σ1
 ὦ λιπαρᾶς ἀοίδιμοι βασίλειαι
 Χάριτες Ὀρχομενοῦ, παλαιγόνων Μινυᾶν ἐπίσκοποι,

You who have your home by the waters of Cephisus, who dwell in the town of beautiful horses: songful queens, Graces of splendid Orchomenus, guardians of the ancient race of Minyans,

O ye who haunt the land of goodly steeds that drinketh of Kephisos' waters, lusty Orchomenos' queens renowned in song, O Graces, guardians of the Minyai's ancient race, hearken, for unto you I pray. For by your gift come unto men all pleasant things and sweet, and the wisdom of a man and his beauty, and the splendour of his fame. Yea even gods without the Graces' aid rule never at feast or dance; but these have charge of all things done in heaven, and beside Pythian Apollo of the golden bow they have set their thrones, and worship the eternal majesty of the Olympian Father.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (3 entries)

ad v. 1

a. a. Καφισίων ὑδάτων λαχοῖσαι: ἐπειδὴ χαριέντως ἀπέβη τοῦ ἀγῶνος τὸ ἐπιχείρημα, προσφωνεῖ ταῖς Χάρισι τιμωνέναις κατὰ τὸν Βοιωτικὸν Ὀρχομενόν· | αἷς λέγεται πρῶτος Ἐτέοκλος τεθυκέναι ὁ Κηφισοῦ παῖς. ὁ δὲ Κηφισὸς τῆς Ὀρχομενοῦ ποταμός.

b. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ ἀοίδιμοι βασίλειαι Χάριτες, αἳ τὰ τοῦ Κηφισοῦ ὕδατα ἐκληρώθητε καὶ κατοικεῖτε τὴν εὔγειον Ὀρχομενὸν, | τυγχάνουσαι καὶ τοῦ τῶν Μινυῶν γένους ἐπίσκοποι, ἐπακούσατέ μου νῦν εὐχομένου.

ad v. 2

x. αἵτε ναίετε καλλίπωλον ἕδραν: ἱππικοὶ λέγονται οἱ Ὀρχομένιοι. Ἐργῖνος γὰρ ἵππῳ νικήσας Θηβαίους φόρου ὑποτελεῖς ἔσχεν, ἄχρις οὗ Ἡρακλῆς αὐτοὺς ἠλευθέρωσεν.

5–9

 κλῦτʼ, ἐπεὶ εὔχομαι. σὺν γὰρ ὔμμιν τὰ τερπνὰ καὶ σ4
 τὰ γλυκέʼ ἄνεται πάντα βροτοῖς,
 εἰ σοφός, εἰ καλός, εἴ τις ἀγλαὸς ἀνήρ. σ1
 οὐδὲ γὰρ θεοὶ σεμνᾶν Χαρίτων ἄτερ σ2
 κοιρανέοισιν χοροὺς οὔτε δαῖτας· ἀλλὰ πάντων ταμίαι

hear me; I am praying. For with your help all delightful and sweet things are accomplished for mortals, if any man is skillful, or beautiful, or splendid. Not even the gods arrange dances or feasts without the holy Graces, who oversee everything

Scholia ad vv. 5–9 (7 entries)

ad v. 5

a. a. παλαιγόνων Μινυᾶν: τὸ τῶν Μινυῶν γένος ἀρχαῖον ἀπὸ Μινυοῦ τοῦ Θεσσαλοῦ, Ποσειδῶνος υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ γένους τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν.

b. b. πλησιόχωροι καὶ γείτονες οὗτοι οἱ Μινυΐδαι Ὀρχομενίων.

c. c. ἀπὸ Μινύου. Μινύας δὲ ἐκ Καλλιρρόης τῆς Ὠκεανοῦ καὶ Ποσειδῶνος.

d. d. ὁ δὲ Μινύας πρῶτος ἦρξεν Ὀρχομενοῦ.

ad v. 7

a. a. σὺν γὰρ ὑμῖν τὰ τερπνά: μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν γὰρ, ὦ Χάριτες, τὰ ἐπιτερπῆ καὶ ἡδέα γίνεται καὶ συμβαίνει τοῖς ἀνδράσι. | καὶ εἴτε σοφὸς, ὡς Ὅμηρος, δι᾿ ὑμᾶς· οἱ γὰρ ἐπιχαρεῖς λόγοι δι᾿ ὑμᾶς πᾶσι μόνιμοι διὰ παντός.

ad v. 8

a. a. εἴ τις ἀγλαός: ἀνδρεῖος νῦν· αἰ γὰρ τρεῖς ἀρεταὶ δι᾿ ὑμᾶς, ἡ σοφία, τὸ κάλλος, ἡ ἀνδρεία.

b. b. αὗται δὲ αἱ Χάριτες τιμῶνται παρὰ τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.

10–12

 ἔργων ἐν οὐρανῷ, χρυσότοξον θέμεναι παρὰ
 Πύθιον Ἀπόλλωνα θρόνους,
 ἀέναον σέβοντι πατρὸς Ὀλυμπίοιο τιμάν. σ4

that is done in heaven; with their thrones set beside Pythian Apollo of the golden bow, they worship the everlasting honor of the Olympian father.

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (4 entries)

ad v. 12

a. a. κοιρανέοντι χορούς: ἤτοι ὑπὸ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἔχουσι τοὺς χορούς· ἢ βασιλεύουσι τῶν χορῶν, ἵνα πτῶσις ἀντὶ πτώσεως ᾖ, αἰτιατικὴ ἀντὶ γενικῆς.

b. b. τὸ δὲ οὔτε δαῖτας, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὔτε τῶν εὐωχιῶν καὶ θυσιῶν.

c. c. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανῷ πάντων προστατοῦσι καὶ κρατοῦσιν αἱ Χάριτες.

d. d. τὸ δὲ γίνεται ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνύεται.

13–14

13 ὦ πότνιʼ Ἀγλαΐα

14 φιλησίμολπέ τʼ Εὐφροσύνα, θεῶν κρατίστου

Lady Aglaia, and Euphrosyne, lover of dance and song, daughters of the strongest god,

O lady Aglaia, and thou Euphrosyne, lover of song, children of the mightiest of the gods, listen and hear, and thou Thalia delighting in sweet sounds, and look down upon this triumphal company, moving with light step under happy fate. In Lydian mood of melody concerning Asopichos am I come hither to sing, for that through thee, Aglaia, in the Olympic games the Minyai's home is winner. Fly, Echo, to Persephone's dark-walled home, and to his father bear the noble tidings, that seeing him thou mayest speak to him of his son, saying that for his father's honour in Pisa's famous valley he hath crowned his boyish hair with garlands from the glorious games.

15–19

 παῖδες, ἐπακοοῖτε νῦν, Θαλία τε
 ἐρασίμολπε, ἰδοῖσα τόνδε κῶμον ἐπʼ εὐμενεῖ τύχᾳ σ5
 κοῦφα βιβῶντα· Λυδῷ γὰρ Ἀσώπιχον τρόπῳ
 ἔν τε μελέταις ἀείδων ἔμολον,
 οὕνεκʼ Ὀλυμπιόνικος ἁ Μινυεία σ3

Olympia listen now; and you, Thalia, passionate for dance and song, having looked with favor on this victory procession, stepping lightly in honor of gracious fortune. For I have come to sing of Asopichus in Lydian melodies and chosen phrases, because the Minyan land is victorious at,

Scholia ad vv. 15–19 (8 entries)

ad v. 16

a. a. χρυσότοξον θέμεναι παρὰ Πύθιον Ἀπόλλωνα: παρὰ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνί φησι καθέζεσθαι τὰς Χάριτας διὰ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν οἰκειότητα. ἐν γοῦν Δελφοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς εἰσιν ἱδρυμέναι τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.

b. b. σέβουσι δὲ τὴν τοῦ Διὸς τιμὴν τὴν αἰώνιον.

c. c. πλησίον γὰρ τοῦ χρυσοτόξου Ἀπόλλωνος ἀποθέμεναι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν θρόνους καὶ ἐγγὺς αὐτοῦ ἱδρυμέναι ἀένναον καὶ ἀθάνατον οὖσαν τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν τιμὴν Διὸς σέβουσιν.

d. d. ἀένναον κυρίως μὲν τὸ ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ ῥεῖν καὶ νάειν ὄν· νῦν δὲ τὸ αἰώνιόν φησιν.

e. e. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνελλιπῶς καὶ αἰωνίως παρὰ τῷ Διὶ τιμῶνται τῷ ἐν οὐρανῷ ὄντι.

ad v. 19

a. a. πότνια Ἀγλαΐα: ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ αὐτῶν λόγου μετῆλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν πρὸς αὐτάς.

b. b. ὦ σεμνὴ καὶ τιμία Ἀγλαΐα, καὶ Εὐφροσύνη ἡ τοῖς ὕμνοις χαίρουσα, τοῦ τῶν θεῶν κρατίστου παῖδες Διός.

c. c. ((th. 906. 908)) τρεῖς δέ οἱ Εὐρυνόμη Χάριτας τέκε καλλιπαρῄους, Ἀγλαΐην τε καὶ Εὐφροσύνην Θαλίην τ᾿ ἐρατεινήν. τὰ δὲ ὀνόματα τῶν τριῶν κατέλεξεν Ἡσίοδος ·

20–24

 σεῦ ἕκατι. μελανοτειχέα νῦν δόμον σ3
 Φερσεφόνας ἔλθʼ, Ἀχοῖ, πατρὶ κλυτὰν φέροισʼ ἀγγελίαν, σ6
 Κλεόδαμον ὄφρʼ ἰδοῖσʼ, υἱὸν εἴπῃς ὅτι οἱ νέαν
 κόλποις παρʼ εὐδόξοις Πίσας σ3
 ἐστεφάνωσε κυδίμων ἀέθλων πτεροῖσι χαίταν. σ17

Pisa thanks to you. Now go, Echo, to the dark-walled home of Persephone and bring the glorious message to his father; when you see Cleodamus, tell him that his son, by the famous valley of, has wreathed his youthful hair with the wings of the renowned games.

Scholia ad vv. 20–24 (29 entries)

ad v. 20

a. a. κρατίστου παῖδες: οὐχ ὅτι κρατίστους ἔχουσι παῖδας, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι αὐταὶ κράτισται παῖδές εἰσι· | νέαι γάρ.

b. b. αἱ κράτισται τῶν παίδων τῶν θεῶν. |

c. c. ἢ τῶν κρατίστων θεῶν παῖδες.

ad v. 21

a. a. ἐπήκοοι: γίνεσθε δηλονότι· τοῦτο γὰρ λείπει.

b. b. Θάλεια δὲ ἡ Χάρις παρὰ τὸ τεθηλέναι τὴν μνήμην τῶν εὖ πεπονθότων.

c. c. τὸ δὲ ἰδοῖσα ἔνιοί φασι πρὸς τὴν τρίτην Θαλίαν λέγεσθαι.

d. d. τὸ ἰδοῖσα κοινὸν ἐπὶ ὅλων· ἰδοῖσα ὦ Εὐφροσύνη, ἰδοῖσα ὦ Θάλεια, ἰδοῖσα ὦ Ἀγλαΐα. θεασάμεναι τοῦτον τὸν χορὸν σὺν εὐμενεῖ τύχῃ εὐκόλως χορεύοντα, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ἐπήκοοι γίνεσθε.

e. e. ἔνιοι δέ φασι πρὸς τὴν τρίτην Θάλειαν τοῦτο λέγεσθαι.

f. f. ((l. l.)) ὅτι δὲ τρεῖς εἰσι, καὶ Ἡσίοδος ἐν Θεογονίᾳ λέγει.

ad v. 23

a. a. ἐπ᾿ εὐμενεῖ τύχᾳ: ἐπ᾿ εὐδαιμονίᾳ καὶ εὐμοιρίᾳ.

b. b. τὸ κοῦφα βιβῶντα ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκόλως προβαίνοντα.

c. c. ἐν Λυδῷ τρόπῳ καὶ ῥυθμῷ καὶ μουσικῇ.

ad v. 24

a. a. ἐν μελέταις τε ἀείδων: ἐπιμελείαις· ἔνθεν καὶ ἡ μέλισσα τὸ ζῷον, ὂν ἐπιμελέστατον. [Drachmann ad v. 26]

b. b. ἦλθον οὖν, φησιν, ὑμνήσων τὸν Ἀσώπιχον ἐμμελῶς καὶ ἡδέως. [Drachmann ad v. 26]

a. a. (ἔμολον:) ὅρα τὸ μέτρον. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

b. b. Ὀλυμπιόνικος ἁ Μινυεία: Ὀρχομενὸς γὰρ Μινύειος πόλις. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

c. c. ὁ δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος· ἰδίως, φησὶ, προτάξας τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν Χαρίτων ἑνικῶς ἐφώνησε· σεῦ ἕκατι, ὦ Χάρι. προσφωνοῦσί τε οἱ ποιηταὶ τοὺς χοροὺς τοὺς ἐκ πλήθους συνεστῶτας ἑνικῶς. βεβιασμένον οὖν νυνὶ προτάξαντα τὰ ὀνόματα λέγειν ἕκατί σου ἑνικῶς. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

d. d. ἢ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγει τὸν νικηφόρον. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

e. e. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· διότι τούτου δραμόντος ἔδοξεν Ὀλυμπιόνικος ἀναγορεύεσθαι ἡ τῶν Μινυῶν πόλις σοῦ ἕνεκεν. τὸ δὲ σοῦ ὡς πρὸς ἑκάστην ἰδίᾳ. καὶ τοῦτο οὖν κοινὸν ὅλων. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

f. f. σοῦ ἕκατι, ὦ νικηφόρε. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

g. g. ἢ πρὸς μίαν τῶν Χαρίτων ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους μετέβη. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

h. h. οἱ δὲ τὸ ἕκατι σοῦ ὡς πρὸς μίαν ἑκάστην ἰδίᾳ. ἢ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν νικηφόρον· ὅτι σοῦ ἕνεκεν, Ἀσώπιχε, ἔνδοξός ἐστιν ἡ Μινυείη ἥ τε Ὀρχομενὸς ὡς νικήσαντος. [Drachmann ad v. 27]

a. a. μελαντειχέα νῦν δόμον Φερσεφόνας ἐλθὲ Ἀχοῖ: παραγενοῦ πρὸς τὸν σκοτεινὸν οἶκον, ὦ Φήμη καὶ Ἠχὼ, διηγησομένη καὶ ἀγγελοῦσα τὴν καλλίστην ἀγγελίαν τῷ πατρὶ Ἀσωπίχου Κλεοδάμῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 28]

b. b. οἰκείως τὸν δόμον τῆς Περσεφόνης μελαντειχέα εἶπεν. [Drachmann ad v. 28]

c. c. μελαντειχέα δόμον ἐλθὲ Ἀχοῖ: ἐλθὲ νῦν, Ἠχὼ, εἰς τὸν τῆς Περσεφόνης δόμον, ἵνα τὸν Κλεόδαμον ἰδοῦσα | περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ εἴπῃς ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστεφάνωσε τὴν χαίτην, τουτέστιν, ἵν᾿ εἴπῃς αὐτῷ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ νενικηκέναι καὶ νεώτερον ἐόντα. [Drachmann ad v. 28]

d. d. ἐν τῇ ἐνδοξοτάτῃ Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἐστέφθαι τοῖς τῆς ἀθλήσεως στέμμασι τὰς κόμας τὰς νεωτέρας αὐτοῦ. ἀπὸ μέρους δὲ τὸ τῆς ἡλικίας νέον λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 28]

x. κόλποις παρ᾿ εὐδόξοιο Πίσας: ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 33]

a. a. πτεροῖσι: τοὺς στεφάνους λέγει· ἐπειδὴ ἐπαίρει τοὺς νικῶντας ὁ στέφανος. [Drachmann ad v. 35]

b. b. ἢ παρόσον ὁ στεφανούμενος γάνυται καὶ οἷον ὑπόπτερος καὶ μετάρσιος γίνεται. Πινδάρου τέλος Ὀλυμπιονίκων. Πινδάρου ἐπινίκιοι Ὀλυμπιονικῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 35]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 1

Pythian 1 — for Ἱέρωνι Αἰτναίῳ

ἅρματι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 100 lines · 163 scholia parts

Argumentum (7 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen I.

p2. Ἱέρωνι Αἰτναίῳ ἢ Συρακουσίῳ ἅρματι Πύθια.

p3. Ἱέρωνος γένος. Ἱέρων ἄνωθεν Συρακούσιός ἐστι, τὴν δὲ Κατάνην ἀνακτίσας ὁμωνύμως τῷ παρακειμένῳ ὄρει Αἴτναν προσηγόρευσε, καὶ Αἰτναῖον ἑαυτὸν κατὰ τοὺς ἀγῶνας νικῶν ἀνεκήρυξεν. ἐνίκησε δὲ ὁ Ἱέρων τὴν μὲν κς΄ Πυθιάδα καὶ τὴν ἑξῆς κέλητι, τὴν δὲ κθ΄ ἅρματι, εἰς ἣν ὁ ὑποκείμενος ἐπίνικος τέτακται. ἔσχε δὲ ὁ Ἱέρων τὴν τῶν Συρακουσίων ἀρχὴν μετὰ τὴν Γέλωνος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τελευτὴν τῇ οε΄ Ὀλυμπιάδι. στέφονται δὲ δάφνῃ οἱ νικῶντες.

p4. δίμετρονἩ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐστὶ ιβ΄. τὸ α΄ σύγκειται ἐκ διμοίρου τροχαίου καταληκτικοῦ. τὸ β΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν, ὅμοιον τῷ μῆνιν ἄειδε θεά. τὸ γ΄ ὀκτασύλλαβον Σαπφικόν, ᾧ τὸ πρῶτον ὅλον Σαπφοῦς γεγραμμένον. ἔστι δὲ δίμετρον [τροχαϊκὸν] ἀκατάληκτον ἐπιχοριαμβικόν. τὸ δ΄ Πινδαρικὸν ἐκ Σαπφικοῦ· σύγκειται δὲ ἐκ τροχαϊκῆς συζυγίας καὶ χοριάμβου καὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ᾿ ἐλάττονος καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ ε΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν ὑπερκατάληκτον, τοῦ πρώτου ποδὸς τῆς πρώτης συζυγίας διαφερούσης. τὸ ς΄ σύνθετον ἐκ τοῦ λεγομένου προσοδιακοῦ καὶ ἰαμβικῆς συζυγίας. τὸ ζ΄ κατὰ τὸ Πινδαρικὸν ἐκ Σαπφικοῦ, διαφέρον τοῦ τετάρτου, ὅτι ἐκεῖνο μὲν ὑπερκατάληκτον, τοῦτο δὲ καταληκτικόν. τὸ η΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ θ΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν, ὅμοιον τῷ μῆνιν ἄειδε θεά. τὸ ι΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ζ΄. τὸ ια΄ προσοδιακὸν παρὰ τὴν ἰαμβικὴν συζυγίαν. τὸ ιβ΄ τροχαϊκὴ διποδία, ὅ ἐστι μονόμετρον.

p5. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ιε΄. τὸ α΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ β΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ γ΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, τῆς τελευταίας ἀδιαφόρου οὔσης. τὸ δ΄ κατὰ τὸ Πινδ ρικὸν ἐκ Σαπφικοῦ, διαφέρον τοῦ τετάρτου, ὅτι ἐκεῖνο μὲν ὑπερκατάληκτον, τοῦτο δὲ καταληκτικόν, ὅμοιον τῷ ζ΄ καὶ τῷ ι΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ ε΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον, ὅμοιον τῷ α΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ ς΄ δίμετρον ἰωνικὸν καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ προσοδιακόν, ὅμοιον τῷ ς΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ η΄ ὅμοιον τῷ γ΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ θ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος καταληκτικόν. τὸ ι΄ ὅμοιον τῷ δ΄ τῆς στροφῆς, ἐκείνου ὑπερκαταλήκτου ὄντος. τὸ ια΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον, ὅμοιον τῷ α΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ ιβ΄ ὁμοίως. τὸ ιγ΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν, ὅμοιον τῷ μῆνιν ἄειδε θεά. τὸ ιδ΄ προσοδιακόν· ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος σύγκειται καὶ χοριάμβου. τὸ ιε΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον, ὅμοιον τῷ α΄ τῆς στροφῆς.

p6. Inscr.a. Γέγραπται μὲν ὁ ἐπίνικος Ἱέρωνι, λέγεται δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος οὕτως ἐπιβεβλῆσθαι κατὰ Ἀρτέμωνα τὸν ἱστορικόν (FHG IV p. 341), ὅτι δὴ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἱέρων χρυσῆν ὑπέσχετο κιθάραν. τὰ δὲ τοιαῦτα περιεργίας πεπλήρωται. οἰκειότατα γὰρ Πυθίου ὄντος τοῦ ἀγῶνος τὸν θεὸν προστάτην ὄντα ἀνυμνεῖ.

b. Πυθὼ δὲ λέγεται ἢ παρὰ τὸ πυνθάνεσθαι τοὺς ἀφικνουμένους, ἢ παρὰ τὸ σήπεσθαι τὸν Πυθῶνα ἐν αὐτῇ. ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ τὸ πρότερον Νάπη, εἶτα Πετρήεσσα, εἶτα Κρίσσα, εἶτα Πυθώ. Αἰτναῖος δὲ ἀνηγορεύθη, ἐπειδὴ Συρακούσιος ὢν ἔκτισε τὴν Αἴτνην.

1–4

 χρυσέα φόρμιγξ, Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ ἰοπλοκάμων σ2
 σύνδικον Μοισᾶν κτέανον· τᾶς ἀκούει μὲν βάσις, ἀγλαΐας ἀρχά,
 πείθονται δʼ ἀοιδοὶ σάμασιν, σ4
 ἁγησιχόρων ὁπόταν προοιμίων ἀμβολὰς τεύχῃς ἐλελιζομένα. σ4

Golden lyre, rightful joint possession of Apollo and the violet-haired Muses, to which the dance-step listens, the beginning of splendid festivity; and singers obey your notes, whenever, with your quivering strings, you prepare to strike up chorus-leading preludes.

O golden Lyre, thou common treasure of Apollo and the Muses violet-tressed, thou whom the dancer's step, prelude of festal mirth, obeyeth, and the singers heed thy bidding, what time with quivering strings thou utterest preamble of choir-leading overture--lo even the sworded lightning of immortal fire thou quenched, and on the sceptre of Zeus his eagle sleepeth, slackening his swift wings either side, the king of birds, for a dark mist thou hast distilled on his arched head, a gentle seal upon his eyes, and he in slumber heaveth his supple back, spell-bound beneath thy throbs.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (10 entries)

ad v. 1

a. χρυσέα φόρμιγξ: τινὲς χρυσῆν ὑποσχέσθαι κιθάραν τὸν Ἱέρωνα τῷ Πινδάρῳ. διὸ καὶ ὁ ποιητὴς ὑπομιμνήσκων αὐτὸν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἀπὸ τῆς κιθάρας ἤρξατο τοῦ προοιμίου.

b. χρυσῆ δὲ κιθάρα ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμία, ὡς χρυσῆ Ἀφροδίτη (Χ 470).

ad v. 3

a. σύνδικον Μοισᾶν κτέανον: συνῳδόν, οἱονεὶ οὐκ ἐναντίον. ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος σύντροπον ἤκουσε· δίκη γὰρ ὁ τρόπος ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (τ 43)· αὕτη τοι δίκη ἐστί.

b. οὐ μάτην δὲ αὐτῷ παρέρριπται τὸ Ἀπόλλωνος κτῆμα εἰπεῖν τὴν κιθάραν· ἀντὶ γὰρ τῆς τῶν βοῶν κλοπῆς παρ᾿ Ἑρμοῦ πρῶτος ἐκτήσατο τὸ ὄργανον.

c. ἢ Ἀπόλλωνος, διὰ τὸ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα προκατάρχειν τοῦ χοροῦ τῶν Μουσῶν.

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· χρυσῆ κιθάρα, καὶ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος κτῆμα καὶ τῶν μελανοπλοκάμων Μουσῶν συνῳδὸν καὶ σύντροπον, | παρόσον ὁ μὲν Ἀπόλλων τῇ κιθάρᾳ τῶν ᾠδῶν προκαθηγεῖται τῶν Μουσῶν, αὗται δὲ χορεύουσιν.

ad v. 4

a. τᾶς ἀκούει μὲν βάσις: βάσιν ἔνιοι τὸν ῥυθμόν· πρὸς γὰρ ῥυθμὸν ἡ ἁρμονία τῶν μελῶν διατυποῦται· οἱ δὲ τὴν τῶν ποδῶν κροῦσιν· προκατάρχονται γὰρ αἱ ᾠδαὶ παρὰ τῆς κιθάρας, εἶθ᾿ οὕτως ἕπεται ὁ τῶν χορευτῶν ῥυθμός.

b. ἢ βάσις ὁ ῥυθμός, παρὰ τὸ βαίνειν εἰς τὸν ῥυθμὸν τοῖς κρούουσι τὴν γῆν τοῖς ποσίν.

c. ἀγλαΐας ἀρχά: ἀμφίβολον πότερον ἡ βάσις ἀγλαΐας ἀρχὴ οὖσα, ἢ σὺ ὦ κιθάρα ἀγλαΐας τυγχάνεις ἀρχή. κἀντεῦθεν δὲ ἄδηλον, ἤτοι ἀγλαΐαν τὴν κατὰ τὰς πανηγύρεις φησί, καθ᾿ ἣν πάντες γαννύμενοι τερπόμεθα, ἢ ἀγλαΐαν τὴν διάχυσιν καὶ εὐφροσύνην.

d. ἄλλως· ἀγλαΐας ἀρχάν: τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὰς προανακρούσεις.

5–6

5 καὶ τὸν αἰχματὰν κεραυνὸν σβεννύεις σ45

6 ἀενάου πυρός. εὕδει δʼ ἀνὰ σκάπτῳ Διὸς αἰετός, ὠκεῖαν πτέρυγʼ ἀμφοτέρωθεν χαλάξαις,

You quench even the warlike thunderbolt of everlasting fire. And the eagle sleeps on the scepter of Zeus, relaxing his swift wings on either side,

Yea also violent Ares, leaving far off the fierce point of his spears, letteth his heart have joy in rest, for thy shafts soothe hearts divine by the cunning of Leto's son and the deep-bosomed Muses.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (4 entries)

ad v. 5

a. πείθονται δ᾿ ἀοιδοὶ σάμασιν: ἀοιδοὶ ἤτοι ἐν τῷ καθόλου, ἢ ἐπὶ τῶν Μουσῶν ὁ λόγος. ὡς γὰρ ἔφην, Ἀπόλλων μὲν προκατάρχει τῶν κρουμάτων, πρὸς δὲ τὰ κρούματα εὐρύθμως αἱ Μοῦσαι χορεύουσι.

b. σάμασι: σημείοις. τοῖς συνθήμασιν.

c. ἢ τοῖς κελεύσμασιν, ἀπὸ τοῦ σημῆναι διὰ τῆς προανακρούσεως.

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἧς, σοῦ ὦ κιθάρα, κατακούει μὲν ἡ τῶν ποδῶν κροῦσις, τῆς εὐφροσύνης καὶ διαχύσεως ἀρχὴ οὖσα· πείθονται δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀοιδοὶ τοῖς σοῖς συνθήμασιν, ὅταν τῶν προοιμίων τῶν ἡγουμένων τῶν χορῶν τὰς προαναφωνήσεις καὶ κρούσεις κατασκευάζῃς διακινουμένη.

7–8

7 ἀρχὸς οἰωνῶν, κελαινῶπιν δʼ ἐπί οἱ νεφέλαν σ2

8 ἀγκύλῳ κρατί, γλεφάρων ἁδὺ κλαΐστρον, κατέχευας· ὁ δὲ κνώσσων σ1

the king of birds; and you pour down a dark mist over his curved head, a sweet seal on his eyelids. Slumbering, he ripples his liquid back,

Scholia ad vv. 7–8 (3 entries)

ad v. 7

a. ἀμβολάς: τὰς προαναφωνήσεις. ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (α 155)· ἦτοι ὃ φορμίζων ἀνεβάλλετο καλὸν ἀείδειν.

b. ἐλελιζομένη δέ, ἢ διακινουμένη ἢ διακρουομένη.

ad v. 8

a. κεραυνὸν σβεννύεις: κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον προήγαγεν· ἔδει γὰρ εἰπεῖν κεραυνοῦ πῦρ. τὸ δὲ τοιοῦτον σχῆμα τοῦ λόγου καὶ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (Δ 535)· ὁ δὲ χασσάμενος πελεμίχθη. πελεμιχθεὶς γὰρ ἀνεχώρησεν.

9 ὑγρὸν νῶτον αἰωρεῖ, τεαῖς σ2

But whatsoever things Zeus loveth not fly frighted from the voice of the Pierides, whether on earth or on the raging sea; whereof is he who lieth in dreadful Tartaros, the foe of the gods, Typhon of the hundred heads, whom erst the den Kilikian of many names did breed, but now verily the sea-constraining cliffs beyond Cumae, and Sicily, lie heavy on his shaggy breast: and he is fast bound by a pillar of the sky, even by snowy Etna, nursing the whole year's length her frozen snow.

Scholia ad vv. 9–9 (2 entries)

ad v. 9

a. ἀένναον κυρίως ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων τίθεται, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος νῦν ἐπὶ τοῦ κεραυνοῦ τάττει ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄσβεστον.

b. σκάπτῳ δὲ Δωρικῶς τῷ σκήπτρῳ.

10–12

 ῥιπαῖσι κατασχόμενος. καὶ γὰρ βιατὰς Ἄρης, τραχεῖαν ἄνευθε λιπὼν σ2
 ἐγχέων ἀκμάν, ἰαίνει καρδίαν
 κώματι, κῆλα δὲ καὶ δαιμόνων θέλγει φρένας, ἀμφί τε Λατοίδα σοφίᾳ βαθυκόλπων τε Μοισᾶν.

under the spell of your pulsing notes. Even powerful Ares, setting aside the rough spear-point, warms his heart in repose; your shafts charm the minds even of the gods, by virtue of the skill of Leto’s son and the deep-bosomed Muses.

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (2 entries)

ad v. 10

a. Διὸς αἰετός: πάνυ γὰρ διετύπωσεν, ὅτι δὴ ὁ ἀετὸς ἐπικαθήμενος τῷ τοῦ Διὸς σκήπτρῳ καὶ κατακηλούμενος ταῖς μουσικαῖς ᾠδαῖς εἰς ὕπνον κατάγεται, ἀμφοτέρας χαλάσας τὰς πτέρυγας καὶ ταλαντευόμενος καὶ ζυγοστατούμενος ὥσπερ διὰ τὴν τοῦ σκήπτρου στενότητα, ὥστε αὐτῷ μὴ ἐξολισθαίνειν τῇ ᾠδῇ, ἀλλὰ ἀσφαλῆ τὴν βάσιν ὑπάρχειν. ἡ δὲ Σαπφὼ (fr. 16) ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἐπὶ τῶν περιστερῶν·.. ταῖσι ψυχρὸς μὲν ἔγεντο θυμός, Πὰρ δ᾿ ἱεῖσι τὰ πτερά....

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· καὶ τὸν ἰσχυρὸν καὶ πολεμικώτατον κεραυνὸν σβεννύεις τοῦ διαπαντὸς ὄντος πυρός. ἀφυπνοῖ δὲ τῇ ἡδονῇ συσχεθεὶς ἐπὶ τοῦ σκήπτρου τοῦ Διὸς ὁ ἀετὸς τὴν ταχεῖαν ἑαυτοῦ πτέρυγα ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μερῶν χαλάσας, ὁ τῶν ὀρνέων βασιλεύς.

13–14

13 ὅσσα δὲ μὴ πεφίληκε Ζεύς, ἀτύζονται βοὰν σ3

14 Πιερίδων ἀΐοντα, γᾶν τε καὶ πόντον κατʼ ἀμαιμάκετον,

But those whom Zeus does not love are stunned with terror when they hear the cry of the Pierian Muses, on earth or on the irresistible sea;

Whereout pure springs of unapproachable fire are vomited from the inmost depths: in the daytime the lava-streams pour forth a lurid rush of smoke: but in the darkness a red rolling flame sweepeth rocks with uproar to the wide deep sea.

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (3 entries)

ad v. 13

a. κελαινῶπιν νεφέλαν: ἤτοι κατ᾿ αὐτῆς τῆς νεφέλης τὸ ἐπίθετον. ἵνα σωματικώτερον ἀναπλάσῃ τὴν νεφέλην | τὴν μέλανας ἔχουσαν ὀφθαλμούς, ἣ τὴν μελαίνουσαν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς νεφέλην.

b. ἄλλως. κελαινῶπιν νεφέλαν τὴν ἐπίχυσιν τοῦ ὕπνου φησίν.

c. ἄλλως· ἀντὶ τοῦ ὕπνον, παρόσον ἀφεγγής ἐστι. κατέχευας, ὦ κιθάρα. ἁπαλὸν καὶ ἡδὺ κλεῖθρον κατὰ τῶν βλεφάρων.

15–16

15 ὅς τʼ ἐν αἰνᾷ Ταρτάρῳ κεῖται, θεῶν πολέμιος, σ215

16 Τυφὼς ἑκατοντακάρανος· τόν ποτε

CumaeSicily among them is he who lies in dread Tartarus, that enemy of the gods, Typhon with his hundred heads. Once the famous Cilician cave nurtured him, but now the sea-girt cliffs above, and too, lie heavy on his shaggy chest. And the pillar of the sky holds him down,

Scholia ad vv. 15–16 (2 entries)

ad v. 15

a. ἀγκύλῳ κρατί: τῇ ἐπικεκαμμένῃ κεφαλῇ τοῦ ἀετοῦ. οὕτω δὲ εἶπε διὰ τὸ ῥάμφος αὐτοῦ. καὶ Ὅμηρος (τ 538)· ἀγκυλοχείλης.

b. τὸ δὲ κλαῖστρον ἀντὶ τοῦ κλεῖθρον.

17–19

 Κιλίκιον θρέψεν πολυώνυμον ἄντρον· νῦν γε μὰν σ2
 ταί θʼ ὑπὲρ Κύμας ἁλιερκέες ὄχθαι σ2
 Σικελία τʼ αὐτοῦ πιέζει στέρνα λαχνάεντα· κίων δʼ οὐρανία συνέχει, σ2

That dragon-thing it is that maketh issue from beneath the terrible fiery flood, a monster marvellous to look upon, yea a marvel to hear of from such as go thereby and tell what thing is prisoned between the dark-wooded tops of Etna and the plain, where the back of him is galled and furrowed by the bed whereon he lieth.

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (6 entries)

ad v. 17

a. ὑγρὸν νῶτον αἰωρεῖ: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὕπνον καταφερόμενος ὑπὸ σοῦ, ὦ κιθάρα, αἰωρεῖται τὸν νῶτον ἐπὶ θάτερον ῥέπων.

b. ἄλλως· ὑγρὸν νῶτον: τὸν εὐδιάχυτον ὑπὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς. | γραφικώτατα δὲ συνδιατιθέμενον τῇ ᾠδῇ καὶ θελγόμενον τὸν ἀετὸν ὑπετύπωσεν.

ad v. 18

a. ῥιπαῖσι: ταῖς βολαῖς. λέγει δὲ τοῖς μέλεσιν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ δὲ ἀετὸς εἰς ὕπνον τῇ ἡδονῇ καθελκόμενος τὸν εὐδιάχυτον αὐτοῦ νῶτον ἐπαίρει, τοῖς σοῖς μέλεσι θελχθείς.

ad v. 19

a. βιατὰς Ἄρης: ὁ γὰρ ἰσχυρότατος Ἄρης τὴν τραχυτάτην τῶν δοράτων ἀκμὴν καταλιπών, τουτέστι τὸν πόλεμον, εὐφραίνει τὴν καρδίαν τῷ τῆς κιθάρας κηλήματι.

b. κώματι τῷ κοιμήματι, τῷ θέλγματι.

20 νιφόεσσʼ Αἴτνα, πάνετες χιόνος ὀξείας τιθήνα·20

snow-covered Aetna, year-round nurse of bitter frost,

21–24

 τᾶς ἐρεύγονται μὲν ἀπλάτου πυρὸς ἁγνόταται σ3
 ἐκ μυχῶν παγαί· ποταμοὶ δʼ ἁμέραισιν μὲν προχέοντι ῥόον καπνοῦ
 αἴθωνʼ· ἀλλʼ ἐν ὄρφναισιν πέτρας
 φοίνισσα κυλινδομένα φλὸξ ἐς βαθεῖαν φέρει πόντου πλάκα σὺν πατάγῳ.

from whose inmost caves belch forth the purest streams of unapproachable fire. In the daytime her rivers roll out a fiery flood of smoke, while in the darkness of night the crimson flame hurls rocks down to the deep plain of the sea with a crashing roar.

O Zeus, be it ours to find favour in thy sight, who art defender of this mountain, the forehead of a fruitful land, whose namesake neighbour city hath been ennobled by her glorious founder, for that on the race-course at the Pythian games the herald made proclamation of her name aloud, telling of Hieron's fair victory in the chariot-race.

Scholia ad vv. 21–24 (3 entries)

ad v. 21

a. κῆλα δέ: κατὰ συναίρεσιν τὰ κηλήματα. Ὅμηρος δὲ (A 383) τὰ τοξικὰ βέλη· τὰ δ᾿ ἐπῴχετο κῆλα θεοῖο. δυνατὸν δὲ ἀκούειν καὶ νῦν τροπικώτερον βέλη τὰ θελκτικὰ τῆς μουσικῆς πάθη.

b. κῆλα τὰ ὑπὸ μουσικῆς θέλγματα.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τὰ δὲ τῆς μουσικῆς κηλήματα καὶ τῶν θεῶν θέλγει τὰς φρένας παρὰ τῇ σοφίᾳ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ τῶν εὐπλοκάμων Μουσῶν.

25–26

25 κεῖνο δʼ Ἁφαίστοιο κρουνοὺς ἑρπετὸν σ225

26 δεινοτάτους ἀναπέμπει· τέρας μὲν θαυμάσιον προσιδέσθαι, θαῦμα δὲ καὶ παρεόντων ἀκοῦσαι,

That monster shoots up the most terrible jets of fire; it is a marvellous wonder to see, and a marvel even to hear about when men are present.

Now the first boon to men in ships is that a favourable breeze come to them as they set forth upon the sea; for this is promise that in the end also they shall come with good hap home. So after this good fortune doth reason show us hope of crowns to come for Aitna's horses, and honour in the banquet-songs.

Scholia ad vv. 25–26 (2 entries)

ad v. 25

a. ὅσσα δὲ μὴ πεφίληκε: τοῦτο εἶπεν, ἵνα ὦσιν οἱ ἀκροαταὶ ἕτοιμοι πρὸς τὴν ἀκρόασιν.

b. τουτέστιν ὅσα δὲ μήτε κατὰ γῆν, μήτε κατὰ τὴν ἄπειρον θάλασσαν φιλεῖ ὁ Ζεύς, ἀποστρέφεται τὴν ᾠδὴν τῶν Μουσῶν.

27–28

27 οἷον Αἴτνας ἐν μελαμφύλλοις δέδεται κορυφαῖς

28 καὶ πέδῳ, στρωμνὰ δὲ χαράσσοισʼ ἅπαν νῶτον ποτικεκλιμένον κεντεῖ.

Such a creature is bound beneath the dark and leafy heights of Aetna and beneath the plain, and his bed scratches and goads the whole length of his back stretched out against it. Grant that we may be pleasing to you, Zeus,

29 εἴη, Ζεῦ, τὶν εἴη ἁνδάνειν, σ3

O Phoibos, lord of Lykia and of Delos, who lovest the spring of Castaly on thy Parnassos, be this the purpose of thy will, and grant the land fair issue of her men.

Scholia ad vv. 29–29 (3 entries)

ad v. 29

a. ἐν αἰνᾷ Ταρτάρῳ: πάλιν κατὰ τὸ ἴδιον ἔθος θηλυκῶς τὴν Τάρταρον προήγαγεν, ὡς καὶ τὴν Ἰσθμόν. καὶ τὸ Τυφώς· | ἔδει γὰρ ὁ Τυφών. Ὅμηρος (B 782) ἑτέραν εὐθεῖαν οἶδεν, ὁ Τυφωεύς· Τυφωέϊ γαῖαν ἱμάσσῃ.

b. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ἀτύζεται καὶ οὗτος.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀποστρέφεται τὴν μουσικὴν ὁ Τυφὼν ὁ ἐν τῷ Ταρτάρῳ κείμενος.

30–32

 ὃς τοῦτʼ ἐφέπεις ὄρος, εὐκάρποιο γαίας μέτωπον, τοῦ μὲν ἐπωνυμίαν
 κλεινὸς οἰκιστὴρ ἐκύδανεν πόλιν σ5
 γείτονα, Πυθιάδος δʼ ἐν δρόμῳ κάρυξ ἀνέειπέ νιν ἀγγέλλων Ἱέρωνος ὑπὲρ καλλινίκου σ1

you who frequent this mountain, this brow of the fruitful earth, whose namesake city near at hand was glorified by its renowned founder, when the herald at the Pythian racecourse proclaimed the name of Aetna, announcing Hieron’s triumph

Scholia ad vv. 30–32 (6 entries)

ad v. 31

a. ἑκατοντακάρανος: οὐκ ἀριθμητικῶς, ἀλλ᾿ ἀντὶ τοῦ πολυκέφαλος.

b. τόν ποτε Κιλίκιον: ὅν ποτε, τὸν Τυφῶνα, ἔθρεψε μὲν τὸ ἐν Κιλικίᾳ πολυθρύλλητον σπήλαιον, νῦν δὲ αἱ τῆς Κύμης ὄχθαι καὶ ἡ Σικελία τὰ δασέα αὐτοῦ στήθη πιέζει.

c. ἄλλως· τόν ποτε Κιλίκιον θρέψε: στασιάζεται ἡ περὶ τοῦ Τυφῶνος ἱστορία. οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ὄρει τῆς Βοιωτίας ὑποκεῖσθαι ἔφασαν, καὶ ὥς εἰσιν αὐτόθι πυρὸς ἀναδόσεις· οἱ δὲ ἐν Φρυγίᾳ· ἕτεροι ἐν Λυδίᾳ. Ἀρτέμων δέ τις ἱστορικὸς (FHG IV

p. 341) πιθανώτερον λογοποιεῖ. καθάπαξ γάρ φησι πᾶν ὄρος ἔχον πυρὸς ἀναδόσεις ἐπὶ Τυφῶνι καίεσθαι. ἔστι δὲ τὸ πιθανὸν ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς τοῦ ὀνόματος ἱστορίας· τύφειν γἀρ τὸ καίειν. | ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρός φησι τὸν Τυφῶνα ἐν Κιλικίᾳ τεθράφθαι, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (B 783)· εἰν Ἀρίμοις, ὅθι φασὶ Τυφωέος ἔμμεναι εὐνάς· ὑποκεῖσθαι δὲ τῷ ὄρει καὶ αὐτόθι πυρὸς κρατῆρας καὶ τοὺς ἀναδιδομένους πρηστῆρας.

d. τὸ ἑξῆς· ἑκατοντακάρηνος ὁ Τυφὼς πολέμοις τῶν θεῶν.

ad v. 32

a. πολυώνυμον: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολυθρύλλητον διὰ τὸ ἀνατραφῆναι ἐν αὐτῷ τὸν Τυφῶνα.

33–34

33 ἅρμασι. ναυσιφορήτοις δʼ ἀνδράσι πρώτα χάρις

34 ἐς πλόον ἀρχομένοις πομπαῖον ἐλθεῖν οὖρον· ἐοικότα γὰρ σ2

with the chariot. For seafaring men, the first blessing at the outset of their voyage is a favorable wind; for then it is likely that

For from gods come all means of mortal valour, hereby come bards and men of mighty hand and eloquent speech.

Scholia ad vv. 33–34 (2 entries)

ad v. 34

a. ταί θ᾿ ὑπὲρ Κύμας: Κύμη νῆσος παρακειμένη τῇ Σικελίᾳ. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα τῶν Αἰολέων. φαίνεται δὲ οὐχ ἡ Κύμη πῦρ ἀναδιδοῦσα, ἀλλ᾿ ἡ καλουμένη Προχύτη, ἣν καὶ Πιθηκούσσας ὀνομάζουσι. συμβαίνουσι γὰρ αὐτόθι κυμάτων ἐξαισίων κινήσεις καὶ ἀνέμων σφοδροτάτων ἐπίπνοιαι καὶ πρηστήρων ἐπιφάνειαι καὶ πυρὸς καταφλέξεις, ὡς μυθολογεῖσθαι ὑποκεῖσθαι τὸν Τυφῶνα.

b. ἁλιερκέες ὄχθαι: ἤτοι αἱ τὴν ἄλα ἕρκος ἔχουσαι, ἢ τῆς ἁλὸς αὐταὶ ἕρκος οὖσαι, διὰ τὸ μὴ συγχωρεῖν ἐπίπροσθεν φέρεσθαι τὰ κύματα.

35–36

35 καὶ τελευτᾷ φερτέρου νόστου τυχεῖν. ὁ δὲ λόγος35

36 ταύταις ἐπὶ συντυχίαις δόξαν φέρει σ2

LyciaDelosParnassus at the end as well they will win a more prosperous homecoming. And that saying, in these fortunate circumstances, brings the belief that from now on this city will be renowned for garlands and horses, and its name will be spoken amid harmonious festivities. Phoebus, lord of and, you who love the Castalian spring of,

Scholia ad vv. 35–36 (2 entries)

ad v. 36

a. κίων δ᾿ οὐρανία: ἡ Αἴτνη τὸ ὄρος, ἣν οὕτω διὰ τὸ ὕψος ὠνόμασεν ὑποστηρίζουσαν τὸν οὐρανόν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡ δὲ οὐρανία κίων συνέχει τὸν Τυφῶνα, ἡ κατὰ πᾶσαν ὥραν ἔτους χιονιζομένη καὶ τῆς ὀξείας χιόνος τροφὸς οὖσα, ἡ Αἴτνη.

37–39

 νιν λοιπὸν ἔσσεσθαι στεφάνοισί ἵπποις τε κλυτὰν
 καὶ σὺν εὐφώνοις θαλίαις ὀνυμαστάν. σ2
 Λύκιε καὶ Δάλου ἀνάσσων Φοῖβε, Παρνασσοῦ τε κράναν Κασταλίαν φιλέων, σ1

This is the man I am fain to praise, and trust that not outside the ring shall I hurl the bronze-tipped javelin I brandish in my hand, but with far throw outdo my rivals in the match.

Scholia ad vv. 37–39 (3 entries)

ad v. 38

a. πάνετες: τὸ πάνετες ἀμφίβολον· ἤτοι γὰρ διαπαντὸς συνέχει τὸν Τυφῶνα ἡ Αἴτνη καὶ δι᾿ αἰῶνος, ἢ τῷ ἑξῆς συναπτέον ὀξείας χιόνος τιθήνα, ἵν᾿ ἦ, δι᾿ ἔτους ἀεὶ τιθηνουμένη τὴν χιόνα. 39G

b. ἄλλως· οὐ κατὰ παντός, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πᾶσαν ὥραν ἔτους, ἵνα εἰς ὑπερβολὴν ἄρῃ τὸν λόγον, λέγων καὶ χειμῶνι καὶ θέρει χιονίζεσθαι τὴν Αἴτνην. 40G

ad v. 39

a. χιόνος ὀξείας: ἤτοι παρὰ τὴν πυκνότητα τῆς καταφορᾶς, ἢ παρὰ τὴν ψυχρότητα, ὅτι οἱ ἐφαπτόμενοι ὅμοιόν τι πάσχουσι τοῖς κεντουμένοις.

40 ἐθελήσαις ταῦτα νόῳ τιθέμεν εὔανδρόν τε χώραν. σ140

may you willingly put these wishes in your thoughts, and make this a land of fine men.

Scholia ad vv. 40–40 (1 entry)

ad v. 40

a. ἀπλάτου: ἢ ἀπροσπελάστου ἢ πολλοῦ.

41–44

 ἐκ θεῶν γὰρ μαχαναὶ πᾶσαι βροτέαις ἀρεταῖς, σ2
 καὶ σοφοὶ καὶ χερσὶ βιαταὶ περίγλωσσοί τʼ ἔφυν. ἄνδρα δʼ ἐγὼ κεῖνον
 αἰνῆσαι μενοινῶν ἔλπομαι
 μὴ χαλκοπάρᾳον ἄκονθʼ ὡσείτʼ ἀγῶνος βαλεῖν ἔξω παλάμᾳ δονέων,

All the resources for the achievements of mortal excellence come from the gods; for being skillful, or having powerful arms, or an eloquent tongue. As for me, in my eagerness to praise that man, I hope that I may not be like one who hurls the bronze-cheeked javelin, which I brandish in my hand, outside the course,

Would that his whole life may give him, even as now, good luck and wealth right onward, and of his pains forgetfulness.

Scholia ad vv. 41–44 (2 entries)

ad v. 41

a. πυρὸς ἁγνόταται: ἁγνότατον τὸ πῦρ φησιν, ὅτι ἁγνιστικόν ἐστιν, ἢ καὶ παρὰ τὸ θεῖον τὸ αὐτόθι γινόμενον, ᾧ καθαίρομεν, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (χ 482)· ὄφρα θεειώσω μέγαρον. τῇ δὲ τροπῇ ἐπιμένει διόλου πυρὸς ποταμοὺς καὶ πηγὰς λέγων διὰ τὴν ἄγαν τοῦ πυρὸς ἀνάδοσιν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἧστινος Αἴτνης ἀναφυσῶνται καὶ ἀναδίδονται ἐκ τῶν μυχῶν ἀπροσπελάστου πυρὸς πηγαί· οἱ δὲ ποταμοὶ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ῥοῦν καὶ φορὰν προχέουσι καπνοῦ ἤτοι μέλανα ἢ καυστικόν· ἐν δὲ τῇ νυκτὶ ἡ ξανθὴ τοῦ πυρὸς φλὸξ ἐκρήγνυσι τοῦ ὄρους τὰς πέτρας, καὶ εἰσκυλίει τῇ παρακειμένῃ θαλάσσῃ.

45–46

45 μακρὰ δὲ ῥίψαις ἀμεύσασθʼ ἀντίους·45

46 εἰ γὰρ ὁ πᾶς χρόνος ὄλβον μὲν οὕτω καὶ κτεάνων δόσιν εὐθύνοι, καμάτων δʼ ἐπίλασιν παράσχοι. σ1

but that I may make a long cast, and surpass my rivals. Would that all of time may, in this way, keep his prosperity and the gift of wealth on a straight course, and bring forgetfulness of troubles.

Verily it shall remind him in what fightings of wars he stood up with steadfast soul, when the people found grace of glory at the hands of gods, such as none of the Hellenes hath reaped, a proud crown of wealth.

Scholia ad vv. 45–46 (1 entry)

ad v. 46

a. πόντος τὸ πέλαγος. καὶ Ὅμηρος· ἐπ᾿ εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης.

47–48

47 ἦ κεν ἀμνάσειεν, οἵαις ἐν πολέμοισι μάχαις σ3

48 τλάμονι ψυχᾷ παρέμεινʼ, ἁνίχʼ εὑρίσκοντο θεῶν παλάμαις τιμάν,

Indeed he might remember in what kind of battles of war he stood his ground with an enduring soul, when, by the gods’ devising, they found honor such as no other Greek can pluck,

Scholia ad vv. 47–48 (3 entries)

ad v. 47

a. Ἁφαίστοιο ἑρπετόν: ὁ Τυφών, παρόσον ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἢ δι᾿ αὐτὸν οἱ τοῦ πυρὸς ἀναδίδονται πρηστῆρες.

b. κρουνοὺς δὲ τροπικῶς μέν φησιν ὡς ἐπὶ ποταμοῦ, ἐμφαίνει δὲ τὰς τοῦ πυρὸς ἀναφυσήσεις.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐκεῖνο δὲ τὸ τοῦ Ἡφαίστου ἑρπετὸν κρουνοὺς πυρὸς δεινοτάτους ἀναδίδωσι, θαυμαστὸν μὲν ἰδεῖν, θαυμαστὸν δὲ καὶ τῶν παρόντων καὶ ἑωρακότων ἀκοῦσαι.

49 οἵαν οὔτις Ἑλλάνων δρέπει, σ1

For after the ensample of Philoktetes he went but now to war: and when necessity was upon them even they of proud spirit sought of him a boon.

Scholia ad vv. 49–49 (1 entry)

ad v. 49

a. γράφεται καὶ προσιδέσθαι.

50–51

50 πλούτου στεφάνωμʼ ἀγέρωχον. νῦν γε μὰν τὰν Φιλοκτήταο δίκαν ἐφέπων50

51 ἐστρατεύθη· σὺν δʼ ἀνάγκᾳ νιν φίλον

Lemnos a proud garland of wealth. But now he has gone to battle in the manner of Philoctetes; and under compulsion even a haughty man fawned on him for his friendship. They say that the god-like heroes went to bring from that man afflicted with a wound,

52 καί τις ἐὼν μεγαλάνωρ ἔσανεν. φαντὶ δὲ Λαμνόθεν ἕλκει τειρόμενον μεταβάσοντας ἐλθεῖν σ2

To Lemnos once they say came godlike heroes to fetch thence the archer son of Paian, vexed of an ulcerous wound; and he sacked the city of Priam and made an end of the Danaoi's labours, for the body wherewith he went was sick, but this was destined from the beginning.

Scholia ad vv. 52–52 (2 entries)

ad v. 52

a. ἐν μελαμφύλλοις: τοῖς πολυδένδροις. ἡ γὰρ τῶν δένδρων πυκνότης βαθεῖαν ἀπεργάζεται τὴν ὕλην.

b. ζητητέον δέ, πῶς φησι τὸν Πυθῶνα ἐνδεδῆσθαι ταῖς τῆς Αἴτνης κορυφαῖς, ὅν φησιν ὑπ᾿ αὐτῇ κεῖσθαι; ῥητέον δέ, ὅτι ὑπόκειται μὲν αὐτῷ τὸ ἔδαφος ὑπὸ τὸν νῶτον, ἐπίκειται δὲ τῷ στήθει ἡ Αἴτνη ὥσπερ δεσμὸς καὶ σχοινίον ἐν μέσῳ αὐτὸν συνέχουσα.

53–54

53 ἥρωας ἀντιθέους Ποίαντος υἱὸν τοξόταν·

54 ὃς Πριάμοιο πόλιν πέρσεν, τελεύτασέν τε πόνους Δαναοῖς, σ3

the archer son of Poeas, who sacked the city of Priam and brought an end to the toils of the Danaans;

Scholia ad vv. 53–54 (3 entries)

ad v. 54

a. χαράσσοισα: ἐπιξύουσα, ἐπινύσσουσα.

b. ὁ νοῦς· τὸ ὑπεστρωμένον ἔδαφος, φησί, κεντρῶδες καὶ ἐπιξύει τὸν τοῦ Τυφῶνος νῶτον· τὸ δὲ κεντρώσεως αἴτιόν ἐστι τὸ τῆς Αἴτνης ἐπικείμενον βάρος.

c. τὸ μὲν ἐπικεκλιμένον νῶτον κεντεῖ ἐπιξύουσα ἡ ὑποκειμένη τοῦ ἐδάφους κεντρώδης στρωμνή.

55 ἀσθενεῖ μὲν χρωτὶ βαίνων, ἀλλὰ μοιρίδιον ἦν.55

he went with a weak body, but it was fated. In such a way may a god be the preserver of Hieron for the time that is still to come, giving him the opportunity for all he desires. Muse, hear me, and beside Deinomenes sing loud praises for the reward of the four-horse chariot. The joy of his father’s victory is not alien to him.

56–59

 οὕτω δʼ Ἱέρωνι θεὸς ὀρθωτὴρ πέλοι σ2
 τὸν προσέρποντα χρόνον, ὧν ἔραται καιρὸν διδούς. σ1
 Μοῖσα, καὶ πὰρ Δεινομένει κελαδῆσαι σ1
 πίθεό μοι ποινὰν τεθρίππων. χάρμα δʼ οὐκ ἀλλότριον νικαφορία πατέρος.

Even thus to Hieron may God be a guide for the time approaching, and give him to lay hold upon the things of his desire.

Scholia ad vv. 56–59 (4 entries)

ad v. 56

a. εἴη Ζεῦ, τὶν εἴη ἁνδάνειν: ἐπειδὴ περὶ τοῦ Τυφῶνος λόγον ἐκίνησε καὶ τὰς τιμωρίας αὐτοῦ διεξῆλθεν, ὥσπερ φόβῳ διατεθεὶς πρὸς τὰ διηγήματα κατεύχεται τὸν Δία ἔχειν εὐμενῆ.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εἴη σοι, φησίν, ὦ Ζεῦ, ἀρέσκειν, ὅστις τοῦτο τὸ ὄρος περιέπεις τὴν Αἴτνην, ἥ ἐστι τῆς εὐκάρπου Σικελίας πρόσωπον, ἤτοι διὰ τὸ ἐπιφανὲς ἢ διὰ τὸ ὕψος. τιμᾶται δὲ κατὰ τὸ ὄρος τῆς Αἴτνης ὁ Ζεύς.

ad v. 57

a. γαίας μέτωπον τὴν Αἴτνην μεταφορικῶς ἀπὸ τῶν ζῴων, | ἤτοι διὰ τὸ ἐπίσημον αὐτὴν εἶναι ἢ διὰ τὸ ὕψος καὶ τὴν ἀνάβασιν.

ad v. 58

a. τοῦ μὲν ἐπωνυμίαν: τούτου οὖν τοῦ ὄρους τὴν ὁμώνυμον πόλιν Αἴτνην ὁ ἔνδοξος οἰκιστὴς Ἱέρων ἐδόξασεν ἀνακηρύξας κατὰ τὰ Πύθια· ἀνεκήρυξε γὰρ ὑπὲρ τὸ καλλίνικον ἅρμα τοῦ Ἱέρωνος ὁ κήρυξ οὖσαν αὐτοῦ πατρίδα.

60 ἄγʼ ἔπειτʼ Αἴτνας βασιλεῖ φίλιον ἐξεύρωμεν ὕμνον·60

Come, let us devise a friendly song for the king of Aetna,

Also in the house of Deinomenes do me grace, O Muse, to sing, for sake of our four-horsed car: no alien joy to him is his sire's victory.

61–63

 τῷ πόλιν κείναν θεοδμάτῳ σὺν ἐλευθερίᾳ
 Ὑλλίδος στάθμας Ἱέρων ἐν νόμοις ἔκτισσʼ. ἐθέλοντι δὲ Παμφύλου
 καὶ μὰν Ἡρακλειδᾶν ἔκγονοι

for whom Hieron founded that city with god-built freedom, in accordance with the laws of the rule of Hyllus. The descendants of Pamphylus, and, truly, of the Heracleidae also, dwelling beneath the cliffs of Taÿgetus, are willing to abide forever as Dorians under the ordinances of Aegimius.

64 ὄχθαις ὕπο Ταϋγέτου ναίοντες αἰεὶ μένειν τεθμοῖσιν ἐν Αἰγιμιοῦ σ1

Come then and next for Etna's king let us devise a friendly song, for whom with god-built freedom after the laws of Hyllic pattern hath that city been founded of Hieron's hand: for the desire of the sons of Pamphylos and of the Herakleidai dwelling beneath the heights of Taÿgetos is to abide continually in the Dorian laws of Aigimios. At Amyklai they dwelt prosperously, when they were come down out of Pindos and drew near in honour to the Tyndaridai who ride on white horses, and the glory of their spears waxed great.

Scholia ad vv. 64–64 (1 entry)

ad v. 64

a. ναυσιφορήτοις: τοῖς διὰ νηὸς φερομένοις ἀνδράσι χάρις καὶ ἡδονή, πρώτοις φερομένοις διὰ θαλάσσης | πόμπιμον καὶ οὔριον ἐπιπνεῦσαι ἄνεμον· οὕτω καὶ τῇ Αἴτνῃ ἀνακτισθείσῃ, πρῶτον ἐν ἀγῶσιν ἐπιφανεστάτην γενέσθαι.

65–66

65 Δωριεῖς. ἔσχον δʼ Ἀμύκλας ὄλβιοι,65

66 Πινδόθεν ὀρνύμενοι, λευκοπώλων Τυνδαριδᾶν βαθύδοξοι γείτονες, ὧν κλέος ἄνθησεν αἰχμᾶς.

Setting out from Pindus they took Amyclae and prospered, highly renowned neighbors of the Tyndaridae with their white horses, and the fame of their spear burst into bloom.

67 Ζεῦ τέλειʼ, αἰεὶ δὲ τοιαύταν Ἀμένα παρʼ ὕδωρ σ1

Zeus the Accomplisher, grant that beside the waters of Amenas the true report of men may always assign such good fortune to citizens and kings alike; with your blessing the man who is himself the leader,

Scholia ad vv. 67–67 (1 entry)

ad v. 67

a. ἐοικότα γάρ: ἐοικὸς γὰρ καὶ πρέπον ἐστὶ τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀγαθῆς ἀρξάμενον, τοῦτον καὶ τέλους εὐδόξου τεύξεσθαι. οὕτως οὖν καὶ τὴν Αἴτνην ἐκ πρώτης ἀρξαμένην ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἐπίδοξον εἶναι ὑπολαμβάνω καὶ διηνεκῶς εὐπραγήσειν.

68–69

68 αἶσαν ἀστοῖς καὶ βασιλεῦσιν διακρίνειν ἔτυμον λόγον ἀνθρώπων,

69 σύν τοι τίν κεν ἁγητὴρ ἀνήρ, σ1

Thou Zeus, with whom are the issues of things, grant that the true speech of men ever bear no worse report of citizens and kings beside the water of Amënas. By thine aid shall a man that is chief and that instructeth his son after him give due honour unto his people and move them to be of one voice peacefully.

Scholia ad vv. 68–69 (1 entry)

ad v. 69

a. ὁ δὲ λόγος ταύταις: ὁ δὲ ἐγκωμιαστικὸς λόγος δοξάζει αὐτὴν ταῖς συντυχίαις ταύταις τῆς νίκης εἰς τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ τὴν Αἴτνην ἵπποις καὶ στεφάνοις εὔδοξον καὶ σὺν θαλίαις καὶ κώμοις ἡδέσιν ὀνομαστὴν ἀποδεικνύειν.

70–71

70 υἱῷ τʼ ἐπιτελλόμενος, δᾶμον γεραίρων τράποι σύμφωνον ἐς ἁσυχίαν.70

71 λίσσομαι νεῦσον, Κρονίων, ἅμερον

Cumae and who instructs his son, may bring honor to the people and turn them towards harmonious peace. I entreat you, son of Cronus, grant that the battle-shouts of the Carthaginians and Etruscans stay quietly at home, now that they have seen their arrogance bring lamentation to their ships off.

72 ὄφρα κατʼ οἶκον ὁ Φοίνιξ ὁ Τυρσανῶν τʼ ἀλαλατὸς ἔχῃ, ναυσίστονον ὕβριν ἰδὼν τὰν πρὸ Κύμας·

I pray thee, son of Kronos, grant that the Phenician and the Tuscan war-cry be hushed at home, since they have beheld the calamity of their ships that befell them before Cumae, even how they were smitten by the captain of the Syracusans, who from their swift ships hurled their youth into the sea, to deliver Hellas from the bondage of the oppressor.

73–74

73 οἷα Συρακοσίων ἀρχῷ δαμασθέντες πάθον,

74 ὠκυπόρων ἀπὸ ναῶν ὅ σφιν ἐν πόντῳ βάλεθʼ ἁλικίαν, σ1

Such were their sufferings, when they were conquered by the leader of the Syracusans—a fate which flung their young men from their swift ships into the sea,

Scholia ad vv. 73–74 (1 entry)

ad v. 74

a. Λύκιε καὶ Δάλοιο ἀνάσσων: ὦ Λύκιε Ἄπολλον καὶ τῆς Δήλου βασιλεύων καὶ τοῦ Παρνασοῦ τοῦ ἐν Φωκίδι ὄρους τὴν Κασταλίαν κρήνην φιλῶν, ἐθελήσαις ταῦτα τῷ σῷ νῷ πράττειν καὶ συμπεραίνειν καὶ εὔανδρον ἀποτελεῖν τὴν χώραν. ἐκ θεῶν γὰρ ταῖς ἀνθρωπίναις ἀρεταῖς πᾶσαι μηχαναὶ δωροῦνται. κατὰ δαίμονα γάρ τινα σοφοὶ καὶ ταῖς χερσὶν ἀνδρεῖοι, καὶ ἄγαν εὔγλωσσοι καὶ δυνατοὶ κατὰ τὸ λέγειν ἐγένοντο.

75 Ἑλλάδʼ ἐξέλκων βαρείας δουλίας. ἀρέομαι75

HellasSalamisSparta delivering from grievous bondage. From I will win as my reward the gratitude of the Athenians, and in from the battles before Cithaeron —those battles in which the Medes with their curved bows suffered sorely; but beside the well-watered bank of the river Himeras I shall win my reward by paying my tribute of song to the sons of Deinomenes,

76–79

 πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος, Ἀθαναίων χάριν,
 ἀπὸ μισθόν, ἐν Σπάρτᾳ δʼ τᾶν πρὸ Κιθαιρῶνος μαχᾶν,
 ταῖσι Μήδειοι κάμον ἀγκυλότοξοι,
 παρὰ δὲ τὰν εὔυδρον ἀκτὰν Ἱμέρα παίδεσσιν ὕμνον Δεινομένευς τελέσαις,

From Salamis shall I of Athenians take reward of thanks, at Sparta when I shall tell in a song to come of the battle before Kithairon, wherein the Medes that bear crooked bows were overthrown, but by the fair-watered banks of Himëras it shall be for the song I have rendered to the sons of Deinomenes, which by their valour they have earned, since the men that warred against them are overthrown.

80 τὸν ἐδέξαντʼ ἀμφʼ ἀρετᾷ, πολεμίων ἀνδρῶν καμόντων.80

the song which they earned by their excellence, when their enemies were suffering.

If thou shalt speak in season, and comprehend in brief the ends of many matters, less impeachment followeth of men; for surfeit blunteth the eagerness of expectancy; and city-talk of others' praise grieveth hearts secretly.

81–83

 καιρὸν εἰ φθέγξαιο, πολλῶν πείρατα συντανύσαις
 ἐν βραχεῖ, μείων ἕπεται μῶμος ἀνθρώπων. ἀπὸ γὰρ κόρος ἀμβλύνει σ1
 αἰανὴς ταχείας ἐλπίδας·

If you speak in due proportion, twisting the strands of many themes into a brief compass, less blame follows from men. For wearying satiety blunts the edge of short-lived expectations, and what the citizens hear secretly weighs heavy on their spirits, especially concerning the merits of others.

Scholia ad vv. 81–83 (1 entry)

ad v. 82

a. ἄνδρα δ᾿ ἐγὼ κεῖνον: τὸν δὲ Ἱέρωνα ἐγκωμιάσαι προθυμούμενος ἐλπίζω παρὰ σκοπὸν μὴ τὸν ὕμνον ῥίψειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ σκοποῦ προσδοκῶ βαλεῖν τοὺς ὕμνους ὡς ἄξιον ὄντα τὸν Ἱέρωνα ἀνυμνῶν.

84 ἀστῶν δʼ ἀκοὰ κρύφιον θυμὸν βαρύνει μάλιστʼ ἐσλοῖσιν ἐπʼ ἀλλοτρίοις. σ1

Nevertheless, for that envy is preferred before pity, let slip not fair occasion: guide with just helm thy people and forge the sword of thy speech on an anvil whereof cometh no lie. Even a word falling lightly is of import in that it proceedeth from thee. Of many things art thou steward: many witnesses are there to thy deeds of either kind.

Scholia ad vv. 84–84 (1 entry)

ad v. 84

a. μὴ χαλκοπάραον: τὸ ὑπερβατόν· μὴ ὥσπερ χαλκοπάραον ἄκοντα παλάμᾳ δονέων ἀγῶνος ἔξω βαλεῖν.

85–86

85 ἀλλʼ ὅμως, κρέσσων γὰρ οἰκτιρμοῦ φθόνος,85

86 μὴ παρίει καλά. νώμα δικαίῳ πηδαλίῳ στρατόν· ἀψευδεῖ δὲ πρὸς ἄκμονι χάλκευε γλῶσσαν. σ1

Nevertheless, since envy is better than pity, do not abandon fine deeds! Steer your men with the rudder of justice; forge your tongue on the anvil of truth:

Scholia ad vv. 85–86 (1 entry)

ad v. 86

a. μακρὰ δὲ ῥίψας: ἐλπίζω μακρῶς καὶ δυνατῶς ἀκοντίσας παρελθεῖν καὶ νικῆσαι τοὺς ὑπεναντίους.

87 εἴ τι καὶ φλαῦρον παραιθύσσει, μέγα τοι φέρεται σ1

if even a small spark flies, it is carried along as a great thing when it comes from you. You are the guardian of an ample store. You have many faithful witnesses of both good and bad. But abide in a blossoming temper,

Scholia ad vv. 87–87 (1 entry)

ad v. 87

a. εἰ γὰρ ὁ πᾶς χρόνος: τὸ εἴ τοῦτο νῦν εὐκτικόν ἐστιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ αἴθε. αἴθε γὰρ ὁ πᾶς χρόνος αὐτῷ τήν τε εὐδαιμονίαν καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον ἐπ᾿ εὐθείας ἀγάγοι | καὶ τῶν καμάτων τῶν τῆς λιθουρίας ἐπίλησιν ἀγάγοι, ὡς ἐγὼ τοὺς ἐναντίους νικῆσαι προσδοκῶ. καὶ τάχα ἂν εἰς ὑπόμνησιν ἀγάγοι, | ὁποίας ὁ Ἱέρων ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις τῇ πολεμικῇ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ὑπομονητικῇ ψυχῇ ὑπέμεινε μάχας, ἡνίκα ἐκτῶντο τὴν Σικελικὴν τυραννίδα, ἣν αὐτοῖς οἱ θεοὶ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν μηχαναῖς ἐδωρήσαντο, ὁποίαν οὐδεὶς τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων δρέπεται, τοῦ πλούτου στεφάνωμα οὖσαν τίμιον. φασὶ δὲ τὸν Ἱέρωνα [καὶ] πρὸς Γέλωνα τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐστασιακέναι τῆς ἀρχῆς ἕνεκα.

88–89

88 πὰρ σέθεν. πολλῶν ταμίας ἐσσί· πολλοὶ μάρτυρες ἀμφοτέροις πιστοί.

89 εὐανθεῖ δʼ ἐν ὀργᾷ παρμένων, σ2

But abiding in the fair flower of this spirit, if thou art fain to be continually of good report, be not too careful for the cost: loose free like a mariner thy sail unto the wind.

Scholia ad vv. 88–89 (2 entries)

ad v. 89

a. καμάτων ἐπίλασιν: καμάτων φησὶ τῶν συνεχόντων τὸν Ἱέρωνα ἐκ τοῦ νοσήματος τῆς λιθουρίας. φησὶ γάρ που καὶ ὁ Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν τῇ τῶν Γελῴων πολιτείᾳ (fr. 486) [τὸν Γέλωνα] ὑδέρῳ νοσήματι τὸν βίον τελευτῆσαι τὸν τοῦ Ἱέρωνος ἀδελφόν, αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Ἱέρωνα, ἐν τῇ τῶν Συρακουσίων πολιτείᾳ (fr. 587), δυσουρίαν δυστυχῆσαι.

b. τῆς νόσου. τοῦ Ἱέρωνος νοσήσαντος. ὅτι διὰ λιθουρίαν φορείῳ φερόμενος ἐνίκα τὰς μάχας ὁ Ἱέρων. παραβάλλων δὲ αὐτὸν τῷ Ποίαντος Φιλοκτήτῃ παρείκασεν.

90–91

90 εἴπερ τι φιλεῖς ἀκοὰν ἁδεῖαν αἰεὶ κλύειν, μὴ κάμνε λίαν δαπάναις·90

91 ἐξίει δʼ ὥσπερ κυβερνάτας ἀνὴρ σ1

and if you are fond of always hearing sweet things spoken of you, do not be too distressed by expenses, but, like a steersman, let your sail out to the wind. Do not be deceived, my friend, by glib profit-seeking. The loud acclaim of renown that survives a man

Scholia ad vv. 90–91 (1 entry)

ad v. 91

a. ἦ κεν ἂν μνάσειεν: ἀναμνήσειεν ἂν ὁ χρόνος, εἰ ἐπίλησις γένοιτο τῶν καμάτων, ὥστε φανερὰν αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι τὴν ἀρετήν, ἣν εἶχεν ἐν πολέμοις.

92 ἱστίον ἀνεμόεν. μὴ δολωθῇς, ὦ φίλος, κέρδεσιν εὐτράπλοις· ὀπιθόμβροτον αὔχημα δόξας

Friend, be not deceived by time-serving words of guile. The voice of the report that liveth after a man, this alone revealeth the lives of dead men to the singers and to the chroniclers: the loving-kindness of Craesus fadeth not away; but him who burned men with fire within a brazen bull, Phalaris that had no pity, men tell of everywhere with hate, neither will any lute in hall suffer him in the gentle fellowship of young boys' themes of songs.

93–94

93 οἶον ἀποιχομένων ἀνδρῶν δίαιταν μανύει

94 καὶ λογίοις καὶ ἀοιδοῖς· οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά· σ1

is all that reveals the way of life of departed men to storytellers and singers alike. The kindly excellence of Croesus does not perish,

Scholia ad vv. 93–94 (1 entry)

ad v. 94

a. ἁνίχ᾿ εὑρίσκοντο: ὁ μὲν λόγος ἐστὶ περὶ Ἱέρωνος καὶ Γέλωνος, τῶν τυραννευσάντων ἐν Συρακούσαις. τὸ δὲ σημαινόμενον· ὅτε σὺν τῇ τῶν θεῶν μηχανῇ ἀνεκτῶντο τὴν βασιλείαν. τιμὴν γὰρ εἴωθε τὴν βασιλείαν ὀνομάζειν.

95 τὸν δὲ ταύρῳ χαλκέῳ καυτῆρα νηλέα νόον95

but Phalaris, with his pitiless mind, who burned his victims in a bronze bull, is surrounded on all sides by a hateful reputation; lyres that resound beneath the roof do not welcome him as a theme in gentle partnership with the voices of boys. The first of prizes is good fortune; the second is to be well spoken of; but a man

96–99

 ἐχθρὰ Φάλαριν κατέχει παντᾷ φάτις,
 οὐδέ νιν φόρμιγγες ὑπωρόφιαι κοινωνίαν σ1
 μαλθακὰν παίδων ὀάροισι δέκονται. σ1
 τὸ δὲ παθεῖν εὖ πρῶτον ἄθλων· εὖ δʼ ἀκούειν δευτέρα μοῖρʼ· ἀμφοτέροισι δʼ ἀνὴρ σ1

To be happy is the chiefest prize; to be glorious the next lot: if a man have lighted on both and taken them to be his, he hath attained unto the supreme crown.

Scholia ad vv. 96–99 (3 entries)

ad v. 97

a. τὰν Φιλοκτήταο δίκαν: ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ παρόντος τὸν Φιλοκτήτου τρόπον μετερχόμενος ἐστρατεύθη καὶ τὴν μάχην ἐνίκησε. φορείῳ δὲ φερόμενος ὁ Ἱέρων κατηγωνίζετο τοὺς ἐναντίους.

ad v. 98

a. σὺν δ᾿ ἀνάγκᾳ μιν: σὺν δὲ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ τῆς νόσου καί τις ὑπερήφανος ἔσανε καὶ ἐκολάκευσε τὸν Ἱέρωνα. ὃ δὲ βούλεται λέγειν, ὅτι καὶ νοσοῦντα αὐτὸν πολλοὶ τῶν ὑπερηφάνων ἐκολάκευσαν.

ad v. 99

a. μεγαλάνωρ: αἰνίττεται τοῦτο εἰς Ἀναξίλαον τὸν τῶν Ῥηγίνων βασιλέα βουληθέντα Λοκροὺς καταπολεμῆσαι τοὺς ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐμποδισθέντα τῇ τοῦ Ἱέρωνος ἀπειλῇ. ὅτι δὲ Ἀναξίλαος Λοκροὺς ἠθέλησεν ἄρδην ἀπολέσαι καὶ ἐκωλύθη πρὸς Ἱέρωνος, ἱστορεῖ καὶ Ἐπίχαρμος ἐν Νάσοις (fr. 98). b. ἢ οὕτως· ὡς τοῦ Θήρωνος μεγάλα μὲν δυναμένου, κολακεύσαντος δὲ Ἱέρωνα.

100

100 ὃς ἂν ἐγκύρσῃ, καὶ ἕλῃ, στέφανον ὕψιστον δέδεκται. σ71100

who encounters and wins both has received the highest garland.

Scholia ad vv. 100–100 (71 entries)

ad v. 100

a. φαντὶ Λαμνόθεν: τῇ ἱστορίᾳ καὶ Βακχυλίδης συμφωνεῖ ἐν τοῖς διθυράμβοις (fr. 7 B1.), ὅτι δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐκ Λήμνου μετεστείλαντο τὸν Φιλοκτήτην Ἑλένου μαντευσαμένου. εἵμαρτο γὰρ ἄνευ τῶν Ἡρακλείων τόξων μὴ πορθηθῆναι τὴν Ἴλιον.

a. μεταλλάσοντας ἐλθεῖν: ἐπιζητήσοντας· ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν τὰ μέταλλα ἐπιζητούντων. ἐπειδὴ δὲ διὰ τὸ πάθος τῷ Φιλοκτήτῃ τὸν Ἱέρωνα εἴκασε, τῇ ἐπεξεργασίᾳ χρώμενος ἐπιπλέον συνείρει τὰ ἐγκώμια. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· φασὶ δὲ ἐκ Λήμνου τῷ ἕλκει καταπονούμενον τὸν τοῦ Ποίαντος υἱὸν ἐπιζητήσοντας ἐλθεῖν τοὺς ἰσοθέους ἥρωας. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

a. ὃς Πριάμοιο πόλιν: ὅστις Φιλοκτήτης τὴν Ἴλιον ἐπόρθησε καὶ ἐπὶ τέλος ἤγαγε τοῖς Ἕλλησι τοὺς πόνους· ἀνεῖλε γὰρ τὸν Πάριν· ἀσθενεῖ μὲν καὶ ἀδυνάτῳ σώματι βαδίζων, ἀλλὰ μεμοιραμένον ἦν τὸ τὴν Ἴλιον ἁλῶναι τοῖς Ἡρακλείοις τόξοις. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

a. οὕτω δ᾿ Ἱέρωνι θεὸς ὀρθωτὴρ πέλοι: οὕτω δὲ, φησὶ, τῷ Ἱέρωνι ὀρθωτὴρ καὶ ἰατρὸς γένοιτο ὁ θεός, ὡς καὶ τῷ Φιλοκτήτῃ. | φησὶ γὰρ Διονύσιος (FHG II p. 10) χρησμοῖς Ἀπόλλωνος ἀπολουσάμενον τὸν Φιλοκτήτην ἀφυπνῶσαι, τὸν δὲ Μαχάονα ἀφελόντα τοῦ ἕλκους τὰς διασαπείσας σάρκας καὶ ἐπικλύσαντα οἴνῳ τὸ τραῦμα ἐπιπάσαι βοτάνην, ἣν Ἀσκληπιὸς εἴληφε παρὰ Χείρωνος, καὶ οὕτως ὑγιασθῆναι τὸν ἥρωα. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

b. οὕτως οὖν καὶ τῷ Ἱέρωνι ὡς τῷ Φιλοκτήτῃ ὁ θεὸς ὀρθωτὴρ καὶ ὑγείας αἴτιος γένοιτο εἰς τὸν ἐσόμενον χρόνον, ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ εὐκαιρίαν παρεχόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

c. ἄλλως. οὕτω δὲ τῷ Ἱέρωνι ὀρθωτὴρ καὶ θεραπευτὴς ὁ θεὸς γένοιτο ὡς καὶ τῷ Φιλοκτήτῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

a. Μοῖσα, καὶ πὰρ Δεινομένει: ὦ Μοῦσα, πείθου μοι χορεῦσαι καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ἱέρωνος υἱῷ Δεινομένει, ποινὴν καὶ ἀντέκτισιν τῷ νικηφόρῳ ἅρματι τὸ ἐγκώμιον παρεχομένη. οὐ γὰρ ἀλλοτρία ἡδονὴ τῷ παιδὶ ἡ τοῦ πατρὸς νίκη. Δεινομένης δὲ υἱὸς Ἱέρωνος ἐκ τῆς Νικοκλέους τοῦ Συρακουσίου θυγατρὸς κατὰ Φίλιστον (FHG I p. 189) καὶ Τίμαιον· | ἐκ γὰρ τῆς Ἀναξιλάου θυγατρὸς καὶ τῆς Θήρωνος ἀνεψιᾶς οὐκ ἐπαιδοποίησεν ὁ Ἱέρων προγαμήσας ταύτην· ὅθεν ἐστὶ καὶ ὁ παῖς ὁμώνυμος τῷ πάππῳ· Δεινομένης γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ Ἱέρωνος. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

a. ἄγ᾿ ἔπειτα: ἄγε τοίνυν, ὦ Μοῦσα, ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς Αἴτνης βασιλεῖ Δεινομένει προσφιλέστατον ἀνεύρωμεν ὕμνον. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

a. τῷ πόλιν κείναν: ὁ νοῦς· ᾧ, τῷ Δεινομένει δηλονότι, ὁ Ἱέρων τὴν Αἴτνην ἀνέκτισε καὶ διοικεῖν ἔδωκε σὺν θείᾳ ἐλευθερίᾳ, καὶ τοῖς νόμοις τῆς Δωρίου δικαιοσύνης, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ διοικεῖν ἔδωκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

b. ἄλλως· ἀνακτίσας τὴν Κατάνην ὁ Ἱέρων καὶ Αἴτνην μετονομάσας διοικεῖν Δεινομένει τῷ υἱῷ ταύτην δέδωκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

c. ἄλλως· τῷ Δεινομένει ὁ Ἱέρων Αἴτναν παραδέδωκεν ἐν νόμοις τῆς Δωρίδος στάθμης. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει, ἐπεὶ στρατηγὸν αὐτῆς κατέστησεν αὐτόν, ἐλευθέρους ἀφεὶς τοὺς Αἰτναίους καὶ τοῖς Λακωνικοῖς τρόποις ἢ νόμοις χρωμένους. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

a. Ὑλλίδος στάθμας Ἱέρων ἐν νόμοις ἔκτισε: νόμοις τῆς Δωρίδος δικαιοσύνης· ἀπὸ Ὕλλου τοῦ ἐπιφανεστάτου τῶν Δωριέων, ὃς ἐβασίλευσε τῶν περὶ Ἰταλίαν οἰκησάντων. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

b. ἔνιοι δὲ Ὑλλίδος στάθμας οὕτω· τῆς Λυκούργου νομοθεσίας. | οὗτος γὰρ ἑνδέκατός ἐστιν ἀπὸ Ἡρακλέους, ὡς Ἔφορος (FHG I 253) ἱστορεῖ. ὁ οὖν Ἱέρων Γελῴους καὶ Μεγαρεῖς καὶ Συρακουσίους ὄντας τῶν Δωριέων ἀποίκους ἐνῴκισε τῇ Αἴτνῃ. καὶ οὕτως ἂν ὁ λόγος ἀκολούθως ἔχοι, ὡς Δωριεῦσιν οὖσιν Αἰτναίοις καὶ Λακωνικοὺς νόμους θέσθαι τὸν Ἱέρωνα. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

a. ἐθέλοντι δὲ Παμφύλου: Πάμφυλος, ἄλλος τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν, καὶ Δύμας καὶ Δῶρος υἱοὶ Αἰγιμιοῦ, ἀφ᾿ ὧν Παμφυλὶς καὶ Δυμανὶς φυλαὶ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· θέλουσι δὲ οἱ Ὑλλίδαι, τουτέστιν οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, ἀπὸ Ἡρακλέους καὶ Παμφύλου κατάγεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

c. ἄλλως· θέλοντι δὲ Παμφύλου: οἱ Δωριεῖς οἰκοῦντες πρότερον τὴν Πίνδον οὖσαν μίαν τῆς τετραπόλεως τῆς ἐν Περραιβίᾳ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὴν μεταξὺ Οἴτης καὶ Παρνασοῦ Δωρίδα ἑξάπολιν οὖσαν· ἐστὶ δὲ Ἐρινεὸν, Κύτινον, Βοιὸν, Λίλαιον, Κάρφαια, Δρυόπη· ἐκ δὲ τούτων σὺν τοῖς Ἡρακλείδαις εἰς Λακεδαίμονα κατέρχονται. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ἐπαμφοτερίζει. θέλουσι δὲ οἱ ἀπὸ Παμφύλου Ἡρακλέους ἀπόγονοι Δωριεῖς οἱ παρὰ ταῖς ὄχθαις τοῦ Τηϋγέτου ὄρους μένοντες ἐμμένειν τοῖς Αἰγιμιοῦ νόμοις. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

a. Τηΰγετον ὄρος Λακωνικόν, οὗ καὶ Ὅμηρος (ζ 103) μέμνηται· ἢ κατὰ Τηΰγετον περιμήκετον. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

a. ἔσχον δ᾿ Ἀμύκλας: κατέσχον τὴν Σπάρτην· ἀπὸ γὰρ μιᾶς πόλεως τὴν πᾶσαν ἐμφαίνει Λακωνικήν. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

a. Πινδόθεν ὀρνύμενοι: διὰ Πίνδου τὴν κάθοδον ποιησάμενοι εὐχερῶς τῆς Πελοποννήσου ἐκράτησαν. Πίνδος δὲ Περραιβίας ὄρος. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

a. Τυνδαριδᾶν: ὅτι θέλει λέγειν τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας, καθ᾿ ὃν χρόνον ἀνεκτήσαντο τὴν Λακωνικὴν καὶ τὴν Πελοπόννησον. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

b. βαθύδοξοι γείτονες: ἔδει σύνοικοι εἰπεῖν. ἀλλὰ ῥητέον, ὅτι ἱστοροῦσί τινες τοὺς Διοσκούρους μετῳκηκέναι εἰς Ἄργος· γειτνιᾷ δὲ τὸ Ἄργος τῇ Λακεδαίμονι. καὶ οὕτως ὁ Πίνδαρος κατὰ λόγον γείτονάς φησι τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους τῶν Διοσκούρων. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

a. Ζεῦ τέλειε: ὁ νοῦς· ὦ Ζεῦ τέλειε, διαπαντὸς τοῖς Αἰτναίοις τοῖς περιοικοῦσι τὸν Ἀμένη ποταμὸν τοιαύτην μερίδα βασιλεῦσί τε καὶ δημόταις παράσχου, ὥστε τὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λόγον διακρίνειν τοῦτο καὶ ἀληθὲς ἀποφαίνειν, ὅτι ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ εἰσίν. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

b. οἱ δὲ τὸ τοιαύτην μοῖραν τοῖς Αἰτναίοις ἀνδρείας, οἵαν καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι κατὰ πόλεμον ἔχουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

a. ἀστοῖς: τουτέστι δίδου τοῖς βασιλεῦσι καὶ τοῖς ἀστοῖς τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἱέρωνα μερίδα εὐτυχίας. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

a. σύν τοι: σὺν σοὶ, ὦ Ζεῦ, ὁ βασιλεὺς Σικελίας Ἱέρων τῷ ἑαυτοῦ υἱῷ Δεινομένει ἐντελλόμενος τὸν τῶν Αἰτναίων δῆμον ἐπιτρέποι διαπαντὸς εἰς σύμφωνον καὶ εἰρηναίαν ἡσυχίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

a. δὲa. λίσσομαι, νεῦσον, Κρονίων: ὁ νοῦς· καθικετεύω σε, ὦ Κρόνου παῖ Ζεῦ, ἐπίνευσον, ὅπως ὅ τε τῶν Φοινίκων καὶ ὁ τῶν Καρχηδονίων καὶ Τυρσηνῶν θόρυβος ἥσυχον καὶ εἰρηναῖον ἔχοι τὸν οἶκον· ἐπίνευσον θεασάμενος τὴν πρὸ τῆς Κύμης ναυμαχίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

b. ἄλλως· χαριέστατα ἐκ τοῦ θορύβου τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων ἀκοσμίαν ὑπεστήσατο, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (Δ 436)· ὣς Τρώων ἀλαλητὸς ἀνὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ὀρώρει. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

c. ἄλλως· Τυρσηνοὶ καὶ Καρχηδόνιοι, οἵ εἰσι Φοινίκων ἄποικοι, διεμάχοντο πρὸς Κυμαίους· μελλόντων οὖν ἄρδην ἀπόλλυσθαι τῶν Κυμαίων, Ἱέρων συμμαχήσας τοὺς μὲν Κυμαίους διέσωσε, τῶν δὲ Τυρσηνῶν τοὺς πλείστους ἀπώλεσε. κατεύχεται οὖν ὁ Πίνδαρος εἰρηνικὰ καὶ ἀστασίαστα μένειν λοιπὸν τὰ πράγματα Καρχηδονίοις καὶ Σικελιώταις. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

a. οἷα Συρακοσίων: ὁποῖα γὰρ ὑπὸ τῷ ἄρχοντι καὶ βασιλεῖ τῶν Συρακουσίων Ἱέρωνι ἀναιρεθέντες πεπόνθασιν οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι καὶ Τυρσηνοί· ὅστις ὁ Ἱέρων ἀπὸ τῶν ταχειῶν νεῶν ἐνέβαλε τῇ θαλάσσῃ πᾶσαν τὴν ἡλικίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

a. Ἑλλάδ᾿ ἐξέλκων βαρείας: ἔνιοι μὲν Ἑλλάδα τὴν ἐν Σικελίᾳ ἤκουσαν, ἔνιοι δὲ Ἑλλάδα τὴν Ἀττικήν. ἱστορεῖται γάρ τι τοιοῦτον, ὅτι Ξέρξου μέλλοντος στρατεύειν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πρέσβεις ἦλθον πρὸς Καρχηδονίους κελεύοντες πλεῖν ἐπὶ Σικελίαν καὶ τοὺς τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων φρονοῦντας καταστρέφεσθαι, καὶ οὕτως ὁρμᾶν ἐπὶ τὴν Πελοπόννησον. οἱ μὲν οὖν Καρχηδόνιοι ὑπήκουσαν. κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον πρὸς Ἱέρωνα πρέσβεις ἦλθον παρ᾿ Ἀθηναίων ἀξιοῦντες συμμαχεῖν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν· οἷς ὑπήκουσαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Γέλωνα, καὶ κατασκευασάμενοι διακοσίας ναῦς καὶ δισχιλίους ἱππέας καὶ μυρίους πεζοὺς τὸν τῶν Καρχηδονίων στόλον κατεναυμάχησαν κατὰ τῆς Σικελίας ὁρμῶντα, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς Σικελιώτας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας ἐλευθερῶσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

b. ἄλλως· ἔνιοι μὲν Ἑλλάδα τὴν Σικελίαν ἤκουσαν, τινὲς δὲ Ἑλλάδα τὴν Ἀττικήν. εἰκὸς δὲ ταῖς Ἐφόρου ἱστορίαις ἐντυχόντα τὸν Πίνδαρον, ἐξηκολουθηκέναι αὐτὸν αὐτῷ. ἱστορεῖ γὰρ Ἔφορος (FHG I p. 264) τοιοῦτον, ὅτι παρασκευαζομένου Ξέρξου τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ Ἑλλάδι στόλον, πρέσβεις παραγενέσθαι πρὸς Γέλωνα τὸν τύραννον ἱκετεύοντας εἰς τὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων σύλλογον ἐλθεῖν· ἐκ δὲ Περσῶν καὶ Φοινίκων πρέσβεις πρὸς Καρχηδονίους, προστάσσοντας ὡς πλεῖστον δέοι στόλον εἰς Σικελίαν βαδίζειν καταστρεψομένους τοὺς τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων φρονοῦντας πλεῖν ἐπὶ Πελοπόννησον. ἀμφοτέρων δὲ τὸν λόγον δεξαμένων, καὶ τοῦ μὲν Ἱέρωνος συμμαχῆσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησι προθυμουμένου, τῶν δὲ Καρχηδονίων ἑτοίμων ὄντων συμπρᾶξαι τῷ Ξέρξῃ, Γέλωνα διακοσίας εὐτρεπίσαντα ναῦς καὶ δισχιλίους ἱππεῖς καὶ πεζοὺς μυρίους κατακοῦσαι στόλον Καρχηδονίων καταπλεῖν ἐπὶ Σικελίαν καὶ διαμαχησάμενον μὴ μόνον τοὺς Σικελιώτας ἐλευθερῶσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ σύμπασαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα. | εἰκὸς οὖν ταύτῃ τῇ ἱστορίᾳ ἐντετυχηκέναι τὸν Πίνδαρον. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

a. αἱρέομαι: αἱροῦμαι καὶ ἀποδέχομαι, φησὶ, τὴν παρὰ Σαλαμῖνος καὶ Ἀθηναίων χάριν καὶ μισθόν, ὅτι ἐκινδύνευσαν ὑπὲρ πάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

b. ἄλλως· λαμβάνω καὶ λογίζομαι σωτηρίαν τῆς Ἑλλάδος τὴν τῶν Ἀθηναίων νίκην. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

c. ἄλλως· αἱρέομαι: αἱροῦμαι, φησί, τὴν τῆς Ἑλλάδος σωτηρίαν τὸν παρ᾿ Ἀθηναίων μισθόν· τοῦτό ἐστιν ἡ παρὰ Σαλαμῖνος χάρις. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

d. λαμβάνω τὴν χάριν, τουτέστι τῆς Σαλαμῖνος τὴν μάχην, εἰς μισθὸν καὶ εἰς σωτηρίαν τῆς Ἑλλάδος παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων. οἱ γὰρ Ἀθηναῖοι εἰς Σαλαμῖνα ναυμαχήσαντες πρὸς τοὺς Πέρσας ἔσωσαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

a. αἱροῦμαι δὲ καὶ ἀποδέχομαι, φησὶ, τὴν πρὸ Κιθαιρῶνος μάχην τῶν Σπαρτιατῶν, καθ᾿ ἣν οἱ τοξόται τῶν πεζικῶν ἡγούμενοι περὶ Πλαταιὰς τὴν πεζικὴν ἀνετρέψαντο δύναμιν. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

a. πὰρ δὲ τὰν εὔυδρον ἀκτάν: ὁ νοῦς· καὶ παρὰ τὴν εὔυδρον ἀκτὴν τοῦ Ἱμέρα ποταμοῦ τὸν ὕμνον τοῖς τοῦ Δεινομένεος παισὶ τελέσας, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ αἱρέομαι· ὅντινα ὕμνον ἐδέξαντο παρὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν ἀρετῇ τῶν πολεμίων ἀναιρεθέντων. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

b. φασὶ δὲ τὸν Γέλωνα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς φιλοφρονούμενον ἀναθεῖναι τῷ θεῷ χρυσοῦς τρίποδας ἐπιγράψαντα ταῦτα (Simon. fr. 141 Bgk.)· Φημὶ Γέλων᾿, Ἱέρωνα, Πολύζηλον, Θρασύβουλον, παῖδας Δεινομένευς τοὺς τρίποδας θέμεναι, βάρβαρα νικήσαντας ἔθνη, πολλὴν δὲ παρασχεῖν σύμμαχον Ἕλλησιν χεῖρ᾿ ἐς ἐλευθερίην. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

a. Ἱμέρα παίδεσσιν: Ἱμέρας ποταμὸς ἐν Σικελίᾳ, περὶ οὗ καὶ Αἰσχύλος φησὶν ἐν Γλαύκῳ (fr. 32)· καλοῖσι λουτροῖς ἐκλέλουμαι δέμας εἰς ὑψίκρημνον Ἱμέραν δ᾿ ἀφικόμην. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

a. τὸν ἐδέξαντο: ὅντινα ὕμνον ἐδέξαντο ἐπὶ τῇ ἑαυτῶν ἀρετῇ τῶν πολεμίων ἀνδρῶν ἀναιρεθέντων. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

b. ἄλλως· ὅντινα ὕμνον ἐδέξαντο νικήσαντες τοὺς Καρχηδονίους. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

a. καιρὸν εἰ φθέγξαιο: οἱ μέν φασι λείπειν τὴν κατά πρόθεσιν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· κατὰ καιρὸν εἰ φθέγξαιο. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

b. εἰ καιρίως λέγων, τῆς πολυλογίας τὰ πέρατα εἰς ἓν συντείνας καὶ συμπλέξας, ἐκφύγοις ἂν τὸν φθόνον. ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν δικτύων. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

c. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· εἰ ἐν βραχεῖ φθέγξαιο κατὰ καιρὸν, πολλῶν πείρατα συντανύσας, μείων ἕπεται μῶμος ἀνθρώπων. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

d. ἄλλως· αἰσθάνεται ἑαυτοῦ ἐκπεπτωκότος. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· εἰ τὰ καίρια λέγεις τῶν πολλῶν τὰ πέρατα εἰς ἓν συντεμὼν καὶ συμπλέξας, οὐκ ἀκολουθήσει σοι μέμψις οὐδὲ φθόνος. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

a. ἀπὸ γὰρ κόρος αἰανής: ὁ γὰρ διηνεκὴς κόρος καὶ ἡ μακρολογία τὰς ταχείας καὶ μικροψύχους διανοίας ἀμβλύνει τῶν ἀνθρώπων. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

b. ἄλλως· ὁ γὰρ κόρος καὶ ἡ μακρολογία ἀμβλύνει τὰς τῶν ἀκουόντων διανοίας. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

a. ἀστῶν δ᾿ ἀκοά: ἡ δὲ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκοὴ κρυφίως λυπεῖ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις τῶν πολιτῶν κατορθώμασιν. ἀλλήλοις γὰρ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον διαφθονοῦσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 162]

b. ἄλλως· ἀντὶ τοῦ λυποῦνται οἱ πολῖται ἐπὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων καλοῖς· καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς σοῖς, Ἱέρων, φθονοῦσι καλοῖς. τί τοῦτο; [Drachmann ad v. 162]

a. ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως κρέσσον: ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως βέλτιον φθονεῖσθαι ἤπερ οἰκτείρεσθαι. μὴ οὖν παρέλκου μηδὲ παρόρα τὰ καλὰ, ὦ Ἱέρων. [Drachmann ad v. 164]

b. ἄλλως· μὴ διὰ τὸν φθόνον, φησὶ, παρόρα τὰ καλὰ, ἀλλὰ τὸν νῦν τεταγμένον σοι δῆμον δικαίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ κυβέρνα πηδαλίῳ. νώμα γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ κυβέρνα. [Drachmann ad v. 164]

a. ἀψευδεῖ δὲ πρὸς ἄκμονι: σκληρῶς ἄκμονα τὸ στόμα ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν χαλκευόντων. πρὸς ἄκμονι δὲ ἀψευδεῖ χάλκευε, ὅ ἐστι, φιλαλήθης ἔσο. [Drachmann ad v. 167]

b. ἄλλως· ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀλήθευε. | ἴσως δέ τι ἐπηγγείλατο τῷ Πινδάρῳ ὁ Ἱέρων. [Drachmann ad v. 167]

a. εἴ τι καὶ φλαῦρον παραιθύσσει: λείπει ὁ γάρ· ἐὰν γάρ τι καὶ εὐτελὲς παρὰ σοῦ λεχθῇ καὶ ὁρμήσῃ, καὶ τοῦτο μέγα καὶ διὰ πάντων φέρεται. φησὶ δὲ μεγάλα εἶναι τὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἁμαρτήματα, κἂν εὐτελῆ τυγχάνῃ. εἰ καί τι οὖν εὐτελὲς ἁμάρτῃς, τοῦτο μέγιστον ἔσται. [Drachmann ad v. 169]

a. πολλῶν ταμίας: πολλῶν γὰρ δεσπότης καὶ βασιλεὺς τυγχάνεις καὶ διοικητής. βασιλεὺς γὰρ ἦν. [Drachmann ad v. 171]

a. πολλοὶ μάρτυρες ἀμφοτέροισι: τῷ τε ἀληθεῖ καὶ τῷ ψευδεῖ· ἢ σοὶ καὶ τῷ υἱῷ. ὁ δὲ Σιδώνιος, σοὶ καὶ τοῖς ὑποτεταγμένοις. [Drachmann ad v. 172]

a. εὐανθεῖ δ᾿ ἐν ὀργᾷ: εὐγενεῖ. ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν εὐγενῶν φυτῶν. εὐγενεῖ δὲ, φησὶ, τρόπῳ παραμένων, εἰ δή τι φιλεῖς τὴν ἡδεῖαν τῶν ἐγκωμίων ἀκοὴν, μὴ ἀπόκαμνε πρὸς τὰς δαπάνας. ἐκ δὲ τούτου προτρέπεται τὸν Ἱέρωνα μισθὸν αὐτῷ παρασχεῖν τοῦ ἐπινίκου. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

a. ἐξίει δ᾿ ὥστε κυβερνάτας: ὥσπερ δὲ κυβερνήτης ἄριστος, ἔα πρὸς πνεῦμα τὸ ἱστίον· ἵνα ἱστίον μὲν τὸν μισθὸν, πνεῦμα δὲ τὸ ἐγκώμιον ἀκούσωμεν. [Drachmann ad v. 176]

a. μὴ δολωθῇς κέρδεσιν εὐτραπέλοις: ὁ νοῦς· μὴ δολωθῇς, ὦ προσφιλέστατε Ἱέρων, τῇ ἐχθροτάτῃ φιλοκερδείᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 178]

a. ὀπισθόμβροτον: τὸ φροντίδος ἀξιούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ μετὰ θάνατον λεγόμενον ἐγκώμιον. [Drachmann ad v. 179]

b. ἄλλως· τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐσόμενον τῆς δόξης καύχημα, ὅπερ μόνον τῶν τεθνηκότων ἀνθρώπων τὸν βίον καταμηνύει τοῖς τε λογίοις καὶ ποιηταῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 179]

c. οἱ δὲ οὕτω· τὸ ἐκ τῆς δόξης καύχημα τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐσόμενον, ὅπερ μόνον τῶν τεθνηκότων ἀνδρῶν τὸν βίον καταμηνύει. [Drachmann ad v. 179]

a. οἶον ἀποιχομένων: τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐσόμενον τῆς δόξης καύχημα, ὅπερ μόνον τῶν τεθνηκότων ἀνθρώπων τὸν βίον καταμηνύει | τοῖς τε λογίοις καὶ ποιηταῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 181]

b. ἀοιδοῖς μὲν τοῖς ποιηταῖς. λογίοις δὲ τοῖς πεζογράφοις. [Drachmann ad v. 181]

a. οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά: οὐδαμῶς φθείρεται καὶ λήθην λαμβάνει ἡ τοῦ Κροίσου φιλοφρονητικὴ ἀρετή. ὅτι δὲ πλούσιος καὶ φιλόφρων ὁ Κροῖσος ἦν, δῆλος ὁ λόγος. [Drachmann ad v. 184]

a. τὸν δὲ ταύρῳ χαλκέῳ: κατὰ δὲ τοὐναντίον, φησὶ, Φάλαριν τὸν ἐν τῷ χαλκῷ βοῒ κατακαύσαντα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους αἰσχρὰ φάτις ἔχει. τὸν δὲ τοῦ Φαλάριδος ταῦρον οἱ Ἀκραγαντῖνοι κατεπόντωσαν, ὥς φησι Τίμαιος (FHG I. p. 222)· τὸν γὰρ ἐν τῇ πόλει δεικνύμενον μὴ εἶναι τοῦ Φαλάριδος, καθάπερ ἡ πολλὴ κατέχει δόξα, ἀλλ᾿ εἰκόνα Γέλα τοῦ ποταμοῦ. κατασκευάσαι δὲ αὐτόν φασι Περίλαον καὶ πρῶτον ἐν αὐτῷ κατακαῆναι. Καλλίμαχος (fr. 119)· πρῶτος ἐπεὶ τὸν ταῦρον ἐκαίνισεν, ὃς τὸν ὄλεθρον εὗρε τὸν ἐν χαλκῷ καὶ πυρὶ γιγνόμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 185]

a. νόοννηλέα: τινὲς ἄνοον, τὴν -λε- ἀποστρέφοντες. [Drachmann ad v. 186]

a. ἐχθρὰ Φάλαριν: ὁ νοῦς· τοῦ μὲν Κροίσου οὐδαμῶς φθείρεται ἡ φιλοφρονητικὴ ἀρετὴ, τὸν δὲ χαλκῷ ταύρῳ τῶν ξένων καυτῆρα καὶ ἀνηλεῆ τὸν νοῦν Φάλαριν αἰσχρὰ πανταχοῦ κατέχει φήμη. [Drachmann ad v. 187]

a. οὐδέ μιν φόρμιγγες: ὁ νοῦς· οὐδὲ αὐτὸν αἱ ὑποικίδιοι κιθάραι παρὰ συμποσίοις καὶ δείπνοις εἰς κοινωνίαν ἡδεῖαν δέχονται ταῖς τῶν παίδων ὁμιλίαις καὶ τοῖς ὕμνοις. τουτέστιν οὐδέποτε τὸν Φάλαριν ἐν συμποσίοις παῖδες ὑμνοῦσιν. λείπει δὲ τῷ λόγῳ ἡ εἴς πρόθεσις. [Drachmann ad v. 188]

a. τὸ δὲ παθεῖν εὖ: τὸ δὲ ἐπιτυχεῖν ἄθλων καὶ ἀγῶνος καὶ εὖ πρᾶξαι πρωτεύει· ἀνυμνεῖσθαι δὲ νικήσαντα δευτέρα μοῖρα. ἀμφοτέροις δὲ τούτοις ὃς ἂν ἐπιτύχῃ καὶ κρατήσῃ, στέφανον ὑψηλότατον δέχεται. τέλος. [Drachmann ad v. 191]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 2

Pythian 2 — for Ἱέρωνι Συρακοσίῳ

ἅρματι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 96 lines · 189 scholia parts

Argumentum (10 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen II.

p2. Τῷ αὐτῷ.

p3. Τῷ αὐτῷ Ἱέρωνι.

p4. Ἱέρωνι Συρακουσίῳ νικήσαντι ἅρματι.

p5. Περὶ τῶν κώλων τῆς στροφῆς καὶ ἀντιστροφῆς τοῦ δευτέρου τῶν Πυθίων εἴδους.

p6. Τῆς δευτέρας ᾠδῆς ἡ μὲν στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ιε΄. τὸ α΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν καταληκτικὸν λελυμένους ἕχον τοὺς δύο πόδας. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ε΄ χοριαμβίκὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ Ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, τῆς πρώτης συλλαβῆς ἀδιαφόρου οὔσης. τὸ η΄ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ τρίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ι΄ ἐπιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ μονόμετρον ἀναπαιστικόν. τὸ ιβ΄ δίμετρον ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ιγ΄ τρίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ιδ΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν καταληκτικὸν Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ιε΄ πενθημιμερὲς ἰαμβικόν.

p7. Περὶ τῆς ἐπῳδοῦ αὐτοῦ.

p8. Ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ιδ΄. τὸ α΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ δίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ δίμετρον χοριαμβικὸν καταληκτικόν. τὸ δ΄ τρίμετρον ἀντισπαστικὸν ἀκατάληκτον, ἀπὸ ἰαμβικῆς ἀρχόμενον καὶ κατακλειόμενον ἰαμβικῇ. τὸ ε΄ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν.

p9. τὸ ς΄ Γλυκώνειον, τοῦ πρώτου ποδὸς ἀδιαφόρου, εἶτα τροχαίου, εἶτα διϊάμβου. τὸ ζ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Πινδαρικὸν, ἀπὸ τροχαίου εἰς τροχαῖον. τὸ η΄ σύνθετον ἀπὸ παίωνος καὶ διμέτρου Ἰωνικοῦ ἀκαταλήκτου, τοῦ τε ἀνακλωμένου καὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος. τὸ θ΄ πενθημιμερὲς ἰαμβικόν. τὸ ι΄ Ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον κατακλειόμενον ἐκ τροχαϊκῆς διποδίας. τὸ ια΄ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ιβ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ιγ΄ Πινδαρικόν, διὰ τὸ πολλάκις τὸν Πίνδαρον αὐτῷ κεχρῆσθαι. σύγκειται δὲ ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ χοριάμβου καὶ ἰάμβου καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ ιδ΄ Ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος ἀκατάληκτον.

p10. Inscr. Γέγραπται μὲν Ἱέρωνι ἅρματι νικήσαντι, ἄδηλον δὲ εἰς ποῖον ἀγῶνα· διεστασίασται γὰρ οὐ μετρίως τοῖς πρὸ ἡμῶν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ ὅλως ἐπίνικον αὐτὸν εἶναί φασι, Τίμαιος δὲ (FHG I p. 232) θυσιαστικὴν, Καλλίμαχος (fr. 100 d 16) Νεμεακὴν, Ἀμμώνιος καὶ Καλλίστρατος Ὀλυμπιακὴν, ἔνιοι Πυθικὴν, ὡς Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ εἰδογράφος, ἔνιοι δὲ Παναθηναϊκήν. | αὐτίκα γοῦν Διονύσιος ὁ Φασηλίτης οὐκ οἴεται δεῖν γράφειν τᾶν λιπαρᾶν ἀπὸ Θηβᾶν, ἀλλὰ τᾶν λιπαρᾶν ἀπ᾿ Ἀθηνᾶν διὰ τὸ Παναθηναϊκὸν εἶναι τὸν ἐπίνικον· καταφέρεσθαι γάρ πως τὸν Πίνδαρον εἰς τὸ τὰς Ἀθήνας λιπαρὰς προσαγορεύειν, τὰς δὲ Θήβας χρυσαρμάτους καὶ εὐαρμάτους καὶ λευκίππους καὶ κυανάμπυκας· τέλεον εὐχερής τις ὤν. καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἄλλας πλείους λιπαρὰς καλεῖ, ὥσπερ τὴν Σμύρναν (fr. 204)· καὶ λιπαρῷ Σμυρναίῳ ἄστει· καὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν Διθυράμβοις (fr. 82)· τὰν λιπαρὰν μὲν Αἴγυπτον ἀγχίκρημνον. καὶ τὰς Θήβας δέ που εἶπε λιπαράς (fr. 196)· λιπαρᾶν τε Θηβᾶν μέγαν σκόπελον. ἄλλως τε εὔηθες ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν φάναι τῷ Ἱέρωνι τὸ μέλος φέρεσθαι. οὐ γὰρ τὸ μέλος, ἀλλ᾿ ἡ νίκη αὐτῷ Ἀθήνηθεν ἀφικνεῖται· ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος οὐκ Ἀθηναῖος. ἀλλὰ Θηβαῖος, ὥστε ἀπὸ Θηβᾶν δεῖ γράφειν, ὅθεν ἦν ὁ τὸ ποίημα συνθείς.

1–4

 μεγαλοπόλιες ὦ Συράκοσαι, βαθυπολέμου σ2
 τέμενος Ἄρεος, ἀνδρῶν ἵππων τε σιδαροχαρμᾶν δαιμόνιαι τροφοί, σ1
 ὔμμιν τόδε τᾶν λιπαρᾶν ἀπὸ Θηβᾶν φέρων
 μέλος ἔρχομαι ἀγγελίαν τετραορίας ἐλελίχθονος, σ1

Thebes Great city of Syracuse! Sacred precinct of Ares, plunged deep in war! Divine nurse of men and horses who rejoice in steel! For you I come from splendid bringing this song, a message of the earth-shaking four-horse race

Great city of Syracuse, precinct of warrior Ares, of iron-armed men and steeds the nursing-place divine, to thee I come, bearing from my bright Thebes this song, the tidings of earth-shaking racing of the four-horse car, wherein hath Hieron with his goodly chariot overcome, and decked with far-seen splendour of crowns Ortygia the dwelling-place of Artemis of the river, her by whose help he tamed with soothing hand his colts of spangled rein.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. μεγαλοπόλεις εἶπε τὰς Συρακούσας, ἐπειδὴ Ἀρχίας τέσσαρας πόλεις καταστρεψάμενος εἰς μίαν συνήγαγεν. εἰσὶ δὲ αὗται· Ἀχραδίνη. Νεάπολις. Ἐπιπολαὶ, τύχη. οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ παρατυχόντος οὖν μεγαλοπόλεις εἴρηκε τὰς Συρακούσας.

b. ἄλλως· ὦ μεγαλοπόλιες Συράκουσαι τοῦ μεγαλοπολέμου Ἄρεος τέμενος οὖσαι, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνδρεῖοι ὄντες, ἀνδρῶν σιδήρῳ καὶ ἵπποις χαιρόντων καὶ πολεμικῶν τροφοὶ οὖσαι.

ad v. 2

a. βαθυπολέμου τέμενος Ἄρεος: τοῦτο εἴρηκε διὰ τὸ νεωστὶ Καρχηδονίους καὶ Λίβυας καὶ Τυρρηνοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ Γέλωνα καὶ Ἱέρωνα μὴ μόνον τῇ νήσῳ ἐπιπλεύσαντας καθῃρῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῖς τὴν Καρχηδόνα γενέσθαι, ὥστε ὑπακούειν· τὸ γοῦν ἀνθρωποθυτεῖν φησιν ὁ Θεόφραστος ἐν τῷ περὶ Τυρρηνῶν παύσασθαι αὐτοὺς Γέλωνος προστάξαντος. ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτοὺς χρήματα εἰσφέρειν, Τίμαιος (FHG I p. 214) διὰ τῆς ιδ΄ ἀνέγραψεν.

ad v. 4

a. τὸ σιδηροχαρμᾶν κατὰ κοινοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ τῶν ἵππων.

5–6

5 εὐάρματος Ἱέρων ἐν ᾇ κρατέων5

6 τηλαυγέσιν ἀνέδησεν Ὀρτυγίαν στεφάνοις, σ3

in which Hieron with his fine chariot won the victory, and so crowned Ortygia with far-shining garlands—Ortygia, home of Artemis the river-goddess: not without her help did Hieron master with his gentle hands the horses with embroidered reins.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (3 entries)

ad v. 6

a. λιπαρᾶν διὰ τὸν Διόνυσον καὶ Ἡρακλέα καὶ αὐτόν.

b. φέρων μέλος ἔρχομαι: οὐκ αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος ἥκων εἰς τὰς Συρακούσας ταῦτά φησιν· οὐ γὰρ ἀφῖκται πρὸς τὸν Ἱέρωνα, ἀλλ᾿ ἡ ᾠδὴ ἀποστολική· ἤτοι οὖν ἐκ τοῦ διακομίσαντος τὴν ᾠδὴν πρὸς τὸν τύραννόν ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ἢ ἐκ τοῦ χοροῦ· διὰ γὰρ χοροῦ ἔπεμπε τοὺς ἐπινίκους.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀπὸ τῶν εὐδαιμόνων Θηβῶν παραγίνομαι τὸ μέλος φέρων, ἀγγελίαν καὶ ἀνακήρυξιν τοῦ ἅρματος τοῦ [κατὰ] τὴν χθόνα ἐλελίζοντος καὶ ἀνακινοῦντος· ὁ δὲ εὐάρματος Ἱέρων νικῶν εὐσυνόποιοις καὶ διαι γεστάτοις ἀνέδησε στεφάνοις τὴν Ὀρτυγίαν.

7–8

7 ποταμίας ἕδος Ἀρτέμιδος, ἇς οὐκ ἄτερ

8 κείνας ἀγαναῖσιν ἐν χερσὶ ποικιλανίους ἐδάμασσε πώλους.

For the archer maiden with both hands fitteth the glittering trappings, and Hermes, god of games, whensoever Hieron to the polished car and bridle-guided wheels yoketh the strength of his steeds, calling on the wide-ruling god, the trident-wielder.

9 ἐπὶ γὰρ ἰοχέαιρα παρθένος χερὶ διδύμᾳ

For the virgin goddess who showers arrows

10–11

10 ὅ τʼ ἐναγώνιος Ἑρμᾶς αἰγλᾶντα τίθησι κόσμον, ξεστὸν ὅταν δίφρον σ110

11 ἔν θʼ ἅρματα πεισιχάλινα καταζευγνύῃ

and Hermes the god of contests present the gleaming reins to him with both hands when he yokes the strength of his horses to the polished car, to the chariot that obeys the bit, and calls on the wide-ruling god who wields the trident. Other kings have other men to pay them the tribute of melodious song, the recompense for excellence.

Scholia ad vv. 10–11 (1 entry)

ad v. 10

a. Ὀρτυγίαν στεφάνοις: ἐν Ὀρτυγίᾳ ἦν τὰ ἱπποτροφεῖα Ἱέρωνος. Ὀρτυγίαν δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τῆς Σικελίας χερρόνησόν φησιν· αὐτῆς γὰρ νῆσος οὖσα τοπρότερον συνήφθη ταῖς Συρακούσαις.

12–14

 σθένος ἵππιον, ὀρσοτρίαιναν εὐρυβίαν καλέων θεόν. σ2
 ἄλλοις δέ τις ἐτέλεσσεν ἄλλος ἀνὴρ σ1
 εὐαχέα βασιλεῦσιν ὕμνον, ἄποινʼ ἀρετᾶς.

Now unto various kings pay various men sweet song, their valour's meed. So the fair speech of Cyprus echoeth around the name of Kinyras, him whom Apollo of the golden hair loved fervently, and who dwelt a priest in the house of Aphrodite: for to such praise are men moved by the thankfulness that followeth the recompense of friendly acts. But of thee, O thou son of Deinomenes, the maiden daughter of the Lokrian in the west before the house-door telleth in her song, being out of bewildering woes of war by thy might delivered, so that her eyes are not afraid for anything.

Scholia ad vv. 12–14 (3 entries)

ad v. 12

a. ποταμίας ἕδος: τῆς Ἀλφειώας. φασὶ γάρ τινες Ἀλφειὸν ἐρασθέντα τῆς θεοῦ καὶ διώξαντα ἄχρι τῆς Ὀρτυγίας παύσασθαι. | ὅθεν Ἀλφειώας Ἀρτέμιδος ἐκεῖ φασιν εἶναι ἱερὸν, ἣν νῦν ποταμίαν εἶπεν.

b. ἄλλως· ἕδος Ἀρτέμιδος: ἵδρυται γὰρ ἄγαλμα Ἀρτέμιδος ἐπὶ τῇ Ἀρεθούσῃ, ἡ δὲ Ἀρέθουσα ἐξ Ἀλφειοῦ τοῦ ποταμοῦ δέχεται τὰ ῥεύματα· ποταμίαν οὖν [Ἄρτεμιν] αὐτὴν διὰ τοῦτο ὠνόμασεν.

ad v. 13

a. τᾶς οὐκ ἄτερ κείνας: ἧστινος ἐκείνας οὐ χωρὶς τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος τὰς πεποικιλμένας ἐχούσας ἡνίας πώλους ταῖς ἀγαναῖς ἑαυτοῦ χερσὶν ἐδάμασε καὶ ὑπέζευξε. τὸ δὲ κείνας τῷ πώλους συναπτέον· ἐπεὶ καὶ αὕτη ἱππική· τὴν δὲ χολωσαμένη χρυσήνιος Ἄρτεμις ἔκτα (Ζ 205).

15–16

15 κελαδέοντι μὲν ἀμφὶ Κινύραν πολλάκις15

16 φᾶμαι Κυπρίων, τὸν ὁ χρυσοχαῖτα προφρόνως ἐφίλησʼ Ἀπόλλων, σ2

Cyprus The voices of the men of often shout the name of Cinyras, whom golden-haired Apollo gladly loved,

Scholia ad vv. 15–16 (2 entries)

ad v. 16

a. ἐπὶ γὰρ ἰοχέαιρα: τὸ ἐπί τῷ τίθησι συναπτέον. Διδύμα δὲ ἡ Ἄρτεμις καλεῖται.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡ δὲ παρθένος Ἄρτεμις ἀμφοτέραις αὐτῆς ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ ὁ ἐναγώνιος Ἑρμῆς τὸν λαμπρὸν ἐπιτίθησι κόσμον τῷ ἅρματι.

17 ἱερέα κτίλον Ἀφροδίτας· ἄγει δὲ χάρις φίλων ποίνιμος ἀντὶ ἔργων ὀπιζομένα·

Cinyras, the obedient priest of Aphrodite. Reverent gratitude is a recompense for friendly deeds. And you, son of Deinomenes, the West Locrian girl invokes you, standing outside her door: out of the helpless troubles of war,

18–19

18 σὲ δʼ, ὦ Δεινομένειε παῖ, Ζεφυρία πρὸ δόμων σ2

19 Λοκρὶς παρθένος ἀπύει, πολεμίων καμάτων ἐξ ἀμαχάνων

Ixion, they say, by order of the gods, writhing on his winged wheel, proclaimeth this message unto men: _To him who doeth thee service make recompense of fair reward_.

Scholia ad vv. 18–19 (2 entries)

ad v. 18

a. ὅ τ᾿ ἐναγώνιος: ὡς καὶ Αἰσχύλος (fr. 384) φησίν· ἐναγώνιε Μαίας καὶ Διὸς Ἑρμᾶ. προστάτης γὰρ ὁ Ἑρμῆς τῶν ἀγώνων.

b. κόσμον δὲ τὸν στέφανόν φησιν.

20–22

 διὰ τεὰν δύναμιν δρακεῖσʼ ἀσφαλές. σ3
 θεῶν δʼ ἐφετμαῖς Ἰξίονα φαντὶ ταῦτα βροτοῖς σ1
 λέγειν ἐν πτερόεντι τροχῷ

through your power she looks at the world in security. They say that by the commands of the gods Ixion spins round and round on his feathered wheel, saying this to mortals: “Repay your benefactor frequently with gentle favors in return.”

Scholia ad vv. 20–22 (4 entries)

ad v. 20

a. ξεστὸν ὅταν δίφρον: ὅταν τὸν δίφρον καταζευγνύῃ καὶ τὰ ἅρματα τὰ πεισιχάλινα, τὰς σειρὰς δηλονότι καὶ τὰ ζυγά. πεισιχάλινα δὲ πῶς τὰ ἅρματα: χαλινοῖς γὰρ οὐ χρῶνται πρὸς τὴν κατάζευξιν. ἤτοι οὖν τὰς ἡνίας δεκτέον χαλινοὺς εἰρῆσθαι διὰ τὸ χαλᾶσθαι αὐτὰς καὶ πάλιν ἀνέλκεσθαι, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κελήτων δεκτέον· ἠγώνισται γὰρ καὶ κέλησιν.

b. ὅταν οὖν ὁ Ἱέρων εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα παρασκευάζῃ τὰ ἅρματα, ἡ Ἄρτεμις προσάπτεται αὐτοῦ τῶν χαλινῶν καὶ τῶν ὀχημάτων, κατὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Ε 799)· ἱππείου δὲ θεὰ ζυγοῦ ἥψατο.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπιτίθησι, φησὶ, τὰς χεῖρας ἡ Ἄρτεμις καὶ ὁ Ἑρμῆς τῷ Ἱέρωνι, ὅταν τὸν εὔξεστον δίφρον καὶ τὰ πεισιχάλινα ἄρματα, ὅ ἐστι τὰς ἡνίας, τὸ ἵππειον καταζευγνύῃ σθένος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτε τοὺς ἵππους ζεύγνυσι, καλῶν τὸν Ποσειδῶνα ὡς ἵππειον θεὸν, ὁ Ἱέρων.

ad v. 21

a. ἔν θ᾿ ἅρματα: ἡ ἔν ἀντὶ τῆς εἴς, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ὅταν εἰς τοὺς δίφρους καὶ τοὺς χαλινοὺς ζευγνύῃ τὸ ἵππειον σθένος, ὅ ἐστι τοὺς ἵππους.

23–24

23 παντᾷ κυλινδόμενον·

24 τὸν εὐεργέταν ἀγαναῖς ἀμοιβαῖς ἐποιχομένους τίνεσθαι. σ1

This lesson learned he plainly; for when that among the friendly Kronidai he had gotten a life of pleasantness, his bliss became greater than he could bear, and with mad heart he lusted after Hera, whose place was in the happy marriage-bed of Zeus: yet insolence drove him to the exceeding folly; but quickly suffering his deserts the man gained to himself a misery most rare.

Scholia ad vv. 23–24 (1 entry)

ad v. 24

a. ἄλλοις δέ τις ἐτέλεσεν: ἄλλοις βασιλεῦσιν ἄλλος ποιητὴς ὕμνον εὐηχῆ καὶ εὔρυθμον κατασκευάζει, ὄντα τὸν ὕμνον ἀμοιβὴν καὶ λύτρα τῆς ἀρετῆς. εἶτα ἡ ἀνταπόδοσις τοῦ νοῦ· ἐγὼ δὲ σοὶ, ὦ Ἱέρων· καὶ ἐπισυνάπτει ἐργασίαν.

25–28

 ἔμαθε δὲ σαφές. εὐμενέσσι γὰρ παρὰ Κρονίδαις σ1
 γλυκὺν ἑλὼν βίοτον, μακρὸν οὐχ ὑπέμεινεν ὄλβον, μαινομέναις φρασὶν
 Ἥρας ὅτʼ ἐράσσατο, τὰν Διὸς εὐναὶ λάχον σ5
 πολυγαθέες· ἀλλά νιν ὕβρις εἰς ἀυάταν ὑπεράφανον σ1

He learned a clear lesson. For although he received a sweet life among the gracious children of Cronus, he did not abide his prosperity for long, when in his madness of spirit he desired Hera, who was allotted to the joyful bed of Zeus. But his arrogance drove him to extreme delusion; and soon the man suffered a suitable

Scholia ad vv. 25–28 (7 entries)

ad v. 25

a. (εὐαυχέα:) ἐφ᾿ ᾧ ἔστι τινὰ αὐχεῖν.

ad v. 27

a. κελαδέοντι μὲν ἀμφὶ Κινύραν: περὶ μὲν τὸν Κινύραν οἱ ὕμνοι τῶν Κυπρίων γίνονται, ἐγὼ δὲ περὶ σέ. ἦν δὲ οὗτος Ἀπόλλωνος υἱὸς, ἢ Πάφου κατὰ ἐνίους.

b. διαπορεῖται δὲ, τί δή ποτε εἰς τοὺς τοῦ Ἱέρωνος ἐπαίνους τὸν Κινύραν προσῆκται, | εἰ μὴ ὅτι ταῖν θεοῖν ἱεροφάντης ἀπεδέδεικτο· Δεινομένους γὰρ υἱεῖς εἰσιν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἱέρωνα τοῦ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐκ Τριοπίου τῆς Κύπρου εἰς Σικελίαν κομίσαντος. ὁ δὲ Κινύρας οὗτός ἐστιν, ἀφ᾿ οὗ οἱ Κύπρῳ Κινυρίδαι τῇ θεῷ ἀνιέρωνται.

c. ἢ οὕτως· εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες τὸν Δεινομένην τὸν πατέρα Ἱέρωνος ἀνέκαθεν Κύπριον· | διὸ νῦν εὐλόγως γράφων εἰς τὸν Ἱέρωνα μέμνηται Κινύρου. [τόν ποτέ οἱ Κινύρης δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι. (Λ 20.)]

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· χορεύουσι μὲν περὶ τὸν Κινύραν πολλάκις οἱ τῶν Κυπρίων ὕμνοι, ὅντινα ὁ χρυσοκόμης ἠγάπησεν Ἀπόλλων ἱερέα καὶ σύντροφον καὶ συνήθη τῆς Ἀφροδίτης ὄντα.

e. ἡ δὲ ἀνταπόδοσις τοῦ λόγου αὕτη· περὶ μὲν τὸν Κινύραν οἱ τῶν Κυπρίων ὕμνοι, περὶ δὲ σὲ ὁ ἐμὸς καὶ τῶν Συρακουσίων.

ad v. 28

a. φᾶμαι Κυπρίων· τόν: τὸν τῶν Κυπρίων βασιλέα, οὗ καὶ Ὅμηρος μέμνηται (Λ 20). υἱὸς δὲ Εὐρυμέδοντος καὶ Παφίας νύμφης. ἐγένετο δὲ ἱερεὺς τῆς Κυπρίας Ἀφροδίτης.

29 ὦρσεν· τάχα δὲ παθὼν ἐοικότʼ ἀνὴρ

Two sins are the causes of his pain; one that he first among the heroes shed blood of kindred craftily, the other that in the chambers of the ample heavens he attempted the wife of Zeus--for in all things it behoveth to take measure by oneself.

30–32

 ἐξαίρετον ἕλε μόχθον. αἱ δύο δʼ ἀμπλακίαι
 φερέπονοι τελέθοντι· τὸ μὲν ἥρως ὅτι σ4
 ἐμφύλιον αἷμα πρώτιστος οὐκ ἄτερ τέχνας ἐπέμιξε θνατοῖς, σ1

exquisite punishment. Both of his crimes brought him toil in the end. First, he was the hero who, not without guile, was the first to stain mortal men with kindred blood;

Scholia ad vv. 30–32 (5 entries)

ad v. 31

a. κτίλον Ἀφροδίτας: ὅτι κτίλον τὸν συνήθη καὶ εἰθισμένον τῇ χειρὶ προσηγόρευσε. καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸ τιθασσεύεσθαι κτιλεύεσθαι λέγει (fr. 238)· | ἔνθα [αἱ] ποῖμναι κτιλεύονται κάπρων λεόντων τε.

b. ἢ οὕτως· οὐχ ὅτι ἐρώμενος Ἀπόλλωνος ὁ Κινύρας· ἀλλ᾿ ἀγαπᾶσθαί φησιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὸ ἐγκωμιάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν μουσικῶν.

c. ἄλλως· Ὅμηρος μὲν (Γ 196. Ν 492) κτίλον τὸν προηγούμενον τῆς ποίμνης κριόν· ἡ δὲ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐτυμολογία οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει. ἔστι γὰρ παρὰ τὸ κτίσαι, ὅ ἐστι τὸ θρέψαι· ὡς αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος (fr. 313) ἐν ἄλλοις· ὀρεικτίτου συὸς, τοῦ ἐν ὄρει τεθραμμένου. νῦν δὲ τὸν ἱερέα.

d. κτίλον Ἀφροδίτης οἱονεὶ σύνθρεμμα καὶ συνήθη τῇ θεῷ.

ad v. 32

a. Ἄγει δὲ χάρις: ἄγει δὲ ἑαυτὴν ἡ χάρις πρὸς ἀμοιβήν τινος ὑποστρεφομένη τῶν προϋπαρξάντων προσφιλεστάτων ἔργων. ὁ δὲ λόγος αὐτῷ, ὅτι προευεργετηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἱέρωνος νῦν ἀμείβεται αὐτὸν τοῖς ὕμνοις καὶ ἐγκωμίοις.

33–34

33 ὅτι τε μεγαλοκευθέεσσιν ἔν ποτε θαλάμοις σ4

34 Διὸς ἄκοιτιν ἐπειρᾶτο. χρὴ δὲ κατʼ αὐτὸν αἰεὶ παντὸς ὁρᾶν μέτρον. σ1

second, in the vast recesses of that bridal chamber he once made an attempt on the wife of Zeus. A man must always measure all things according to his own place.

Scholia ad vv. 33–34 (5 entries)

ad v. 33

a. ἀντὶ ἔργων: ἀντὶ τῶν ὕμνων ἡ χάρις ἄγει τὸν ποιητὴν εἰς τὸ λέγειν καὶ ὑμνεῖν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁ μισθός. ποίτινος δὲ ἀμειπτική.

b. ἄλλως· ἔξωθεν προσληπτέον χάριν, ὥστε εἶναι τὸν λόγον τοιοῦτον· ἡ δὲ χάρις χάριν ἄγει ἀντὶ φίλων ἔργων σεβομένη τὸν εὐεργετήσαντα.

c. ὀπιζομένη δὲ ἀμειβομένη, ἀνταποδιδοῦσα, ἐντρεπομένη· μετὰ αἰδοῦς γὰρ χαρίζονται, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ μετὰ θράσους.

d. ἢ ὀπιζομένη, ὕστερον ἐπακολουθοῦσα· ἡ γὰρ ἀμειπτικὴ χάρις ὑστέρα τῆς προκαταρκτικῆς. τοῦτο δὲ εἶπε διὰ τὸ τοὺς Λοκροὺς χάριν ὁμολογεῖν τῷ Ἱέρωνι, προευεργετήσαντι αὐτούς.

ad v. 34

a. ὀπιζομένη ἤτοι ἐπιστρεφομένη· ἢ ὅτι μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ θράσους αἱ χάριτες δίδονται.

35–39

 εὐναὶ δὲ παράτροποι ἐς κακότατʼ ἀθρόαν
 ἔβαλον· ποτὶ καὶ τὸν ἵκοντʼ· ἐπεὶ νεφέλᾳ παρελέξατο, σ3
 ψεῦδος γλυκὺ μεθέπων, ἄϊδρις ἀνήρ·
 εἶδος γὰρ ὑπεροχωτάτᾳ πρέπεν οὐρανιᾶν σ1
 θυγατέρι Κρόνου· ἅντε δόλον αὐτῷ θέσαν σ1

Unnatural lust throws men into dense trouble; it befell even him, since the man in his ignorance chased a sweet fake and lay with a cloud, for its form was like the supreme celestial goddess, the daughter of Cronus. The hands of Zeus set it as a trap for him,

Yet a mocking love-bed hurried him as he approached the couch into a sea of trouble; for he lay with a cloud, pursuing the sweet lie, fond man: for its form was as the form of the most highest among the daughters of heaven, even the child of Kronos; and the hands of Zeus had made it that it might be a snare unto him, a fair mischief. Thus came he unto the four-spoked wheel, his own destruction; and having fallen into chains without escape he became proclaimer of that message unto many.

Scholia ad vv. 35–39 (5 entries)

ad v. 36

a. οὗτοί εἰσιν Ἐπιζεφύριοι Λοκροὶ πρὸς τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ οἰκοῦντες.

b. Λοκρὶς παρθένος ἀπύει: ὁ νοῦς· ἀνυμνοῦσι μὲν τὸν Κινύραν οἱ Κύπριοι· σὲ δὲ, ὦ Δεινομένους παῖ Ἱέρων, Ἐπιζεφυρία παρθένος προελθοῦσα λοιπὸν τῶν οἴκων ἀναφωνεῖ καὶ ἀνυμνεῖ, τῶν πολεμικῶν καμάτων ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου ἀπαλλαγεῖσα καὶ διὰ τὴν σὴν δύναμιν ἐλεύθερον βλέπουσα.

c. ἄλλως· Ἀναξίλα τοῦ Μεσσήνης καὶ Ῥηγίου τυράννου πολεμοῦντος Λοκροῖς Ἱέρων πέμψας Χρόμιον τὸν κηδεστὴν διηπείλησεν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ καταλύσαιτο τὸν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πόλεμον, αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸ Ῥήγιον στρατεύειν· οὗπερ δὴ πρὸς τὴν ἀπειλὴν ἐνδόντος ἐν εἰρήνῃ διήγαγον οἱ Λοκροί. ἐφ᾿ οἷς οὖν ἔπαθον, αἱ Λοκρίδες ᾖδον καὶ καθύμνουν τὸν Ἱέρωνα.

ad v. 38

a. δρακεῖσ᾿ ἀσφαλές: ἐλεύθερον βλέπουσα. Ἀναξίλας γὰρ καὶ Κλεόφρων ὁ τούτου παῖς Ἰταλίας ὄντες τύραννοι, ὁ μὲν ἐν Μεσσήνῃ τῇ Σικελιωτικῇ, ὁ δὲ ἐν Ῥηγίῳ τῷ ἐπὶ Ἰταλίας, πόλεμον ἠπείλουν Λοκροῖς· διαπρεσβευσάμενος δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἱέρων ἔπαυσε τοῦ πολέμου τοὺς Λοκρούς.

ad v. 39

a. θεῶν δ᾿ ἐφετμαῖς: ταῖς δὲ τῶν θεῶν ἐντολαῖς καὶ βουλήσεσι τὸν Ἰξίονά φασι ταῦτα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις βοᾶν,| τῷ ταχεῖ τροχῷ πανταχοῦ δινούμενον, ὥστε τὸν εὐεργέτην προσηνέσιν ἀμοιβαῖς μετερχομένους ἀμείβεσθαι.

40 Ζηνὸς παλάμαι, καλὸν πῆμα. τὸν δὲ τετράκναμον ἔπραξε δεσμόν, σ240

a beautiful misery. Ixion brought upon himself the four-spoked fetter,

His mate, without favour of the Graces, bare unto him a monstrous son, and like no other thing anywhere, even as its mother was, a thing with no place or honour, neither among men, neither in the society of gods. Him she reared and called by the name Kentauros, and he in the valleys of Pelion lay with Magnesian mares, and there were born thence a wondrous tribe, like unto both parents, their nether parts like unto the dams, and their upper parts like unto the sire.

Scholia ad vv. 40–40 (2 entries)

ad v. 40

a. Ἰξίονα φαντὶ ταῦτα: τίνος ἕνεκεν εἰς τοὺς περὶ Ἰξίονα παρεκβέβηκε λόγους ὁ Πίνδαρος; εἰ γὰρ οἱ Λοκροὶ, ἀνθ᾿ ὧν εὐηργετήθησαν ὑφ᾿ Ἱέρωνος, ᾄδουσιν αὐτὸν, εἰς οὐδὲν ὁ Ἰξίων αὐτῷ προσῆκται· τότε γὰρ ἐχρῆν εἰς παράδειγμα αὐτὸν ἄγεσθαι, εἰ μὴ τῆς χάριτος οἱ Λοκροὶ ἐμέμνηντο, ὥσπερ ὁ Ἰξίων. εἰ μὴ ἄρα καθόλου παρελήλυθεν ὁ Ἰξίων, ὅτι τὸν εὐεργέτην προσήκει τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀεὶ ἀμείβεσθαι.

b. τὸν δὲ Ἰξίονα οἱ μὲν Ἀντίονος γενεαλογοῦσιν, ὡς Αἰσχύλος (fr. 89)· Φερεκύδης δὲ (FHG I p. 96) Πεισίωνος, ἔνιοι δὲ Ἄρεος, οἱ δὲ Φλεγύα. Ἀσκληπιάδης δὲ ἐν τρίτῳ Τραγῳδουμένων οὕτω γράφει. προσιστοροῦσι δὲ ἔνιοι, ὅτι καὶ μανείη ὁ Ἰξίων, ὡς Φερεκύδης· καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ τροχοῦ δὲ κόλασιν αὐτῷ παρεγκεχειρήκασιν· ὑπὸ γὰρ δίνης καὶ θυελλῶν αὐτὸν ἐξαρπασθέντα φθαρῆναί φασιν. οὗτος ἔγημε Δίαν τὴν Δηϊονέως θυγατέρα. ἔθος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς παλαιοῖς τοῖς τῶν νυμφῶν πατράσι δῶρά τινα προσάγειν, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (Λ 244)· πρῶθ᾿ἑκατὸν βοῦς δῶκεν, ἔπειτα δὲ χίλι᾿ ὑπέστη αἶγας ὁμοῦ καὶ ὄϊς. ὁ δὲ Δηϊονεὺς κατὰ τὸ σύνηθες γήμαντα τὸν Ἰξίονα τὴν τῶν δώρων εἰσεπράττετο δόσιν· | καὶ οὕτως ὁ Ἰξίων διορύξας βόθρον καὶ πληρώσας πυρὸς ἐκάλεσε τὸν πενθερὸν ὡς ἐπὶ εὐωχίαν. ὁ δὲ ἀπρονόητος ὢν τοῦ μηχανήματος εἰσελθὼν ἐπέστη τῇ πυρᾷ καὶ κατεκαύθη. | τοῦ δὲ μύσους μηδενὸς καθαρίζοντος τὸν Ἰξίονα, ἀποστραφέντων δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων θεῶν, οἰκτείρας ὁ Ζεὺς ἐκάθηρε μὲν αὐτὸν τοῦ φόνου, ἀνήγαγε δὲ καὶ εἰς οὐρανὸν καὶ συνέστιον εἶχεν αὐτόν. τὸν δὲ δευτέρῳ ἁμαρτήματι ἐπιχειροῦντα εἰς ἔρωτα τῆς Ἥρας κινηθῆναί φασι· μαθόντα δὲ τὸν Δία νεφέλην τῇ Ἥρᾳ ἀναπλάσαι καὶ ἐκτυπῶσαι ὁμοίαν, τὸν δὲ Ἰξίονα θεασάμενον ἐφορμῆσαι καὶ παρακλιθῆναι. γενέσθαι δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄγριόν τινα καὶ τερατώδη ἄνδρα, ὃν Κένταυρον ὠνόμασαν. ὕστερον δὲ τροχῷ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας τοῦ Ἰξίονος προσδεσμευθῆναι, καὶ κελεῦσαι τὸν Δία πρὸς τὴν δίνησιν τοῦ τροχοῦ τὸ τοιοῦτον...., ὡς προσήκει τοὺς εὐεργετήσαντας βελτίοσιν ἀμείβεσθαι καὶ μὴ τοῖς ἐναντίοις καταβλάπτειν.

41–44

 ἑὸν ὄλεθρον ὅγʼ· ἐν δʼ ἀφύκτοισι γυιοπέδαις πεσὼν τὰν πολύκοινον ἀνδέξατʼ ἀγγελίαν. σ1
 ἄνευ οἱ Χαρίτων τέκεν γόνον ὑπερφίαλον,
 μόνα καὶ μόνον, οὔτʼ ἐν ἀνδράσι γερασφόρον οὔτʼ ἐν θεῶν νόμοις·
 τὸν ὀνύμαξε τράφοισα Κένταυρον, ὃς

his own ruin. He fell into inescapable bonds, and received the message that warns the whole world. She bore to him, without the blessing of the Graces, a monstrous offspring—there was never a mother or a son like this—honored neither by men nor by the laws of the gods. She raised him and named him Centaurus,

Scholia ad vv. 41–44 (1 entry)

ad v. 41

a. πτερόεντι τροχῷ: δεδεμένος, φησὶ, τῷ τροχῷ ὁ Ἰξίων τοῦτο βοᾷ καὶ λέγει, ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς εὐεργέτας ἀντευεργετεῖν.

45 ἵπποισι Μαγνητίδεσσι ἐμίγνυτʼ ἐν Παλίου σ245

and he mated with the Magnesian mares in the foothills of Pelion, and from them was born a marvelous horde, which resembled both its parents: like the mother below, the father above.

Scholia ad vv. 45–45 (2 entries)

ad v. 45

a. ἔμαθε δὲ σαφῶς ὁ Ἰξίων, ὅτι δεῖ τὸν εὐεργέτην ἀνταμείβεσθαι. παρὰ γὰρ τοῖς Κρόνου παισὶν εὐμενῶς διατεθεῖσιν αὐτῷ ἡδὺν δεξάμενος βίον τὴν ἐν θεοῖς διαγωγὴν, τὸν μακρὸν καὶ ὑπεραίροντα τὴν αὐτοῦ φύσιν ὄλβον ἐνεγκεῖν οὐκ ἴσχυσεν, ὅτε τῆς Ἥρας ταῖς μεμηνυίαις φρεσὶν ἐπεθύμησεν, ἥντινα Ἥραν μόναι αἱ τοῦ Διὸς κοῖται ἔλαχον.

b. ἄλλως· μαθὼν τὸ σαφὲς ἔγνω. εὐμενῶς διατεθεῖσιν.

46–48

 σφυροῖς, ἐκ δʼ ἐγένοντο στρατὸς
 θαυμαστός, ἀμφοτέροις
 ὁμοῖοι τοκεῦσι, τὰ ματρόθεν μὲν κάτω, τὰ δʼ ὕπερθε πατρός.

God achieveth all ends whereon he thinketh--God who overtaketh even the winged eagle, and outstrippeth the dolphin of the sea, and bringeth low many a man in his pride, while to others he giveth glory incorruptible.

49 θεὸς ἅπαν ἐπὶ ἐλπίδεσσι τέκμαρ ἀνύεται,

The gods accomplish everything according to their wishes;

50 θεός, ὃ καὶ πτερόεντʼ αἰετὸν κίχε, καὶ θαλασσαῖον παραμείβεται50

the gods, who overtake even the flying eagle and outstrip the dolphin in the sea, and bend down many a man who is overly ambitious, while to others they give unaging glory. For my part, I must avoid the aggressive bite of slander. For I have seen, long before me,

51–54

 δελφῖνα, καὶ ὑψιφρόνων τινʼ ἔκαμψε βροτῶν,
 ἑτέροισι δὲ κῦδος ἀγήραον παρέδωκʼ. ἐμὲ δὲ χρεὼν σ3
 φεύγειν δάκος ἀδινὸν κακαγοριᾶν.
 εἶδον γὰρ ἑκὰς ἐὼν τὰ πόλλʼ ἐν ἀμαχανίᾳ σ3

For me it is meet to eschew the sharp tooth of bitter words; for, though afar off, I have seen the fierce Archilochos lacking most things and fattening but on cruel words of hate. Of most worth are riches when joined to the happy gift of wisdom. And this lot hast thou, and mayest illustrate it with liberal soul, thou sovereign chief over many streets filled with goodly garlands, and much people. If any saith that ever yet was any man of old time throughout Hellas who excelled thee in honour or in the multitude of possessions, such an one with vain purpose essayeth a fruitless task.

Scholia ad vv. 51–54 (6 entries)

ad v. 52

a. ἀλλά νιν ὕβρις ἐς αὐτάταν: εἰς ἄτην καὶ βλάβην. τὸ δὲ αὐάταν Αἰολικῶς προήγαγεν· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ, ἐὰν ᾖ δύο φωνήεντα, ἐντιθέασι τὸ -υ-, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀήρ αὐήρ, καὶ ἄως αὔως. ὅτε δὲ σύμφωνόν ἐστι μεταξὺ, οὐκέτι. πῶς οὖν τὸ ἄτη τοῦ -τ- ὄντος μεταξὺ ἀνεδέξατο τὸ -υ-; καὶ φαμεν, ὅτι ἀπὸ συναιρέσεως γέγονεν· ἦν γὰρ ἀάτη· καὶ Ὅμηρος (Τ 91)· πρέσβα Διὸς θυγάτηρ Ἄτη, ἣ πάντας ἀᾶται. καὶ οὕτως ἀναλόγως, εἰ καὶ κατ᾿ ἔκθλιψιν γέγονε, διὰ τὸ ὑπάρχειν τὸ ἕτερον -α-, ἀνεδέξατο τὸ -υ-.

b. ἄλλως· ἀλλά νιν: ὁ νοῦς· ἀλλά νιν καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Ἰξίονα ἡ ὕβρις εἰς ἄτην μεγάλην ἐνέβαλεν.

c. ἄλλως· αὐάταν ὑπεράφανον: μεγάλην ἄτῃν. Αἰολικῶς δὲ προήγαγε τὴν λέξιν. ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ, ἐὰν ὦσι δύο φωνήεντα, ἐπεντιθέασι τὸ -υ- ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ ἄως αὔως. ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐστιν ἀάτη, αὐάτη παρ᾿ αὐτῷ εἴρηται.

ad v. 54

a. ἐξαίρετον ἔσχε μόχθον: τὸν ἐξηλλαγμένον. ἤτοι δὲ ὅτι μέγας, ἢ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἔσχεν. οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἄλλος παραδέδοται ἐπὶ τροχοῦ κολαζόμενος. (53) Ὁμηρικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως. ταχέως δὲ παθὼν καὶ τιμωρηθεὶς τὸν πρέποντα αὐτῷ καὶ ἁρμόζοντα ἐδέξατο μισθόν.

b. αἱ δύο δ᾿ ἀμπλακίαι: τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι τὸ μὲν τοῦ φόνου ἁμάρτημα συνέγνων οἱ θεοὶ, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον οὐκέτι. καί φησιν, ὅτι αἱ δύο ἁμαρτίαι εἰσὶ φερέπονοι, οἱονεὶ πόνον καὶ τιμωρίαν τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν ἐπιφέρουσαι.

c. . ἄλλως· δύο ἀμπλακίας φησὶ τόν τε ἐμφύλιον φόνον καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς Ἥρας.

55–56

55 ψογερὸν Ἀρχίλοχον βαρυλόγοις ἔχθεσιν55

56 πιαινόμενον· τὸ πλουτεῖν δὲ σὺν τύχᾳ πότμου σοφίας ἄριστον.

abusive Archilochus often in a helpless state, fattening himself with strong words and hatred. But to be rich by the grace of fortune is the best part of skillful wisdom.

57–59

 τὺ δὲ σάφα νιν ἔχεις, ἐλευθέρᾳ φρενὶ πεπαρεῖν, σ1
 πρύτανι κύριε πολλᾶν μὲν εὐστεφάνων ἀγυιᾶν καὶ στρατοῦ. εἰ δέ τις σ1
 ἤδη κτεάτεσσί τε καὶ περὶ τιμᾷ λέγει

And you clearly have this blessing, and can display it with a generous mind, ruler and leader of many garland-crowned streets and a great army. When wealth and influence are in question,

Upon the flower-crowned prow will I go up to sing of brave deeds done. Youth is approved by valour in dread wars; and hence say I that thou hast won boundless renown in thy battles, now with horsemen, now on foot: also the counsels of thine elder years give me sure ground of praising thee every way.

Scholia ad vv. 57–59 (2 entries)

ad v. 57

a. ὅτι τ᾿ ἐμφύλιον αἷμα: τῶν δύο ἁμαρτημάτων διαίρεσιν ποιεῖται καί φησιν· Ἰξίων ἐμφύλιον φόνον ἐνέμιξεν ἀνθρώποις· οἷον πρῶτος κατειργάσατο ἐν ἀνθρώποις τὸν ἐμφύλιον φόνον· δεύτερον δὲ, ὅτι τοῖς μεγάλοις καὶ εὐκατασκευάστοις θαλάμοις τοῦ Διὸς τὴν γαμετὴν Ἥραν ἐπείρα τε καὶ ἐνήδρευε. | τὸ γὰρ ἐπειρᾶτο παθητικὸν ὂν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνεργητικοῦ ἐστι, σημαίνει δὲ τὸ ἐνήδρευεν. | οὕτω γὰρ καὶ πειρατὰς τοὺς κατὰ πέλαγος [λῃστὰς] λέγομεν, κυρίως δὲ τοὺς ἐν ὁδῷ κακουργοῦντας, | παρ᾿ ὃ δὴ καὶ ὁδουροὺς αὐτοὺς λέγουσιν. Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ἀρχελάῳ (fr. 260)· ἔπαυσ᾿ ὁδουροὺς λυμεῶνας. καὶ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Αἰγεῖ (fr. 21)· πῶς δῆθ᾿ ὁδουρῶν ὅμοιος ἐξέβης λαθών;

ad v. 58

a. οὐκ ἄτερ τέχνας: οὐ χωρὶς δόλου. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει διὰ τὸν βόθρον. σημειωτέον δὲ, ὅτι καὶ τοὺς δόλους καὶ τὰς πανουργίας τέχνας τινὲς ἐκάλουν.

60–61

60 ἕτερόν τινʼ ἀνʼ Ἑλλάδα τῶν πάροιθε γενέσθαι ὑπέρτερον,60

61 χαύνα πραπίδι παλαιμονεῖ κενεά.

Greece anyone who says that any man in of earlier times surpassed you has a soft mind that flails around in vain. But I shall ascend a ship covered with flowers, and sing the praises of excellence. Boldness helps youth in terrible wars; and so I say that you too have found boundless fame

62–64

 εὐανθέα δʼ ἀναβάσομαι στόλον ἀμφʼ ἀρετᾷ
 κελαδέων. νεότατι μὲν ἀρήγει θράσος σ1
 δεινῶν πολέμων· ὅθεν φαμὶ καὶ σὲ τὰν ἀπείρονα δόξαν εὑρεῖν,

All hail! This song like to Phenician merchandize is sent across the hoary sea: do thou look favourably on the strain of Kaster in Aeolian mood, and greet it in honour of the seven-stringed lute.

Scholia ad vv. 62–64 (1 entry)

ad v. 63

a. χρὴ δὲ καθ᾿ αὑτὸν αἰεί: προσῆκον δέ ἐστι, φησὶ, τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν τὸ μέτρον σκοπεῖν καὶ τούτων ἐπιθυμεῖν, καὶ μὴ τῶν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ὀρέγεσθαι. ὅμοιον δὲ τοῦτο τῷ ὑπὸ Χίλωνος ἐν Δελφοῖς ἐγγραφέντι [γνῶθι σαυτόν], ὅ τινές φασι Σωδάμου εἶναι.

65–67

 τὰ μὲν ἐν ἱπποσόαισιν ἄνδρεσσι μαρνάμενον, τὰ δʼ ἐν πεζομάχαισι· βουλαὶ δὲ πρεσβύτεραι σ1
 σὲ ἀκίνδυνον ἐμοὶ ἔπος ποτὶ πάντα λόγον
 ἐπαινεῖν παρέχοντι. χαῖρε. τόδε μὲν κατὰ Φοίνισσαν ἐμπολὰν

by fighting among both horsemen and foot soldiers. And your wisdom beyond your years provides me with praise of you that cannot be challenged in any detail. Greetings! This song, like Phoenician merchandise, is sent to you over the gray sea: look kindly on the Castor-song, composed in Aeolian strains;

Scholia ad vv. 65–67 (1 entry)

ad v. 65

a. παράτροποι: αἱ μοιχίδιοι καὶ τοῦ δέοντος παρατετραμμέναι εἰς κακότητα καὶ βλάβην ἐνέβαλον. ἔνιοι δὲ γράφουσιν, εἰς κακότητα ὀρθὴν, καὶ οὐχὶ ἀθρόαν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ εὐθεῖαν, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν ὁδῶν.

68–69

68 μέλος ὑπὲρ πολιᾶς ἁλὸς πέμπεται·

69 τὸ Καστόρειον δʼ ἐν Αἰολίδεσσι χορδαῖς ἑκὼν σ1

Be what thou art, now I have told thee what that is: in the eyes of children the fawning ape is ever comely: but the good fortune of Rhadamanthos hath come to him because the fruit that his soul bare was true, neither delighteth he in deceits within his heart, such as by whisperer's arts ever wait upon mortal man.

Scholia ad vv. 68–69 (1 entry)

ad v. 69

a. εἶδος γάρ: τὸ γὰρ εἶδος ἡ νεφέλη ὁμοία ἦν τῇ ὑπερεχούσῃ τοῦ οὐρανίου Κρόνου θυγατρί.

70–72

 ἄθρησον χάριν ἑπτακτύπου
 φόρμιγγος ἀντόμενος. σ1
 γένοιʼ οἷος ἐσσὶ μαθών· καλός τοι πίθων παρὰ παισίν, αἰεὶ σ1

come and greet the gracious offering of the seven-toned lyre. Learn and become who you are. To children, you know, an ape is pretty, always

Scholia ad vv. 70–72 (2 entries)

ad v. 71

a. ἅν τε δόλον: ἥντινα νεφέλην δόλον Ἰξίονι κατεσκεύασαν αἱ τοῦ Διὸς τέχναι καλὸν καὶ ἄξιον βλάβος. πῆμα δὲ τὴν νεφέλην εἶπε ὡς πρὸς τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα, τὸ ἐξ αὐτῆς βλάβος.

ad v. 72

a. καλὸν πῆμα: ὡς καὶ Ἡσίοδος (Theog. 585)· καλὸν κακόν· καλὸν μὲν διὰ τὸ ὡμοιῶσθαι τῇ Ἥρᾳ, πῆμα δὲ ὡς πρὸς τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα. 75 EF

73 καλός. ὁ δὲ Ῥαδάμανθυς εὖ πέπραγεν, ὅτι φρενῶν σ2

pretty. But Rhadamanthys has prospered, because his allotted portion was the blameless fruit of intelligence, and he does not delight his inner spirit with deceptions,

Scholia ad vv. 73–73 (2 entries)

ad v. 73

a. τὸν δὲ τετράκναμον: τὸν δὲ τετράραβδον δεσμὸν ἤνυσε καὶ κατειργάσατο ἑὸν ὄντα δεσμὸν καὶ ὄλεθρον ὁ Ἰξίων, ἶσον ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ τοῖς ποσὶ πρὸς τὸ τῇ δέσει τῶν χειρῶν καὶ τῶν ποδῶν ἐξαρκεῖν.

b. τὸν δὲ τετράκναμον: κνήμη τοῦ τροχοῦ ῥάβδος ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς χοινικίδος ἐπὶ τὸν κύκλον διήκουσα. οἱ δὲ ἁρμάτειοι τροχοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἑξάκνημοί εἰσιν, οἱ δὲ τῶν θεῶν δι᾿ ὑπερβολὴν τοῦ κόσμου παρὰ τῷ Ὁμήρῳ (Ε 723) ὀκτάκνημοι εἶναι λέγονται. οἰκείως δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸν τοῦ Ἰξίονος τροχὸν τετράκνημον εἶπεν, ἵνα τοῖς μὲν δυσὶ ποσὶ τὰς δύο, ταῖς δὲ χερσὶ τὰς δύο προσάψῃ κνήμας.

74 ἔλαχε καρπὸν ἀμώμητον, οὐδʼ ἀπάταισι θυμὸν τέρπεται ἔνδοθεν·

An overpowering evil are the secret speakings of slander, to the slandered and to the listener thereto alike, and are as foxes in relentless temper. Yet for the beast whose name is of gain what great thing is gained thereby? For like the cork above the net, while the rest of the tackle laboureth deep in the sea, I am unmerged in the brine.

75–78

 οἷα ψιθύρων παλάμαις ἕπετʼ αἰεὶ βροτῷ. σ1
 ἄμαχον κακὸν ἀμφοτέροις διαβολιᾶν ὑποφάτιες,
 ὀργαῖς ἀτενὲς ἀλωπέκων ἴκελοι. σ2
 κερδοῖ δὲ τί μάλα τοῦτο κερδαλέον τελέθει; σ4

the kind that always follow a man because of the schemes of whisperers. Those who mutter slander are an evil that makes both sides helpless; they are utterly like foxes in their temper. But what does the fox really gain by outfoxing? For while the rest of the tackle labors in the depths,

Scholia ad vv. 75–78 (7 entries)

ad v. 75

a. ἐν δ᾿ ἀφύκτοισι: ὁ νοῦς· ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἀφύκτοις δεσμοῖς πεσὼν τὴν πᾶσιν ἐγνωσμένην ἀνεδέξατο ἀγγελίαν καὶ φήμην.

ad v. 77

a. τὰν πολύκοινον ἀγγελίαν: τὴν πᾶσιν ἐγνωσμένην. φησὶ δὲ ταύτην ὅτι χρὴ τοὺς εὐεργέτας καλοῖς ἀμείβεσθαι.

b. ἄλλως· τὴν πᾶσιν ἐγνωσμένην· κοινὰ γὰρ τὰ Ἰξίονος· ἢ τὴν ὠφέλιμον. τίς δέ ἐστιν αὕτη; ἣν δεδεμένος ὁ Ἰξίων ἐν τῷ τροχῷ ἔλεγε, τὸν εὐεργέτην ἀγαναῖς ἀμοιβαῖς ἀμείβεσθαι.

ad v. 78

a. ἄνευ οἱ χαρίτων: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔξω συνουσίας. χαρίζεσθαι γὰρ κυρίως λέγεται τὸ συνουσιάζειν, ὥσπερ Θεόπομπος ἐν Μήδῳ (fr. 29, I p. 740 K.) εἰσάγει τὸν Λυκαβηττὸν λέγοντα· παρ᾿ ἐμοὶ τὰ λίαν μειράκια χαρίζεται τοῖς ἡλικιώταις. καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης ἐν Ἱππεῦσιν (517) ἐκ μεταφορᾶς· πολλῶν γὰρ δὴ πειρασάντων αὐτὴν ὀλίγοις χαρίσασθαι. καὶ Σαπφώ (fr. 34)· σμικρά μοι πάϊς ἔμμεναι φαίνεο κἄχαρις. ἡ μήπω δυναμένη χαρίζεσθαι.

b. ἄλλως· Ἀρίσταρχος ἀφ᾿ ἑτέρας ἀρχῆς νῦν ἐπὶ τῆς νεφέλης ὑφίσταται τὸν λόγον τῆς τῷ Ἰξίονι συνευνασθείσης.

c. ἄνευ δέ οἱ Χαρίτων, οἷον τὸν ἄχαριν γόνον. ἄχαρις γὰρ ἦν τις καὶ ἄγριος ὁ Νεφέλης καὶ Ἰξίονος Κένταυρος.

d. συνίστησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐξ Ἰξίονος καὶ Νεφέλης τοὺς δισωμάτους Κενταύρους· ἐκείνην μὲν γάρ φησι τεκεῖν τὸν τοιοῦτον γόνον, ὃς οὔτε ἐν ἀνθρώποις οὔτε ἐν θεοῖς τιμὴν εἶχεν· ὄνομα δέ φησιν αὐτῷ εἶναι Κένταυρον. τοῦτον δὲ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ ἵπποις μιγνύμενον γεννῆσαι τοὺς διφυεῖς Κενταύρους, ὥστε ἐκείνους κατὰ τὸ γενικὸν ὄνομα ὀνομασθῆναι Κενταύρους ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς ὀνομασίας. εἰσί γε μὴν οἳ τὸν ὅλον μῦθον παρεγκεχειρήκασιν ὡς οὐ γεγονότων διφυῶν. Λέλεγας γάρ φασιν αὐτοὺς προσαγορευομένους διὰ τὸ ἀποκεντῆσαι τοὺς ταύρους προσαγορευθῆναι Ἱπποκενταύρους· οἱ δὲ ὅτι ἵπποις κέλησιν ἐποχηθέντες πρῶτοι πάντων τοῦτο διεπράξαντο.

79 ἅτε γὰρ εἰνάλιον πόνον ἐχοίσας βαθὺν

Impossible is it that a guileful citizen utter potent words among the good, nevertheless he fawneth on all and useth every subtlety. No part have I in that bold boast of his, 'Let me be a friend to my friend, but toward an enemy I will be an enemy and as a wolf will cross his path, treading now here now there in crooked ways.' For every form of polity is a man of direct speech best, whether under a despotism, or whether the wild multitude, or the wisest, have the state in their keeping.

80 σκευᾶς ἑτέρας, ἀβάπτιστός εἰμι, φελλὸς ὣς ὑπὲρ ἕρκος ἅλμας. σ280

I am unsinkable, like a cork above the surface of the salt sea.

Scholia ad vv. 80–80 (2 entries)

ad v. 80

a. μόνα καὶ μόνον: ἀντὶ τοῦ μονόμετρον καὶ ξένον τὴν φύσιν.

b. οἱ δὲ μόνον καὶ οὐκέτι ἕτερον· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἄλλος Νεφέλης ἐγένετο υἱός· καὶ παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας νεφέλας μόνη ἔτεκε Κένταυρον.

81–84

 ἀδύνατα δʼ ἔπος ἐκβαλεῖν κραταιὸν ἐν ἀγαθοῖς σ2
 δόλιον ἀστόν· ὅμως μὰν σαίνων ποτὶ πάντας, ἄταν πάγχυ διαπλέκει. σ2
 οὔ οἱ μετέχω θράσεος· φίλον εἴη φιλεῖν·
 ποτὶ δʼ ἐχθρὸν ἅτʼ ἐχθρὸς ἐὼν λύκοιο δίκαν ὑποθεύσομαι,

A crafty citizen is unable to speak a compelling word among noble men; and yet he fawns on everyone, weaving complete destruction. I do not share his boldness. Let me be a friend to my friend; but I will be an enemy to my enemy, and pounce on him like a wolf,

Scholia ad vv. 81–84 (4 entries)

ad v. 81

a. οὔτ᾿ ἐν θεῶν νόμοις: ἐγέννησε, φησὶν, ἡ νεφέλη τῷ Ἰξίονι παῖδα οὔτε ἐν ἀνθρώποις γέρας ἀποφερόμενον, ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσεως ξένον ὄντα, οὔτε ἐν τοῖς τῶν θεῶν νόμοις τιμώμενον. ἐκ δὲ τούτου πάλιν οὐδὲ θεοῖς ὅμοιον.

b. ἢ τὸν οὔτε τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων μετέχοντα φύσεως οὔτε τῆς τῶν θεῶν.

ad v. 82

a. ὃς ἵπποισιν: ὅστις ὁ ἐξ Ἰξίονος καὶ νεφέλης Κένταυρος ταῖς ἵπποις ταῖς Θεσσαλικαῖς ἐμίγνυτο κατὰ τὰς ὑπωρείας τοῦ Πηλίου ὄρους.

b. ἄλλως· Κένταυρόν φησι γεννηθῆναι ἄνδρα ἐκ τοῦ Ἰξίονος καὶ τῆς νεφέλης· ὃν πλησιάζοντα ταῖς ἐν τῷ Πηλίῳ ἵπποις γεννῆσαι τοὺς διφυεῖς Κενταύρους. τὰ μὲν κάτω τῇ μητρὶ παραπλήσια ἔχοντας, τὰ δὲ ἄνω τῷ πατρί.

85–88

 ἄλλʼ ἄλλοτε πατέων ὁδοῖς σκολιαῖς. σ3
 ἐν πάντα δὲ νόμον εὐθύγλωσσος ἀνὴρ προφέρει,
 παρὰ τυραννίδι, χὠπόταν ὁ λάβρος στρατός,
 χὤταν πόλιν οἱ σοφοὶ τηρέωντι. χρὴ δὲ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν,

treading every crooked path. Under every type of law the man who speaks straightforwardly prospers: in a tyranny, and where the raucous masses oversee the state, and where men of skill do. One must not fight against a god,

Against God it is not meet to strive, who now upholdeth these, and now again to those giveth great glory. But not even this cheereth the heart of the envious; for they measure by an unjust balance, and their own hearts they afflict with bitter pain, till such time as they attain to that which their hearts devise.

Scholia ad vv. 85–88 (3 entries)

ad v. 85

a. ἐκ δ᾿ ἐγένοντο στρατός: ἐξεγένοντο δὲ στρατὸς θαυμαστὸς Κενταύρων ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς γεγεννηκόσιν ὅμοιοι. ἔσχον δὲ εἰς ἓν συμβεβλημένας τὰς δύο φύσεις, καὶ τὰ μὲν κάτω ἐμφερεῖς ἦσαν ταῖς μητράσι, τὰ δὲ ἄνω τῷ πατρί.

b. ἐκ δ᾿ ἐγένοντο στρατός: ἡ φράσις κατὰ σχῆμα· ἀπὸ πληθυντικοῦ γὰρ ἑνικὸν ἐπήγαγε. καὶ ἔστι τὸ ἐναντίον παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (Ο 305)· ἡ πληθὺς ἐπὶ νῆας ἀπὸ στρατοῦ ἀπονέοντο. καὶ τὸ ἶσον (Σ 496)· αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες ἱστάμεναι θαύμαζον ἐπὶ προθύροισιν ἑκάστη.

c. ζητεῖται διατί, εἰ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ τῆς Θεσσαλίας οἱ Κένταυροι ἐτράφησαν, πῶς ἐν Φολόῃ τῇ Ἀρκαδικῇ Ἡρακλεῖ ἀντιτάσσονται. καὶ ῥητέον, ὅτι Πειρίθους ὁ Ἰξίονος παῖς καὶ Δίας τῆς Δηϊονέως ὡς ἂν οἰκειότατα ἔχων πρὸς τοὺς Κενταύρους τὴν τῶν γάμων ἑστίασιν ἐπιτελῶν κέκληκεν αὐτοὺς, ἐπιλαθόμενος δὲ τῷ Ἄρει θῦσαι ἔσχε μηνίοντα τὸν θεόν· καὶ οὕτως οἱ Κένταυροι κερασθέντες τῆς τῶν κρατήρων κατὰ τὴν εὐωχίαν ἀποπνοίας αἰσθόμενοι οὐ κατέσχον ἑαυτοὺς τῆς ἐμφύτου μανίας· ἐμφορησάμενοι γὰρ οἴνου ἀκράτου ἀκολάστως ἐφώρμησαν ταῖς τῶν Λαπιθῶν γυναιξὶ, πολλῶν δὲ ἀναιρεθέντων ἐκ τῶν Κενταύρων οἱ περιλειφθέντες εἰς Φολόην ἀπέφυγον τὴν οὕτω κληθεῖσαν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς τῶν Κενταύρων.

89 ὃς ἀνέχει τοτὲ μὲν τὰ κείνων, τότʼ αὖθʼ ἑτέροις ἔδωκεν μέγα κῦδος. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ταῦτα νόον σ1

who raises up some men’s fortunes at one time, and at another gives great glory to others. But even this

Scholia ad vv. 89–89 (1 entry)

ad v. 89

a. ἐπὶ ἐλπίδεσσιν: ἐλπίδας νῦν τὰς φρένας φησὶ καὶ διανοίας. | λέγει δὲ, ὅτι θεὸς ὃ ἂν διανοηθῇ, τοῦτο καὶ ἀνύει. τοῦτο δὲ γνωμολογεῖ διὰ τὸν Ἰξίονα, ἐπεὶ ὁ Ζεὺς τὴν νεφέλην τῇ Ἥρᾳ ἴσχυσεν ἀπεικάσαι.

90–94

 ἰαίνει φθονερῶν· στάθμας δέ τινος ἑλκόμενοι
 περισσᾶς ἐνέπαξαν ἕλκος ὀδυναρὸν ἑᾷ πρόσθε καρδίᾳ, σ1
 πρὶν ὅσα φροντίδι μητίονται τυχεῖν.
 φέρειν δʼ ἐλαφρῶς ἐπαυχένιον λαβόντα ζυγὸν
 ἀρήγει· ποτὶ κέντρον δέ τοι

does not comfort the minds of the envious; they pull the line too tight and plant a painful wound in their own heart before they get what they are scheming for. It is best to take the yoke on one’s neck and bear it lightly; kicking against the goad

To take the car's yoke on one's neck and run on lightly, this helpeth; but to kick against the goad is to make the course perilous. Be it mine to dwell among the good, and to win their love.

Scholia ad vv. 90–94 (1 entry)

ad v. 91

a. ὃ καὶ πτερόεντ᾿ αἰετόν: ἐπεὶ τῶν ζῴων τὰ μέν ἐστι θαλάσσια, τὰ δὲ χερσαῖα, τὰ δὲ μετάρσια, ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστου εἴδους ἓν παρέλαβε τῶν τριῶν τὸ κρατιστεῦον. | τὸν ἀετὸν οὖν τὸν βασιλέα τῶν πτηνῶν ὁ θεὸς καταλαμβάνει καὶ παραλλάσσει, ὁ δὲ δελφὶς δοκεῖ τῶν ἐναλίων προέχειν καὶ ταχύτατος εἶναι· καὶ τοῦτον δὲ παραμείβεται· καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος προέχει τῶν ἐπιγείων· καὶ τοῦτον δὲ ὑψιφρονοῦντα καὶ καυχώρμενον κατακάμπτει ὁ θεὸς καὶ καταπαλαίει. τοῖς δὲ ἀγαθοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώποων ἀγήραον καὶ αφθαρτον εὐδοξίαν ἀπένειμεν.

95–96

95 λακτιζέμεν τελέθει95

96 ὀλισθηρὸς οἶμος· ἁδόντα δʼ εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν. σ99

makes the path treacherous. I hope that I may associate with noble men and please them.

Scholia ad vv. 95–96 (99 entries)

ad v. 96

a. δάκος ἀδινόν· ἰδίως τὸ δάκος ἀδινὸν εἶπεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ κακόν. ὃ δὲ βούλεται λέγειν· ἐμὲ δὲ δεῖ φεύγειν τὰς κακηγορίας, τουτέστι τὸ κακηγορεῖν τινας. αἰνίττεται δὲ εἰς Βακχυλίδην· ἀεὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν τῷ Ἱέρωνι διέσυρεν. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

a. ἐν ἀμαχανίᾳ: ἐν ἀπορίᾳ βίου διὰ τὴν λοιδορίαν φησὶ καθεστῶτα, πάντων αὐτὸν ἀποστρεφομένων. [Drachmann ad v. 99]

a. ἔχθεσι πιαινόμενον· ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοιούτοις ἔχθεσι πιαινόμενον, βαρὺν ἐπιφέρουσιν αὐτῷ λόγον. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

b. δύναται καὶ ἑτέρως διαιρεῖσθαι, διὰ μὲν τοῦ πόλλ᾿ ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ ψογερὸν Ἀρχίλοχον νοουμένου παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ψεγόμενον τὸν Ἀρχίλοχον καὶ πόλλ᾿ ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ ψεγόμενον, ἐπεὶ βαρυλόγοις ἔχθεσιν ἐπιαίνετο καὶ ἔχαιρεν, εἰς λοιδορίαν ἀνθρώπων καὶ εἰς κακομηχανίαν χρώμενος τῇ ποιήσει. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

c. ἢ οὕτως· εἶδον γὰρ, φησὶ. τὸν Ἀρχίλοχον πιαινόμενον λόγοις ψογεροῖς ἐν ἀπορίᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

d. οἷον καὶ τὸν Ἀρχίλοχον ἐν ἀπορίᾳ εἶδον, ἐπεὶ ψογερὸς ἦν. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

e. τὸ πλουτεῖν δὲ σὺν τύχᾳ: τὸ δὲ ἐπιτυγχάνειν, φησὶ, πλούτου μετὰ σοφίας, ἄριστόν ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

f. ἢ οὕτω· τὸ εὐπορεῖν σοφίας σὺν εὐτυχίᾳ ἄριστόν ἐστι. | τοῦτο δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἱέρωνος ἀκουστέον. ἀποστρέφει γὰρ εἰς τοῦτον τὸν λόγον· ὃ σὺ ἔχεις σὺν εὐτυχεῖ πότμῳ, σοφίας ἐστὶν ἄριστον. ζητεῖται δὲ. | πῶς τὸ πλουτεῖν σοφίας λέγει ἄριστον· σοφία γὰρ πλούτου κρείττων. μήποτε οὖν οὐχὶ συγκριτικῶς, τοῦ πλούτου πρὸς τὴν σοφίαν συγκρινομένου· ἐχρήσατο γὰρ ἂν οὐχ ὑπερθετικῇ λέξει τῇ ἄριστον, ἀλλὰ συγκριτικῇ τῇ ἄρειον. ἄρειον μὲν γὰρ τόδε τοῦδε, ἄριστον δὲ πολλῶν. δῆλον οὖν, ὅτι τὸ πλουτεῖν τέταχεν οὐ κυρίως ἐπὶ τοῦ νοουμένου κατὰ τὸν βίον πλούτου, οἷον περιουσιάζειν χρήμασιν, ἀλλὰ μεταφορικῶς, τὸ πληθύειν καὶ περιουσιάζειν ἐν πότμῳ σοφίας ἄριστόν ἐστιν, [οἷον, τὸ τῇ σοφίᾳ πλουτεῖν ἄριστόν ἐστιν]. Ἀρίσταρχος δὲ οὕτως· οἷον εἴ τις λέγει, εὐποτμότατός ἐστιν ὁ πλουτῶν καὶ σοφίας ἅμα τυγχάνων. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

a. τὺ δὲ σάφα νιν ἔχεις: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸν Ἱέρωνα εἶπε· σὺ δὲ ἐλεύθερος ὢν, ὦ Ἱέρων, ἐλευθέρᾳ τῇ φρενὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχων καὶ τὴν σοφίαν ἣν προεῖπε καὶ πλουτῶν, δύνασαι καὶ ἑτέροις πεπαρεῖν, ἤτοι πορίζειν καὶ παρασκευάζειν. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

b. ἢ παρασχεῖν. καὶ πλουσίους ἀποδεῖξαι. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

a. πεπαρεῖν: ὅτι τὸ πεπαρεῖν πορίσαι ἢ περιποιῆσαι ἢ πλουσίους ἀποδεῖξαι. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

a. κύριε: κυρωτικὲ καὶ τελεστικὲ, τουτέστι πάντων ἔχων τὴν κυριότητα. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

a. εὐστεφάνων: ἤτοι ὑψηλῶν, ἢ εὖ τετειχισμένων. στέφανος γὰρ πόλεως τὸ τεῖχος. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

a. εἰ δέ τις ἤδη κτεάτεσσιν: εἰ δέ τις πλούτῳ καὶ τιμῇ φησιν ἕτερόν τινα τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τῶν πρὸ τούτου μείζονα καὶ ἀξιολογώτερον γεγενῆσθαι, κούφῃ καὶ ματαίᾳ φρενὶ διαπαλαίει καὶ μάχεται, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνόητός ἐστι [καὶ ἀναίσθητος]. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

a. παλαιμονεῖ: οἷον ματαιολογεῖ, καὶ οἷον ἐλπίδι ἐλαφρᾷ καὶ κούφῃ παλαίει· ἀσύνετος γάρ ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

a. εὐανθέα δ᾿ ἀναβάσομαι: ἤδη δὲ ὁρμήσω ἀνθηρῶς ἀνυμνήσων τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ Ἱέρωνος. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπὶ τὸν ἀνθηρὸν στόλον ὁρμήσω τῆς ἀρετῆς τοῦ Ἱέρωνος, ἵν᾿ ᾖ ἀνθηρὸν στόλον λέγων τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ Ἱέρωνος διὰ τοὺς στεφάνους· ἢ διὰ τὸ περὶ Ἰξίονος προειπεῖν. μεταβὰς τοίνυν ἐπ᾿ εὐανθέα στόλον ἀναβήσομαι. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

c. ἄλλως· ἐπειδὴ περὶ λοιδοριῶν διεξῆλθε καὶ τῆς Ἀρχιλόχου δυσφημίας, φησὶν ὅτι ἐπ᾿ εὐανθεστέραν ὁδὸν λόγων ἀναβήσομαι καὶ ἀνυμνήσω σε, ὦ Ἱέρων, περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς σου λέγων. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

d. τὸ δὲ εὐανθῆ στόλον, ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν πλεόντων ἡδέως. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

a. νεότατι μὲν ἀρήγει: τῇ νεότητι μὲν βοηθεῖ ἡ περὶ τὸ πολεμεῖν θρασύτης. τοῦτο δὲ ἐν τῷ καθόλου γνωμικῶς ἀναπεφώνηκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

a. ὅθεν φαμί: ὅθεν φημὶ καὶ σὲ τὴν ἄπειρον δόξαν εὑρηκέναι, ἐκ τῶν πολέμων τῶν κατορθουμένων διὰ τὴν νεότητα. τοῦτο δέ φησι, παρόσον ἔτι νέος ὢν ὁ Ἱέρων σὺν Γέλωνι τῷ ἀδελφῷ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς Σικελίας πολέμους διήνεγκε. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

b. ὅθεν: ἀπὸ τῆς θρασύτητος τῆς περὶ τοὺς πολέμους. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

a. βουλαὶ δὲ πρεσβύτεραι: αἱ δὲ σαὶ γνῶμαι καίτοι ἀκμαίου ὄντος πρεσβύτεραί εἰσι καὶ συνεταί· διὸ ἀκίνδυνόν μοι παρέχουσιν αἱ σαὶ γνῶμαι τὸ κατὰ πάντα ἐγκωμιάζειν σε. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἀκίνδυνον ἐμοὶ τῷ τοὺς ἐπαίνους παρέχοντι πρὸς πάντα λόγον ἐπαινεῖν, | οἷον οὐκ ἐλεγχθήσομαι ὑπό τινος ὅτι ψευδῶς σε ἐπαινῶ. ἃ γὰρ ἔχεις, ταῦτα καὶ λέγω. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

c. βουλαὶ δὲ πρεσβύτεραι: οἷον, ὑπὲρ τὴν νεότητα βουλεύῃ. καὶ Σοφοκλῆς (fr. 562) ἐπὶ τοῦ Τρωίλου· τὸν ἀνδρόπαιδα δεσπότην ἀπώλεσα, παῖδα μὲν τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἄνδρα δὲ τῷ φρονήματι. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

d. τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι ἐν μὲν νεότητι πολεμικὸς ἦν ὁ Ἱέρων, ἐν ἡλικίᾳ δὲ εὔβουλος. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

a. κατὰ Φοίνισσαν ἐμπολάν: οἷον ἐπὶ κέρδει καὶ πράσει· οἱ γὰρ Φοίνικες παλιγκάπηλοι. Σοφοκλῆς (fr. 823)· ὠνὴν ἔθου καὶ πρᾶσιν, ὡς Φοῖνιξ ἀνήρ, Σιδώνιος κάπηλος. καὶ ὁ Κωμικός (fr. IV 334 M.)· εὐθὺς Φοῖνιξ γίγνομαι· τῇ μὲν δίδωμι χειρὶ, τῇ δὲ λαμβάνω. | τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὁ Πίνδαρος, παρόσον μισθοῦ συντέταχε τῷ Ἱέρωνι τὸ ἐγκώμιον. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

b. ἄλλως· τοῦτο μὲν τὸ μέλος καὶ τοῦτον τὸν ἐπίνικον κατὰ τὴν τῶν Φοινίκων ἐμπορίαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ λαβὼν παρὰ σοῦ μισθὸν, διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης διαπέμπομαί σοι. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

c. τὸ δὲ Καστόρειον μέλος ὑπορχηματικὸν, Αἰολικῷ ῥυθμῷ συντεταγμένον. ὅπερ χάριν καὶ προῖκά σοι διεπεμψάμην, ἀπαντήσας τῷ μέλει, φησὶ δὲ τῷ Καστορείῳ, καὶ ὑποδεξάμενος αὐτὸ διὰ τῆς ἑπταμίτου κιθάρας, φησὶ δὲ τῆς λύρας, ἑκὼν ἐπιθεώρησον τὸ μέλος, ἀντὶ τοῦ κροῦσον καὶ δοκίμασον, εἰ μὴ εὐρύθμως γέγραπται. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

a. τὸ Καστόρειον: τὸν ἐπίνικον ἐπὶ μισθῷ συντάξας ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐκ περιττοῦ συνέπεμψεν αὐτῷ προῖκα ὑπόρχημα, οὗ ἡ ἀρχή (fr. 105)· Σύνες ὅ τοι λέγω ζαθέων ἱερῶν ἐπώνυμε, ὃ δὴ Καστόρειον εἶπε διὰ τὸ τὴν ἔνοπλον ὄρχησιν κατ᾿ ἐνίους τοὺς Διοσκούρους εὑρεῖν· ὀρχηστικοὶ γάρ τινες οἱ Διόσκουροι. ὁ δὲ Ἐπίχαρμος (fr. 75) τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν φησι τοῖς Διοσκούροις τὸν ἐνόπλιον νόμον ἐπαυλῆσαι, ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ τοὺς Λάκωνας μετ᾿ αὐλοῦ τοῖς πολεμίοις προσιέναι. | τινὲς δὲ ῥυθμόν τινά φασι τὸ Καστόρειον, χρῆσθαι δὲ αὐτῷ τοὺς Λάκωνας ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους συμβολαῖς. διέλκεται δὲ ἡ τῆς πυρρίχης ὄρχησις, πρὸς ἣν τὰ ὑπορχήματα ἐγράφησαν. ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν φασι τὴν ἔνοπλον ὄρχησιν πρῶτον Κούρητας εὑρηκέναι καὶ ὑπορχήσασθαι, | αὖθις δὲ Πύρριχον Κρῆτα συντάξασθαι, Θαλήταν δὲ πρῶτον τὰ εἰς αὐτὴν ὑπορχήματα· Σωσίβιος δὲ, τὰ ὑπορχηματικὰ πάντα μέλη Κρηταϊκὰ λέγεσθαι. ἔνιοι δὲ οὐκ ἀπὸ Πυρρίχου τοῦ Κρητὸς τὴν πυρρίχην ὠνομάσθαι, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ παιδὸς τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως Πύρρου ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὀρχησαμένου ἐπὶ τῇ κατὰ Εὐρυπύλου τοῦ Τηλέφου νίκῃ. Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ (fr. 519) πρῶτον Ἀχιλλέα ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Πατρόκλου πυρᾷ τῇ πυρρίχῃ κεχρῆσθαι, | ἣν παρὰ Κυπρίοις φησὶ πρύλιν λέγεσθαι, ὥστε παρὰ τὴν πυρὰν τῆς πυρρίχης τὸ ὄνομα θέσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

a. ἐν Αἰολίδεσσι: ἐπεὶ οἱ Αἰολεῖς κιθαρῳδοί· τὸ δὲ μέλος Αἰολικῷ ῥυθμῷ συνέταξε. ἢ τὸ ποίημα. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

b. ἄλλως· Αἰολίδεσσι: Βοιωτίαις· ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ὁ Πίνδαρος. τοιοῦτόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ ἑτέρωθι (Pind. fr. 191) λεγόμενον· Αἰολεὺς ἔβαινε Δωρίαν κέλευθον ὕμνων. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

a. γένοιο δ᾿ οἷος ἐσσὶ μαθών: ἐπισκεψάμενος δὲ τὸν ἀποσταλέντα σοι ὕμνον διάμεινον τῷ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τρόπῳ ἴσος, καὶ μὴ μεταβληθῆς τὴν προαίρεσιν ὑπὸ τῶν κολακευόντων σε. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

b. μαθὼν δὲ, φησὶ, τὸ γεγραμμένον γενήθητι οἷος εἶ, σοφὸς, καὶ σύνες τὸ λεγόμενον, ὃ οἱ παῖδες εἰώθασι λέγειν, πίθων καλὸς, πρὸς τὸν πίθηκον οὐκ ὄντα καλὸν ἀλλ᾿ εἰδεχθῆ. μαθὼν οὖν τοῦτο, φησὶ, γενήθητι οἷος εἶ, μὴ λέγεσθαι μὲν σοφὸς, τῷ δὲ πράγματι ἄσοφος, ὥσπερ ὁ πίθων. ταῦτα δὲ ἔνιοι τείνειν αὐτὸν εἰς Βακχυλίδην· εὐδοκιμῆσαι γὰρ αὐτὸν παρὰ τῷ Ἱέρωνι. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

c. ὃ δὲ βούλεται λέγειν, ὅτι ὥσπερ παρὰ τοῖς παισὶ καλός ἐστιν ὁ πίθων, οὕτω παρὰ τοῖς ἄφροσι καὶ κόλαξιν οἱ ὑπερέχοντες λέγονται σοφοὶ καὶ πάντα ἔχειν τὰ ἀγαθά· δεῖ δὲ αὐτοῖς μὴ πιστεύειν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς βελτίοις καὶ σοφοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

d. γένοιο δ᾿ οἷος ἐσσὶ μαθών: οἷος εἶ ἐξ ὧν ἔγραψα, γένοιο τοιοῦτος. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

e. ἢ οὕτως· οἷος εἶ, μὴ ἀπατηθῇς. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

a. πίθων παρὰ παισίν: ὡς ὁ πίθηκος ἀκούων παρὰ τῶν παίδων, ὅτι καλός ἐστιν, ἐπαίρεται, οὕτω καὶ οἱ μάταιοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπαίρονται καὶ χαυνοῦνται, | ὅπερ τοῖς φρονίμοις οὐχ ἁρμόζει εἰδόσιν ὅτι κατὰ κολακείαν καὶ ἐνέδραν ἐπαινοῦνται, οὐκ ἐξ ἀληθείας. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

b. μήποτε οὖν χαριέστερόν ἐστιν οὕτως ἀκούειν· Θρασυδαῖος ἑταῖρος ἦν Πινδάρου, Ἱέρων δὲ ἐπολέμησε Θήρωνι τῷ Θρασυδαίου πατρί. εἰκὸς οὖν διαβεβλῆσθαι τὸν Πίνδαρον τῷ Ἱέρωνι, ὅθεν ἀπολογούμενος εἰς τοῦτο πᾶσαν ἀναφέρει παραίνεσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

c. ἢ οὕτως· ὥσπερ ὁ πίθηκος σπουδάζεται παρὰ τοῖς παισὶν φαῦλος ὤν, οὕτω καὶ Βακχυλίδης παρὰ παισὶ μὲν ἄφροσιν εὐδοκιμείτω, παρὰ σοὶ δὲ σοφῷ ὄντι πίθηκος ἔστω. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

d. ἄλλως· αἰνίττεται εἰς τὸν Βακχυλίδην· οἷον, παρὰ τοῖς παισὶ δοκεῖ καλὸς εἶναι ὁ πίθηκος. παρὰ δὲ ἀνδράσιν οὐκέτι· γινώσκεται γὰρ ἀκριβῶς τὸ ζῷον. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

e. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτως· ὥσπερ παρὰ παισὶ δοκεῖ καλὸς εἶναι καὶ γελοῖος, οὕτως καὶ ὁ Βακχυλίδης. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

f. δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτω νοεῖσθαι· ὁ Βακχυλίδης παρὰ παισὶ δοκεῖ εἶναι σοφὸς, παρὰ τελείοις δὲ οὐκέτι. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

a. ὁ δὲ Ῥαδάμανθυς εὖ πέπραγεν: ὁ Ῥαδάμανθυς διὰ τὸ μὴ εὐεξαπάτητος εἶναι σοφὸς ὑπείληπται· καὶ σὺ οὖν, ὦ Ἱέρων, μὴ πείθου διαβολαῖς μηδὲ πιθηκισμοῖς, ὅ ἐστιν ἀπάταις. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

b. ἄλλως· ὁ λόγος παραινετικὸς τῷ Ἱέρωνι, ὅτι οὐ προσήκει σε κολακεύουσιν ἥδεσθαι. οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι φιληδεῖς εἰσι παισὶ, τελείοις γε μὴν οὐκέτι. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

c. ἰδοὺ γὰρ ὁ Ῥαδάμανθυς εὖ ἔπραξε καὶ ἐπίδοξος γεγένηται ὅτι ἄψεκτον τῶν φρενῶν εἶχε τὸν καρπὸν, τουτέστι τὸν λογισμὸν, καὶ οὐδαμῶς ταῖς ἀπάταις ἐτέρπετο τὴν ψυχὴν, οἷα μάλιστα ταῖς τῶν κολάκων καὶ ἀπατεώνων ἀνθρώπων μηχαναῖς καὶ ἀπάταις εἴωθε παρακολουθεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

a. οἷα ψιθύρων παλάμαις: τῶν κολάκων καὶ ἀπατεώνων, παρὰ τὸ ἠρέμα ψιθυρίζειν. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

b. παλάμαις δὲ ταῖς τέχναις. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

a. ἄμαχον κακόν: ὁ λόγος γνωμικός· ἀκαταμάχητον κακὸν τὸ τῶν κολάκων φῦλον. τὸ δὲ ἄμαχον κακὸν δύναται συνάπτεσθαι τῷ ἀμφοτέροις, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· οἱ ψίθυροι ἄμαχον κακόν εἰσιν ἀμφοτέροις, καὶ τῷ διαβαλλομένῳ καὶ τῷ πρὸς ὃν διαβάλλουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 139]

a. διαβολιᾶν ὑποφάτιες: ἑρμηνευταὶ καὶ διάβολοι, παρὰ τὸ φατίζειν καὶ λέγειν. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

b. τὸ δὲ ἀμφοτέροις, ὅτι τόνδε μὲν τῷδε διαβάλλουσι, τόνδε δὲ τῷδε· ὅπερ Ὅμηρος (E 831) ἀλλοπρόσαλλόν φησι. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

c. διαβολιᾶν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ διαβολῶν Δωρικῶς, ἤτοι κατηγοριῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

a. ὀργαῖς ἀτενές: τρόποις· καὶ ὅτι ἀτενές ἐστιν εὐθύτατα καὶ ὀρθότατα. διὰ δὲ τούτου τὸ ὁμοιότατον δηλοῖ. καθόλου δὲ τοῖς τῶν ἀλωπέκων τρόποις εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

a. κέρδει δὲ τί μάλα: ἐρωτηματικὸς ὁ λόγος· ἀλλὰ καὶ κέρδει τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν· εἶτα ἡ ἐπαγωγή· τί δὴ αὐτοῖς τοῦτο τὸ κατηγορεῖν ἐπικερδὲς τυγχάνει; ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις (Ο. Ι, 53)· ἀκέρδεια λέλογχε θαμινὰ κακαγόρους. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

b. ἄλλως· τὸ δὲ διαβάλλειν οὐδὲν ἐπικερδὲς ἔχει. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

c. τί αὐτοῖς κέρδος τὸ διαβάλλειν ἐμέ; ἐγὼ γὰρ ὡς φελλὸς ἁλιευτικοῦ δικτύου, αὐτοῦ ὄντος ἐν βάθει, ἐπιπλέω καὶ οὐ βαπτίζομαι. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

d. ὡς ὑπὸ ἄλλου σκεύους βαρύνεται ὁ φελλὸς καὶ οὐ δύνει, οὕτως ἐγὼ ἀβάπτιστός εἰμι ὡς φελλός. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

e. θηλυκῶς δὲ λέγει τὴν φελλόν. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

f. τὸ δὲ βαθύ συναπτέον τῷ ἕρκος. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

g. τί μάλα τοῦτο κερέον: τί περιγίνεται κέρδος τοῖς ψιθύροις; οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀνύουσιν. οὐ γὰρ πεφρόντικα ὡς ὁ ἀβάπτιστος φελλός. δῆλον δὲ ἐκ τούτου μᾶλλον ὅτι περὶ αὑτοῦ λέγει ὁ Πίνδαρος. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

a. ἅτε γὰρ ἐνάλιον: ἐγὼ ὥσπερ σαγήνης πονούσης καὶ βάθος λοιπὸν ἐχούσης κατὰ τοῦ πελάγους, ἀβάπτιστος ὢν ὡς ὁ φελλὸς...... [Drachmann ad v. 144]

b. b........ καὶ ἐπινήχεται ὑπὲρ τὴν τῆς θαλάσσης ἐπιφάνειαν ἀβαπτίστου φύσεως ὢν, οὕτω καὶ ἐγὼ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων κακηγορίαις ἀβάπτιστός εἰμι, | ἑτέρας σκευῆς ὢν, ὡς πρὸς τὴν σαγήνην τὸν φελλόν. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

a. ὡς ὑπὲρ ἕρκος ἅλμας: τῇ τῆς θαλάσσης ἐπιφανείᾳ, ὅτι τῇ ἑαυτῆς ἐπιφανείᾳ περιτειχίζεται. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

a. ἀδύνατα δ᾿ ἔπος ἐκβαλεῖν: ἀδύνατόν ἐστι τὸν διαβάλλοντα ἐν ἀγαθοῖς ὄντα ἀνθρώποις εἰπεῖν τι κραταιόν· ἀσθενὲς γὰρ λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

b. κραταιὸν δὲ, κρατυνθῆναι καὶ πιστευθῆναι δυνάμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἀδύνατον δέ ἐστι τὸν δόλιον ἄνδρα, φαῦλα λέγοντα καὶ ψευδῆ, πεῖσαι συνετὸν ἄνδρα καὶ φρόνιμον. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

d. ἄλλως· ἀδύνατόν ἐστι δόλιον πολίτην λέγειν τινὰ ἐν ἀγαθοῖς καὶ φρονίμοις ἀνδράσι λόγον ἰσχυρὸν καὶ πρὸς ἀπάτην πιστόν. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

a. ὅμως μάν: ὅμως κολακεύων ὁ δόλιος ἀνὴρ ἐπιπολὺ καλῶς διανύει τὸν βίον. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

b. πλοκήν τινα ποιεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

a. πάγχυ διαπλέκει: πλοκήν τινα ποιεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

b. ἐὰν διάπλεκε γέγραπται, πρὸς ἑαυτὸν λέγει ὁ Πίνδαρος. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

a. φίλον εἴη φιλεῖν: εἴη με τοὺς μὲν φίλους τῶν ἀνθρώπων φιλεῖν, πρὸς δὲ τὸν ἐχθρὸν ἅτε καὶ αὐτὸς ὢν ἐχθρὸς λύκου τρόπον ὑποδραμοῦμαι. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

b. ἄλλως· μὴ πρὸς πάντας εἴη μοι σαίνειν, φησὶ, καὶ φίλους καὶ ἐχθροὺς, ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν φίλον σανῶ, τὸν δὲ ἐχθρὸν ἐπιτηρήσω, ἵνα μετέλθω καθάπερ λύκος ἐνεδρεύων, οὐκ εὐθείαις ἀλλὰ σκολιαῖς ὁδοῖς, τουτέστιν οὐχ ἑνὶ τρόπῳ ἀλλὰ παντοῖος ἔσομαι. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

a. a: λύκοιο δίκαν: ὡς λύκος. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

b. προσδραμοῦμαι αὐτῷ λύκου τρόπον. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

c. τὰ ἴχνη αὐτοῦ φυλάξω ὡς λύκος, ἐπ᾿ ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο βαίνων, | τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ἄλλοτε ἄλλα πράγματα διαψηλαφῶν, ὥστε τοῦτον βλάψαι. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

d. οἱονεὶ ἐπιπατῶν αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἴχνεσι καὶ βλάπτων αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ, ἀλλὰ λεληθότως εἰς τὸν ἐχθρὸν κακουργῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

a. ἐν πάντα δὲ νομόν: κατὰ πᾶσαν ἀρχήν. ἐπεὶ τρεῖς πολιτείας φησὶν εἶναι, δημοκρατίαν, ὀλιγαρχίαν, τυραννίδα. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

b. ὁ νοῦς· κατὰ πᾶσαν δὲ ἀρχὴν ὁ εὐθυρρήμων, ὁ μὴ ἕτερα μὲν νοῶν ἕτερα δὲ λέγων, βελτίων ἐστὶν, ἔν τε τυραννίδι καὶ δημοκρατίᾳ καὶ ὅταν τὴν πόλιν οἱ σοφοὶ καὶ ἄριστοι διοικῶσι. προφέρει γὰρ οὐχ ὑποκρινόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

a. χρὴ δὲ πρὸς θεόν: προσήκει δὲ μὴ φιλονεικεῖν πρὸς τὸ δαμόνιον, ἀλλ᾿ οἷα ἂν διδῷ, ταῦτα καὶ φρονεῖν. πολλάκις γὰρ τὰ τῶνδε μὲν ὑψοῖ, ἄλλοτε δὲ τὰ τῶν ἑτέρων ἑτέροις ἔδωκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

b. ἄλλως· οἱ διαβάλλοντες γὰρ ἐρίζουσιν. οὐ δεὶ οὖν θεοῖς ἀντιβαίνειν. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

a. ὃς ἀνέχει: οἱονεὶ μετεωρίζει, ὥστε εἶναι περὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς μεγάλην δόξαν. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

b. ἄλλως· κἀγὼ οὖν εἴξω τῷ Βακχυλίδῃ [φησὶ] τὰ νῦν, παρὰ θεῶν εὖ πράττοντι, καὶ οὐκ ἀντιβήσομαι τῇ προαιρέσει ἐπιπλεῖστον. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

c. τοτὲ μὲν τἀκείνων· ἐπεὶ ἔφησεν ὅτι τὸν μὲν ὁ θεὸς ὑψοῖ, τὸν δὲ καταρριπτεῖ, φησὶν ὅτι οὐδὲ ταῦτα τῶν ἀπατεώνων καὶ κολάκων πείθει τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς τὸ ἀπέχεσθαι τῆς τοιαύτης ὑποστάσεως λογιζομένους ὡς οὐ παραμενεῖ αὐτοῖς ἡ νῦν δοκοῦσα παρεῖναι εὐτυχία. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

a. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ταῦτα νόον ἰαίνει: τίνα ταῦτα: ἐπεὶ προείρηκεν ὅτι ὁ θεὸς στρέφει τὸν βίον καὶ οὐκ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ τάξει ἀεὶ τὰ πράγματα μένει, φησὶν ὅτι οὐδὲ ταῦτα τοὺς φθονεροὺς καὶ διαβόλους ἰαίνει οὐδὲ προσπαθῆ ποιεῖ τὸν νοῦν αὐτῶν, ἵνα παύσωνται διαβάλλοντες. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

b. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ταῦτα νόον ἰαίνει φθονερῶν: ἐπεὶ προείρηκεν ὅτι τὸν μὲν ὁ θεὸς ὑψοῖ, τὸν δὲ καταρρίπτει, καὶ οὐκ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ τάξει τὰ πράγματα μένει, φησὶν ὅτι οὐδὲ ταῦτα τοὺς φθονεροὺς καὶ διαβόλους κινεῖ εἰς τὸ ἀπέχεσθαι τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πέλας φθόνου, λογιζομένους ὡς οὐ παραμενεῖ αὐτοῖς ἡ νῦν δοκοῦσα παρεῖναι εὐτυχία. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

c. οὐκ ἰαίνει οὖν, φησὶ, οὐ προσπαθῆ ποιεῖ τὸν νοῦν αὐτῶν, ἵνα παύσωνται διαβάλλοντες. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

a. a: ἰαίνει δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ θερμαίνει καὶ προσπαθῆ ποιεῖ τὸν νοῦν. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

b. τὸ δὲ στάθμας φροντίδος. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

c. σταθμώμενοι, φησὶ, πολλὰ | καὶ περιγράφοντες μεγάλα τινὰ μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι αὐτοῖς. προωδυνήθησαν πρὶν τυχεῖν ὧν ἐπιζητοῦσι καὶ ἐλπίζουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

d. στάθμας δέ τινος: ἡ ἀναφορὰ πάλιν πρὸς Βακχυλίδην. εἴληπται δὲ οὕτως ἡ διάνοια, διὰ τὸ παρὰ τῷ Ἱέρωνι τὰ Βακχυλίδου προκρίνεσθαι ποιήματα, καί φησιν ὅτι φέρειν δεῖ τὰ συμπτώματα τῆς τύχης. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

a. ἐνέπαξαν ἕλκος: οἷον, ἥλκωσαν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, πρὶν κακῶσαί τινα καὶ κατορθῶσαι ἃ κατ᾿ ἀλλήλων μηχανῶνται· ὅ ἐστιν, ἄδικα φρονοῦντες πρότερον ἑαυτοὺς ὀδυνῶσι πρὶν ἄλλους κακῶσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

a. φέρειν δέ: τὰ δὲ προσπίπτοντα παρὰ τῆς τύχης ὑποβάλλοντα τὸν αὐχένα ὑπομένειν συμφέρει. [Drachmann ad v. 171]

b. ἄλλως· φέρειν δὲ ἐλαφρῶς καὶ ἄνευ φιλονεικίας τὸν παρὰ τῆς τύχης ζυγὸν συμβάλλεται, ὥσπερ βοῦν ὑποδύντα τὸν ζυγόν. [Drachmann ad v. 171]

c. πάλιν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ τοῦ Βακχυλίδου ἀναφέρεται ὁ λόγος. ἕλξω γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸν ζυγὸν, ὡς ἡ τύχη ἠβουλήθη, διὰ τὸ τιμᾶσθαι παρὰ σοὶ (τῷ Ἱέρωνι) μᾶλλον ἐμοῦ τὸν Βακχυλίδην. [Drachmann ad v. 171]

d. ἄλλως· ἐπικουρητικόν ἐστι καὶ ἀρηκτικὸν τὸ μὴ ἀντιτείνειν ταῖς τῶν θεῶν βουλήσεσιν, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς βούλονται ὑποδύντα τὸν ζυγὸν καὶ κατακύψαντα ἕλκειν καὶ προκόπτειν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ βίου. ἐπεὶ οὖν Βακχυλίδης ἐστί σου φίλος, ἕλξω ὑποδὺς τὴν τῆς τύχης ζεύγλην ὡς βοῦς. [Drachmann ad v. 171]

a. ποτὶ κέντρον λακτιζέμεν: λακτίζειν δὲ πρὸς κέντρον οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς, οὐδὲ ἀβλαβὴς ὁδὸς τυγχάνει· τούτεστιν, οὐ συμφέρει τῇ τύχῃ ἄνθρωπον ὄντα διαμάχεσθαι. ἡ δὲ τροπὴ ἀπὸ τῶν βοῶν· τῶν γὰρ βοῶν οἱ ἄτακτοι κατὰ τὴν γεωργίαν κεντριζόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀροῦντος λακτίζουσι τὸ κέντρον καὶ μᾶλλον πλήττονται. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

b. ἄλλως· οὐ βούλομαι, φησὶ, βίᾳ φίλος σου εἶναι, ἀλλὰ αἱρετός. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

c. ἄλλως· ἐγὼ, φησὶ, πρὸς κέντρα οὐ λακτίζω, ἀλλὰ εἴξας ἕλξω τὸν ζυγὸν, ὅ ἐστι τὸ ἔργον τοῦ βίου. | Αἰσχύλος Ἀγαμέμνονι (1624)· πρὸς κέντρα μὴ λάκτιζε, μὴ παίσας μογῇς. καὶ Εὐριπίδης (fr. 604)· πρὸς κέντρα μὴ λάκτιζε τοῖς κρατοῦσί σου. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 3

Pythian 3 — for Ἱέρωνι Συρακοσίῳ

κέλητι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 115 lines · 158 scholia parts

Argumentum (6 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen III.

p2. Τῷ αὐτῷ κέλητι.

p3. Ἱέρωνι Συρακουσίῳ.

p4. Τῆς τρίτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ιγ΄. τὸ α΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (P. I 7)· ἀμβολὰς τεύχῃς ἐλελιζομένα. τὸ β΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ πρώτῳ. τὸ γ΄ δίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν ἀκατάληκτον, ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 94, 2)· τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ δ΄ προσοδιακόν. τὸ ε΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. το ς΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν μονόμετρον. τὸ ζ΄ δίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ Ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον, ἢ ἀναπαιστικὸν μονόμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ προσοδιακόν. τὸ ι΄ δίμετρον Ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος καταληκτικόν. τὸ ια΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ ιβ΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ιγ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν.

p5. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ιε΄. τὸ α΄ ὅμοιον τῷ α΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ β΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν [Πινδαρικόν]. τὸ γ΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ δίμετρον Ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος. τὸ ε΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (P. I 34)· ταί θ᾿ ὑπὲρ Κύμας ἁλιερκέες ὄχθαι. τὸ ς΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ ζ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ· τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ η΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ς΄. τὸ θ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ζ΄. τὸ ι΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ς΄ καὶ τὸ η΄. τὸ ια΄ προσοδιακόν. τὸ ιβ΄ δίμετρον [τροχαϊκὸν] ἐπιχοριαμβικόν. τὸ ιγ΄ Ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ιδ΄ μονόμετρον ἀναπαιστικὸν, ὅμοιον τῷ ἕκτῳ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ ιε΄ ὅμοιον τῷ· τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας.

p6. Inscr.a. Γράφει τὸν ἐπίνικον Ἱέρωνι νικήσαντι κέλητι τὴν εἰκοστὴν ἕκτην καὶ εἰκοστὴν ἑβδόμην Πυθιάδα. καὶ φανερὸν, ὅτι εἰς ἀμφοτέρας τὰς νίκας τὸν ἐπίνικον συντάττει, δι᾿ ὧν ὀνομάζει στεφάνους ἀέθλων καὶ κώμους ἀέθλων. τὸ δὲ προοίμιον πρὸς τὴν Ἱέρωνος νόσον ἐστίν· κατεύχεται γὰρ ἀναβιῶναι τὸν Χείρωνα καὶ ὑγιάσαι τῆς νόσου τῆς λιθουρίας τὸν Ἱέρωνα.

1–4

 ἤθελον Χείρωνά κε Φιλλυρίδαν, σ3
 εἰ χρεὼν τοῦθʼ ἁμετέρας ἀπὸ γλώσσας κοινὸν εὔξασθαι ἔπος,
 ζώειν τὸν ἀποιχόμενον,
 Οὐρανίδα γόνον εὐρυμέδοντα Κρόνου, βάσσαισί τʼ ἄρχειν Παλίου Φῆρʼ ἀγρότερον,

Pelion If it were proper for this commonplace prayer to be made by my tongue, I would want Cheiron the son of Philyra to be alive again, he who has departed, the wide-ruling son of Cronus son of Uranus; and I would want him to reign again in the glens of, the beast of the wilds

Fain were I (if meet it be to utter from my mouth the prayer conceived of all) that Cheiron the son of Philyra were alive and had not perished among men, even the wide-ruling seed of Kronos the son of Ouranos; and that there still lorded it in Pelion's glens that Beast untamed, whose soul was loving unto men, even such as when of old he trained the gentle deviser of limb-saving anodynes, Asklepios, the hero that was a defence against all kind of bodily plague.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (3 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Χείρων ὁ Κένταυρος γίνεται παῖς Κρόνου καὶ Φιλύρας τῆς Ὠκεανοῦ, καὶ ἔστιν | ὁ νοῦς οὕτως· ἐβουλόμην τὸν Χείρωνα, εἰ προσῆκον τοῦτο εὔξασθαι, ἀναβιῶναι τὸν ἤδη τεθνηκότα.

b. Inscr.b. Ἤθελον Χείρωνά κε Φιλλυρίδαν: Ἱέρωνι Πύθια νικήσαντι τὴν κζ΄ Πυθιάδα· μέμνηται δὲ καὶ τῆς πρὸ ταύτης Πυθιάδος, ὥστε ἐπὶ ταῖς δύο νίκαις τὴν ᾠδὴν συντετάχθαι. συνᾴδει δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν χρόνων. ὡς γὰρ ἤδη βασιλεύοντός φησιν (Vs. 70)· ὃς Συρακόσσαισιν ἄρχει πραῢς ἀστοῖς. καθίσταται δὲ ὁ Ἱέρων βασιλεὺς κατὰ τὴν ος΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα, τῆς κη΄ Πυθιάδος τῇ προκειμένῃ Ὀλυμπιάδι συγχρόνου οὔσης, ὥστε πάντη τε καὶ πάντως μετὰ τὴν ὕστερον Πυθιάδα, ἥτις γέγονε περὶ τὴν οε΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα, συντετάχθαι τόνδε τὸν ἐπίνικον. πρὸς δὲ τὴν παροῦσαν τύχην τοῦ Ἱέρωνος ἁρμοσάμενος εὔχεται ἐν ταῖς πτυχαῖς τοῦ Πηλίου διάγειν τὸν Χείρωνα ὑπὲρ τοῦ δύνασθαι τὸν Ἱέρωνα θεραπείας τυχεῖν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ· | λιθιάσει γὰρ νόσῳ κατείχετο. τὸν δὲ Χείρωνα μιᾶς τῶν Ὠκεανίδων καὶ Κρόνου γενεαλογοῦσιν.

b. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ἤθελον δὴ τὸν ἀποιχόμενον Οὐρανίδου Κρόνου γόνον εὐρυμέδοντα Φιλλυρίδην Χείρωνα, εἰ χρεὼν ἔπος κοινὸν τοῦτ᾿ εὔξασθαι ἡμετέρας ἀπὸ γλώσσης. κοινὸν δὲ, ἤτοι κατακοίνως λεγόμενον ἐν τῷ βίῳ· οἷον, εἰ ἔζη ὁ δεῖνα, ἐποίησεν ἂν τάδε. ἢ κοινὸν, τὸ ἐσόμενον κοινὸν ἀγαθόν· εἰ γὰρ ἀνέζησε, πολλοὺς ἂν ὑγίασεν. ἢ κοινὸν ἀγαθὸν, ἐμοί τε καὶ τῷ Ἱέρωνι· εἰ γὰρ ὑγίανεν ὁ Ἱέρων, ἐμὸν ἦν ἀγαθὸν καὶ τοῦ Ἱέρωνος. | ἢ κοινὸν, τὸ ἐσόμενον κοινὸν διὰ τὴν ἐμὴν δύναμιν· τὸ γὰρ ποίημα κοινὸν εἴωθε λέγειν διὰ τὸ πανταχόσε διϊκνεῖσθαι. ἢ ὡς κοινῆς οὔσης πᾶσι τῆς εὐτυχίας, τὸν Ἱέρωνα ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς νόσου.

5 νοῦν ἔχοντʼ ἀνδρῶν φίλον· οἷος ἐὼν θρέψεν ποτὲ5

whose mind was friendly to men; just as he was when once he reared Asclepius, that gentle craftsman who drove pain from the limbs that he healed, that hero who cured all types of diseases.

6–7

6 τέκτονα νωδυνίας ἅμερον γυιαρκέος Ἀσκλήπιον,

7 ἥρωα παντοδαπᾶν ἀλκτῆρα νούσων. σ1

Of him was the daughter of Phlegyas of goodly steeds not yet delivered by Eileithuia aid of mothers, ere by the golden bow she was slain at the hands of Artemis, and from her child-bed chamber went down into the house of Hades, by contriving of Apollo. Not idle is the wrath of sons of Zeus.

Scholia ad vv. 6–7 (1 entry)

ad v. 7

a. βάσσαισί τ᾿ ἄρχειν: ἐν τοῖς βασίμοις τόποις καθηγεῖσθαι τοῦ Πηλίου φησὶ τὸν Χείρωνα τὸν ὄντα μὲν θῆρα ἄγριον κατὰ τὸ σῶμα· Κένταυρος γάρ· τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἔχοντα προσφιλέστατον ἀνθρώποις.

8–9

8 τὸν μὲν εὐΐππου Φλεγύα θυγάτηρ

9 πρὶν τελέσσαι ματροπόλῳ σὺν Ἐλειθυίᾳ, δαμεῖσα χρυσέοις σ1

His mother, the daughter of Phlegyas with his fine horses, before she could bring him to term with the help of Eleithuia who attends on childbirth, was stricken by the golden

Scholia ad vv. 8–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 9

a. οἷος ἐών: ὁ νοῦς· ὁποῖος ὢν τήν τε φύσιν καὶ τὸν νοῦν ὁ Χείρων ἀνέθρεψε τὸν τῆς ἀνωδυνίας καὶ ὑγείας πρᾳότατον κατασκευαστὴν ἥρωα Ἀσκληπιὸν, ἥρωα ὄντα καὶ παντοίας νόσου βοηθόν.

10–14

 τόξοισιν ὕπʼ Ἀρτέμιδος,
 εἰς Ἀΐδα δόμον ἐν θαλάμῳ κατέβα τέχναις Ἀπόλλωνος. χόλος δʼ οὐκ ἀλίθιος σ2
 γίνεται παίδων Διός. ἁ δʼ ἀποφλαυρίξαισά νιν
 ἀμπλακίαισι φρενῶν, ἄλλον αἴνησεν γάμον κρύβδαν πατρός,
 πρόσθεν ἀκειρεκόμᾳ μιχθεῖσα Φοίβῳ, σ1

arrows of Artemis in her bedroom and descended to the house of Hades, by the skills of Apollo. The anger of the children of Zeus is not in vain. But she made light of Apollo, in the error of her mind, and consented to another marriage without her father’s knowledge, although she had before lain with Phoebus of the unshorn hair,

She in the folly of her heart had set Apollo at nought, and taken another spouse without knowledge of her sire, albeit ere then she had lain with Phoibos of the unshorn hair, and bare within her the seed of a very god.

Scholia ad vv. 10–14 (3 entries)

ad v. 11

a. τέκτονα νωδυνίας: τὸν κατασκευαστὴν τῆς νωδυνίας· ἰατρὸς γάρ.

b. ἡ δὲ ἀνωδυνία γυιαρκής· τότε γὰρ τοῖς μέλεσι τοῦ σώματος ἐπαρκοῦμεν, ὅταν ὦμεν ἀνώδυνοι.

ad v. 14

a. τὸν μὲν εὐίππου θυγάτηρ: τὸν Ἀσκληπιὸν οἱ μὲν Ἀρσινόης, οἱ δὲ Κορωνίδος φασὶν εἶναι. Ἀσκληπιάδης δέ φησι τὴν Ἀρσινόην Λευκίππου εἶναι τοῦ Περιήρους, ἧς καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος Ἀσκληπιὸς καὶ θυγάτηρ Ἐριῶπις· [Hes. fr. 107 Rz.] ἡ δ᾿ ἔτεκ᾿ ἐν μεγάροις Ἀσκληπιὸν ὄρχαμον ἀνδρῶν, Φοίβῳ ὑποδμηθεῖσα, ἐϋπλόκαμόν τ᾿ Ἐριῶπιν. καὶ Ἀρσινόης ὁμοίως· Ἀρσινόη δὲ μιγεῖσα Διὸς καὶ Λητοῦς υἱῷ τίκτ᾿ Ἀσκληπιὸν υἱὸν ἀμύμονά τε κρατερόν τε. καὶ Σωκράτης (FHG IV p. 496) γόνον Ἀρσινόης τὸν Ἀσκληπιὸν ἀποφαίνει, παῖδα δὲ Κορωνίδος εἰσποίητον. ἐν δὲ τοῖς εἰς Ἡσίοδον ἀναφερομένοις ἔπεσι (fr. 123) φέρεται ταῦτα περὶ τῆς Κορωνίδος· τῆμος ἄρ᾿ ἦλθε κόραξ, φράσσεν δ᾿ ἄρα ἔργ᾿ ἀΐδηλα, Φοίβῳ ἀκερσεκόμῃ, ὅτ᾿ ἄρ᾿ Ἴσχυς γῆμε Κόρωνιν Εἰλατίδης Φλεγύαο Διογνήτοιο θύγατρα. ἐν δὲ τοῖς Ὁμηρικοῖς ὕμνοις (15, 1)· Ἰητῆρα νόσων Ἀσκληπιὸν ἄρχομ᾿ ἀείδειν. υἱὸν Ἀπόλλωνος, τὸν ἐγείνατο δῖα Κορωνίς Δωτίῳ ἐν πεδίῳ, κούρη Φλεγύα βασιλῆος. Ἀριστείδης δὲ ἐν τῷ περὶ Κνίδου κτίσεως συγγράμματί (FHG IV 324) φησιν οὕτως· Ἀσκληπιὸς Ἀπόλλωνος παῖς καὶ Ἀρσινόης. αὕτη δὲ παρθένος οὖσα ὠνομάζετο Κορωνὶς, Λευκίππου δὲ θυγάτηρ ἦν τοῦ Ἀμύκλα τοῦ Λακεδαίμονος· Ἀσκληπιοῦ δὲ καὶ Ἠπιόνης Ποδαλείριος καὶ Μαχάων.

15–18

 καὶ φέροισα σπέρμα θεοῦ καθαρόν. σ2
 οὐδʼ ἔμεινʼ ἐλθεῖν τράπεζαν νυμφίαν
 οὐδὲ παμφώνων ἰαχὰν ὑμεναίων, ἅλικες
 οἷα παρθένοι φιλέοισιν ἑταίρᾳ σ4

and was bearing within her the pure seed of the god. She did not wait for the marriage-feast to come, nor for the full-voiced cry of the hymenaeal chorus, such things as unmarried girls her own age love to murmur in evening songs to their companion. Instead,

Neither awaited she the marriage-tables nor the sound of many voices in hymeneal song, such as the bride's girl-mates are wont to sing at eventide with merry minstrelsy: but lo, she had longing for things otherwhere, even as many before and after. For a tribe there is most foolish among men, of such as scorn the things of home, and gaze on things that are afar off, and chase a cheating prey with hopes that shall never be fulfilled.

Scholia ad vv. 15–18 (6 entries)

ad v. 15

a. πρὶν τελέσσαι: πρὶν ἐκτελέσαι τὰ κατὰ τὰς ὠδῖνας, πρὶν ἐκτεκεῖν.

b. ματροπόλον δὲ τὴν Εἰλείθυιαν, διὰ τὸ περὶ τὰς μητέρας εἱλεῖσθαι ἢ πολεῖσθαι τὰς τῶν γεννωμένων.

ad v. 18

a. εἰς Ἀΐδαο δόμον ἐν θαλάμῳ: σημειοῦνται οἱ ὑπομνηματισάμενοι τὰ δύο κῶλα τὸ χ΄ παρατιθέντες, ὅτι ἀσυνάρτητά εἰσι. πῶς γάρ φησιν εἰς Ἀΐδαο δόμον, καὶ πάλιν ἐν θαλάμῳ κατέβα; καὶ ἐξηγούμενοι περιττεῦον λαμβάνουσι τὸ ἐν θαλάμῳ.

b. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· ὑπὸ χρυσέοις τό- τόξοις ἐν θαλάμῳ δαμεῖσα εἰς Ἀΐδαο δόμον κατέβα τέχναις Ἀπόλλωνος.

c. ἐν θαλάμῳ: τὸ σημεῖον, ὅτι τὸ ἐν θαλάμῳ πλεονάζει· ἱκανὸν γὰρ ἦν εἰπεῖν εἰς Ἀΐδαο δόμον κατέβα. καὶ πρὸς τὸ λείπειν τὸν καί σύνδεσμον, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· εἰς δόμον καὶ θάλαμον κατέβη.

d. ἄλλως. πρὶν γεννῆσαι ἐν τῷ θαλάμῳ. e. ἐχαριεντίσατο δὲ εἰπὼν θάλαμον τὸν Ἅιδην.

19 ἑσπερίαις ὑποκουρίζεσθʼ ἀοιδαῖς· ἀλλά τοι

Of such sort was the frenzied strong desire fair-robed Koronis harboured in her heart, for she lay in the couch of a stranger that was come from Arcady.

20–23

 ἤρατο τῶν ἀπεόντων· οἷα καὶ πολλοὶ πάθον. σ2
 ἔστι δὲ φῦλον ἐν ἀνθρώποισι ματαιότατον,
 ὅστις αἰσχύνων ἐπιχώρια παπταίνει τὰ πόρσω, σ4
 μεταμώνια θηρεύων ἀκράντοις ἐλπίσιν.

she was in love with what was distant; many others have felt that passion. There is a worthless tribe among men which dishonors what is at home and looks far away, hunting down empty air with hopes that cannot be fulfilled.

Scholia ad vv. 20–23 (6 entries)

ad v. 20

a. χόλος δ᾿ οὐκ ἀλίθιος: οὐκ ἄπρακτος.

b. τουτέστιν ἡ δὲ ὀργὴ τῶν τοῦ Διὸς παίδων οὐκ ἔστι ματαία, ἀλλὰ δυνατὴ τελειῶσαι.

ad v. 22

a. ἀποφλαυρίξασά μιν: ἐξευτελίσασα, ἐκφαυλίσασα τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα.

b. αἰτίαν ὑποτίθησι, δι᾿ ἣν ἀνῃρέθη ὑπ᾿ Ἀρτέμιδος κατὰ τὰς Ἀπόλλωνος τέχνας, ὥστε τὸν δέ αἰτιατικὸν παρειλῆφθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ.

c. ἀποσκυβαλίσασα γὰρ αὐτὸν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ταῖς τῶν φρενῶν ἄλλον αἴνησε γάμον· Ἴσχυϊ γὰρ ἐμίχθη· διὸ χαλεπήνας ὁ θεὸς Ἀρτέμιδι συνέταξεν ἀνελεῖν αὐτήν.

d. ἀποφλαυρίξασά μιν: ἐπανάληψις τοῦ διηγήματος. ἡ γὰρ δὴ Κορωνὶς ἐκφαυλίσασα τὸν Ἀπόλλωνος γάμον ταῖς τῶν φρενῶν ἁμαρτίαις, ξένον ἐπῄνεσε γάμον λάθρα τοῦ πατρὸς, πρότερον τῷ τὰς κόμας ἀτμήτῳ συνελθοῦσα Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ φέρουσα τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ καθαρὸν σπέρμα.

24 ἔσχε τοιαύταν μεγάλαν ἀυάταν

Such was the strong infatuation

But one that watched beheld her: for albeit he was at sheep-gathering Pytho, yet was the temple's king Loxias aware thereof, beside his unerring partner, for he gave heed to his own wisdom, his mind that knoweth all things; in lies it hath no part, neither in act or thought may god or man deceive him.

25–27

 καλλιπέπλου λῆμα Κορωνίδος. ἐλθόντος γὰρ εὐνάσθη ξένου σ3
 λέκτροισιν ἀπʼ Ἀρκαδίας.
 οὐδʼ ἔλαθε σκοπόν· ἐν δʼ ἄρα μηλοδόκῳ Πυθῶνι τόσσαις ἄϊεν ναοῦ βασιλεὺς σ1

ArcadiaPytho that the spirit of lovely-robed Coronis had caught. For she lay in the bed of a stranger who came from; but she did not elude the watcher. Even in where sheep are sacrificed, the king of the temple happened to perceive it, Loxias, persuading his thoughts with his unerring counsellor: his mind, which knows all things. He does not grasp falsehood, and he is deceived

Scholia ad vv. 25–27 (4 entries)

ad v. 25

a. κρύβδαν πατρός: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον συναπτέον, οὐ πρὸς τὸ ἑξῆς.

b. ἄλλως· ἤτοι κρύβδαν πατρὸς καὶ πρότερον μιχθεῖσα τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, ἢ στικτέον εἰς τὸ πατρὸς, ἵν᾿ ᾖ τὸ κρύβδαν ἐπὶ τοῦ δευτέρου γάμου.

c. ἄλλως· εἰ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτὴν ἐβεβίαστο συγγενέσθαι τῷ Ἴσχυϊ, συνέγνω ἂν αὐτῇ ὁ Ἀπόλλων. διατί δὲ προὐτίμησε τὸν Ἴσχυν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος; Ἀκουσίλαός (FHG I p. 103) φησιν, ὡς κατὰ δέος ὑπεροψίας θνητῷ βουληθεῖσα συνεῖναι.

ad v. 27

a. καὶ φέροισα σπέρμα θεοῦ: ἐμοιχεύθη, φησὶ, τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καθαρὸν σπέρμα φέρουσα τὸν Ἀσκληπιόν· ἐπειδὴ ὑπ᾿ Ἀπόλλωνος φθαρεῖσα ἐξ αὐτοῦ εἶχε καθαρὸν τὸν Ἀσκληπιὸν ἀνεπίμικτον θνητοῦ σπορᾶς· ἢ ἐπεὶ παρθένον οὖσαν ἔτι καθαρὰν διεπαρθένευσεν. οὐκ ἔμεινεν οὖν φέρουσα τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ σπέρμα καθαρὸν οὐδὲ τοὺς ἐσομένους ὑμεναίους τοῦ γάμου.

28–29

28 Λοξίας, κοινᾶνι παρʼ εὐθυτάτῳ γνώμαν πιθών, σ1

29 πάντα ἰσάντι νόῳ· ψευδέων δʼ οὐχ ἅπτεται· κλέπτει τέ νιν

Therefore when he was aware of how she lay with the stranger Ischys son of Elatos, and of her guile unrighteous, he sent his sister fierce with terrible wrath to go to Lakereia--for by the steep shores of the Boibian lake was the home of her virginity--and thus a doom adverse blasted her life and smote her down: and of her neighbours many fared ill therefore and perished with her: so doth a fire that from one spark has leapt upon a mountain lay waste wide space of wood.

Scholia ad vv. 28–29 (1 entry)

ad v. 28

a. οὐκ ἔμεινεν ἐλθεῖν τράπεζαν: οὐχ ὑπέμεινε, φησὶν, ἡ Κορωνὶς ἐλθεῖν τὴν νυμφιδίαν τράπεζαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ νόμῳ γαμηθῆναι, οὐδὲ τῶν ὑμεναίων τὴν ἠχὴν, ὁποῖα μάλιστα αἱ ὁμήλικες παρὰ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν φίλαις φιληδοῦσι ταῖς ἑσπεριναῖς ᾠδαῖς μετεωρίζεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ παίζειν.

30 οὐ θεὸς οὐ βροτὸς ἔργοις οὔτε βουλαῖς.30

by neither god nor man, neither in deeds nor in thoughts.

31–32

31 καὶ τότε γνοὺς Ἴσχυος Εἰλατίδα

32 ξεινίαν κοίταν ἄθεμίν τε δόλον, πέμψεν κασιγνήταν μένει σ3

Knowing even then of her sleeping with Ischys, son of Elatus, and of her lawless deceit, he sent his sister, raging with irresistible force, to Lacereia, since the girl lived by the banks of Lake Boebias.

Scholia ad vv. 31–32 (3 entries)

ad v. 32

a. ἑσπερίαις ὑποκουρίζεσθαι ἀοιδαῖς: ἀντὶ τοῦ παίζειν καὶ χορεύειν.

b. ἢ ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς κόρους ὑμνεῖν, τὸν νυμφίον καὶ τὴν νύμφην.

c. ἄλλως· τὸ ὑποκουρίζεσθαι ἀοιδαῖς εἶπε διὰ τὸ τοὺς ὑμνοῦντας ἐπευφημιζομένους λέγειν σὺν κόροις τε καὶ κόραις. | Αἰσχύλος Δαναΐσι (fr. 43)· κἄπειτα δ᾿ εἶσι λαμπρὸν ἡλίου φάος, ἕως ἐγείρω πρευμενεῖς τοὺς νυμφίους νόμοισι θέντων σὺν κόροις τε καὶ κόραις... κἀν τῷ βίῳ εὐκορεῖ ἀντὶ τοῦ κόρους κορώνας παρατρέποντες ἔνιοί φασιν (PLG 4 III p. 663) ἐκκόρει κόρει κορώνας.

33–34

33 θύοισαν ἀμαιμακέτῳ

34 ἐς Λακέρειαν. ἐπεὶ παρὰ Βοιβιάδος κρημνοῖσιν ᾤκει παρθένος. δαίμων δʼ ἕτερος

But when her kinsfolk had laid the damsel upon the pile of wood, and fierce brightness of Hephaistos ran around it, then said Apollo: 'Not any longer may I endure in my soul to slay mine own seed by a most cruel death in company with its mother's grievous fate.'

35–36

35 ἐς κακὸν τρέψαις ἐδαμάσσατό νιν· καὶ γειτόνων35

36 πολλοὶ ἐπαῦρον, ἁμᾷ δʼ ἔφθαρεν, πολλὰν δʼ ὄρει πῦρ ἐξ ἑνὸς

A contrary fortune turned her to evil and overcame her. And many neighbors shared her fate and perished with her; fire leaps from a single spark on a mountain, and destroys a great forest.

37 σπέρματος ἐνθορὸν ἀΐστωσεν ὕλαν.

He said, and at the first stride he was there, and from the corpse caught up the child, and the blaze of the burning fiery pile was cloven before him asunder in the midst.

38–39

38 ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τείχει θέσαν ἐν ξυλίνῳ σ3

39 σύγγονοι κούραν, σέλας δʼ ἀμφέδραμεν

But when her kinsmen had placed the girl in the wooden walls of the pyre, and

Scholia ad vv. 38–39 (3 entries)

ad v. 38

a. αἰσχύνων: ἐξευτελίζων.

b. ἔδει εἰπεῖν ὅπερ φῦλον. νῦν δὲ ὅς εἶπεν, ἵνα ᾖ, ὃς ἀνθρώπων.

c. ἐπιχώρια νῦν λέγει τὰ παρόντα· ἔστι δὲ ὅμοιον τῷ (Hes. fr. 219)· νήπιος, ὃς τὰ ἑτοῖμα λιπὼν ἀνέτοιμα διώκει.

40–41

40 οὐκέτι λάβρον Ἁφαίστου, τότʼ ἔειπεν Ἀπόλλων·40

41 τλάσομαι ψυχᾷ γένος ἀμὸν ὀλέσσαι

the ravening flame of Hephaestus ran around it, then Apollo spoke: “I can no longer endure in my soul to destroy my own child by a most pitiful death, together with his mother’s grievous suffering.” So he spoke. In one step he reached the child and snatched it from the corpse; the burning fire divided its blaze for him,

42–44

 οἰκτροτάτῳ θανάτῳ ματρὸς βαρείᾳ σὺν πάθᾳ. σ1
 ὣς φάτο· βάματι δʼ ἐν πρώτῳ κιχὼν παῖδʼ ἐκ νεκροῦ σ2
 ἅρπασε· καιομένα δʼ αὐτῷ διέφαινε πυρά·

Then to the Kentaur of Magnes he bare the child, that he should teach him to be a healer of the many-plaguing maladies of men. And thus all that came unto him whether plagued with self-grown sores or with limbs wounded by the lustrous bronze or stone far-hurled, or marred by summer heat or winter cold--these he delivered, loosing each from his several infirmity, some with emollient spells and some by kindly potions, or else he hung their limbs with charms, or by surgery he raised them up to health.

Scholia ad vv. 42–44 (3 entries)

ad v. 42

a. τοιαύτην, φησὶν, ἔσχεν ἄτην ἡ Κορωνίς. τὰ γὰρ ἐπιχώρια ἐάσασα ἐσπούδασε ξένῳ γαμηθῆναι.

ad v. 43

a. καλλιπέπλου λῆμα: περιφραστικῶς ἡ Κορωνίς. Ὅμηρος (β 409)· ἱερὴ ἲς Τηλεμάχοιο.

b. ἐλθόντος γάρ: ἐλθόντος γὰρ ἀπ᾿ Ἀρκαδίας εὐνάσθη ξένου· ὅ ἐστιν ἐν λέκτροις τοῦ ξένου παρεκοιμήθη.

45–46

45 καί ῥά νιν Μάγνητι φέρων πόρε Κενταύρῳ διδάξαι45

46 πολυπήμονας ἀνθρώποισιν ἰᾶσθαι νόσους. σ2

and he bore the child away and gave him to the Magnesian Centaur to teach him to heal many painful diseases for men.

Scholia ad vv. 45–46 (2 entries)

ad v. 46

a. οὐδ᾿ ἔλαθε σκοπόν: τὸν νοῦν λέγει τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. Ἡσίοδος (fr. 123) δὲ τὸν κόρακα, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀπίθανον.

b. ἐν δ᾿ ἄρα μηλοδόκῳ Πυθῶνι: ὁ νοῦς· ἐν δὲ Πυθῶνι ὢν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἐπῄσθετο τῷ ἱερῷ νόῳ τὸ ἁμάρτημα, ὅντινα τὸν νοῦν αὐτοῦ φησιν εἶναι κοινωνὸν ὁ Πίνδαρος διὰ τὴν μαντικήν.

47–49

 τοὺς μὲν ὦν, ὅσσοι μόλον αὐτοφύτων σ1
 ἑλκέων ξυνάονες, ἢ πολιῷ χαλκῷ μέλη τετρωμένοι σ4
 ἢ χερμάδι τηλεβόλῳ, σ1

And those who came to him afflicted with congenital sores, or with their limbs wounded by gray bronze or by a far-hurled stone,

Yet hath even wisdom been led captive of desire of gain. Even him did gold in his hands glittering beguile for a great reward to bring back from death a man already prisoner thereto: wherefore the hands of the son of Kronos smote the twain of them through the midst, and bereft their breasts of breath, and the bright lightning dealt them doom.

Scholia ad vv. 47–49 (6 entries)

ad v. 47

a. μηλοδόκῳ: τῇ πολλὰ ὑποδεχομένῃ θύματα.

ad v. 48

a. τόσσαις: ἀντὶ τοῦ τυχών. ὁ Απόλλων.

b. τὸ δὲ ἄιεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ᾔσθετο. Ὅμηρος (Λ 532)· οἱ δὲ πληγῆς ἀίοντες.

c. ἡνίκα οὖν ἡ Κορωνὶς τῷ Ἴσχυϊ συνῆλθεν, ἐν Πυθῶνι τυχὼν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ᾔσθετο.

d. καλῶς δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος τὴν περὶ τὸν κόρακα παρακρουσάμενος ἱστορίαν δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ φησι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα κατειληφέναι τὴν Κορωνίδα."

ad v. 49

a. τὸ δὲ ναοῦ πρὸς τὸ Πυθῶνι, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· τοῦ ἐν Πυθῶνι ναοῦ.

50 ἢ θερινῷ πυρὶ περθόμενοι δέμας ἢ χειμῶνι, λύσαις ἄλλον ἀλλοίων ἀχέων σ150

or with their bodies wasting away from summer’s fire or winter’s cold, he released and delivered all of them from their different pains, tending some of them with gentle incantations, others with soothing potions, or by wrapping remedies all around their limbs, and others he set right with surgery.

Scholia ad vv. 50–50 (1 entry)

ad v. 50

a. κοινᾶνι: κοινωνὸς τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ὁ νοῦς ἐστιν. διατί; ὅτι οὐχ ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς παρ᾿ ἑτέρου πυθόμενοι παρακολουθοῦμεν τοῖς οὖσιν, οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ἀλλὰ δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ οἶδεν.

51–53

 ἔξαγεν, τοὺς μὲν μαλακαῖς ἐπαοιδαῖς ἀμφέπων, σ2
 τοὺς δὲ προσανέα πίνοντας, ἢ γυίοις περάπτων πάντοθεν σ2
 φάρμακα, τοὺς δὲ τομαῖς ἔστασεν ὀρθούς. σ3

It behoveth to seek from gods things meet for mortal souls, knowing the things that are in our path and to what portion we are born. Desire not thou, dear my soul, a life immortal, but use the tools that are to thine hand.

Scholia ad vv. 51–53 (7 entries)

ad v. 51

a. γνώμαν: τὴν πρόγνωσιν τὴν περὶ τῆς Κορωνίδος.

b. πεπιθών: ἀντὶ τοῦ πεισθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ κοινωνοῦ. τούτῳ γὰρ ἀνακοινοῦται καὶ συνδιακρίνει τὰ ὄντα πάντα.

ad v. 52

a. πάντα ἴσαντι νόῳ: ὅτι οὐ παρ᾿ ἑτέρου ἤκουσεν. ἀλλ᾿ αὐτὸς δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἔγνω.

b. ὁ δὲ Ἀρτέμων (FHG IV p. 342) τὸν Πίνδαρον ἐπαινεῖ, ὅτι παρακρουσάμενος τὴν περὶ τὸν κόρακα ἱστορίαν [αὐτὸν δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἐγνωκέναι φησὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα]· ἱστορεῖται γὰρ, ὅτι τὴν Ἴσχυος μίξιν ἐδήλωσεν αὐτῷ ὁ κόραξ, παρὸ καὶ δυσχεράναντα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀγγελίᾳ ἀντὶ λευκοῦ μέλανα αὐτὸν ποιῆσαι· τοῦτον δὴ τὸν μῦθον διωσάμενόν φησι τὸν Πίνδαρον τῷ ἑαυτοῦ νῷ καταλαβεῖν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα τὰ πεπραγμένα τῇ Κορωνίδι· παράλογον γὰρ τὸν ἄλλοις μαντευόμενον αὐτὸν μὴ συμβαλεῖν τὰ κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ δρώμενα. χαίρειν οὖν φράσας τῷ μύθῳ τέλεον ὄντι ληρώδει αὐτόν φησι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα παρὰ τοῦ νοῦ πυθόμενον ἐπιπέμψαι τὴν Ἄρτεμιν τῇ Κορωνίδι. τὸν δὲ περὶ τὸν κόρακα μῦθόν φησι καὶ Ἡσίοδον μνημονεύοντα λέγειν οὕτως (fr. 123)· τῆμος ἄρ᾿ ἄγγελος ἦλθε κόραξ ἱερῆς ἀπὸ δαιτός Πυθὼ ἐς ἠγαθέην, καί ῥ᾿ ἔφρασεν ἔργ᾿ ἀΐδηλα Φοίβῳ ἀκερσεκόμῃ, ὅτι Ἴσχυς γῆμε Κόρωνιν Εἰλατίδης, Φλεγύαο Διογνήτοιο θύγατρα.

ad v. 53

a. ψευδέων δ᾿ οὐχ ἅπτεται: [ψευδῶν δ᾿ οὐχ ἅπτεται] ὁ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος νοῦς.

b. ὅ ἐστιν οὐδέποτε ψευδῶν ἐφάπτεται λόγων.

c. κλέπτει τέ μιν οὐ θεός: τὸν νοῦν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος, ὃν οὐδεὶς παραλογίζεται οὔτε θεὸς οὔτε ἄνθρωπος οὔτε ἔργοις οὔτε βουλαῖς. οὐκ ἄρα κόραξ εἶπεν ἀλλ᾿ ὁ νοῦς, καθὸ μαντικὸς καὶ ἀπαραλόγιστος.

54 ἀλλὰ κέρδει καὶ σοφία δέδεται.

But even skill is enthralled by the love of gain.

55 ἔτραπεν καὶ κεῖνον ἀγάνορι μισθῷ χρυσὸς ἐν χερσὶν φανεὶς σ155

Gold shining in his hand turned even that man, for a handsome price, to bring back from death a man who was already caught. And so the son of Cronus hurled his shaft with his hands through both of them, and swiftly tore the breath out of their chests; the burning thunderbolt brought death crashing down on them. We must seek from the gods what is appropriate for mortal minds,

Scholia ad vv. 55–55 (1 entry)

ad v. 55

a. καὶ τότε γνοὺς Ἴσχυος: τότε μαθὼν ὁ Ἀπόλλων τοῦ Ἴσχους τοῦ Ἐλάτου παιδὸς τὴν ξένην κοίτην καὶ τὴν ἄδικον κακουργίαν, ἔπεμψε τὴν ἀδελφὴν Ἄρτεμιν τὴν ἀκαταμαχήτῳ δυνάμει ὁρμῶσαν, εἰς τὴν Λακέρειαν. ἡ δὲ Λακέρεια πόλις Θεσσαλίας.

56–59

 ἄνδρʼ ἐκ θανάτου κομίσαι σ1
 ἤδη ἁλωκότα· χερσὶ δʼ ἄρα Κρονίων ῥίψαις διʼ ἀμφοῖν ἀμπνοὰν στέρνων κάθελεν
 ὠκέως, αἴθων δὲ κεραυνὸς ἐνέσκιμψεν μόρον.
 χρὴ τὰ ἐοικότα πὰρ δαιμόνων μαστευέμεν θναταῖς φρασίν, σ1

Now were wise Cheiron in his cavern dwelling yet, and had our sweet-voiced songs laid haply some fair magic on his soul, then had I won him to grant to worthy men some healer of hot plagues, some offspring of Leto's son, or of her son's sire.

Scholia ad vv. 56–59 (2 entries)

ad v. 56

a. ξενίαν κοίταν· ἢ τὴν μετὰ φιλίας γενομένην ἢ τὴν λαθραίαν, ἀπὸ τοῦ ξένου.

ad v. 59

a. ἐς Λακέρειαν: ὅτι ἐν Λακερείᾳ ᾤκει Κορωνὶς, Φερεκύδης ἐν α΄ (FHG I p. 71) ἱστορεῖ, πρὸς ταῖς πηγαῖς τοῦ Ἀμύρου· καὶ περὶ τοῦ κόρακος διηγεῖται, καὶ ὅτι Ἄρτεμιν ἔπεμψεν ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ἣ πολλὰς ἅμα γυναῖκας ἀπέκτεινεν, Ἴσχυν δὲ Ἀπόλλων ἀποκτείνει, τὸν δὲ Ἀσκληπιὸν δίδωσι Χείρωνι. ἡ δὲ Βοιβιὰς καὶ Νεσσωνὶς ἐλέγετο, ὥσπερ Ἀρχῖνος (FHG IV p. 317) ἐν Θεσσαλικοῖς· Βοιβιὰς δὲ ἐκλήθη ἀπὸ μιᾶς τῶν νυμφῶν Βοιβηΐδος.

60 γνόντα τὸ πὰρ ποδός, οἵας εἰμὲν αἴσας. σ260

knowing what lies before our feet, and what kind of destiny we have.

And then in a ship would I have sailed, cleaving the Ionian sea, to the fountain of Arethusa, to the home of my Aitnaian friend, who ruleth at Syracuse, a king of good will to the citizens, not envious of the good, to strangers wondrous fatherly. Had I but landed there and brought unto him a twofold joy, first golden health and next this my song of triumph to be a splendour in his Pythian crown, which of late Pherenikos won by his victory at Kirrha--I say that then should I have come unto him, after that I had passed over the deep sea, a farther-shining light than any heavenly star.

Scholia ad vv. 60–60 (2 entries)

ad v. 60

a. κρημνοῖσι: ταῖς ὄχθαις.

b. ἐπειδὴ ἡ παρθένος ᾤκει [Κορωνὶς] παρὰ ταῖς ὄχθαις τῆς Βοιβιάδος λίμνης. | αὕτη δὲ παράκειται τῇ Λακερείᾳ.

61–64

 μή, φίλα ψυχά, βίον ἀθάνατον
 σπεῦδε, τὰν δʼ ἔμπρακτον ἄντλει μαχανάν. σ2
 εἰ δὲ σώφρων ἄντρον ἔναιʼ ἔτι Χείρων, καί τί οἱ
 φίλτρον ἐν θυμῷ μελιγάρυες ὕμνοι σ2

Do not crave immortal life, my soul, but use to the full the resources of what is possible. But if wise Cheiron were still living in his cave, and if our honey-voiced odes

Scholia ad vv. 61–64 (4 entries)

ad v. 62

a. δαίμων δ᾿ ἕτερος: ὁ κακοποιὸς, ὡς πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθόν.

b. ὁ δὲ κακοποιὸς δαίμων εἰς τὴν τῆς μοιχείας κακουργίαν τρέψας τὴν Κορωνίδα, καὶ ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτὴν παρεσκεύασε. Καλλίμαχός φησιν (fr. 91)· οὐ πάντες, ἀλλ᾿ οὓς ἔσχεν ὥτερος δαίμων.

ad v. 64

a. καὶ γειτόνων πολλοί: τῆς τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος....

b. πολλοὶ. φησὶ, τῶν γειτόνων ἀπήλαυσαν τοῦ κακοῦ τοῦ περὶ τὴν Κορωνίδα· λοιμὸς γὰρ ἐγένετο, αἴτιοι δὲ τῶν λοιμῶν Ἀπόλλων καὶ Ἄρτεμις. | λοιμοῦ οὖν γενομένου συναπήλαυσαν οἱ μηδὲν αἴτιοι. Ἡσίοδος (O. D. 240)· πολλάκι καὶ ξύμπασα πόλις κακοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀπηύρα.

65–68

 ἁμέτεροι τίθεν· ἰατῆρά τοί κέν νιν πίθον σ1
 καί νυν ἐσλοῖσι παρασχεῖν ἀνδράσιν θερμᾶν νόσων σ2
 ἤ τινα Λατοΐδα κεκλημένον ἢ πατέρος.
 καί κεν ἐν ναυσὶν μόλον Ἰονίαν τάμνων θάλασσαν σ1

had cast a spell on his spirit, I would have persuaded him to send even now a healer to cure noble men of their feverish diseases, someone called a son of Apollo or of his father Zeus. And I would have gone on a ship, cleaving the Ionian waters, to the fountain of Arethusa and the presence of my Aetnaean host,

But I am minded to pray to the Mother for him, to the awful goddess unto whom, and unto Pan, before my door nightly the maidens move in dance and song.

Scholia ad vv. 65–68 (4 entries)

ad v. 65

a. ἁμᾶ: Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῷ ιθ΄ οὕτω φησί· Δωριεῖς περισπῶσι τὸ παντᾶ, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ κρυφᾶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ (O. I 47). τοιοῦτον δέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ ἁμᾶ περισπώμενον [ἐκ τοῦ ἁμῆ γενόμενον]. ζητεῖται δὲ εἰ τῷ περισπωμένῳ τῷ ἁμᾶ προστεθήσεται τὸ ι.

ad v. 66

a. πολλὰν δ᾿ ἐν ὄρει πῦρ ἐξ ἑνός: τὸ ὥς λείπει, καὶ περιττεύει ὁ τέ. ἔστι γάρ· ὥσπερ δὲ πῦρ ἐμπεσὸν ὕλην πολλὴν φθείρει, οὕτω τὸ ἁμάρτημα τῆς Κορωνίδος πολλοὺς ἔφθειρεν.

b. ἄλλως· ὥσπερ ἐάν τις εἰς ὕλην πολλὴν σπινθῆρα βάλῃ, οὐ μόνον ἐκεῖνο τὸ μέρος εἰς ὃ βέβληται κατακαίεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ ὕλη συγκαίεται, οὕτω θανάτου βληθέντος εἰς τὴν Κορωνίδα ἀπ᾿ Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ λοιμικοῦ πάθους κατασκήψαντος, πολλοὶ τῶν γειτόνων ἀπώλοντο. | καὶ Εὐριπίδης (fr. 411)· μικροῦ γὰρ ἐκ λαμπτῆρος Ἰδαῖον λέπας πρήσειεν ἄν τις.

ad v. 68

a. τείχει ξυλίνῳ: τῇ πυρκαϊᾷ, ἐφ᾿ ἧς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα τῆς Κορωνίδος εἰς ἀφανισμόν.

69 Ἀρέθοισαν ἐπὶ κράναν παρʼ Αἰτναῖον ξένον,

Yet, O Hieron, if thou art skilled to apprehend the true meaning of sayings, thou hast learnt to know this from the men of old; _The immortals deal to men two ill things for one good._ The foolish cannot bear these with steadfastness but the good only, putting the fair side forward.

70–73

 ὃς Συρακόσσαισι νέμει βασιλεὺς σ1
 πραῢς ἀστοῖς, οὐ φθονέων ἀγαθοῖς, ξείνοις δὲ θαυμαστὸς πατήρ.
 τῷ μὲν διδύμας χάριτας,
 εἰ κατέβαν ὑγίειαν ἄγων χρυσέαν κῶμόν τʼ ἀέθλων Πυθίων αἴγλαν στεφάνοις.

Cirrha the king who rules Syracuse, gentle to his citizens, bearing no envious grudge against good men, a marvellous father to his guests. If I had reached his shores bringing a double blessing, golden health and a victory-song to add brilliance to his garlands from the Pythian games, which once Pherenicus took when he was the best at,

Scholia ad vv. 70–73 (1 entry)

ad v. 70

a. τότε εἶπεν Ἀπόλλων: ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐξήφθη ἡ πυρὰ, εἶπεν Ἀπόλλων· οὐκέτι ὑπομενῶ τὸ ἐμὸν σπέρμα ἰδεῖν συναπολλύμενον τῇ Κορωνίδι.

74 τοὺς ἀριστεύων Φερένικος ἕλʼ ἐν Κίρρᾳ ποτέ,

But thee a lot of happiness attendeth, for if on any man hath mighty Destiny looked favourably, surely it is on a chief and leader of a people.

75–76

75 ἀστέρος οὐρανίου φαμὶ τηλαυγέστερον κείνῳ φάος σ175

76 ἐξικόμαν κε βαθὺν πόντον περάσαις.

I say that I would have come across the deep sea to him as a light that shines farther than a star of the sky.

Scholia ad vv. 75–76 (1 entry)

ad v. 75

a. βάματι δ᾿ ἐν πρώτῳ: ἐὰν μὲν γράφηται ἐν πρώτῳ, ὡς νῦν γέγραπται, ἔσται ἑνὶ βήματι ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἀπὸ τῆς Πυθῶνος ἐληλυθὼς εἰς τὴν Θεσσαλίαν· ἐὰν δὲ, ὡς ἔν τισι, βάματι δ᾿ ἐν τριτάτῳ, ἔσται παραφράζων τὸ τρὶς μὲν ὀρέξατ᾿ ἰών (Ν 20). ἔστι δὲ σεμνότερον καὶ πρέπον τῷ θεῷ τὸ ἅμα τῷ πρώτῳ βήματι ῥύσασθαι τὸν παῖδα, ἔστι δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀντίστροφον σύμφωνον. ὁ μέντοι Ἀρίσταρχος γράφει τριτάτῳ.

77–78

77 ἀλλʼ ἐπεύξασθαι μὲν ἐγὼν ἐθέλω

78 Ματρί, τὰν κοῦραι παρʼ ἐμὸν πρόθυρον σὺν Πανὶ μέλπονται θαμὰ σ1

But I, for my part, want to offer a prayer to the Mother, the revered goddess whose praises, with those of Pan, girls often sing at night beside my doorway.

Scholia ad vv. 77–78 (1 entry)

ad v. 78

a. διέφαινεν: οὐ λέγει, ὅτι διαφανὴς ἐγένετο καὶ λαμπρὰ, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι ἡ φύσις τοῦ πυρὸς οἷον διεσχίσθη· οἷον διάστημα τοῦ πυρὸς ἐγενήθη, ἕως ἂν ἐπιβὰς ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἀνέληται τὸν παῖδα.

79 σεμνὰν θεὸν ἐννύχιαι. σ1

A life untroubled abode not either with Peleus, son of Aiakos, or with godlike Kadmos: yet of all mortals these, they say, had highest bliss, who both erewhile listened to the singing of the Muses golden-filleted, the one in seven-gated Thebes, when he wedded large-eyed Harmonia, the other on the mountainside, when he took to him Thetis to be his wife, wise Nereus' glorious daughter. And with both of them gods sate at meat, and they beheld the sons of Kronos sitting as kings on thrones of gold, and they received from them gifts for their espousals; and by grace of Zeus they escaped out of their former toils and raised up their hearts to gladness.

Scholia ad vv. 79–79 (1 entry)

ad v. 79

a. καί ῥά μιν: καὶ δὴ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ παῖδα Ἀπόλλων ἐνεχείρισεν τῷ Κενταύρῳ τῷ Θεσσαλῷ ἀναδιδάσκειν τὰς πολλῶν πημάτων αἰτίας τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νόσους θεραπεύειν.

80–82

 εἰ δὲ λόγων συνέμεν κορυφάν, Ἱέρων, ὀρθὰν ἐπίστᾳ, μανθάνων οἶσθα προτέρων·
 ἓν παρʼ ἐσλὸν πήματα σύνδυο δαίονται βροτοῖς
 ἀθάνατοι. τὰ μὲν ὦν οὐ δύνανται νήπιοι κόσμῳ φέρειν,

Hieron, if you are skilled in understanding the true essence of words, you have learned and know the saying of former times: “The immortals dispense to men two pains for every blessing.” Fools cannot bear their pain with grace, but noble men can, by turning the good side outwards.

83 ἀλλʼ ἀγαθοί, τὰ καλὰ τρέψαντες ἔξω. σ2

Yet again in the after time the bitter anguish of those daughters robbed Kadmos of a part of bliss: howbeit the Father Zeus came to white-armed Thyone's longed-for couch.

Scholia ad vv. 83–83 (2 entries)

ad v. 83

a. τοὺς μὲν ὦν ὅσσοι μόλον: τούτους μὲν οὖν, ὅσοι παρεγένοντο ἑλκῶν κοινωνοὶ, ἢ τῷ λαμπρῷ σιδήρῳ τὰ μέλη τετρωμένοι, ἢ χειροπληθεῖ λίθῳ μακρόθεν βεβλημένῳ (ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ μέλη τετρωμένοι), ἢ τῷ θερμαντικῷ πορθούμενοι καὶ κατακαιόμενοι τὸ σῶμα, ἢ φρίκῃ ἢ ῥίγει, ἀπολύσας ἄλλον ἀλλοίων λυπῶν ἐξήγαγεν· ὅ ἐστι τῶν νόσων.

b. αὐτοφύτων: τῶν φυμάτων· ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτόφυτα ἕλκη, ὡς ἂν οὐκ ὑπ᾿ ἄλλων ἐπακτὰ ὄντα, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτόματα γινόμενα.

84 τὶν δὲ μοῖρʼ εὐδαιμονίας ἕπεται. σ1

It is your lot to be attended by good fortune.

Scholia ad vv. 84–84 (1 entry)

ad v. 84

a. πολιῷ χαλκῷ τετρωμένοι: τραυματίαι σιδήρῳ· ἢ τραύματα εἰληφότες διὰ χαλκοῦ.

85–87

 λαγέταν γάρ τοι τύραννον δέρκεται,
 εἴ τινʼ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ μέγας πότμος. αἰὼν δʼ ἀσφαλὴς σ1
 οὐκ ἔγεντʼ οὔτʼ Αἰακίδᾳ παρὰ Πηλεῖ σ1

For great destiny watches over the leader of the people, the tyrant, if over any man. But a secure life was not granted either to Peleus son of Aeacus or to godlike Cadmus; yet they are said to have attained the highest prosperity of all mortal men, since

Scholia ad vv. 85–87 (2 entries)

ad v. 86

a. χερμάδι: χειροπληθεῖ λίθῳ μακρόθεν βεβλημένῳ. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ μέλη τετρωμένοι.

ad v. 87

a. ἢ θερινῷ πυρί: τῷ θερμαντικῷ ἢ τῷ πυρετῷ ἐκπορθούμενοι τὸ σῶμα.

88–89

88 οὔτε παρʼ ἀντιθέῳ Κάδμῳ· λέγονται μὰν βροτῶν

89 ὄλβον ὑπέρτατον οἳ σχεῖν, οἵτε καὶ χρυσαμπύκων σ1

And so did the son of Peleus whom Thetis bare at Phthia, her only son, die by an arrow in war, and moved the Danaoi to lament aloud, when his body was burning in fire.

Scholia ad vv. 88–89 (1 entry)

ad v. 89

a. χειμῶνι: τῷ ῥίγει καθόλου. τῷ ῥιγοπυρέτῳ.

90–91

90 μελπομενᾶν ἐν ὄρει Μοισᾶν καὶ ἐν ἑπταπύλοις90

91 ἄϊον Θήβαις, ὁπόθʼ Ἁρμονίαν γᾶμεν βοῶπιν, σ1

Thebes they heard the Muses of the golden headbands singing on the mountain and in seven-gated, when Cadmus married ox-eyed Harmonia, and Peleus married the famous daughter of wise Nereus.

Scholia ad vv. 90–91 (1 entry)

ad v. 91

a. ἔξαγεν, τοὺς μὲν μαλακαῖς: καὶ τοὺς μὲν προσηνέσιν ᾠδαῖς θεραπεύων, τοὺς δὲ προσηνῆ φάρμακα πίνοντας, ἢ τοῖς μέλεσιν αὐτῶν περιάπτων τινὰ πρὸς θεραπείαν, τοὺς δὲ τομαῖς καὶ χειρουργίαις ταῖς διὰ σιδήρου ἀνέστησεν ὀρθοὺς καὶ ὑγιεῖς ἀπέδειξεν. ὅτι δὲ ἀρχαία ἦν καὶ δι᾿ ἐπῳδῆς ἡ ἰατρικὴ, καὶ οὐ μόνον ἡ διὰ φαρμάκων καὶ διαίτης, φησὶ καὶ Ὅμηρος (τ 457)· ἐπαοιδῇ δ᾿ αἷμα κελαινὸν ἔσχεθον.

92 ὁ δὲ Νηρέος εὐβούλου Θέτιν παῖδα κλυτάν.

Now if any by wisdom hath the way of truth he may yet lack good fortune, which cometh of the happy gods.

93–94

93 καὶ θεοὶ δαίσαντο παρʼ ἀμφοτέροις,

94 καὶ Κρόνου παῖδας βασιλῆας ἴδον χρυσέαις ἐν ἕδραις, ἕδνα τε

And the gods held feasts for both of them, and they saw the royal sons of Cronus on their golden seats, and they received

95–96

95 δέξαντο· Διὸς δὲ χάριν95

96 ἐκ προτέρων μεταμειψάμενοι καμάτων ἔστασαν ὀρθὰν καρδίαν. ἐν δʼ αὖτε χρόνῳ σ1

wedding gifts. By the grace of Zeus, they set their hearts right again from their former troubles. But in time Cadmus’ three daughters, by their bitter suffering, took from him his share of joy; even though father Zeus had visited the desirable bed of white-armed Thyone.

Scholia ad vv. 95–96 (1 entry)

ad v. 96

a. ἀλλὰ κέρδει: ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ σοφία κέρδει δέδεται καὶ ἥττηται. μετέστρεψε γὰρ καὶ τὸν θεὸν, φησὶ δὲ τὸν Ἀσκληπιὸν, τῷ πλείονι μισθῷ ὁ χρυσὸς ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ φανεὶς, ὥστε ἄνδρα ἐκ θανάτου ἀναγαγεῖν ἤδη τῷ μοιριδίῳ ληφθέντα. λέγεται δὲ ὁ Ἀσκληπιὸς χρυσῷ δελεασθεὶς ἀναστῆσαι Ἱππόλυτον τεθνηκότα· οἱ δὲ Τυνδάρεων, ἕτεροι Καπανέα, | οἱ δὲ Γλαῦκον, οἱ δὲ Ὀρφικοὶ (fr. 256 Ab.) Ὑμέναιον, Στησίχορος δὲ (fr. 16) ἐπὶ Καπανεῖ καὶ Λυκούργῳ· οἱ δὲ διὰ τὸ τὰς Προιτίδας ἰάσασθαι. οἱ δὲ διὰ τὸ τὸν Ὠρίωνα· Φύλαρχος (FHG I p. 336) ὅτι τοὺς Φινείδας ἰάσατο, Φερεκύδης (FHG I p. 72) δὲ ὅτι τοὺς ἐν Δελφοῖς θνῄσκοντας ἀναβιοῦν ἐποίησεν.

97–99

 τὸν μὲν ὀξείαισι θύγατρες ἐρήμωσαν πάθαις
 εὐφροσύνας μέρος αἱ τρεῖς· ἀτὰρ λευκωλένῳ γε Ζεὺς πατὴρ
 ἤλυθεν ἐς λέχος ἱμερτὸν Θυώνᾳ.

The blasts of soaring winds blow various ways at various times. Not for long cometh happiness to men, when it accompanieth them in exceeding weight.

100

100 τοῦ δὲ παῖς, ὅνπερ μόνον ἀθανάτα σ1100

Phthia And Peleus’ son, the only child whom immortal Thetis bore in, had his life taken in battle by the bow, and roused the wailing of the Danaans while his body was burning on the pyre. But if any mortal has the path of truth in his mind, he must fare well at the hands of the gods as he has the opportunity. But the winds are changeable

Scholia ad vv. 100–100 (1 entry)

ad v. 100

a. χερσὶ δ᾿ ἄρα: προσυπακουστέον δὴ τῷ ῥίψαις τὸν κερανυνόν. τοῦτον ῥίψας δι᾿ ἀμφοτέρων, τοῦ τε Ἀσκληπιοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀνισταμένου ἀπὸ τοῦ θανάτου, ἀνεῖλεν αὐτούς.

101–104

 τίκτεν ἐν Φθίᾳ Θέτις, ἐν πολέμῳ τόξοις ἀπὸ ψυχὰν λιπὼν
 ὦρσεν πυρὶ καιόμενος σ2
 ἐκ Δαναῶν γόον. εἰ δὲ νόῳ τις ἔχει θνατῶν ἀλαθείας ὁδόν, χρὴ πρὸς μακάρων
 τυγχάνοντʼ εὖ πασχέμεν. ἄλλοτε δʼ ἀλλοῖαι πνοαὶ σ1

Small will I be among the small, and great among the great. Whatever fortune follow me, I will work therewith, and wield it as my power shall suffice. If God should offer me wealth and ease, I have hope that I should first have won high honour to be in the times afar off.

Scholia ad vv. 101–104 (3 entries)

ad v. 102

a. ῥίψαις δι᾿ ἀμφοῖν: οἷον, οὕτω περίθυμος ἐγένετο ὁ Ζεὺς, ὥστε ἐνσκῆψαι βέλος διαμπὰξ δι᾿ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μαστῶν ἢ τῶν πλευρῶν.

b. δι᾿ αὐτοῦ τε τοῦ Ἀσκληπιοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἰατρευθέντος. ὥστε καὶ τὸν Ἀσκληπιὸν ἀνῃρῆσθαι καὶ τὸν ἀναβεβιωκότα. ὁ δὲ Κράτης τὸν Ἀσκληπιόν φησι καὶ τὸν διδάξαντα αὐτὸν Χείρωνα. οὐδεὶς δὲ τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ.

ad v. 104

a. αἴθων κεραυνός: ὁ διάπυρος κεραυνὸς ἐνεστήριξεν ἀμφοτέροις τὸν θάνατον.

105

105 ὑψιπετᾶν ἀνέμων. ὄλβος οὐκ ἐς μακρὸν ἀνδρῶν ἔρχεται105

that blow on high. The prosperity of men does not stay secure for long, when it follows weighing upon them in abundance.

106

106 σάος, πολὺς εὖτʼ ἂν ἐπιβρίσαις ἕπηται. σ1

Nestor and Lykian Sarpedon, who live in the speech of men, we know from tales of sounding song, built up by cunning builders.

Scholia ad vv. 106–106 (1 entry)

ad v. 106

a. χρὴ τὰ ἐοικότα: πρέπει τὰ ἀρέσκοντα τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ τὰ πρέποντα, ἢ τὰ ἁρμόζοντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἐκεῖνα παρὰ θεῶν ζητεῖν γινώσκοντα τὰς παρὰ πόδας ὁποίας ἔχομεν μοίρας· οἷον τὰ ἐνεστὼς, τὰ καθεστῶτα, οἵαν μοῖραν εἰλήχαμεν. ὅμοιον τῷ Χίλωνος ἀποφθέγματι τῷ Γνῶθι σαυτόν. τὸ δὲ ὅλον, ὅτι θνητοὶ πεφύκαμεν.

107–109

 σμικρὸς ἐν σμικροῖς, μέγας ἐν μεγάλοις
 ἔσσομαι· τὸν ἀμφέποντʼ αἰεὶ φρασὶν
 δαίμονʼ ἀσκήσω κατʼ ἐμὰν θεραπεύων μαχανάν. σ1

I will be small when my fortunes are small, great when they are great. I will honor in my mind the fortune that attends me from day to day, tending it to the best of my ability.

Scholia ad vv. 107–109 (1 entry)

ad v. 109

a. μὴ φίλα ψυχά: ὁ λόγος πρὸς ἑαυτόν· μηδαμῶς δὲ, ὦ προσφιλεστάτη ψυχὴ, θνητὴ τυγχάνουσα ἐπ᾿ ἀθάνατον σπεῦδε βίον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐπιζήτει μηχανὴν, ἣν καὶ καταπράξασθαι δύνασαι.

110–114

 εἰ δέ μοι πλοῦτον θεὸς ἁβρὸν ὀρέξαι, σ2
 ἐλπίδʼ ἔχω κλέος εὑρέσθαι κεν ὑψηλὸν πρόσω. σ2
 Νέστορα καὶ Λύκιον Σαρπηδόνʼ, ἀνθρώπων φάτις, σ2
 ἐξ ἐπέων κελαδεννῶν, τέκτονες οἷα σοφοὶ
 ἅρμοσαν, γιγνώσκομεν. ἁ δʼ ἀρετὰ κλειναῖς ἀοιδαῖς

But if a god were to give me luxurious wealth, I hope that I would find lofty fame in the future. We know of Nestor and Lycian Sarpedon, whom men speak of, from melodious words which skilled craftsmen join together. Through renowned songs excellence

By songs of glory hath virtue lasting life, but to achieve them is easy to but few.

Scholia ad vv. 110–114 (6 entries)

ad v. 110

a. τὰν δ᾿ ἔμπρακτον: οἷον, τοιούτοις ἐπιχείρει ἃ δύναται πραχθῆναι. τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει τὸ ἔμπρακτον.

b. ἣ δέον ἐστὶ πρᾶξιν ἀνύειν, ταύτην διαπράττου. πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἄντλει καὶ τὴν μηχανὴν ἐπήγαγεν.

ad v. 111

a. εἰ δὲ σώφρων: ἀνέδραμε πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ ἐπινίκου. τοῦτο γὰρ ἐκείνῳ προσαπτέον Ἤθελον Χείρωνά κε Φιλλυρίδαν· καὶ μετὰ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐκείνην τὴν εὐκτικὴν εἰκότως προσάψομεν.

b. ἄλλως· ἐπανέλαβε τὰ ἐν ἀρχῇ ῥηθέντα, Ἤθελον Χείρωνά κε Φιλλυρίδαν, ἐπεὶ πολλά ἐστι τὰ διὰ μέσου ῥηθέντα. εἰ οὖν ὁ σώφρων Χείρων ἐκεῖνος ἄντρον ἔναιεν ἔτι, καὶ ἐκήλησα ἂν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐφιλοτιμησάμην ταῖς ἐμαῖς ᾠδαῖς, καὶ ἔπεισα ἂν αὐτὸν ἰατρὸν ὄντα παρασχεῖν τῷ Ἱέρωνι τῶν καυστικῶν νόσων ἀπόλυσίν τινα. διάπυροι γὰρ αἱ νόσοι.

ad v. 112

a. καί τί οἱ: καί τι αὐτῷ φίλτρον καὶ ἡδονὴν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἐποίουν οἱ ἐμοὶ ὕμνοι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εἰ δὲ ὁ σώρφων καὶ ὁ συνετώτατος κατὰ τὸ Πήλιον ἔτι ᾤκει ἄντρον Χείρων, | καί τι αὐτῷ φίλτρον καὶ ἡδονὴν οἱ ἐμοὶ ἡδύφωνοι ὕμνοι ἐτίθεσαν, ἰατρὸν ἂν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἔπεισα παρασχεῖν, ἤτοι τοῦ τῆς Λητοῦς παιδὸς Ἀπόλλωνος κεκλημένον υἱόν· φησὶ δὲ τὸν Ἀσκληπιόν· ἢ τοῦ Διὸς, καὶ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ κεκλημένον, αὐτὸν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα.

115

115 χρονία τελέθει. παύροις δὲ πράξασθʼ εὐμαρές. σ65115

gains a long life. But few find that easy to accomplish.

Scholia ad vv. 115–115 (65 entries)

ad v. 115

a. θερμᾶν νόσων: ἣ ὅτι ἐπύρεττεν ὁ Ἱέρων, ὡς ἔνιοι τῶν ἱστορικῶν ἐβουλήθησαν, ἢ ὅτι ἐποδαλγία· τὸ δὲ νόσημα τῶν διαπύρων φασίν. οἱ δὲ τὴν λιθουρίαν ἀποδεδώκασιν. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

a. ἥ τινα Λατοΐδα: μητρωνυμικῶς τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· φησὶ δὲ τὸν Ἀσκληπιόν. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

b. ἄλλως· ἤ τινα τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἀπόγονον κεκλημένον ἢ καὶ υἱὸν αὐτοῦ· ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ κεκλημένον. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

a. ἢ πατέρος: τοῦ Διός. παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Ο 47)· πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε. ἢ πατέρος υἱὸν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

a. καί κεν ἐν ναυσί: καὶ δὴ ἂν ναυσὶ διαπλεύσας. [καὶ] διατεμὼν τὸ Ἰόνιον πέλαγος παρεγενόμην ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀρέθουσαν τὴν ἐν τῇ Ὀρτυγίᾳ τῇ Σικελικῇ κρήνην, παρὰ τὸν Αἰτναῖον φίλον Ἱέρωνα, ὃς καὶ ταῖς Συρακούσαις βασιλεύει τοῖς πολίταις πρᾳότατος ὢν καὶ ἀνεπαχθὴς καὶ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς οὐ διαφθονῶν, τοῖς τε ξένοις ἀξιάγαστος ὑπάρχων πατὴρ διὰ τὴν φιλοφροσύνην. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

b. Ἰονίαν τέμνων θάλάσσαν: Ἰόνιον πέλαγος τὸ περὶ Σικελίαν, τὸ παρὰ τὸ Ἀδριατικὸν πέλαγος, ὡς καὶ Θουκυδίδης (I 24)· Ἐπίδαμνός ἐστι πόλις ἐν δεξιᾷ εἰσπλέοντι τὸν Ἰόνιον πόντον. παράκειται δὲ καὶ ἡ Σικελία· ἀπὸ τῶν οὖν γειτνιώντων τὴν νῆσον ἐδήλωσεν. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

c. ἄλλως. τὸ Ἰόνιον πέλαγος τὸ περὶ Σικελίαν τὸ ὄνομα ἔλαβεν, ὡς μὲν ἔνιοι (Aesch. Prom. 866) ἀπὸ Ἰοῦς· Θεόπομπος δὲ (FHG I p. 302) ἀπὸ Ἰονίου ἀνδρὸς Ἰλλυριοῦ. Ἀρχέμαχος (FHG IV p. 316) δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπολομένων ἐν αὐτῷ Ἰαόνων. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

a. Ἀρέθουσαν ἐπὶ κράναν: ἡ Ἀρέθουσα κρήνη ἐν Ὀρτυγίᾳ τῇ Σικελιωτικῇ, ἣν δὴ ἀπόλλωνος οὖσαν ἱερὰν Ἀπόλλωνος ἀπέδωκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

a. νέμει: ὃς ὢν βασιλεὺς Συρακουσῶν νέμει καὶ διοικαῖ τὰ δέοντα. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

a. τῷ μὲν διδύμας: ὁ νοῦς· τῷ δὲ Ἱέρωνι διπλασίους χάριτας (ἔξωθεν παρέσχον ἂν). εἰ παρεγενόμην ὑγείαν ἅμα κομίζων τιμίαν καὶ τὸν ὕμνον τῶν Πυθικῶν ἄθλων αἴγλην ὄντα καὶ λαμπηδόνα· οὕστινας τοὺς στεφάνους ἀριστεύων τῶ τάχει ἔλαβεν ὁ Φερένικός ποτε ἐν τῇ Κίρρᾳ· εἶτα ἡ ἀνταπόδοσις πρὸς τὸ πρῶτον· εἰ κατῆλθον εἰς Σικελίαν. παρεγενόμην ἂν τὸ βαθύτατον πέλαγος διαπεράσας, καί φημι οὐρανίου ἀστέρος λαμπρότερον καὶ ἐπιφανέστερον ἄγειν φῶς τήν τε θεραπείαν καὶ τὸν ὕμνον. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

b. διδύμας χάριτας: τήν τε τοῦ ἰατρεύοντος Χείρωνος, εἰ ἀνεβίωσε, καὶ τὴν τῶν ὕμνων, ὧν εἰς αὐτὸν γράφω. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

a. εἰ κατέβαν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἦλθον. Ὅμηρος (Ξ 19)· πρίν τινα κεκριμένον καταβήμεναι ἐκ Διὸς οὖρον. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

a. τοὺς ἀριστεύων: οὕστινας ἀριστεύων τοὺς στεφάνους τῷ τάχει ἔλαβεν ὁ Φερένικός ποτε ἐν τῇ Κίρρᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

a. ἀστέρος οὐρανίου: ἐφάνην ἂν αὐτῷ τοῦ ἡλίου λαμπρότερος· ὥστε οὐράνιον ἀστέρα λέγεσθαι τὸν ἥλιον. b. εἰ οὖν, φησὶν, εὐξάμενοι παρεστήσαμεν τὸν Χείρωνα ἀπαλλάξειν αὐτὸν τῆς νόσου, καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ ποίημα κατεσκεύασα, τότε ἐφάνην ἂν αὐτῷ ὡς ἥλιος, διαβὰς τὸ πέλαγος καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς Σικελίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεύξασθαι: ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεύξασθαι μὲν καὶ καθικετεῦσαι ἐγὼ βούλομαι τὴν Ῥέαν. ἥντινα αἱ κόραι πλησίον τῶν ἐμῶν οἴκων σὺν τῷ Πανὶ ἀνυμνοῦσι κατὰ τὴν νύκτα, τὴν σεμνὴν θεόν. λέγεται δὲ Ῥέας ἱερὸν πλησίον τῶν Πινδάρου οἴκων εἶναι. φησὶν οὖν ὅτι κατεύξομαι τὴ Ῥέαν, παρόσον δοκεῖ τῶν νόσων αὐξητικὴ καὶ μειωτικὴ εἶναι· κατεύξομαι οὖν αὐτὴν, φησὶν, εὐμενῆ εἶναι τῷ Ἱέρωνι. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

b. ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεύξασθαι μὲν ἐγὼν ἐθέλω ματρί: Ἀριστόδημός φησιν Ὀλυμπίχου αὐλητοῦ διδασκομένου ὑπὸ Πινδάρου γενέσθαι κατὰ τὸ ὄρος, ὅπου τὴν μελέτην συνετίθει, καὶ ψόφον ἱκανὸν καὶ φλογὸς καταφοράν· τὸν δὲ Πίνδαρον ἐπαισθόμενον συνιδεῖν Μητρὸς θεῶν ἄγαλμα λίθινον τοῖς ποσὶν ἐπερχόμενον, ὅθεν αὐτὸν συνιδρύσασθαι πρὸς τῇ οἰκίᾳ Μητρὸς θεῶν καὶ Πανὸς ἄγαλμα. τοὺς δὲ πολίτας πέμψαντας εἰς θεοῦ πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἐκβησομένων· τὸν δὲ ἀνειπεῖν, ἱερὸν Μητρὸς θεῶν ἱδρύσασθαι. τοὺς δὲ ἐκπλαγέντας τὸν Πίνδαρον διὰ τὸ προειληφέναι τὸν χρησμὸν, ὁμοίως τῷ Πινδάρῳ ἐκεῖσε τιμᾶν τὴν θεὸν τελεταῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

a. παρ᾿ ἐμὸν πρόθυρον: ὅτι ἐγειτνία τῇ Πινδάρου οἰκήσει Μητρὸς θεῶν ἱερὸν καὶ Πανὸς, ὅπερ αὐτὸς ἱδρύσατο. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

a. σὺν Πανί: τὸ σὺν Πανὶ οὐχ ὅτι αἱ κόραι σὺν τῷ Πανὶ χορεύουσι καὶ ἀνυμνοῦσι τὴν Ῥέαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν Ῥέαν καὶ τὸν Πᾶνα ἀνυμνοῦσι. πάρεδρος γὰρ ὁ Πὰν τῇ Ῥέᾳ, ὡς αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐν τοῖς κεχωρισμένοις τῶν Παρθενείων (fr. 95) φησίν· Ὦ Πὰν Ἀρκαδίας μεδέων, ἕως τοῦ Ματρὸς μεγάλας ὀπαδὲ, σεμνῶν Χαρίτων μέλημα τερπνόν. [Drachmann ad v. 139]

b. ἄλλως. πρὸς τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πινδάρου Μητρὸς θεῶν ἵδρυτο ἱερὸν, ᾗ θέλειν εὔξασθαί φησι. οἱ δὲ, ὅτι καθάρτριά ἐστι τῆς μανίας ἡ θεός· καὶ τὸν Διόνυσον δὲ καθᾶραι τῆς μανίας δοκεῖ. τὸν δὲ Πᾶνα παρείληφεν, ὡς μὲν ἔνιοί φασιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ Πὰν πλησίον καθίδρυτο Πινδάρου, ἢ ὅτι σύνεστι τῇ θεῷ ῶς ὄρειος ὤν. | καὶ ἡ Ῥέα δὲ ὄρειος λέγεται διὰ τὸ ἐν Ἴδῃ οἰκεῖν. (140.) ἐννύχιαι δὲ, ἐπεὶ νυκτὸς αὐτῇ τὰ μυστήρια τελεῖται. (138.) κοῦραι δὲ, αἱ τοῦ Πινδάρου θυγατέρες Πρωτομάχη καὶ Εὔμητις. ἢ αἱ νύμφαι. [Drachmann ad v. 139]

a. εἰ δὲ λόγων συνέμεν: εἰ δὲ δύνασαι συνεῖναι τὴν τῶν λόγων ὀρθὴν κορυφὴν, [καὶ] γινώσκεις ἀσφαλῶς μανθάνων τὰ τῶν παλαιῶν. λέγει δὲ τὰ παρὰ τοῦ ποιητοῦ, ὅτι παρὰ ἓν ἀγαθὸν πήματα δύο ἀπονέμουσιν οἱ θεοί. φησὶ γάρ που (Ω 527)· δοιοὶ γάρ τε πίθοι κατακείαται ἐν Διὸς οὔδει δώρων οἷα διδοῦσι, κακῶν, ἕτερος δὲ ἐάων. ᾧ μὲν καμμίξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ἐπιμίσγεται, ἄλλοτε δ᾿ ἐσθλῷ. δοκοῦσι γὰρ οἱ εὐδαίμονες συγκεκραμένον ἔχειν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ φαῦλον· οἱ δὲ δυστυχεῖς ἄκρατον τὴν δυστυχίαν. διὸ καὶ περὶ τοῦ Δημοδόκου τοῦ κιθαρῳδοῦ φησιν (θ 63)· ὃν πέρι Μοῦσ᾿ ἐφίλησε, δίδου δ᾿ ἀγαθόν τε κακόν τε· ὀφθαλμῶν μὲν ἄμερσε, δίδου δ᾿ ἡδεῖαν ἀοιδήν. διὸ εἴτις λέγει, διατί θεοφιλὴς ὢν πήρωσιν ἐδυστύχησεν, ἔχομεν λέγειν, ὅτι ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα τελέως ἐν πᾶσιν εὐτυχεῖν καὶ ἀπαθῆ εἶναι. ὁ μέντοι Πίνδαρος οὕτως ἐδέξατο, δύο πίθους εἶναι φαύλων καὶ ἕνα ἀγαθῶν. διὸ καὶ αὐτός φησιν· ἓν παρ᾿ ἐσλὸν πήματα σύνδυο. οὐκ ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο. δύο γὰρ οἱ πίθοι εἰσὶ, καὶ ὁ μὲν εἷς ἀγαθῶν, ὁ δὲ ἕτερος φαύλων. τὸ γὰρ ἕτερος ἐλέγχει παρακείμενον, ὅπερ ἐπὶ δυϊκοῦ μόνου ἀριθμοῦ λέγεται, τῶν δύο τὸ ἕτερον. ὁ λόγος οὖν πρὸς τὴν Ἱέρωνος νόσον καὶ πρὸς τὸ τῆς βασιλείας ἀξίωμα. μηδαμῶς, φησὶν, ὦ Ἱέρων, ἀλγύνου· ἀδύνατον γάρ ἐστιν ἄνθρωπόν σε ὅντα καὶ εὐδαιμονοῦντα μὴ ἔχειν τι καὶ βλάβης. ἀνασηκοῦσι γὰρ ὥσπερ τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῇ τῶν φαύλων μερίδι. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

b. ἄλλως· ἔνιοι ἀπεκδοχήν φασιν εἶναι ταῦτα τῶν Ὁμήρου, ὡς εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ ὅτι τριῶν ὄντων πίθων, ἑνὸς μὲν τῶν ἀγαθῶν, δυεῖν δὲ τῶν κακῶν, ὁ Ζεὺς δίδωσιν ἐξ ἑκάστου μοῖραν. ἐλέγχεται δὲ, ὅτι τὸ ἕτερος ἐπὶ δύο μόνων λέγεται· ὅτι εἰ καὶ ᾔδει τρεῖς ὄντας τοὺς πίθους, ἄλλος ἂν εἶπε καὶ οὐχ ἕτερος. ἔστι δὲ ὑποστίξαντα εἰς τὸ δώρων οἷα δίδωσι διαστεῖλαι καλῶς· κακῶν, ἕτερος δὲ ἐάων. δύο οὖν λέγει πίθους Ὅμηρος, κακῶν τε καὶ ἀγαθῶν, καὶ ᾧ μὲν ἀνθρώπων ἓν παρ᾿ ἓν ἀγαθὸν καὶ κακὸν δῷ, εὐδαίμων ἐστὶν, ᾧ δ᾿ ἂν ἐκ θατέρου δῷ δύο μοίρας τῶν κακῶν, τοῦτον εἶναι κακοδαίμονα. ταῦτα δὲ λέγει παραμυθούμενος τὸν Ἱέρωνα, ὑπὲρ τοῦ πρᾴως φέρειν τὴν λιθίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

a. ἓν παρ᾿ ἐσλόν: ὡς δὲ λεγόμενον προφέρεται τὸ τοιοῦτον, ὅτι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις οἱ θεοὶ τὴν τρίτην τῶν ἀγαθῶν μοῖραν, τῶν δὲ κακῶν τὰς δύο ἀπομερίζουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

a. τὰ μὲν ὦν: ταῦτα μὲν οὖν τὰ φαῦλα ἀδυνάτως ἔχουσιν οἱ ἄφρονες κοσμίως καὶ ἀνθρωπίνως φέρειν, ἀλλ᾿ οἱ συνετοὶ φέρουσι, τὰ καλὰ προσβάλλοντες ἔξω, καὶ λογιζόμενοι ῥᾷον φέρουσι τὰ φαῦλα. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἀγαθοί: τὴν μεταφορὰν εἴληφεν, οἷον ἄν τις νοήσειεν, ἐπὶ τῶν ἱματίων. ὅταν γὰρ ἔχῃ κηλῖδας, οὐ δυνάμενός τις εὐκόσμως χρῆσθαι, τὸ μὲν κηλιδωθὲν ἔνδον ἔστρεψε, τὸ δὲ καλὸν ἔξω· τοὐναντίον δὲ ἐὰν ἄφρων ᾖ, τὰς κηλῖδας ἔξω ἐᾷ. καὶ τὸν βίον οὖν τῶν ἀνθρώπων φησὶ κοινῇ μὲν πάντων ἔχειν πήματα, ταῦτα δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἄφρονας ἐν φανερῷ παρέχειν, τοὺς δὲ σώφρονας μετὰ κόσμου φέρειν ἀποκρυπτομένους καὶ τὰ καλὰ τοῦ βίου ἔξω τρέποντας. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

a. τὶν δὲ μοῖρα: ὁ νοῦς· σοὶ δὲ, ὦ Ἱέρων, μερὶς ἀγαθῶν ἀκολουθεῖ· τὸν γὰρ δὴ τῶν λαῶν ἡγούμενον πλοῦτον καὶ ἡ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐδωρήσατό σοι καταβολὴ, καὶ ὁρᾷ σε εἴπερ τινὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων εὐδαίμονα. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

b. ἄλλως· τοῦτο ἔχεις, φησὶν, ἀγαθόν. μοῖρα γάρ σοι τῆς εὐδαιμονίας σύνεστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

c. ἄλλως· σοὶ δὲ ἡ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας μοῖρα ἀκολουθεῖ· ἀποκεκλήρωσαι γὰρ τὰ ἀγαθὰ, τὸν λαγέταν καὶ τύραννον τῶν ἀνθρώπων πλοῦτον. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

a. λαγέταν: τὸν γὰρ λαγέταν τύραννον ἔχεις πλοῦτον. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

b. λαγέτας δὲ ὀ πλοῦτος, ἐπεὶ πάντας ἄγει λαούς· ὑποτάσσονται γὰρ αὐτῷ πάντες. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τύραννός ἐστι. τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ἓν παρ᾿ ἐσλὸν πήματα σύνδυο· καὶ γὰρ τῷ Ἱέρωνι εὐδαιμονία μὲν ἡ τῆς τυραννίδος ἐπὶ μέγιστον ἕπεται. παρεπλάκη δέ τι κακὸν, ἡ νόσος. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

a. αἰὼν δ᾿ ἀσφαλής: βίος δὲ ἀσφαλὴς καὶ ἄπταιστος οὐδαμοῦ ἐγένετο, οὔτε παρὰ τῷ Αἰακίδῃ Πηλεῖ, οὔτε παρὰ τῷ ἰσοθέῳ Κάδμῳ· καίτοι λέγονται τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐδαιμονίαν ἐξοχωτάτην ἐσχηκέναι. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

b. ἄλλως· βίος δὲ ἄνευ σφάλματος καὶ βλάβης οὐκ ἐγένετο οὔτε Πηλεῖ οὔτε Κάδμῳ. ταῦτα δὲ διὰ τὴν νόσον αὐτῷ παραινεῖ. (158 B) τὸν δὲ Κάδμον παρέλαβε διὰ τὸ καὶ τοῦτον εὐδαιμονήσαντα ἐκπεσεῖν εἰς Ἰλλυριούς· ὅλως δὲ αὐτὸν ἀποσεμνύνουσι διαπεφυκότα τὸ γένος εἰς θεούς. πρόπαππος γὰρ ὁ Ζεὺς καὶ πάππος ὁ Ποσιδῶν, ὁ δὲ Ἄρης κηδεστὴς, ἡ δὲ Ἀφροδίτη πενθερὰ, ἡ δὲ Θυώνη καὶ ἡ Λευκοθέα θυγατέρες, ὁ δὲ Διόνυσος καὶ ὁ Παλαίμων θυγατριδοῖ· τὸ δὲ ὅλον καὶ ὑπὸ θεῶν καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων τετιμῆσθαί που μάλιστα πάντων κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα· διόπερ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπεθεώθη μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς Ἁρμονίας, καὶ κατῴκησαν ἐν τῷ Ἠλυσίῳ πεδίῳ ἐπὶ δρακόντων ἅρματος, ὡς οἱ ποιηταὶ καὶ οἱ μυθογράφοι [ἡμῖν] παραδεδώκασιν. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

a. οἵ τε καὶ χρυσαμπύκων: οἳ, οὗτοι· συλληπτικὸς ὁ τρόπος. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

b. οἵτινες καὶ τῶν Μουσῶν ᾀδουσῶν καὶ ἐν τῷ Πηλίῳ ὄρει καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἑπταπύλοις Θήβαις κατήκουσαν. καὶ ταῦτα διὰ τὴν νόσον αὐτῷ παραινεῖ· | καὶ γὰρ ὁ Πηλεὺς καὶ ὁ Κάδμος, φησὶν, εὐδαιμονέστατοι γενόμενοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἴς τινα καὶ ἐδυστύχησαν· διὸ, ὦ Ἱέρων, μὴ καταπονοῦ διὰ τὸ πάθος τῆς λιθιάσεως· τὰ γὰρ ἄλλα πάντα εὐτυχὴς πέφυκας. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

a. καὶ ἐν ἑπταπύλοις: καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ χωρὶς ἑκάστῳ συμβεβηκὸς συλληπτικῶς ἐπ᾿ ἀμφοτέρων τίθησι, καὶ λίαν πυκνός ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις· ὁ μὲν γὰρ Πηλεὺς ἐν Πηλίῳ τῷ ὄρει παρὰ Χείρωνι τὴν Θέτιν ἔγημεν, ὁ δὲ ἕτερος ἐν Θήβαις τὴν Ἁρμονίαν. εἶπε δὲ, ὅτι τῶν Μουσῶν ἤκουσαν καὶ ἐν τῷ [Πηλίῳ] ὄρει καὶ ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις· πρὸς ὃ καὶ τὸ σημεῖον. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

a. καὶ θεοὶ δαίσαντο: καὶ οἱ θεοὶ παρ᾿ ἀμφοτέροις εὐωχήθησαν, τουτέστιν ἐν τοῖς ἀμφοτέρων γάμοις. ὅπερ Ὅμηρος (Ω 62)· πάντες δ᾿ ἀντιάασαθε γάμου θεοί, ἐπὶ τοῦ Πηλέως. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

a. καὶ Κρόνου παῖδας: καὶ τοὺς Κρόνου παῖδας βασιλεῖς ἐθεάσαντο ἐν ταῖς χρυσαῖς καθέδραις, καὶ δῶρα παρ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐδέξαντο. (167 a B) ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως, φησὶ, καὶ οὗτοι ἄπταιστον οὐκ ηὐτύχησαν βίον. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Κάδμος εἰς ὄφιν μεταβαλὼν ἀπέθανεν, ὁ δὲ [Πηλεὺς] ἐν Ἰκῷ τῇ νήσῳ ἀτυχήσας τὸν βίον οἰκτρῶς καὶ ἐπωδύνως ἀπέθανεν, ὡς καὶ ὀ Καλλίμαχος (fr. 372) μαρτυρεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

a. ἕδνα τε: ἀκύρως τὰ δῶρα ἕδνα εἶπε. τῷ μὲν γὰρ Πηλεῖ γαμοῦντι τὴν Θέτιν ὁ Ποσειδῶν διὰ τὴν σωφροσύνην ἐδωρήσατο ἵππους, Ἥφαιστος δὲ μάχαιραν· τῷ δὲ Κάδμῳ γαμοῦντι τὴν Ἁρμονίαν Ἀφροδίτη χρυσοῦν ὅρμον ἐδωρήσατο, ὃν κτησάμενος Πολυνείκης κατὰ διαδοχὴν τοῦ γένους παρέσχεν Ἐριφύλῃ, ἵνα πείσῃ Ἀμφιάραον ἵν᾿ ἐξέλθῃ ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον. [Drachmann ad v. 167]

b. ὃ λέγει οὖν τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· καὶ δῶρα παρ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔλαβον, | ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως, φησὶ, καὶ οὗτοι ἄπταιστον βίον οὐκ εὐτύχησαν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Κάδμος μετέβαλεν εἰς ὄφιν, ὁ δὲ Πηλεὺς ἐν Ἰκῷ τῇ νήσῳ οἰκτρῶς ἀπέθανεν. [Drachmann ad v. 167]

a. Διὸς δὲ χάριν: κατὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ Διὸς γνώμην μεταβαλόντες ἐκ τῶν προτέρων ἀγαθῶν, διὰ τῶν δευτέρων καμάτων ἔστησαν ὀρθὴν τὴν καρδίαν, τουτέστι διὰ τὰς ὑπερβαλλούσας ἀτυχίας ἔκπληκτοι ὥσπερ καὶ τὴν καρδίαν πληγέντες γεγόνασιν. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

b. οἱ δὲ οὕτως· ἐκ τῶν προτέρων ἀγαθῶν μεταβαλλόμενοι τὴν ὀρθὴν καρδίαν καὶ εὐδαίμονα διὰ καμάτων καὶ συμφορῶν ἰσχυρῶν ἦλθον. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

a. μεταμειψάμενοι: ἐπεὶ ἐξέφυγον ἐκ τῶν πατρίδων, οἷον ἐκ τῶν προτέρων κακῶν μεταβαλόντες ηὐφράνθησαν· θεῶν γὰρ ἔτυχον γάμων. [Drachmann ad v. 169]

a. τὸν μὲν ὀξείαισι: τὸν μὲν Κάδμον αἱ θυγατέρες ἀπολλύμεναι τὸ τῆς εὐφροσύνης μέρος ἠρήμωσαν. ἐν σχήματι δὲ εἶπεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐφροσύνης ἔρημον ἐποίησαν. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

b. ἄλλως· τὸν μὲν Κάδμον αἱ τρεῖς θυγατέρες ταῖς ὀξείαις συμφοραῖς τὸ τῆς εὐφροσύνης μέρος ἠρήμωσαν καὶ ἀφείλαντο· | εἰς δὲ τὸ τῆς ἐπεράστου Σεμέλης λέχος ὁ Ζεὺς παρεγένετο. ὅτι δὲ αἱ θυγατέρες τοῦ Κάδμου ἐδυστύχησαν, δῆλος ὁ λόγος. ἡ μὲν γὰρ Σεμέλη ἐκεραυνώθη παρὰ Διός· ἡ δὲ Ἀγαυὴ καὶ Ἰνὼ εἰς μανίαν τραπεῖσαι τοὺς παῖδας διέσπασαν· καὶ ἡ μὲν Ἀγαυὴ τὸν Πενθέα, ἡ δὲ Ἰνὼ κατά τινας τὸν Μελικέρτην εἰς λέβητα καθῆκε· πολλοὶ γὰρ τὸν Ἀθάμαντα διδόασιν ἐμβεβληκέναι τῷ λέβητι. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

a. ἤλυθεν ἐς λέχος: Θυώνη ἡ Σεμέλη. οὕτω δὲ ὀνομάζεται ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ τὸν Διόνυσον πάθους, ὅτι θύει καὶ ἐνθουσιᾷ κατὰ τοὺς χορούς. οὕτω καὶ Θυάδες αἱ Βάκχαι, καὶ θύσθλα οἱ θύρσοι. [Drachmann ad v. 177]

b. ἄλλως· Θυώνῃ τῇ Σεμέλῃ· διωνυμίᾳ γὰρ ἐκέχρητο. εἰσὶν οἳ καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν Διώνην λέγουσιν, ὥσπερ Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ἀντιγόνῃ (fr. 177)· ὦ παῖ Διώνης, ὡς ἔφυς μέγας θεός, Διόνυσε, θνητοῖς τ᾿ οὐδαμῶς ὑπόστατος. ἔνιοι δὲ τὴν Θυώνην ἑτέραν τῆς Σεμέλης φασὶν εἶναι, τροφὸν τοῦ Διονύσου, ὥσπερ Πανύασις ἐν τρίτῳ Ἡρακλείας (fr. 5)· καί ῥ᾿ ὁ μὲν ἐκ κόλποιο τροφοῦ θόρε ποσσὶ Θυώνης. ἐτυμολογοῦσι δὲ τὴν Θυώνην ἀπὸ τῆς θυηλῆς. Σεμέλη δὲ ἢ κατὰ τὸ μυθικὸν ἡ τὰ μέλη τοῦ σώματος ὑπὸ τῶν βροντῶν διασαλεύσασα, ἢ κατὰ τὸ φυσικὸν ὅτι σείει τὰ μέλη τῶν οἰνουργούντων αὐτὸν ὁ Διόνυσος, ἐν ᾧ τοὺς βότρυς ἁλλόμενοι πατοῦσιν· ἡ δὲ Θυώνη κατὰ τὸ μυθικὸν, διὰ τὸ κεραυνοῖς τεθραῦσθαι, κατὰ δὲ τὸ φυσικὸν, ὅτι πυρώδης ἡ οὐσία τοῦ οἴνου. [Drachmann ad v. 177]

a. τοῦ δὲ παῖς, ὅνπερ μόνον: τοῦ δὲ Πηλέως παῖς ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς, ὅνπερ μόνον ἡ ἄφθαρτος Θέτις ἐγέννησεν, ἐν τῷ Ἰλιακῷ πολέμῳ τοῖς Ἀπόλλωνος τόξοις ἀπολιπὼν τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τῷ πυρὶ καιόμενος ἐκίνησεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ γόον ἐκ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. μετὰ γὰρ τὸ τελευτῆσαι ἐκάη. [Drachmann ad v. 178]

b. ἄλλως· οὐ μόνον αὐτὸν ἐγέννησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλους, οὓς βουλομένη ἀπαθανατίζειν ἔκτεινε. φασὶ δὲ ὅτι καὶ τὸν Ἀχιλλέα μέλλουσα καίειν καὶ καταληφθεῖσα ὑπὸ τοῦ Πηλέως εἰς θάλασσαν ἔφυγεν. [Drachmann ad v. 178]

a. ὦρσεν ἐν πυρί: τὸ ἑξῆς· ὦρσ᾿ ἐκ Δαναῶν γόον πυρὶ καιόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 181]

b. ὦρσε, διορμῆσαι ἐποίησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 181]

a. εἰ δὲ νόῳ τις ἔχει: εἰ δέ τις τὴν ἀλήθειαν τῶν πραγμάτων προϊδεῖν δύναται, δεῖ πρὸς τῶν θεῶν εὖ πάσχοντα ἑαυτὸν μὴ λυπεῖν, ἀλλὰ συνεπιδιδόναι τὴν ψυχὴν ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν εὐπραγίαις. τὸ δὲ εὖ κοινὸν πρός τε τὸ πασχέμεν καὶ πρὸς τὸ μακάρων τυγχάνοντα. [Drachmann ad v. 182]

b. ἄλλως· εἰ δέ τις τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἶδε τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν, τουτέστιν ὀρθῶς λογίζεται καὶ φρόνιμός ἐστι, προσήκει τινὰ εὖ παρὰ θεῶν εὐεργετούμενον ὑφίστασθαι καὶ τῆς εὐπραγίας ἀπολαύειν. Ὅμηρος (Γ 65)· οὔτοι ἀπόβλητ᾿ ἐστὶ θεῶν ἐρικυδέα δῶρα, ὅσσα κεν αὐτοὶ δῶσιν· ἑκὼν δ᾿ οὐκ ἄν τις ἕλοιτο. [Drachmann ad v. 182]

a. ἄλλοτε δ᾿ ἀλλοῖαι πνοαί: ὥσπερ οὐχ οἱ αὐτοὶ ἄνεμοι διαπαντὸς πνέουσιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἄλλοτε ἄλλοι, οὕτω καὶ αἱ τύχαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐχ αἱ αὐταὶ παραμένουσιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἄλλοτε μὲν εἰς κακὸν μεταβάλλουσιν, ἄλλοτε δὲ εἰς ἀγαθόν. Εὐριπίδης (Here. 101)· κάμνουσι γάρ τοι καὶ βροτοῖς αἱ συμφοραί. καὶ πνεύματ᾿ ἀνέμων οὐκ ἀεὶ ῥώμην ἔχει. [Drachmann ad v. 187]

a. ὄλβος δ᾿ οὐκ ἐς μακρόν: ἡ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐδαιμονία οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν παραγίνεται, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἐπιπολὺ παραμένει, ἐπειδὰν μάλιστα ἐπακολουθήσας πολὺς ἐπιβαρήσῃ καὶ παραγένηται. [Drachmann ad v. 189]

a. εὖτ᾿ ἂν ἐπιβρίσας: ἡνίκα ἐπιβαρύνας αὑτὸν καὶ ἀθροίσας ἕπηται. ἐξ οὗ καὶ Εὐριπίδης (Orest. 340)· ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος ἐν βροτοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 190]

a. σμικρὸς ἐν σμικροῖς: τινὲς οὕτως· ἐὰν μικρὰ ᾖ τὰ περὶ ἐμὲ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκ τῆς ἀνάγκης ἔσομαι μικρός· ἐὰν δὲ μεγάλα, εἰκότως ἐπαρθήσομαι καὶ μεγάλα φρονήσω. ἄτοπον δὲ καὶ οὕτω κατὰ Πίνδαρον τὴν ἀλαζονείαν δοκεῖν ταῖς τύχαις συσχηματίζεσθαι. ἔστιν οὖν ὃ λέγει τοιοῦτον· μικροῖς συνὼν καὶ καταδεεστέροις ἐμοῦ μικρὸν ἐμαυτὸν ποιήσω συμμετρήσας ἐκείνοις, ἐν δὲ τοῖς μείζοσι πάλιν ὁ αὐτὸς τυγχάνων ἐκείνοις ἐξισωθήσομαι. [Drachmann ad v. 191]

a. δαίμονα: τὸν δὲ περιέχοντά με| δαίμονα καὶ τύχην οἴσω τῇ διανοίᾳ, καὶ θεραπεύσω αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ γνώμην. [Drachmann ad v. 193]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἀεὶ τὸν περιέχοντά με δαίμονα θεραπεύων ταῖς φρεσὶν ἀσκήσω, μικρὰ μὲν πράσσων ἐν μικροῖς, ἐν δὲ μεγάλοις μεγάλας ἐπιβολὰς λαμβάνων. [Drachmann ad v. 193]

a. εἰ δέ μοι πλοῦτον: αἰνίττεται εἰς τὸν Ἱέρωνα προτρεπόμενος αὐτὸν ἀφειδῶς τοῖς ποιηταῖς χορηγεῖσθαι τὸν μισθὸν, ὥστε ἀνυμνεῖσθαι αὐτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 195]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐὰν δέ μοι ὁ θεὸς πλοῦτον ἀνθηρὸν καὶ εὐδαιμονίαν παράσχῃ, ἐλπίζω δόξαν εὐρεῖν ὑψηλοτάτην καὶ εἰς τὸν μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνον. [Drachmann ad v. 195]

a. Νέστορα καὶ Λύκιον Σαρπηδόνα: καὶ τὸν Νέστορα καὶ τὸν Σαρπηδόνα διὰ τοὺς ὕμνους τῶν ποιητῶν γινώσκομεν. [Drachmann ad v. 198]

b. Νέστορα καὶ Λύκιον: τὸ ἑξῆς· Νέστορα καὶ Λύκιον Σαρπηδόνα γινώσκομεν ἐξ ἐπέων κελαδεινῶν, οἷα σοφοὶ τέκτονες ἅρμοσαν [ἀνθρώπων]. ἀνθρώπων δὲ φάτις περιφραστικῶς, ἡμεῖς οἱ ἄνθρωποι. [Drachmann ad v. 198]

c. ἢ προστίθεμεν τὸ ἴσασι, καὶ ἕξει τὴν ἀκολουθίαν οὐκέτι δι᾿ ὑπερβατοῦ, ἀλλ᾿ ἀκολούθως. [Drachmann ad v. 198]

a. ἀνθρώπων φάτις: λείπει τὸ ἔχει τῷ λόγῳ, ἵν᾿ ᾖ οὕτως· Νέστορα καὶ Λύκιον Σαρπηδόνα ἀνθρώπων φάτις ἔχει, καὶ ἐξ ἐπέων κελαδεινῶν αὐτοὺς γινώσκομεν, οἷα σοφοὶ τέκτονες ἅρμοσαν ποιηταί. [Drachmann ad v. 199]

a. γινώσκομεν· ἁ δ᾿ ἀρετά: ἡ δὲ ἀρετὴ ταῖς ἐπιδόξοις ᾠδαῖς χρονία καὶ διηνεκὴς παραμένει. [Drachmann ad v. 202]

b. ἡ δὲ ἀρετὴ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ χρόνον παραμένει ὕμνων τυχοῦσα. τὸ δὲ τοιοῦτον διαπράξασθαι ὀλίγοις ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι καὶ εὐκατόρθωτον, τὸ καὶ πλουτεῖν καὶ ἐπαινεῖσθαι. προτρέπεται δὲ αὐτὸν δωρεῖσθαι τοῖς ποιηταῖς, ἵνα ὑμνηθῇ. [Drachmann ad v. 202]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 4

Pythian 4 — for Ἀρκεσίλᾳ Κυρηναίῳ

ἅρματι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 299 lines · 486 scholia parts

Argumentum (8 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen IV.

p2. Ἀρκεσιλάῳ Κυρηναίῳ ἅρματι.

p3. Τῆς τετάρτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ιδ΄. τὸ α΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (P III 1) Ἤθελον Χείρωνά κε Φιλλυρίδαν.

p4. τὸ β΄ ὅμοιον τῷ α΄. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ δ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ α΄ καὶ β΄. τὸ ε΄ δίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ζ΄ δίμετρον Ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος ἀνακλώμενον. τὸ η΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ θ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 94) τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ ι΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ δακτυλικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ιβ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ιγ΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ιδ΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον.

p5. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ιγ΄. τὸ α΄ ὅμοιον τῷ Ἤθελον Χείρωνά κε Φιλλυρίδαν. τὸ β΄ ὅμοιον τῷ τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ γ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ δ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ ε΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας.

p6. τὸ η΄ προσοδιακόν. τὸ θ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος, τοῦ πρώτου πενθημιμεροῦς λείποντος μιᾷ συλλαβῇ. τὸ ι΄ ὅμοιον τῷ τίς σὰς παρή ειρε φρένας. τὸ ια΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ιβ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ α΄. τὸ ιγ΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον.

p7. τὴνInscr.a. Γράφεται ἡ ᾠδὴ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ Πολυμνήστου παιδὶ, Κυρηναίῳ τὸ γένος τῆς Λιβύης, νικήσαντι τὴν τριακοστὴν πρώτην Πυθιάδα. ἔνιοι καὶ ὀγδοηκοστὴν Ὀλυμπιάδα· ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἔγραψεν εἰς τὴν Ὀλυμπιακὴν αὐτοῦ νίκην, καίτοι μετὰ τὴν Πυθικὴν γενομένην, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς τὰ Πύθια μόνον. γράφει δὲ καὶ εἰς ταύτην καὶ ἑτέραν αὐτοῦ νίκην ἐφεξῆς, ἥτις καὶ οἰκειοτέρα ἐστὶ κατὰ τὰ νοήματα καὶ κατὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν· ἡ γὰρ δὴ προκειμένη ᾠδὴ ἱστορικὴν ἔχει παρέκβασιν. τὰ γὰρ ἐπὶ Κυρήνης κτίσεως καὶ τῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ ταραχῶν περιέχει. ὁ δὲ Ἀρκεσίλαος τοὺς μὲν ἀνεῖλε, τοὺς δὲ ἐφυγάδευσεν, ἐν οἷς τις ἦν καὶ Δαμόφιλος, ὃς ἐκπεσὼν τῆς πατρίδος ἦλθεν εἰς Θήβας, ὑπὲρ οὗ φαίνεται ὁ Πίνδαρος παρακαλῶν καὶ βουλόμενος αὐτὸν διαλλάξαι καὶ ἀξιῶν τὴν Μοῦσαν παραστῆναι τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ, καθ᾿ ἣν ἡμέραν διαπέμπεται τὸν ἐπίνικον. οὐ γὰρ προσκαλεῖται αὑτῷ γράφων παραστῆναι τὴν Μοῦσαν· οὐ γὰρ ἂν διωρίσατο ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ γράψαι τὸν ὕμνον.

b. [Σάμερον μὲν χρή σε παρ᾿ ἀνδρὶ φίλῳ:] ταύτην ἔγραψεν Ἀρκεσιλάῳ τῷ Κυρηναίων βασιλεῖ νικήσαντι τὴν τριακοστὴν πρώτην Πυθιάδα, καὶ γεγονότι ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Βάττου. Κυρήνης γὰρ πρῶτος ἐβασίλευσε Βάττος ὁ Πολυμνήστου, ὁ καὶ τὴν ἀποικίαν ἐκ Θήρας εἰς Λιβύην ἀπαγαγὼν καὶ Κυρήνην οἰκίσας, ὃς διάδοχον τῆς ἀρχῆς κατέλιπεν Ἀρκεσίλαον. παρὰ δὲ τούτου παρέλαβε τὴν δυναστείαν Βάττος ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς εὐδαίμων· τοῦ δὲ Βάττου ἄλλος γίνεται Ἀρκεσίλαος, καὶ οὕτω παῖς παρὰ πατρὸς τὴν δυναστείαν παρέλαβε, καὶ τέσσαρες μὲν Βάττοι, τέσσαρες δὲ Ἀρκεσίλαοι ἐγένοντο. πέμπτος δέ ἐστιν Ἀρκεσίλαος Φερετίμης υἱὸς, οὗ καὶ Ἡρόδοτος (4, 162) μνημονεύει. ὁ δὲ τελευταῖος οὗτος Ἀρκεσίλαος δολοφονηθεὶς ὑπὸ Κυρηναίων ἀπέβαλε τῶν Βαττιαδῶν τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔτη διακόσια διαμείνασαν. Ἡρόδοτος (4, 155) μὲν οὖν φησιν, ὅτι ἡ Πυθία τὸν πρῶτον Βάττον οὕτω προσηγόρευσεν Ἀριστοτέλην πρότερον λεγόμενον, τῇ Λιβύων φωνῇ· Λίβυες γὰρ Βάττους τοὺς βασιλεῖς λέγουσιν· οἱ δὲ ὅτι ἰσχνόφωνος ἦν καὶ περὶ τῆς φωνῆς πυνθανόμενον ἡ Πυθία Βάττον προσηγόρευσεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ ἐπέχεσθαι τὴν γλῶτταν βατταρίζειν φαμέν. ἔνιοι δὲ Κόκκυγα αὐτὸν καλεῖσθαι, διὰ τὸ μὴ γεγωνὸς φθέγγεσθαι. ὁ δὲ Ἀκέσανδρος (FHG IV p. 286) μὴ ἐκ γενετῆς αὐτόν φησιν ἰσχνόφωνον γεγενῆσθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπὸ ταὐτομάτου δεθῆναι τὴν γλῶτταν. ἦν δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ ῥητορικὸς, φησὶ, καὶ συμβουλεύσασθαι δυνάμενος.

1–4

 σάμερον μὲν χρή σε παρʼ ἀνδρὶ φίλῳ σ3
 στᾶμεν, εὐΐππου βασιλῆϊ Κυράνας, ὄφρα κωμάζοντι σὺν Ἀρκεσίλᾳ,
 Μοῖσα, Λατοίδαισιν ὀφειλόμενον Πυθῶνί τʼ αὔξῃς οὖρον ὕμνων,
 ἔνθα ποτὲ χρυσέων Διὸς αἰητῶν πάρεδρος, σ1

Pytho Today you must stand beside a beloved man, Muse, the king of Cyrene with its fine horses, so that while Arcesilas celebrates his triumph you may swell the fair wind of song that is due to the children of Leto and to, where once the priestess seated beside the golden eagles of Zeus,

This day O Muse must thou tarry in a friend's house, the house of the king of Kyrene of goodly horses, that with Arkesilas at his triumph thou mayst swell the favourable gale of song, the due of Leto's children, and of Pytho. For at Pytho of old she who sitteth beside the eagles of Zeus--nor was Apollo absent then--the priestess, spake this oracle, that Battos should found a power in fruitful Libya, that straightway departing from the holy isle he might lay the foundations of a city of goodly chariots upon a white breast of the swelling earth, and might fulfil in the seventeenth generation the word of Medea spoken at Thera, which of old the passionate child of Aietes, queen of Colchians, breathed from immortal lips. For on this wise spake she to the warrior Jason's god-begotten crew: 'Hearken O sons of high-hearted mortals and of gods. Lo I say unto you that from this sea-lashed land the daughter of Epaphos shall sometime be planted with a root to bring forth cities that shall possess the minds of men, where Zeus Ammon's shrine is builded.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. τάττεται ἡ ᾠδὴ εἰς τοὺς ἐπινίκους, μεῖζόν τι ἢ κατὰ ἐπίνικον οὖσα διὰ τὸ μεμηκύνθαι καὶ πραγμάτων ἔχειν ἀφήγησιν ἐντοπίων, τὸ δὲ ἀνωτάτω καταλλαγὴν φυγάδος Δαμοφίλου τινός. διαλέγεται δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος πρὸς τὴν Μοῦσαν, καὶ παραινεῖ αὐτῇ σήμερον παραστῆναι τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ, εἰς ἐκείνην ἀναφέρων τὸν λόγον τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐν ᾗ ἔμελλε δέξασθαι τὸν ἐπίνικον ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος. οὐ γὰρ εἰ ἐν νουμηνίᾳ λόγου χάριν ἐγράφη, ἐκείνῃ ὑπεστήσατο τῇ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ ἔσεσθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ὃ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι, τοῦτο ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ καιροῦ καὶ ἐνεστηκότος εἶπε. τὴν δὲ Κυρήνην εὔιππον εἶπεν οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ παρατυχόντος, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι Ποσειδῶν τοὺς Λίβυας διδάξειε τὴν τῶν ἁρμάτων κατάζευξιν· καὶ τὴν ἱππίαν δὲ Ἀθηνᾶν ἐν Λιβύῃ γενέσθαι φασί. τινὲς δὲ ὡς ὅτι ἡ ἱππικὴ ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ εὑρέθη.

b. ἄλλως· Σάμερον μέν: ὁ νοῦς· σήμερον μὲν προσήκει σε παραστῆναι καὶ τῷ προσφιλεστάτῳ ἀνδρὶ καὶ βασιλεῖ τῆς εὐίππου Κυρήνης, ὅπως ἂν, ὦ Μοῦσα, σὺν τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ κώμους ἄγοντι καὶ χορεύοντι ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ, τοῖς τε Λητοῦς παισὶ καὶ τῇ Πυθῶνι τὸν ὀφειλόμενον ὕμνον αὐξήσῃς καὶ ἀποδῷς τὸν τῶν ὕμνων οὖρον.

c. σὺν Ἀρκεσίλᾳ: τὸ σύν πρὸς τὸ αὔξῃς, ἵν᾿ ᾖ συναύξῃς. κωμάζοντι δὲ, κώμους ἄγοντι· κώμους δὲ ἄγουσιν οἱ νικῶντες κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν πατρίδα.

ad v. 4

a. Λατοΐδαισιν: ἤτοι τοῖς Ἀπόλλωνος ἢ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι μόνῳ, ὥστε τὸ πληθυντικὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνικοῦ ἐξενεχθῆναι, ὅπερ καὶ βέλτιον, τῷ αἰτίῳ τῆς νίκης ὀφείλεσθαι τὸν ὕμνον καὶ τῷ τόπῳ, οὗπερ ὁ ἀγὼν ἐπώνυμος. δύναται δὲ καὶ τοὺς Κυρηναίους διὰ τὸ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Κυρήνης τὸν Ἀρισταῖον γενέσθαι, ὃν παρὰ Κυρηναίοις ὡς οἰκιστὴν διὰ τιμῆς ἄγεσθαι· δύναται δὲ καὶ τοὺς Δελφοὺς λέγειν. ἑτέρωθι γὰρ (fr. 192) Ἀπολλωνίδας αὐτοὺς προσηγόρευσε· Δελφοὶ θεμίστων [ὕμνων] μάντιες Ἀπολλωνίδαι.

5–7

 ἱέ οὐκ ἀποδάμου Ἀπόλλωνος τυχόντος, ρεα
 χρῆσεν οἰκιστῆρα Βάττον καρποφόρου Λιβύας, ἱερὰν σ1
 νᾶσον ὡς ἤδη λιπὼν κτίσσειεν εὐάρματον σ2

Libya on a day when Apollo happened to be present, gave an oracle naming Battus as the colonizer of fruitful, and telling how he would at once leave the holy island and found a city of fine chariots on a shining white breast of the earth,

Scholia ad vv. 5–7 (3 entries)

ad v. 6

a. ἔνθα ποτὲ χρυσέων: λόγος τις τοιοῦτος περιηχεῖ, ὅτι ὁ Ζεὺς καταμετρήσασθαι τῆς οἰκουμένης τὸ μεσαίτατον βουληθεὶς ἴσους κατὰ τὸ τάχος ἀετοὺς ἐκ δύσεως καὶ ἀνατολῆς ἀφῆκεν· οἱ δὲ διϊπτάμενοι συνέπεσον ἀλλήλοις κατὰ τὴν Πυθῶνα, ὥστε τὴν σύμπτωσιν ὁρίζειν αὐτόθι τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης τὸ μεσαίτατον. ὕστερον δὲ σημεῖον τοῦ γεγονότος καὶ χρυσοῦς ἀετοὺς κατασκευάσας ἀνέθηκε τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ τεμένει.

ad v. 7

a. Διὸς αἰετῶν πάρεδρος: ὅπου ποτὲ ἡ τῶν χρυσῶν τοῦ Διὸς ἀετῶν πάρεδρος καὶ ἱέρεια τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος Πυθία οὐκ ἀποδημοῦντος τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ παρόντος ἐχρησμῴδησε συνοικιστὴν τῆς Λιβύης γενέσθαι τὸν Βάττον, ὅπως ἂν τὴν ἱερὰν νῆσον Θήραν καταλιπὼν ὁ Βάττος κτίσῃ τὴν εὐάρματον καὶ ἱππικωτάτην πόλιν ἐν τῷ τροφιμωτάτῳ καὶ ἄκρῳ μέρει τῆς Λιβύης, καὶ τὸ τῆς Μηδείας ἔπος ἀνασώσῃ τὸ περὶ τῆς Θήρας, ὅτι δὴ ἑπτακαιδεκάτῃ γενεᾷ ἀποικία ἔσται ἐκ Θήρας εἰς Λιβύην, ὅπερ δὴ ἔπος ἡ τοῦ Αἰήτου παῖς ἡ ὀργίλη Μήδεια ἐκ τοῦ ἀθανάτου ἀπεφθέγξατο στόματος, ἡ τῶν Κόλχων βασιλίς.

b. ἄλλως· Διὸς αἰετῶν: ὅτι ὑπὸ Διὸς ἀφεθέντες ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς συνέπεσον ἐνταῦθα, καὶ οὕτως ἐγνώσθη τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς. ὧν εἰκόνες οἱ χρυσοῖ ἀνέκειντο παρὰ τὸν ὀμφαλὸν ἀετοί· | ἤρθησαν δὲ ἐν τῷ Φωκικῷ πολέμῳ, ὃν συνεστήσατο Φιλόμηλος.

8 όε πόλιν ἐν ἀργενν ντι μαστῷ, σ1

And instead of short-finned dolphins they shall take to them fleet mares, and reins instead of oars shall they ply, and speed the whirlwind-footed car.

Scholia ad vv. 8–8 (1 entry)

ad v. 8

a. οὐκ ἀποδάμου: διὰ τούτων ἐμφαίνει τῶν ῥηθέντων τὸ ἀσφαλές. τότε γὰρ ἡ Πυθία μάλιστα ἀκριβέστερον χρησμῳδεῖ, ὅτε καὶ πάρεστι τῷ μαντείῳ ὁ θεός.

9 καὶ τὸ Μηδείας ἔπος ἀγκομίσαι σ1

and carry out

Scholia ad vv. 9–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 9

a. ἱέρεα: ἡ ἱέρεια· καὶ οὕτως τονιστέον· ἔστι γὰρ κατὰ ἀποβολὴν τοῦ ῑ. οὐ γὰρ κατὰ Ἀττικοὺς ἱερέα. Ὅμηρος (Z 300) γοῦν φησι· τὴν γὰρ Τρῶες ἔθηκαν Ἀθηναίης ἱέρειαν. συστείλας τὴν τελευταίαν.

10–14

 ἑβδόμᾳ καὶ σὺν δεκάτᾳ γενεᾷ Θήραιον, Αἰήτα τό ποτε ζαμενὴς σ6
 παῖς ἀπέπνευσʼ ἀθανάτου στόματος, δέσποινα Κόλχων. εἶπε δʼ οὕτως
 ἡμιθέοισιν Ἰάσονος αἰχματᾶο ναύταις·
 κέκλυτε, παῖδες ὑπερθύμων τε φωτῶν καὶ θεῶν·
 φαμὶ γὰρ τᾶσδʼ ἐξ ἁλιπλάκτου ποτὲ γᾶς Ἐπάφοιο κόραν σ1

Thera in the seventeenth generation the word spoken at by Medea, which once the inspired daughter of Aeetes, the queen of the Colchians, breathed forth from her immortal mouth. She spoke in this way to the heroes who sailed with the warrior Jason: “Hear me, sons of high-spirited men and of gods. For I say that from this wave-washed land one day the daughter of Epaphus

Scholia ad vv. 10–14 (7 entries)

ad v. 10

a. τὸa. χρῆσεν οἰκιστῆρα Βάττον: περὶ τῆς τοῦ Βάττου εἰς τὸ μαντεῖον ἀφίξεως οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσιν ἀλλήλοις οἱ συγγραφεῖς. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἕνεκεν τῆς φωνῆς αὑτόν φασι, καὶ τὸν χρησμὸν ἄνω καὶ κάτω θρυλλοῦσι τόν (Herodot. 4, 155)· Βάττ᾿, ἐπὶ φωνὴν ἦλθες· ἄναξ δέ σε Φοῖβος Ἀπόλλων ἐς Λιβύην πέμπει μηλοτρόφον οἰκιστῆρα. | οἱ δὲ στάσεως παραπεσούσης πολιτικῆς· ὀ γοῦν Μενεκλῆς FHG IV p. 449) πιθανωτέραν δοκεῖν φησι τῆς στάσεως τὴν αἰτίαν. μυθικωτέραν δὲ τὴν περὶ τῆς φωνῆς. φησὶ δὲ, ὅτι οἱ πολῖται ἐν τῇ Θήρᾳ ἐστασίασαν καὶ διέστησαν ἀλλήλων, ἠγεῖτο δὲ τῆς ἑτέρας τῶν στάσεων ὁ Βάττος· διαγωνισαμένων δὲ τῶν στάσεων τοὺς τοῦ Βάττου συνέβη ἐκπεσεῖν τῆς πόλεως καὶ φυγεῖν τὴν χώραν, ἀπογινώσκοντας δὲ τὴν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα κάθοδον περὶ ἀποικίας βουλεύεσθαι· ἀποδημήσας· δὲ εἰς Δελφοὺς Βάττος ἠρώτα περὶ τῆς στάσεως, πότερον διαγωνίσονται πρὸς τὴν ἀποικίαν ἢ ἑτέρωσέ ποι ἀποικίαν στείλωνται. τὸν δὲ θεὸν χρῆσαι· Βάττε, πρόσθε κακὸν, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον ἐσθλὸν ἐρευνᾷς. ἔρχεο, λεῖφ᾿ ἁλίαν χώραν· ἤπειρος ἀμείνων ἠῷος. πρότερον δόλον ἔκβαλε, πείθεϊ πείθων. στέρξον γῆν ὁσίως, ἣν μισεῖ πολλὴν ἀθεμίστως. οἷά τ᾿ ἀνὴρ ἕρξει, τοῖον τέλος αὐτὸν ἱκάνει.

b. ἱερὰν δὲ εἶπε τὴν Θήραν ἤτοι διὰ τὸ περὶ τὴν γῆν ἰδίωμα· κισσηρώδης γὰρ οὖσα πολυφόρος ἐστὶ καὶ πολύκαρπος· ἢ ὅτι Κάδμος ἐπιβαλὼν καὶ τὴν νῆσον οἰκίσας βωμοὺς ἱδρύσατο Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀθηνᾶς. | Ἱεροκλῆς δέ φησι (FHG IV p. 430) τοὺς ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος ἐποικίσαντας Ἀπόλλωνι αὐτὴν ἀνιερῶσαι.

c. ἐγχωρεῖ δὲ καὶ κόσμου χάριν κεῖσθαι τὸ ἐπίθετον.

d. οἰκιστῆρα Βάττον: λείπει τὸ ἔσεσθαι [οἰκιστῆρα].

e. νᾶσον τὴν Θήραν λέγει.

f. ἱερὰν νᾶσον τὴν Θήραν οὐχ ἁπλῶς ὀνομάζει, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι Κάδμος κατὰ ζήτησιν Εὐρώπης τῆς ἀδελφῆς στελλόμενος προσορμισθεὶς τῇ νήσῳ ἀνέκτισε Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀθηνᾶς ἱερὸν αὐτόθι, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Θεόφραστος.

ad v. 14

a. ἀργινόεντι μαστῷ: Ἀρίσταρχος μὲν τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν (I 141) οὖθαρ ἀρούρης παράγειν αὐτόν φησι πιθανῶς, ὑπαλλαξάμενον τὸν μαστόν· Ἱεροκλῆς δέ φησι τὴν πόλιν κεῖσθαι ἐπὶ λόφου μαστοειδοῦς λευκογείου. μᾶλλον δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς εὐτροφίας, ὡς Ἀρίσταρχος· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀργινόεις συνᾴδει τούτῳ μᾶλλον. ἀπὸ γάλακτος.

15 ἀστέων ῥίζαν φυτεύσεσθαι μελησιμβρότων σ215

will have planted in her a root of cities that are dear to men, in the temple of Zeus Ammon.

Scholia ad vv. 15–15 (2 entries)

ad v. 15

a. καὶ τὸ Μηδείας ἔπος ἀγκομίσαι: τουτέστιν ἀνασώσειεν. οἷον ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγάγοι. ἔστι δὲ ὁ Ἀριστοτέλης ιζ΄ ἀπὸ Εὐφήμου τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Εὐρώπης τοῦ λαβόντος τὴν βῶλον παρὰ Τρίτωνος.

b. ἄλλως· ἀγκομίσαι: ἀνακομίσειεν. ἐπιμελείας ἀξιώσειεν. ἔχει δὲ ἡ ἱστορία οὕτως· ἡνίκα εἰς τὴν Σύρτιν ἐμπεσόντες οἱ Ἀργοναῦται ἔφερον διὰ τῆς Λιβύης ἐπ᾿ ὤμων τὴν Ἀργὼ, εἶτα καθῆκαν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. συντυχόντες Εὐρυπύλῳ τῷ Ποσειδῶνος παιδὶ καὶ ἐπειγόμενοι πρὸς τὸν πλοῦν ἐδέξαντο ξένια τὰ παρατυχόντα. βῶλον γὰρ ἐκεῖνος δραξάμενος ἔδωκε γῆς· ὁ δὲ Εὔφημος ἐδέξατο· εἶτα πρὸς τῇ Θήρᾳ ὑπερκλύσαντος τοῦ κύματος καὶ διαλυθείσης τῆς βώλου ἐμαντεύσατο ἡ Μήδεια, τοὺς ἀπ᾿ Εὐφήμου ἑπτακαιδεκάτους ἀποικίαν στείλασθαι ἐκ Θήρας εἰς Λιβύην. ὁ δὲ Εὔφημος γίνεται παῖς Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Μηκιονίκης τῆς Εὐρώτα θυγατρὸς, ὃς ἔγημε θυγατέρα Ἀλκμήνης Λαονόμην, ἀφ᾿ οὗ ἑπτακαιδέκατος ὢν ὁ Βάττος [ὁ καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης] ἀποικίαν εἰς Λιβύην ἐστείλατο. κατὰ τὴν μαντείαν οὖν τῆς Μηδείας ἑπτακαιδέκατος γεγονὼς ὁ Βάττος ἐδυστύχησε τὴν φωνὴν, καὶ ἐκ θεοῦ, τίς λύσις εἴη, ἀνερωτῶντι αὐτῷ ἀνείλετο οὕτω· Βάττ᾿, ἐπὶ φωνὴν ἦλθες· ἄναξ δέ σε Φοῖβος Ἀπόλλων ἐς Λιβύην πέμπει μηλοτρόφον οἰκιστῆρα. τὸ δὲ σημεῖον, ὅτι ἑπτακαιδεκάτῃ γενεᾷ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν φησι γενομένους ἐκ τῶν Λημνιάδων οἰκίσαι τὴν πρότερον Καλλίστην, ὕστερον δὲ Θήραν.

16 Διὸς ἐν Ἄμμωνος θεμέθλοις.

By that augury shall it come to pass that Thera shall be mother-city of mighty commonwealths, even the augury that once at the outpourings of the Tritonian lake Euphemos leaping from the prow took at the hands of a god who in the likeness of man tendered this present to the stranger of a clod of earth; and the Father Kronian Zeus confirmed it with a peal of thunder.

17–19

 ἀντὶ δελφίνων δʼ ἐλαχυπτερύγων ἵππους ἀμείψαντες θοάς, σ2
 ἁνία τʼ ἀντʼ ἐρετμῶν δίφρους τε νωμάσοισιν ἀελλόποδας. σ1
 κεῖνος ὄρνις ἐκτελευτάσει μεγαλᾶν πολίων

Instead of short-finned dolphins they will have swift horses, and reins instead of oars, and they will drive storm-footed chariot teams. That token shall make

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (3 entries)

ad v. 17

a. ζαμενής: ἡ ἄγαν ὀργίλη καὶ πικρά. τὸ δὲ ἐπίθετον ἐκ τῆς ἱστορίας, ὅτι ὑπέμεινε καὶ τοὺς ἑαυτῆς ἀποσφάξαι παῖδας.

b. Θήραιον: τὸ περὶ τῆς Θήρας λεχθέν. ἢ τὸ ἐν τῇ Θήρᾳ εἰρημένον· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ὁ λόγος τῆς Μηδείας καὶ τὸ μάντευμα ἐρρέθη.

ad v. 18

a. ἀθανάτου στόματος: τῆς Μηδείας εἶπεν, ὡς μὲν Χαῖρις, ἐκ μέρους τὴν ἀθάνατον, ἐπεὶ καὶ Ἡσίοδος ἐν τῇ Θεογονίᾳ (992 cl. 965) ἀθάνατον αὐτήν φησιν· ὡς δὲ Ἀσκληπιάδης, ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ῥηθέντων ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς ἀτελὲς γεγένηται οὐδὲ ἐφθάρη.

20–22

 ματρόπολιν Θήραν γενέσθαι, τόν ποτε Τριτωνίδος ἐν προχοαῖς
 λίμνας θεῷ ἀνέρι εἰδομένῳ γαῖαν διδόντι
 ξείνια πρῴραθεν Εὔφαμος καταβὰς σ1

Thera the mother-city of great cities, the token which once, beside the out-flowing waters of lake Tritonis, Euphemus received as he descended from the prow, a clod of earth as a gift of friendship from a god in the likeness of a man. And as a sign of favor, Zeus the son of Cronus sounded a peal of thunder,

Scholia ad vv. 20–22 (1 entry)

ad v. 22

a. κέκλυτε: ἐπακούσατε, ὡ μεγαλοψύχων τε ἀνδρῶν καὶ θεῶν παῖδες.

23 δέξατʼ· αἴσιον δʼ ἐπί οἱ Κρονίων Ζεὺς πατὴρ ἔκλαγξε βροντάν·

What time he came suddenly upon them as they were hanging against the ship the bronze-fluked anchor, fleet Argo's bridle; for now for twelve days had we borne from Ocean over long backs of desert-land our sea-ship, after that by my counsel we drew it up upon the shore.

24 ἁνίκʼ ἄγκυραν ποτὶ χαλκόγενυν σ2

when the stranger found us hanging the bronze-jawed anchor

Scholia ad vv. 24–24 (2 entries)

ad v. 24

a. φαμὶ γὰρ τᾶσδ᾿ ἐξ ἁλιπλάκτου: τῆς Θήρας, [ἤτοι] ὅτι ἐνάλιος οὖσα πλήττεται ὑπὸ κυμάτων· ἢ τῆς βώλου τῆς διαλυθείσης ὑπερκλύσαντος τοῦ κύματος τὴν ναῦν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· φημὶ γὰρ ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ἁλιπλάκτου γῆς τὴν Ἐπάφου κόρην Λιβύην τῶν πόλεων τὴν ῥίζαν καὶ καταβολὴν φυτεῦσαι καὶ σπεῖραι τὴν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐν ἐπιμελείᾳ οὖσαν, ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διὸς Ἄμμωνος θεμελίοις, τουτέστι τῇ Λιβύῃ.

25–29

 ναῒ κρημνάντων ἐπέτοσσε, θοᾶς Ἀργοῦς χαλινόν. δώδεκα δὲ πρότερον σ2
 ἁμέρας ἐξ Ωκεανοῦ φέρομεν νώτων ὕπερ γαίας ἐρήμων σ1
 εἰνάλιον δόρυ, μήδεσιν ἀνσπάσσαντες ἀμοῖς. σ1
 τουτάκι δʼ οἰοπόλος δαίμων ἐπῆλθεν, φαιδίμαν σ1
 ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος· φιλίων δʼ ἐπέων σ5

Argo, the bridle of the swift, against the ship. Before that we had been dragging our seafaring ship for twelve days from the Ocean over the deserted back of the land, having drawn it ashore by my counsels. And then the solitary god approached, who had assumed the splendid appearance of an honored man. He began to speak friendly words,

Scholia ad vv. 25–29 (10 entries)

ad v. 25

a. Ἐπάφοιο κόραν: τὴν Λιβύην τὴν ἡρωΐδα, ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ ἡ χώρα. Ἐπάφου γὰρ τοῦ Διὸς καὶ Ἰοῦς Λιβύη, ἧς καὶ Ποσειδῶνος Βῆλος.

b. ἄλλως· Ἐπάφοιο κόραν: τὴν Λιβύην· ὅτι ἡ χώρα Λιβύης τῆς Ἐπάφου τοῦ Διὸς καὶ Ἰοῦς τῆς Ἰνάχου ὁμώνυμος. | εἰώθασι δὲ οὗτοι συμπλέκειν τὰ τῶν χωρῶν ἢ πόλεων καὶ τὰ τῶν ἡρωΐδων ὀνόματα διακοινοποιοῦντες, | οἷον (Pind. fr. 195)· εὐάρματε χρυσοχίτων, ἱερώτατον ἄγαλμα, Θήβα. τὸ μὲν γὰρ εὐάρματε τῆς πόλεως, τὸ δὲ χρυσοχίτων τῆς ἡρωΐδος.

ad v. 26

a. ἀστέων ῥίζαν: τὴν Κυρήνην. ἐξ αὐτῆς γὰρ καὶ Ἀπολλωνία καὶ Τεύχειρα ἐκτίσθησαν.

ad v. 27

a. μελησίμβροτον: τὴν μελήσουσαν πολλοῖς. βούλεται δὲ λέγειν, ὅτι ἐκ τῆς Θήρας ἡ Λιβύη μεταφυτευθήσεται πόλεων ῥίζαν.

ad v. 28

a. Διὸς ἐν Ἄμμωνος: Ἄμμωνα Λίβυες τὸν Δία προσαγορεύουσι καὶ οὕτω τιμῶσι, καὶ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ μαντεῖον ἐν Λιβύῃ· καὶ γὰρ καὶ Φαῖστος ἐν τοῖς Λακεδαιμονικοῖς (F H G IV p. 472) ἐπιβάλλων φησί· Ζεῦ Λιβύης Ἄμμων κερατηφόρε κέκλυθι μάντι. ἐνταῦθα δὲ πῶς τὴν Κυρήνην τοῦ μαντείου πλησίον εἶναί φησιν; ἀπέχει γὰρ ἱκανοῖς σταδίοις· ἀλλὰ ῥητέον, ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ χώρα ἀνιέρωται τῷ θεῷ.

ad v. 29

a. ὅτι αἱ παραπλεύριοι ἄκανθαι αὐτῶν πτερύγια καλοῦνται.

b. τὸ δὲ ἐλαχύ πρὸς σύγκρισιν τῶν ὀρνέων.

c. ἀντὶ δὲ νησιωτικῶν καὶ θαλασσίων ἔργων ἠπειρωτικὰ καὶ ἱππικὰ μεταλήψονται.

d. ὁ δὲ λόγος, ὅτι νησιῶται ὄντες οἱ Θηραῖοι ἠπειρῶται γίνονται.

e. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀντὶ δὲ τῶν μικροπτερύγων δελφίνων ἵππους μεταλήψονται καὶ ἡνία ἀντὶ κωπῶν, καὶ δίφρους κινήσουσι κατὰ τὸν δρόμον. πτέρυγας δὲ τῶν δελφίνων τὰς ἀκάνθας φησὶ τὰς ἑκατέρωθεν τῶν βραγχίων, αἷς καὶ διανήχονται καὶ διΐπτανται ὥσπερ οἱ ἰχθύες.

30–31

30 ἄρχετο, ξείνοις ἅτʼ ἐλθόντεσσιν εὐεργέται30

31 δεῖπνʼ ἐπαγγέλλοντι πρῶτον.

such as beneficent hosts use when they first invite arriving strangers to a meal.

Then came to us the solitary god, having put on the splendid semblance of a noble man; and he began friendly speech, such as well-doers use when they bid new-comers to the feast.

32–34

 ἀλλὰ γὰρ νόστου πρόφασις γλυκεροῦ σ1
 κώλυεν μεῖναι. φάτο δʼ Εὐρύπυλος Γαιαόχου παῖς ἀφθίτου Ἐννοσίδα σ2
 ἔμμεναι· γίγνωσκε δʼ ἐπειγομένους· ἂν δʼ εὐθὺς ἁρπάξαις ἀρούρας

But we could not stay, for the plea of our sweet homecoming prevented us from lingering. He said that he was Eurypylus, the son of the holder of the earth, the immortal earth-shaker Poseidon. He realized that we were hurrying on our way, and straightaway with his right hand he snatched up a piece of earth,

Scholia ad vv. 32–34 (3 entries)

ad v. 32

a. ἀελλόποδας δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑλκόντων τοὺς δίφρους εἴρηκεν.

ad v. 33

a. κεῖνος ὄρνις: ἡ βῶλος, κεῖνο ὄρνεον· τὸ γὰρ ὄρνεον ἐπὶ τῆς βώλου λαμβάνουσιν.

b. ἄλλως· κεῖνος ὄρνις: ἐκεῖνος ὁ σύμβολος· τουτέστιν ἡ βῶλος παρασκευάσει τῶν μεγίστων πόλεων μητρόπολιν πολιν γενέσθαι τὴν Θήραν. ἀπὸ γὰρ ταύτης ἡ Κυρήνη ἀνακτίζεται.

35–36

35 δεξιτερᾷ προτυχὸν ξένιον μάστευσε δοῦναι. σ135

36 οὐδʼ ἀπίθησέ νιν, ἀλλʼ ἥρως ἐπʼ ἀκταῖσιν θορὼν σ3

the first thing to come to hand, and sought to present it as a gift of hospitality. He did not fail to persuade Euphemus; the hero leapt down onto the shore, and, pressing his hand in the hand of the stranger, received the divine clod of earth. But now I learn that it was washed out of the ship into the sea by a wave

Scholia ad vv. 35–36 (4 entries)

ad v. 35

a. τόν ποτε: ὁ νοῦς· ὅν ποτε τὸν ὄρνιν, ὅ ἐστι τὴν βῶλον, ἐν ταῖς προχοαῖς τῆς Τριτωνίδος θαλάσσης, θεῷ ἀνδρὶ ὁμοιωθέντι καὶ ξένια παρεχομένῳ ἐκ τῆς πρώρας καταβὰς ὁ Εὔφημος ἐδέξατο.

ad v. 36

a. Τριτωνίδος ἐν προχοαῖς: Τρίτων ποταμὸς Λιβύης, ἐν ᾧ ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ ἐγεννήθη [ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ Τριτογένεια ὀνομάζεται].

b. ἄλλως· Τριτωνίδος λίμνης: οὕτω καλουμένη θάλασσα περὶ τὴν Λιβύην, καθ᾿ ἣν συντρέχοντες τῷ Εὐρυπύλῳ τὴν βῶλον ἐδέξαντο οἱ Ἀργοναῦται.

c. ζητεῖται δὲ, δι᾿ ἣν αἰτίαν ὑπεδέξατο τὴν βῶλον ὁ Εὔφημος· καὶ οἱ μὲν, ὅτι πρωρεὺς ἦν, φαίνεται γὰρ καὶ ὁ Εὐρύπυλος ἐπιστὰς τῇ πρώρᾳ καὶ ἐπιδιδοὺς τὸ ξένιον· οἱ δὲ διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. ἀμφότεροι γὰρ Ποσειδῶνος, ὅ τε δοὺς καὶ ὁ λαβών. | ὁ δὲ Ἀσκληπιάδης τὰ ἐν ταῖς μεγάλαις Ἠοίαις παρατίθεται (fr. 143)· ἢ οἵη Ὑρίῃ πυκινόφρων Μηκιονίκη, ἣ τέκεν Εὔφημον Γαιηόχῳ Ἐννοσιγαίῳ μιχθεῖσ᾿ ἐν φιλότητι πολυχρύσου Ἀφροδίτης.

37–39

 χειρί οἱ χεῖρʼ ἀντερείσαις δέξατο βώλακα δαιμονίαν. σ1
 πεύθομαι δʼ αὐτὰν κατακλυσθεῖσαν ἐκ δούρατος
 ἐναλίαν βᾶμεν σὺν ἅλμᾳ

But the plea of the sweet hope of home suffered us not to stay. Then he said that he was Eurypylos son of the earth-embracer, immortal Ennosides; and for that he was aware that we hasted to be gone, he straightway caught up of the chance earth at his feet a gift that he would fain bestow. Nor was the hero unheeding, but leaping on the shore and striking hand in hand he took to him the fateful clod.

Scholia ad vv. 37–39 (1 entry)

ad v. 37

a. ἀνέρι εἰδομένῳ: τοῦτο καινοτέρως ὁ Πίνδαρος ἱστορεῖ, ὅτι θεὸς Εὐρυπύλῳ παρεικασθεὶς παρέστη τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.

40–44

 ἑσπέρας, ὑγρῷ πελάγει σπομέναν. ἦ μάν νιν ὤτρυνον θαμὰ σ1
 λυσιπόνοις θεραπόντεσσιν φυλάξαι· τῶν δʼ ἐλάθοντο φρένες·
 καί νυν ἐν τᾷδʼ ἄφθιτον νάσῳ κέχυται Λιβύας σ2
 εὐρυχόρου σπέρμα πρὶν ὥρας· εἰ γὰρ οἴκοι νιν βάλε πὰρ χθόνιον σ1
 Ἄιδα στόμα, Ταίναρον εἰς ἱερὰν Εὔφαμος ἐλθών, σ3

Libya at evening, following the watery tide. Truly, I often urged the sailors who relieve their masters from toil to guard it; but their minds were forgetful, and now on this island the immortal seed of spacious is washed ashore before the proper time. For if only Euphemus had gone to his home in holy Taenarus and cast the clod beside the earthly mouth of Hades—

Scholia ad vv. 40–44 (7 entries)

ad v. 40

a. αἴσιον δ᾿ ἐπί οἱ Κρονίων: αἴσιον δὲ τῇ δόσει βροντήσας ἐπεκτύπησεν ὁ Ζεύς (42 B), ὅτε τὴν ἄγκυραν τὴν χαλκᾶς ἔχουσαν γένυς πρὸς τῇ νηὶ ἀνελκυσάντων τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν καὶ κρημνάντων ἐπέτυχεν ὁ Εὐρύπυλος. σημαίνει δὲ διὰ τούτου τὸν ἀπόπλουν· ὅτε γὰρ πλεῖν μέλλουσιν, ἀνάγουσι τὰς ἀγκύρας.

ad v. 42

a. ἁνίκ᾿ ἄγκυραν: τὸν Τρίτωνά φησιν αὐτοῖς συντετυχηκέναι ἀναγομένοις ἤδη. τότε γὰρ τὰς ἀγκύρας τοῦ βυθοῦ ἀνασπάσαντες ἐκκρεμῶσι τῆς νεώς.

b. Ἀργοῦς δὲ χαλινὸν τὴν ἄγκυραν λέγει, διὰ τὸ ἐπέχειν τὰς ναῦς δίκην χαλινοῦ· πρὸς τῇ νηῒ γὰρ κρημνάντων ἐπεκύρησε, τουτέστιν ἀναγομένων. τίς δὲ ἐπεκύρησεν; ὁ ἀνδρὶ εἰκασμένος Τρίτων.

ad v. 43

a. ἐπέτοσσεν: ἐπέτυχεν.

ad v. 44

a. Ἀργοῦς χαλινόν: χαλινὸν νῦν τὴν ἄγκυραν λέγει ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν ἵππων.

b. τοῦτο προσειληφέναι φησὶ Δίδυμος Πίνδαρον τερατείας χάριν τῆς πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ πρέπον τὸ πρὸς εἰδότας λέγειν. ὁ δὲ Ἀμμώνιος περὶ τούτων οὕτω γράφει· καὶ ἑαυτὴν συμπεριλαμβάνει διὰ τὸ ταῖς αὐτῆς βουλαῖς τὴν ἔξω φυγὴν ποιήσασθαι· ἐκβιβάσαι γὰρ συνεβούλευσε καὶ διὰ τοῦ Ἀδρίου ποιῆσαι τὸν πλοῦν. τοῦτο δὲ ἐναντίον τῷ ἐκ τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ ὑπὲρ τὴν Λιβύην κομίσαι τὴν ναῦν εἰς τὴν Τριτωνίδα· ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ὡς διὰ τοῦ Φάσιδος εἰς τὸν Ὠκεανὸν ἐκπεπτωκότων.

c. δώδεκα δέ: οἱ λόγοι παρὰ τῆς Μηδείας· ἐν δώδεκα ἡμέραις τοπρότερον ἔξω τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ ἐφέρομεν κατὰ τῶν νώτων τῆς ἐρήμου καὶ ὁμαλῆς γῆς τὸ θαλάττιον δόρυ. τουτέστι τὴν ναῦν, τοῖς ἡμετέροις βουλεύμασιν ἀνασπάσαντες.

45–46

45 υἱὸς ἱππάρχου Ποσειδάωνος ἄναξ,45

46 τόν ποτʼ Εὐρώπα Τιτυοῦ θυγάτηρ τίκτε Καφισοῦ παρʼ ὄχθαις· σ1

Euphemus the son of lord Poseidon, ruler of horses, whom once Europa the daughter of Tityus bore beside the banks of the Cephisus—

But now I hear that it was washed down from the ship and departed into the sea with the salt spray of evening, following the watery deep. Yet verily often did I charge the labour-lightening servants that they should keep it safe, but they forgat: and now upon this island is the imperishable seed of spacious Libya strown before the time appointed; for if the royal son of Poseidon, lord of horses, whom Europa Tityos' child bare him on Kephisos' banks, had in his own home thrown it down beside the mouth of Hades' gulf, then in the fourth generation of his sons his seed would have taken that wide continent of Libya, for then they would have gone forth from mighty Lakedaimon, and from the Argive gulf, and from Mykenai.

Scholia ad vv. 45–46 (1 entry)

ad v. 46

a. νώτων ἐρήμων: ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐρήμων νώτων τῆς γῆς. παρὰ γὰρ τὸν Λιβυκὸν Ὠκεανὸν ἐλθόντες, καὶ μὴ δυνάμενοι διεξελθεῖν διὰ τὸ εἶναι τεναγώδη, συμβουλαῖς τῆς Μηδείας βαστάσαντες τὴν ναῦν διεκόμισαν εἰς τὴν Τριτωνίδα λίμνην.

47–49

 τετράτων παίδων κʼ ἐπιγινομένων σ1
 αἷμά οἱ κείναν λάβε σὺν Δαναοῖς εὐρεῖαν ἄπειρον. τότε γὰρ μεγάλας
 ἐξανίστανται Λακεδαίμονος Ἀργείου τε κόλπου καὶ Μυκηνᾶν. σ1

LacedaemonArgiveMycenae the blood of the fourth generation descended from him would have taken possession of that broad continent together with the Danaans; for then they will be uprooted from and the gulf and.

Scholia ad vv. 47–49 (2 entries)

ad v. 47

a. μήδεσσιν ἀνσπάσαντες ἀμοῖς: τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς Μηδείας μιμεῖται ὁ ποιητής.

ad v. 49

a. τουτάκι δ᾿ οἰοπόλος: τὸ τηνικαῦτα δὲ ὁ μόνος ἀναστρεφόμενος θεὸς παρεγένετο ἀνδρὸς αἰδεσίμου καὶ ἀξιοπρεποῦς φαιδρὰν καὶ εὐπρεπῆ ὄψιν ὁμοιωθείς.

50–51

50 νῦν γε μὲν ἀλλοδαπᾶν κριτὸν εὑρήσει γυναικῶν50

51 ἐν λέχεσιν γένος, οἵ κεν τάνδε σὺν τιμᾷ θεῶν σ1

As it is, Euphemus shall find in the beds of foreign women a chosen race, who, with the honor of the gods, will come to this island and beget a man who will be master of the dark-clouded plains; whom one day Phoebus, in his home rich in gold, will mention in his oracles

Scholia ad vv. 50–51 (1 entry)

ad v. 51

a. ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου: ὁ Τρίτων Εὐρυπύλῳ ὁμοιούμενος Κυρήνης βασιλεῖ.

52–54

 νᾶσον ἐλθόντες τέκωνται φῶτα κελαινεφέων πεδίων σ1
 δεσπόταν· τὸν μὲν πολυχρύσῳ ποτʼ ἐν δώματι σ1
 Φοῖβος ἀμνάσει θέμισσιν

But now he shall in wedlock with a stranger-wife raise up a chosen seed, who coming to this island with worship of their gods shall beget one to be lord of the misty plains. Him sometime shall Phoibos in his golden house admonish by oracles, when in the latter days he shall go down into the inner shrine at Pytho, to bring a host in ships to the rich Nile-garden of the son of Kronos.'

Scholia ad vv. 52–54 (2 entries)

ad v. 52

a. φιλίων δ᾿ ἐπέων: λόγων δὲ προσφιλῶν καὶ φιλοφρονητικῶν κατήρχετο, ὥσπερ τοῖς ξένοις παραγεγονόσιν οἱ ξενισταὶ τὰ δεῖπνα καὶ τὴν φιλοφροσύνην πρῶτον ἐπαγγέλλονται.

ad v. 53

a. ἅτ᾿ ἐλθόντεσσιν: ἅ τε τοῖς ἐλθοῦσι ξένοις οἱ εὐεργέται ἐπαγγέλλονται δεῖπνα, ταῦτα ἐπηγγέλλετο. τοῦτο γὰρ δεῖ συνυπακοῦσαι.

55–58

 Πύθιον ναὸν καταβάντα χρόνῳ
 ὑστέρῳ, νάεσσι πολεῖς ἀγαγὲν Νείλοιο πρὸς πῖον τέμενος Κρονίδα. σ1
 ἦ ῥα Μηδείας ἐπέων στίχες. ἔπταξαν δʼ ἀκίνητοι σιωπᾷ σ1
 ἥρωες ἀντίθεοι πυκινὰν μῆτιν κλύοντες.

Nile when he goes into the Pythian shrine at a later time; Phoebus will tell him to carry cities in his ships to the fertile precinct of the son of Cronus beside the.” Indeed, these were the oracular verses of Medea. And the godlike heroes bowed down motionless and in silence, listening to her shrewd words of wisdom. Battus, blessed son of Polymnestus, it was you that, in accord with this word of prophecy,

Scholia ad vv. 55–58 (2 entries)

ad v. 56

a. ἀλλὰ γὰρ νόστου: ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἡ τῆς γλυκείας ἀνακομιδῆς πρόφασις ἐκώλυεν αὐτοὺς παραμένειν καὶ τῆς θεοῦ δεξιώσεως ἀπολαύειν.

ad v. 57

a. Φάτο δ᾿ Εὐρύπυλος: ἔλεγε δὲ ὁ Εὐρύπυλος τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Ποσειδῶνος εἶναι παῖς. τοῦτον Ἀπολλώνιος (4, 1552. 1561) ποτὲ μὲν Εὐρύπυλον προσαγορεύει, ποτὲ δὲ Τρίτωνα. Ἀκέσανδρος δέ φησιν ἀδελφὸν εἶναι τὸν Εὐρύπυλον Τρίτωνος, γράφων οὕτως· Εὐρύπυλος Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Κελαινοῦς τῆς Ἄτλαντος, Τρίτωνος ἀδελφός. οὗτος γαμεῖ Στερόπην τὴν Ἡλίου, Πασιφάης ἀδελφὴν, καὶ γίνονται παῖδες δύο, Λυκάων καὶ Λεύκιππος.

59 ὦ μάκαρ υἱὲ Πολυμνάστου, σὲ δʼ ἐν τούτῳ λόγῳ σ1

So ran Medea's rhythmic utterance, and motionless in silence the godlike heroes bowed their heads as they hearkened to the counsels of wisdom.

Scholia ad vv. 59–59 (1 entry)

ad v. 59

a. γίνωσκε δ᾿ ἐπειγομένους: συνεώρα δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἡμᾶς ἐπειγομένους, καὶ ἀναρπάσας εὐθέως ἐκ τῆς γῆς τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ τὸ παρατυχὸν ξένιον ἐζήτει παρασχεῖν.

60–62

 χρησμὸς ὤρθωσεν μελίσσας Δελφίδος αὐτομάτῳ κελάδῳ·
 ἅ σε χαίρειν ἐς τρὶς αὐδάσαισα πεπρωμένον σ1
 βασιλέʼ ἄμφανεν Κυράνᾳ,

the oracle glorified by the spontaneous cry of the Delphic Bee, who three times loudly bid you hail, and declared that you were the destined king of Cyrene,

Scholia ad vv. 60–62 (1 entry)

ad v. 61

a. μὴ Δεξιτερᾷ προτυχόν: Χαῖρίς φησι δεῖν γράφειν προτυχόν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ἀναρπάσας δὲ εὐθὺς ἐκ τῆς ἀρούρης τὸ παρατυχόν ξένιον ἔδωκεν· ὅπερ ἦν ἡ βῶλος. | διατί δὲ Εὔφημος ἐδέξατο, πολλῶν ὄντων, ζητεῖται. καὶ οἱ μέν φασι διὰ τὸ ἐγγύς· πρωρεὺς γὰρ ἦν· | διό |φησι Πίνδαρος πρῴραθεν. | οἱ δὲ διὰ συγγένειαν· οἱ δὲ ὅτι ὁ δοὺς τὴν βῶλον, εἴτε Τρίτων ἦν εἰκασμένος Εὐρυπύλῳ εἴτε ἦν Εὐρύπυλος, οὗτος ἦν Ποσειδῶνος υἱός· ἄλλως δὲ καὶ ὅλη ἡ Λιβύη ἱερὰ Ποσειδῶνος διὰ τὸ μεμίχθαι Λιβύῃ τὸν Ποσειδῶνα· ταύτῃ οὖν καὶ ὁ Εὔφημος διὰ τὴν οἰκειότητα ἐδέξατο. προσθείη δ᾿ ἄν τις, ὅτι καὶ Ταιναρίου ἐβασίλευεν, Ποσειδῶνος δὲ αὕτη ἱερά. | Ἀσκληπιάδης δέ φησιν ὅτι καὶ Περικλύμενος καὶ Ἐργῖνος καὶ Ἀγκαῖος· τί οὖν οὐδεὶς εἰλήφει τούτων; φησὶ γοῦν αὐτὸς δῶρον ἔχειν τὸν Εὔφημον παρὰ Ποσειδῶνος τὴν θάλασσαν ἀπημάντως διαπορεύεσθαι ὡς διὰ γῆς. πρὸς δὲ τοὺς λέγοντας ὅτι Εὔφημος κυβερνήτης ἦν καὶ πρωρεὺς, τοῦτο γὰρ ἱστορεῖν Θεότιμον, λεκτέον ὅτι καὶ πάνυ λόγον ἔχει τὸν κυβερνήτην ὡς ἡγούμενον τῆς νεὼς τὴν βῶλον παρὰ Τρίτωνος λαβεῖν.

63–64

63 δυσθρόου φωνᾶς ἀνακρινόμενον ποινὰ τίς ἔσται πρὸς θεῶν. σ2

64 ἦ μάλα δὴ μετὰ καὶ νῦν, ὥστε φοινικανθέμου ἦρος ἀκμᾷ,

when you came to ask the oracle what relief the gods would grant you for your stammering voice. And even now, in later days, as in the prime of red-blossoming spring,

Scholia ad vv. 63–64 (2 entries)

ad v. 63

a. οὐδ᾿ ἀπίθησέ νιν: παθητικῶς· οὐκ ἀπειθῆ αὐτὸν πεποίηκε πρὸς τὴν ὑποδοχήν.

b. ἀλλ᾿ ἥρως: ὁ δὲ ἥρως Εὔφημος ἐπιθορὼν ταῖς ἀκταῖς τῇ αὐτοῦ χειρὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ ἀνθαρμόσας καὶ ἐπεκτείνας χεῖρα ἐδέξατο τὴν θείαν βῶλον.

65 παισὶ τούτοις ὄγδοον θάλλει μέρος Ἀρκεσίλας· σ165

Pytho eighth in the line of Battus’ descendants flourishes Arcesilas. To him Apollo and gave glory in the chariot race above those that live around. I will offer him, and the all-golden fleece of the ram, to the Muses as a theme for song. For when the Minyans sailed after that fleece, divinely-sent honors were planted for his race.

Scholia ad vv. 65–65 (1 entry)

ad v. 65

a. ἀντερείσας: συνάψας.

66–69

 τῷ μὲν Ἀπόλλων ἅ τε Πυθὼ κῦδος ἐξ ἀμφικτιόνων ἔπορεν σ1
 ἱπποδρομίας. ἀπὸ δʼ αὐτὸν ἐγὼ Μοίσαισι δώσω σ5
 καὶ τὸ πάγχρυσον νάκος κριοῦ· μετὰ γὰρ σ1
 κεῖνο πλευσάντων Μινυᾶν, θεόπομποί σφισιν τιμαὶ φύτευθεν.

Thee, happy son of Polymnestos, did the oracle of the Delphian bee approve with call unasked to be the man whereof the word was spoken, for thrice she bid thee hail and declared thee by decree of fate Kyrene's king, what time thou enquiredst what help should be from heaven for thy labouring speech. And verily even now long afterward, as in the bloom of rosy-blossomed spring, in the eighth descent from Battos the leaf of Arkesilas is green. To him Apollo and Pytho have given glory in the chariot-race at the hands of the Amphiktyons: him will I commend to the Muses, and withal the tale of the all-golden fleece; for this it was the Minyai sailed to seek when the god-given glories of their race began.

Scholia ad vv. 66–69 (7 entries)

ad v. 66

a. βώλακα δαιμονίαν: τὴν θείαν· καὶ ἤτοι ὅτι ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀποικίαι καὶ χρησμοὶ Ἀπόλλωνος, ἢ ὅτι θεὸς ὁ δωρησάμενος.

ad v. 67

a. πεύθομαι δ᾿ αὐτάν: ἔτι περὶ τῆς βώλου τὸν λόγον ποιεῖται ἡ Μήδεια, ὅτι πέπυσται χθὲς αὐτὴν διατετηκυῖαν, καίπερ παρακελευομένη φυλάξαι.

b. ἄλλως· μετέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ ποιητικὸν πρόσωπον, καὶ οὐκέτι τὸ τῆς Μηδείας ἐφύλαξε διαπαντός.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· κατακούω δὲ αὐτὴν, τὴν βῶλον, κατακλυσθεῖσαν ἐκ τῆς νεὼς σὺν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τῆς δύσεως διενηνέχθαι καὶ διαλυθῆναι συμφερομένην τοῖς κύμασι.

d. ἐναλίᾳ βᾶμεν: συμβεβηκέναι καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸ γεγενῆσθαι τῇ θαλασσίᾳ ἅλμῃ, ὅ ἐστι κατὰ περίφρασιν τῇ θαλάσσῃ.

e. τὴν σύν οὖν πρόθεσιν συντακτέον τῷ βᾶμεν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ συμβῆναι καὶ συνελθεῖν εἰς ταὐτό.

ad v. 68

a. ἐκ δούρατος: ἐκ τῆς νηός.

70–73

 τίς γὰρ ἀρχὰ δέξατο ναυτιλίας; σ2
 τίς δὲ κίνδυνος κρατεροῖς ἀδάμαντος δῆσεν ἅλοις; θέσφατον ἦν Πελίαν σ1
 ἐξ ἀγαυῶν Αἰολιδᾶν θανέμεν χείρεσσιν ἢ βουλαῖς ἀκάμπτοις. σ1
 ἦλθε δέ οἱ κρυόεν πυκινῷ μάντευμα θυμῷ,

What beginning of their seafaring welcomed them? What danger bound them with strong bolts of adamant? There was a divine prophecy that Pelias would be killed by the illustrious descendants of Aeolus, either at their hands or through their unflinching counsels; and an oracle came to him that chilled his shrewd spirit, spoken beside the central navel of well-wooded mother earth:

Scholia ad vv. 70–73 (4 entries)

ad v. 70

a. ἑσπέρας ὑγρῷ πελάγει: ἤτοι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἑσπέρας, ἢ τῆς δυτικῆς θαλάσσης.

b. ἀκολουθήσασαν.

ad v. 71

a. ἦ μάν νιν: ναὶ μὴν αὐτὴν, τὴν βῶλον, συνεχῶς τοῖς λυσιπόνοις οἰκέταις φυλάξαι, φησὶν, [ὤτρυνον]· τούτων δὲ εἰς λήθην ἦλθον αἱ φρένες.

ad v. 72

a. λυσιπόνοις: ἐπειδὴ οἱ οἰκέται τῶν δεσποτῶν τοὺς πόνους διαλύουσι τῇ θεραπείᾳ· ὡς Εὐριπίδης (fr. 1019)· δούλοισι γάρ τε ζῶμεν οἱ ἐλεύθεροι.

74 πὰρ μέσον ὀμφαλὸν εὐδένδροιο ῥηθὲν ματέρος· σ2

What power first drave them in the beginning to the quest? What perilous enterprise clenched them with strong nails of adamant?

Scholia ad vv. 74–74 (2 entries)

ad v. 74

a. καὶ νῦν ἐν τᾷδ᾿: ὁ λόγος περὶ τῆς Θήρας, ὡς τῆς Μηδείας προσορμισθείσης κατὰ τὸ τηνικαῦτα καὶ διαλεγομένης περὶ τῆς βώλου.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· καὶ νῦν ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἀφθάρτῳ νήσῳ πρὸ τοῦ δέοντος καιροῦ διεχύθη τῆς εὐρυχώρου Λιβύης τὸ σπέρμα, τουτέστιν ἡ βῶλος.

75–77

 τὸν μονοκρήπιδα πάντως ἐν φυλακᾷ σχεθέμεν μεγάλᾳ,
 εὖτʼ ἂν αἰπεινῶν ἀπὸ σταθμῶν ἐς εὐδείελον σ4
 χθόνα μόλῃ κλειτᾶς Ἰωλκοῦ,

to be on careful guard in every way against a man with one sandal, whenever he should come from the homesteads in the steep mountains to the sunny land of famous Iolcus,

Scholia ad vv. 75–77 (4 entries)

ad v. 76

a. σπέρμα πρὶν ὥρας: διχῶς τὸ σπέρμα δύναται νοεῖσθαι, καὶ ὅτι Λιβυκὴ ἡ βῶλος, καὶ ὅτι οἷον ἀρχὴ τῆς εἰς Λιβύην ἀποικίας.

b. πρὶν ὥρας: πρὸ τοῦ δέοντος καιροῦ.

c. εἰ γὰρ οἴκοι νιν βάλε: εἰ γὰρ δὴ αὐτὴν, τὴν βῶλον, ἐν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ οἴκοις ἤγαγε παρὰ τὸ χθόνιον τοῦ Ἅιδου στόμα εἰς τὴν ἱερὰν Ταίναρον παραγεγονὼς, ἐκ δὲ τούτου εἰς Λακεδαίμονα ἐλθὼν, ὁ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ Ποσειδῶνος υἱός.

d. Ταίναρος δὲ πόλις Λακωνικὴ, ἐν ᾗ καὶ πύλη ἐστὶν εἰς Ἅιδου. | Μένανδρος (fr. 842 K.)· πύλη τίς ἐστι Ταινάρου πρὸς ἐσχάτοις.

78–79

78 ξεῖνος αἴτʼ ὦν ἀστός. ὁ δʼ ἆρα χρόνῳ

79 ἵκετʼ αἰχμαῖσιν διδύμαισιν ἀνὴρ ἔκπαγλος· ἐσθὰς δʼ ἀμφοτέρα νιν ἔχεν, σ3

whether he be stranger or citizen. And in time he arrived: an awesome man armed with two spears. He wore two different types of clothing:

Scholia ad vv. 78–79 (3 entries)

ad v. 79

a. Εὔφαμος ἐλθών: εἰ γὰρ τὴν βῶλον ἔσωσεν εἰς Ταίναρον, ἥτις Ἅιδου ἐστὶ στόμα, μετὰ τέσσαρας ἂν γενεὰς ἐγενήθη ἡ ἀποικία καὶ ἔλαβε σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις τὴν εὐρεῖαν ἤπειρον Λιβύην.

b. γυναῖκα δὲ ἔσχεν ὁ Εὔφημος Λαονόμην Ἡρακλέους ἀδελφὴν, Ἀμφιτρύωνος θυγατέρα καὶ Ἀλκμήνης.

c. ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐ διεσώθη, ἀλλ᾿ ἐτάκη ἐν τῇ Θήρᾳ. οὐκέτι φησὶν ἐλεύσεσθαι ἐκ τῆς Λακωνικῆς τὴν ἀποικίαν μετὰ τέσσαρας γενεὰς, ἀλλὰ μετὰ ἑπτακαίδεκα ἐξ ἀλλοδαπῶν γυναικῶν γεννηθέντας τινὰς καθέξειν τῆς Λιβύης.

80 ἅ τε Μαγνήτων ἐπιχώριος ἁρμόζοισα θαητοῖσι γυίοις,80

his native Magnesian dress fitted to his marvellous limbs, and a leopard-skin wrapped around him protected him from shivering showers. His splendid locks of hair had not been cut away, but flowed shining down his back. He quickly went straight ahead, making trial of his dauntless spirit, and stood

81–84

 ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο φρίσσοντας ὄμβρους· σ1
 οὐδὲ κομᾶν πλόκαμοι κερθέντες ᾤχοντʼ ἀγλαοί,
 ἀλλʼ ἅπαν νῶτον καταίθυσσον. τάχα δʼ εὐθὺς ἰὼν σφετέρας σ1
 ἐστάθη γνώμας ἀταρμύκτοιο πειρώμενος

There was an oracle of God which said that Pelias should die by force or by stern counsels of the proud sons of Aiolos, and there had come to him a prophecy that froze his cunning heart, spoken at the central stone of tree-clad mother Earth, that by every means he should keep safe guard against the man of one sandal, whensoever from a homestead on the hills he shall have come to the sunny land of glorious Iolkos, whether a stranger or a citizen he be.

Scholia ad vv. 81–84 (2 entries)

ad v. 81

a. τόν ποτ᾿ Εὐρώπα: ὅντινά ποτε ἡ Εὐρώπη ἡ τοῦ Τιτυοῦ θυγάτηρ ἐγέννησε παρὰ ταῖς ὄχθαις τοῦ Κηφισοῦ τοῦ Βοιωτικοῦ ποταμοῦ, τετάρτων ἐξ Εὐφήμου παίδων γεγονότων γένος αὐτῷ ἐκείνην ἔλαβε καὶ κατέσχε σὺν τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν μεγάλην καὶ πλατεῖαν ἤπειρον τῆς Λιβύης. τότε γὰρ τῆς μεγάλης Λακεδαίμονος ἀνάστατοι γίνονται καὶ τοῦ Ἀργείου κόλπου καὶ τῶν Μυκηνῶν.

ad v. 83

a. τετράτων παίδων κ᾿ ἐπιγεινομένων: οἱ γὰρ ἐξ Εὐφήμου τέταρτοι ἔμελλον ἀποικίαν στέλλεσθαι ἀπὸ Λακεδαίμονος εἰς Λιβύην· νῦν δὲ διὰ τὸ λελύσθαι τὴν βῶλον εἰς Θήραν ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος οἱ τέταρτοι ἀπὸ Εὐφήμου ἔρχονται καὶ ἀπὸ Θήρας οἱ ἑπτακαιδέκατοι, ὡς μετὰ τὴν τετάρτην γενεὰν Εὐφήμου τὴν ἐλθοῦσαν εἰς Θήραν ἄλλας τρισκαίδεκα γενέσθαι εἰς Θήραν.

85 ἐν ἀγορᾷ πλήθοντος ὄχλου. σ185

in the marketplace crowded with people.

Scholia ad vv. 85–85 (1 entry)

ad v. 85

a. τότε γὰρ μεγάλας: τότε γὰρ οἱ Ἡρακλεῖδαι κατελθόντες μετὰ τέσσαρας γενεὰς ἐξανέστησαν τοὺς προκατέχοντας [ἀπὸ Εὐφήμου] Μυκηνῶν καὶ Ἄργους καὶ Λακεδαίμονος. ἤλλακται δὲ ὁ χρόνος· ἐξανίστανται γάρ φησιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξαναστήσονται. ταῦτα γὰρ ἡ Μήδεια προλέγει ὡς ἐσόμενα ὕστερον.

86–87

86 τὸν μὲν οὐ γίγνωσκον· ὀπιζομένων δʼ ἔμπας τις εἶπεν καὶ τόδε·

87 οὔτι που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων, οὐδὲ μὰν χαλκάρματός ἐστι πόσις

Naxos They did not recognize him. Nevertheless, one of the awed onlookers said even this: “Surely this is not Apollo, nor Ares, the husband of Aphrodite, with his bronze chariot. And they say that the sons of Iphimedeia—Otus and you, bold lord Ephialtes—died in splendid.

88–89

88 Ἀφροδίτας· ἐν δὲ Νάξῳ φαντὶ θανεῖν λιπαρᾷ σ3

89 Ἰφιμεδείας παῖδας, Ὦτον καὶ σέ, τολμάεις Ἐφιάλτα ἄναξ. σ1

So in the fulness of time he came, wielding two spears, a wondrous man; and the vesture that was upon him was twofold, the garb of the Magnetes' country close fitting to his splendid limbs, but above he wore a leopard-skin to turn the hissing showers; nor were the bright locks of his hair shorn from him but over all his back ran rippling down. Swiftly he went straight on, and took his stand, making trial of his dauntless soul, in the marketplace when the multitude was full.

Scholia ad vv. 88–89 (4 entries)

ad v. 88

a. νῦν γε μὰν ἀλλοδαπᾶν: ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ παρόντος τῶν ἀλλοδαπῶν καὶ ξένων γυναικῶν τὸ ἐν ταῖς κοίταις ἔκκριτον καὶ διαπρεπὲς γένος εὑρήσει τὴν ἀποικίαν· οἵτινες σὺν τιμῇ θεῶν εἰς ταύτην τὴν νῆσον παραγενόμενοι τέκωσι τὸν Βάττον τὸν τῶν τῆς Λιβύης πεδίων δεσπότην.

b. ἡ ἱστορία τοιαύτη· ταῖς Λημνίαις γυναιξὶν ἀσεβῶς διακειμέναις περὶ τὰς τῆς Ἀφροδίτης τιμὰς ἡ θεὸς δυσοσμίαν προσέπεμψε, καὶ οὕτως αὐτὰς οἱ ἄνδρες ἀπεστράφησαν· αἱ δὲ συνθέμεναι πρὸς ἑαυτὰς ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀνεῖλον. τηνικαῦτα δὲ οἱ Ἀργοναῦται τὸν εἰς Σκυθίαν στελλόμενοι πλοῦν προσωρμίσθησαν τῇ Λήμνῳ, καὶ εὑρόντες ἔρημον ἀρσένων τὴν νῆσον συνελθόντες ταῖς γυναιξὶν ἀπηλλάγησαν. οἱ δὲ φύντες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἦλθον εἰς Λακεδαίμονα κατὰ ζήτησιν τῶν πατέρων, καὶ προσδεχθέντες παρὰ Λάκωσι καὶ πολιτευσάμενοι συνέθεντο ἐπιθέσθαι τῇ Σπάρτῃ. γνωσθέντες δὲ συνελήφθησαν καὶ καθείρχθησαν ἐν εἱρκτῇ· κατὰ δέ τινας αἱ μητέρες ἐλθοῦσαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὰς μὲν αὑτῶν ἐσθῆτας ἐκείνοις περιέθεσαν καὶ αὐτόθι ἔμειναν, ἐκείνους δὲ ὡς γυναῖκας ἀποπέμψασαι κατακαλυψαμένους ἔσωσαν, οἱ δὲ παῖδες τῷ μηχανήματι λαθραίως ἀπέφυγον. τῶν δὲ Λακώνων βουλομένων αὐτοὺς ἀνελεῖν, Θήρας ὁ Αὐτεσίωνος κατὰ συντυχίαν τότε ἀποικίαν στέλλων καθικέτευσε τοὺς Λάκωνας εἰς τὴν ἀποικίαν αὐτῷ τοὺς ἄνδρας παρασχεῖν, καὶ δεξάμενος εἰς τὴν Θήραν ἐκτοπίζει. συνῆν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ Σάμος, οὗ ἀπόγονος Βάττος, ὃς πρῶτος ἀποικίαν εἰς Κυρήνην ἔστειλεν.

c. ἄλλως· ζητεῖται τίνες εἰσὶν ἀλλοδαπαὶ γυναῖκες, ἐξ ὧν φησι τοὺς φύντας καθέξειν τὴν Κυρήνην, πότερον ἐπειδή τινες ἐν Θήρᾳ ᾤκησαν μετὰ Κάδμου συνεξορμήσασαι, ὅτε ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς Εὐρώπης ζήτησιν ἀπῆρεν ἐκ Φοινίκης· ὑπέμειναν γὰρ ἐν Θήρᾳ μετὰ Μεμβλιάρεω τοῦ Κάδμῳ συνεξορμήσαντος Φοίνισσαί τινες γυναῖκες· ἢ ἀλλοδαπὰς γυναῖκας τὰς Λημνίας λέγει, [περὶ ὧν ἡ ἱστορία προείρηται].

ad v. 89

a. κριτὸν εὑρήσει: τίς εὑρήσει; ἡ προκειμένη ἤπειρος ἡ Λιβύη.

90–92

 καὶ μὰν Τιτυὸν βέλος Ἀρτέμιδος θήρευσε κραιπνόν σ1
 ἐξ ἀνικάτου φαρέτρας ὀρνύμενον, σ1
 ὄφρα τις τᾶν ἐν δυνατῷ φιλοτάτων ἐπιψαύειν ἔραται. σ1

And indeed Tityus was hunted down by the swift arrow of Artemis, which she sped from her unconquerable quiver, so that men might desire to touch only the loves that are within their reach.”

Scholia ad vv. 90–92 (3 entries)

ad v. 90

a. οἵ κεν τάνδε: ἔδει εἰπεῖν, ὅπερ γένος.

ad v. 91

a. τάνδε σὺν τιμᾷ: ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νήσῳ τῇ Θήρᾳ· ἐν αὐτῇ γὰρ διελέγετο ἡ Μήδεια.

ad v. 92

a. τέκωνται: ἀντὶ τοῦ τέξονται.

93–94

93 τοὶ μὲν ἀλλάλοισιν ἀμειβόμενοι σ2

94 γάρυον τοιαῦτʼ· ἀνὰ δʼ ἡμιόνοις ξεστᾷ τʼ ἀπήνᾳ προτροπάδαν Πελίας σ3

They said such things among themselves; and Pelias arrived, rushing headlong with his mule team and his polished chariot.

Scholia ad vv. 93–94 (5 entries)

ad v. 93

a. κελαινεφέων πεδίων: τῶν τῆς Λιβύης· καὶ οἱ μὲν διὰ τὸν αὐτόθι συνεχῆ ὄμβρον καὶ τοὺς χειμῶνας, διὸ καὶ εὔκαρπος ἡ Κυρήνη διὰ τὸ συνεχῶς δεύεσθαι· τινὲς δὲ διὰ τὸ τῶν πεδίων μέγεθος.

b. ἄλλως· Ἀμμώνιός φησι διὰ τὸ περὶ τὴν Κυρήνην μόνον ἵστασθαι νέφος παρὰ τὴν ἄλλην Λιβύην. ἢ μᾶλλον μεγέθους τις ἔμφασις δηλοῦται διὰ τὸ ἀποσκοτοῦσθαι τὰς ὄψεις τοῦ πέρατος μὴ ὁρωμένου.

ad v. 94

a. τὸν μέν: τὸν Βάττον.

b. πολυχρύσῳ: τῇ Πυθοῖ. ὅτι δὲ πολυχρήματος, καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι (I 404 sq.).

c. ὅντινά ποτε τὸν Βάττον ἐν τῷ πολυχρύσῳ οἴκῳ ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἀναμνήσει τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ χρησμοῖς εἰς τὸν Πυθικὸν νεὼν παραγενόμενον οἰκιστὴν τῆς Κυρήνης γενέσθαι.

95–99

 ἵκετο σπεύδων· τάφε δʼ αὐτίκα παπτάναις ἀρίγνωτον πέδιλον
 δεξιτερῷ μόνον ἀμφὶ ποδί. κλέπτων δὲ θυμῷ σ3
 ποίαν γαῖαν, ὦ ξεῖνʼ, εὔχεαι δεῖμα προσέννεπε· σ3
 πατρίδʼ ἔμμεν; καὶ τίς ἀνθρώπων σε χαμαιγενέων πολιᾶς
 ἐξανῆκεν γαστρός; ἐχθίστοισι μὴ ψεύδεσιν σ1

He was instantly astonished, looking at the single sandal, plain to see on the stranger’s right foot. But he hid his fear in his heart and said: “What country, stranger, do you claim as your fatherland? And what woman, of mortals on earth, bore you from her aged womb? Do not befoul your story with most hateful lies,

Him they knew not; howbeit some one looking reverently on him would speak on this wise: 'Not Apollo surely is this, nor yet Aphrodite's lord of the brazen car; yea and in glistening Naxos died ere now, they say, the children of Iphimedeia, Otos and thou, bold king Ephialtes: moreover Tityos was the quarry of Artemis' swift arrow sped from her invincible quiver, warning men to touch only the loves within their power.'

Scholia ad vv. 95–99 (7 entries)

ad v. 96

a. θέμισσι: τοῖς χρησμοῖς.

b. ἀναμνήσει τὰ ἑξῆς ἐπιφερόμενα.

c. τί δὲ ἀναμνήσει; οἰκιστὴν τῆς Κυρήνης γενέσθαι.

ad v. 97

a. καταβάντα χρόνῳ: χρόνῳ δὲ ὕστερον ταῖς ναυσὶ πολλοὺς ἀγαγεῖν πρὸς τὸ τοῦ Κρονίδου Νείλου λιπαρὸν τέμενος· φησὶ δὲ τὴν Λιβύην.

b. τέμενος [γὰρ] Νείλου Διὸς τὴν Λιβύην φησίν. καὶ ἤτοι τὸν Νεῖλον ἀντὶ τοῦ Διός φησιν, ἐπειδὴ παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις τιμᾶται ὡς θεός· ἢ παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (δ 581)· ἂψ δ᾿ εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο διιπετέος ποταμοῖο.

b. χρόνῳ δ᾿ ὑστέρῳ: ὁ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ δή, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· χρόνῳ δὴ ὑστέρῳ διὰ νεῶν πολλοὺς ἄνδρας ἀγαγεῖν ἀπὸ Θήρας εἰς τὴν Λιβύην.

ad v. 99

a. τέμενος Κρονίδα: τὸν Νεῖλον Κρονίδαν [φησὶν], ὡς Παρμένων· Αἰγύπτιε Ζεῦ Νεῖλε. ἀναλογεῖν γὰρ τοῖς τοῦ Διὸς ὄμβροις τὸ τοῦ Νείλου ὕδωρ, καὶ ὥσπερ ἀντίστροφόν τινα τοῦτον τῷ Διῒ εἶναι.

100

100 καταμιάναις εἰπὲ γένναν. σ2100

but tell me of your birth.”

Scholia ad vv. 100–100 (2 entries)

ad v. 100

a. ἦ ῥα Μηδείας ἐπέων στίχες: ἔφη ἡ τῆς Μηδείας στιχομυθία. συνήθως δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος πληθυντικοῖς ἑνικὰ ἐπήνεγκεν.

b. ὁ νοῦς· οὕτως εἰρήκασιν οἱ τῆς Μηδείας λόγοι, οἱ δὲ ἰσόθεοι ἥρωες κατεπλάγησαν σιωπῇ τὴν πυκνὴν καὶ συνετὴν συμβουλὴν τῆς Μηδείας κατακούσαντες.

101–102

101 τὸν δὲ θαρσήσαις ἀγανοῖσι λόγοις

102 φαμὶ διδασκαλίαν Χείρωνος οἴσειν. ἀντρόθε γὰρ νέομαι ὧδʼ ἀμείφθη·

And the stranger boldly answered him with gentle words, in this way: “I say that I am going to bring the teaching of Cheiron; for I come from his cave, from the presence of Chariclo and Philyra, where the holy daughters of the Centaur raised me. Living twenty years without

103–104

103 πὰρ Χαρικλοῦς καὶ Φιλύρας, ἵνα Κενταύρου με κοῦραι θρέψαν ἁγναί.

104 εἴκοσι δʼ ἐκτελέσαις ἐνιαυτοὺς οὔτε ἔργον σ2

They answering each to each thus talked; but thereon with headlong haste of mules and polished car came Pelias; and he was astonied when he gazed on the plain sign of the single sandal on the right foot. But he dissembled his fear within his heart and said unto him, 'What land, O stranger, dost thou claim to be thy country, and who of earth-born mortals bare thee of her womb out of due time? Tell me thy race and shame it not by hateful lies.'

Scholia ad vv. 103–104 (2 entries)

ad v. 104

a. ὦ μάκαρ υἱὲ Πολυμνάστου: ὦ Ἀριστότελες. ὁ γὰρ αὐτὸς Βάττος καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ μακάριε υἱὲ τοῦ Πολυμνήστου Ἀριστότελες, σὲ ἐν τῷ τῆς Μηδείας λόγῳ ὁ χρησμὸς ὤρθωσε καὶ ἀπέδειξε τῆς Δελφικῆς ἱερείας αὐτομάτῳ φθόγγῳ.

105–108

 οὔτʼ ἔπος ἐντράπελον κείνοισιν εἰπὼν ἱκόμαν
 οἴκαδʼ, ἀρχαίαν κομίζων πατρὸς ἐμοῦ βασιλευομέναν σ3
 οὐ κατʼ αἶσαν, τάν ποτε Ζεὺς ὤπασεν λαγέτᾳ σ2
 Αἰόλῳ καὶ παισί, τιμάν. σ1

having said or done anything shameful in their house, I have come to my home to recover the ancient honor of my father, now held improperly, which once Zeus granted to Aeolus, the leader of the people, and to his sons.

Scholia ad vv. 105–108 (6 entries)

ad v. 106

a. χρησμὸς ὤρθωσε μελίσσας: τὰς περὶ τὰ θεῖα καὶ μυστικὰ μελίσσας καὶ ἑτέρωθι (fr. 158)· ταῖς ἱεραῖς μελίσσαις τέρπεται. ὅτι δὲ τὰς περὶ τὰ ἱερὰ διατελούσας καὶ Μελίσσας ἔλεγον, Μνασέας ὁ Παταρεὺς (FHG III p. 150) ἀφηγεῖται λέγων, ὡς κατέπαυσαν αὗται σαρκοφαγοῦντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πείσασαι τῇ ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων χρῆσθαι τροφῇ, καθ᾿ ὃν καιρὸν καὶ Μέλισσα μία τις αὐτῶν κηρία μέλιτος εὑροῦσα πρώτη ἔφαγε καὶ ὕδατι μίξασα ἔπιε, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας δὲ ἐδίδαξε, καὶ τὰ ζῷα μελίσσας ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ἐκάλεσε, καὶ φυλακὴν πλείστην ἐποιήσατο· ταῦτα δέ φησιν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ γενέσθαι. | ἄνευ γὰρ Νυμφῶν οὔτε Δήμητρος ἱερὸν τιμᾶται διὰ τὸ ταύτας πρώτας καρπὸν ἀποδεῖξαι καὶ τὴν ἀλληλοφαγίαν παῦσαι καὶ περιβλήματα χάριν αἰδοῦς ἐξ ὕλης ἐπινοῆσαι, οὔτε γάμος οὐδεὶς ἄνευ Νυμφῶν συντελεῖται, ἀλλὰ ταύτας πρῶτον τιμῶμεν μνήμης χάριν· ὅτι τε εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος ἀρχηγοὶ ἐγένοντο.

b. ἄλλως· χρησμὸς μελίσσας: τῆς Δελφικῆς ἱερείας· φησὶ δὲ τῆς Πυθῶνος.

c. μελίσσας δὲ τὰς ἱερείας, κυρίως μὲν τὰς τῆς Δήμητρος, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ καὶ τὰς πάσας, διὰ τὸ τοῦ ζῴου καθαρόν.

ad v. 107

a. Δελφίδος αὐτομάτῳ κελάδῳ: ἤτοι αὐτοκελεύστῳ· οὐ γὰρ κατὰ ἐπίταγμα τῶν χρησμῳδουμένων ἡ προφῆτις τοὺς χρησμοὺς ἐκφέρει, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπιπνοίᾳ· ἢ τῷ μὴ ἐκ συντάξεως φερομένῳ, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπαυτοματιζομένῳ· καὶ ἰδίως· οὐκ ἐρωτηθεῖσ᾿ ὑπὸ τοῦ Βάττου περὶ τῆς ἀποικίας, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῆς φωνῆς· ἔνθεν δὴ καὶ αὐτώρης ὁ τρίπους. Καλλίμαχος (fr. 264)· αὐτώρης ὅτε τοῖσιν ἐπέφραδε. καὶ τότε αὐτώρης ἡ μάντις λέγεται, ὅταν μὴ βουλομένου τινὸς, περὶ ὅτου ἥκει μαντευσόμενος, ἀπαυτοματίσῃ. | τοιοῦτον οὖν ἐστι καὶ τὸ αὐτομάτῳ κελάδῳ. ὃν προήκατο οὐδενὸς πυθομένου.

b. ἄλλως· αὐτομάτῳ κελάδῳ· παρόσον ἐκ ταὐτομάτου ἔχρησεν ἡ Πυθία περὶ τῆς ἀποικίας, τοῦ Βάττου περὶ φωνῆς ἐρωτῶντος.

ad v. 108

a. ἅ σε χαίρειν: ἥτις σε περὶ τῆς κακοφωνίας καὶ τραχείας φωνῆς ἀνερωτῶντα τίς παρὰ θεῶν λύσις γένοιτο, χαίρειν τρὶς προσειποῦσα εἱμαρμένον βασιλέα διὰ τῶν χρησμῶν ἀπέφηνε τῇ Κυρήνῃ.

109

109 πεύθομαι γάρ νιν Πελίαν ἄθεμιν λευκαῖς πιθήσαντα φρασὶν

For I hear that lawless Pelias, yielding to his empty mind,

110–114

 ἁμετέρων ἀποσυλᾶσαι βιαίως ἀρχεδικᾶν τοκέων·
 τοί μʼ, ἐπεὶ πάμπρωτον εἶδον φέγγος, ὑπερφιάλου σ1
 ἁγεμόνος δείσαντες ὕβριν, κᾶδος ὡσείτε φθιμένου δνοφερὸν σ1
 ἐν δώμασι θηκάμενοι, μίγα κωκυτῷ γυναικῶν σ2
 κρύβδα πέμπον σπαργάνοις ἐν πορφυρέοις,

violently robbed it from my parents, who were the rulers by right. When I first saw the light, they feared the arrogance of the monstrous ruler, and made a show of dark mourning in the home, with the wailing of women as if someone had died, and sent me away secretly, in purple swaddling clothes,

And him with gentle words the other answered undismayed, 'I say to thee that I bear with me the wisdom of Cheiron, for from Chariklo and Philyra I come, from the cave where the Centaur's pure daughters reared me up, and now have I fulfilled twenty years among them without deceitful word or deed, and I am come home to seek the ancient honour of my father, held now in rule unlawful, which of old Zeus gave to the chief Aiolos and his children. For I hear that Pelias yielding lawlessly to evil thoughts hath robbed it from my fathers whose right it was from the beginning; for they, when first I looked upon the light, fearing the violence of an injurious lord, made counterfeit of a dark funeral in the house as though I were dead, and amid the wailing of women sent me forth secretly in purple swathing-bands, when none but Night might know the way we went, and gave me to Cheiron the son of Kronos to be reared.

Scholia ad vv. 110–114 (4 entries)

ad v. 111

a. φωνᾶς ἀνακρινόμενον: ἀνερευνῶντα. τίς ἔσται τῆς φωνῆς ποινὴ, τουτέστιν ἀπόλυσις· ἐπεὶ ἡ ποινὴ ἀπολύσεως ἕνεκεν γίνεται.

ad v. 112

a. ποινὰ τίς: ἀμοιβὴ ἢ λύσις.

ad v. 113

a. ἦ μάλα δή: ὁ νοῦς· ναὶ δὴ λίαν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος, ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ τοῦ φοινικοῦ καὶ ἀνθηροῦ ἔαρος ἀκμῇ καὶ ὥρᾳ, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ θάλλει τὸ μέρος καὶ τὸ ἄνθος, οὕτω καὶ ἐν τούτοις τοῖς παισὶν ὄγδοον μέρος ὢν θάλλει καὶ βλαστᾷ ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος.

b. τὸ μετά συντακτέον τῷ παισί.

115

115 νυκτὶ κοινάσαντες ὁδόν, Κρονίδᾳ δὲ τράφεν Χείρωνι δῶκαν. σ3115

making the night my escort on the journey, and gave me to Cheiron the son of Cronus to rear.

Scholia ad vv. 115–115 (3 entries)

ad v. 115

a. τούτοις ὄγδοον: τὰ ῥηθέντα ὑπὸ τῆς Πυθίας νῦν θάλλει ὡς ἐν ἔαρι ἐπὶ τοῦ ὀγδόου γένους. ὄγδοος γὰρ Ἀρκεσίλαος | ἀπὸ Βάττου τοῦ πρώτου, ᾧ γράφει νῦν ὁ Πίνδαρος.

b. ἄλλως· μετὰ τοὺς ἀπὸ Εὐφήμου ἑπτακαίδεκα καὶ νῦν ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος ὄγδοός ἐστιν.

c. παισί: τοῖς Κυρηναίοις.

116

116 ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν κεφάλαια λόγων σ2

But you know the chief points of this story. Good citizens, show me clearly the home of my ancestors, who rode on white horses. For I am the son of Aeson, and a native; I do not arrive in a strange foreign land. The divine centaur called me by the name Jason.”

Scholia ad vv. 116–116 (2 entries)

ad v. 116

a. τῷ μὲν Ἀπόλλων: τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ.

b. τῷ μὲν Ἀπόλλων: τούτῳ μὲν τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ ὅ τε Ἀπόλλων καὶ ἡ Πυθὼ ἐκ τῆς ἱπποδρομίας δόξαν καὶ μνήμην ἐκ πάντων τῶν περιοίκων δεδώκασιν.

117–119

 ἴστε. λευκίππων δὲ δόμους πατέρων, κεδνοὶ πολῖται, φράσσατέ μοι σαφέως·
 Αἴσονος γὰρ παῖς ἐπιχώριος οὐ ξείναν ἱκάνω γαῖαν ἄλλων. σ1
 Φὴρ δέ με θεῖος Ἰάσονα κικλήσκων προσηύδα. σ1

But of these things the chief ye know. Now therefore kind citizens show me plainly the house of my fathers who drave white horses; for it shall hardly be said that a son of Aison, born in the land, is come hither to a strange and alien soil. And Jason was the name whereby the divine Beast spake to me.'

Scholia ad vv. 117–119 (2 entries)

ad v. 118

a. ἀμφικτυόνων: ἀμφικτύονες καλοῦνται οἱ ἀγωνοθέται τῶν Πυθίων ἐκ δώδεκα ἐθνῶν τῆς Ἑλλάδος ὄντες.

ad v. 119

a. ἀπὸ δ᾿ αὐτὸν δώσω: ἀποδώσω δὲ αὐτὸν ἐγὼ ταῖς Μούσαις, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑμνήσω νενικηκότα· ἀνυμνήσω δὲ καὶ τὸ χρυσοῦν δέρας. ζητεῖται δὲ, δι᾿ ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ Ἰάσονος ἐμνήσθη καὶ τοῦ εἰς Σκυθίαν ἀπόπλου· καί φαμεν ὅτι Ἀρκεσίλαος εἰς Εὔφημον ἀνάγει τὸ γένος τὸν τὴν βῶλον ὑποδεξάμενον καὶ συσταλέντα τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.

120–123

 ὣς φάτο. τὸν μὲν ἐσελθόντʼ ἔγνον ὀφθαλμοὶ πατρός.
 ἐκ δʼ ἄρʼ αὐτοῦ πομφόλυξαν δάκρυα γηραλέων γλεφάρων, σ4
 ἃν περὶ ψυχὰν ἐπεὶ γάθησεν ἐξαίρετον σ1
 γόνον ἰδὼν κάλλιστον ἀνδρῶν. σ1

So he spoke; and as he entered his father’s eyes recognized him, and tears burst forth from his aged eyelids, for his soul rejoiced when he saw his son, the choicest and most handsome of men.

Scholia ad vv. 120–123 (6 entries)

ad v. 121

a. χρύσεον νάκος κριοῦ: κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ Μοίσαισι δώσω.

b. διὰ τί δὲ συγκαταπέπλοχε ταῖς εἰς τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον ᾠδαῖς τὰ περὶ τὸν πλοῦν τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν τὸν ἐπὶ τὸ χρυσοῦν δέρος τοῦ κριοῦ; ὅτι τὸ γένος τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶχεν ἀπὸ Εὐφήμου, ᾧ καὶ ἡ βῶλος ἐδόθη.

c. μετὰ γὰρ κεῖνο πλευσάντων Μινυᾶν: ἐπ᾿ ἐκεῖνο γὰρ τὸ δέρος.

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ δέρος πλευσάντων τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν θεῖαι τιμαὶ τοῖς Κυρηναίοις ἐφυτεύθησαν.

ad v. 122

a. πλευσάντων Μινυᾶν: τῶν Μινυῶν· φησὶ δὲ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν, ὅτι οἱ πλείους αὐτῶν εἰς Μινύαν τὸν Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Τριτογενείας τῆς Αἰόλου τὸ γένος ἀνῆγον. καὶ Ἀπολλώνιός φησιν (I 230)· ἐπεὶ Μινύαο θυγατρῶν οἱ πλεῖστοι καὶ ἄριστοι ἀφ᾿ αἵματος εὐχετόωντο.

ad v. 123

a. σφισίν: αὐτοῖς, τοῖς Κυρηναίοις τοῖς εἰς Θήραν τὴν ἀποικίαν στειλαμένοις.

124

124 καὶ κασίγνητοί σφισιν ἀμφότεροι σ3

And both his father’s brothers

Scholia ad vv. 124–124 (3 entries)

ad v. 124

a. τίς γὰρ ἀρχὰ δέξατο ναυτιλίας: ὁ λόγος ἐρωτηματικὸς πρὸς τὴν Μοῦσαν· τίς γὰρ ἀρχὴ τοῦ πλοῦ; ποῖος δὲ κίνδυνος ἐν τοῖς ἰσχυροτάτοις τοῦ ἀδάμαντος ἔδησεν ἥλοις; τουτέστι ποία ἰσχυρὰ καὶ κινδυνώδης ἀνάγκη παρώρμησε τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας; εἶτα Ὁμηρικῷ ζήλῳ μετὰ τὴν ἐρώτησιν ἐπάγει τὸ αἰτιον· μεμοιραμένον ἦν τὸν Πελίαν ἐκ τῶν ἄγαν διαφανῶν Αἰολιδῶν τελευτῆσαι τὸν βίον, ἢ καὶ γνώμαις ἢ καὶ πράξεσιν ἀκαταμαχήτοις καὶ σκληραῖς.

b. ἄλλως· χρῆται ὁ ποιητὴς ζήλῳ Ὁμηρικῷ· μετὰ γὰρ τὴν πρὸς τὴν Μοῦσαν ἐρώτησιν τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπάγει. | ἄρχεται δὲ τῆς ἱστορίας, δι᾿ ἣν ἔπλευσαν οἱ Ἀργοναῦται.

c. θέσφατον δὲ μεμοιραμένον. χρησμῳδηθέν.

125–129

 ἤλυθον κείνου γε κατὰ κλέος· ἐγγὺς μὲν Φέρης κράναν Υπερῇδα λιπών,
 ἐκ δὲ Μεσσάνας Ἀμυθάν· ταχέως δʼ Ἄδματος ἷκεν καὶ Μέλαμπος,
 εὐμενέοντες ἀνεψιόν. ἐν δαιτὸς δὲ μοίρᾳ σ1
 μειλιχίοισι λόγοις αὐτοὺς Ἰάσων δέγμενος,
 ξείνιʼ ἁρμόζοντα τεύχων, πᾶσαν ἐυφροσύναν τάνυεν, σ1

Messene came when they heard the report of Jason. Pheres was near by; he came from the Hypereian spring, and Amythaon came from. Admetus and Melampus came quickly, showing kindness to their cousin. And while they joined in the banquet, Jason, welcoming them with gentle words and offering them fitting hospitality, extended every kind of joyfulness,

Thus he said, and when he had entered in, the eyes of his father knew him; and from his aged eyelids gushed forth tears, for his soul was glad within him when he beheld his son, fairest of men and goodliest altogether.

Scholia ad vv. 125–129 (2 entries)

ad v. 127

a. ἐξ ἀγαυῶν Αἰολιδᾶν: Αἰολίδης ὁ Ἰάσων· Αἴσονος γὰρ τοῦ Κρηθέως [γίνεται] τοῦ Αἰόλου υἱός· ἔνθ᾿ ἦτοι πρῶτον Τυρὼ ἴδον εὐπατέρειαν, ἣ φάτο Σαλμωνῆος ἀμύμονος ἔκγονος εἶναι· φῆ δὲ Κρηθῆος γυνὴ ἔμμεναι Αἰολίδαο (λ 235)· εἶτα τὸ ἑξῆς· τοὺς δ᾿ ἑτέρους Κρηθῆϊ τέκεν βασίλεια γυναικῶν Αἴσονά τ᾿ ἠδὲ Φέρητα (λ 258).

ad v. 129

a. Ἦλθε δέ οἱ κρυόεν: ἦλθε δὲ καὶ ἀνεδόθη τὸ φρικτὸν τοῦτο μάντευμα τῷ συνετῷ αὐτοῦ θυμῷ, τὸ κατὰ τὸν μέσον ὀμφαλὸν ῥηθὲν [τουτέστι κατὰ τὸ Δελφικὸν χρηστήριον τὸ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκουμένης] τῆς εὐδένδρου γῆς· λέγει δὲ τῆς Πυθῶνος.

130–131

130 ἀθρόαις πέντε δραπὼν νύκτεσσιν ἔν θʼ ἁμέραις130

131 ἱερὸν εὐζοίας ἄωτον.

reaping the sacred bloom of good living for five full nights and as many days.

132–134

 ἀλλʼ ἐν ἕκτᾳ πάντα, λόγον θέμενος σπουδαῖον, ἐξ ἀρχᾶς ἀνὴρ σ1
 συγγενέσιν παρεκοινᾶθʼ· οἱ δʼ ἐπέσποντʼ· αἶψα δʼ ἀπὸ κλισιᾶν σ3
 ὦρτο σὺν κείνοισι. καί ῥʼ ἦλθον Πελία μέγαρον· σ1

But on the sixth day, speaking in earnest, Jason confided the entire story from the beginning to his kinsmen; and they took his side. At once he hurried from the camp with them, and they came to the hall of Pelias.

Then came to him both brothers, when they heard that Jason was come home, Pheres from hard by, leaving the fountain Hypereis, and out of Messena Amythaon, and quickly came Admetos and Melampos to welcome home their cousin. And at a common feast with gracious words Jason received them and made them friendly cheer, culling for five long nights and days the sacred flower of joyous life.

Scholia ad vv. 132–134 (5 entries)

ad v. 132

a. ῥηθὲν ματέρος: τῆς γῆς.

ad v. 133

a. τὸν μονοκρήπιδα: ἡ ἱστορία παρὰ Φερεκύδει (FHG I p. 87). ἔθυε τῷ Ποσειδῶνι, φησὶν, ὁ Πελίας, καὶ προεῖπε πᾶσι παρεῖναι· οἱ δὲ ἦσαν οἵ τε ἄλλοι πολῖται καὶ ὁ Ἰήσων· ἔτυχε δὲ ἀροτρεύων ἐγγὺς τοῦ Ἀναύρου ποταμοῦ, ἀσάμβαλος δὲ διέβαινε τὸν ποταμὸν, διαβὰς δὲ τὸν μὲν δεξιὸν ὑποδεῖται πόδα, τὸν δὲ ἀριστερὸν ἐπιλήθεται, καὶ ἔρχεται οὕτως ἐπὶ δεῖπνον. ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Πελίας συμβάλλει τὸ μαντήϊον, καὶ τότε μὲν ἡσύχασε, τῇ δ᾿ ὑστεραίᾳ μεταπεμψάμενος αὐτὸν ἤρετο ὅ,τι ποιοίη εἰ αὐτῷ χρησθείη ὑπό του τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποθανεῖν· ὁ δὲ Ἰήσων, πέμψαι ἂν εἰς Αἶαν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἰήσονι Ἥρη ἐς νόον βάλλει, ὡς ἔλθοι ἡ Μήδεια τῷ Πελίᾳ κακόν.

b. μονοκρήπιδα, τὸν μονοσάμβαλον· κρηπὶς γὰρ τὸ βῆμα, καὶ εἴρηται παρὰ τὴν βάσιν.

c. ἄλλως· ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Ἀναύρου ποταμοῦ μόγις τὸ δεξιὸν πέδιλον ἔσωσεν, ἱστορεῖ καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος (I 10)· ἄλλο μὲν ἐξεσάωσεν ὑπ᾿ ἰλύος, ἄλλο δ᾿ ἔνερθε κάλλιπεν αὖθι πέδιλον ἐνισχόμενον προχοῇσιν. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ Αἰτωλοὶ πάντες μονοκρήπιδες διὰ τὸ πολεμικώτατοι εἶναι. ἦν δὲ τὸ μάντευμα τοιοῦτον· [τὸν μονοκρήπιδα πάντως ἐν φυλακῇ σχεθέμεν μεγάλᾳ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.]

ad v. 134

a. ἐν φυλακῇ σχεθέμεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ φυλάσσεσθαι.

135–138

 ἐσσύμενοι δʼ εἴσω κατέσταν. τῶν δʼ ἀκούσαις αὐτὸς ὑπαντίασεν σ4
 Τυροῦς ἐρασιπλοκάμου γενεά· πραῢν δʼ Ἰάσων
 μαλθακᾷ φωνᾷ ποτιστάζων ὄαρον
 παῖ Ποσειδᾶνος Πετραίου, βάλλετο κρηπῖδα σοφῶν ἐπέων· σ2

They rushed in, and took their stand. And when Pelias heard them he came to meet them himself, the son of Tyro with beautiful hair. And Jason, with his soothing voice distilling gentle language, laid the foundation of skillful words: “Son of Poseidon, Cleaver of the Rock,

Scholia ad vv. 135–138 (6 entries)

ad v. 135

a. αἰπεινῶν σταθμῶν: ἀπὸ τῶν ὑψηλοτάτων ἐναύλων, λέγει δὲ τοῦ Χειρωνείου σπηλαίου.

b. σταθμῶν ἐς εὐδείελον: τὴν εὖ πρὸς ἑσπέραν κειμένην. ἢ τὴν διαφανῆ καὶ ἐπίσημον.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὅταν ἀπὸ τῶν ὑψηλοτάτων ἐπαύλεων τοῦ Χείρωνος (παρὰ γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐπαιδεύθη) εἰς τὴν πρὸς τῇ ἑσπέρᾳ γῆν τῆς εὐδόξου Ἰωλκοῦ παραγένηται ξένος ὢν καὶ πολίτης.

d. τὸ δὲ σημεῖον χ΄, ὅτι σταθμοὺς τὰς κατ᾿ ἀγροὺς ἐπαύλεις ἔλεγον, καὶ ὅτι εὐδείελον τὸ εὔδηλον προσονομάζεται (ν 234)· ἦ πού τις νήσων εὐδείελος ἠέ τις ἀκτή.

ad v. 138

a. ξεῖνος αἴτ᾿ ὦν ἀστός· καὶ ξένος ὢν καὶ πολίτης ὁ Ἰάσων, πολίτης μὲν ὅτι Ἰωλκίους εἶχε τοὺς γονεῖς, ξένος δὲ ὅτι τεχθεὶς παρὰ τῷ Χείρωνι ἀνετράφη.

b. ὁ δὲ Ἰάσων χρόνῳ παρεγένετο, δύο δόρασι θαυμαστὸς καὶ ἐκπληκτικός.

139

139 ἐντὶ μὲν θνατῶν φρένες ὠκύτεραι

the minds of mortals are all too swift

But on the sixth day he began grave speech, and set the whole matter before his kinsmen from the beginning, and they were of one mind with him.

140–144

 κέρδος αἰνῆσαι πρὸ δίκας δόλιον, τραχεῖαν ἑρπόντων πρὸς ἔπιβδαν ὅμως· σ2
 ἀλλʼ ἐμὲ χρὴ καὶ σὲ θεμισσαμένους ὀργὰς ὑφαίνειν λοιπὸν ὄλβον.
 εἰδότι τοι ἐρέω· μία βοῦς Κρηθεῖ τε μάτηρ
 καὶ θρασυμήδεϊ Σαλμωνεῖ· τρίταισιν δʼ ἐν γοναῖς
 ἄμμες αὖ κείνων φυτευθέντες σθένος ἀελίου χρύσεον σ1

to praise crafty gain rather than justice, although they are moving towards a harsh reckoning. But you and I must govern our tempers rightly and weave our future prosperity. You know what I am going to say. A single cow was mother to Cretheus and to bold-thinking Salmoneus. And now we, sprung from them in the third generation, look on the golden strength of the sun.

Scholia ad vv. 140–144 (3 entries)

ad v. 140

a. ἐσθὰς δ᾿ ἀμφότερόν μιν ἔχεν: ἐσθὴς δὲ διπλῆ συνεῖχεν αὐτὸν, ἥ τε τῶν Μαγνήτων ἐπιχώριος, ἁρμοζομένη τοῖς θαυμαστοῖς μέλεσι, καὶ ἡ παρὰ Χείρωνι παρδαλέα, ἣ ἔσκεπε καὶ ἀπήλεξε τοὺς φρίσσειν παρασκευάζοντας ὄμβρους.

b. ἄλλως· ἠμφίεστο γὰρ δύο σχήματα, τό τε παρὰ Χείρωνι καὶ τὸ Μαγνήτων, καὶ ἡ μὲν ἦν στολὴ, ἡ δὲ παρὰ Χείρωνι δορὰ παρδάλεως.

ad v. 144

a. φρίσσοντας ὄμβρους: οὐκ αὐτοὺς φρίσσοντας, ἀλλὰ φρίσσειν ποιοῦντας. καὶ Ὅμηρος (Z 132)· ὅς ποτε μαινομένοιο Διωνύσοιο τιθήνας, οὐκ αὐτοῦ μαινομένου, ἀλλὰ τοῦ μανιοποιοῦ. καὶ χλωρὸν δέος (H 479), τὸ χλωροποιόν. διὸ καὶ τὸ σημεῖον.

145

145 λεύσσομεν. Μοῖραι δʼ ἀφίσταντʼ, εἴ τις ἔχθρα πέλει σ1145

May the Fates withdraw if there is any hatred between members of the same family, which blots out reverence.

Scholia ad vv. 145–145 (1 entry)

ad v. 145

a. οὐδὲ κόμαν πλόκαμοι: οὐδὲ τὴν πρώτην κόμην εἰς ἀπαρχὴν τοῖς θεοῖς ἐκείρατο, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς Ἀχιλλεὺς νέος ἦν πρωτοκόμης (Ψ 144)· | Σπερχεῖ᾿, ἄλλως σοί γε πατὴρ ἠρήσατο Πηλεύς. καὶ παρ᾿ Αἰσχύλῳ (Choeph. 6)· πλόκαμον Ἰνάχῳ θρεπτήριον, τὸν δεύτερον δὲ τόνδε πενθητήριον, Ὀρέστης φησὶ τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι. τὰς γὰρ πρώτας κόμας τοῖς ποταμοῖς οἱ ἀρχαῖοι ἀπεκείροντο, σύμβολον τοῦ ἐξ ὕδατος εἶναι πάντων τὴν αὔξησιν.

146

146 ὁμογόνοις, αἰδῶ καλύψαι.

Then quickly he rose up with them from their couches, and they came to Pelias' hall, and they made haste and entered and stood within.

147–149

 οὐ πρέπει νῷν χαλκοτόροις ξίφεσιν
 οὐδʼ ἀκόντεσσιν μεγάλαν προγόνων τιμὰν δάσασθαι. μῆλά τε γάρ τοι ἐγὼ σ2
 καὶ βοῶν ξανθὰς ἀγέλας ἀφίημʼ ἀγρούς τε πάντας, τοὺς ἀπούραις σ3

It is not right for us to resort to swords of sharp bronze or spears in dividing the great honors of our ancestors. I leave you the flocks, and the golden herds of cattle, and all the fields, which you keep, having stolen them

Scholia ad vv. 147–149 (5 entries)

ad v. 148

a. τάχα δ᾿ εὐθὺς ἰών: ὁ νοῦς· ταχέως δὲ εὐθὺ πορευόμενος τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γνώμης τῆς ἀφόβου καὶ ἀταράχου ἔστη διάπειραν λαμβάνων. ὃ δὲ λέγει τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῇ πόλει πρὸς παρρησίαν ὅλον ἑαυτὸν παρεσκεύαζεν.

b. ἄλλως· εὐθύς: [ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐθέως. ἢ] ἐπ᾿ εὐθείας πορευθείς. τὸ δὲ σφετέρας οὐχ ὑγιῶς· ἔδει γὰρ ἑᾶς· περὶ ἑνὸς γὰρ ὁ λόγος.

ad v. 149

a. γνώμας ἀταρβάκτοιο: οἷον πρὸς παρρησίαν ὅλον ἑαυτὸν παρεσκεύαζε.

b. τὸ δὲ σημεῖον χ΄, ὅτι ἀταρβήκτοιο εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκαταπλήκτου. καὶ ὅτι γνώμας ἀντὶ τοῦ διανοίας.

c. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ἐστάθη ἐν ἀγορᾷ πλήθοντος ὄχλου.

150–153

 ἁμετέρων τοκέων νέμεαι, πλοῦτον πιαίνων·
 κοὔ με πονεῖ τεὸν οἶκον ταῦτα πορσύνοντʼ ἄγαν·
 ἀλλὰ καὶ σκᾶπτον μόναρχον καὶ θρόνος, ᾧ ποτε Κρηθεΐδας σ3
 ἐγκαθίζων ἱππόταις εὔθυνε λαοῖς δίκας,

from my ancestors, feeding fat your wealth; and it does not grieve me that they provide for your household beyond all measure. But as for the royal scepter and the throne, in which Aeson son of Cretheus once sat, and dispensed straight justice for a nation of horsemen: without any distress between us,

Scholia ad vv. 150–153 (3 entries)

ad v. 152

a. τὸν μὲν οὐ γίνωσκον: τοῦτον μὲν οὗν νεωστὶ τῇ Μαγνησίᾳ ἐπιδημήσαντα οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες οὐκ ἐγίνωσκον. b. ὀπιζομένων: ἐπιστρεφομένων εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς ὦπας ἐπιβαλλόντων.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπεὶ ὄπις ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἐπιστροφὴ, τὸ ἐσόμενον ὕστερον προλαβών τις εἶπεν.

d. ἢ ὀπιζομένων. τῶν τοὺς θεοὺς πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐχόντων καὶ εὐλαβῶν.

154

154 τὰ μὲν ἄνευ ξυνᾶς ἀνίας σ2

And when he heard them the king himself came forth to them, even the son of Tyro of the lovely hair. Then Jason with gentle voice opened on him the stream of his soft speech, and laid foundation of wise words: 'Son of Poseidon of the Rock, too ready are the minds of mortal men to choose a guileful gain rather than righteousness, howbeit they travel ever to a stern reckoning. But thee and me it behoveth to give law to our desires, and to devise weal for the time to come. Though thou knowest it yet will I tell thee, how that the same mother bare Kretheus and rash Salmoneus, and in the third generation we again were begotten and look upon the strength of the golden sun. Now if there be enmity between kin, the Fates stand aloof and would fain hide the shame. Not with bronze-edged swords nor with javelins doth it beseem us twain to divide our forefathers' great honour, nor needeth it, for lo! all sheep and tawny herds of kine I yield, and all the lands whereon thou feedest them, the spoil of my sires wherewith thou makest fat thy wealth. That these things furnish forth thy house moveth me not greatly; but for the kingly sceptre and throne whereon the son of Kretheus sate of old and dealt justice to his chivalry, these without wrath between us yield to me, lest some new evil arise up therefrom.'

Scholia ad vv. 154–154 (2 entries)

ad v. 154

a. οὔτι που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων: ἐχρήσατο τῷ λόγῳ πάνυ κεκολασμένως τὸ οὔτι προσθεὶς, καὶ ἔδωκε διὰ μὲν τὸ κάλλος ὅμοιον εἶναι τοῖς θεοῖς τὸν Ἰάσονα, διά γε μὴν τὸ τῆς φύσεως φθαρτὸν ἀμφιβάλλων ἀπαρνεῖται.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐδαμῶς οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Ἀπόλλων. οὐδὲ μὴν ὁ ἱππικώτατος Ἄρης ὁ πόσις τῆς Ἀφροδίτης. τοῦτο δέ φησι διὰ τὸ ἄγαν ἀνθηρὸν καὶ ὡραῖον τοῦ Ἰάσονος. χαριέστατα δὲ παρέλαβεν Ἄρεα καὶ Ἀπόλλωνα.

155–159

 λῦσον ἄμμιν, μή τι νεώτερον ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀναστάῃ κακόν.
 ἔσομαι ὣς ἄρʼ ἔειπεν. ἀκᾷ δʼ ἀνταγόρευσεν καὶ Πελίας· σ2
 τοῖος· ἀλλʼ ἤδη με γηραιὸν μέρος ἁλικίας
 ἀμφιπολεῖ· σὸν δʼ ἄνθος ἥβας ἄρτι κυμαίνει· δύνασαι δʼ ἀφελεῖν
 μᾶνιν χθονίων. κέλεται γὰρ ἑὰν ψυχὰν κομίξαι

release these to me, lest some more disturbing evil arise from them.” So he spoke. And Pelias answered softly: “I will be such a man as you ask. But already old age attends me, while the flower of your youth is now swelling. You have it in your power to remove the anger of the gods below. For Phrixus asks us to bring his soul home,

Scholia ad vv. 155–159 (2 entries)

ad v. 156

a. ἐν δὲ Νάξῳ φαντὶ θανεῖν: ἐν δὲ τῇ εὐδαίμονι Νάξῳ φασὶ τεθνηκέναι τὸν τῆς Ἰφιμεδείας παῖδα Ὦτον καὶ σὲ, ὦ τολμηρότατε Ἐφιάλτα. Ἰφιμεδείας δὲ καὶ Ἀλωέως γεγόνασι παῖδες Ὦτος καὶ Ἐφιάλτης. οὗτοι δὲ ἀσεβῶς διετέθησαν περὶ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν, καί ποτε εἰς ἔλαφον ἑαυτὴν ἡ θεὸς μεταποιήσασα θηρεύουσιν αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὴν Νάξον ἐν μέσῳ ὤφθη. οἱ δὲ κατατοξεύειν τὴν ἔλαφον ὑπολαμβάνοντες ἔλαθον ἀλλήλους τιτρώσκοντες. τούτους οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐκτραπέλου τοῦ Ἰάσονος σώματος παρείληφεν.

b. ἄλλως· ἐν τῇ Νάξῳ τεθνήκασιν οἱ Ἀλωεῖδαι, οἱ καλοὶ ἐκεῖνοι. μέμφεται δὲ Χαῖρις ἐπὶ τῇ παραλήψει τῶν Ἀλωειδῶν· ἀρκεῖ γὰρ ὁ Ἀπόλλων καὶ ὁ Ἄρης. θεοῖς μὲν γὰρ εἰκάζομέν τινας, ἀνθρώποις δὲ ὑπερφυέσι καὶ τερατώδεσιν οὐκέτι. ὅτι δὲ εὐπρεπὴς ἦν ὁ Ἰάσων, δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ καὶ τὴν Ἥραν κατά τινας αὐτῷ ἐπιμανῆναι.

160

160 Φρίξος ἐλθόντας πρὸς Αἰήτα θαλάμους, σ2160

going to the halls of Aeetes, and to recover the deep-fleeced hide of the ram, on which he was once saved from the sea

Scholia ad vv. 160–160 (2 entries)

ad v. 160

a. καὶ μὰν Τιτυόν: ἀλλὰ μὴν τὸν Τιτυὸν τὸ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος βέλος ἐθήρευσε καὶ ἀνεῖλεν ἐκ τῆς ἀνικήτου βελοθήκης ὁρμώμενον. ἀκύρως δὲ τὸν Τιτυὸν ἐνταῦθα παρατίθησι τερατώδη ὄντα τὸ σῶμα καὶ ἄλλως ἀσεβῆ.

b. ἄλλως· ὁ μὲν Τιτυὸς μέγας ἦν, καλὸς δὲ οὕ. ὅτι δὲ ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Ἀρτέμιδος ἐτελεύτησε, Φερεκύδης (FHG I p. 71) φησίν.

161

161 δέρμα τε κριοῦ βαθύμαλλον ἄγειν, τῷ ποτʼ ἐκ πόντου σαώθη

Thus he spake, and mildly also did Pelias make reply: 'I will be even as thou wilt, but now the sere of life alone remaineth to me, whereas the flower of thy youth is but just burgeoning; thou art able to take away the sin that maketh the powers beneath the earth wroth with us: for Phrixos biddeth us lay his ghost, and that we go to the house of Aietes, and bring thence the thick-fleeced hide of the ram, whereby of old he was delivered from the deep and from the impious weapons of his stepmother. This message cometh to me in the voice of a strange dream: also I have sent to ask of the oracle at Kastalia whether it be worth the quest, and the oracle chargeth me straightway to send a ship on the sacred mission. This deed do thou offer me to do, and I swear to give thee up the sway and kingly rule. Let Zeus the ancestral god of thee and me be witness of my oath and stablish it surely in thine eyes.'

162–164

 ἔκ τε ματρυιᾶς ἀθέων βελέων.
 ταῦτά μοι θαυμαστὸς ὄνειρος ἰὼν φωνεῖ. μεμάντευμαι δʼ ἐπὶ Κασταλίᾳ, σ1
 εἰ μετάλλατόν τι. καὶ ὡς τάχος ὀτρύνει με τεύχειν ναὶ πομπάν.

and from the impious weapons of his stepmother. A marvellous dream came and told me these things, and I have asked the oracle at Castalia whether it must be pursued; and the oracle urges me to make ready as soon as possible a ship to escort him home.

Scholia ad vv. 162–164 (1 entry)

ad v. 163

a. ὄφρα τις τᾶν ἐν δυνατῷ: τοξευθεὶς, φησὶν. ὁ Τιτυὸς ὑπὸ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ ἀναιρεθεὶς παράδειγμα τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα γέγονεν, ὅπως ἄν τις τῶν δυνατῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ὀρέγηται.

165–167

 τοῦτον ἄεθλον ἑκὼν τέλεσον· καί τοι μοναρχεῖν σ1
 καὶ βασιλευέμεν ὄμνυμι προήσειν. καρτερὸς σ3
 ὅρκος ἄμμιν μάρτυς ἔστω Ζεὺς ὁ γενέθλιος ἀμφοτέροις.

Willingly fulfill this quest, and I swear that I will deliver up to you the royal power and the kingdom. And, as a mighty oath, may Zeus, who is ancestor to us both, be our witness.” They approved this agreement, and they parted. And Jason himself at once

Scholia ad vv. 165–167 (4 entries)

ad v. 165

a. τοὶ μὲν ἀλλάλοισιν: τοιαῦτα μὲν οἱ κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν Μάγνητες ὄντες ἀλλήλοις διαλεγόμενοι ἔλεγον.

ad v. 166

a. προτροπάδαν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπτοημένως.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἡμιόνοις καὶ τῇ ἐνδόξῳ ἀπήνῃ ἐπτοημένως παρεγένετο σπεύδων ὁ Πελίας.

c. ἢ προτροπάδην τὸ προτετραμμένος ἐπ᾿ εὐθείας.

168–169

168 σύνθεσιν ταύταν ἐπαινήσαντες οἱ μὲν κρίθεν· σ3

169 ἀτὰρ Ἰάσων αὐτὸς ἤδη σ1

So they made this covenant and parted; but Jason straightway bade heralds to make known everywhere that a sailing was toward. And quickly came three sons of Zeus, men unwearied in battle, whose mothers were Alkmene and Leto of the glancing eyes, and two tall-crested men of valour, children of the Earth-shaker, whose honour was perfect as their might, from Pylos and from farthest Tainaros: hereby was the excellence of their fame established--even Euphemos' fame, and thine, wide-ruling Periklymenos. And at Apollo's bidding came the minstrel father of song, Orpheus of fair renown.

Scholia ad vv. 168–169 (4 entries)

ad v. 168

a. τάφε δ᾿ αὐτίκα: ἐξεπλάγη δὲ ἰδὼν τὸν μονοκρήπιδα. ὡς κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ τι δράσοντος τοῦ Ἰάσονος, καὶ τοῦ χρησμοῦ νῦν ἀποτελουμένου.

b. πέδιλον δὲ νῦν εἶπε τὴν κρηπῖδα· πάντα γὰρ τὰ τοῖς ποσὶ περιειλούμενα πέδιλα καλεῖται.

c. ἄλλως· εὐθέως δὲ κατεπλάγη θεασάμένος τὸ ἄγαν αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν χρησμὸν εὔγνωστον ὑπόδημα τοῦ Ἰάσονος τῷ δεξιῷ αὐτοῦ περικείμενον ποδί.

ad v. 169

a. ἀρίγνωτον: τὸ ἄγαν αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν χρησμὸν εὔγνωστον.

170–174

 ὤρνυεν κάρυκας ἐόντα πλόον
 φαινέμεν παντᾷ. τάχα δὲ Κρονίδαο Ζηνὸς υἱοὶ τρεῖς ἀκαμαντομάχαι σ2
 ἦλθον Ἀλκμήνας θʼ ἑλικοβλεφάρου Λήδας τε, δοιοὶ δʼ ὑψιχαῖται σ1
 ἀνέρες, Ἐννοσίδα γένος, αἰδεσθέντες ἀλκάν,
 ἔκ τε Πύλου καὶ ἀπʼ ἄκρας Ταινάρου· τῶν μὲν κλέος σ2

Pylos sent messengers everywhere to announce the voyage. Soon there came the three sons, untiring in battle, whom dark-eyed Alcmena and Leda bore to Zeus son of Cronus; and two high-haired men, sons of the earth-shaker, obeying their innate valor, one from and the other from the headland of Taenarus; you both achieved

Scholia ad vv. 170–174 (5 entries)

ad v. 171

a. κλέπτων δὲ θυμῷ: ὑποκλέπτων δὲ τῇ ψυχῇ τὸν φόβον τὸν κατὰ τὸν χρησμὸν προσεῖπεν.

b. ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἀναγυμνῶν αὑτοῦ τὴν εὐλάβειαν.

ad v. 172

a. ποίαν γαῖαν, ὦ ξεῖν᾿, εὔχεαι: ποίαν γῆν, ὦ ξένε, καυχᾷ ἔχειν πατρίδα, καὶ τίς σε τῶν χαμαιγενέων ἀνθρώπων ἐκ τιμίας ἀνῆκε γαστρός; εἰπὲ, μὴ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ψεύδεσι τὴν τιμίαν καταμιάνῃς γένναν.

ad v. 174

a. ἀνθρώπων χαμαιγενέων: τὸ ἀνθρώπων ἥρμοζε τῷ ἔτεκεν, ὃ καὶ ἐπ᾿ ἀρσένων τίθεμεν· τὸ δὲ γυναικῶν τῷ νῦν κειμένῳ ἐξανῆκε γαστρός· ἴδιον γὰρ τῶν γυναικῶν τοῦτο.

b. πολιᾶς δὲ νῦν λέγει τῆς τιμίας, παρὰ τὸ τοῦ γήρως ἔντιμον.

175–177

 ἐσλὸν Εὐφάμου τʼ ἐκράνθη σόν τε, Περικλύμενʼ εὐρυβία.
 ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος δὲ φορμικτὰς ἀοιδᾶν πατὴρ
 ἔμολεν, εὐαίνητος, Ὀρφεύς. σ1

noble fame, Euphemus and wide-ruling Periclymenus. And from Apollo the lyre-player came, the father of songs, much-praised Orpheus.

And Hermes of the golden staff sent two sons to the toilsome task, Echion and Eurytos in the joy of their youth; swiftly they came, even from their dwelling at the foot of Pangaios: and willingly and with glad heart their father Boreas, king of winds, harnessed Zetes and Kalaïs, men both with bright wings shooting from their backs. For Hera kindled within those sons of gods the all-persuading sweet desire for the ship Argo, that none should be left behind and stay by his mother's side in savourless and riskless life, but each, even were death the price, achieve in company with his peers a magic potency of his valour.

Scholia ad vv. 175–177 (1 entry)

ad v. 177

a. μὴ ψεύδεσι καταμιάνας: λείπει ἤτοι τὸ εἶδος ἢ τὸν λόγον. μὴ μολύνας τοῖς ψεύδεσι τὴν μορφὴν καὶ τὸ εἶδος, εἰπὲ πόθεν γεγέννησαι· οἷον πρὸς τὸ εἶδος καὶ ἐλευθερίως φθέγγου.

178–179

178 πέμπε δʼ Ἑρμᾶς χρυσόραπις διδύμους υἱοὺς ἐπʼ ἄτρυτον πόνον,

179 τὸν μὲν Ἐχίονα, κεχλάδοντας ἥβᾳ, τὸν δʼ Ἔρυτον. ταχέες

And Hermes of the golden wand sent two sons to take part in the unabating toil, Echion and Erytus, bursting with youth. Swiftly

180–182

 ἀμφὶ Παγγαίου θεμέθλοις ναιετάοντες ἔβαν· σ2
 καὶ γὰρ ἑκὼν θυμῷ γελανεῖ θᾶσσον ἔντυνεν βασιλεὺς ἀνέμων σ1
 Ζήταν Κάλαΐν τε πατὴρ Βορέας, ἄνδρας πτεροῖσιν σ1

Calais came those that dwell around the foothills of Mount Pangaeon, for with a smiling spirit their father Boreas, king of the winds, quickly and willingly equipped Zetes and with purple wings bristling down their backs. And Hera kindled in the demigods an all-persuasive sweet longing

Scholia ad vv. 180–182 (4 entries)

ad v. 180

a. φαμὶ διδασκαλίαν Χείρωνος οἴσειν: φημὶ καὶ διαβεβαιοῦμαι τὴν Χείρωνος διδασκαλίαν κομίζειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ γνώσῃ διὰ τῶν λόγων οὐ ψευδόμενόν με, ὡς τοῦ Χείρωνος ἐλευθερίως αὐτὸν ἀναθρέψαντος καὶ διδάξαντος μὴ ψεύδεσθαι.

b. ἄλλως· διδασκαλία τοῦ Χείρωνος, ἡ ἀλήθεια· οἷον, οὐ ψεύσομαι ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐρῶ, ἣν ἔμαθον παρὰ Χείρωνος δικαίου τυγχάνοντος.

ad v. 181

a. ἄντροθε γὰρ νέομαι: ἔθος αὐτῷ τῶν τοπικῶν τὸ -ν- ἀφαιρεῖν. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ Χειρωνίου σπηλαίου παραγίνομαι ἀπὸ τῆς Χαρικλοῦς καὶ Φιλύρας, ἔνθα με αἱ τοῦ Κενταύρου ἁγναὶ κόραι ἀνέθρεψαν.

ad v. 182

a. πὰρ Χαρικλοῦς: Χαρικλὼ γυνὴ Χείρωνος, θυγάτηρ Ἀπόλλωνος ἢ ὥς τινες Πέρσου ἢ Ὠκεανοῦ, ἐξ ἧς καὶ Χείρωνος Κάρυστος. ὁ δὲ Ἡσίοδος (fr. 124) Ναΐδα φησὶ τὸν Χείρωνα γῆμαι.

183–184

183 νῶτα πεφρίκοντας ἄμφω πορφυρέοις.

184 τὸν δὲ παμπειθῆ γλυκὺν ἡμιθέοισιν πόθον ἔνδαιεν Ἥρα σ1

Now when that goodly crew were come to Iolkos, Jason mustered them with thanks to each, and the seer Mopsos prophesied by omens and by sacred lots, and with good will sped the host on board.

Scholia ad vv. 183–184 (1 entry)

ad v. 184

a. εἴκοσι δ᾿ ἐκτελέσαις ἐνιαυτούς: εἴκοσι δὲ ἐκπληρώσας ἐνιαυτοὺς παρὰ Χείρωνι οὔτε ἔργον οὔτε λόγον ἐκείνοις ἀπαίδευτον εἰπὼν παρεγενόμην εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα, τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ βασιλείαν ἀναλαμβάνειν σπεύδων τοῦ πατρὸς Αἴσονος ὑπ᾿ ἄλλῳ νῦν οὐ κατὰ τὸ δίκαιον οὖσαν.

185–189

 ναὸς Ἀργοῦς, μή τινα λειπόμενον
 τὰν ἀκίνδυνον παρὰ ματρὶ μένειν αἰῶνα πέσσοντʼ, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ καὶ θανάτῳ σ2
 φάρμακον κάλλιστον ἑᾶς ἀρετᾶς ἅλιξιν εὑρέσθαι σὺν ἄλλοις.
 ἐς δʼ Ἰαωλκὸν ἐπεὶ κατέβα ναυτᾶν ἄωτος, σ2
 λέξατο πάντας ἐπαινήσαις Ἰάσων. καί ῥά οἱ

for the ship Argo, so that no one would be left behind to stay by his mother’s side, nursing a life without danger, but even at the risk of death would find the finest elixir of excellence together with his other companions. When the choicest seamen came down to Iolcus, Jason reviewed and praised them all; and

Scholia ad vv. 185–189 (4 entries)

ad v. 186

a. ἐντράπελον: ἀπαίδευτον, αἰσχρὸν, ὃ ἐκτρέψαιτο ἄν τις.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐναντίον καὶ αἰσχρὸν, ὃ ἄν τις ἐντραπείη.

ad v. 188

a. οἴκαδ᾿ ἀρχαίαν κομίζων: παραγώγως ἐξήγαγε τὴν ἀρχὴν. ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (τ 73) τὴν ἀνάγκην· ἀναγκαίη γὰρ ἐπείγει.

b. ἄλλως· Χαῖρις γράφει ἀρχὰν ἀγκομίζων, ἵν᾿ ᾖ, τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀνακομιούμενος τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρὸς, ἥτις βασιλεύεται παρὰ πάντα τὰ δίκαια. ὁ γὰρ Πελίας ἀφείλετο τὸν Αἴσονα τὴν ἀρχήν.

190–192

 μάντις ὀρνίχεσσι καὶ κλάροισι θεοπροπέων ἱεροῖς σ1
 Μόψος ἄμβασε στρατὸν πρόφρων. ἐπεὶ δʼ ἐμβόλου
 κρέμασαν ἀγκύρας ὕπερθεν,

the seer Mopsus, making his prophecy from birds and the casting of sacred lots, gladly gave the men the signal to set out. And when they hung the anchor over the ship’s ram,

And when they had hung the anchors over the prow, then their chief taking in his hands a golden goblet stood up upon the stern and called on Zeus whose spear is the lightning, and on the rush of waves and winds and the nights and paths of the deep, to speed them quickly over, and for days of cheer and friendly fortune of return. And from the clouds a favourable voice of thunder pealed in answer; and there came bright lightning flashes bursting through.

Scholia ad vv. 190–192 (1 entry)

ad v. 190

a. τάν ποτε Ζεὺς ὤπασεν: ἥντινά ποτε βασιλείαν ὁ Ζεὺς ἐχαρίσατο τῷ Αἰόλῳ καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ παισίν. ἡ δὲ γενεαλογία οὕτω· Προμηθέως Δευκαλίων, οὗ Ἕλλην, οὗ Αἴολος, οὗ Κρηθεὺς καὶ Ἀθάμας καὶ Σαλμωνεύς· καὶ Κρηθέως μὲν παῖς Αἴσων, Αἴσονος δὲ Ἰάσων· Σαλμωνέως δὲ Τυρὼ, ἧς καὶ Ποσειδῶνος Πελίας καὶ Νηλεύς.

193–194

193 χρυσέαν χείρεσσι λαβὼν φιάλαν σ1

194 ἀρχὸς ἐν πρύμνᾳ πατέρʼ Οὐρανιδᾶν ἐγχεικέραυνον Ζῆνα, καὶ ὠκυπόρους σ2

the leader, standing at the stern, took in his hands a golden goblet and called on the father of Uranus’ descendants, Zeus whose spear is the thunderbolt; and he called on the

Scholia ad vv. 193–194 (3 entries)

ad v. 193

a. πεύθομαι γάρ μιν Πελίαν ἄθεμιν: κατακούω δὲ τὸν ἄδικον Πελίαν ταῖς ἀνοήτοις πεισθέντα φρεσὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων γονέων ἀποσυλῆσαι τὴν βασιλείαν.

ad v. 194

a. λευκαῖς πιθήσαντα φρασίν: λευκὰς εἶπε φρένας κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον ταῖς παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ μελαίναις, ἃς ἐκεῖνος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν βάθει διαφαινομένων ὑδάτων κατὰ μεταφορὰν ὠνόμασε. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιπόλαια τῶν ὑδάτων διαυγῆ καὶ λευκὰ, τὰ δὲ ἐν βάθει μέλανα· διόπερ τὰς μὲν ἐπιπολαίους λευκὰς φρένας εἶπε, τὰς δὲ ἐν βάθει μελαίνας Ὅμηρος.

b. ἄλλως· σημειωτέον ὅτι τὰς κενὰς οὕτως εἶπεν.

195–196

195 κυμάτων ῥιπὰς ἀνέμων τʼ ἐκάλει, νύκτας τε καὶ πόντου κελεύθους σ2195

196 ἄματά τʼ εὔφρονα καὶ φιλίαν νόστοιο μοῖραν·

swift-rushing waves and winds, and on the nights, and the paths of the sea, and the propitious days, and on the kindly fortune of their homecoming.. And from the clouds there answered an auspicious peal of thunder, and bright flashes of lightning came bursting forth, and the heroes drew a breath of relief, trusting in the sign of the god.

Scholia ad vv. 195–196 (2 entries)

ad v. 195

a. ἁμετέρων ἀποσυλᾶσαι: Χαῖρις γράφει ἁμετέρων, καὶ περισπᾷ τὸ ἀρχεδικᾶν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ, τῶν ἡμετέρων πατέρων τῶν ἀρχεδικῶν ἀποσυλῆσαι αὐτὸν πεύθομαι. ἐὰν δὲ ἀρχεδίκαν, τὴν ἀρχὴν, ἣν κατὰ δίκην, τουτέστι κατὰ τὸ δίκαιον εἶχον οἱ ἐμοὶ γονεῖς. βιάζεται δὲ μεταγράφων. προτέταχε γὰρ τὴν ἀρχήν· ἱκόμαν οἴκαδε ἀρχαίαν κομίζων· διόπερ ἀκολούθως ἐπήνεγκεν· ἁμετέραν ἀποσυλῆσαι. ἐὰν δὲ περισπωμένως ἀναγινώσκωμεν ἀρχεδικᾶν, οὐκ ἐκκόπτει ἡ γραφή· ἔσται γὰρ ὁ λόγος τοιοῦτος· τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀρχὴν τῶν ἀρχεδικῶν μου γονέων πεύθομαι τὸν Πελίαν ἀποσυλῆσαι.

b. ἣνb. ἄλλως· ἀρχεδικᾶν ἐὰν περισπωμένως, τῶν δικαίων βασιλέων· ἐὰν δὲ βαρυτόνως ἀρχεδίκαν, ἀρχεδίκην, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς βασιλείαν. εἶχον δικαίως.

197–199

 ἐκ νεφέων δέ οἱ ἀντάϋσε βροντᾶς αἴσιον σ2
 φθέγμα· λαμπραὶ δʼ ἦλθον ἀκτῖνες στεροπᾶς ἀπορηγνύμεναι·
 ἀμπνοὰν δʼ ἥρωες ἔστασαν θεοῦ σάμασιν

Then the heroes took heart in obedience to the heavenly signs; and the seer bade them strike into the water with their oars, while he spake to them of happy hopes; and in their rapid hands the rowing sped untiringly.

Scholia ad vv. 197–199 (2 entries)

ad v. 197

a. τοί μ᾿ ἐπεὶ πάμπρωτον εἶδον: οἵτινές με γονεῖς, ἐπειδὴ τεχθεὶς τὸ πρῶτον φῶς ἐθεασάμην, τοῦ ἀδικωτάτου βασιλέως δεδοικότες τὴν ὕβριν, φροντίδα καὶ λύπην πένθιμον ὥσπερ τετελευτηκότος μου ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις θέμενοι σὺν θρήνῳ γυναικείῳ λαθραίως ἔπεμπον, ἐνδήσαντες σπαργάνοις πορφυροῖς, κοινωνὸν τὸ τῆς νυκτὸς σκότος τοῦ μηχανήματος ἐσχηκότες. καὶ δεδώκασί με ἀνατρέφειν τῷ Χείρωνι.

b. ἄλλως· οἱ γονεῖς οἱ ἐμοὶ. ὅτε ἐγεννήθην. δείσαντες τὴν ὕβριν τοῦ ἡγεμόνος Πελίου, ὑποθέντες τεθνηκέναι με καὶ κηδεύειν. μετὰ κωκυτοῦ γυναικῶν ὡς ἐκφορὰν τελοῦντες κρύφα καὶ νύκτωρ ἐξέπεμψαν πρὸς τὸν Χείρωνα, ἵνα μηδὲν πάθω ὑπὸ τοῦ Πελίου.

200

200 πιθόμενοι· κάρυξε δʼ αὐτοῖς200

The seer shouted to them

201–204

 ἐμβαλεῖν κώπαισι τερασκόπος ἁδείας ἐνίπτων ἐλπίδας·
 εἰρεσία δʼ ὑπεχώρησεν ταχειᾶν ἐκ παλαμᾶν ἄκορος.
 σὺν Νότου δʼ αὔραις ἐπʼ Ἀξείνου στόμα πεμπόμενοι
 ἤλυθον· ἔνθʼ ἁγνὸν Ποσειδάωνος ἕσσαντʼ εἰναλίου τέμενος, σ3

to throw themselves into the oars, announcing that their hopes were sweet; and the rowing sped on under their swift hands, insatiably. Escorted by the breezes of the South wind, they reached the mouth of the Inhospitable Sea, and there they set up a holy precinct to Poseidon, god of the sea;

Scholia ad vv. 201–204 (3 entries)

ad v. 204

a. νυκτὶ κοινάσαντες: τῇ νυκτὶ κοινωνήσαντες κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν, ἀντὶ τοῦ νυκτός με κατακρύψαντες.

b. Κρονίδᾳ: τῷ Χείρωνι· ἐκ γὰρ Κρόνου καὶ Φιλύρας ἐστί.

c. τὸ δὲ τράφεν κατὰ Δωριέων ἔθος ἀποβολῇ τοῦ ῑ.

205–207

 φοίνισσα δὲ Θρηϊκίων ἀγέλα ταύρων ὑπᾶρχεν
 καὶ νεόκτιστον λίθων βωμοῖο θέναρ. σ2
 ἐς δὲ κίνδυνον βαθὺν ἱέμενοι δεσπόταν λίσσοντο ναῶν, σ1

there was a herd of red Thracian bulls, and a newly-built hollow of altar stones. And as they rushed into deep danger, they entreated the lord of ships

And with breezes of the South they came wafted to the mouth of the Axine sea; there they founded a shrine and sacred close of Poseidon, god of seas, where was a red herd of Thracian bulls, and a new-built altar of stone with hollow top.

Scholia ad vv. 205–207 (3 entries)

ad v. 206

a. ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν κεφάλαια λόγων ἴστε: ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν τῶν λόγων τὰ κεφάλαια καὶ τὸ πέρας γινώσκετε, τῶν δὲ ἱππικῶν μοι πατέρων τοὺς οἴκους μηνύσατε, ὦ ἔντιμοι πολῖται.

b. κεφάλαια λόγων: τὰ μείζονα καὶ τὰ καίρια.

ad v. 207

a. λευκίππων πατέρων: εὐεπίφορος ὁ Πίνδαρος λευκίππους καλεῖν (fr. 202)· λευκίππων Μυκηναίων προφᾶται.

208–209

208 συνδρόμων κινηθμὸν ἀμαιμάκετον

209 ἐκφυγεῖν πετρᾶν. δίδυμαι γὰρ ἔσαν ζωαί, κυλινδέσκοντό τε κραιπνότεραι σ1

that they might escape the irresistible onset of the clashing rocks. There was a pair of them; they were alive, and they rolled onward more swiftly

Scholia ad vv. 208–209 (1 entry)

ad v. 209

a. Αἴσονος γὰρ παῖς ἐπιχώριος ὑπάρχων οὐκ εἰς ξένην ἥκω γῆν.

210–211

210 ἢ βαρυγδούπων ἀνέμων στίχες· ἀλλʼ ἤδη τελευτὰν κεῖνος αὐταῖς210

211 ἡμιθέων πλόος ἄγαγεν. ἐς Φᾶσιν δʼ ἔπειτεν σ2

PhasisOlympus than the battle-lines of the loud-thundering winds. But that voyage of the demigods put an end to them. And then the Argonauts came to, where they clashed with the dark-faced Colchians in the realm of Aeetes himself. And the queen of sharpest arrows brought the dappled wryneck from, bound to the four spokes

Scholia ad vv. 210–211 (2 entries)

ad v. 211

a. φὴρ δέ με θεῖος Ἰάσονα κικλῄσκων προσηύδα: παρὸ ἰατρὸς ἦν. τὸν ἐκτραφέντα ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ φερωνύμως Ἰάσονα ἐκάλεσε παρὰ τὴν ἴασιν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ Κένταυρος δέ με Ἰάσονα ἐκάλει.... καὶ θῆρα μὲν διὰ τὴν συμβολὴν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὴν φύσιν, θεῖον δὲ ἤτοι παρὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἢ παρὰ τὸν τεκόντα Κρόνον.

212–214

 ἤλυθον· ἔνθα κελαινώπεσσι Κόλχοισιν βίαν
 μῖξαν Αἰήτᾳ παρʼ αὐτῷ. πότνια δʼ ὀξυτάτων βελέων σ2
 ποικίλαν ἴϋγγα τετράκναμον Οὐλυμπόθεν

Then as they set forth toward an exceeding peril they prayed the lord of ships that they might shun the terrible shock of the clashing rocks: for they were twain that had life, and plunged along more swiftly than the legions of the bellowing winds; but that travel of the seed of gods made end of them at last.

Scholia ad vv. 212–214 (2 entries)

ad v. 213

a. ὣς φάτο: οὕτως εἶπε· τοῦτον δὲ. τὸν Ἰάσονα, εἰσελθόντα ἐγνώρισαν οἱ τοῦ πατρὸς ὀφθαλμοί. καὶ ἅμα τῇ γνώσει ἀπὸ τῶν καταγεγηρακότων βλεφάρων ἀνεβράσθη δάκρυα, ἐπειδὴ κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἐξαιρέτως καὶ ὑπερβεβλημένως ἥσθη.

b. ἄλλως· εἰσελθόντα δὲ αὐτὸν ἔγνω ὁ πατήρ. πῶς δὲ δυνατὸν τὸν ὑπὸ τὴν γένεσιν ἐν σπαργάνοις ἐκτεθέντα, νῦν δὲ τετελειωμένον κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἐπιγινώσκεσθαι παρὰ τοῦ πατρός; δεῖ οὖν ὑπονοεῖν ὅτι διὰ χρόνου τινὸς ὁ Αἴσων ἐπισκεψόμενος τὸν υἱὸν λεληθότως ἐπορεύετο πρὸς τὸν Κένταυρον· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐξέθετο ὅπως ἐκτραφῇ· διὸ καὶ ἐγνώρισεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν κατελθόντα.

215

215 ἐν ἀλύτῳ ζεύξαισα κύκλῳ σ2215

of the indissoluble wheel:

Scholia ad vv. 215–215 (2 entries)

ad v. 215

a. ἐκ δ᾿ ἄρ᾿ αὐτοῦ πομφόλυξαν: ἀνεβράσθησαν. ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ζεστῶν ὑδάτων ἔφη.

b. ἢ οὕτως· κατὰ μεταφορὰν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀναζεόντων ὑδάτων· τοιοῦτος γὰρ ἦχος γίνεται ἀπὸ βρασμοῦ. τὸ δὲ σημεῖον χ΄, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ παρεπομένου ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐδάκρυσεν.

216–218

 μαινάδʼ ὄρνιν Κυπρογένεια φέρεν
 πρῶτον ἀνθρώποισι, λιτάς τʼ ἐπαοιδὰς ἐκδιδάσκησεν σοφὸν Αἰσονίδαν· σ1
 ὄφρα Μηδείας τοκέων ἀφέλοιτʼ αἰδῶ, ποθεινὰ δʼ Ἑλλὰς αὐτὰν

CyprusGreece Aphrodite of brought the maddening bird to men for the first time, and she taught the son of Aeson skill in prayerful incantations, so that he could rob Medea of reverence for her parents, and a longing for would lash her, her mind on fire, with the whip of Persuasion.

Scholia ad vv. 216–218 (1 entry)

ad v. 217

a. ἐπεὶ γάθησεν ἐξαίρετον: γίνεται γὰρ τοῦτο, ἐπειδὰν ὑπέρμετρος χαρὰ ἐπιπέσῃ, ὥστε ἀκουσίως δακρύειν. Σοφοκλῆς (fr. 824)· χῶρος γὰρ οὗτός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου φρενῶν, ὅπου τὸ τερπνὸν καὶ τὸ πημαῖνον φύει· δακρυρροεῖ γοῦν καὶ τὰ καὶ τὰ τυγχάνων.

219

219 ἐν φρασὶ καιομέναν δονέοι μάστιγι Πειθοῦς.

After that they came to the Phasis; there they fought with dark-faced Kolchians even in the presence of Aietes. And there the queen of keenest darts, the Cyprus-born, first brought to men from Olympus the frenzied bird, the speckled wry-neck, binding it to a four-spoked wheel without deliverance, and taught the son of Aison to be wise in prayers and charms, that he might make Medea take no thought to honour her parents, and longing for Hellas might drive her by persuasion's lash, her heart afire with love.

220–223

 καὶ τάχα πείρατʼ ἀέθλων δείκνυεν πατρωΐων·
 σὺν δʼ ἐλαίῳ φαρμακώσαισʼ ἀντίτομα στερεᾶν ὀδυνᾶν σ3
 δῶκε χρίεσθαι. καταίνησαν τε κοινὸν γάμον
 γλυκὺν ἐν ἀλλάλοισι μῖξαι. σ1

And she quickly revealed the means of performing the labors set by her father; and she mixed drugs with olive oil as a remedy for hard pains, and gave it to him to anoint himself. They agreed to be united with each other in sweet wedlock.

Scholia ad vv. 220–223 (4 entries)

ad v. 221

a. ἤλυθον κείνου γε κατὰ κλέος: κατὰ τὴν Ἰάσονος ἐπάνοδον.

b. ἐγγὺς μὲν Φέρης: πλησίον αἱ Φεραὶ τῆς Ἰωλκοῦ· κρήνη δὲ Ὑπερηὶς ἐν Θεραῖς, | ὡς Σοφοκλῆς (fr. 825)· ὦ γῆ Φεραία, χαῖρε, σύγγονόν θ᾿ ὕδωρ Ὑπέρεια κρήνη, νᾶμα θεοφιλέστατον.

c. ἐγγὺς μὲν Φέρης: ἐγγὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγγύθεν, ἐκ τῶν σύνεγγυς τόπων, ὡς τῶν Φερῶν ἐγγὺς κειμένων τῆς Ἰωλκοῦ. Ὑπέρεια δὲ κρήνη ἐν ταῖς Φεραῖς. φασὶ δὲ ἔνιοι, ἀπὸ Ὑπέρητος αὐτὴν λαβεῖν τοὔνομα, ὡς Φερεκύδης (FHG I p. 86). φησὶ γὰρ οὕτω· Μέλας ὁ Φρίξου γαμεῖ Εὐρύκλειαν· τῶν δὲ γίνεται Ὑπέρης, ὃς ᾤκει ἐπὶ τῇ κρήνῃ τῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κληθείσῃ Ὑπερείῃ. καὶ κατ᾿ ἐνίους δὲ ἔκδοσις παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ οὕτως ἔχει (Β 711)· οἳ δὲ Φερὰς ἐνέμοντο, ἰδὲ κρήνην Ὑπέρειαν. εἶναι δέ φασι καὶ ἐν Λακωνικῇ Ὑπέρειαν κρήνην.

ad v. 223

a. ἐκ δὲ Μεσσάνας Ἀμυθάν: ἐκ δὲ τῆς Μεσσήνης τῆς Λακωνικῆς πόλεως ὁ Ἀμυθὰν παρεγένετο. καὶ ὅτι οὗτοι Αἴσονος ἀδελφοί, καὶ Ὅμηρός πού φησι (λ 258)· τοὺς δ᾿ ἑτέρους Κρηθῆϊ τέκεν βασίλεια γυναικῶν, Αἴσονά τ᾿ ἠδὲ Φέρητ᾿ Ἀμυθάονά θ᾿ ἱππιοχάρμην.

224

224 ἀλλʼ ὅτʼ Αἰήτας ἀδαμάντινον ἐν μέσσοις ἄροτρον σκίμψατο σ1

But when Aeetes placed in their midst the adamantine plough

Scholia ad vv. 224–224 (1 entry)

ad v. 224

a. Ἄδματος καὶ Μέλαμπος: οὖτοι ἐκείνων ἦσαν υἱοὶ, καὶ σὺν τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτῶν ἦλθον. Ἀμυθάονος γὰρ Μελάμπους, Φέρητος δὲ Ἄδμητος, ἀνεψιοὶ τοῦ Ἰάσονος.

225

225 ύωέο καὶ βόας, οἳ φλόγʼ ἀπὸ ξανθᾶν γεν ν πν ν καιομένοιο πυρός,225

and the oxen, who breathed the flame of burning fire from their golden jaws and stamped at the earth in turn with their bronze hoofs, he led them along and single-handedly brought them under the yoke. And he drove them, stretching the furrows straight, and split the back of the clodded earth, a fathom deep. Then he spoke in this way: “Let your king,

226–229

 χαλκέαις δʼ ὁπλαῖς ἀράσσεσκον χθόνʼ ἀμειβόμενοι, σ2
 τοὺς ἀγαγὼν ζεύγλᾳ πέλασσεν μοῦνος. ὀρθὰς δʼ αὔλακας ἐντανύσαις
 ἤλαυνʼ, ἀνὰ βωλακίας δʼ ὀρόγυιαν σχίζε νῶτον σ1
 τοῦτʼ ἔργον βασιλεύς, γᾶς. ἔειπεν δʼ ὧδε·

Then speedily she showed him the accomplishment of the tasks her father set, and mixing drugs with oil gave him for his anointment antidotes of cruel pain, and they vowed to be joined together in sweet wedlock.

Scholia ad vv. 226–229 (3 entries)

ad v. 226

a. ἐν δαιτὸς δὲ μοίρᾳ: ἐν δὲ τῷ συμποσιακῷ καιρῷ.

b. ἄλλως· ἐν δὲ τῇ μερίδι τῆς εὐωχίας, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ συμποσιακῷ καιρῷ, προσηνέσι λόγοις αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰάσων δεξιούμενος, ξένια ἁρμόζοντα κατασκευάζων, πᾶσαν εὐφροσύνην καὶ ἡδονὴν αὐτοῖς ἐξέτεινεν.

ad v. 228

a. Ἰάσων δέγμενος: οὐχ ὡς πάντας ὑποδεδεγμένου τοῦ Ἰάσονος τοὺς περὶ Φέρητα δεῖ νοεῖν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπειδὴ διὰ τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο ὑπὸ Αἴσονος τοῦ πατρὸς ἡ ξενία τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν αὐτὸν ὑποδέχεσθαι. ἡ γὰρ ἀναφορὰ τῆς ξενίας εἰς αὐτὸν ἀνήγετο.

230

230 ὅστις ἄρχει ναός, ἐμοὶ τελέσαις ἄφθιτον στρωμνὰν ἀγέσθω,230

whoever commands the ship, complete this work for me; then let him carry off the immortal coverlet,

231–233

 κῶας αἰγλᾶεν χρυσέῳ θυσάνῳ. σ3
 ὣς ἄρʼ αὐδάσαντος ἀπὸ κροκόεν ῥίψαις Ἰάσων εἷμα θεῷ πίσυνος
 εἴχετʼ ἔργου· πῦρ δέ νιν οὐκ ἐόλει παμφαρμάκου ξείνας ἐφετμαῖς.

the fleece gleaming with its golden fringe.” When he had spoken thus, Jason threw off his saffron cloak and, trusting in the god, set his hand to the task. The fire did not touch him; he followed the advice of the foreign woman who knew every kind of remedy. He grasped the plough, and bound the necks of the oxen in the irresistible

Scholia ad vv. 231–233 (3 entries)

ad v. 231

a. ἀθρόαις πέντε δραπών: ἀδιαλείπτως διὰ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας τὸ ἄνθος τῆς ζωῆς ἀποδρέπων παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς, τὰ πρὸς τὴν εὐωχίαν παρεχόμενος.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐν πέντε ὅλαις νυξὶ καὶ ἡμέραις δρεπόμενος τὸ ἱερὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀπάνθισμα, τὴν εὐφροσύνην, ἐξένιζε τοὺς συγγενεῖς.

c. ἄλλως· τουτέστιν ἐν θυμηδίᾳ διάγων καὶ εὐφροσύνῃ:

234

234 σπασσάμενος δʼ ἄροτρον, βοέους δήσαις ἀνάγκας σ1

But when Aietes had set in the midst a plough of adamant, and oxen that from tawny jaws breathed flame of blazing fire, and with bronze hoofs smote the earth in alternate steps, and had led them and yoked them single-handed, he marked out in a line straight furrows, and for a fathom's length clave the back of the loamy earth; then he spake thus: 'This work let your king, whosoever he be that hath command of the ship, accomplish me, and then let him bear away with him the imperishable coverlet, the fleece glittering with tufts of gold.'

Scholia ad vv. 234–234 (1 entry)

ad v. 234

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἐν ἕκτᾳ πάντα λόγον: ἀλλ᾿ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ὅλον τὸν λόγον τὸν σπουδαῖον ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰάσων τοῖς ἐγγενέσιν ἑαυτοῦ ἐκοινώσατο· οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἠκολούθησαν.

235–238

 ἔντεσιν αὐχένας ἐμβάλλων τʼ ἐριπλεύρῳ φυᾷ
 κέντρον αἰανὲς βιατὰς ἐξεπόνησʼ ἐπιτακτὸν ἀνὴρ
 μέτρον. ἴϋξεν δʼ ἀφωνήτῳ περ ἔμπας ἄχει σ3
 δύνασιν Αἰήτας ἀγασθείς.

harness, and prodding their strong-ribbed bulk with the unceasing goad the powerful man accomplished the allotted measure of his task. And Aeetes wailed, though his cry was silent, amazed at Jason’s strength.

Scholia ad vv. 235–238 (3 entries)

ad v. 237

a. οἱ δ᾿ ἐπέσποντο: οἱ δὲ συνῄεσαν αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἀνέλαβον.

b. οἱ δὲ ἐπηκολούθησαν αὐτοῦ τῇ προαιρέσει εὐωχηθέντες.

c. αἶψα δ᾿ ἀπὸ κλισιᾶν ὦρτο: ταχέως δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν σκηνῶν σὺν τοῖς προρρηθεῖσιν ὥρμησεν ὁ Ἰάσων, καὶ δὴ παρεγένοντο εἰς τὸν τοῦ Πελίου οἶκον, σπουδαίως δὲ ἔσω τοῦ οἴκου κατέστησαν.

239

239 πρὸς δʼ ἑταῖροι καρτερὸν ἄνδρα φίλας σ1

His companions stretched their friendly hands towards the mighty man,

Scholia ad vv. 239–239 (1 entry)

ad v. 239

a. ἐσσύμενοι: μετὰ σπουδῆς.

240

240 ὤρεγον χεῖρας, στεφάνοισί τέ νιν ποίας ἔρεπτον, μειλιχίοις τε λόγοις240

and crowned him with garlands of laurel, and greeted him with gentle words. But at once the marvellous son of Helios spoke of the shining fleece, telling where the sword of Phrixus had stretched it out. He expected that Jason would not be able to accomplish this further labor. For the fleece lay in a thicket, held in the ravening jaws of a serpent,

241–244

 ἀγαπάζοντʼ. αὐτίκα δʼ Ἀελίου θαυμαστὸς υἱὸς δέρμα λαμπρὸν
 ἔννεπεν, ἔνθα νιν ἐκτάνυσαν Φρίξου μάχαιραι· σ2
 ἤλπετο δʼ οὐκέτι οἱ κεῖνόν γε πράξεσθαι πόνον. σ1
 κεῖτο γὰρ λόχμᾳ, δράκοντος δʼ εἴχετο λαβροτατᾶν γενύων, σ1

He said, and Jason flung off from him his saffron mantle, and putting his trust in God betook himself to the work; and the fire made him not to shrink, for that he had had heed to the bidding of the stranger maiden skilled in all pharmacy. So he drew to him the plough and made fast by force the bulls' necks in the harness, and plunged the wounding goad into the bulk of their huge sides, and with manful strain fulfilled the measure of his work. And a cry without speech came from Aietes in his agony, at the marvel of the power he beheld.

Scholia ad vv. 241–244 (4 entries)

ad v. 242

a. Τυροῦς ἐρασιπλοκάμου γενεά: ὁ Πελίας. καὶ Ὅμηρος (λ 254)· ἡ δ᾿ ὑποκυσαμένη Πελίαν τέκε καὶ Νηλῆα.

b. ὁ νοῦς· ἡ δὲ τῆς Τυροῦς γέννα, τουτέστιν ὁ Πελίας, τούτων ἀκούσας καὶ αἰσθόμενος τὴν εἴσοδον, ἀπήντησεν αὐτοῖς.

ad v. 243

a. πραῢν δ᾿ Ἰάσων: πραῢν δὲ ὁ Ἰάσων μαλθακῇ καὶ οὐ τραχείᾳ φωνῇ ἀποστάζων τοῦ στόματος λόγον κατεβάλλετο βάσιν καὶ ἀρχὴν τῶν σοφῶν λόγων.

ad v. 244

a. ποτιστάζων ὄαρον: τὴν ὁμιλίαν.

245–246

245 ὃς πάχει μάκει τε πεντηκόντορον ναῦν κράτει,245

246 τέλεσαν ἃν πλαγαὶ σιδάρου. σ3

which in thickness and length surpassed a ship with fifty oars, built by the blows of a hammer.

Scholia ad vv. 245–246 (3 entries)

ad v. 246

a. παῖ Ποσειδᾶνος Πετραίου: Πετραῖος τιμᾶται Ποσειδῶν παρὰ Θεσσαλοῖς, ὅτι διατεμὼν τὰ ὄρη τὰ Θετταλικὰ, φημὶ δὴ τὰ Τέμπη, πεποίηκε δι᾿ αὐτῶν ἐπιτρέχειν τὸν ποταμὸν, πρότερον διὰ μέσης τῆς πόλεως ῥέοντα καὶ πολλὰ τῶν χωρίων διαφθείροντα. | καὶ Καλλίμαχος (h. in Del. 105)· φεῦγε δὲ καὶ Πηνειὸς ἑλισσόμενος διὰ Τεμπέων. οἱ δὲ, ὅτι ἐπί τινος πέτρας κοιμηθεὶς ἀπεσπερμάτισε, καὶ τὸν θορὸν δεξαμένη ἡ γῆ ἀνέδωκεν ἵππον πρῶτον, ὃν ἐπεκάλεσαν Σκύφιον.

b. ἄλλως· ἐπίθετον Ποσειδῶνος ὁ Πετραῖος. φασὶ δὲ καὶ ἀγῶνα διατίθεσθαι τῷ Πετραίῳ Ποσειδῶνι, ὅπου ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας ἐξεπήδησεν ὁ πρῶτος ἵππος· διὸ καὶ Ἵππιος ὁ Ποσειδῶν.

c. ἄλλως· ὦ τοῦ Πετραίου Ποσειδῶνος παῖ, αἱ μὲν τῶν ἀνθρώπων φρένες ταχύτεραι μὲν ἐπαινέσαι καὶ ἀνελέσθαι τὸ παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον κέρδος· καίτοι ἑρπόντων ἐκ τῆς ἀδικίας πρὸς τὴν ἑξῆς τραχεῖαν ὁδὸν, ὅμως τὸ κέρδος τοῦ δικαίου προκρίνουσιν.

247

247 μακρά μοι νεῖσθαι κατʼ ἀμαξιτόν· ὥρα γὰρ συνάπτει· καί τινα σ3

It is too long a way for me to go by the beaten track; for time presses, and I know a shortcut. In poetic skill I am a guide to many others. Jason killed the gray-eyed serpent with its dappled back by cunning,

Scholia ad vv. 247–247 (3 entries)

ad v. 247

a. ἐντὶ μὲν θνατῶν φρένες ἕως πρὸς ἐπίβδαν: ἐπίβδαι κυρίως καλοῦνται αἱ ἐχόμεναι τῶν ἑορτῶν ἡμέραι, αἱ μεθέορτοι, ἐπιβάδες τινὲς οὖσαι, οἷον ἐπαγόμεναι τῇ ἑορτῇ. τινὲς δέ φασι παρεμβεβλῆσθαι τὸ βῆτα· τὰς γὰρ ἐπὶ δαιτὶ λέγουσιν ἐπίβδας, ὡς τὴν σίδην σίβδην. καὶ ἔασον ἔβασον. οἱ δὲ, μετῆχθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπιβδαλλομένων προβάτων· βδάλλοντες γὰρ οἱ ποιμένες ἄπαξ αὖθις ἐπιβδάλλουσι. νῦν δὲ σημαίνει τὸ μέλλον καὶ τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα.

b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· αἱ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φρένες πρὸς τραχεῖαν ἑρπόντων ἐπίβδαν, ὡς ἄν τις εἴποι, καίπερ τοῖς τοιούτοις μετὰ τὴν παροῦσαν εὐφροσύνην τοῦ κέρδους τραχείας ἐπιούσης ἐπίβδης, ἢ καίπερ τοῦ τοιούτου πράγματος τοῦ ἀδίκου ἢ ἐπικερδοῦς τραχεῖαν ἔχοντος τὴν ἐπίβδαν, τουτέστι τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπόλαυσιν οὐ τερπνὴν ἔχοντος.

c. τὸ δὲ ἐπίβδας τὰς μεθεόρτους φασὶν, οἱονεὶ τὰς ἐπιβαινούσας ἡμέρας τῇ πανηγύρει. νῦν δὲ τὸν μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνον δηλοῖ.

248–249

248 οἶμον ἴσαμι βραχύν· πολλοῖσι δʼ ἅγημαι σοφίας ἑτέροις.

249 κτεῖνε μὲν γλαυκῶπα τέχναις ποικιλόνωτον ὄφιν,

Then to the strong man his comrades stretched forth their hands, and crowned him with green wreaths, and greeted him with gracious words. And thereupon the wondrous son of Helios told him in what place the knife of Phrixos had stretched the shining fell; yet he trusted that this labour at least should never be accomplished by him. For it lay in a thick wood and grasped by a terrible dragon's jaws, and he in length and thickness was larger than their ship of fifty oars, which the iron's blows had welded.

250–253

 ὦ Ἀρκεσίλα, κλέψεν τε Μήδειαν σὺν αὐτᾷ, τὰν Πελίαο φόνον· σ2
 ἔν τʼ Ὠκεανοῦ πελάγεσσι μίγεν πόντῳ τʼ ἐρυθρῷ
 Λαμνιᾶν τʼ ἔθνει γυναικῶν ἀνδροφόνων· σ1
 ἔνθα καὶ γυίων ἀέθλοις ἐπέδειξαν κρίσιν ἐσθᾶτος ἀμφίς, σ3

Red Sea Arcesilas, and stole away Medea, with her own help, to be the death of Pelias. And they reached the expanses of Ocean, and the, and the race of the Lemnian women, who killed their husbands. There they displayed their prowess of limbs in athletic contests with a cloak for a prize,

Scholia ad vv. 250–253 (6 entries)

ad v. 250

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἐμὲ χρή: ἀλλὰ προσήκει ἐμὲ καὶ σὲ ἀφεμένους τῶν ἀγανακτήσεων συντιθέναι εἰς τὸ λοιπὸν τοῦ βίου τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν.

b. θεμισσαμένους: δικαίως διακρίναντας τοὺς τρόπους ἐκτελεῖν τὴν λοιπὴν εὐδαιμονίαν.

ad v. 252

a. εἰδότι τοι ἐρέω: γινώσκοντί σοι λέγω· μία μήτηρ ἠ Ἐνάρεα τῷ τε Κρηθεῖ καὶ τῷ Σαλμωνεῖ, ἐν δὲ τρίταις γοναῖς ἐξ ἐκείνων φυτευθέντες ἡμεῖς τὴν χρυσῆν δύναμιν τοῦ ἡλίου ὁρῶμεν, τουτέστιν ἐν ζῶσι διάγομεν.

ad v. 253

a. μία βοῦς: καταχρηστικώτερον τὴν τοκάδα φησὶ, τουτέστι τὴν μητέρα. λέγεται δὲ μήτηρ Κρηθεῖ καὶ Σαλμωνεῖ Ἐνάρεα.

b. ἄλλως· μία βοῦς μεταφορικῶς μία γυνή. (252 B) ἰδίως δὲ οὐκ ἀπὸ ἀνδρογενείας εἴληφεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰόλου. ἀλλ᾿ ἀπὸ τῆς γυναικός· εἰ μὴ ἄρα ὅτι οἱ πάπποι ἀλλήλοις ὁμογάστριοι, ὅ τε Κρηθεὺς καὶ ὁ Σαλμωνεὺς, ὁ μὲν Αἴσονος, ὁ δὲ Πελίου.

c. ἀντὶ τοῦ, ἓν ἔχομεν γένος. καὶ Ἡσίοδος (fr. 7)· Αἰολίδαι δ᾿ ἐγένοντο θεμιστοπόλοι βασιλῆες, Κρηθεὺς ἠδ᾿ Ἀθάμας καὶ Σίσυφος αἰολομήτης, Σαλμωνεύς τ᾿ ἄδικος καὶ ὑπέρθυμος Περιήρης.

254

254 καὶ συνεύνασθεν. καὶ ἐν ἀλλοδαπαῖς

and they went to bed with the women. In foreign

255–259

 σπέρμʼ ἀρούραις τουτάκις ὑμετέρας ἀκτῖνος ὄλβου δέξατο μοιρίδιον σ1
 ἆμαρ ἢ νύκτες. τόθι γὰρ γένος Εὐφάμου φυτευθὲν λοιπὸν αἰεὶ
 τέλλετο· καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων μιχθέντες ἀνδρῶν
 ἤθεσι τάν ποτε Καλλίσταν ἀπῴκησαν χρόνῳ σ2
 νᾶσον· ἔνθεν δʼ ὔμμι Λατοίδας ἔπορεν Λιβύας πεδίον

CallisteLibya fields then the fated day, or night, received the seed of your shining prosperity; for there the race of Euphemus was planted, to continue forever. And having gone to share the home of the Lacedaemonians, in time they left to settle the island once called. From there the son of Leto granted that your race should bring prosperity to the plain of

Long were it for me to go by the beaten track, for the time is nigh out, and I know a certain short path, and many others look to me for skill. The glaring speckled dragon, O Arkesilas, he slew by subtlety, and by her own aid he stole away Medea, the murderess of Pelias. And they went down into the deep of Ocean and into the Red Sea, and to the Lemnian race of husbandslaying wives; there also they had games and wrestled for a prize of vesture, and lay with the women of the land.

Scholia ad vv. 255–259 (3 entries)

ad v. 255

a. Σαλμωνέως Τυρὼ, Τυροῦς Πελίας. τρίτος οὖν ἀπὸ Σαλμωνέως ὁ Πελίας. ὁ δὲ Ἰάσων καὶ αὐτὸς οὕτω τρίτος· Κρηθεύς ἐστι Σαλμωνέως ἀδελφὸς, Κρηθέως δὲ Αἴσων, Αἴσονος δὲ Ἰάσων, τρίτος ἀπὸ Κρηθέως. ὁ μὲν οὖν Πελίας ἀπὸ Σαλμωνέως κατὰ μητέρα ἀριθμούμενος, Ἰάσων δὲ κατὰ πατέρα ἀπὸ Κρηθέως.

ad v. 258

a. Μοῖραι δ᾿ ἀφίσταντ᾿ εἴ τις ἔχθρα πέλει: ἐὰν δέ τις ἔχθρα ὁμογόνοις γεννηθῇ, ὥστε καλύπτειν τὴν αἰδῶ καὶ ἀποκρύπτειν, τουτέστι μὴ αἰδεῖσθαι, τοῦ τοιούτου πράγματος ἀφίστανται αἱ Μοῖραι· ὡς ἄν τις εἴποι, οὐκ εὐμοιροῦσιν, οὐκ ἀγαθῇ μοίρᾳ χρῶνται.

b. ὁ δὲ Χαῖρις προστιθεὶς τὸ ῑ γράφει ἀφίσταιντο, ἵν᾿ ᾖ εὐκτικὸς ὁ λόγος· ἀφίσταιντο αἱ Μοῖραι, εἰ μέλλοι ἐν τῷ γένει ἡμῶν διαφορὰ γίνεσθαι, ὥστε ἀναίδειαν προστραπῆναι. καὶ οὐκ ἀπιθάνως ὁ Χαῖρις.

260–261

260 σὺν θεῶν τιμαῖς ὀφέλλειν, ἄστυ χρυσοθρόνου260

261 διανέμειν θεῖον Κυράνας σ1

, with the honor of the gods, and govern the divine city of golden-throned Cyrene,

Scholia ad vv. 260–261 (1 entry)

ad v. 261

a. οὐ πρέπει νῷν: οὐ προσῆκον οὐδὲ δίκαιον ἡμῖν ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς τὸν χαλκὸν τιτρώσκουσι ξίφεσιν, οὔτε μὴν ἀκοντίοις τὴν μεγάλην καὶ περίσημον τῶν προγόνων βασιλείαν διαμοιράσασθαι.

262

262 ὀρθόβουλον μῆτιν ἐφευρομένοις.

having discovered the wisdom of right counsel. Now, learn the skill of Oedipus: if a man, with a sharp-cutting axe, cuts the branches from a great oak, and spoils its marvellous beauty,

263–264

263 γνῶθι νῦν τὰν Οἰδιπόδα σοφίαν. εἰ γάρ τις ὄζους ὀξυτόμῳ πελέκει σ2

264 ἐξερείψειεν μεγάλας δρυός, αἰσχύνοι δέ οἱ θαητὸν εἶδος·

And then it was that in a stranger womb, by night or day, the fateful seed was sown of the bright fortune of thy race. For there began the generations of Euphemos, which should be thenceforth without end. And in time mingling among the homes of Lakedaimonian men they made their dwelling in the isle that once was Kalliste: and thence the son of Leto gave thy race the Libyan plain to till it and to do honour therein to your gods, and to rule the divine city of golden-throned Kyrene with devising of the counsels of truth.

Scholia ad vv. 263–264 (2 entries)

ad v. 263

a. μῆλά τε γάρ τοι ἐγὼ καὶ βοῶν ξανθὰς ἀγέλας: τὰ μὲν γὰρ πρόβατα καὶ τὰς τῶν βοῶν ἀγέλας ἀφίημι καὶ συγχωρῶ, καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀγροὺς οὕστινας ἀφελόμενος τῶν ἐμῶν γονέων νέμῃ, τὸν σὸν πλοῦτον ἐκ τῆς ἐπικαρπίας αὔξων.

b. μῆλα δὲ νῦν καταχρηστικώτερον πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν τετραπόδων κτῆσιν ἀρχαΐζων φησί. καὶ Ὅμηρος (Ρ 550)· ἀνθρώπους ἀπέπαυσεν ἐπὶ χθονὶ, μῆλα δὲ κήδει.

265–269

 καὶ φθινόκαρπος ἐοῖσα διδοῖ ψᾶφον περʼ αὐτᾶς,
 εἴ ποτε χειμέριον πῦρ ἐξίκηται λοίσθιον· σ1
 ἢ σὺν ὀρθαῖς κιόνεσσιν δεσποσύναισιν ἐρειδομένα
 μόχθον ἄλλοις ἀμφέπει δύστανον ἐν τείχεσιν, σ1
 ἑὸν ἐρημώσαισα χῶρον.

even with its fruit destroyed it votes for its own worth, if it comes at last to the winter fire; or if it is placed with upright columns belonging to a ruler, performing a slavish service among foreign walls, having deserted its native place.

Scholia ad vv. 265–269 (2 entries)

ad v. 266

a. ἁμετέρων τοκέων: ἀντὶ τοῦ τοκέως, τοῦ πατρός. ὁ γὰρ Αἴσων τοῦ Πελίου κατὰ μητέρα ἀδελφός.

ad v. 268

a. κοὔ με πονεῖ τεὸν οἶκον: οὐκ ἀλγύνει δέ με ταῦτα τὸν σὸν οἶκον αὔξοντα.

270–274

 ἐσσὶ δʼ ἰατὴρ ἐπικαιρότατος, Παιάν τέ σοι τιμᾷ φάος· σ2
 χρὴ μαλακὰν χέρα προσβάλλοντα τρώμαν ἕλκεος ἀμφιπολεῖν. σ1
 ῥᾴδιον μὲν γὰρ πόλιν σεῖσαι καὶ ἀφαυροτέροις·
 ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ χώρας αὖτις ἕσσαι δυσπαλὲς δὴ γίγνεται, ἐξαπίνας
 εἰ μὴ θεὸς ἁγεμόνεσσι κυβερνατὴρ γένηται. σ3

But you are a most opportune healer, and Apollo Paean honors your light. One must apply a gentle hand to tend a sore wound: it is easy even for weak men to shake a city to its foundations, but to set it in its place again is indeed a difficult struggle, unless a god suddenly comes to guide its rulers.

Now hearken to a wise saying even as the wisdom of Oedipus. If one with sharp axe lop the boughs of a great oak and mar the glorious form, even in the perishing of the fruit thereof it yet giveth token of that it was; whether at the last it come even to the winter fire, or whether with upright pillars in a master's house it stand, to serve drear service within alien walls, and the place thereof knoweth it no more.

Scholia ad vv. 270–274 (6 entries)

ad v. 270

a. ἀλλὰ καὶ σκᾶπτον: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ πονεῖ. καὶ ὁ ἀλλά ἀντὶ τοῦ δέ, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· πονεῖ δέ με τὸ σκῆπτρον καὶ ὁ θρόνος.

b. ἄλλως· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ σκῆπτρον τὸ τῆς μοναρχίας καὶ ὁ θρόνος τῆς μοναρχίας, ἔξωθεν τὸ, λυπεῖ με.

ad v. 271

a. ᾧ ποτε Κρηθεΐδας: ᾧτινί ποτε τῷ θρόνῳ ὁ τοῦ Κρηθέως παῖς Αἴσων ἐπικαθεζόμενος ἐπ᾿ εὐθείας ἦγε τοῖς ὑπηκόοις τὰς δίκας.

ad v. 274

a. τὰ μὲν ἄνευ ξυνᾶς ἀνίας: ταῦτα μὲν οὖν χωρίς τινος ἀνίας καὶ λύπης διάλυσον τῷ δικαίῳ, μή τι νεώτερων ἡμῖν καὶ ἐπιβλαβὲς ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀνασταίη κακόν.

b. ἐὰν δὲ ᾖ ἀναστήσῃ, ἔσται ὁ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· μὴ ὁ νεωτερισμὸς ἡμῖν κακὸν ἀναστήσῃ.

c. ἄλλως· τινὲς κατὰ συναλοιφὴν θέλουσιν ἐξενηνέχθαι, ὡς παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (Α 203)· ἢ ἵνα ὕβριν ἴδῃ Ἀγαμέμνονος Ἀτρείδαο, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἴδηαι. οὕτως οὖν ἀναστήσῃ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναστήσηαι.

275–276

275 τὶν δὲ τούτων ἐξυφαίνονται χάριτες.275

276 τλᾶθι τᾶς εὐδαίμονος ἀμφὶ Κυράνας θέμεν σπουδὰν ἅπασαν.

These blessings are woven out for you: be bold, and apply all earnestness for the sake of fortunate Cyrene.

277–279

 τῶν δʼ Ὁμήρου καὶ τόδε συνθέμενος σ1
 ῥῆμα πόρσυνʼ· ἄγγελον ἐσλὸν ἔφα τιμὰν μεγίσταν πράγματι παντὶ φέρειν· σ1
 αὔξεται καὶ Μοῖσα διʼ ἀγγελίας ὀρθᾶς. ἐπέγνω μὲν Κυράνα

Of the sayings of Homer, take to heart and heed this one: “a noble messenger,” he said, “brings the greatest honor to every business.” Even the Muse is exalted by a correct message. Cyrene

But thou art a physician most timely, and the god of healing maketh thy light burn brightly. A gentle hand must thou set to a festering wound. It is a small thing even for a slight man to shake a city, but to set it firm again in its place this is hard struggle indeed, unless with sudden aid God guide the ruler's hand. For thee are prepared the thanks which these deeds win. Be strong to serve with all thy might Kyrene's goodly destiny.

Scholia ad vv. 277–279 (2 entries)

ad v. 277

a. ὣς ἄρ᾿ ἔειπεν: οὕτως εἶπεν ὁ Ἰάσων· ὁ δὲ Πελίας ἠρέμα καὶ ἡσύχως ἀνταπεκρίθη αὐτῷ.

ad v. 278

a. ἔσσομαι τοιοῦτος: γενήσομαι τοιοῦτος, οἶος μηδὲν ἀναστῆσαι ἄδικον καὶ νεώτερον. ἀλλὰ ἤδη με τὸ γηραιὸν μέρος τῆς ἡλικίας περικυκλοῖ καὶ περιέχει.

280–283

 καὶ τὸ κλεεννότατον μέγαρον Βάττου δικαιᾶν
 Δαμοφίλου πραπίδων. κεῖνος γὰρ ἐν παισὶν νέος, σ3
 ἐν δὲ βουλαῖς πρέσβυς ἐγκύρσαις ἑκατονταετεῖ βιοτᾷ,
 ὀρφανίζει μὲν κακὰν γλῶσσαν φαεννᾶς ὀπός,

and the most renowned hall of Battus recognized the just mind of Damophilus; a young man among boys, and in counsels like an elder who has lived a hundred years, he robs the evil tongue of its brash voice, and he has learned to hate the arrogant;

Scholia ad vv. 280–283 (3 entries)

ad v. 281

a. σὸν δ᾿ ἄνθος ἥβας ἄρτι κυμαίνει: μετεωρίζεται· ἀπὸ τῶν κυμάτων ἡ μεταφορὰ. πρὸς τί δὲ ταῦτα λέγει; ἐγὼ μὲν εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν τοῦ γένους οὐκέτι ἰσχύω τι δρᾶν γέρων ὤν· σὺ δὲ νέος ὢν δύνασαι ἀπολῦσαι τὸν ἐκ τῶν χθονίων γεγονότα κότον τῷ γένει ἡμῶν. ἴδιος δέ ἐστι καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὁ Πίνδαρος μετὰ τοῦ δέρους καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ Φρίξου κελεύων τῷ Ἰάσονι ἐκ τῆς Αἴας ἀνακαλέσασθαι· ἐπὶ γὰρ τούτῳ μηνίειν τοὺς χθονίους δαίμονας· τῶν ἄλλων ἐπὶ μόνην τὴν κομιδὴν τοῦ δέρους αὐτὸν ἐκπεμφθῆναι λεγόντων. ὅτι δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς ἀνεκαλοῦντο τῶν ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀλλοδαπαῖς ἀποιχομένων, Ὅμηρος δηλοῖ (ι 64)· οὐδ᾿ ἄρα μοι προτέρω νῆες κίον ἀμφιέλισσαι, πρίν τινα τῶν δειλῶν ἑτάρων τρὶς ἕκαστον ἀῧσαι.

b. ἄλλως· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐν Κόλχοις τέθνηκεν ὁ Φρίξος, κελεύει με δι᾿ ὀνείρων ἀνακαλέσασθαι αὐτοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς Θεσσαλίαν. παραγενόμενον εἰς τοὺς τοῦ Αἰήτου οἴκους, κελεύει δέ με καὶ τὸ δέρμα τοῦ κριοῦ ἀγαγεῖν, ᾧτινί ποτε ἐκ τοῦ πόντου διεσώθη καὶ ἐκ τῶν τῆς μητρυιᾶς ἀθέων βελῶν, τῶν ἐπιβουλῶν.

c. ἔθος δὲ ἦν τῶν τελευτησάντων ἐπ᾿ ἀλλοδαπῆς, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὰ σώματα εἴη παρ᾿ αὐτὰ, τὰς γοῦν ψυχὰς διά τινων μυστηρίων ἀνακαλεῖσθαι καὶ ὥσπερ συμπλεούσας εἰς τὴν πατρίδα διαπεραιοῦν. τοῦτο καὶ Ὅμηρος (l. c.) οἶδεν.

284

284 ἔμαθε δʼ ὑβρίζοντα μισεῖν, σ1

And of Homer's words take this to ponder in thy heart: _Of a good messenger_, he saith, _cometh great honour to every deed._ Even to the Muse is right messengership a gain. Now good cause have Kyrene and the glorious house of Battos to know the righteous mind of Demophilos. For he was a boy with boys, yet in counsels an old man of a hundred years: and the evil tongue he robbeth of its loud voice, and hath learnt to abhor the insolent, neither will he make strife against the good, nor tarry when he hath a deed in hand. For a brief span hath opportunity for men, but of him it is known surely when it cometh, and he waiteth thereon a servant but no slave.

Scholia ad vv. 284–284 (1 entry)

ad v. 284

a. κομίξαι: ἤτοι ἀνακομίσαι ἢ ἀνακαλέσασθαι, ἢ ἐπιμελείας ἀξιῶσαι· ἡρωϊκώτερον δὲ τὸ πρότερον καὶ ἄξιον τοῦ πλοῦ.

285–289

 οὐκ ἐρίζων ἀντία τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς,
 οὐδὲ μακύνων τέλος οὐδέν. ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς πρὸς ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει.
 εὖ νιν ἔγνωκεν· θεράπων δέ οἱ, οὐ δράστας ὀπαδεῖ. φαντὶ δʼ ἔμμεν
 τοῦτʼ ἀνιαρότατον, καλὰ γιγνώσκοντʼ ἀνάγκᾳ σ3
 ἐκτὸς ἔχειν πόδα. καὶ μὰν κεῖνος Ἄτλας οὐρανῷ σ1

he does not struggle against good men, or postpone any decisive action, for the right moment has a brief measure in the eyes of men. He recognizes it well, and he serves it as an attendant, not a slave. But they say that this is the most grievous thing of all, to recognize what is good and to be debarred from it by compulsion. And truly he, like Atlas,

Scholia ad vv. 285–289 (4 entries)

ad v. 288

a. ἔκ τε ματρυιᾶς ἀθέων βελέων: ἐκακώθη γὰρ διὰ τὴν μητρυιὰν ἐρασθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπεβουλεύθη. ὥστε φυγεῖν. ταύτην δὲ ὁ μὲν Πίνδαρος ἐν Ὕμνοις (fr. 49) Δημοδίκην, Ἱππίας δὲ (FHG II p. 62) Γοργῶπιν· Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Ἀθάμαντι (p. 131 N.) Νεφέλην· Φερεκύδης (FHG I p. 86) Θεμιστώ· ὃς καί φησι τῶν καρπῶν φθειρομένων ἐκ ταὐτομάτου ἐθελούσιον δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν εἰς σφαγήν. τὸ δὲ ἀθέων βελέων ἀλληγορικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ βουλευμάτων ἢ λόγων ἢ πραγμάτων· οὐ γὰρ ἐνδόντος αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἃ ἡ μητρυιὰ παρεκάλει, ἐπιβουλευθῆναι εἰς τὰ τεθρυλλημένα.

b. ἄλλως· βελέων: τῶν ἐπιβουλῶν.

c. τὴν κατ᾿ Ἰνὼ ἱστορίαν ἐκτίθεται.

ad v. 289

a. ταῦτά μοι ὁ θαυμαστὸς ὄνειρος παραγενόμενος ἔλεγεν.

290–291

290 προσπαλαίει νῦν γε πατρῴας ἀπὸ γᾶς ἀπό τε κτεάνων· σ1290

291 λῦσε δὲ Ζεὺς ἄφθιτος Τιτᾶνας. ἐν δὲ χρόνῳ

now strains against the weight of the sky, far from his ancestral land and his possessions. But immortal Zeus freed the Titans; and in time, when the wind ceases, there are changes

Scholia ad vv. 290–291 (1 entry)

ad v. 290

a. μεμάντευμαι: ἐμαντευσάμην δὲ εἰς Δελφοὺς ἐλθὼν, εἰ ἐρευνητέον τι τούτων καὶ φροντιστέον, τουτέστιν εἰ πρακτέον· καὶ ὡς τάχιστα κελεύει ναῦν παρασκευάσασθαι καὶ καθέλκειν εἰς τὸν ἐπὶ Σκυθίαν ἀπόπλουν.

292

292 μεταβολαὶ λήξαντος οὔρου

Now this they say is of all griefs the sorest, that one knowing good should of necessity abide without lot therein. Yea thus doth Atlas struggle now against the burden of the firmament, far from his native land and his possessions. Yet the Titans were set free by immortal Zeus. As time runneth on the breeze abateth and there are shiftings of the sails. And he hath hope that when he shall have endured to the end his grievous plague he shall see once more his home, and at Apollo's fountain joining in the feast give his soul to rejoice in her youth, and amid citizens who love his art, playing on his carven lute, shall enter upon peace, hurting and hurt of none. Then shall he tell how fair a fountain of immortal verse he made to flow for Arkesilas, when of late he was the guest of Thebes.

293–294

293 ἱστίων. ἀλλʼ εὔχεται οὐλομέναν νοῦσον διαντλήσαις ποτὲ σ1

294 οἶκον ἰδεῖν, ἐπʼ Ἀπόλλωνός τε κράνᾳ συμποσίας ἐφέπων

of sails. But he prays that at some time, when he has drained to the dregs his cup of ruinous affliction, he will see his home, and, joining the symposium near the spring of Apollo,

Scholia ad vv. 293–294 (1 entry)

ad v. 293

a. τοῦτον ἄεθλον: τοῦτον τὸν ἆθλον ἑκὼν ἐκτέλεσον, καί σοι προΐημι ἄρχειν καὶ βασιλεύειν τῆς Θεσσαλίας· περὶ δὲ τῶν λεγομένων καὶ τῆς ἀποδόσεως τῆς βασιλείας ὅρκος ἰσχυρὸς καὶ βέβαιος ὁ γενέθλιος ἡμῖν Ζεὺς γενέσθω. γενέθλιος δὲ ἀμφοτέροις, Πελίᾳ τε καὶ Ἰάσονι· Σαλμωνεὺς γὰρ καὶ Κρηθεὺς εἰς Δία τὸ γένος ἀνῆγον.

295–299

 θυμὸν ἐκδόσθαι πρὸς ἥβαν πολλάκις, ἔν τε σοφοῖς
 δαιδαλέαν φόρμιγγα βαστάζων πολίταις ἡσυχίᾳ θιγέμεν,
 μήτʼ ὦν τινι πῆμα πορών, ἀπαθὴς δʼ αὐτὸς πρὸς ἀστῶν.
 καί κε μυθήσαιθʼ ὁποίαν, Ἀρκεσίλα,
 εὗρε παγὰν ἀμβροσίων ἐπέων, πρόσφατον Θήβᾳ ξενωθείς. σ209

Thebes yield his spirit often to the joys of youth, and attain peace, holding the well-made lyre among his skillful fellow citizens, bringing no pain to anyone, and himself unharmed by his townsmen. Then he would tell you, Arcesilas, what a fountain of immortal song he found, when he was recently entertained by his host at.

Scholia ad vv. 295–299 (209 entries)

ad v. 299

a. σύνθεσιν ταύταν: ταύτην τὴν συνθήκην τῶν ὅρκων καὶ τῆς βασιλείας πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἐπαινέσαντες διεχωρίσθησαν.

a. ἀτὰρ Ἰάσων: ὁ δὲ Ἰάσων αὐτὸς παρώξυνε τὸν ὄντα καὶ δόξαντα πλοῦν εἰς Σκυθίαν ἀναφανεροῦν πανταχοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 301]

a. τάχα δὲ Κρονίδαο: ταχέως δὲ οἱ τοῦ Κρόνου παιδὸς Διὸς τρεῖς παῖδες τὸν ἀριθμὸν, οἱ ἀκοπίαστοι κατὰ τὴν μάχην, παρεγένοντο. καὶ ἐκ μὲν Ἀλκμήνης Ἡρακλῆς, ἐκ δὲ Λήδας οἱ Διόσκουροι. πάλιν δὲ συλληπτικῶς ἐχρήσατο τῷ τρόπῳ. φαίνεται γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς Ἀλκμήνης καὶ Λήδας υἱὸς κατὰ τὸ ἀδιαχώριστον τοῦ λόγου· ἀλλὰ προσήκει ὑποδιαιροῦντας ἑκάστῳ τὸ οἰκεῖον τῆς γενέσεως προσάπτειν. [Drachmann ad v. 303]

b. τάχα δὲ Κρονίδαο Ζηνὸς υἱοὶ τρεῖς: πάντας Σοφοκλῆς ἐν ταῖς Λημνιάσι τῷ δράματι (fr. 354) καταλέγει τοὺς εἰς τὸ Ἀργῷον εἰσελθόντας σκάφος, καὶ ὁ Αἰσχύλος ἐν Καβείροις (p. 31 N.). ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος συσταλῆναι τὸν Ἡρακλέα τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις φησὶν, ὡς δὲ ἐν Μυσίᾳ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ᾿ ὕδρευμα, κατελείφθη παρὰ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν· οἱ δὲ νεώτεροι, διὰ τὸ κατὰ τὴν εἰρεσίαν ἄπειρον αὐτὸν εἶναι καὶ συντρίβειν τὰς κώπας, | ὡς καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος (I 1167)· δὴ τότ᾿ ἀνοχλίζων τετρηχότος οἴδματος ὁλκούς μεσσόθεν ἄξεν ἐρετμόν. οἱ δὲ. ὅτι ἐφ᾿ οὗ ἃν ἐκαθέσθη μέρους, ἐκεῖ ἡ ναῦς ἔκλινεν. [Drachmann ad v. 303]

a. Ἀλκμήνας: τὸ χ΄, ὅτι τὸ χωρὶς συμβεβηκὸς τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ [τῷ τῆς Ἀλκμήνης] καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν Διοσκούρων κοινῶς εἴρηκεν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ Διὸς καὶ Λήδας, ὁ δὲ Ἀλκμήνης μόνος. [Drachmann ad v. 305]

a. δοιοὶ δ᾿ ἀνέρες, Ἐννοσίδα γένος: δύο δὲ ἄνδρες παρεγένοντο ἐκ Ποσειδῶνος ἔχοντες τὸ γένος, τὴν ἑαυτῶν αἰδεσθέντες δύναμιν, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἀνάξια τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀνδρείας λογισάμενοι· καὶ ὁ μὲν Περικλύμενος ἐκ Πύλου, ὁ δὲ Εὔφημος ἐκ Ταινάρου, ὅ ἐστιν ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Λακωνικῆς, παρεγένοντο. πάλιν συλληπτικώτερον· οὐ γὰρ ἀμφότεροι ἀπὸ Ταινάρου καὶ Πύλου, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν Περικλύμενος [ἐκ Χλωρίδος] ἐκ Πύλου στέλλεται, ὁ δὲ ἐκ Ταινάρου ὁ Εὔφημος, ὡς αὐτὸς προεῖπεν. [Drachmann ad v. 306]

b. ἄλλως· καὶ ἐνταῦθα συλληπτικῶς. Περικλύμενος γὰρ Νηλέως καὶ Χλωρίδος ἐκ Πύλου, Εὔφημος δὲ ἐκ Ταινάρου. [Drachmann ad v. 306]

c. πῶς δὲ Ἐννοσίδα εἶπε τοὺς δύο; Νηλέως γὰρ ὁ Περικλύμενος, ὁ δὲ Νηλεὺς Ποσειδῶνος υἱός· ὁ δὲ Εὔφημος Ποσειδῶνος ἐκ Ταινάρου, υἱωνὸς δὲ ὁ Περικλύμενος ἐκ Πύλου. [Drachmann ad v. 306]

a. αἰδεσθέντες ἀλκάν: ἐντραπέντες ἣν εἶχον ἀλκὴν καταισχῦναι, εἰ μὴ ὑπακούσειαν τοῖς καλοῦσι. [Drachmann ad v. 308]

b. διὰ τοῦτο ὑπέμειναν πλεῦσαι, ἵνα μὴ καταιδεσθῶσιν ὡς ἄνανδροι. [Drachmann ad v. 308]

a. τῶν μὲν κλέος ἐσλόν: τούτων μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν Ποσειδῶνος παίδων δόξα τις ἀγαθὴ συνεπεράνθη κατὰ τὸν ἀπόπλουν τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 310]

a. ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος δὲ φορμικτάς: Ἀπόλλωνος τὸν Ὀρφέα φησὶν εἶναι, ὃν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος καὶ ἄλλοι Οἰάγρου λέγουσιν. Ἀμμώνιος δὲ σύμφωνον τὴν ἱστορίαν θέλων εἶναι, οὕτως ἀποδίδωσιν· ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος φορμικτάς: ὁ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος μουσικός· ἐκ γάρ τοι Μουσέων καὶ ἑκηβόλου Ἀπόλλωνος ἄνδρες ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐπὶ χθονὶ καὶ κιθαρισταί (Hes. theog. 94). ὥσπερ οὖν ἐκ Διὸς λέγουσιν εἶναι τοὺς βασιλεῖς, οὐχ ὅτι γόνος εἰσὶ τοῦ Διὸς, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι τὸ βασιλεύειν ἐκ Διὸς ἔχουσιν, οὕτως ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος φορμικτὴν αὐτὸν εἶπεν· ἡγεμὼν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τῆς κιθαρῳδίας. | ὁ μέντοι Χαῖρις οὐκ ἀπιθάνως τούτους φησὶν ὠνομάσθαι τοὺς ἐκ θεῶν γεγονότας, οἷον Διοσκούρους καὶ Ἡρακλέα· οὕτω δὴ καὶ Ὀρφέα, διὰ τὸ Ἀπόλλωνος εἶναι υἱὸν γόνῳ. παρατίθεται δὲ καὶ χρησμόν τινα, ὅν φησι Μέναιχμον ἀναγράφειν ἐν τῷ Πυθικῷ (scr. rer. Alex. p. 146). ἔχει δὲ οὕτως· Πιέρες αἰνοπαθεῖς, στυγνὴν ἀποτίσετε λώβην Ὀρφέ᾿ ἀποκτείναντες Ἀπόλλωνος φίλον υἱόν. καὶ Ἀσκληπιάδης (FHG III p. 303) ἐν ἕκτῳ Τραγῳδουμένων ἱστορεῖ Ἀπόλλνος καὶ Καλλιόπης 'Υμέναιον, Ἰάλεμον, Ὀρφέα. [Drachmann ad v. 313]

b. ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος δὲ φορμικτάς: παρεγένετο ὁ τῶν ἀοιδῶν πατὴρ ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος ὢν καὶ κιθαριστὴς ὁ εὐαίνητος Ὀρφεὺς, ὁ ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινούμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 313]

a. πέμπε δ᾿ Ἑρμᾶς: συνέστειλε δὲ τοῖς ἥρωσιν ὁ χρυσῆν μεταχειριζόμενος ῥάβδον Ἑρμῆς τοὺς διδύμους ἑαυτοῦ παῖδας ἐπὶ τὸν δεινότατον ἆθλον, Ἐχίονα καὶ Εὔρυτον, τῷ τῆς ἀκμῆς ὑπεραίροντας θερμῷ. τὸ δὲ σχῆμα τῆς φράσεως Ἀλκμανικόν· πρὶν γὰρ εἰπεῖν τὰ δύο ὀνόματα, μέσην ἔταξε τὴν μετοχήν. [Drachmann ad v. 316]

a. ἐπ᾿ ἄτρυτον: τὸν ἄτρυτον καὶ τὸν ἀκαταπόνητον· ἐκ δὲ τούτου τὸν ὑπερβεβλημένον ὡς δεινὸν ἐμφαίνει [Drachmann ad v. 317]

b. ἢ τὸν οὐκ ἐνδιδόντα οὐδὲ ὑπείκοντα. [Drachmann ad v. 317]

a. κεχλάδοντας: πληθύοντας τῇ ἥβῃ· πρὸς ὃ καὶ τὸ χ΄. [Drachmann ad v. 318]

b. κεχλάδοντας ἥβᾳ: πλήθοντας. κυρίως δὲ χλῆδος ἡ μετὰ ἤχου τῶν ὑδάτων ῥύσις, μιμητικῶς εἰρημένη, ὡς καὶ βρόμος πυρός. τῷ δὲ τῆς ἑρμηνείας σχήματι πλειστάκις Ἀλκμὰν κέχρηται. ἐπὰν γὰρ περὶ δυοῖν ποιῆται τὸν λόγον, τὸ ἕτερον ὄνομα προθεὶς περὶ ἀμφοῖν ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον, εἶτα οὕτω τὸ ἕτερον προσαπέδωκεν, οἷον (fr. 9)· Κάστωρ τε, πώλων ταχέων δμητῆρες ἱππόται σοφοὶ, καὶ Πολυδεύκης κυδρός. | καὶ Ὅμηρος (E 774)· ἧχι ῥοὰς Σιμόεις συμβάλλετον ἠδὲ Σκάμανδρος. [Drachmann ad v. 318]

c. οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Εὔρυτον, Ἀντιανείρας τῆς Μενέτου. [Drachmann ad v. 318]

a. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ταχύτατοι δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἐξόρμησιν οἱ περὶ τὸ Πάγγαιον ὄρος οἰκοῦντες Βορεάδαι τοῖς ἥρωσι συνεστέλλοντο. [Drachmann ad v. 319]

a. καὶ γὰρ ἑκών: καὶ γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἑκὼν ψυχῇ προσηνεστάτῃ ταχέως ἐκέλευσεν ὁ τῶν ἀνέμων βασιλεὺς Βορέας. [Drachmann ad v. 321]

b. ἴσως δὲ τὰ ὀνόματα πεποιημένα ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός. [Drachmann ad v. 321]

a. Ζήταν Κάλαΐν τε: οἱονεὶ Ζαήτην, ὅ ἐστιν ἄγαν ἄοντα καὶ πνέοντα, καὶ Κάλαϊν οἷον καλῶς ἄοντα. τινὲς δὲ ἀναιροῦσι τὸν τῶν Βορεαδῶν μῦθον οὐ βουλόμενοι αὐτοὺς εἶναι πτερωτοὺς, ταχυτάτους δὲ εἶναι καὶ ὠκύτητι τῶν ποδῶν διαφέροντας, καὶ τὴν Ὠρείθυιαν οὐχ ὅτι Βορέας ἥρπασεν, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι ἀνὴρ τῶν ἐν Θρᾴκῃ ἐνδόξων. Βορείους δὲ ἐκάλουν οἱ Ἕλληνες τοὺς τὴν Θρᾴκην οἰκοῦντας διὰ τὰ τοῦ Βορέου πνεύματα. ἐπεμίγνυντο δὲ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οἱ περὶ Ζήτην καὶ Κάλαϊν καὶ ἠγωνίζοντο διὰ τὴν πρὸς Ἀθηναίους συγγένειαν, καὶ ἐκαλοῦντο ἀπὸ τῶν τόπων Βορεάδαι. [Drachmann ad v. 324]

a. πεφρίκοντας: διακινοῦντας· φρὶξ γὰρ κυρίως ἡ ἠρεμαία κίνησις τῶν κυμάτων. μυθικὸν δέ τι ἀνέπλασεν ἐπτερῶσθαι φήσας τοὺς Βορεάδας, καὶ ἴσως ἀλληγορικώτερον ὁ μῦθος ἔχει διὰ τὰς ταχείας τοῦ πατρὸς πνοάς. [Drachmann ad v. 325]

a. πόθον ἔνδαιεν: ἤγουν ἐνέκαιεν ἐπιθυμίαν τοῦ ἐμβῆναι. [Drachmann ad v. 328]

b. πόθον ἔνδαιεν: ἐπέκαιε δὲ καὶ ἐνέβαλλεν ἐπιθυμίαν τοῖς ἥρωσιν ἡ Ἥρα τοῦ Ἀργώου σκάφους, ὥστε μή τινα ἀπολειπόμενον ἀκινδύνως καὶ ἀδόξως τὸν αἰῶνα παρὰ μητρὶ μένοντα διαιτᾶσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 328]

a. τὰν ἀκίνδυνον: μὴ ἔξωθεν κινδύνου ἕκαστον παρὰ τῇ μητρὶ διαιτᾶσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 330]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἰέναι δὲ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐποίει ἡ Ἥρα, μὴ μένειν ἀδόξως παρὰ τῇ μητρὶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ θανάτῳ τῆς ἰδίας ἀρετῆς κάλλιστον φάρμακον τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα εὐδοξίαν σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις ὁμήλιξιν εὑρέσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 330]

a. θηλυκῶς ὁ Πίνδαρος τὴν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὸ ἴδιον ἔθος ἐξήνεγκε. [Drachmann ad v. 331]

a. φάρμακον θανάτου ἡ ἀρετὴ καὶ ἡ εὔκλεια. [Drachmann ad v. 332]

b. ἀντὶ τοῦ παραμυθίαν τοῦ θανάτου ταύτην εὑρεῖν, τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλεῦσαι ἀρετήν. [Drachmann ad v. 332]

a. ἐς δ᾿ Ἰωλκόν: ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατέβη εἰς τὴν Ἰωλκὸν τὸ τῶν ναυτῶν ἀπάνθισμα, τουτέστιν οἱ Ἀργοναῦται. τὸ δὲ κατέβα ἀντὶ τοῦ κατῆλθε, καὶ πυκνῶς αὐτῷ χρῆται, τῷ καταβῆναι ἀντὶ τοῦ παραγενέσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 334]

a. λέξατο: ἤτοι κατέλεξε καὶ κατελόχισεν, ἢ ἠρίθμησεν· ἐν δ᾿ ἡμέας πρώτους λέγε κήτεσιν (δ 452)· καὶ τὸ ὡρολόγιον ὡράριθμόν ἐστιν, ἐν ᾧ τὰς ὥρας ἀριθμοῦμεν. [Drachmann ad v. 336]

a. καί ῥά οἱ μάντις: καὶ δὴ τῷ Ἰάσονι ὁ μαντικώτατος Μόψος ὄρνισί τε καὶ κλήροις μαντευόμενος προθύμως ἐνεβίβασε τῷ σκάφει τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας, αἴσιον γενέσθαι δηλονότι φήσας τὸν ἀπόπλουν. [Drachmann ad v. 337]

a. ὀρνίχεσσι καὶ κλάροισι: ταῖς μαντείαις χρησάμενος ὁ Μόψος ἐνεβίβασε τὸν στρατὸν προθύμως. | εἰώθασι δὲ διὰ κλήρων μαντεύεσθαι· οἷον, ἐὰν βάλλοντός μου τόδε ἀναβῇ, ἀποτελεσθήσεται τόδε· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ, οὐκ ἀποτελεσθήσεται. | καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἀστράγαλοι κεῖνται, οἷς διαμαντεύονται βάλλοντες αὐτούς. | κατ᾿ ἐνίους δὲ τρισὶν ἐχρήσαντο μάντεσιν οἱ Ἀργοναῦται, Μόψῳ τῷ Ἄμπυκος, Ἴδμονι τῷ Ἄβαντος, Ἀμφιαράῳ τῷ Ὀϊκλέους. [Drachmann ad v. 338]

b. κλάροισιν: ἰστέον ὅτι κλήροις τοπρὶν ἐμαντεύοντο, καὶ ἦσαν ἐπὶ τῶν ἱερῶν τραπεζῶν ἀστράγαλοι, οἷς ῥίπτοντες ἐμαντεύοντο. [Drachmann ad v. 338]

a. ἐπεὶ δ᾿ ἐμβόλου: ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοῦ ἐμβόλου ἄνωθεν τὰς ἀγκύρας ἐκρέμασαν ἀποπλεῖν λοιπὸν μέλλοντες, χρυσῆν φιάλην ἐν χερσὶν ἔχων ὁ τῆς νεὼς ἡγεμὼν Ἰάσων κατὰ τὴν πρύμναν ἐπισπένδων τὸν τῶν θεῶν πατέρα Δία καὶ τὰς τῆς θαλάσσης ὁδοὺς καὶ τὰς τῆς εὐφροσύνης ἡμέρας αἰτίας ἐκάλει, καὶ τὴν προσφιλεστάτην μοῖραν τῆς ἐπανόδου, τουτέστιν τέστιν ἐπαναπλεύσασθαι ἠξίου. [Drachmann ad v. 341]

b. ἄλλως· ἐμβόλου: τοῦ ξύλου εἰς ὃ ἀναδεσμοῦσι τὴν ἄγκυραν. οὐκ ἦν δὲ κατὰ τοὺς ἥρωας τοῦτο· διό φαμεν ἰδίως τεθεικέναι τὸν Πίνδαρον. κοινότατον δέ ἐστιν ὅτι ἀποπλεῖν μέλλοντες ἀνέλκουσι τὰς ἀγκύρας καὶ τῆς νεὼς ἐξαρτῶσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 341]

a. ἀγκύρας: τοῦτο ἰδίως φησὶν ὁ Πίνδαρος· οὐ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγκύραις ἐκέχρηντο, ἀλλὰ λίθοις, ὥς φησι καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος (I 1277, al.). [Drachmann ad v. 342]

a. πατέρ᾿ Οὐρανιδᾶν: τὸν Δία. διατί δὲ πρῶτον ἐπισπένδων τῇ θαλάσσῃ Διῒ καὶ οὐ Ποσειδῶνι ἔθυσεν ὁ Ἰάσων; εἰκότως παρὰ τὸ Ἀράτειον (ph. 2)· μεσταὶ δὲ Διὸς πᾶσαι μὲν ἀγυιαί, πᾶσαι δ᾿ ἀνθρώπων ἀγοραὶ, μεσταὶ δὲ θάλασσαι καὶ λιμένες. [Drachmann ad v. 344]

b. ἐγχεικέραυνον δὲ Ζῆνα, τὸν τῷ κεραυνῷ ἀντὶ ἔγχους χρώμενον· βέλος γὰρ τοῦτο τοῦ Διὸς διδόασιν, ὡς τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος τὴν τρίαιναν καὶ Διονύσου τὸν θύρσον. [Drachmann ad v. 344]

a. ἐκ νεφέων δέ οἱ: ἐκ δὲ νεφῶν βροντήσας ὁ. Ζεὺς αἴσιον σύμβολον αὐτῷ ἐδίδου τῆς ὁδοῦ. ἀστράπτων ἐπιδέξι᾿, ἐναίσιμα (B 353). [Drachmann ad v. 350]

a. ἐκ δὲ τῆς βροντῆς ἀντιλάμψεις καὶ λαμπηδόνες ἐγένόντο. ὅταν γὰρ βροντήσῃ, ἀστράπτει. [Drachmann ad v. 352]

a. ἀμπνοὰν δ᾿ ἥρωες: ἀναπνεύσαντες δὲ οἱ ἥρωες ἔστησαν σημείοις, τοῖς τοῦ Διὸς δηλονότι, πειθόμενοι, ὡς πρὸ τούτου ἀγωνιώντων αὐτῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 354]

b. ἀμπνοὰν δὲ ἔστησαν, περιφραστικῶς ἀνέπνευσαν. [Drachmann ad v. 354]

a. κάρυξε δ᾿ αὐτοῖς: ἀνεκήρυξε δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ μάντις σπουδαιότερον ἐμβαλεῖν ταῖς κώπαις καὶ ἐρέττειν, ἡδείας ὑποφαίνων ἐλπίδας· ἡ δὲ κωπηλασία ἐχώρει ἐκ τῶν ταχειῶν χειρῶν τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν, ἄκορος οὖσα. ἐκ δὲ τούτου τὸ ἄγαν αὐτῶν κατὰ τὴν εἰρεσίαν πρόθυμον ἐμφαίνει. [Drachmann ad v. 356]

a. ἐνίπτων: λέγων. καὶ Ὅμηρος ἐνίψω φησίν. [Drachmann ad v. 358]

b. ἐνίψαι δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν· ὡς οὐ τοῦτον ἐγώ ποτε μῦθον ἐνίψω (β 137). [Drachmann ad v. 358]

a. εἰρεσία δ᾿ ὑπεχώρησεν: ἡ εἰρεσία ἐχώρησεν αὐτοῖς, τουτέστι προέβη αὐτοῖς ἡ εἰρεσία. [Drachmann ad v. 359]

a. ἄκορος δὲ, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐλάμβανον κόρον ἐλαύνοντες. ἀλλ᾿ ἦσαν πρόθυμοι. [Drachmann ad v. 360]

a. σὺν νότου δ᾿ αὕραις: σὺν δὲ ταῖς τοῦ νότου πνοαῖς εἰς τὸ ἄξεινον τοῦ πόντου στόμα παρεγένοντο, ἔνθα καὶ προκαθιερωμένον εὑρόντες βωμὸν ἔκτισαν καὶ αὐτοὶ Ποσειδῶνος τέμενος, καὶ δεξάμενοι Θρᾳκικοὺς ταύρους πυρροὺς τὴν χροιὰν ἱερούργησαν τῷ θεῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 361]

a. φοίνισσα δὲ, πυρρὰ, ἀπὸ τοῦ χρώματος. [Drachmann ad v. 365]

b. τὸ δὲ σημεῖον, ὅτι φοίνισσαν εἶπεν ἀπὸ τοῦ φοινικέου σχηματίσας. [Drachmann ad v. 365]

c. Ὅμηρος μέντοι οἰκείως τῇ τοῦ ὕδατος φύσει καὶ τῷ Ποσειδῶνι ἀπονέμει τὰ θύματα (γ 6)· ταύρους παμμέλανας ἐνοσίχθονι κυανοχαίτῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 365]

a. ταύρων ὑπᾶρχεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡγεῖτο τῆς καθιδρύσεως. [Drachmann ad v. 366]

a. μεταφορικῶς δὲ λέγει βωμοῖο θέναρ τὸ πλάτος αὐτοῦ· τῶν γὰρ χειρῶν θέναρ καλοῦσι τὸ πλατύ. τὸ δὲ ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεῖναι πεποίηται τὸ ὄνομα ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ θένειν ἐν αὐτῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 367]

b. ἄλλως· βωμοῖο θέναρ. τὸ τοῦ βωμοῦ κοίλωμα τὸ ὑποδεχόμενον τὰ θύματα. [Drachmann ad v. 367]

c. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ ὑπῆρχεν ἀκουστέον· ὑπῆρχε βωμοῖο θέναρ, κατὰ περίφρασιν ὁ βωμὸς, καὶ ὑπῆρχεν ἀγέλη Θρᾳκικῶν ταύρων. [Drachmann ad v. 367]

a. ἐς δὲ κίνδυνον βαθὺν ἱέμενοι: ἐς δὲ τὸν ὑψηλότατον κίνδυνον προθυμίαν ἔχοντες καὶ σπουδὴν τὸν τῶν νεῶν ἔφορον καὶ δεσπότην καθικέτευον τῶν συνδρομάδων πετρῶν ἐκφυγεῖν τὴν ἀκαταμάχητον δύναμιν καὶ κίνησιν καὶ μὴ καταληφθῆναι ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν. φασὶ δὲ τὰς Κυανέας πέτρας πάλαι ἐπικινεῖσθαι τῷ πελάγει καὶ συμπίπτειν ἀλλήλαις. [Drachmann ad v. 368]

a. συνδρόμων κινηθμόν: Ὅμηρος μὲν ἐκτοπίζει τὸν Ἰάσονος πλοῦν (μ 69)· οἴη δὴ κείνη γε παρέπλω ποντοπόρος νηῦς, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· οἱ δὲ νεώτεροι πόντον ὑφίστανται δύο νησίδια σκοπελοειδῆ ἀλλήλοις συρρηγνύμενα. καὶ ἴσως Ὅμηρος οὐδὲ αὐτὰς τὰς πέτρας ἐπικυλίεσθαί φησιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ κύματα ἐγειρόμενα μεταξὺ ταῖς πέτραις προσρήσσειν τὰς ναῦς. φησὶ γοῦν (μ 71)· καί νύ κε τὴν ἔνθ᾿ ὦκα βάλεν μεγάλας ποτὶ πέτρας, ὅτι τὴν ναῦν προσέρρηξεν ἂν τῇ πέτρᾳ τὸ κῦμα, καὶ οὐκ αὐτὴ ἡ πέτρα συνεκρότησε τῇ ἑτέρᾳ· οἱ δὲ νεώτεροι συντρέχειν φασίν. ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος προστερατεύεταί τι λέγων ὅτι δίδυμαι ἦσαν ζωαί. [Drachmann ad v. 370]

a. δίδυμαι ζωαί: ζώσας αὐτὰς εἶπε διὰ τὴν κίνησιν. ἔστι δὲ διθυραμβικὸν τὸ τῆς τοιαύτης ἑρμηνείας· πολλάκις γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸ κοῦφον ἀνάγονται. [Drachmann ad v. 371]

a. κυλινδέσκοντό τε: ἐπεκυλίοντο δὲ ἀλλήλαις αἱ πέτραι ταχύτερον ἤπερ αἱ τῶν ἠχητικῶν ἀνέμων πνοαί. [Drachmann ad v. 372]

a. ἀνέμων στίχες: τάξεις καὶ ὁρμαί. ἴσως δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ στίζειν τὴν θάλασσαν· στιγμῇ γὰρ ἔοικε τὸ φρικάζον. καὶ Ὅμηρος (Ξ 16)· ὡς δ᾿ ὅτε πορφύρει πέλαγος μέγα. [Drachmann ad v. 373]

b. ἀλλ᾿ ἤδη τελευτάν: ἀλλὰ λοιπὸν τελευτὴν καὶ θάνατον αὐταῖς ταῖς πέτραις ὁ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν πλοῦς ἐπήγαγεν. οἰκείως δὲ τελευτὰν ἐπήγαγεν, ὡς πρὸς τὸ ζωάς· καὶ γὰρ εἵμαρτο διαπλευσάσης νεὼς ῥιζωθῆναι τὰς πέτρας τῷ πελάγει. [Drachmann ad v. 373]

c. ἄλλως· ὥσπερ διὰ τὴν κίνησιν ζωὰς αὐτὰς εἶπεν, οὕτω διὰ τὴν στάσιν τῆς κινήσεως τελευτὴν ἐπήγαγεν. [Drachmann ad v. 373]

a. ἐς Φᾶσιν δ᾿ ἔπειτεν: ἔπειτα εἰς τὸν Φᾶσιν ποταμὸν ἦλθον παρ᾿ αὐτῷ τῷ ταχεῖ Αἰήτῃ, ἔνθα τοῖς καταπληκτικοῖς Κόλχοις τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἰσχὺν προσήγαγον καὶ προσέμιξαν, περιφραστικῶς παρεγένοντο. [Drachmann ad v. 376]

b. Φᾶσις δὲ ποταμὸς Σκυθίας τῆς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν· ἔστι γὰρ καὶ ἑτέρα Εὐρώπης πλησίον τῆς Μαιώτιδος λίμνης καὶ τοῦ Τανάιδος ποταμοῦ. τούτου καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος μνημονεύει (2, 401)· Φᾶσις δινήεις εὐρὺν ῥόον εἰς ἅλα βάλλει. 381 a B [Drachmann ad v. 376]

a. κελαινώπεσσιν: οἱ μὲν τοῖς καταπληκτικοῖς τὴν ὄψιν· τὸ γὰρ κελαινὸν ἐπὶ τῆς καταπλήξεως λαμβάνουσιν· οἱ δὲ, ὅτι Αἰγυπτίων ἄποικοί εἰσιν οἱ Σκύθαι, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μελανόχροας αὐτοὺς εἶναι λέγουσιν. δοκοῦσι δὲ καὶ Αἰγυπτίων εἶναι ἄποικοι. ἔχουσι δὲ καὶ λινουργοῦσι τὴν καλάμην, ὤσπερ Αἰγύπτιοι. Καλλίμαχος (fr. 265)· Κολχίδος ἐκ καλάμης. [Drachmann ad v. 377]

a. μίξαν Αἰήτᾳ: ἀντὶ τοῦ συνῆλθον, ἐπιμιχθῆναι ἐποίησαν τὴν ἑαυτῶν βίαν ἐκείνοις. [Drachmann ad v. 379]

b. τουτέστιν ἐμίγησαν αὐτοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 379]

a. πότνια δ᾿ ὀξυτάτων: ἡ δὲ δέσποινα τῶν ὀξυτάτων βελῶν τὴν ποικίλην τῇ τριχώσει ἴυγγα τὴν τετράκνημον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταγαγοῦσα ἐν τῷ ἀλύτῳ ὑποζεύξασα τροχῷ συνέπραττε τῷ Ἰάσονι. [Drachmann ad v. 380]

b. ὀξυτάτων δὲ βελέων τῶν ἐρωτικῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 380]

a. ἐκa. ποικίλαν ἴυγγα τετράκναμον: ἴυγξ ὄρνεον πεποικιλμένον τῇ τριχώσει, μακροτράχηλον, γλῶσσαν ἔχον ἐπιπολὺ ἐκτεταμένην, πυκνῶς περιστρεφόμενον καὶ περιδινοῦν τὸν τράχηλον. τοῦτο τὸ ὄρνεον δοκοῦσιν αἱ φαρμακίδες εὐθετεῖν αὐταῖς εἰς τὰς ἐρωτικὰς ἐπῳδάς· λαμβάνουσαι γὰρ αὐτὸ δεσμεύουσιν ἐκ τροχοῦ τινος, ὃν περιρρομβοῦσιν ἅμα ἐπᾴδουσαι. οἱ δέ φασιν, ὅτι τὰ ἔντερα αὐτοῦ ἐξελκύσασαι καθάπτουσι τῷ τροχῷ. ταύτην οὖν, φησὶ, τὴν ἴυγγα πρῶτον Ἀφροδίτη ἐκ τοῦ Ὀλύμπου ἤνεγκεν εἰς ἀνθρώπους καὶ ἔδωκεν Ἰάσονι, καὶ ἐδίδαξεν αὐτὸν τὰς ἐπῳδὰς τὰς ἐρωτικὰς, ἵν᾿ ἐκμήνας τὴν Μήδειαν ποιήσῃ συμμαχεῖν αὐτῷ. κνῆμαι δὲ τὰ μέσα τῶν τροχῶν ξύλα. ἔστι δὲ καὶ μεταφορικῶς ἀκοῦσαι τὰς πτέρυγας πόδας εἰρημένας, καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἀνάλογον δηλονότι. οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς ἐκδεσμεύεται ἐκ τοῦ τροχοῦ τετρακνήμου ὄντος, ἀλλ᾿ ἄνωθεν μὲν τῶν δύο πτερύγων, κάτωθεν δὲ ἐκ τῶν δυεῖν ποδῶν. τινὲς δὲ τετρακνήμον᾿ ἀνέγνωσαν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ, ἐν τῷ τετρακνήμονι κύκλῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 381]

b. ζητεῖται, πῶς τετράκνημον τὴν ἴυγγά φησιν· οὐδὲ γὰρ λόγου ἔχεται κατὰ τοῦ τροχοῦ ἀκούειν· οὐδὲ γὰρ τετράκνημον κύκλῳ. ῥητέον οὖν, ὅτι κατά τινας ὁμωνύμως ὁ τροχὸς τῷ ζῴῳ ἴυγξ λέγεται, ὅν φασιν ἔχειν τέσσαρας κνήμας. ἔστι δὲ καὶ μεταφορικῶς νοῆσαι, ὡς προείπομεν. [Drachmann ad v. 381]

a. λιτάς τ᾿ ἐπαοιδάς: τὰς δὲ φαρμακευτικὰς ἐπαοιδὰς ἐξεδίδαξεν ἡ Ἀφροδίτη τὸν σοφὸν Ἰάσονα. [Drachmann ad v. 385]

b. λιτάς τ᾿ ἐπαοιδάς: λιτανευτικὰς, καθὸ οἱ ταῖς ἐπαοιδαῖς χρώμενοι λιτανεύουσι τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ εὔχονταί τινα γενέσθαι αὐτοῖς. πρὸς τί οὖν ἐδίδαξε τὰς ἐπαοιδάς; ἵνα ἡ Μήδεια, ἣν προσεφέρετο αἰδῶ πρὸς τοὺς γονεῖς, ταύτην μὴ κατέχῃ, ἀλλ᾿ ἀναιδὴς γενομένη καταλίπῃ μὲν αὐτοὺς, πρόσθηται δὲ τῷ ξένῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 385]

a. ποθεινὰ δ᾿ Ἑλλάς: ἡ ποθεινὴ δὲ Ἑλλὰς αὐτὴν τῇ τῆς Πειθοῦς μάστιγι κατὰ τὴν φρένα καιομένην διακινοίη καὶ παρασκευάσαι συναπᾶραι τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις. [Drachmann ad v. 388]

a. καὶ τάχα πείρατ᾿ ἀέθλων: καὶ ταχέως τῷ Ἰάσονι ἡ Μήδεια ὑπετίθετο τὰ πέρατα καὶ τὰ τέλη τῶν ἄθλων, ὧν ἔμελλεν αὐτῷ ἐπιτάττειν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς Αἰήτης. [Drachmann ad v. 391]

a. σὺν δ᾿ ἐλαίῳ: ἡ Μήδεια κατέχρισε τὸν Ἰάσονα διὰ τοὺς πυρπνόους ταύρους. πρῶτον γὰρ ὁ Αἰήτης ζεύξας αὐτοὺς καὶ καταγωνισάμενος προέθηκε τῷ Ἰάσονι· ἵνα οὖν μηδὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς πάσχῃ, φάρμακα ἐλαίῳ μίξασα ἔδωκεν Ἰάσονι ἡ Μήδεια. [Drachmann ad v. 393]

a. ἀντίτομα δὲ εἶπε τὰ ἀλεξιφάρμακα κατὰ μεταφορὰν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ῥιζοτόμων· ἁπλούστερον γὰρ τῇ ἰατρικῇ χρώμενοι τὰ πολλὰ τῶν παθημάτων ῥίζαις ἀπεθεράπευον, ἃς τέμνοντες ἐπετίθεσαν, ὡς Πάτροκλος (Λ 846)· ἐπὶ δὲ ῥίζαν βάλε πικρήν χερσὶ διατρίψας. [Drachmann ad v. 394]

a. καταίνησάν τε: κατῄνεσαν δὲ καὶ συνέθεντο κοινὸν ποιῆσαι τὸν γάμον τὸν γλυκὺν καὶ ἀλλήλοις μιγῆναι. [Drachmann ad v. 395]

a. ἀλλ᾿ ὅτ᾿ Αἰήτας: ὅτε δὲ ὁ Αἰήτης ἐν μέσοις τὸ ἀδαμάντινον κατέθηκεν ἄροτρον καὶ τοὺς βοῦς, οἵτινες φλόγα ἀπέπνεον τῶν ξανθῶν γενύων καιομένου πυρὸς, καὶ ταῖς χαλκαῖς αὐτῶν ὁπλαῖς ἐπέξεον καὶ ἐπεχάραττον τὴν γῆν ἐπιστρεφόμενοι κατὰ τὴν πορείαν." [Drachmann ad v. 398]

b. ἀδαμάντινον: οἱ μὲν ὡς ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἀδάμαντος φύσεως τὸ ἰσχυρὸν ἤκουσαν, οἱ δὲ ὅτι ἀληθῶς ἐξ ἀδάμαντος ἦν. [Drachmann ad v. 398]

c. εἶχε γὰρ ὁ Αἰήτης χαλκόποδας ταύρους, οἳ τοὺς προσπελάζοντας κατέκαιον προχέοντες πῦρ τῶν μυκτήρων, οὓς ὁ Αἰήτης καταζεύξας εἰς μέσον ἤγαγε καὶ ἠροτρίασε τὴν γῆν, εἶτα λύσας ἐκέλευσε τὸν Ἰάσονα ζευγνύειν. [Drachmann ad v. 398]

d. οκλῆςκαοι χαd. ἄλλως· τοὺς πυρίπνους ταύρους Ἀντίμαχος ἐν Λύδῃ (fr. 9) Ἡφαιστοτεύκτους λέγει. καὶ Σοφ...... δὲ χαλκοῦς βοῦς ἀδερμάτους φησίν· χαλκοσκελεῖς γὰρ......... ἐν ἐκπνέουσι πνευμάτων ἄπο· φλέγει δὲ μυκτὴρ, ὥσ.... (Soph. fr. 312) ὶ Ἀπολλώνιος (3, 409)· δύω πεδίον τὸ Ἀρήϊον ἀμφινέμονται ταῦρλκόποδες, στόματι φλόγα φυσιόωντες. [Drachmann ad v. 398]

a. σκίμψατο: ἤρεισεν, ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κατέθηκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 399]

a. ὁπλαῖς ἀμειβόμενοι: οἱ ταῦροι προβαίνοντες. τὸ γὰρ ἀμειβόμενοι οὕτως ἀκουστέον· τοὺς πόδας ἐναλλάσσοντες κατὰ τὴν πορείαν. [Drachmann ad v. 402]

a. ὀρθὰς δ᾿ αὔλακας: τὰς εὐθείας τοῦ ἀρότρου τομὰς· διὸ καὶ αὔλακες εἴρηνται παρὰ τὸν αὐλόν. πᾶν δὲ ἐπίμηκες οὕτω φασίν. [Drachmann ad v. 404]

a. ἐντανύσαις: ἐντείνας δὲ ἤλαυνε, καὶ ἐπ᾿ εὐθείας ἔτεμνε τὰς αὔλακας, καθ᾿ ἃς ὀργυιὰν (μέτρον δέ ἐστιν) ἔσχιζε τὴν γῆν εἰς βάθος κάτω τῷ ἀρότρῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 405]

a. ἀναβωλακίας δ᾿ ὀργυιάν: μέτρον τι ἡ ὀργυιά. φησὶν οὖν, ὅτι διέτεμνε τὰς αὔλακας ὀργυιᾶς μέτρον ἐχούσας κατὰ τὸ βάθος. [Drachmann ad v. 406]

b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· τῆς δὲ ἀναβωλακίας γῆς τὸν νῶτον ἔσχιζεν ἐπ᾿ ὀργυιάν. ἀναβωλακίας δὲ, τῆς ἐν τῇ τμήσει τοὺς βώλους ἀναπεμπούσης. [Drachmann ad v. 406]

a. ἔειπε δ᾿ ὧδε: ὁ νοῦς· οὕτω δὲ ἔλεγεν ὁ Αἰήτης· τοῦτο τὸ τῆς γεωργίας ἔργον ἐμοὶ τελειώσας ὃς τῆς νεὼς προηγεῖται, τὴν ἄφθαρτον στρωμνὴν τὸ κῶας ἀφαιρείσθω, τὸ κάλλιστον ὂν τῇ χρυσῇ μαλλώσει. [Drachmann ad v. 407]

a. ἄφθιτον στρωμνάν: τὸ κῶας, ὅτι τοπαλαιὸν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐκοιμῶντο. [Drachmann ad v. 410]

b. ἄλλως· ἄφθιτον στρωμνὴν εἶπε τὸ δέρος τοῦ κριοῦ, τὸ κώδιον· οἱ γὰρ ἀρχαῖοι ὑπεστρώννυντο τὰ κώδια, ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ κῶμα ὁ ὕπνος, διὰ τὸ ἐπὶ κωδίων αὐτοὺς κοιμᾶσθαι. Ἀριστοφάνης (eq. 400)· εἴ σε μὴ μισῶ, γενοίμην ἓν Κρατίνου κώδιον. [Drachmann ad v. 410]

c. ἄφθιτον δὲ αὐτὸ εἶπε, καθὸ χρυσοῦν ἦν· ὁ δὲ χρυσὸς ἄφθαρτος. καὶ ἡ Σαπφώ (fr. 142)..... ὅτι Διὸς παῖς ὁ χρυσός, κεῖνον οὐ σὴς οὐδὲ κὶς δάπτει, βροτεᾶν † φρένα κράτιστον φρενῶν (Pind. fr. 222). [Drachmann ad v. 410]

a. θυσάνῳ: τῷ μαλλῷ. θύσανοι γὰρ οἱ κροσσοὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ θύσσεσθαι καὶ παραιωρεῖσθαι· νῦν δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν μαλλῶν τέταχε· καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι θύσσονται διὰ τὸ εὐτραφές. [Drachmann ad v. 411]

a. ὣς ἄρ᾿ αὐδάσαντος ἀπὸ κροκόεν: ἢ τὸ κροκοβαφές, ἢ τὸ ὑφαντὸν παρὰ τὴν κρόκην. [Drachmann ad v. 412]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀπορρίψας δὲ ὁ Ἰάσων τὸ κροκωτὸν ἱμάτιον, πειθόμενος δὲ καὶ πεποιθὼς τῇ Ἀφροδίτῃ εἴχετο τοῦ ἔργου τοῦ ἀροτριᾶν. ἦν δὲ θεῷ πίσυνος, τῷ Ἔρωτί φησιν ἢ τῇ Ἀφροδίτῃ ἢ τῷ Διί. [Drachmann ad v. 412]

a. πῦρ δέ νιν οὐκ αἰόλει: πῶς τὸ πῦρ οὐκ ἐτάρασσε τὸν Ἰάσονα, ὁ μὲν Πίνδαρος οὐκ ἐξέθετο· ἡ δὲ ἱστορία οὕτως. ἐκέλευσεν ἡ Μήδεια τῷ Ἰάσονι μὴ ἐλαύνειν πρὸς τὸν ἀντιφυσῶντα ἄνεμον τοὺς βόας, ἴνα μὴ τὸ πῦρ ἀντικειμένης τῆς πνοῆς [βλάψῃ τοῦτον, ἀλλ᾿] ὄπισθεν φερομένης ὥσπερ συντρεχούσης καὶ ὀξυνούσης εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν τὴν τῆς φλογὸς ἀποφύσησιν· ἐκέλευσε δὲ καὶ συμπεράσαντα τὴν αὔλακα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐκείνης τέλους μὴ ἄρχεσθαι, ὅπερ ἔθος τοῖς ἀροτριῶσιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἀναποδίσαντα οὕτω πάλιν ἄρχεσθαι διὰ τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ἀντικείμενα, ὡς ἔφαμεν. [Drachmann ad v. 414]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τὸ δὲ πῦρ αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐτάρασσε ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τῆς Μηδείας πεισθέντα. αἰόλλειν δὲ τὸ ταράσσειν. αἰόλησις γὰρ ἡ κινήσις. ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (υ 27)· αἰόλλει, μάλα δ᾿ ὦκα λιλαίεται ὀπτηθῆναι. [Drachmann ad v. 414]

a. ξείνας ἐφετμαῖς: ταῖς μαγείαις, ἃς ἐπετείλατο τῷ πυρὶ. ἢ ὅτι ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ τούτοις τοῖς φαρμάκοις ἀλειψάμενον οὕτως ἔρχεσθαι, καὶ ἐσῴζετο αὐτῆς ταῖς ἐντολαῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 415]

a. σπασάμενος δ᾿ ἄροτρον: ὁ νοῦς· σπασάμενος δὲ ὁ Ἰάσων τὸ ἄροτρον καὶ δήσας τοῖς βοείοις λώροις καὶ ταῖς τοῦ ζυγοῦ ἀνάγκαις τοὺς αὐχένας αὐτῶν ἐμβαλὼν ἤλαυνεν. [Drachmann ad v. 416]

a. βοείοις δήσας: τοῖς ἐκ βοείων δερμάτων λώροις. [Drachmann ad v. 417]

b. ἤτοι ἀνάγκας ἔντεσιν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ περιφραστικῶς τῇ ἀνάγκῃ· ἢ ἀνάγκῃ, ἵνα λείπῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ, τῇ ἐκ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἰσχύος ἀνάγκῃ. ὀρθῶς δὲ τὸ ἀνάγκας· οὐ γὰρ ἑκουσίως ταῦτα τὰ ζῷα ἀροῖ καὶ πονεῖ, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τῆς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἀνάγκης ἐπιτιθεμένης αὐτοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 417]

a. ἐριπλεύρῳ φυᾷ: τῇ μεγαλοπλεύρῳ φύσει τῶν ταύρων. [Drachmann ad v. 419]

a. κέντρον αἰανές: ἤτοι ὀδυνηρὸν παρὰ τὸν αἰαγμόν· αἰάζειν γὰρ τὸ θρηνεῖν· ἢ παρὰ τὴν αἶαν, τὸ μέγα· τὰ γὰρ μεγάλα τῇ γῇ εἰκάζομεν. [Drachmann ad v. 420]

a. ἴυξε δ᾿ ἀφωνήτῳ: ἀνεστέναξεν. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐστέναξε δὲ λαθραίως κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ὁ Αἰήτης τὴν τοῦ Ἰάσονος δύναμιν θαυμάσας. [Drachmann ad v. 422]

b. ἀφωνήτῳ περ ἔμπας: καίπερ τοιούτῳ ἄχει πληγεὶς [ἀφώνῳ], καθ᾿ ὃ οὐκ ἄν τις φωνὴν ἀφείη, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκσταίη, ὅμως ἀνεβόησε θαυμάσας. [Drachmann ad v. 422]

a. ποίας ἔρεπτον: κυρίως τὸ ἐρέπτειν ἐπὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων τάττεται, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῇ ἔρᾳ, τουτέστι τῇ γῇ ἐσθίουσιν. ὡς Ὅμηρος (Θ 560)· ἵπποι δὲ κρῖ λευκὸν ἐρεπτόμενοι καὶ ὀλύρας. νῦν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔρεφον ἔλαβε, τουτέστιν ἐστέγουν, ἐστεφάνουν. [Drachmann ad v. 427]

b. ἄλλως· τὸ παλαιὸν ἐφυλλοβόλουν τοὺς νικηφόρους τοῖς τῆς γῆς χλωροῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 427]

a. αὐτίκα δ᾿ Ἀελίου: εὐθέως δὲ ὁ τοῦ Ἡλίου παῖς Αἰήτης τὸ χρυσόμαλλον κῶας ὑπεδείκνυε τῷ Ἰάσονι, ἔνθα αὐτὸ ἐξέτειναν αἱ τοῦ Φρίξου μάχαιραι. [Drachmann ad v. 428]

a. ὅτιΦρίξου μάχαιραι: τουτέστιν ἡ περὶ τὸ ἐκδέρειν τοῦ Φρίξου ἐνέργεια· Φυξίῳ γὰρ Διῒ τὸ δέρος ἀνιέρωσεν. τὸ δὲ χ΄ ὑπὸ τοῦ Φρίξου φησὶν ἀνατεθῆναι τῷ Ἄρει τὸ τοῦ χρυσομάλλου κριοῦ δέρος. [Drachmann ad v. 431]

a. κεῖτο γὰρ λόχμᾳ: τῷ δασεῖ τῆς ὕλης· λόχμη γὰρ τὸ δάσος. καὶ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (τ 439)· ἔνθα δ᾿ ἄρ᾿ ἐν λόχμῃ πυκινῇ κατέκειτο μέγας σῦς. [Drachmann ad v. 434]

b. λείπει δὲ ἡ ὑπό. [Drachmann ad v. 434]

c. δράκοντος δ᾿ εἴχετο: κατείχετο δὲ, φησὶ, τὸ κῶας ὑπὸ τῶν δεινοτάτων τοῦ δράκοντος γενύων, ὃς καὶ τῷ πάχει καὶ τῷ μήκει τοῦ σώματος πεντηκόντερον ναῦν κατεῖχεν· ἔνιοι δὲ, ἐμβληθεὶς ἐπλήρου ναῦν πεντηκόντερον. [Drachmann ad v. 434]

a. πάχει μάκει τε πεντηκόντερον: τουτέστιν ὑπερεῖχεν. ὁ δράκων πεντηκόντερον ναῦν ἐνίκα τῷ μεγέθει, μείζων ἦν αὐτῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 436]

b. ἢ οὕτως· εἰ ἐνέβαλες αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν πενηκόντερον ναῦν, πλήρωμα ἂν αὐτῆς ἐγένετο, ὥστε περιττεύειν τινὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ καὶ ὑπερκεῖσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 436]

a. ἃν πλαγαὶ σιδάρου: ἥντινα τὴν ναῦν συνεπέρανον αἱ τοῦ σιδήρου πληγαί. πάλιν δὲ τῷ συνήθει σχήματι κέχρηται τὸ ἑνικὸν τῷ πληθυντικῷ συζεύξας, καίτοι παρὸν εἰπεῖν τέλεσσαν. | γράφεται δὲ καὶ τέλεσσαν. [Drachmann ad v. 438]

a. κατ᾿ ἀμαξιτόν: ἀντὶ τοῦ μακρῶς λέγω τὰ ποιήματα καὶ ἐπεκτείνω. [Drachmann ad v. 439]

b. κατ᾿ ἀμαξιτόν: κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ταύτην τὴν τῶν ἐγκωμίων τοῦ Ἰάσονος πορεύεσθαι καὶ λέγειν. [Drachmann ad v. 439]

c. ὥρα γὰρ συνάπτει: καιρός με ἐπείγει, ὥστε πρὸς τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον ἀναδραμεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 439]

a. καί τινα οἶμον ἴσαμι: καί τινα οἶδα ὁδὸν βραχεῖαν, τουτέστιν οἶδα κατὰ τὰς ἐξηγήσεις καὶ βραχέα λέγειν. [Drachmann ad v. 440]

a. σοφίας ἑτέροις: ἤτοι ταύτης τῆς σοφίας, τῆς περὶ τὸ συντόμως λέγειν, καὶ ἄλλων γέγονα καθηγητὴς, ὅ ἐστι διδάσκαλος· ἢ πολλοῖς προσέσχον ἄλλοις, ὡς ἐν συντομίᾳ, ὥστε ταχέως αὐτὰ ἐξειπεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 442]

a. κτεῖνε μὲν γλαυκῶπα: ἐπισυνάπτει τῆς ἱστορίας τὸ συμπέρασμα· ὁ μὲν Ἰάσων ἀνεῖλε ταῖς τῆς Μηδείας τέχναις τὸν γλαυκόφθαλμον καὶ πεποικιλμένον ἔχοντα νῶτον ὄφιν, ὦ Ἀρκεσίλαε. [Drachmann ad v. 443]

a. κλέψε τε Μήδειαν: ἔκλεψε δὲ καὶ τὴν Μήδειαν ἑκοῦσαν, τὴν τὸν Πελίαν φονεύσασαν. [Drachmann ad v. 445]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· κατεργασάμενος μὲν τὸν ἆθλον ὁ Ἰάσων λάθρα τοῦ Αἰήτου καὶ τῶν Κόλχων ἀπέκλεψε τὴν Μήδειαν ἑκοῦσαν καὶ αὐτὴν. τὴν τῷ Πελίᾳ φόνον γενομένην· εἶτα ναυτιλλόμενοι ἐνεμίγησαν τῷ τε τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ πελάγει καὶ τῇ Ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ | καὶ τῶν Λημνίων γυναικῶν τῶν ἀνδροφόνων τῷ ἔθνει· ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἐμίγησαν. [Drachmann ad v. 445]

c. σὺν αὐτῇ, σὺν τῇ Μηδείᾳ θελούσῃ καὶ ἐνεργούσῃ· ὅπερ ἔνιοι μὴ νοοῦντες μεταγράφουσι σὺν αὐτῷ, τῷ δέρει. γίνεται δὲ παρέλκον. δεῖ οὖν· σὺν αὐτῇ βουλομένῃ ἔκλεψε, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἄψυρτον ὑπέμεινε διασπάσαι διὰ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ἴυγγος ἔρωτα Ἰάσονος. [Drachmann ad v. 445]

a. Πελιαοφόνον: ὁ Χαῖρις οὐ βούλεται συνθέτως ἀναγινώσκειν Πελιαοφόνον· ἐκ γὰρ δυοῖν τελείων ἐστὶ τοῦ Πελίαο καὶ τοῦ φόνου. γίνεται δὲ τοιαύτη σύνθεσις, ὡς μεταβάλλεσθαι τὸν τόνον· ἤτοι οὖν, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, προενεκτέον τὰν Πελιαοφονόν ὀξυτόνως, ἵν᾿ ᾖ φονευτικήν· ἢ παροξυτόνως, ἥτις ἦν τοῦ Πελίου φόνος. [Drachmann ad v. 446]

a. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· προσεπέλασαν δὲ καὶ τῷ Ὠκεανῷ καὶ τῇ Ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ. καινῶς δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος ταῦτα τὰ πελάγη ἱστορεῖ πεπλανῆσθαι τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας. [Drachmann ad v. 447]

b. ἄλλως· ἐν τ᾿ Ὠκεανοῦ: ἡ πρόθεσις περιττεύει τοῦ λόγου. εἴληφε δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸ πάντων πρῶτον γενόμενον, καὶ ἀντεστραμμένως ἔσχατον ἔθηκεν. εἰς μὲν γὰρ τὸν Ὠκεανὸν καὶ τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν εἰσέβαλον φεύγοντες ἐκ Κόλχων· ταῖς δὲ Λημνίαις ἐμίγησαν, πρὶν εἰς τὸν πόντον ἐπιπλεῦσαι. ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ γένους ἀρχὴν ἐπανέλθῃ, τὸ πρότερον ἀντεστραμμένως ὕστερον ἔθηκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 447]

a. Λημνιᾶν τ᾿ ἔθνει γυναικῶν: οὐκ ἀκολούθως. οὐ γὰρ ὑποστρέφοντες προσέβαλον τῇ Λήμνῳ, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπιόντες. [Drachmann ad v. 448]

a. ἀνδροφόνων: ἐξ ἐκείνης τῆς ἱστορίας. αἱ τῶν Λημνίων γυναῖκες ἀσεβήσασαι ἀεὶ εἰς τὴν Ἀφροδίτην διηνεκῶς ἔσχον μηνιῶσαν τὴν θεόν· μῖσος γὰρ αὐταῖς πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας προσετρίψατο, καὶ οὕτως ἐκεῖνοι πρὸς τοὺς Θρᾷκας πολεμοῦντες κἀκ τοῦ πολέμου τὰς αἰχμαλωτίδας λαβόντες παρεκοιμῶντο· ἐφ᾿ ᾧ ζηλοτυπήσασαι αἱ γυναῖκες ἐψηφίσαντο ἐκ Θρᾴκης ὑποστρέφοντας τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀνελεῖν, ὅπερ καὶ πεποιήκασιν. [Drachmann ad v. 449]

a. ἔνθα καὶ γυίων ἀέθλοις: οἱ μὲν τῶν ἱστορικῶν βούλονται τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας ἀγωνίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀναιρεθεῖσιν ἀνδράσιν, οί δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ Θόαντος..... [Drachmann ad v. 450]

b. τὸ δὲ ἔνθα, ἐν τῇ Λήμνῳ· ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἐπεδείξαντο τῶν μελῶν τὴν ἀνδρείαν καὶ τὴν κρίσιν, ἀγωνιζόμενοι περὶ ἐσθῆτος. [Drachmann ad v. 450]

a. τὸ ἐσθᾶτος ἀμφὶς ἀμφίβολον, πότερον τῆς ἐσθῆτος χωρὶς ἠγωνίσαντο, τουτέστι γυμνοὶ, ἢ τὸ ἀμφίς ἀντὶ τῆς περί δεκτέον· χρῶνται γὰρ τῇ λέξει καὶ ἐπὶ τούτου· ἵν᾿ ᾖ τὸ ἔπαθλον ἐσθὴς, ὥστε περὶ ἐσθῆτος αὐτοὺς ἠγωνίσθαι, ὃ καὶ ὑγιές ἐστι. καὶ γὰρ καὶ παρὰ Σιμωνίδῃ (fr. 205) ἐστὶν ἡ ἱστορία, ὅτι περὶ ἐσθῆτος ἠγωνίσαντο. καὶ Πίνδαρος ἐν Ὀλυμπιονίκαις (IV 20? IX 97?). [Drachmann ad v. 451]

a. ἀκτῖνας: τὸ σπέρμα. λείπει δὲ ἡ σύν ἢ ἡ ἔν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ σὺν ὄλβῳ ἢ ἐν ὄλβῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 453]

b. τουτάκις ὑμετέρας ἀκτῖνας: τηνικαῦτα δὲ τοῦ σοῦ γένους τὰς λαμπηδόνας καὶ καταβολὰς σὺν εὐδαιμονίᾳ διεδέξατο μεμοιραμένον ἦμαρ ἢ νύκτες. [Drachmann ad v. 453]

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τὸ τηνικαῦτα τοῦ σοῦ γένους ἡ καταβολὴ γέγονεν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἢ ἐν νυκτί. [Drachmann ad v. 453]

a. ἆμαρ ἢ νυκτός: τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι ἢ νυκτὸς ἢ ἡμέρας συνελθόντες ταῖς Λημνιάσι γυναιξὶν οἱ ἥρωες ἔσχον ὑμᾶς. [Drachmann ad v. 455]

b. τόθι γὰρ γένος Εὐφάμου: ἀποστρέφει τὸν λόγον πρὸς τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον, ἐπεὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ὁ πρόγονος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν Λημνίων γυναικῶν ἦν. οἱ γὰρ Ἀργοναῦται ἐν τῇ Λήμνῳ ταῖς Λημνιάσιν ἐπλησίασαν, ἐν οἷς καὶ Εὔφημος Λαμάχῃ συνελθὼν Λευκοφάνην ἐποίησεν· ἀφ᾿ ὧν Ἀριστοτέλης ὁ πρόγονος Ἀρκεσιλάου. [Drachmann ad v. 455]

c. ἄλλως· τόθι γένος: διὰ τούτων τὴν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρόθεσιν συγκεφαλαιοῖ, καθ᾿ ἣν εἶπε (vs. 67 sqq.) τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον ταῖς Μούσαις ἀποδώσειν καὶ τὸ πάγχρυσον νάκος κριοῦ· μετὰ γὰρ κεῖνο πλευσάντων Μινυῶν θεόπομποί σφισι τιμαὶ | φύτευθεν· τοῦ Εὐφήμου γεννήσαντος ἐκ τῆς Λημνίας τὸν τούτων ἀρχηγὸν τοῦ γένους. οἱ γὰρ ἀπὸ τούτων ἐκπεσόντες ἐκ Λήμνου εἰς Λακεδαίμονα παρεγένοντο, ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ἀπῴκησαν τὴν καλουμένην Καλλίστην νῆσον, Θήρα τὴν ἀποικίαν ἀγαγόντος, ἀφ᾿ οὗ Θήρα μετωνομάσθη. [Drachmann ad v. 455]

d. διαποροῦσι δὲ, διατί μόνου Εὐφήμου μνημονεύει, πολλῶν ταῖς Λημνίαις πλησιασάντων· ἐπιλύεται δὲ ὁ Δίδυμος φάσκων, ὅτι ἀπὸ Εὐφήμου τούτου ἐγένετό τις καὶ ἕτερος Εὔφημος ὁ σὺν Βάττῳ τὴν Κυρήνην κτίσας, ὃν διὰ τὴν ὁμωνυμίαν ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνου τις ὑποτοπάσει εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 455]

e. ἐγένοντο δὲ καὶ πλείους Εὔφημοι· πρῶτος ὁ Μηκιονίκης καὶ Ποσειδῶνος, δεύτερος ὁ Σάμου παῖς ἀπόγονος τοῦ πρώτου Εὐφήμου, τρίτος ὁ σὺν Βάττῳ. τέταρτος ὁ κατὰ τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον, ὃν ξενολογήσοντα ἔπεμψεν ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ τὸν Πυθικὸν ἀγῶνα ἀγνιούμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 455]

a. ἄν ποτε Καλλίσταν ἀπῴκησαν χρόνῳ νᾶσον: Χαῖρις βούλεται γράφειν ἔν ποτε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄν ποτε, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Πινδάρου συνήθειαν. [Drachmann ad v. 459]

b. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡρώων γεγενημένοι παῖδες καὶ τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις μιχθέντες κατὰ τὴν ζήτησιν τῶν πατέρων παρέβαλον εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. καὶ εἰς τὴν Καλλίστην ποτὲ χρόνῳ ἀπῴκησαν. [Drachmann ad v. 459]

c. Καλλίσταν: τὴν Θήραν. φησὶ Καλλίμαχος (fr. 112)· Καλλίστη τοπάροιθε, τὸ δ᾿ ὕστερον οὔνομα Θήρη. [Drachmann ad v. 459]

a. ἔνθεν δ᾿ ὔμμι: ἐντεῦθεν δὲ, ἐκ τῆς Θήρας, τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ ὁ Ἀπόλλων χρησμοῖς καὶ μαντείαις δέδωκε σὺν θεῷ τὸ τῆς Λιβύης πεδίον τιμαῖς αὔξειν τὸ θεῖον πόλισμα καὶ διοικεῖν τῆς τίμιον ἐχούσης θρόνον Κυρήνης· ἵνα ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην τὸν λόγον ἀνάγωμεν. [Drachmann ad v. 461]

a. ἄστυ: ἐλλείπει ὁ τέ. ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ἄστυ τε χρυσοθρόνου. [Drachmann ad v. 464]

b. τὸ ἑξῆς· διανέμειν δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὴν Κυρήνην καὶ διοικεῖν συνετὴν γνῶσιν εὑροῦσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 464]

a. γνῶθι νῦν τὰν Οἰδιπόδα σοφίαν: προτρέπεται τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον ὁ Πίνδαρος συνορᾶν αὐτοῦ τὸ αἴνιγμα. τὸ γὰρ Οἰδιπόδα σοφίαν τοῦτο βούλεται, ὅτι κἀκεῖνος τὸ τῆς Σφιγγὸς αἴνιγμα ἔλυσεν. ὃ δὲ αἰνίττεται, ἔστι τοιοῦτον. ἐστασίασάν τινες ἐν τῇ Κυρήνῃ κατὰ τοῦ Ἀρκεσιλάου, βουλόμενοι αὐτὸν μεταστῆσαι τῆς ἀρχῆς· ὁ δὲ ἐπικρατέστερος αὐτῶν γενόμενος ἐφυγάδευσεν αὐτοὺς τῆς πατρίδος. ἐν τοῖς οὖν στασιώταις ἦν καὶ ὁ Δημόφιλος, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνάστατος γέγονε τῆς πατρίδος, καὶ φυγαδευθεὶς ἔρχεται εἰς Θήβας καὶ ἀξιοῖ τὸν Πίνδαρον (τινὲς δὲ, ὅτι καὶ τὸν μισθὸν τοῦ ἐπινίκου δίδωσι τῷ Πινδάρῳ αὐτός), ὥστε τῇ τοῦ ἐπινίκου γραφῇ διαλλάξαι αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον. ἦν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ πρὸς γένους. [Drachmann ad v. 467]

a. εἰ γάρ τις ὄζους: περὶ Δημοφίλου ἀπολογεῖται τὸ αἴνιγμα. εἰ γάρ τις, φησὶ, περικόψει δρῦν, ὅμως δὲ καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ἀποβεβληκυῖα φέρει περὶ ἑαυτῆς ψῆφον γενομένη ἢ οὐδὸς ἤ τι ἄλλο τοιοῦτον· ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (φ 43)· οὐδόν τε δρύϊνον προσεβήσετο· ἢ τὸ πανέσχατον, εἴ ποτε πυρὸς χειμερίου χρεία γένηται, πρὸς ἀλέαν χρήσιμός ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 468]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εἰ γάρ τις μεγάλης δρυὸς ἐκκόψει κλάδους καὶ καταισχύνῃ αὐτῆς τὸ θαυμαστὸν εἶδος τῇ τῶν ἀκρεμόνων περικοπῇ, ὅμως καὶ φθινόκαρπος οὖσα ψῆφον περὶ αὑτῆς δίδωσιν, ὅτι δύναται εἴς τι χρησιμεύειν καὶ ἄκαρπος οὖσα, ὅταν αὐτῇ κατὰ τὸν χειμῶνα πῦρ λοίσθιον ἐπιγένηται. [Drachmann ad v. 468]

a. μόχθον ἄλλοις: ἀλλὰ τοῖς βαστάζουσιν ἢ τοῖς λῃστεύειν βουλομένοις, διὰ τὸ μηκέτι δύνασθαι ἐστεγασμένης τῆς οἰκίας. [Drachmann ad v. 478]

a. ἐσσὶ δ᾿ ἰατήρ: οὐχ ὅτι ἰατρὸς ἦν ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι ἐνόσει τὴν φυγὴν ὁ Δημόφιλος. φησὶ γοῦν· δεῖ αὐτὸν πρὸς σοῦ θεραπεύεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 480]

b. ἄλλως· ἐσσὶ δ᾿ ἰατήρ: θεραπευτικὸς τῆς παρούσης καταστάσεως. | τοῦτο γὰρ δηλοῖ τὸ ἐπικαιρότατος. [Drachmann ad v. 480]

a. Παιάν τέ σοι: ὁ δὲ Ἀπόλλων σοι τετίμηκε τὴν ζωήν. τῇ μέντοι τροπῇ ἐπιμένει διόλου· ἰατρικῆς γὰρ προστάτης ὁ θεός. [Drachmann ad v. 481]

b. ἄλλως· Παιάν τέ σοι: καὶ αὐτός σοι ὁ Παιὰν τὴν εἰς τοῦτο δύναμιν παρέχεται. ποιεῖται δὲ τὸν λόγον ὑποψίας ἐνεστώσης τοῖς Κυρηναίοις πρὸς τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον καὶ ταραττομένων αὐτῶν ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνου ἢ ἐλαττουμένων παραιτούμενος καταστῆσαι τὴν πόλιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀρχαῖον. [Drachmann ad v. 481]

a. χρὴ μαλακάν: προσήκει σε πραεῖαν ἐπιφέροντα τὴν χεῖρα θεραπεύειν τὴν τοῦ ἕλκους τρῶσιν, καὶ μὴ τὰς ἀλγηδόνας τρίβειν. [Drachmann ad v. 482]

b. καὶ ταῦτα μεταφορικῶς ἀκουστέον. δεῖ, φησὶν, μαλακὴν προσφέροντα τὴν χεῖρα τὴν τοῦἕλκους τρῶσιν θεραπεύειν. [Drachmann ad v. 482]

a. ῥᾴδιον μὲν γάρ: τὸ μὲν γὰρ διασεῖσαι πόλιν καὶ τοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι, μή τοί γε δὴ τοῖς ἐν δυνάμει κειμένοις· οἷον εἰώθαμεν λέγειν, τὸ κακὸν ῥᾴδιον ποιῆσαι· ἀλλὰ διασεισθεῖσαν πόλιν ἐπὶ χώρας καταστῆσαι δυσχερές ἐστιν, ἐὰν μὴ θεὸς ἡγῆται τοῖς δυναστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ πειρωμένοις ἀγαγεῖν κατάστημα. [Drachmann ad v. 484]

a. τὶν δὲ τούτων: διπλῆ ἐστιν ἡ διάνοια. καὶ οἱ μὲν οὕτως ἀποδεδώκασι· σοὶ δὲ τούτων αἱ χάριτες καταπράττονται, ἐὰν τῆς Δημοφίλου φυγῆς φροντίσῃς. οἱ δὲ οὕτως· ὅτι μάλιστα παρὰ σοῦ αἱ τοιαῦται χάριτες γίνονται καὶ πράξεις περὶ τῶν διοικουμένων ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 489]

b. ἄλλως· σοὶ δὲ τοῦ κυβερνᾶσθαι ὑπὸ θεῶν ἐκτελοῦνται χάριτες. [Drachmann ad v. 489]

c. ἢ οὕτως· σοὶ δὲ καὶ τοῦ κατορθῶσαι ὑπὸ θεῶν αἱ χάριτες ὑπόκεινται. [Drachmann ad v. 489]

d. ἢ οὕτως· σοὶ δὲ καὶ τοῦ ὀρθῶσαι τὴν πόλιν αἱ χάριτες ἐξυφαίνονται ὑπὸ θεῶν ἢ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν κατασκευάζονται, τουτέστιν ἔχεις παρὰ θεῶν δεδωρημένον τὸ δύνασθαι τὴν πόλιν εἰς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἀποδοῦναι κατάστημα. διό φησι τλῆθι. [Drachmann ad v. 489]

e. ἰδίως δὲ τῷ τλᾶθι κέχρηται· ἔστι γὰρ ὑπόμενε, τελευτᾷ δὲ εἰς τὸ πρᾴως φέρε τὰ ἡμαρτημένα. [Drachmann ad v. 489]

a. τλᾶθι τᾶς εὐδαίμονος: ὑπόμεινον περὶ τῆς εὐδαίμονος Κυρήνης πᾶσαν ἔχειν σπουδὴν, ὡς καὶ τῆς πόλεως λυπουμένης καὶ ζητούσης τοὺς φυγαδευθέντας πολίτας, καὶ ὀφείλοντος αὐτοῦ τιμῆσαι τὸ δαιμόνιον. [Drachmann ad v. 491]

a. τῶν δ᾿ Ὁμήρου: τῶν δὲ Ὁμήρου καὶ τόδε σύνες τὸ ῥῆμα, οἷον κατὰ μνήμην ἔχε καὶ τίμα. διὰ γὰρ τοῦ πόρσυνε καὶ τόδε ἀκουστέον. ἐκείνου δὲ τοῦ ἔπους μέμηται τοῦ (Ο 207)· ἐσθλὸν καὶ τὸ τέτυκται, ὅτ᾿ ἄγγελος αἴσιμα εἰδῇ. τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὁ Πίνδαρος ἀνάγει, ὅτι ὀφείλεις μοι πεισθῆναι πρεσβεύοντι ὡς ἀγαθῷ ἀγγέλῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 493]

a. αὔξεται καὶ Μοῖσα δι᾿ ἀγγελίας: ἀντιστρόφως εἶπε· θέλει γὰρ εἰπεῖν· αὔξεται ἀγγελία διὰ μούσης τῆς ἑαυτοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 496]

b. αὔξεται καὶ ὀρθὴ γίνεται ἡ ἀγγελία, τουτέστι διὰ τῆς ποιήσεως· αὕτη γὰρ ἡ ἀγγέλλουσα καὶ συμβουλεύουσα τῷ Ἀρκεσίλᾳ διαλύσασθαι πρὸς τοὺς πολίτας. [Drachmann ad v. 496]

c. ὁ δὲ λόγος· αὔξεται καὶ ἡ ποίησις δι᾿ ὀρθῆς ἀγγελίας καὶ παιδείας. [Drachmann ad v. 496]

a. ἐπέγνω μὲν Κυράνα: ἐπέγνω ἐπειράθη, οἷον γνῶσιν ἔσχεν. [Drachmann ad v. 497]

b. ἄλλως· ἐπέγνω μὲν ἡ Κυρήνη καὶ ὁ τοῦ Βάττου οἶκος, τουτέστι τὸ σὸν ὦ Ἀρκεσίλαε οἴκημα, τὴν δικαιοσύνην τῶν Δημοφίλου φρενῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 497]

a. Βάττου μέγαρον δικαίαν: ἤτοι δικαίαν παροξυτόνως, ἵν᾿ ᾖ τὴν δίκην, ὡς καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀρχαίαν παραγώγως· ἢ περισπωμένως, ἵν᾿ ᾖ δικαίων Δημοφίλου πραπίδων. [Drachmann ad v. 499]

a. κεῖνος γὰρ ἐν παισίν: ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ὁ Δημόφιλος ἐν μὲν παισὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν νεώτερός ἐστιν, ἐν δὲ φρεσὶ πρεσβύτερος τὸ φρόνημα, ὥσπερ ἂν ἑκατονταετεῖ χρόνῳ ἐπιτυχών· οἱονεὶ οὕτω φρόνιμός ἐστιν ὡσπερεὶ ἑκατονταετὴς ἀνήρ. [Drachmann ad v. 501]

b. ἄλλως· οὕτως ἐστὶ φρόνιμος ὡς πολυετὴς ἀνήρ. ἐὰν δὲ κυρίως ἀκούηται, ἀπεμφαίνει· ὁ γὰρ ἑκατονταετὴς παραφρονεῖ. δεῖ οὖν μεταλαμβάνειν εἰς τὸ πολυετής. ὡς τὸ (Υ 247)· οὐδ᾿ ἂν νηῦς ἑκατόνζυγος. [Drachmann ad v. 501]

c. τουτέστι, φρόνιμός ἐστιν ὡς πολυέτης ἀνήρ. [Drachmann ad v. 501]

a. ὀρφανίζει μὲν κακὰν γλῶσσαν: ἐρημοῖ, ἀποχωρίζει. τουτέστιν ἥκιστα κακολογεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 504]

b. ἄλλως· τῆς ἐλευθερίου φωνῆς τὴν κακὴν καὶ λοίδορον γλῶσσαν χωρίζει, [ἤτοι] οὐκ ἔστιν ὑβριστής. [Drachmann ad v. 504]

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀποχωρίζει μὲν τῆς ἐλευθερίου αὐτοῦ φωνῆς τὴν κακογλωσσίαν, ἔμαθε δὲ βδελύττεσθαι τοὺς ὑβριστὰς, | οὔτε μὴν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἐξεναντίας φιλονεικεῖ, οὐδὲ τὸ τῶν πραγμάτων τέλος πρὸς ἄνυσιν μηκύνει· ὁ γὰρ ἐν ἀνθρώποις καιρὸς, οἱονεὶ βίος, βραχὺ ἔχει τὸ μέτρον· οἱονεὶ, ἡ τῶν πραγμάτων εὐκαιρία ῥᾳδίαν ἔχει τὴν παραδρομήν. [Drachmann ad v. 504]

d. ἄλλως· τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φανερᾶς καὶ ἐκλάμπρου φωνῆς ὀρφανίζει τὴν κακὴν γλῶσσαν, ὅ ἐστι τὴν κακολογίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 504]

e. ἢ οὕτω· τὴν κακὴν γλῶτταν τῆς φανερᾶς φωνῆς ὀρφανὴν ποιεῖ· οἷον οὐδὲν φθέγγεται κακόν. [Drachmann ad v. 504]

f. κακὴν γλῶτταν ὀρφανὴν φωνῆς ἔχει. ἥκιστα κακολογεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 504]

a. οὐκ ἐρίζων ἀντία τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς: τὸ χ΄, ὅτι ἐκ τῶν Ἡσιόδου Ἔργων (716) εἴληπται· ἐκεῖνος γὰρ παραινεῖ μὴ ὁμιλεῖν τοῖς κακοῖς μηδὲ ἐπιπλήττειν μηδὲ ψέγειν τοὺς ἀγαθούς· μηδὲ κακῶν ἕταρον, μήδ᾿ ἐσθλῶν νεικητῆρα. Ὅμηρος δὲ τὸν Θερσίτην εἰσήγαγε φιλόκακον καὶ μισάγαθον· ὅσους γὰρ ὁ ποιητὴς ἐγκωμίακε κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν, τούτους ἔψεγε. διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν (B 220)· ἔχθιστος δ᾿ Ἀχιλῆϊ μάλιστ᾿ ἦν ἠδ᾿ Ὀδυσῆϊ. [Drachmann ad v. 507]

a. ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς πρὸς ἀνθρώπων: καιρὸς ὁ χρόνος. ἡ εὐκαιρία. [Drachmann ad v. 508]

b. βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει: οὐκ ἐπιπολὺ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις παρατεῖνον ἔχει τὸ μέτρον, ἀλλὰ σπάνιός ἐστι καὶ βραχὺς ὁ χρόνος· διὸ καὶ δεῖ, ὅτε ἔξεστιν, αὐτὸν λαμβάνειν. [Drachmann ad v. 508]

a. θεράπων δέ οἱ, οὐ δράστας: οὐκ ἀποδιδράσκων, τὸν καιρὸν ὁ Δημόφιλος. [Drachmann ad v. 510]

b. ἀκολουθεῖ δὲ, φησὶν, αὐτῷ ὁ καιρὸς θεράπων, οὐ δράστης, ἀλλὰ παράμονος, τουτέστιν οὐ παρέρχεται αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὰ καίρια γινώσκει. [Drachmann ad v. 510]

c. ἄλλως· πολλαὶ κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ ῥητὸν ἐξηγήσεις προεχώρησαν. τῷ καιρῷ ἕπεται οὐχ ὡς δράστας, ὅ ἐστι δραπέτης· οὐ πανουργῶν οὐδὲ τὰ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ προστασσόμενα ὑπερτιθέμενος καὶ ἀναβαλλόμενος τὰ προσπίπτοντα. [Drachmann ad v. 510]

a. φαντὶ δ᾿ ἔμμεν: φασὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἀνιαρότατον εἶναι τὸ γινώσκοντά τινα τῇ ἀνάγκῃ, ἀντὶ τοῦ δι᾿ ἀνάγκην, τούτων ἐκτὸς εἶναι. καὶ μηδὲν ἀπολαύειν αὐτῶν δύνασθαι, ἐφόσον βούλεται. ὅτι καὶ ὁ Δημόφιλος εἰδὼς τὰ τῆς πατρίδος καλὰ. ἀνάγκῃ τῆς φυγῆς οὐκ ἐχρήσατο αὐτοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 511]

b. ἄλλως· χαλεπόν ἐστι τὸ γινώσκειν ὅ, τι καλὸν μὲν, μὴ πράσσειν δὲ αὐτό. τὸ γὰρ | ἔξω πόδας ἔχειν τοιοῦτόν ἐστι, μήτε ἐν αὐτῷ εἶναι τῷ εὖ πράττειν. ἀλλ᾿ ἐξ ἀνάγκης αὐτὸ προΐεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 511]

c. ἢ οὕτω· λυπηρὸν, τὸν καλῶς ποιοῦντα κακῶς ἀκούειν. [Drachmann ad v. 511]

a. καὶ μὰν κεῖνος Ἄτλας: καὶ μὴν καὶ ὁ Δημόφιλος τοσοῦτον ἔχει τὸ τῆς φυγῆς ἄχθος, ὅσον καὶ ὁ Ἄτλας τῷ φάρει πιεζόμενος διηνεκῶς προσπαλαίει τῷ οὐρανῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 514]

b. φέρει δὲ τῷ Ἄτλαντι ὅμοιον ἄχθος Δημόφιλος τῆς πατρίδος καὶ τῶν κτημάτων μακρὰν χωρισθείς. [Drachmann ad v. 514]

c. ἄλλως· ἀντὶ τοῦ, καὶ παρὰ θεοῖς τὰ πράγματα ποικίλας ἔχει τὰς μεταβολάς· ὁ γοῦν Ἄτλας κακῶς πάσχει τὸν οὐρανὸν βαστάζων. πρότερον εὐτυχῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 514]

d. ἄλλως· Ἄτλας οὐρανῷ: λείπει τὸ ὡς. διὰ δὲ τούτου βούλεται σημαίνειν, ὅτι οὐκ ἀεὶ τὰ αὐτὰ μένει τῶν πραγμάτων, οὐχ ὅτι παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ παρὰ θεοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 514]

a. λῦσε δὲ Ζεύς: ἀπέλυσε δὲ καὶ ὁ Ζεύς ποτε τοὺς Τιτᾶνας τῆς τιμωρίας, καίτοι ἐπιθεμένους αὐτοῦ τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ μεταστῆσαι βουληθέντας. ἐγκαλοῦσι δέ τινες τῷ Πινδάρῳ, ὅτι οὐκ οἰκείως ἐπὶ τῆς διαλλαγῆς τὸν Ἄτλαντα παρείληφε· διηνεκῶς γὰρ μοχθεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 518]

b. λῦσε δὲ Ζεύς: τοῦτο εἴρηται πρὸς τὸ μὴ δεῖν ἐν ταῖς τιμωρίαις ἀδιάλλακτον ἔχειν τὸ ἔχθος μηδὲ ἀθανάτους ἔχειν τὰς λύπας. [Drachmann ad v. 518]

c. ἄλλως· τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν παράκλησιν ἁρμόζει, ὅτι τοὺς Τιτᾶνας Ζεὺς ἔλυσεν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κρόνου δεθέντας. [Drachmann ad v. 518]

a. ἐν δὲ χρόνῳ μεταβολαί: μεταβολαὶ γίνονται ἀνέμων. [Drachmann ad v. 519]

b. ἐν χρόνῳ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἱστίον τῆς νεὼς εὐδιεινὴν ἔχει μεταβολὴν τοῦ χειμερινοῦ λωφήσαντος ἀνέμου. [Drachmann ad v. 519]

a. ἀλλ᾿ εὔχεται οὐλομέναν νοῦσον: ἀλλὰ κατεύχεται Δημόφιλος ταύτην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ὀλεθριωτάτην νόσον τῆς φυγῆς διαντλήσας καὶ ἀποφυγὼν τὸν κατὰ τὴν Κυρήνην οἶκον θεάσασθαι, καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος κρήνῃ πάλιν συνήθως συμποσιάσαι καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκδοῦναι πρὸς φιλοφροσύνην καὶ συμπόσια. [Drachmann ad v. 521]

a. ἐπ᾿ Ἀπόλλωνος: Ἀπόλλωνος κρήνην φησὶν, ἧς καὶ Καλλίμαχος (h. in Ap. 88) μνημονεύει· οἱ δ᾿ οὔπω πηγῇσι Κύρης ἐδύναντο πελάσσαι Δωριέες. [Drachmann ad v. 523]

a. δαιδαλέαν φόρμιγγα: διόλου ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ληπτέον τὸ εὔχεται. [Drachmann ad v. 526]

b. εὔχεται πολλάκις τὴν πεποικιλμένην κιθάραν ἐν σοφοῖς βαστάζων καὶ μουσικευόμενος ἐν τοῖς πολίταις λοιπὸν ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ εἶναι, μήτε τινὶ κακὸν προστριψάμενος, καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ἀβλαβὴς ὢν τὸ λοιπὸν πρὸς τοὺς πολίτας. [Drachmann ad v. 526]

c. τὸ δὲ ὅλον· ὥστε ἀπαγγεῖλαι τὰ ὑπὸ Πινδάρου αὐτῷ δεδομένα ποιήματα. θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι καὶ μουσικός ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 526]

a. ἡσυχίᾳ θιγέμεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡσυχίας. σύνηθες δὲ τὸ σχῆμα τῷ Πινδάρῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 528]

a. παραγέγονε πρὸς τὸν Πίνδαρον ὁ Δημόφιλος, ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀξιώσῃ διὰ τοῦ ὕμνου διαλλάξαι αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον. [Drachmann ad v. 530]

b. καί κε μυθήσαιτο: καὶ δὴ εἴποι ἄν σοι, ὁποίαν εὗρε πηγὴν τῶν θείων ἐπῶν, ἀρτίως ἐπιξενωθεὶς καὶ ἐπιδημήσας ταῖς Θήβαις. τοῦτο δὲ ὡς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, ὅτι θαυμαστῶς γράφει. [Drachmann ad v. 530]

c. τέλος Ἀρκεσιλάου. [Drachmann ad v. 530]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 5

Pythian 5 — for Ἀρκεσίλᾳ Κυρηναίῳ

ἅρματι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 125 lines · 132 scholia parts

Argumentum (5 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen V.

p2. Τῷ αὐτῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ.

p3. δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ γ΄Τῆς πέμπτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ιδ΄. τὸ α΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ β΄ περιοδικόν· ἢ λέγεται διπλοῦς ἴαμβος· ἔστι δὲ δίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ αὐτῷ. τὸ ε΄ τροχαϊκὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 94, 2) τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ θ΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν. τὸ ι΄...... τὸ ια΄ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον διὰ Κρητικοῦ, ὅ ἐστι παίων δ΄. τὸ ιβ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ιγ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, ὅ ἐστιν ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ιδ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν.

p4. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἐστὶ δώδεκα σὺν δύο. τὸ α΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ περιοδικὸν, διπλοῦς τροχαῖος, ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ περιοδικόν· ἢ λέγεται διπολοῦς ἴαμβος. ἔστι δὲ τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ Γλυκώνειον. τὸ η΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ι΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον· ἰδίως δὲ ἐπήνεγκεν αὐτῷ τοὺς τροχαίους. τὸ ια΄ παιωνκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ιβ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ιγ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ αὐτῷ. τὸ ιδ΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, ὅμοιον τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς στροφῆς.

p5. Inscr. Γέγραπται καὶ αὕτη ἡ ᾠδὴ νικήσαντι τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ ἅρματι τὴν λά Πυθιάδα. ἐπειδὴ δὲ διήγημα ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ μᾶλλον ἐπινίκῳ ἤπερ ἐγκώμιον πεποίηται τῷ Πινδάρῳ καὶ παρέκβασις διηγηματικὴ τῶν κατὰ Ἰάσονα, ἐδέησεν αὐτῷ καὶ δεύτερον γράψαι ἐπίνικον.

1–4

 ὁ πλοῦτος εὐρυσθενής, σ3
 ὅταν τις ἀρετᾷ κεκραμένον καθαρᾷ
 βροτήσιος ἀνὴρ πότμου παραδόντος, αὐτὸν ἀνάγῃ
 πολύφιλον ἑπέταν.

Wealth is widely powerful, whenever a mortal man receives it, blended with pure excellence, from the hands of fortune, and takes it as a companion that makes many friends.

Wide-reaching is the power of wealth, whensoever a mortal man hath received it at the hands of Fate with pure virtue mingled, and bringeth it to his home, a follower that winneth him many friends. Arkesilas, thou favourite of the gods, thou verily seekest after it with good report from the first steps of thy glorious life, with aid of Kastor of the golden car, who after the wintry storm hath shed bright calm about thy happy hearth.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (3 entries)

ad v. 1

a. τὸ δὲ ὁ πλοῦτος εὐρυσθενής, τὸν μετὰ ἀρετῆς πλοῦτόν φησιν εὐρυσθενῆ εἶναι. τὸ γὰρ ἕτερον ἄνευ τοῦ ἑτέρου οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς, ὡς καὶ Καλλίμαχος (in Iov. 95)· οὔτ᾿ ἀρετῆς ἄτερ ὄλβος ἐπίσταται ἄνδρας ἀέξειν. οὔτ᾿ ἀρετὴ ἀφένοιο· καὶ ἡ Σαπφώ (fr. 80)· ὁ πλοῦτος ἄνευ ἀρετᾶς οὐκ ἀσινὴς πάροικος.

b. ὁ νοῦς· ὀ πλοῦτος ἄγαν ἰσχυρότατός ἐστιν, ὅταν τις ἀνθρώπων ἀρετῇ συγκεκραμένον καθαρᾷ τῆς τύχης αὐτὸν παραδούσης ἀνάγῃ πολύφιλον ὄντα καὶ διδῷ τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ καθεστηκόσιν.

c. μόνον οὕτως ὁ πλοῦτος εὐρυσθενής ἐστιν [ὄντως] καὶ μέγα ἰσχύει, ἐὰν κεκραμένος ἀρετῇ ὑπάρχῃ.

5–8

 ὦ θεόμορʼ Ἀρκεσίλα, σ5
 σύ τοί νιν κλυτᾶς σ1
 αἰῶνος ἀκρᾶν βαθμίδων ἄπο σ1
 σὺν εὐδοξίᾳ μετανίσεαι

Arcesilas, favored by the gods, from the first steps of your famous life you seek for it with glory, by the grace of Castor with his golden chariot,

Scholia ad vv. 5–8 (7 entries)

ad v. 5

a. πολύφιλον δὲ, ἐπειδὴ τῷ πλουτοῦντι πολλοὶ ἕπονται. οὕτω δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος· ἔστι μὲν χωρὶς τὸ πολύφιλον λέγειν, χωρὶς δὲ τὸ ἑπέταν· τοιοῦτός ἐστι τῷ ἔχοντι ὀπαδὸς, ὥστε πολλοὺς φίλους ποιεῖν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ συναμφότερα ἀκούειν· ᾧ πολλοὶ ἕπονται."

b. πολύφιλον ἑπέταν: ᾧ πολλοὶ φίλοι ἕπονται.

c. τὸ δὲ ἀνάγῃ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ αὔξῃ.

d. ἢ ἐν τῷ καθόλου τὸν πολύφιλον πλοῦτον, ἢ ὅταν πολυφίλως αὐτὸν ἀνάγῃ, ὅτι πολύφιλοι οἱ πλούσιοι.

e. ἢ οὕτω· τὸν τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ καθεστηκόσιν ἑπόμενον.

ad v. 6

a. ὦ θεόμοιρε: ὦ ἐκ θεοῦ ταύτην ἔχων τὴν μοῖραν. ὅ ἐστιν ἐκ θεῶν εἰληφὼς τὴν βασιλείαν.

ad v. 7

a. σύ τοί νιν κλυτᾶς αἰῶνος: σὺ, φησὶν, ὦ Ἀρκεσίλαε, αὐτὸν, τὸν πλοῦτον, ἀπ᾿ ἄκρων βαθμίδων τῆς αἰῶνος, τουτέστιν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς τοῦ βίου καὶ ἀφ᾿ οὗ ἐγνωρίσθης τῷ βίῳ κόσμος, σὺν εὐδοξίᾳ μετέρχῃ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν αὐτῷ χρώμενος εἶ, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς τὰ δοξάζειν δυνάμενα, ἱπποτροφίας καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα.

9 ἕκατι χρυσαρμάτου Κάστορος·

Now the wise bear better the power that is given of God. And thou walkest in righteousness amid thy prosperity which is now great; first, for that thou art king of mighty cities, thy inborn virtue hath brought this majestic honour to thy soul, and again thou art now blessed in that from the famous Pythian games thou hast won glory by thy steeds, and hast received this triumphal song of men, Apollo's joy.

10–11

10 εὐδίαν ὃς μετὰ χειμέριον ὄμβρον τεὰν σ210

11 καταιθύσσει μάκαιραν ἑστίαν.

who, after the wintry storm, sheds calm on your blessed hearth.

Scholia ad vv. 10–11 (2 entries)

ad v. 10

a. διατί δὲ σὺν Κάστορι; ἢ ὅτι ἱππικὸς ὁ θεός· Ὅμηρος (Γ 237)· Κάστορά θ᾿ ἱππόδαμον· ὁ δὲ Ἀρκεσίλαος ἱπποτρόφει· δοκεῖ δὲ πρῶτος συνωρίδα καταζεῦξαι Κάστωρ· ἢ ὅτι ἄνωθεν οἱ Βαττιάδαι καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης Λάκωνες ἦσαν, ὅθεν καὶ οἱ Τυνδαρίδαι· ἀπὸ γὰρ Λακώνων εἰς Θήραν ἦλθον, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Θήρας εἰς Κυρήνην· | ἢ ὅτι ἐπιφανῶς ἄγουσιν οἱ Κυρηναῖοι τὰ Διοσκούρεια, Βάττου πρώτου καταδείξαντος τὴν εὐχήν.

b. ἕκατι χρυσαρμάτου Κάστορος: κέλητα καὶ χαλινὸν πρῶτος Βελλεροφόντης κατέζευξε, συνωρίδα Κάστωρ, ἅρμα Ἐριχθόνιος ὁ Ἀθηναῖος, ἀστράβην Ὀξύλος ὁ Αἰτωλός.

12–14

 σοφοὶ δέ τοι κάλλιον σ3
 φέροντι καὶ τὰν θεόσδοτον δύναμιν.
 σὲ δʼ ἐρχόμενον ἐν δίκᾳ πολὺς ὄλβος ἀμφινέμεται·

Skillful men are better able to bear even god-given power. Great prosperity surrounds you, as you walk with justice.

Scholia ad vv. 12–14 (3 entries)

ad v. 12

a. εὐδίαν ὃς μετὰ χειμέριον: ὁ Κάστωρ σοι εὐδίαν παρασκευάζει. ὑπαινίττεται δὲ τὸν τῶν Κυρηναίων νεωτερισμόν· στάσις γὰρ ἐνέπεσεν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸν δῆμον· ὃν δὴ χειμῶνα ἔφη.

b. διχόθεν ὁ Κάστωρ εὐμενής σοί ἐστιν, εἴς τε τὴν εὐδίαν ἐκ χειμῶνος κατάστασιν, καὶ εἰς τὴν ἱππικὴν νίκην.

c. ἄλλως· εὐδίαν ὅς: ὅστις ὁ Κάστωρ μετὰ τὸν χειμερινὸν ἐκεῖνον ὄμβρον τῶν πραγμάτων περὶ τὴν σὴν μακαρίαν ἑστίαν καταλάμπει. τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ὅτι ἐστασίαστο τὰ περὶ τὴν Κυρήνην πράγματα τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ.

15–17

 τὸ μέν, ὅτι βασιλεὺς σ1
 ἐσσὶ μεγαλᾶν πολίων, σ2
 ἔχει συγγενὴς σ1

First, since you are a king of great cities, your inborn eye looks on this as a most revered prize of honor, united with your mind;

Scholia ad vv. 15–17 (4 entries)

ad v. 15

a. σοφοὶ δ᾿ ἔτι κάλλιον: διδόασι, φησὶν, οἱ θεοὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀγαθὰ, οἱ δὲ σοφοὶ καλλίονα ποιοῦσιν αὐτὰ προσεπικοσμοῦντες διὰ τὴν αὐτῶν ἀρετήν.

ad v. 16

a. φέροντι καὶ τὰν θεόσδοτον: ἀντὶ τοῦ φέρουσι καὶ ποιοῦσι.

b. τὸ δὲ [σημεῖον] χ΄, ὅτι θεόσδοτον εἶπε τὸν πλοῦτον ἀντὶ τοῦ θεόδοτον.

ad v. 17

a. σὲ δ᾿ ἐρχόμενον: σὲ δὲ δικαίως ζῶντα πολὺς σὺν εὐδαιμονίᾳ πλοῦτος περιέχει.

18–19

18 ὀφθαλμὸς αἰδοιότατον γέρας

19 τεᾷ τοῦτο μιγνύμενον φρενί· σ1

Therefore forget not, while at Kyrene round Aphrodite's pleasant garden thy praise is sung, to set God above every other as the cause thereof: also love thou Karrhotos chiefest of thy friends; who hath not brought with him Excuse the daughter of late-considering Afterthought back to the house of the just-ruling sons of Battos; but beside the waters of Kastalia a welcomed guest he crowned thy hair with the crown of the conquering car, for the reins were safe in his hands throughout the twelve swift turns along the sacred course.

Scholia ad vv. 18–19 (1 entry)

ad v. 19

a. τὸ μὲν, ὅτι βασιλεύς ἐσσι: τοῦτο Ἀττικὸν τὸ σχῆμα· τοῦτο μὲν, ὅτι βασιλεὺς εἶ μεγάλων πόλεων, ἔχει σου ὁ συγγενὴς ὀφθαλμὸς γέρας αἰδοιέστατον, τουτέστιν ὁ ἴδιός σου ὀφθαλμὸς βλέπει περὶ σὲ ὂν τὸ γέρας τῆς βασιλείας αἰδοιέστατον. οἷον βλέπει σεαυτὸν τιμώμενον· δύναται γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τὸ ὅλον σῶμα σημαίνεσθαι· καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ μακάριος εἶ, ὅτι τὰ Πύθια ἐνίκησας.

20–22

 μάκαρ δὲ καὶ νῦν, κλεεννᾶς ὅτι
 εὖχος ἤδη παρὰ Πυθιάδος ἵπποις ἑλὼν
 δέδεξαι τόνδε κῶμον ἀνέρων,

and you are blessed even now, because you have already earned the boast of victory with your horses from the renowned Pythian festival, and you will welcome this victory-procession of men,

23–24

23 Ἀπολλώνιον ἄθυρμα. τῷ σε μὴ λαθέτω

24 Κυράνας γλυκὺν ἀμφὶ κᾶπον Ἀφροδίτας ἀειδόμενον, σ2

a delight for Apollo. And so, do not forget, when you are celebrated in song around Cyrene’s sweet garden of Aphrodite,

Scholia ad vv. 23–24 (2 entries)

ad v. 24

a. μάκαρ δὲ καὶ νῦν: μακάριος δὲ τυγχάνεις καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος, ὅτι τῆς εὐδόξου Πυθιάδος τὴν δόξαν τοῖς ἵπποις λαβὼν ἐδέξω καὶ τοῦτον τὸν κῶμον καὶ ὕμνον παρὰ τῶν χορευτῶν, ὄντα Ἀπόλλωνος παίγνιον. καὶ ἤτοι ὅτι Μουσηγέτης ὁ θεός· παιδιὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνος ἡ χορεία· ἢ Ἀπόλλωνος ἄθυρμα τὴν νίκην· Ἀπόλλωνι γὰρ ἀνιέρωται ὁ ἀγών.

b. ὃ δὲ λέγει, ὅτι Πύθια νενίκηκεν.

25 παντὶ μὲν θεὸν αἴτιον ὑπερτιθέμεν·25

to set the god in the highest place as the cause of all things, and to love Carrhotus above all your companions. He did not bring with him Excuse, the daughter of late-thinking Afterthought, when he came to the house of the descendants of Battus who rule by right;

26–29

 φιλεῖν δὲ Κάρρωτον ἔξοχʼ ἑταίρων·
 ὃς οὐ τὰν Ἐπιμαθέος ἄγων
 ὀψινόου θυγατέρα Πρόφασιν, Βαττιδᾶν
 ἀφίκετο δόμους θεμισκρεόντων· σ1

Of the strong harness brake he no whit: but there is hung up all that cunning work of the artificers that he brought with him when he passed over the Krisaian hill to the plain within the valley of the god: therefore now the chamber of cypress-wood possesseth it, hard by the statue which the bow-bearing Kretans dedicated in the Parnassian shrine, the natural image in one block. Therefore with eager heart it behoveth thee to go forth to meet him who hath done thee this good service.

Scholia ad vv. 26–29 (1 entry)

ad v. 29

a. τῷ μή σε λαθέτω: διὸ μή σε λανθανέτω ἡ Κυρήνη ἀνυμνουμένη.

30–31

30 ἀλλʼ ἀρισθάρματον30

31 ὕδατι Κασταλίας ξενωθεὶς γέρας ἀμφέβαλε τεαῖσιν κόμαις, σ1

but he was welcomed beside the waters of Castalia, and he flung over your hair the prize of honor for the victorious chariot;

Scholia ad vv. 30–31 (1 entry)

ad v. 31

a. ἀμφὶ κᾶπον Ἀφροδίτας: κῆπον Ἀφροδίτης τὴν Κυρήνην ὠνόμασεν ὡς καλλίκαρπον καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐράσμιον καὶ ἐπαφρόδιτον· εἰ μὴ ἄρα τὸν τῶν Χαρίτων λόφον ὠνόμασεν οὕτως [Ἀφροδίτης κῆπον εἶπε]. Καλλίμαχος (fr. 266)· ἢ ὑπὲρ αὐσταλέον Χαρίτων λόφον.

32–33

32 ἀκηράτοις ἁνίαις

33 ποδαρκέων δωδεκάδρομον τέμενος. σ1

his reins were undamaged in the precinct of the twelve swift-footed courses. For he broke no part of his strong equipment; it hangs dedicated there,

Scholia ad vv. 32–33 (1 entry)

ad v. 33

a. προσήκει......παντὶ μὲν θεὸν αἴτιον ὑπερτιθέμεν: ἐπὶ παντὸς πράγματος δεῖ τῷ θεῷ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀνάπτειν καὶ ὑπερτιθεῖν, καὶ φιλεῖν· οὕτως Ἀρίσταρχος ἀντὶ τοῦ φίλει· καὶ σὲ τοίνυν πρὸ μὲν πάντων τῷ θεῷ, προσήκει δὲ φιλεῖν παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ἑταίρους | Κάρρωτον. ἔστι δὲ ἡνίοχος, ἐπιχώριον δὲ Κυρηναίοις τὸ ὄνομα. εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ καὶ τῆς Ἀρκεσιλάου γυναικὸς πατέρα εἶναι ἔφασαν τὸν Κάρρωτον.

34 κατέκλασε γὰρ ἐντέων σθένος οὐδέν· ἀλλὰ κρέμαται, σ1

Thee also, son of Alexibios, the Charites of lovely hair make glorious. Blessed art thou for that after much toil thou hast a monument of noble words. Among forty charioteers who fell thou didst with soul undaunted bring thy car unhurt, and hast now come back from the glorious games unto the plain of Libya and the city of thy sires.

Scholia ad vv. 34–34 (1 entry)

ad v. 34

a. φιλεῖν δὲ Κάρρωτον: Κάρρωτος ὄνομα κύριον, περὶ οὗ μέμνηται πρὸς τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον· οἱ δὲ τὸν ἡνίοχον τούτου, ὅν φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος τῆς Πυθικῆς νίκης αἴτιον γενέθαι τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ, κατάγειν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ στρατιωτικὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀθροίσαντα. ταῦτα δὲ πιστοῦται παρατιθέμενος τὰ Θεοτίμου (FHG IV p. 517) ἐκ τοῦ πρώτου περὶ Κυρήνης ἔχοντα οὕτως· διαπίπτουσαν δὲ τὴν πρᾶξιν αἰσθόμενος Ἀρκεσίλαος καὶ βουλόμενος δι᾿ αὐτοῦ τὰς Ἑσπερίδας οἰκίσαι πέμπει μὲν εἰς τὰς πανηγύρεις ἵππους ἀθλήσοντας Εὔφημον ἄγοντα, νικήσας δὲ τὰ Πύθια καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδα ἐστεφάνωσε καὶ ἐποίκους εἰς τὰς Ἑσπερίδας συνέλεγεν. Εὔφημος μὲν οὖν ἐτελεύτα· Κάρρωτος δὲ τῆς Ἀρκεσιλάου γυναικὸς ἀδελφὸς διεδέξατο τὴν τῶν ἐποίκων ἡγεμονίαν. ὁ τοίνυν Πίνδαρος τοὺς ἑταίρους καθομιλῶν τὸ καταπραχθὲν τῷ Εὐφήμῳ τῷ Καρρώτῳ προσῆψε· μόνον γὰρ κατορθῶσαί φησιν αὐτὸν ἀγαγόντα τὸ στρατιωτικόν. δόξειε δ᾿ ἂν τούτοις συνᾴδειν καὶ τὸ μείζοσιν ἢ καθ᾿ ἡνίοχον τοῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγοις τὸν Πίνδαρον κεχρῆσθαι· ἑταῖρον γάρ φησι καὶ εὐεργέτην τοῦ βασιλέως, ὅπερ ἂν εἰκότως ἐπὶ κηδεστοῦ λέγοιτο ἢ ἐπὶ ἡνιόχου· φησὶ γάρ, ἑκόντι τοίνυν πρέπει νόῳ τὸν εὐεργέτην ἀντιάσαι...... αὐτουργόν τινα τὸν Κάρρωτον γενόμενον ἡνιοχῆσαι τὸ ἅρμα, διὰ τὸ ἐπιεικῶς τοὺς Κυρηναίους ἁρματηλάτας εἶναι καὶ ἱππικοὺς, ὥστε ἀμφότερα τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ αὐτὸν κατειργάσθαι, ἡνιοχῆσαί τε καὶ στρατολογῆσαι.

35–39

 ὁπόσα χεριαρᾶν σ7
 τεκτόνων δαίδαλʼ ἄγων
 Κρισαῖον λόφον
 ἄμειψεν ἐν κοιλόπεδον νάπος
 θεοῦ· τό σφʼ ἔχει κυπαρίσσινον σ1

Crisa all the handiwork of dextrous craftsmen, which he brought past the hill of to the hollow valley of the god. The cypress shrine keeps it

Scholia ad vv. 35–39 (8 entries)

ad v. 35

a. ὃς οὑ τὰν Ἐπιμηθέος: Ἐπιμηθέως λέγουσιν ὡς ἐπίπαν θυγατέρα τὴν Μεταμέλειαν καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια, καθάπερ καὶ Προμηθέως τὴν Προμήθειαν. νῦν δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος τὴν Πρόφασιν αὐτὴν Ἐπιμηθέως εἶπε θυγατέρα.

b. οὐκ ἐκόμισεν οὖν σοι, ὦ Ἀρκεσίλαε, Κάρρωτος λόγους καὶ προφάσεις, ἀλλὰ τὴν νίκην. εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ ἡττηθέντες σκήπτεσθαι ποριζόμενοι προφάσεις τῆς ἤττης.

c. τὸν δὲ στέφανον εἶπεν ἀρισθάρματον γέρας τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἵππων ἀριστείᾳ δοθέντα. διὰ δὲ τῆς Κασταλίας ἐκ μέρους τὴν Πυθὼ δεδήλωκεν.

d. ἄλλως· ὅτι Ἐπιμηθέως θυγατέρα τὴν πρόφασιν εἴρηκε. παρεισῆκται δὲ ὁ Ἐπιμηθεὺς ἀνόητος καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων συμπτωμάτων καὶ παθῶν διδασκόμενος τὰ ἀσύμφορα καὶ μεταμελόμενος, ὁ δὲ τούτου ἀδελφὸς Προμηθεὺς καὶ σοφὸς καὶ προορώμενος· διὸ καὶ τοὔνομα ἀπὸ τοῦ προμαθεῖν ἐσχε. καὶ Σοφοκλῆς (?) δὲ ἐν τῷ Προμηθεῖ· τοῦ Προμηθέως, θέλων λέγειν τῆς φρονήσεως ἀντέχεσθαι καὶ μὴ τῆς μεταμελείας.

e. ὀψίνοον δὲ τὴν Πρόφασιν εἶπε, διὰ τὸ ὀψέ ποτε καὶ βραδέως τὰ συμφέροντα καὶ ἀσύμφορα καταλαμβάνειν.

f. ὅστις ὁ Κάρρωτος οὐ τὴν τοῦ βραδέως βουλευσαμένου Ἐπιμηθέως θυγατέρα Πρόφασιν ἄγων εἰς τοὺς οἴκους τῶν Βαττιαδῶν, τουτέστι τῶν Κυρηναίων, παρεγένετο.

g. ὁ δὲ νοῦς τῷ λόγῳ, ὅτι οὐχ ἡττηθεὶς καὶ προφασισάμενος αἰτίαν τῆς ἥττης ἦλθεν εἰς Κυρήνην, ἀλλὰ νικήσας.

ad v. 39

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἀρισθάρματον: ὁ νοῦς· ἀλλ᾿ ἐξοχώτατον ἐκ τῶν ἁρμάτων γέρας ἐν Πυθῶνι παραγεγονὼς περιέβαλεν ὁ Κάρρωτος ταῖς σαῖς κόμαις, ἀφθάρτοις ἡνίαις κατὰ τὸ τέμενος τῶν δυωδεκαδρόμων ἐπαρκῶν· φησὶ δὲ τῶν ἁρμάτων· ὅτι δώδεκα δρόμους ἀνύει τὸ τέλειον ἅρμα, τὸ δὲ πωλικὸν ὀκτώ. μαρτυρήσει δὲ καὶ ὁ Καλλίμαχος.

40–41

40 μέλαθρον ἀμφʼ ἀνδριάντι σχεδόν, σ240

41 Κρῆτες ὃν τοξοφόροι τέγεϊ Παρνασσίῳ

beside the statue which the Cretan bowmen set up in the Parnassian chamber, carved from a single piece of wood.

Scholia ad vv. 40–41 (2 entries)

ad v. 40

a. ὕδατι Κασταλίας ξενωθείς: ἐν Πυθῶνι παραγεγονώς· ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πηγῆς τὸ χωρίον ἀκουστέον.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· ἀλλ᾿ ἄριστον γέρας ὁ Κάρρωτος ταῖς σαῖς κόμαις περιέβαλεν, ἀφθάρτοις ἡνίαις κατὰ τὸ τέμενος τῶν δυωδεκαδρόμων ἁρμάτων, τουτέστι τὸ στάδιον, τοῖς ποσὶν ἐπαρκέσας καὶ τὴν νίκην ἀπενεγκάμενος.

42 καθέσσαντο μονόδροπον φυτόν.

Without lot in trouble hath there been never any yet, neither shall be: yet still the ancient bliss of Battos followeth the race, albeit with various fortune; a bulwark is it to the city, and to strangers a most welcome light.

43–44

43 ἑκόντι τοίνυν πρέπει σ1

44 νόῳ τὸν εὐεργέταν ὑπαντιάσαι. σ2

Therefore it is fitting to welcome a benefactor with a willing mind.

Scholia ad vv. 43–44 (3 entries)

ad v. 43

a. ἀκηράτους τὰς ἡνίας ἔφη ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδιαφθόρους· οὐ γὰρ διεφθάρησαν κατὰ τὸν δρόμον. ἀλλὰ διέμειναν ὑγιεῖς· ἔξωθεν δὲ προσληπτέον τὴν κατά, ἵν' ᾖ κατὰ τὸ τέμενος.

ad v. 44

a. ποδαρκέων δωδεκαδρόμων τέμενος: τέμενος τὸ πεδίον ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀγὼν ἄγεται.

b. ὅτι δὲ δωδεκάκις τρέχουσι, μαρτυρεῖ καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fr. 468)· δωδεκάκις περὶ †δίφρον ἐπήγαγεν ἴθματα δίφρου.

45–49

 Ἀλεξιβιάδα, σὲ δʼ ἠΰκομοι φλέγοντι Χάριτες. σ2
 μακάριος, ὃς ἔχεις
 καὶ πεδὰ μέγαν κάματον σ1
 λόγων φερτάτων
 μναμήϊʼ· ἐν τεσσαράκοντα γὰρ σ1

Son of Alexibias, the lovely-haired Graces make you radiant. You are blessed, you who have, even after great hardship, a memorial of the best words. For among forty

Scholia ad vv. 45–49 (4 entries)

ad v. 45

a. κατέκλασε γὰρ ἐντέων σθένος οὐδέν: οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν αὐτοῦ ἁρμάτων ὁ Κάρρωτος κατέκλασεν. ἐν γὰρ τοῖς ἑξῆς αὐτὸς ἱστορεῖ μ΄ δίφρους τοὺς συναγωνιζομένους τῷ τοῦ Ἀρκεσιλάου ἅρματι κατεάχθαι κατὰ τὸν δρόμον, μόνον δὲ τὸ τοῦ Καρρώτου ὄχημα ἀπήμαντον ἀνύσαι τὸ στάδιον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀνατεθεῖσθαι τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐδαμῶς δὲ συνέτριψε τῆς τοῦ ἅρματος σκευῆς οὐδὲν, ἀλλὰ κρέμαται καὶ ἀνιέρωται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, ὁπόσα τῶν ταῖς χερσὶν ἁρμοζόντων τεκτόνων ποικίλματα ἄγων τὸν Κρισαῖον λόφον..... κατὰ τὸ κοιλόπεδον πεδίον [ἔδραμε] τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.

ad v. 47

a. χεριαρᾶν: τῶν χερὶ ἀρεσκόντων καὶ κατασκευαζόντων τὰ τεκταινόμενα.

ad v. 49

a. Κρισαῖον λόφον: ἀνατεθεικέναι φησὶν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς νίκης ἐν Δελφοῖς τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι τὸν δίφρον τοῦ ἅρματος.

50 πετόντεσσιν ἁνιόχοις ὅλον σ150

Libya drivers who fell, having brought your chariot through unscathed with a fearless mind, you have come now from the splendid games to the plain of and your ancestral city.

Scholia ad vv. 50–50 (1 entry)

ad v. 50

a. ἄμειψεν ἐν κοιλόπεδον: ὅτι ὁ ἀγὼν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τελεῖται. κατὰ σύγκρισιν δὲ τὴν πρὸς τὸ Παρνάσσιον ὄρος κοιλόπεδον εἶπε τὸ χωρίον.

51–53

 δίφρον κομίξαις ἀταρβεῖ φρενί, σ3
 ἦλθες ἤδη Λιβύας πεδίον ἐξ ἀγλαῶν
 ἀέθλων καὶ πατρωΐαν πόλιν.

From Battos even deep-voiced lions fled in fear when he uttered before them a voice from overseas: for the captain and founder Apollo gave the beasts over to dire terror, that he might not be false to his oracles which he had delivered to the ruler of Kyrene.

Scholia ad vv. 51–53 (3 entries)

ad v. 51

a. νάπος τὸ πεδίον ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀγὼν ἄγεται, κατὰ σύγκρισιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Παρνασόν. ὄρος γὰρ ἐκεῖνο δικόρυφον. καὶ ἑτέρωθι (P. VI 9) Ἀπολλωνίαν νάπην καλεῖ τὸν τόπον τοῦτον.

b. τό σφ᾿ ἔχει: ὅπερ τὸ ὄχημα ἔχει τις οἶκος ἐστεγασμένος κυπαρισσίνοις δοκοῖς πλησίον τοῦ ἀνδριάντος, ὅντινα μονόβολον ὄντα οἱ Κρῆτες παρὰ τῷ Παρνασίῳ ὄρει καθίδρυσαν, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ Πυθοῖ.

c. ὡς ἀνδριάντος μονοξύλου ἀνακειμένου ἐν Δελφοῖς Κρητῶν ἀναθέντων.

54 πόνων δʼ οὔ τις ἀπόκλαρός ἐστιν οὔτʼ ἔσεται·

But no man is without a share of toils, or ever will be.

55–58

 ὁ Βάττου δʼ ἕπεται παλαιὸς ὄλβος ἔμπαν τὰ καὶ τὰ νέμων,
 πύργος ἄστεος ὄμμα τε φαεννότατον σ1
 ξένοισι. κεῖνόν γε καὶ βαρύκομποι σ1
 λέοντες περὶ δείματι φύγον,

Yet the ancient prosperity of Battus continues, despite its dispensation of both good and bad, a tower of the city and a most brilliant shining eye to strangers. Even loud-roaring lions fled in fear from Battus, when he unleashed on them his voice from across the sea.

Scholia ad vv. 55–58 (2 entries)

ad v. 56

a. μονόδροπον: μονόβολον. μονόξυλον. παρὰ τὸ μόνον αὐτὸ εἰλῆφθαι· δρέπεσθαι γὰρ τὸ λαμβάνειν.

ad v. 57

a. ἑκόντι τοίνυν πρέπει: ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον. προσήκει σε, φησὶν, ἑκοντὶ τὸν εὐεργέτην Κάρρωτον ἀμείψασθαι ἀνθ᾿ ὧν εἰς σὲ διεπράξατο.

59 γλῶσσαν ἐπεί σφιν ἀπένεικεν ὑπερποντίαν· σ1

Apollo it is who imparteth unto men and women cures for sore maladies, and hath bestowed on them the lute, and giveth the Muse to whomsoever he will, bringing into their hearts fair order of peace; and inhabiteth the secret place of his oracles; whereby at Lakedaimon and at Argos and at sacred Pylos he made to dwell the valiant sons of Herakles and Aigimios.

Scholia ad vv. 59–59 (1 entry)

ad v. 59

a. Ἀλεξιβιάδα, σὲ δ᾿ ἠΰκομοι: ὦ Ἀλεξιβίου υἱὲ Κάρρωτε, σὲ δὲ αἱ εὔκομοι ἐκ τῆς μνήμης καταλαμβάνουσι Χάριτες.

60–62

 ὁ δʼ ἀρχαγέτας ἔδωκʼ Ἀπόλλων
 θῆρας αἰνῷ φόβῳ, σ1
 ὄφρα μὴ ταμίᾳ Κυράνας ἀτελὴς γένοιτο μαντεύμασιν.

And Apollo, the first leader, doomed the beasts to dread fear, so that his oracles to the guardian of Cyrene would not go unfulfilled.

Scholia ad vv. 60–62 (1 entry)

ad v. 61

a. μακάριος, ὃς ἔχεις: μακάριος δὲ καὶ εὐδαίμων τυγχάνεις, ὅστις καὶ μετὰ τὸν μέγαν κάματον διὰ τῶν ἐμῶν φερτάτων λόγων, τουτέστι τῶν ὕμνων, ἔχεις μνημεῖα τῶν καμάτων. ταῦτα δὲ ἤτοι πρὸς τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον λέγει διὰ τὸ στάσεσι κεχρῆσθαι πρὸς τοὺς ὑπηκόους, ἢ πρὸς τὸν Κάρρωτον, διότι περὶ τὴν τῶν ἐποίκων συλλογὴν πολλὰ ἐταλαιπώρησεν.

63–64

63 ὃ καὶ βαρειᾶν νόσων

64 ἀκέσματʼ ἄνδρεσσι καὶ γυναιξὶ νέμει, σ1

It is Apollo who dispenses remedies to men and women for grievous diseases,

Scholia ad vv. 63–64 (1 entry)

ad v. 64

a. ἐν τεσσαράκοντα: ὁ νοῦς· ἐν γὰρ τεσσαράκοντα καταπεσοῦσιν ἡνιόχοις ἄθραυστον καὶ ὑγιᾶ τὸν δίφρον ἤγαγες ἀταράχῳ διανοίᾳ, καὶ παρεγένου εἰς τὸ Λιβύης πεδίον ἐκ τῶν ἐνδοξοτάτων ἀγωνισμάτων καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐπίδοξον πόλιν Κυρήνην.

65–66

65 πόρεν τε κίθαριν, δίδωσί τε Μοῖσαν οἷς ἂν ἐθέλῃ,65

66 ἀπόλεμον ἀγαγὼν σ1

Lacedaemon and who bestowed on us the cithara, and gives the Muses’ inspiration to whomever he will, bringing peaceful concord into the mind, and who possesses the oracular shrine; wherefore he settled the mighty descendants of Heracles and Aegimius in

Scholia ad vv. 65–66 (1 entry)

ad v. 66

a. ὅλον δίφρον: ὁλόκληρον καὶ ὑγιᾶ. προείρηται δὲ ὅτι τὰ συνηγωνισμένα αὐτῷ μ΄ ἅρματα συνεθραύσθη.

67–69

 ἐς πραπίδας εὐνομίαν,
 μυχόν τʼ ἀμφέπει
 καὶ μαντήϊον· τῷ Λακεδαίμονι

From Sparta they say came my own dear famous race: thence sprang the sons of Aigeus who came to Thera, my ancestors, not without help of God; but a certain destiny brought thither a feast of much sacrifice, and thence receiving, O Apollo, thy Karneia we honour at the banquet the fair-built city of Kyrene, which the spear-loving strangers haunt, the Trojan seed of Antenor. For with Helen they came thither after they had seen their native city smoking in the fires of war.

70–73

 ἐν Ἄργει τε καὶ ζαθέᾳ Πύλῳ
 άε ἔνασσεν ἀλκ ντας Ἡρακλέος σ2
 ἐκγόνους Αἰγιμιοῦ τε. τὸ δʼ ἐμὸν γαρύειν
 ἀπὸ Σπάρτας ἐπήρατον κλέος·

ArgosPylosSparta and in and in sacred. But it is my part to sing of the lovely glory that comes from,

Scholia ad vv. 70–73 (2 entries)

ad v. 71

a. πόνων δ᾿ οὔ τις: καθολικῶς φησι, παραμυθούμενος αὐτόν.

b. τὸ ὅλον· οὐδεὶς δὲ ἀνθρώπων ἄμοιρός ἐστι πόνων καὶ καμάτων, οὔτε ἔσται ποτέ. ἴσος δὲ τοῦτο, ὡς τοῦ Καρρώτου κεκμηκότος ἀβλαβὲς διασῶσαι τὸ ἅρμα.

74 ὅθεν γεγενναμένοι σ3

where the Aegeidae were born, and from there

Scholia ad vv. 74–74 (3 entries)

ad v. 74

a. τὰ καὶ τὰ νέμων: τουτέστι τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ κακά. ἀμήχανον γὰρ, φησὶν, ἄνθρωπον ὄντα πάντα ἀγαθὰ λαχεῖν. Ὅμηρος (Ω 527)· δοιοὶ γάρ τε πίθοι κατακείαται ἐν Διὸς οὔδει. καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος (P. III 81)· ἓν παρ᾿ ἐσλὸν πήματα σύνδυο δαίονται βροτοῖς.

b. χρῶνται δὲ τῷ ἔμπαν ἀντὶ περισπωμένου τοῦ ὁμῶς, ὅ ἐστιν ἴσον τῷ ὁμοίως· καὶ γὰρ τὸ ἔμπης ἀντὶ περισπωμένου τοῦ ὁμῶς τάσσει Ὅμηρος (σ 354)· ἔμπης μοι δοκέει δαΐδων σέλας ἔμμεναι καὶ κεφαλῆς. καὶ πάλιν (Ξ 174)· ἔμπης ἐς γαῖάν τε καὶ οὐρανόν.

c. καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὁμοίων.

75–79

 ἵκοντο Θήρανδε φῶτες Αἰγεΐδαι,
 ἐμοὶ πατέρες, οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ, ἀλλὰ μοῖρά τις ἄγεν· σ2
 πολύθυτον ἔρανον
 ἔνθεν ἀναδεξάμενοι, σ2
 Ἄπολλον, τεᾷ,

Thera they went to, my ancestors, not without the gods; they were led by a certain fate. From there we have received the feast with its many sacrifices, and at your

And now to that chivalrous race do the men whom Aristoteles brought, opening with swift ships a track through the deep sea, give greeting piously, and draw nigh to them with sacrifice and gifts.

Scholia ad vv. 75–79 (4 entries)

ad v. 76

a. κεῖνόν γε καὶ βαρύκομποι: ἐκεῖνον δὲ, τὸν Βάττον, καὶ οἱ χαλεποὶ λεόντες τῆς Λιβύης εὐλαβηθέντες ἔφυγον.

b. κεῖνόν γε καὶ βαρύκομποι: Ἀρίσταρχος κατὰ τὸν τόπον φησὶ τοῦτον, καθ᾿ ὃν ἔκτισται ἡ Κυρήνη, λέοντας διατρίβειν πολλοὺς, τῷ δὲ Βάττῳ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα δοῦναί τινας ἐπῳδὰς, δι᾿ ὧν [αὐτοὺς] ἔμελλεν ἀποσοβήσειν καὶ τὸν τόπον ἡμερώσειν. ὑπερποντίαν δὲ αὐτὸν ἐπενέγκαι γλῶσσάν φησι, παρόσον τὴν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος φωνὴν ἐκ Δελφῶν εἰς Λιβύην μετήνεγκε. μήποτε δὲ τροπικῇ κατείληπται φράσει, καὶ ἔστιν ὃ βούλεται λέγειν, ὅτι ἐνθήρου τῆς Λιβύης οὔσης, ὁ Βάττος οἰκίσας τὴν Κυρήνην παρεσκεύασε φυγεῖν τοὺς λέοντας, δέει τῷ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τῶν λεόντων διασκεδασθέντων.

ad v. 78

a. γλῶσσαν ἐπεί σφιν: οὐχ ὅτι, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, οἱ λέοντες ἐκ φωνῆς ἔφυγον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ τὴν ἀπόφασιν ἐκ τῆς Πυθίας ὑπὲρ τὸν πόντον διεκόμισεν. ἐλθόντι γὰρ αὐτῷ εἰς Δελφοὺς καὶ χρωμένῳ πῶς ἀποκαταστήσει τὴν φωνὴν, παραλιποῦσα τὸ ἐρωτηθὲν ἐκέλευσεν αὐτῷ πόλιν κτίζειν ἐπὶ τῆς Λιβύης. τοιοῦτον οὖν ἐστι τὸ γλῶσσαν ἐπεί σφιν ἀπένεικεν, ἐπεὶ τὸν χρησμὸν διεκόμισε. κατὰ γὰρ τὸν χρησμὸν διεβίβασεν ὄχλον καὶ ἔκτισε τὴν Κυρήνην· ἔφυγον δὲ οἱ λέοντες φοβηθέντες τὸ πλῆθος, οὐ τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ Βάττου. οἱ δὲ τὸ γλῶσσαν ἐπεί σφιν ἀπένεικεν ὑπερποντίαν, οὕτως ἀποδιδόασιν, ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἐφώνησεν, ὥστε τὴν πρότερον ἐνδεδωκυῖαν αὐτῷ ὑπερποντίαν γενέσθαι.

b. ἄλλως· ὑπερποντίαν, τὴν μεγάλην, ὥστε καὶ διὰ θαλάσσης ἀκούεσθαι καὶ ἐξικνεῖσθαι.

80–83

 Καρνήϊʼ, ἐν δαιτὶ σεβίζομεν σ2
 Κυράνας ἀγακτιμέναν πόλιν·
 ἔχοντι τὰν χαλκοχάρμαι ξένοι
 Τρῶες Ἀντανορίδαι. σὺν Ἑλένᾳ γὰρ μόλον, σ1

banquet, Carneian Apollo, we honor the well-built city of Cyrene, which is held by foreigners who delight in bronze, the Trojan descendants of Antenor. For they came with Helen, after they had seen their native city consumed in the smoke

Scholia ad vv. 80–83 (3 entries)

ad v. 80

a. ὁ δ᾿ ἀρχαγέτας: ὁ δὲ τῆς ἀποικίας ἀρχηγέτης Ἀπόλλων τοὺς θῆρας εἰς φυγὴν παρώρμησεν, ὅπως ἂν μὴ τῷ βασιλεῖ τῆς Κυρήνης τῷ Βάττῳ ἀτελὴς γένοιτο καὶ οὐχὶ οἰκισθείη ἡ Κυρήνη.

b. καὶ τοῦτο ἑαυτῷ συνᾴδων ὁ Δίδυμος οὕτως ἀποδίδωσιν· ἐπεὶ ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔχρησεν οἰκίσαι τὴν Κυρήνην, αἴτιος ἐγένετο τοῦ φυγεῖν τοὺς θῆρας. οἰκιζομένης γὰρ τῆς πόλεως ἔφυγον.

ad v. 83

a. ἀτελὴς γένοιτο: ἀτελὴς ὁ Ἀπόλλων· μενόντων γὰρ τῶν θηρίων οὐκ ἂν ᾠκίσθη ἡ Κυρήνη.

84 καπνωθεῖσαν πάτραν ἐπεὶ ἴδον

He also planted greater groves of gods, and made a paved road cut straight over the plain, to be smitten with horsehoofs in processions that beseech Apollo's guardianship for men; and there at the end of the market-place he lieth apart in death. Blessed was he while he dwelt among men, and since his death the people worship him as their hero.

85–89

 ἐν Ἄρει. τὸ δʼ ἐλάσιππον ἔθνος ἐνδυκέως σ1
 δέκονται θυσίαισιν ἄνδρες οἰχνέοντές σφε δωροφόροι,
 τοὺς Ἀριστοτέλης ἄγαγε, ναυσὶ θοαῖς σ1
 ἁλὸς βαθεῖαν κέλευθον ἀνοίγων. σ1
 κτίσεν δʼ ἄλσεα μείζονα θεῶν,

of war. And that horse-driving race was faithfully welcomed with sacrifices by men who came to them bringing gifts, men whom Aristoteles led, when, with his swift ships, he opened a deep path across the sea. And he founded precincts of the gods that were greater than before,

Scholia ad vv. 85–89 (3 entries)

ad v. 85

a. ὃ καὶ βαρειᾶν νόσων: ὅστις ὁ Ἀπόλλων καὶ τῶν βαρειῶν νόσων τοῖς τε ἀνδράσι καὶ ταῖς γυναιξὶν ἄκεσιν δίδωσι· καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα διὰ χρησμῶν θεραπεύει.

ad v. 87

a. πόρεν τε κίθαριν: τὴν κιθαριστικὴν ἐμπειρίαν. Ὅμηρος (Β 827)· ᾧ τόξον Ἀπόλλων, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν τοξικήν.

ad v. 88

a. δίδωσί τε μοῖσαν: ἐχαρίσατο δὲ τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει καὶ τὴν κιθάραν, καὶ δωρεῖται τὴν μουσικὴν οἷς ἂν βούληται, ἀστασίαστον ἄγων εἰς τὰς φρένας τῶν ἀνθρώπων δικαιοσύνην.

90–91

90 εὐθύτομόν τε κατέθηκεν Ἀπολλωνίαις90

91 ἀλεξιμβρότοις πεδιάδα πομπαῖς σ1

and he established, for the processions of Apollo, protector of men, a straight cut, level, paved road for the clatter of horses’ hooves, where at the edge of the marketplace he rests by himself in death.

Scholia ad vv. 90–91 (1 entry)

ad v. 91

a. ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ ἄδυτον αὐτοῦ μαντικόν.

92–93

92 ἔμμεν ἱππόκροτον σ1

93 σκυρωτὰν ὁδόν, ἔνθα πρυμνοῖς ἀγορᾶς ἔπι δίχα κεῖται θανών. σ1

And apart from him before their palace lie other sacred kings that have their lot with Hades; and even now perchance they hear, with such heed as remaineth to the dead, of this great deed sprinkled with kindly dew of outpoured song triumphal, whence have they bliss in common with their son Arkesilas unto whom it falleth due.

Scholia ad vv. 92–93 (2 entries)

ad v. 92

a. τῷ καὶ Λακεδαίμονι ἐν Ἄργει τε: ᾧ, τῷ χρησμῷ, καὶ τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας καὶ τοὺς Αἰγιμιοῦ παῖδας κατῴκισεν ἐν Λακεδαίμονι καὶ Ἄργει καὶ ἐν Πύλῳ. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Πύλου τὴν Μεσσήνην....... διδόασι. τριμερὴς δὲ ἡ τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν διαίρεσις. οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἀριστοδήμου παῖδες Προκλῆς καὶ Εὐρυσθένης ἔσχον τὴν Λακωνικὴν, ὁ δὲ Τήμενος τὸ Ἄργος, ὁ δὲ Κρεσφόντης τὴν Μεσσήνην· χρησμῷ δὲ κατῆλθον προστάξαντος τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος, δῆλον δὲ ὅτι καὶ οἱ Αἰγιμιοῦ παῖδες Δύμας καὶ Πάμφυλος συγκατῆλθον τοῖς Ἡρακλείδαις. συνῴκησαν δὲ οἱ Θηβαῖοι τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις.

ad v. 93

a. καὶ ζαθέᾳ Πύλῳ: ἀπὸ τῆς Πύλου τὴν Μεσσήνην σημαίνει. οἱ γὰρ νεώτεροι τὴν Πύλον, ἧς Νέστωρ ἡγεῖτο, οὐ περὶ τὴν Τριφυλίαν τῆς Ἀρκαδίας, ἀλλὰ περὶ τὴν Μεσσήνην διδόασιν.

94 μάκαρ μὲν ἀνδρῶν μέτα

He was blessed when he dwelled among men,

95–99

 ἔναιεν, ἥρως δʼ ἔπειτα λαοσεβής.
 ἄτερθε δὲ πρὸ δωμάτων ἕτεροι λαχόντες Ἀΐδαν σ2
 βασιλέες ἱεροὶ
 ἐντί, μεγάλαν δʼ ἀρετὰν
 δρόσῳ μαλθακᾷ σ2

and thereafter a hero worshipped by the people. Apart from him, in front of the houses, are the other sacred kings who took their allotted places in Hades, and somehow below the earth they hear, in their minds, great excellence sprinkled with gentle dew

Scholia ad vv. 95–99 (4 entries)

ad v. 96

a. τὸ δ᾿ ἐμὸν γαρύετ᾿ ἀπὸ Σπάρτας: ὁ λόγος ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ τῶν Λιβύων ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τὸ δὲ ἡμῶν κλέος καυχᾶται εἶναι ἀπὸ Σπάρτης, ὅπου γεγεννημένοι οἱ πρόγονοι ἡμῶν οἱ Αἰγεῖδαι εἰς τὴν Θήραν ἀφίκοντο. ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος γὰρ εἰς τὴν Θήραν ἡ ἀποικία ἐγένετο, ἐκ δὲ Θήρας εἰς Κυρήνην. Αἰγείδας δὲ κέκληκε τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους διὰ τὸ κατοικισθῆναι τοὺς παρὰ Θηβαίοις καλουμένους Αἰγείδας ἐν Λακεδαίμονι.

ad v. 99

a. ὅθεν γεγενναμένοι: ἐπεὶ ἐκ Λακωνικῆς ἐλθόντες οἱ περὶ Θήραν Καλλίστην ὤκησαν. | Καλλίμαχος (in Apoll. 74)· ἐκ μέν σε Σπάρτης ἕκτον γένος.

b. ἄλλως· συνῴκησαν γὰρ οἱ Θηβαῖοι τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις. χρόνῳ δὲ οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι συνεξῆλθον τοῖς εἰς Θήραν ἀπῳκηκόσι, φημὶ δὲ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Λημνιάδων καὶ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν· ἀπὸ δὲ Θήρας γεγένηται ἀποικία εἰς Κυρήνην. ἔστιν οὖν τὸ πᾶν ἐσπουδασμένον τῷ Πινδάρῳ ὥστε δεῖξαι αὐτὸν συγγενῆ Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ Κυρηναίων, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τοῦ νικηφόρου.

100–104

 ῥανθεῖσαν κώμων ὑπὸ χεύμασιν,
 ἀκούοντί που χθονίᾳ φρενί, σ2
 σφὸν ὄλβον υἱῷ τε κοινὰν χάριν
 ἔνδικόν τʼ Ἀρκεσίλᾳ. τὸν ἐν ἀοιδᾷ νέων
 άο πρέπει χρυς ρα Φοῖβον ἀπύειν, σ2

by the outpourings of victory-songs—prosperity for themselves, and a justly earned and shared grace for their son Arcesilas. It is fitting for him, in the song of the young men, to celebrate Phoebus with his golden sword,

Him it behoveth by the song of the young men to celebrate Phoibos of the golden sword, seeing that from Pytho he hath won a recompense of his cost in this glad strain of glorious victory.

Scholia ad vv. 100–104 (4 entries)

ad v. 101

a. Αἰγεῖδαι ἐμοὶ πατέρες: θέλει δεῖξαι τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον τὸ γένος κατάγοντα ἀπὸ τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν.

b. Αἰγεῖδαι ἐμοὶ πατέρες: διτταὶ γίνονται αἱ τῶν Θήβηθεν Αἰγειδῶν εἰς Σπάρτην ἀφίξεις, προτέρα μὲν ἡ σὺν τοῖς Δωριεῦσι καὶ Ἀριστοδήμῳ, ἧς μέμνηται Ἔφορος ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ (FHG I p. 235) λέγων· Ὕλλον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς ἀποτυχόντας τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν Σπάρτην στρατείας ἐπερωτᾶν τὸν θεὸν, τίνας τῶν Ἑλλήνων ποιήσονται πρὸς τὴν κάθοδον συμμάχους· τὸν δὲ ἀνελεῖν, τοὺς ὑπὸ Ἡρακλέους εὐεργετηθέντας, πρώτους δὲ τούτους κελεῦσαι Αἰγείδας παρακαλεῖν. ὑπολαμβάνοντας δὲ ταῦτα εὐλόγως προστεταχέναι τὸν θεὸν ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὰς Ἀθήνας πρῶτον, εἰδότας Θησέα τὸν Αἰγέως [μέγιστα πάντων ὑφ᾿ Ἡρακλέους εὐεργετημένον, εὖ δὲ ἔχειν τὴν μαντείαν νομίζοντας,] καὶ [πρώτους τοὺς] Θησέως [τοῦ Αἰγέως] ἀπογόνους ἐκάλουν, τοῦ τῆς καθόδου μὴ διαμαρτεῖν. ἔπειτά φασι τὸν Ἀριστόδημον διὰ τῆς Βοιωτίας πορευόμενον καταλαβεῖν θύοντάς τινας τῶν Θηβαίων παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν, καὶ τοῦ κήρυκος ἀκούσαντα τοῖς Αἰγείδαις εὐχομένου τὰ ἀγαθὰ λαβεῖν περὶ τῆς μαντείας ἔννοιαν, καὶ νομίσαντα δεῖν, ἐπειδὴ τοὺς Ἀθήνηθεν Αἰγείδας πρώτους παρακαλοῦντες διημάρτανον, τοὺς ἐκ τῶν Θηβῶν συμμάχους μετελθεῖν πρότερον. κατὰ τύχην δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ στρατείᾳ τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν τὴν Πελοπόννησον κατασχόντων ἡγοῦντο τὸ μαντεῖον εἰρῆσθαι περὶ τῶν ἐν Θήβαις Αἰγειδῶν. ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ σὺν Τιμομάχῳ, ἐν ᾧ πρὸς Ἀμυκλαεῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις καθειστήκει πόλεμος. τινὲς δὲ Αἰγέα, ἀφ᾿ οὗ ἡ τῶν Αἰγειδῶν ἐν Θήβαις φατρία τοὔνομα ἔλαβε, Σπαρτὸν εἶναι τῶν ἀπὸ Κάδμου.

ad v. 104

a. ἔνθεν, διαδεξάμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς Θήρας τὰ πάτρια ἔθη τῆς πανηγύρεως· ἢ ὅθεν τὸ γένος κατάγοντες ἡμεῖς οἱ Θηβαῖοι ἐπαινοῦμεν τὴν Κυρήνην, ὦ Ἄπολλον.

b. τούς τε γὰρ Αἰγείδας κατὰ χρησμὸν ἀπὸ Θηβῶν λαβόντες ἀπὸ ἑορτῆς Καρνείου Ἀπόλλωνος δειπνοῦντας ἐπήγαγον.

105–107

 ἔχοντα Πυθωνόθεν
 τὸ καλλίνικον λυτήριον δαπανᾶν
 μέλος χαρίεν. ἄνδρα κεῖνον ἐπαινέοντι συνετοί.

Pytho now that he has received from the graceful victory-song as a compensation for his expense. Intelligent men praise him. I will say what has been said by others:

108–109

108 λεγόμενον ἐρέω·

109 κρέσσονα μὲν ἁλικίας σ2

Of him the wise speak well: I but repeat their words saying that he cherisheth understanding above his years, that in eloquent speech and boldness he is as the wide-winged eagle among birds, and his strength in combat like a tower. And he hath wings to soar with the Muses, as his mother before him, and now hath he proved him a cunning charioteer: and by all ways that lead to honour at home hath he adventured.

Scholia ad vv. 108–109 (2 entries)

ad v. 109

a. χαλκοχάρμαι ξένοι: οἱ Ἀντήνορος παῖδες ζωγρηθέντες τρεῖς ὄντες ἦλθον εἰς Λιβύην καὶ ᾤκησαν· εἰσὶ δὲ Γλαῦκος, Ἀκάμας, Ἱππόλοχος.

b. ἄλλως· ἥντινα Λιβύην οἰκοῦσι καὶ κατέχουσιν οἱ πολεμικώτατοι ξένοι οἱ τοῦ Ἀντήνορος παῖδες. σὺν γὰρ τῇ Ἑλένῃ καὶ τῷ Μενελάῳ παρεγένοντο, ἐπειδὴ τὴν πατρίδα πορθηθεῖσαν ἐθεάσαντο κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον.

110–114

 νόον φέρβεται σ1
 γλῶσσάν τε· θάρσος δὲ τανύπτερος
 ἐν ὄρνιξιν αἰετὸς ἔπλετο·
 ἀγωνίας δʼ, ἕρκος οἷον, σθένος· σ3
 ἔν τε Μοίσαισι ποτανὸς ἀπὸ ματρὸς φίλας,

he nurtures a mind and tongue that are beyond his years; in courage he is a long-winged eagle among birds; his strength in competition is like a bulwark. Among the Muses, he has had wings since he was a child in his dear mother’s lap,

Scholia ad vv. 110–114 (4 entries)

ad v. 110

a. Τρῶες Ἀντανορίδαι: περὶ τῆς εἰς Κυρήνην ἀφίξεως τῶν Ἀντηνοριδῶν Λυσίμαχος (FHG III p. 337) ἐν πρώτῳ τῶν νόστων ἱστορεῖ, παρ᾿ Ἄμνακι βασιλεῖ Λιβύων αὐτοὺς ᾠκηκέναι μὴ βουλομένους συνοικεῖν τοῖς τὸ Ἴλιον πεπορθηκόσι, καὶ ὅτι ἔκτισαν μεθ᾿ ἱκανὸν χρόνον τὸν μεταξὺ Κυρήνης καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης κείμενον λόφον Ἀντηνοριδῶν ἐπικεκλημένον. τινὲς δὲ οὕτω τὴν ἱστρίαν ἐκτίθενται· οἱ Ἀντηνορίδαι φιλοφρονητικώτερον διέκειντο πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας· φησὶ γάρ που καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Ἀντήνωρ (Γ 205)· ἤδη γὰρ καὶ δεῦρό ποτ᾿ ἤλυθεν· καὶ ὑποβαίνων· τοὺς δ᾿ ἐγὼ ἐξείνισσα καὶ ἐν μεγάροισι φίλησα. καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες δὲ κατὰ τὴν πόρθησιν παρδαλέαν τῷ Ἀντήνορος οἴκῳ παρῃώρησαν σημεῖον ποιούμενοι τοῖς οἰκείοις στρατιώταις τοῦ μηδένα ὡς πολέμιον οἶκον πορθῆσαι. διαφυγόντες δὲ τὸν πόλεμον συναπῆραν μὲν τῷ Μενελάῳ, κατὰ δὲ τὴν πλάνην τοῦ Μενελάου εἰς Λιβύην ἐλθόντες οἱ Ἀντηνορίδαι, καταπονηθέντες τῷ χειμῶνι καὶ τῇ πολυχρονίῳ πλάνῃ ᾤκησαν αὐτόθι.

ad v. 113

a. οἱ Κυρηναῖοιa. τὸ δ᾿ ἐλάσιππον ἔθνος: ἀντὶ τοῦ. οἱ Κυρηναῖοι ἐρχόμενοι πρὸς αὐτοὺς μετὰ τοῦ φέρειν δῶρα καθαγίζουσιν ἐπιμελῶς καὶ προσδέχονται καὶ θεραπεύουσιν· οὓς διεπεραίωσε τὴν τῆς ἁλὸς κέλευθον ἀνοίγων, τουτέστι σχίζων διὰ τὸν πλοῦν, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ συνήθη ποιῶν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον οὐκ ἐπλεῖτο, ὡς ἂν τῆς Κυρηναϊκῆς ἐρήμου οὔσης· ὅτε δὲ ᾤκισεν αὐτὴν, πλοΐμη ἐγένετο διὰ τὰς ἐπιμιξίας.

b. ἄλλως· τὸ δὲ ἱππικώτατον ἔθνος τῶν Κυρηναίων μετ᾿ ἐπιμελείας τοὺς Ἀντήνορος παῖδας τεθνηκότας δεξιοῦνται θυσίαις, παραγίνονται δὲ μετὰ δώρων καὶ ἐναγισμάτων.

c. ἄλλως· οἱ Κυρηναῖοι ἐτίμων, φησὶ, τοὺς Ἀντηνορίδας οἵδε, οὓς ὁ Βάττος ἤγαγεν εἰς τὴν Λιβύην τῆς πλατείας θαλάττης τὴν ὁδὸν ἀνοίγων.

115

115 πέφανταί θʼ ἁρματηλάτας σοφός·115

and he has proved himself a skillful charioteer.

116

116 ὅσαι τʼ εἰσὶν ἐπιχωρίων καλῶν ἔσοδοι,

He has boldly tried every local opportunity for fine deeds, and now a god gladly brings his power to perfection; and in the future, blessed sons of Cronus, grant him the same, both in deeds and in counsels,

117–119

 τετόλμακε. θεός τέ οἱ τὸ νῦν τε πρόφρων τελεῖ δύνασιν, σ1
 ὁμοῖα καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν, Κρονίδαι μάκαρες, σ1
 διδοῖτʼ ἐπʼ ἔργοισιν ἀμφί τε βουλαῖς σ1

As now the favour of God perfecteth his might, so for the time to come, blest children of Kronos, grant him to keep it in counsel and in deed, that never at any time the wintry blast of the late autumn winds sweep him away. Surely the mighty mind of Zeus guideth the destiny of the men he loveth. I pray that to the seed of Battos he may at Olympia grant a like renown.

Scholia ad vv. 117–119 (3 entries)

ad v. 117

a. τοὺς Ἀριστοτέλης: ὅτι Ἀριστοτέλης ἦν ὁ κτίσας τὴν Κυρήνην, ὁ κληθεὶς Βάττος, ὁ καὶ τὴν λεγομένην Σκυρωτὴν πλατεῖαν αὐτοῖς κατασκευάσας.

ad v. 118

a. κέλευθον ἀνοίγων: ἀντὶ τοῦ πλοΐμην λοιπὸν ποιῶν τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν Λιβύην θάλασσαν τῷ τὴν Κυρήνην κτίζειν· τότε γὰρ διὰ τὸ ἔρημον τῆς χώρας οὐκ ἐπλεῖτο ἐκείνη ἡ θάλασσα.

ad v. 119

a. ἄλσεα μείζονα: ἀντὶ τοῦ μεγάλα ἁπλῶς, οὐ πρὸς ἄλλα συγκρίνων. ἄλση δὲ τὰ τῶν θεῶν τεμένη.

120–124

 ἔχειν, μὴ φθινοπωρὶς ἀνέμων σ2
 χειμερία κατὰ πνοὰ δαμαλίζοι χρόνον. σ1
 Διός τοι νόος μέγας κυβερνᾷ
 δαίμονʼ ἀνδρῶν φίλων. σ1
 εὔχομαί νιν Ὀλυμπίᾳ τοῦτο σ8

lest some fruit-destroying blast of winter wind quell his life. The great mind of Zeus steers the fortune of men that he loves. I pray to him

Scholia ad vv. 120–124 (12 entries)

ad v. 120

a. εὐθύτομόν τε: κάθοδον ἐποίησεν εὐθυτενῆ καὶ λείαν· τῶν γὰρ χωρίων τραχυτάτων ὄντων λείαν ἀπειργάσατο τὴν ὁδόν.

b. σκυρωτὴν δὲ λιθόστρωτον· σκῦρον γὰρ λέγουσι τὴν λατύπην τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κατεργασίας τῶν λίθων ἀποπίπτουσαν.

ad v. 121

a. Ἀπολλωνίαις: ταῖς τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἀλεξιμβρότοις θαλίαις, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ βαδιστὴν ἐποίησεν. ἀλεξιμβρότοις δὲ, ταῖς ἀπαλεξούσαις τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φαῦλα· τοὺς γὰρ θεοὺς θεραπεύομεν πρὸς ἀπαλέξησιν τῶν φαύλων.

ad v. 123

a. ἱππόκροτον: καὶ ἵπποις πεδιάδα βαδιστὴν καὶ ταῖς τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος εἶναι θαλίαις βαδιστὴν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ.

ad v. 124

a. σκυρωτὰν ὁδόν: οὕτω καλεῖται πλατεῖα Σκυρωτὴ ἐπὶ τῆς Κυρήνης, λέγεται δὲ καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν τῶν Διοσκούρων ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ πλατείᾳ εἶναι.

b. λέγεται δὲ σκυρωτὴ, ἀντὶ τοῦ λιθόστρωτος.

c. ἄλλως· σκυρωτάν: τὴν Σκυρωτὴν οὖν, φησὶν, ὁδὸν κατεσκεύασεν ὁ Βάττος, δι᾿ ἧς αἱ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι γινόμεναι πομπαὶ κομίζονται εἰς τὸ ἱερόν.

d. πεδιάδα δὲ κέκληκε τὴν ὁδὸν ὡς ἐπίπεδον καὶ λείαν.

e. τὰς δὲ πομπὰς ἀλεξιμβρότους, ἤτοι παρὰ τὸ ἀλέγειν ὅ ἐστι φροντίζειν, ὧν φροντίζουσιν ὡς συντελεσθῶσιν· ἢ ἐπεὶ εἰς ἀλέξησιν τῶν κακῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν βροτῶν γίνονται. πομπαῖς γὰρ καὶ θυσίαις ἱλάσκονται τὸ δαιμόνιον.

f. ἔνθα πρυμνοῖς ἀγορᾶς: τὸν τάφον αὐτοῦ συνίστησιν ἐπὶ τοῖς τῆς ἀγορᾶς ὁρίοις ὄντα. φησὶ γὰρ, ἐπ᾿ ἐσχάτοις τῆς ἀγορᾶς δίχα κεῖται θανὼν, ἐπὶ τῷ διορίζοντι τὴν ἀγορὰν ἄκρῳ. ἔστι δὲ καὶ οὕτω διελέσθαι· ἐπὶ πρυμνοῖς τῆς ἀγορᾶς κεῖται θανὼν. δίχα τῶν ἄλλων ἡρώων.

g. τὸ δὲ χ΄ ὅτι πρυμνοῖς ἀγορᾶς εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῖς ἐσχάτοις ἄκροις.

h. τὸ δὲ ἐπίδιχα, ἐπὶ θάτερα μέρη.

125

125 δόμεν γέρας ἔπι Βάττου γένει. σ27125

Olympia to grant another prize of honor at to the race of Battus.

Scholia ad vv. 125–125 (27 entries)

ad v. 125

a. ἐπίδιχα: διακεχωρισμένος τῶν ἄλλων βασιλέων ἐν τῇ Κυρήνῃ πρὸς τὰ τελευταῖα τῆς ἀγορᾶς κεῖται τεθνηκὼς ὁ Βάττος. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

a. μάκαρ μέν: μακάριος μὲν ὅτε ἐν ζῶσιν ἦν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, φησὶν, ὡς ἥρως τιμᾶται σεπτὸς ὢν παρὰ Κυρηναίοις. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

b. λαοσεβὴς δὲ ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ σεβόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

a. πρὸ δωμάτων: ποίων δωμάτων; ἤτοι τοῦ ἥρωος Βάττου ἢ τῶν βασιλείων ἢ καὶ πρὸ τῶν τῆς πόλεως πυλῶν. καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο δοκεῖ τῶν ἄλλων διαφέρειν ὁ Βάττος, ὅτι ὁ μὲν ἄκρᾳ ἀγορᾷ τέθαπται, οἱ δὲ πρὸ τῆς πόλεως. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

a. μεγάλαν δ᾿ ἀρετᾶν: τῶν δὲ ἐπισήμων σου ἀρετῶν κατακούουσιν, ὦ Ἀρκεσίλαε, οἱ πρόγονοι τῇ ἑαυτῶν φρενὶ τῇ ὑπογείῳ. τῶν ἀρετῶν δὲ, τῶν οὐσῶν αὐτῶν ὄλβου. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

a. δρόσῳ μαλθακᾷ: τοῖς ποιήμασιν ἐπικοσμουμένην τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν τῇ χθονίᾳ φρενὶ ἀκούουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

a. ἀκούοντί ποι: τὴν μεγάλην τοῦ Ἀρκεσιλάου ἀρετὴν τοῖς ποιήμασιν ἐπικοσμουμένην ἀκούουσί που τῇ χθονίᾳ αὐτῶν φρενί. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

b. χθονίᾳ δὲ φρενὶ, παρόσον τεθνήκασι καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ κεῖνται. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

a. σφὸν ὄλβον: ὄλβον λέγει τὴν κῶμον, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτῶν ὄλβος. τί γὰρ καταλείπεται τοῖς τεθνεῶσιν ἢ ὄλβον ἔχειν τοὺς ἐπαίνους τοὺς διὰ τῶν ποιημάτων, τουτέστι πλουτεῖν ἐπαίνοις. [Drachmann ad v. 136]

b. υἱῷ τε κοινὰν χάριν: τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον υἱὸν εἶπε, καθὸ ἀπόγονος ἦν τοῦ Βάττου. ἀκούοντες οὖν τῶν ὕμνων τῶν εἰς Ἀρκεσίλαον κοινὴν ἔχουσι τὴν χάριν οἱ πρόγονοι. [Drachmann ad v. 136]

a. τὸν ἐν ἀοιδᾷ νέων πρέπει: πρέπει τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα εὐχαριστεῖσθαι ὑπ᾿ Ἀρκεσιλάου καὶ ὑμνεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ τῶν νέων, διότι ἐκ Πυθῶνος εἴληφε τὴν νίκην καὶ τὸ μέλος, ὃ νῦν γέγραφεν, ὅ ἐστι λυτήριον τῶν δαπανῶν. ἐδαπάνησε μὲν γὰρ πολλὰ καὶ ἐπόνησεν, οὐκ εἰς κενὸν δὲ, ἀλλὰ τυχὼν τῆς νίκης ἀμοιβὴν ἔσχε τῆς δαπάνης. ταῦτα δὲ εἶπεν ὡς πολλὰ δεδωκότος καὶ καταναλώσαντος Ἀρκεσιλάου. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

b. ἄλλως· τὸν ἐν ἀοιδᾷ: ὅντινα τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον ἐν τῷ χορῷ καὶ τῇ τούτου ᾠδῇ προσήκει ἀνυμνεῖν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα. ἔχοντα τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον τὴν ἐκ Πυθῶνος καλλίστην τῶν δαπανῶν παραμυθίαν· λέγει δὲ τὴν νίκην καὶ τὸ τοῦ ἐπινίκου μέλος. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

a. ἄνδρα κεῖνον: τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον, τὸν ὑπὲρ εὐδοξίας δαπανῶντα. [Drachmann ad v. 143]

a. κρέσσονα μέν: τουτέστι κρείσσονα τῆς ἡλικίας νοεῖ καὶ λέγει. ὑπὲρ τὴν ἡλικίαν ἔχει τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὴν φρόνησιν. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

a. θάρσος τε: τὸ δὲ θάρσος καὶ τὴν ἀνδρείαν τοσοῦτός ἐστιν ὅσος ὁ ἀετὸς πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ὄρνις συγκρινόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

a. ἀγωνίας δ᾿ ἕρκος: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῶν ἀγώνων ὀχύρωμα θαυμαστὸν ἔχει τὸ σθένος. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

a. οἷον σθένος: θαυμαστικῶς· ὁποῖον δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἀγωνίαις καὶ τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἔχει τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σθένος ὡς ἂν ὀχύρωμα καὶ τειχίον. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

a. ἔν τε Μοίσαισι ποτηνὸς ἀπὸ ματρὸς φίλας: ἀμφίβολον, πότερον ἀπὸ μητρὸς πεπαιδευμένος, ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡλικίας ἔνδοξος ἦν καὶ πτηνὸς, τουτέστι τῇ δόξῃ μετεωριζόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

b. ἢ οὐχ ὑπὸ μητρὸς ἐδιδάσκετο, ἀλλὰ φύσει τέλειος ἦν κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν, οὐ νεοσσὸς ἀλλὰ πτηνὸς, τουτέστιν οὐ τῶν διδασκόντων ἔχρῃζεν. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

c. ἄλλως· ἐν δὲ λόγῳ καὶ ἀρετῇ ὀξὺς καὶ ταχὺς ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ εὐθὺς τεχθεὶς γέγονεν· ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκ νέας ἡλικίας καὶ περὶ παίδευσιν ἐπιθυμητικῶς ἔχει. [Drachmann ad v. 152]

a. καλῶν ἔσοδοι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔθη. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

b. ὅσα τέ ἐστι παρὰ Κυρηναίοις τῶν καλῶν ἔθη, ταῦτα ὑπέμεινε καὶ κατώρθωσε πρῶτος. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

a. θεός τέ οἱ: τὸ δαιμόνιον, φησὶν, αὐτῷ ἐπί τε τοῦ παρόντος προθύμως τελεῖ τὰ κατὰ δύναμιν καὶ εἰς τὸν μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνον. [Drachmann ad v. 157]

a. καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν, ὦ Κρονίδαι: ἐπεὶ εὐκταίως νῦν ἔχει αὐτῷ τὰ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν, οὕτω καὶ ἐς τὸ μέλλον, ὦ Κρονίδαι, φησὶ, μὴ ἐάσητε τοιοῦτον ἐλάττωμα περὶ τὸν βίον αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι, ὥστε καθάπερ ὑπὸ φθινοπώρου πνοῆς τὰ φύλλα κεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τῶν δένδρων, οὕτω καὶ τὰ πράγματα αὐτοῦ μαρανθῆναι, ἀλλ᾿ ἀειθαλὴς αὐτοῦ μένοι ὁ βίος μηδέποτε φθίνων μηδὲ φυλλορροῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 159]

a. Διός τοι νόος: ὁ δὲ τοῦ Διὸς νοῦς τὴν ἑκάστου τύχην κυβερνᾷ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ βελτίονα ἄγει. [Drachmann ad v. 164]

a. εὔχομαί νιν: εὔχομαι, φησὶν, αὐτὸν, τὸν Δία, ὥσπερ νῦν ἐν τῇ Πυθῶνι δέδωκε γέρας καὶ τιμὴν τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς νίκης, οὕτω καὶ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ δοῦναι αὐτῷ νίκην τινὰ τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ, ὅστις ἐστὶ Βάττου γένος. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

a. γέρας ἐπὶ Βάττου γένει: ἰστέον ὅτι οὐκ ἔχει τὴν ποσότητα τῶν κώλων. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 6

Pythian 6 — for Ξενοκράτει Ἀκραγαντίνῳ

ἅρματι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 50 lines · 55 scholia parts

Argumentum (6 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen VI.

p2. Ξενοκράτει Ἀκραγαντίνῳ ἅρματι.

a. τοῦ ἕκτου εἴδους ἡ ᾠδὴ μονόστροφός ἐστι κώλων ἐννέα. τὸ α΄ σύνθετον ἐκ πενθημιμεροῦς καὶ ἑφθημιμεροῦς ἰαμβικόν. τὸ β΄ τρίμετρον ἐπιωνικὸν ἀκατάληκτον. ἄδηλον δὲ πότερον ἐκ δευτέρου παίωνος ἢ πρώτου. τὸ γ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 94, 2). τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ δ΄ τρίμετρον ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ ὅμοιον τῷ γ΄.

p4. τὸ ς΄ τρίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ θ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Πινδαρικόν.

b. Ξενοκράτης Θήρωνος ἀδελφός. ἔστι δὲ ἡ ᾠδὴ μονόστροφος, αἱ δὲ μονόστροφοι ἀντιστρεφούσας ἔχουσι τὰς στροφὰς ἀλλήλαις, ὥστε ἴσα εἶναι τά τε τῆς στροφῆς καὶ ἀντιστρόφου καὶ ἐπῳδοῦ. διὸ οὐδὲ κορωνίσι χρῶνται ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν διὰ μέσου. αἱ δὲ πρὸς τριάδα γεγραμμέναι ἴσας ἔχουσι τὰς στροφὰς καὶ ἀντιστρόφους. τὴν δὲ ἐπῳδὸν διαλλάσσουσαν τούτων.

p6. Inscr. Γέγραπται Ξενοκράτει Ἀκραγαντίνῳ νενικηκότι κατὰ τὴν κδ΄ Πυθιάδα. φανερὸν δὲ, ὅτι αἱ ᾠδαὶ οὐ κατὰ χρόνον διάκεινται· ἡ γὰρ πρὸ ταύτης ᾠδὴ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ γέγραπται νικήσαντι λα΄ Πυθιάδα.

1–4

 ἀκούσατʼ· ἦ γὰρ ἑλικώπιδος Ἀφροδίτας σ7
 ἄρουραν ἢ Χαρίτων
 ἀναπολίζομεν, ὀμφαλὸν ἐριβρόμου
 χθονὸς ἐς νάϊον προσοιχόμενοι· σ1

Listen! for we are again ploughing the field of dark-eyed Aphrodite, or of the Graces, as we approach the sacred navel of the loud-roaring land;

Hearken! for once more we plough the field of Aphrodite of the glancing eyes, or of the Graces call it if you will, in this our pilgrimage to the everlasting centre-stone of deep-murmuring earth.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (8 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Ἀκούσατ᾿· ἦ γὰρ ἑλικώπιδος Ἀφροδίτας: ὁ λόγος ἤτοι ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ ἐστιν ὡς ἐγκωμιάζοντος τὴν πόλιν ὡς εὔφορον, ἤτοι παρὰ τοῦ Πινδάρου πρὸς τοὺς μέλλοντας διακομίζειν τὸν ὕμνον.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀκούσατε· ναὶ γὰρ δὴ τῆς εὐοφθάλμου Ἀφροδίτης καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν Χαρίτων ὑπὸ τὸ χωρίον ἀναστρεφόμεθα, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνυμνοῦμεν τὴν Ἀκράγαντα εἰς τὸν ναὸν παραγινόμενοι τὸν τῆς ἐριβρόμου γῆς ὄντα ὀμφαλὸν, τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν Πυθῶνα.

c. ἔνιοι δὲ ἄρουραν Χαρίτων καὶ Ἀφροδίτης τὴν ποιητικὴν ἤκουσαν, ἀφ᾿ ἧς δρέπεται τὰ μέλη ὁ Πίνδαρος.

d. ἀμφιβάλλει δὲ τὰ τῆς φράσεως, καὶ οἱ μὲν Χαρίτων καὶ Ἀφροδίτας ἄρουραν τὴν Ἀκράγαντα ἀκούουσι διὰ τὸ ἐπιτερπῆ τὴν πόλιν εἶναι καὶ ἐράσμιον· οἱ δὲ τὸν Πύθιον ναόν. δύναται δὲ καὶ ἀλληγορῶν ὁ Πίνδαρος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ποίησιν λέγειν, ὅτι ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐκαρποῦτο τὰ μέλη.

e. ὁ δὲ λόγος ἐκ τῶν χορευτῶν ἤτοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαλεγομένων ἢ πρὸς τοὺς ἀναληψομένους τὸ ποίημα.

f. ὁ δὲ ἦ σύνδεσμος ἀντὶ τοῦ δή κεῖται.

g. ὃ δὲ βούλεται λέγειν, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ἀκούσαθ᾿, ἑλικώπιδος γὰρ δὴ Ἀφροδίτης ἄρουραν ἢ Χαρίτων ἄρουραν ἀναπολοῦμεν εἰς τὴν Πυθὼ παριόντες, ἥ ἐστιν ὀμφαλὸς τῆς γῆς.

ad v. 4

a. Πυθιόνικος θησαυρὸς ὁ ὕμνος· θησαυρίζεται γὰρ παντὶ τῷ χρόνῳ.

5–6

5 Πυθιόνικος ἔνθʼ ὀλβίοισιν Ἐμμενίδαις σ35

6 ποταμίᾳ τʼ Ἀκράγαντι καὶ μὰν Ξενοκράτει σ1

where, for the prosperous Emmenids and Acragas on the river, and especially for Xenocrates, a Pythian victor’s treasure-house of songs has been built and is ready in the glen of Apollo, rich in gold.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (4 entries)

ad v. 5

a. ἔνθ᾿ ὀλβίοισιν Ἐμμενίδαις: οὐκ ἀπὸ φυλῆς, ὁ Ἀρίσταρχος· τοῦ κυρίου γὰρ ὄντος Ἐμμενίδου οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο Ἐμμενίδας· ἡ δὲ ποιητικὴ παρέκτασις καὶ σχηματισμοὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κυρίων πατρωνυμικῶν ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτῶν τρεπόμενα ὀνόματα, οἷον Ἡρακλείδης καὶ Ἀσκληπιάδης ἔστι μὲν σχήματι πατρωνυμικὰ, κύρια δέ τινων. | εἴ τις οὖν τὸν τοῦ Ἡρακλείδου υἱὸν πατρωνυμικῶς βούλοιτο σημῆναι, ὁμωνύμως ἂν πάλιν [πατρὸς] Ἡρακλείδην καλοίη. | Ἱππόστρατος δὲ (FHG IV p. 433) ὁ τὰ περὶ Σικελίας γενεαλογῶν φησιν, ὅτι Ἐμμενίδης καὶ Ξενόδικος Τηλεμάχου υἱοὶ, καὶ Ἐμμενίδου μὲν οἱ περὶ Θήρωνα καὶ Ξενοκράτην, Ξενοδίκου δὲ Ἱπποκράτης καὶ Κάπυς, οἳ φυγαδευθέντες ὑπὸ Θήρωνος ὕστερον Καμίκου κατέσχον τῆς Σικελικῆς πόλεως, καθ᾿ ἣν καὶ ὁ Μίνως ὑπὸ ταῖς Κωκάλου θυγατράσιν ἀπώλετο κατὰ ζήτησιν Δαιδάλου ἐλθών.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἔνθα, ἐν τῇ Πυθῶνι, τοῖς εὐδαίμοσιν Ἐμμενίδαις καὶ τῇ Ἀκράγαντι καὶ τῷ Ξενοκράτει ὁ ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἵππων νίκης Πυθιόνικος θησαυρὸς, τουτέστιν ὁ ὕμνος ἕτοιμος καὶ πρόχειρος ἵσταται καὶ ἀνάκειται ἐν τῇ πολυχρύσῳ Ἀπολλωνίᾳ νάπῃ τῇ Πυθοῖ.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἔνθα, ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῷ ἐν Πυθοῖ. ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἡ Ἀπολλωνία νάπη, περὶ ἧς ἐν Παιᾶσιν εἴρηται (fr. 69). | ἔνιοι δὲ νάπην τὸ πεδίον ἤκουσαν, ἐν ᾧ οἱ ἱππικοὶ ἀγῶνες ἐτελοῦντο.

ad v. 6

a. ποταμίαν εἶπε τὴν Ἀκράγαντα διὰ τὸ ὁμωνυμεῖν τῷ ποταμῷ.

7–9

 ἑτοῖμος ὕμνων
 θησαυρὸς ἐν πολυχρύσῳ
 Ἀπολλωνίᾳ τετείχισται νάπᾳ· σ2

For there for the blissful Emmenidai, and for Akragas by the riverside, and chiefliest for Xenokrates, is builded a ready treasure of song within the valley of Apollo rich in golden gifts.

Scholia ad vv. 7–9 (2 entries)

ad v. 9

a. Ἀπολλωνίᾳ νάπᾳ: τινές φασιν εἰς τρεῖς μοίρας διῃρῆσθαι τοὺς Δελφούς· καὶ τούτων ἡ μὲν λέγεται ὑπάτη, ἡ δὲ μέση, ἐν ᾗ ἐστι καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ καλουμένη νάπη.

b. Ἀπολλωνίαν νάπην τὴν Πυθῶνα λέγει ἐνταῦθα.

10–12

 τὸν οὔτε χειμέριος ὄμβρος ἐπακτὸς ἐλθών, σ2
 ἐριβρόμου νεφέλας σ1
 στρατὸς ἀμείλιχος, οὔτʼ ἄνεμος ἐς μυχοὺς

It is buffeted by neither the invading onset of winter rain, the loud-roaring cloud’s pitiless army, nor the wind that sweeps all kinds of rubble into the depths of the sea. Its facade, shining in pure light,

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (3 entries)

ad v. 10

a. τὸν οὐ χειμέριος ὄμβρος: τὸν ὕμνον, ὃν καὶ θησαυρὸν εἶπεν.

b. ἄλλως· ὁ νοῦς· ὅντινα τὸν ὕμνον οὔτε ὁ χειμὼν τῆς μεγαλοήχου νεφέλης ἀπηνὴς στρατὸς ἐπελθὼν οὔτε ἄνεμοι ταῖς πνοαῖς τύπτοντες καὶ στρέφοντες τῇ πολυφόρῳ χεράδι ἄξουσι καὶ ἐμβαλοῦσιν εἰς τὰ βάθη τῆς θαλάσσης.

ad v. 11

a. ἐριβρόμου νεφέλας στρατός: τὸν ὄμβρον φησὶ, σκληρᾷ μεταφορᾷ χρησάμενος διθυραμβωδῶς, παρόσον πολλῶν νεφῶν εἰς ταὐτὸ συναγομένων ῥήγνυνται οἱ ὄμβροι. τὸν οὖν τῶν ὕμνων θησαυρὸν ὑπ᾿ οὐδενὸς ἀπαχθήσεσθαι, οὔτε ὑπὸ ὄμβρου οὔτε ὑπὸ ἄλλου τινός.

13–14

13 ἁλὸς ἄξοισι παμφόρῳ χεράδει σ6

14 τυπτόμενον. φάει δὲ πρόσωπον ἐν καθαρῷ

That treasure of his shall neither wind nor wintry rain-storm coming from strange lands, as a fierce host born of the thunderous cloud, carry into the hiding places of the sea, to be beaten by the all-sweeping drift:

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (6 entries)

ad v. 13

a. παμφόρῳ χεράδι: τῷ κοπρώδει φορυτῷ. κυρίως ἡ ἐκ τῆς χαράδρας ἀκαθαρσία. | Ὅμηρος (Φ 319)· εἰλύσω ψαμάθοισιν, ἅλις χεράδος περιχεύας.

b. χερὰς δὲ ὁ μετὰ ἰλύος καὶ λίθων συρφετός. |

c. τὸ δὲ τυπτόμενοι ἀντὶ τοῦ τύπτοντες.

d. φάει δὲ πρόσωπον: ἔξωθεν προσληπτέον εἰς τὸν πλήρη λόγον ἔχων· ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ἐν φωτὶ καθαρῷ, τουτέστι λελαμπρυσμένος τῷ προσώπῳ καὶ ἐπιφανὴς ὢν ὁ θησαυρός.

e. ὁ δὲ Θρασύβουλος υἱός ἐστι Ξενοκράτους, (16 B) ἐπιστατεῖ δὲ, ὡς εἰκὸς, τῶν ἱππικῶν ἀγώνων, παρὸ δὴ καὶ προσδιαλέγεται αὐτῷ ὁ Πίνδαρος.

f. ἢ οὕτως· ὁ νοῦς· ὁ δὲ τῶν ὕμνων ἐν καθαρῷ φωτὶ λελαμπρυσμένος τὸ πρόσωπον θησαυρὸς τῷ σῷ πατρὶ Ξενοκράτει, ὦ Θρασύβουλε, κοινὴν τῷ γένει σου τοῖς πολυθρυλλήτοις τῶν ἀνδρῶν λόγοις ἀπαγγελεῖ τὴν ἐπίδοξον τοῦ ἅρματος νίκην τὴν εὐτυχηθεῖσαν ἐν Δελφοῖς. | ἡ γὰρ Κρίσα τῶν Δελφῶν.

15–18

 πατρὶ τεῷ, Θρασύβουλε, κοινάν τε γενεᾷ σ1
 λόγοισι θνατῶν σ1
 εὔδοξον ἅρματι νίκαν
 Κρισαίαισιν ἐν πτυχαῖς ἀπαγγελεῖ.

Crisa will announce your chariot victory to the speech of men and make it famous—the victory you share with your father and your race, Thrasybulus, won in the vales of.

Scholia ad vv. 15–18 (2 entries)

ad v. 15

a. πατρὶ τεῷ, Θρασύβουλε: ὦ τοῦ Ξενοκράτους παῖ. τοῦτον δὲ ὡς φιλοπάτορα καὶ προεστῶτα τῆς ἱππικῆς ἐπαινεῖ, οὐχ ὥς τινες ἐβουλήθησαν, ἡνίοχον. ὁ γὰρ ἡνίοχος Νικόμαχός ἐστιν, ὡς ἐκ τῶν Ἰσθμιονικῶν (II 22) δῆλός ἐστιν.

ad v. 16

a. λόγοισι θνατῶν: φανερὸν ὅτι ὁ Θρασύβουλος υἱὸς Ξενοκράτους. τὰς γὰρ Χείρωνος ὑποθήκας αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦτο λέγει, ἐπειδὴ τὰς περὶ πατέρων εὐσεβείας περιέχει.

19 σύ τοι σχεθών νιν ἐπιδέξια χειρός, ὀρθὰν σ3

You keep it on your right hand and

But in clear light its front shall give tidings of a victory won in Krisa's dells, glorious in the speech of men to thy father Thrasyboulos, and to all his kin with him.

Scholia ad vv. 19–19 (3 entries)

ad v. 19

a. σύ τοι σχέθων νιν: ὁ νοῦς· σὺ τοίνυν, Θρασύβουλε, δεξιῶς καὶ ἀληθῶς ἄγεις τὴν ἐντολὴν καὶ παραίνεσιν, ἥν ποτε ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι μονωθέντι τῷ Ἀχιλλεῖ τὸν τῆς Φιλύρας υἱὸν Χείρωνα εἰπεῖν φασιν, ἐξαιρέτως μὲν τὸν μεγαλόφωνον καὶ ἀστραπῶν καὶ κεραυνῶν δεσπότην Δία παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους θεοὺς τιμᾶν καὶ σέβεσθαι, ταύτης δὲ τῆς τιμῆς τῆς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς μὴ στερίσκειν τῶν γεγεννηκότων [τοὺς] τὸν εἱμαρμένον βίον, [ἐφ᾿ ὧν ζῶσι χρόνων, μετιόντας]. καὶ ἔστιν ἡ ἀπόδοσις τοιαύτη· οὕτω καὶ σὺ, Θρασύβουλε, περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τοὺς γονεῖς φυλάττεις τὴν εὐσέβειαν.

b. ἐπιδέξια: ἐπιδεξίως.

c. νιν:c. αὐτὴν, τὴν ἐντολήν.

20–24

 ἄγεις ἐφημοσύναν,
 τά ποτʼ ἐν οὔρεσι φαντὶ μεγαλοσθενεῖ
 Φιλύρας υἱὸν ὀρφανιζομένῲ σ1
 Πηλεΐδᾳ παραινεῖν· μάλιστα μὲν Κρονίδαν,
 βαρυόπαν στεροπᾶν κεραυνῶν τε πρύτανιν,

uphold the commandment, one of the precepts which they say once in the mountains the son of Philyra enjoined on the powerful son of Peleus, when he was separated from his parents: first of the gods, worship the son of Cronus, the loud-voiced ruler of lightning and thunder;

Scholia ad vv. 20–24 (1 entry)

ad v. 22

a. ὀρφανιζομένῳ ἤτοι χωριζομένῳ ἢ ὀρφανῷ γονέων ὄντι παρὰ τῷ Χείρωνι. τὰς δὲ Χείρωνος ὑποθήκας Ἡσιόδῳ ἀνατιθέασιν, ὧν ἡ ἀρχή (fr. 170)· εὖ νῦν μοι τάδ᾿ ἕκαστα μετὰ φρεσὶ πευκαλίμῃσιν φράζεσθαι· πρῶτον μὲν, ὅταν [εἰς σὸν] δόμον εἰσαφίκηαι, ἔρδειν ἱερὰ καλὰ θεοῖς αἰειγενέτῃσιν.

25 θεῶν σέβεσθαι·25

and never deprive your parents of such honor during their allotted lifetime.

26–27

26 ταύτας δὲ μή ποτε τιμᾶς

27 ἀμείρειν γονέων βίον πεπρωμένον.

Thou verily in that thou settest him ever at thy right hand cherishest the charge which once upon the mountains they say the son of Philyra gave to him of exceeding might, even to the son of Peleas, when he had lost his sire: first that of all gods he most reverence Kronos' son, the deep-voiced lord of lightnings and of thunders, and then that he never rob of like honour a parent's spell of life.

28–29

28 ἔγεντο καὶ πρότερον Ἀντίλοχος βιατὰς σ2

29 νόημα τοῦτο φέρων,

Long ago, too, powerful Antilochus showed that he had this way of thinking;

Scholia ad vv. 28–29 (2 entries)

ad v. 28

a. ἐγένετο καὶ πρότερον: ἐγένετο καὶ τοπαλαιὸν, φησὶ, γενναῖος ὁ Ἀντίλοχος, τὸ φρόνημα τοῦτο φέρων τὸ περὶ τοὺς πατέρας εὐσεβὲς καὶ δίκαιον, ὅστις ὁ Ἀντίλοχος ὑπεραπώλετο τοῦ πατρὸς τὸν δεινὸν τῶν Αἰθιόπων ὑπομείνας βασιλέα Μέμνονα.

b. τοῦ δεῖν περὶ τοὺς πατέρας σπουδαῖον εἶναι παράδειγμα τὸν Ἀντίλοχον παρήγαγεν.

30–31

30 ὃς ὑπερέφθιτο πατρός, ἐναρίμβροτον30

31 ἀναμείναις στράταρχον Αἰθιόπων σ1

Paris he died for his father’s sake, by awaiting the man-slaying commander of the Ethiopians, Memnon. For the horse kept Nestor’s chariot from moving, since it had been wounded by ’ arrows; and Memnon was aiming his strong spear.

Scholia ad vv. 30–31 (1 entry)

ad v. 31

a. Νεστόρεον γὰρ ἵππος ἅρμα: τὸ γὰρ δὴ τοῦ Νέστορος ἅρμα ὁ ἵππος ἐνεπόδιζε τρωθεὶς τοῖς τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου βέλεσι. μέμνηται τούτου καὶ Ὅμηρος, ἔνθα φησί (Θ 86)· σὺν δ᾿ ἵππους ἐτάραξε κυλινδόμενος περὶ χαλκῷ. ὅτι δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐτελεύτα ὁ Ἀντίλοχος, κεφαλαιωδέστερον εἶπε (δ 188)· τόν ῥ᾿ Ἠοῦς ἔκτεινε φαεινῆς ἀγλαὸς υἱός.

32–34

 Μέμνονα. Νεστόρειον γὰρ ἵππος ἅρμʼ ἐπέδα
 Πάριος ἐκ βελέων δαϊχθείς· ὁ δʼ ἔφεπεν σ1
 κραταιὸν ἔγχος·

Also of old time had mighty Antilochos this mind within him, who died for his father's sake, when he abode the murderous onset of Memnon, the leader of the Ethiop hosts.

Scholia ad vv. 32–34 (1 entry)

ad v. 33

a. ὁ δ᾿ ἔφεπεν: ὁ δὲ Μέμνων ἐπεδίωκε καὶ μεθ᾿ ὁρμῆς διεκίνει τὸ δόρυ.

35–36

35 Μεσσανίου δὲ γέροντος σ335

36 δονηθεῖσα φρὴν βόασε παῖδα ὅν·

Messene The old man of, his mind reeling, shouted to his son;

Scholia ad vv. 35–36 (3 entries)

ad v. 35

a. Μεσσανίου δὲ γέροντος: Μεσσήνιον τὸν Νέστορά φασιν οὗτοι, ὅσοι ὑπέλαβον τὴν Πύλον τῆς Μεσσήνης εἶναι, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν Ἀρκαδίαν Τριφυλίας. ὁ μέντοι Ὅμηρος οἶδεν ὑποτεταγμένην τῇ Λακωνικῇ τὴν Μεσσήνην. φησὶ γάρ (φ 13. 15)· δῶρα τά οἱ ξεῖνος Λακεδαίμονι δῶκε τυχήσας· τὼ δ᾿ ἐν Μεσσήνῃ ξυμβλήτην ἀλλήλοιϊν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τοῦ δὲ Μεσσηνίου γέροντος ταραχθεῖσα ἡ φρὴν ἐβόα τὸν παῖδα.

c. ἄλλως· καὶ Πίνδαρος τὸν Νέστορα ἐκ τῆς Μεσσηνιακῆς Πύλου φησὶν εἶναι. τριῶν γὰρ ὄντων τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ Πύλων εἷς μέν ἐστιν ὁ περὶ τὸν Ἀλφειὸν ποταμὸν ἐν Ἤλιδι Πύλος, ὃν καὶ ὑφ᾿ Ἡρακλέος πεπορθῆσθαί [φασιν]· ἕτερος δὲ ὁ Τριφυλιακὸς Πύλος, ἐν ᾧ ὁ Ἀμαθόεις ποταμός· τρίτος ἐν Μεσσήνῃ περὶ τὸ Κορυφάσιον. | εἰσὶ δὲ οἵ φασι τοὺς τρεῖς Πύλους περὶ τὸ Κορυφάσιον ὑπὸ τὸν Νηλέα εἶναι· δοκεῖ δὲ τῷ Διδύμῳ ἐκ τοῦ Τριφυλιακοῦ Πύλου εἶναι τὸν Νέστορα, ἔνθα καὶ Ἀμαθόεις ἐστὶ ποταμὸς καθ᾿ Ὅμηρον.

37 χαμαιπετὲς δʼ ἄρʼ ἔπος οὐκ ἀπέριψεν· αὐτοῦ σ2

the cry he hurled did not fall to the ground; his god-like son stayed on the spot and paid for his father’s rescue with his own life,

Scholia ad vv. 37–37 (2 entries)

ad v. 37

a. χαμαιπετὲς δ᾿ ἄρ᾿ ἔπος: εὐτελές. μάταιον.

b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· οὐ μάταιον δὲ τὸν λόγον ἑαυτοῦ ἔρριψεν. ὑπομείνας γὰρ ὁ θαυμαστὸς Ἀντίλοχος ἠγόρασε τῷ μὲν ἰδίῳ θανάτῳ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀνακομιδὴν καὶ ζωὴν, ἔδοξε δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀρχαιοτέροις πρῶτος γεγονέναι.

38–39

38 μένων δʼ ὁ θεῖος ἀνὴρ σ1

39 πρίατο μὲν θανάτοιο κομιδὰν πατρός, σ2

For Nestor's chariot was stayed by a horse that was stricken of the arrows of Paris, and Memnon made at him with his mighty spear. Then the heart of the old man of Messene was troubled, and he cried unto his son; nor wasted he his words in vain; in his place stood up the godlike man and bought his father's flight by his own death. So by the young men of that ancient time he was deemed to have wrought a mighty deed, and in succouring of parents to be supreme.

Scholia ad vv. 38–39 (3 entries)

ad v. 38

a. θεῖος ἀνήρ: ὁ Ἀντίλοχος, ὅτι δὴ ὑπ᾿ ὀφθαλμοῖς ἔχων καὶ προορώμενος τὸ δεινὸν ὅμως ὑπὲρ πατρὸς μετὰ προθυμίας ἀπέθανεν.

ad v. 39

a. ἐδόκησέ τε τῶν πάλαι: ἔδοξε τοῖς ἀρχαίοις πρῶτος γεγονέναι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα φιλόστοργος ἐν τοῖς ὁπλοτέροις.

b. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· τῶν πάλαι ἔργον τελέσας πελώριον ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ τῶν ὁπλοτέρων ὕπατος ἀμφὶ τοκεῦσιν ἔμμεν ἐδόκησεν.

40–43

 ἐδόκησέν τε τῶν πάλαι γενεᾷ
 ὁπλοτέροισιν, ἔργον πελώριον τελέσαις,
 ὕπατος ἀμφὶ τοκεῦσιν ἔμμεν πρὸς ἀρετάν.
 τὰ μὲν παρίκει·

and because he accomplished this tremendous deed he seemed to the younger men to be the greatest man of his time in excellence towards his parents. These things are past. Of men alive today, Thrasybulus

44 τῶν νῦν δὲ καὶ Θρασύβουλος σ4

These things are of the past; but of men that now are Thrasyboulos hath come nearest to our fathers' gauge. And following his uncle also he hath made glory to appear for him; and with wisdom doth he handle wealth, neither gathereth the fruit of an unrighteous or overweening youth, but rather of knowledge amid the secret places of the Pierides. And to thee, Earthshaker, who didst devise ventures of steeds, with right glad heart he draweth nigh. Sweet is his spirit toward the company of his guests, yea sweeter than the honeycomb, the toil of bees.

Scholia ad vv. 44–44 (4 entries)

ad v. 44

a. τῶν δὲ νῦν καὶ Θρασύβουλος: τῶν δὲ ἀνθρώπων τῶν καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ὁ Θρασύβουλος πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτοῦ στάθμην καὶ ὀρθότητα μάλιστα βαίνει, οἱονεὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ τιμᾷ.

b. τὸ δὲ πάτρῳ, τῷ πρὸς πατρὸς θείῳ Θήρωνι. ἐπερχόμενος οὖν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ θείου ἀγλαΐαν, καὶ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ἀπέδειξεν.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἀντὶ τοῦ πάτρωϊ ποιητικῶς. τὸν γὰρ Θήρωνα λέγειν θέλει τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ξενοκράτους.

d. τῶν δὲ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ἀνθρώπων Θρασύβουλος τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἑαυτοῦ στάθμην εὐθεῖαν ἔχει εὔνοιαν. πρὸς τὴν στάθμην δὲ τὰ πάντα εὐθύνεται.

45 πατρῴαν μάλιστα πρὸς στάθμαν ἔβα,45

more than anyone has approached his father’ s standard,

46–49

 πάτρῳ τʼ ἐπερχόμενος ἀγλαΐαν ἅπασαν.
 νόῳ δὲ πλοῦτον ἄγει, σ3
 ἄδικον οὔθʼ ὑπέροπλον ἥβαν δρέπων,
 σοφίαν δʼ ἐν μυχοῖσι Πιερίδων· σ1

and he rivals his father’s brother in every splendor. He manages his wealth with intelligence, reaping not an unjust or arrogant youth, but the wisdom found in the quiet haunts of the Pierian Muses.

Scholia ad vv. 46–49 (4 entries)

ad v. 47

a. νόῳ δὲ πλοῦτον ἄγει: μετὰ λογισμοῦ πλουτεῖ. νόῳ γὰρ ἄγει τὸν πλοῦτον· οὐχ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλούτου εἰς ἀκρασίαν τρέπεται τὸν νοῦν, ἀλλὰ λογισμῷ κατέχει τὸν πλοῦτον ἐφ᾿ ἃ δεῖ, τῆς τε ἥβης ἀπολαύει οὔτε εἰς πλημμέλειαν οὔτε εἰς ὑπεροψίαν ἀποχρώμενος αὐτῇ.

b. ἄδικον οὔτε: οὔτε εἰς ἄδικον οὔτε εἰς ὑπερήφανον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἥβην δρεπόμενος, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ καταχρώμενος τῇ ἑαυτοῦ νεότητι πρὸς ἀλαζονείαν.

c. ὑπέροπλον ἥβαν δρέπων, σοφίαν δέ: δρεπόμενος δὲ τὴν σοφίαν καὶ καταδεδυκὼς εἰς τοὺς ταύτης μυχούς. ἐκ δὲ τούτου ὅτι ἄγαν σοφός ἐστι. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ δρέπων.

ad v. 49

a. τίν τε, Ἐλέλιχθον: σοὶ δὲ, ὦ Πόσειδον, προσέρχεται καὶ προσοικειοῦται, ὃς εὗρες ἱππείαν εἴσοδον· τουτέστιν ἱππικὰς ἁμίλλας· ὅτι ἵππιος ὁ θεός. ἡ δὲ φρὴν αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς συμπότας ὁμιλίαν γλυκεῖά ἐστιν, ὥστε τὰ κηρία παραλλάσσειν καὶ παραπορεύεσθαι τῇ γλυκύτητι τῶν φρενῶν· ἀντὶ τοῦ νικᾷ τὸ μέλι.

50 τίν τʼ, Ἐλέλιχθον, ἃς εὗρες ἱππίας ἐσόδους, μάλα ἁδόντι νόῳ, Ποσειδᾶν, προσέχεται. γλυκεῖα δὲ φρὴν καὶ συμπόταισιν ὁμιλεῖν μελισσᾶν ἀμείβεται τρητὸν πόνον.50

Earth-shaking Poseidon, he is devoted to you, who rule over horse-races, and his thoughts are pleasing to you. His sweet temperament, when he associates with his drinking companions, surpasses even the bee’s intricate honeycomb.

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 7

Pythian 7 — for Μεγακλεῖ Ἀθηναίῳ

τεθρίππῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 22 lines · 22 scholia parts

Argumentum (6 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen VII.

p2. Μεγακλεῖ Ἀθηναίῳ ἵπποις Ὀλύμπια· Ἴσθμια· [Πύθια].

p3. Τῆς ζ΄ ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἑπτά. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ β΄ Ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ σύνθετον ἐκ διμέτρου βραχυκαταλήκτου ἰαμβικοῦ καὶ πενθημιμεροῦς ἰαμβικοῦ. τὸ δ΄ προσοδιακόν. τὸ ε΄ Φερεκράτειον ἀπὸ βραχειῶν ἀρξάμενον. τὸ ς΄ δίμετρον Ἰωνικὸν καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ὑπερκατάληκτον.

p4. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἐννέα. τὸ α΄ τροχαϊκὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ τὸ αὐτὸ ὁμοίως. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ τὸ αὐτὸ ὁμοίως. τὸ ε΄ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 94, 2) τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ η΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές.

p5. Inscr.a. Γέγραπται Μεγακλεῖ Ἀθηναίῳ νικήσαντι τὴν κε΄ Πυθιάδα τεθρίππῳ. ἔστι δὲ οὗτος οὐχ ὁ τὰ Ὀλύμπια νενικηκὼς, ἀλλ᾿ ἕτερος· τὴν δὲ ἐκείνου νίκην τούτῳ προσάπτει ὁ Πίνδαρος συνήθως ἑαυτῷ. τὴν γὰρ μζ΄ ἐκεῖνος Ὀλυμπιάδα ἀναγράφεται νενικηκώς· ὁ δὲ τὴν πς΄ ἕτερος [δὲ] ἂν εἴη Μεγακλῆς τούτῳ ὁμώνυμος.

b. ἄλλως· γέγραπται μὲν ἡ ᾠδὴ Μεγακλεῖ Ἀθηναίῳ ἀναφέροντι τὸ γένος εἰς Ἀλκμαίωνα τὸν γενόμενον ἄγαν πλουσιώτατον. τοῦτον γάρ φασιν ἐληλυθέναι προς Κροῖσον, τὸν δὲ συγχωρῆσαι αὐτῷ διασκευασθῆναι ὡς βούλεται, καὶ σκευὴν ἀναλαβεῖν ὁποίαν προῃρεῖτο, καὶ εἰσελθόντα εἰς τὰ βασίλεια καὶ εἰς τὰ ταμιεῖα ἀναλαβεῖν ὅσον βούλοιτο χρυσόν. ὑποδησάμενος οὖν κοθόρνους, οἵ εἰσιν ὑποδήματα Διονυσιακὰ, καὶ κόλπωμα ποιήσας ἐνεσώρευσε τῷ κολπώματι χρυσόν· ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοὺς πλοκάμους ἐνέδησεν ὑποβαλὼν αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ στόμα. διὰ δὲ τὸ βάρος βίᾳ ἐπορεύετο· διαχυθεὶς οὖν ὁ Κροῖσος ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ γέλωτι, ἐπί τε τῇ ὄψει καὶ τῷ γλίσχρῳ, καὶ ἕτερον αὐτῷ προσεδωρήσατο. διά τοι τοῦτο ἐπιφανέστατος κατὰ τὴν Ἀττικὴν γεγένηται, ὡς ἄγαν ὢν πλουσιώτατος. γεγόνασι δὲ ἐξ αὐτοῦ οἳ ἐκλήθησαν Ἀλκμαιωνίδαι, οἳ καὶ κατέλυσαν τὴν τῶν Πεισιστρατιδῶν τυραννίδα.

1–4

 κάλλιστον αἱ μεγαλοπόλιες Ἀθᾶναι σ2
 προοίμιον Ἀλκμανιδᾶν εὐρυσθενεῖ γενεᾷ
 κρηπῖδʼ ἀοιδᾶν σ1
 ἵπποισι βαλέσθαι. σ2

The great city of Athens is the most beautiful prelude of song, which the widely powerful race of the Alcmaeonids can lay as a foundation of odes in honor of their horses.

Fairest of preludes is the great name of Athens to whosoever will lay foundation of songs for the mighty race of Alkmaionidai and for their steeds. What country, what house among all lands shall I name more glorious throughout Hellas?

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (5 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Κάλλιστον αἱ μεγαλοπόλιες· κάλλιστόν ἐστι προοίμιον τῇ εὐρυσθενεῖ γενεᾷ τῶν Ἀλκμαιωνιδῶν αἱ μεγαλοπόλιες Ἀθῆναι, καὶ θεμέλιον τῶν ᾠδῶν τοῖς ἵπποις βαλέσθαι, καὶ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ· κάλλιστόν ἐστι προοίμιον αἱ Ἀθῆναι· | ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ κάλλιστόν ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ὕμνῳ ἐγκωμιάσαι τὸν νικηφόρον ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν.

b. ὁ λόγος· κάλλιστόν ἐστι προοίμιον τῶν Ἀλκμαιωνιδῶν αἱ Ἀθῆναι, ὥστε κρηπῖδα ὑποβαλέσθαι τοῦ ἐπαίνου τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς πατρίδος κόσμον.

ad v. 3

a. εὐρυσθενῆ δὲ εἶπε τὴν γενεὰν αὐτῶν διὰ τὸ τὸν Ἀλκμαίωνα ἀνδρεῖόν τινα καὶ ἐπιφανῆ γενέσθαι· ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ οἱ Ἀλκμαιωνίδαι, οἳ τὴν τῶν Πεισιστρατιδῶν τυραννίδα κατέλυσαν.

ad v. 4

a. ἐπεὶ τίνα ἀκηκοέναι ἐπὶ τῇ Ἑλλάδι περιφανέστερον οἶκον οἰκοῦντα εἵπω;

b. ἄλλως· ἐπεὶ τίνα πατρίδα τίνα τε οἶκον ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἐπιφανέστερον τῶν Ἀλκμαιωνιδῶν εἰπεῖν δυνήσομαι; ἰδίως δὲ τὸ ναίων παρείληπται· ὅθεν τινὲς γράφουσι ναίοντα. ἄλλοι γράφουσιν, οἶκόν τ᾿ ἀΐων, ὅ ἐστιν ἀκούων.

5 ἐπεὶ τίνα πάτραν, τίνα οἶκον5

Greece What fatherland, what family will you name that is more illustrious in ?

6–8

 ναίων ὀνυμάξεαι σ2
 ἐπιφανέστερον
 Ἑλλάδι πυθέσθαι; σ1

For unto all cities is the fame familiar of the citizens of Erechtheus, who at divine Pytho have wrought thee, O Apollo, a glorious house.

Scholia ad vv. 6–8 (3 entries)

ad v. 6

a. ναίων ὀνυμάξαι: τινὲς ἀφαιροῦσι τὸ -ν-, γράφοντες ἀντὶ τοῦ ναίων ἀίων. ἢ τίνα οἶκον ἐπιφανέστερον τούτων ὀνομάσω. | ἕτεροι δὲ πάλιν τὸ μὲν -ν- αἴρουσι, τὸν δὲ τόνον οὕτω προφέρονται, αἰῶν᾿· ἵν᾿ ᾖ συναλοιφὴ ἀντὶ τοῦ αἰῶνι, οἷον τῷ αἰῶνι ὀνυμάξομαι, τῷ αἰῶνι παρακαταθήσομαι. ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος ἁπλούστερον ἀκούει· αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ναίων ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι, ἀντὶ τοῦ οἰκῶν, | τίνα ἐπιφανέστερον οἶκον ὀνυμάξομαι; οὐκ ἐξ ἀκοῆς ἀκηκοὼς, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτὸς ναίων ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι τίνα δυναίμην ἂν αὐτῆς ἐπιφανεστέραν ὀνομάσαι;

b. τὸ δὲ ναίων ἀντὶ τοῦ ναίοντα, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (Β 350)· φημὶ γὰρ οὖν κατανεῦσαι ὑπερμενέα Κρονίωνα, εἶτα ὑποβαίνων· ἀστράπτων ἐπιδέξια, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀστράπτοντα.

ad v. 8

a. πάσαισι γὰρ πολίεσιν: ἐν γὰρ πάσαις ταῖς πόλεσιν ὁ λόγος καὶ ἡ φήμη ἀναστρέφει περὶ τῶν τοῦ Ἐρεχθέως πολιτῶν, τουτέστι τῶν Ἀθηναίων· οἱονεὶ πᾶσα πόλις θαυμάζει τὰς Ἀθήνας καὶ τὰς ἀνδραγαθίας τῆς πόλεως.

9 πάσαισι γὰρ πολίεσι λόγος ὁμιλεῖ σ2

For in all cities the story

Scholia ad vv. 9–9 (2 entries)

ad v. 9

a. Ἄπολλον, οἳ τεόν τε δόμον: οἵτινες οἱ Ἀλκμαιωνίδαι, ὦ Ἄπολλον, ἐν τῇ ἐξοχωτάτῃ Πυθῶνι τὸν σὸν οἶκον θαυμαστὸν κατεσκεύασαν.

b. Ἄπολλον, οἳ τεόν τε δόμον: οἱ μὲν, ὅτι διὰ τὸν ὕμνον καὶ τὴν νίκην ἐπιφανέστερον ἐποίησαν τὸν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος νεὼν, οἱ δὲ παρὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν. λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι τὸν Πυθικὸν νεὼν ἐμπρησθέντα, ὥς τινές φασιν, ὑπὸ τῶν Πεισιστρατιδῶν οἱ Ἀλκμαιωνίδαι φυγαδευθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν Πεισιστρατιδῶν ὑπέσχοντο ἀνοικοδομήσειν, καὶ δεξάμενοι χρήματα καὶ συναγαγόντες δύναμιν ἐπέθεντο τοῖς Πεισιστρατίδαις, καὶ νικήσαντες μετ᾿ εὐχαριστηρίων πλειόνων ἀνῳκοδόμησαν τῷ θεῷ τὸ τέμενος, ὡς Φιλόχορος (FHG I p. 395) ἱστορεῖ, εὐξάμενοι πρότερον τῷ θεῷ.

10–11

10 Ἐρεχθέος ἀστῶν, Ἄπολλον, οἳ τεόν γε δόμον10

11 Πυθῶνι δίᾳ σ1

Pytho of the citizens of Erechtheus makes the rounds, Apollo, how they made your dwelling in divine a marvel to see. Five Isthmian victories lead my song forward, and one outstanding triumph

Scholia ad vv. 10–11 (1 entry)

ad v. 11

a. ἄγοντι δέ με: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγουσι δέ με καὶ προτρέπονται ἐπὶ τὸν ὕμνον, ὦ Μεγάκλεες, αἱ ὑμῶν νῖκαι καὶ τῶν προγόνων, πέντε μὲν ἐν Ἰσθμῷ γενόμεναι, μία δὲ ἐξοχωτάτη ἐν τῇ Ὀλυμπίᾳ· δύο δὲ ἐκ Δελφῶν.

12–14

 θαητὸν ἔτευξαν.
 ἄγοντι δέ με πέντε μὲν Ἰσθμοῖ
 νῖκαι, μία δʼ ἐκπρεπὴς σ1

And I hereto am led by victories, at Isthmos five, and one pre-eminent, won at Olympia at the feast of Zeus, and two at Kirrha, which thou, O Megakles, and thy sire have won.

Scholia ad vv. 12–14 (1 entry)

ad v. 14

a. Διὸς Ὀλυμπιάς: οὐ νενίκηκεν οὗτος Ὀλύμπια, ἀλλὰ ἄλλοι ὁμώνυμοι τούτου· ἕνεκα δὲ τοῦ ἀπολαμπρῦναι αὐτὸν καὶ τὴν προγονικὴν τούτῳ ἀνατίθησι νίκην.

15–16

15 Διὸς Ὀλυμπιάς,15

16 δύο δʼ ἀπὸ Κίρρας,

Cirrha at Zeus’ Olympian games, and two from —

17–19

 ὦ Μεγάκλεες, ὑμαί τε καὶ προγόνων.
 νέα δʼ εὐπραγίᾳ χαίρω τι· τὸ δʼ ἄχνυμαι, σ2
 φθόνον ἀμειβόμενον τὰ καλὰ ἔργα.

yours, Megacles, and your ancestors’. I rejoice at this new success; but I grieve that fine deeds are repaid with envy.

Now at this new good fortune I rejoice; yet somewhat also I grieve, even to behold how envy requiteth noble deeds. Yet thus ever, they say, must fair hap abiding with a man engender bad with good.

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (2 entries)

ad v. 18

a. χαίρω τι, τὸ δ᾿ ἄχνυμαι: Ἀρίσταρχος, συμβεβηκέναι αὐτῷ τι σύμπτωμα περὶ τὴν νίκην ταύτην· ὅθεν καί φησι τὸ μὲν χαίρειν, τὸ δὲ ἄχνυσθαι, φθόνου τινὸς παρακειμένου τοῖς καλοῖς ἔργοις· οὕτω μέντοι γε γίνεσθαι παραμονίμους τὰς εὐτυχίας, ἐπὰν ἔχωσί τι κρᾶμα καὶ δυστυχήματος. ἔοικε δὲ τὸ περὶ τὴν Ἱπποκράτους τελευτὴν περὶ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν ἀπηντηκέναι, εἰς ὃν καὶ θρῆνον γράφει ὁ Πίνδαρος· ἦν δὲ ὁ Ἱπποκράτης συγγενὴς τοῦ νικηφόρου.

b. ἄλλως· ἐπὶ τῇ νῦν εὐτυχηθείσῃ νίκῃ χαίρω, ἄχνυμαι δὲ διὰ τὸν Ἱπποκράτην.

20–22

 φαντί γε μὰν οὕτω κεν ἀνδρὶ παρμονίμαν
 θάλλοισαν εὐδαιμονίαν
 τὰ καὶ τὰ φέρεσθαι. σ2

It is true what they say: the abiding bloom of good fortune brings with it both good and bad.

Scholia ad vv. 20–22 (2 entries)

ad v. 22

a. τὰ καὶ τά: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακά. βεβαίαν δέ φησι τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν εἶναι, ὅταν τῇ πολλῇ εὐπραγίᾳ παρέπηταί τι φαῦλον. τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τὸ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (θ 63)· [Drachmann ad v. 23]

b. τὸν πέρι Μοῦσ᾿ ἐφίλησε, δίδου δ᾿ ἀγαθόν τε κακόν τε· ὀφθαλμῶν μὲν ἄμερσε, δίδου δ᾿ ἡδεῖαν ἀοιδήν. [Drachmann ad v. 23]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 8

Pythian 8 — for Ἀριστομένει Αἰγινήτῃ

παλαιστῇ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 100 lines · 111 scholia parts

Argumentum (6 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen VIII.

p2. Ἀριστομένει Αἰγινήτῃ παλαιστῇ νικήσαντι Πύθια.

p3. τὸ ε΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον.Τῆς ὀγδόης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐννέα. τὸ α΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (Arch. fr. 94, 2) τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ β΄ τροχαϊκὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ Ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβικον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον.

p4. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἕνδεκα. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ δ΄ περιοδικόν· ἢ λέγεται διπλοῦς τροχαῖος, ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ Ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀπὸ μείζονος βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ τὸ αὐτὸ ὁμοίως. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ Γλυκώνειον.

p5. τὸ θ΄ Γλυκώνειον. τὸ ι΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ια΄ ἰθυφαλλικόν.

p6. Inscr. Γέγραπται ἡ ᾠδὴ Ἀριστομένει Αἰγινήτῃ παλαιστῇ νικήσαντι τὴν λε΄ Πυθιάδα.

1–4

 φιλόφρον Ἡσυχία, Δίκας σ2
 ὦ μεγιστόπολι θύγατερ,
 βουλᾶν τε καὶ πολέμων σ3
 ἔχοισα κλαῗδας ὑπερτάτας, σ1

Kindly Peace, daughter of Justice, you who make cities great, holding the supreme keys of counsels and of wars,

O kindly Peace, daughter of Righteousness, thou that makest cities great, and boldest the supreme keys of counsels and of wars, welcome thou this honour to Aristomenes, won in the Pythian games.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (6 entries)

ad v. 1

a. ἰδίᾳ Αἰγινήταις ἦσαν στάσεις περὶ τὸν τῆς νίκης τοῦ Ἀριστομένους καιρόν· διὸ καὶ οἰκείως τὴν Ἡσυχίαν κατεύχεται, ποιητικώτατα δὲ τὴν ἡσυχίαν τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἔφη παῖδα εἶναι, ᾗ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων τῆς ἀδικίας τὸν θόρυβον.

b. Φιλόφρον Ἡσυχία: τὴν Ἡσυχίαν κατακαλεῖται διὰ τὸ νεωστὶ λελύσθαι τὰ Περσικά. δύναται δὲ καὶ ἁπλῶς λέγειν ὁ Πίνδαρος ὡς περὶ εὐνομουμένων τῶν Αἰγινητῶν. καὶ ἐπαινεῖ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ὡς μεγιστόπολιν· ὅπου γὰρ ἡσυχία, καὶ εἰρήνη. εἰρήνη δ᾿ ἀνὰ γῆν κουροτρόφος (Hes. O. D. 228).

ad v. 3

a. βουλῶν τε καὶ πολέμων ἔχοισα κλεῖδας: οὕτω κατὰ τὸ αὐτοφυλακτικόν· ἐν ᾗ βουλαί εἰσι· πολέμων δὲ, ἵνα διακλείῃ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀπείργῃ.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ Ἡσυχία φιλοφρονητικὴ καὶ μεγίστη ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν οὖσα, τῆς Δικαιοσύνης θυγάτηρ, εἰρήνης τε καὶ πολέμων καὶ βουλευτηρίων ἔχουσα τὰς μεγάλας κλεῖς.

c. ὦ μεγιστόπολι: ἤτοι ὅτι μεγίστας ἀποτελεῖ τὰς πόλεις ἀστασιάστους οὔσας, ἢ ὅτι αὐτὴ μέγα ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἰσχύει.

ad v. 4

a. ἔχοισα κλαῖδας: τῆς μὲν εἰρήνης κατὰ τὸ φυλακτικὸν, ἐν ᾗ καὶ βουλαί εἰσιν· ἀπὸ δὲ πολέμων ἵνα διακλείῃ.

5 Πυθιόνικον τιμὰν Ἀριστομένει δέκευ. σ15

receive this honor due to Aristomenes for his Pythian victory. For you know both how to give and how to receive gentleness, with precise timing.

Scholia ad vv. 5–5 (1 entry)

ad v. 5

a. Πυθιόνικον: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρὰ Ἀριστομένους δέχου τὴν Πυθικὴν νίκην αὐτοῦ.

6–7

6 τὺ γὰρ τὸ μαλθακὸν ἔρξαι τε καὶ παθεῖν ὁμῶς

7 ἐπίστασαι καιρῷ σὺν ἀτρεκεῖ· σ1

Thou knowest how alike to give and take gentleness in due season: thou also, if any have moved thy heart unto relentless wrath, dost terribly confront the enemy's might, and sinkest Insolence in the sea.

Scholia ad vv. 6–7 (1 entry)

ad v. 7

a. τὺ γὰρ τὸ μαλθακόν: σὺ γὰρ, ὦ Ἡσυχία, τὸ προσηνὲς καὶ ἐπιεικὲς ἔρξαι καὶ ποιῆσαι δύνασαι.

8–9

8 τὺ δʼ, ὁπόταν τις ἀμείλιχον

9 καρδίᾳ κότον ἐνελάσῃ, σ1

And yet, whenever anyone drives pitiless anger into his heart,

Scholia ad vv. 8–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 9

a. καιρῷ σὺν ἀτρεκεῖ: τουτέστιν εὐκαίρως, ὁμοδρομοῦντος τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ παθεῖν. τὸ γὰρ ἀτρεκεῖ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁμοτρεκεῖ, ὡς ἄλοχος ὁμόλοχος.

10 τραχεῖα δυσμενέων σ310

you meet the strength of your enemies roughly, sinking Arrogance in the flood. Porphyrion did not know your power, when he provoked you beyond all measure. Gain is most welcome, when one takes it from the home of a willing giver.

Scholia ad vv. 10–10 (3 entries)

ad v. 10

a. τὺ δ᾿ ὁπόταν τις ἀμείλιχον: σὺ δὲ ὅταν τις ἀπροσηνῆ, οἱονεὶ ἰταμωτάτην ὕβριν καὶ ὀργὴν ἐνθῇ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ καρδίᾳ, τραχεῖα καὶ προσάντης τῇ τῶν δυσμενῶν καὶ ἀπηνῶν ἀπαντήσασα κεφαλῇ, τὴν ἀλαζονείαν αὐτῶν ἐν ἀφανειᾳ τιθεῖς. ἔθος δὲ Πινδάρῳ ἀπὸ ἑνικοῦ εἰς πληθυντικὸν καταφέρεσθαι, ὡς κἀνταῦθα· ὅταν τις, εἶτα δυσμενέων.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος· σὺ, ὦ Ἡσυχία, τοὺς ἀλαζόνας καὶ ὑβριστὰς ἀφανίζεις καὶ ἀμαυροῖς."

c. ὅταν τις ἀμείλιχον: ἐάν τις, φησὶ, ταραχώδης καὶ ὑβριστὴς γένηται, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ, ἀμείλιχον καρδίᾳ κότον ἐνελάσῃ, ὑπαντιάξασα αὐτῷ σὺ, ὦ Ἡσυχία, τουτέστιν ἀπαντήσασα, τραχεῖα τῷ τῶν πολεμίων κράτει, ὅ ἐστι πολέμους ἐπιστήσασα, τιθεῖς αὐτοῦ τὴν ὕβριν ἐν ἄντλῳ, τουτέστι βαπτίζεις αὐτοῦ τὴν ὕβριν.

11–14

 ὑπαντιάξαισα κράτει τιθεῖς
 Ὕβριν ἐν ἄντλῳ. τὰν οὐδὲ Πορφυρίων μάθεν
 παρʼ αἶσαν ἐξερεθίζων· κέρδος δὲ φίλτατον,
 ἑκόντος εἴ τις ἐκ δόμων φέροι. σ1

Thus did Porphyrion provoke thee unaware. Now precious is the gain that one beareth away from the house of a willing giver. But violence shall ruin a man at the last, boast he never so loudly. He of Kilikia, Typhon of the hundred heads, escaped not this, neither yet the king of giants: but by the thunderbolt they fell and by the bow of Apollo, who with kind intent hath welcomed Xenarches home from Kirrha, crowned with Parnassian wreaths and Dorian song.

Scholia ad vv. 11–14 (1 entry)

ad v. 14

a. ἐν ἄντλῳ: τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἀφανείᾳ. ὡς Ὅμηρος (ο 479)· ἄντλῳ δ᾿ ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ᾿ ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ.

15–16

15 βία δὲ καὶ μεγάλαυχον ἔσφαλεν ἐν χρόνῳ. σ215

16 Τυφὼς Κίλιξ ἑκατόγκρανος οὔ νιν ἄλυξεν,

Cirrha Violence trips up even a man of great pride, in time. Cilician Typhon with his hundred heads did not escape you, nor indeed did the king of the Giants. One was subdued by the thunderbolt, the other by the bow of Apollo, who with a gracious mind welcomed the son of Xenarces on his return from, crowned with

Scholia ad vv. 15–16 (2 entries)

ad v. 15

a. τὰν οὐδὲ Πορφυρίων: ἣν οὐδὲ ὁ Πορφυρίων γίγας ᾔσθετο παρὰ τὸ καθῆκον ἐξερεθίζων· διόπερ καὶ ἀνῃρέθη.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἥντινα τὴν Ἡσυχίαν ἀποστραφεὶς καὶ παρὰ τὸ δέον ἐρεθίζων οὐδὲ ὁ Πορφυρίων ἔγνω· διὸ καὶ ἀπώλετο.

17–19

 οὐδὲ μὰν βασιλεὺς Γιγάντων· δμᾶθεν δὲ κεραυνῷ σ1
 τόξοισί τʼ Ἀπόλλωνος· ὃς εὐμενεῖ νόῳ
 Ξενάρκειον ἔδεκτο Κίρραθεν ἐστεφανωμένον σ1

Not far from the Graces' ken falleth the lot of this righteous island-commonwealth, that hath attained unto the glorious deeds of the sons of Aiakos: from the beginning is her fame perfect, for she is sung of as the nurse of heroes foremost in many games and in violent fights: and in her mortal men also is she pre-eminent.

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (2 entries)

ad v. 17

a. κέρδος δὲ φίλτατον: ὄνησίς ἐστι τῶν διδομένων, ὅταν τις παρ᾿ ἑκόντος λαμβάνῃ, τὸ δὲ μετὰ βίας ἀγόμενον κέρδος ἀνόνητόν ἐστι. τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν, ὅτι Πορφυρίων ἐπεχείρει βοῦς ἀποσπάσαι Ἡρακλέος ἄκοντος αὐτοῦ.

ad v. 19

a. βία δὲ καὶ μεγάλαυχον: ἡ τοῦ σώματος ἰσχὺς τὸν μεγαλαυχήσαντα ἐπὶ τῇ ῥώμῃ σφάλλει τῷ χρόνῳ· ὑποδείγματι δὲ τῷ Τυφῶνι ἐχρήσατο καὶ τοῖς ἑξῆς.

20 υἱὸν ποίᾳ Παρνασσίδι Δωριεῖ τε κώμῳ.20

Parnassus a garland of laurel from and with Dorian victory-song.

21 ἔπεσε δʼ οὐ Χαρίτων ἑκὰς

His island with her just city has not fallen far from the Graces, having attained the famous excellence of the Aeacidae; she has had perfect

22–24

 ἁ δικαιόπολις ἀρεταῖς
 κλειναῖσιν Αἰακιδᾶν σ1
 θιγοῖσα νᾶσος· τελέαν δʼ ἔχει

But my time faileth me to offer her all I might tell at length by lute and softer voice of man, so that satiety vex not.

Scholia ad vv. 22–24 (1 entry)

ad v. 23

a. δμᾶθεν δὲ κεραυνῷ: πάλιν συλληπτικῶς· οὔτε γὰρ ὁ Τυφὼς καὶ ὁ Πορφυρίων ἐκεραυνώθησαν καὶ ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐτοξεύθησαν, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν Τυφὼς διοβλὴς γέγονεν, ὁ δὲ Πορφυρίων ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐτοξεύθη. | ὁ δὲ τὸ τῷ ἑτέρῳ συμβεβηκὸς ὡς κατ᾿ ἀμφοτέρων ἔφη.

25–26

25 δόξαν ἀπʼ ἀρχᾶς. πολλοῖσι μὲν γὰρ ἀείδεται25

26 νικαφόροις ἐν ἀέθλοις θρέψαισα καὶ θοαῖς σ2

glory from the beginning. She is praised in song for having fostered heroes who were supreme in many victory-bearing contests and in swift battles;

Scholia ad vv. 25–26 (2 entries)

ad v. 26

a. Ξενάρκειον ἔδεκτο: τὸν Ἀριστομένην· ἔστι γὰρ Ξενάρκους υἱός. πρὸς ὃ τὸ χ΄, καὶ ὅτι Κίρραθεν εἴρηκεν, οὗ συντελεῖται ὁ ἀγὼν ὁ ἱππικὸς ὑπὸ Δελφῶν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὅστις ὁ Ἀπόλλων εὐμενεῖ νόῳ ὑπεδέξατο ἐν Δελφοῖς ἐστεφανωμένον τῇ δάφνῃ τὸν Ἀριστομένην.

27 ὑπερτάτους ἥρωας ἐν μάχαις·

So let that which lieth in my path, my debt to thee, O boy, the youngest of thy country's glories, run on apace, winged by my art.

28–29

28 τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἐμπρέπει.

29 εἰμὶ δʼ ἄσχολος ἀναθέμεν σ2

and she is distinguished in these things even for her men. But I do not have the time to set up

Scholia ad vv. 28–29 (2 entries)

ad v. 29

a. Δωριεῖ τε κώμῳ: τῷ τῶν Αἰγινητῶν ὕμνῳ· Δωριεῖς γὰρ ἀπὸ Ἄργους εἰς Αἴγιναν κατῴκησαν.

b. Δωριεῖς γὰρ, ἄποικοι ὄντες Ἀργείων.

30–31

30 πᾶσαν μακραγορίαν σ130

31 λύρᾳ τε καὶ φθέγματι μαλθακῷ, σ1

their whole long story to the lyre and the gentle voice, for fear that satiety would come and distress us. But my debt to you, child, which comes running at my feet, your latest fine achievement, let it fly on the wings of my artfulness.

Scholia ad vv. 30–31 (2 entries)

ad v. 30

a. οὐκ ἔξω Χαρίτων ἡ Αἴγινα, οὐκ ἄχαρις.

ad v. 31

a. ἁ δικαιόπολις: ἡ δὲ δικαιόπολις νῆσος Αἴγινα οὐκ ἐξέπεσε τῶν Χαρίτων, θίγουσα ταῖς τῶν Αἰακιδῶν ἀρεταῖς.

32–34

 μὴ κόρος ἐλθὼν κνίσῃ. τὸ δʼ ἐν ποσί μοι τράχον
 ἴτω τεὸν χρέος, ὦ παῖ, νεώτατον καλῶν,
 ἐμᾷ ποτανὸν ἀμφὶ μαχανᾷ. σ1

For in wrestlings thou art following the footsteps of thy uncles, and shamest neither Theognetos at Olympia, nor the victory that at Isthmos was won by Kleitomachos' stalwart limbs.

Scholia ad vv. 32–34 (1 entry)

ad v. 34

a. δόξαν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχᾶς: ἐξ ἀρχῆς δὲ τελείαν ἔχει τὴν δόξαν ἡ Αἴγινα καὶ οὐ νῦν μόνον.

35–36

35 παλαισμάτεσσι γὰρ ἰχνεύων ματραδελφεοὺς σ135

36 Ὀλυμπίᾳ τε Θεόγνητον οὐ κατελέγχεις,

Olympia For in wrestling you follow in the footsteps of your mother’s brothers, and you do not disgrace Theognetus at, nor the bold-limbed victory of Cleitomachus at the Isthmus. And by exalting the clan of the Midylids, you fulfill the prophecy which once Amphiaraus the son of Oicles spoke in riddling words, when he saw, in seven-gated

Scholia ad vv. 35–36 (1 entry)

ad v. 35

a. πολλοῖσι μὲν γάρ: πολλοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀνυμνεῖται ἀγῶσι καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὀξείαις μάχαις γενναίους καὶ πολεμικοὺς ἀγαγοῦσα ἥρωας, διαπρέπει δὲ καὶ ἐν ἀνδράσιν εὐβουλίας ἕνεκεν καὶ γνώμης.

37–39

 οὐδὲ Κλειτομάχοιο νίκαν Ἰσθμοῖ θρασύγυιον·
 αὔξων δὲ πάτραν Μιδυλιδᾶν λόγον φέρεις,
 τὸν ὅνπερ ποτʼ Ὀϊκλέος παῖς ἐν ἑπταπύλοις ἰδὼν

And in that thou makest great the clan of the Midylidai thou attainest unto the very praise which on a time the son of Oikleus spake in a riddle, when he saw at seven-gated Thebes the sons of the Seven standing to their spears, what time from Argos came the second race on their new enterprise. Thus spake he while they fought: 'By nature, son, the noble temper of thy sires shineth forth in thee. I see clearly the speckled dragon that Alkmaion weareth on his bright shield, foremost at the Kadmean gates.

40 υἱοὺς Θήβαις αἰνίξατο παρμένοντας αἰχμᾷ, σ440

Thebes, those sons standing by their spears,

Scholia ad vv. 40–40 (4 entries)

ad v. 40

a. εἰμὶ δ᾿ ἄσχολος ἀναθέμεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ, οὐκ εὐκαιρῶ πᾶσαν αὐτῆς τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐμπεριλαβεῖν τῷ ὕμνῳ. δεῖ γάρ με τὸν νικηφόρον ἐπαινεῖν, εὐλαβοῦμαι δὲ μὴ προσκορὴς φανῶ.

b. ἄλλως· εἰμὶ δ᾿ ἄσχολος: ἐν ἀσχολίᾳ, φησὶν, εἰμὶ καὶ οὐκ εὐκαιρῶ, ὥστε πᾶσαν τὴν τῆς Αἰγίνης μακρηγορίαν ἀναθεῖναι τῇ λύρᾳ καὶ τῷ ἡδεῖ φθέγματι, οἱονεὶ τῇ ᾠδῇ.

c. οὐκ ἔστι καιρὸς τὰ ἐγκώμια τῆς Αἰγίνης καὶ τῶν Αἰακιδῶν λέγειν, μή τις φθόνος βλάψῃ με.

d. οἱ δὲ, μὴ προσκορὴς ὀφθῶ.

41–42

41 ὁπότʼ ἀπʼ Ἄργεος ἤλυθον

42 δευτέραν ὁδὸν Ἐπίγονοι.

Argos when they came from on that second march, the Epigoni. Thus he spoke, while they were fighting: “By nature the genuine spirit of the fathers

43–44

43 ὧδʼ εἶπε μαρναμένων· σ1

44 φυᾷ τὸ γενναῖον ἐπιπρέπει σ2

And he who in the former fight fared ill, hero Adrastos, is now endowed with tidings of a better omen. Yet in his own house his fortune shall be contrariwise: for he alone of all the Danaan host, after that he shall have gathered up the bones of his dead son, shall by favour of the gods come back with unharmed folk to the wide streets of Abas.'

Scholia ad vv. 43–44 (3 entries)

ad v. 43

a. μὴ κόρος ἐλθών: ὑπερθέμενος, φησὶ, τὸ παρεκβάσει περὶ Αἰγίνης τι εἰπεῖν, μὴ κόρος ἐπιδράμῃ μου τοῖς ποιήμασι, ὃ νῦν ἐξείληφα ἔργον, τὸ ἐν ποσί μου τρέχον, τουτέστι τὸ πρόσφατον· τί δέ ἐστι τοῦτο; ἡ νίκη· ταύτην ὑμνήσω.

ad v. 44

a. τὸ δ᾿ ἐν ποσί μοι: τὸ νῦν παρὰ ποσί μου ὄφλημα, τοῦτο νῦν τρέχον καὶ μετὰ σπουδῆς παραγινέσθω ταχὺ παρὰ τῇ ἐμῇ γνώμῃ.

b. τὸ τρέχον ὡς ἐπὶ σταδίου τῇ μεταφορᾷ κέχρηται.

45–47

 ἐκ πατέρων παισὶ λῆμα. θαέομαι σαφὲς
 δράκοντα ποικίλον αἰθᾶς Ἀλκμᾶνʼ ἐπʼ ἀσπίδος σ3
 νωμῶντα πρῶτον ἐν Κάδμου πύλαις.

is conspicuous in the sons. I clearly see Alcmaeon, wielding a dappled serpent on his blazing shield, the first at the gates of Cadmus.

Scholia ad vv. 45–47 (3 entries)

ad v. 46

a. ἐμᾷ ποτανόν: ἢ πετόμενον, ἐπεὶ τὰ ποιήματα εἰς πᾶσαν διϊκνεῖται πόλιν, ἢ μετέωρον.

b. ἢ οὕτω· τὸ πρᾶγμα πτηνὸν καὶ τὸ χρέος γινέσθω, τουτέστι τὸ ποίημα ταῖς ἐμαῖς τέχναις, ὥστε καὶ διαπόντιον δύνασθαι εἶναι.

c. νεώτατον καλῶν: πρόσφατον· ὑπόγυος γὰρ ἡ νίκη.

48–49

48 ὁ δὲ καμὼν προτέρᾳ πάθᾳ σ2

49 νῦν ἀρείονος ἐνέχεται

And he who suffered in the earlier disaster, the hero Adrastus, now has the tidings of a better

On this wise spake Amphiaraos. Yea and with joy I too myself throw garlands on Alkmaion's grave, and shower it withal with songs, for that being my neighbour and guardian of my possessions he met me as I went up to the earth's centre-stone, renowned in song, and showed forth the gift of prophecy which belongeth unto his house.

Scholia ad vv. 48–49 (2 entries)

ad v. 48

a. παλαισμάτεσσι γάρ: τοῖς γὰρ παλαίσμασι τοὺς πρὸς μητρός σου θείους μεταδιώκων καὶ ζηλῶν οὔτε τὸν Ὀλυμπίᾳ Θεόγνητον νικήσαντα καταισχύνεις οὔτε τὴν Κλειτομάχου ἐν Ἰσθμοῖ νίκην, καὶ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ κατελέγχεις.

b. ὁ δὲ Κλειτόμαχος καὶ Θεόγνητος θεῖοι τοῦ νικηφόρου· Ὀλυμπιονίκης δὲ ὁ Θεόγνητος, ὁ δὲ Κλειτόμαχος Ἰσθμιονίκης. φησὶ δὲ αὐτὸν μὴ κατελέγχειν τοὺς τῆς μητρὸς ἀδελφοὺς, ἀλλὰ κατ᾿ ἴχνη τούτων βαίνειν.

50–52

 ὄρνιχος ἀγγελίᾳ
 Ἄδραστος ἥρως· τὸ δὲ οἴκοθεν
 ἀντία πράξει. μοῦνος γὰρ ἐκ Δαναῶν στρατοῦ

bird of omen. But at home his luck will be the opposite. For he alone of the Danaan army will gather the bones of his dead son, by the fortune sent from the gods, and come with his people unharmed

53–54

53 θανόντος ὀστέα λέξαις υἱοῦ, τύχᾳ θεῶν σ2

54 ἀφίξεται λαῷ σὺν ἀβλαβεῖ

But thou, far-darter, ruler of the glorious temple whereto all men go up, amid the glens of Pytho didst there grant this the greatest of joys: and at home before didst thou bring to him at the season of thy feast the keen-sought prize of the pentathlon. My king, with willing heart I make avowal that through thee is harmony before mine eyes in all that I sing of every conqueror.

Scholia ad vv. 53–54 (2 entries)

ad v. 53

a. αὔξων δὲ πάτραν Μιδυλιδᾶν λόγον φέρεις: φατρία ἐν Αἰγίνῃ Μιδυλιδῶν ἀπὸ Μιδύλου προγόνου ἐπιδόξου γεγονότος. αὐτὸς δ᾿ ἐν ἄλλοις (fr. 190)· ἁ Μιδύλου δ᾿ αὐτῷ γέννα, φησί. μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ Ὅμηρος (Ν 354)· ἦ μὰν ἀμφοτέροισιν ὁμὸν γένος ἠδ᾿ ἴα πάτρη, ἀντὶ τοῦ φατρία. τῷ οὖν σῷ γένει τοῖς Μιδυλίδαις δόξαν προσέθηκας.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τῶν δὲ Μιδυλιδῶν τὴν φατρίαν αὔξων τὸν λόγον φέρεις ἐκεῖνον, ὃν εἶπέ ποτε Ἀμφιάραος, ἡνίκα ἐθεάσατο ἐν ταῖς ἑπταπύλοις Θήβαις παραμένοντας τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ Θήβας, | ὅτε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἄργους τὴν δευτέραν ἐπάνοδον ἐπανῆλθον οἱ Ἐπίγονοι.

55–57

 Ἄβαντος εὐρυχόρους ἀγυιάς. τοιαῦτα μὲν σ1
 ἐφθέγξατʼ Ἀμφιάρηος. χαίρων δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς
 Ἀλκμᾶνα στεφάνοισι βάλλω, ῥαίνω δὲ καὶ ὕμνῳ, σ3

Argos to the spacious streets of, the city of Abas.” So spoke Amphiaraus. And I myself rejoice as I fling garlands over Alcmaeon and sprinkle him with song, because this hero is my neighbor and guardian of my possessions, and he met me when I was going to the songful navel of the earth,

Scholia ad vv. 55–57 (4 entries)

ad v. 55

a. τὸν ὅνπέρ ποτ᾿ Οἰκλέος: τοῦτον, φησὶ, τὸν λόγον φέρεις, ὦ Ἀριστόμενες, ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἀμφιάραος ἰδὼν θαρσαλέως πολεμοῦντας τοὺς Ἐπιγόνους κατὰ τῶν Θηβαίων. τί δὲ εἶπε; φυᾷ τὸ γενναῖον ἐπιπρέπει· ὅτι σῴζουσι τὴν τῶν γονέων ἀρετήν. καὶ σὺ δὲ, φησὶ, τοὺς μήτρωας ζηλοῖς τῇ ἀθλήσει.

ad v. 57

a. ᾐνίξατο: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο· οὐ γὰρ αἰνιγματωδῶς εἶπε. καὶ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (Ν 374)· Ὀθρυονεῦ, πέρι δή σε βροτῶν αἰνίζομ᾿ ἁπάντων.

b. πῶς δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Ἀμφιάραός φησιν; εἰ μὴ ὅτε ζῶν κατεπόθη, κατά τινα θείαν ἐπίνοιαν προσδιελέγετο τοῖς Ἐπιγόνοις.

c. ἄλλως· ᾐνίξατο ἐπῄνεσεν εἶπε παρὰ τὸν αἶνον.

58–59

58 γείτων ὅτι μοι καὶ κτεάνων φύλαξ ἐμῶν

59 ὑπάντασεν ἰόντι γᾶς ὀμφαλὸν παρʼ ἀοίδιμον,

By the side of our sweet-voiced song of triumph hath Righteousness taken her stand, and I pray, O Xenarches, that the favour of God be unfailing toward the fortune of thee and thine. For if one hath good things to his lot without long toil, to many he seemeth therefore to be wise among fools and to be crowning his life by right devising of the means. But these things lie not with men: it is God that ordereth them, who setteth up one and putteth down another, so that he is bound beneath the hands of the adversary.

60 μαντευμάτων τʼ ἐφάψατο συγγόνοισι τέχναις.60

and he touched on prophecies with his inborn arts.

61–63

 τὺ δʼ,Ἑκαταβόλε, πάνδοκον σ1
 ναὸν εὐκλέα διανέμων
 Πυθῶνος ἐν γυάλοις, σ2

Pytho And you, Apollo, shooting from afar, you who govern the glorious temple, hospitable to all, in the hollows of, there you granted the greatest of joys.

Scholia ad vv. 61–63 (3 entries)

ad v. 61

a. ὧ δ᾿ εἶπεν: ὁ δὲ Ἀμφιάραος τῶν Ἐπιγόνων μαχομένων εἶπε· τῇ φύσει τὸ συγγενὲς ἐκ πατέρων προθύμημα τοῖς παισὶν ἐπιπρέπει. Ὅμηρος (Ε 253)· οὐ γάρ μοι γενναῖον ἀλυσκάζοντι μάχεσθαι, τουτέστι συγγενικόν.

ad v. 63

a. ἐκ πατέρων παισί: τοῖς ἐπιγόνοις ἐπιπρέπει τὸ ἐκ πατέρων.

b. πῶς ὅτι θεάμοαι σαφὲς δράκοντα; ὡς τοῦ Ἀλκμαίονος ἔχοντος ἐπὶ τῆς ἀσπίδος ἐπίσημον δράκοντα, | ὅτι ἐπιτήδειον πρὸς οἰωνοὺς τὸ ζῷον καὶ καταδῦνον εἰς τὰς ὀπὰς τῆς γῆς, κατέδυ δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἀμφιάραος, ὁ δὲ παῖς σημεῖον τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς ἔσῳζε τέχνης.

64 τὸ μὲν μέγιστον τόθι χαρμάτων σ1

Now at Megara also hast thou won a prize, and in secluded Marathon, and in the games of Hera in thine own land, three times, Aristomenes, hast thou overcome.

Scholia ad vv. 64–64 (1 entry)

ad v. 64

a. λῆμα. θεάομαι σαφές: θεωρῶ γὰρ, φησὶ, σαφῶς ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις τὸν Ἀλκμαίονα, ποικίλον δράκοντα ἐπὶ τῆς καταπληκτικῆς ἀσπίδος διακινοῦντα.

65–67

 ὤπασας· οἴκοι δὲ πρόσθεν ἁρπαλέαν δόσιν σ2
 πενταθλίου σὺν ἑορταῖς ὑμαῖς ἐπάγαγες. σ3
 ἄναξ, ἑκόντι δʼ εὔχομαι νόῳ

And before, in your festival at home, you brought him a coveted gift for the pentathlon. Lord, I pray that with a willing mind

Scholia ad vv. 65–67 (5 entries)

ad v. 65

a. δράκοντα ποικίλον αἰθᾶς: τῆς λαμπρᾶς, παρὰ τὸ αἴθειν.

b. ἀντὶ τοῦ θεωρῶ τὸν Ἀλκμᾶνα διακινοῦντα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀσπίδι ἐπίσημον δράκοντα.

ad v. 66

a. Ἀλκμᾶν᾿ ἐπ᾿ ἀσπίδος: διατί ὁ Ἀλκμαίων εἶχεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀσπίδος δράκοντα; ὅτι ἐπιτήδειον πρὸς οἰωνοὺς τὸ ζῷον, μάντις δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἀμφιάραος· ὁ δὲ παῖς σημεῖον τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς ἔσῳζε τέχνης.

b. ἐπεὶ γηγενὲς τὸ ζῷον καὶ καταδύον εἰς τὰς ὀπὰς τῆς γῆς, κατέδυ δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἀμφιάραος.

c. ἢ καθὸ ἦν ἀπὸ Μελάμποδος. ἱστοροῦσι δὲ δύο δράκοντας διαλεῖξαι τὰς ἀκοὰς τοῦ Μελάμποδος καὶ διατρῆσαι πρὸς ἀλλήλας· διὸ καὶ δοκεῖ αἰσθάνεσθαι τῆς τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων φωνῆς.

68 κατά τινʼ ἁρμονίαν βλέπειν, σ2

I may observe a certain harmony on every step of my way.

Scholia ad vv. 68–68 (2 entries)

ad v. 68

a. ὁ δὲ καμὼν προτέρᾳ πάθᾳ: ὁ δὲ τῷ προτέρῳ πάθει καμὼν καὶ τὸν στρατὸν ἀπολέσας Ἄδραστος νῦν κρείσσονος οἰωνοῦ ἐνέχεται ἀγγελίᾳ· νικήσει γὰρ τῇ μάχῃ, τὸ δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον ἐναντίως πράξει. πρότερον μὲν γὰρ ἐσώθη μόνος, κατὰ δὲ τὴν δευτέραν στρατείαν πάντων σωθέντων, αὐτὸς μόνος τὸν υἱὸν ἀπέβαλεν Αἰγιαλέα, ὥς φησιν Ἑλλάνικος (FHG I p. 47) λέγων ἐν Γλίσαντι τὴν συμβολὴν γεγενῆσθαι.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ὁ δὲ καμὼν Ἄδραστος τῇ προτέρᾳ συμφορᾷ, νῦν βελτίονος ἔχεται τύχης, τῇ τοῦ ὄρνιθος ἀγγελίᾳ καὶ κλῃδόνι. οἰωνιστὴς γὰρ ὁ Ἀμφιάραος.

69 ἀμφʼ ἕκαστον ὅσα νέομαι.

And now on the bodies of four others hast thou hurled thyself with fierce intent, to whom the Pythian feast might not award, as unto thee, the glad return, nor the sweet smile that welcometh thee to thy mother's side; nay but by secret ways they shrink from meeting their enemies, stricken down by their evil hap.

70–73

 κώμῳ μὲν ἁδυμελεῖ
 Δίκα παρέστακε· θεῶν δʼ ὄπιν σ1
 ἄφθονον αἰτέω, Ξείναρκες, ὑμετέραις τύχαις.
 εἰ γάρ τις ἐσλὰ πέπαται μὴ σὺν μακρῷ πόνῳ, σ1

Justice stands beside the sweet-singing victory procession. I pray that the gods may regard your fortunes without envy, Xenarces. For if anyone has noble achievements without long toil, to many he seems to be a skillful man among the foolish,

Scholia ad vv. 70–73 (2 entries)

ad v. 71

a. τὸ δὲ οἴκοθεν ἀντία πράξει: ἐναντίως τοῖς πᾶσι τὰ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον πράξει· μόνος γὰρ τὸν παῖδα ἀπολέσει. | ἐν γὰρ τῇ πρώτῃ στρατείᾳ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ἓξ στρατηγοὶ ἀπώλοντο, ἐν δὲ τῇ δευτέρᾳ, ὅτε οἱ Ἐπίγονοι, μόνος ὁ Ἀδράστου παῖς Αἰγιαλεὺς ἀπώλετο. οὕτω καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ φασιν Ἀδράστειαν κληθῆναι τὴν Νέμεσιν.

ad v. 73

a. μόνος γὰρ ἐκ Δαναῶν: μόνος γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τοῦ Θηβαίου στρατοῦ τελευτήσαντος τοῦ υἱοῦ τὰ ὀστᾶ συναγαγὼν καὶ συλλέξας ἀφίξεται εἰς τὸ Ἄργος σὺν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ ἀβλαβεῖ καὶ περισωθέντι.

74 πολλοῖς σοφὸς δοκεῖ πεδʼ ἀφρόνων

Now he that hath lately won glory in the time of his sweet youth is lifted on the wings of his strong hope and soaring valour, for his thoughts are above riches.

75–78

 βίον κορυσσέμεν ὀρθοβούλοισι μαχαναῖς·
 τὰ δʼ οὐκ ἐπʼ ἀνδράσι κεῖται· δαίμων δὲ παρίσχει,
 ἄλλοτʼ ἄλλον ὕπερθε βάλλων, ἄλλον δʼ ὑπὸ χειρῶν σ2
 μέτρῳ καταβαίνει. Μεγάροις δʼ ἔχεις γέρας, σ2

Megara arming his life with the resources of right counsel. But these things do not depend on men. It is a god who grants them; raising up one man and throwing down another. Enter the struggle with due measure. You have won a prize of honor at, and in the valley of Marathon; and at the local contest of Hera

Scholia ad vv. 75–78 (4 entries)

ad v. 77

a. ἰστέον ὅτι Ἄβας ὁ Λυγκέως ᾤκησε τὸ Ἄργος, εἶτα μετέστη εἰς Εὔβοιαν. ὅτι δὲ Λυγκέως Ἄβας, ἐξ ἐκείνου δῆλον (trag. fr. adesp. 454)· σφαγὰς δὲ Δαναοῦ παρθένων Λυγκεὺς φυγών Ἄβαντα φύει διάδοχον τυραννίδος.

b. ἄλλως· Ἄβας πατὴρ Ταλαοῦ, ἐξ οὗ ὁ Ἄδραστος.

ad v. 78

a. τοιαῦτα μὲν ἐφθέγξατ᾿ Ἀμφίαρηος: ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ τὸ πρόσωπον μιμουμένου τοῦ νενικηκότος. ταῦτα δὲ εἴρηκεν ὡς ὑπάρχοντος ἡρῴου καὶ γειτνιῶντος τῇ τοῦ νικηφόρου οἰκίᾳ, προσυποτίθεται δὲ ὅτι καὶ ὑπήντησε πορευομένῳ εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα καὶ τῆς μαντείας ἐφήψατο καὶ αὐτὸς ὢν μάντις. ἐμφαίνει δὲ διὰ τούτων, ὅτι ἐγεγόνει τις μαντεία περὶ τῆς νίκης αὐτοῦ.

b. ἄλλως· ἐφηδόμενος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν Ἀλκμάονα στεφανῶ τῇ ᾠδῇ. ὅτι δή μοι ὁ τούτου πατὴρ Ἀμφιάραος γείτων ἐστὶ καὶ φύλαξ τῶν ἐμῶν κτημάτων, καὶ ὅτι ἀπιόντι εἰς τὸν τῆς γῆς ὀμφαλὸν, τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν Πυθῶνα, ἀπήντησε καὶ τῶν μαντευμάτων ἐφήψατο τοῖς συγγεννηθεῖσιν αὐτῷ τυχὸν [δὲ λέγει συγγόνοις τέχναις].

79 μυχῷ τʼ ἐν Μαραθῶνος, Ἥρας τʼ ἀγῶνʼ ἐπιχώριον

In a little moment groweth up the delight of men; yea and in like sort falleth it to the ground, when a doom adverse hath shaken it.

80 νίκαις τρισσαῖς, Ὦριστόμενες, δάμασσας ἔργῳ·80

you were dominant in action with three victories, Aristomenes.

81–83

 τέτρασι δʼ ἔμπετες ὑψόθεν
 σωμάτεσσι κακὰ φρονέων, σ1
 τοῖς οὔτε νόστος ὁμῶς σ2

And you fell from above on the bodies of four opponents, with grim intent; to them no cheerful homecoming was allotted, as it was to you, at the Pythian festival;

Scholia ad vv. 81–83 (3 entries)

ad v. 82

a. γείτων ὅτι μοι: τῇ Ἀριστομένους οἰκίᾳ παρίδρυτο Ἀλκμάονος ἡρῷον, ἴσως δὲ καὶ τῇ αὐτοῦ μαντείᾳ χρησάμενος ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα ἐπορεύθη καὶ ἐνίκησεν.

ad v. 83

a. κτεάνων φύλαξ ἐμῶν: ἐπεὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ Αἰγινῆταί εἰσιν.

b. ἐπεὶ ἐκ προγόνων ἦν μάντις, διὰ τοῦτο εἶπε συγγόνοισι.

84 ἔπαλπνος ἐν Πυθιάδι κρίθη,

Things of a day--what are we, and what not? Man is a dream of shadows.

85–87

 οὐδὲ μολόντων πὰρ ματέρʼ ἀμφὶ γέλως γλυκὺς
 ὦρσεν χάριν· κατὰ λαύρας δʼ ἐχθρῶν ἀπάοροι
 πτώσσοντι, συμφορᾷ δεδαγμένοι.

nor, when they returned to their mothers, did sweet laughter awaken joy. They slink along the back-streets, away from their enemies, bitten by misfortune.

88–89

88 ὁ δὲ καλόν τι νέον λαχὼν σ1

89 ἁβρότατος ἔπι μεγάλας

But he who has gained some fine new thing in his great opulence

Scholia ad vv. 88–89 (1 entry)

ad v. 88

a. τὺ δ᾿ ἑκαταβόλε: σὺ δὲ, ὦ Ἄπολλον, τὸν πάντας δεχόμενον ἐν τῷ Πυθῶνι νεὼν εὐδόξως διανέμων τοῦτο μὲν τὸ μέγιστον κλέος τῆς νίκης αὐτόθι ἐν τῷ Πυθῶνι παρέσχες, ἐν Αἰγίνῃ δὲ πρὸ τοῦ ἐνίκησε τὰ Δελφίνια Ἀπόλλωνος ἀγῶνα.

90–94

 ἐξ ἐλπίδος πέταται
 ὑποπτέροις ἀνορέαις, ἔχων σ1
 κρέσσονα πλούτου μέριμναν. ἐν δʼ ὀλίγῳ βροτῶν
 τὸ τερπνὸν αὔξεται· οὕτω δὲ καὶ πίτνει χαμαί,
 ἀποτρόπῳ γνώμᾳ σεσεισμένον. σ1

flies beyond hope on the wings of his manliness, with ambitions that are greater than wealth. But the delight of mortals grows in a short time, and then it falls to the ground, shaken by an adverse thought.

Nevertheless when a glory from God hath shined on them, a clear light abideth upon men, and serene life.

Scholia ad vv. 90–94 (2 entries)

ad v. 91

a. τόθι χαρμάτων: ὡς τοῦ Ἀριστομένους, πρὶν λαβεῖν τὰ Πύθια, νενικηκότος ἐν οἴκῳ, τουτέστιν ἐν Αἰγίνῃ ἀγῶνα ἱερὸν Ἀπόλλωνος πένταθλον. ἄγεται δὲ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ Δελφίνια Ἀπόλλωνι.

ad v. 94

a. σὺν ἑορταῖς ὑμαῖς: ταῖς σαῖς, καὶ πλεονάζει τούτῳ ὁ Πίνδαρος. τιμᾶται δὲ σφόδρα ἐν Αἰγίνῃ Ἀπόλλων καὶ Ἄρτεμις.

95–99

 ἐπάμεροι· τί δέ τις; τί δʼ οὔ τις; σκιᾶς ὄναρ σ2
 ἄνθρωπος. ἀλλʼ ὅταν αἴγλα διόσδοτος ἔλθῃ,
 λαμπρὸν φέγγος ἔπεστιν ἀνδρῶν καὶ μείλιχος αἰών·
 Αἴγινα φίλα μᾶτερ, ἐλευθέρῳ στόλῳ
 πόλιν τάνδε κόμιζε Δὶ καὶ κρέοντι σὺν Αἰακῷ σ2

Creatures of a day. What is someone? What is no one? Man is the dream of a shadow. But when the brilliance given by Zeus comes, a shining light is on man, and a gentle lifetime. Dear mother Aegina, convey this city on her voyage of freedom, with the blessing of Zeus, and the ruler Aeacus,

Aigina, mother dear, this city in her march among the free, with Zeus and lordly Aiakos, with Peleus and valiant Telamon and with Achilles, guard thou well.

Scholia ad vv. 95–99 (4 entries)

ad v. 95

a. ἑκόντι δ᾿ εὔχομαι νόῳ: σοὶ δὲ, ὦ Ἄπολλον, εὔχομαι ἐφορᾶν σε ἕκαστον τῶν ποιημάτων, ὅσα κατά τινα ἁρμονίαν ἐπέρχομαι καὶ γράφω.

b. ἄλλως· ἤτοι διαβεβαιοῦμαι, ἢ εὔχομαί σοι, ὦ Ἄπολλον, καθ᾿ ἁρ|μονίαν πρὸς πάντα ἔρχεσθαι πράγματα, οἷον πρὸς μηδὲν πλημμελῶς ἔρχεσθαι.

ad v. 99

a. κώμῳ μὲν ἁδυμελεῖ: τῷ μὲν χορῷ ἡμῶν δικαιοσύνη παρέστηκε, τουτέστιν οὐ ψευδόμεθα οἷς λέγομεν περὶ τοῦ Ἀριστομένους.

b. ἢ οὕτως· δικαίως κωμάζεται ὁ Ἀριστομένης καὶ ἐπιτηδείως· ἀγαθὸς γάρ ἐστι. τὴν δὲ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπιστροφὴν παρὰ τῶν θεῶν εὔχομαι ἀνεπίφθονον ἐπὶ ταῖς ὑμετέραις τύχαις γενέσθαι. ὁ δὲ Ξενάρκης πατὴρ τοῦ νικηφόρου.

100

100 Πηλεῖ τε κἀγαθῷ Τελαμῶνι σύν τʼ Ἀχιλλεῖ. σ34100

and Peleus, and good Telamon, and Achilles.

Scholia ad vv. 100–100 (34 entries)

ad v. 100

a. εἰ γάρ τις ἐσλὰ πέπαται: εἰ γάρ τις, φησὶν, ἀγαθὰ κέκτηται μὴ σὺν πολλῷ πόνῳ ἀλλὰ ῥᾳδίως, τοῖς πολλοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων δοκεῖ σοφὸς ὢν ἐν ἄφροσι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον κορύσσειν, τουτέστιν αὔξειν, ταῖς ὀρθοβούλοις ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιτεχνήσεσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 103]

b. ἢ οὕτως· εἴ τις ἄνευ πόνου ἀγαθόν τι περιεκτήσατο, τοῦτον οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀφρόνων δοκοῦσι σοφὸν εἶναι, | καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ τῆς σοφίας δοκεῖ οὕτω περιπεποιῆσθαι. ἐγὼ δέ φημι τοῦτο ἐν θεῷ εἶναι, καὶ ἔστι τὸ δαιμόνιον αἴτιον τῆς κτήσεως. [Drachmann ad v. 103]

c. πέπαται δέ, ἀντὶ τοῦ κέκτηται. καὶ Ὅμηρος (Δ 433)· πολυπάμμονος ἀνδρὸς ἐν αὐλῇ, ἀντὶ τοῦ πλουσίου. [Drachmann ad v. 103]

a. τὰ δ᾿ οὐκ ἐπ᾿ ἀνδράσι κεῖται: ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, τὸ ἐκ περινοίας κτήσασθαι· τὸ δαιμόνιον δὲ ἑκάστῳ παρέχει. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

a. δαίμων δὲ παρίσχει: ἐπεὶ προεῖπεν ὅτι ὁ δαίμων πάντα παρέχει, ἐπήγαγεν ὅτι ποτὲ μὲν ἄλλοτε ἄλλον ὑψηλὸν ποιῶν, ἄλλοτε δὲ ὑποχείριον ποιῶν καὶ οἰκτρὸν καὶ ταπεινόν. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

a. ἄλλον δ᾿ ὑπὸ χειρῶν: ὑπὸ χειρῶν μέτρον περιφραστικῶς περὶ τὰς χεῖρας ποιεῖ, | ἀντὶ τοῦ τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

a. μέτρον καταβαίνει: ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβαίνειν ποιεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

b. μεμετρημένα ἑκάστῳ τὰ κακὰ καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ παρέχεται, οὔποτε τῶν ἐν μονίμῳ τύχῃ κρατῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

a. μυχῷ τ᾿ ἐν Μαραθῶνος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχεις γέρας, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

b. τουτέστι τὰ Παναθήναια. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

c. Ἥρας τ᾿ ἀγῶν᾿ ἐπιχώριον: ὡς καὶ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ Ἡραίων ἀγομένων κατὰ μίμησιν τοῦ ἐν Ἄργει ἀγῶνος· ἄποικοι γὰρ Ἀργείων. Δίδυμος δέ φησι τὰ Ἑκατόμβαια αὐτὸν νῦν λέγειν ἐπιχώριον ἀγῶνα Αἰγινητῶν διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

a. νίκαις τρισσαῖς: σὺν ταῖς τρισὶ ταύταις νίκαις καὶ τὰ Πύθια νικήσας τέτρασι σώμασι τῶν ἀνταγωνιστῶν ἄνωθεν ἐνέπεσας, ἧττον αὐτῶν φροντίζων. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

a. δάμασσας ἔργῳ: μετ᾿ ἔργου καὶ ἐνεργείας πολλῆς καθυπέταξας σαυτῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

a. τέτρασι δ᾿ ἔμπετες: ὡς ἄνευ κλήρου τέσσαρας παῖδας προκαλεσαμένου καὶ νικήσαντος. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

a. τοῖς οὔτε νόστος ὁμῶς: οἷστισι τοῖς ἡττηθεῖσιν ἐκ τῆς Πυθίας ἡ ἀνακομιδὴ οὔτε ἡδεῖα οὔτε προσηνὴς ἐγένετο, οὔτε ἐλθόντων αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν πατρίδα περὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ τοὺς γονεῖς γέλως γλυκὺς χάριν ἐκίνησε τὴν ἐκ τῆς νίκης· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἐναντίου λύπη καὶ συμφορὰ περὶ τὸν οἶκον τῶν ἡττηθέντων γέγονεν. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

a. ἐχθρῶν ἀπάοροι πτώσσοντι: ἀφωρισμένοι, κεχωρισμένοι. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

b. οἷον εὐλαβοῦνται καὶ φεύγουσι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τῇ τῆς ἥττης συμφορᾷ δακνόμενοι. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

a. ὁ δὲ καλόν τι νέον: ὁ δὲ καλὸν πράξας ὑπὸ τῶν ἐλπίδων μετέωρος φέρεται. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

b. ἄλλως· ὁ δὲ νεωστὶ καλὸν καταπραξάμενος καὶ νικήσας, ἀπὸ μεγάλης ἁβρότητος καὶ εὐδαιμονίας ἐκ τῶν εὐτυχηθεισῶν ἐλπίδων ὑψοῦται, ταῖς ταχείαις αὐτοῦ ἐπαιρόμενος ἀνδρείαις, ἔχων καὶ κρείττονα πλούτου τὴν φροντίδα, τουτέστι τὴν νίκην. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

a. ἐν δ᾿ ὀλίγῳ βροτῶν τὸ τερπνὸν αὔξεται: λείπει τὸ χρόνῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

b. τουτέστι χρόνον μικρὸν αὔξει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ καταβάλλει ἡ τυχοῦσα πρόφασις. ἔξωθεν οὖν προσληπτέον τὸ χρόνῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

c. ἐν ὀλίγῳ δὲ χρόνῳ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡδὺ καὶ καλὸν εἶναι δοκοῦν αὔξεται καὶ παραμένει· οὕτω δὲ πάλιν ταχέως αὐξηθὲν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀφανίζεται ἀηδεῖ τινι γνώμῃ καὶ πείρᾳ σεσεισμένον καὶ νικηθέν. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

a. ἀποτρόπῳ: τῇ παρὰ τρόπον καὶ παρὰ τὸ δέον ἐχθρᾷ γνώμῃ. [καὶ πείρᾳ σεσεισμένον καὶ νικηθὲν καὶ] οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἡμῶν δόκησιν. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

a. ἐπάμεροι, τί δέ τις; τῶν ἐφημέρων ἀνθρώπων τί ἄν τις εἴποι ὅτι ἔστι τις, ἢ πάλιν ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι; ταχέως μὲν γὰρ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἐστί τις οὗτος, ταχέως δὲ ὅτι οὐδεὶς, διὰ τὴν μετάπτωσιν τῶν πραγμάτων. διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐπιφέρει, ὅτι σκιᾶς ὄναρ ἄνθρωποι, εὖ τῇ ἐμφάσει χρώμενος, ὡς ἄν τις εἰποι τοῦ ἀσθενοῦς τὸ ἀσθενέστερον. οὐ γὰρ οἷον ἀνθρώπου ὄναρ ἐστὶν, ἀλλὰ σκιᾶς ἀνθρώπου. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπάμεροι· ὦ ἄνθρωποι, τίς ἐστιν ὁ δοκῶν εἶναι καὶ μέγας καὶ πλούσιος; τίς δὲ ὁ νομιζόμενος οὐδεὶς καὶ εὐτελής; ὀνείρατα σκιᾶς ἐσμεν οἱ ἄνθρωποι. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

a. ἀλλ᾿ ὅταν αἴγλα διόσδοτος ἔλθῃ: ἀλλ᾿ ὅταν ἐκ Διὸς δεδομένη αἴγλη ἐπέλθῃ, τουτέστιν ὅταν ὁ Ζεὺς ἐπιλαμπρύνῃ, ἡδὺς ὁ βίος γίνεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. [Drachmann ad v. 136]

b. ἀλλ᾿ ὅταν αἴγλα Διός: ἀλλ᾿ ὅταν αἴγλη τις καὶ φῶς ἐκ θεοῦ παραγένηται, λαμπρὸν φέγγος ἔπεστι κατὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ προσηνὴς ὁ βίος καὶ ἡ ζωή. [Drachmann ad v. 136]

c. ἐπιμέμφονταί τινες τῷ Πινδάρῳ, ὅτι ἐγκώμιον γράφων θρηνεῖ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον. [Drachmann ad v. 136]

a. Αἴγινα, φίλα μᾶτερ: τὸν λόγον πρὸς τὴν ἡρωίδα ἀπέστρεψεν, ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ ἡ νῆσος. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ προσφιλεστάτη μῆτερ Αἴγινα, τὴν ὁμώνυμόν σοι πόλιν φύλασσε καὶ περίεπε σὺν ἐλευθερίᾳ, φύλασσε δὲ σὺν τῷ Διῒ καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ Αἰακῷ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἥρωσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

c. ἢ οὕτω· τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ χοροῦ λέγοιτο ἂν, ὥστε τὴν Αἴγιναν μητέρα τῶν χορευόντων λέγεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

d. ἐλευθέρῳ δὲ στόλῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐλευθέρᾳ στάλσει ἢ στάσει καὶ σχήματι, μὴ ταττομένη ὑπ᾿ ἄλλοις. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

e. Αἴγινα φίλα μᾶτερ: προσφωνεῖ τῇ ἡρωίδι. [Drachmann ad v. 140]

a. σὺν Διῒ καὶ κρέοντι: τὸ χ΄, ὅτι ὑπερβάτως εἴρηκε σὺν Διῒ καὶ κρέοντι καὶ σὺν Αἰακῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 9

Pythian 9 — for Τελεσικράτει Κυρηναίῳ

ὁπλιτοδρόμῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 125 lines · 161 scholia parts

Argumentum (7 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen IX.

p2. Τελεσικράτει Κυρηναίῳ ὁπλιτοδρόμῳ

p3. Τῆς ἐννάτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ιε΄. τὸ α΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, εἰς ἴαμβον καταλῆγον. τὸ γ΄ Ἀρχιλόχειον, ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 79) Ἐρασμονίδη Χαρίλαε. τὸ δ΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ ε΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ γ΄, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο δωδεκάσημον, τὸ δὲ γ΄ ἑνδεκάσημον. τὸ ς΄ δίμετρον ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ δίμετρον Ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ θ΄ τρίμετρον δακτυλικὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ι΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ια΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ γ΄ καὶ ε΄. τὸ ιβ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ιγ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ιδ΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ ιγ΄. τὸ ιε΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον.

p4. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἐστὶ ιδ΄. τὸ α΄ Πινδαρικόν· ἔστι δὲ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ β΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν.

p5. τὸ γ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ ε΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ Ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ Ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἀνακλώμενον. τὸ ι΄ Πινδαρικὸν παρὰ τὸ πρῶτον Σαπφικὸν καὶ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ ια΄ ἰαμβέλεγος μετατεθεικὼς τὴν πρώτην ἐπὶ τὴν τελευταίαν συλλαβήν. τὸ ιβ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ιγ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ιδ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ια΄.

p6. Inscr.a. Γράφει τῷ προειρημένῳ τὴν ᾠδὴν νικήσαντι κη΄ Πυθιάδα. ἐνίκησε μέντοι καὶ στάδιον τὴν λ΄ Πυθιάδα, οὐ φαίνεται δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος ταύτης τῆς νίκης μνημονεύων, ἴσως ὅτι φθάσας τῆς εἰκοστῆς ὀγδόης ἔγραψεν.

b. ἄλλως· γράφεται Τελεσικράτει Κυρηναίῳ νικήσαντι τὴν κη΄ Πυθιάδα ὁπλίτῃ, τῇ δὲ λ΄ στάδιον· παρὸ δὴ οὐ μνημονεύει τῆς ἐν τῷ σταδίῳ νίκης. τούτου δὲ ἀνάκειται ἐν Δελφοῖς ἀνδριὰς ἔχων κράνος. ἐκ προγόνων δέ ἐστι δρομεύς· Ἀλεξίδαμον γάρ φησιν αὐτοῦ εἶναι πρόγονον Λίβυν, ἐλθόντα ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀνταίου θυγατέρα καὶ ἀγωνισάμενον. πολλοὶ δὲ ταύτης μνηστῆρες.

1–4

 ἐθέλω χαλκάσπιδα Πυθιονίκαν σ3
 σὺν βαθυζώνοισιν ἀγγέλλων
 Τελεσικράτη Χαρίτεσσι γεγωνεῖν,
 ὄλβιον ἄνδρα, διωξίππου στεφάνωμα Κυράνας·

With the help of the deep-waisted Graces I want to shout aloud proclaiming the Pythian victory with the bronze shield of Telesicrates, a prosperous man, the crowning glory of chariot-driving Cyrene;

I have desire to proclaim with aid of the deep-vested Graces a victory at Pytho of Telesikrates bearing the shield of bronze, and to speak aloud his name, for his fair fortune and the glory wherewith he hath crowned Kyrene, city of charioteers.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (3 entries)

ad v. 1

a. ὁ νοῦς· βούλομαι τὸν Πυθιονίκην Τελεσικράτην ἐγκωμιάζων σὺν ταῖς βαθυζώνοις Χάρισιν ἀνυμνεῖν, εὐδαιμονέστατον ἄνδρα, στέφανον καὶ δόξαν ὄντα τῆς ἱππικῆς Κυρήνης.

b. χαλκάσπιδα, ὅτι σὺν ἀσπίσι χαλκαῖς τὸν ὁπλίτην ἔτρεχον δρόμον.

c. τὸ ἑξῆς δὲ, σὺν βαθυζώνοις Χάρισιν.

5–7

 τὰν ὁ χαιτάεις ἀνεμοσφαράγων ἐκ Παλίου κόλπων ποτὲ Λατοΐδας
 ἅρπασʼ, ἔνεικέ τε χρυσέῳ παρθένον ἀγροτέραν δίφρῳ, τόθι νιν πολυμήλου σ3
 καὶ πολυκαρποτάτας θῆκε δέσποιναν χθονὸς

the long-haired son of Leto once snatched her from the wind-echoing glens of Mt. Pelion, and carried the girl of the wilds in his golden chariot to a place where he made her mistress of a land rich in flocks and most rich in fruits, to live and flourish on the root of the third continent.

Scholia ad vv. 5–7 (3 entries)

ad v. 6

a. τὰν ὁ χαιτάεις: εἰς τὴν ἡρωίδα, ἀφ᾿ ἧς τοὔνομα ἔλαβεν ἡ πόλις Κυρήνη, μετάγει τὸν λόγον. ἀπὸ δὲ Ἠοίας Ἡσιόδου τὴν ἱστορίαν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πίνδαρος, ἧς ἡ ἀρχή (fr. 128)· ἢ οἵη Φθίῃ Χαρίτων ἄπο κάλλος ἔχουσα Πηνειοῦ παρ᾿ ὕδωρ καλὴ ναίεσκε Κυρήνη.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἥντινα τὴν Κυρήνην ὁ κομήτης Ἀπόλλων ἐκ τῶν ὑψηλῶν τοῦ Πηλίου κόλπων ἥρπασε καὶ ἤνεγκε χρυσῷ δίφρῳ, τὴν θηρευτικὴν καὶ ἀγρευτικὴν παρθένον.

c. ἀνεμοσφαράγων: τῶν ψόφον ἀποτελούντων ἐκ τοῦ ἀνέμου.

8 ῥίζαν ἀπείρου τρίταν εὐήρατον θάλλοισαν οἰκεῖν.

Kyrene once from Pelion's wind-echoing dells Leto's son, the flowing-haired, caught up and in a golden car bore away the huntress-maiden to the place where he made her queen of a land rich in flocks, yea richest of all lands in the fruits of the field, that her home might be the third part of the mainland of earth, a stock that should bear lovely bloom. And silver-foot Aphrodite awaited the Delian stranger issuing from his car divine, and lightly laid on him her hand: then over their sweet bridal-bed she cast the loveliness of maiden shame, and in a common wedlock joined the god and the daughter of wide-ruling Hypseus, who then was king of the haughty Lapithai, a hero whose father's father was the Ocean-god--for amid the famous mountain-dells of Pindos the Naiad Kreüsa bare him after she had delight in the bed of Peneus, Kreüsa, daughter of Earth.

9 ὑπέδεκτο δʼ ἀργυρόπεζʼ Ἀφροδίτα

Silver-footed Aphrodite welcomed

10–14

 Δάλιον ξεῖνον θεοδμάτων
 ὀχέων, ἐφαπτομένα χερὶ κούφᾳ. σ1
 καί σφιν ἐπὶ γλυκεραῖς εὐναῖς ἐρατὰν βάλεν αἰδῶ,
 ξυνὸν ἁρμόζοισα θεῷ τε γάμον μιχθέντα κούρᾳ θʼ Ὑψέος εὐρυβία·
 ὃς Λαπιθᾶν ὑπερόπλων τουτάκις ἦν βασιλεύς, ἐξ Ὠκεανοῦ γένος ἥρως σ2

the Delian guest from his chariot, touching him with a light hand, and she cast lovely modesty on their sweet union, joining together in a common bond of marriage the god and the daughter of wide-ruling Hypseus. He was at that time king of the proud Lapiths, a hero of the second generation from Oceanus;

Scholia ad vv. 10–14 (3 entries)

ad v. 11

a. τόθι νιν πολυμήλου: ἔνθα αὐτὴν τῆς πολυπροβάτου καὶ εὐκάρπου γῆς ἔθηκε δέσποιναν, καὶ οἰκεῖν θάλλουσαν καὶ γαυριῶσαν τὴν ἐπέραστον τρίτην μοῖραν τῆς ἠπείρου γῆς, τουτέστι τὴν Λιβύην.

ad v. 14

a. ῥίζαν τρίταν: τὸ χ΄, ὅτι τὴν Λιβύην τρίτην εἶπε ῥίζαν τῆς γῆς διὰ τὸ μερίζειν τινὰς ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην εἰς Ἀσίαν καὶ Εὐρώπην καὶ Λιβύην.

b. εἰς ἔπαινον τοῦτο εἴληφε· τουτέστιν, ὅτι ἡ Λιβύη τρίτον ἐστὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης καθ᾿ αὑτὴν, καὶ οὐ τῇ Ἀσίᾳ συνταττομένη.

15 δεύτερος· ὅν ποτε Πίνδου κλεενναῖς ἐν πτυχαῖς15

in the renowned glens of Mt. Pindus a Naiad bore him, Creusa the daughter of Gaia, delighting in the bed of the river-god Peneius.

16 Ναῒς εὐφρανθεῖσα Πηνειοῦ λέχει Κρείοισʼ ἔτικτεν, σ4

Now the child he reared was Kyrene of the lovely arms: She was not one who loved the pacings to and fro before the loom, neither the delights of feastings with her fellows within the house, but with bronze javelins and a sword she fought against and slew wild beasts of prey; yea and much peace and sure she gave thereby to her father's herds, but for sleep, the sharer of her bed, short spent she it and sweet, descending on her eyelids as the dawn drew near.

Scholia ad vv. 16–16 (4 entries)

ad v. 16

a. ὑπέδεκτο δ᾿ ἀργυρόπεζ᾿ Ἀφροδίτα: ζητεῖται, διατί καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἡ Ἀφροδίτη εὑρίσκεται συμπροπέμπουσα τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ ἐφαπτομένη τοῦ δίφρου. καὶ ἤτοι ὅτι μετέρχεται τὰ γαμήλια ἔργα ἡ θεός, ἢ ὅτι, ὡς αὐτός φησι (P. V 31), κῆπος Ἀφροδίτης ἡ Λιβύη. καὶ ἴσως διὰ τὸ ἐπέραστον τῶν χωρίων· οὐκ ἔχομεν γὰρ ἐξ ἱστορίας δεῖξαι, ὅτι ἱερὰ ἦν ἡ Λιβύη τῇ θεῷ.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὑπεδέξατο δὲ ἡ λευκόπηχυς Ἀφροδίτη τὸν Δήλιον ξένον, τουτέστι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα, κούφως καὶ ἠρεμαίως τῶν θείων ὀχημάτων τῇ χειρὶ αὐτῆς ἁπτομένη.

c. ἄλλως· τὴν Ἀφροδίτην φησὶ προσῆφθαι τοῦ ὀχήματος διὰ τὸ προεστάναι τὴν θεὸν τῶν γάμων· ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾿ ἱμερόεντα μετέρχεο ἔργα γάμοιο (E 429).

d. ξένον δὲ ἔφη τῇ Κυρήνῃ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα διὰ τὸ νῦν πρῶτον ἐπιδημῆσαι. διὰ τιμῆς δὲ ἄγουσι τὸν θεόν.

17–19

 Γαίας θυγάτηρ. ὁ δὲ τὰν εὐώλενον
 θρέψατο παῖδα Κυράναν· ἁ μὲν οὔθʼ ἱστῶν παλιμβάμους ἐφίλησεν ὁδούς,
 οὔτε δείπνων οἰκοριᾶν μεθʼ ἑταιρᾶν τέρψιας, σ1

And Hypseus raised his lovely-armed daughter Cyrene. She did not care for pacing back and forth at the loom, nor for the delights of luncheons with her stay-at-home companions;

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (1 entry)

ad v. 19

a. καί σφιν ἐπὶ γλυκεραῖς: καὶ δὴ αὐτῶν ταῖς γλυκεραῖς κοίταις ἐπέραστον ἔβαλεν αἰδῶ, κοινὸν ἁρμόζουσα τὸν μιχθέντα γάμον τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῇ τοῦ Ὑψέως κόρῃ Κυρήνῃ.

20–22

 ἀλλʼ ἀκόντεσσίν τε χαλκέοις
 φασγάνῳ τε μαρναμένα κεράϊζεν ἀγρίους
 θῆρας, ἦ πολλάν τε καὶ ἡσύχιον

instead, fighting with bronze javelins and with a sword, she killed wild beasts, providing great restful peace for her father’s cattle; but as for her sweet bed-fellow, sleep,

23–24

23 βουσὶν εἰρήναν παρέχοισα πατρῴαις, τὸν δὲ σύγκοιτον γλυκὺν

24 παῦρον ἐπὶ γλεφάροις

Once as she struggled alone, without spear, with a terrible lion, he of the wide quiver, far-darting Apollo, found her: and straightway he called Cheiron from his hall and spake to him aloud: 'Son of Philyra, come forth from thy holy cave, and behold and wonder at the spirit of this woman, and her great might, what strife she wageth here with soul undaunted, a girl with heart too high for toil to quell; for her mind shaketh not in the storm of fear. What man begat her? From what tribe was she torn to dwell in the secret places of the shadowing hills? She hath assayed a struggle unachievable. Is it lawful openly to put forth my hand to her, or rather on a bridal-bed pluck the sweet flower?'

25 ὕπνον ἀναλίσκοισα ῥέποντα πρὸς ἀῶ. σ225

she spent only a little of it on her eyelids as it fell on them towards dawn.

Scholia ad vv. 25–25 (2 entries)

ad v. 25

a. τουτάκις: τότε.

b. ὅστις ὁ Ὑψεὺς τῶν ἀνδρειοτάτων Λαπιθῶν βασιλεὺς ἐτύγχανεν ἐξ Ὠκεανοῦ δεύτερος κατάγων τὸ γένος. ἐξ Ὠκεανοῦ γὰρ Πηνειὸς ὁ ποταμὸς, ἀφ᾿ οὗ ἐγένετο ὁ Ὑψεύς.

26–29

 κίχε νιν λέοντί ποτʼ εὐρυφαρέτρας
 ὀμβρίμῳ μούναν παλαίοισαν σ3
 ἄτερ ἐγχέων ἑκάεργος Ἀπόλλων.
 αὐτίκα δʼ ἐκ μεγάρων Χείρωνα προσέννεπε φωνᾷ.

Once the god of the broad quiver, Apollo who works from afar, came upon her wrestling alone and without spears with a terrible lion. Immediately he called Cheiron from out of his halls and spoke to him:

Scholia ad vv. 26–29 (3 entries)

ad v. 27

a. ὅν ποτε Πίνδου: τῷ Θετταλικῷ ὄρει· Πίνδος γὰρ ὄρος Περραιβίας, ἡ δὲ Περραιβία τετράπολις τῆς Θεσσαλίας.

b. τὸ δὲ ναΐς εὐφρανθεῖσα, ἀντὶ τοῦ παννυχίσασα διὰ τὴν εὐφροσύνην. Ναΐδος δὲ καὶ Πηνειοῦ τὸν Ὑψέα Φερεκύδης (F H G I p. 72), Ἀκέσανδρος δὲ (ibid. IV p. 285) Φιλύρας τῆς Ἀσωποῦ καὶ Πηνειοῦ ἱστορεῖ τὸν Ὑψέα.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὅντινα τὸν Ὑψέα ποτὲ ἐν ταῖς ἐξοχαῖς τῆς Πίνδου ἡ Ναῒς εὐφρανθεῖσα τῇ τοῦ Πηνειοῦ μίξει ἐγέννησε Κρέουσα Γῆς οὖσα θυγάτηρ.

30–33

 σεμνὸν ἄντρον, Φιλλυρίδα, προλιπὼν θυμὸν γυναικὸς καὶ μεγάλαν δύνασιν
 θαύμασον, οἷον ἀταρβεῖ νεῖκος ἄγει κεφαλᾷ, μόχθου καθύπερθε νεᾶνις σ1
 ἦτορ ἔχοισα· φόβῳ δʼ οὐ κεχείμανται φρένες.
 τίς νιν ἀνθρώπων τέκεν; ποίας δʼ ἀποσπασθεῖσα φύτλας σ2

“Leave your sacred cave, son of Philyra, and marvel at the spirit and great strength of this woman; look at what a struggle she is engaged in, with a fearless head, this young girl with a heart more than equal to any toil; her mind is not shaken with the cold wind of fear. From what mortal was she born? From what stock has this cutting been taken,

To him the Centaur bold with a frank smile on his mild brow made answer straightway of his wisdom: 'Secret are wise Lovecraft's keys unto love's sanctities, O Phoibos, and among gods and men alike all deem this shame, to have pleasure of marriage at the first openly. Now even thee, who mayest have no part in lies, thy soft desire hath led to dissemble in this thy speech.

Scholia ad vv. 30–33 (3 entries)

ad v. 31

a. ὁ δὲ τὰν εὐώλενον: ὁ δὲ Ὑψεὺς τὴν λευκόπηχυν Κυρήνην ἀνέθρεψεν. ἔσχε δὲ ταύτην ἐκ Χλιδανώπης· οὐ μόνον δὲ Κυρήνην ἔσχεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀλκαίαν.

ad v. 33

a. παλιμβάμους: παλιμπορεύτους. αἱ γὰρ ὀρθαὶ ὑφαίνουσαι προπορεύονται καὶ πάλιν τὸν αὐτὸν πορεύονται τόπον καὶ ὑποστρέφουσιν. ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (A 31)· ἱστὸν ἐποιχομένην καὶ ἐμὸν λέχος ἀντιόωσαν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· αὕτη μὲν οὖν ἡ Κυρήνη οὔτε τὰς παλιμπορεύτους ἐφίλησε τῶν ἱστῶν ὁδοὺς οὔτε τῶν δείπνων ταῖς τέρψεσιν ἢ τῶν ἑταιρῶν τῶν οἴκου δεσποζουσῶν, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ οὐχ εἵλετο, τὰς τέρψεις.

34 ὀρέων κευθμῶνας ἔχει σκιοέντων,

that she should be living in the hollows of the shady mountains

35–36

35 γεύεται δʼ ἀλκᾶς ἀπειράντου; σ235

36 ὁσία κλυτὰν χέρα οἱ προσενεγκεῖν,

and putting to the test her boundless valor? Is it lawful to lay my renowned hand on her? And to cut the honey-sweet grass of her bed?” And the powerful Centaur, laughing softly with a gentle brow, right away gave his wise advice in reply: “Hidden are skilled Persuasion’s keys to holy love,

Scholia ad vv. 35–36 (2 entries)

ad v. 35

a. δείπνων οἰκουριᾶν: οἰκοδεσποινῶν, οἱονεὶ τῶν ἤδη γεγαμημένων καὶ ἀρχουσῶν οἰκιῶν.

b. γράφεται δὲ καὶ δεῖπνον οἰκουριῶν.

37–39

 ἦ ῥα; καὶ ἐκ λεχέων κεῖραι μελιηδέα ποίαν; σ1
 τὸν δὲ Κένταυρος ζαμενής, ἀγανᾷ χλαρὸν γελάσσαις ὀφρύϊ, μῆτιν ἑὰν
 κρυπταὶ κλαΐδες ἐντὶ σοφᾶς Πειθοῦς ἱερᾶν φιλοτάτων, εὐθὺς ἀμείβετο·

The maiden's lineage dost thou, O king, enquire of me--thou who knowest the certain end of all things, and all ways? How many leaves the earth sendeth forth in spring, how many grains of sand in sea and river are rolled by waves and the winds' stress, what shall come to pass, and whence it shall be, thou discernest perfectly. But if even against wisdom I must match myself, I will speak on. To wed this damsel camest thou unto this glen, and thou art destined to bear her beyond the sea to a chosen garden of Zeus, where thou shalt make her a city's queen, when thou hast gathered together an island-people to a hill in the plain's midst. And now shall queenly Libya of broad meadow-lands well-pleased receive for thee within a golden house thy glorious bride, and there make gift to her of a portion in the land, to be an inhabiter thereof with herself, neither shall it be lacking in tribute of plants bearing fruit after all kinds, neither a stranger to the beasts of chase. There shall she bring forth a son, whom glorious Hermes taking up from his mother's arms shall bear to the fair-throned Hours and to Earth: and they shall set the babe upon their knees, and nectar and ambrosia they shall distil upon his lips, and shall make him as an immortal, a Zeus or a holy Apollo, to men beloved of him a very present help, a tutelar of flocks, and to some Agreus and Nomios; but to others Aristaios shall be his name.'

Scholia ad vv. 37–39 (1 entry)

ad v. 37

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἀκόντεσσί τε χαλκέοις: ἀλλὰ χαλκοῖς δόρασι καὶ ξίφει μαχομένη ἐπόρθει καὶ ἀνῄρει τοὺς ἀγρίους θῆρας, πολλὴν ἡσυχίαν καὶ εἰρήνην ταῖς πατρῴαις παρέχουσα βουσίν· ἀναιρουμένων γὰρ τῶν ἀγρίων θηρῶν εὐμαρῶς καὶ ἀδεῶς τὰ ἥμερα τῶν ζῴων νέμεται.

40–41

40 Φοῖβε, καὶ ἔν τε θεοῖς τοῦτο κἀνθρώποις ὁμῶς40

41 αἰδέοντʼ, ἀμφανδὸν ἁδείας τυχεῖν τὸ πρῶτον εὐνᾶς.

Phoebus, and both gods and men blush to take the pleasure of a bed for the first time openly.

42–44

 καὶ γὰρ σέ, τὸν οὐ θεμιτὸν ψεύδει θιγεῖν, σ1
 ἔτραπε μείλιχος ὀργὰ παρφάμεν τοῦτον λόγον. κούρας δʼ ὁπόθεν γενεὰν σ3
 ἐξερωτᾷς, ὦ ἄνα; κύριον ὃς πάντων τέλος σ3

For even in your case, for whom it is unlawful to touch on falsehood, a gentle impulse has swayed you to dissemble your words. You ask me from what race the girl comes, lord Apollo? You who know the appointed end of all things,

Scholia ad vv. 42–44 (7 entries)

ad v. 42

a. τὸν δὲ σύγκοιτον: καὶ τὸν ἑωθινὸν δὲ ὀλίγον ἐπερχόμενον τοῖς βλεφάροις ἡδὺν ὕπνον ἀφανίζουσα καὶ ἀναλίσκουσα· ἔξωθεν τὸ ἐθήρα.

ad v. 43

a. παῦρον ἐπὶ βλεφάροις: οἷον εἶχε περὶ θήραν ἐμμανῶς, ὡς καὶ πρὶν ἡμέρας θηρᾶν καὶ μὴ κοιμᾶσθαι τὸν ἑωθινὸν ὕπνον.

b. οἱ δὲ προστιθέντες ὅτι δι᾿ ὅλης νυκτὸς καὶ μέχρι τοῦ ἑωθινοῦ ἐθήρα, ἄτοποι. οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε νυκτὸς σκότους ὄντος θηρᾶν, ἀλλ᾿ εἰ ἄρα, περὶ τὸν ὄρθρον.

c. ἄλλως· παῦρον ἐπὶ βλεφάροις: ὡς τὰς νύκτας ὅλας περὶ τὰ κυνηγέσια γινομένης αὐτῆς, πρὸς ὄρθρον δὲ κοιταζομένης αὐτῆς. οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἕω ῥέπων ὕπνος.

ad v. 44

a. ῥέποντα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπερχόμενον.

b. ἄλλως· ὕπνον ἀναλίσκουσα: ἔξωθεν προσυπακουστέον τὸ ἐθήρα.

c. ὁ δὲ λόγος· οὕτως ἐμμανῶς εἶχε περὶ θήραν ὡς καὶ πρὸ ἡμέρας θηρᾶν καὶ μὴ κοιμᾶσθαι τὸν ἑωθινὸν ὕπνον.

45–49

 οἶσθα καὶ πάσας κελεύθους· σ1
 ὅσσα τε χθὼν ἠρινὰ φύλλʼ ἀναπέμπει, χὠπόσαι
 ἐν θαλάσσᾳ καὶ ποταμοῖς ψάμαθοι
 κύμασιν ῥιπαῖς τʼ ἀνέμων κλονέονται, χὤ τι μέλλει, χὠπόθεν
 ἔσσεται, εὖ καθορᾷς.

and all the paths that lead to them? And how many leaves the earth puts forth in spring, and how many grains of sand in the sea and in rivers are dashed by the waves and the gusting winds; and that which will be, and from where it will come, all this you clearly see.

By these words he made him ready for the bridal's sweet fulfilment. And swift the act and short the ways of gods who are eager to an end. That same day made accomplishment of the matter, and in a golden chamber of Libya they lay together; where now she haunteth a city excellent in beauty and glorious in the games.

Scholia ad vv. 45–49 (1 entry)

ad v. 45

a. κίχε νιν: κατέλαβε δὲ ἐν τῷ Πηλίῳ τότε τὴν Κυρήνην ὁ Ἀπόλλων τῷ ἰσχυρῷ ἄνευ δόρατος μόνην διαμαχομένην λέοντι. καὶ Καλλίμαχος (in Apoll. 91)· ἔνθα λέοντα Ὑψηῒς κατέπεφνε βοῶν σίνιν Εὐρυπύλοιο.

50 εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ πὰρ σοφὸν ἀντιφερίξαι, σ250

But if I must match myself even against one who is wise,

Scholia ad vv. 50–50 (2 entries)

ad v. 50

a. σεμνὸν ἄντρον, Φιλυρίδα: τὸ σεμνόν σου σπήλαιον, Κένταυρε, καταλιπὼν ἐλθὲ καὶ θαύμασον τὴν ψυχὴν τῆς γυναικὸς, ὁποῖον νεῖκος ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁποίαν νίκην ἐπάγει τῇ ἑαυτῆς κεφαλῇ ἡ νεᾶνις τοῦ καμάτου ὑπερτέραν ἔχουσα τὴν ἑαυτῆς ψυχὴν, οἱονεὶ οὐ κάμνουσα πρὸς τὸ καταπαλαῖσαι τὸν λέοντα· ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ φόβῳ ἐχειμάσθησαν αὐτῆς αἱ φρένες.

b. αὐτὴ ἀταρβὴς οὖσα, τὴν ψυχὴν ὕπερθεν ἔχουσα τοῦ μόχθου, τουτέστιν οὐ νικωμένη τῷ μόχθῳ, οἵαν φιλοτιμίαν ἐπάγει τῇ ἑαυτῆς κεφαλῇ.

51 ἐρέω. ταύτᾳ πόσις ἵκεο βᾶσσαν

I will speak. You came to this glen to be her husband, and you will bear her over the sea to the choicest garden of Zeus, where you will make her the ruler of a city, when you have gathered the island-people

52–54

 τάνδε, καὶ μέλλεις ὑπὲρ πόντου
 Διὸς ἔξοχον ποτὶ κᾶπον ἐνεῖκαι·
 ἔνθα νιν ἀρχέπολιν θήσεις, ἐπὶ λαὸν ἀγείραις

And now at sacred Pytho hath the son of Karneadas wedded that city to the fair flower of good luck: for by his victory there he hath proclaimed Kyrene's name, even her's who shall receive him with glad welcome home, to the country of fair women bringing precious honour out of Delphi.

55–58

 νασιώταν ὄχθον ἐς ἀμφίπεδον· νῦν δʼ εὐρυλείμων πότνιά σοι Λιβύα
 δέξεται εὐκλέα νύμφαν δώμασιν ἐν χρυσέοις πρόφρων· ἵνα οἱ χθονὸς αἶσαν
 αὐτίκα συντελέθειν ἔννομον δωρήσεται,
 οὔτε παγκάρπων φυτῶν νήποινον, οὔτʼ ἀγνῶτα θηρῶν. σ1

Libya to the hill encircled by plains. And now queen of the broad meadows will gladly welcome your glorious bride in her golden halls. There she will right away give her a portion of land to flourish with her as her lawful possession, not without tribute of all kinds of fruit, nor unfamiliar with wild animals.

Scholia ad vv. 55–58 (1 entry)

ad v. 58

a. τίς νιν ἀνθρώπων τέκε: τίς δὴ αὐτὴν ἀνθρώπων ἐγέννησεν; ἀπὸ ποίας δὲ φύσεως καὶ γέννης ἀποσπασθεῖσα [καὶ γεννηθεῖσα] τῶν συμφύτων ὀρῶν τοὺς κευθμῶνας ἔχει, ἀντὶ τοῦ θηρᾷ. ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν κλάδων τῶν ἀποσπωμένων τῶν φυτῶν.

59 τόθι παῖδα τέξεται, ὃν κλυτὸς Ἑρμᾶς

There she will bear a child, whom famous Hermes

Great merits stir to many words: yet to be brief and skilful on long themes is a good hearing for bards: for fitness of times is in everything alike of chief import.

60–64

 εὐθρόνοις Ὥραισι καὶ Γαίᾳ
 ἀνελὼν φίλας ὑπὸ ματέρος οἴσει. σ4
 ταὶ δʼ ἐπιγουνίδιον θαησάμενοι βρέφος αὐταῖς,
 νέκταρ ἐν χείλεσσι καὶ ἀμβροσίαν στάξοισι, θήσονταί τέ νιν ἀθάνατον
 Ζῆνα καὶ ἁγνὸν Ἀπόλλωνʼ, ἀνδράσι χάρμα φίλοις ἄγχιστον, ὀπάονα μήλων, σ3

will take from beneath his own dear mother and carry to the Seasons on their lovely thrones and to Gaia. They will admire the baby on their knees and drop nectar and ambrosia on his lips, and they will make him immortal, to be called Zeus and holy Apollo, a delight to men he loves, an ever-present guardian of flocks,

Scholia ad vv. 60–64 (7 entries)

ad v. 61

a. γεύεται δ᾿ ἀλκᾶς: γεύεται δὲ καὶ ἐφάπτεται ἀπείρου καὶ πολλῆς ἀνδρείας, οἷον ἰσχυρά ἐστιν. Ὅμηρος (Υ 258)· γευσόμεθ᾿ ἀλλήλων χαλκήρεσιν ἐγχείῃσιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ πολεμήσωμεν.

b. [ἢ οὕτω·] πέρας οὐκ ἐχούσης διὰ τὸ μέγεθος.

c. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ἆρα ὅσιόν ἐστι τὴν χεῖρα προσενεγκεῖν καὶ δρέψαι τὴν παρθενίαν αὐτῆς; ὁ γὰρ λόγος ἐρωτηματικὸς παρ᾿ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐν ἤθει λεγόμενος.

d. ὅσιόν ἐστι τὴν ἔνδοξον χεῖρα αὐτῇ ἐπενεγκεῖν ἆρα, καὶ ἐκ τῶν κοιτῶν ἡδεῖαν βοτάνην ἀποκεῖραι; ἀντὶ τοῦ διαπαρθενεῦσαι αὐτήν.

ad v. 64

a. κεῖραι μελιαδέα ποίαν: τὸ σημεῖον, ὅτι μεταφορικῶς εἴρηκε τὴν ἀκμήν.

b. ἄλλως· καὶ γεννῆσαι ἐξ αὐτῆς παῖδα. τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ κεῖραι μελιηδέα ποίαν.

c. ἢ τὴν παρθενίαν.

65–66

65 Ἀγρέα καὶ Νόμιον, τοῖς δʼ Ἀρισταῖον καλεῖν. σ165

66 ὣς ἄρʼ εἰπὼν ἔντυεν τερπνὰν γάμου κραίνειν τελευτάν. σ2

Agreus and Nomius, and others will call him Aristaeus.” Having spoken thus, Cheiron urged the god to fulfill the delightful consummation of his marriage.

Scholia ad vv. 65–66 (3 entries)

ad v. 65

a. Κένταυρος ζαμενής: ζαμενὴς νῦν ὁ συνετός. τινὲς δὲ ὁ ἰσχυρός. τὸν δὲ Ἀπόλλωνα εὐθέως ὁ συνετὸς Κένταυρος τῇ ἀγανῇ αὐτοῦ ὀφρύϊ προσηνὲς καὶ ἡδὺ γελάσας ἀνταπεκρίνατο.

ad v. 66

a. χλαρὸν γελάσας: ἤτοι πολὺ, κεχαλασμένον· χλιδὸν γὰρ λέγουσι τὸ πλῆθος· ἢ προσηνὲς καὶ ἡδὺ, παρὰ τὸ χλιαρόν· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἀπηνῆ τοῖς ψυχροῖς παραβάλλουσι, τὰ δὲ προσηνῆ καὶ τερπνὰ τοῖς θερμοῖς διὰ τὴν γινομένην διάχυσιν. οὕτως οὖν ἐπιπολὺ γελάσας· οὐ γὰρ ὡς οἱ σκυθρωπάζοντες συνηγμένας εἶχε τὰς ὀφρῦς.

b. ἢ οὕτω· χλαρὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ χλιαρὸν καὶ ἡδὺ κατὰ συναίρεσιν.

67–69

 ὠκεῖα δʼ ἐπειγομένων ἤδη θεῶν σ1
 πρᾶξις ὁδοί τε βραχεῖαι. κεῖνο κεῖνʼ ἆμαρ διαίτασεν· θαλάμῳ δὲ μίγεν σ3
 ἐν πολυχρύσῳ Λιβύας· ἵνα καλλίσταν πόλιν

Libya Accomplishment is swift when the gods are already hurrying, and the roads are short. That very day decided the matter. They lay together in the bedchamber of, rich in gold, where she possesses a most beautiful city

That Iolaos had respect thereto seven-gated Thebes knoweth well, for when he had stricken down the head of Eurystheus beneath the edge of the sword, she buried the slayer beneath the earth in the tomb of Amphitryon the charioteer, where his father's father was laid, a guest of the Spartoi, who had left his home to dwell among the streets of the sons of Kadmos who drave white horses. To him and to Zeus at once did wise Alkmene bear the strength of twin sons prevailing in battle.

Scholia ad vv. 67–69 (4 entries)

ad v. 67

a. μῆτιν ἑάν: κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ διάνοιαν, οἱονεὶ ὑπομειδιάσας, ἵνα μὴ δῶμεν αὐτὸν πολὺ καὶ ἄκαιρον γελάσαντα.

ad v. 68

a. κρυπταὶ κλαΐδες ἐντὶ σοφᾶς Πειθοῦς: ἕκαστος, φησὶ, κρύπτει τοὺς λόγους τοὺς περὶ συνουσίας. ἔοικε παρεγχειρεῖν ὁ Χείρων τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα, ἐπεὶ προεῖπεν ἐκεῖνος· ὅσια κλυτὰν χεῖρά οἱ προσενεγκεῖν;

b. ἢ οὕτως ἀποδοτέον· σὺ Ἄπολλον ἐρωτᾷς με, εἰ ὅσια κλυτὰν χεῖρά οἱ προσενεγκεῖν, | ὁ πᾶν τὸ ἐσόμενον εἰδώς· μάντις γὰρ εἶ. ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ αἰσχυνόμεθα περὶ τούτων λέγειν καὶ κρυπτῶς ταῦτα ἐνεργεῖται, καὶ σὺ αἰδούμενός με ἐρωτᾷς· ἐπίστασαι γὰρ μάντις ὤν.

c. ἄλλως· τῆς περὶ τὰς γυναῖκας πειθοῦς, φησὶν, ὦ Ἄπολλον, κρυπταί εἰσι τῶν ἱερῶν συνουσιῶν αἱ κλεῖς· ἐν θεοῖς [γὰρ] καὶ ἀνθρώποις ὁμοίως ἐστὶ τοῦτο· ἀπερυθριῶν γὰρ ἡμῶν ἕκαστος αἰσχύνεται ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ περὶ ἀφροδισίων διαλέγεσθαι.

70–73

 ἀμφέπει κλεινάν τʼ ἀέθλοις.
 καί νυν ἐν Πυθῶνί νιν ἀγαθέᾳ Καρνειάδα
 υἱὸς εὐθαλεῖ συνέμιξε τύχᾳ·
 ἔνθα νικάσαις ἀνέφανε Κυράναν, ἅ νιν εὔφρων δέξεται, σ2

Pytho which is renowned for victories in contests. And now in very holy, where by his victory he had Cyrene proclaimed, the son of Carneiades brought lovely, flourishing good fortune to her; she will welcome him graciously, when he brings back home to the land of beautiful women

Scholia ad vv. 70–73 (2 entries)

ad v. 73

a. αἰδέοντ᾿ ἀμφαδόν: αἰσχύνονται γὰρ οἵ τε ἄνδρες καὶ οἱ θεοὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ τῆς ἡδείας κοίτης τυχεῖν.

b. ἢ οὕτως· αἰδοῦνται, ὦ Ἄπολλον, [οἵ τε ἄνδρες καὶ οἱ θεοὶ] φανερῶς τὸν ἔρωτα λέγειν.

74 καλλιγύναικι πάτρᾳ

Dull is that man who lendeth not his voice to Herakles, nor hath in remembrance continually the waters of Dirke that nurtured him and Iphikles. To them will I raise a song of triumph for that I have received good at their hands, after that I had prayed to them that the pure light of the voiceful Graces might not forsake me. For at Aigma and on the hill of Nisos twice ere now I say that I have sung Kyrene's praise, and by my act have shunned the reproach of helpless dumbness.

75 δόξαν ἱμερτὰν ἀγαγόντʼ ἀπὸ Δελφῶν. σ275

Delphi desirable fame from.

Scholia ad vv. 75–75 (2 entries)

ad v. 75

a. καὶ γὰρ σέ: καὶ γὰρ σὲ, ὃν οὐδὲ θεμιτὸν οὐδὲ δυνατὸν ψεύσασθαι, παρέτρεψεν ὁ προσηνής σου τρόπος ἐρωτᾶν με περὶ Κυρήνης τοῦ γένους καὶ τῆς μίξεως, καίπερ εἰδότα ἀκριβῶς πάντα.

b. ἡ αἰδὼς ἐποίησέ σε τὸν μάντιν πυνθάνεσθαι, ὃν οὐδεμία διαφεύγει ἀλήθεια, πάντα δὲ τὰ μέλλοντα προγινώσκεις.

76–79

 ἀρεταὶ δʼ αἰεὶ μεγάλαι πολύμυθοι·
 βαιὰ δʼ ἐν μακροῖσι ποικίλλειν, σ1
 ἀκοὰ σοφοῖς· ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁμοίως
 παντὸς ἔχει κορυφάν. ἔγνον ποτὲ καὶ Ἰόλαον

Thebes Great excellence can always inspire many stories; but to embroider a short account from a lengthy theme is what wise men love to hear. Right proportion in the same way contains the gist of the whole; as seven-gated once knew well,

Scholia ad vv. 76–79 (1 entry)

ad v. 77

a. κούρας δ᾿ ὁπόθεν γενεὰν ἐξερωτᾷς ὦ ἄνα: ὁ λόγος ἠθικός· ἐμὲ ἐρωτᾷς, ὦ δέσποτα Ἄπολλον, πόθεν τῆς κόρης ἡ γενεὰ καὶ τίνες οἱ γονεῖς; ὅστις πάντων τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν βίον οἶδας τὸ τέλος καὶ πάσας τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῷ ἔαρι φύλλα ἀναφύει.

80 οὐκ ἀτιμάσαντά νιν ἑπτάπυλοι Θῆβαι· τόν, Εὐρυσθῆος ἐπεὶ κεφαλὰν80

Telesicrates was not dishonored by Iolaus; when he had cut off the head of Eurystheus with the edge of his sword, he was buried below the earth by the tomb of the charioteer Amphitryon, his father’s father, where he lay as the guest of the Sown Men, having come to dwell in the streets of the Cadmeans, who ride on white horses.

81–83

 ἔπραθε φασγάνου ἀκμᾷ, κρύψαν ἔνερθʼ ὑπὸ γᾶν διφρηλάτα Ἀμφιτρύωνος
 σάματι, πατροπάτωρ ἔνθα οἱ Σπαρτῶν ξένος
 κεῖτο, λευκίπποισι Καδμείων μετοικήσαις ἀγυιαῖς.

Wherefore if any of the citizens be our friend, yea even if he be against us, let him not seek to hide the thing that hath been well done in the common cause, and so despise the word of the old god of the sea. He biddeth one give praise with the whole heart to noble deeds, yea even to an enemy, so be it that justice be on his side.

84 τέκε οἷ καὶ Ζηνὶ μιγεῖσα δαΐφρων

Wise Alcmena lay with Amphitryon and with Zeus, and bore

85–88

 ἐν μόναις ὠδῖσιν Ἀλκμήνα
 διδύμων κρατησίμαχον σθένος υἱῶν. σ1
 κωφὸς ἀνήρ τις, ὃς Ἡρακλεῖ στόμα μὴ παραβάλλει,
 μηδὲ Διρκαίων ὑδάτων ἀὲ μέμναται, τά νιν θρέψαντο καὶ Ἰφικλέα· σ2

in a single birth twin sons, strong and victorious in battle. Only a mute man does not have Heracles’ name on his lips, and does not always remember the waters of Dirce, which reared him and Iphicles. To them I will sing a victory-song for the fulfillment of my prayer;

Scholia ad vv. 85–88 (3 entries)

ad v. 86

a. χὥ, τι πόθεν ἔσσεται: καὶ πόθεν νῦν τὴν ἀρχὴν μέλλει λαμβάνειν, καλῶς καὶ ἀπταίστως καθορᾷς. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ὃς ταχὺ πάντα οἶδας καὶ δύνασαι, ἐμὲ περὶ τῶν τῆς κόρης γονέων ἐρωτᾷς;

ad v. 88

a. εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ πὰρ σοφὸν ἀντιφερίξαι: εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ σοφῷ σοι ὄντι ἐξισωθῆναι, ἐρῶ.

b. ἄλλως· εἰ δὲ ἐξισωθῆναί σοι δεῖ καὶ μαντεύσασθαι, ὡς σὺ μαντεύῃ, [ἐρῶ].

89 τοῖσι τέλειον ἐπʼ εὐχᾷ κωμάσομαί τι παθὼν ἐσλόν· Χαρίτων κελαδεννᾶν σ1

Full many times at the yearly feast of Pallas have the maidens seen thee winner, and silently they prayed each for herself that such an one as thou, O Telesikrates, might be her beloved husband or her son; and thus also was it at the games of Olympia and of ample-bosomed Earth, and at all in thine own land.

Scholia ad vv. 89–89 (1 entry)

ad v. 89

a. ἵκεο βᾶσσαν: παραγενοῦ ταύτῃ πόσις, ταύτην τὴν βῆσσαν καὶ τὸ σπήλαιον, ἔξωθεν τὸ καταλιπών.

90–91

90 μή με λίποι καθαρὸν φέγγος. Αἰγίνᾳ τε γὰρ σ490

91 φαμὶ Νίσου τʼ ἐν λόφῳ τρὶς δὴ πόλιν τάνδʼ εὐκλεΐξαι,

Aegina may the pure light of the clear-voiced Graces not desert me. For I say that I have praised this city three times, in and on the hill of Nisus,

Scholia ad vv. 90–91 (4 entries)

ad v. 90

a. καὶ μέλλεις ὑπὲρ πόντου: μέλλεις γὰρ αὐτὴν διὰ τοῦ πόντου εἰς τὸν τοῦ Διὸς ἔξοχον κῆπον ἐνεγκεῖν. φησὶ δὲ τὴν Λιβύην.

b. Διὸς ποτὶ κᾶπον: τὴν Λιβύην Διὸς κῆπον λέγει διὰ τὸ πλησιάζειν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, ἣν Διὸς τέμενος οἱ ποιηταί φασιν (P. IV 56).

c. ἢ διὰ τὸ τὸν Ἄμμωνα Δία νομίζεσθαι. Ἄμμων Ὀλύμπου δέσποτα (fr. 36)· καὶ πάλιν (P. IV 66)· Διὸς ἐν Ἄμμωνος θεμέθλοις. Ἄμμωνος δὲ ἡ Λιβύη.

d. ἄλλως· πῶς Διὸς κῆπος ἡ Λιβύη; ὅτι δοκεῖ ὁ Ζεὺς ἐν Λιβύῃ Ἄμμων τιμᾶσθαι· ὥς φησι Φαῖστος ὁ τὰ Λακεδαιμονικὰ συνταξάμενος (FHG IV p. 472)· Ζεῦ Λιβύης Ἄμμων κερατηφόρε κέκλυθι μάντι.

92–94

 σιγαλὸν ἀμαχανίαν ἔργῳ φυγών· σ2
 οὕνεκεν, εἰ φίλος ἀστῶν, εἴ τις ἀντάεις, τό γʼ ἐν ξυνῷ πεποναμένον εὖ
 μὴ λόγον βλάπτων ἁλίοιο γέροντος κρυπτέτω. σ3

truly escaping silent helplessness. Therefore, whether a man is friendly or hostile among the citizens, let him not obscure a thing that is done well for the common good and so dishonor the precept of the old man of the sea,

Scholia ad vv. 92–94 (5 entries)

ad v. 92

a. ἔνθα νιν ἀρχέπτολιν: αὐτήν. ἡ γὰρ πόλις ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς Κυρήνη κληθήσεται.

b. ἔνθα αὐτὴν, ἐπὶ τὸ ὑψηλὸν μέρος τῆς Λιβύης, δέσποιναν ἀποδείξεις, τὸν ἐκ Θήρας ὄχλον ἀναστήσας καὶ συναθροίσας.

ad v. 94

a. ὄχθον ἐς ἀμφίπεδον: ἀμφίπεδον εἶπεν ὄχθον τὴν Κυρήνην διὰ τὸ αὐτὴν μὲν ἐπ᾿ ὄχθου ἱδρύσθαι, περὶ αὐτὴν δὲ πεδιάδα εἶναι.

b. ἀμφίπεδον δὲ, ἑκατέρωθεν πεδία ἔχοντα.

c. ἢ τὸν πανταχόθεν ὁδευόμενον τοῖς πεδίοις.

95 κεῖνος αἰνεῖν καὶ τὸν ἐχθρὸν σ195

who said to praise with all your spirit, and with justice, even an enemy when he accomplishes fine deeds. The women saw your many victories at the seasonal rites of Pallas, and each silently prayed that you could be her dear husband,

Scholia ad vv. 95–95 (1 entry)

ad v. 95

a. νῦν δ᾿ εὐρυλείμων: ὁ νοῦς· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ παρόντος αὐτὴν ἡ πλατεῖς ἔχουσα λειμῶνας Λιβύη ὑποδέξεται τὴν ἔνδοξον νύμφην ἐν τοῖς τιμίοις αὐτῆς οἴκοις μετὰ προθυμίας, ἔνθα αὐτῇ τὴν μερίδα τῆς γῆς εὐθέως κατασκευάζειν καὶ οἰκονομεῖν ἐννόμως καὶ δικαίως παράσχοι, οὔτε πολυκάρπων φυτῶν ἄμοιρον, οὔτε ἀνεπίγνωστον θηρίων, τουτέστι πολύθηρον.

96–99

 παντὶ θυμῷ σύν γε δίκᾳ καλὰ ῥέζοντʼ ἔννεπεν.
 πλεῖστα νικάσαντά σε καὶ τελεταῖς
 ὡρίαις ἐν Παλλάδος εἶδον ἄφωνοί θʼ ὡς ἕκασται φίλτατον
 παρθενικαὶ πόσιν ἢ σ1

Me anywise to slake my thirst for song the ancient glory of thy forefathers summoneth to pay its due and rouse it yet again--to tell how that for love of a Libyan woman there went up suitors to the city of Irasa to woo Antaios' lovely-haired daughter of great renown; whom many chiefs of men, her kinsmen, sought to wed, and many strangers also; for the beauty of her was marvellous, and they were fain to cull the fruit whereto her gold-crowned youth had bloomed.

Scholia ad vv. 96–99 (1 entry)

ad v. 99

a. ἵνα οἱ χθονὸς αἶσαν: ὅπου τῆς ἰδίας γῆς μέρος δωρήσεται ἡ Λιβύη τῇ Κυρήνῃ οὔτε φυτῶν ἀπεστερημένον οὔτε ἔξω κυνηγεσίων, ὥστε συντελεῖν ἐννόμως αὐτῇ, ὥστε συνάπτεσθαι καὶ συμβάλλεσθαι πρὸς τὴν κατασκευήν.

100

100 υἱὸν εὔχοντʼ, ὦ Τελεσίκρατες, ἔμμεν, σ2100

Telesicrates, or her son;

Scholia ad vv. 100–100 (2 entries)

ad v. 100

a. συντελέθειν: συντελεῖν, κατασκευάζειν, ἢ οἰκονομεῖν.

b. ἄλλως· συντελοῦσαν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς νομαῖς καὶ νεμήσεσι, συναύξουσαν αὐτῇ καὶ τὰς φυτείας καὶ τὰ κυνηγέσια. ἔνθηρος γὰρ ἡ Λιβύη.

101–102

101 ἐν Ὀλυμπίοισί τε καὶ βαθυκόλπου

102 Γᾶς ἀέθλοις ἔν τε καὶ πᾶσιν σ1

Mother Earth and in the Attic Olympia too, and in the contests of deep-bosomed, and in all your local games. But while I am quenching my thirst for song, someone exacts an unpaid debt from me, to awake again

Scholia ad vv. 101–102 (1 entry)

ad v. 102

a. φυτῶν νήποινον: κυρίως μὲν τὸν ἀνεκδίκητον, νῦν δὲ τὸν ἄμοιρον καὶ ἄπειρον.

103–104

103 ἐπιχωρίοις. ἐμὲ δʼ ὦν τις ἀοιδᾶν

104 δίψαν ἀκειόμενον πράσσει χρέος αὖτις ἐγεῖραι σ1

But her father gained for his daughter a marriage more glorious still. Now he had heard how sometime Danaos at Argos devised for his forty and eight maiden daughters, ere mid-day was upon them, a wedding of utmost speed--for he straightway set the whole company at the race-course end, and bade determine by a foot-race which maiden each hero should have, of all the suitors that had come.

Scholia ad vv. 103–104 (1 entry)

ad v. 104

a. μητρὸς τοῦτόθι παῖδα τέξεται: ὁ νοῦς· ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ ἡ Κυρήνη τέξεται παῖδα [λέγει δὲ] τὸν Ἀρισταῖον, ὅντινα ὁ ἔνδοξος Ἑρμῆς ἀνελὼν καὶ λαβὼν παρὰ τῆς μητρὸς οἴσει καὶ δώσει τρέφειν Ὥραις, καὶ Γῇ δώσει ὡς προμάμμῃ τῆς παιδός. ἡ γὰρ Κρέουσα ἡ Ναϊὰς Γῆς παῖς οὖσα ἔτεκε τὸν Ὑψέα τὸν πατέρα τῆς Κυρήνης.

105–108

 καὶ παλαιὰν δόξαν ἑῶν προγόνων· οἷοι Λιβύσσας ἀμφὶ γυναικὸς ἔβαν σ1
 Ἴρασα πρὸς πόλιν, Ἀνταίου μετὰ καλλίκομον μναστῆρες ἀγακλέα κούραν·
 τὰν μάλα πολλοὶ ἀριστῆες ἀνδρῶν αἴτεον σ1
 σύγγονοι, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ξείνων. ἐπεὶ θαητὸν εἶδος σ2

the ancient glory of his ancestors as well: for the sake of a Libyan woman they went to the city of Irasa, as suitors of the very famous daughter of Antaeus with the beautiful hair. Many excellent kinsmen sought her, and many strangers too, since her beauty was marvellous.

Scholia ad vv. 105–108 (4 entries)

ad v. 105

a. Ὥραισι καὶ Γαίᾳ: καλῶς τῇ Γῇ δίδωσιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐκ Γῆς δίδωσι καταφέρειν τὸ γένος· Γῆς γὰρ Κρέουσα, ἧς Ὑψεὺς, οὗ Κυρήνη, ἧς Ἀρισταῖος.

ad v. 107

a. ταὶ δ᾿ ἐπιγουνίδιον: αἱ δὲ Ὧραι καὶ ἡ Γῆ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν γόνασι θεῖσαι τὸν Ἀρισταῖον καὶ θαυμάσασαι τὸ βρέφος ἐνστάξουσι τοῖς χείλεσι νέκταρ καὶ ἀμβροσίαν, καὶ ποιήσουσιν αὐτὸν ἀθάνατον ὥσπερ Ζῆνα καὶ Ἀπόλλωνα· ἵνα τὸ ὥσπερ ἔξωθεν ὑπακούσωμεν.

ad v. 108

a. θησάμεναι βρέφος αὐταῖς: δι᾿ ἑαυτῶν.

b. ἢ οὕτως· τοῖς ὄμμασιν.

109

109 ἔπλετο· χρυσοστεφάνου δέ οἱ Ἥβας

They wanted

110–114

 καρπὸν ἀνθήσαντʼ ἀποδρέψαι
 ἔθελον. πατὴρ δὲ θυγατρὶ φυτεύων
 κλεινότερον γάμον, ἄκουσεν Δαναόν ποτʼ ἐν Ἄργει σ1
 οἷον εὗρεν τεσσαράκοντα καὶ ὀκτὼ παρθένοισι, πρὶν μέσον ἆμαρ ἑλεῖν, σ2
 ὠκύτατον γάμον. ἔστασεν γὰρ ἅπαντα χορὸν ἐν τέρμασιν αὐτίκʼ ἀγῶνος·

Argos to pluck the flowering fruit of golden-crowned Youth. But her father, cultivating for his daughter a more renowned marriage, heard how Danaus once in had found for his forty-eight daughters, before noon overtook them, a very swift marriage. For right away he stood the whole band of suitors at the end of a course,

Even on this wise gave the Libyan a bridegroom to his daughter, and joined the twain. At the line he set the damsel, having arrayed her splendidly, to be the goal and prize, and proclaimed in the midst that he should lead her thence to be his bride who, dashing to the front, should first touch the robes she wore.

Scholia ad vv. 110–114 (3 entries)

ad v. 112

a. ἁγνὸν Ἀπόλλωνα: τὸν Ἀρισταῖόν τινες Ἀπόλλωνα, τινὲς δὲ καὶ Ἀγρέα. | ἔστι δὲ τοῦ μέλιτος εὑρετὴς, ὃ δὴ τῆς ἀθανασίας δέκατον μέρος ᾠήθησαν εἶναι.

ad v. 113

a. χάρμα φίλοις: θρέψουσι δὲ αὐτὸν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις χαρὰν καὶ ὄφελος, ἀκόλουθον ὄντα τῶν προβάτων. πρὸ γὰρ τοῦ γενέσθαι Ἀρισταῖον τὰ πρόβατα ὀπάονας οὐκ εἶχεν.

b. ἄλλως· ἀκίνητον τῶν προβάτων ἀκόλουθον αὐτὸν θήσονται, τοῖς δὲ αὐτὸν Ἀρισταῖον καλεῖν, καὶ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ θήσονται.

115–116

115 σὺν δʼ ἀέθλοις ἐκέλευσεν διακρῖναι ποδῶν, σ2115

116 ἅντινα σχήσοι τις ἡρώων, ὅσοι γαμβροί σφιν ἦλθον.

and told them to decide with a footrace which of the heroes, who came to be bridegrooms, would take which bride.

Scholia ad vv. 115–116 (2 entries)

ad v. 115

a. Ἀγρέα καὶ Νόμιον: ἰστέον ὅτι τὸν Ἀρισταῖον διὰ τὸ τὴν κτηνοτροφίαν καὶ κυνηγεσίαν εὑρηκέναι Ἀγρέα καὶ Νόμιον, Δία καὶ Ἀπόλλωνα προσηγόρευον.

b. φαίνεται δὲ, ὅτι καὶ τὴν ἐλαιουργίαν καὶ μελιτουργίαν πρῶτος ἐπινενόηκεν Ἀρισταῖος.

117

117 οὕτω δʼ ἐδίδου Λίβυς ἁρμόζων κόρᾳ σ5

The Libyan too made such an offer in joining his daughter with a husband. He placed her at the goal, when he had arrayed her as the crowning prize, and in their midst he announced that that man should lead her to his home, whoever was the first to leap forward

Scholia ad vv. 117–117 (5 entries)

ad v. 117

a. ὣς ἄρ᾿ εἰπὼν ἔντυεν: οὕτως εἰπὼν ὁ Χείρων παρεσκεύαζε τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα τελειοῦν τὸ τῶν γάμων τέλος.

b. ἄλλως· ἕτοιμον αὐτοῖς τόπον ἐποίει, ἵνα οὕτως ὁ γάμος κρανθῇ.

c. ἢ ὁμιλήσας, ὅτι πολυομίλης γενηθήσεται ὁ Ἀρισταῖος καὶ ἀθάνατος παῖς, παρεσκεύασεν αὐτῷ τὸν γάμον.

d. τουτέστιν, εἰ καὶ ἀνεβάλλετο τὸν γάμον ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς λόγοις προετράπη ταχέως μιχθῆναι.

e. ὡς ἄρα εἰπών: ἀντὶ τοῦ, εἰπόντος τοῦ Χείρωνος ηὐτρεπίζετο αὐτοῖς τὰ πρὸς τὸν γάμον.

118–119

118 νυμφίον ἄνδρα· ποτὶ γραμμᾷ μὲν αὐτὰν στᾶσε κοσμήσαις τέλος ἔμμεν ἄκρον,

119 εἶπε δʼ ἐν μέσσοις ἀπάγεσθαι, ὃς ἂν πρῶτος θορὼν σ3

Thereon Alexidamos, when that he had sped through the swift course, took by her hand the noble maiden, and led her through the troops of Nomad horsemen. Many the leaves and wreaths they showered on him; yea and of former days many plumes of victories had he won.

Scholia ad vv. 118–119 (3 entries)

ad v. 119

a. ὠκεῖα δ᾿ ἐπειγομένων: σπευδόντων δὲ τῶν θεῶν ταχεῖα καὶ ἡ πρᾶξις καὶ ἡ κατόρθωσις γίνεται.

b. αἱ δὲ ὁδοὶ τῶν θεῶν βραχεῖαι καὶ μικραί εἰσι διὰ τὸ ταχὺ καὶ ἀκοπίαστον αὐτῶν.

c. ἄλλως· γλαφυρῶς ἀπέπαυσε τὸν νοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς μίξεως, εἰπὼν ὅτι οἱ θεοὶ πάντα ἀνύουσι καὶ ὁδοὺς ἔχουσι βραχείας, ὧν ἂν θέλωσι πρᾶξαι.

120–124

 ἀμφί οἱ ψαύσειε πέπλοις.
 ἔνθʼ Ἀλεξίδαμος, ἐπεὶ φύγε λαιψηρὸν δρόμον, σ3
 παρθένον κεδνὰν χερὶ χειρὸς ἑλὼν
 ἆγεν ἱππευτᾶν Νομάδων διʼ ὅμιλον. πολλὰ μὲν κεῖνοι δίκον σ2
 φύλλʼ ἔπι καὶ στεφάνους·

and touch her robes. There Alexidamus, when he had sped to the front of the swift race, took the noble girl’s hand in his hand and led her through the crowd of Nomad horsemen. They cast on that man many leaves and garlands,

Scholia ad vv. 120–124 (5 entries)

ad v. 121

a. κεῖνο κεῖν᾿ ἆμαρ: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκεῖνο τὸ πρᾶγμα διετέλεσεν, ἐν ᾗ ὡμίλησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Χείρων, καὶ ἐτελειώθη τὰ περὶ τὸν γάμον.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἁρπάσας τὴν Κυρήνην ἐκόμισεν εἰς Λιβύην.

c. ἄλλως· κεῖνο: εὐθὺς ἤγαγεν αὐτὴν εἰς Λιβύην καὶ συνῆλθεν αὐτῇ.

ad v. 123

a. ἐν πολυχρύσῳ Λιβύας: ἐν δὲ τῷ πολυχρύσῳ θαλάμῳ τῆς Λιβύης ἐμίγη αὐτῇ ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ἔνθα τὴν καλλίστην πόλιν καὶ ἔνδοξον κατὰ τοὺς ἀγῶνας περιέπει ὁ Ἀπόλλων τὴν ὁμώνυμον τῇ νύμφῃ Κυρήνην.

b. Λιβύας:b. ἡ ἡρωίς.

125

125 πολλὰ δὲ πρόσθεν πτερὰ δέξατο νικᾶν. σ58125

and before he had received many wings for his victories.

Scholia ad vv. 125–125 (58 entries)

ad v. 125

a. καὶ νῦν ἐν Πυθῶνί νιν: καὶ νῦν δὲ ἐν τῇ θείᾳ Πυθῶνι νικήσας ὁ Τελεσικράτης ἐπιφανῆ ἐποίησε τὴν Κυρήνην. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

b. ὁ δὲ Τελεσικράτης Καρνειάδου παῖς ἦν. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

a. ἅ νιν εὔφρων δέξεται: ἥτις αὐτὸν ἡ Κυρήνη εὐμενὴς δέξεται ἡ καλὰς ἔχουσα γυναῖκας, πατρίδι δόξαν ἐπέραστον ἄγοντα αὐτὸν ἀπὸ Δελφῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

a. ἀρεταὶ δ᾿ αἰεί: αἱ δὲ μεγάλαι ἀρεταὶ ἀεὶ καὶ πολύμυθοί εἰσι, ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλῶν λόγων δέονται πρὸς τὰ ἐγκώμια. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

b. ἢ οὕτω· περὶ τῶν μεγάλων ἀρετῶν πολλὰ ἔνεστιν εἰπεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

a. βαιὰ δ᾿ ἐν μακροῖσιν: ἐάν τις, φησὶ, μακρὰ ἐκλάβῃ πράγματα καὶ βαιὰ ποιήσῃ αὐτὰ τῷ λόγῳ, ἀκοὰ σοφοῖς ἐστι, τουτέστι σοφοῦ ἀκροατοῦ δεῖται, ἵνα συνῇ τὰ πολλὰ ἐπιτετμημένα. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐν μεγάλοις δὲ κατορθώμασιν ὀλίγα συντιθέναι καὶ λέγειν, τοῖς σοφοῖς ἡ τοιαύτη ἀκοὴ καὶ ποίησις ᾠκείωται. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

a. ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁμοίως: παντὸς δὲ πράγματος τὸ τέλος καὶ κορυφὴν ὁμοίως ἡ εὐκαιρία ἔχει, ἀντὶ τοῦ δεῖ κατὰ καιρὸν καὶ μεγάλα καὶ μικρὰ λέγειν. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

a. ἔγνων ποτὲ καὶ Ἰόλαον: ὁ γὰρ Ἰόλαος τεθνηκὼς ἐπειδὴ ἔμαθεν Εὐρυσθέα ἐξαιτούμενον παρ᾿ Ἀθηναίων τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας καὶ ἐπαπειλοῦντα πόλεμον, εἰ μὴ δώσουσιν, εὔξατο ἀναβιῶναι, καὶ ἀναβιώσας ἀπέκτεινε τὸν Εὐρυσθέα καὶ πάλιν τέθνηκεν. οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὸ πιθανώτερον ἕλκουσι τὴν ἱστορίαν, ὅτι γέρων ὢν ηὔξατο ἀνηβῆσαι, καὶ τελέσας τὸν ἆθλον εὐθέως ἐτελεύτα. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐγνώρισαν δέ ποτε καὶ αἱ ἑπτάπυλοι Θῆβαι τὸν Ἰόλαον οὐκ ἀτιμάσαντα τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων εὐκαιρίαν, οἱονεὶ καταχρησάμενον τῇ εὐκαιρίᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἔκρυψεν ἡ Θήβη αὐτὸν, ἐπεὶ τὸν Εὐρυσθέα ἀπεκεφάλισεν, ἐν τῷ τοῦ Ἀμφιτρύωνος σήματι, ὅπου αὐτοῦ ὁ προπάτωρ ἦν κείμενος. ὅτι δὲ εὐξάμενος ὁ Ἰόλαος ἀνενεώθη καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν Εὐρυσθέα, δῆλον· ηὔξατο δὲ τῷ Διῒ ἐπὶ μίαν ὥραν ἡβῆσαι, ὅτε διὰ τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ καταφυγόντας Εὐρυσθεὺς Ἀθηναίοις πόλεμον συνεκρότησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

a. οὐκ ἀτιμάσαντά νιν: αὐτόν. τίνα; τὸν καιρόν. εἰς γὰρ δέον καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τοῖς πράγμασι κατεχρήσατο συνταχθεὶς τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ὕλλον καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ Εὐρυσθέως ἀποκόψας. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

a. τὸν Εὐρυσθέως ἐπεί: ὅντινα τὸν Ἰόλαον, ἐπειδὴ τῇ τοῦ ξίφους ἀκμῇ τὴν τοῦ Εὐρυσθέως κεφαλὴν ἀπέτεμεν, ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς ἔκρυψαν παρὰ τῷ τάφῳ τοῦ ἱππικωτάτου Ἀμφιτρύωνος. [Drachmann ad v. 139]

a. ἔνθα οἱ: ἔνθα ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ πατὴρ Ἀμφιτρύων ὁ τῶν Θηβαίων φίλος καὶ ξένος μετοικήσας ἔκειτο εἰς τὰς Θήβας. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

b. ἐν τῇ ἀμαξιτῷ πλησίον τοῦ τάφου Ἀμφιτρύωνος ἔθαψαν Εὐρυσθέα, ἵνα ἀεὶ πατῆται. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

c. λευκίπποις δὲ εἶπε διὰ Ζῆθον καὶ Ἀμφίονα. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

a. τέκε οἷ καὶ Ζηνί: τῷ Ἀμφιτρύωνι ἡ Ἀλκμήνη. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

b. ὁ νοῦς· ἐγέννησε δὲ τῷ Ἀμφιτρύωνι καὶ τῷ Διῒ μιγεῖσα ἡ Ἀλκμήνη ἐν μιᾷ ὠδῖνι διδύμων υἱῶν πολεμικωτάτην δύναμιν. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

a. ἐν μόναις ὠδῖσιν: ἐν ἑνὶ τόκῳ καὶ μιᾷ ὠδῖνι. ἐν μιᾷ γὰρ λέγεται νυκτὶ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ συνευνασθέντων Διὸς καὶ Ἀμφιτρύωνος [τῇ Ἀλκμήνῃ] γενέσθαι τοῦ μὲν Ἡρακλέα, τοῦ δὲ Ἰφικλέα. [Drachmann ad v. 149]

a. κωφὸς ἀνήρ: κωφός ἐστι καὶ ἀπαίδευτος ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἀνὴρ, ὅστις τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ μὴ περιβάλλει στόμα, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅστις μὴ ἐγκωμιάζει τὸν Ἡρακλέα, καὶ ὅστις μηδὲ τῶν τῆς Δίρκης ὑδάτων αἰσθάνεται | καὶ ἔχει μνήμην, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ κωφός ἐστιν. ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀκούσας οὐδὲ εἰπεῖν δύναται. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

a. τοῖσι τέλειον ἐπ᾿ εὐχᾷ: πεπονθώς τι ἐξ αὐτῶν τέλειον ἀγαθὸν διὰ τοῦ κώμου ὑμνήσω. τί δ᾿ ἂν εἴη πεπονθώς; δηλαδὴ καὶ τὰ Ἰολάεια ἐνίκησεν ὁ νικηφόρος. τὸ δὲ ὑπέρβατον· τοῖσι κωμάσομαι τέλειόν τι παθὼν ἐπ᾿ εὐχᾷ [ἐσλόν]. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

b. ἄλλως· τοῖσι τέλειον ἐπ᾿ εὐχᾷ· ὁ λόγος παρὰ τοῦ ὑμνουμένου πρὸς τὸν Ἡρακλέα καὶ Ἰφικλέα· τετυχηκὼς τῆς νίκης τῶν Ἡρακλείων κἀγὼ ἀντικωμάσω αὐτοὺς, φησὶ, καὶ ὑμνήσω. [Drachmann ad v. 156]

a. Χαρίτων κελαδεννᾶν μή με λίποι καθαρὸν φέγγος: τῶν ἐνδόξων Χαρίτων τὸ ἀνθηρὸν φέγγος καὶ ἡ παρρησία μή με λίποι, ἀντὶ τοῦ γένοιτό μοι χαρίεντα γράφειν. [Drachmann ad v. 158]

a. Αἰγίνᾳ τε γάρ: διορίζομαι γὰρ τὸν νικηφόρον ἔν τε Αἰγίνῃ καὶ τρίτον ἐν Μεγάροις νικήσαντα ταύτην τὴν πόλιν εὐκλεᾶ καταστῆσαι, ἔργῳ τὴν σιγηλὴν καὶ ἀπαρρησίαστον ἀμηχανίαν καὶ αἰσχύνην ἐκφυγών. οἱ γὰρ νικηθέντες ἀμηχανοῦντες καὶ αἰσχυνόμενοι σιωπῇ περιπατοῦσι, μὴ ἔχοντες παρρησίαν μετά τινος διαλεχθῆναι. [Drachmann ad v. 160]

a. φαμὶ Νίσου τ᾿ ἐν λόφῳ: ἐν Μεγάροις· ὡς εἶναι τέσσαρας τὰς πάσας νίκας, μίαν μὲν ἐν Αἰγίνῃ, τρεῖς δὲ ἐν Μεγάροις. ὁ δὲ λόγος ἀπὸ τοῦ νικηφόρου. [Drachmann ad v. 161]

a. σιγαλὸν ἀμηχανίαν: τῷ ἔργῳ τὴν μὲν σιγωμένην ἀμηχανίαν φυγὼν, εὔκλειαν δὲ κατακτησάμενος. ἀμήχανον δὲ τὴν σιγὴν εἶπεν, ὅτι κατηφεῖς εἰσιν οἱ νικηθέντες. καὶ ἑτέρωθί πού (fr. 229) φησι· νικώμενοι δὲ ἀγρυξίᾳ δέδενται. [Drachmann ad v. 163]

a. οὔνεκεν εἰ φίλος ἀστῶν: διὸ εἴτε τις αὐτῷ τῷ νικηφόρῳ φίλος τῶν πολιτῶν εἴτε ἐναντίος καὶ ἐχθρός ἐστι, τὸ ἐν τῷ κοινῷ πονηθὲν ἀγαθὸν ἀνυμνείτω, αὐτὸν μὴ καταβλάπτων τὸν λόγον τοῦ Νηρέως. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ, ὁ Νηρεὺς, ἔφη δεῖν τὸν καλῶς πράττοντα καὶ μετὰ δικαιοσύνης πάντα τρόπον καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀνυμνεῖσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 164]

a. εἴ τις ἀντάεις: ἔναντα δαείς. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

b. τὴν νίκην τοῦ νικηφόρου. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

c. ἄλλως· ἀντάεις, ἐναντιούμενος, ἐχθρός. [Drachmann ad v. 165]

a. πλεῖστα νικήσαντα: πολλάκις σε νικήσαντα εἶδον τὰ Παναθήναια ἐν ταῖς ὡρισμέναις τελεταῖς τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς. ὁ δὲ λόγος ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ πρὸς τὸν νικήσαντα. [Drachmann ad v. 172]

a. ἄφωνοί τε: ἄφωνοι καὶ ἐν ἑαυταῖς κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν, ὦ Τελεσίκρατες, ἕκασται τῶν παρθένων ηὔχοντό σε ἄνδρα εὐτυχῆσαι, αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες υἱὸν, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ εὔχοντο ἔμμεν. ηὔχοντο δὲ ἐν τοῖς Ὀλυμπίοις ὁρῶσαί σε καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγῶσι τῆς πλατείας γῆς καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς τοῖς ἐν ἑκάστῃ πόλει ἐπιχωρίοις ἀγῶσι, πανταχοῦ ὁρῶσαί σε αἱ γυναῖκες ταῦτα ηὔχοντο. [Drachmann ad v. 173]

a. ἔν τ᾿ Ὀλυμπίοις: οὐ τοῖς ἐν Πίσῃ νῦν Ὀλυμπίοις· οὐ γὰρ ἂν οὕτως ἔρριψεν ἁπλῶς τὸν λόγον· ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐν Ἀθήναις. | τὸ δὲ Γῆς, ὅτι καὶ αὐτῇ ἀγὼν ἄγεται ἐν Ἀθήναις, ὥς φησι Δίδυμος. [Drachmann ad v. 177]

a. ἔν τε καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπιχωρίοις: ἐκ κοινοῦ νικήσαντα εἶδον καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀγομένοις ἀγῶσι τῇ Γῇ. λέγει δὲ ἐν Ἀθήναις. ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἄγεται τῇ Γῇ ἀγὼν, ὥς φησι Δίδυμος. [Drachmann ad v. 178]

a. a............ διψώσῃ τῇ ᾠδῇ προστιθέντα. [Drachmann ad v. 179]

b. ἀκειόμενόν με καὶ θεραπεύοντα διψῶσαν ᾠδὴν τῷ θέλειν ὑμνεῖν ὑμᾶς, πράσσει τις ἐμὲ καὶ ἀναγκάζει ἔτι τοῦτο ὑπομεῖναι καὶ συμπεριλαβεῖν τὴν τῶν προγόνων ὑμῶν δόξαν. [Drachmann ad v. 179]

a. οἷοι Λιβύσσας: ὁποῖοι ἦσαν μνηστῆρες οἱ τοῦ νικηφόρου πρόγονοι, οἳ fπερὶ τῆς Λιβυκῆς γυναικὸς ἦλθον εἰς τὴν Ἴρασσαν τὴν τοῦ Ἀνταίου πόλιν πρὸς τὴν ἔνδοξον κόρην. [Drachmann ad v. 183]

a. Ἴρασσαν πρὸς πόλιν Ἀνταίου: ὅτι ὁ ὑπὸ Ἡρακλέους καταγωνισθεὶς Ἀνταῖος Ἰρασσεὺς ἦν ἀπὸ Ἰρασσῶν τῶν ἐν τῇ Τριτωνίδι λίμνῃ, ὡς Φερεκύδης φησί (FHG I p. 80). ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος ὑπὲρ τοῦ χαρίσασθαι τῷ ἐπαινουμένῳ παρατρέψας τὴν ἱστορίαν φησὶν Ἀλεξίδαμον πρόγονον τοῦ ἐπαινουμένου γενέσθαι μνηστῆρα τῆς Ἀνταίου θυγατρός· ὄνομα δὲ αὐτῇ Ἀλκηῒς, ὥς φησι Πείσανδρος ὁ Καμιρεύς (fr. 6 Ki.)· ἕτεροι δὲ Βάρκην. [Drachmann ad v. 185]

b. ἄλλως· Ἴρασσα, πόλις Λιβύης, ἣν ᾤκησεν Ἀνταῖος, οὐχ ὁ παλαίσας Ἡρακλεῖ· ἐκεῖνος γὰρ διαλλάσσει τοῖς χρόνοις· ἀλλ᾿ ἕτερος, ὃς τὴν θυγατέρα τοῖς μνηστευομένοις προὔθηκεν ἆθλον δρόμου τῷ φθάσαντι λαβεῖν κελεύσας. ὅμοιον δὲ ἐποίησε Δαναῷ· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος τὰς θυγατέρας δρόμῳ προὔθηκε. τὴν δὲ κόρην ταύτην τῶν Τελεσικράτους τις προγόνων Ἀλεξίδαμος μνηστευσάμενος καὶ νικήσας τὸν δρόμον ἔγημεν. [Drachmann ad v. 185]

c. ἢ ὅτι Ἀνταῖος ὁ παράνομος, ὃν ἀνεῖλεν Ἡρακλῆς, οὗτός φησι, παραγενόμενον τὸν Ἀλεξίδαμον δρόμῳ νικήσαντα τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ μνηστῆρας, λαβεῖν γυναῖκα τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ Λιβύων βασιλέως. [Drachmann ad v. 185]

d. Ἀνταίου: οὐ τοῦ ξενοκτόνου, ἀλλὰ ἑτέρου· ἐκεῖνον γὰρ ἀνεῖλεν Ἡρακλῆς, ᾧ συνήκμασεν Εὔφημος, οὗ ἀπόγονοι μετῴκησαν εἰς Κυρήνην. [Drachmann ad v. 185]

a. τὰν μάλα πολλοί: ἥντινα τὴν Ἀνταίου θυγατέρα πολλοὶ τῶν ἀρίστων ἀνδρῶν ᾔτουν· ᾔτουν δὲ πολλοὶ μὲν συγγενεῖς αὐτῆς, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἐκτὸς ὄντες γένους, ἐπειδὴ ἐκπρεπὲς αὐτῆς ἐθρυλλεῖτο καὶ ἐθαυμάζετο εἶναι τὸ κάλλος. τῆς γὰρ ἐντίμου αὐτῆς νεότητος καρπὸν δρέψασθαι ἐβούλοντο· ἐκ δὲ τούτου, τὴν παρθενίαν αὐτῆς ἐβούλοντο λαβεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 188]

a. πατὴρ δὲ θυγατρί: ὁ δὲ πατὴρ Ἀνταῖος ἐνδοξότερον τῇ ἑαυτοῦ θυγατρὶ κατασκευάζων τὸν γάμον, πεποίηκεν ὅπερ ἤκουσέ ποτε ἐν Ἄργει τὸν Δαναὸν ταῖς τεσσαρακονταοκτὼ θυγατράσιν ἑαυτοῦ πεποιηκέναι, κἀκεῖνον ἐμιμήσατο. [Drachmann ad v. 194]

a. ἄκουσε Δαναόν: ἤκουσε γὰρ τὸν Δαναὸν ἐν Ἄργει ὁποῖον ταῖς τεσσαρακονταοκτὼ θυγατράσιν αὐτοῦ γάμον εὗρε, πρὶν τὸ μέσον τῆς ἡμέρας γενέσθαι. τὸ γὰρ ἑωθινὸν ἠγωνίσαντο καὶ πρὸ μεσημβρίας διελύθησαν τοῦ δρόμου, καὶ ἕκαστος ἣν ἠβουλήθη ἔλαβεν. [Drachmann ad v. 195]

b. ζητεῖται δὲ, διατί τεσσαρακονταοκτὼ εἶπε πεντήκοντα οὐσῶν; καὶ ῥητέον, ὅτι Ἀμυμώνη μὲν προδιαφθαρεῖσα ἦν Ποσειδῶνι, Ὑπερμήστρα δὲ ἐρασθεῖσα Λυγκέως, αἱ δὲ ἄλλαι συνδραμοῦσαι τῷ πατρῴῳ βουλήματι ἀνεῖλον τοὺς Αἰγύπτου παῖδας. [Drachmann ad v. 195]

a. ὠκύτατον γάμον: ὁ Δαναὸς, φησὶν, ἔστησε τὰς θυγατέρας ἕως μέσης ἡμέρας, ἵνα δηλονότι προθεωρήσωσιν αὐτὰς οἱ μνηστῆρες, καὶ ἕκαστος ἕληται τῶν δρόμῳ πρωτευσάντων ἣν ἂν βούληται. [Drachmann ad v. 200]

a. οὕτως δὲ δίδου: οὕτως οὖν καὶ ὁ Ἀνταῖος ὁ Λίβυς ἐδίδου πρὸς γάμον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θυγατέρα, κατασκευάζων τῇ κόρῃ τὸν προϊόντα νυμφίον ἄνδρα. τῷ νικήσαντι γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔδωκε τὴν παῖδα πρὸς γάμον. [Drachmann ad v. 207]

b. ἄλλως· Λίβυς ὄνομα κύριον, οὐχ ὁ Ἀνταῖος, ὡς Δίδυμος. [Drachmann ad v. 207]

a. ποτὶ γραμμᾷ: πρὸς γὰρ τὸ τέλος αὐτὴν τοῦ σταδίου κοσμήσας ἔστησε, τέλος καὶ ἄκρον εἶναι αὐτὴν τῷ νικήσαντι. ἐν μέσοις δὲ αὐτοῖς εἶπεν· ὅστις ἂν πρῶτος τῶν πέπλων αὐτῆς ἅψηται, ἐκεῖνος αὐτὴν ἀπαγέσθω. [Drachmann ad v. 208]

b. ἄλλως· ποτὶ γραμμᾷ: τῇ νύσσῃ, τῷ τέλει τοῦ σταδίου. [Drachmann ad v. 208]

a. αὐτὰν στᾶσε κοσμήσας: ἔστησεν αὐτὴν πρὸς τῇ ἐσχάτῃ γραμμῇ τοῦ δρόμου, τοῦτο ἄκρον καὶ τέλος διατάξας, τὴν στάσιν τῆς παρθένου. ἐχάρασσον δὲ γραμμήν τινα, ἣν ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος εἶχον οἱ ἀγωνιζόμενοι. | ὅθεν καὶ παροιμία· μὴ κίνει γραμμήν. [Drachmann ad v. 209]

a. ἔνθ᾿ Ἀλεξίδαμος: οὗτος πρόγονος ἦν τοῦ νικηφόρου, ὡς προείπομεν. [Drachmann ad v. 214]

b. ἄλλως· Ἀλεξίδαμος ἦν ὁ νικήσας χάριν τῆς Λίβυος θυγατρός. [Drachmann ad v. 214]

c. τὸ δὲ ἔφυγεν οὐ κυρίως· οὐ γὰρ ἐδίωκέ τις· ἀλλὰ τὸ τάχος βούλεται παραστῆσαι, | παρόσον οἱ διωκόμενοι ἐπιτείνουσι τὸν δρόμον. [Drachmann ad v. 214]

d. ἐνταῦθα ὁ Ἀλεξίδαμος, ἐπειδὴ τὸν ταχὺν δρόμον ἐξέφυγε καὶ ἐνίκησε, τὴν ἔνδοξον παρθένον τῆς χειρὸς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χειρὶ λαβὼν ἤγαγεν εἰς τὸν τῶν ἱππικῶν Λιβύων στρατόν. [Drachmann ad v. 214]

a. ἱππευτᾶν νομάδων: τῶν Λιβύων· ὅτι ὑποδύντες τὴν γῆν οἱ πλείους αὐτῶν οἰκοῦσιν· ἢ καὶ παρὰ τοῦτο οὕτω καλούμενον ἔθνος. ἐκ τούτου δὲ δῆλον, ὅτι ὁ Ἀνταῖος οὐκ ἔστιν· οὗτος γὰρ ἦν κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους Ἡρακλέους· πρὸ δὲ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους οὐδεὶς ἦν ἀγὼν, ὁ δὲ Ἀλεξίδαμος ἱστορεῖται προνενικηκέναι. [Drachmann ad v. 217]

a. πολλὰ δὲ φύλλα καὶ στεφάνους οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν ἑστῶτες ἔρριπτον, πολλὰ δὲ πτερὰ νίκης καὶ πρὸ τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἔλαβε, ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλοὺς καὶ ἄλλους ἀγῶνας ἐνίκησε. [Drachmann ad v. 218]

b. πτερὰ δὲ νίκης, περιφραστικῶς τὴν νίκην. [Drachmann ad v. 218]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 10

Pythian 10 — for Ἱπποκλεῖ Θεσσαλῷ

παιδὶ διαυλοδρόμῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 72 lines · 87 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen X.

p2. Ἱπποκλεῖ Θεσσαλῷ παιδὶ διαυλοδρόμῳ.

p3. Τῆς δεκάτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων δέκα. τὸ α΄ Φερεκράτειον. τὸ β΄ δίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν ὑπερκατάληκτον, ἄτακτον. τὸ γ΄ δίμετρον Ἰωνικὸν βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ σύνθετον ἐκ προσοδιακοῦ καὶ ἰαμβικοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς. τὸ ε΄ Φερεκράτειον. τὸ ς΄ δίμετρον ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ δίμετρον χοριαμβικὸν βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ δίμετρον δοχμιακὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ι΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων η΄. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ β΄ μητρῳακὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ Ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

p4. Inscr. Ἦν μὲν τὸ γένος ὁ προκείμενος νικηφόρος Θεσσαλὸς, πόλεως δὲ Πελινναίου· ἐνίκησε δὲ τὴν κβ΄ Πυθιάδα. δοκεῖ δὲ μὴ ὑγιῶς ἐπιγεγράφθαι ἡ ᾠδὴ Ἱπποκλεῖ· δέον γὰρ Ἱπποκλέᾳ. τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα ἦν Ἱπποκλέας, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος δηλοῖ. ἐνίκησε δὲ καὶ οβ΄ καὶ ογ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα. τὴν δὲ Λακεδαίμονα νῦν παρείληφεν, ὡς αὐτὸς δηλοῖ, ὅτι ἀμφότερα τὰ ἔθνη ὑπὸ τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν ἐβασιλεύετο. ἐν δὲ τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐνίκησε καὶ στάδιον, οὗ οὐκ ἐμνήσθη, ἴσως τοῦ διαύλου μόνον μισθὸν λαβών.

1–4

 ὄλβια Λακεδαίμων, σ1
 μάκαιρα Θεσσαλία· πατρὸς δʼ ἀμφοτέραις ἐξ ἑνὸς
 ἀριστομάχου γένος Ἡρακλεῦς βασιλεύει. σ1
 τί κομπέω παρὰ καιρόν; ἀλλά με Πυθώ τε καὶ τὸ Πελινναῖον ἀπύει

LacedaemonPelinna is prosperous; Thessaly is divinely blessed. Both are ruled by the race of a single ancestor, Heracles, the best in battle. Why do I make this untimely boast? Because Pytho summons me, and,

Happy is Lakedaimon, blessed is Thessaly: in both there reigneth a race sprung from one sire, from Herakles bravest in the fight. What vaunt is this unseasonable? Nay, now, but Pytho calleth me, and Pelinnaion, and the sons of Aleuas who would fain lead forth the loud voices of a choir of men in honour of Hippokleas.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (2 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Ὀλβία Λακεδαῖμον: ὦ εὐδαιμονεστάτη Λακεδαῖμον καὶ μακαρία Θεσσαλία· ἐν γὰρ ἀμφοτέραις ἐξ ἑνὸς πατρὸς τοῦ γενναίου Ἡρακλέους τὸ γένος βασιλεύει.

ad v. 3

a. ἀριστομάχου ἐπιθετικῶς· τοῦ Ἡρακλέους τοῦ ἀρίστου κατὰ τὰς μάχας.

5–6

5 Ἀλεύα τε παῖδες, Ἱπποκλέᾳ ἐθέλοντες σ15

6 ἀγαγεῖν ἐπικωμίαν ἀνδρῶν κλυτὰν ὄπα. σ2

and the sons of Aleuas; they want me to present to Hippocleas the glorious voices of men in celebration.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (3 entries)

ad v. 5

a. τί κομπέω: οἱ μὲν ὅτι κομπῶ, ἀλλόκοτον νῦν λέγω, εἶτα ἡ μέση· κατὰ τὸν δέοντα καιρὸν κομπῶ. οἱ δὲ οὕτως ὑφ᾿ ἕν· τί κομπῶ καὶ φλυαρῶ παρὰ τὸν δέοντα καιρὸν, ἵνα τὴν κατά ἀντὶ τῆς παρά λάβωμεν.

ad v. 6

a. ἀλλά με Πυθώ τε καὶ τὸ Πελινναῖον: Πελινναῖον πολις τοῦ νικηφόρου.

b. Πελινναῖον πόλις Θεσσαλίας, ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ τὸ ἐν Χίῳ ὄρος ἐκλήθη.

7–9

 γεύεται γὰρ ἀέθλων·
 στρατῷ τʼ ἀμφικτιόνων ὁ Παρνάσιος αὐτὸν μυχὸς σ1
 διαυλοδρομᾶν ὕπατον παίδων ἀνέειπεν. σ1

Parnassus For he is trying his hand at contests, and the gorge of proclaimed him to the people that live around as the greatest of the boys in the double-course footrace.

For now hath he tasted the joy of games, and to the host of the dwellers round about hath the valley beneath Parnassos proclaimed him best among the boys who ran the double race.

Scholia ad vv. 7–9 (2 entries)

ad v. 8

a. Ἀλεύα τε παῖδες: ἤτοι καθόλου οἱ Θεσσαλοὶ ἀπὸ Ἀλεύα τοῦ βασιλεύοντος, ὡς καὶ Σισυφίδαι οἱ Κορίνθιοι ἀπὸ Σισύφου· ἢ Ἀλεύα παῖδες οἱ ὄντες ἑταῖροι τῷ Ἱπποκλέᾳ. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀλλά με ἡ Πυθὼ καὶ τὸ Πελινναῖον καὶ τοῦ Ἀλεύα οἱ παῖδες ἀπύειν παρακελεύονται καὶ ὑμνεῖν· ἢ βοᾷ καὶ προσκαλεῖται· θέλοντές με τὴν ἔνδοξον καὶ ἐγκωμιαστικὴν τῶν χορευόντων ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸν Ἱπποκλέα ἄγειν φωνήν.

ad v. 9

a. ἐπικωμίαν ἀνδρῶν: τῶν κωμασόντων ἀνδρῶν.

10–12

 Ἄπολλον, γλυκὺ δʼ ἀνθρώπων τέλος ἀρχά τε δαίμονος ὀρνύντος αὔξεται·
 ὁ μέν που τεοῖς γε μήδεσι τοῦτʼ ἔπραξεν· σ1
 τὸ δὲ συγγενὲς ἐμβέβακεν ἴχνεσιν πατρὸς σ4

Apollo, the end and the beginning both grow sweet when a god urges on a man«s work. No doubt he accomplished this with the help of your counsels. Kinship has stepped into the footprints of the father,

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (5 entries)

ad v. 11

a. γεύεται γὰρ ἀέθλων: καὶ γὰρ ἐπιδόξων γεύεται ἄθλων καὶ μεταλαμβάνει νικηφόρος γεγονώς· | ὡς νεωστὶ δὲ κατιόντος εἰς τοὺς ἀγῶνας ταῦτά φησιν.

ad v. 12

a. στρατῷ τ᾿ ἀμφικτυόνων: ἐν δὲ τῷ τῶν ἀμφικτυόνων καὶ περιοίκων ὄχλῳ καὶ συνόδῳ ἡ Πυθὼ αὐτὸν ἄριστον τῶν διαυλοδρόμων παίδων ἀνηγόρευσε, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Πύθια δίαυλον ἐνίκησε.

b. διαυλοδρομᾶν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς διαυλοδρόμης εὐθείας· οἱ διαυλοδρόμαι, τῶν διαυλοδρομῶν καὶ τροπῇ Δωρικῇ διαυλοδρομᾶν.

c. Παρνάσσιος μυχός: ἡ Πυθὼ | ἀνεκήρυξε διαυλοδρόμην ὑπερέχοντα τῶν παίδων.

d. ἢ καὶ περισπαστέον | διαυλοδρομᾶν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ τῶν διαυλοδρομῶν.

13–14

13 Ὀλυμπιονίκα δὶς ἐν πολεμαδόκοις

14 Ἄρεος ὅπλοις·

who was twice an Olympic victor in the war-enduring armor of Ares;

O Apollo, sweet is the end when men attain thereto, and the beginning availed more when it is speeded of a god. Surely of thy devising were his deeds: and this his inborn valour hath trodden in the footsteps of his father twice victor at Olympia in panoply of war-affronting arms: moreover the games in the deep meadow beneath Kirrha's cliff gave victory to the fleet feet of Phrikias.

15–18

 ἔθηκε καὶ βαθυλείμων ὑπὸ Κίρρας ἀγὼν σ2
 πέτραν κρατησίποδα Φρικίαν.
 ἕσποιτο μοῖρα καὶ ὑστέραισιν
 ἐν ἁμέραις ἀγάνορα πλοῦτον ἀνθεῖν σφίσιν· σ1

Cirrha and the contest in the deep meadow that stretches beneath the rock of made Phricias victorious in the race. May a good fate follow them in their future days as well, so that their noble wealth will blossom;

Scholia ad vv. 15–18 (3 entries)

ad v. 15

a. Ἄπολλον: προσφωνεῖ τὸν θεὸν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ Πυθιονίκης ὁ νικηφόρος.

b. τῶν δὲ ἀνθρωπίνων ἡδὺ τὸ τέλος αὔξεται καὶ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἡδεῖα γίνεται, τοῦ δαιμονίου αὐτὰ αὔξοντος.

ad v. 18

a. τεοῖσί τε μήδεσιν: ὁ Ἱπποκλέας, φησὶ, ταῖς σαῖς βουλήσεσιν, ὦ Ἄπολλον, ἐνίκησε· τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ γένους αὐτοῦ ἔμφυτον ἐπιβῆναι ἐποίησε τοῖς ἴχνεσι τοῦ Ὀλυμπιονίκου τοῦ αὐτοῦ πατρός.

19 τῶν δʼ ἐν Ἑλλάδι τερπνῶν

May good luck follow them, so that even in after days the splendour of their wealth shall bloom. Of the pleasant things of Hellas they have no scanty portion to their lot; may they happen on no envious repentings of the gods. A god's heart, it may be, is painless ever; but happy and a theme of poet's song is that man who for his valiance of hands or feet the chiefest prizes hath by strength and courage won, and in his life-time seen his young son by good hap attaining to the Pythian crown. Never indeed shall he climb the brazen heaven, but whatsoever splendours we of mortal race may reach, through such he hath free course even to the utmost harbourage. But neither by taking ship, neither by any travel on foot, to the Hyperborean folk shalt thou find the wondrous way.

20–24

 λαχόντες οὐκ ὀλίγαν δόσιν, μὴ φθονεραῖς ἐκ θεῶν
 μετατροπίαις ἐπικύρσαιεν. θεὸς εἴη
 ἀπήμων κέαρ· εὐδαίμων δὲ καὶ ὑμνητὸς οὗτος ἀνὴρ γίγνεται σοφοῖς, σ2
 ὃς ἂν χερσὶν ἢ ποδῶν ἀρετᾷ κρατήσαις σ1
 τὰ μέγιστʼ ἀέθλων ἕλῃ τόλμᾳ τε καὶ σθένει,

Greece having received no small share of the delights of, may they encounter no envious reversals at the hands of the gods. A god«s heart should be free from pain; but a man is considered fortunate, and wise poets sing his praises, if he wins victory with his hands or the excellence of his feet, and takes the greatest prizes through his courage and strength,

Scholia ad vv. 20–24 (3 entries)

ad v. 22

a. δὶς ἐν πολεμαδόκοις: δὶς ἐνίκησεν ὁ Φρικίας ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ, ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ Ἱπποκλέους. ἦν δὲ ὁπλίτης· διό φησιν· ἐν πολεμαδόκοις Ἄρεος ὅπλοις. τοῦ γένους οὖν φησιν ἥκειν εἰς τὰ ἴχνη· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ὁπλιτοδρόμος | καὶ οὗτος διαυλοδρόμος.

b. ἄλλως· τοῦτό φησιν ὡς τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ δὶς νικήσαντος τὰ Ὀλύμπια ὁπλιτοδρόμου.

ad v. 23

a. ἔθηκε καὶ βαθυλείμωνα: τὸν Φρικίαν καὶ Ὀλυμπιονίκην ὄντα ὁ ὑπὸ τὴν βαθυλείμωνα πέτραν τῆς Κίρρας ἀγὼν, τουτέστιν ὁ Πυθικὸς, κρατησίποδα ἐποίησε. διὰ τούτου δὲ σημαίνει, ὅτι Ὀλυμπιονίκης ὢν ἐγένετο καὶ Πυθιονίκης.

25–29

 καὶ ζώων ἔτι νεαρὸν σ1
 κατʼ αἶσαν υἱὸν ἴδῃ τυχόντα στεφάνων Πυθίων. σ1
 ὁ χάλκεος οὐρανὸς οὔ ποτʼ ἀμβατὸς αὐτῷ.
 ὅσαις δὲ βροτὸν ἔθνος ἀγλαΐαις ἁπτόμεσθα, περαίνει πρὸς ἔσχατον
 κεν πλόον. ναυσὶ δʼ οὔτε πεζὸς ἰών εὕροις

and lives to see his young son duly winning Pythian garlands. He can never set foot in the bronze heavens; but whatever splendor we mortals can attain, he reaches the limit of that voyage. Neither by ship nor on foot could you find

Yet of old the chieftain Perseus entered into their houses and feasted among them, when that he had lighted on them as they were sacrificing ample hecatombs of asses to their god. For ever in their feasts and hymns hath Apollo especial joy, and laugheth to see the braying ramp of the strange beasts. Nor is the Muse a stranger to their lives, but everywhere are stirring to and fro dances of maidens and shrill noise of pipes: and binding golden bay-leaves in their hair they make them merry cheer. Nor pestilence nor wasting eld approach that hallowed race: they toil not neither do they fight, and dwell unharmed of cruel Nemesis.

Scholia ad vv. 25–29 (2 entries)

ad v. 25

a. κρατησίποδα: κρατῆσαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἤγουν νικῆσαι δρόμῳ.

ad v. 26

a. ἕποιτο μοῖρα: ἐπακολουθοίη δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ εἰς τὸν μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνον ἡ μοῖρα καὶ ἡ εὐτυχία, ὥστε αὐτοῖς αὔξειν τὸν ἀγήνορα πλοῦτον. τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καλῶν μετεσχηκότες οὐκ ὀλίγον μὴ ἐναντίαις παρατροπαῖς συντύχωσι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν.

30 ἐς Ὑπερβορέων ἀγῶνα θαυματὰν ὁδόν.30

the marvellous road to the meeting-place of the Hyperboreans—

31–34

 παρʼ οἷς ποτε Περσεὺς ἐδαίσατο λαγέτας,
 δώματʼ ἐσελθών,
 κλειτὰς ὄνων ἑκατόμβας ἐπιτόσσαις θεῷ σ2
 ῥέζοντας· ὧν θαλίαις ἔμπεδον

Once Perseus, the leader of his people, entered their homes and feasted among them, when he found them sacrificing glorious hecatombs of donkeys to the god. In the festivities of those people

In the eagerness of his valiant heart went of old the son of Danaë, for that Athene led him on his way, unto the company of that blessed folk. Also he slew the Gorgon and bare home her head with serpent tresses decked, to the island folk a stony death. I ween there is no marvel impossible if gods have wrought thereto.

Scholia ad vv. 31–34 (2 entries)

ad v. 33

a. ἀπήμων δὲ, ἀβλαβὴς καὶ ἀνόργητος ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτῶν κατορθώμασιν εἴη ὁ θεός.

b. εὐδαίμων δὲ καὶ ὑμνητὸς οὗτος: εὐτυχὴς δὲ οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ καὶ πολυύμνητος παρὰ τοῖς σοφοῖς γίνεται, ὃς ἂν πάλῃ ἢ δρόμῳ τόλμῃ τε καὶ ἀνδρείᾳ νικήσας τὰ μέγιστα τῶν κατορθωμάτων δέξηται, καὶ προσεπιτούτοις ἔτι καὶ ζῶν ἴδῃ τὸν νεώτερον αὐτοῦ υἱὸν κατὰ τὸ προσῆκον Πυθικῶν στεφάνων τυχόντα· | καὶ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ εὐδαίμων.

35–36

35 εὐφαμίαις τε μάλιστʼ Ἀπόλλων35

36 χαίρει, γελᾷ θʼ ὁρῶν ὕβριν ὀρθίαν κνωδάλων.

and in their praises Apollo rejoices most, and he laughs when he sees the erect arrogance of the beasts.

37–39

 Μοῖσα δʼ οὐκ ἀποδαμεῖ
 τρόποις ἐπὶ σφετέροισι· παντᾷ, δὲ χοροὶ παρθένων
 λυρᾶν τε βοαὶ καναχαί τʼ αὐλῶν δονέονται·

The Muse is not absent from their customs; all around swirl the dances of girls, the lyre«s loud chords and the cries of flutes.

Let go the oar, and quickly drive into the earth an anchor from the prow, to save us from the rocky reef, for the glory of my song of praise flitteth like a honey-bee from tale to tale.

40–41

40 δάφνᾳ τε χρυσέᾳ κόμας ἀναδήσαντες εἰλαπινάζοισιν εὐφρόνως.40

41 νόσοι δʼ οὔτε γῆρας οὐλόμενον κέκραται

They wreathe their hair with golden laurel branches and revel joyfully. No sickness or ruinous old age is mixed into that sacred race; without toil or battles

42 ἱερᾷ γενεᾷ· πόνων δὲ καὶ μαχᾶν ἄτερ σ2

I have hope that when the folk of Ephyra pour forth my sweet strains by Peneus' side, yet more glorious shall I make their Hippokleas for his crowns and by my songs among his fellows and his elders, and I will make him possess the minds of the young maidens.

Scholia ad vv. 42–42 (2 entries)

ad v. 42

a. ὁ χάλκεος οὐρανός: οὐκέτι μέντοι ὁ στερεὸς οὐρανὸς καὶ ἰσχυρὸς ἐπιβατὸς αὐτοῖς ἐστιν, οἱονεὶ τοῖς εἰς ἄκρον οὕτως εὐδαιμονίας ἐλθοῦσιν οὐκ ἔστι καὶ θεοῖς συγγενέσθαι, ὡς τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἄκρων καὶ τελείων εὐτυχημάτων αὐτῶν μετασχόντων τῶν τὴν τοιαύτην εὐτυχίαν εὐτυχησάντων.

b. ἄλλως· τῷ τοιούτῳ, τῷ παῖδας ἐσχηκότι καὶ ἃ προείρηκα εὐτυχήματα, οὐκ ἀναβατὸς μόνον ὁ οὐρανός· οἷον, ὡς ἐν θνητοῖς εὐδαίμονές εἰσιν· ἀθάνατοι γὰρ οὐ δύνανται γενέσθαι.

43–44

43 οἰκέοισι φυγόντες σ3

44 ὑπέρδικον Νέμεσιν. θρασείᾳ δὲ πνέων καρδίᾳ

they live without fear of strict Nemesis. Breathing boldness of spirit

Scholia ad vv. 43–44 (3 entries)

ad v. 43

a. ὅσαις δὲ βρότεον ἔθνος: ὅσων δὲ ἀγλαϊῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐφαπτόμεθα εὐδαιμονίας.

b. ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων καλῶν τὸ πέρας καὶ τὸ τέλος ἔχει ὁ τὴν τοιαύτην εὐδαιμονίαν εὐτυχήσας, τὸ καὶ αὐτὸν νικῆσαι καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἰδεῖν νικήσαντα.

c. ὅσαις δὲ, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅσων, ἀντὶ γενικῆς ἐχρήσατο.

45–47

 μόλεν Δανάας ποτὲ παῖς, ἁγεῖτο δʼ Ἀθάνα,
 ἐς ἀνδρῶν μακάρων ὅμιλον· ἔπεφνέν τε Γοργόνα, καὶ ποικίλον κάρα σ2
 δρακόντων φόβαισιν ἤλυθε νασιώταις σ1

once the son of Danae went to that gathering of blessed men, and Athena led him there. He killed the Gorgon, and came back bringing stony death to the islanders, the head that shimmered with hair made of serpents. To me

Scholia ad vv. 45–47 (3 entries)

ad v. 46

a. ναυσὶ δ᾿ οὔτε πεζὸς ἰών: οὔτε πεζὸς οὔτε πλῷ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὸ τῶν Ὑπερβορέων ἄθροισμα εὐμαρῶς εὕροις τὴν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς θαυμαστὴν ὁδόν. ὁ δὲ νοῦς αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν εὐτυχίαν· ὥσπερ οὐκ ἔστιν εὐμαρὲς εἰς τὸ τῶν Ὑπερβορέων ἔθνος παραγενέσθαι, οὕτως οὐδὲ ταύτης τῆς εὐτυχίας μείζονα εὑρεῖν εὐμαρές ἐστιν.

b. μέχρι δὲ τούτων ὁ Πίνδαρος καλῶς τὸν ἐπίνικον γράφει· ἠστόχησε δὲ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀλόγῳ παρεκβάσει χρησάμενος.

ad v. 47

a. ἐς Ὑπερβορέων ἀγῶνα: ἀγῶνα νῦν τὸ ἄθροισμα, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· εἰς τὸ τῶν Ὑπερβορέων ἄθροισμα πορευόμενος τὴν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἄγουσαν ὁδόν οὐκ ἂν εὔροις.

48 λίθινον θάνατον φέρων. ἐμοὶ δὲ θαυμάσαι

For various longings stir secretly the minds of various men; yet each if he attain to the thing he striveth for will hold his eager desire for the time present to him, but what a year shall bring forth, none shall foreknow by any sign.

49 θεῶν τελεσάντων οὐδέν ποτε φαίνεται σ1

nothing that the gods accomplish ever appears

Scholia ad vv. 49–49 (1 entry)

ad v. 49

a. παρ᾿ οἷς ποτε Περσεύς: παρ᾿ οἷς, τοῖς Ὑπερβορέοις, ὁ Περσεὺς εὐωχήθη εἰς τὰς οἰκίας αὐτῶν εἰσελθὼν καὶ καταλαβὼν αὐτοὺς διὰ τῶν ὄνων ἐνδόξους θυσίας τελοῦντας τῷ θεῷ Ἀπόλλωνι. οἱ γὰρ Ὑπερβόρειοι ὄνους θύουσι τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, ὡς καὶ ὁ Καλλίμαχός φησι (fr. 188)· τέρπουσιν λιπαραὶ Φοῖβον ὀνοσφαγίαι.

50–53

 ἔμμεν ἄπιστον.
 κώπαν σχάσον, ταχὺ δʼ ἄγκυραν ἔρεισον χθονὶ σ2
 πρῴραθε, χοιράδος ἄλκαρ πέτρας. σ1
 ἐγκωμίων γὰρ ἄωτος ὕμνων σ1

unbelievable, however miraculous. Hold the oar! Quick, let the anchor down from the prow to touch the bottom, to protect us from the rocky reef. The choicest hymn of praise flits from theme to theme, like a bee.

Scholia ad vv. 50–53 (4 entries)

ad v. 51

a. κλειτὰς ὄνων ἑκατόμβας: τὸ σημεῖον, ὅτι οἱ Ὑπερβόρειοι ὄνους θύουσι τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι.

b. ταῦτα, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, μετὰ τοῦ γελοίου καὶ ἄσεμνά εἰσι· τίνα γὰρ λόγον ἂν ἔχοι ἥδεσθαι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα τοῖς ὀρθιάζουσιν ὄνοις; φησίν.

ad v. 52

a. ἐπιτόσσαις: ἐστὶν ἐπιτυχών.

ad v. 53

a. ὧν θαλίαις ἔμπεδον: ὧν, τῶν Ὑπερβορέων, μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ταῖς εὐφημίαις καὶ εὐωχίαις χαίρει ὁ θεός.

54 ἐπʼ ἄλλοτʼ ἄλλον ὥτε μέλισσα θύνει λόγον.

My trust is in the kindly courtesy of my host Thorax, of him who to speed my fortune hath yoked this four-horse car of the Pierides, as friend for friend, and willing guide for guide.

55–59

 ἔλπομαι δʼ Ἐφυραίων σ2
 ὄπʼ ἀμφὶ Πηνεϊὸν γλυκεῖαν προχεόντων ἐμὰν σ3
 τὸν Ἱπποκλέαν ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον σὺν ἀοιδαῖς σ1
 ἕκατι στεφάνων θαητὸν ἐν ἅλιξι θησέμεν ἐν καὶ παλαιτέροις, σ1
 νέαισίν τε παρθένοισι μέλημα. καὶ γὰρ

And I hope that, while the Ephyreans pour forth my sweet voice beside the Peneius, with my songs I will make Hippocleas even more admired for his garlands by boys his age and by his elders, and I will make the girls think of him. For

Scholia ad vv. 55–59 (7 entries)

ad v. 55

a. χαίρει γελᾷ θ᾿ ὁρῶν: ἥδεται δὲ, φησὶν, ὁ Ἀπόλλων θεωρῶν τὴν τῶν θηρίων ἀναίρεσιν.

b. ὕβριν τὴν ἀναίρεσιν. ὕβριν δὲ αὐτὴν καλεῖ παρὰ τὰ σκιρτήματα, ἃ ἐν τῇ σφαγῇ ποιοῦνται οἱ ὄνοι.

ad v. 56

a. ὀρθίαν κνωδάλων: ἔπαιξεν ὁ Πίνδαρος, ὡς τῶν ὄνων ὀρθιώντων, ὅτε ἱερουργοῦντο.

b. κνωδάλων, κυρίως τῶν θαλαττίων ζῴων, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ καὶ τῶν χερσαίων.

c. ἢ οὕτω· μεγάλων, διὰ τὸ τῶν ὄνων τερατῶδες τοῦ σώματος.

ad v. 57

a. Μοῖσα δ᾿ οὐκ ἀποδαμεῖ: ἡ δὲ Μοῦσα οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπόδημος ἀπὸ τῶν τρόπων καὶ τῶν ἠθῶν αὐτῶν· οἷον, οὐκ εἰσὶν ἄμουσοι.

ad v. 58

a. παντᾶ δὲ χοροί: πανταχοῦ εἰς τὸ τῶν Ὑπερβορέων ἔθνος παρθένων χοροὶ λύρας τε ἦχοι καὶ κτύποι καὶ τῶν αὐλῶν δὲ οἱ κτύποι κινοῦνται.

60 ἑτέροις ἑτέρων ἔρως ὑπέκνισε φρένας·60

people«s minds are tickled by various desires;

As gold to him that trieth it by a touch-stone, so is a true soul known.

61–64

 τῶν δʼ ἕκαστος ὀρούει, σ1
 τυχών κεν ἁρπαλέαν σχέθοι φροντίδα τὰν πὰρ ποδός·
 τὰ δʼ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν ἀτέκμαρτον προνοῆσαι.
 πέποιθα ξενίᾳ προσανέϊ Θώρακος, ὅσπερ ἐμὰν ποιπνύων χάριν σ2

but whatever each man strives for, let him hold on to it eagerly if he gets it, the concern that is close at hand. It is impossible to foresee what will happen a year from now. I trust in the gentle friendship of Thorax; he made busy efforts for my sake,

Scholia ad vv. 61–64 (3 entries)

ad v. 61

a. δάφνᾳ τε χρυσέᾳ: τῇ δὲ εὐφύλλῳ δάφνῃ τὰς ἑαυτῶν κεφαλὰς στεφόμενοι εὐωχοῦνται σωφρόνως καὶ συνετῶς.

ad v. 64

a. νόσοι δ᾿ οὔτε: οὔτε νόσοι τῇ ἱερᾷ αὐτῶν γενεᾷ οὔτε ὀλέθριον γῆρας μέμικται, μόχθων δὲ καὶ μάχης μακράν εἰσι, τὴν παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον ἐκφεύγοντες ὕβριν.

b. οἱονεὶ οὐκ ἄδικα πράττοντες καὶ μέμψιν ὑφίστανται παρὰ θεῶν.

65 τόδʼ ἔζευξεν ἅρμα Πιερίδων τετράορον, σ265

and yoked this four-horse chariot of the Pierian Muses, a friend for a friend, going gladly arm in arm.

Scholia ad vv. 65–65 (2 entries)

ad v. 65

a. πόνων δὲ καὶ μαχᾶν ἄτερ: ἐφ᾿ οἷς οὔτε νεμεσῶσιν αὐτοῖς οἱ θεοὶ, ἀλλὰ φυγόντες τὴν ὑπὲρ τὸ δίκαιον νέμεσιν οἰκοῦσι χωρὶς πόνων.

b. οὐ γὰρ ἀδικοῦσιν ἀλλήλους, ἀλλὰ πεφεύγασι τὴν διὰ τὸ παρὰ τὸ δίκαιόν τι πράσσειν νέμεσιν, τουτέστι μέμψιν.

66 φιλέων φιλέοντʼ, ἄγων ἄγοντα προφρόνως.

His noble brethren also will we praise, for that they exalt and make great the Thessalians' commonwealth. For in the hands of good men lieth the good piloting of the cities wherein their fathers ruled.

67–69

 πειρῶντι δὲ καὶ χρυσὸς ἐν βασάνῳ πρέπει
 καὶ νόος ὀρθός. σ2
 ἀδελφεοὺς Ἔτʼ ἐπαινήσομεν ἐσλούς, ὅτι

Gold shows its nature when it is tried by the touchstone, and so does a right-thinking mind. We shall further praise his noble brothers, because

Scholia ad vv. 67–69 (2 entries)

ad v. 68

a. ὑπέρδικον Νέμεσιν: ὅτι ὑπερδικαιοῖ καὶ κολάζει τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ἡ Νέμεσις.

b. θρασείᾳ δὲ πνέων καρδίᾳ: τῇ γενναίᾳ δὲ πνευστιῶν ψυχῇ ὁ Περσεὺς εἰς αὐτοὺς παρεγένετο, εἰς δὲ τὸ τῶν μακαρίων ἀνδρῶν ἔθνος παραγινομένῳ αὐτῷ προκαθηγεῖτο ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ.

70–72

 ὑψοῦ φέροντι νόμον Θεσσαλῶν
 αὔξοντες· ἐν δʼ ἀγαθοῖσι κεῖνται
 πατρώϊαι κεδναὶ πολίων κυβερνάσιες. σ34

they exalt and strengthen the traditional laws of the Thessaliaaans; the good piloting of states, handed from father to son, rests in the hands of noble men.

Scholia ad vv. 70–72 (34 entries)

ad v. 72

a. ἔπεφνέ τε Γοργόνα: ἡ ἱστορία ἐστὶ τοιαύτη. ὅτε ὁ πάππος Ἀκρίσιος ἀποκυήσασαν τὸν Περσέα τὴν Δανάην λάθρα ᾔσθετο, τότε ἐνείρξας αὐτὴν εἰς κιβωτὸν μετὰ τοῦ παιδὸς καθῆκεν εἰς τὸ πέλαγος, καὶ προσηνέχθη ἡ κιβωτὸς Σερίφῳ τῇ νήσῳ, ἧς Πολυδέκτης ἐβασίλευε. καί ποτε ἀνδρωθέντος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἑστιωμένου παρὰ τῷ Πολυδέκτῃ, παρ᾿ ἑτέρων ἕτερα εἰσφερόντων εἰς τὸν ἔρανον αὐτὸς τὴν τῆς Γοργόνος κεφαλὴν ὑπέσχετο· ὁ δὲ Πολυδέκτης εὔκαιρον πρόφασιν λαβὼν τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν ἀπῄτει αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξήλαυνε τῆς νήσου πρὸς τὸ κομίσαι τὴν κεφαλήν· ἤρα γὰρ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ. ὁ δὲ ἀπελθὼν καὶ τεμὼν τῆς Γοργόνος τὴν κεφαλὴν εἰσήνεγκεν εἰς τὸν ἔρανον, καὶ πάντας ἀπελίθωσε τοὺς ἐν τῷ συμποσίῳ καὶ αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Πολυδέκτην.

b. ἄλλως· ἀνεῖλε μὲν τὴν Γοργόνα...... πῶς δὲ εἰς Ὑπερβορέους ἦλθεν ὁ Περσεὺς ἐπὶ τῷ ἀποτεμεῖν τὴν κεφαλὴν τῆς Γοργόνος; οἱ γὰρ Ὑπερβόρεοι πρὸς τοῖς Ἐρυθραίοις μέρεσι καὶ Ἀρκτῴοις οἰκοῦσιν, αἱ δὲ Γοργόνες κατὰ μέν τινας ἐν τοῖς Αἰθιοπικοῖς, ἅ ἐστι πρὸς ἀνατολὴν καὶ μεσημβρίαν, κατὰ δέ τινας ἐπὶ τῶν περάτων τῆς Λιβύης, ἅ ἐστι πρὸς δύσιν. ὅτι δὲ αἱ Γοργόνες οὐκ εἰσὶ πρὸς Ἄρκτους, δῆλον· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἱστόρησεν.

a. δρακόντων: λείπει ἡ μετά, ἵν᾿ ᾖ μετὰ δρακόντων. [Drachmann ad v. 74]

b. νασιώταις δὲ τοῖς Σεριφίοις· ἡ δὲ Σέριφος νῆσος περὶ Αἴγιναν. [Drachmann ad v. 74]

a. ἐμοὶ δὲ θαυμάσαι: οὔτε θαυμάσιον οὔτε ἄπιστον οὐδὲν ἐμοὶ φαίνεται τῶν ὑπὸ θεῶν γινομένων. Ὅμηρος (κ 306)· θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα δύνανται. [Drachmann ad v. 76]

b. ἄλλως· ἐμοὶ δὲ ὥστε θαυμάσαι οὐδὲν εἶναι ἄπιστον φαίνεται θεῶν καταπραξαμένων. [Drachmann ad v. 76]

a. ταχὺ δ᾿ ἄγκυραν: ἐπειδὴ κωλύει τὰς ναῦς ἐξοκέλλειν ἐπὶ τὰς πέτρας· οἷον ἀλέξησιν τῆς πέτρας, ὅπως σώσῃ τὴν πρῴραν ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

b. ἄλλως· ἐπιτιμᾷ ἑαυτῷ ὁ Πίνδαρος ὡς πολλῇ χρησαμένῳ τῇ παρεκβάσει, καὶ τροπικῶς προάγεται τὸν λόγον ὡς ἐπὶ νεώς. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

c. παῦσον τὴν κώπην, ταχέως δὲ τὴν ἄγκυραν ἀπὸ τῆς πρῴρας τῇ γῇ κατέρεισον καὶ κάθες, οὖσαν τὴν ἄγκυραν βοήθημα καὶ ἀλέξημα τῆς χοιράδος πέτρας. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

a. χοιράδος ἀλκάν: χοιράδες λέγονται πέτραι αἱ ὕφαλοι, ὑφ᾿ ὧν καχλάζει τὸ κῦμα καὶ λανθάνειν αὐτὰς ὑποκειμένας παρασκευάζει, ὥστε λανθάνειν προσπλεούσας τὰς ναῦς. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

b. τὸ δὲ πρῴραθεν, ὅτι ἐκ τῆς πρῴρας καθίενται αἱ ἄγκυραι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

a. ἔλπομαι δ᾿ Ἐφυραίων: σφόδρα ἐζητήθη, τίνας νῦν τοὺς Ἐφυραίους φησίν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἀγέστρατος τοὺς Κορινθίους φησίν· Ἔφυρα γὰρ ἡ Κόρινθος, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (Ζ 152)· ἔστι πόλις Ἐφύρη μυχῷ Ἄργεος ἱπποβότοιο· καὶ ἀποδίδωσι τὴν διάνοιαν οὕτως, ὅτι νικήσει ὁ νικηφόρος Ἴσθμια καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Κορινθίων ἀνυμνηθήσεται. γελοῖον δέ. τί γὰρ μᾶλλον, εἴπερ εὔχεται, μὴ τὸν Ὀλυμπιακὸν εὔχεται ἀγῶνα νικήσειν; τινὲς δὲ Ἐφυραίους τοὺς ἐν Θεσπρωτίᾳ ἤκουσαν, ἧς καὶ Ὅμηρος μνημονεύει (Β 659)· τὴν ἄγετ᾿ ἐξ Ἐφύρης ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος. ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος ἀμφὶ Πηνειόν φησιν αὐτούς· δῆλον δὲ δήπουθεν, ὡς ὁ Πηνειὸς τῆς Θεσσαλίας ἐστὶ, καὶ φαίνεται, ὅτι Ἐφυραίους οὔτε τοὺς ἐν Θεσπρωτίᾳ οὔτε τοὺς Κορινθίους φησί· ῥητέον οὖν, ὅτι τοὺς Κρανωνίους. Κρανὼν δὲ πόλις Θεσσαλίας· Θεσσαλὸς δὲ καὶ ὁ νικηφόρος. οὕτω δὲ πρότερον οἱ Κρανώνιοι Ἐφυραῖοι ἐκαλοῦντο. μαρτυρεῖ δὲ τούτῳ Κινέας. φησὶ γὰρ ἔρχεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῷ Κρανῶνι, καὶ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς Ἱπποδαμείας γάμον ἐν Πίσῃ. εἶτα ἐκεῖ καταστρέψαντα τὸν βίον οἱ Θεσσαλοὶ τὴν Ἔφυραν καλουμένην πόλιν, εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ τεθνηκότος, Κρανῶνα μετωνόμασαν. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

b. ἄλλως· ἔλπομαι δ᾿ Ἐφυραίων: ἐλπίζω δὲ τῶν Κρανωνίων τῶν περὶ τὸν Πηνειὸν ποταμὸν τὴν ἐμὴν ἡδεῖαν ᾠδὴν ᾀδόντων, ἔτι καὶ πλέον τὸν Ἱπποκλέα ἕνεκεν τῶν στεφάνων σὺν ταῖς ᾠδαῖς θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἐπίδοξον ἐν τοῖς ὁμήλιξι θεῖναι καὶ ἀποδεῖξαι, καὶ ἐν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις ἀνδράσι καὶ [ἐν] ταῖς νεωτέραις παρθένοις φροντίδα καὶ μέριμναν, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ θησέμεν. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

c. φατρία παρὰ Θεσσαλοῖς ἡ τῶν Ἐφυραίων. οἱ δὲ, ὅπερ κάλλιον, τοὺς Κρανωνίους ἤκουσαν· ἡ γὰρ Κρανὼν τὸ πρότερον Ἔφυρα ἐκαλεῖτο, τὸ ὕστερον δὲ μετωνομάσθη Κρανὼν ἀπό τινος βασιλεύσαντος Κρανῶνος καὶ ἀναιρεθέντος ὑπὸ Οἰνομάου μνηστευσαμένου τὴν Ἱπποδάμειαν. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

a. καὶ γὰρ ἑτέροισιν ἑτέρων ἔρως: οὐ γὰρ πάντες τῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμοῦμεν· οὗτος τοῦ ἀθλεῖν ἐφρόντισε καὶ ἐπεθύμησεν· αἱ δὲ παρθένοι διὰ τοὺς ἐμοὺς ὕμνους φροντίδα ἕξουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 93]

b. ἄλλως· ὁ λόγος· καὶ γὰρ ἄλλοις τισὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἄλλων πραγμάτων ἔρως ὑπεκίνησε τὰς φρένας. | καὶ οὗτος οὖν ἠράσθη τοῦ ἀθλεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 93]

a. τῶν δ᾿ ἕκαστος ὀρούει: τὴν μέριμνάν τις, περὶ ἧς ἕκαστος φροντίζει, τελειώσας ὑπὸ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον προσηνῶς διάγει. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

b. ἄλλως· ὡς ἂν δέ τις ὁρμᾷ καὶ ἐπιθυμῇ, τυχὼν τῆς παρὰ πόδας ἐπιθυμίας, ἡδίστην ἂν σχοίη τὴν μέριμναν, οἱονεὶ ἀμέριμνος λοιπόν ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

a. τὰ δ᾿ εἰς ἐνιαυτόν: τὰ δὲ μετ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν μέλλοντα προγνῶναι ἄδηλον καὶ ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 98]

a. πέποιθα ξενίᾳ προσανεῖ Θώρακος: Θώραξ εἷς τῶν Ἀλευαδῶν, ἑταῖρος τοῦ νικηφόρου, ὃς καὶ ἠξίωσε τὸν ποιητὴν ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ τοῦ ἑταίρου συντάξαι τὸν ἐπίνικον. [Drachmann ad v. 99]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· πεπίστευκα δὲ τῇ προσηνεῖ φιλίᾳ τοῦ Θώρακος, ὅστις τὴν ἐξ ἐμοῦ χάριν ἐπιθυμῶν τοῦτο τὸ τῶν Μουσῶν τέθριππον ἅρμα ἔζευξε· λέγει δὲ τὸν ὕμνον· ὅτι αὐτὸς ἔπεισε γράψαι τῷ νικηφόρῳ τὸν ἐπίνικον. [Drachmann ad v. 99]

a. τόδ᾿ ἔζευξεν ἅρμα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ζευχθῆναι ἐποίησεν. ἀλληγορικῶς δὲ τὸ ποίημα ἅρμα Πιερίδων. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

a. ἄγοντα προφ|ρόνως: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγόμενον· ἵν᾿ ᾖ· καὶ ἐμὲ αὐτὸν βουλόμενον καὶ ἑκουσίως ἀγόμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

b. ἄλλως· ἤτοι ἐπαγόμενός με πρὸς τὴν φιλίαν τοῦ ἀθλητοῦ ἐποίησέ με γράφειν τὸ ποίημα· ἢ τὸν ἀθλητὴν ἐπαγόμενος πρὸς τὴν φιλίαν μου ἐποίησέ με εἰς αὐτὸν γράφειν. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

a. πειρῶντι δέ: τῷ δὲ ἀποπειρωμένῳ καὶ δοκιμάζοντι ὁ χρυσὸς ἐν τῇ βασάνῳ διαπρέπει καὶ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ δείκνυσιν ἀνθηρὸν τῆς ὕλης. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

b. πειρῶντι δὲ καὶ χρυσὸς ἐν βασάνῳ πρέπει: ὥσπερ, φησὶ, τῷ πειράζοντι τῇ βασάνῳ ὁ χρυσὸς πρεπτός ἐστι, τουτέστιν ἐκπρεπὴς πότερον καλὸς ἢ κίβδηλός ἐστιν, οὕτω καὶ ὁ ὀρθὸς νοῦς ἐκ τῆς πείρας δοκιμάζεται. καὶ οὗτος οὖν κράτιστος ἐξήτασται ἐν φιλίᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

c. ἄλλως· [πειρῶντι δὲ καὶ χρυσός:] ἔξωθεν τὸ πείρᾳ δείκνυται. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

d. βάσανος δὲ λίθος ἐστὶ Λυδία, πρὸς ἣν ὁ χρυσὸς ἀκονώμενος διαπρέπει. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

e. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος· ὥσπερ ὁ χρυσὸς διὰ τῆς Λυδίας λίθου δοκιμάζεται, πείρᾳ καὶ ἔργῳ ὁ τῶν φίλων τρόπος. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

a. ἀδελφεούς τ᾿ ἐπαινήσομεν: τοὺς δὲ τοῦ Θώρακος ἀδελφοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ὄντας ἐγκωμιάσομεν, ὅτι τοὺς τῶν Θεσσαλῶν νόμους αὔξοντες εἰς ὕψος ἐπαίρουσιν, οἱονεὶ δικαίως ἄρχοντες ἐπαίρουσι τοὺς νόμους τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

a. ἐν δ᾿ ἀγαθοῖσι κεῖνται: ἔνθα, ἐν τῇ Θεσσαλίᾳ, ἀγαθοῖς οὖσι τοῖς Ἀλευάδαις αἱ πατρικαὶ καὶ ἔνδοξοι κυβερνήσεις καὶ διοικήσεις ἀπόκεινται. ἐκ δὲ τούτου, καὶ οἱ νόμοι τῶν πατέρων αὐτῶν ἐν Θεσσαλίᾳ ἀπόκεινται. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

b. τῷ γὰρ κεῖται ἀντὶ τοῦ κεῖνται συνήθως τῷ σχήματι κέχρηται. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

c. ἢ οὕτως· οἱ ἀγαθοὶ κυβερνῶσι τὰς ἑαυτῶν πατρίδας. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

d. τέλος Ἱπποκλέους. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 11

Pythian 11 — for Θρασυδαίῳ Θηβαίῳ

παιδὶ σταδιεῖ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 64 lines · 66 scholia parts

Argumentum (6 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen XI.

p2. Θρασυδαίῳ Θηβαίῳ παιδὶ σταδιεῖ.

p3. Τῆς ἑνδεκάτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐννέα. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ Ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον βραχὺ λελυμένον. τὸ ς΄ ἑφθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ ζ΄ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ θ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον.

p4. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἕξ. τὸ α΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ β΄ Φερεκράτειον ἀπὸ βραχειῶν ἀρξάμενον. τὸ γ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ περίοδος ἐξ ἰάμβων καὶ τροχαίων. τὸ ε΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν.

p5. Inscr.a. Γέγραπται ἡ ᾠδὴ Θρασυδαίῳ παιδὶ νικήσαντι κη΄ Πυθιάδα, καὶ λγ΄ δίαυλον ἢ στάδιον ἄνδρας. τὸ δὲ ἀγυιᾶτις ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ ἀγυιᾶτις, ὡς καὶ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (Γ 277)· Ἠέλιος ὃς πάντ᾿ ἐφορᾷς· καὶ (ρ 415)· δὸς φίλος. ἀγυιᾶτις οὖν ἀντὶ τοῦ σύνοικε.

p6. Inscr.b. ἄλλως· Θρασυδαίῳ Θηβαίῳ σταδιεῖ: γέγραπται μὲν ἡ ᾠδὴ τῷ προκειμένῳ νικήσαντι τὴν λγ΄ Πυθιάδα διαύλῳ. | οὐκ εἰς τὴν τοῦ διαύλου δὲ νίκην γράφει, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς τὴν τοῦ σταδίου. τῷ δὲ εἶναι Θηβαῖον τὸν Θρασυδαῖον τὰς ἀπαθανατισθείσας ἐν Θήβαις ἡρωΐδας ἐπικαλεῖται. προοιμιάζεται δὲ κατὰ τὸν προσαγορευτικὸν λόγον καὶ οὐχὶ κατὰ τὸν διηγηματικόν· πρὸς γὰρ αὐτὰς ἀποτείνεται, οὐχὶ δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει.

1–4

 Κάδμου κόραι, Σεμέλα μὲν Ὀλυμπιάδων ἀγυιᾶτις, σ1
 Ἰνώ τε Λευκοθέα ποντιᾶν ὁμοθάλαμε Νηρηΐδων,
 ἴτε σὺν Ἡρακλέος ἀριστογόνῳ
 ματρὶ πὰρ Μελίαν χρυσέων ἐς ἄδυτον τριπόδων

Daughters of Cadmus, Semele dwelling among the Olympians and Ino Leucothea, sharing the chamber of the Nereid sea-nymphs: come, with the mother of Heracles, greatest in birth, to the presence of Melia; come to the sanctuary of golden tripods,

Daughters of Kadmos, thou Semele whose goings are with the queens of Olympus, and thou Ino Leukothea who housest with the Nereids of the sea, come ye up with the mother of a mighty son, even of Herakles, unto the temple of M[)e]lia and into the holy place of the golden tripods, which beyond all others Loxias hath honoured, and named it the shrine Ismenian, a truthful seat of seers; where now, O children of Harmonia, he calleth the whole heroic sisterhood of the soil to assemble themselves together, that of holy Themis and of Pytho and the Earth-navel of just judgments ye may sing at early evening, doing honour to seven-gated Thebes, and to the games at Kirrha, wherein Thrasydaios hath made his father's house glorious by casting thereon a third wreath for his victory in the rich cornlands of Pylades, who was the host of Lakonian Orestes.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (1 entry)

ad v. 1

a. Κάδμου κόραι: ὦ Κάδμου κόραι, Σεμέλη μὲν τῶν Ὀλυμπίων θεῶν σύνοικε, Ἰνὼ δὲ Νηρεΐδων, παραγίνεσθε σὺν τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ ἀριστογόνου Ἡρακλέους, φησὶ δὲ τῇ Ἀλκμήνῃ· παραγίνεσθε, ὦ ἡρωΐδες, εἰς τὴν Μελίαν καὶ τῶν τιμίων τριπόδων εἰς τὸν ἄδυτον ἀνθρώποις θησαυρόν, τὴν Μελίαν ἀκούομεν. τὸ δὲ ἄδυτον πρὸς τὸ ἄγαν σεπτόν.

5 θησαυρόν, ὃν περίαλλʼ ἐτίμασε Λοξίας, σ15

the treasure-house which Loxias honored above all

Scholia ad vv. 5–5 (1 entry)

ad v. 5

a. ἴτε σὺν Ἡρακλέος ἀριστογόνῳ: ἴτε εἰς τὸν ἄδυτον, ὅς ἐστι χρυσέων τριπόδων θησαυρός. πυκνῶς δὲ τίθησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος κατὰ τὸ ἀρσενικὸν τὸν ἄδυτον. προσκαλεῖται δὲ τὰς Θήβησιν ἡρωΐδας εἰς τὸ Ἰσμήνιον ἥκειν, ἐν ᾧ τὸ τοῦ Τηνέρου ἱερόν ἐστι χρηστήριον. τριπόδων δὲ εἶπε θησαυρὸν τὸ Ισμήνιον διὰ τὸ αὐτόθι πολλοὺς ἀνακεῖσθαι τρίποδας· οἱ γὰρ Θηβαγενεῖς ἐτριποδοφόρουν ἐκεῖσε. ἡ δὲ Μελία Ἰσμηνοῦ ἀδελφὴ ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος φθαρεῖσα καὶ γεννήσασα Τήνερον, ἀφ᾿ οὗ ἐν Θήβαις Τηνερικὸν πεδίον.

6 Ἰσμήνιον δʼ ὀνύμαξεν, ἀλαθέα μαντίων θῶκον, σ1

Pytho and named the Ismenion, true seat of prophecy. Come, children of Harmonia, where even now he calls the native host of heroines to assemble, so that you may loudly sing of holy Themis and and the just

Scholia ad vv. 6–6 (1 entry)

ad v. 6

a. πὰρ Μελίαν χρυσέων: Μελία Ὠκεανοῦ θυγάτηρ, ἐξ ἦς καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος Τήνερος ὁ μάντις, ὃς παρ᾿ Ἰσμηνῷ τῷ ποταμῷ ἐμαντεύετο. καὶ αὐτόθι μαντεῖόν ἐστιν, ὃ Ἰσμήνιον καλεῖται, ἔστι δὲ καὶ πηγὴ ὁμώνυμος τῇ ἡρωΐδι.

7–9

 ὦ παῖδες Ἁρμονίας, ἔνθα καί νυν ἐπίνομον ἡρωΐδων
 στρατὸν ὁμαγερέα καλεῖ συνίμεν, σ1
 ὄφρα Θέμιν ἱερὰν Πυθῶνά τε καὶ ὀρθοδίκαν

Orestes, on the murder of his father, Arsinoë his nurse saved from the violent hands of Klytaimnestra and out of the ruinous treason, what time the daughter of Dardanid Priam, Kassandra, was by the glittering bronze in company with Agamemnon's soul sped to the shadowy shore of Acheron by the woman who had no pity.

Scholia ad vv. 7–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 8

a. ὃν περίαλλ᾿ ἐτίμασεν: ὅντινα τὸν ἄδυτον θησαυρὸν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἐξόχως ἐτίμησε καὶ ὠνόμασεν αὐτὸν Ἰσμήνιον μαντεῖον, καὶ ἀληθέστατον θῶκον ὄντα τὸν ἄδυτον θησαυρὸν, τουτέστι τὸ Ἰσμήνιον μαντεῖον, ἀληθῆ τῶν μαντευμάτων καθέδραν.

10 γᾶς ὀμφαλὸν κελαδήσετʼ ἄκρᾳ σὺν ἑσπέρᾳ,10

navel of the earth, at the edge of evening,

11–13

 ἑπταπύλοισι Θήβαις
 χάριν ἀγῶνί τε Κίρρας, σ6
 ἐν τῷ Θρασυδαῖος ἔμνασεν ἑστίαν

Cirrha in honor of seven-gated Thebes and the contest at, in which Thrasydaeus caused his ancestral hearth to be remembered by flinging over it a third wreath

Scholia ad vv. 11–13 (6 entries)

ad v. 12

a. ὦ παῖδες Ἁρμονίας: Σεμέλη καὶ Ἰνὼ, ἃς κατὰ τὸ προοίμιον ἐκάλεσεν.

b. ἔνθα καὶ νῦν ἐπίνομον: εἰς τὸ Ἰσμήνιον καλεῖ συνέρχεσθαι τὸν ἐπίνομον τῶν ἡρωΐδων στρατόν.

c. ἐπίνομον δὲ στρατὸν εἶπε τὰς ἐπινεμομένας καὶ ἐποπτευούσας τὰς Θήβας.

d. ἢ ἐπίνομον τὸν σύννομον ταῖς Θήβαις, τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ νομοῦ καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπινομῆς.

e. τίς δὲ καλεῖ; ἤτοι ὁ Ἀπόλλων καλεῖ διὰ τὴν νίκην, ἢ καὶ ἡ Μελία, ὅπερ καὶ βέλτιον· θήλεια γὰρ θηλείας εὐλόγως συγκαλεῖ.

f. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· καὶ νῦν ἐνταῦθα, ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος, τῶν ἐντοπίων ἡρωΐδων συνηθροισμένων τὸ πλῆθος προσκαλεῖται προσελθεῖν ἤτοι ὁ νικηφόρος ἢ ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ἢ ἡ Μελία, ὃ καὶ βέλτιον· | θήλεια γὰρ οὖσα εἰκότως τὰς ἡρωΐδας προσκαλεῖται.

14 τρίτον ἐπὶ στέφανον πατρῴαν βαλών,

Did then the slaughter of Iphigenia far from her own land on Euripos' shore so sting her mother to the arousal of a wrath of grievous act? Or had nocturnal loves misguided her, in thraldom to a paramour's embrace? a sin in new-wed brides most hateful, and that cannot be hidden for the talk of stranger tongues: for the citizens repeat the shame. For prosperity must sustain an envy equalling itself: but concerning the man of low place the rumour is obscure.

15–16

15 ἐν ἀφνεαῖς ἀρούραισι Πυλάδα σ315

16 νικῶν ξένου Λάκωνος Ὀρέστα.

as a victor in the rich fields of Pylades, the friend of Laconian Orestes,

Scholia ad vv. 15–16 (3 entries)

ad v. 15

a. ὄφρα Θέμιν ἱεράν: εἰς τοῦτο συγκαλεῖται, ἵνα ὑμνήσωσι τὴν Θέμιν καὶ τὴν Πυθώ.

b. Θέμιδος ἦν τὸ χρηστήριον, ὅθεν καὶ τὸ θεμιστεύειν.

c. ἄλλως· ὅπως ἂν τὴν ἱερὰν Θέμιν καὶ τὴν Πυθῶνα καὶ τὸν ὄντα ὀμφαλὸν τῆς γῆς ὑμνήσητε σὺν παννυχίσι, χάριν κατατιθέμεναι ταῖς ἑπταπύλοις Θήβαις καὶ τῷ τῆς Κίρρας ἀγῶνι.

17–19

 τὸν δὴ φονευομένου πατρὸς Ἀρσινόα Κλυταιμνήστρας
 χειρῶν ὕπο κρατερᾶν ἐκ δόλου τροφὸς ἄνελε δυσπενθέος,
 ὁπότε Δαρδανίδα κόραν Πριάμου

Arsinoe who indeed, when his father was murdered, was taken by his nurse from the strong hands and bitter deceit of Clytaemnestra, when she sent the Dardanian daughter of Priam,

20–21

20 Κασσάνδραν πολιῷ χαλκῷ σὺν Ἀγαμεμνονίᾳ20

21 ψυχᾷ πόρευσʼ Ἀχέροντος ἀκτὰν παρʼ εὔσκιον σ3

Acheron Cassandra, together with the soul of Agamemnon, to the shadowy bank of with her gray blade of bronze,

Thus died the hero himself, the son of Atreus, when after long time he came unto famous Amyklai, and drew down with him to death the maiden prophetess, after that he consumed with fire the Trojans' habitations of softness.

Scholia ad vv. 20–21 (3 entries)

ad v. 21

a. ἐν τῷ Θρασυδαῖος ἔμνασεν: ἐν ᾧ, τῷ τῆς Κιρρας ἀγῶνι, φησὶ δὲ τῷ Πυθικῷ, ἐπιβαλὼν τρίτον στέφανον τὴν πατρικὴν μνήμην ἤγαγε τῶν πατρικῶν κατορθωμάτων, νικῶν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τοῦ Πυλάδου τοῦ φίλου τοῦ Λάκωνος Ὀρέστου.

b. ἄλλως· ἐν τῷ προκειμένῳ ἀγῶνι τῆς Κίρρας, ἐν τοῖς Πυθίοις, ἀνέμνησε τὴν πατρῴαν ἑστίαν τῶν νικῶν, ἐπιβάλλων αὐτῇ τὸν στέφανον.

c. τρίτον δὲ εἶπεν ὡς ἢ πατρὸς ἢ προγόνου τινὸς αὐτοῦ νενικηκότος· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἅπαξ ἀναγράφεται Πύθια νικήσας.

22–24

 νηλὴς γυνά. πότερόν νιν ἄρʼ Ἰφιγένειʼ ἐπʼ Εὐρίπῳ σ1
 σφαχθεῖσα τῆλε πάτρας ἔκνισεν βαρυπάλαμον ὄρσαι χόλον; σ2
 ἢ ἑτέρῳ λέχεϊ δαμαζομέναν

the pitiless woman. Was it Iphigeneia, slaughtered at the Euripus far from her fatherland, that provoked her to raise the heavy hand of her anger? Or was she vanquished by another bed

Scholia ad vv. 22–24 (3 entries)

ad v. 22

a. τρίτον ἐπὶ στέφανον πατρῴαν βαλὼν ἐν ἀφνεαῖς ἀρούραις: ὅτι τὴν Φωκίδα χώραν ἀφνεὰν ἄρουραν Πυλάδου εἴρηκε· τῆς γὰρ Φωκίδος ἡ Πυθὼν, ἧς Στρόφιος ὁ πατὴρ Πυλάδου ἐβασίλευσε· καὶ ὅτι τὸ ξένου Λάκωνος Ὀρέστα τοιοῦτον· ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τοῦ Πυλάδου, ὅστις ἦν τοῦ Λάκωνος Ὀρέστου ξένος. τὸ δὲ τρίτον ἐπὶ στέφανον, οὐχ ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ νικηφόρος τρεῖς ἔσχε νίκας, ἀλλ᾿ ἀναγέγραπται ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ Ὀλυμπιονίκης γεγονὼς, καὶ αὐτὸς εὐτυχήσας ὅτι τὰς πάσας τρεῖς ὑπέδειξεν αὐτῷ γεγονέναι καὶ τῷ πατρί.

ad v. 23

a. ἐν ἀφνεαῖς ἀρούραις: ταῖς τῆς Φωκίδος· ἧς ἡ Πυθώ· ἧς Στρόφιος ὁ πατὴρ Πυλάδου ἐβασίλευσεν.

b. ἄριστα ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸ ἐγκώμιον εἰργάσατο· ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἑξῆς σφόδρα ἀκαίρῳ παρεκβάσει ἐχρήσατο.

25 ἔννυχοι πάραγον κοῖται; τὸ δὲ νέαις ἀλόχοις σ325

and led astray by their nightly sleeping together? This is the most hateful error for young brides, and is impossible to conceal

Scholia ad vv. 25–25 (3 entries)

ad v. 25

a. τὸν δὴ φονευομένου πατρός: ἀνείλετο ἡ τροφὸς Ἀρσινόη τὸν Ὀρέστην φονευομένου τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπὸ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας.

b. ἰδίως δέ φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος Ἀρσινόην εἶναι τὴν Ὀρέστου τροφόν· Φερεκύδης (FHG I p. 94) δὲ Λαοδάμειαν λέγων αὐτὴν τὸν ταύτης παῖδά φησιν ἀνῃρῆσθαι ὑπὸ Αἰγίσθου νομιζόμενον Ὀρέστην εἶναι· τὸν δὲ Ὀρέστην ἐκκλαπέντα εἶναι τριῶν ἐτῶν, ὡς Ἡρόδωρος ἐν Πελοπείᾳ (FHG II p. 41).

c. ἄλλως· ὅντινα τὸν Ὀρέστην φονευομένου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἀρσινόη ἡ τροφὸς ἐκ τῶν Κλυταιμνήστρας χειρῶν καὶ τοῦ κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ δόλου σκευωρουμένου ὑπεξέκλεψεν, ὅτε ἡ ἀνηλεὴς γυνὴ τὴν τοῦ Δαρδάνου παιδὸς Πριάμου θυγατέρα Κασάνδραν τῷ πολιῷ ξίφει σὺν τῇ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ψυχῇ ἔπεμπε παρὰ τὴν εὔσκιον τοῦ Ἀχέροντος ἀκτήν. μετέπεσε δὲ εἰς τὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον.

26 ἔχθιστον ἀμπλάκιον καλύψαι τʼ ἀμάχανον

And thus Orestes, in the tenderness of his youth, came and was the guest of the old man Strophios, who dwelt at the foot of Parnassos: but with long-tarrying sword he slew his mother, and left Aigisthos' body in its blood.

27–29

 ἀλλοτρίαισι γλώσσαις·
 κακολόγοι δὲ πολῖται.
 ἴσχει τε γὰρ ὄλβος οὐ μείονα φθόνον·

because other people will talk. Citizens are apt to speak evil, for prosperity brings with it envy as great as itself.

30–32

 ὁ δὲ χαμηλὰ πνέων ἄφαντον βρέμει.
 θάνεν μὲν αὐτὸς ἥρως Ἀτρεΐδας
 ἵκων χρόνῳ κλυταῖς ἐν Ἀμύκλαις,

But the man who breathes close to the ground roars unseen. He himself died, the heroic son of Atreus, when at last he returned to famous Amyclae,

33–34

33 μάντιν τʼ ὄλεσσε κόραν, ἐπεὶ ἀμφʼ Ἑλένᾳ πυρωθέντων

34 Τρώων ἔλυσε δόμους ἁβρότατος. ὁ δʼ ἄρα γέροντα ξένον σ1

and he caused the destruction of the prophetic girl, when he had robbed of their opulent treasures the houses of the Trojans, set on fire for Helen«s sake. And his young son went to the friend of the family, the old man

Verily, my friends, by triple roads of interchanging ways I have wound about, though heretofore I had kept on a straight track. Or hath some wind blown me out of my course, as when it bloweth a boat upon the sea? But thine it is, my Muse, since thou for reward didst promise the loan thereof, to raise thy voice for silver now on this tale, now on that, so that for this time at least it is on behalf either of Thrasydaios or of his sire who conquered at Pytho: for of both are the joy and glory burning lights.

Scholia ad vv. 33–34 (1 entry)

ad v. 34

a. πότερόν νιν: ἐπιζητεῖ δύο αἰτίας, δι᾿ ἃς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ἀνεῖλε, καί φησι· πότερον ἄρα ἡ Ἰφιγένεια ἡ παῖς αὐτῆς μακρὰν τῆς πατρίδος ἐν τῷ Εὐρίπῳ σφαγεῖσα ἐλύπησεν αὐτὴν καὶ ἐκίνησεν, ὥστε τὴν ὀργὴν ταύτην ἔχουσαν βαρύτατον τὸ ἐπιχείρημα ἄρασθαι, καὶ τολμῆσαι τοσοῦτον, ὡς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ὁρμῆσαι σφαγήν· ἢ ἑτέρῳ αὐτὴν ἀνδρὶ μισγομένην αἱ νυκτεριναὶ τῆς μοιχείας συνουσίαι παρήγαγον κατὰ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ὥστε αὐτὸν φονεῦσαι σὺν δόλῳ;

35–37

 Στρόφιον ἐξίκετο, νέα κεφαλά,
 Παρνασοῦ πόδα ναίοντʼ· ἀλλὰ χρονίῳ σὺν Ἄρει
 πέφνεν τε ματέρα θῆκέ τʼ Αἴγισθον ἐν φοναῖς.

Parnassus Strophius, who dwelled at the foot of. But at last, with the help of Ares, he killed his mother and laid Aegisthus low in blood.

38 ἦ ῥʼ, ὦ φίλοι, κατʼ ἀμευσιπόρους τριόδους ἐδινήθην,

My friends, I was whirled off the track at a shifting fork in the road, although I had been traveling on a straight path before. Or did some wind throw me off course,

39 ὀρθὰν κέλευθον ἰὼν τὸ πρίν· ἤ μέ τις ἄνεμος ἔξω πλόου

Of old for victories in the chariot-race they had bright glory at Olympia in the famous games for the swiftness of their steeds: and now have they gone down among the naked runners in the stadion, and have put to rebuke the host of the Hellenes by their speed.

40–42

 ἔβαλεν, ὡς ὅτʼ ἄκατον εἰναλίαν; σ2
 Μοῖσα, τὸ δὲ τεόν, εἰ μισθοῖο συνέθευ παρέχειν
 φωνὰν ὑπάργυρον, ἄλλοτʼ ἄλλᾳ ταρασσέμεν

like a skiff on the sea? Muse, it is your task, if you undertook to lend your voice for silver, to let it flit now this way, now that:

Scholia ad vv. 40–42 (2 entries)

ad v. 40

a. τὸ δὴ νέαις ἀλόχοις: ὅπερ, τὸ τῆς μοιχείας ἁμάρτημα, ἐπικαλύψαι ταῖς ἀλλοτρίαις γλώσσαις ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν· λαθεῖν τοὺς ἔξω, ἢ μαθόντας τοὺς ἔξωθεν ἀποσιωπῆσαι ἀδύνατόν ἐστι πρᾶγμα. οἱ γὰρ ἀλλότριοι λαλοῦσι· | κατὰ φύσιν γὰρ λοίδοροί εἰσιν οἱ πολῖται.

b. ἄλλως· ὅπερ, τὸ ὑπὸ ἄλλῳ ἀνδρὶ μοιχεύεσθαι, ταῖς νέαις γυναιξὶν ἐχθρότατον ἁμάρτημά ἐστιν.

43–44

43 ἢ πατρὶ Πυθονίκῳ

44 τό γέ νυν ἢ Θρασυδαίῳ·

now to the father, who was a Pythian victor, now to his son Thrasydaeus.

45–48

 τῶν εὐφροσύνα τε καὶ δόξʼ ἐπιφλέγει. σ2
 ἐν τὰ μὲν ἅρμασι καλλίνικοι πάλαι, σ3
 Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἀγώνων πολυφάτων σ2
 ἔσχον θοὰν ἀκτῖνα σὺν ἵπποις· σ1

Olympia Their joyfulness and renown shine brightly. With their chariots they were victorious long ago; they captured the swift radiance of the famous games at with their horses.

God grant me to desire things honourable, seeking things possible in my life's prime.

Scholia ad vv. 45–48 (8 entries)

ad v. 45

a. ἴσχει τε γὰρ ὄλβος οὐ μείονα φθόνον: ἤδη καὶ τῶν ὑπερεχόντων μᾶλλον ἰδίως ἅπτονται γὰρ οὗτοι. τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα, ὅτι ἐπιφανὴς ὢν ἐφθονήθη.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἔχει γὰρ ἡ εὐτυχία οὐ μικρὸν φθόνον, ὅτι ἀεὶ τοῖς εὐτυχοῦσι βασκαίνουσιν οἱ ἔξωθεν.

ad v. 46

a. ὁ δὲ χαμηλὰ πνέων: ὁ δὲ ταπεινὰ καὶ οἰκτρὰ πνέων, τουτέστιν ὁ εὐτελὴς καὶ πένης ἀφώνως ἠχεῖ, οἷον ζῇ· διὰ γὰρ τὴν πενίαν εὐτελής τις ὢν καὶ ἀφανής ἐστιν.

b. ἄλλως· ὁ δὲ ταπεινὸς οὐκ ἐν φανερῷ βρέμει.

c. τὸ δὲ χ΄ ὅτι χαμηλὰ τὰ ταπεινὰ εἴρηκεν.

ad v. 47

a. θάνε μὲν αὐτὸς ἥρως: ἀπέθανε μὲν οὖν αὐτὸς ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων χρόνῳ πολλῷ παραγεγονώς ποτε ἐν Λακεδαίμονι, καὶ τὴν μάντιν ἀπολέσθαι πεποίηκε κόρην Κασάνδραν· αἴτιος γὰρ αὐτὸς τοῦ ὑπὸ Κλυταιμνήστρας ἀποθανεῖν αὐτὴν γέγονεν.

b. ἄλλως· παραγεγονὼς δὲ εἰς Λακεδαίμονα ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων ἀποτέθνηκεν, ἐπειδὴ περὶ τῇ Ἑλένῃ μαχόμενος συμφλεχθείσης τῆς Τροίας καὶ τῶν ἐνοικούντων Τρώων, διέλυσε τοὺς οἰκους τῆς εὐδαιμονίας, ἀντὶ τοῦ τοὺς πλουσίους οἴκους κατεστρέψατο.

ad v. 48

a. Ἀμύκλαις; κατὰ μέν τινας πόλις, κατὰ δέ τινας δῆμος Λακωνικῆς.

49 Πυθοῖ τε γυμνὸν ἐπὶ στάδιον καταβάντες ἤλεγξαν

Pytho And at, when they entered the naked footrace, they put to shame

50 Ἑλλανίδα στρατιὰν ὠκύτατι. θεόθεν ἐραίμαν καλῶν,50

the Hellenic host with their speed. May I desire fine things from the gods, seeking what is possible at my time of life. For I have found that those of middle rank in a city flourish with longer prosperity, and I find fault with the lot of tyrannies.

51–53

 δυνατὰ μαιόμενος ἐν ἁλικίᾳ. σ1
 τῶν γὰρ ἂμ πόλιν εὑρίσκων τὰ μέσα μακροτέρῳ
 ὄλβῳ τεθαλότα, μέμφομʼ αἶσαν τυραννίδων· σ1

The middle course I find to prosper most enduringly in the commonwealth, and a state of tyranny I condemn. On well-doing for the common good I bestow my pains: so are the envious baffled, if one hath excelled in such acts to the uttermost, and bearing it modestly hath shunned the perilous reproach of insolence: so also at the end shall he find black death more gracious unto him, to his dear children leaving the best of possessions, even the glory of an honourable name.

Scholia ad vv. 51–53 (2 entries)

ad v. 51

a. ἁβρότατος: τῆς εὐδαιμονίας, τῆς τρυφῆς. (49.) ἀπὸ δὲ κοινοῦ τὸ ἵκων.

ad v. 53

a. νέᾳ κεφαλᾷ: ἀντὶ τοῦ νέος ὢν ἔτι. ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης, φησὶν, ἔτι νεώτερος ὢν τὰς τῆς μητρὸς ἀποφεύγων χεῖρας πρὸς Στρόφιον τὸν Πυλάδου πατέρα παρεγένετο, οἰκοῦντα πρὸς τὸ ἔσχατον τοῦ Παρνασοῦ.

54 ξυναῖσι δʼ ἀμφʼ ἀρεταῖς τέταμαι. φθονεροὶ δʼ ἀμύνονται

I am intent upon common excellences. The evil workings of envy are warded off,

55–57

 ἆται, εἴ τις ἄκρον ἑλὼν ἁσυχᾶ τε νεμόμενος αἰνὰν ὕβριν σ1
 ἀπέφυγεν· μέλανος ἂν ἐσχατιὰν
 στείχοι καλλίονα θανάτου, γλυκυτάτᾳ γενεᾷ

if a man who attains the summit and dwells in peace escapes dread arrogance. Such a man would go to the farthest shore of a dark death that is finer when he leaves to his sweetest offspring the grace of a good name, the best of possessions.

Scholia ad vv. 55–57 (1 entry)

ad v. 55

a. ἀλλὰ χρόνῳ σὺν Ἄρει: ἀλλὰ χρόνῳ ποτὲ ἡβήσας ὁ Ὀρέστης καὶ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι παραγεγονὼς τῷ ξίφει ἀνεῖλε τὴν μητέρα, καὶ τὸν Αἴγισθον ἔθηκεν ἐν φοναῖς. φοναὶ δὲ οἱ τόποι εἰς οὓς φονεύονται καλοῦνται. Ὅμηρος (Κ 521)· ἐν ἀργαλέῃσι φονῇσιν.

58 εὐώνυμον κτεάνων κρατίσταν χάριν πορών. σ4

This it is that beareth abroad the name of Iolaos in song, and the names of the mighty Kastor and of thee, king Polydeukes, ye sons of gods, who one day in Therapnai and the next in Olympus have your dwelling-place.

Scholia ad vv. 58–58 (4 entries)

ad v. 58

a. ἦ ῥ᾿, ὦ φίλοι, κατ᾿ ἀμευσίπορον: συνῄσθηται καὶ αὐτὸς ἀκαίρῳ παρεκβάσει κεχρημένος καί φησι γοῦν· ἆρα, ὦ φίλοι, ἐπλανήθην τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ πρότερον ὀρθὴν πορευόμενος [ὁδὸν], ἢ ἄνεμός με τοῦ πλοῦ παρέσφηλεν; ἀμευσίπορον δὲ, ἣν ἀμειβόμεθα καὶ ἀνύομεν καὶ μὴ κατὰ πλάνην παρεκτρεπόμενοι πορευόμεθα. διὸ ἀπέστρεψε τὸν λόγον πρὸς τὴν Μοῦσαν καί φησιν· εἰ συνέθου καὶ μισθὸν ἔλαβες, ἵν᾿ ἐγκωμιάσῃς τὸν νικηφόρον, δέον ἐστὶ τὸν ὕμνον ἄλλοτε ἄλλῃ μετάγειν, ἢ περὶ τοῦ Θρασυδαίου τι λέγοντας ἢ περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ Πυθιονίκου. ὑπάργυρος γάρ ἐστιν ἡ φωνὴ καὶ ἔμμισθος, ὥστε οὐ δεῖ παρεκβαίνειν καὶ περὶ ἄλλων λέγειν, μισθὸν εἰληφότα.

b. ἄλλως· ὥσπερ ἐπιπλήττει ἑαυτῷ ὁ Πίνδαρος ἀκαίρῳ παρεκβάσει χρησάμενος.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ναὶ δὴ, ὦ φίλοι, κατ᾿ ἀμευσίπορον ὁδὸν ἐπλανήθην εὐθεῖαν τὸ πρότερον πορευόμενος· | ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐσφάλην τοῦ δέοντος παρεκβάσει χρησάμενος.

d. κατὰ τρίοδον δὲ πεπλανῆσθαι, ἐπειδὴ δοκεῖ ὁ ἀπ᾿ εὐθείας ἐν τριόδῳ παραγενόμενος ἀπορεῖν, ὁποίαν ὀφείλει βαδίσαι.

59 ἅ τε τὸν Ἰφικλείδαν

Such is the grace that spreads abroad the fame of the son of Iphicles,

60–64

 διαφέρει Ἰόλαον σ1
 ὑμνητὸν ἐόντα, καὶ Κάστορος βίαν,
 σέ τε, ἄναξ Πολύδευκες, υἱοὶ θεῶν,
 τὸ μὲν παρʼ ἆμαρ ἕδραισι Θεράπνας, σ1
 τὸ δʼ οἰκέοντας ἔνδον Ὀλύμπου. σ18

Olympus Iolaus, whose praises are sung; and of the strength of Castor, and of you, lord Polydeuces, sons of the gods: you who dwell for one day at home in Therapne, and for the other in.

Scholia ad vv. 60–64 (20 entries)

ad v. 60

a. ἤ μέ τις ἄνεμος: ναὶ δὴ ἄνεμός μέ τις ἐξέρριψε τοῦ δέοντος πλοῦ καὶ ἐκπεσεῖν ἐποίησεν ὡς θαλαττίαν ναῦν.

ad v. 63

a. εἰ μισθῷ συνέθευ: εἰ δὲ ἀληθῶς, ὦ ἡμετέρα Μοῦσα, μισθοῦ καὶ ἀργυρίου τὴν σὴν φωνὴν ὑπέσχου παρασχεῖν, ἄλλοτε ἄλλα ὀφείλεις ἀνακινεῖν ἐγκώμια· ὀφείλεις δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀνακινεῖν τὸ ἐγκώμιον ἢ αὐτῷ τῷ πατρὶ τοῦ Πυθιονίκου ἢ αὐτῷ τῷ Θρασυδαίῳ, ὧν ἡ δόξα τῆς νίκης καὶ ἡ εὐφροσύνη πανταχοῦ διαλάμπει.

ad v. 64

a. ταρασσέμεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ τάρασσε, καὶ μετάφερε. [Drachmann ad v. 66]

b. λείπει τὸ ὀφείλεις. [Drachmann ad v. 66]

a. τὰ μὲν ἅρμασι: τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἅρμασι καὶ τεθρίππῳ σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις τὸ παλαιὸν καλλίνικοι γενόμενοι τῶν πολυθρυλλήτων ἀγώνων ἔσχον τὴν ταχεῖαν ἀκτῖνα καὶ λαμπηδόνα ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ· καὶ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ νικήσαντες ἀκτῖνα ἔσχον· καὶ τῇ Πυθοῖ δὲ κατελθόντες ἐπὶ τὸ γυμνὸν στάδιον ἀγωνίσασθαι, ἤλεγξαν τῇ τῶν ποδῶν ταχυτῆτι τὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὄχλον, παρὰ πάντας εὐδοκιμήσαντες μόνοι. [Drachmann ad v. 70]

a. πολυφάτων ἔσχον θοὰν ἀκτῖνα: οἱ μὲν πρόγονοι, φησὶν, αὐτοῦ ἔσχον Ὀλυμπικὰς νίκας, αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θρασυδαῖος ἐν τῇ Πυθοῖ στάδιον ἐνίκησε. τὸ δὲ τῷ Θρασυδαίῳ πεπραγμένον συλληπτικῶς ἐπὶ πάντων τέταχεν. [Drachmann ad v. 71]

a. θεόθεν ἐραίμαν: θεῶν δὲ βουλήσει ἔρωτα ἔχοιμι τῶν καλῶν, τὰ δυνατὰ ἐπιθυμῶν | ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ μοι ἀεὶ ἡλικίᾳ, τουτέστιν ἑκάστοτε. [Drachmann ad v. 76]

a. τῶν γὰρ ἀνὰ πόλιν: τῶν γὰρ κατὰ πόλιν, φησὶν, εὑρίσκων τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπὶ πλεῖστον χρόνον θάλλοντα, ὅσα τὸ ἄκρον οὐκ ἔχει τῆς εὐδαιμονίας, μέμφομαι τὰς τυραννίδας, μέμφομαι τοὺς τῆς ὑψηλῆς καὶ τυραννικῆς ἐπιθυμοῦντας τύχης. [Drachmann ad v. 78]

a. ξυναῖσιν: ἀντὶ τοῦ μέσαις, κοιναῖς καὶ συμμέτροις. [Drachmann ad v. 82]

b. τέταμαι· ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔγκειμαι, τεταμένην ἔχω τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 82]

c. ὅ ἐστι· περὶ ταῖς κοιναῖς καὶ συμμέτροις ἀρεταῖς καὶ εὐτυχίαις τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τεταμένην ἔχω. [Drachmann ad v. 82]

a. φθονεροὶ δ᾿ ἀμύνονται ἄτᾳ: οἱ δὲ φθονεροὶ τῇ ἑαυτῶν ἄτῃ καὶ βασκανίᾳ ἀμύνονται καὶ βλάπτονται, βασκαίνοντες εἴ τις τὸ τέλειον τῆς εὐδαιμονίας καὶ εὐτυχίας λαβὼν καὶ ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ καὶ εἰρήνῃ διάγων τὴν χαλεπὴν στάσιν καὶ ὕβριν ἀπέφυγε κατὰ τὴν τελευτὴν τοῦ θανάτου, ἀντὶ τοῦ μέχρι καὶ θανάτου δικαίως ἔζησε, καλλίονα καὶ ἐντιμότερον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀθάνατον τῶν ἑαυτοῦ κτημάτων χάριν τῇ ἰδίᾳ αὐτοῦ γενεᾷ παρεσχηκὼς καὶ καταλιπὼν, ἔξωθεν δόξαν καὶ τὴν μετὰ θάνατον ἑαυτοῦ εὐφημίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 83]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπειδὴ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις καλοῖς λυπούμενοι διαφθείρονται τηκόμενοι. (84 fin. B) [Drachmann ad v. 83]

c. ἢ οὕτω· τὸν δὲ ἄκρως εὐτυχοῦντα, κἂν μετὰ ἡσυχίας ζῇ μηδὲν παρασχὼν πρᾶγμα, ὅμως οἱ φθονεροὶ βασκαίνοντες βλάπτουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 83]

a. εἴ τις ἄκρον ἑλών: εἴ τις, φησὶν, ἄκρον καὶ τὸ πρωτεῖον ἔχει, οἱ φθονεροὶ τῇ ἄτῃ αὐτὸν ἀμύνονται, τουτέστι βλάπτουσιν (83 B)· διὸ βέλτιόν ἐστι τὴν μεσότητα σῴζειν ἐπὶ πάντων. [Drachmann ad v. 84]

a. μέλανος δ᾿ ἂν ἐσχατιάν: τοῦ θανάτου ἢ τοῦ ᾅδου. εἴ τις οὖν, φησὶν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὑβριστὴς καὶ τὸ ἄκρον ἔχει, καλλίονα τὸν θάνατον ἑαυτῷ περιποιησάμενος πάντων κτημάτων ἀπολείπει τῇ γενεᾷ αὐτοῦ τὴν εὐφημίαν. ταύτην γὰρ εἶπε κρατίστην κτημάτων χάριν· παντὸς γὰρ κτήματος κρείσσων ἐστὶν ἡ εὐφημία. [Drachmann ad v. 86]

b. τὴν ἐν τοῖς κτήμασι κρατιστεύουσαν εὐφημίαν· ταύτην γὰρ λέγει χάριν. [Drachmann ad v. 86]

a. ἄ τε τὸν Ἰφικλείδαν: ἥτις εὐδοξία ἔνδοξον ὄντα καὶ τὸν Ἰφικλέους παῖδα Ἰόλαον πανταχοῦ διάγει καὶ ἐπίσημον ποιεῖ, καὶ τὸν Κάστορα καὶ σὲ, ὧ δέσποτα Πολύδευκες, υἱοὶ θεῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ διάγει ἡ εὐφημία, ποτὲ μὲν παρ᾿ ἡμέραν ἐν ταῖς Λακωνικαῖς ὄντας καθέδραις, ποτὲ δὲ ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διὸς οἰκοῦντας. (fin. sch. E) [Drachmann ad v. 91]

a. πανταχοῦ διάγει καὶ ἐπίσημον ποιεῖ καὶ διαστέλλει. [Drachmann ad v. 92]

a. τὸ μὲν παρ᾿ ἆμαρ: τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου παραφράζει τὸ (λ 302)· ἄλλοτε μὲν ζώουσ᾿ ἑτερήμεροι, ἄλλοτε δ᾿ αὖτε τεθνᾶσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

PINDAR · PYTHIAN · ODE 12

Pythian 12 — for Μίδᾳ Ἀκραγαντίνῳ

αὐλητῇ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 32 lines · 47 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

p1. Scholia in Pythionicarum carmen XII.

p2. Μίδᾳ αὐλητῇ Ἀκραγαντίνῳ.

p3. Ἡ δωδεκάτη ᾠδὴ καὶ τελευταία μονοστροφική ἐστιν ἐκ κώλων ιδ΄. τὸ α΄ περίοδος δωδεκάσημος ἐκ σπονδείου καὶ πυρριχίου καὶ τροχαίου καὶ ἰάμβου. τὸ β΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ γ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ δ΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ πρώτῳ καὶ δευτέρῳ. τὸ ε΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ η΄ ἐξ Ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος καὶ χορίαμβου. τὸ θ΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ πρώτῳ καὶ δευτέρῳ. τὸ ι΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ προσοδιακὸν μιᾷ συλλαβῇ περιττεῦον, ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 79) Ἐρασμονίδη Χαρίλαε. τὸ ιβ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ιγ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν παρὰ τὴν τελευταίαν συλλαβήν. τὸ ιδ΄ Στησιχόρειον τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

p4. Inscr. Γέγραπται ἡ ᾠδὴ Μίδᾳ Ἀκραγαντίνῳ. οὗτος ἐνίκησε τὴν κδ΄ Πυθιάδα καὶ κε΄· φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ Παναθήναια νενικηκέναι. ἱστοροῦσι δέ τι ἴδιον σύμπτωμα συμβεβηκέναι περὶ τὸν αὐλητὴν τοῦτον· ἀγωνιζομένου γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἀνακλασθείσης τῆς γλωσσίδος ἀκουσίως καὶ προσκολληθείσης τῷ οὐρανίσκῳ, μόνοις τοῖς καλάμοις τρόπῳ σύριγγος αὐλῆσαι, τοὺς δὲ θεατὰς ξενισθέντας τῷ ἤχῳ τερφθῆναι, καὶ οὕτω νικῆσαι αὐτόν.

1–4

 αἰτέω σε, φιλάγλαε, καλλίστα βροτεᾶν πολίων, σ2
 Φερσεφόνας ἕδος, ἅ τʼ ὄχθαις ἔπι μηλοβότου
 ναίεις Ἀκράγαντος ἐΰδματον κολώναν, ὦ ἄνα, σ2
 ἵλαος ἀθανάτων ἀνδρῶν τε σὺν εὐμενίᾳ

I beseech you, splendor-loving city, most beautiful on earth, home of Persephone; you who inhabit the hill of well-built dwellings above the banks of sheep-pasturing Acragas: be propitious, and with the goodwill of gods and men, mistress,

I pray thee, lover of splendour, most beautiful among the cities of men, haunt of Persephone, thou who by the banks of Akragas' stream that nourisheth thy flocks, inhabitest a citadel builded pleasantly--O queen, graciously and with goodwill of gods and men welcome this crown that is come forth from Pytho for Midas' fair renown; and him too welcome therewithal who hath overcome all Hellas in the art which once on a time Pallas Athene devised, when she made music of the fierce Gorgon's death-lament.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. ὁ δὲ λόγος ἀπότασις τῷ Πινδάρῳ πρὸς τὴν ἡρωΐδα τὴν Ἀκράγαντα [ἢ καὶ τὴν Ἀκράγαντα πόλιν]· ὦ φιλόκαλε καὶ καλλίστη τῶν πόλεων, ἥτις εἶ Θερσεφόνης ἕδος, αἰτέω σε, ἵνα ἵλεως δέξῃ τὸ στεφάνωμα τοῦ Μίδα, ὃ ἐκ Πυθῶνος ἤνεγκεν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· αἰτέω σε, ὦ καλλίστη τῶν ἀνθρώπων [καὶ φιλόκαλε] πόλι καὶ τῆς Φερσεφόνης ἔδαφος, ἥτις ἐν ταῖς ὄχθαις τοῦ προβατοτρόφου Ἀκράγαντος τὴν εὐκατασκεύαστον Ἀκράγαντα τὴν ὁμώνυμον σαυτῇ οἰκεῖς πόλιν.

ad v. 3

a. Φερσεφόνας ἕδος: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον· ὅλην γὰρ τὴν Σικελίαν ἐδωρήσατο τῇ Περσεφόνῃ ὁ Ζεύς.

b. ἅ τ᾿ ὄχθαις ἐπὶ μηλοβότου ναίεις Ἀκράγαντος: τοῦ ὁμωνύμου ποταμοῦ. τὸ δὲ ναίεις ἀντὶ τοῦ ναίῃ, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (Δ 45)· ναιετάουσι πόληες, ἀντὶ τοῦ ναιετάονται.

5 δέξαι στεφάνωμα τόδʼ ἐκ Πυθῶνος εὐδόξῳ Μίδᾳ, σ15

PythoHellas receive this victory garland from in honor of renowned Midas, and receive the victor himself, champion of in that art which once Pallas Athena discovered when she wove into music the dire dirge of the reckless Gorgons

Scholia ad vv. 5–5 (1 entry)

ad v. 5

a. ἐΰδματον: τὴν εὐκατασκεύαστον κολώνην· λέγεται γὰρ ἐφ᾿ ὑψηλοῦ κεῖσθαι.

6–8

 αὐτόν τέ νιν Ἑλλάδα νικάσαντα τέχνᾳ, τάν ποτε
 Παλλὰς ἐφεῦρε θρασειᾶν Γοργόνων σ1
 οὔλιον θρῆνον διαπλέξαισʼ Ἀθάνα·

That heard she pouring from the maiden heads and heads of serpents unapproachable amidst the anguish of their pains, when Perseus had stricken the third sister, and to the isle Seriphos and its folk bare thence their doom.

Scholia ad vv. 6–8 (1 entry)

ad v. 7

a. ἵλαος ἀθανάτων: ὦ δέσποινα, εὐμενὴς σὺν θεῶν καὶ ἀνδρῶν εὐμενείᾳ τὸ ἐκ τῆς Πυθῶνος στεφάνωμα, τὸν ὕμνον, δέξαι τοῦ ἐνδόξου Μίδου, αὐτόν τε τὴν Ἑλλάδα νικήσαντα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ τέχνῃ· ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ δέξαι.

9 τὸν παρθενίοις ὑπό τʼ ἀπλάτοις ὀφίων κεφαλαῖς

which Perseus heard

10 ἄϊε λειβόμενον δυσπενθέϊ σὺν καμάτῳ,10

pouring in slow anguish from beneath the horrible snakey hair of the maidens, when he did away with the third sister and brought death to sea-girt Seriphus and its people. Yes, he brought darkness on the monstrous race of Phorcus, and he repaid Polydectes with a deadly wedding-present for the long

11–14

 Περσεὺς ὁπότε τρίτον ἄνυσσεν κασιγνητᾶν μέρος,
 εἰναλίᾳ τε Σερίφῳ λαοῖσί τε μοῖραν ἄγων. σ2
 ἤτοι τό τε θεσπέσιον Φόρκοιο μαύρωσεν γένος,
 λυγρόν τʼ ἔρανον Πολυδέκτᾳ θῆκε ματρός τʼ ἔμπεδον

Yea also he struck with blindness the wondrous brood of Phorkos, and to Polydektes' bridal brought a grievous gift, and grievous eternally he made for that man his mother's slavery and ravished bed: for this he won the fair-faced Medusa's head, he who was the son of Danaë, and sprung, they say, from a living stream of gold.

Scholia ad vv. 11–14 (2 entries)

ad v. 12

a. τάν ποτε Παλλάς: ἥντινα τὴν αὐλητικὴν τέχνην εὕρατό ποτε ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ τῶν θρασειῶν Γοργόνων τὸν θρῆνον διαπλέξασα καὶ μιμησαμένη.

b. ἄλλως· διαπλέξασα, συνθεῖσα τὸν οὔλιον θρῆνον τῶν Γοργόνων ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ.

15–16

15 δουλοσύναν τό τʼ ἀναγκαῖον λέχος, σ215

16 εὐπαράου κρᾶτα συλάσαις Μεδοίσας

slavery of his mother and her forced bridal bed; he stripped off the head of beautiful Medusa,

Scholia ad vv. 15–16 (2 entries)

ad v. 15

a. τὸν παρθενίοις: ὅντινα τὸν θρῆνον ὑπὸ παρθενίοις Γοργόνων κεφαλαῖς καὶ ὀφίων ἀπλησιάστοις κεφαλαῖς ἐπήκουσε σὺν τῷ δυσπενθεῖ καμάτῳ καὶ θρήνῳ κατασπενδόμενον."

b. τὸν παρθενίοις: μυθεύεταί τι τοιοῦτον, ὅτι ὅτε ὁ Περσεὺς ἐκαρατόμησε τὴν Μέδουσαν, αἱ δύο ἀδελφαὶ ἐθρήνουν τὴν ἀδελφὴν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ὄφεων τῶν περὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν συριγμός τις ἀνεδίδοτο. τούτου τοῦ συριγμοῦ κατακούσασα ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ τοῦ ἐκ τῶν ὄφεων πρὸς μίμησιν τοῦ θρήνου καὶ τοῦ γινομένου συριγμοῦ ἐκ τῶν ὄφεων ἐπενόησε τὴν αὐλητικὴν, ἣν καὶ ὠνόμασε πολυκέφαλον νόμον διὰ τοῦτο· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐκ τῶν πολλῶν κεφαλῶν τῶν ὄφεων εἷς τις ἀνεδίδοτο συριγμὸς, πολλὰς δὲ κεφαλὰς εἰκότως εἶχον οἱ ὄφεις, διὰ τοῦτο πολυκέφαλον νόμον τὴν κατὰ μίμησιν αὐλητικὴν συνθεῖσα ὠνόμασεν.

17–19

 υἱὸς Δανάας· τὸν ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ φαμεν αὐτορύτου
 ἔμμεναι. ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ἐκ τούτων φίλον ἄνδρα πόνων σ1
 ἐρρύσατο, παρθένος αὐλῶν τεῦχε πάμφωνον μέλος, σ2

Perseus, the son of Danae, who they say was conceived in a spontaneous shower of gold. But when the virgin goddess had released that beloved man from those labors, she created the many-voiced song of flutes

But the Maiden, when that she had delivered her well-beloved from these toils, contrived the manifold music of the flute, that with such instrument she might repeat the shrill lament that reached her from Euryale's ravening jaws.

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (3 entries)

ad v. 18

a. δυσπενθεῖ σὺν καμάτῳ: τῷ τῶν Γοργόνων, ἀδελφὴν γὰρ ἐπένθουν κάμνουσαν. τίνες δέ εἰσιν αἱ παρθένιοι κεφαλαί; δηλονότι αἱ τῶν παρθένων τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῆς Μεδούσης, Σθενοῦς καὶ Εὐρυάλης.

ad v. 19

a. Περσεὺς ὁπότε τρίτον ἄϋσε κασιγνητᾶν: τουτέστι τὴν μίαν· τρεῖς γὰρ ἦσαν. τὸ δὲ ἄϋσεν ἤτοι ἐπὶ τῆς μιᾶς τῶν Γοργόνων ἀκουστέον, ὡς ἄυσε καρατομουμένη διὰ τὴν ἀλγηδόνα, καὶ τότε ἄϊεν ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ τὸν θρῆνον τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτῆς· ἢ ἄϋσεν ὁ θρῆνος καρατομήσαντος τοῦ Περσέως. οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀϋτῆς ἐσχηματίσθαι θέλουσι, τῆς μάχης· οἷον κατεπολέμησε τὸ τρίτον μέρος αὐτῶν.

b. ἄϋσε διχῶς· ἄνυσεν, ἀνυσθῆναι ἐποίησεν· ἢ ἄϋσεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκραύγασεν.

20–21

20 ὄφρα τὸν Εὐρυάλας ἐκ καρπαλιμᾶν γενύων20

21 χριμφθέντα σὺν ἔντεσι μιμήσαιτʼ ἐρικλάγκταν γόον. σ1

so that she could imitate with musical instruments the shrill cry that reached her ears from the fast-moving jaws of Euryale. The goddess discovered it; but she discovered it for mortal men to have, and called it the many-headed strain, the glorious strain that entices the people to gather at contests,

Scholia ad vv. 20–21 (1 entry)

ad v. 21

a. ἐναλίᾳ Σερίφῳ: ἐν τῇ θαλασσίᾳ Σερίφῳ μοῖραν καὶ θάνατον κομίζων τὸ τρίτον μέρος τῶν Γοργόνων· ἐκ δὲ τούτου πάλιν τὴν τῆς Γοργόνος κεφαλήν.

22–24

 εὗρεν θεός· ἀλλά νιν εὑροῖσʼ ἀνδράσι θνατοῖς ἔχειν,
 ὠνόμασεν κεφαλᾶν πολλᾶν νόμον, σ1
 εὐκλεᾶ λαοσσόων μναστῆρʼ ἀγώνων, σ5

A goddess was the deviser thereof, but having created it for a possession of mortal men, she named that air she played the many-headed air, that speaketh gloriously of folk-stirring games, as it issueth through the thin-beat bronze and the reeds which grow by the Graces' city of goodly dancing-ground in the precinct of Kephisos' nymph, the dancers' faithful witnesses.

Scholia ad vv. 22–24 (6 entries)

ad v. 23

a. ἤτοι τό τε θεσπέσιον: ναὶ γὰρ δὴ ὁ Περσεὺς τὸ θεῖον γένος τοῦ Φόρκου τὰς Γοργόνας ἠφάνισε τῆς εὐπαράου Μεδούσης τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποτεμὼν, καὶ ὀλεθριώτατον ἔρανον τῷ Πολυδέκτῃ ἔθηκε, καὶ τὴν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δουλείαν ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἐλευθέραν καὶ τὴν μετ᾿ ἀνάγκης κοίτην, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἔθηκεν.

ad v. 24

a. Φόρκοι᾿ ἀμαύρωσε γένος: τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῶν τριῶν ἀκουστέον, ὅτι τὴν μὲν μίαν ἐκαρατόμησε, τὰς δὲ δύο ἐτύφλωσεν· ὀφθαλμῷ γὰρ αἱ τρεῖς ἐχρῶντο ἑνί.

b. εὐπάραον δέ φησι τὴν Μέδουσαν, οὐχ ὅτι οὕτω φύσεως εἶχε, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι περὶ ἑαυτῆς ἡ Μέδουσα ὡς εὐμόρφου διέκειτο· διὸ καὶ περὶ κάλλους τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ ἐφιλονείκησεν.

c. ἢ οὕτως· Φόρκυος γένος τὰς Γοργόνας.

d. τὸ δὲ τοῦ Φόρκυος γένος ἠμαύρωσεν ἐπὶ τῶν τριῶν ἀκουστέον· | ὅτι τὴν μὲν μίαν ἐκαρατόμησε, τὰς δὲ δύο ἐξετύφλωσεν ἀφελόμενος τὸν ἕνα ὀφθαλμὸν ὃν εἶχον. μόνῳ γὰρ ἑνὶ ἐχρῶντο αἱ τρεῖς.

e. ἄλλως· ἢ γένος ἀντὶ τοῦ θυγατέρα, τὴν προειρημένην Μέδουσαν.

25–26

25 λεπτοῦ διανισσόμενον χαλκοῦ θαμὰ καὶ δονάκων, σ225

26 τοὶ παρὰ καλλιχόρῳ ναίοισι πόλει Χαρίτων.

often sounding through thin plates of brass and through reeds, which grow beside the city of lovely choruses, the city of the Graces, in the sacred precinct of the nymph of Cephisus, reeds that are the faithful witnesses of the dancers. If there is any prosperity among men, it does not appear without hardship. A god will indeed grant it in full today...

Scholia ad vv. 25–26 (2 entries)

ad v. 25

a. λυγρόν τ᾿ ἔρανον Πολυδέκτᾳ: ἐπεὶ ἐν ἐράνῳ ποτὲ ἐπέταξεν ἑκάστῳ ὡς ἂν βασιλεὺς [ὁ Πολυδέκτης] προσφέρειν αὐτῷ δῶρον καὶ τῷ Περσεῖ τὴν κεφαλὴν τῆς Γοργόνος.

b. κοινῶς δὲ ληπτέον τὸ ἠμαύρωσε, τὰς Γοργόνας δηλονότι.

27–29

 Καφισίδος ἐν τεμένει, πιστοὶ χορευτᾶν μάρτυρες. σ1
 εἰ δέ τις ὄλβος ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν, ἄνευ καμάτου
 οὐ φαίνεται· ἐκ δὲ τελευτάσει νιν ἤτοι σάμερον σ1

But if there be any bliss among mortal men, without labour it is not made manifest: it may be that God will accomplish it even to-day, yet the thing ordained is not avoidable: yea, there shall be a time that shall lay hold on a man unaware, and shall give him one thing beyond his hope, but another it shall bestow not yet.

Scholia ad vv. 27–29 (2 entries)

ad v. 27

a. τό τ᾿ ἀναγκαῖον λέχος: τὸ μετὰ ἀνάγκης καὶ βίας γινόμενον.

ad v. 29

a. τὸν ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ φαμεν: ὅντινα τὸν Περσέα φαμὲν ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ γενέσθαι αὐτομάτως καταρρέοντος.

30–32

 δαίμων—τὸ δὲ μόρσιμον οὐ παρφυκτόν,—ἀλλʼ ἔσται χρόνος
 οὗτος, ὃ καί τινʼ ἀελπτίᾳ βαλὼν σ1
 ἔμπαλιν γνώμας τὸ μὲν δώσει, τὸ δʼ οὔπω. σ18

What is fated cannot be escaped. But that time will come, striking unexpectedly, and give one thing beyond all expectation, and withhold another.

Scholia ad vv. 30–32 (19 entries)

ad v. 31

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ ἐκ τούτων: ἀλλ᾿ ἐπειδὴ ἐκ τούτων τῶν πόνων τὸν προσφιλέστατον ἄνδρα ἐρρύσατο Περσέα ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ, τότε τὸ πολύφωνον μέλος τῶν αὐλῶν κατεσκεύαζεν. ἐρρύσατο δὲ πόνων· ἐπεδίωξαν γὰρ τὸν Περσέα μέχρι Βοιωτίας.

ad v. 32

a. ὄφρα τὸν Εὐρυάλας: ὅπως σὺν τοῖς ὀργάνοις τὴς αὐλητικῆς τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἰσχυρῶν γενύων τῆς Εὐρυάλης ἐκδοθέντα θρῆνον μιμήσαιτο. [Drachmann ad v. 35]

b. ἄλλως· ἀπὸ μιᾶς ἤρκεσε καὶ τὸ περὶ τὴν ἑτέραν τὴν Σθενὼ πάθος παραστῆσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 35]

c. ἡ Εὐρυάλη Μεδούσης ἀδελφή. ἵν᾿ οὖν, φησὶ, τὸν ταύτης μιμήσαιτο γόον ἐρικλάγκταν, τουτέστι μεγαλόκρακτον, μεγαλόηχον. ἀπὸ μέρους δὲ εἴρηκεν· οὐ γὰρ μόνη ἐθρήνησεν ἡ Εὺρυάλη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ Σθενώ. [Drachmann ad v. 35]

a. ἀλλά νιν εὑροῖσα: ἀλλ᾿ εὑροῦσα τὸ τοῦ αὐλοῦ μέλος μετέδωκε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἔχειν, καὶ ὠνόμασε τὸ μέλος πολυκέφαλον νόμον· ἐπεὶ καὶ αἱ τῶν δρακόντων πλείους ἦσαν κεφαλαὶ αἱ συρίξασαι· ὧν κατὰ μίμησιν συνέθηκε. [Drachmann ad v. 39]

b. τινὲς δὲ πολυκέφαλον, φασὶν, εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ πεντήκοντα ἦσαν ἄνδρες, ἐξ ὧν ὁ χορὸς συνεστὼς προκαταρχομένου τοῦ αὐλητοῦ τὸ μέλος προεφέρετο. [Drachmann ad v. 39]

c. οἱ δὲ κεφαλὰς ἀκούουσι τὰ προοίμια. ᾠδὴ οὖν διὰ πολλῶν προοιμίων συνεστῶσα, ἣν λέγουσι τὸν Ὄλυμπον πρῶτον εὑρηκέναι. [Drachmann ad v. 39]

a. εὐκλέα λαοσσόων: ἔνδοξον ὑπόμνημα τῶν ἀγώνων τῶν τοὺς λαοὺς σοούντων καὶ παρορμώντων εἰς τὴν θέαν. φησὶ δὲ τὸ μέλος. [Drachmann ad v. 42]

a. χαλκοῦ θ᾿ ἅμα καὶ δονάκων: τοὺς δόνακας λέγει, οἳ παρὰ τῷ Ὀρχομενῷ φύονται, ἐξ ὧν αἱ αὐλητικαὶ γλωσσίδες γίνονται. ἐν γὰρ τῷ Κηφισσῷ οἱ αὐλητικοὶ κάλαμοι φύονται. εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν Παιᾶσι περὶ αὐλητικῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

b. ἢ οὕτως· διαπορευόμενον τὸ μέλος ὁμοῦ διά τε χαλκοῦ καὶ καλάμου, ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τῶν αὐλῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 44]

a. τοὶ παρὰ καλλιχόρῳ: οἵτινες οἱ κάλαμοι οἰκοῦσιν εἰς τὴν τῶν Χαρίτων πόλιν, τουτέστι τὴν Ὀρχομενὸν, ἐν τῷ τεμένει τοῦ Κηφισσοῦ, τῶν χορευτῶν πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθεῖς ὄντες μάρτυρες. [Drachmann ad v. 45]

b. τὸ δὲ ναίουσι κάλαμοι σκληρῶς καὶ διθυραμβωδῶς προήγαγεν· ἔδει γὰρ εἰπεῖν φύονται. [Drachmann ad v. 45]

c. πόλιν δὲ Χαρίτων τὴν Ὀρχομενόν. [Drachmann ad v. 45]

a. εἰ δέ τις ὄλβος: συνυπακουστέον· τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ἢ ὑπάρχει. ὁ γὰρ λόγος· εἰ δέ τις ὄλβος ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐστὶν, ἄνευ καμάτου οὐδὲ γίνεται. [Drachmann ad v. 49]

a. ἐκ δὲ τελευτάσει νιν: ἐκτελευτήσει δὲ, φησὶ, τὸν ὄλβον ὁ δαίμων, τουτέστιν ἐπὶ τέλος ἄξει, ἤτοι σήμερον ἢ ὕστερον· τοῦτο γὰρ ἔδει ἐπενεγκεῖν, ὃ δὴ παρέλιπεν. [Drachmann ad v. 51]

a. ἤ τοι σάμερον: ἤ τοι σήμερον δαίμων ἢ ὕστερον· τουτέστιν, ἐὰν μὴ παραχρῆμά τις εὐτυχήσῃ, μὴ ἀδημονείτω· ὁ γὰρ θεὸς τὸ εἱμαρμένον ἢ σήμερον τελέσει ἢ αὔριον. τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ἐπεὶ ἀπροσδοκήτως ἐνίκησε κλασθέντος τοῦ καλάμου. [Drachmann ad v. 52]

a. οὐ παρφυκτόν: τὸ εἱμαρμένον οὐ φευκτόν· τὸ γὰρ φευκτὸν οὐχ εἱμαρμένον. [Drachmann ad v. 53]

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἔσται χρόνος: ὁ λόγος τοιοῦτος· ὁ πονήσας, κἂν μὴ παραχρῆμα τύχῃ πλούτου, μὴ καμνέτω. θεὸς γὰρ ἢ σήμερον ἢ ὕστερον ποιήσει καὶ ἐπὶ τέλος ἄξει. πῶς δὲ ἐπὶ τέλος ἄξει; σὺν τῇ εἱμαρμένῃ. διό φησι· τὸ δὲ μόρσιμον. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἀλλ᾿ ἔσται οὗτος ὁ χρόνος, ὅστις καὶ τὰ ἐν ἀνελπιστίᾳ καταστήσας τὸ ἀνάπαλιν τῆς γνώμης καὶ ἐλπίδος, τὸ μὲν δώσει ὅπερ οὐκ ἤλπιζε, τὸ δὲ οὐ δώσει ὅπερ προσεδόκησε. τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ἐπεὶ ἀπροσδοκήτως ἐνίκησεν ὁ Μίδας κλασθέντος τοῦ καλάμου. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 1

Nemean 1 — for Χρομίῳ Αἰτναίῳ

ἵπποις

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 72 lines · 106 scholia parts

Argumentum (5 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen I.

p2. Χρομίῳ Αἰτναίῳ ἵπποις.

p3. χοριάμβουΤῆς πρώτης ᾠδῆς τῶν Νεμέων ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων δέκα. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, ὡς τὸ (Archil. fr. 94, 2) τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ γ΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ δ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ ε΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ς΄ δακτυλικὸν τετράμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ η΄ Πινδαρικὸν ἐκ Σαπφικοῦ· σύγκειται δὲ ἐκ τροχαϊκῆς συζυγίας,καὶ ἰάμβου καὶ συλλαβῆς· ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος τοῦ ἰάμβου τὴν μακρὰν συνέστειλεν. τὸ θ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ι΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ὀκτώ. τὸ α΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ἑφθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ γ΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ δ΄ Ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ε΄ Σαπφικὸν ἑνδεκασύλλαβον. τὸ ς΄ Ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ Εὐριπίδειον.

p4. Inscr. a. Γέγραπται ὁ ἐπίνικος Χρομίῳ Αἰτναίῳ. Ἱέρων γὰρ οἰκιστὴς ἀντὶ τυράννου βουλόμενος εἶναι, Κατάνην ἐξελὼν Αἴτνην μετωνόμασε τὴν πόλιν, ἑαυτὸν οἰκιστὴν προσαγορεύσας, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀναρρήσεσιν ἔν τισι τῶν ἀγώνων Αἰτναῖον ἑαυτὸν ἀνεῖπε. ταὐτὸν δέ, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, εἰκὸς παθεῖν καὶ τὸν Χρόμιον ἑταίρῳ κεχρημένον αὐτῷ. Τίμαιος δὲ (FHG I 232) τὸν ἐπίνικον Ὀλυμπικὸν εἶναι τοῦτον, ἁμαρτάνων· ὁ γὰρ Πίνδαρος ἄντικρυς Νεμεακὸν εἶναί φησιν (vs. 7)· ἅρμα δ᾿ ὀτρύνει Χρομίου Νεμέα τ᾿ ἔργμασι νικαφόροις.

b. ζητεῖται δὲ, τί δήποτε τῷ Ἀλφειῷ προσδιαλέγεται καὶ τῇ Ὀρτυγίᾳ, τῆς νίκης οὐκ οὔσης Ὀλυμπιακῆς, ἀλλὰ Νεμεακῆς; ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν φασιν, ὅτι τὰ ἱπποτροφεῖα τοῦ Ἱέρωνος καὶ τοῦ Χρομίου ὁμοίως ἐν τῇ Ὀρτυγίᾳ ἦν· τῷ δὲ ἱερὰν εἶναι τὴν κρήνην Ἀρτέμιδος, τὴν δὲ θεὸν ἱππικὴν εἶναι· καθὸ Σώφρων (fr. 167 Kaib.) μὲν αὐτὴν ἀτρέστην, Ὅμηρος δὲ (Z 205) χρυσήνιον· καὶ ὁ Πίνδαρος προσεφώνησεν αὐτὴν καὶ τὴν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς Ἄρτεμιν· διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις φάναι τὸν Πίνδαρον (P. II 7)· ποταμίας ἕδος Ἀρτέμιδος. ἀπόχρη δὲ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἱππικὴ ἡ θεός, ἀνάκειται δὲ αὐτὴ ἡ νῆσος τῇ θεῷ· ψεῦδος γὰρ τὸ εἶναι τὰ ἱπποστάσια τοῦ Ἱέρωνος αὐτόθι. Ἀριστόνικος δὲ καὶ ἐν Ἐφέσῳ φησὶν εἶναι Ὀρτυγίαν, ἐφ᾿ ἧς ἐδόκει γεγεννῆσθαι ἡ Ἄρτεμις· ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἀπόλλων ἐν Δήλῳ, αὐτὴ δὲ δοκεῖ ἐν τῇ Ἀσιατικῇ Ὀρτυγίᾳ.

1–4

 ἄμπνευμα σεμνὸν Ἀλφεοῦ, σ2
 κλεινᾶν Συρακοσσᾶν θάλος Ὀρτυγία, σ2
 δέμνιον Ἀρτέμιδος, σ1
 Δάλου κασιγνήτα, σέθεν ἁδυεπὴς σ7

Delos Sacred place where Alpheus breathed again; Ortygia, scion of renowned Syracuse, bed of Artemis, sister of ! From you sweet-voiced

O resting-place august of Alpheos, Ortygia, scion of famous Syracuse, thou that art a couch of Artemis and a sister of Delos, from thee goeth forth a song of sweet words, to set forth the great glory of whirlwind-footed steeds in honour of Aitnaian Zeus.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (12 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Ἄμπνευμα: ἀνάπνευμα καὶ ἀναπνοή· ἔνιοι δὲ ἀναφύσημα· ἀπὸ γὰρ καταδύσεων ἀφανῶν εἰς τὴν Ἀρέθουσαν ἀναφαίνεται. τὸ δὲ ἀνάπαυμα ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρωτικῆς σπουδῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τάττει· ἔστη γὰρ κατὰ Ὀρτυγίαν τὴν νῆσον. ἡ δὲ Ὀρτυγία πρότερον μὲν οὖσα νῆσος εἶτα προσχωσθεῖσα χερρόνησος γέγονεν, ὡς καὶ Ἴβυκος ἱστορεῖ (fr. 22)· παρὰ χέρσον λίθινον ἔκλεκτον παλάμαις βροτῶν· πρόσθε νιν παῖδα νήριτον ἰχθύες ὠμοφάγοι νέμοντο. σεμνὸν δὲ εἶπεν, ἤτοι ὅτι οὐκ ἔτυχε τῆς συνουσίας ὁ Ἀλφειὸς, ἢ διὰ τὸ καθαρὸν, ὡς Εὐριπίδης (Med. 69)· θάσσουσι σεμνὸν ἀμφὶ Πειρήνης ὕδωρ.

b. ἄλλως. ἄμπνευμα: οἷον ἀναπνοὴ διὰ τὸ ἀπορρῶγα καὶ οἷον στόμα εἶναι τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ τὴν αὐτόθι Ἀρέθουσαν, ἥ ἐστι κρήνη· | ὥστε καὶ τὸ σημαινόμενον εἶναι τοιοῦτον· ὦ Ὀρτυγία, ἐν ᾗ ἐστι τὸ τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ ἀνάπνευμα. τίς; ἡ Ἀρέθουσα; ἀλλ᾿ οὐ τὴν Ἀρέθουσαν εἴρηκεν ἄμπνευμα, ἀλλὰ τὴν Ορτυγίαν, ἐν ᾗ ὁ Ἀλφειὸς ἀναπνεῖ, τῷ περιέχειν τὴν Ἀρέθουσαν.

ad v. 2

a. θάλος Ὀρτυγία: Ὀρτυγία νῆσος πρὸ τῶν Συρακου· σῶν, εἰς ἣν διὰ πελάγους φερόμενος ὁ Ἀλφειὸς ἐμβάλλει καὶ ποιεῖ τὴν Ἀρέθουσαν κρήνην.

b. ἄλλως. κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἱστορίαν οὐκ αὕτη ἡ Ὀρτυγία, καθ᾿ ἣν ἡ Λητὼ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν ἀπέτεκεν, ἀλλὰ περὶ Ἔφεσον ἑτέρα..... πλησίον τῆς Σικελίας, ἣν χερρόνησον τῶν Συρακουσῶν ἔφαμεν γεγενῆσθαι, καὶ αὐτὴν ἱερὰν τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος διὰ τὴν πρὸς Δῆλον ὁμωνυμίαν· ᾗ χαριζόμεναι τῇ θεῷ αἱ Νύμφαι καὶ πηγὴν πεποιήκασιν ὀνόματι Ἀρέθουσαν ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νήσῳ, ἐξ ἧς οὔτε ἀρύσασθαι οὔτε ἰχθῦς λαμβάνειν νόμος.

ad v. 3

a. δέμνιον Ἀρτέμιδος: ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταρχος τὴν Ὀρτυγίαν ἀκούει, διὰ τὸ κατ᾿ ἐνίους αὐτόθι δοκεῖν αὐτὴν γεγεννῆσθαι· προσθείη δ᾿ ἄν τις, ὅτι συνήθως ὁ Πίνδαρος τοῖς ὁμωνύμοις χωρίοις ἐπιτίθησι καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἱστορούμενα· καθὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν Πλειάδων (N. II 10)· ἔστι δ᾿ ἐοικὸς ὀρειᾶν τε Πελειάδων μὴ τηλόθεν Ὠαρίωνα νεῖσθαι· ὄρειον δὲ τὸ ζῷον. ἔνιοι δὲ ἱστορικώτερον ἀκούουσι. τὸν γὰρ Ἀλφειόν φασιν ἔρωτι ἁλόντα τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος ἐπιδιῶξαι αὐτὴν ἄχρι Σικελίας· τοῦ δὲ τέλους τῆς διώξεως αὐτόθι γενομένου αὐτόθι συστῆναι τὴν Ἀρέθουσαν. διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν Ἀλφειώαν προσαγορεύεσθαι· καὶ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ δὲ ὁ Ἀλφειὸς τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι συναφίδρυται· καὶ τὴν ποταμίαν δὲ Ἄρτεμιν εἶναι οἳ παρὰ τῷ Πινδάρῳ (P. II 7) ἀκούουσι διὰ τὸ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ πάθος· εἶναι δὲ οἳ Ἀλφειώαν τὴν Ἄρτεμιν λέγουσι διὰ τὸ τὸν Ἀλφειὸν διὰ τοῦ πλησίον τῆς Ἠλείας Ἀρτεμισίου καταφέρεσθαι. ἔχοι δ᾿ ἂν οὐ φαύλως δέμνιον Ἀρτέμιδος λέγεσθαι τὴν Ὀρτυγίαν, οἷον ἐνδιαίτημα καὶ διατριβήν· ἱερὰν γὰρ τὴν πᾶσαν νῆσον Φερσεφόνης εἶναι· ὅτι δὲ ἡ αὐτή ἐστι τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι, Καλλίμαχος ἐν Ἑκάλῃ (fr. 48)· οἵ νυ καὶ Ἀπόλλωνα παναρκέος Ἠελίοιο χῶρι διατμήγουσι καὶ εὔποδα Δηιώνην Ἀρτέμιδος.

ad v. 4

a. Δάλου κασιγνήτα: τὴν Ὀρτυγίαν τῆς Δήλου κασιγνήτην εἴρηκε, μετάγων τὰ ἐπὶ τῶν θεῶν λεγόμενα κατὰ τῶν τόπων, οἵτινες ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνων προσηγορεύθησαν. οἱ δὲ διὰ τὴν ὁμωνυμίαν, ὡσανεὶ ἔφη· ἐν ᾗ ἡ Ἄρτεμις ἐγεννήθη ὥσπερ ἐν Δήλῳ· εἴωθε γὰρ ὁ Πίνδαρος μετάγειν τὰς ὁμωνυμίας· ὥστε τὸ λεχθὲν ἐπὶ τῆς εἰς Δῆλον Ὀρτυγίας, τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῇ πρὸς Συρακούσαις μετήχθη. ἔνιοι δὲ κασιγνήτην ἀκούουσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενῆ διὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα· κοινὰ γὰρ τὰ ἐφ᾿ ἑκατέρας ἱστορούμενα. καὶ γὰρ νῆσος ἡ Δῆλος, καὶ ἡ Ὀρτυγία ἡ ἐν Συρακούσαις νῆσος, καὶ ὑπεδέξαντο θεοὺς ἀμφότεραι· καὶ ἡ μὲν ἔκρυσιν διὰ πελάγους, ἡ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ Νείλου διὰ τὸν Ἰνωπόν.

b. ἄλλως. δοκεῖ μὲν πρὸς τὸ βίαιον τὴν πρὸς ταῖς Συρακούσαις ἀδελφὴν λέγειν τῆς Δήλου· τὸ δὲ ὅλον διὰ τὴν ὁμωνυμίαν αὐτῷ ὁ λόγος προήχθη.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ σεμνότατον ἀνάπαυμα τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ, τῶν Συρακουσῶν καὶ τῆς Σικελίας κόσμε καὶ βλάστημα, τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος ἐνδιαίτημα καὶ τῆς Δήλου ἀδελφή. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ σεμνὸν καὶ σεμνότατον ἄμπνευμα καὶ ἀνάπαυμα τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ, τῶν Συρρακουσῶν καὶ τῆς Σικελίας τῶν κλεινῶν θάλος*) καὶ κόσμε καὶ βλάστημα, τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος δέμνιον καὶ ἐνδιαίτημα, καὶ τῆς Δήλου κασιγνήτη καὶ ἀδελφή. τοῦτο δὲ καὶ διὰ τὴν ὁμωνυμίαν· Ὀρτυγία γὰρ καὶ ἡ Δῆλος ἐκαλεῖτο· καὶ διὰ τὸ θεοφιλές· ἐν Δήλῳ γὰρ ἦν ἡ Ἄρτεμις.

d. σέθεν ἁδυεπής: ἐκ σοῦ ἡδυεπὴς καὶ εὔφημος.

e. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀπὸ σοῦ, ὦ Ὀρτυγία, ὁ ἡδυεπὴς ὕμνος τὴν ὁρμὴν ἔχει, ὥστε θεῖναι καὶ πληρῶσαι ἔπαινον μέγαν τῶν ὀξυτάτων ἵππων Διὸς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐν τῇ Αἴτνῃ· Διῒ γὰρ ἀνάκειται καὶ οὗτος ὁ ἀγών.

f. ἐν γὰρ τῇ Αἴτνῃ Διὸς ἱερόν ἐστι.

g. σέθεν ἁδυεπής: ὁ δὲ νοῦς· σέθεν καὶ ἐκ σοῦ. εὔφημος ὁ ὕμνος ὁ ἡδυεπὴς ὁρμᾶται ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ὁρμὴν ἔχει ὥστε θέμεν καὶ θεῖναι καὶ πληρῶσαι αἶνον καὶ ἔπαινον μέγαν τῶν ἀελλοπόδων καὶ τῶν ὀξυτάτων ἵππων, χάριν καὶ ἕνεκεν τοῦ Ζηνὸς τοῦ Αἰτναίου τοῦ ἐν τῇ Αἴτνῃ. Διὶ γὰρ ἀνάκειται καὶ οὗτος ἀγών. ἐν γὰρ τῇ Αἴτνῃ Διὸς ἱερόν.

5 ὕμνος ὁρμᾶται θέμεν5

Nemea song rushes out to give great praise for storm-footed horses, by the grace of Aetnaean Zeus. The chariot of Chromius and urge me to harness a song of praise for deeds of victory.

6–7

6 αἶνον ἀελλοπόδων μέγαν ἵππων, Ζηνὸς Αἰτναίου χάριν·

7 ἅρμα δʼ ὀτρύνει Χρομίου Νεμέα θʼ ἔργμασιν νικαφόροις ἐγκώμιον ζεῦξαι μέλος. σ2

For now the car of Chromios, and Nemea, stir me to yoke to his victorious deeds the melody of a triumphal song. And thus by that man's heaven-sped might I lay my foundations in the praise of gods. In good fortune men speak well of one altogether: and of great games the Muse is fain to tell.

Scholia ad vv. 6–7 (2 entries)

ad v. 7

a. Ζηνὸς Αἰτναίου: ἐν γὰρ τῇ Αἴτνῃ Διὸς ἱερόν ἐστιν.

b. Ζηνὸς Αἰτναίου χάριν: ἢ εἰς χάριν τοῦ Διός, ἢ ἕνεκεν τοῦ Διός, παρόσον ἐν τῷ ἀγῶνι καὶ ἐν τῇ πανηγύρει τοῦ Αἰτναίου Διὸς ᾖδον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἱέρωνα τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς στεφανίταις ἀγῶσι πεποιημένους ἐπινίκους [καὶ ᾖδον]. πιθανὸν οὖν φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ τῆς Χρομίου Νεμεακῆς νίκης ἐπίνικον ἕνεκα τούτου συντετάχθαι, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέλλειν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῆς πανηγύρεως ᾀσθήσεσθαι. ὁ δὲ τρόπος ποιητικός, ὥστε τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου συμβαῖνον ὡς αἴτιον λαμβάνειν. οὐ γὰρ ἕνεκα τοῦ ᾀσθῆναι τὸν ἐπίνικον ἐν τῇ πανηγύρει τοῦ Αἰτναίου Διὸς ἐνίκησεν, ἀλλὰ νικήσαντος ἔμελλεν ἡ εἰς αὐτὸν ᾠδὴ ᾀσθήσεσθαι.

8–9

8 ἀρχαὶ δὲ βέβληνται θεῶν σ1

9 κείνου σὺν ἀνδρὸς δαιμονίαις ἀρεταῖς.

The foundations of the song have been laid with the gods, and with this man’s god-given excellence.

Scholia ad vv. 8–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 8

a. ἅρμα δ᾿ ὀτρύνει Χρομίου: Χρόμιος ἡνίοχος Ἱέρωνος παιδόθεν γεγονὼς, ἅτε δὴ βασιλεῖ συνὼν καὶ ἄριστος ὢν τὴν ἱππικὴν ἐπλούτησε καὶ ἤρξατο ἀποστὰς τοῦ Ἱέρωνος καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν ἱπποτροφεῖν· νικᾷ δὲ νῦν ἵππῳ ἅρματι πρῶτον ἀγωνισάμενος.

10–11

10 ἔστι δʼ ἐν εὐτυχίᾳ σ110

11 πανδοξίας ἄκρον· μεγάλων δʼ ἀέθλων σ2

Olympus The summit of perfect glory is found in good fortune. The Muse loves to remember great contests. Sow some splendor on the island, which Zeus the lord of gave to Persephone; he nodded assent with his flowing hair, that as the best land on the fruitful earth

Scholia ad vv. 10–11 (3 entries)

ad v. 10

a. ζεῦξαι μέλος: συνθεῖναι ἐγκωμιαστικὸν μέλος. ἔστι δὲ τὸ σχῆμα περίφρασις.

ad v. 11

a. ἀρχαὶ δὲ βέβληνται θεῶν: τοῦ ἐγκωμίου. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει διὰ τὸ ἀπὸ θεοῦ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος κατῆρχθαι, ὥστε ἀρχὰς τὰ προοίμια τῆς ᾠδῆς αὐτὸν λέγειν. ἔθος δὲ Πινδάρῳ θεοῖς ἀνάπτειν τὰ ὁπωσοῦν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐκπονούμενα.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· αἱ γὰρ ἀρχαὶ ταῖς δαιμονίαις καὶ θείαις ἀρεταῖς ἐκείνου τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐκ θεῶν βέβληνται, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκ πρώτης καταβολῆς ἡ τύχη τούτῳ συνέλαβεν.

12–14

 Μοῖσα μεμνᾶσθαι φιλεῖ.
 σπεῖρέ νυν ἀγλαΐαν τινὰ νάσῳ, τὰν Ὀλύμπου δεσπότας σ2
 Ζεὺς ἔδωκεν Φερσεφόνᾳ, κατένευσέν τέ οἱ χαίταις, ἀριστεύοισαν εὐκάρπου χθονὸς σ1

Sow then some seed of splendid words in honour of this isle, which Zeus, the lord of Olympus, gave unto Persephone, and bowed his hair toward her in sign that this teeming Sicily he would exalt to be the best land in the fruitful earth, with gorgeous crown of citadels. And the son of Kronos gave unto her a people that wooeth mailed war, a people of the horse and of the spear, and knowing well the touch of Olympia's golden olive-leaves. Thus shoot I arrows many, and without falsehood I have hit the mark.

Scholia ad vv. 12–14 (3 entries)

ad v. 13

a. ἔστι δ᾿ ἐν εὐτυχίᾳ: κατὰ πάντα μέρη τοῦ βίου ἄκρως ἔνδοξος ὁ εὐτυχής. καὶ Εὐριπίδης (fr. 1017)· τὸν εὐτυχοῦντα καὶ φρονεῖν νομίζομεν.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῆς εὐτυχίας καὶ εἰς ἄκρον εὐδοξίας ἀφικέσθαι.

ad v. 14

a. μεγάλων δ᾿ ἀέθλων Μοῖσα μεμνᾶσθαι φιλεῖ: ἀντὶ τοῦ μεγίστων ἀγωνισμάτων ἡ Μοῦσα μεμνῆσθαι βούλεται.

15–16

15 Σικελίαν πίειραν ὀρθώσειν κορυφαῖς πολίων ἀφνεαῖς. σ115

16 ὤπασε δὲ Κρονίων πολέμου μναστῆρά οἱ χαλκεντέος σ1

SicilyOlympia he would make fertile and prosperous in her cities blossoming with wealth. And the son of Cronus sent her a people enamored of bronze-armored battle, horsemen often wedded to the golden leaves of ’s olive. I have embarked on the occasion for many themes, without flinging a false word.

Scholia ad vv. 15–16 (2 entries)

ad v. 15

a. ἔγειρε νῦν ἀγλαΐαν τινά: ἔκπεμπε τοίνυν, ὦ Μοῦσα, καὶ σπεῖρε λαμπρότητά τινα τῇ νήσῳ τῇ Σικελίᾳ, ἥντινα ὁ Ζεὺς ἐξαίρετον δέδωκε τῇ Φερσεφόνῃ ἀρίστην οὖσαν καὶ ἐπιτηδειοτάτην τῆς γῆς τῆς εὐκαρποτάτης, καὶ ἐπένευσε τῇ ἑαυτοῦ κεφαλῇ τὴν Σικελίαν πιειρῶς καὶ λιπαρῶς ἀνορθώσειν, ἢ τὴν πιοτάτην καὶ καλλίστην ὑψώσειν πλουσίων πόλεων ἐνοικήσεσι ταῖς ὑπ᾿ αὐτὴν ἐσομέναις.

ad v. 16

b. ἔγειρε νῦν: ἔκπεμπε τοίνυν, ὦ Μοῦσα, καὶ σπεῖρε λαμπρότητά τινα τῇ νήσῳ Σικελίᾳ, τὰν καὶ ἥντινα ὁ δεσπότας τοῦ Ὀλύμπου ἤγουν ὁ Ζεὺς ἔδωκεν ἐξαίρετον τῇ Φερσεφόνῃ ἀρίστην οὖσαν καὶ ἐπιτηδειοτάτην τῆς γῆς τῆς ἐυκάρποτάτης, καὶ κατένευσε ταῖς χαίταις καὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ οἱ καὶ αὐτῇ τὴν Σικελίαν πειρῶς καὶ λαμπρῶς ἀνορθώσειν, ἢ τὴν πίειραν καὶ τὴν πιοτάτην καὶ καλλίστην ὑψώσειν πλουσίων πόλεων κορυφαῖς καὶ ἐνοικήσεσι ταῖς ὑπ᾿ αὐτὴν ἐσομέναις.

17–18

17 λαὸν ἵππαιχμον θαμὰ δὴ καὶ Ὀλυμπιάδων φύλλοις ἐλαιᾶν χρυσέοις σ1

18 μιχθέντα. πολλῶν ἐπέβαν καιρὸν οὐ ψεύδει βαλών.

And now at the doors of the hall of a hospitable man I stand to sing a goodly song, where is prepared for me a friendly feast, and not unwonted in that house are frequent stranger-guests: thus hath he found good friends to pour a quenching flood on the mouldering fire of reproach.

Scholia ad vv. 17–18 (1 entry)

ad v. 17

a. τὰν Ὀλύμπου δεσπότας: περὶ τῆς ὅλης Σικελίας ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος. δοκεῖ δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ Ζεὺς εἰς τὸν γάμον Πλούτωνος τοῖς ἀνακαλυπτηρίοις τῇ Φερσεφόνῃ δωρήσασθαι.

19 ἔσταν δʼ ἐπʼ αὐλείαις θύραις

I have arrived singing of fine deeds at the courtyard gates

20–22

 ἀνδρὸς φιλοξείνου καλὰ μελπόμενος, σ1
 ἔνθα μοι ἁρμόδιον σ1
 δεῖπνον κεκόσμηται, θαμὰ δʼ ἀλλοδαπῶν

of a man who loves guests, where a beautifully arranged meal has been prepared for me, and the halls are often familiar with strangers from other lands. It is his lot to have noble friends to bring against his slanderers, like water against smoke.

Scholia ad vv. 20–22 (2 entries)

ad v. 20

a. εὐκάρπου χθονός: λέγεται γὰρ ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ἐξ ἀρχῆς Δήμητρος εἶναι καὶ Κόρης, τοῦ Διὸς οὕτως ἐξ ἀρχῆς βουληθέντος. ἡ γοῦν Φερσεφόνη περὶ τοὺς τῆς Αἴτνης διατρίβουσα λειμῶνας ἡρπάσθη παρὰ τοῦ Πλούτωνος.

ad v. 21

a. πίειραν ὀρθώσειν: ὅ ἐστι διαφυλάξειν ὀρθὴν τῇ Φερσεφόνῃ διὰ τῶν πόλεων τῶν ἐσομένων ἐν αὐτῇ ἀφνεῶν οὕτω γὰρ ἔμελλε δηλονότι ὀρθοῦσθαι ἡ Σικελία, εἰ ἀξιολόγους ἔχοι πόλεις ἐν αὐτῇ.

23–24

23 οὐκ ἀπείρατοι δόμοι σ1

24 ἐντί· λέλογχε δὲ μεμφομένοις ἐσλοὺς ὕδωρ καπνῷ φέρειν σ1

Each hath his several art: but in straight paths it behoveth him to walk, and to strive hard wherein his nature setteth him. Thus worketh strength in act, and mind in counsels, when one is born to foresee what shall come after. In thy nature, son of Agesidamos, are uses both for this and that.

Scholia ad vv. 23–24 (2 entries)

ad v. 23

a. ὤπασε δὲ Κρονίων: παρέσχε δὲ πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις ὁ Ζεὺς αὐτῇ γενναίων ἀνδρῶν καὶ πολεμικῶν πλῆθος, ὥστε δι᾿ ὅπλων μεμνῆσθαι τῶν πολεμικῶν καὶ ἱππαιχμίαις εὐδοκιμεῖν.

ad v. 24

a. πολέμου μναστῆρα: οἷον μνήμονα πολέμου, ἐπιστήμονα, οὐκ ἀμελοῦντα τῶν πολεμικῶν, ἀλλὰ κατατιθέμενον ἐν τῷ νόῳ ὅτι δεῖ παρασκευάζεσθαι εἰς τὰ πολεμικὰ διόλου. ὅμοιον τῷ μνήστορες ἀϋτῆς (Δ 328).

25 ἀντίον. τέχναι δʼ ἑτέρων ἕτεραι· χρὴ δʼ ἐν εὐθείαις ὁδοῖς στείχοντα μάρνασθαι φυᾷ. σ225

Various men have various skills. It is right for a man to follow straight paths, and strive according to his nature.

Scholia ad vv. 25–25 (2 entries)

ad v. 25

a. θαμὰ δὴ καὶ Ὀλυμπιάδων: οὐ μόνον, φησί, τὰ περὶ πόλεμον δραστηρίους ἀπέδειξε τοὺς Σικελιώτας, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ὀλυμπιονίκας· οἷον πολλάκις ἐνίκησαν ἐπ᾿ Ὀλυμπίας. ἔστι δὲ ὁ λόγος τῷ Πινδάρῳ οὐ περὶ τοῦ Χρομίου μόνου, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ παντὸς λαοῦ, οἳ πολλὰς ἔσχον νίκας Ὀλυμπικάς. ἐντεῦθεν ἴσως πλανηθεὶς ὁ Τίμαιος (FHG I 232) Ὀλυμπικὸν τὸν ἐπίνικον ᾠήθη εἶναι.

b. ἔστι δὲ καὶ οὕτως ἀναγνῶναι· ἵππαιχμόν θ᾿ ἅμα δή, καὶ ὁ λόγος κατὰ συναλοιφὴν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ὁ λαὸς μνηστὴρ ἅμα πολέμου καὶ τῶν Ὀλυμπικῶν ἀθλημάτων.

26–27

26 πράσσει γὰρ ἔργῳ μὲν σθένος,

27 βουλαῖσι δὲ φρήν, ἐσσόμενον προϊδεῖν σ2

For strength manifests itself in action, and intelligence in counsels, for those who have the inborn skill of foreseeing the future. Son of Hagesidamus, your way of life

Scholia ad vv. 26–27 (2 entries)

ad v. 27

a. πολλῶν ἐπέβαν καιρὸν οὐ ψεύδει βαλών: πολλῶν ἐπέβην καὶ ἡψάμην ἐγκωμίων, οὐδαμοῦ τῷ καιρῷ πρὸς ψεῦδος χρησάμενος.

b. ἢ οὕτως· οἷον τοῦ καιροῦ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τυχών.

28–29

28 συγγενὲς οἷς ἕπεται.

29 Ἁγησιδάμου παῖ, σέο δʼ ἀμφὶ τρόπῳ σ2

I love not to keep hidden in my house great wealth, but to have joy of that I have, and to have repute of liberality to my friends: for the hopes of much-labouring men seem to me even as mine.

Scholia ad vv. 28–29 (2 entries)

ad v. 29

a. ἔσταν δ᾿ ἐπ᾿ αὐλείαις θύραις: ἀμφίβολον πότερον ὁ χορὸς ἢ ὁ ποιητής· δύναται γὰρ ὁ χορὸς κυρίως λέγειν ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ, δύναται δὲ καὶ ὁ Πίνδαρος μεταφορικῶς εἰπεῖν· ἔστην τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τῇ μολπῇ μέλπων αὐτὸν καὶ ὑμνῶν. ἐὰν μὲν οὖν ὁ χορὸς λέγῃ, κυρίως ἀκουσόμεθα δεῖπνον παρεσκευάσθαι· κῶμον γὰρ στέλλουσιν οἱ χορευταί· ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ποιητής, κεκόσμηται τὰ δοθησόμενά μοι δῶρα, φησί, διὰ τοῦ ὕμνου.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἔστην δὲ παραγενόμενος ἐπὶ τοῖς οἴκοις τοῦ φιλοξένου ἀνδρός, τὰ καλὰ δὲ τούτου ἀναβαλλόμενος.

30–32

 τῶν τε καὶ τῶν χρήσιες.
 οὐκ ἔραμαι πολὺν ἐν μεγάρῳ πλοῦτον κατακρύψαις ἔχειν,
 ἀλλʼ ἐόντων εὖ τε παθεῖν καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φίλοις ἐξαρκέων. κοιναὶ γὰρ ἔρχοντʼ ἐλπίδες σ2

grants you the enjoyment of many things. I take no pleasure in keeping great wealth hidden away in my hall, but in using what I have to be successful and to win a good name by helping my friends. For the hopes of men who toil much come to all alike.

Scholia ad vv. 30–32 (2 entries)

ad v. 32

a. θαμὰ δ᾿ ἀλλοδαπῶν: οὐκ ἄπειροι γὰρ τῆς συνεχοῦς δεξιώσεως οἱ τούτου οἶκοι· συνεχῶς γὰρ τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ἀλλοδαπῆς ὑποδέχονται γῆς.

b. οἱ τοῦ Χρομίου δόμοι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἀπείρατοι ξένων, τουτέστι, φιλόξενοί εἰσι.

33 πολυπόνων ἀνδρῶν. ἐγὼ δʼ Ἡρακλέος ἀντέχομαι προφρόνως,

But as for me, I cling to the theme of Heracles gladly, rousing an ancient story from among the great heights of his excellence,

34 ἐν κορυφαῖς ἀρετᾶν μεγάλαις ἀρχαῖον ὀτρύνων λόγον, σ4

Now I to Herakles cleave right willingly, among high deeds of valour rousing an ancient tale; how that when from his mother's womb the son of Zeus escaping the birth-pang came quickly into the glorious light with his twin-brother, not unobserved of Hera did he put on the saffron swaddling bands; but the queen of gods in the kindling of her anger sent presently the two snakes, and they when the doors were opened went right on into the wide bedchamber, hasting to entwine the children, that they should be a prey to their fierce teeth.

Scholia ad vv. 34–34 (4 entries)

ad v. 34

a. λέλογχε δέ: ὁ νοῦς· πέφυκε δὲ τοῖς μεμφομένοις τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς οὕτω τήκεσθαι ὥσπερ ὑπὸ πυρὸς ὕδωρ, οὐκέτι δυνάμενον φέρειν τὴν θέρμην καὶ τὸν καπνόν.

b. λέλογχε δὲ μεμφομένοις: Ἀρίσταρχος οὕτως· τοῖς δὲ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς μεμφομένοις τοῦτο λέλογχε καὶ ὑποκείμενόν ἐστιν, οἷον ἀκολουθεῖ, ὥσπερ καπνῷ ὕδωρ φέρειν ἀντίον κατασβεννύναι. καταλείπεται δὲ τῇ ἀρχαίᾳ σημασίᾳ τὸ ἐσλός· καὶ ἡ ἀντίστροφος ἀπῄτει τὸ (??). ταῖς δὲ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς χρῆται ἀποτόμως, οὐ λέγων τὸ καθάπερ. καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταρχος ταῦτα. βέλτιον δὲ οὕτως ἀκούειν κατ᾿ ἐναλλαγὴν πτώσεως· μεμφομένοις, ἀντὶ τοῦ μεμφομένους σβεννύειν ὡς ὕδατι καπνὸν, ἵνα αὐτὸς ὁ ἀγαθὸς κατασβεννύῃ τὸν φθονερόν, ἀλλὰ μὴ σβεννύηται ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνου. χρῆται δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος τῷ καπνῷ ἀντὶ πυρὸς, ἐκ τοῦ παρακολουθοῦντος τὸ πρῶτον σημαίνων.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ὅτι τὸ ἐσλός ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐσλούς εἴρηται Δωρικῶς, καὶ ὅτι τὸ λέλογχεν εἶπεν ἑνικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ λελόγχασι· λελόγ· χασι δὲ οἱ καταμεμφόμενοι καπνῷ ὕδωρ ἐπιφέρειν· ὅ ἐστι τοὺς ἐχθομένους αὐτῷ οἷός ἐστι καταπραΰνειν, ὥσπερ καπνῷ ὕδωρ ἐπιφέρων.

d. τινὲς οὕτως· ὡς ὕδατι καπνὸν σβεννύουσι καὶ πῦρ, οὕτω τοὺς ἐσλοὺς σβεννύουσιν οἱ φθονεροὶ μεμφόμενοι. e. ἄλλως. οὐκ ἀνύουσιν οἱ φθονεροὶ μεμφόμενοι τοὺς ἀγαθούς· ὁ γὰρ ἀγαθὸς ἀγαθός ἐστι, κἂν μυριάκις μέμφωνται αὐτόν.

35–36

35 ὡς, ἐπεὶ σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος αὐτίκα θαητὰν ἐς αἴγλαν παῖς Διὸς35

36 ὠδῖνα φεύγων διδύμῳ σὺν κασιγνήτῳ μόλεν, σ1

how, when the son of Zeus suddenly came out of his mother’s womb into the brilliant light, escaping her birth-pangs, with his twin brother,

Scholia ad vv. 35–36 (1 entry)

ad v. 36

a. τέχναι δ᾿ ἑτέρων ἕτεραι: τουτέστιν ἄλλοι ἄλλα φιλοτεχνοῦσι. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει· πρὸς ἃ πέφυκέ τις, πρὸς ταῦτα ἀκολουθοῦντα τῇ φύσει ἰέναι, καὶ περὶ αὐτὰ ἐνεργεῖν. ἢ τέχνας, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, ἀκουστέον τοὺς δόλους, ὅθεν καὶ τὸ ἀτεχνῶς παρὰ τοῖς Ἀττικοῖς· ἄλλαι δ᾿ ἄλλων ἐπιτεχνήσιες. εἴρηται δὲ παρὰ τὸ Ὁμήρου (N 730). ἄλλῳ μὲν γὰρ ἔδωκε θεὸς πολεμήϊα ἔργα.

37–38

37 ὡς οὐ λαθὼν χρυσόθρονον σ1

38 Ἥραν κροκωτὸν σπάργανον ἐγκατέβα· σ1

he did not escape the notice of gold-throned Hera when he was placed in his saffron swaddling-clothes. But the queen of the gods,

Scholia ad vv. 37–38 (2 entries)

ad v. 37

a. χρὴ δ᾿ ἐν εὐθείαις ὁδοῖς: Ἀριστόνικος· χρὴ καθ᾿ ἣν γεγέννηταί τις φύσιν, ταύτῃ ἀκολουθεῖν καὶ μὴ βιάζεσθαι αὐτὴν εἰς ἄλλα τρέποντα, μηδὲ τῷ φθόνῳ μάρνασθαι πρὸς τοὺς ἀγαθούς, ἀλλὰ συνασκεῖν ἅ τις ἔχει ἐκ φύσεως. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· χρὴ δὲ ταῖς εὐθείαις ὁδοῖς βαδίζοντα καταχρῆσθαι ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῇ φύσει, μὴ δι᾿ ἑτέρων ἐπιτηδευμάτων τὴν ἰδίαν ἐνυβρίζειν τέχνην.

ad v. 38

a. μάρνασθαι οὖν Ἀρίσταρχος ἀντὶ τοῦ μάχεσθαι καὶ ἀντερίζειν φύσει χρώμενον κατὰ τρόπον καὶ μηδὲν παρὰ φύσιν πράττειν. μήποτε δὲ τὸ μάρνασθαι οὐκ ἔστι μάχεσθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἐνεργεῖν, ὥς φησι Δίδυμος, καὶ πραγματεύεσθαι, ὥστε εἶναι τὸ κεφάλαιον τοῦ λόγου· προσήκει δὲ ἀδόλως εὐθὺς πράττειν, καθ᾿ ἣν εἴληχεν ἕκαστος φύσιν, ἢ ἔργῳ ἢ γνώμῃ.

39 έα ἀλλὰ θεῶν βασιλ σ1

But the boy lifted up his head upright and was first to essay the fight, seizing with inevitable grasp of both his hands the two serpents by the necks, and time, as he strangled them, forced the breath out of their monstrous forms.

Scholia ad vv. 39–39 (1 entry)

ad v. 39

a. πράσσει γὰρ ἔργῳ μὲν σθένος: συμπράσσει καὶ συνεργεῖ τοῖς μὲν ἔργοις ἡ ἀνδρείας, τοῖς δὲ βουλεύμασι καὶ λόγοις ὁ νοῦς· μετέβαλε δὲ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Π 630)· ἐν γὰρ χερσὶ τέλος πολέμου, ἐπέων δ᾿ ἐνὶ βουλῇ.

40–43

 σπερχθεῖσα θυμῷ πέμπε δράκοντας ἄφαρ. σ1
 τοὶ μὲν οἰχθεισᾶν πυλᾶν
 ἐς θαλάμου μυχὸν εὐρὺν ἔβαν, τέκνοισιν ὠκείας γνάθους σ1
 ἀμφελίξασθαι μεμαῶτες· ὁ δʼ ὀρθὸν μὲν ἄντεινεν κάρα, πειρᾶτο δὲ πρῶτον μάχας, σ1

stung in her heart, immediately sent serpents. The doors opened, and they crept into the spacious inner-chamber, eager to coil their swift jaws around the babies. But Heracles lifted his head straight up, and had his first experience of battle,

Scholia ad vv. 40–43 (3 entries)

ad v. 40

a. οὕτω τῷ νῷ ὁ λόγος ἕπεται, ὥστε καὶ τὸ μέλλον προγνῶναι ἀκολούθως, ὧν ἐστι συγγενὲς καὶ συμφυὲς καὶ ἀκόλουθον· συγγενὲς γὰρ τὸ συμφυές.

ad v. 42

a. Ἀγησιδάμου παῖ, σέο δ᾿ ἀμφὶ τρόπῳ: ὁ νοῦς· σοῦ δὲ, ὦ Χρόμιε τοῦ Ἀγησιδάμου παῖ, περὶ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὸν βίον ἀμφοτέρων ἡ χρῆσις ὑπάρχει, καὶ λόγων καὶ ἔργων· πρὸς ἀμφότερα χρήσιμος εἶ.

ad v. 43

a. τῶν τε καὶ τῶν: τῶν ἔργων καὶ τῆς συνέσεως. ἐνεργεῖς γὰρ καὶ προβουλεύῃ.

44 δισσαῖσι δοιοὺς αὐχένων σ1

seizing

Scholia ad vv. 44–44 (1 entry)

ad v. 44

a. οὐκ ἔραμαι πολὺν ἐν μεγάρῳ πλοῦτον: πιθανῶς ὃ θέλει παραινέσαι τῷ Χρομίῳ, ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἐξενήνοχεν· οὐκ ἐπιθυμῶ, φησί, κατακρύψαι θησαυρὸν, ἵνα πλουτῶ, ἀλλὰ παρόντων τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλούτου καὶ εὖ παθεῖν καὶ εὖ ἀκοῦσαι θέλω ἐξαρκῶν τοῖς φίλοις. τὸ δὲ ὅλον· δωρητικὸς γίνου.

45–49

 μάρψαις ἀφύκτοις χερσὶν ἑαῖς ὄφιας·
 ἀγχομένοις δὲ χρόνος
 ψυχὰς ἀπέπνευσεν μελέων ἀφάτων.
 ἐκ δʼ ἄρʼ ἄτλατον δέος σ2
 πλᾶξε γυναῖκας, ὅσαι τύχον Ἀλκμήνας ἀρήγοισαι λέχει· σ6

the two necks of the serpents in his two irresistible hands. When they were strangled, time squeezed the breath of life out of their unspeakable limbs. Unbearable fear struck the women who were then helping Alcmena at her bedside;

But a shock unendurable startled the women about Alkmene's bed, yea and herself too started to her feet from the couch half-robed, and would fain have beaten back the fierce beasts' violence.

Scholia ad vv. 45–49 (8 entries)

ad v. 48

a. κοιναὶ γὰρ ἔρχοντ᾿ ἐλπίδες: αἱ γὰρ ἐλπίδες καὶ αἱ μέλλουσαι, φησί, προσδοκίαι κοιναὶ καὶ ἄδηλοι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εἰσίν.

b. ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· εἵ τις τοῖς φίλοις ἐπαρκέσει, οὗτος καὶ ἐλπίδος ποτὲ διαπεσὼν τῆς ἴσης τύχοι ἂν ἀμοιβῆς· ἄδηλα γὰρ τὰ παρὰ τῆς τύχης συμπτώματα.

ad v. 49

a. ἐγὼ δ᾿ Ἡρακλέος: οὐκ ἀφίσταμαι τοῦ Ἡρακλέους. ἢ οὕτως· ἐγείρω τὸν λόγον ὄντα ἀρχαῖον τὸν περὶ τῆς Ἡρακλέους ἀρετῆς· ἀντέχομαι γὰρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ζηλῶ αὐτόν.

b. ἐγὼ δ᾿ Ἡρακλέος ἀντέχομαι προφρόνως: ἐπαπορήσειεν ἄν τις, διατί τοῦ Ἡρακλέους μνημονεύει· οὐ γὰρ εὔκαιρος δοκεῖ ἡ μνήμη νῦν Ἡρακλέους. καί φαμεν, ὅτι βουλόμενος δεῖξαι, ὡς οἱ διαφανεῖς ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις καὶ τοῖς λόγοις ἀθάνατοι γίνονται τῇ μνήμῃ, διὰ τοῦτο μέμνηται Ἡρακλέους ἀρετῆς, ἐπιφέρων τοῖς τοῦ Χρομίου θαύμασιν· ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀντέχομαι ἐν ταῖς κορυφαῖς τῶν σῶν ἀρετῶν, καὶ μνημονεύω τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἡρακλέα διηγημάτων.

c. ἄλλως ἐγὼ δ᾿ Ἡρακλέος· διαπορεῖται τίνι ἀφορμῇ εἰς τοὺς περὶ Ἡρακλέους λόγους παρῆλθε· μηδεμίαν γὰρ ἔχειν εἰς τὰ παρόντα Ἡρακλέα οἰκείωσιν· | ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀρίσταρχός φησιν, ὅτι οἴονταί τινες, ὅτι ὑπόθεσις αὐτῷ ἐδέδοτο τοιαύτη ὥστε μνησθῆναι τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅπερ ἐστίν, ὡς καὶ αὐτός φησιν Ἀρίσταρχος, ἀπίθανον. μήποτε δὲ, ὅτι ἀεὶ ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐπαινεῖ τοὺς φύσει μᾶλλον τῶν ἐκ διδαχῆς περιγινομένων, ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλῆς τοιοῦτος. τοῦτο δὲ ἀπίθανον. τί γὰρ, ὅτι τὴν πρώτην περὶ Ἡρακλέους γενομένην συμφορὰν ἰδίως ἐξύμνησεν, εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῶν φυσικῶν ἀγαθῶν; Ἡρακλῆς γὰρ μέχρι παντὸς ἐκ φύσεως ἀγαθὸς ὢν ἀνεφάνη, ὥστε οὐκ ἂν ὡμοίωσε τὸν ἔπαινον, ἓν μόνον τὸ περὶ τοὺς δράκοντας αὐτῷ διαπραχθὲν εἰπών· ἀλλ᾿ εἴπερ ἄρα, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπιφανεστέρων ἂν ἐπῄνει τὸν Ἡρακλέα. ὁ δὲ Χαῖρίς φησιν, ὅτι ὁ Χρόμιος πολλὰ συμπονήσας τῷ Ἱέρωνι κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀμοιβῆς ἔτυχεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ὥστε ἐκ περιουσίας καὶ ἱπποτροφῆσαι· ὡς οὖν οὗτος ἔπαθλον πόνων ἔλαβε τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν, οὕτω καὶ Ἡρακλῆς πολλὰ ταλαιπωρήσας ἔπαθλον ἔσχε τὴν ἀθανασίαν καὶ τὸν γάμον τῆς Ἥβης. καὶ πρὸς τοῦτον δὲ ἔνεστιν εἰπεῖν· τί δήποτε ὁ Πίνδαρος ἰδίως τὸν ἔπαινον τὴν τοῦ Ἡρακλέους παρέλαβε συμφορὰν εἰς ἐπίδειξιν τῆς φιλοπονίας; μᾶλλον γὰρ ἔδει κοινότερον πάντας τοὺς ἄθλους εἰς ὑπόμνησιν ἀγαγεῖν, ὅτι καθήρας γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν ἀπεθεώθη. ὁ δὲ Χρύσιππος Νεμεακὸν εἶναί φησι τὸν ἀγῶνα καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὴ τὸν ἐπίνικον· διά τε τὸ Νεμεαῖον εἶναι τὸν λέοντα, ταύτῃ τὸν Ἡρακλέα τοῖς τοῦ νενικηκότος ἐπαίνοις ἐγκαταμεμίχθαι. ἀντιπράττει δὲ καὶ τούτῳ τὸ μηδ᾿ ὁτιοῦν τὸν Πίνδαρον [εἰπεῖν] περὶ τοῦ λέοντος, ὅπερ αἰτιώτατον τῆς παρεκβάσεώς φησιν ὁ Χρύσιππος εἶναι. βέλτιον δέ φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος ἐκεῖνο λέγειν, ὅτι ὃ περὶ τῆς Αἴτνης ἔφη, τοῦτο καὶ νῦν βούλεται δηλοῦν ὁ Πίνδαρος (P. I 33)· ναυσιφορήτοις δ᾿ ἀνδράσι πρώτη χάρις ἐς πλόον ἐρχομένοις πομπαῖον ἐλθεῖν οὖρον. τοιοῦτο λέγοι ἄν τι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Χρομίου· ἐπεὶ νῦν ἦρκται ἀγωνίζεσθαι καὶ ἀρξάμενος εὐθὺς ἐνίκησεν, ἐλπίς ἐστιν ἀυτὸν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τεύξεσθαι στεφάνων. πρὸς τί οὖν τὸ περὶ Ἡρακλέους ὑπόδειγμα; ὅτι καὶ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς βρέφος ἔτι ὢν μεταχειρισάμενος τοὺς δράκοντας, καὶ τοὺς αὖθις ἄθλους κατεπράξατο· καὶ ὥσπερ τούτου περὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα γεγενημένου ὁ Ἀμφιτρύων Θηβαῖον ὄντα τὸν Τειρεσίαν προανέκρινε περὶ τοῦ παιδὸς, ὁ δὲ προεμαντεύσατο τοὺς ἐσομένους αὐτῷ ἄθλους, οὕτως αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης τοῦ Χρομίου νίκης προμαντεύεται, ὅτι καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν στεφάνων τεύξεται.

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐγὼ δ᾿ ἐφίεμαι καὶ οὐκ ἀφίσταμαι τοῦ Ἡρακλέους, ἐγείρων τὸν λόγον ὄντα ἀρχαῖον τὸν ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις τῶν ἀρετῶν, οὖ κορυφαῖς τὸν ἐμὸν ὁπλίζων καὶ ἐγείρων λόγον· ἀντέχομαι γὰρ καὶ ζηλῶ αὐτόν.

e. ἢ οὕτως· ἐν ταῖς κορυφαῖς τῶν ἀρετῶν τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς παροτρύνων περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον, οἷον ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν γεγονότων μνημονεύων.

f. ἢ ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις τῶν ἀρετῶν κορυφαῖς τὸν ἐμὸν ὁπλίζων καὶ διεγείρων λόγον.

50 καὶ γὰρ αὐτά, ποσσὶν ἄπεπλος ὀρούσαισʼ ἀπὸ στρωμνᾶς, ὅμως ἄμυνεν ὕβριν κνωδάλων.50

for she herself leapt to her feet from her bed, unrobed as she was, and tried to ward off the violent attack of the monsters.

And quickly ran thronging thither with bronze arms the captains of the sons of Kadmos; and brandishing in his hand his sword bare of its sheath came Amphitryon smitten with sharp pain; for everyone alike is grieved by the ills of his own house, but the heart is soon quit of sorrow that careth but for another's care.

51–54

 ταχὺ δὲ Καδμείων ἀγοὶ χαλκέοις ἀθρόοι σὺν ὅπλοις ἔδραμον·
 ἐν χερὶ δʼ Ἀμφιτρύων κολεοῦ γυμνὸν τινάσσων φάσγανον
 ἵκετʼ, ὀξείαις ἀνίαισι τυπείς. τὸ γὰρ οἰκεῖον πιέζει πάνθʼ ὁμῶς· σ1
 εὐθὺς δʼ ἀπήμων κραδία κᾶδος ἀμφʼ ἀλλότριον. σ2

And swiftly the chiefs of the Cadmeans rushed in together in their bronze armor, and Amphitryon came brandishing a sword bared from its scabbard, stricken with sharp distress. For each man alike is oppressed by his own trouble, but the heart recovers quickly from someone else’s grief.

Scholia ad vv. 51–54 (3 entries)

ad v. 53

a. ὡς ἐπεὶ σπλάγχνων ὑπὸ ματέρος αὐτίκα: διηγήσομαι, φησίν, ὅπως ἐκ τῆς μητρικῆς νηδύος εἰς τὰς αὐγὰς ἦλθε τὰς ἡλιακὰς ὁ τοῦ Διὸς παῖς Ἡρακλῆς, ἅμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ Ἰφικλεῖ διδύμῳ ὄντι ἐκφυγὼν τὴν ὠδῖνα.

ad v. 54

a. θαητὰν εἰς αἴγλαν: τὴν λαμπρὰν ἡμέραν καὶ θαυμαστήν.

b. ἄλλως. ἤτοι τὴν ὁρατὴν αἴγλην, τὸ φῶς· ἢ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ θεάσασθαι ἡμᾶς· καθὸ καὶ μητέρα τοῦ Ἡλίου Θείαν διεπλάσαντο· θέας γὰρ αἴτιος ἡμῖν ὁ θεός.

55 ἔστα δὲ θάμβει δυσφόρῳ55

He stood, possessed by overwhelming astonishment and delight. For he saw the supernatural courage and power of his son; the immortals had turned the story of the messengers to falsehood for him.

56–59

 τερπνῷ τε μιχθείς. εἶδε γὰρ ἐκνόμιον σ1
 λῆμά τε καὶ δύναμιν
 υἱοῦ παλίγγλωσσον δέ οἱ ἀθάνατοι σ2
 ἀγγέλων ῥῆσιν θέσαν. σ1

And he stood in amazement, and gladness mingled with his fear; for he saw the marvellous courage and might of his son, since the immortals had turned to the contrary the saying of the messengers unto him.

Scholia ad vv. 56–59 (4 entries)

ad v. 56

a. διδύμῳ σὺν κασιγνήτῳ: τῷ Ἰφικλεῖ. ἐναντίως τῷ Θεοκρίτῳ. ἐκεῖνος γάρ φησι (24, 2)· καί νυκτὶ νεώτερον Ἰφικλῆα.

ad v. 58

a. κροκωτόν: ἤτοι ἀπὸ τῆς χρόας κροκοειδὲς, ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς κρόκης ὑφαντόν.

b. διηγήσομαι οὖν, φησί, καὶ ὅπως μὴ δυνηθεὶς διαλαθεῖν τὴν Ἥραν εἰς κροκοβαφὲς ὕφασμα ἐνετέθη σπαργανωθείς.

ad v. 59

a. ἀλλὰ θεῶν βασίλεια: ὁ ἀλλά κεῖται ἀντὶ τοῦ δέ.

60 γείτονα δʼ ἐκκάλεσεν Διὸς ὑψίστου προφάταν ἔξοχον, σ260

And he called his neighbor, the outstanding prophet of Zeus the highest, the truthful seer Teiresias. And the prophet told him and all the men what fortunes the boy would encounter:

Scholia ad vv. 60–60 (2 entries)

ad v. 60

a. ταραχθεῖσα τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ ὑπερζέουσα τῷ θυμῷ, οὐ τότε ὅτε ἐνετέθη τῷ κροκωτῷ σπαργάνῳ, ἀλλ᾿ ἔτι πάλαι, ὅτε ἐμίσγετο τῇ Ἀλκμήνῃ ὁ Ζεύς.

b. σπερχθεῖσα: ἐπιχυθεῖσα, λυπηθεῖσα.

61 ὀρθόμαντιν Τειρεσίαν· ὁ δέ οἱ φράζε καὶ παντὶ στρατῷ, ποίαις ὁμιλήσει τύχαις, σ1

Then he called a man that lived nigh to him, a chosen prophet of the most high Zeus, Teiresias the true seer: and he set forth to him and to all his company with what manner of fortune should the child have his lot cast, how many lawless monsters on the dry land, how many on the sea he should destroy.

Scholia ad vv. 61–61 (1 entry)

ad v. 61

a. τοὶ μὲν οἰχθεισᾶν πυλᾶν: οἱ μὲν οὖν δράκοντες ἀνεῳχθεισῶν τῶν πυλῶν εἰς τὸ ἐσώτατον τῶν οἴκων παρεγένοντο, ἔνθα κατέκειτο ὁ παῖς.

62–64

 ὅσσους μὲν ἐν χέρσῳ κτανών,
 ὅσσους δὲ πόντῳ θῆρας ἀϊδροδίκας·
 καί τινα σὺν πλαγίῳ σ3

how many he would slay on land, and how many lawless monsters at sea. And he told of a certain one,

Scholia ad vv. 62–64 (3 entries)

ad v. 64

a. ἀμφιελίξασθαι: ἐκ τοῦ προηγουμένου καταφαγεῖν· οὕτω γὰρ εἶπε τὸ ἀμφελίξασθαι, ἐπεὶ μεγαλοστομώτατόν ἐστι τὸ ζῷον καὶ ὅμοιον τῇ εἱλήσει τὴν κατάποσιν ποιεῖ.

b. τὸ δὲ χ΄ ὅτι ἀντὶ τοῦ μασᾶσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ παρεπομένου δεδήλωκε, διὰ τὸ συστρέφειν τὰς γνάθους τοὺς μασωμένους.

c. ὃ δ᾿ ὀρθὸν μὲν ἄντεινε κάρα: ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλῆς ὀρθώσας ἑαυτὸν πρώτης ταύτης τῆς μάχης πεῖραν ἐλάμβανε.

65–66

65 ἀνδρῶν κόρῳ στείχοντα τὸν ἐχθρότατον65

66 φᾶσέ νιν δώσειν μόρῳ. σ2

most hateful, who walked with crooked insolence towards men, whom the boy would send to his doom. For he said that when the gods meet the giants in battle on the plain of Phlegra, the shining hair of the giants will be stained with dirt beneath the rushing arrows of that hero.

Scholia ad vv. 65–66 (2 entries)

ad v. 66

a. πειρᾶτο δὲ πρῶτον: αὕτη γὰρ πρώτη μάχη ἐγένετο Ἡρακλεῖ ἡ πρὸς τοὺς δράκοντας.

b. εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ ὑπὸ Ἀμφιτρύωνος ἐπιπεμφθῆναι τοὺς ὄφεις λέγουσιν ἐπὶ διαπείρᾳ τοῦ γνῶναι, πότερος εἴη τοῦ Διός, ὡς Φερεκύδης (FHG I 77 M, I 79 J), ἐνιαυσίοις οὖσιν ἤδη· καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἰφικλῆς, ὥς φασι, φεύγει, ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς εὐνῆς μείνας ἀμφοτέρους ἀπέπνιξε.

67–68

67 καὶ γὰρ ὅταν θεοὶ ἐν πεδίῳ Φλέγρας Γιγάντεσσιν μάχαν σ1

68 ἀντιάζωσιν, βελέων ὑπὸ ῥιπαῖσι κείνου φαιδίμαν γαίᾳ πεφύρσεσθαι κόμαν

Others moreover, of men the hatefullest, who walked in guile and insolence, he prophesied that he should deliver over unto death: saying that when on Phlegra's plain the gods should meet the giants in battle, beneath the rush of his arrows their bright hair should be soiled with earth; but he in peace himself should obtain a reward of rest from his great toils throughout all time continually within the house of bliss, and after that he had received fair Hebe to be his bride, and made his marriage-feast, should remain beside Zeus, the son of Kronos, well-pleased with his dwelling-place divine.

Scholia ad vv. 67–68 (1 entry)

ad v. 67

a. δισσαῖσι: καὶ ταῖς δύο χερσὶν ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς δύο θῆρας ἐκ τῶν αὐχένων σφίγξας οὕτως ἀφύκτως κατεῖχεν.

69 ἐν ἔνεπεν· αὐτὸν μὰν ἐν εἰράνᾳ καμάτων μεγάλων σχερῷ σ1

But he himself

Scholia ad vv. 69–69 (1 entry)

ad v. 69

a. ἀγχομένοις δὲ χρόνος: τούτους οὖν, φησί, τοὺς δράκοντας στρεβλουμένους καὶ πνιγομένους αἱ ψυχαὶ ἀπέλιπον, καὶ νεκρὸν εἴασαν τὸ παμμέγεθες σῶμα.

70–72

 ἁσυχίαν τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον ποινὰν λαχόντʼ ἐξαίρετον σ1
 ὀλβίοις ἐν δώμασι, δεξάμενον θαλερὰν Ἥβαν ἄκοιτιν καὶ γάμον σ1
 δαίσαντα, πὰρ Δὶ Κρονίδᾳ σεμνὸν αἰνήσειν νόμον. σ26

will have allotted to him in peace, as an extraordinary reward for his great hardship, continuous peace for all time among the homes of the blessed. He will receive flourishing Hebe as his bride and celebrate the wedding-feast, and in the presence of Zeus the son of Cronus he will praise the sacred law.

Scholia ad vv. 70–72 (28 entries)

ad v. 70

a. μελέων ἀφάτων: ἀρρήτων, οὐκ ἐπιδεχομένων τὸ φατισθῆναι διὰ τὸ μέγεθος· ἢ φθαρτικῶν ἄγαν, κατ᾿ ἐπίτασιν λαμβανομένου τοῦ (??)· φάσαι γὰρ τὸ φθεῖραι, ὅθεν καὶ τὸ φάσγανον.

ad v. 71

a. ἐκ δ᾿ ἄρ᾿ ἄτλατον δέος πλᾶξε γυναῖκας: ἐξέπληξε δὲ τοῦτο τὸ ἀνυπομόνητον κακὸν τὰς ἐκεῖσε γυναῖκας πάσας, ὄσαι ἔτυχον περὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τῆς Ἀλκμήνης καὶ τὴν κοίτην. συνεχῶς δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸ ἀρήγειν τάσσει ἐπὶ τοῦ θεραπεύειν.

ad v. 72

a. καὶ γὰρ αὐτὰ ποσσὶν ἄπεπλος ὀρούσαισ᾿: τὴν ἄπεπλον οὐ δεκτέον γυμνήν· ἀπρεπὴς γὰρ ἡ εἰκών· ἀλλὰ νοητέον, ὅτι τὸν μὲν πέπλον ἔρριψεν, ἐν δὲ τῷ χιτωνίσκῳ ἀνήλατο νεοτόκος οὖσα. [Drachmann ad v. 74]

b. καὶ γὰρ αὐτὴ ἡ Ἀλκμήνη ἄπεπλος αὐτοποδὶ ἐκπηδήσασα ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ἐπὶ βοήθειαν ἠπείγετο πρὸς τὴν τῶν θηρίων βλάβην. [Drachmann ad v. 74]

a. ὕβριν κνωδάλων: τὴν βλάβην τῶν δρακόντων. κνώδαλα κυρίως τὰ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ θηρία, παρὰ τὸ ἐν ἁλὶ κινεῖσθαι, καταχρηστικώτερον δὲ πᾶν θηρίον (ρ 317)· [Drachmann ad v. 76]

b. κνώδαλον ὅ, ττι δίοιτο· καὶ ἴχνεσι γὰρ περιῄδει. [Drachmann ad v. 76]

a. τὸ γὰρ οἰκεῖον πιέζει: ἕκαστος δάκνεται τῷ οἰκείῳ κακῷ, ὅταν δὲ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἴδῃ κακὰ, εὐκόπως ὑπομένει. [Drachmann ad v. 82]

b. ἄλλως· τὸ γὰρ οἰκεῖον καὶ ἴδιον κακὸν ὁμοίως πιέζει καὶ λυπεῖ τοὺς οἰκείους πάντας. [Drachmann ad v. 82]

a. εὐθὺς δ᾿ ἀπήμων: περὶ δὲ τὰ ἀλλότρια συμπτώματα καὶ κακὰ ἀβλαβὴς καὶ ἄλυπος ἡ καρδία παραχρῆμα γίνεται. [Drachmann ad v. 83]

a. ἔστα δὲ θάμβει: ἔστη δὲ ὁ Ἀμφιτρύων ἐκπλήξει βαρυτάτῃ καὶ τέρψει πολλῇ συγκραθείς. Ὅμηρος (Ζ 484)· δακρυόεν γελάσασα. καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις (τ 471)· τὴν δ᾿ ἅμα χάρμα καὶ ἄλγος ἕλε φρένα. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

b. δυσφόρῳ τερπνῷ τε: δυσυπομονήτῳ. πῶς δὲ ταὐτὸν δυσυπομόνητον καὶ τερπνόν: ὅτι μὲν δρακόντων ἦν ἔφοδος ἐπὶ νεογνὰ τὰ τέκνα, δύσελπις ἐγένετο· ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδεν αὐτοὺς ἀγχομένους ὑπὸ Ἡρακλέους, ἐτέρφθη. διὸ ἐξεπλάγη δυσφορῶν ἅμα καὶ τερπόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

a. ἐκνόμιον: ἤτοι ἀπὸ τῶν παρὰ τοὺς νόμους τινὰ πραττόντων καὶ βιαζομένων, ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς νομῆς, καθὸ ἀτιμαγέλαι τινὲς λέγονται βόες. [Drachmann ad v. 86]

b. ἐθεάσατο γὰρ ἄηθες καὶ οὐ νομιζόμενον δυνάμεως ἔργον τοῦ Ἡρακλέους. [Drachmann ad v. 86]

a. παλίγγλωσσον δέ οἱ ἀθάνατοι: τὴν ἐναντιόφημον, τὴν ἐναντίον τοῖς προηγγελμένοις τὸν λόγον ἔχουσαν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄγγελοι ἐσήμαινον, ὅτι νεκρὰ ἦν τὰ βρέφη, ὁ δὲ εὗρε σώους τε καὶ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν τοὺς δράκοντας ἀνῃρημένους· ἐναντίον οὖν ἐγένετο τοῖς ὁρωμένοις τὸ ἄγγελμα, | ὅ ἐστιν ἐναντιόφημον. [Drachmann ad v. 88]

a. γείτονα δ᾿ ἐκκάλεσαν Διὸς ὑψίστου προφάταν ἔξοχον: ἐκάλεσεν δὲ τὸν ἔξοχον προφήτην τοῦ Διὸς, πλησίον ὄντα, τὸν ἀληθῆ μάντιν Τειρεσίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 90]

a. ὁ δέ οἱ φράζε καὶ παντὶ στρατῷ: ὁ δὲ μάντις Τειρεσίας εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τῷ Ἀμφιτρύωνι, καὶ ὅλῳ τῷ ὄχλῳ τὼν Θηβαίων, ὁποίαις συντεύξεται καὶ συναναστραφήσεται πράξεσί τε καὶ τύχαις ὁ Ἡρακλῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 92]

a. θῆρας ἀϊδροδίκας: ἀπέκτεινε γὰρ καὶ τὸ κῆτος τὸ ἐν τῇ Τρωάδι. μέμνηται δὲ τούτου καὶ Ὅμηρος (Υ 146)· τό ῥά οἱ Τρῶες καὶ Παλλὰς Ἀθήνη ποίεον, ὄφρα τὸ κῆτος ὑπεκροφυγὼν ἀλέοιτο. [Drachmann ad v. 96]

a. καί τινα σὺν πλαγίῳ: καί τινα συμβήσεται ἄνδρα ἄδικον πλούτῳ ἐπαιρόμενον δίκην ὑποσχεῖν καὶ ἐχθροτάτῳ καὶ ἀπευκτῷ μόρῳ περιπεσεῖν. εἶπεν αὐτῷ καὶ τοῦτο ὁ μαντευόμενος Τειρεσίας. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

b. ἄλλως. καί τινα σὺν πλαγίῳ: οὐ κατ᾿ εὐθὺ ἰόντι, οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ δικαίου περιουσιαζομένῳ. μετῆκται δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν κακούργων· οὐ γὰρ τὴν λεωφόρον βαδίζουσιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκτρεπόμενοι, τὰς ἐρήμους. τείνει δὲ ὁ λόγος ἐπὶ Βούσιριν καὶ Ἀνταῖον· οὗτοι γὰρ δι᾿ ὕβριν ὑφ᾿ Ἡρακλέους ἀπώλοντο ἑκάτεροι. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

c. καί τινα σὺν πλαγίῳ: πρὸς τὸ ὀρθὸν τοῦ λόγου ἀντὶ αἰτιατικῆς τὴν δοτικὴν ἀκουστέον, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· καί τινι ἀδίκῳ ἀνδρὶ αὐτὸν, τὸν Ἡρακλέα, ἔφασκε δώσειν μόρον, ἀντὶ τοῦ τοὺς ἀδίκους ἀνελεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

a. καὶ γὰρ ὅταν θεοί· καὶ ὅταν οἱ θεοὶ τοῖς Γίγασιν εἰς μάχην συνάπτωσιν· ἔξωθεν γὰρ τὴν εἴς πρόθεσιν παραληπτέον. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

a. Φλέγρα τόπος ἐν Θρᾴκῃ καὶ κώμη, ἔνθα οἱ Γίγαντες ἀνῃρέθησαν ὑπὸ θεῶν. τῶν δὲ ἐχόντων τὴν μάχην πρὸς τοὺς Γίγαντας καὶ μὴ περιγινομένων τῆς μάχης, φασὶν εἰρηκέναι τὴν Γῆν μὴ ἄλλως ἁλῶναι τούτους, εἰ μὴ συμμαχήσειαν αὐτοῖς δύο τῶν ἡμιθέων· Ἡρακλέους τοίνυν καὶ Διονύσου συνελθόντων ἐκράτησαν οἱ θεοὶ τῶν Γιγάντων. προεῖπεν οὗν ὁ μάντις ὅτι καὶ τὴν ἐκεῖ τὴν ἐν τῇ Φλέγρᾳ πρὸς τοὺς Γίγαντας μέλλοι ἔσεσθαι, ὅτε ὁ πόλεμος τῶν θεῶν ὑπὸ τοῖς τοῦ Ἡρακλέους τόξοις πεσοῦνται, καὶ τὴν κόμην αὐτῶν τὴν φαιδίμην συμφυρήσεσθαι τῇ γῇ συμβήσεται. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

a. γαίᾳ πεφυρήσεσθαι κόμαν: διὰ τοὺς ἀγῶνας τοὺς πρὸς τοὺς Γίγαντας. σκληρότερον δὲ ἐξενήνεκται· μᾶλλον γὰρ ἐπὶ νεκροῦ ἑλκομένου τάσσεται τὸ τοιοῦτο. Ὅμηρος (Χ 405)· ὣς τοῦ μὲν κεκόνιστο κάρη ἅπαν. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

a. ἔννεπεν αὐτὸν μὲν ἐν εἰρήνᾳ: ὁ νοῦς· καὶ τοῦτο δὲ προεῖπεν αὐτῷ ὁ μάντις, ὅτι καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ αὐτὸς, ὁ Ἡρακλῆς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ ἡσυχίᾳ διάξει, ταύτην ἀμοιβὴν τῶν ἑαυτοῦ πόνων λαβών, καὶ ὅτι λήψεται μὲν γυναῖκα τὴν θαυμασίαν Ἥβην παρ᾿ αὐτῷ τῷ Διῒ τελουμένης τῆς εὐωχίας τοῦ γάμου, οὗτινος Διὸς καὶ θαυμάσει τὴν σύνοδον, εἷς δὲ ἐκ τῶν θεῶν γενόμενος σύννομος ἔσται τοῖς οὐρανίοις θεοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

a. ποινάν: τὴν ποινὴν ὁ Πίνδαρος ἰδίως ἐπὶ ἀγαθοῦ τάσσει, ὅταν ἀμοιβὴ γένηται ἀντὶ κακοπαθείας εἰς ἀγαθόν. καὶ Ὅμηρος (Ι 632)· καὶ μέν τίς γε κασιγνήτοιο φίλοιο ποινὴν ἢ οὗ παιδὸς δέξατο τεθνειῶτος. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

a. καὶ γάμον δαίσαντα: εὐωχήσαντα τοὺς θεοὺς τὸν Ἠρακλέα. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

a. σεμνὸν αἰνήσειν: εὐαρεστήσειν τῷ παρὰ θεοῖς νόμῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

b. ἢ οὕτως· τὴν διανέμεσιν τὴν παρὰ θεοῖς ἐπαινέσειν. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 2

Nemean 2 — for Τιμοδήμῳ Ἀχαρνεῖ

παγκρατιαστῇ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 25 lines · 39 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen II.

p2. Τιμοδήμῳ Ἀθηναίῳ Ἀχαρνεῖ παγκράτιον.

p3. Ἡ δευτέρα ᾠδὴ μονόστροφός ἐστιν, ἔχει δὲ κῶλα η΄.

p4. τὸ α΄ Γλυκώνειον. τὸ β΄ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ λογαοιδικὸν Ἀλκαϊκόν. τὸ δ΄ δίμετρον δακτυλικόν. τὸ ε΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ η΄ δακτυλικὸν τετράμετρον.

1–4

 ὅθεν περ καὶ Ὁμηρίδαι σ6
 ῥαπτῶν ἐπέων τὰ πόλλʼ ἀοιδοὶ
 ἄρχονται, Διὸς ἐκ προοιμίου· καὶ ὅδʼ ἀνὴρ
 καταβολὰν ἱερῶν ἀγώνων νικαφορίας δέδεκται πρῶτον Νεμεαίου

Just as the Homeridae, the singers of woven verses, most often begin with Zeus as their prelude, so this man has received a first down-payment of victory in the sacred games by winning

From the self-same beginning whence the Homerid bards draw out the linkèd story of their song, even a prelude calling upon Zeus--so also Nemeaian Zeus it is in whose far-famous grove this man hath attained unto laying his first foundation of victory in the sacred games.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (6 entries)

ad v. 1

a. ὃν τρόπον, φησίν, οἱ Ὁμηρίδαι ῥαψῳδοῦντες ἀπὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἄρχονται, οὕτω καὶ οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ | τὴν καταβολὴν, τουτέστι τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τόν θεμέλιον τῶν ἱερῶν ἀγώνων ἀπὸ τοῦ Διὸς πεποίηται, Νέμεα νικήσας πρῶτον. Διῒ δὲ ἀνάκειται ὁ Νεμεακὸς ἀγών. ὅτι δὲ καταβολὰς ἔλεγον τὰς ἀρχὰς οὑτινοσοῦν ἔπους, Καλλίμαχός φησιν (fr. 196)· Ἀρσινόης, ὦ ξεῖνε, γάμον καταβάλλομ᾿ ἀείδειν. μετῆκται δὲ ἡ λέξις ἀπὸ τῶν τὰς οἰκίας κατασκευαζόντων καὶ βαλλόντων τοὺς θεμελίους. ἐλπὶς οὖν, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἀπὸ Διὸς αὐτὸν ἀρξάμενον τῶν ἀγώνων καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα νικήσειν· ὃ καὶ Ἐγένετο εὐθέως· μετὰ γὰρ τὴν Νεμεακὴν νίκην ἐστεφανοῦτο τὰ Ὀλύμπια. | τὸ δὲ τὰ πόλλ᾿ ἀοιδοί ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον. Τοῦτο δὲ λέγει, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἀεὶ ἀπὸ Διὸς ἤρχοντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν Μουσῶν.

b. ὅλοι γὰρ οὗτοι εἰς τὸν Δία προοιμιασάμενοι τοὐντεῦθεν ἤδη τῆς ἐποποιΐας ἥπτοντο· τῷ δὲ μὴ διὰ παντὸς ἄρχεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ Διὸς τοὺς ῥαψῳδοὺς προσέθηκεν ὁ Πίνδαρος τὰ πολλά, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλέον.

c. Ὅθεν περ καὶ Ὁμηρίδαι: Ὁμηρίδας ἔλεγον τὸ μὲν ἀρχαῖον τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου γένους, οἳ τὴν ποίησιν αὐτοῦ ἐκ διαδοχῆς ᾖδον· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ οἱ ῥαψῳδοὶ οὐκέτι τὸ γένος εἰς Ὅμηρον ἀνάγοντες. Ἐπιφανεῖς δὲ ἐγένοντο οἱ περὶ Κύναιθον, οὕς φασι πολλὰ τῶν ἐπῶν ποιήσαντας Χῖος, ὃς καὶ τῶν ἐπιγραφομένων Ὁμήρου ποιημάτων τὸν εἰς Ἀπόλλωνα γεγραφὼς ὕμνον ἀνατέθεικεν αὐτῷ. Οὗτος οὖν ὁ Κύναιθος πρῶτος ἐν Συρακούσαις ἐραψῴδησε τὰ Ὁμήρου ἔπη κατὰ τὴν ξθ΄ Ὀλυμπιάδα, ὡς Ἱππόστρατός φησιν (FHG IV 433).

d. ἄλλως. Τοὺς ῥαψῳδοὺς οἱ μὲν ῥαβδῳδοὺς ἐτυμολογοῦσι διὰ τὸ μετὰ ῥάβδου δηλονότι τὰ Ὁμήρου ἔπη διεξιέναι. Καλλίμαχος (fr. 138)· καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ ῥάβδῳ μῦθον ὑφαινόμενον ἠνεκὲς ἀείδω δεδεγμένος. οἱ δέ φασι τῆς Ὁμήρου ποιήσεως μὴ ὑφ᾿ ἓν συνηγμένης, σποράδην δὲ ἄλλως καὶ κατὰ μέρη διῃρημένης, ὁπότε ῥαψῳδοῖεν αὐτὴν, εἱρμῷ τινι καὶ ῥαφῇ παραπλήσιον ποιεῖν, εἰς ἓν αὐτὴν ἄγοντας. οὕτω καὶ ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐκδέδεκται. οἱ δὲ, ὅτι κατὰ μέρος πρότερον τῆς ποιήσεως διαδεδομένης τῶν ἀγωνιστῶν ἕκαστος ὅ τι βούλοιτο μέρος ᾖδε, τοῦ δὲ ἄθλου τοῖς νικῶσιν ἀρνὸς ἀποδεδειγμένου προσαγορευθῆναι τότε μὲν ἀρνῳδούς, αὖθις δὲ ἐκατέρας τῆς ποιήσεως εἰσενεχθείσης τοὺς ἀγωνιστὰς οἷον ἀκουμένους πρὸς ἄλληλα τὰ μέρη καὶ | τὴν σύμπασαν ποίησιν ἐπιόντας, ῥαψῳδοὺς προσαγορευθῆναι. ταῦτά φησι Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀργεῖος (FHG III 26). Φιλόχορος (FHG I 417) δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ συντιθέναι καὶ ῥάπτειν | τὴν ᾠδὴν οὕτω φησὶν αὐτοὺς προσκεκλῆσθαι. δηλοῖ δὲ ὁ Ἡσίοδος λέγων (fr. 265)· ἐν Δήλῳ τότε πρῶτον ἐγὼ καὶ Ὅμηρος ἀοιδοὶ μέλπομεν, ἐν νεαροῖς ὕμνοις ῥάψαντες ἀοιδὴν, Φοῖβον Ἀπόλλωνα χρυσάορον, ὃν τέκε Λητώ. ῥαψῳδῆσαι δέ φησι πρῶτον τὸν Ἡσίοδον Νικοκλῆς (FHG IV 464). Μέναιχμος δὲ ἱστορεῖ τοὺς ῥαψῳδοὺς στιχῳδοῦς καλεῖσθαι διὰ τὸ τοὺς στίχους ῥάβδους λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων.

e. ἄλλως. Ὁμηρίδαι πρότερον μὲν οἱ Ὁμήρου παῖδες, ὕστερον δὲ οἱ περὶ Κύναιθον ῥαβδῳδοί· οὗτοι γὰρ τὴν Ὁμήρου ποίησιν σκεδασθεῖσαν ἐμνημόνευον καὶ ἀπήγγελλον· ἐλυμήναντο δὲ αὐτῇ πάνυ. | αἰεὶ οὖν τὴν ἀρχὴν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐκ Διὸς ἐποιοῦντο προοιμιαζόμενοι, ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ Μουσῶν.

f. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος· ὅθεν δὴ καὶ οἱ Ὁμηρίδαι λεγόμενοι ἀοιδοὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ λέγειν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ ποιοῦνται ἐκ Διὸς προοιμιαζόμενοι, ἐντεῦθεν καὶ οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ | ὁ Τιμόδημος τὴν καταβολὴν καὶ τὴν πρώτην ἀρχὴν τῶν ἱερῶν ἀγώνων ἐποιήσατο καὶ τὴν ἐξ αὐτῶν νίκην ἐδέξατο, ἀπὸ Νεμέας φημί, ὃς αὐτῷ τῷ Διῒ ἀνάκειται καὶ τελεῖται.

5 ἐν πολυυμνήτῳ Διὸς ἄλσει.5

in the grove of Nemean Zeus, which is celebrated in many hymns.

6–9

 ὀφείλει δʼ ἔτι, πατρίαν
 εἴπερ καθʼ ὁδόν νιν εὐθυπομπὸς
 αἰὼν ταῖς μεγάλαις δέδωκε κόσμον Ἀθάναις,
 θαμὰ μὲν Ἰσθμιάδων δρέπεσθαι κάλλιστον ἄωτον, ἐν Πυθίοισί τε νικᾶν

And if the life that guides him straight along the path of his fathers has given him as an adornment to great Athens, it must be that the son of Timonous will often reap the finest bloom of the Isthmian games, and be victorious in the Pythian contests.

And yet again must the son of Timonoös, if in the way of his fathers' guiding him straight this age hath given him to be a glory of great Athens--yet again and often must he pluck the noble flower of Isthmian games, and in the Pythian conquer. Like is it that not far from the mountain-brood of Pleiads shall be the rising of Orion.

10 Τιμονόου παῖδʼ· ἔστι δʼ ἐοικὸς σ310

It is right

Scholia ad vv. 10–10 (3 entries)

ad v. 10

a. ὀφείλει δ᾿ ἔτι: Ἀρίσταρχος· οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὸ ὀφείλει, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τοῦ πράγματος, ὡς ἄν τις εἴποι· ὀφειλόμενον δ᾿ ἔτι ἐστίν. οὕτω γὰρ τὰ ἑπόμενα συναρμοσθήσεται, ὅταν λέγηται· Πυθίοισί τε νικᾶν Τιμονόου παῖδα. οὐ γὰρ εἴρηκε παῖς.

b. ὀφειλόμενον δὲ, τουτέστιν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι νικᾶν αὐτὸν καὶ Πύθια καὶ Ἴσθμια, εἴπερ κατὰ τὰ ἴχνη τῶν πατέρων ὁ εὐθυπομπὸς αἰὼν δέδωκεν αὐτὸν εἰς κόσμον ταῖς Ἀθήναις· ἀναγκαῖον οὖν νικᾶν αὐτόν, ὡς οἱ πατέρες ἐνίκησαν, Ἴσθμια καὶ Νέμεα· ὡς τῶν προγόνων ἱερονικῶν γεγονότων.

c. ὀφείλει δ᾿ ἔτι πατρίαν: ὀφειλόμενον καὶ πρέπον ἐστὶ, τὸν Τιμονόου παῖδα· οὕτω τὸ ὑπέρβατον δεῖ νοεῖν.

11–14

 ὀρειᾶν γε Πελειάδων
 μὴ τηλόθεν Ὠαρίωνα νεῖσθαι.
 καὶ μὰν ἁ Σαλαμίς γε θρέψαι φῶτα μαχατὰν
 δυνατός. ἐν Τρωΐᾳ μὲν Ἕκτωρ Αἴαντος ἄκουσεν· ὦ Τιμόδημε, σὲ δʼ ἀλκὰ

Salamis for Orion to travel not far from the mountain Pleiades. And certainly can raise a warrior. In Troy Hector heard of Aias. And you, Timodemus, are exalted

Well able verily is Salamis to rear a man of battles: so at Troy was Hektor aware of Aias; and so now, O Timodemos, art thou glorified by thy stubborn prowess in the pankration.

15 παγκρατίου τλάθυμος ἀέξει.15

by your enduring spirit of valor in the pancratium.

Acharnai of old was famous for its men, and as touching games the Timodemidai rank there pre-eminent. Beneath Parnassos' lordly height they won four victories in the games; moreover in the valleys of noble Pelops they have obtained eight crowns at the hands of the men of Corinth, and seven at Nemea; and at home more than may be numbered, at the games of Zeus:

16–19

 Ἀχάρναι δὲ παλαίφατοι σ2
 εὐάνορες· ὅσσα δʼ ἀμφʼ ἀέθλοις, σ3
 Τιμοδημίδαι ἐξοχώτατοι προλέγονται.
 παρὰ μὲν ὑψιμέδοντι Παρνασῷ τέσσαρας ἐξ ἀέθλων νίκας ἐκόμιξαν· σ1

Parnassus Acharnae has long been famous for fine men. And in everything that has to do with contests, the sons of Timodemus are proclaimed the most outstanding. Beside, ruling on high, they carried off four victories in the games,

Scholia ad vv. 16–19 (6 entries)

ad v. 16

a. Τιμονόου παῖδα: εἰκός ἐστι καὶ προσδοκητέον τὸ νικῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς προειρημένοις ἀγῶσι, Τιμονόου ὄντα παῖδα καὶ κατ᾿ ἴχνος βαίνοντα τοῦ πατρὸς, ὥσπερ εἰκός ἐστι καὶ τῶν ὅρων καὶ τῶν τόπων, ὧν ἔχουσιν αἱ Πλειάδες, μὴ πορρωτέρω μηδὲ μακρὰν τὸν Ὠρίωνα πορεύεσθαι ἀλλ᾿ ἐγγύς. τὸ δὲ σύντομον· ὥσπερ γὰρ τῶν Πλειάδων ὁ Ὠρίων οὐκ ἀφίσταται, οὐδὲ αἱ Πλειάδες τοῦ Ὠρίωνος, οὕτω καὶ τοῦτον πάρεδρον ἔσεσθαι τῇ νίκῃ εἰκός ἐστιν.

b. ἄλλως. Τιμονόου παῖδ᾿ ἔστι δ᾿ ἐοικός: εἰκὸς δέ ἐστι τὸν Τιμονόου παῖδα. ἵνα δὲ ἀξιωματικὸν ποιήσῃ τὸν λόγον, ἐλλειπτικῶς εἶπε. λείπει γὰρ τὸ νικᾶν αὐτὸν ἀεί· τοῦτο γὰρ ἔδει προσκεῖσθαι.

ad v. 17

a. ὀρειᾶν γε Πελειάδων: τῶν Πλειάδων τῶν ἀστέρων· ὃ ἔθος αὐτῷ τε Πινδάρῳ λέγειν καὶ Σιμωνίδῃ (fr. 18) τὰς Πλειάδας. | ἔστι δὲ ἄστρον κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐξ ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων συγκείμενον, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ὄψιν ἓξ, ὡς καὶ Ἄρατος (257)· ἑπτάποροι δὴ ταί γε κατ᾿ ἀνθρώπους ὑδέονται ἓξ οἶαί περ ἐοῦσαι ἐπόψιαι ὀφθαλμοῖσιν. πλησιάζουσι δὲ τῷ Ὠρίωνι αἱ Πλειάδες.

b. ἄλλως. ἤτοι τῶν πρὸς τὸν Ὠρίωνα κεκλιμένων· ἢ τῶν ὀρείων, ἐπειδὴ ὁ Ἄτλας ὁ τῶν Πλειάδων πατὴρ ὁμώνυμα ἔσχεν ὄρη· ἢ ὅτι ὅροι εἰσὶ τοῦ ἀμήτου· ἢ λιτότερον, τῶν ὅρων καὶ τῶν τόπων ἐν οἷς εἰσιν οἱ ἀστέρες.

c. ἄλλως. Ἀρίσταρχος· ἐν τούτοις μὲν ταῖς Πλειάσι φησὶ τὸν Ὠρίωνα ἐπέχειν, ἐν ἄλλοις δὲ (fr. 74) τὴν Πληιόνην φησὶν αὐτὸν διώκειν, ὑποτιθέμενος τὸ σύστημα τῶν Πλειαδων ἓν ζῴδιον. ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Ἀρίσταρχος. θέλοι δ᾿ ἂν δηλοῦν τοῦτο, ὅτι τῇ Νεμεακῇ δεῖ συνάπτειν τὴν Ἰσθμιακὴν καὶ Πυθικὴν καὶ οὕτως ἀκολουθεῖν, ὡς ταῖς Πλειάσιν ὁ Ὠρίων ἕπεται. ἐπέχει γὰρ τῇ ἐπιτολῇ τοῦ Ταύρου ὁ Ὠρίων κυνηγετικὸς ὤν· διό φησιν Ἄρατος (322)· λοξὸς μὲν Ταύροιο τομῇ ὑποκέκλιται αὐτὸς Ὠρίων. | εἰσὶ δὲ αἱ Πλειάδες ἐπὶ τῇ οὐρᾷ τοῦ Ταύρου. καὶ ὁτὲ μὲν Πληϊάδας καλεῖ πληθυντικῶς, ὁτὲ δὲ Πληϊόνην ὡς μίαν (fr. 74)· τρεχέτω μετὰ Πληϊόναν, ἅμα δ᾿ αὐτῷ κύων. δοκεῖ γὰρ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸν Πίνδαρον ἐρασθῆναι αὐτῆς ὁ Ὠρίων, | καὶ διώκειν αὐτὴν ἐπὶ πολλοὺς χρόνους· ὑπομνήματα δὲ τούτων ὁ Ζεὺς κατηστέρισε. παρὸ δή φησιν· ὁ Ὠρίων ἐπιὼν ταῖς Πληϊάσι. ζητεῖται δὲ διὰ τί ὀρείας εἶπε τὰς Πλειάδας· καὶ τινὲς μὲν ἔφασαν, ὅτι Νύμφαι ἦσαν, ὧν οἱ ἀστέρες οὗτοι (Hesiod. fr. 275)· Τηϋγέτη τ᾿ ἐρόεσσα καὶ Ἠλέκτρη κυανῶπις, Ἀλκυόνη τε καὶ Ἀστερόπη δίη τε Κελαινώ, Μαῖά τε καὶ Μερόπη, τὰς γείνατο φαίδιμος Ἄτλας. Σιμωνίδης δὲ μίαν τῶν Πλειάδων Μαῖαν ὀρείαν προσηγόρευσεν εἰπών (fr. 18)· Μαιάδος οὐρείας ἑλικοβλεφάρου· κατὰ λόγον· αὕτη γὰρ (Hesiod. fr. 276) Κυλλήνης ἐν ὄρεσσι θεῶν κήρυκα τέχ᾿ Ἑρμῆν. τινὲς δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ὁμωνύμων ὕλην ἀποχωροῦντες Ἄτλαντός φασι λεγομένας θυγατέρας, ἐπειδὴ ἐκεῖ τι κληΐζεται, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ὁμωνυμίαν ὡς ἐξ ὄρους γεγεννημένας ὀρείας προσηγορεῦσθαι. οἱ δὲ οὕτως· καθὸ Πελειάδας αὐτὰς εἶπε, καὶ ὀρείας· αἱ γὰρ περιστεραὶ ὄρειαί εἰσιν· εἴωθε δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος ταῖς ὁμωνυμίαις ἐπαναπαύεσθαι ἔθει ἰδίῳ ἔνιοι δὲ διὰ τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς οὐρᾶς τοῦ Ταύρου κεῖσθαι, κατὰ ὕφεσιν τοῦ υ [λέγεσθαι], ὡς καὶ τὸ (Pind. fr. 308) Κλειὸς ἕκατι, ἀντὶ τοῦ Κλειοῦς. εἶπε δ᾿ ἂν οὐραίας, ὡς καὶ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (Ψ 519)· τοῦ μέν τε ψαύουσιν ἐπισσώτρου τρίχες ἄκραι οὐραῖαι. εἰ μὴ καθὸ ἀπόγειον ἄνεμον λέγομεν, οὕτως οὐρείας τὰς οὐραίας ἀκουστέον. τάχα δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ συνόντος Ὠρίωνος τὰς ὠρείας ἐν συστολῇ γενέσθαι ὀρείας. βέλτιον οὖν ἀποδιδόναι. τῇ ὁμωνυμίᾳ προσαναπαυόμενον τὸν Πίνδραρον οὕτως εἰρηκέναι, ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς Κυλλήνης, ἐν ᾗ ἐτράφησαν. ὁ δὲ Κράτης γράφει θερειᾶν Πελειάδων, ὅτι θερείας ἐπιτέλλουσι· τούτῳ δὲ ἀντιπράσσει ἥ τε ἀντίστροφος καὶ τὸ μὴ μόνον θέρους αὐτὰς ἐπιτέλλειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χειμῶνος. δύναιτο δ᾿ ἂν καὶ ὀρείας λέγειν τὰς ὀρουστικὰς, τουτέστιν ὁρμητικὰς, διὰ τὸ φεύγειν τὸν Ὠρίωνα ἢ διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἡρακλέους βελῶν.

ad v. 19

a. καὶ μὰν ἁ Σαλαμίς γε: ζητεῖται διὰ τί δήποτε τὰ περὶ Σαλαμῖνα εἰς τοὺς περὶ Τιμόδημον λόγους προσῆκται οὐ γὰρ δήπου Σαλαμίνιος ἦν· ἄντικρυς γὰρ αὐτὸν Ἀχαρνέα φησὶ τῶν δήμων. Ἀρίσταρχος μὲν οὖν τῆς Αἰαντίδος φυλῆς εἶναι, οὐκ ὀρθῶς· οἱ γὰρ Ἀχαρνεῖς τῆς Οἰνηΐδος φυλῆς εἰσιν. οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἀσκληπιάδην φασὶν, ὅτι εἰκός ἐστιν αὐτὸν εἶναι τῶν τὴν Σαλαμῖνα κατακληρουχησάντων Ἀθηναίων· εἰκὸς οὖν αὐτὸν γεννηθέντα Ἀθήνησι τεθράφθαι ἐν Σαλαμῖνι. Δίδυμος δέ φησιν, ὅτι ἴσως ἄμεινον λέγειν, ὅτι εἰς Αἴαντα ἀνέφερε τὸ γένος, ὥσπερ καὶ Μιλτιάδης καὶ Κίμων καὶ Ἀλκιβιάδης καὶ Θουκυδίδης ὁ συγγραφεὺς ὁ Ὀλό ου. ἴσως δὲ, ὅτι διὰ τιμῆς ἦγον οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι τὸν Αἴαντα, ὡς μὴ μόνον φυλὴν Αἰαντίδα ἀποδεῖξαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ κλίνην αὐτῷ μετὰ πανοπλίας κοσμεῖν, λόγον τε ἔχειν παγκρατιαστὴν ὄντα τὸν Τιμόδημον τῷ μαχιμωτάτῳ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ἀνδρειοτάτῳ παραβεβλῆσθαι. θρέψαι οὖν ἡ Σαλαμὶς ἱκανή ἐστιν ἄνδρα μαχητήν· τίς ἀπόδειξις; ἡ ἐπιφερομένη.

20 ἀλλὰ Κορινθίων ὑπὸ φωτῶν20

while the men of Corinth

To whose glory, O citizens, sing for Timodemos a song of triumph, and bring him in honour home, and chant our prelude tunefully.

21–24

 ἐν ἐσλοῦ Πέλοπος πτυχαῖς σ2
 ὀκτὼ στεφάνοις ἔμιχθεν ἤδη· σ3
 ἑπτὰ δʼ ἐν Νεμέᾳ τὰ δʼ οἴκοι μάσσονʼ ἀριθμοῦ
 Διὸς ἀγῶνι. τόν, ὦ πολῖται, κωμάξατε Τιμοδήμῳ σὺν εὐκλέϊ νόστῳ·

have already given them eight garlands in the glades of noble Pelops; in the Nemean contest of Zeus they have won seven times, and at home their victories are countless. Citizens, praise Zeus in a victory procession for Timodemus’ glorious homecoming.

Scholia ad vv. 21–24 (5 entries)

ad v. 21

a. ἐν Τροίᾳ μὰν Ἕκτωρ Αἴαντος ἄκουσε: τούτῳ γὰρ μονομαχήσας ἐλείφθη.

b. δυνατός: ἀντὶ τοῦ δυνατή, ὡς θερμὸς ἀϋτμή (h. Hom. Merc. 110. μ 369?), καὶ Πίνδαρος (Ν. IV 1)· ἄριστος εὐφροσύνη ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀρίστη.

ad v. 22

a. Αἴαντος ἄκουσεν: ᾔσθετο τῇ πείρᾳ. καὶ Ὅμηρος (Λ 532)· τοὶ δὲ πληγῆς ἀΐοντες, ἀντὶ τοῦ αἰσθόμενοι. ἔοικε δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸ παρ᾿ Αἴαντος ῥηθὲν πρὸς Ἕλληνας ὑπονενοηκέναι εἰρῆσθαι πρὸς Ἕκτορα· φησὶ γάρ (Η 198)· ἐπεὶ οὐδ᾿ ἐμὲ νήϊδά γ᾿ οὕτως ἔλπομαι ἐν Σαλαμῖνι γενέσθαι τε τραφέμεν τε. εἰ μὴ ἄρα τις τῇ πείρᾳ μεμαθηκέναι ὑποστήσεται τὸν Ἕκτορα, ὡς ἐπιτηδείως ἡ Σαλαμὶς ἔχει πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἡρώων γένεσιν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τούτου γοῦν τοῦ τὴν Σαλαμῖνα φέρειν ἀνδρείους τὴν πεῖραν ἔσχεν ὁ Ἕκτωρ ἐν τῇ Ἰλίῳ τῇ πείρᾳ τοῦ Αἴαντος.

c. ἄλλως· ἄκουσεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπῄσθετο, ὅτι ἡ Σαλαμὶς φέρει ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς.

25 ἁδυμελεῖ δʼ ἐξάρχετε φωνᾷ. σ1525

Begin with a sweet-singing voice!

Scholia ad vv. 25–25 (15 entries)

ad v. 25

a. Ἀχάρναι δέ: φανερὸν ἐκ τούτων, ὅτι Ἀχαρνεὺς τῶν δήμων ὁ νικηφόρος. καὶ σὺ οὖν Ἀχαρνεὺς τυγχάνων ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ πέφυκας.

b. ἢ οὕτως· καὶ αἱ Ἀχάρναι δὲ, ὅθεν ὑπάρχεις, ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ὡς εὔανδροι ὑμνοῦνται. Ἀχάρναι δὲ δῆμος τῆς Ἀττικῆς, ὅθεν ἦν ὁ Τιμόδημος.

c. παλαίφατοι δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς λέγονται.

a. ὅσσα δ᾿ ἀμφ᾿ ἀέθλοις: θαυμαστικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ πάνυ· πλειστάκις ἐν τοῖς ἄθλοις οἱ πρόγονοί σου προεκρίθησαν. [Drachmann ad v. 26]

a. προλέγονται: ἀντὶ τοῦ προκέκρινται. Ὅμηρος (Ν 689)· οἳ μὲν Ἀθηναίων προλελεγμένοι. [Drachmann ad v. 28]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου χρόνοις λέγονται. [Drachmann ad v. 28]

c. Τιμοδημίδαι δὲ φατρία, ὅθεν οἱ πρόγονοι τοῦ Τιμοδήμου, ἀπὸ πάππου Τιμοδήμου. [Drachmann ad v. 28]

a. πὰρ μὲν ὑψιμέδοντι: καταχρηστικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑψηλῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

b. Παρνασὸς ὄρος τῆς Φωκίδος. τῇ Πυθοῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

a. τέσσαρας ἐξ ἀέθλων: ὡς τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῦ τέσσαρας νίκας Πυθικὰς εἰληφότων. [Drachmann ad v. 30]

a. ἀλλὰ Κορινθίων: ὁ ἀλλά ἀντὶ τοῦ καί· καὶ Ὅμηρος (K 316)· καὶ δή τοι εἶδος μὲν ἔην κακὸς, ἀλλὰ ποδώκης, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· καὶ ποδώκης. [Drachmann ad v. 32]

b. ἄλλως· ὁ ἀλλά σύνδεσμος ἀντὶ τοῦ δέ, καὶ ἡ ὑπό ἀντὶ τῆς παρά, | ἵν᾿ ᾖ· παρὰ δὲ Κορινθίων ἐν ταῖς πτυχαῖς τοῦ Πέλοπος, τουτέστιν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ, ἔλαβον ὀκτὼ νίκας, ἐπεὶ Κορίνθιοι τότε ἐτίθεσαν τὸν ἀγῶνα· ἑπτὰ δὲ στεφάνους ἐν τῇ Νεμέᾳ, φησίν, ἔλαβον, ἤτοι οἱ Ἀχάρναι ἢ οἱ Τιμοδημίδαι. [Drachmann ad v. 32]

a. τὰ δ᾿ οἴκοι μάσσον᾿ ἀριθμοῦ: τὰ δὲ οἴκοι ἐν ταῖς Ἀθήναις μείζονά ἐστιν ἢ ἀριθμεῖσθαι, οἷον ὑπερβαίνει ἀριθμὸν ἃ ἐνίκησαν οἴκοι. τίθεται δὲ ἐν Ἀθήναις Διὸς ἀγὼν, τουτέστι τὰ Ὁλύμπια. [Drachmann ad v. 35]

a. τὸν, ὦ πολῖται: ἢ τὸν ἀγῶνα τῶν Ὀλυμπίων ἢ τὸν Δία, ᾧ ἀνατίθεται ὁ ἀγὼν, σὺν τῷ Τιμοδήμῳ κωμάσατε καὶ μετὰ κωμασίας ὑμνήσατε, εὐκλεῶς παραπέμποντες διὰ τῶν ἡδυτάτων ὕμνων. [Drachmann ad v. 37]

b. ἢ οὕτως· σὺν τῇ ἀπονοστήσει ἀπὸ τῆς Νεμέας κωμάξατε· ἀπὸ τοῦ κώμου τὸ ἐγκώμιον νοητέον· τουτέστιν ὑμνήσατε αὐτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 37]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 3

Nemean 3 — for Ἀριστοκλείδῃ Αἰγινήτῃ

παγκρατιαστῇ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 84 lines · 133 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen III.

p2. Ἀριστοκλείδῃ Αἰγινήτῃ παγκρατιαστῇ.

p3. Τῆς τρίτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ιγ΄. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ β ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ γ΄ ἰθυφαλλικόν. τὸ δ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ θ΄ τροχαϊκὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ι΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ Σαπφικὸν ἑνδεκασύλλαβον. τὸ ιβ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ιγ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

p4. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων η΄. τὸ α΄ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβικὸν πεντασύλλαβον καὶ ἰωνικὸς ἀπ᾿ ἀδιαφόρου ἀρχῆς, εἶτα πάλιν ἰωνικὸς ἀπεμφαίνων διὰ τὴν λύσιν καὶ συλλαβή. δύναται καὶ ὅλον ὡς ἰαμβικόν, παρακεχαρα; μένον μέντοι διὰ τὸν τελευταῖον πόδα. τὸ γ΄ δίμετρον χοριαμβικὸν καταληκτικόν. τὸ δ΄ δοκεῖ ἀντισπαστικὸν εἶναι. τὸ ε΄ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ ἰωνικὸν μονόμετρον καταληκτικὸν δύο συλλαβῶν. τὸ η΄ δακτυλικὸν τετράμετρον παρὰ τὴν ἐν ἀρχαῖς συλλαβήν.

1–4

 ὦ πότνια Μοῖσα, μᾶτερ ἁμετέρα, λίσσομαι, σ3
 τὰν πολυξέναν ἐν ἱερομηνίᾳ Νεμεάδι
 ἵκεο Δωρίδα νᾶσον Αἴγιναν· ὕδατι γὰρ
 μένοντʼ ἐπʼ Ἀσωπίῳ μελιγαρύων τέκτονες σ1

Nemea Queenly Muse, our mother! I entreat you, come in the sacred month of to the much-visited Dorian island of Aegina. For beside the waters of the Asopus young men are waiting, craftsmen of honey-voiced

O divine Muse, our mother, I pray thee come unto this Dorian isle Aigina stranger-thronged, for the sacred festival of the Nemean games: for by the waters of Asopos young men await thee, skilled to sing sweet songs of triumph, and desiring to hear thy call.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. ὦ πότνια Μοῖσα, μᾶτερ ἁμετέρα: μητέρα ἑαυτοῦ εἶπε τὴν Μοῦσαν ὁ Πίνδαρος, ὡς ἂν ἐπιπνεόμενος ἐκ τῶν Μουσῶν (Hes. theog. 94)· ἐκ γάρ τοι Μουσέων καὶ ἑκηβόλου Ἀπόλλωνος ἄνδρες ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν. ἢ τροφὸν, διὰ τὸ ἀποζῆν αὐτὸν ἐξ ὧν ἔγραφεν ἐπινίκων. ἄμεινον δὲ, ὅτι προσηνὴς ἦν αὐτῷ ἡ Μοῦσα, ὥσπερ Ὀδυσσεῖ ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ (Ψ 183)· μήτηρ ὣς Ὀδυσσῆϊ παρίσταται ἠδ᾿ ἐπαρήγει.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἱκετεύω σε, ὦ ἐντιμοτάτη Μοῦσα, ἡμετέρα μῆτερ, παραγενοῦ μοι εἰς τὴν πολύξενον νῆσον τὴν τῶν Δωριέων τῶν Ἀργείων ἄποικον· ἐν τῇδε τῃ ἱερομηνίᾳ τῆς Νεμεάδος ἧκε εἰς τὴν Αἴγιναν.

c. ἄλλως. ἐζήτηται, πῶς ἐπικαλεῖται τὴν Μοῦσαν ἐλθεῖν εἰς Αἴγιναν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὸν ὕμνον ᾀσθῆναι, καὶ ἅμα τοὺς νεανίσκους φησὶ μένειν, δι᾿ οὓς αὐτὴν ἐπικαλεῖται, οὐκ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ ἀλλ᾿ ἐν Νεμέᾳ· ὁ γὰρ Ἀσωπὸς οὐκ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ, ἀλλὰ περὶ Φλειοῦντά ἐστι καὶ Νεμέαν. ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀρίσταρχός φησιν, ἤτοι τὸν χορὸν ὑπὸ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς νίκης αὐτοσχέδιόν τινα ἐπίνικον ᾆσαι, ἢ τὸν Ἀρχιλόχου Καλλίνικον, οὗ καὶ τὸν Πίνδαρον μνημονεύειν διὰ τούτων (Ο. IX 1)· τὸ μὲν Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος φωνᾶεν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. μεταβάντος οὖν τοῦ χοροῦ εἰς τὴνΑἴγιναν καὶ μέλλοντος ᾄσ ιν τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Πινδάρου πεποιημένον εἰκότως φάναι· ὕδατι γὰρ μένοντ᾿ ἐπ᾿ Ἀσωπίῳ μελιγαρύων τέκτονες κώμων νεανίαι· ὥσθ᾿ ὃ βούλεται εἰπεῖν, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· οἱ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ Ἀσωπῷ τὸν αὐτοσχέδιον ὕμνον τεκτηνάμενοι χοροὶ ἀναμένουσί σε ἐν τῇ Αἰγίνῃ ᾀσόμενοι τὸν ὑπὸ Πινδάρου ποιηθέντα ἐπίνικον. ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος διηπατῆσθαί φησι τοὺς ὑπομνηματισαμένους τῇ ὁμωνυμίᾳ τῶν ποταμῶν· οἱ γὰρ Ἀσωποὶ πλείους, ὧν ἕνα φησὶν εἶναι καὶ τὸν ἐν Αἰγίνῃ· ὁ δὲ Καλλίστρατος Ἀσωπίδα ἐν Αἰγίνῃ. δύναται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐν Βοιωτίᾳ Ἀσωποῦ ποταμοῦ ἀκούεσθαι, ὡς τῶν ἐξ Αἰγίνης χορευτῶν τῷ Πινδάρῳ προσλιπαρούντων ἕνεκα τοῦ γράφειν Ἀριστοκλείδῃ τὸν ἐπίνικον.

ad v. 4

a. ἱερομηνίᾳ Νεμεάδι: τουτέστι τῇ τῶν ἐπινίκων εὐωχίᾳ. ἱερομηνίαν δὲ λέγουσι κατὰ σύντμησιν τὴν ἱερονουμηνίαν· αἱ γὰρ τῶν μηνῶν ἀρχαὶ ἱεραί εἰσι τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος, καθὸ ὁ αὐτὸς δοκεῖ εἶναι τῷ ἡλίῳ. ἐν ἱερομηνίᾳ ἐλθὲ Νεμεάδι, ἐν ᾗ μέλλομεν ἡμέρᾳ τὸν εἰς τὴν Νεμεακὴν νίκην ὕμνον γράφειν. οἱ δὲ ἱερὸν μῆνα καθόλου λέγουσι κεκλῆσθαι, ἐν ᾧ τὰ Νέμεα ἄγεται· ἱερομηνίαι δὲ λέγονται αἱ ἐν τῷ μηνὶ ἱεραὶ ἡμέραι οἷαι δήποτε θεοῖς ἀνειμέναι· τὸν οὖν Δημητριῶνα μῆνά φησι Φιλόχορος (FHG I 413) ὅλον ψηφίσασθαι τοὺς Ἀθηναίους ἱερομηνίαν λέγεσθαι, οἷον ὅλον ἑορτήν...... ἱερομηνίαν φησὶν ἐν τούτοις (Dem. 24, 29)· ἁπάντων ὑμῶν ἀγόντων ἱερομηνίαν. ἔοικε δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος νῦν ἱερομηνίαν λέγειν τὴν τῶν ἐπινίκων ἑορτήν· οὐ γάρ ἐστι δημοτελής.

5–6

5 κώμων νεανίαι, σέθεν ὄπα μαιόμενοι. σ15

6 διψῇ δὲ πρᾶγος ἄλλο μὲν ἄλλου· σ2

victory-songs, seeking your voice. Various deeds thirst for various things; but victory in the games loves song most of all, the most auspicious attendant of garlands and of excellence.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (3 entries)

ad v. 5

a. νᾶσον Αἴγιναν: Αἴγινα μία νῆσος τῶν Σποράδων ἀντικρὺ κειμένη τῆς Ἀττικῆς, ἄποικος τῶν Ἀργείων. ἔοκε δὲ βραδύτερον ἀποδιδοὺς τὸν ἐπίνικονσπεύδειν γράφειν, ἴσως καὶ τῆς πανηγύρεως κατεπειγούσης.

ad v. 6

a. ὕδατι γὰρ μένοντι: ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν ὑδάτων τοῦ Ἀσωποῦ ποταμοῦ, ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις λέγω, προσμένουσιν ἡμᾶς οἱ νεανίαι οἱ τῶν ἡδυτάτων ὕμνων τέκτονες καὶ χορευταὶ, τὴν σὴν φωνήν, ὦ Μοῦσα, ἐπιζητοῦντες ἀεί.

b. μένοντι δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ μένουσιν Δωρικῶς εἶπε.

7–8

7 ἀε θλονικία δὲ μάλιστʼ ἀοιδὰν φιλεῖ,

8 στεφάνων ἀρετᾶν τε δεξιωτάταν ὀπαδόν·

For various recompense are various acts athirst; but victory in the games above all loveth song, of crowns and valiant deeds the fittest follower. Thereof grant us large store for our skill, and to the king of heaven with its thronging clouds do thou who art his daughter begin a noble lay; and I will marry the same to the voices of singers and to the lyre.

9 τᾶς ἀφθονίαν ὄπαζε μήτιος ἀμᾶς ἄπο·

Send an abundance of it, from my wisdom;

10–12

 ἄρχε δʼ οὐρανοῦ πολυνεφέλα κρέοντι, θύγατερ, σ2
 δόκιμον ὕμνον· ἐγὼ δὲ κείνων τέ νιν ὀάροις
 λύρᾳ τε κοινάσομαι. χαρίεντα δʼ ἕξει πόνον

begin, divine daughter, an acceptable hymn to the ruler of the cloud-filled sky, and I will communicate it by the voices of those singers and by the lyre. The hymn will have a pleasant toil, to be the glory of the land where the ancient Myrmidons lived, whose marketplace, famous long ago,

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (2 entries)

ad v. 10

a. διψῇ δὲ πρᾶγος ἄλλο μὲν ἄλλου: διψῇ δὲ καὶ ἐπιθυμεῖ ἄλλο μὲν ἄλλου πράγματος, ἡ δὲ ἐκ φιλονεικίας ἔρις, ἡ ἀθλονικία, μάλιστα φιλεῖ τοὺς ἐπαίνους καὶ τοὺς ὕμνους· τῶν γὰρ στεφάνων καὶ ἀρετῶν ἐπιδέξιος καὶ καλλίστη ὀπαδὸς ἡ ᾠδή.

b. ἡ γὰρ ᾠδὴ καὶ τὸ ἐγκώμιον, φησίν, ἕπεται ταῖς ἀρεταῖς καὶ τοῖς στεφάνοις τοῖς τοῦ νικηφόρου.

13–14

13 χώρας ἄγαλμα, Μυρμιδόνες ἵνα πρότεροι

14 ᾤκησαν, ὧν παλαίφατον ἀγορὰν σ1

A pleasant labour shall be mine in glorifying this land where of old the Myrmidons dwelt, whose ancient meeting-place Aristokleides through thy favour hath not sullied with reproach by any softness in the forceful strife of the pankration; but a healing remedy of wearying blows he hath won at least in this fair victory in the deep-lying plain of Nemea.

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (1 entry)

ad v. 14

a. τᾶς ἀφθονίαν ὄπαζε: ταύτης οὖν τῆς ᾠδῆς, ὦ Μοῦσα, ἀφθονίαν δίδου ἀπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς διανοίας.

15–16

15 οὐκ ἐλεγχέεσσιν Ἀριστοκλείδας τεὰν15

16 ἐμίανε κατʼ αἶσαν ἐν περισθενεῖ μαλαχθεὶς σ3

Aristocleides, through your ordinance, did not stain with dishonor by proving himself too weak in the strenuous

Scholia ad vv. 15–16 (3 entries)

ad v. 16

a. ἄρχε δ᾿ οὐρανῶ: Αἰολικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.

b. ὁ μὲν Αρίσταρχος Οὐρανοῦ θυγατέρα τὴν Μοῦσαν δέδεκται, καθάπερ Μίμνερμος (fr. 13) καὶ Ἀλκμὰν (fr. 119) ἱστοροῦσιν· ὁ δὲ Ἀμμώνιος προστίθησιν, ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο κρέοντα κέκληκε τὸν Οὐρανὸν, ὅτι πρὶν Κρόνον βασιλεῦσαι οὗτος ἐβασίλευσεν. ἤλλακται δὲ ἡ πτῶσις, ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῦ πολυνεφέλου οὐρανοῦ θύγατερ. βέλτιον δέ φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος ἀκούειν τὸ ὅλον οὕτως· τοῦ πολυνεφέλου κρέοντος οὐρανοῦ θύγατερ, τοῦ Διός. κρέων γὰρ οὐρανοῦ ὁ Ζεὺς, Διὸς δὲ Μοῦσαι.

c. ὕμνονc. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· κάταρχε δὲ αὐτὴ ὦ Μοῦσά μοι καὶ πάρεχε δόκιμον καὶ κάλλιστον, ὦ τοῦ πολυνεφέλου οὐρανοῦ βασιλέως θύγατερ.

17–18

17 παγκρατίου στόλῳ· καματωδέων δὲ πλαγᾶν

18 ἄκος ὑγιηρὸν ἐν βαθυπεδίῳ Νεμέᾳ τὸ καλλίνικον φέρει. σ2

Nemea course of the pancratium. But in the deep plain of, his triumph-song brings a healing cure for wearying blows. Still, if the son of Aristophanes, who is beautiful, and whose deeds match his looks,

Scholia ad vv. 17–18 (2 entries)

ad v. 18

a. ἐγὼ δ᾿ ἐκείνων τέ μιν ὀάροις: ἐκ τῶν νεανίσκων, φησί, τῶν μενόντων παρ᾿ ἐμοὶ τὸν ὕμνον κοινῶς ᾄσομαι· μετ᾿ ᾠδῆς γὰρ καὶ λύρας ἀπηγγέλλοντο οἱ ἐπίνικοι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐγὼ δὲ ταῖς ἐκείνων τῶν χορευτῶν φωναῖς καὶ ταῖς λύραις κοινῶς τὸν ὕμνον ᾄσομαι.

19 εἰ δʼ ἐὼν καλὸς ἔρδων τʼ ἐοικότα μορφᾷ σ1

Now if this son of Aristophanes, being fair of form and achieving deeds as fair, hath thus attained unto the height of manly excellence, no further is it possible for him to sail untraversed sea beyond the pillars of Herakles, which the hero-god set to be wide-famed witnesses of the end of voyaging: for he had overcome enormous wild-beasts on the seas, and tracked the streams through marshes to where he came to the goal that turned him to go back homeward, and there did he mark out the ends of the earth.

Scholia ad vv. 19–19 (1 entry)

ad v. 19

c. ἐγὼ δ᾿ ἐκείνων: ἐγὼ δὲ ταῖς τῶν χορευτῶν φωναῖς καὶ ταῖς λύραις κοινῶς τὸν ὕμνον ᾄσομαι· μετ᾿ ᾠδῆς γὰρ καὶ λύρας ἀπηγγέλλοντο οἱ ἐπίνικοι.

20–21

20 εο ἀνορέαις ὑπερτάταις ἐπέβα παῖς Ἀριστοφάν ς· οὐκέτι πρόσω σ420

21 ἀβάταν ἅλα κιόνων ὑπὲρ Ἡρακλέος περᾶν εὐμαρές, σ1

embarked on the highest achievements of manliness, it is not easy to cross the trackless sea beyond the pillars of Heracles,

Scholia ad vv. 20–21 (5 entries)

ad v. 20

a. χαρίεντα δ᾿ ἕξει πόνον: ἀμφίπολον πότερον ἡ Αἴγινα τὸν ὕμνον ἕξει τῆς χώρας αὐτῆς ὄντα ἄγαλμα, ἢ τὸν πόνον ἕξει, τουτέστι τὸν ὕμνον. χαρίεντα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπίχαριν.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἡ Αἴγινα, ἥτις ἐστὶ χώρας ἄγαλμα, ἕξει μοι τὸν ὕμνον ἐπὶ χάριτι.

c. ἄλλως. τὸν δὲ χαρίεντα πόνον τοῦ παγκρατίου διὰ τῶν ὕμνων ἕξει μνημονευόμενον ἡ Αἴγινα ἡ οὖσα ἄγαλμα τῆς περὶ αὐτὴν πάσης χώρας.

d. ἢ χαρίεντα πόνον τὸν ὕμνον ἕξει ἡ Αἴγινα ἡ οὖσα τῆς περὶ αὐτὴν χώρας ἄγαλμα.

ad v. 21

a. Μυρμιδόνες ἵνα πρότεροι ᾤκησαν: περὶ τῶν Μυρμιδόνων Ἡσίοδος μὲν οὕτω φησίν (fr. 76)· ἣ δ᾿ ὑποκυσαμένη τέκεν Αἰακὸν ἰππιοχάρμην. αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ ἥβης πολυηράτου ἵκετο μέτρον, μοῦνος ἐὼν ἤσχαλλε. πατὴρ δ᾿ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, ὅσσοι ἔσαν μύρμηκες ἐπηράτου ἔνδοθι νήσου, τοὺς ἄνδρας ποίησε βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας. οἳ δή τοι πρῶτον ζεῦξαν νέας ἀμφιελίσσας. Θεογένης (FHG IV 511) δὲ ἐν τῷ περὶ Αἰγίνης οὕτω γράφει· ἄλλοι δέ τινες πιθανώτερον ἐξηγοῦνται περὶ τούτων. ὀλιγανθρωπούσης γὰρ τῆς νήσου φασὶ τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας αὐτὴν ἐν σπηλαίοις καταγείοις διαιτᾶσθαι, αὐτοὺς παντελῶς ἀκατασκεύους ὄντας, καὶ τοὺς μὲν γινομένους καρποὺς εἰς ταῦτα καταφέρειν, τὴν δὲ ἐκ τούτων ὀρυττομένην γῆν ἐπὶ τὰ γεώργια ἀναφέρειν, οὔσης ἐπιεικῶς ὑπάντρου τε καὶ ὑποπέτρου τῆς νήσου, μάλιστα δὲ τῶν πεδινῶν τόπων αὐτῆς. διόπερ ἀφομοιούντων αὐτοὺς, ὡς εἶδον ταῦτα πράττοντας, τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐρχομένων μύρμηξι, Μυρμιδόνας κληθῆναι. μεθ᾿ ὧν συνοικίσαντα τὸν Αἰακὸν τοὺς ἐκ Πελοποννήσου μεθ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ παραγενομένους, ἐξημερῶσαί τε καὶ νόμους δοῦναι καὶ σύνταξιν πολιτικὴν, ᾗ χρησαμένους αὐτοὺς παντελῶς δοκεῖν ἐκ μυρμήκων γενέσθαι.

22–24

 ἥρως θεὸς ἃς ἔθηκε ναυτιλίας ἐσχάτας
 μάρτυρας κλυτάς· δάμασε δὲ θῆρας ἐν πελάγεσιν σ1
 ὑπέροχος, διά τʼ ἐξερεύνασε τεναγέων

which that hero and god set up as famous witnesses to the furthest limits of seafaring. He subdued the monstrous beasts in the sea, and tracked to the very end the streams of the shallows,

Scholia ad vv. 22–24 (1 entry)

ad v. 23

a. ὧν παλαίφατον ἀγοράν: ὧν, τῶν Μυρμιδόνων, τὴν πάλαι πεφατισμένην, τουτέστιν ὑμνουμένην ἀγορὰν καὶ σύνοδον οὐδαμῶς ὕβρισε καὶ ὀνειδισμοῖς ἐμίανεν ὁ Ἀριστοκλείδης, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον καὶ προσηύξησεν· ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (Ο 11)· ἐπεὶ οὔ μιν ἀφαυρότατος βάλ᾿ Ἀχαιῶν· ἀλλὰ ἰσχυρότατος δηλονότι.

25–29

 ῥοάς, ὅπα πόμπιμον κατέβαινε νόστου τέλος, σ1
 καὶ γᾶν φράδασσε. θυμέ, τίνα πρὸς ἀλλοδαπὰν
 εαι ἄκραν ἐμὸν πλόον παραμείβ; σ2
 Αἰακῷ σε φαμὶ γένει τε Μοῖσαν φέρειν,
 ἐσλὸς αἰνεῖν· ἕπεται δὲ λόγῳ δίκας ἄωτος, σ1

where he reached the goal that sent him back home again, and he made the land known. My spirit, towards what foreign headland are you turning my voyage? I bid you to summon the Muse in honor of Aeacus and his race; consummate justice attends the precept, “praise the noble.”

But to what headland of a strange shore, O my soul, art thou carrying aside the course of my ship? To Aiakos and to his race I charge thee bring the Muse. Herein is perfect justice, to speak the praise of good men: neither are desires for things alien the best for men to cherish: search first at home: a fitting glory for thy sweet song hast thou gotten there in deeds of ancient valour.

Scholia ad vv. 25–29 (4 entries)

ad v. 25

a. διὰ τὸ σόν, φησί, μέρος, ὦ Μοῦσα, ἢ ὦ Αἴγινα. ὅ ἐστι τοῦ ὕμνου τυχών. κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ μερίδα καὶ σπουδὴν, ὅσον γε αὐτῷ ἀνῆκε.

ad v. 27

a. παγκρατίου στόλῳ: στόλῳ μὲν τῇ στάλσει. εἰσι δὲ οἳ τὸ παγκράτιον ἀπαρχαΐζοντες καὶ τὸν Θησέα φασὶ τῷ Μινωταύρῳ παγκρατιαστικῶς ἀγωνίσασθαι. Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ (fr. 475) Λεύκαρόν φησι τὸν Ἀκαρνᾶνα πρῶτον ἔντεχνον τὸ παγκράτιον ποιῆσαι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τῇ τοῦ παγκρατίου ὁ μῇ, τοῦτο γὰρ λέγει στόλῳ, καὶ ὁρμῇ τῇ περισθενεῖ καὶ πανταχόθεν συνεχομένῃ μαλαχθεὶς καὶ γυμνασθεὶς ἱκανῶς. τῶν δὲ ἐπιπόνων πληγῶν καὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ παγκρατίου τραυμάτων τῶν κατὰ τὴν μεγάλην Νεμέαν βοήθημα καὶ ἴαμα ὑγιεινὸν φέρει τὴν νίκην.

ad v. 29

a. ἄκος ὑγιηρόν: τὴν νίκην φάρμακον ἔσχε τῶν πληγῶν· οἱ γὰρ νικήσαντες οὐδὲ εἰ τραύματα ἔχουσιν αἰσθάνονται διὰ τὸ ἥδεσθαι.

30 οὐδʼ ἀλλοτρίων ἔρωτες ἀνδρὶ φέρειν κρέσσονες·30

And no man should prefer to desire what is alien. Search at home; you have won a suitable adornment for singing something sweet. Among old examples of excellence is king Peleus, who rejoiced when he cut a matchless spear, and who alone, without an army, captured Iolcus,

31–34

 οἴκοθεν μάτευε. ποτίφορον δὲ κόσμον ἔλαβες
 type="unspecified" γλυκύ τι γαρυέμεν. παλαιαῖσι δʼ ἐν ἀρεταῖς σ1
 γέγαθε Πηλεὺς ἄναξ ὑπέραλλον αἰχμὰν ταμών·
 ὃς καὶ Ἰωλκὸν εἷλε μόνος ἄνευ στρατιᾶς,

Glad was King Peleus when he cut him his gigantic spear, he who took Iolkos by his single arm without help of any host, he who held firm in the struggle Thetis the daughter of the sea.

Scholia ad vv. 31–34 (1 entry)

ad v. 32

a. ἄβατονεἰ δ᾿ ὢν καλὸς ἕρδων τ᾿ ἐοικότα μορφᾷ: εἰ δὲ τὸ εἶδος ὢν καλὸς ἰσορρόποις τοῦ εἴδους σεμνύνεται πράξεσιν ὁ τοῦ Ἀριστοφάνους παῖς Ἀριστοκλείδης, οὐκέτι οἷόν τέ ἐστι περαιτέρω τὴν μὴ πλεομένην θάλασσαν περᾶν, ἀλλ᾿ ὑπὲρ τὰς Ἡρακλείους στήλας τοῖς πλέουσιν.

35–36

35 καὶ ποντίαν Θέτιν κατέμαρψεν35

36 ἐγκονητί. Λαομέδοντα δʼ εὐρυσθενὴς

and caught the sea-nymph Thetis after many struggles. And powerful Telamon, the comrade of Iolaus, sacked the city of Laomedon;

37 Τελαμὼν Ἰόλᾳ παραστάτας ἐὼν ἔπερσεν· σ1

Also the city of Laomedon did mighty Telamon sack, when he fought with Iolaos by his side, and again to the war of the Amazons with brazen bows he followed him; neither at any time did man-subduing terror abate the vigour of his soul.

Scholia ad vv. 37–37 (1 entry)

ad v. 37

a. ὑπὲρ Ἡρακλέος περᾶν: ἀρκείσθω τούτοις τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ τῷ κάλλει καὶ τῷ νικᾶν, καὶ μὴ ζητείτω ἔτι πλείονα ἀγαθά· ὡς γὰρ οὐ δυνατὸν ὑπερθέσθαι τὰς Ἡρακλείους στήλας, οὕτως οὐδὲ τὴν ἀπὸ τούτου δόξαν.

38–39

38 καί ποτε χαλκότοξον Ἀμαζόνων μετʼ ἀλκὰν σ2

39 ἕπετό οἱ· οὐδέ νίν ποτε φόβος ἀνδροδάμας ἔπαυσεν ἀκμὰν φρενῶν.

and once he followed him to meet the bronze-bowed strength of the Amazons. And fear, the subduer of men, never dulled the edge of his mind.

Scholia ad vv. 38–39 (2 entries)

ad v. 38

a. ἥρως θεὸς ἃς ἔθηκεν: ὁ Ἡρακλῆς. διατί δὲ αὐτὸν ἥρωα καὶ θεὸν εἶπε; λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι τῆς Ἑλλάδος προσελθούσης τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ ἐρωτώσης, ὅπως δεῖ τιμᾶν τὸν Ἡρακλέα μετὰ τὴν ἀποθέωσιν, εἶπεν ὁ θεός· νῦν μὲν ὡς ἥρωα, τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ ὡς θεόν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος· ἅστινας στήλας ὁ ἥρως καὶ θεὸς Ἡρακλῆς τῆς τελευταίας ναυτιλίας καὶ τοῦ ἐσχάτου πλοῦ ἔστησε περιφανέστατα σημεῖα. ὡς ἐν παρεκβάσει δὲ λέγει, ὅτι καὶ ἀνεῖλε θαλάσσια θηρία, οἷον τὸ κῆτος. λέγεται γὰρ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς διαπλεῦσαι τὰ δυτικὰ μέρη καὶ Λιβύην καὶ ἔτι περαιτέρω, καὶ θεασάμενος ἄπειρον τὸ πέλαγος ὅρους τοῦ πλοῦ δύο κίονας ἔστησε, τὸν μὲν ἕτερον ἐν Λιβύῃ, τὸν δὲ ἄλλον εἰς τὸ ἕτερον κλίμα.

40–42

 συγγενεῖ δέ τις εὐδοξίᾳ μέγα βρίθει· σ1
 ὃς δὲ διδάκτʼ ἔχει, ψεφηνὸς ἀνὴρ ἄλλοτʼ ἄλλα πνέων οὔ ποτʼ ἀτρεκεῖ
 κατέβα ποδί, μυριᾶν δʼ ἀρετᾶν ἀτελεῖ νόῳ γεύεται. σ3

A man with inborn glory has great weight; but he who has only learned is a man in darkness, breathing changeful purposes, never taking an unwavering step, but trying his hand at countless forms of excellence with his ineffectual thought.

Scholia ad vv. 40–42 (4 entries)

ad v. 40

a. μάρτυρας κλυτάς: ἀμφίβολον πότερον τῆς ἐσχάτης μάρτυρες ναυτιλίας αἱ στῆλαι, ἢ κατὰ τὸ πληθυντικὸν τὰς ἐσχάτας μάρτυρας ἐμφανιζούσας ἔθηκεν, ὅτι μέχρι αὐτῶν δεῖ πλεῖν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ περισπάσαι τὸ κλυτᾶς, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· τῆς κλυτῆς ναυτιλίας ἐσχάτας μάρτυρας τὰς στήλας ἔθηκεν. αἱ δὲ Ἡράκλειαι στῆλαι καὶ Βριάρεω λέγονται εἶναι, καθά φησι.... (Fr. Ep. Gr. ed. Kinkel p. 7)· στῆλαί τ᾿ Αἰγαίωνος ἁλὸς μεδέοντι Γίγαντος.

ad v. 42

a. ὑπερόχος ἰδίᾳ τ᾿ ἐρεύνασε: Δωρικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπερόχους, οἷον ὑπερέχοντας καὶ μεγίστους. ἡ δὲ ἀπότασις αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τοῦ κήτους τοῦ περὶ τὴν Ἴλιον καὶ τὸν Λαομέδοντα.

b. τὸ δὲ ἰδίᾳ τ᾿ ἐρεύνασεν ἔνιοι γράφουσι διά τ᾿ ἐρεύνασε, διηρεύνησέ τε.

c. ἰδίᾳ: οὐκέτι προστάξαντος Εὐρυσθέως, ἀλλ᾿ ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τὸ φιλόπονον αὐτοῦ διηρεύνησεν, ὅθεν ἦν δυνατὸν ἐπανελθεῖν τινας. Καλλίμαχος (fr. 120)· χαῖρε βαρυσκίπων, ἐπιτακτὰ μὲν ἑξάκι δοιά. ἐκ δ᾿ αὐταγρεσίης πολλάκι πολλὰ καμών, τουτέστι τὰ πάραθλα.

43–44

43 ξανθὸς δʼ Ἀχιλεὺς τὰ μὲν μένων Φιλύρας ἐν δόμοις σ2

44 παῖς ἐὼν ἄθυρε μεγάλα ἔργα, χερσὶ θαμινὰ

But golden-haired Achilles, staying in the home of Philyra as a child, played at great deeds, often

By inborn worth doth one prevail mightily; but whoso hath but precepts is a vain man and is fain now for this thing and now again for that, but a sure step planteth he not at any time, but handleth countless enterprises with a purpose that achieveth naught.

Scholia ad vv. 43–44 (2 entries)

ad v. 43

a. τενάγη δὲ λέγονται αἱ δίυγροι καὶ παραποτάμιοι ὀφρύες, ἤτοι παρατεταμένη τις καὶ ὑπερέχουσα γῆ οὖσα, ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ τέγγεσθαι.

b. ἢ νησώδης.

45–47

 βραχυσίδαρον ἄκοντα πάλλων, ἴσα τʼ ἀνέμοις σ3
 μάχᾳ λεόντεσσιν ἀγροτέροις ἔπρασσεν φόνον,
 κάπρους τʼ ἔναιρε, σώματα δὲ παρὰ Κρονίδαν

brandishing in his hands a javelin with a short blade; swift as the wind, he dealt death to wild lions in battle, and he slew wild boars and carried their panting bodies to the Centaur, son of Cronus, first when he was six years old, and afterwards for all the time he spent there.

Scholia ad vv. 45–47 (3 entries)

ad v. 45

a. καὶ γᾶν φράδασε: ἀντὶ τοῦ φραδητὴν ἐποίησε καὶ δήλην ἕως τίνος ἐστὶ πορευτὴ καὶ ἕως τίνος ἡ θάλασσα πλωτὴ, ἐπιστήσας τὰς στήλας αὐτός.

b. θυμὲ. τίνα πρὸς ἀλλοδαπάν: ἐπιλαμβάνεται ἑαυτοῦ ὡς περαιτέρω ἢ πρ σῆκεν εἰς τοὺς περὶ Ἡρακλέους ἐπαίνους τραπέντος, δέον λέγειν περὶ τῶν προγόνων τοῦ νενικηκότος, Αἰακοῦ καὶ Τελαμῶνος· προσεχέστεροι γὰρ οὗτοι Ἡρακλέους τοῦ ἐπαινουμένου ἕνεκεν Ἀριστοκλείδα· ὁ μὲν γὰρ Αἰγινήτης ἐστὶν ὥσπερ Αἰακός, ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλῆς Θηβαῖος. ἀλληγορεῖ δὲ πρὸς ἄκραν ἀπευθύνειν λέγων τὸν πλοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν κυβερνητῶν τῶν ἐχομένων ἄλλων ἀκρωτηρίων ἀλλ᾿ οὐ τῶν προκειμένων, δέον εὐθυπλοεῖν κατὰ λιμένα. τουτέστι, μὴ καὶ τὸν νοῦν περιφέρειν ἔξω τοῦ σκοποῦ τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἄγοντα, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τὸν ἐπαινούμενον τρέπειν. διὸ καὶ ἐποίσει ἐντόπιά τινα καὶ οἰκεῖα· Αἰακῷ σε φημὶ γένει τε Μοῖσαν φέρειν· τὸ ποίημα δεῖν οἶμαι φέρειν, ὦ θυμὲ, Αἰακῷ σε· Αἰγινήτης γὰρ ὅ τε ἐπαινούμενος καὶ ὁ Αἰακός.

c. ἄλλως. ἀποστρέφει τὸν λόγον πρὸς ἑαυτόν· ᾔσθετο γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ παρεκβάντος, καί φησι· τίνα πρὸς ἄκραν ἀλλοτρίαν ἐκπλέεις, ὦ θυμέ; ἀντὶ τοῦ διατί τὰ Ἡρακλέους νῦν διηγῇ θαύματα ἐάσας τὰ τῶν Αἰακιδῶν; λέγε μᾶλλον περὶ Αἰακοῦ καὶ τούτου τοῦ γένους· ἢ τῶν πολέμων· καὶ ἐν τούτοις τὴν Μοῦσαν τὴν σὴν, ἤτοι τὸν ὕμνον φέρε.

48–49

48 Κένταυρον ἀσθμαίνοντα κόμιζεν,

49 ἑξέτης τὸ πρῶτον, ὅλον δʼ ἔπειτʼ ἂν χρόνον· σ2

Now Achilles of the yellow hair, while he dwelt in the house of Philyra, being yet a child made mighty deeds his play; and brandishing many a time his little javelin in his hands, swift as the wind he dealt death to wild lions in the fight, and boars he slew also and dragged their heaving bodies to the Centaur, son of Kronos, a six years' child when he began, and thenceforward continually. And Artemis marvelled at him, and brave Athene, when he slew deer without dogs or device of nets; for by fleetness of foot he overcame them.

Scholia ad vv. 48–49 (2 entries)

ad v. 49

a. ἕπεται δὲ λόγῳ δίκας: ἕπεται δὲ τῷ λόγῳ καὶ ἀκόλουθον φαίνεται, ὅστις λόγος τῆς δίκης ἄωτός ἐστι· τί ἕπεται; ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς πάντας ἐπαινεῖν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ καλὸν ἐξ ἀλλοτρίων κοσμεῖσθαι. κατ᾿ ἔλλειψιν δὲ εἶπε τὰ πλεῖστα.

b. ἄλλως. τὸ ἐσλός ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐσλούς· οἷον δίκαιόν ἐστι τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἐπαινεῖν. τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὸν Αἰακὸν, ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐπαινεῖν· ἀγαθὸς γὰρ ἦν.

50 τὸν ἐθάμβεον Ἄρτεμίς τε καὶ θρασεῖʼ Ἀθάνα,50

Artemis and bold Athena gazed at him with wonder,

51–53

 κτείνοντʼ ἐλάφους ἄνευ κυνῶν δολίων θʼ ἑρκέων· σ1
 ποσσὶ γὰρ κράτεσκε. λεγόμενον δὲ τοῦτο προτέρων σ1
 ἔπος ἔχω· βαθυμῆτα Χείρων τράφε λιθίνῳ σ1

as he slew deer without the help of dogs and crafty nets; for he excelled with his feet. I have this story as it was told by earlier generations. Deep-thinking Cheiron reared Jason under his stone roof, and later Asclepius,

Scholia ad vv. 51–53 (3 entries)

ad v. 51

a. οὐ καλοὶ γὰρ οἱ ἔρωτες, φησίν, οὐδὲ ἀρίστη ἡ ἐπιθυμία, τὸ ἀνδρὶ προσάπτειν καὶ προσφέρειν ἔπαινον ἐξ ἀλλοτρίων ἐγκωμίων καὶ μὴ ἰδίων.

ad v. 52

a. οἴκοθεν μάτευε: ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου τοίνυν γένους ἀνεύρισκε καὶ ἐπιζήτει τὰ ἐγκώμια καὶ μὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θηβαίου Ἡρακλέους.

ad v. 53

b. οἴκοθεν μάτευε: ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου γένους ἀνεύρισκε καὶ ἐπιζήτει γλυκύ τι φωνεῖν εἰς τοῦτον ἐγκώμιον, μὴ ἀφ᾿ Ἡρακλέους· οὐχ ὑπ᾿ ἐμοῦ δὲ μόνον ὑμνεῖταί ὁ Πηλεύς, ἀλλ᾿ ἔτι πάλαι ὑμνεῖτο.

54 Ἰάσονʼ ἔνδον τέγει, καὶ ἔπειτεν Ἀσκλήπιον, σ2

This story also of the men of old have I heard: how within his cavern of stone did deep-counselled Cheiron rear Jason, and next Asklepios, whom he taught to apportion healing drugs with gentle hand: after this it was that he saw the espousals of Nereus' daughter of the shining wrists, and fondling nursed her son, strongest of men, rearing his soul in a life of harmony; until by blowing of sea winds wafted to Troy he should await the war-cry of the Lykians and of the Phrygians and of the Dardanians, cried to the clashing of spears; and joining in battle with the lancer Ethiops hand to hand should fix this purpose in his soul, that their chieftain Memnon, Helenos' fiery cousin, should go back again to his home no more.

Scholia ad vv. 54–54 (2 entries)

ad v. 54

a. ποτίφορον δέ: πρόσφορον, οἰκεῖον ἔπαινον ἔλαχες καὶ ἔχεις, ὅπερ δὴ γλυκύτατόν ἐστι λέγειν, τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων καλῶν ἐγκωμιάζεσθαι.

b. ἢ οὕτω· τοῦτο, φησίν, ἔλαβες ἐκ θεῶν, κοσμεῖν τοὺς ἀξίους, ἵν᾿ ᾖ ὡς πρὸς αὑτὸν λέγων. κόσμον δὲ τὸν ἔπαινον.

55–58

 τὸν φαρμάκων δίδαξε μαλακόχειρα νόμον· σ1
 νύμφευσε δʼ αὖτις ἀγλαόκαρπον
 Νηρέος θύγατρα, γόνον τέ οἱ φέρτατον σ1
 ἐν ἀτίταλλεν, ἀρμένοισι πᾶσι θυμὸν αὔξων· σ1

whom he taught the gentle-handed laws of remedies. And he arranged a marriage for Peleus with the lovely-bosomed daughter of Nereus, and brought up for her their incomparable child, nurturing his spirit with all fitting things,

Scholia ad vv. 55–58 (3 entries)

ad v. 55

a. παλαιαῖσι δ᾿ ἐν ἀρεταῖς γέγαθε Πηλεὺς ἄναξ: ἔτι πάλαι, φησίν, ὑμνεῖται ὁ Πηλεὺς καὶ ὑμνεῖτο, οὐ νεωστὶ οὐδὲ ὑπ᾿ ἐμοῦ μόνον. οὐ γὰρ λέγει, ὅτι νῦν γέγηθεν ὁ Πηλεὺς ὡς νῦν πρῶτον ἐπαινούμενος, ἀλλ᾿ ἔτι πάλαι ὑμνεῖτο.

ad v. 57

a. ὑπέραλλον αἰχμάν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξαίρετον, ἐξέχουσαν καὶ ὑπερβάλλουσαν. ἀναφέρει δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ Ὁμηρικά (T 390)· Πηλιάδα μελίην, τὴν πατρὶ φίλῳ τάμε Χείρων. ἀντιτάττεται δὲ τοῖς Ὁμήρου· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ Χείρωνός φησι τμηθῆναι αὐτὴν καὶ δοθῆναι Πηλεῖ, οὗτος δὲ ὑπὸ Πηλέως φησὶν αὐτὴν τμηθῆναι. δόξει δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος διὰ τὸν Αἰγινήτην χαρίζεσθαι τῷ Πηλεῖ· οὐ γὰρ μόνος εἷλε τὴν Ἰωλκόν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν Τυνδαριδῶν, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Φερεκύδης (FHG I 73 M, I 78 J.).

ad v. 58

a. ὃς καὶ Ἰωλκόν: ὃς ὁ Πηλεὺς καὶ τὴν Ἰωλκὸν ἐπόρθησε μόνος πολεμήσας πρὸς Ἄκαστον τὸν Πελίου παῖδα.

59 ὄφρα θαλασσίαις ἀνέμων ῥιπαῖσι πεμφθεὶς

so that when the blasts of the sea-winds sent him

60–63

 ὑπὸ Τρωΐαν, δορίκτυπον ἀλαλὰν Λυκίων τε προσμένοι καὶ Φρυγῶν σ1
 Δαρδάνων τε, καὶ ἐγχεσφόροις ἐπιμίξαις σ4
 Αἰθιόπεσσι χεῖρας, ἐν φρασὶ πάξαιθʼ, ὅπως σφίσι μὴ κοίρανος ὀπίσω
 πάλιν οἴκαδʼ ἀνεψιὸς ζαμενὴς Ἑλένοιο Μέμνων μόλοι.

Troy to, he might withstand the spear-clashing war-shout of the Lycians and Phrygians and Dardanians; and when he came into close conflict with the spear-bearing Ethiopians, he might fix it in his mind that their leader, powerful Memnon the kinsman of Helenus, should not return to his home.

Thenceforward burneth ever a far-shining light for the house of Aiakos; for thine O Zeus is their blood, even as thine also are the games whereat my song is aimed, by the voice of the young men of the land proclaiming aloud her joy. For victorious Aristokleides hath well earned a cheer, in that he hath brought new renown to this island, and to the Theoroi of the Pythian god, by striving for glory in the games.

Scholia ad vv. 60–63 (5 entries)

ad v. 60

a. ποντίαν Θέτιν κατέμαρψεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιεγένετο αὐτῆς τῶν ἐπιβουλῶν· διωκομένη γὰρ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ μετέβαλλε τὰς μορφὰς, δτὲ μὲν εἰς πῦρ, ὁτὲ δὲ εἰς θηρία· ὁ δὲ καρτερήσας περιγέγονε. περὶ δὲ τῆς μεταμορφώσεως αὐτῆς καὶ Σοφοκλῆς φησιν ἐν Τρωΐλῳ (fr. 561)· ἔγημεν ὡς ἔγημεν ἀφθόγγους γάμους, τῇ παντομόρφῳ Θέτιδι συμπλακείς ποτε. καὶ ἐν Ἀχιλλέως ἐρασταῖς (fr. 154)· τίς γάρ με μόχθος οὐκ ἐπεστάτει; λέων δράκων τε, πῦρ, ὕδωρ. ὅτι δὲ τῷ διαφόρῳ τῆς μορφῆς ἡ Θέτις ὑπέκλεπτε τοὺς πρὸς τὸν Πηλέα γάμους, δημώδης ὁ λόγος· ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ Πρωτεὺς τὴν φύσιν ἤμειβεν.

ad v. 61

a. ἐγκονητί: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνεργῶς. ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀθλευόντων.

b. Λαομέδοντα δ᾿ εὐρυσθενὴς Τελαμών: ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ Λαομέδοντος τὴν πόρθησιν τῆς Ἰλίου σημαίνει, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Ἰόλα, ὃς ἦν Ἰφικλέους υἱός, τὴν Ἡρακλέους στρατηγίαν· τᾷ δὲ Ἡρακλεῖ συγκαθεῖλε Τελαμὼν τὴν Ἴλιον.

c. εὐρυσθενὴς Τελαμὼν Ἰόλα: τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ λέγει ἐκ συσσήμου· Ἰόλας γὰρ Ἡρακλέους ἡνίοχος.

d. ἄλλως. Ἰόλαος Ἡρακλέους ἦν ἡνίοχος· ἐκ συσσήμου οὖν λέγει Ἰόλᾳ, τουτέστι τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ. | φησὶν οὖν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ Τελαμὼν παραστάτης ὢν τοῦ Ἡρακλέους ἅμα τῷ Ἰόλᾳ ἐπόρθησε τὸν Λαομέδοντα.

64 τηλαυγὲς ἄραρε φέγγος Αἰακιδᾶν αὐτόθεν· σ2

From that point the light of the Aeacids has been fixed to shine far.

Scholia ad vv. 64–64 (2 entries)

ad v. 64

a. καί ποτε χαλκότοξον Ἀμαζόνων μετ᾿ ἀλκάν: χρόνῳ δέ τινι καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς πολεμικὰς Ἀμαζόνας ἀπιόντι τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ συνηκολούθησε, φησίν, ὅτε πρὸς τὴν Ἱππολύτην διὰ τὸν ζωστῆρα ἦλθεν.

b. ἄλλως. περὶ τοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς Ἀμαζόνας συστρατεῦσαι...... (Hesiod. fr. 278) Τελαμὼν ἀκόρητος ἀϋτῆς ἡμετέροις ἑτάροισι φόως πρώτιστος ἔθηκε κτείνας ἀνδρολέτειραν ἀμώμητον Μελανίππην, αὐτοκασιγνήτην χρυσοζώνοιο ἀνάσσης. ἔνιοι δέ φασιν, ὅτι καὶ Πηλεὺς αὐτῷ συνεστράτευσεν, Ἑλλάνικος δὲ πάντας τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἀργοῖ πλεύσαντας Ἡρακλεῖ συστρατεῦσαί φησιν (FHG I 49 M., I 134 J.)

65 Ζεῦ, τεὸν γὰρ αἷμα, σέο δʼ ἀγών, τὸν ὕμνος ἔβαλεν65

Zeus, it is your blood and your contest at which my song aimed its shot, shouting the joy of this land with the voices of young men. Their cry is well-suited to victorious Aristocleides, who linked this island with glorious praise and the sacred

66–69

 ὀπὶ νέων ἐπιχώριον χάρμα κελαδέων. σ2
 βοὰ δὲ νικαφόρῳ σὺν Ἀριστοκλείδᾳ πρέπει,
 ὃς τάνδε νᾶσον εὐκλέϊ προσέθηκε λόγῳ
 καὶ σεμνὸν ἀγλααῖσι μερίμναις

By trial is the issue manifest, wherein may one be more excellent than his fellows, whether among boys a boy, or among men a man, or in the third age among elders, according to the nature of our mortal race. Four virtues doth a long life bring, and biddeth one fit his thought to the things about him. From such virtues this man is not far.

Scholia ad vv. 66–69 (2 entries)

ad v. 66

a. οὐδέ μίν ποτε φόβος ἀνδροδάμας: ὁ τοὺς ἄνδρας δαμάζων φόβος.

b. οὐδέποτε δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀνδρείαν ἐκ τῶν φρενῶν φόβος τις ἔπαυσεν· οὕτως ἄρα τῇ ἐκ φύσεως εὐδοξίᾳ πᾶς τις ἐπαίρεται καὶ μέγα φρονεῖ. δεῖ οὖν, φησί, καὶ τούτους ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοῖς μέγα φρονεῖν· ἐκ φύσεως γὰρ ἀγαθοί.

70–71

70 Πυθίου Θεάριον. ἐν δὲ πείρᾳ τέλος70

71 διαφαίνεται, ὧν τις ἐξοχώτερος γένηται, σ2

Theoric temple of the Pythian god with splendid ambitions. By trial the accomplishment is made manifest, of that in which a man proves himself preeminent,

Scholia ad vv. 70–71 (2 entries)

ad v. 71

a. ὃς δὲ διδάκτ᾿ ἔχει, ψεφηνὸς ἀνήρ: ἀντὶ τοῦ σκοτεινός· ψέφος γὰρ τὸ σκότος.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὅστις δὲ ἐξ ἐπιτηδεύσεως καὶ μαθήσεως ἔχει τὰ καλὰ, σκοτεινός ἐστι καὶ οὐχ ὁμοίως ἐκλάμπων, οὐκ ἀεὶ τὰ αὐτὰ φρονῶν ἀλλ᾿ εὐμαρῶς μεταβαλλόμενος διὰ τὸ σαθρὸν τῆς ἐπιτηδεύσεως ἀφ᾿ ἑτέρων εἰς ἕτερα.

72–74

 ἐν παισὶ νέοισι παῖς, ἐν ἀνδράσιν ἀνήρ, τρίτον σ4
 ἐν παλαιτέροισι, μέρος ἕκαστον οἷον ἔχομεν
 βρότεον ἔθνος. ἐλᾷ δὲ καὶ τέσσαρας ἀρετὰς

as a boy among young boys, a man among men, or, thirdly, among elders, according to each stage which we,the race of men, possess.

Friend, fare thee well: I send to thee this honey mingled with white milk, and the dew of the mixing hangeth round about it, to be a drink of minstrelsy distilled in breathings of Aiolian flutes; albeit it come full late.

Scholia ad vv. 72–74 (4 entries)

ad v. 72

a. οὔποτ᾿ ἀτρεκεῖ: οὐ διαπαντὸς διομαλίζων, ὡς ὁ ἐκ φύσεως τὸ ἀγαθὸν περιπεποιημένος, ἀλλὰ νῦν μὲν ἐπιτυγχάνων, νῦν δὲ οὔ. ὁ γὰρ φυσικὴν μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἔχων ὁρμὴν οὐδὲ εὐφυΐαν, διδακτὰ δὲ πάντα, οὗτος οὐδέποτε ἐφ᾿ ἓν ὁρμήσας συνετέλεσεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἀρετὰς ἐρχόμενος ἀπογεύεται μόνον.

b. ἢ οὕτως· διομαλίζει, οὐκ ἐπιβαίνει, οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ πρᾶγμα ἵσταται. ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος· οὐδέποτε καταβὰς ἐπί τι πρᾶγμα ἐνέμεινεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐνεκαρτέρησεν, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα μετατρέπει.

c. ἄλλως. οὐδέποτε ἀσφαλῶς ἐπέβη τοῖς καλοῖς, καταψευδόμενος τῆς ἐλπίδος πολλῶν ἀρετῶν ἀτελῶς ἅπτεται. ὡς Ὅμηρος (Ν 281)·

d. ἀλλὰ μετοκλάζει καὶ ἐπ᾿ ἀμφοτέρους πόδας ἵζει.

75–77

 ὁ θνατὸς αἰών, φρονεῖν δʼ ἐνέπει τὸ παρκείμενον. σ1
 τῶν οὐκ ἄπεσσι. χαῖρε, φίλος. ἐγὼ τόδε τοι σ2
 πέμπω μεμιγμένον μέλι λευκῷ

And mortal life sets in motion four excellences, and bids us to think of what is at hand. You are not without these excellences. Farewell, my friend! I am sending this to you, honey mixed with white milk, crested with foam from mixing, a draught of song accompanied by the Aeolian breathings of flutes,

Scholia ad vv. 75–77 (3 entries)

ad v. 75

a. ξανθὸς δ᾿ Ἀχιλλεύς: ὁ δὲ Ἀχιλλεὺς τὰ μὲν παῖς ὢν ἄθυρεν ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις τῆς Φιλύρας, καὶ ταῦτα δὲ μεγάλα, καὶ συνεχῶς κατειργάζετο ὀξείαις βολαῖσι μάχας, τῶν γενναιοτέρων ζῴων, λεόντων τε καὶ συῶν ἀγρίων πλῆθος ἀναιρῶν. διαπαντὸς δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος μᾶλλον τὰ ἐκ φύσεως ἀγαθὰ τῶν ἐκ διδασκαλίας παραγινομένων προκρίνει.

ad v. 76

a. Φιλύρας ἐν δόμοις: ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Χείρωνος· ἀπὸ τὴς μητρὸς ἀκουστέον.

b. ἢ οὕτως· παρὰ μὲν Ὁμήρῳ μόνον παιδεύεται διδασκόμενος τὴν ἰατρικήν, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς νεωτέροις καὶ τρέφεται παρὰ Χείρωνι.

78–79

78 σὺν γάλακτι, κιρναμένα δʼ ἔερσʼ ἀμφέπει,

79 πόμʼ ἀοίδιμον Αἰολῇσιν ἐν πνοαῖσιν αὐλῶν, σ1

Swift is the eagle among the birds of the air, who seizeth presently with his feet his speckled prey, seeking it from afar off; but in low places dwell the chattering daws. To thee at least, by the will of throned Kleio, for sake of thy zeal in the games, from Nemea and from Epidauros and from Megara hath a great light shined.

Scholia ad vv. 78–79 (1 entry)

ad v. 79

a. βραχυσίδαρον ἄκοντα: ἤτοι καθὸ βραχυσίδηρός ἐστιν ἡ ἀκμὴ πρὸς τὸ ξύλον τοῦ δόρατος συγκρινομένη, ἢ ἐπεὶ παῖς ἦν ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς, ἀνάλογον εἶχε τῇ ἡλικίᾳ βραχυσίδηρον ἄκοντα, τουτέστι παιδικῷ δόρατι ἐχρήσατο.

80–84

 ὀψέ περ. ἔστι δʼ αἰετὸς ὠκὺς ἐν ποτανοῖς, σ1
 ὃς ἔλαβεν αἶψα, τηλόθε μεταμαιόμενος, δαφοινὸν ἄγραν ποσίν·
 κραγέται δὲ κολοιοὶ ταπεινὰ νέμονται. σ1
 τίν γε μέν, εὐθρόνου Κλεοῦς ἐθελοίσας, ἀεθλοφόρου λήματος ἕνεκεν
 Νεμέας Ἐπιδαυρόθεν τʼ ἄπο καὶ Μεγάρων δέδορκεν φάος. σ59

ClioNemeaEpidaurusMegara although it is late. The eagle is swift among birds: he swoops down from afar, and suddenly seizes with his talons his blood-stained quarry; but chattering daws stay closer to the ground. By the grace of on her lovely throne and because of your victorious spirit, the light has shone on you from and and.

Scholia ad vv. 80–84 (61 entries)

ad v. 80

a. ἶσόν τ᾿ ἀνέμοισιν: ἀκαταλλήλως ἐξενήνοχεν· ἔδει γὰρ εἰπεῖν, λεόντων ἀγροτέρων μάχας ἐνήργει, ἢ λεόντεσσιν ἀγροτέροισι.

ad v. 82

a. σώματι δὲ παρὰ Κρονίδαν κένταυρον: τῷ δὲ αὑτοῦ σώματι ἐνεργῶν ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς ἄσθματος πλήρης ἑξέτης ὢν κυνηγῶν θῆρας ἐφόρει παρὰ Κρονίδην κένταυρον, ἤτοι τὸν Κείρωνα· ἐκ Κρόνου γὰρ οὗτος καὶ Φιλύρας, ὡς καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ (1235) μαρτυρεῖ.

ad v. 84

a. ὅλον δ᾿ ἔπειτ᾿ ἂν χρόνον· τὸν ἐθάμβευν: τουτέστι τὸν ἅπαντα βίον τοῦτο ἐνήργει, καὶ τῶν ἀνδραγαθημάτων αὐτὸν ἐθαύμαζον. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

a. τὸ δὲ ἐθάμβευν ἀντὶ τοῦ τῶν ἀνδραγαθημάτων ἐθαύμαζον αὐτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 86]

a. κτείνοντ᾿ ἐλάφους ἄνευ κυνῶν: τὴν ἰσχὺν καὶ τὴν ταχυτῆτα αὐτοῦ διὰ τούτων παρίστησι· | ποδώκης γὰρ ἦν. ἔτι τε σὺν τῷ μηδὲ κύνας ἔχειν οὐδὲ λίνα περιεπήγνυ, οἷς δολώσει τοὺς θῆρας· οὕτως ἦν ἶσος ἀνέμοις. [Drachmann ad v. 88]

a. δολίων θ᾿ ἑρκέων: τῶν λίνων. ἕρκεα γὰρ τὰ λίνα, τὰ περιφράγματα. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

b. δολίων δὲ, ὅτι θηρῶντες τοὺς θῆρας τὰ λίνα λάθρα ἱστᾶσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

c. ὅτι δὲ ποδώκης ἦν Ἀχιλλεὺς, καὶ Ὅμηρος (Α 58) μαρτυρεῖ λέγων· πόδας ὠκὺς Ἀχιλλεύς. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

d. τὴν δὲ ἰσχὺν καὶ τὴν ταχυτῆτα τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως διὰ τούτων παρίστησι· καὶ Ὅμηρος (Α 58) μαρτυρεῖ· πόδας ὠκὺς Ἀχιλλεύς. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

a. λεγόμενον δὲ τοῦτο: δοκεῖ δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἰάσονα ἀναθρέψαι ὁ Χείρων. [Drachmann ad v. 91]

a. ἔπος ἔχω: παρηκολούθηκα οὖν καὶ τοιούτῳ τινὶ λεγομένῳ λόγῳ, ὅτι καὶ τὸν Ἰάσονα ἀνέθρεψεν ὁ Χείρων. | ὅτι δὲ ἐτράφη παρὰ τῷ Χείρωνι ὁ Ἰάσων, Ἡσίοδός φησιν (fr. 19)· Αἴσων, ὃς τέκεθ᾿ υἱὸν Ἰήσονα, ποιμένα λαῶν, ὃν Χείρων ἔθρεψ᾿ ἐνὶ Πηλίῳ ὑλήεντι. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Ἀσκληπιὸς παρὰ Χείρωνι, φησίν, ἐτράφη, ὡς καὶ Σωκράτης ὁ Ἀργεῖός φησι (FHG IV 496). [Drachmann ad v. 92]

b. βαθυμῆτα χείρων: οὐκ ἐπιπόλαια βουλευόμενος ἀλλ᾿ ἐν βάθει. ἀντὶ εὐθείας δὲ ὁ συνετώτατος Χείρων, ὡς καὶ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ· ἱππότα Πηλεύς, καὶ νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς. [Drachmann ad v. 92]

a. τὸν φαρμάκων δίδαξε μαλθακόχειρα: τὸν πρᾳοτάτην καὶ ὑγιαστικὴν ἔχοντα τὴν διὰ τῶν χειρῶν ἐπιμέλειαν. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

b. νομὸν δὲ τὴν διανέμησιν τῶν φαρμάκων καὶ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

a. νύμφευσε δ᾿ αὖθις: ἐγαμοστόλησε τῷ Πηλεῖ, φησί, τὴν Θέτιν ὁ Χείρων· ὑπεδέξατο γὰρ τοὺς θεοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν δαῖτα. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

b. τὸ δὲ αὖθις οὐκ ἐκ δευτέρου, ἀλλὰ μετὰ ταῦτα· ἐναντίον γὰρ, εἰ ὡς πρός τι λαμβάνοιτο. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

a. γόνον τέ οἱ φέρτατον ἀτίταλλε: ἔτρεφε καὶ τὸν Ἀχιλλέα ἐν τοῖς ἁρμοδίοις καὶ προσήκουσι τὴν αὐτοῦ παιδεύων ψυχήν. [Drachmann ad v. 98]

a. ὄφρα θαλασσίαις ἀνέμων ῥιπαῖσι πεμφθείς: εἰς ταῦτα ἀτίταλλε τὸν Ἀχιλλέα ὁ Χείρων ἁρμοστὰ αὐτῷ πάντα παρέχων, ἵνα πλεύσας εἶς Ἴλιον ταῖς κατὰ θάλασσαν τῶν ἀνέμων ἐπιπνοαῖς τὴν πολεμικὴν ἀλαλὰν τῶν Λυκίων ὑπομένοι, | καὶ ἵνα ἐμπήξαι τὰς χεῖρας τοῖς Αἰθίοψι καὶ καθίκοιτο τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν διὰ τοῦ πολεμεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

b. ἢ ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ φρενῶν τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως δεκτέον τὸν λόγον, ἵν᾿ ἑαυτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας πήξαιτο, πεπηγυίας παράσχοι ταῖς φρεσίν, ἵνα ὃ διανοηθῇ ταῖς φρεσίν, ὑπηρετηθῇ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν. ἐνίοτε γὰρ ἐπιθυμοῦμέν τι κατορθῶσιν, καὶ ἀσθενοῦμεν αὐτὸ ποιῆσαι μὴ ὑπηρετούμενοι ταῖς χερσίν. ὁ δὲ Ἀχιλλεὺς ἐτράφη, ἵν᾿ ὅπερ ἄν διανοηθῇ, δυνηθῇ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν κατεργάσασθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

c. ἵν᾿ οὖν καθίκοιτο τῶν Αἰθιόπων τὸν βασιλέα Μέμνονα ἀνελών. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

a. ὑπό Τρωΐαν δορίκτυπον: οἱ μὲν [ἁπλῶς] εἰς τὴν μάχην τῶν Λυκίων, οἱ δὲ ἁπλῶς εἰς τὴν Τροίαν ἤκουσαν, ἵνα ἡ ὑπό ἀντὶ τῆς εἴς κέηται· οἱ δὲ ἔξωθεν τὸ χώραν προσυπήκουσαν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ὑπὸ Τρῴαν χώραν. [Drachmann ad v. 103]

a. ἐν φρασὶ πάξαιθ᾿: παγίως λογίσαιτο καὶ κρίναι· ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς πέρας ἄγοι. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

a. ἀνεψιὸς ζαμενής: ἀνεψιὸς τοῦ Ἑλένου ὁ Μέμνων, εἴπερ Τιθωνὸς καὶ Πρίαμος ἀδελφοί εἰσιν, ὧν οὗτοι παῖδες. τὸ δὲ ζα ἐπιτατικόν, ὡς καὶ τὸ ζάθεον, ζαχρηής, ζάπλουτος. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

a. τηλαυγὲς ἄραρε φέγγος Αἰακιδᾶν: τὸ φέγγος καὶ ἡ δόξα τῶν Αἰακιδῶν τηλαυγής ἐστιν αὐτόθεν. ἢ ἐξ ὧν νῦν εἶπον ἔργων ἢ ἐκ τῆς Ἰλίου· ἠρίστευσαν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰλίου οἱ Αἰακίδαι· ἢ καὶ τρίτον ἐπὶ τῆς Αἰγίνης· διὰ τὸ Αἰγινήτας εἶναι ἀναφέρων τὸν ἔπαινον ἐπὶ τὸν ἀθλητὴν ἐκ τῆς Αἰγίνης αὐτόν φησιν ᾑρῆσθαι τὸ κλέος. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

a. Ζεῦ, τεὸν γὰρ αἷμα: τεχνικώτατα τῷ Διῒ προσοικειοῖ τὸν νικηφόρον, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι πρόγονος τῶν Αἰακιδῶν ὁ Ζεύς, δεύτερον δὲ ὅτι τοῦ Νεμεαίου ἀγῶνος ἔφορος ὁ Ζεὺς, καθ᾿ ὃν ὁ Ἀριστοκλείδης ἐνίκησεν. ἀνάκειται δὲ Διῒ καὶ ὁ Νεμεακὸς ἀγών. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

b. ἄλλως. πιθανῶς, ἐπεὶ παρεκβέβηκεν ἐπὶ τοὺς Αἰακίδας ὑμνήσας αὐτῶν τὸ κλέος, βούλεται πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸν ὕμνον τοῦ ἀθλητοῦ οὐκ ἀπρόσλογον ἀπόσπασμα ποιήσας· ἐκ τοῦ σοῦ γένους ἐστί, φησίν, ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν Αἰακιδῶν. διὰ τί; σὺ γὰρ ἀρχηγέτης εἶ τοῦ γένους αὐτῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

c. τεὸν γὰρ αἷμα, σέο δ᾿ ἀγών: τὰ γὰρ Νέμεα σά ἐστι· Νεμεονίκης δὲ ὁ ὑμνούμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ Ζεῦ, ἀπὸ σοῦ τηλαυγὲς ἔχουσι τὸ γένος οἱ Αἰακίδαι. | σὺ γὰρ ἀρχηγέτης τοῦ γένους αὐτῶν, σὸς δὲ ὁ ἀγὼν τῶν Νεμέων. [Drachmann ad v. 115]

a. ἐπιχώριον χάρμα κελαδέων· τὸ ἐπιχώριον καὶ ἴδιον αὐτῶν τῶν Αἰγινητῶν χάρμα καὶ ἡδονὴν ἀνυμνῶν τὸν νικηφόρον. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

a. βοὰ δὲ νικαφόρῳ: ἡ δὲ βοὴ τῶν ὑμνούντων νέων σὺν τῷ νικηφόρῳ Ἀριστοκλείδᾳ πρέπει, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκπρεπὴς ὑπάρχει. ἔν τισι δὲ γράφεται σὺν τῷ ῑ βοᾷ, προσληψόμεθα δὲ ἔξωθεν τὴν σύν πρόθεσιν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· σὺν βοᾷ νέων ὁ ὕμνος ἐκπρεπής ἐστιν. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἡ δὲ βοὴ τοῦ ὕμνου συμπρέπει τῷ νικηφόρῳ Ἀριστοκλείδᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

a. ὃς τάνδε νᾶσον εὐκλεεῖ προσέθηκε λόγῳ: ὃς τὴν Αἴγιναν εὐκλεοῦς λόγου προσθήκην ἐποίησε λαβεῖν δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ· καὶ γὰρ ἄλλοι ἔμπροσθεν εὔκλειαν αὐτῇ περιεποίησαν, καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ προσέθηκέ τι εἰς εὔκλειαν αὐτῇ καὶ σεμνότητα. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

a. ἔστιν ἐν Αἰγίνῃ Πυθίου Ἀπόλλωνος ἱερὸν, ἐν ᾧ οἱ θεωροὶ διῃτῶντο οἱ τὰ θεῖα φυλάσσοντες· θεωροὶ γὰρ οἷον θεοφύλακες. οἱ δὲ, ὅτι ἐν τοῦ Πυθίου Ἀπόλλωνος ἱερῷ οἶκός ἐστι καλούμενος Θεάριον διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, οἳ καλοῦνται θεωροὶ, ἐνταῦθα διαιτᾶσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 122]

b. Πυθίου Θεάριον: τόπος ἐν Αἰγίνῃ δημόσιος, ἔνθα τὰ συμπόσια· εἴρηται δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν θεωρῶν τῶν εἰς Ἀπόλλωνα πεμπομένων. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

c. συνέζευξεν οὖν, φησί, λόγῳ εὐκλεεῖ καὶ τὸ Θεάριον, καὶ ταῖς ἀγλααῖς καὶ καλαῖς αὐτοῦ μερίμναις. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

d. οἱ δὲ, ταῖς ἐμαῖς μερίμναις καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ποιήμασι συνέζευξε τῷ εὐκλεεῖ λόγῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

e. ἐν δὲ πείρᾳ τέλος διαφαίνεται: οὐκ ἔστι γνῶναι τὸν ἀνδρεῖον, ἐὰν μὴ ἑτέρῳ συμβάλῃ καὶ περιγένηται. ἐν τῷ πειραθῆναι οὖν ἑκάστῳ τὸ τέλος διαφαίνεται. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

f. ἢ οὕτως· ὅστις ἂν ἔξοχος γένηται, τούτου τὸ τέλος ἐν τῇ πείρᾳ ἀποδείκνυται. τοῦτο δὲ ὡς πρὸς τὸν ἐγκωμιαζόμενον, ὅτι οὐκ ἄχρι λόγου τὰ προσόντα αὐτῷ δείκνυσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 124]

a. ἐν παλαιτέροισι: προσληπτέον ἔξωθεν παλαιός. λέγει δὲ οὐχ ὅτι γέρων ἦν τὴν ἡλικίαν, οὐδὲ γὰρ παῖς· ἀλλ᾿ ὡς ὁ τραγικός (fr. adesp. 453)· καὶ παιδὶ καὶ γέροντι προσφέρων τρόπους, πάσῃ ὁμιλῆσαι ἡλικίᾳ δυνάμενος καθ᾿ ἕκαστον μέρος τῆς ἡλικίας. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

b. οἷον ἔχομεν τὸ βρότειον ἔθνος, οὕτως ἥρμοστο. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

a. μέρος ἕκαστον: λείπει τὸ ἐπίσταται. φησὶ δὲ, ὅτι πρὸς πᾶσαν ἡλικίαν ἁρμοδίως προσοικειοῖ ἑαυτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπίσταται ὁ νικηφόρος ἕκαστον μέρος τῶν προλεχθεισῶν ἡλικιῶν, οἷον μέρος ἐλάχομεν τὸ βρότειον ἔθνος. [Drachmann ad v. 128]

a. ἐλᾷ δὲ καὶ τέσσαρας ἀρετάς: Ἀρ σταρχος· τρεῖς μὲν τὰς καθ᾿ ἡλικίαν, ἃς προεξηρίθμηται, τὸ ἐν παισὶν εἶναι παῖδα, καὶ τὸ ἐν ἀνδράσιν ἄνδρα, καὶ τὸ ἐν παλαιοτέροις παλαιότερον. καὶ τετάρτην δέ φησιν ἐλᾶν ἀρετὴν τὸν τῶν ἀν θρώπων βίον. τετάρτη οὖν ἐστιν ἀρετὴ αὕτη πρὸς αἷς εἴρηκεν, ὡς δεῖ περὶ τοῦ παρόντος φροντίζειν καὶ μὴ περὶ τῶν ἐσομένων πάντων, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν δύνασθαι ἁρμόζεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

b. ὁ θνητὸς αἰὼν καὶ τετάρτην ἀρετὴν ταύτην φέρει, τὸ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος φροντίζειν· ὧν οὐκ ἄπεστιν ὁ Αριστοκλείδης, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ταῖς τρισί, φησίν, αἷς προκατείληχε, κέκτηται καὶ ταύτην, τουτέστι τοῦ παρόντος φροντίζειν. ἢ ἐν ταὐτῷ ἔχει. ἅπερ οἱ ἄλλοι κατὰ μέρος ἔχομεν. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

a. καὶἐνέπει: ἀντὶ τοῦ διδάσκει τὸ παρὸν σκοπεῖν εὖ τίθεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

a. χαῖρε φίλος· ἐγὼ τόδε τοι πέμπω: ἐπεὶ ἴσως οἱ προπίνοντες ἔλεγον τὸ χαῖρε, ὡς τὸ χαῖρ᾿ Ἀχιλεῦ (I 225). [Drachmann ad v. 132]

b. κἀγὼ τόδε τοι πέμπω, φησί, μεμιγμένον μέλι λευκῷ σὺν γάλακτι, τὸν ὕμνον λέγω. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

a. μεμιγμένον μέλι λευκῷ γάλακτι: τῇ ὁμοιότητι χρῆται τῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος καὶ διαφορὰν ἐπὶ τοῦ ποιήματος, καθὸ ἀποδέχεται τὰ φύσει γράφων ποιήματα τῶν ἐκ πόνου· τὸ γὰρ γάλα φύσει παρέπεται ταῖς τικτούσαις, τὸ δὲ μέλι μετὰ πόνου αἱ μέλισσαι ἐργάζονται. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

b. ἀλληγορικῶς οὖν τὸν ὕμνον φησὶ, τὸ καλὸν καὶ ἡδύτατον αὐτοῦ ἐπιδεικνύμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 134]

a. κιρναμένα δ᾿ ἔερσ᾿ ἀμφέπει πόμ᾿ ἀοίδιμον: ἡ δρόσος, φησίν, ἡ τοῦ μέλιτος κιρναμένη πρὸς τὸ γάλα ποιεῖ τὸ πόμα ἀοίδιμον, καὶ τὸ ποίημα μιχθὲν αὐλοῖς γίνεται καὶ αὐτὸ θαυμάσιον· οἷον ὡς τὸ γάλα τῷ μέλιτι μιχθὲν χρηστὸν γίνεται, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ποίημα τοῖς αὐλοῖς ἐγκραθὲν προσηνὲς γίνεται. [Drachmann ad v. 135]

a. Αἰολίσιν: ἤτοι ὡς τῇ Αἰολίδι ἁρμονίᾳ γεγραμμένων τῶν ποιημάτων, ἢ καθὸ τῷ γένει ἐστὶν Αἰολεὺς ὡς Βοιωτός. [Drachmann ad v. 136]

b. ἢ οὕτω· τοῖς Δωρίοις φθόγ οις. Αἰολεὺς γὰρ ἄνωθεν ὁ Πίνδαρος, ὅτι οἱ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν Θηβαῖοι Αἰολέων ἄποικοι τυγχάνουσιν ὡς ἀπὸ Αἰόλου τοῦ Ἀθάμαντος παιδός. [Drachmann ad v. 136]

a. ἔστι δ᾿ αἰετὸς ὠκὺς ἐν ποτανοῖς: ὡς μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον τῆς νίκης γεγραμμένου τοῦ ποιήματος· τῆς βραδυτῆτος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἱκανῶς καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα παρείληφεν. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

b. ἢ οὕτως· εἰ καὶ ὅλως ὀψέ [φησί,] γέγραπταί μοι τὸ ποίημα, ὅμως ὡς ἀετὸς πόρρωθεν ἐλθὼν ταχέως ἤγρευσέ τι καί συνήρπασεν, οὕτως ἐγὼ τὰ πράγματα ταχέως συνήρπακα καὶ γέγραφα. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

a. κραγέται δὲ κολοιοὶ ταπεινὰ νέμονται: οἱ δὲ ἀντίτεχνοί μου κολοιοῖς ἐοίκασι, κραυγάζοντες μόνον καὶ ταπεινὰ νεμόμενοι, οὐ δύνανται δὲ διαίρεσθαι εἰς ὕψος. δοκεῖ δὲ ταῦτα τείνειν εἰς Βακχυλίδην· ἦν γὰρ ὑφόρασις αὐτοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους. παραβάλλει δὲ αὑτὸν μὲν ἀετῷ, κολοιῷ δὲ Βακχυλίδην. [Drachmann ad v. 143]

a. τίν γε μὲν εὐθρόνου Κλειοῦς ἐθελοίσας: τῆς Κλειοῦς τῆς Μούσης οὐ λειφθήσεσθαί φησι, τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐπινίκων συλλαμβανομένης αὐτῷ καὶ χάριν τοῦ λήματος τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

b. ἐκ τῆς Νεμέας καὶ ἐξ Ἐπιδαύρου καὶ ἀπὸ Μεγάρων. [Drachmann ad v. 145]

a. λήματος: φρονήματος. ἡ δὲ ἀπό κατὰ κοινοῦ· ἀπὸ Νεμέας καὶ ἀπὸ Ἐπιδαυρόθεν λάμπει σου ἡ ἀρετή. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

a. Ἐπιδαυρόθεν τ᾿ ἀπό: φησὶ καὶ ἐν Ἐπιδαύρῳ αὐτὸν νενικηκέναι. | τίθεται δὲ ἐν Ἐπιδαύρῳ ἀγὼν Ἀσκληπιῷ, τῶν Ἀσκληπιαδῶν πρώτων θέντων, μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ Ἀργείων Ἀσκληπιῷ, διὰ πενταετηρίδος· τίθεται δὲ ἐν τῷ ἄλσει τοῦ Ἀσκληπιοῦ, ἄγεται δὲ μετὰ ἐννέα ἡμέρας τῶν Ἰσθμίων. τὰ Μεγαρικὰ δὲ Πύθια ἄγεται εὐθέως ἔαρος ἀρχομένου. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

a. δέδορκε φάος: τουτέστι λελάμπρυται ἡ δόξα τοῦ νενικηκότος καὶ ἐν Νεμέᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

b. βουλομένης τῆς Μούσης Κλειοῦς λάμπει σου ἡ ἀρετή. τέλος τοῦ παρόντος ἐπινικίου. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 4

Nemean 4 — for Τιμασάρχῳ Αἰγινήτῃ

παιδὶ παλαιστῇ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 96 lines · 118 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen IV.

p2. Τιμασάρχῳ Αἰγινήτῃ παλαιστῇ.

p3. Τῆς τετάρτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ιγ΄. τὸ α΄ δίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ δίμετρον ἀντισπαστικὸν βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ὁμοίως τῷ πρώτῳ. τὸ δ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ ὁμοίως τῷ πρώτῳ καὶ τρίτῳ. τὸ ς΄ περίοδος, διπλοῦς τροχαῖος, ἢ Γλυκώνειον. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ η΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ ἰωνικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ι΄ τροχαϊκὸν ἐπίτριτον, ἢ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερὲς, ἢ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον, τῆς ἀρχούσης ἀδιαφόρου οὔσης. τὸ ιβ΄ περίοδος ἰαμβικὴ ἀπὸ βακχείου, ἢ Γλυκώνειον λελυμένον. τὸ ιγ΄ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον.

p4. Ἡ ἐπῳδὸς ὁμοίως κώλων ιγ΄. τὸ α΄ ὅμοιον τῇ στροφῇ καὶ ἀντιστρόφῳ. τὸ β΄, τὸ γ΄, τὸ δ΄, τὸ ε΄, τὸ ς΄, τὸ ζ΄, τὸ η΄, τὸ θ΄, τὸ ι΄, τὸ ια΄, τὸ ιβ΄, τὸ ιγ΄ ὁμοίως τῇ στροφῇ καὶ ἀντιστρόφῳ.

1–4

 ἄριστος εὐφροσύνα πόνων κεκριμένων σ3
 ἰατρός· αἱ δὲ σοφαὶ
 Μοισᾶν θύγατρες ἀοιδαὶ θέλξαν νιν ἁπτόμεναι. σ1
 οὐδὲ θερμὸν ὕδωρ τόσον γε μαλθακὰ τέγγει

When toils have been resolved, festivity is the best physician; and songs, the skillful daughters of the Muses, soothe with their touch. And warm water does not wet the limbs so gently

Best of physicians for a man's accomplished toil is festive joy: and the touch of songs, wise daughters of the Muses, hath power of comforting. Less doth warm water avail to bathe limbs for soothing than words of praise married to the music of the lyre. For speech is longer-lived than act, whensoever by favour of the Graces the tongue hath drawn it forth out of the depth of the heart.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Ἄριστος εὐφροσύνα: ὁ λόγος· τῶν πόνων κρίσιν λαβόντων καὶ συντελεσθέντων ἄριστος ἰατρός ἐστιν ἡ εὐφροσύνη.

b. ἄριστος δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀρίστη· ὅταν πονήσας τις νικήσῃ, ἔχει τὴν εὐφροσύνην ἀρίστην ἰατρόν.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἡ ἀρίστη εὐφροσύνη τῶν τετελειωμένων καὶ πεπληρωμένων πόνων καὶ σπουδασμάτων ἰατρός ἐστιν.

ad v. 3

a. αἱ δὲ σοφαὶ Μοισᾶν θυγατέρες: αἱ δὲ σοφαὶ θυγατέρες τῶν Μουσῶν, ᾠδαὶ καὶ ἔπαινοι, ἁπτόμεναι αὐτῶν τῶν πόνων διὰ τοῦ θαυμάζειν ἡδονῆς πλείονος καὶ εὐφροσύνης πληροῦσι.

5–7

 γυῖα, τόσσον εὐλογία φόρμιγγι συνάορος. σ1
 ῥῆμα δʼ ἑργμάτων χρονιώτερον βιοτεύει, σ2
 ὅ τι κε σὺν Χαρίτων τύχᾳ

as praise that accompanies the lyre. Speech lives longer than deeds; whatever words the tongue, with the favor of the Graces, draws from the deep mind.

Scholia ad vv. 5–7 (3 entries)

ad v. 5

a. θέλξαν νιν: τὸ νίν Ἀρίσταρχος ἐπὶ τῆς εὐφροσύνης ἀκούει, ὥστε εἶναι τὸν λόγον· αἱ δὲ τῶν Μουσῶν θυγατέρες ᾠδαὶ, τουτέστι τὰ ποήματα, ἁπτόμεναι αὐτὴν, τὴν εὐφροσύνην, ἔθελξαν, τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὅταν ἐγκωμιάζηται. ἔστι δὲ ἄκυρον· πῶς γὰρ θέλγεται ἡ εὐφροσύνη, αὐτὴ θέλγουσα τοὺς νενικηκότας, οὐχ ὑπ᾿ ἄλλου θελγομένη; ἄμεινον δέ, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, ἐπὶ τῶν πόνων ἀκούειν τὴν νίν· οἱ γὰρ μεθ᾿ Ὅμηρον οὐκ ἀκριβεύουσι τὴν ἀντωνυμίαν. καθὼς καὶ Εὐριπίδης (Bacch. 32)· τοιγάρ νιν αὐτὰς ἐκ δόμων οἴστρησ᾿ ἐγώ. ὥστε τὸν λόγον εἶναι τοιοῦτον· αἱ ᾠδαὶ ἔθελξαν αὐτοὺς, τοὺς πόνους, ἁπτόμεναι αὐτῶν καὶ μαλάσσουσαι· οἷον θέλγουσι τὴν κακοπάθειαν ὑμνοῦσαι αἱ ᾠδαί.

ad v. 6

a. οὐδὲ θερμὸν ὕδωρ τόσσον γε: οὐδ᾿ οὕτω τὰ θερμὰ λουτρὰ μαλάσσει κεκμηκότα τὰ γυῖα καὶ πεπονημένα, ὅσον ἡ εὐλογία ἀνίησιν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος· οὐκ ἂν δὲ τοσοῦτον ἀπὸ θερμοῦ ὕδατος καὶ βαλανείου χαλασθείη καὶ μαλαχθείη τὸ σῶμα κεκμηκὸς, ὅσον ὑπὸ ἐπαίνων· ἧς μάλιστα τῆς εὐφημίας πληρουμένης τῇ διὰ τῆς κιθάρας ἡδονῇ.

8 γλῶσσα φρενὸς ἐξέλοι βαθείας.

Be it the prelude of my hymn to dedicate it to Zeus the son of Kronos, and to Nemea, and to the wrestling of Timasarchos; and may it have welcome in the Aiakids' stronghold of goodly towers, the common light of all, which aideth the stranger with justice.

9 τό μοι θέμεν Κρονίδᾳ τε Δὶ καὶ Νεμέᾳ σ1

Nemea May it be mine to set forth such speech, in honor of Zeus the son of Cronus, and,

Scholia ad vv. 9–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 9

a. συνάορος, οἷον συμφερομένη, κοινωνοῦσα.

10–14

 Τιμασάρχου τε πάλᾳ σ2
 ὕμνου προκώμιον εἴη· δέξαιτο δʼ Αἰακιδᾶν
 ἠΰπυργον ἕδος, δίκᾳ ξεναρκέϊ κοινὸν
 φέγγος. εἰ δʼ ἔτι ζαμενεῖ Τιμόκριτος ἁλίῳ
 σὸς πατὴρ ἐθάλπετο, ποικίλον κιθαρίζων σ2

and Timasarchus’ wrestling, as a prelude to my song. And may it be welcomed by the home of the Aeacids, with its fine towers, that light which shines for all, with justice that defends the stranger. And if your father Timocritus had still been warmed by the strength of the sun, playing embroidered notes on the cithara

Scholia ad vv. 10–14 (4 entries)

ad v. 10

a. ῥῆμα δ᾿ ἑργμάτων χρονιώτερον βιοτεύει: παντὸς ἔργου χρονιώτερόν ἐστι τὸ ῥῆμα, τουτέστιν ὁ ὕμνος· οἷον τὰ λεγόμενα πάντα ἢ γραφόμενα χρονιώτερά ἐστι τῶν ἔργων τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἔργα τῷ γεγονέναι παρήκει, τὰ δὲ γραφόμενα αἰώνια παραδίδοται. ποῖα δέ; ἃ ἂν μετὰ τῆς ἐκ Χαρίτων τύχης τεχθῇ καὶ προαιρεθῇ ἐκ τῆς γλώττης ἑκάστῳ· ὡς ἐάν γε χωρὶς Χαρίτων γράφηται ὁ ὕμνος, ἀπόλωλε καὶ ἔσβεσται, ἐὰν δὲ μετὰ Χαρίτων, μένει πρὸς αἰῶνα εὔδια. καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fr. 121)· ἔλλατε νῦν, ἐλέγοισι δ᾿ ἐνιψήσασθε λιπώσας χεῖρας ἐμοῖς, ἵνα μοι πολὺ μένουσιν ἔτος.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ γὰρ διὰ τῶν λόγων ἔπαινος αὐτῶν τῶν καλῶς πεπραγμένων πολλῷ μακρότερον διασῴζεται καὶ μνημονεύεται, ὅσπερ ἂν λόγος μάλιστα καὶ ἔπαινος τετυχηκὼς Χαρίτων λέγηται ἐκ διανοίας συνετῆς.

ad v. 14

a. τό μοι θέμεν Κρονίδᾳ τε Διὶ καὶ Νεμέᾳ: ἐμοὶ εἴη ποιῆσαι· τὸ γὰρ εἴη οὕτως ἀναβιβαστέον· εἴη με μετὰ τῶν Χαρίτων γράφειν. τὸ δὲ προηγούμενον τοῦ κώμου προκώμιον εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ κωμάζουσιν ᾄδοντες τὸ ποίημα· προκώμιον οὖν τὸ πρὸ τοῦ κώμου γραφόμενον. δύναται καὶ οὕτω, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος· παντὸς τοῦ ποιουμένου εἰς αὐτὸν ὕμνου τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα προκώμιον εἴη, οἷον προοίμιόν τι τοιοῦτον γένοιτο τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν γραφησομένων ὕμνων ὑπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, νικῆσαι καὶ ἄλλους ἀγῶνας· ἵνα τῶν ἑξῆς ἐσομένων ἐπινίκων ὁ νῦν γραφόμενος λέγηται πρὸ τοῦ παντὸς κώμου γεγονώς. δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτω· τῶν γραφησομένων αὐτῷ ὕμνων ὑπ᾿ ἄλλων ὁ ἐμὸς ἂν εἴη προκώμιον.

b. ἄλλως. ὁ νοῦς· ὅνπερ δὴ λόγον καὶ ἔπαινον γένοιτο νῦν ἐμοὶ θεῖναι καὶ πληρῶσαι προκώμιον τῷ τε Διῒ καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ Νεμέᾳ καὶ τῇ Τιμασάρχου πάλῃ.

15 θαμά κε, τῷδε μέλει κλιθείς,15

and bending to this strain, he would have often celebrated his triumphant son,

16 υἱὸν κελάδησε καλλίνικον

Now if thy sire Timokritos were still cheered by the quickening sun, full oft with music manifold of the lute would he have bent him unto this my theme, and sounded a hymn for the fair triumphs that have brought thee a chain of wreaths, even from the games of the Kleonaians now, and erewhile from the bright and famous Athens, and at seven-gated Thebes: for beside Amphitryon's splendid sepulchre the sons of Kadmos nothing loth sprinkled the winner with flowers for Aigina's sake. For thither as a friend to friends he came, though to a city not his own, and abode in the fortunate hall of Herakles.

17–19

 Κλεωναίου τʼ ἀπʼ ἀγῶνος ὅρμον στεφάνων σ1
 πέμψαντα καὶ λιπαρᾶν σ1
 εὐωνύμων ἀπʼ Ἀθανᾶν, Θήβαις τʼ ἐν ἑπταπύλοις, σ2

because he had sent back from the contest at Cleonae a chain of garlands, and from splendid, illustrious Athens; and because in seven-gated Thebes,

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (4 entries)

ad v. 17

a. ὕμνου προκώμιον: ὕμνου προκώμιον εἶπε διὰ τὸ ὑπὸ χορευτῶν μὲν λέγεσθαι τὸν ὕμνον νεωτέρων τινῶν, πρὸ δὲ τῆς τούτων χορείας καὶ κωμασίας γραφῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ αὐτόν. ὁ δὲ λόγος· γένοιτό μοι ἐπιτυχεῖν πρὸ τοῦ κωμάζειν τοὺς ἐπαίνους γράφοντι.

ad v. 18

a. δέξαιτο δ᾿ Αἰακιδᾶν εὔπυργον ἕδος: ῥῆμα ὃ προείρηκε, ῥῆμα δ᾿ ἑργμάτων χρονιώτερον, τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ εὔπυργον τοῦ Αἰακοῦ ἕδος δέξαιτο, ὡς ἔστι δίκαιον. (20 a.) κοινὸν δὲ φέγγος ἔστι μὲν καὶ τὴν Αἴγιναν ἀκοῦσαι, ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὸ ποίημα, τὸ κοινὸν φέγγος γινόμενον· οὐ γὰρ ἐᾷ ἐν ἀφανεῖ τὰ ἔρ α, ἀλλὰ φωτίζει κοινῶς. (20 b.) ξεναρκεῖ δὲ ὡς ποδαρκεῖ. κοινὸν φέγγος τῆς ξεναρκοῦς δίκης ἡ τῶν Αἰακιδῶν πόλις παραδέξαιτο, ὡς ἔστι δίκαιον ξένους ἀποδέχεσθαι.

ad v. 19

a. ἕδος δίκᾳ: δίκης ξεναρκοῦς, τῆς τοῖς ξένοις ἀρκούσης δικαιοσύνης κοινὸς ὢν ὀφθαλμὸς, ὦ Αἴγινα, ἤτοι περιφραστικῶς ἡ δικαιοτάτη.

b. τὸb. δέξαιτο δὲ τοῦτο προκώμιον καὶ τοῦτον τὸν ἔπαινον πόλις καλλίστη Αἴγινα, ἥτις διὰ τὴν προσοῦσαν πρὸς πάντας τοὺς ξένους δικαιοσύνην καὶ φιλοξενίαν κοινὸς ὀφθαλμὸς τῶν πάντων τυγχάνει.

20–22

 οὕνεκʼ Ἀμφιτρύωνος ἀγλαὸν παρὰ τύμβον
 Καδμεῖοί νιν οὐκ ἀέκοντες ἄνθεσι μίγνυον, σ3
 Αἰγίνας ἕκατι. φίλοισι γὰρ φίλος ἐλθὼν

beside Amphitryon’s splendid tomb, the Cadmeans gladly crowned him with flowers, for the sake of Aegina. For he looked on a hospitable city, when he came as a friend to friends, to the prosperous court of Heracles,

Scholia ad vv. 20–22 (3 entries)

ad v. 21

a. εἰ δ᾿ ἔτι ζαμενεῖ Τιμόκριτος: τῷ ἄγαν ξηραντικῷ· τὸ γὰρ ζα ἐπιτατικόν ἐστι μόριον ἀεί· τῷ ἰσχυροτάτῳ οὖν φησι. περιφραστικῶς δὲ τοῦτό φησιν· εἰ ἔζη σου ὁ πατὴρ Τιμόκριτος, ὦ Τιμάσαρχε.

b. ἤτοι ὁ ἐν κιθάρᾳ ποικίλος ἢ ὁ μουσικώτατος ἀπὸ μέρους· ἤσκουν γὰρ οἳ ἀρχαῖοι μουσικήν.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος ἕως Ἡρακλέος ὀλβίαν πρὸς αὐλὰν οὕτως· εἰ δὲ μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος ὁ σὸς πατὴρ Τιμόκριτος ἐν ζῶσιν ἀνεστρέφετο τῇ ἑαυτοῦ μουσικῇ σεμνυνόμενος, συνεχῶς ἂν τούτῳ τῷ μέλει καὶ ταύτῃ τῇ ᾠδῇ προσκλίνας ἂν ἑαυτὸν καὶ προσαγαγὼν ἀνευφήμησε καὶ ἀνεβάλετο τὴν γεγενημένην νίκην τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ Κλεωναίου ἀγῶνος τοῦ πέμψαντος πλῆθος καὶ ὁρμαθὸν στεφάνων· | λέγει δὲ τοῦ Νεμεακοῦ, Κλεωναῖοι γὰρ αὐτὸν διέθηκαν· | καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν πλουσίων Ἀθηνῶν καὶ ἐνδόξων νίκην, καὶ τὴν ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις τῶν Ἰολαείων καλουμένων· διότι δὴ παρὰ τὸν τοῦ Ἀμφιτρύωνος τάφον οἱ Θηβαῖοι σὺν πολλῇ προθυμίᾳ καὶ βουλήσει τοῖς τῶν στεφάνων ἄνθεσιν ἐκόσμουν εὶς χάριν καὶ τιμὴν τῆς Αἰγίνης· Αἴγινα γὰρ καὶ Θήβη ἀδελφαὶ, ἐξ ὧν αἱ πόλεις ὠνομάσθησαν. προσφιλὴς γὰρ ὢν ἅτε Αἰγινήτης, καὶ πρὸς φίλους ἥκων τοὺς Θηβαίους ἅτε δὴ καὶ τὸ εὔξενον ἄστυ καταλαβόντας, ἠδυνήθη κατ᾿ εὐχὴν θεάσασθαι τὴν τοῦ Ἡρακλέους αὐλὴν, ἤτοι τὰς Θήβας.

23–24

23 ξένιον ἄστυ κατέδρακεν

24 Ἡρακλέος ὀλβίαν πρὸς αὐλάν.

With Herakles on a time did mighty Telamon destroy the city of Troy, and the Meropes, and the man of war, the great and terrible Alkyoneus, yet not until by hurling of stones he had subdued twelve four-horse chariots, and horse-taming heroes twice so many thereupon. Unversed in battles must he be who understandeth not this tale, for whoso will do aught is like to suffer also.

25–29

 σὺν ᾧ ποτε Τρωΐαν κραταιὸς Τελαμὼν
 πόρθησε καὶ Μέροπας
 καὶ τὸν μέγαν πολεμιστὰν ἔκπαγλον Ἀλκυονῆ,
 οὐ τετραορίας γε πρὶν δυώδεκα πέτρῳ
 ἥρωάς τʼ ἐπεμβεβαῶτας ἱπποδάμους ἕλεν

Troy with whom once powerful Telamon destroyed and the Meropes and the great and terrible warrior Alcyoneus, but not before that giant had laid low, by hurling a rock, twelve chariots and twice twelve horse-taming heroes who were riding in them.

30–32

 δὶς τόσους. ἀπειρομάχας ἐών κε φανείη σ1
 λόγον ὁ μὴ συνιείς· ἐπεὶ
 ῥέζοντά τι καὶ παθεῖν ἔοικεν. σ1

A man who did not understand this proverb would appear to be inexperienced in battle: since “it is likely that the doer will also suffer.”

But to tell the tale at length custom forbiddeth me, and the constraining hours: and a love-spell draweth me to put forth my hand to the feast of the new moon.

Scholia ad vv. 30–32 (2 entries)

ad v. 30

a. εὐωνύμων ἀπ᾿ Ἀθανᾶν: ἐνδόξων, ὀνομαστῶν. ἄδηλον δὲ ποῖον ἀγῶνα ἐνίκησε· πολλοὶ γὰρ τελοῦνται, Παναθήναια καὶ ἄλλοι. εἶτα ἐπάγει· | Θήβαις τ᾿ ἐν ἑπταπύλοις, ὡς καὶ ἐν Θήβαις αὐτοῦ νικήσαντος. ἦν δὲ καταλληλότερον εἰπεῖν Θηβῶν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· καὶ ἀπὸ Θηβῶν ἔπεμψας αὐτῷ στέφανον. διατί; ὅτι παρὰ τὸν τοῦ Ἀμφιτρύωνος τύμβον οἱ Θηβαῖοι οὐκ ἄκοντές σε τοῖς ἄνθεσιν ἐμίγνυον, τουτέστιν ἐστεφάνουν, χαίροντες διὰ τὸ συγγενεῖς εἶναι Θηβαίους Αἰγινητῶν. Θήβη γὰρ καὶ Αἴγινα Ἀσωπίδες, καί φασι Θηβαίοις πολεμοῦσιν Ἀθηναίοις ἐκπεσεῖν λόγιον, τοὺς συγγενεῖς ἑλέσθαι συμμάχους, δι᾿ οὗ τοὺς Αἰγινήτας δηλοῖ.

ad v. 32

a. οὐκοὕνεκεν Ἀμφιτρύωνος: ἀντὶ πατρωνυμικοῦ τοῦ Ἀμφιτρυωνίδου· οὐ γὰρ Ἀμφιτρύωνι ἄγεται ὁ ἀγών. ὡς δὲ Ὅμηρος λέγει Ὑπερίονος Ἠελίοιο, ἀντὶ τοῦ Ὑπεριονίδου· καὶ Εὐριπίδης (fr. 70)· ὃς Οἰδίπουν ἀπώλεσ᾿, Οἰδίπους δ᾿ ἐμέ, χρυσοῦν ἐνεγκὼν ὅρμον εἰς Ἄργους πόλιν. οὐ γὰρ ὁ Οἰδίπους ἤνεγκε χρυσοῦν ὅρμον εἰς Ἄργος, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ Πολυνείκης, καὶ ἔδωκεν Ἐριφύλῃ· ἔστιν οὖν, Οἰδιποδιονίδης δ᾿ ἐμὲ, ὁ Πολυνείκης· οὕτω καὶ τοῦτο οὕνεκεν Ἀμφιτρυωνίδου· Ἰόλαον γὰρ εἶπεν· οὗτος γὰρ Ἰφικλέους, ὁ δὲ Ἀμφι τρύωνος· διὸ καὶ τὸ ἐν Θήβαις γυμνάσιον ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ Ἰολάειον καλεῖται καὶ ὁ ἀγὼν Ἰολάεια. Δίδυμος δέ φησιν ἄγεσθαι Ἰολάεια ἐν Θήβαις ἀγῶνα γυμνικόν, αὐτὸ δὲ μόνον τὸ στάδιον καὶ γυμνάσιον εἶναι Ἰολάειον, καθὼς ὁ περὶ ἀγώνων ἀναγραψάμενος οὐκ Ἰολάειά φησιν ἄγεσθαι ἀλλ᾿ Ἡράκλεια. τὸν ἀγῶνα οὖν τῶν Ἡρακλείων φησὶν ἐν τῷ τοῦ Ἰολάου γυμνασίῳ διακεῖσθαι παρὰ τὸ τοῦ Ἀμφιτρύωνος μνῆμα, ἔνθα φασὶ καὶ τὸν Ἰόλαον κεκενοταφῆσθαι· τὸ γὰρ κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ μνῆμα ἐν Σαρδοῖ εἶναι.

33–34

33 τὰ μακρὰ δʼ ἐξενέπειν ἐρύκει με τεθμὸς

34 ὧραί τʼ ἐπειγόμεναι·

The laws of song and the hurrying hours prevent me from telling a long story,

35–37

 ἴϋγγι δʼ ἕλκομαι ἦτορ νουμηνίᾳ θιγέμεν.
 ἔμπα, καίπερ ἔχει βαθεῖα ποντιὰς ἅλμα σ2
 μέσσον, ἀντίτεινʼ ἐπιβουλίᾳ· σφόδρα δόξομεν

and I am drawn, by a magic charm on my heart, to touch on the new-moon festival. Nevertheless, although the deep salt sea holds you around the middle, strain against treacherous plots. We will be seen arriving in the light far above our enemies. But another man, with an envious glance,

Scholia ad vv. 35–37 (2 entries)

ad v. 36

a. Αἰγίνας ἕκατι: τῆς ἡρωΐδος Αἰγίνης γυναικὸς χάριν, διὰ τὸ συγγενές. Θήβη γὰρ καὶ Αἴγινα ἀδελφαὶ θυγατέρες Ἀσωποῦ τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ἀφ᾿ ὧν καὶ αἱ προσηγορίαι τῶν πόλεων.

b. φίλοισι γὰρ φίλος: πρὸς φίλους φίλος ἦλθε, πρὸς Θηβαίους Αἰγινήτης ὤν. (37.) ξένιον δὲ ἄστυ ἤτοι τὸ εὔξενον, ὡς τὸ κληϊσταὶ δ᾿ ἔπεσαν σανίδες (β 344) ἀντὶ τοῦ εὔκλειστοι, καὶ τειχιόεσσα (Β 559) ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐτειχής· ἢ ξένιον ἄστυ ταῖς Θήβαις ἡ Αἴγινα, διότι Πηλεὺς καὶ Τελαμὼν Αἰγινῆται ὄντες, ὅτε ἔμελλε στρατεύειν εἰς Ἴλιον Ἡρακλῆς, ἐπεξενώθησαν αὐτῷ· διὸ ἐποίσει, ξὺν ᾧ ποτε Τρωΐαν.

38–39

38 δαΐων ὑπέρτεροι ἐν φάει καταβαίνειν·

39 φθονερὰ δʼ ἄλλος ἀνὴρ βλέπων

Albeit the deep brine of the sea hold thee even to thy waist, nevertheless bear bravely up against conspirings; assuredly shall we shine forth above our enemies as we sail home in open day; while another man of envious eye turneth about in darkness an empty purpose that falleth to the ground. For me I know certainly that whatsoever excellence Fate that is our lord hath given me, time creeping onward will bring to its ordained fulfilment.

40 γνώμαν κενεὰν σκότῳ κυλίνδει σ140

broods in the darkness over an empty thought

Scholia ad vv. 40–40 (1 entry)

ad v. 40

a. ξὺν ᾧ ποτε Τρωΐαν: ὁ νοῦς· σὺν ᾧ Ἡρακλεῖ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω χρόνοις ὁ γενναῖος Τελαμὼν ἐπόρθησε τὴν Τροίαν, ἐπόρθησε δὲ σὺν αὐτῷ καὶ τοὺς νῦν μὲν Κῴους λεγομένους νησιώτας, τότε δὲ Μέροπας, ἔτι γε μὴν ἐπόρθησε καὶ τὸν μέγιστον καὶ ἐκπληκτικώτατον τῶν Γιγάντων Ἀλκυονέα.

41–44

 χαμαὶ πετοῖσαν· ἐμοὶ δʼ ὁποίαν ἀρετὰν
 ἔδωκε πότμος ἄναξ, σ3
 εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι χρόνος ἕρπων πεπρωμέναν τελέσει. σ5
 ἐξύφαινε, γλυκεῖα, καὶ τόδʼ αὐτίκα, φόρμιγξ,

that falls to the ground. As for me, I know that whatever excellence ruling destiny gave me, time will creep forward and bring it to its appointed perfection. Weave out, sweet lyre, right now,

Scholia ad vv. 41–44 (8 entries)

ad v. 42

a. καὶ Μέροπας: τοὺς Κῴους· δοκοῦσι γὰρ εἶναι γηγενεῖς· ἀπὸ Μέροπος δὲ Μέροπες οὕτως γράφεται.

b. ὅτι δὲ Ἡρακλῆς ἐπόρθησε τὴν Κῶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας κατιὼν, καὶ Ὅμηρος μαρτυρεῖ (Ξ 255, Ο 28)· καί μιν ἔπειτα Κόωνδ᾿ εὖ ναιομένην ἀπένεικας. ἔλαβε δὲ καὶ Χαλκιόπην ἐξαίρετον τὴν Εὐρυπύλου τοῦ βασιλέως θυγατέρα, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἔσχεν υἱὸν Θεσσαλὸν, οὗ παῖδες Φείδιππος καὶ Ἄντιφος ἐν Ἰλίῳ στρατεύσαντες.

c. λέγεται δὲ πεπορθηκέναι διὰ τοὺς Χαλκιόπης ἔρωτας τῆς θυγατρὸς Εὐρυπύλου τοῦ βασιλέως τὴν Κῶ.

ad v. 43

a. ἔκπαγλον Ἀλκυονῆ: ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἀλκυονέα· κατὰ συναίρεσιν δὲ γέγονεν, ὡς καὶ τὸ Τυδέα Τυδῆ· Ὅμηρος (Δ 384) ἐνταῦθ᾿ ἀγγελίην ἐπὶ Τυδῆ στεῖλαν Ἀχαιοί.

b. καὶ τὸν μέγαν πολεμιστὴν ἔκπαγλον Ἀλκυονῆ: οὗτος ὁ Ἀλκυονεὺς εἷς τῶν Γιγάντων λέγεται περὶ τὸν Ἰσθμὸν τῆς Κορίνθου συμβεβληκέανι Ἡρακλεῖ, οὗτος δὲ εἷς ἦν τῶν Γιγάντων, οὗ τὰς βοῦς Ἡρακλῆς ἐξ Ἐρυθείας παρήλαυνε· καὶ τῆς μάχης αὕτη αἰτία ἐγένετο τῇ βουλῇ τοῦ Διός· πολέμιος γὰρ ἦν τοῖς Γίγασιν.

c. οὐ πρότερον οὖν ἀνεῖλε τὸν Ἀλκυονέα Ἡρακλῆς, πρὶν τὰ ἅρματα αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀλκυονέως βληθῆναι.

d. ἄλλως. οὗτος ὁ Ἀλκυονεὺς εἷς τῶν Γιγάντων λέγεται περὶ τὸν Ἰσθμὸν τῆς Κορίνθου συμβεβληκέναι Ἡρακλεῖ, | καὶ μετὰ τὸ συντρίψαι αὐτοῦ δώδεκα ἅρματα καὶ εἰκοσιτέσσαρας ἄνδρας λίθῳ μεγίστῳ, τὸ τελευταῖον κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸν λίθον ἔρριψεν, ὅντινα τῷ ῥοπάλῳ ἀποσεισάμενος οὕτως ἀπέκτεινε τὸν Ἀλκυονέα, καί φασι κεῖσθαι τὸν λίθον ἐν τῷ Ἰσθμῷ. λέγεται δὲ τότε συμπαρεῖναι τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ καὶ τὸν Τελαμῶνα.

e. οὐ πρὶν ἤ γε τετραορίας δώδεκα, ὅ ἐστι τεθρίππους ἀνεῖλεν ὁ Ἀλκυονεύς. οὐ πρότερον δέ, φησίν, ἀπέκτεινεν Ἡρακλῆς, πρὶν ἢ ἀπέκτεινεν ὁ Ἀλκυονεὺς δώδεκα ἅρματα καὶ εἰκοσιτέσσαρας ἄνδρας τοῦ Ἡρακλέους.

45–48

 Λυδίᾳ σὺν ἁρμονίᾳ μέλος πεφιλημένον
 Οἰνώνᾳ τε καὶ Κύπρῳ, ἔνθα Τεῦκρος ἀπάρχει
 ὁ Τελαμωνιάδας· ἀτὰρ
 Αἴας Σαλαμῖνʼ ἔχει πατρῴαν·

CyprusSalamis the beloved song with Lydian harmony, for Oenone and, where Teucer the son of Telamon reigns far from home; but Aias holds ancestral,

Weave then this woof too presently, sweet my lute, a strain with Lydian harmony that shall be dear to Oinone, and to Cyprus, where Teukros, son of Telamon, holdeth rule in a new land.

49 ἐν δʼ Εὐξείνῳ πελάγει φαεννὰν Ἀχιλεὺς σ2

and Achilles holds the shining island in the Euxine sea.

Scholia ad vv. 49–49 (2 entries)

ad v. 49

a. ἀπειρομάχας ἐών κε φανείη λόγον ὁ μὴ ξυνιείς: ἐπεὶ ῥητῶς οὐκ ἐξήγγειλεν ὁ Πίνδαρος ὅτι ἐνικᾶτο ὁ Ἡρακλῆς, ἀλλ᾿ ἀμφιβόλως αὐτὸ παρεδήλωσεν, ὁ μὴ συνιεὶς τοῦτο ὃ λέγω, φησίν, ὅτι ἐλείφθη ὁ Ἡρακλῆς, ἄπειρος μάχης ἂν εἴη οὗτος.

b. ἄλλως. τὸν λόγον τοῦτον ὁ μὴ διαλογιζόμενος καὶ νοῶν ὀφθείη ἂν ἄπειρος μάχης, ὡς μὴ συνιεὶς τὴν τύχην καὶ τὸν ἐξ αὐτῆς λόγον.

50–51

50 νᾶσον· Θέτις δὲ κρατεῖ σ250

51 Φθίᾳ· Νεοπτόλεμος δʼ Ἀπείρῳ διαπρυσίᾳ,

PhthiaEpirusDodonaPelion Thetis rules in, and Neoptolemus in the expanses of, where jutting ox-pasturing headlands, beginning in, slope down to the Ionian sea. But beside the foot of,

Scholia ad vv. 50–51 (2 entries)

ad v. 50

a. ἐπεὶ ῥέζοντά τι καὶ παθεῖν ἔοικε: παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Σ 309)· ξυνὸς Ἐνυάλιος καί τε κτανέοντα κατέκτα.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἔπαθεν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἀποβαλὼν τοὺς ἑταίρους. παρὰ τοῦτο ὁ τραγικός (Soph. fr. 209)· τὸν δρῶντά πού τι καὶ παθεῖν ὀφείλεται. εἴη δ᾿ ἂν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς ὁμοιώσεως τῆς περὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἐλάττωμά τι γεγονὸς περὶ τὸν ἀθλητὴν ἐν ἀρχῇ· οὕτω γὰρ τὸν ὅμοιον λόγον ἕξει ἡ παραβολή. ὡς γὰρ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐλείπετο, ὕστερον δὲ ἐνίκησεν, οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἀθλητής. ὥστε εἰκὸς εἶναι αὐτὸν πεπτωκέναι ἢ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον ὑπομεῖναι.

52–54

 βουβόται τόθι πρῶνες ἔξοχοι κατάκεινται
 Δωδώναθεν ἀρχόμενοι πρὸς Ἰόνιον πόρον. σ3
 Παλίου δὲ πὰρ ποδὶ λατρείαν Ἰαωλκὸν

But Aias hath the Salamis of his father: and in the Euxine Sea Achilles hath a shining isle, and at Phthia hath Thetis power, and Neoptolemos in wide Epeiros, where cattle-pasturing headlands, from Dodona onwards, slope forward to the Ionian Sea. And beside the foot of Pelion did Peleus set his face against Iolkos, and deliver it over to be a servant to the Haimones, after that he had proved the guileful counsels of Hippolyte, Akastos' wife.

Scholia ad vv. 52–54 (3 entries)

ad v. 53

a. τὰ μακρὰ δ᾿ ἐξενέπειν ἐρύκει με τεθμός: Ἀρίσταρχος· εἰς νουμηνίαν ἐπιοῦσαν ὑποκείμενόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ ἀποδοῦναι τὸν ἐπίνικον. πάντα γάρ, φησί, τὰ περὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα καὶ Ἀλκυονέα μακρῶς διελθεῖν κωλύομαι....... ἐξειπεῖν ἐρύκει με καὶ κωλύει με ὁ τεθμός· ποῖος δὲ τεθμός; ὁ νόμος τοῦ ἐγκωμίου. ὁ νόμος οὖν τοῦ ἐγκωμίου, φησί, κωλύει με μακραῖς παρεκβάσεσι χρῆσθαι.

b. ὁ δὲ Ἀμμώνιος ὡμολογηκέναι φησὶ τὸν Πίνδαρον ἐν χρόνῳ τινὶ ἀποδώσειν τὸν ἐπίνικον· ὁ νόμος οὖν οὗτος, ὃν διεστησάμεθα ἐγώ τε καὶ οἱ τοῦ ἀθλητοῦ περὶ τῆς ἡμέρας, ᾗ ἀποδώσω, κωλύει με μακρὰ γράφειν· οὐ γὰρ φθάσω. διὸ ἐποίσει· Ὧραί τ᾿ ἐπειγόμεναι, τουτέστιν ἐπείγουσί με αἱ Ὧραι.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτω· τὰ πολλὰ δὲ καὶ μακρῶν δεόμενα λόγων διηγεῖσθαι κωλύομαι ὑπό τε τοῦ καιροῦ κατεπείγοντος καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ εἰωθότος θεσμοῦ· νενόμισται γὰρ τὰ τοιαῦτα διὰ συντόμων λέγεσθαι.

55–56

55 πολεμίᾳ χερὶ προστραπὼν55

56 Πηλεὺς παρέδωκεν Αἱμόνεσσιν σ2

Peleus turned a warlike hand against Iolcus and gave it in subjection to the Haemones

Scholia ad vv. 55–56 (2 entries)

ad v. 56

a. ἴυγγι δ᾿ ἕλκομαι ἦτορ: ἴυγξ εἶδος ὀρνέου ἐρωτικοῦ. πόθεν δὲ ἡ ἴυγξ; οἱ μέν φασιν Ἠχοῦς, οἱ δὲ Πειθοῦς γεγενῆσθαι θυγατέρα, ἥτις φαρμάσσουσα τὸν Δία εἰς τὸν Ἰοῦς πόθον κατὰ χόλον Ἥρας εἰς ὄρνεον μετεβλήθη, ᾧ κέχρηνται αἱ τὰ ἐρωτικὰ σκευάζουσαι γυναῖκες. ἐκ τούτου δὲ καὶ τὸ ποθεινὸν ἴυγξ καλεῖται. ἴυγγι οὖν τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ φησίν.

b. ἄλλως. ὡς ἀπὸ φαρμάκου, φησί, καὶ ἴυγγος τὴν ψυχὴν ἕλκομαι τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ, ᾗ ὑπεσχόμην ἐπιδείξασθαι τόν ἐπίνικον συντελέσας. διὸ τὰ περὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα λέγειν κωλύομαι, σπεύδων τελειῶσαι τὸν ὕμνον εἰς ὃν ὡμολόγησα χρόνον.

57–58

57 δάμαρτος Ἱππολύτας Ἄκαστος δολίαις

58 τέχναισι χρησάμενος· σ3

after encountering the crafty arts of Acastus’ wife Hippolyte. With the sword of Daedalus, the son of Pelias sowed the seeds of death for Peleus

Scholia ad vv. 57–58 (3 entries)

ad v. 58

a. ἔμπα καί περ ἔχει βαθεῖα ποντιὰς ἅλμα: ὅμως εἰ καὶ κινδυνεύω τελειῶσαι τὸ ποίημα, τηρήσω γε τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς λέγομεν· εἰ καὶ ἐμβέβηκα εἰς μέσον πέλαγος.

b. ἢ οὕτως, τῆς ἀναφορᾶς γινομένης περὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα· καὶ εἰ τὸ μέσον ἔχω τῆς ἱστορίας καὶ μεσοπορῶ κατὰ τὴν διήγησιν, ὅμως ἀνθέξομαι, καὶ οὐκέτι τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπ᾿ ἴσης συνάψω διὰ τὴν νουμηνίαν.

c. ἄλλως. ὅμως οὖν, εἰ καὶ πολὺ τὸ μέσον ἔχει διάστημα ἡ τῆς Αἰγίνης θάλασσα πρὸς τὰς Θήβας, ἐπείγου καὶ ἀντίτεινε ταῖς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἐπιβουλαῖς.

59 τᾷ Δαιδάλου τε μαχαίρᾳ φύτευέ οἱ θάνατον

For by (stealing) his sword of cunning workmanship the son of Pelias prepared death for him in an ambush; but Cheiron delivered him out of his hand; and thus he fulfilled the destiny ordained him of Zeus, and having escaped the violence of the fire and the dauntless lion's claws exceeding keen, and the bitings of teeth most terrible, he espoused one of the Nereids high-enthroned, and beheld the circle of fair seats whereon were sitting the kings of heaven and of the sea, as they revealed unto him their gifts, and the kingdom that should be unto him and unto his seed.

60–64

 ἐκ λόχου, Πελίαο παῖς· ἄλαλκε δὲ Χείρων, σ1
 καὶ τὸ μόρσιμον Διόθεν πεπρωμένον ἔκφερεν· σ2
 πῦρ δὲ παγκρατὲς θρασυμαχάνων τε λεόντων
 ὄνυχας ὀξυτάτους ἀκμὰν
 τε δεινοτάτων σχάσαις ὀδόντων σ5

from an ambush. But Cheiron rescued him and carried out the destiny which had been fated by Zeus. And Peleus, having thwarted all-powerful fire, and the sharp claws of bold-plotting lions, and the edge of their terrible teeth,

Scholia ad vv. 60–64 (8 entries)

ad v. 60

a. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ὡς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν φιλονεικεῖ. ἐναντιοῦ τῷ φθόνῳ, ὅ ἐστιν ἀπόδος τὸν ἐπίνικον τῇ ὡρισμένῃ ἡμέρᾳ.

ad v. 61

b. ἀντίτεινε ἐπιβουλίαις: πρὸς ἑαυτὸν [γὰρ] τοῦτο λέγει ὁ Πίνδαρος· ἀντίτεινε τοῖς ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, οἷον, μὴ ὕπεικε τοῖς ἀντιτέχνοις καὶ ἐπισιλλαίνουσί σε, | μὴ δίδου λαβὰς ὅτι παρεκβέβηκας· τῇ ἐπιβουλῇ αὐτῶν ἀντίτεινε. σφόδρα γὰρ τῶν πολεμούντων ἡμᾶς ἀντιδιδασκάλων καὶ ἀντιτέχνων φανησόμεθα καταβαίνοντες καὶ διοδεύοντες λαμπρῶς, ἐὰν μὴ παρεκβαίνωμεν. δοκεῖ δὲ ταῦτα τείνειν εἰς Σιμωνίδην, ἐπεὶ ἐκεῖνος παρεκβάσεσι χρῆσθαι εἴωθε.

c. καθυπέρτεροι οὖν ἐκείνων φανησόμεθα· ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωμεν ταῖς παρεκβάσεσι, σφόδρα δόξομεν τῶν ἀντιπολεμούντων ὑπερέχοντες καταβαίνειν.

ad v. 64

a. φθονερὰ δ᾿ ἄλλος ἀνήρ: ἄλλος ἀνὴρ ὁ βάσκανος.

b. ἄλλος ἐχθρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ προαίρεσιν τὴν κενὴν καὶ ματαίαν ἀφανῆ ἕξει. |

c. ἄλλος ὁ ἐχθρός.

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὗτος γὰρ ἂν ὁ τὸν φθόνον ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἔχων ἐχθρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ προαίρεσιν καὶ τὴν ἐπ᾿ ἐμοὶ προσδοκίαν κενὴν καὶ ματαίαν ἔχων καὶ τὸν σκοπὸν χαμαὶ καὶ ἀσκόπως ἐνεχθέντα, ἐν τῷ τῆς ἀδοξίας καὶ λύπης κυλισθήσεται σκότῳ ὁ βάσκανος.

e. ἄλλως. εἴτις φθονεῖ ἡμῖν, φησί, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γνώμην ἐν σκότει κυλίσει· τουτέστιν οὐδὲν ἀνύσει φθονῶν ἐμοί, ἀλλ᾿ ἐναποκρυβήσεται τῷ σκότῳ καὶ ζόφῳ, κυλισθήσεται αὐτὸς ἐν σκοτίᾳ φθονῶν ἐμοί.

65–66

65 ἔγαμεν ὑψιθρόνων μίαν Νηρεΐδων,65

66 εἶδεν δʼ εὔκυκλον ἕδραν, σ2

married one of the Nereids throned on high, and saw the fine circle of seats in which the lords of sky and sea were sitting, as they gave him gifts and revealed the future strength of his race. Beyond Gadeira towards the western darkness there is no passage; turn back

Scholia ad vv. 65–66 (2 entries)

ad v. 66

a. ἐμοὶ δ᾿ ὁποίαν ἀρετὰν ἔδωκε πότμος ἄναξ: ἐμοὶ δέ, φησίν, ἣν ἔδωκε τάξιν ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἡ εἱμαρμένη, ταύτην πεπίστευκα ὅτι καὶ ὁ μακρὸς διαθέων χρόνος πληρώσει εὔμοιρον καὶ καλήν.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἣν δὲ ἔχω παρὰ θεοῦ δύναμιν ποιητικὴν, εὖ οἶδ᾿ ὅτι κατὰ τὴν πεπρωμένην ὁ χρόνος τελειώσει καὶ ἐκλάμψει.

67–69

 τᾶς οὐρανοῦ βασιλῆες πόντου τʼ ἐφεζόμενοι
 δῶρα καὶ κράτος ἐξέφαναν ἐγγενὲς αὐτῷ.
 Γαδείρων τὸ πρὸς ζόφον οὐ περατόν· ἀπότρεπε

Nightward beyond Gadeira none may pass. Turn back again to the mainland of Europe the tackle of our ship; for it were impossible for me to go through unto the end all the tale of the sons of Aiakos.

70–72

 αὖτις Εὐρώπαν ποτὶ χέρσον ἔντεα ναός·
 ἄπορα γὰρ λόγον Αἰακοῦ σ1
 παίδων τὸν ἅπαντά μοι διελθεῖν.

Europe the ship’s sails again to the mainland of, for it is impossible for me to tell the full story of the sons of Aeacus.

Scholia ad vv. 70–72 (1 entry)

ad v. 71

a. ἐξύφαινε γλυκεῖα καὶ τόδ᾿ αὐτίκα φόρμιγξ: ἐργάζου δὲ οὖν καὶ πλήρου τοῦτο τὸ ποικίλον μέλος, ὦ γλυκυτάτη φόρμιγξ, σὺν τῇ Λυδίων ἁρμονίᾳ, ὅπερ ἐστὶ προσφιλέστατον τῇ τε Αἰγίνῃ καὶ τῇ Κύπρῳ. Οἰνώνη δὲ τὸ πρότερον ἐκαλεῖτο ἡ Αἴγινα ἀπὸ Οἰνώνης τινός.

73 Θεανδρίδαισι δʼ ἀεξιγυίων ἀέθλων

For the Theandridae, having pledged my word, I went as a ready herald of the limb-strengthening contests

74 κάρυξ ἑτοῖμος ἔβαν

For the Theandrid clan came I a ready herald of games that make men's limbs wax strong, to Olympia and to Isthmos, and to Nemea according to my promise, where having put themselves to the proof they are returning homeward, not without wreaths whose fruitage is renown; and there report hath told us, O Timasarchos, that thy clan's name is preeminent in songs of victory.

75–79

 Οὐλυμπίᾳ τε καὶ Ἰσθμοῖ Νεμέᾳ τε συνθέμενος,
 ἔνθα πεῖραν ἔχοντες οἴκαδε κλυτοκάρπων σ1
 οὐ νέοντʼ ἄνευ στεφάνων, πάτραν ἵνʼ ἀκούομεν, σ1
 εὰ Τιμάσαρχε, τ ν ἐπινικίοισιν ἀοιδαῖς
 πρόπολον ἔμμεναι. εἰ δέ τοι σ2

OlympiaNemea at and the Isthmus and, where, whenever they make trial of their skill, they return home with the glorious fruit of garlands; in that home, Timasarchus, we hear that your family is an attendant of victory songs. But if

Scholia ad vv. 75–79 (4 entries)

ad v. 76

a. ἔνθα Τεῦκρος ὑπάρχει: ὁ νοῦς· ἔνθα δὴ καὶ ἐν ᾖ Κύπρῳ ὁ τοῦ Τελαμῶνος παῖς ἡγεμονεύει. ὁ γὰρ Τεῦκρος ἐλθὼν μετὰ τὴν ἅλωσιν τῆς Ἰλίου ἐν Σαλαμῖνι, καὶ ὑπονοηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Τελαμῶνος ὡς αἴτιος γεγονὼς τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Αἴαντος, φυγὼν ᾤκησε τὴν Κύπρον καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτῆς τὴν ἀρχὴν, | ὡς καὶ Λυκόφρων (450) ἱστορεῖ.

ad v. 77

a. ἀτὰρ Αἴας: ὅ γε μὴν Αἴας κατέχει τὴν πατρῴαν Σαλαμῖνα· λόγῳ, ἐπεὶ πατρὶς αὐτοῦ ἡ Σαλαμίς· ἐν Ἰλίῳ δὲ τελευτᾷ.

ad v. 79

a. ἐν δ᾿ Εὐξείνῳ πελάγει: πᾶν τὸ γένος τῶν Αἰγινητῶν ὑμνεῖ, ὅτι πολλῶν τόπων ἐπῆρξεν. ἔστι δέ τις ἐπὶ τοῦ Εὐξείνου πόντου καλουμένη Λευκὴ νῆσος, εἰς ἣν δοκεῖ τὸ Ἀχιλλέως σῶμα ὑπὸ Θέτιδος μετακεκομίσθαι· καὶ δρόμους τινὰς δεικνύουσι διὰ τὰ τοῦ ἥρωος γυμνάσια. ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος φαεννὰν νῆσον τὴν Λευκήν· μεταληπτικῶς δέ φησι· φαεινὸν γὰρ τὸ λευκόν ἐστιν. Λευκὴ δὲ καλεῖται διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐννεοσσευόντων ὀρνέων [ἤτοι ἐρωδιῶν]· φαντασίαν γὰρ τοιαύτην τοῖς πλέουσι παρέχει.

b. ἄλλως. τὴν λεγομένην Λευκὴν ἀκτὴν ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ πόντῳ, ἐν ᾗ πλεῖστοι ἐρωδιοὶ φαινόμενοι ἐκεῖθεν τοῖς πλέουσι μηνύουσιν αὐτήν. αὕτη καλεῖται καὶ Ἀχίλλειος δρόμος, ἐπειδὴ μνηστευομένου τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως τὴν Ἰφιγένειαν ἀχθεῖσάν τε διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ πρόφασιν εἰς Αὐλίδα, γενομένης ἀπλοίας τοῖς Ἕλλησιν εἰς Ἴλιον ἠθέλησαν σφαγιάσαι ὑπὲρ εὐπλοίας, καὶ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος αὐτὴν ἁρπασάσης καὶ ἐπὶ Ταύρους τῆς Σκυθίας τόπον ἀγαγούσης ἐπεδίωκεν ἐρῶν ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς, καὶ συνηκολούθησε μέχρι ταύτης τῆς νήσου τῆς λεγομένης Λευκῆς. 81 b BD

80 μάτρῳ μʼ ἔτι Καλλικλεῖ κελεύεις80

in honor of your uncle Callicles you bid me

81–84

 στάλαν θέμεν Παρίου λίθου λευκοτέραν· σ3
 ὁ χρυσὸς ἑψόμενος σ3
 αὐγὰς ἔδειξεν ἁπάσας, ὕμνος δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν
 ἑργμάτων βασιλεῦσιν ἰσοδαίμονα τεύχει σ1

to build a monument whiter than Parian stone, know that gold, when it is refined, shows all radiance, and a song in honor of noble deeds makes a man equal in fortune to kings.

Or if further for thy mother's brother Kallikles thou biddest me set up a pillar whiter than Parian stone, lo as the refining of gold showeth forth all his splendours, so doth a song that singeth a man's rare deeds make him as the peer of kings. Let Kallikles in his dwelling beside Acheron find in my tongue a minstrel of his praise, for that at the games of the deep-voiced wielder of the trident his brows were green with parsley of Corinth; of him, boy, did Euphänes, thy aged grandsire, rejoice erewhile to sing.

Scholia ad vv. 81–84 (7 entries)

ad v. 81

a. Θέτις δὲ κρατεῖ: ἡ δὲ Θέτις ἄρχει καὶ δεσποτεύει τῆς Φθίας, ἔνθα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ Θετίδειον ἱερὸν, ὡς καὶ Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ἀνδρομάχῃ (19).

b. ἄλλως. Φύλαρχός φησι (FHG I 357) Θέτιν πρὸς Ἥφαιστον ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὸν Ὄλυμπον, ὅπως Ἀχιλλεῖ ὅπλα κατασκευάσῃ· τὸν δὲ ποιῆσαι· ἐρωτικῶς δὲ ἔχοντα τῆς Θέτιδος, οὐ φάναι ἄν δώσειν αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ αὐτῷ προσομιλήσαι· τὴν δὲ αὐτῷ ὑποσχέσθαι· θέλειν μέντοι ὁπλίζεσθαι, ὅπως ἴδοι, εἰ ἁρμόξει ἅ πεποιήκει ὅπλα τῷ Ἀχιλλεῖ· ἴσην γὰρ αὑτὴν ἐκείνῳ εἶναι. τοῦ δὲ παραχωρήσαντος ὁπλισαμένην τὴν Θέτιν φυγεῖν· τὸν δὲ οὐ δυνάμενον καταλαβεῖν σφῦραν λαβεῖν καὶ πατάξαι εἰς τὸ σφυρὸν καὶ ἰαθῆναι ἐν τῇ πόλει ταὑτῃ τῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς Θετιδείῳ καλουμένῃ.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν Φθίᾳ νῦν· ἔοικε δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος μνημονεύειν τοῦ Θετιδείου, περὶ οὗ ἐν πρώτῳ Φερεκύδης οὕτω γράφει (FHG I 72 M., I 59 J.)· ἔπειτα Πηλεὺς ᾤχετο εἰς Φθίαν [καὶ] Θέτιν ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων τούτων ἄγων, καὶ οἰκεῖ ἐν Φαρσάλῳ καὶ ἐν Θετιδείῳ, ὃ καλεῖται ἀπὸ τῆς Θέτιδος ἡ πόλις.

ad v. 82

a. Νεοπτόλεμος δ᾿ Ἀπείρῳ διαπρυσίᾳ: ὁ δὲ Ἀχιλλέως παῖς Νεοπτόλεμος ἄρχει τῆς πολλῆς Ἠπείρου, ἐν ᾗ ἔξοχοι πρῶνες καὶ πρὸς τροφὴν βοῶν ἐξαίρετοι τυγχάνουσιν, ἐκ Δωδώνης τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχοντες καὶ περατούμενοι πρὸς τῷ Ἰονίῳ πελάγει. λέγεται δὲ ὅτι μετὰ τὰ ἐν Ἰλίῳ ταύτης τῆς Ἠπείρου ἦρξεν ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος.

b. τὸ δὲ διαπρυσίᾳ ἀντὶ τοῦ διηνεκεῖ, οἷον ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς μέχρι πέρατος, οὐ μέρους τῆς Ἠπείρου ἀλλ᾿ ὅλης· | Ἀπείρῳ γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἠπείρῳ φησί.

c. βουβόται δὲ οἱ βουκόλοι· βουτρόφος γὰρ ἡ Ἤπειρος.

ad v. 84

a. τόθι πρῶνες: τὰ ἄκρα τῶν ὀρῶν. βουβόται δὲ οἱ καλλίστους βοῦς τρέφοντες. λέγονται γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ γένους τῶν τοῦ Γηρυονέως βοῶν αὐτόθι μεμενηκέναι, κλέψαντος παρ᾿ Ἡρακλέους Λαρίνου τινὸς, ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ λαρινοὶ καλοῦνται οἱ ἐκεῖ βόες, μνήμην τοῦ τὸ γένος καταστήσαντος τῇ προσηγορίᾳ φυλάσσοντες.

85–88

 φῶτα· κεῖνος ἀμφʼ Ἀχέροντι ναιετάων ἐμὰν
 γλῶσσαν εὑρέτω κελαδῆτιν, Ὀρσοτριαίνα
 ἵνʼ ἐν ἀγῶνι βαρυκτύπου σ1
 θάλησε Κορινθίοις σελίνοις· σ2

Acheron May that man, who dwells beside the stream of, hear my voice singing, where in the contest of the loud-roaring wielder of the trident he flourished with crowns of Corinthian wild celery.

Scholia ad vv. 85–88 (3 entries)

ad v. 87

a. πρὸς Ἰόνιον πόρον: μέχρι τοῦ Ἀδρίου, ὃς Ἰόνιος καλεῖται πόρος, καθήκοντες ἐκ Δωδώνης.

ad v. 88

a. Παλίου δὲ πὰρ ποδὶ λατρείαν Ἰαωλκόν: τὴν δὲ κειμένην Ἰωλκὸν πρὸς τοῖς κάτω μέρεσι τῆς Θεσσαλίας ὁ Πηλεὺς πορθήσας διὰ τὴν Ἀκάστου ἐπιβουλὴν δούλην παρέδωκε τοῖς Θεσσαλοῖς, τουτέστιν ὑπήκοον. ἔστι δὲ ἡ Ἰωλκὸς τῆς Μαγνησίας, ἥτις πρὸς τοῖς τέρμασι τοῦ Πηλίου ὄρους κεῖται.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τοῖς τέρμασι τοῦ Πηλίου κειμένην Ἰωλκὸν δούλην ἔδωκε Θετταλοῖς, πρότερον οὖσαν Μαγνησίας.

89 τὸν Εὐφάνης ἐθέλων γεραιὸς προπάτωρ

Euphanes, your aged grandfather,

Each hath his own age-fellow; and what each hath seen for himself that may he hope to set forth best of all. How for Melesias' praise must such an one grapple in the strife, bending the words beneath his grasp, yielding not his ground as he wrestleth in speech, of gentle temper toward the good, but to the froward a stern adversary.

90–94

 σὸς ἄεισέν ποτε, παῖ.
 ἄλλοισι δʼ ἅλικες ἄλλοι· τὰ δʼ αὐτὸς ἄν τις ἴδῃ,
 ἔλπεταί τις ἕκαστος ἐξοχώτατα φάσθαι. σ3
 οἷον αἰνέων κε Μελησίαν ἔριδα στρέφοι,
 ῥήματα πλέκων, ἀπάλαιστος ἐν λόγῳ ἕλκειν,

once willingly sang his praises, child. Each man has his own generation; and each man expects to speak best of what he has seen himself. If he were praising Melesias, how he would throw his opponent in the struggle! Weaving his words, impossible to wrestle down in speech;

Scholia ad vv. 90–94 (3 entries)

ad v. 92

a. Ἱππολύτας: Ἱππολύτης θυγάτηρ γέγονε Κρηθηῒς Ἀκάστου γαμετὴ, ἥτις τῷ Πηλεῖ ἐρωτικῶς διατεθεῖσα καὶ μὴ πείσασα συνελθεῖν αὐτὸν φθάσασα τῷ Ἀκάστῳ ὡς ἄσεμνον ἢ βίαιον διέβαλεν. ὁ δὲ κατακούσας καὶ προφασισάμενος ἤγαγεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀπέρημα τοῦ Πηλίου ὄρους, καὶ καταλείψας θηρίοις ὑποπεσεῖν αὐτὸν ὑπαναχωρεῖ. φασὶ δὲ τοὺς θεοὺς τῆς σωφροσύνης οἰκτείραντας τὸν Πηλέα Ἥφαιστον ἐξαποστεῖλαι· τὸν δὲ μάχαιραν ἔχοντα τῷ Πηλεῖ δωρήσασθαι, ᾗ τὰ προσπίπτοντα τῶν θηρίων διαχρώμενος εἰς Θεσσαλίαν κατῆλθε. καὶ κατελθὼν κατεπολέμησεν Ἄκαστον καὶ τὴν Ἰωλκόν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὴν παρὰ τοῖς τέρμασι τοῦ Πηλίου ὄρους κειμένην Ἰωλκὸν ὑπήκοον καὶ δούλην ἔδωκε νικήσας ἐν πολέμῳ διὰ τροπαίου ὁ Πηλεὺς, πρότερον οὖσαν Μαγνησίας, καὶ αὐτὴν ὑπέταξε Θεσσαλοῖς, | εἰς πρόφασιν τιμωρίας ταῖς τοῦ Ἀκάστου γυναικὸς Κρηθηΐδος, ἥτις Ἱππολύτης ἐστὶν, ἐπιβουλαῖς ἀποχρησάμενος· | αὕτη γὰρ δολίως ἐπεβούλευσε τῷ Πηλεῖ.

c. χολωθεὶς ταῖς γενηθείσαις ἐξ Ἀκάστου γυναικὸς δολίαις τέχναις καὶ ταύταις εἰς πόρθησιν τῆς Ἰωλκοῦ αἰτίᾳ χρησάμενος, ὅτι ἐπεβουλεύθη.

95–96

95 μαλακὰ μὲν φρονέων ἐσλοῖς, σ395

96 τραχὺς δὲ παλιγκότοις ἔφεδρος. σ39

with gentle thoughts towards noble men, but a rough adversary to his opponents.

Scholia ad vv. 95–96 (42 entries)

ad v. 95

a. τᾷ Δαιδάλου δὲ μαχαίρᾳ: ὅστις, φησίν, ὁ Ἄκαστος τὸν τοῦ Δαιδάλου τρόπον ἀναλαβὼν καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου τῶν δόλων μάχαιραν, ἐμηχανᾶτο κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ θάνατον, οὐχ ὅτι Δαιδάλου εἶχε ξίφος, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι τὸν δόλον ἐῴκει τῷ Δαιδάλῳ ὁ Ἄκαστος.

b. ἢ οὕτως· Δαιδάλου μάχαιραν τὸν δόλον εἶπε τμητικὸν γεγονότα εἰς ἀπώλειαν, παρόσον δολίᾳ τέχνῃ χρησάμενος ἐπεβούλευσεν. ὁ γὰρ Δαίδαλος ἐκ Κρήτης εἰς Σικελίαν ἀφικόμενος πρὸς Κώκαλον βασιλεύοντα τῆς Καμίκου, πείθει τὰς θυγατέρας Κωκάλου διὰ τῆς ὀροφῆς ποιῆσαι κατάρρουν, δι᾿ οὗ ἐπεκχυθὲν θερμὸν ὕδωρ ἐπενεχθήσεται τῷ Μίνῳ λουομένῳ, καὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἀπόλωλεν ὁ Μίνως. τούτῳ οὖν φησι τῷ τρόπῳ κεχρῆσθαι καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Πηλέως τὸν Ἄκαστον· ἀφῆκε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρημίας ὠς ἀπολούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν Κενταύρων· διὸ μετῆλθεν αὐτόν. καὶ πιθανώτερόν ἐστι τὸν δέ σύνδεσμον ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ παρειλῆφθαι· τῇ γὰρ Δαιδάλου μαχαίρᾳ ὁ Ἄκαστος αὐτῷ δόλον ἐφύτευσε. Δίδυμος δέ φησι δεῖν γράφειν διὰ τοῦ ῳ· δαιδάλῳ δὲ μαχαίρᾳ δόλον ἤρτυσε τῷ Πηλεῖ, παρελόμενος αὐτοῦ κρύφα, ἵνα χωρὶς ἀμυντηρίου ἁλοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν Κενταύρων φθαρῇ. ταῦτα δὲ ἱστοροῦσι πολλοὶ μέν, ἀτὰρ δὴ καὶ Ἡσίοδος λέγων οὕτως (fr. 79)· ἥδε δέ οἱ κατὰ θυμὸν ἀρίστη φαίνετο βουλή· αὐτὸν μὲν εὔχεσθαι, κρύψαι δ᾿ ἀδόκητα μάχαιραν καλὴν, ἣν οἱ ἔτευξε περικλυτὸς Ἀμφιγυήεις· ὡς τὴν μαστεύων οἶος κατὰ Πήλιον αἰπὺ αἶψ' ὑπὸ Κενταύροισιν ὀρεσκῴοισι δαμείη.

c. δαίδαλον δὲ εἶπε τὴν μάχαιραν διὰ τὸ ὑπὸ Ἡφαίστου κατεσκευάσθαι. ἐπιεικῶς δὲ τὰ Ἡφαίστου ἔργα δαίδαλά φησι· ποίει δαίδαλα πόλλ᾿ εἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσιν (Σ 482).

ad v. 96

a. ἄλαλκε δὲ Χείρων: ἀλλὰ βοηθὸν ἔχων τὸν Χείρωνω. τὸν ἐχθρὸν ἐτιμωρήσατο καὶ οὕτως ὑπὸ τῆς πεπρωμένης διεσώθη τοὺς κινδύνους διελθὼν ὁ Πηλεύς. [Drachmann ad v. 98]

a. πεπρωμένον ἔκφερεν: ἀμφίβολον πότερον τὸ μόρσιμον ἔκφερε καὶ ἔξω ἔφερε τὸν κίνδυνον καὶ τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ τὸν πεπρωμένον, ἢ οἷον ἐξέφερε καὶ ὑπεδείκνυε τὸ πεπρωμένον. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

b. τουτέστιν ἐξέφερε τῶν κινδύνων καὶ ἔσῳζεν. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

a. πῦρ δὲ παγκρατές: ὁ νοῦς· τὸ δὲ πάντων κρατοῦν πῦρ, ᾧ ἀπείκαζεν ἑαυτὴν ἡ Θέτις, καὶ τὴν θρασεῖαν τῶν θηρίων φύσιν καὶ τὴν ἀκμὴν ἐπισχὼν καὶ παύσας τῶν ὀδόντων, οὕτω λοιπὸν ἔγημεν αὐτὴν τὴν ἐνδοξοτάτην τῶν Νηρεΐδων, καὶ γέγονε τῶν οὐρανίων θεατὴς ἀκριβῶς· ἐπειδὴ λέγεται ἀπειλῆφθαι ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀθανασίᾳ τιμηθείς. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

b. ἄλλως. πῦρ παγκρατές: τὸ πάντων κρατοῦν καὶ δεσπόζον διὰ τὸ φθαρτικὸν τῆς δυνάμεως. οἱ δὲ φυσικώτερον ἀκούουσι τὸν λόγον, τὴν τῶν θεῶν φύσιν εἰς πῦρ ἀνάγοντες. ὅτι δὲ καθ᾿ ὃν καιρὸν ἡ Θέτις γάμῳ συνήπτετο τῷ Πηλεῖ, εἴς τε πῦρ καὶ εἰς λέοντα καὶ εἰς διαφόρους ἰδέας μετέβαλλεν ἑαυτῆς τὴν φύσιν μὴ βουλομένη γαμηθῆναι τῷ Πηλεῖ, καὶ Ὅμηρος μαρτυρεῖ (Σ 432)· ἐκ μέν μ᾿ ἀλλάων ἁλιάων ἀνδρὶ δάμασσεν Αἰακίδῃ Πηλῆϊ, καὶ ἔτλην ἀνέρος εὐνὴν πολλὰ μάλ᾿ οὐκ ἐθέλουσα. φαίνεται δὲ ἐκ τούτων ἡ Θέτις μὴ βουλομένη γαμηθῆναι θνητῷ· μετεβάλλετο οὖν ὥσπερ ὁ Ὁμηρικὸς Πρωτεύς. οὔτε οὖν τὸ πῦρ, εἰς ὃ μετέβαλλεν, οὔτε οἱ τῶν λεόντων ὄνυχες καὶ ὀδόντες ἤνυόν τι. σχάσας οὖν καὶ ἐπισχὼν τοὺς ὄνυχας καὶ τοὺς ὀδόντας ἔγημε τὴν Θέτιν [ὁ Πηλεύς]. ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρεσσόντων, οἳ ὅταν λήγωσι τῆς εἰρεσίας, σχάζουσι τὰς κώπας. | Εὐριπίδης (Phoen. 454)· σχάσον δὲ δεινὸν ὄμμα καὶ θυμοῦ πνοάς. [Drachmann ad v. 101]

a. εἶδε δ᾿ εὔκυκλον: ἐθεάσατο δὲ τὴν ἕδραν καὶ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς τοὺς θαλαττίους καὶ τοὺς οὐρανίους, οἵτινες αὐτῷ καὶ τοῦτο ἐδωρήσαντο, φανερώσαντες τὸ ἑαυτῶν κράτος καὶ τὸ γένος ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς· ἢ ὅτι ὁ Ποσειδῶν μὲν ἵππους. Ἥφαιστος δὲ μάχαιραν ἔδωκε, καὶ οὕτω μέχρις ἐκγόνων αὐτοῦ παρέπεμψε τὴν εὔκλειαν. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

b. ἄλλως. εὔκυκλον ἕδραν: οἱ μὲν φυσικώτερον τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀπέδοσαν διὰ τὸ σφαιροειδές, ἀλλ᾿ ἐναντιοῦται αὐτοῖς | τὰ τῆς ἱστορίας· οὐ γὰρ τὸν οὐρανὸν ὁ Πηλεὺς ἐθεάσατο. ἀκουστέον οὖν τὸ παρὰ τὸ Πήλιον τῶν θεῶν κυκλοτερὲς συμπόσιον, ὅπερ συνετελέσθη τοῖς τοῦ Πηλέως γάμοις. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

c. καὶ οἱ θαλάττιοιc. λείπει οὖν ἡ ἐπί, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ἐφ᾿ ἧς ἕδρας καθίσαντες οἵ τε Ὀλύμπιοι καὶ οὐράνιοι δῶρα ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

d. ἕδρας δὲ, ἢ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἢ τοῦ Ὀλύμπου. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

a. δῶρα καὶ κράτος ἐξέφαναν: ἀμφίβολον πότερον διεσήμηναν τὸ κράτος τοῦ Πηλέως αὐτῷ, ὧν κρατήσει τόπων, ἢ διεσήμηναν ἐν τῷ γάμῳ αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἔσται οὕτως ἐγγενὲς, ὥστε καὶ ἐκγόνοις καταλιπεῖν, ἢ τὸ ἑαυτῶν κράτος οἱ θεοὶ ἐξέφηναν αὐτῷ, τουτέστι τὴν ἑαυτῶν φύσιν καὶ δύναμιν καὶ τὸ ἐγγενὲς αὐτοῖς, οὐ μεταβαλόντες τὴν μορφὴν ὡς ἔθος θνητοῖς φαντάζεσθαι θεούς, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις μορφαῖς ὤφθησαν αὐτῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

b. ἢ τὸ κράτος τὸ πεπρωμένον αὐτῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

a. Γαδείρων τὸ πρὸς ζόφον οὐ περατόν: οὐκ ἔστι, φησί, Γαδείρων περᾶσαι τὰ ἐπέκεινα· ζόφος γὰρ καὶ ἀφάνεια· ὑποστρέφων μὲν οὖν εἰς τοὐπίσω ἄγε τὴν ναῦν. ἀλληγορεῖ δὲ λέγειν βουλόμενος, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι δυνατὸν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπαίνους χωρεῖν τοῦ Τιμασάρχου. ἐπάγει γοῦν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι δυνατὸν τὸν πάντα λόγον καὶ ἔπαινον τῶν ἐκγόνων τοῦ Αἰακοῦ διελθεῖν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ Γαδείρων ἐπέκεινα. Γάδειρα γὰρ πόλις μέχρι τῶν στηλῶν Ἡρακλέους, ἔνθα τὸ τέλος ἐστὶ τοῦ πλεῖν καὶ τοῦ ὁδεύειν· περαιτέρω γὰρ λοιπὸν ὁ Ὠκεανὸς καὶ πάντα ἀφανῆ, ζόφου ὄντος. τὰ ἐντεῦθεν οὖν τῶν Γαδείρων τῆς Εὐρώπης ἐστίν. εἰς δύο γὰρ διῄρητο τὸ παλαιὸν μέρη ἡ οἰκουμένη, Εὐρώπην καὶ Ἀσίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὥσπερ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐσωτέρω πλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν δύσιν, ἐπειδὰν ἅπαξ τις ἐπὶ τὰ Γάδειρα ἀφίκηται, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπιστρεπτέον ἐστὶν ἐπὶ τὴν Εὐρώπην διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἔτι πλεῖν, οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τῶν Αἰακιδῶν τὸν ὕμνον ἀφικέσθαι οὐ δυνατόν. μὴ πλέε γοῦν, φησί, πρὸς ζόφον ἔξω τῶν Γαδείρων, ἀλλὰ στρέφε τὴν ναῦν ἐπὶ τὴν Εὐρώπην. ἔντεα γὰρ ναὸς περιφραστικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ναῦν εἶπε. διατί δὲ τοῦτό φησι, διασαφήσει· ἄπορα γὰρ λόγον Αἰακοῦ παίδων· διὸ μετάστρεφε τὴν ᾠδὴν ἐπὶ τὰ δυνατὰ ὥσπερ τινὰ ναῦν, ἐπὶ τοὺς ἱερονίκας. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

a. Θεανδρίδαισι δ᾿ ἀεξιγυίων ἀέθλων: φατρία τις ἀπό τινος Θεάνδρου προγόνου ἐνδόξου τῶν περὶ Τιμάσαρχον, ᾧ γέγραπται ἡ ᾠδή. ἦλθον οὖν κῆρυξ, φησίν, ἕτοιμος τοῖς Θεανδρίδαις τῶν αὐξόντων τὰ σώματα ἄθλων, τούς τε ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ συνθεὶς ἄθλους καὶ τοὺς ἐν Ἰσθμοῖ καὶ Νεμέᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

a. ἔνθα πεῖραν ἔχοντες: ἔνθα τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἀπόπειραν λαβόντες, καὶ γνῶσιν τῆς ἀγωνίας σχόντες οὐδέποτε ἄνευ στεφάνων εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ἐληλύθασι, τῶν ἔνδοξον καρπὸν φερόντων· στεφάνων. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

a. πάτραν νιν ἀκούομεν: τὴν πατρίδα σου ταύτην ἀκούομεν, φησί, τὴν τῶν Θεανδριδῶν, ὦ Τιμάσαρχε, προέχουσαν τοῖς τῶν ᾠδῶν ἐπινίκοις. τὸ γὰρ πρόπολον ἔμμεναι, τουτέστι προυπάρχουσαν εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

b. ὀ δὲ νοῦς· τοιγαροῦν ἀκούομεν, ὦ Τιμάσαρχε, τὴν πατρίδα τὴν σὴν τοῖς ὕμνοις τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ὑμετέρας νίκης θεραπεύεσθαι καὶ εἶναι ὑπηρέτιν τῶν ὑμετέρων νικῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 126]

a. εἰ δέ τοι μάτρῳ μ᾿ ἔτι Καλλικλεῖ: μήτρως ὁ τῆς μητρὸς ἀδελφός. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· εἰ δὲ τῷ σῷ ὕμνῳ κελεύεις ἔτι με θεῖναι στήλην πρὸς πάροδον καὶ μνησθῆναι τοῦ πρὸς μητρός σου θείου Καλλικλέους, μνησθήσομαι. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

c. ἢ οὕτως· εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ τῷ Καλλικλεῖ τῷ πρὸς μητρός σου θείῳ κελεύεις ἔτι στήλην τινὰ ἀναστῆσαι τῆς Παρίου λίθου λευκοτέραν, προσληπτέον ἔξωθεν τὸ ποιήσω, τουτέστι λαμπρῶς ὑμνήσω κἀκεῖνον. τοῦτο δὲ εἴρηκεν ὡς διστάσεως γεγονυίας ἐν ἀρχῇ, ὅτι μνησθήσεται διὰ τῆς ᾠδῆς τοῦ Καλλικλέους. φησίν. ἀλληγορικῶς δὲ τὸ ποίημα στήλην λέγει. Πάριος δὲ λίθος ἐστὶν ὁ καλούμενος λύγδινος. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

a. ὁ χρυσὸς ἑψόμενος αὐγὰς ἔδειξεν ἁπάσας: τουτέστιν ὡς τὸν χρυσὸν ποιεῖ τὸ πῦρ διαυγέστερον, οὕτω τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ὁ ὕμνος διαφανεστέρους καὶ τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἴσους ποιεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

b. τουτέστιν οὕτω λάμπει, ὤσπερ οἱ ἀγαθοὶ ὑμνούμενοι λάμπουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

a. κεῖνος ἀμφ᾿ Ἀχέροντι ναιετάων: ἐκεῖνος ὁ Καλλικλῆς, φησίν, εἰ καὶ τέθνηκεν ἤδη, τῆς ἐμῆς εὐφημίας τυγχανέτω· ὡς τετελευτηκότος δὲ αὐτοῦ, εὕρημα ἐχέτω, φησί, τὴν ἐμὴν γλῶσσαν εἰς τὸν ὕμνον αὐτοῦ τὴν ὑμνοῦσαν, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι κελαδῆτιν. [Drachmann ad v. 138]

a. ἵν᾿ ἐν ἀγῶνι: ὡς νενικηκότος αὐτοῦ τοῦ Καλλικλέους Ἴσθμια τοῦτό φησιν· ξηροῖς γὰρ σελίνοις ἐστέφοντο κἀκεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὅτι ἐν τῷ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος ἀγῶνι τῷ Ἰσθμικῷ ἐστέφθη παρὰ τῶν Κορινθίων Καλλικλῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

a. τὸν Εὐφάνης ἐθέλων: ὅντινα Καλλικλέα καὶ ὁ Εὐφάνης | ὁ πρεσβύτερος τῶν σῶν προγόνων, ὦ Τιμάσαρχε, ᾤσει καὶ ὑμνήσει, δηλαδὴ ὡς ἀποθανόντα ἀποθανών· ὡς ὅτι καὶ ἐν ᾅδου εἰσὶν οἱ θαυμάζοντες τοὺς ἀρίστους, καὶ ὅτι αἴσθησίς ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ὁ Εὐφάνης οὗτος ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ γένους Τιμασάρχῳ παλαίτερός τις καὶ τῶν σοφῶν καὶ τῶν συγγραψάντων ἐπαίνους. λέγεται δὲ πάππος εἶναι τοῦ νικηφόρου πρὸς μητρός. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

c. ἢ οὕτω· τοῦτο ἐπιπεφώνηκεν ὡς τοῦ Εὐφάνους καὶ Καλλικλέους ἡλικιωτῶν ὄντων. διό φησιν· ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἡλικιώτης ᾄσεται καὶ ὑμνήσει τὸν Καλλικλέα, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ὑμνήσουσιν οἱ ἡλικιῶται· | τουτέστι σὲ οἱ ἡλικιῶται ὑμνήσουσι, τὸν δὲ Καλλικλέα ὁ Εὐφάνης. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

a. τὰ δ᾿ αὐτὸς ἄν τις τύχῃ, ἔλπεταί τις ἕκαστος: ἕκαστος γάρ, φησίν, οἴεται ταῦτα ὑπάρχειν ἐξοχώτατα, ἅπερ αὐτὸς εἶδε. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει ὡς τοῦ Εὐφάνους παρατετυχηκότος, ὅτε ὁ Καλλικλῆς ἐνίκα τὰ Ἴσθμια· διὸ ὑμνήσει αὐτὸν ἅτε παρατετυχηκὼς καὶ ἑωρακὼς ἐν τῷ ἀγῶνι τοῦ Ὀρσοτριαίνα αὐτὸν νικήσαντα. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

b. ἢ οὕτω· ταῦτά γε μὴν ὅπως ἂν τύχῃ λέγων, ἐλπίζει καὶ πείθεται αὐτὸς ἐξαιρέτως καὶ ὑπὲρ τοὺς λογίους εἰρηκέναι. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

c. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτως· ἅπερ δὴ ἄν τις τύχῃ θεασάμενος, ταῦτα δοκεῖ καὶ ἀκριβέστερον διατίθεσθαι καὶ κάλλιον οὕτω νοεῖν τῶν ἄλλων. [Drachmann ad v. 148]

a. οἷον αἰνέων κε Μελησίαν ἔριδα στρέφοι: ὁ Ἀρίσταρχος ψιλοῖ τὸ οιον. ὁ δὲ λόγος· μόνον ἄν τις ἐπαινῶν τὸν Μελησίαν τὰς ἀπαντωμένας ἔριδας παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων στρέφοι καὶ καταπαλαίοι καὶ καταγωνίζοιτο. ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν παλαιόντων. δύναται δὲ καὶ δασέως ἀναγινώσκεσθαι τὸ οιον, θαυμαστικῶς, ὥς φησι Δίδυμος. ἐλλείπει δὲ τὸ τίς· οἷόν τις τοῦτον τὸν Μελησίαν ἐπαινῶν τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἔριδας καταπαλαίοι· οἷον, καὶ περιγίνοιτο. διαπρέπει γὰρ, ὥστε τοὺς φθονοῦντας μηδὲν ἀνύειν. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

b. παρεῖται δὲ τὸ τίς. ἔστι γάρ· ἔριδα στρέφοι τις ῥήματα πλέκων, οἷον ἄν τις αἰνέων τὸν Μελησίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· μόνον δὲ ἄν τις αἰνέων καὶ ὑμνῶν τὸν Μελησίαν, τὸν ἀλείπτην τοῦ Τιμασάρχου, τὴν ἔριδα καὶ τὴν φιλονεικίαν ἀποστρέψαι, τὴν παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων δηλαδή. [Drachmann ad v. 151]

a. ἀπάλαιστος ἐν λόγῳ ἕλκειν: τοῦτο ἔστι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Μελησίου ἀκούειν, ὥς φησι Δίδυμος, οἷον· ἀκαταπάλαιστός ἐστι πρὸς τὸν ἕλκοντα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις, | ὡς καὶ λογίου ὄντος τοῦ Μελησίου· οἱ δὲ ὅτι ὁ νικῶν. τάχα δὲ ὁ νικηφόρος κάλλιον ὑμνεῖται. ἀπάλαιστος οὖν, φησί, καὶ ἀνίκητος καὶ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις | καὶ οὐ δυνάμενος παραλογισθῆναι. ἀπὸ τῶν παλαιόντων δὲ πάλιν ἡ μεταφορά, καὶ τροπικαὶ αἱ λέξεις ἀπὸ τῆς ἀθλήσεως. ἐάν τις, φησίν, αὐτὸν εἰς λόγους ἕλκῃ, οὐ πίπτει ἀλλ᾿ ἔστιν ἀκαταπάλαιστος. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐπαινοῦντος αὐτὸν ἀκοῦσαι, ἐφ᾿ οὗ προεῖπε τὸ οἷον αἰνέων κε Μελησίαν. τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ Μελησίου λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

a. μαλθακὰ μὲν φρονέων ἐσλοῖς, τραχὺς δὲ παλιγκότοις ἔφεδρος: καὶ ταῦτα ἐπὶ τοῦ Μελησίου οὗτος δὲ ἀλείπτης ἐστὶ τὸ γένος Ἀθηναῖος. ταῦτα δέ φησιν ὡς τοῦ Τιμασάρχου ὑπὸ τοῦ Μελησίου ἀληλιμμένου. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

b. ἔφεδρος οὖν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὁ ἐπικείμενος τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, ὁ ἐφεδρεύων καὶ ἐπιτηρῶν. ἀλληγορικὸν δὲ τὸ νόημα, οἷον ἀντὶ τοῦ δυσκαταγώνιστος. προκεκληρωμένοις γὰρ καὶ προκεκμηκόσι τοῖς προηγωνισμένοις πρὸς ἄλλους ἀκοπίατος ἐφέστηκε. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

c. τὸ δὲ τραχὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβερὸς, ἐπαχθής. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος· πρᾷος μὲν καὶ προσηνὴς τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ φίλοις, χαλεπὸς δὲ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐφεδρευτής. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 5

Nemean 5 — for Πυθέᾳ Αἰγινήτῃ

ἀγενείῳ παγκρατιαστῇ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 54 lines · 65 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen V.

p2. Πυθέᾳ υἱῷ Λάμπωνος παγκρατιαστῇ.

p3. Τῆς πέμπτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἕνδεκα. τὸ α΄ δίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν παρὰ τὴν τελευταίαν συλλαβήν. τὸ δ΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ε΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ ς΄ ὁμοίως τῷ β΄. τὸ ζ΄ τὸ αὐτό. ἡ δὲ τι ἐμηκύνθη ὡς καταλήξασα. τὸ η΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ θ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ ι΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

p4. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἕνδεκα. τὸ α΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ δ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ε΄ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ζ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. διὰ τὴν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ τροχαίου συζυγίαν. καὶ ἔστι Σαπφικὸν πλεονάζον μιᾷ συλλαβῇ, κατὰ τὸν ἴαμβον ἐξηλλαγμένον. τὸ ι΄ ἰαμβέλεγος λειπούσης τῆς ἀρχῆς. τὸ ια΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον· καὶ ἡ τελευταία ἀπόδοσις τὸ Χάρισιν ἐξέτεινεν.

1–4

 οὐκ ἀνδριαντοποιός εἰμʼ, ὥστʼ ἐλινύσοντα ἐργάζεσθαι ἀγάλματʼ ἐπʼ αὐτᾶς βαθμίδος σ2
 ἑσταότʼ· ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ πάσας ὁλκάδος ἔν τʼ ἀκάτῳ, γλυκεῖʼ ἀοιδά,
 στεῖχʼ ἀπʼ Αἰγίνας, διαγγέλλοισʼ, ὅτι
 Λάμπωνος υἱὸς Πυθέας εὐρυσθενὴς σ2

I am not a sculptor, to make statues that stand motionless on the same pedestal. Sweet song, go on every merchant-ship and rowboat that leaves Aegina, and announce that Lampon’s powerful son Pytheas

No statuary I, that I should fashion images to rest idly on their pedestals, nay but by every trading-ship and plying boat forth from Aigina fare, sweet song of mine, and bear abroad the news, how that Lampon's son, the strong-limbed Pytheas, hath won at Nemea the pankratiast's crown, while on his cheeks he showeth not as yet the vine-bloom's mother, mellowing midsummer.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Οὐκ ἀνδριαντοποιός εἰμι: φασὶν ὅτι οἱ τοῦ Πυθέου οἰκεῖοι προσῆλθον τῷ Πινδάρῳ παρακαλοῦντες ὅπως εἰς αὐτὸν γράψῃ ἐπίνικον· Πινδάρου δὲ αἰτήσαντος τρισχιλίας δραχμὰς ἔφασαν ἐκεῖνοι κάλλιον εἶναι χάλκεον ἀνδριάντα ποιῆσαι τῆς αὐτῆς τιμῆς ἢ τὸ ποίημα. χρόνῳ δὲ ὕστερον γνωσιμαχήσαντες ἐπανῆλθον τὸ αὐτὸ διδόντες· ὁ δὲ ἐξονειδίζων αὐτοὺς οὕτως ἤρξατο, καί φησι μὴ κατασκευάζειν ἔργα τὴν αὐτὴν κατέχοντα χώραν, καθὼς οἱ ἀνδριαντουργοὶ τοὺς χαλκοῦς ἀνδριάντας, ἀλλὰ τὰ ποιήματα ἅπερ πανταχόσε διϊκνεῖται, ὥστε τὴν ἀρετὴν τῶν ἐπαινεθέντων πολλοῖς εἶναι δήλην.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐκ εἰμί, φησίν, ἀνδριαντοποιὸς, ὥστε ἀργὰ καὶ ἀκίνητα ἐργάζεσθαι ἀγάλματα ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς τῆς βαθμίδος ἑστῶτα διηνεκῶς καὶ οὐ δυνάμενα ἀλλαχοῦ τὴν τοῦ νικηφόρου διαβοᾶν εὐδοξίαν. ἐνδείκνυται δὲ διὰ τούτων, ὅτι οἱ λόγοι πάντων εἰσὶ βελτίους.

ad v. 4

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ πάσης ὁλκάδος: ὁλκὰς εἶδος φορτηγοῦ πλοίου, ἄκατος δὲ πλοίου βραχυτάτου.

b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· διὰ παντὸς οὖν πλοίου φορτηγοῦ τε καὶ μικροτέρου, ὧ γλυκεῖά μου ᾠδὴ, πορεύου ἐκβοῶσα πρὸς πάντας τὰς τοῦ Πυθέου νίκας.

5–6

5 νίκη Νεμείοις παγκρατίου στέφανον,5

6 οὔπω γένυσι φαίνων τέρειναν ματέρʼ οἰνάνθας ὀπώραν,

won the victory garland for the pancratium at the Nemean games, a boy whose cheeks do not yet show the tender season that is mother to the dark blossom.

7–9

 ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ Ζηνὸς ἥρωας αἰχματὰς φυτευθέντας καὶ ἀπὸ χρυσεᾶν Νηρηΐδων
 Αἰακίδας ἐγέραιρεν ματρόπολίν τε, φίλαν ξένων ἄρουραν·
 τάν ποτʼ εὔανδρόν τε καὶ ναυσικλυτὰν σ1

He has brought honor to the Aeacids, the heroic spearmen descended from Cronus and Zeus and the golden Nereids, and to his mother city, a land friendly to guests.

Scholia ad vv. 7–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 9

a. τὸ δὲ νικῇ κατὰ μετάθεσιν τοῦ α εἰς η.

10–12

 θέσσαντο πὰρ βωμὸν πατέρος Ἑλλανίου σ3
 στάντες, πίτναν τʼ εἰς αἰθέρα χεῖρας ἁμᾷ
 Ἐνδαΐδος ἀριγνῶτες υἱοὶ καὶ βία Φώκου κρέοντος, σ3

Once by the altar of father Zeus Hellenius the illustrious sons of Endais and the strong, mighty Phocus stood and prayed, stretching their hands to the sky, that the city would one day be famous for men and ships.

So to the warrior heroes sprung from Kronos and Zeus and from the golden nymphs, even to the Aiakidai, hath he done honour, and to the mother-city, a friendly field to strangers. That she should have issue of goodly men and should be famous in her ships, this prayed they of old, standing beside the altar of their grandsire, Zeus Hellenios, and together stretched forth their hands toward heaven, even the glorious sons of Endais and the royal strength of Phokos, the goddess-born, whom on the sea-beach Psamatheia bare. Of their deed portentous and unjustly dared I am loth to tell, and how they left that famous isle, and of the fate that drove the valiant heroes from Oinone. I will make pause: not for every perfect truth is it best that it discover its face: silence is oft man's wisest thought.

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (6 entries)

ad v. 10

a. οὔπω γένυσι φαίνων τέρειναν: ἀλληγορεῖ βουλόμενος σημῆναι τὸν ἀγένειον ἀπὸ τῆς κυπριζούσης ἀμπέλου. ἡ δὲ ὀπώρα οὐκ ἔστι τῆς οἰνάνθης μήτηρ, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον· προανθεῖ γὰρ πρῶτον, εἶτα ὀπώρα γίνεται. χρῆται δὲ τῇ τοιαύτῃ ἀναστροφῇ συνεχῶς· ἁσυχία φιλεῖ μὲν συμπόσιον (N. IX 48)· οὐ γὰρ ἡ ἡσυχία φιλεῖ τὸ συμπόσιον, ἀλλὰ τὸ συμπόσιον τὴν ἡσυχίαν. Δίδυμος δὲ βέλτιόν φησι μὴ τὸν καρπόν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ὥραν ἀκούειν, καθ᾿ ἣν ὁ καρπὸς ὁμώνυμος πεπαίνεται. ὅτι δὲ καλοῦσι τὸν καιρὸν ὀπώραν, Ὅμηρος (ξ 384)· καὶ φάτ᾿ ἐλεύσεσθαι ἢ ἐν θέρει ἢ ἐν ὀπώρῃ. θέλει οὖν λέγειν, ὅτι οὔπω τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ γενειάσκειν ἔχων. οἰνάνθην γὰρ κατὰ μεταφορὰν τὸν ἴουλον εἴρηκε, τουτέστι τὴν πρώτην τῶν γενειάδων ἀνάφυσιν· μήτηρ δὲ τοῦ γενειάσκειν γίνεται ἡ ὥρα.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐδέπω ἐν τῇ γενειάδι δεικνὺς τὴν ἁπαλὴν ὥραν καὶ ὀπώραν, τουτέστιν οὐδέπω γενειάσκων.

c. τὸ δὲ σχῆμα περίφρασις ἐξ ἀλληγορίας· οὔπω τῆς ἁπαλῆς οἰνάνθης τὴν μητέρα ὀπώραν φαίνων, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὥραν, ὡς Ὅμηρος (μ 76)· οὔτ᾿ ἐν θέρει οὔτ᾿ ἐν ὀπώρῃ, ἀντὶ τοῦ τῷ ὀπωρινῷ καιρῷ. metr. D

ad v. 12

a. ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ Ζηνὸς ἥρωας: συλλήψει κέχρηται ἀπὸ Κρόνου καὶ Διὸς καὶ Νηρεΐδων λέγων εἶναι τοὺς Αἰακίδας. Αἰακὸς γὰρ Διὸς, Αἰακοῦ δὲ καὶ Ἐνδηΐδος τῆς Χείρωνος Τελαμὼν καὶ Πηλεὺς, ὁ δὲ Χείρων Κρόνου. πάλιν ἀπὸ τῶν Νηρεΐδων Φῶκος καὶ Ἀχιλλεύς· Ἀχιλλεὺς μὲν γὰρ παῖς Θέτιδος ἔκγονος ὢν Αἰακοῦ, Φῶκος δὲ Ψαμάθης Νηρεΐδος καὶ αὐτοῦ Αἰακοῦ.

b. ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ Ζηνός: Τελαμὼν καὶ Πηλεύς· Κρόνου μὲν γὰρ Χείρων καὶ Φιλύρας, Χείρωνος δὲ Ἐνδηῒς, Ἐνδηΐδος δὲ Τελαμὼν καὶ Πηλεὺς ἐξ Αἰακοῦ. | τούτους οὖν Κρόνου καὶ Ζηνὸς καὶ ἀπὸ χρυσῶν Νηρεΐδων φυτευθέντας ἐγέραιρε· τίς; ὁ Πυθέας νικήσας, ὡς ἂν προγόνους αὐτοῦ καὶ κτίστορας.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τοὺς δὲ ἀπὸ Κρόνου καὶ Διὸς καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν καλλίστων Νηρεΐδων, τουτέστι τοὺς Αἰακίδας ἐκόσμησε, καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν μητρόπολιν Αἴγιναν. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ ἐγέραιρε.

13–14

13 ὁ τᾶς θεοῦ, ὃν Ψαμάθεια τίκτʼ ἐπὶ ῥηγμῖνι πόντου.

14 αἰδέομαι μέγα εἰπεῖν ἐν δίκᾳ τε μὴ κεκινδυνευμένον,

Phocus was the son of the goddess Psamatheia; he was born by the shore of the sea. Reverence restrains me from speaking of an enormous and unjust venture,

15–18

 πῶς δὴ λίπον εὐκλέα νᾶσον, καὶ τίς ἄνδρας ἀλκίμους
 δαίμων ἀπʼ Οἰνώνας ἔλασεν. στάσομαι· οὔ τοι ἅπασα κερδίων σ1
 φαίνοισα πρόσωπον ἀλάθειʼ ἀτρεκής· σ2
 καὶ τὸ σιγᾶν πολλάκις ἐστὶ σοφώτατον ἀνθρώπῳ νοῆσαι.

how indeed they left the glorious island, and what divine power drove the brave men from Oenone. I will stop: it is not always beneficial for the precise truth to show her face, and silence is often the wisest thing for a man to heed.

Scholia ad vv. 15–18 (3 entries)

ad v. 16

a. ξείνων ἄρουραν δὲ τὴν Αἴγινάν φησιν, ἢ ὅτι φιλόξενοι οἱ Αἰγινῆται, ἢ καθότι μητρόπολις ἦν τῶν περὶ Πηλέα καὶ Τελαμῶνα. γεννηθέντες γὰρ ἐν τῇ Αἰγίνῃ ἀπῳκίσθησαν διὰ τὸν Φώκου θάνατον.

ad v. 17

a. τάν ποτ᾿ εὔανδρόν τε: τουτέστιν ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ἔχουσαν καὶ ἐν τῷ ναυτίλλεσθαι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἥντινα Αἴγιναν ηὔξαντο ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐπιτυχεῖν καὶ ἔνδοξον γενέσθαι τὰ ναυτικά· ηὔξαντο δὲ στάντες παρὰ τὸν Ἑλλανίου Διὸς βωμόν. Ἑλλήνιος δὲ Ζεὺς τιμᾶται ἐν Αἰγίνῃ παρὰ τῷ οὕτως Ἑλληνίῳ ἀκρωτηρίῳ καλουμένῳ. φασὶ γὰρ αὐχμοῦ ποτε πιέζοντος τὴν Ἑλλάδα, ἔνιοι δὲ κατακλυσμοῦ, συνελθόντας τοὺς Ἕλληνας καθικετεῦσαι τὸν Αἰακὸν ὡς ὄντα παῖδα Διὸς ἐξαιτήσασθαι τῶν τότε συστάντων κακῶν τὴν ἴασιν· τοῦτον δὲ εὐξάμενον ἀποθεραπεῦσαι τὰ δεινὰ, καὶ οὕτω διὰ τὴν τῆς Ἑλλάδος σωτηρίαν Ἑλλήνιον παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγινήταις τιμῆσαι Δία.

19 εἰ δʼ ὄλβον ἢ χειρῶν βίαν ἢ σιδαρίταν ἐπαινῆσαι πόλεμον δεδόκηται, μακρά μοι

But if it is resolved to praise wealth, or the strength of hands, or iron war,

But if the praise of good hap or of strength of hand or of steel-clad war be my resolve, let one mark me a line for a long leap hence: in my knees I have a nimble spring: even beyond the sea the eagles wing their way.

20–24

 αὐτόθεν ἅλμαθʼ ὑποσκάπτοι τις· ἔχω γονάτων ἐλαφρὸν ὁρμάν·
 καὶ πέραν πόντοιο πάλλοντʼ αἰετοί. σ2
 πρόφρων δὲ καὶ κείνοις ἄειδʼ ἐν Παλίῳ
 Μοισᾶν ὁ κάλλιστος χορός, ἐν δὲ μέσαις
 φόρμιγγʼ Ἀπόλλων ἑπτάγλωσσον χρυσέῳ πλάκτρῳ διώκων

let someone mark off a long jump for me from this point. I have a light spring in my knees, and eagles swoop over the sea. The most beautiful chorus of Muses sang gladly for the Aeacids on Mt. Pelion, and among them Apollo, sweeping the seven-tongued lyre with a golden plectrum,

Scholia ad vv. 20–24 (2 entries)

ad v. 21

a. Ἐνδαΐδος ἀρίγνωτες υἱοί: τίνες δὲ πάντες ὁμοῦ ἐλιτάνευσαν περὶ τῶν προειρημένων: οἱ ἔνδοξοι παῖδες τῆς Ἐνδηΐδος, φησί, Τελαμὼν καὶ Πηλεύς, καὶ ὁ Φῶκος ὁ τὴς θεοῦ Ψαμάθης παῖς, ὅντινα ἡ Ψαμάθη ἐγέννησε παρὰ τοῖς αἰγιαλοῖς τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰκότως ὡς Νηρηΐς.

b. κρέοντος δὲ, ἤτοι τοῦ ἐνδόξου ἢ βασιλέως.

25–27

 ἁγεῖτο παντοίων νόμων· αἱ δὲ πρώτιστον μὲν ὕμνησαν Διὸς ἀρχόμεναι σεμνὰν Θέτιν σ3
 Πηλέα θʼ, ὥς τέ νιν ἁβρὰ Κρηθεῒς Ἱππολύτα δόλῳ πεδᾶσαι
 ἤθελε ξυνᾶνα Μαγνήτων σκοπὸν

led all types of strains. And the Muses began with a prelude to Zeus, then sang first of divine Thetis and of Peleus; how Hippolyte, the opulent daughter of Cretheus, wanted to trap him with deceit. With elaborate planning she persuaded her husband, the watcher of the Magnesians, to be a partner in her plot, and she forged a false story;

Scholia ad vv. 25–27 (3 entries)

ad v. 25

a. αἰδέομαι μέγα εἰπεῖν: αἰδοῦμαι καὶ φυλάττομαι. φησί, διηγήσασθαι μέγα τι καὶ οὐ δικαίως τετολμημένον καὶ πεπραγμένον. εἰς γὰρ τὰ πάτρια τῶν Αἰακιδῶν ἐμπεσὼν καὶ μνησθεὶς Φώκου ὑποστέλλεται τὴν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν τύχην λέγειν. ἔστι δὲ αὕτη. φασὶ γὰρ Πηλέα καὶ Τελαμῶνα ἐν γυμνασίοις ἀνελόντας Φῶκον, τὸν μὲν δίσκῳ τύψαντα, τὸν Πηλέα, τὸν δὲ Τελαμῶνα σιδήρῳ τὰ μετάφρενα, καὶ οὕτω τὸ μύσος φεύγοντας τῆς Αἰγίνης ἐκπεσεῖν, καὶ τὸν μὲν Τελαμῶνα εἰς Σαλαμῖνα τὴν πρὸς τῇ Ἀττικῇ, τὸν δὲ Πηλέα εἰς Θετταλίαν μετοικῆσαι· ὡς καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ φησί (I 93)· Τελαμὼν μὲν ἐν Ἀτθίδι νάσσατο νήσῳ, Πηλεὺς δ᾿ ἐν Φθίῃ ἐριβώλακι ναῖε λιασθείς.

b. ἄλλως. τί αἰδεῖται ὁ Πίνδαρος, καὶ τί αὐτοῖς φησι μὴ δικαίως κεκινδυνευμένον εἶναι; τὸ ὅτι ἀνεῖλον τὸν Φῶκον καὶ ἔφυγον· περιεσταλμένως δὲ αὐτὸ εἴρηκε. μέγα δὲ ἔργον φησὶν, ὅτι οὐ κατὰ δίκην ὁ κίνδυνος ἐγενήθη τῷ Τελαμῶνι καὶ τῷ Πηλεῖ τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἀδελφὸν ἀποκτείνασι Φῶκον, ἀλλ᾿ ἄδικος ὁ τοιοῦτος κίνδυνος, ὅν φησιν αἰδεῖσθαι εἰπεῖν. | δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτως ἀκούεσθαι· τὸ ἀκίνδυνον ἐν δίκῃ, ἀληθές. ὃ γὰρ μὴ ἔχει κίνδυνον κατὰ τὴν δίκην, ἀληθές ἐστιν. οἶδεν οὖν ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸν Φώκου θάνατον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκτρέπεται εἰπεῖν. | μήποτε δὲ καὶ τὸ παρὰ Καλλιμάχῳ (fr. 136)· ἔκλυε, τῶν μηδὲν ἐμοὺς δι᾿ ὀδόντας ὀλίσθοι. Πηλεύς, οὕτως ἀποδοτέον, ὅτι αἱ γυναῖκες ὠνείδιζον αὐτῷ τὸν Φώκου θάνατον.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· αἰδοῦμαι οὖν, φησί, τὴν προφανῆ αἰτίαν, δι᾿ ἣν κατέλιπον τὴν ἐνδοξοτάτην νῆσον Αἴγιναν, εἰπεῖν, καὶ τίς τούτους τοὺς ἄνδρας δαίμων καὶ τύχη ἀπὸ τῆς Οἰνώνης ἀπήλασε· παύσομαι τῆς τοιαύτης διηγήσεως.

28–29

28 πείσαισʼ ἀκοίταν ποικίλοις βουλεύμασιν,

29 ψεύσταν δὲ ποιητὸν συνέπαξε λόγον,

With goodwill too for the Aiakidai in Pelion sang the Muses' choir most fair, and in the midst Apollo playing with golden quill upon his seven-toned lyre led them in ever-changing strains. They first of all from Zeus beginning sang of holy Thetis and of Peleus, and how that Kretheus' dainty daughter Hippolyte would fain have caught him by her wile, and persuaded his friend the king of the Magnetes her husband by counsels of deceit, for she forged a lying tale thereto devised, how that he essayed to go in unto her in Akastos' bridal bed. But the truth was wholly contrary thereto, for often and with all her soul she had besought him with beguiling speech; but her bold words vexed his spirit; and forthwith he refused the bride, fearing the wrath of the Father who guardeth host and guest. And he, the cloud-compelling Zeus in heaven, the immortal's king, was aware thereof, and he promised him that with all speed he would find him a sea-bride from among the Nereids of golden distaffs, having persuaded thereto Poseidon, their kinsman by his marriage, who from Aigai to the famous Dorian Isthmus cometh oftentimes, where happy troops with the reed-flute's noise welcome the god, and in bold strength of limb men strive.

30 ὡς ἆρα νυμφείας ἐπείρα κεῖνος ἐν λέκτροις Ἀκάστου σ230

that Peleus had made an attempt on her

Scholia ad vv. 30–30 (2 entries)

ad v. 30

a. οὔ τοι ἅπασα κερδίων: οὐ φέρει κέρδος πᾶσα ἀλήθεια ἀτρεκὴς γινομένη καὶ φαίνουσα τὸ ἴδιον πρόσωπον, ἀλλὰ δεῖ ποτε καὶ ἐπικεκρύφθαι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς ἀληθείας.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐ γὰρ πᾶσα ἐπικερδής ἐστιν ἀλήθεια φανερὰ γινομένη καὶ εἰς ὄψιν ἀγομένη ἀτρεκῶς, ἀλλὰ πολλάκις καὶ τὸ νοῆσαι, ὅτι δεῖ κατὰ καιρὸν σιωπῆσαι, σοφώτατόν ἐστι πρᾶγμα.

31–34

 εὐνᾶς. τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἔσκεν· πολλὰ γάρ νιν παντὶ θυμῷ
 παρφαμένα λιτάνευεν· τοῦ δὲ ὀργὰν κνίζον αἰπεινοὶ λόγοι·
 εὐθὺς δʼ ἀπανάνατο νύμφαν, ξεινίου πατρὸς χόλον
 δείσαις· ὁ δʼ ἐφράσθη κατένευσέν τέ οἱ ὀρσινεφὴς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ σ2

in Acastus’ own bed. But the opposite was true; for she often begged him and coaxed him with all her heart, but her reckless words provoked his temper. Without hesitating he refused Acastus’ bride, fearing the anger of father Zeus, the god of hospitality. And from the sky Zeus who rouses the clouds noticed,

Scholia ad vv. 31–34 (2 entries)

ad v. 34

a. εἰ δ᾿ ὄλβον ἢ χειρῶν βίαν: τὰ μὲν περὶ τὸν φόνον τοῦ Φώκου διασιωπήσομαι· εἰ δέ τοι ἐπαινέσαι δεῖ, φησίν, ἢ εὐδαιμονίαν ἀνθρώπου ἢ σθένος χειρῶν ἢ τὴν κατὰ πόλεμον ἀρετὴν, δύναμαι, φησί, πόρρω ἅλλεσθαι τοὺς Αἰακίδας ἐν τούτοις ὑμνῶν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εἰ δὲ δεῖ τὴν ἄλλην εὐδαιμονίαν τῶν Αἰακιδῶν, ἢ τὴν ἀνδρείαν ἢ τὰ κατὰ πόλεμον ἔργα ἐπαινέσαι, ἤδη τίς μοι ὑποσκαπτέτω πηδημάτων μεγάλων σημεῖα, ὥστε κούφως διὰ τῶν γονάτων ἐπὶ τὸ ἐξώτερον φέρεσθαι. ἀλληγορεῖ οὖν· δύναμαι πλέον πάντων θαυμάσαι αὐτοὺς καὶ ὑπερβαλέσθαι τοὺς ἀγωνίζεσθαι βουλομένους. ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν πεντάθλων, οἷς σκάμματα σκάπτονται, ὅταν ἅλλωνται· ἐκείνων γὰρ κατὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα πηδώντων, ὑποσκάπτεται βόθρος ἐκάστου τὸ ἅλμα δεικνύς. φησὶν οὖν ὅτι βουλομένῳ μοι τοὺς Αἰακίδας ἐγκωμιάζειν ἤδη τις μακρὰ ὑποσκαπτέτω μοι ἅλματα, νικήσω γὰρ καθάπαξ τοὺς ἐναντιοῦσθαί μοι καὶ ἐγκωμιάζειν βουλομένους.

35 Ζεὺς ἀθανάτων βασιλεύς, ὥστʼ ἐν τάχει35

Zeus the king of the immortals, and he promised that soon he would make one of the Nereids of the golden distaff the sea-dwelling wife of Peleus,

36 ποντίαν χρυσαλακάτων τινὰ Νηρεΐδων πράξειν ἄκοιτιν,

The fate that is born with a man is arbiter of all his acts. Thou, Euthymenes, at Aigina falling into the goddess victory's arms didst win thee hymns of subtle strain: yea and now too to thee, O Pytheas, who art his kinsman of the same stock and followest in his footsteps, doth thy mother's brother honour. Nemea is favourable unto him, and the month of his country that Apollo loveth: the youth that came to strive with him he overcame, both at home and by Nisos' hill of pleasant glades. I have joy that the whole state striveth for glory. Know that through Menander's aid thou hast attained unto sweet recompense of toils. And meet it is that from Athens a fashioner of athletes come.

37–39

 γαμβρὸν Ποσειδάωνα πείσαις, ὃς Αἰγᾶθεν ποτὶ κλειτὰν θαμὰ νίσσεται Ἰσθμὸν Δωρίαν·
 ἔνθα μιν εὔφρονες ἶλαι σὺν καλάμοιο βοᾷ θεὸν δέκονται,
 καὶ σθένει γυίων ἐρίζοντι θρασεῖ. σ1

Aegae after gaining the consent of their brother-in-law Poseidon, who often comes from to the famous Dorian Isthmus. There joyful bands welcome the god with the cry of reed-pipes, and contend with the bold strength of their limbs.

Scholia ad vv. 37–39 (1 entry)

ad v. 39

a. καὶ πέραν πόντοιο πάλλοντ᾿ αἰετοί: οἱ ἀετοί, φησίν, οὐ μόνον τὰ περίγεια πέτονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ πελαγίζουσι· καὶ ἐγὼ οὖν ὡς ἀετὸς πελαγιῶ ἐν τοῖς ποιήμασιν.

40–42

 πότμος δὲ κρίνει συγγενὴς ἔργων περὶ
 πάντων. τὺ δʼ Αἰγίναθε δίς, Εὐθύμενες,
 Νίκας ἐν ἀγκώνεσσι πίτνων ποικίλων ἔψαυσας ὕμνων. σ2

The fortune that is born along with a man decides in every deed. And you, Euthymenes from Aegina, have twice fallen into the arms of Victory and attained embroidered hymns.

Scholia ad vv. 40–42 (2 entries)

ad v. 42

a. ἐν δὲ μέσσαις φόρμιγγ᾿ Ἀπόλλων: ἐν αἷς Μούσαις ὁ Ἀπόλλων κιθάραν ἑπτάφωνον τῷ πλήκτρῳ κρούων (διὰ γὰρ τοῦ πλήκτρου ὥσπερ γλώσσης ὁ φθόγγος ἀποδίδοται) ἐξῆρχε πάσης μελῳδίας, τουτέστι νόμων μελῳδικῶν. τοῦτο δέ φησι παρὰ τὸ ὡς νομίῳ θεῷ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι ἀνακεῖσθαι τὴν μοῦσαν.

b. τὸ δὲ διώκων ἀντὶ τοῦ συνάπτων, κιθαρίζων τῷ πλήκτρῳ. διώκειν δέ φησιν αὐτὸν, τὸ τάχος ἐμφῆναι βουλόμενος τῆς πλήξεως.

43–44

43 ἤτοι μεταΐξαντα καὶ νῦν τεὸς μάτρως ἀγάλλει κείνου ὁμόσπορον ἔθνος, Πυθέα.

44 ἁ Νεμέα μὲν ἄραρεν μείς τʼ ἐπιχώριος, ὃν φίλησʼ Ἀπόλλων·

Nemea Truly even now, Pytheas, your mother’s brother honors the kindred race of that hero following after you. is linked to him, and Aegina’s festival month which belongs to Apollo.

45–48

 ἅλικας δʼ ἐλθόντας οἴκοι τʼ ἐκράτεις
 Νίσου τʼ ἐν εὐαγκεῖ λόφῳ. χαίρω δʼ, ὅτι σ2
 ἐσλοῖσι μάρναται πέρι πᾶσα πόλις.
 ἴσθι, γλυκεῖάν τοι Μενάνδρου σὺν τύχᾳ μόχθων ἀμοιβὰν

And he was victorious over his peers both at home and in the lovely hollows of the hill of Nisus. I rejoice, because every state strives for noble deeds. Know that through the help of Menander’s good fortune you won sweet requital for your toils.

But if thou comest to Themistios, to sing of him, away with chill reserve, shout aloud, hoist to the top-yard of the mast the sail, and tell how in the boxing and the pankration at Epidauros he won a double prize of valour, and to the portals of Aiakos bare fresh wreaths of flowers, led by the Graces of the yellow hair.

Scholia ad vv. 45–48 (2 entries)

ad v. 46

a. αἱ δὲ πρώτιστον μὲν ὕμνησαν: αἱ Μοῦσαι, φησί, πρῶτον μὲν ὕμνησαν τὸν Δία, μετὰ δὲ τὸν Δία ὕμνησαν δευτέραν τὴν Θέτιν, ἔπειτα τρίτον τὸν Πηλέα, καὶ διηγήσαντο ὅπως αὐτὸν ἡ ἁβρὰ Κρηθηῒς ἡ τοῦ Ἱππολύτου θυγάτηρ ἀνελεῖν ἐβουλήθη· ἐκ δὲ τούτου τὸ σεμνὸν αὐτοῦ ἐγκωμιάζουσαι ᾖδον.

b. ἄλλως. ἀπὸ Διὸς προοιμιαζόμεναι, φησίν, ᾖδον καὶ ὕμνουν τὴν Θέτιν. τὸ προοίμιον οὖν ἀπὸ Διὸς ἐποιήσαντο· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ (N. II 1)· Ὅθεν περ καὶ Ὁμηρίδαι, Διὸς ἐκ προοιμίου. καὶ Ἄρατος (1)· Ἐκ Διὸς ἀρχώμεσθα.

49 ἐπαύρεο· χρὴ δʼ ἀπʼ Ἀθανᾶν τέκτονʼ ἀθληταῖσιν ἔμμεν.

It is fitting that a trainer of athletes should come from Athens.

50–54

 εἰ δὲ Θεμίστιον ἵκεις, ὥστʼ ἀείδειν, μηκέτι ῥίγει· δίδοι σ1
 φωνάν, ἀνὰ δʼ ἱστία τεῖνον πρὸς ζυγὸν καρχασίου,
 πύκταν τέ νιν καὶ παγκρατίῳ φθέγξαι ἑλεῖν Ἐπιδαύρῳ διπλόαν
 νικῶντʼ ἀρετάν, προθύροισιν δʼ Αἰακοῦ
 άε ἀνθέων ποι ντα φέρε στεφανώματα σὺν ξανθαῖς Χάρισσιν. σ32

Epidaurus But if you come to Themistius, let there be no more coldness! Lift up your voice, and hoist the sails to the top-most yard; proclaim him as a boxer, and tell how he claimed double excellence with his victory in the pancratium at. Bring to the porch of Aeacus green garlands of flowers, in company with the golden-haired Graces.

Scholia ad vv. 50–54 (33 entries)

ad v. 50

a. Μαγνήτων σκοπὸν πείσαισ᾿ ἀκοίταν: τὸν Ἄκαστον τῆς Μαγνησίας τὸν ἐπίσκοπον καὶ βασιλέα. ποικίλοις οὖν, φησί, λόγοις ἀπατήσασα τὸν ἑαυτῆς ἄνδρα ἡ Κρηθηἴς ἐπεβούλευσε τῷ Πηλεῖ· τὸ δὲ πλάσμα ψεύστης ἦν λόγος, ὅτι ἄρα ἐπειρᾶτο ὀ Πηλεὺς ἐπιβουλεῦσαι τῇ κοίτῃ τοῦ Ἀκάστου καὶ μοιχεῦσαι τὴν Κρηθηΐδα· ἦν δὲ τὸ ἐναντίον· πολλὰ γὰρ αὐτὸν τὸν Πηλέα ἐκ πάσης ψυχῆς ἐλιτάνευε καὶ παραπείθειν ἐπεχείρει συνελθεῖν αὐτῇ.

ad v. 54

a. τοῦ δὲ ὀργὰν κνίζον αἰπεινοὶ λόγοι: οἱ προσάντεις λόγοι καὶ χαλεποὶ, κατὰ μεταφορὰν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ὑψηλῶν τόπων. προσάντεις οὖν οἱ ἀντίτυποι λόγοι καὶ δυσπρόσιτοι. [Drachmann ad v. 58]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τούτου δὲ τὴν προαίρεσιν καὶ τὸν τρόπον ἔκνιζον καὶ ἐλύπουν οἱ ἄδικοι λόγοι, καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀπηρνήσατο αὐτὴν εὐλαβηθεὶς τὴν τοῦ ξενίου Διὸς ὀργήν· ἵνα καθόλου ἀκούσωμεν τὸ πατρός, ὡς Ὅμηρος (A 544)· πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε· ἢ ὅτι ὁ Πηλεὺς ἔκγονος ἧν Διός. [Drachmann ad v. 58]

a. ὁ δ᾿ εὖ φράσθη: ὁ δὲ Ζεύς, φησίν, ἐφράσθη, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔγνω, καὶ ἀντὶ τῆς σωφροσύνης ἐπένευσεν αὐτῷ καὶ παρέσχεν ὥστε λαβεῖν γυναῖκα τὴν Θέτιν. [Drachmann ad v. 62]

a. γαμβρὸν Ποσειδάωνα πείσαις: πείσας ὁ Ζεὺς σύγγαμβρον αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τὸν Ποσειδῶνα· ὁ μὲν γὰρ τὴν Θέτιν, ὁ δὲ τὴν Ἀμφιτρίτην ἔγημεν. Αἰγαὶ δὲ νῆσός ἐστι πρὸς τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ, καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης τὸ πέλαγος Αἰγαῖον προσαγορεύεται. ἀπὸ τῶν Αἰγῶν οὖν φησι τὸν Ποσειδῶνα συνεχῶς ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσθμὸν πορεύεσθαι. ὅτι δὲ Ποσειδῶνος ἱερὰ αὕτη, φησὶ καὶ Ὅμηρος (Θ 203)· οἳ δέ τοι εἰς Ἑλίκην τε καὶ Αἰγὰς δῶρ᾿ ἀνάγουσι πολλά τε καὶ χαρίεντα. διατί δὲ ὠνόμασε νῦν τὸν Ἰσθμόν; ὅτι οἰκεῖός τις ἦν τοῦ Πυθέου, εἰς ὃν αὕτη ἡ ᾠδὴ γέγραπται, Εὐθυμένης, ὃς ἐνίκησεν Ἴσθμια. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· πείσας σύγγαμβρον αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τὸν Ποσειδῶνα, ὅστις συνεχῶς ἀπὸ τῶν Αἰγῶν ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν Κορινθίων ἰσθμὸν φοιτᾷ, ὅπου δὴ μάλιστα αἱ συνεταὶ τῶν Κορινθίων τάξεις ὑποδέχονται τὸν θεὸν μετὰ βοῆς τῶν αὐλῶν, ὅτε δὴ καὶ διαφιλονεικοῦσιν ἀγωνιζομένοις σώμασιν ἀνδρείαν· ἴσως ἐν τοῖς Ἰσθμικοῖς ἀγῶσι· τότε δὲ ἑκάστου δείκνυται καὶ διακρίνεται τὸ συγγεννηθὲν θράσος ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν τελουμένων ἔργων. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

c. τὸν ἐσόμενον οὖν τοῦ Πηλέως σύγγαμβρον. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

a. ἔνθα μιν εὔφρονες ἶλαι: ἶλαι αἱ τάξεις καὶ αἱ συστροφαὶ τῶν νέων αἱ ἐν χορῷ γινόμεναι· ὅθεν καὶ εἰλαπίναι. [Drachmann ad v. 70]

b. ὅπου αὐτὸν αἱ ἶλαι τῶν κωμαζόντων μετὰ τὰς νίκας εὔφρονες οὖσαι, τουτέστιν εὐφραντικαὶ, ἐκδέχονται μετὰ αὐλῶν· ὄπου γὰρ κῶμοι, ἐκεῖ ἐστιν εὐφροσύνη. εἶτα ἐποίσει, διὰ τί τοῦ Ἰσθμοῦ ἐμνήσθη. [Drachmann ad v. 70]

a. τὺ δ᾿ Αἰγίνᾳ θεᾶς, Εὐθύμενες: ὁ Εὐθυμένης οἰκεῖος τοῦ Πυθέου. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· σὺ δὲ, ὦ Εὐθύμενες, ἐν τῇ Αἰγίνῃ προσερχόμενος ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι τῆς θεᾶς Νίκης ἠδυνήθης πολλῶν ὕμνων τυχεῖν. τοῦτο δέ φησι διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν παγκρατιαστήν. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

a. ἤτοι μεταΐξαντα καὶ νῦν τεὸς μάτρως ἀγάλλει: μήτρως ἢ ὁ τῆς μητρὸς ἀδελφὸς ἢ ὁ κατὰ μητέρα συγγενής· χρῆται γὰρ οὕτως ὁ Πίνδαρος. [Drachmann ad v. 78]

b. ἀγάλλει σου τὸ ὁμόσπορον ἔθνος, τὸ τῶν Αἰγινητῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 78]

c. καταλληλότ ρον δὲ ἔνιοι γράφουσι Πυθέας. ἵν᾿ ᾖ ὁ μήτρως Πυθέας. οὐ μόνον, φησί, Νέμεα νενικήκατε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ τοὺς ἡλικιώτας ἐλθόντας οἴκοι τῷ κράτει νενικήκατε. ἔστι δὲ ἀγὼν ἐν Αἰγίνῃ ἀγόμενος τὰ Αἰάκεια, ὅντινα δηλαδὴ ἐνίκησεν ὁ Πυθέας. [Drachmann ad v. 78]

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτω· μετὰ τὰ προειρημένα ὑπὸ σοῦ ἔτι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ὁ σὸς μήτρως, ὦ Εὐθύμενες, ὁ Πυθέας ἀγάλλει τε καὶ σεμνύνει τὸ ὁμόσπορον ἔθνος καὶ συγγενὲς ὑμῶν τὸ τῶν Αἰακιδῶν τὸ ὂν ἐν τῇ Αἰγίνῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 78]

a. ἁ Νεμέα μὲν ἄραρε μείς τ᾿ ἐπιχώριος: παρ᾿ Αἰγινήταις Δελφίνιος μὴν ἄγεται Δελφινίου Ἀπόλλωνος ἱερός, ἐν ᾧ ἴσως φησὶ γεγενῆσθαι τὰ Νέμεα. πεφιλῆσθαι γάρ φησι τὸν μῆνα τοῦτον ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· καὶ εἴη ἂν ὁ μὴν οὗτος, ἐν ᾧ θύουσιν Αἰγινῆται Ἀπόλλωνι οἰκιστῇ καὶ δωματίτῃ. καθά φησι Πυθαίνετος (FHG IV 487). [Drachmann ad v. 81]

b. ἄλλως. μεὶς ἐπιχώριος ὁ Δελφίνιος μὲν καλούμενος, καθ᾿ ὃν τελεῖται Ἀπόλλωνος ἀγὼν Ὑδροφόρια καλούμενος. ὁμοίως οὖν, φησίν, ἥρμοσται τῷ Πυθέᾳ καὶ οὗτος ὁ Δελφίνιος. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡ μὲν γὰρ Νεμέα καὶ προσήρμοσται αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ νικᾶν ἀεὶ, καὶ ὁ πάτριος ἀεὶ παρ᾿ Αἰγινήταις μὴν, ὃν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἐφίλησεν· ἐλθόντας δὲ καὶ ὁμήλικας ἐν Αἰγίνῃ νικᾶ. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

a. Νίσου τ᾿ ἐν εὐαγκεῖ λόφῳ: τουτέστιν ἐν Μεγάροις. διατίθεται δὲ Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ Πύθια καλεῖται ὁ ἀγών. [Drachmann ad v. 84]

b. ἄλλως. ἐν Μεγάροις τῷ εὐθέτῳ χωρίῳ ὁμοίως ἐνίκησε τὰ Ἀλκαθοῖα. Νῖσος δὲ βασιλεὺς Μεγάρων. ἥδομαι δέ, φησίν, ὅτι τῶν καλῶν ἕνεκα πᾶσα φιλονεικεῖ ἡ πόλις. [Drachmann ad v. 84]

a. ἴσθι, γλυκεῖάν τοι Μενάνδρου σὺν τύχᾳ: λείπει τὸ ὅτι. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἴσθι, ὅτι ἐπωνάσθης τῶν τοῦ Μενάνδρου μόχθων. [Drachmann ad v. 87]

b. ἢ οὕτω· γίνωσκε ὅτι γλυκεῖαν ἀμοιβὴν ἐκαρπώσω τῶν πόνων ἐκ τῆς νίκης σὺν τῇ Μενάνδρου παρουσίᾳ. οὗτος δὲ Ἀθηναῖος, ἀλείπτης Πυθέου. [Drachmann ad v. 87]

c. τὸ δὲ τύχᾳ ἀμφίβολον, ἢ σὺν τῇ σῇ τύχῃ ἢ τοῦ Μενάνδρου. [Drachmann ad v. 87]

a. χρὴ δ᾿ ἀπ᾿ Ἀθανᾶν: χρὴ δὲ ἀπὸ Ἀθηνῶν τοὺς ἐπιστάτας εἶναι τῶν ἀθλητῶν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ Μένανδρος Ἀθηναῖος. τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ἐπειδὴ πρότερον ὁ Θησεὺς Ἀθηναῖος ὢν εὗρε παγκράτιον ἄνευ μυρμήκων· ἡνίκα γὰρ ἐν τῷ Λαβυρίνθῳ ἐξησθένει πρὸς τὴν ἰσχὺν τοῦ Μινωταύρου, παγκρατίῳ αὐτὸν διαπαλαίων περιγέγονεν· οὐ γὰρ εἶχε μάχαιραν· καὶ οὕτως ἐνομίσθη εὑρετὴς τῆς πυγμῆς. ἴσως οὖν ὁ Πίνδαρος οὐκ ἀργῶς μέμνηται τῶν Ἀθηνῶν, ἀλλὰ τοιοῦτόν τι ὑποσημαίνων. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

b. ἄλλως. ἐν Ἀθήναις φασὶν εὑρῆσθαι τὴν παλαιστρικὴν ὑπὸ Φόρβαντος τοῦ παιδοτρίβου Θησέως· | τινὲς δὲ τοὐναντίον Θησέα μὲν παρ᾿ Ἀθηνᾶς τὴν πάλην μαθεῖν, Φόρβαντα δὲ ὑπὸ Θησέως. | Φερεκύδης (FHG I 97 M., I 98 J) δὲ ἡνίοχον τὸν Φόρβαντά φησι Θησέως, σὺν ᾧ καὶ τὴν Ἀμαζόνα ἁρπάζει. καὶ Πολέμων δὲ ἱστορεῖ (FHG III 132) πάλην εὑρηκέναι Φόρβαντα Ἀθηναῖον. ὅτι δὲ Θησεὺς παρ᾿ Ἀθηνᾶς ἔμαθε τὴν πάλην, Ἴστρος ἱστορεῖ (FHG I 421). [Drachmann ad v. 89]

a. εἰ δὲ Θεμίστιον ἵκεις ὥστ᾿ ἀείδειν: εἰ δὲ βούλει, φησίν, καὶ ἦλθες ὑμνεῖν τὸν Θεμίστιον· οὗτος δὲ λέγεται πάππος τῷ Πυθέᾳ πρὸς μητρός· μηκέτι εὐλαβούμενος, φησί, φθέγγου, μηδὲ ὡς ὑπὸ ῥίγους συνεχόμενος, ἀντὶ τοῦ μηδεμίαν εὐλάβειαν ἔχων θαύμαζε ὡς καὶ μεγαλοφώνως βοᾶν. [Drachmann ad v. 91]

a. ἀνὰ δ᾿ ἱστία τεῖνον πρὸς ζυγὸν καρχασίου: καρχήσιον τὸ ἀνώτατον τῆς κεραίας. τούτῳ τὸ ἱστίον προσανατείνουσιν, ὅταν θέλωσι δαψιλεῖ τῷ ἀνέμῳ χρῆσθαι οὐριοδρομοῦντες. [Drachmann ad v. 94]

b. καὶ πύκτην οὖν αὐτὸν ὕμνει καὶ παγκρατιαστὴν, διπλόαν νικῶντα ἀρετὴν ἐν Ἐπιδαύρῳ, ὡς διττὰ Ἀσκληπιεῖα νενικηκότος αὐτοῦ ἢ ὡς δύο στεφάνους εἰληφότος ἑνὶ ἀγῶνι πυγμῆς καὶ παγκρατίου. ταῦτα δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ Θεμιστίου λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 94]

c. ἢ οὕτω· ζυγὸν καρχησίου λέγει τὴν σύνδεσιν καὶ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ καρχησίου, περιφραστικῶς δὲ αὐτὸ τὸ καρχήσιον. [Drachmann ad v. 94]

d. ἢ καρχήσιόν φησι τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ ἱστοῦ· καρχήσιον γὰρ, ἐν ᾧ τὸν ἱμάντα ἐνείρουσι. θαύμαζε οὖν, φησίν, αὐτὸν οὕτω μεγαλοφώνως καὶ θαρρούντως, ὥσπερ οἱ πλέοντες ἐπὶ πνεύματος οὐρίου· εἰς ἄκρον τὸ καρ ήσιον ζυγώσας τὸ κέρας, οὕτω διόλου ἐκπέτασον τὸ ἄρμενον. ἀλληγορῶν δὲ ἐνδείκνυται τὴν περιουσίαν τῶν θαυμάτων. φθέγξαι δὲ καὶ πυκτικὴν αὐτὸν καὶ παγκράτιον νενικηκέναι ἐν Ἐπιδαύρῳ καὶ διπλῆς ἀρετῆς δόξαν κεκτῆσθαι, καὶ κομίζειν αὐτὸν τῇ Αἰγίνῃ φαιδρὰ τὰ ἄνθη τῶν στεφάνων μετὰ τῶν Χαρίτων φθέγξαι. [Drachmann ad v. 94]

e. ἐξe. προθύροις δέ φησιν Αἰακοῦ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν τῷ ἡρῴῳ τοῦ Αἰακοῦ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ, οὗπερ ἐν τοῖς προθύροις ἀνάκεινται οἱ Ἐπιδαύρου τοῦ Θεμιστίου διπλοῖ στέφανοι. [Drachmann ad v. 94]

f. ἢ οὕτως· ὡς ἐν Αἰγίνῃ ἐν τῷ τεμένει τοῦ Αἰακοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν προπύλων ἀνακειμένων αὐτῷ τῶν στεφάνων. [Drachmann ad v. 94]

a. Ἐπιδαύρῳ διπλόαν: διπλῆν, ἀντὶ τοῦ δεύτερον. ἐν δὲ Ἐπιδαύρῳ Ἀσκληπιοῦ ἱερὸς ἀγὼν ἄγεται. [Drachmann ad v. 96]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 6

Nemean 6 — for Ἀλκιμίδῃ Αἰγινήτῃ

παιδὶ παλαιστῇ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 69 lines · 81 scholia parts

Argumentum (5 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen VI.

p2. Ἀλκιμίδῃ Αἰγινήτῃ παιδὶ παλαιστῇ.

p3. Τῆς ἕκτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ιγ΄. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβικὸν ἀκατάληκ ον. ἐν γὰρ τῇ δευτέρᾳ χώρᾳ ἐστὶν ὁ σπονδεῖος· πολὺ δὲ τοῦτο παρὰ τοῖς λυρικοῖς. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ γ΄ τροχοϊκὸν πενθημιμερές, ἢ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἀπὸ τροχαϊκῆς συζυγίας. τὸ δ΄ διπλῆ περίοδος, ἣ καλεῖται τροχαῖος ἀπὸ ἰάμβου. τὸ ε΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβέλεγος λείπων τῇ πέμπτῃ συλλαβῇ, ἢ ἀναπαιστικόν. τὸ ζ΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ η΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν, ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ χοριάμβου, ἀδιάφορον περὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. τὸ θ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ι΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ια΄ προσοδικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ιβ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀπὸ τροχ ϊκῆς συζυγίας. τὸ ιγ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον, ὅ ἐστι Φαλαίκειον παρὰ συλλαβὴν, οὖ ἡ ἀρχὴ τὸν ἀντίσπαστον ἔχει ἀδιάφορον τοῦ ἄρχοντος ποδός.

p4. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ια΄. τὸ α΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ γ΄· ἡ τελευταία ἀπόδοσις ἀναγκάζει δακτυλικὸν γενέσθαι τὸ κῶλον. τὸ δ΄ προσοδικὸν δίμετρον ἀπὸ ἰωνικοῦ, καὶ ἐνόπλιον. τὸ ε΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἀπὸ ἰωνικῆς συζυγίας. τὸ ς΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον. τὸ ζ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν δύο συλλαβαῖς. τὸ θ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον Ἀλκαϊκόν. ὁ γὰρ τέταρτος ποὺς σπονδεῖος. τὸ ι΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές.

p5. Inscr. Τοῦτον τὸν Ἀλκιμίδαν ἀναγράφεσθαί φησιν Ἀσκληπιάδης ἀντὶ Αἰγινήτου Κρῆτα οὕτως· Ἀλκιμίδας Θέωνος Κρής.

1–4

 ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος· ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ πνέομεν σ1
 ματρὸς ἀμφότεροι· διείργει δὲ πᾶσα κεκριμένα
 δύναμις, ὡς τὸ μὲν οὐδέν, ὁ δὲ χάλκεος ἀσφαλὲς αἰὲν ἕδος
 μένει οὐρανός. ἀλλά τι προσφέρομεν ἔμπαν ἢ μέγαν σ6

There is one race of men, one race of gods; and from a single mother we both draw our breath. But all allotted power divides us: man is nothing, but for the gods the bronze sky endures as a secure home forever. Nevertheless, we bear some resemblance to the immortals, either in greatness

One race there is of men and one of gods, but from one mother draw we both our breath, yet is the strength of us diverse altogether, for the race of man is as nought, but the brazen heaven abideth, a habitation steadfast unto everlasting.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (7 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Ἒν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος: ἐκ μιᾶς μητρὸς ὑπάρχομεν, φησί, καὶ ζῶμεν τῆς Γῆς οἵ τε θεοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι. ἐμφαίνει δὲ διὰ τοῦ προοιμίου, ὅτι κοινωνίαν τινὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἔχομεν τῇ εὐφυΐᾳ καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις τοῦ νοῦ. ὅτι δὲ κοινὸν ἡμῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς τὸ γένος, καὶ Ἡσίοδος μαρτυρεῖ, ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς τῶν θεῶν γενέσεως λέγων (th. 126)· Γαῖα μέν τοι πρώτιστον ἐγείνατο ἶσον ἑαυτῇ Οὐρανὸν ἀστερόενθ᾿, ἵνα μιν περὶ πάντα καλύπτῃ. Οὐρανοῦ δὲ καὶ Γῆς εἰσιν οἱ περὶ Κρόνον καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι Τιτᾶνες, ἐκ δὲ τῶν Τιτάνων οἱ ὕστεροι θεοί· Ἥφαιστος δὲ Πανδώραν ποιεῖ (op. 60)· Ἥφαιστον δ᾿ ἐκέλευσε περικλυτὸν ὅττι τάχιστα γαῖαν ὕδει φύρειν, ἐν δ᾿ ἀνθρώπου θέμεν αὐδὴν καὶ σθένος, ἀθανάτῃς δὲ θεῇς εἰς ὦπα ἐΐσκειν. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Πανδώρας εἰς ἡμᾶς τὸ γένος διῖκται. οὕτως ἕν ἐστι θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων τὸ γένος. ἀφορᾷ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸ εὐφυὲς τοῦ Ἀλκιμίδου τὸ προοίμιον.

ad v. 4

a. διείργει δὲ πᾶσα κεκριμένα δύναμις: ἡ ἀμετάβλητος.

b. ἢ πολλή, ἐπιτατικῶς.

c. κεκριμένη, ἤτοι κεχωρισμένη.

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· διαχωρίζει δὲ ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων ἡμᾶς ἡ ὡρισμένη δύναμις τῶν θεῶν, ἵν᾿ ἔξωθεν ἀκούσωμεν τοσοῦτον, ὥστε τὸ μὲν τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐδιάφθορον εἶναι γένος, τὸ δὲ τῶν θεῶν ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ καὶ βεβαίῳ καὶ ἀφθαρσίᾳ τυγχάνειν.

e. ἢ οὕτω· τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ ἡμᾶς χωρίζει ἡ δύναμις· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀθάνατοί εἰσι και ἰσχύουσιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐδέν.

f. ἢ οὕτω· τὸ μὲν ἡμέτερον γένος τὸ μηδέν ἐστι καὶ ταπεινόν, τὸ δὲ θεῖον πολλὴν ἔχει τὴν δύναμιν. καὶ ἐν Πυθιονίκαις (VIII 95) σκιᾶς ὄναρ ἄνθρωπός φησιν.

5 νόον ἤτοι φύσιν ἀθανάτοις,5

of mind or in nature, although we do not know, by day or by night, towards what goal fortune has written that we should run.

6–7

6 καίπερ ἐφαμερίαν οὐκ εἰδότες οὐδὲ μετὰ νύκτας ἄμμε πότμος

7 οἵαν τινʼ ἔγραψε δραμεῖν ποτὶ στάθμαν. σ5

Yet withal have we somewhat in us like unto the immortals' bodily shape or mighty mind, albeit we know not what course hath Destiny marked out for us to run, neither in the daytime, neither in the night.

Scholia ad vv. 6–7 (5 entries)

ad v. 7

a. ἀλλά τι προσφέρομεν ἔμπαν: ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως καίτοι οὐδαμινοὶ ὄντες, φησίν, ἐμφερές τι ἔχομεν τοῖς θεοῖς, ἢ κατὰ τὸν νοῦν· θεὸς γάρ τις ἐν ἡμῖν κατὰ τὸν Εὐριπίδην (fr. 1018)· ἢ κατὰ τὰς εὐφυΐας τῶν σωμάτων καὶ τὰ κάλλη.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ὅμως μέντοι ἐοίκαμεν προσεοικέναι τοῖς θεοῖς κατά τι, ἢ κατὰ τὸν νοῦν ἢ κατὰ τὴν εὐφυΐαν.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· προσφερεῖς, φησίν, ἐσμὲν τοῖς θεοῖς, καίπερ οὐκ εἰδότες εἴτε ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εἰτε ἐν νυκτὶ πότμος ἔγραψε τὴν εἱμαρμένην ἡμῖν καὶ τὸν θάνατον.

d. ἢ οὕτω· καίτοι μὴ γινώσκοντες μήτε τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἡμέραν μήτε τὰ διὰ νυκτὸς ἐσόμενα, μηδὲ εἴ τις ἡμᾶς μόρος κατακέκρικεν εἰς σκοπόν τινα καὶ στάθμην λαβεῖν. στάθμην δέ φησι τὸν θάνατον κατὰ λόγον· ἐπίστασις γὰρ ἡμῖν ἐστι τοῦ παντὸς βίου καὶ στάσις καὶ τέλος.

e. ἢ στάθμην ἀκουστέον ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τὴν περιγραφὴν τοῦ βίου καὶ τὴν οἴκησιν.

8–9

8 τεκμαίρει καί νυν Ἀλκιμίδας τὸ συγγενὲς ἰδεῖν

9 ἄγχι καρποφόροις ἀρούραισιν, αἵτʼ ἀμειβόμεναι

Even now Alcimidas gives visible proof that his hereditary qualities are like the fruitful fields, which, in alternation,

10 τόκα μὲν ὦν βίον ἀνδράσιν ἐπηετανὸν πεδίων ἔδοσαν,10

Nemea at one time give men yearly sustenance from the plains, and at another time gather strength from repose. He has come from the lovely games of, the athletic boy who, pursuing this ordinance of Zeus, has shown that he is a successful hunter in the wrestling ring,

11–14

 τόκα δʼ αὖτʼ ἀναπαυσάμεναι σθένος ἔμαρψαν. ἦλθέ τοι
 Νεμέας ἐξ ἐρατῶν ἀέθλων
 παῖς ἐναγώνιος, ὃς ταύταν μεθέπων Διόθεν αἶσαν νῦν πέφανται
 οὐκ ἄμμορος ἀμφὶ πάλᾳ κυναγέτας, σ2

And now doth Alkimidas give proof that it is with his kindred as with fruitful fields: for they in turn now yield to man his yearly bread upon the plains, and now again they pause, and gather back their strength.

Scholia ad vv. 11–14 (2 entries)

ad v. 14

a. τεκμαίρει δὲ καὶ νῦν Ἀλκιμίδας: ὅτι δὲ συγγενεῖς ἐσμεν τῶν θεῶν, ὁ Ἀλκιμίδας, φησί, σαφὲς ποιεῖ τεκμηριοῦσθαι ἡμᾶς. εἰς ὃ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔπραξε τῇ εὐφυΐᾳ ἑαυτοῦ, ἐπέδειξε τὴν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἡμῶν συγγένειαν, ἐγγύς τι καὶ παραπλήσιον εἰργασμένος ταῖς καρποφόροις ἀρούραις.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τεκμηριοῖ δὲ καὶ σαφὲς εἶναι ποιεῖ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ἡμῖν διὰ τὴν εὐφυΐαν συγγενὲς καὶ νῦν Ἀλκιμίδης τοῖς αὐτοῦ κατορθώμασιν.

15 ἴχνεσιν ἐν Πραξιδάμαντος ἑὸν πόδα νέμων15

by planting his step in the tracks of his grandfather, his blood-relative. For that man, an Olympic victor, was the first to bring garlands from the Alpheus to the Aeacidae; and he had himself crowned five times at the Isthmus,

16–19

 πατροπάτορος ὁμαιμίου.
 κεῖνος γὰρ Ὀλυμπιόνικος ἐὼν Αἰακίδαις σ2
 ἔνεικεν ἔρνεα πρῶτος ἀπʼ Ἀλφεοῦ,
 καὶ πεντάκις Ἰσθμοῖ στεφανωσάμενος,

From the pleasant meeting-places of Nemea hath the athlete boy come back, who following the ordinance of Zeus hath now approved him no baffled hunter in his wrestling-quest, and hath guided his feet by the foot-prints of Praxidamas, his father father, of whose blood he sprang.

Scholia ad vv. 16–19 (2 entries)

ad v. 17

a. αἵ τ᾿ ἀμειβόμεναι: οὐ γὰρ διαπαντός, φησίν, ἐξομαλίζουσι τὴν εὐκαρπίαν αἱ ἄρουραι, ἀλλὰ παρὰ χρόνους τινὰς ἀναπαύλης τυγχάνουσιν, εἶτα ἀναπαυσάμεναι πάλιν ἀποδιδόασι πλείονας τοὺς καρπούς. ἀμειβόμεναι οὖν αἱ ἄρουραι, τουτέστιν ἐξ ἀμοιβῆς παρ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν φέρουσαι, τὸν βίον ἔδοσαν, τουτέστι τὰ πρὸς τὸν βίον δαψιλῆ καὶ πλούσια· διὰ γὰρ τοῦ ἐπηετανοῦ τοῦτο βούλεται δηλοῦν.

b. ἄλλως. τοῦ γένους τοῦ Ἀλκιμίδου οἱ μὲν ἠγωνίσαντο, οἱ δὲ οὔ, ἀλλὰ συμβέβηκε τύχῃ τινὶ παρὰ μέρος ἀθλεῖν. νικᾷ γὰρ Ἀγησίμαχος, σχολάζει Σωκλείδης ὁ τούτου παῖς, εἶτα Πραξιδάμας ὁ ἐκ Σωκλείδου ἐναγώνιος γίνεται· Πραξιδάμαντος πάλιν σχολάζει ὁ υἱὸς ὁ τοῦ νικηφόρου πατήρ. τούτου οὖν μεταξὺ γεγενημένου ἐν τῷ γένει διαλείμματος ὑπεραπολογεῖται, καὶ παρομοιοῖ αὐτοὺς τῇ γῇ τῇ παρ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ ἐκ διαλειμμάτων εὐκαρπούσῃ, λέγων ὅτι δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ σαφὲς ποιεῖ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ συγγενὲς ὁ Ἀλκιμίδης, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἰδεῖν ὅμοιον τῇ σπορίμῃ γῇ καὶ ταῖς ἀρούραις, αἵτινες ἐξ ἀμοιβῆς καρποφοροῦσαι ποτὲ μὲν ἀδιάλειπτα τὰ πρὸς τὸν βίον παρέχουσιν ἐκ τῆς γεωργίας, ποτὲ δὲ ἀναπαυσάμεναι καὶ σχολάσασαι τὴν ἑαυτῶν δύναμιν ἀνέλαβον. τὸ δὲ ὑπερβατόν· τεκμαίρει καὶ νῦν Ἀλκιμίδης, ὃς ἦλθεν ἐξ ἐρατῶν ἄθλων, παῖς ἐναγώνιος, ἰδεῖν τὸ συγγενὲς καὶ πρόσφορον τῇ γῇ, ἥτις ἐξ ἀμοιβῆς σπειρομένη ἀναπαύεται καὶ δίδωσι πολλοὺς τοὺς καρπούς.

20–23

 νεμέᾳ δὲ τρίς,
 ἔπαυσε λάθαν σ2
 Σωκλείδα, ὃς ὑπέρτατος
 Ἁγησιμάχῳ υἱέων γένετο.

Nemea and three times at, putting an end to the obscurity of Socleides, who proved to be the greatest of the sons of Hagesimachus,

For Praxidamas also by his Olympian victory first won olive-wreath from Alpheos for the Aiakidai, and five times been crowned at Isthmos, and at Nemea thrice, he took away thereby the obscurity of Sokleides, who was the eldest of the sons of Agesimachos.

Scholia ad vv. 20–23 (2 entries)

ad v. 21

a. ἦλθέ τοι Νεμέας ἐξ ἐρατῶν ἀέθλων: καὶ ὁ Ἀλκιμίδης οὖν παραπλήσιος ταύταις ἐγένετο· ὡς γὰρ αὗται ποτὲ μὲν ἀναπαύονται, ποτὲ δὲ καρποφοροῦσι, τῆς γῆς ἐκ διαλείμματος καρποφορούσης, οὕτω καὶ τὸ γένος τοῦ Ἀλκιμίδα. ὁ μὲν γὰρ πάππος τοῦ Ἀλκιμίδα ἐνίκησεν, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ οὐκέτι· ὁ δὲ μὴ νικήσας πατὴρ τῇ ἀναπαύσει παραβέβληται τῶν ἀρουρῶν, ὁ δὲ Ἀλκιμίδας πάλιν νικήσας τῇ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν καρποφορίᾳ.ὃς μετερχόμενος, φησί, τὴν ἐκ Διὸς μοῖραν, τουτέστι τὸν Νεμεακὸν στέφανον, τὰ γὰρ Νέμεα τοῦ Διός, κατὰ τὰ ἴχνη τοῦ Πραξιδάμαντος τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πόδα νέμει, τουτέστι μερίζει· ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἐνίκησεν, οὕτω καὶ οὗτος.

b. τὰb. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἦλθεν οὖν πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἀπὸ τῶν Νεμεακῶν ἀγώνων τῶν ἐρασμίων ὁ ἀνδρειότατος Ἀλκιμίδης, ὃς ἐκ θεῶν ταύτην κληρωθεὶς τὴν εὐτυχίαν νῦν ἐφάνη περὶ τὴν τῆς πάλης νίκην οὐκ ἄμοιρος, ἀλλ᾿ ὥσπερ τις ἀγαθὸς κυνηγέτης, οὕτω κατ᾿ ἴχνος βαίνων τοῦ Πραξιδάμαντος τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ πάππου. ὁ δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ διαλιπεῖν τὸν πατέρα παραβεβλῆσθαί φησι τῇ γῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ τὸν Ἀλκιμίδαν πρότερον μὲν ὄντα παῖδα νικῆσαι, διαλιπόντα δὲ χρόνον νῦν πάλιν νενικηκέναι.

24 ἐπεί οἱ τρεῖς ἀεθλοφόροι πρὸς ἄκρον ἀρετᾶς

since he had three victorious sons who reached the summit of excellence,

25–29

 ἦλθον, οἵτε πόνων ἐγεύσαντο. σὺν θεοῦ δὲ τύχᾳ
 πλεόνων ἕτερον οὔ τινα οἶκον ἀπεφάνατο πυγμαχία
 ταμίαν στεφάνων μυχῷ Ἑλλάδος ἁπάσας. ἔλπομαι
 μέγα εἰπὼν σκοποῦ ἄντα τυχεῖν
 ὥτʼ ἀπὸ τόξου ἱείς· εὔθυνʼ ἐπὶ τοῦτον, ἄγε, Μοῖσα, οὖρον ἐπέων

Greece and who had a taste of toils. With the favorable fortune of the gods, no other family has been proclaimed by the boxing contest in the center of all as the guardian of more garlands. I hope, with this great praise, to hit the target squarely, like one who shoots from a bow. Come, Muse, give a straight course to the glorious wind of song for this man.

For these three-warriors attained unto the topmost height of prowess, of all who essayed the games, and by grace of God to no other house hath the boxing-match given keeping of so many crowns in this inmost place of all Hellas. I deem that though my speech be of high sound I yet shall hit the mark, as it were an archer shooting from a bow.

30 εὐκλέα. παροιχομένων γὰρ ἀνέρων σ130

For when men pass away

Come, Muse, direct thou upon this house a gale of glorious song: for after that men are vanished away, the minstrel's story taketh up their noble acts, whereof is no lack to the Bassid clan; old in story is the race and they carry cargo of home-made renown, able to deliver into the Muses' husbandmen rich matter of song in honour of their lofty deeds.

Scholia ad vv. 30–30 (1 entry)

ad v. 30

a. κεῖνος γὰρ Ὀλυμπιόνικος ἐών: ἐκεῖνος ὁ Πραξιδάμας, φησί, πρῶτος ἐγένετο τῶν Αἰγινητῶν πάντων Ὀλυμπιονίκης, ἢ τοῦ γένους ἑαυτοῦ. ὁ δὲ παρὼν Ἀλκιμίδης οὐκ ἐποίησε ληθαργηθῆναι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα, φησίν, ἀργησάντων τῶν ἀγωνισμάτων, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἀνδρείας ἐκεῖνος ἐσέμνυνε τὸν Σωκλείδην τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα. ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος, Σωκλῆς ἐστι τὸ ὄνομα, φησί· παρήγαγε δὲ αὐτὸ πατρωνυμικῶς, ὡς ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ποιηταῖς. ὡς οὖν μὴ νενικηκότος τοῦ Σωκλείδου οὗτος τὴν περὶ ἐκεῖνον λήθην ἔπαυσε, νικήσας τοὺς προειρημένους στεφάνους. τὸ δὲ ὑπέρτατος ἀντὶ τοῦ πρεσβύτερος· ὁ γὰρ Σωκλείδης πρεσβύτερος μὲν τῶν υἱῶν γέγονεν Ἀγησιμάχῳ, πατὴρ δὲ Πραξιδάμαντος.

31–34

 ἀοιδαὶ καὶ λόγοι τὰ καλά σφιν ἔργʼ ἐκόμισαν,
 Βασσίδαισιν ἅ τʼ οὐ σπανίζει· παλαίφατος γενεά,
 ἴδια ναυστολέοντες ἐπικώμια, Πιερίδων ἀρόταις
 δυνατοὶ παρέχειν πολὺν ὕμνον ἀγερώχων ἑργμάτων

songs and stories preserve their fine deeds for them, and there is no shortage of these in the house of the Bassids. Their race has long been famous, carrying a cargo of their own victory songs; for those who plough the field of the Pierian Muses, they are able to provide a rich supply of songs, because of their proud achievements.

35–37

 ἕνεκεν. καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἀγαθέᾳ
 χεῖρας ἱμάντι δεθεὶς Πυθῶνι κράτησεν ἀπὸ ταύτας αἷμα πάτρας
 χρυσαλακάτου ποτὲ Καλλίας ἁδὼν

Pytho In very holy the blood of this family was once victorious, his hands bound with leather straps—Callias, who had found favor with

For at sacred Pytho in like wise did a scion of the same stock overcome, with the thong of the boxer bound about his hand, even Kallias in whom were well-pleased the children of Leto of the golden distaff, and beside Kastaly in the evening his name burnt bright, when the glad sounds of the Graces rose.

38–39

38 ἔρνεσι Λατοῦς, παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ τε Χαρίτων σ4

39 ἑσπέριος ὁμάδῳ φλέγεν·

the children of Leto of the golden distaff, and beside Castalia at evening he was made radiant by the loud chorus of the Graces.

Scholia ad vv. 38–39 (4 entries)

ad v. 38

a. ἐπεί οἱ τρεῖς ἀεθλοφόροι: ἄρθρον ἐστὶ τὸ οἵ ἀντὶ τοῦ τῷ· τουτέστι τῷ Σωκλείδῃ. τρεῖς γὰρ παῖδες ἐγένοντο αὐτῷ, ὧν ὁ Πραξιδάμας πρῶτος· οῖτινες παῖδες, φησίν, εἰς ἄκρον ἦλθον τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς ἀθλητικῆς, τῶν τε πόνων τῶν ἀθλητικῶν μετέσχον καὶ ἐγεύσαντο. περιττεύει οὖν ὁ τέ.

b. τρεῖς γὰρ ἀθλοφόρους εἶπε, τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς δηλαδὴ τοῦ Σωκλείδου· τῷ δὲ αὐτὸς μὴ ἠθληκέναι ὁ Σωκλείδης τὸν υἱὸν ἐγύμνασεν, ὃς τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν λήθην ἐσκέδασε νικήσας· ἀνεκήρυξε γὰρ τὸν πατέρα.

c. τὸ δὲ σὺν θεοῦ τύχᾳ ἀντὶ τοῦ τῇ ἐκ θεοῦ τύχῃ.

d. οὐδένα ἕτερον οἶκον οὕτως ἀπέδειξε καὶ ἀπέφηνε, φησί, πλείους ἀπενηνοχότα στεφάνους.

40–44

 πόντου τε γέφυρʼ ἀκάμαντος ἐν ἀμφικτιόνων
 εο ταυροφόνῳ τριετηρίδι Κρ ντίδαν
 τίμασε Ποσειδάνιον ἂν τέμενος·
 βοτάνα τέ νιν
 πόθʼ ἁ λέοντος σ1

And the bridge of the untiring sea honored Creontidas in the biennial festival of those who live around, when bulls are slain in the sacred precinct of Poseidon. And the herb of the Nemean lion once

Also the Bridge of the untiring sea did honour unto Kreontidas at the triennial sacrifice of bulls by the neighbour states in the holy place of Poseidon; and once did the herb of the lion shadow his brows for a victory won beneath the shadeless primal hills of Phlious.

Scholia ad vv. 40–44 (1 entry)

ad v. 44

a. μυχῷ Ἑλλάδος ἁπάσας: ἀμφίβολον πότερον ὡς ἐν Ἰσθμῷ πολλὰς νίκας εἰληφότων οὕτως εἶπεν, ἐπεὶ μυχὸς τῆς Πελοποννήσου ἡ Κόρινθος. ἐν ᾗ τὰ Ἴσθμια ἄγεται· Ὅμηρος (Ζ 152)· ἔστι πόλις Ἐφύρη μυχῷ Ἄργεος ἱπποβότοιο· ἢ ἐπεὶ μυχοί εἰσι τῶν χωρῶν αἱ πόλεις αἱ κρύψεις παρέχουσαι ἀντὶ τῶν πεδινῶν τόπων, τὰς πόλεις, ἐν αἷς ἐνίκησαν, μυχοὺς Ἑλλάδος κέκληκεν. ἐν μυχοῖς οὖν Ἑλλάδος, ἐν ταῖς Ἑλλαδικαῖς πόλεσιν, ἐν ἑκάστῳ μυχῷ τῆς Ἑλλάδος.

45–46

45 νικάσαντʼ ἤρεφε δασκίοις σ345

46 Φλιοῦντος ὑπʼ ὠγυγίοις ὄρεσιν.

crowned him when he was victorious beneath the shady primeval mountains of Phlius.

Wide avenues of glory are there on every side for chroniclers to draw nigh to do honour unto this isle: for supreme occasion have the children of Aiakos given them by the showing forth of mighty feats.

Scholia ad vv. 45–46 (3 entries)

ad v. 45

a. ἔλπομαι μέγα εἰπὼν ἄντα σκοποῦ τυχεῖν: ἔνιοι γράφουσιν ἂν τετυχεῖν. ἐλπίζω οὖν, φησί, μεγαλορρημονήσας καὶ καυχησάμενος ἐπιτυχεῖν ἂν τοῦ σκοποῦ ὡς ἀπὸ τόξου πέμπων βέλος. τὸ δὲ τετυχεῖν ὅμοιον τῷ λελαβέσθαι (δ 388). γράφουσι δὲ καὶ ἄντα, ἵν᾿ ᾖ ὁ λόγος· ἐναντίον τι καὶ εὐθὺ τοῦ σκοποῦ.

b. ἄλλως. προσδοκῶ δὲ μεγάλως ἐπαινέσας τὸν νικηφόρον ἐπιτυχεῖν τοῦ σκοποῦ ὡς ἄριστος τοξότη.

c. τὸ δὲ ὥ Δωρικῶς, ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὥστε φησίν.

47–49

 πλατεῖαι πάντοθεν λογίοισιν ἐντὶ πρόσοδοι
 νᾶσον εὐκλέα τάνδε κοσμεῖν· ἐπεί σφιν Αἰακίδαι σ2
 ἔπορον ἔξοχον αἶσαν ἀρετὰς ἀποδεικνύμενοι μεγάλας·

There are broad avenues open on every side for storytellers to adorn this glorious island, since the Aeacids provided them by example with an outstanding share of great excellence.

Scholia ad vv. 47–49 (2 entries)

ad v. 48

a. εὐθὺν ἐπὶ τοῦτον ἄγε Μοῖσα: ἐπὶ τοῦτον οὖν τὸν σκοπὸν, ὦ Μοῦσα, τοὺς σοὺς ἄγε λόγους τοὺς εὐκλεεῖς, καὶ ἐπαίνει τὸν νικηφόρον.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπὶ τὸν σκοπὸν, ὃν προεῖπον, τὴν οὐριότητα τῶν ποιημάτων ἄγε.

50–53

 πέταται δʼ ἐπί τε χθόνα καὶ διὰ θαλάσσας τηλόθεν σ1
 ὄνυμʼ αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐς Αἰθίοπας
 Μέμνονος οὐκ ἀπονοστήσαντος ἐπᾶλτο· βαρὺ δέ σφιν νεῖκος Ἀχιλεὺς
 ἔμπεσε χαμαὶ καταβὰς ἀφʼ ἁρμάτων, σ5

Their name flies far, over the land and across the sea. It even reached the Ethiopians, when Memnon did not return to his home; Achilles descended from his chariot and fell upon them, a grievous antagonist,

Over land and beyond the sea is their name flown forth from afar: even unto the Ethiopians it sprang forth, for that Memnon came not home: for bitter was the battle that Achilles made against him, having descended from his chariot upon the earth, what time by his fierce spear's point he slew the son of the bright Morn.

Scholia ad vv. 50–53 (6 entries)

ad v. 50

a. παροιχομένων γὰρ ἀνέρων: τῶν γὰρ τεθνηκότων ἀνδρῶν τὰ κάλλιστα κατορθώματα διὰ τῶν οἰκείων λόγων οἱ ποιηταὶ τῇ μνήμῃ παραδιδόασι καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν σοφῶν. ἀοιδοὶ μὲν γὰρ οἱ ποιηταί, λόγιοι δὲ οἱ πρότερον τὰ κατὰ τὰς πόλεις διηγούμενοι.

ad v. 53

a. Βασσίδαισιν ἅ τ᾿ οὐ σπανίζει: ὁ Δίδυμός φησι προσήκειν γράφειν Βουδίδαι. γενέσθαι γάρ τινα Βουδίωνα ἐν Αἰγίνῃ, ἀφ᾿ οὗ κατάγεσθαι γενεὰν τὴν Βουδιδῶν. μνημονεύειν δέ φησι τοῦ Βουδίωνος Πυθαίνετον (FHG IV 487) ἐν πρώτῳ Αἰγινητικῶν γράφων οὕτως· περὶ δὲ ταῦτα τούτον λεγομένων λέγεται Βουδίωνα τυγχάνειν διενηνεγμένον πρὸς Οἰνώνην τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θυγατέρα.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· ἅτινα κάλλιστα ἔργα ἐν τοῖς Βασσίδαις οὐ σπανίζει, ἀλλὰ πλεονάζει, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ ἐξ ἀρχῆς διαβοήτῳ. Βάσσος γὰρ πρόγονος τῶν ἀνωτέρω τοῦ Ἀλκιμίδου· ἔστι δὲ καὶ φυλὴ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ Βασσιάδαι.

c. ἢ οὕτως· τῶν Βασσιδῶν, φησί, γενεὰ οὐ σπανίζει καλῶν ἔργων. διὸ οἱ ἀοιδοὶ καὶ οἱ λόγιοι κομίζουσιν αὐτῶν τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλά. ἐὰν δὲ προφερώμεθα, ἅ τ᾿ οὐ σπανίζει, τὸν λόγον οὕτω καταστήσομεν· ὧν οὐ σπανίζει ἡ παλαίφατος γενεὰ τῶν προειρημένων ἔργων.

d. ἢ οὕτω· Βασσίδαισι καθ᾿ αὑτό, εἶτα ἀπ᾿ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς· ἅ τ᾿ οὐ σπανίζει· τὰ προειρημένα ἔργα, ἅ τ᾿ οὐ σπανίζει τοῖς Βασσίδαις.

e. ἢ Βασσίδαισιν ἅ τ᾿ οὐ σπανίζει, εἶτα ἀπ᾿ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς· παλαίφατος, ᾧ συναπτέον τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον.

54 φαεννᾶς υἱὸν εὖτʼ ἐνάριξεν Ἀόος ἀκμᾷ

when he slew the son of the shining Dawn with the edge

And herein found they of old time a way wherein to drive their car: and I too follow with my burden of song: and all men's minds, they say, are stirred the most by whatsoever wave at the instant rolleth nearest to the mainsheet of the ship.

55–58

 ἔγχεος ζακότοιο. καὶ ταύταν μὲν παλαιότεροι σ4
 ὁδὸν ἀμαξιτὸν εὗρον· ἕπομαι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔχων μελέταν·
 τὸ δὲ πὰρ ποδὶ ναὸς ἑλισσόμενον αἰεὶ κυμάτων
 λέγεται παντὶ μάλιστα δονεῖν

of his raging sword. Poets of former times found this highway, and I myself am following them; this is my concern. But the wave that rolls nearest to the ship is said to stir the spirit most of all. I came as a messenger, willingly bearing on my back a double burden,

Scholia ad vv. 55–58 (4 entries)

ad v. 55

a. ἴδια ναυστολέοντες: οἱ Βασσίδαι, φησίν, ἴδια ναυστολοῦντες, τουτέστιν ἴδια χορηγοῦντες καὶ κομίζοντες ἔργα τοῖς τῶν Πιερίδων ἀρόταις, τουτέστι τοῖς ποιηταῖς.

b. ἀνυμνεῖν θέλοντες οὐκ ἐπακτοῖς χρήσονται ἐπαίνοις διὰ τὸ σπανίζειν αὐτοὺς ἔργων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς αὑτῶν· πολλὰ γὰρ δεδράκασιν. ἐπικώμια δὲ τὰ εἰς κῶμον ὑμνεῖσθαι ἐπιτήδεια τῆς νίκης. μετὰ γὰρ τὸ νικῆσαι ἐκώμαζον μετὰ τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν.

c. ἢ οὕτως· οὐ δεόμενοι δι᾿ ἑτέρων κοσμήσασθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἑαυτοῖς ἀρκούμενοι πρὸς κόσμον ἴδια παρακομίζοντες ἔργα τοῖς ποιηταῖς. ναυστολοῦντες δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπιφορτίζοντες, οἱονεὶ σωρεύοντες ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων κόπων τὰ ἐγκώμια.

d. ἀγερώχων δὲ ἐργμάτων ἀντὶ τοῦ μεγάλων ἔργων. δυνάμενοι οὖν τοῖς ποιηταῖς παρέχειν πολλῶν ἐπαίνων χορηγίαν ἕνεκεν τῶν πραττομένων αὐτοῖς ἔργων ὀλβίων.

59 θυμόν. ἑκόντι δʼ ἐγὼ νώτῳ μεθέπων δίδυμον ἄχθος ἄγγελος ἔβαν, σ3

On willing shoulders bear I this double load, and am come a messenger to proclaim this honour won in the games that men call holy to be the five-and-twentieth that the noble house of Alkimidas hath shown forth: yet were two wreaths in the Olympian games beside the precinct of Kronion denied to thee, boy, and to Polytimidas, by the fall of the lot.

Scholia ad vv. 59–59 (3 entries)

ad v. 59

a. καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἀγαθέᾳ χεῖρας ἱμαντωθείς: καὶ γὰρ ἐν... θαυμασίᾳ τὰ πυκτικὰ σκεύη μετὰ χεῖρας λαβὼν ἐνίκησεν ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς συγγενείας ὢν καὶ πατρίδος ὁ Καλλίας.

b. ἢ ὅτι πυκτεύσας ἐν Πυθοῖ ἐνίκησεν ἀρέσας τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς ὢν πατρίδος, ἤτοι τῆς Αἰγίνης, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ αἵματος, τουτέστιν ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς φατρίας τῶν Βασσιδῶν Καλλίας, ὅς Κρέοντος ὑπῆρχε παῖς.

c. χρυσηλάκατον δὲ εἶπε τὴν Λητὼ | τὸ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος μετενεγκὼν ἐγκώμιον ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα τὴν γεννήσασαν.

60 πέμπτον ἐπὶ εἴκοσι τοῦτο γαρύων60

to proclaim that this twenty-fifth

61–63

 εὖχος ἀγώνων ἄπο, τοὺς ἐνέποισιν ἱερούς,
 Ἀλκιμίδα, τέ γʼ ἐπαρκέσαι
 κλειτᾷ γενεᾷ· δύο μὲν Κρονίου πὰρ τεμένει,

boast of victory from the games which men call sacred, Alcimidas, has been provided by you for your glorious family. Beside the sacred precinct of the son of Cronus, child, you and Polytimidas were deprived of two Olympic garlands

64 παῖ, σέ τʼ ἐνόσφισε καὶ Πουλυτιμίδαν σ1

Peer of the dolphin hurrying through the brine--such would I call Melesias by whom thy hands and strength were guided, as a chariot by the charioteer.

Scholia ad vv. 64–64 (1 entry)

ad v. 64

a. παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ τε Χαρίτων ἑσπέριος: ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς τοὺς Δελφοὺς ὠνόμασεν. ἐκωμάσθη γὰρ νικήσας ὑπὸ τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἑσπέριος.

65–69

 κλᾶρος προπετὴς ἄνθεʼ Ὀλυμπιάδος. σ3
 δελφῖνί κεν
 τάχος διʼ ἅλμας σ4
 ἴσον εἴποιμι Μελησίαν,
 χειρῶν τε καὶ ἰσχύος ἁνίοχον. σ26

by a sudden drawing of lots. I would say that Melesias is equal in speed to a dolphin that darts through the salt sea; he is the charioteer who guided your hands and strength.

Scholia ad vv. 65–69 (33 entries)

ad v. 65

b. Χαρίτων ἑσπέριος: Χαρίτων ὁμάδῳ οἱ μὲν τῷ χορῷ ἀποδεδώκασιν, οἱ δὲ, τῷ χαριεστάτῳ θορύβῳ τῆς ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ πανηγύρεως ἐλαμπρύνετο κωμάζων.

c. ἄλλως. μέχρις ἑσπέρας ἔλαμπεν.

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· παρὰ δὲ τῇ Κασταλίᾳ πηγῇ (ἐκ δὲ τούτου ἐν Δελφοῖς τῷ ἀγῶνι νικήσας) τῇ τῶν χορευτῶν χάριτι ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ μέχρις ἑσπέρας ἡ νίκη αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ δόξα ἐξέλαμπεν· ἔθος γὰρ ἦν καὶ παννυχίδας ὕμνων τοῖς νενικηκόσιν τελεῖσθαι. τοῦτο δὲ ὡς καὶ τὰ Πύθια νικήσαντος αὐτοῦ.

ad v. 67

a. πόντου τε γέφυρα: ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἰσθμοῖ νενικηκότος αὐτοῦ· πόντου γὰρ γέφυρα ὁ Ἰσθμός· τεσσαράκοντα τριῶν γὰρ σταδίων ἀμφιθάλασσος ἦν. καὶ ἔστι κατὰ τὸ ἔτυμον γέφυρα ἡ διὰ τῆς γῆς φέρουσα ὁδός. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ προκειμένου τούτῳ προσυπακουστέον τὸ φλέγε πόντου γέφυρα.

b. ἀμφικτυόνων δὲ τῶν περιοικούντων· μέχρι γὰρ αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀγῶνες ἐτελοῦντο.

c. πόντου γέφυρ᾿ ἀκάμαντος ὁ Ἰσθμικὸς ἀγὼν, ὅτι ἱερὸς τῷ Ποσειδῶνι.

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· πόντου ἀκάμαντος γέφυρα ὁ Ἰσθμὸς, ὁ ὢν τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος τέμενος καὶ ἀγὼν καὶ οἴκημα ὥσπερ.

ad v. 69

a. ταυροφόνῳ τριετηρίδι: ἐν ᾗ ταύρους φονεύουσι καὶ ἱερουργοῦσι τῷ Ποσειδῶνι. καὶ Ὅμηρος (γ 6)· ταύρους παμμέλανας ἐνοσίχθονι κυανοχαίτῃ.

b. τριετηρίδι δὲ διὰ τὸ διὰ τριετηρίδος τὸν Ἰσθμικὸν ἀγῶνα τελεῖσθαι.

a. Κρεοντίδαν: τὸν Καλλίαν, ὡς τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Κρέοντος καλουμένου. [Drachmann ad v. 70]

a. βοτάνα τέ νίν ποθ᾿ ἁ λέοντος: βούλεται ἡ ἱστορία ἐκ τοῦ Ἀρχεμόρου αἵματος ἀναδεδόσθαι τὸ βοτανίδιον· οἱ δὲ, ὃ καὶ βέλτιον, βοτάνη λέοντος ἡ Νεμέα, παρόσον κατ᾿ αὐτὴν διῆγεν ὁ λέων βοσκόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 71]

b. ἄλλως. βοτάνην λέοντος τὸ σέλινον δεκτέον. σέλινον γὰρ ὁ αὐτόθι στέφανος, [Drachmann ad v. 71]

b. ἄλλως. βοτάνη λέοντος ἤτοι καθολικῶς ἡ Νεμέα, ἢ τὸ σέλινον δεκτέον, ὅτι ὁ Ἡρακλῆς καταγωνισάμενος τὸν λέοντα τοῦτο ἐνομοθέτησεν εἶναι τὸ στέμμα. [Drachmann ad v. 71]

c. ἀλλ᾿ ἀλόγως· φαίνεται γὰρ ἐπ᾿ Ἀρχεμόρῳ ὅ τε ἀγὼν τεθεὶς καὶ τὸ σέλινον τοῖς νικῶσι διδόμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 71]

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· καὶ ἡ Νεμέα δέ ποτε νικήσαντα τὸν Καλλίαν ἔστεψεν, ἥτις Νεμέα ἐστὶν ὑπὸ τοῖς συμφύτοις καὶ ἀρχαίοις τοῦ Φλιοῦντος ὄρεσι. θέλει δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ Νεμεονίκην ἀποδεῖξαι. [Drachmann ad v. 71]

a. δασκίοις: τοῖς συνδένδροις, ἢ παρὰ τὸ ὑψηλὸν τοῖς μεγίστην σκιὰν ἀπεργάζεσθαι δυναμένοις. κεῖται δὲ ἡ Νεμέα παρὰ τὰ Φλιάσια ὄρη, παράκειται δὲ καὶ πόλις ὁμώνυμος ἡ Φλιοῦς, ἡ πρότερον Ἀραιθυρέα καλουμένη, ἣν καὶ Ὅμηρος οὕτω φησί (Β 571). [Drachmann ad v. 73]

a. πλατεῖαι πάντοθεν λογίοισι: πολλαὶ καὶ πλατεῖαι ἀφορμαί εἰσι τοῖς ἐλλογίμοις, φησί· πάλιν τοὺς ποιητὰς ἀκουστέον· ὥστε ὑμνεῖν τὴν νῆσον ταύτην τὴν Αἴγιναν· ἐπειδὴ αὐτοῖς χορηγίαν παρέχουσιν ἐπαίνων οἱ Αἰακίδαι, καὶ ἐξαίρετον ἀρετὴν ἐπεδείξαντο. ἀμφίβολον δὲ πότερον τοῖς προκειμένοις λόγοις παρέσχον μοῖραν πλείστην οἱ Αἰακίδαι, ἢ οἱ Αἰακίδαι ἔπορον ἔξοχον αἶσαν τοῖς ἰδίοις πολίταις δοξάζοντες αὐτούς. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

a. καὶ ἐς Αἰθίοπας Μέμνονος οὐκ ἂν ἀπονοστάσαντος ἐπᾶλτο: ἔστι καὶ συνεσταλμένως καὶ βαρυτόνως ἀναγνῶναι, ἔπαλτο, τουτέστιν ἐπάλθη, ἐβλήθη τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἰς Αἰθίοπας. [Drachmann ad v. 83]

a. βαρὺ δέ σφιν νεῖκος ἔμπεσ᾿ Ἀχιλεύς: βαρεῖαν δὲ καὶ ἐπαχθῆ μάχην διὰ φιλονεικίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπέδειξεν ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς τοῖς Αἰθίοψι, χαμαὶ κλίνας τὸν Μέμνονα αὐτὸς ἐκ τῶν ἁρμάτων κατελθὼν, τῆς φαιδρᾶς Ἡμέρας τὸν υἱὸν, ἡνίκα ἐφόνευσε τῇ ἀκμῇ τοῦ δόρατος τοῦ λίαν ὀργίλου. περίφρασις δὲ τὸ σχῆμα, ἵνα τὴν Ἀχιλλέως δείξῃ περὶ τὸ πολεμεῖν εὐθαρσίαν. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

b. ἄλλως. Μέμνων υἱὸς μὲν ἦν Τιθωνοῦ καὶ Ἡμέρας. βασιλεὺς δὲ Αἰθιόπων. οὗτος ἐναντιούμενος τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν Τρώων ἀνῃρέθη ὑπὸ Ἀχιλλέως, καὶ διὰ τοῦτό φησι τὴν τῶν Αἰακιδῶν δόξαν καὶ μέχρις Αἰθιόπων διαπτῆναι. οὐκ ἐκ παραδρομῆς δὲ ζάκοτον εἶπε τὸ δόρυ τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως, ὡσανεὶ μείλινον ἤ τι τοιοῦτον αὐτὸ ἔφη ἐν κοινότητι, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι ἰδιαίτερον παρὰ τὰ ἄλλα κατεσκεύαστο. δίκρουν γὰρ, ὥστε δύο ἀκμὰς ἔχειν καὶ μιᾷ βολῇ ὥστε δισσὰ τὰ τραύματα ἀπεργάζεσθαι. καὶ Αἰσχύλος ἐν Νηρεΐσι (fr. 152)· κάμακος εἶσι, κάμακος γλώσσημα διπλάσιον. καὶ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Ἀχιλλέως ἐρασταῖς (fr. 156)· ἢ δορὸς διχόστομον πλᾶκτρον· δίπτυχοι γὰρ ὀδύναι μιν ἤρικον Ἀχιλληΐου δόρατος. μετάγουσι δὲ τὴν ἱστορίαν ἀπὸ τῆς Λέσχου μικρὰς Ἰλιάδος λέγοντος οὕτως (fr. 5 Kinkel)· ἀμφὶ δὲ πόρκης χρύσεος ἀστράπτει, καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ δίκροος δίη. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

c. ἢ ζάκοτόν φησι κατὰ μετουσίαν τοῦ φέροντος καὶ αὐτὸ συμπνέον τῇ ὀργῇ, ἀπὸ τῶν παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (Λ 573; Ο 316)· πολλὰ δὲ καὶ μεσσηγὺ, πάρος χρόα λευκὸν ἐπαυρεῖν, ἐν γαίῃ ἵσταντο, λιλαιόμενα χροὸς ἆσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

a. καὶ ταύταν μὲν παλαιότεροι: καὶ ταύτην μὲν τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν τῶν ἐπαίνων, ἥτις ἐστὶ τολοιπὸν κατημαξευμένη, οἱ παλαιότεροι ἡμῶν καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἐξεῦρον· ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ οἱ πρότεροι ἡμῶν ἐπῄνεσαν τοὺς Αἰακίδας. ἀκολουθήσω οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς ἔχων ταύτην τὴν μελέτην καὶ σπουδὴν, τὸ ἐπαινεῖν τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ἀεί. [Drachmann ad v. 91]

b. μελέτην δέ φησι τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν. Ὅμηρος (Hes. op. 412)· μελέτη δέ τοι ἔργον ὀφέλλει. [Drachmann ad v. 91]

a. τὸ δὲ πὰρ ποδὶ ναὸς ἑλισσόμενον: ποὺς μὲν νεὼς τὸ πηδάλιον. τὸ δὲ κῦμα τὸ παρὰ τῷ πηδαλίῳ ἑλισσόμενον δονεῖ καὶ ταράσσει τὸν ἑκάστου θυμόν. οὑ τὸ παρεληλυθὸς οὖν ταράσσει, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔτι εἱλούμενον. λέγει δὲ τοῦτο ὁ Πίνδαρος, ὅτι παρεξέβη εἰς τὸ ὑμνεῖν τοὺς Αἰακίδας· ἔργον δὲ οὐκ ἐξέλαβε τοῦτο, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς τὸ ὑμνῆσαι τὸν Ἀλκιμίδην. διό φησιν· αὐτὸν ὑμνήσω. [Drachmann ad v. 94]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· παραπεμψάμενος οὖν, φησί, τὰ παλαιὰ τῶν νέων καὶ παρόντων ἕξομαι· καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν πλεόντων ἀεὶ τὸ παρὰ τῷ πηδαλίῳ κῦμα παρὸν καὶ ὁρώμενον τοῦ κυβερνῶντος ἀνδρὸς ταράσσει τὴν ψυχήν. [Drachmann ad v. 94]

a. ἑκόντι δ᾿ ἐγὼ νώτῳ μεθέπων δίδυμον ἄχθος: μεταφορᾷ κέχρηται τῇ τῶν ὑποζυγίων· σημαίνει γὰρ ὅτι ἑκουσίως ἐγὼ τοῦτο τὸ βάρος ὑπέμεινα δίδυμον ὑπάρχον· τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ἢ ὅτι σὺν τῷ τὸν Ἀλκιμίδην ὑμνῆσαι συμπαραλαμβάνειν μέλλει καὶ ἔπαινον τοῦ ἀλείπτου Μελησίου, ἢ τὸ τοῦ Ἀλκιμίδου καὶ τὸ τῶν Αἰγινητῶν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνους καὶ ἔτι τρίτον τοὺς Αἰακίδας ὕμνησε, καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Ἀλκιμίδην. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἑκὼν γὰρ ἐδεξάμην ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐμαυτοῦ νώτοις τοῦτο τὸ φορτίον τὸ διπλοῦν, ἄγγελος καὶ κῆρυξ βου ηθεὶς γενέσθαι τῆς ἀρετῆς τῶν ἀνδρῶν, Ἀλκιμίδου καὶ Μελησίου. περὶ γὰρ αὐτῶν ἑξῆς φησιν ὡς εἰκοσιπέντε στεφάνους εἰληφότων τῶν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς φατρίας ἢ καθόλου τῶν Αἰγινητῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

c. ἄλλως. φησὶν αὐτὸ τὸ προφθάσαν γένος εἰκοσιτέσσαρας ἐσχηκέναι νίκας. τὸν δὲ Ἀλκιμίδην εἰκοστὴν πέμπτην ταύτην νενικηκέναι. τοῦτο οὖν τὸ εἰκοστὸν πέμπτον σεμνολόγημα ἐξαγγέλλων, ὅπερ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγώνων ἐδέξαντο, ἀγώνων δὲ τούτων οὓς ἱεροὺς καλοῦσιν, ἤτοι τοὺς περιοδικούς.... [Drachmann ad v. 97]

d. d....εἰκοσιτέσσαράς φησιν. ὅπερ εὖχος καὶ σεμνολόγημα τὸ εἰκοστὸν πέμπτον ὁ Ἀλκιμίδης προσέθηκε καὶ ἐπήρκεσε παρασχεῖν νικήσας τὸν ἀγῶνα τῇ ἐνδοξοτάτῃ αὐτοῦ γενεᾷ. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

a. δύο μὲν Κρονίου πὰρ τεμένει: ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ, φησίν, ἐνόσφισεν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐχώρισεν ἡ προεξάνθησις τῶν τριχῶν· ἀπεκρίθησαν γὰρ, ὡς οὐ παιδικὴν ἔχοντες ἡλικίαν διὰ τὸ προηνθηκέναι τὰς τρίχας. πρὸ ὥρας γοῦν τὸ ἄνθος αὐτοῖς τῆς ἥβης, φησί, συνεκληρώθη· οὗτος γὰρ κλῆρος ἄνθους. ὁ δὲ Πολυτιμίδας οἰκεῖος τοῦ Ἀλκιμίδου. κληρωθέντες οὖν οὗτοι παίδων ἀγωνίσασθαι, μεταξὺ γενειάσαντες. ἐξεκρούσθησαν τοῦ ἀγῶνος. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· δύο δὲ ἄνθη καὶ νίκας τῆς Ὀλυμπίας τῆς οὔσης παρὰ τῷ Κρονίῳ τεμένει ὁ προπετὴς κλῆρος ὑμᾶς ἀπεστέρησεν, ὦ Ἀλκιμίδη. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

a. δελφῖνί κε τάχος δι᾿ ἅλμας ἶσον εἴποιμι Μελησίαν: Μελησίας εἷς τῶν ἐνδόξων ἀλειπτῶν· ἐπαινεῖ δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάχος, ἐπεὶ ταχὺ αὔξει τοὺς ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἀλειφομένους καὶ κατάγει εἰς τοὺς ἀγῶνας. καὶ τοσοῦτόν φησι διαφέρειν τῶν ἄλλων ἀλειπτῶν τῷ ταχέως τοὺς ἀλειφομένους κατάγειν. εὐχερείας καὶ ἰσχύος ἡνίοχον ὄντα, ὅσον ὁ δελφὶς τῶν ἄλλων ἐναλίων τῷ τάχει διαφέρει. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

b. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἶσον ἂν εἴποιμι καὶ τὸν Μελησίαν τῷ ταχεῖ δελφῖνι τῇ τε ἰσχύϊ καὶ τῇ τέχνῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 7

Nemean 7 — for Σωγένει Αἰγινήτῃ

παιδὶ πεντάθλῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 105 lines · 105 scholia parts

Argumentum (5 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen VII.

p2. Σωγένει Αἰγινήτῃ πεντάθλῳ παιδί.

p3. Τῆς ἑβδόμης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ιβ΄. τὸ α΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν λεῖπον τῷ ἐσχάτῳ ἰάμβῳ. τὸ γ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν, διὰ τὰς ἀντιπαθεῖς ἰάμβῳ. τὸ δ΄ περίοδος διπλῆ, καὶ ἡ μὲν πρώτη ἀπόδοσίς ἐστι μέσος ἴαμβος, ἡ δὲ δευτέρα διπλοῦς τροχαῖος. λείπει. τὸ ε΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ὁ τρίτος ποὺς δάκτυλος συναλειφόμενος. τὸ ς΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ Ἀνακρεόντειον ἐκ διπλοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς καὶ ἰαμβικῆς συλλαβῆς καταληκτικόν. τὸ η΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν· ἡ γὰρ πο συλλαβὴ βραχεῖα. τὸ θ΄ τροχαϊκὸν Εὐριπίδειον διαλυθέν. τὸ ι΄ ἐπιωνικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ γ΄. τὸ ια΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ιβ΄ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερές.

p4. δίμετρονἔχει ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἑπτά. τὸ α΄ χοριαμβικὸν καὶ ἴαμβος καὶ συλλαβή. τὸ β΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ἡ πρώτη συζυγία τροχαῖος, εἶτα ἰωνική. τὸ γ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ Φερεκράτειον ἢ ἀναπαιστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ Γλυκώνειον· ἡ μία ἀπόδοσις ἀντὶ τῆς ἰαμβικῆς συζυγίας τὴν χοριαμβικὴν ὡς συγγενῆ. τὸ ς΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον κατα ηκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον, ἢ Ἀρχιλόχειον παρὰ μίαν συλλαβήν.

p5. Inscr. Πρῶτος ὁ Σωγένης Αἰγινητῶν ἐνίκησε παῖς ὢν πεντάθλῳ κατὰ τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην Νεμεάδα. ἐτέθη δὲ ὁ πένταθλος πρῶτον κατὰ τὴν τρισκαιδεκάτην Νεμεάδα.

1–4

 Ἐλείθυια, πάρεδρε Μοιρᾶν βαθυφρόνων, σ2
 παῖ μεγαλοσθενέος, ἄκουσον, Ἥρας, γενέτειρα τέκνων· ἄνευ σέθεν
 οὐ φάος, οὐ μέλαιναν δρακέντες εὐφρόναν σ3
 τεὰν ἀδελφεὰν ἐλάχομεν ἀγλαόγυιον Ἥβαν.

Eleithuia, seated beside the deep-thinking Fates, hear me, creator of offspring, child of Hera great in strength. Without you we see neither the light nor the dark night before it is our lot to go to your sister, Hebe, with her lovely limbs.

O Eileithuia that sittest beside the deep-counselling Moirai, child of the mighty Hera, thou who bringest babes to the birth, hearken unto us! Without thee looked we never on the light or on the darkness of the night, nor came ever unto her who is thy sister, even Hebe of the comely limbs.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (5 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Εἰλείθυια πάρεδρε Μοιρᾶν: ζητεῖται διατί ἀπὸ τῆς Εἰλειθυίας εἰσβέβληκε, καὶ τί δήποτε τῇ Εἰλειθυίᾳ προσδιαλέγεται. ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν φασι νέον ὄντα τὸν Σωγένην ἑτέρου νικήσαντος αὐτὸν κατὰ χάριν ἀνηγγέλθαι τοῦ πατρὸς Θεαρίωνος εἰς τοῦτο φιλοτιμηθέντος, τὸν δὲ ἀγωνισάμενον Νεοπτόλεμον τοὔνομα Ἀχαιόν· παρὸ καὶ εἰς τοὺς ὑπὲρ Νεοπτολέμου τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως τὸν ποιητὴν παρεκβῆναι λόγους. αὐτοσχέδιον δέ φησι τοῦτο εἶναι ὁ Δίδυμος· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀφ᾿ ἑτέρου ὀνόματος κηρύττεται, μόνον δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἱππικοῖς ἀγῶσι νενόμισται τὸ ἔθος, ὥστε τοὺς βασιλέας καὶ τυράννοις ἀναγράφεσθαι· πλούτου γὰρ καὶ χορηγίας τὴν ἱπποτροφίαν ἐπίδειξιν εἶναι καὶ οὐ ῥώμης. ἔνιοι δέ φασι | πρὸς τοὔνομα τοῦ Σωγένους παρειλκύσθαι τὴν Ἐἰλείθυιαν· εἶναι γὰρ αὐτὴν σωγενῆ τινα διὰ τὸ τὰ γεννώμενα ἀνασῴζειν· τὸν οὖν Πίνδαρον ψυχρευσάμενον | πρὸς τοὔνομα τῆς Εἰλειθυίας μεμνῆσθαι. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ εὖ· τότε γὰρ καταφέρεται εἰς τοῦτο ὁ Πίνδαρος, ὅταν ὑπῇ τις ὁμωνυμία· οἷον (fr 120) Ὀλβίων ὁμώνυμε Δαρδανιδᾶν, παῖ θρασύμηδες Ἀμύντα· καὶ (fr. 105)· Σύνες ὅ τι λέγω, ζαθέων ἱερῶν ὁμώνυμε πάτερ, κτίστορ Αἴτνας. νῦν δὲ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ἔνιοι δὲ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Σωγένους Θεαρίωνα τῇ Εἰλειθυίᾳ ἔφασαν ἱερᾶσθαι· ἀμάρτυρον δὲ καὶ τοῦτο. οἱ δὲ, ὅτι ἐν γειτόνων ἦν τῷ Σωγένει ἱερὸν Εἰλειθυίας. οὐδὲ τοῦτο δὲ ἱστορεῖται. ἄλλοι δὲ ἔφασαν, ὅτι τοὺς ἐκ φύσεως ἀγαθοὺς ἐπαινεῖ πάντοτε ὁ Πίνδαρος μᾶλλον τῶν ἐκ διδασκαλίας· καὶ ἡ Εἰλείθυια οὖν τὸν Σωγένην εὐθέως ὑπὸ τὴν γένεσιν ἐπιτήδειον κατεσκεύασε πρὸς ἄθλησιν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι τῶν θεῶν αὐξανομένοις ἀγαθὰ δωροῦνται, ἡ δὲ Εἰλείθυια αὐτὴν τὴν πρώτην καταβολήν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο λέγειν· τί δήποτε τὴν Ειλείθυιαν ἰδίως ἐπὶ τοῦ Σωγένους παρέλαβεν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχὶ καὶ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλων εὐφυΐᾳ διενεγκόντων: Ἀριστόδημος δὲ ὁ Ἀριστάρχου μαθητὴς βελτιον οὕτω φησίν· ὀψέ ποτε τῷ Θεαρίωνι καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν ἤδη προήκοντι, εὐξαμένῳ τῇ θεῷ Σωγένην τεκνωθῆναι, καὶ τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ γέννησιν οἷον Εἰλειθυίας εἶναι χάριν. διὰ τὴν ἰδιότητα οὖν τῆς γενέσεως τοῦ ἀθλητοῦ πρὸς τὴν θεὸν ταύτην ἐπήρεισε τὸν λόγον. ἐπιστοῦτο δὲ τοῦτο ἐξ ἐπιγράμματος Σιμωνίδου (fr. 166). ἑνικῶς δὲ εἶπεν Εἰλείθυια. ὡς καὶ Ἡσίοδος (th. 922)· ἣ δ᾿ Ἥβην καὶ Ἄρηα καὶ Εἰλείθυιαν ἔτικτεν. ὁ δὲ Ὅμηρος (Π 187 al.; Λ 270 al.) ἑκατέρως. ὅτι δὲ τῆς Ἥβης ἀδελφὴ ἡ Εἰλείθυια, πρόκειται τὰ Ἡσιόδου.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ Εἰλείθυια, παῖ μὲν τῆς μεγαλοσθενοῦς καὶ ἰσχυρᾶς Ἥρας, πάρεδρε δὲ τῶν συνετῶν Μοιρῶν. τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ἐπεὶ δοκοῦσι παρὰ τὸν τῶν ὠδίνων καιρὸν παρεστάναι καὶ ἐπικλώθειν τὰ τῆς εἱμαρμένης.

ad v. 3

a. ἄνευ σέθεν οὐ φάος οὐ μέλαιναν δρακέντες: ἄνευ γὰρ σοῦ, ὦ Εἰλείθυια, οὔτε τὴν ἡμέραν οὔτε τὴν νύκτα θεωρήσαντες ἠδυνήθημεν τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς Ἥβης τυχεῖν. εἰκότως· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε μὴ γεννηθέντα καὶ ταῦτα ἰδεῖν καὶ αὐξηθῆναι.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἢ γὰρ ἐν νυκτὶ ἢ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ γεννώμεθα, οὐκ ἄνευ σοῦ τὴν σὴν ἀδελφὴν ἐλάχομεν τὴν Ἥβην· οἷον, εἰ μὴ ἐγεννήθημεν, οὐδ᾿ ἂν ἠκμάσαμεν.

c. ἀγλαόγυιον δὲ αὐτήν φησιν, ἐπεὶ ὃν ἡβῶμεν χρόνον, εὐπρεπέστεροι αὐτοὶ ἑαυτῶν γινόμεθα. κἂν γὰρ αἰσχροὶ ὦσί τινες τὰς φύσεις, διαφορώτεροι ἑαυτῶν γίνονται κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἀκμῆς χρόνον.

5 ἀναπνέομεν δʼ οὐχ ἅπαντες ἐπὶ ἴσα·5

Yet we do not all draw our first breath for equal ends. Under the yoke of destiny, different men are held by different restraints. But it is by your favor that, even so, Sogenes the son of Thearion, distinguished by his excellence, is celebrated in song as glorious among pentathletes.

6–8

 εἴργει δὲ πότμῳ ζυγένθʼ ἕτερον ἕτερα. σὺν δὲ τὶν
 καὶ παῖς ὁ Θεαρίωνος ἀρετᾷ κριθεὶς σ1
 εὔδοξος ἀείδεται Σωγένης μετὰ πενταέθλοις.

But we receive our breath not all for a like life; each to his several lot is kept apart by the yoke of fate.

Scholia ad vv. 6–8 (1 entry)

ad v. 7

a. ἀναπνέομεν δ᾿ οὐχ ἅπαντες ἐπ᾿ ἴσα: ζῶμεν δὲ οὐχ ὁμοίως πάντες, φησίν, ἀλλ᾿ οἱ μὲν πλουτοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ οὔ· καὶ οἱ μὲν ἔρρωνται, οἱ δὲ οὔ. εἶτα ἔξωθεν προσληπτέον τὸ πράγματα. διακωλύει δὲ ἕτερον ἕτερα, καὶ διαζεύγνυσιν ἡμᾶς ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων, ἢ ἀπ᾿ ἄλλων πραγμάτων, τὰ συγκεκληρωμένα ἡμῖν πράγματα.

9 πόλιν γὰρ φιλόμολπον οἰκεῖ δορικτύπων σ2

For he lives in a city that loves music, the city of the Aeacidae with their clashing spears;

Scholia ad vv. 9–9 (2 entries)

ad v. 9

a. σὺν δὲ τὶν καὶ παῖς ὁ Θεαρίωνος: σὺν σοὶ δὲ, ὦ Εἰλείθυια, ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ σὲ γεγονὼς καὶ ὁ τοῦ Θεαρίωνος παῖς Σωγένης ἔκκριτος γενόμενος, ἔνδοξος καὶ ἀγωνιστικὸς ὑμνεῖται καὶ πένταθλος ἀγωνίζεται. εἰκότως δὲ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἔνδοξος, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὴν εὔυμνον Αἴγιναν τὴν τῶν γενναίων Αἰακιδῶν οἰκεῖ. φιλόμολπον δὲ ταύτην καλεῖ διὰ τοὺς γράφοντας τοῖς νικῶσιν ἐπινίκους. σύμπειρον δὲ τὸ συμπεπερασμένον. σφόδρα δὲ ἀεὶ θέλουσι, φησί, τὴν ἑαυτῶν ψυχὴν οἱ Αἰγινῆται συμπεπερασμένην ἔχειν τῇ νίκῃ τῇ πενταθλικῇ. 16a

b. ἣ οὕτως· οἷον μὴ ἀπείρατοι τῶν ἀγώνων εἶναι, τουτέστι πειρᾶσθαι θέλουσι τῶν ἀγώνων, ἐνεργεῖν θέλουσι διὰ τῆς πείρας. δύναται δὲ καὶ ἰδίως ἀκούεσθαι ὡς φιλοπεντάθλων ὄντων τῶν Αἰγινητῶν, ἐπειδὴ Πηλεὺς δοκεῖ εὑρηκέναι τὸν πένταθλον Αἰγινήτης ὑπάρχων καὶ Αἰακίδης.

10–14

 Αἰακιδᾶν· μάλα δʼ ἐθέλοντι σύμπειρον ἀγωνίᾳ θυμὸν ἀμφέπειν.
 εἰ δὲ τύχῃ τις ἔρδων, μελίφρονʼ αἰτίαν
 ῥοαῖσι Μοισᾶν ἐνέβαλε· ταὶ μεγάλαι γὰρ ἀλκαὶ
 σκότον πολὺν ὕμνων ἔχοντι δεόμεναι·
 ἔργοις δὲ καλοῖς ἔσοπτρον ἴσαμεν ἑνὶ σὺν τρόπῳ,

and they very much want to foster a spirit familiar with contests. If someone is successful in his deeds, he casts a cause for sweet thoughts into the streams of the Muses. For those great acts of prowess dwell in deep darkness, if they lack songs, and we know of only one way to hold a mirror up to fine deeds:

Now by thy grace hath Sogenes the son of Thearion been foremost in prowess, and his glory is sung aloud among the winners of the five-game prize.

15–16

15 εἰ Μναμοσύνας ἕκατι λιπαράμπυκος15

16 εὕρηται ἄποινα μόχθων κλυταῖς ἐπέων ἀοιδαῖς. σ2

if, by the grace of Mnemosyne with her splendid headdress, one finds a recompense for toils in glorious song.

For he is a dweller in a city that loveth song, even this city of the spear-clashing sons of Aiakos, and exceeding fain are they to cherish a spirit apt for the strife of the games.

Scholia ad vv. 15–16 (2 entries)

ad v. 16

a. εἰ δὲ τύχῃ τις ἔρδων: εἰ δὲ ἐπιτύχῃ τις πράσσων, τὴν ἡδεῖαν αἰτίαν τοῦ αὐτὸν ἐπιτετυχηκέναι ταῖς ῥοαῖς τῶν Μουσῶν ἐνέβαλε, τουτέστι τοῖς ὕμνοις τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν γραφομένοις.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐὰν δέ τις σὺν εὐτυχίᾳ εἴη τι πράττων, ἡδεῖαν πρόφασιν τοῖς τῶν Μουσῶν ῥεύμασιν ἔδωκε.

17–19

 σοφοὶ δὲ μέλλοντα τριταῖον ἄνεμον
 ἔμαθον, οὐδʼ ὑπὸ κέρδει βλάβεν· σ2
 ἀφνεὸς πενιχρός τε θανάτου πέρας

Skillful men know the wind that will come on the day after tomorrow, and they do not suffer loss through the love of gain. The rich man and the poor man alike travel together to the boundary of death.

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (2 entries)

ad v. 18

a. ταὶ μεγάλαι γὰρ ἀλκαί: αἱ γὰρ μεγάλαι δυνάμεις καὶ τὰ μείζονα κατορθώματα ὕμνων χρῄζοντα σκότον καὶ ἀφάνειαν ἔχουσιν.

b. ἢ οὕτως· αἱ μεγάλαι ἀλκαὶ ὕμνων δεόμεναι σκότον πολὺν ἔχουσι, τουτέστιν ἀφανεῖς γίνονται, ἐὰν μὴ ὑμνηθῶσιν.

20–21

20 ἅμα νέονται. ἐγὼ δὲ πλέονʼ ἔλπομαι σ320

21 λόγον Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν διὰ τὸν ἁδυεπῆ γενέσθʼ Ὅμηρον·

And I expect that the story of Odysseus came to exceed his experiences, through the sweet songs of Homer,

If a man have good hap in his attempt, he throweth into the Muses' stream sweet cause of song: for even deeds of might for lack of song fall into deep darkness, and in but one way have we knowledge of a mirror for fair deeds, if by the grace of Mnemosyne of the shining fillet they attain unto a recompense of toils by the sound of voice and verse.

Scholia ad vv. 20–21 (3 entries)

ad v. 20

a. ἔργοις δὲ καλοῖς ἔσοπτρον: τοὺς ἀγαθόν τι πράξαντας, φησί, φιλοτιμεῖσθαι δεῖ τὰ ἴδια ἔργα διὰ τῶν ποιημάτων καὶ παραδιδόναι ἔπειτα λαμπρότατα.

b. ἄλλως. ἔσοπτρόν φησι τῶν καλῶν ἔργων τὸν ὕμνον εἶναι, ὅτι ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς διὰ κατόπτρου γινώσκομεν, οὕτω τὰ καλὰ ἔργα διὰ τῶν ὕμνων θεωρεῖται ὡς δι᾿ ἐσόπτρου· κἂν τελευτήσωσιν οἱ πράξαντες, ἐμβλέψαντες ὡς εἰς κάτοπτρον ἀρετῆς τοὺς ὕμνους ἀντιλαμβανόμεθα τῶν καλῶν ἔργων.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τοῖς δὲ καλοῖς ἔργοις λαμπρότητα ἴσμεν ἑνὶ τρόπῳ γινομένην, διὰ δὴ τῶν ὕμνων.

22–24

 τε ἐπεὶ ψεύδεσί οἱ ποτανᾷ μαχανᾷ
 σεμνὸν ἔπεστί τι· σοφία δὲ κλέπτει παράγοισα μύθοις· τυφλὸν δʼ ἔχει
 ἦτορ ὅμιλος ἀνδρῶν ὁ πλεῖστος. εἰ γὰρ ἦν

since there is a certain solemnity in his lies and winged artfulness, and poetic skill deceives, seducing us with stories, and the heart of the mass of men is blind. For if

25–28

 ἓ τὰν ἀλάθειαν ἰδέμεν, οὔ κεν ὅπλων χολωθεὶς σ2
 ὁ καρτερὸς Αἴας ἔπαξε διὰ φρενῶν
 λευρὸν ξίφος· ὃν κράτιστον Ἀχιλέος ἄτερ μάχᾳ
 ξανθῷ Μενέλᾳ δάμαρτα κομίσαι θοαῖς

they had been able to see the truth, then mighty Aias, in anger over the arms, would never have planted in his chest the smooth sword—Aias, who was the most powerful in battle, except for Achilles, and whom the breath of the unswerving Zephyr conveyed in swift ships, to bring back the wife of golden-haired Menelaus

Wise shipmates know that the wind which tarrieth shall come on the third day, nor throw away their goods through greed of more: the rich and the poor alike fare on their way to death.

Scholia ad vv. 25–28 (2 entries)

ad v. 25

a. τὰa. σοφοὶ δὲ μέλλοντα τριταῖον ἄνεμον: οἱ μὲν οὕτως· ὥσπερ τῶν κυβερνητῶν οἱ σοφοὶ ἐπιτηδείου πνέοντος ἀνέμου οὐχ ὑπτιοῦνται πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἀγαθόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐσόμενον ἄνεμον προγινώσκουσι καὶ προορῶσι τὸ μέλλον· οὕτω καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς συνετοὺς προσῆκόν ἐστι μὴ τῷ παρόντι πλούτῳ βουκολεῖσθαι τὰς ἐλπίδας, ἀλλὰ φροντίζειν τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἄξιόν τι δρᾶν, ὅπως καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ὑμνηθέντες ἀθάνατον ἔχωσι τὴν εὐδοξίαν. καὶ γὰρ οἱ πλούσιοι καὶ οἱ πένητες ὁμοίως τελευτῶσι. διὸ δεῖ τῆς μετὰ ταῦτα μελλούσης εὐδοξίας φροντίζειν. οἱ δὲ οὕτως· ὥσπερ γὰρ τῶν ἐν εὐδίᾳ πλεόντων οἱ σοφοὶ καὶ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἀνέμων φροντίζουσι, καὶ οὐχὶ διὰ τὸ παρὸν κέρδος, κέρδος δὲ τὸ τοῦ πλοῦ εὔδιον, ἐζημιώθησαν τὸν μετὰ ταῦτα πλοῦν, οὐδὲ ἀπώλοντο ἀμελήσαντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα προορώμενοι καὶ ἀσφαλισάμενοι ἐσώθησαν· οὕτω δέον μὴ φιλοκερδεῖς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ προΐεσθαι τοῖς ποιηταῖς μισθὸν, ὅπως ἄν σχῶσι τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀδιάλειπτον τὴν μνήμην. ὅτι δὲ φιλοκερδὴς πανταχοῦ ὁ Πίνδαρος, ἐκ τῶν φθασάντων δῆλός ἐστιν. οἰκειοτέρα δὲ αὕτη ἡ ἐκδοχὴ, ὡς ἐξ ὧν ἐπάγει. φησὶ γὰρ ὅτι ὁμοίως καὶ ὁ πλούσιος καὶ ὁ πένης τελευτᾷ· διὸ δεῖ τὸν πλούσιον τῆς μετὰ ταῦτα εὐδοξίας φροντίζειν. οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἀργυρίῳ τὸν θάνατον παραιτήσασθαι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οἱ σοφοὶ δὲ τῶν κυβερνητῶν προορῶνται. τίς ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας πνεύσεται ἄνεμος, ἢ τίς εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν πνεύσεται.

29 ἐν ναυσὶ πόρευσαν εὐθυπνόου Ζεφύροιο πομπαὶ σ2

Now I have suspicion that the fame of Odysseus is become greater than his toils, through the sweet lays that Homer sang; for over the feigning of his winged craft something of majesty abideth, and the excellence of his skill persuadeth us to his fables unaware.

Scholia ad vv. 29–29 (2 entries)

ad v. 29

a. ἐγὼ δὲ πλέον ἔλπομαι λόγον: ἐγὼ δέ, φησίν. ἐλπίζω αὐτὸν μὴ τοσαῦτα πεπραχέναι μηδὲ τοιαῦτα τὸν Ὀδυσσέα, οἷα Ὅμηρος κεκήρυχε περὶ αὐτοῦ. ἀγαθοῦ γὰρ τυχὼν ποιητοῦ ἐνδοξότερα καὶ μείζονα ἔσχεν ἔργα ἢ κατώρθωσε· δυνατοὶ γάρ εἰσιν οἱ ποιηταὶ τὰ τυχόντα ἔργα μεγαλύνειν καὶ αὔξειν. διὸ καὶ σὺ φρόντιζε τοῦ ὑμνεῖσθαι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐγὼ δὲ μᾶλλον ἐλπίζω διὰ τὴν Ὁμήρου ποίησιν ζῆν ἐπιπλέον καὶ θρυλλεῖσθαι τὴν Ὀδυσσέως εὐδοξίαν. τοῖς γὰρ περὶ Ὀδυσσέως κεκηρυγμένοις σεμνότης τις ἐπήνθει. ποτανὴν δὲ μηχανὴν τὰ ποιήματα εἶπε, καθὸ ὑψοῖ καὶ μετεωρίζει τὰς ἀρετὰς τῶν ὑμνουμένων, ἢ καθὸ τὰ ἔπη κοινῶς λέγεται παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ πτερόεντα, ἢ διὰ τὸ οὕτω μεμηχανῆσθαι ὥστε κατὰ πᾶσαν χώραν πέτεσθαι καὶ διϊκνεῖσθαι.

30–33

 πρὸς Ἴλου πόλιν. ἀλλὰ κοινὸν γὰρ ἔρχεται
 κῦμʼ Ἀΐδα, πέσε δʼ ἀδόκητον ἐν καὶ δοκέοντα· τιμὰ δὲ γίνεται
 ὧν θεὸς ἁβρὸν αὔξει λόγον τεθνακότων
 βοαθόων, τοὶ παρὰ μέγαν ὀμφαλὸν εὐρυκόλπου σ3

from the city of Ilus. But the wave of Hades breaks over all alike; it falls on the man who does not expect it, and on the one who does. There is honor for those whose fame a god causes to grow luxuriant when they are dead. Neoptolemus came to help, to the great navel of the broad-bosomed earth. And he lies beneath the Pythian soil,

Scholia ad vv. 30–33 (3 entries)

ad v. 33

a. σοφία δὲ κλέπτει παράγοισα μύθοις: ἡ τοῦ Ὁμήρου σοφα κλέπτει τὸν νοῦν ἡμῶν, ὥστε τὰ ψευδῆ δοκεῖν ἀληθῆ εἶναι διὰ χάριν καὶ σεμνότητα. ἡ ἀπότασις πρὸς τὰ ἑξῆς ἱστορούμενα περὶ τοῦ Αἴαντος.

b. καθόλου ἡ σοφία ἔχει κλέψαι τὸν νοῦν τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἡ δὲ σοφία καὶ ὁ λόγος ἱκανός ἐστί τινα παραπείθων ὑποκλέψαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν· τυφλὸν γὰρ καὶ ἀνόητον ἦτορ ἔχει ὁ πολὺς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὄχλος. βούλεται δὲ τὸν δημώδη λέγειν.

34 μόλον χθονός· ἐν Πυθίοισι δὲ δαπέδοις

Blind hearts have the general folk of men; for could they have discovered the truth, never would stalwart Aias in anger for the arms have struck through his midriff the sharp sword--even he who after Achilles was best in battle of all men whom, to win back his bride for fair-haired Menelaos, the fair breeze of straight-blowing Zephyros wafted in swift ships toward Ilos' town.

35–37

 κεῖται, Πριάμου πόλιν Νεοπτόλεμος ἐπεὶ πράθεν, σ2
 τᾷ καὶ Δαναοὶ πόνησαν· ὁ δʼ ἀποπλέων
 Σκύρου μὲν ἅμαρτε, πλαγχθέντες δʼ εἰς Ἐφύραν ἵκοντο·

after he sacked the city of Priam, where even the Danaans toiled. But on his return voyage he missed Scyros, and after wandering from their course they came to Ephyra.

Scholia ad vv. 35–37 (2 entries)

ad v. 35

a. εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἐὰν ἀλάθειαν: ἔνιοι μὲν ἀνέγνωσαν ἑάν δασέως, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ· βέλτιον δὲ ψιλῶς, ὡς καὶ Διονύσιος ὁ τοῦ Χαρμίδου.

b. ἄλλως. εἰ γὰρ ἦν τὴν οὖσαν καὶ δέουσαν ἀλήθειαν πάντας γινώσκειν, οὐκ ἂν οὐδὲ ὁ Αἴας τῶν ἀριστείων ἐστερήθη. εἰ μὴ διὰ τὴν τῶν κρινάντων ὄχλων ἀμαθίαν, καὶ διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν ἐνέπηξε κατὰ τῶν φρενῶν ἑαυτοῦ τὸ ξίφος.

38 Μολοσσίᾳ δʼ ἐμβασίλευεν ὀλίγον

He ruled in Molossia for a brief time; and his race always bore

39 χρόνον· ἀτὰρ γένος αἰεὶ φέρεν σ2

But to all men equally cometh the wave of death, and falleth on the fameless and the famed: howbeit honour ariseth for them whose fair story God increaseth to befriend them even when dead, whoso have journeyed to the mighty centre-stone of wide-bosomed earth.

Scholia ad vv. 39–39 (2 entries)

ad v. 39

a. λευρὸν ξίφος: λευρὸν οἱ μὲν τὸ πλατύ· βέλτιον δὲ τὸ πλάγιον ἀκούειν, ἵνα νοήσωμεν οὐχὶ τὸ καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸ πλαγίως ἔχον, ἀλλὰ τὸ κατὰ τὴν πληγὴν πλαγίως ἐνεχθέν. οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ὁ Εὐφορίων (fr. 40) τὴν πληγὴν ὑπεστήσατο· πλευρά τε καὶ θώρηκα διήρικεν ἰνίου ἄχρις.

b. τοῦ δὲ ὃν κράτιστον καὶ ἑξῆς, ὁ νοῦς οὕτως· ὅντινα ἤγαγον αἱ τοῦ Ζεφύρου πνοαὶ, τῷ ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ τὴν δάμαρτα κομίσαι εἰς Ἴλιον. Ὅμηρος (Β 768)· ἀνδρῶν δ᾿ αὖ μέγ᾿ ἄριστος ἔην Τελαμώνιος Αἴας, ὄφρ᾿ Ἀχιλεὺς μήνιεν.

40–42

 τοῦτό οἱ γέρας. ᾤχετο δὲ πρὸς θεόν,
 κτέανʼ ἄγων Τρωΐαθεν ἀκροθινίων·
 ἵνα κρεῶν νιν ὑπὲρ μάχας ἔλασεν ἀντιτυχόντʼ ἀνὴρ μαχαίρᾳ.

Troy this honor of his. He had gone to consult the god, bringing precious things from the finest spoils of; and there he met with a quarrel over the flesh of his sacrifice, and a man struck him with a knife.

43 βάρυνθεν δὲ περισσὰ Δελφοὶ ξεναγέται.

The hospitable Delphians were grieved beyond measure; but he fulfilled his fate. It was destined that within that most ancient grove one

44 ἀλλὰ τὸ μόρσιμον ἀπέδωκεν· ἐχρῆν δέ τινʼ ἔνδον ἄλσει παλαιτάτῳ σ2

There now beneath the floor of Pytho lieth Neoptolemos, dying there when he had sacked the city of Priam where the Danaoi toiled with him. He sailing thence missed Skyros, and they wandered till they came to Ephyra, and in Molossia he was king for a little while: howbeit his race held this state continually. Then was he gone to the god's home, carrying an offering of the chief spoils from Troy: and there in quarrel concerning meats a man smote him with a knife.

Scholia ad vv. 44–44 (2 entries)

ad v. 44

a. ἀλλὰ κοινὸν γὰρ ἔρχεται κῦμα: πάντες γὰρ ἀποθνήσκομεν καὶ οἱ ἄξιοι καὶ οἱ μή. καὶ τὸ κῦμα, φησί, τοῦ ᾅδου ἐνέπεσε τῷ ἀδοκήτῳ· τῷ μὴ δοκοῦντι νῦν τελευτήσειν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ ταῦτα, ἐςαίφνης ἐμπίπτει ὁ θάνατος. ἢ ἀδόκητον κέκληκε τὸν ἄδοξον, δοκέοντα δὲ τὸν ἔνδοξον· δοκεῖν γὰρ καὶ δοξάζειν ταὐτόν. ἐπεὶ οὖν ὁ θάνατος καὶ τὸν ἔνδοξον καὶ τὸν ἄδοξον συναναιρεῖ, σὺ ὁ μεγάλα κατεργασάμενος τῷ αἰῶνι παρακατατίθεσο τὴν μνήμην διὰ τῶν ποιημάτων.

b. ἄλλως. ἀδόκητον τὸν νεώτερόν φησιν· οὐ γὰρ προσδοκᾷ ταχέως τὸ ἀποθανεῖν· δοκέοντα δὲ τὸν πρεσβύτην· προσδοκᾷ γὰρ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν. ἐμπίπτει, φησίν, ὁ θάνατος ὁμοίως καὶ πρεσβυτέροις καὶ νεωτέροις. τὸ δὲ σύμπαν τῆς διανοίας τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· τὸ μὲν ἀποθανεῖν καὶ τοῖς νεωτέροις καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις ἐμπίπτει· ἐκείνων δὲ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δόξα αὔξεται, ὧν ἂν ἡ Μοῦσα αὐξήσῃ τὸν ἐγκωμιαστικὸν λόγον. βούλεται δὲ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἀθάνατος ἡ μνήμη τῶν ἐγκωμιαζομένων.

45–47

 Αἰακιδᾶν κρεόντων τὸ λοιπὸν ἔμμεναι
 θεοῦ παρʼ εὐτειχέα δόμον, ἡρωΐαις δὲ πομπαῖς σ2
 θεμισκόπον οἰκεῖν ἐόντα πολυθύτοις. σ1

of the ruling race of Aeacus should, for all time to come, stay beside the fine-walled house of the god, and dwell there to preside over the processions of heroes, which are honored by many sacrifices. As for their justly earned good name, a few words will suffice: it is no lying witness that presides over achievements of the offspring of you and Zeus,

Scholia ad vv. 45–47 (3 entries)

ad v. 46

a. τιμὰ δὲ γίνεται, ὧν θεὸς ἁβρὸν αὔξει λόγον: ἁβρὸν λόγον τὰ ἐγκώμιά φησι, θεὸν δὲ τὴν Μοῦσαν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τούτων δὲ τιμὴ γίνεται τεθνηκότων, ὧν ἂν θεὸς αὔξῃ λόγον, τουτέστιν ὁ ποιητὴς ἐμπνευσθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν. τινὲς δὲ τὸ τεθνακότων πρὸς τὸ ἑξῆς.

ad v. 47

a. ὃςτεθνακότων βοαθόων: πρὸς τὸ ἓν ἀκουστέον ἄχρι τοῦ ἐπεὶ πράθε, καὶ γραπτέον ἐν τῷ ε ἔμολεν. ὡς Δίδυμος, καὶ ὑφ᾿ ἓν ἀπὸ τοῦ τεθνακότων ἕως τοῦ πράθεν ἀναγινώσκει. τὸ δὲ ὅλον τοιοῦτον· ἔμολε παρὰ μέγαν ὀμφαλὸν εὐρυκόλπου χθονὸς Νεοπτόλεμος, Πριάμου πόλιν ἐπεὶ πράθε· τεθνηκότων δὴ τῶν βοηθῶν ἐν Πυθίοις δαπέδοις κεῖται. ποίων δὲ βοηθῶν; τῶν περὶ τὸν Εὐρύπυλον, οὓς αὐτὸς ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος ἀνελὼν ἐπόρθησε τὴν Ἴλιον. οὕτω γὰρ ἴδιος ὁ πόνος ἔσται τοῦ ἥρωος. δοκεῖ δὲ ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος ἐν Δελφοῖς ἀνῃρῆσθαι καὶ τεθεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ ναῷ. ἐὰν δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἕκτορα, καθὼς Ἀρίσταρχός φησιν, ἀναδράμωμεν, πρῶτον μὲν μακρόθεν ἔσται τὴν πόρθησιν συνάπτων, δεύτερον δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν κοινότητα μεταβησόμεθα, δι᾿ ἧς τὸ ἐγκώμιον οὐκ ἔσται. εἰ δὲ γράφεται ἔμολον, τῷ πληθυντικῷ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἑνικοῦ χρᾶται, ὥστε ὅμοιον εἶναι τῷ· ὁ δὲ ἀποπλέων Σκύρου μὲν ἅμαρτεν, ἵκοντο δὲ εἰς Ἔφυραν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἵκετο. εἰς δὲ τὸ προκείμενον τείνων παρέθηκε τὴν τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου ἀπώλειαν. ὅτι ἀδοκήτως αὐτῷ συνέβη.

48–49

48 εὐώνυμον ἐς δίκαν τρία ἔπεα διαρκέσει·

49 οὐ ψεῦδις ὁ μάρτυς ἔργμασιν ἐπιστατεῖ,

Thereat were the Delphian entertainers of strangers grieved exceedingly: nevertheless he but paid a debt to destiny: for it was needful that in that most ancient grove someone of the lords the sons of Aiakos should abide within thenceforward, beside the goodly walls of the god's house, and that when with plenteous sacrifice the processions do honour to the heroes, he should keep watch that fair right be done. Three words shall be enough: when he presideth over the games there is no lie found in his testimony thereof.

50 Αἴγινα, τεῶν Διός τʼ ἐκγόνων. θρασύ μοι τόδʼ εἰπεῖν50

Aegina. I have this bold speech to make,

51–52

51 φαενναῖς ἀρεταῖς ὁδὸν κυρίαν λόγων

52 οἴκοθεν· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀνάπαυσις ἐν παντὶ γλυκεῖα ἔργῳ· κόρον δʼ ἔχει

an authoritative path of words from their home, for their shining excellence. But enough, for respite is sweet in every deed. Even honey may cloy, and the delightful flowers of Aphrodite. Each of us differs in nature, for we were each allotted a different life.

53–54

53 καὶ μέλι καὶ τὰ τέρπνʼ ἄνθεʼ Ἀφροδίσια. σ1

54 φυᾷ δʼ ἕκαστος διαφέρομεν βιοτὰν λαχόντες,

O thou Aigina, of thy children that are of Zeus I have good courage to proclaim that as of inheritance they claim the path to glory, through splendour of their valorous deeds: howbeit in every work a rest is sweet, yea even of honey cometh surfeit and of the lovely flowers of Love.

Scholia ad vv. 53–54 (1 entry)

ad v. 53

a. τᾷ καὶ Δαναοὶ πόνησαν: ὑπὲρ ἧς, φησί, καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐταλαιπώρησαν, ἢ ἐφ᾿ ᾗ, ἢ ἐν ᾗ· ἢ ταύτῃ καὶ οἱ Δαναοὶ πόνησαν, ᾗ καὶ ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος· παρόσον ἀπονοστοῦντες οἴκαδε χειμῶσιν ἐχρήσαντο καὶ ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες. Ἔφυραν δὲ εἶπε νῦν τὴν ἐν Ἠπείρῳ, ἣν Κιχυρόν φησι μετωνομάσθαι ἀπὸ Κιχύρου τοῦ Μέρμου. τέσσαρας δὲ ἀναγράφει τὰς Ἐφύρας· πρώτην μὲν τὴν αὖθις Κόρινθον ὀνομασθεῖσαν· Ὅμηρος (Ζ 152)· ἔστι πόλις Ἐφύρη. ἑτέραν δὲ τὴν περὶ Θεσσαλίαν· Ὅμηρος (α 259)· ἐξ Ἐφύρης ἀνιόντα παρ᾿ Ἴλου Μερμερίδαο. τρίτην δὲ περὶ Ἦλιν, ἧς Ἱππίας μνημονεύει (FHG II 61 M., Ι 158 J.). τετάρτην τὴν ἐν Θεσπρωτοῖς. συνήθως δὲ ὁ Πίνδαρος τῷ τῆς λέξεως κέχρηται σχήματι, συντάξας τῷ ἑνικῷ πληθυντικόν· ὁ δὲ ἀποπλέων Σκύρου μὲν ἅμαρτεν, ἑνικόν· ἵκοντο δὲ οὐκ ἐπήνεγκεν ἑνικὸν, ἀλλὰ πληθυντικὸν ἑνικῷ.

55–57

 ὁ μὲν τά, τὰ δʼ ἄλλοι· τυχεῖν δʼ ἕνʼ ἀδύνατον
 εὐδαιμονίαν ἅπασαν ἀνελόμενον· οὐκ ἔχω σ2
 εἰπεῖν, τίνι τοῦτο Μοῖρα τέλος ἔμπεδον

One man has this, others have something else; but for one man to win the prize of complete happiness is impossible. I cannot say to whom Fate has handed this consummation as a lasting possession. But to you, Thearion, she gives a due measure of prosperity,

Scholia ad vv. 55–57 (2 entries)

ad v. 56

a. ὁa. Μολοσσίᾳ δ᾿ ἐν βασίλευεν ὀλίγον χρόνου: ἀνάγει τοὺς χρόνους· ὕστερον γὰρ ἀπὸ Μολοσσοῦ τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου καὶ Ἀνδρομάχης τοὔνομα ἔλαβεν ἡ Μολοσσία. παρεκβαίνει δὲ εἰς τὰ περὶ Νεοπτολέμου, ὡς μὲν Ἀρίσταρχος. ὅτι νικήσας καὶ χαρισάμενος τὴν ἀνάρρησιν τῷ Σωγένει Νεοπτόλεμος ἦν τοὔνομα, Ἠπειρώτης τὸ γένος, ὅπερ οὐχ οὕτω φησὶν ἔχειν ὁ Δίδυμος· ὡς δὲ Ἀριστόδημος, ὅτι ἀλείπτῃ ἐκέχρητο τῷ Νεοπτολέμῳ. διὸ εἰς ἔπαινον τοῦ ὀνόματος τῇ ἡρωϊκῇ κέχρηται παρεκβάσει.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τὸ γένος τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου τὸ τῆς βασιλείας γέρας ἔσχεν ἀεί. δοκοῦσι γὰρ οἱ ἀπὸ Νεοπτολέμου βεβασιλευκέναι ἐπὶ πλεῖον.

58 ὤρεξε. Θεαρίων, τὶν δʼ ἐοικότα καιρὸν ὄλβου σ1

Now each of us is in his nature diverse, and several are the lots of life we draw, one this and one another: but that one man receive perfect bliss, this is impossible to men. I cannot find to tell of any to whom Fate hath given this award abidingly.

Scholia ad vv. 58–58 (1 entry)

ad v. 58

a. ᾤχετο δὲ πρὸς θεόν: διάφοροι αἰτίαι, δι᾿ ἃς ἦλθεν εἰς Δελφοὺς Νεοπτόλεμος· καὶ οἱ μέν φασιν ὅτι παίδων αὐτῷ οὐ γινομένων ἐξ Ἑρμιόνης ἦλθε παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πευσόμενος ὡς παιδοποιήσεται· οἱ δὲ ὅτι ἐπιτιθέμενος τοῖς Πελοποννήσου πράγμασι διαρπάσαι πρῶτον ἐπέβαλε τὸ ἐν Δελφοῖς ἱερὸν ἤτοι χρηστήριον· ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι δίκας αἰτήσων τοῦ πατρὸς τὸν θεόν· ὅτε κέν σε Πάρις καὶ Φοῖβος Ἀπόλλων ἐσθλὸν ἐόντ᾿ ὀλέσωσιν ἐπὶ Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν (X 359). οὐκ ἔοικε δὲ συγκατατίθεσθαι ὁ Πίνδαρος ταύταις ταῖς αἰτίαις, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι τιμήσων ἦλθε τὸν θεόν.

59 δίδωσι, τόλμαν τε καλῶν ἀρομένῳ

and while you have gained a bold spirit for fine deeds,

60–61

60 σύνεσιν οὐκ ἀποβλάπτει φρενῶν.60

61 ξεῖνός εἰμι· σκοτεινὸν ἀπέχων ψόγον,

she does not impair the wisdom of your mind. I am your friend; averting the dark shadow of abuse, and bringing genuine glory, like streams of water, to the man who is dear to me, I shall praise him. This wage is worthy of good men.

62–63

62 ὕδατος ὥτε ῥοὰς φίλον ἐς ἄνδρʼ ἄγων σ2

63 κλέος ἐτήτυμον αἰνέσω· ποτίφορος δʼ ἀγαθοῖσι μισθὸς οὗτος.

To thee, Thearion, she giveth fair measure of bliss, first daring in goodly deeds, and then understanding and sound mind. Thy friend am I, and I will keep far from the man I love the secret slander, and bring nigh unto him praise and true glory, as it were streams of water: for meet is such recompense for the good.

Scholia ad vv. 62–63 (2 entries)

ad v. 62

a. ἔλασεν ἀντιτυχόντ᾿ ἀνὴρ μαχαίρᾳ: φασὶ τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου θύοντος τοὺς Δελφοὺς ἁρπάζειν τὰ θύματα, ὡς ἔθος αὐτοῖς· τὸν δὲ Νεοπτόλεμον δυσανασχέτως ἔχοντα διακωλύειν· αὐτοὺς δὲ διαχρήσασθαι αὐτὸν ξίφη ἔχοντας. b. ἄλλως. Ἀσκληπιάδης διὰ τῶν Τραγῳδουμένων (FHG III 303 M., I 171 J.) φησὶν οὕτως· περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ θανάτου σχεδὸν ἅπαντες οἱ ποιηταὶ συμφωνοῦσι, τελευτῆσαι μὲν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ Μαχαιρέως, ταφῆναι δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐδὸν τοῦ νεώ, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Μενέλαον ἐλθόντα ἀνελεῖν, καὶ τὸν τάφον ποιῆσαι ἐν τῷ τεμένει. τὸν δὲ Μαχαιρέα φησὶν υἱὸν εἶναι Δαίτα.

b. ἕναc. τρεῖς δὲ αἰτίας ὑπὲρ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου πορίζεται· πρῶτον μὲν, ὅτι τὸ πεπρωμένον αὐτῷ ἀπέδωκε· δεύτερον δὲ, ὅτι πρέπον ἦν τῶν Αἰακιδῶν καὶ ὀφειλόμενον σύνοικον εἶναι τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι· ἐτάφη γὰρ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐδὸν τοῦ ἱεροῦ· ἡ δὲ τρίτη, ὅτι ἐπισκοπεῖ τὰς τελουμένας θυσίας τοῖς ἥρωσι. λέγεται γὰρ, ὅτι μετὰ τὸ θῦσαι ἐναγισμοὺς ἐπέσπενδον.

64 ἐὼν δʼ ἐγγὺς Ἀχαιὸς οὐ μέμψεταί μʼ ἀνὴρ

If any Achaean man is nearby

65–66

65 Ἰονίας ὑπὲρ ἁλὸς οἰκέων· προξενίᾳ πέποιθʼ· ἔν τε δαμόταις65

66 ὄμματι δέρκομαι λαμπρόν, οὐχ ὑπερβαλών,

who lives above the Ionian sea, he will not find fault with me. I trust in my being their representative. And among my fellow townsmen, the glance of my eye is bright; I have not overshot the mark, and I have thrust all violence away from my path. May the rest of my days approach benevolently. Anyone who knows the truth will declare whether I follow a path that is out of tune, singing a twisted song.

67–69

 βίαια πάντʼ ἐκ ποδὸς ἐρύσαις, ὁ δὲ λοιπὸς εὔφρων
 ποτὶ χρόνος ἕρποι. μαθὼν δέ τις ἀνερεῖ, σ2
 εἰ πὰρ μέλος ἔρχομαι ψάγιον ὄαρον ἐννέπων.

If there be near me now a man of the Achaians who dwelleth far up the Ionian sea, he shall not upbraid me: I have faith in my proxeny: and among the folk of my own land I look forth with clear gaze, having done naught immoderate, and having put away all violence from before my feet. So let the life that remaineth unto me run cheerly on.

Scholia ad vv. 67–69 (2 entries)

ad v. 68

a. ἡρωΐαις δὲ πομπαῖς: γίνεται ἐν Δελφοῖς ἥρωσι ξένια, ἐν οἷς δόκεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ ξένια καλεῖν τοὺς ἥρωας. εἶναι οὖν μόρσιμον ἐν ταῖς πομπαῖς ταῖς ἡρωΐαις καὶ ταῖς πανηγύρεσιν, ἐν αἷς ἐκήρυσσον τοὺς ἥρωας, θυσίαις ταῖς πολυθύτοις ἐπισκοπεῖν μετὰ Θέμιδος καὶ τὰ νομίμως γινόμενα αὐτοῖς ξένια ἐφορῶντα.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ταῖς δὲ ἡρωϊκαῖς πομπαῖς καὶ πανηγύρεσι ταῖς πολυθύτοις οἰκεῖν προσῆκον τὸν Νεοπτόλεμον ὄντα δίκαιον ἔφορον.

70–71

70 Εὐξενίδα πάτραθε Σώγενες, ἀπομνύω σ170

71 μὴ τέρμα προβὰς ἄκονθʼ ὥτε χαλκοπάρᾳον ὄρσαι

Sogenes, of the Euxenid clan, I swear that I did not overstep the line when I hurled, like a bronze-cheeked javelin,

Scholia ad vv. 70–71 (1 entry)

ad v. 70

a. εὐώνυμον ἐς δίκαν τρία ἔπεα διαρκέσει: Ἀρίσταρχος οὕτως· ἐπεὶ μέμψις τοῖς Αἰγινήταις πρὸς τὸν ποιητὴν ἦν χάριν τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου, εἰς τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν περὶ Νεοπτόλεμον δικαίως διαρκέσει τρία ἔπεα, φησίν· ὅτι μόρσιμον ἦν αὐτῷ οὕτω τελευτῆσαι, καὶ ὅτι πεπρωμένον ἦν ἕνα τῶν Αἰακιδῶν ἀποθανόντα τεθῆναι ἐν τῷ ναῷ, τρίτον ὅτι ταῖς ἡρωΐαις πομπαῖς ἕνα τῶν Αἰακιδῶν θεμίσκοπον εἶναι. τρεῖς οὖν φησι λόγους ἱκανοὺς εἶναι εἰς τὴν εὐώνυμον δίκην· οἷον ἱκανὰς εἶναι τρεῖς αἰτίας, ἃς ἐξαριθμεῖται, τοῦ δικαίως αὐτῷ συμβεβηκέναι τὸν θάνατον. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτως ἀπολογοῦνται περὶ τῆς τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου τελευτῆς, τρία φέροντες ταῦτα, ὅτι τὸ ὑπὲρ τῶν κρεῶν εἰπεῖν ἀνῃρῆσθαι, καὶ ὅτι οἱ Δελφοὶ ἐβαρύνθησαν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀπωλείᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὅτι πεπρωμένον ἦν αὐτὸν ἀναιρεθῆναι. ὁ δὲ Ἀριστόδημος ἔπεα τρία τὰς τριάδας ἀκούει· τὴν γὰρ ἀρχὴν ἔπος προσηγόρευον τὴν στροφὴν καὶ τὴν ἀντιστροφὴν καὶ τὴν ἐπῳδόν· τρεῖς δὲ λοιπὸν ὑπεῖναι τῷ ἐπινίκῳ τριάδας.

72–74

 θοὰν γλῶσσαν, ὃς ἐξέπεμψεν παλαισμάτων
 αὐχένα καὶ σθένος ἀδίαντον, αἴθωνι πρὶν ἁλίῳ γυῖον ἐμπεσεῖν. σ1
 εἰ πόνος ἦν, τὸ τερπνὸν πλέον πεδέρχεται.

my swift tongue—a throw that disqualifies a man’s strong neck from the sweat of the wrestling-match, before his limbs fall under the burning sun. If there was toil, greater delight follows.

He who knoweth shall say if indeed I come with slanderous speech upon my lips to strike a jarring note. To thee, Sogenes of the house of the sons of Euxenos, I swear that without overstepping the bound I have sent forth the swift speech of my tongue as it were a bronze-headed javelin, such as saveth from the wrestling the strong neck sweatless yet, or ever the limbs be plunged in the sun's fire.

Scholia ad vv. 72–74 (1 entry)

ad v. 73

a. Αἴγινα, τεῶν Διός τ᾿ ἐκγόνων: ὦ Αἴγινα, τῶν τε σῶν καὶ τοῦ Διὸς ἐκγόνων, τῶν Αἰακιδῶν δὲ λέγει, τὸ ταῖς λαμπραῖς ἀρεταῖς, αἷς οἴκοθεν ἔχετε, ὁδὸν κυρίαν λόγων, ἀντάξιον, κυρίως ἔχουσαν, εἰπεῖν ἀδύνατόν μοι καὶ τολμηρὸν τυγχάνει. τοῦτο δέ φησιν ὡς οὐ δυνησόμενος θρασέως τὴν τῶν Αἰακιδῶν ἀρετὴν διεξιέναι· πολλοῖς γὰρ ἀνήνυτόν φησι τοῦτο.

75–76

75 ἔα με· νικῶντί γε χάριν, εἴ τι πέραν ἀερθεὶς75

76 ἀνέκραγον, οὐ τραχύς εἰμι καταθέμεν. σ1

Let me go on. If I rose too high and shouted loudly, I am not too rude to pay my debt of gratitude to the victor. It is easy to weave garlands. Strike up the song! The Muse welds together gold and white ivory with coral, the lily she has stolen from beneath the ocean’s dew.

Scholia ad vv. 75–76 (1 entry)

ad v. 76

a. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀνάπαυσις ἐν παντὶ γλυκεῖα ἔργῳ: βούλεται ἤδη λῆξαι τῆς περὶ Νεοπτόλεμον παρεκβάσεως. ἀναπαύσομαι ἤδη λέγων περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐπεὶ κόρος ἔπεστι πᾶσι. κόρον γὰρ ἔχει καὶ τὸ μέλι, φησί, καὶ τὰ Ἀφροδίσια. παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Ν 636)· πάντων μὲν κόρος ἐστί.

77–79

 εἴρειν στεφάνους ἐλαφρόν· ἀναβάλεο· Μοῖσά τοι
 κολλᾷ χρυσὸν ἔν τε λευκὸν ἐλέφανθʼ ἁμᾷ
 καὶ λείριον ἄνθεμον ποντίας ὑφελοῖσʼ ἐέρσας. σ1

If toil there were, delight more abundant followeth after. Let be; if somewhat over far I soared when I cried aloud, yet am I not froward, that I should deny his glory unto one that conquereth.

Scholia ad vv. 77–79 (1 entry)

ad v. 79

a. φυᾷ δ᾿ ἕκαστος διαφέρομεν: διαφέρομεν, φησίν, ἄλλοι ἄλλων τῇ φύσει· οὐ πρὸς πάντα πάντες εὐφυεῖς ἐσμεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἄλλοι περὶ ἄλλα· ἄλλος γάρ τ᾿ ἄλλοισιν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις (ξ 228)· τὸ δὲ τυχεῖν πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἕνα καὶ παραμεῖναι αὐτῷ μέχρι τέλους ἀδύνατον.

80 Διὸς δὲ μεμναμένος ἀμφὶ Νεμέᾳ80

But in remembrance of Zeus and in honor of Nemea, whirl a far-famed strain of song, softly. On this spot it is fitting to sing with a gentle voice of the king of gods. For they say that he planted the seed of Aeacus, received by the mother,

81–84

 πολύφατον θρόον ὕμνων δόνει
 ἡσυχᾷ. βασιλῆα δὲ θεῶν πρέπει
 δάπεδον ἂν τόδε γαρυέμεν ἁμέρᾳ
 ὀπί· λέγοντι γὰρ Αἰακόν νιν ὑπὸ ματροδόκοις γοναῖς φυτεῦσαι,

The weaving of wreaths is an easy thing: tarry a little: behold the Muse fasteneth together gold and white ivory, and a lily flower withal, that she hath plucked from beneath the deep sea's dew.

85 ἐμᾷ μὲν πολίαρχον εὐωνύμῳ πάτρᾳ, σ185

to be a city-ruler in my illustrious fatherland, and to be a kindly friend and brother to you, Heracles. If one man has any benefit from another, we would say that a neighbor, if he loves his neighbor with an earnest mind, is a joy worth any price. But if a god should also uphold this truth,

Scholia ad vv. 85–85 (1 entry)

ad v. 85

a. Θεαρίων, τὶν δ᾿ ἐοικότα: σοὶ δέ, φησίν, ὧ Θεαρίων, ἡ τύχη καιρὸν εὐδαιμονίας ἁρμόδιον δωρεῖται, ὅτι γεγηρακότι ἀνακουφίζεταί σοι τὸ γῆρας ταῖς τοῦ παιδὸς εὐδοξίαις.

86–89

 Ἡράκλεες, σέο δὲ προπράονʼ ἔμεν ξεῖνον ἀδελφεόν τʼ. εἰ δὲ γεύεται
 ἀνδρὸς ἀνήρ τι, φαῖμέν κε γείτονʼ ἔμμεναι σ1
 νόῳ φιλήσαντʼ ἀτενέϊ γείτονι χάρμα πάντων
 ἐπάξιον· εἰ δʼ αὐτὸ καὶ θεὸς ἀνέχοι, σ3

Of Zeus be mindful when thou tellest of Nemea, and guide the multitudinous voices of our song with a quiet mind: meet is it that with gentle voice we celebrate in this land the king of gods: for they tell how he begat Aiakos of a mortal mother, to be for his own fortunate land a ruler of cities, and for thee, Herakles, a loving friend and brother.

Scholia ad vv. 86–89 (4 entries)

ad v. 87

a. τόλμαν τε καλῶν ἀραμένῳ: ὅλως ἀποδέχεται ὁ Πίνδαρος τὴν μετὰ συνέσεως τόλμαν· τόλμα τέ μιν ζαμενὴς καὶ σύνεσις πρόσκοπος ἐσάωσεν (fr. 231)· ἡ μὲν σύνεσις προεπισκοποῦσα, πῶς ἐκβήσεται, ἡ δὲ τόλμα ἐγχείρησις οὖσα. θαρσαλέος γὰρ ἀνὴρ ἐν πᾶσιν ἀμείνων (η 51).

ad v. 89

a. ξεῖνός εἰμι σκοτεινὸν ἀπέχων ψόγον: ξένος εἰμί, φησί, τῶν Αἰγινητῶν, τὸν ἐπισκοτοῦντα ψόγον ἀπέχων.

b. οὐδείς με ψέγει, ὅτι ἐπαινῶ τοὺς Αἰγινήτας οὐ γὰρ πολίτας ὄντας ἐμαυτοῦ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπαινῶ· προσχαρίζεσθαι γὰρ ἂν ἐδόκουν διὰ τὴν οἰκειότητα ἐγκωμιάζων· ὁ γὰρ ἐξ οἴκου ποτὶ μῶμον ἔπαινος κίρναται (fr. Pind. 181)· νῦν δὲ οὐκ ὢν ἐξ οἴκου ἐπαινῶ αὐτούς· διὸ οὐ φθονηθήσομαι. Δίδυμος δὲ, οὐδένα ψέξω, φησί, καὶ ὅτι τοῦτο οὐκ ἀλλότριον τοῦ Πινδάρου, ἄλλα γὰρ πολλὰ αὐτῷ τοιαῦτα εἴρηται. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει, παρὸ εἰώθασιν οἱ πολῖται ἀεὶ φθονεῖν τοῖς κατά τι προέχουσι· διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος ξένος εἶναι καὶ τὸν σκοτεινὸν ψόγον ἄποθεν ἔχειν· καὶ οὐδένα, φησί, ψέξω, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ κλέος τὸ ἀληθὲς ὥσπερ ὕδατος ῥοὰς εἰς τὸν φίλον ἄγων ἄνδρα αἰνέσω, ὡς ὕδωρ ὀχετηγός. ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἀμφυτὰ ἄγων τὸ ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τὰ δένδρα τρέφει αὐτὰ, οὕτω κἀγὼ τὰς τοῦ ὕμνου ῥοὰς ἐπὶ σὲ, τὸν φίλον ἄνδρα, ἐπαινέσω σου καὶ αὐξήσω τὸ κλέος.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ξένος ὢν λέγω τἀληθῆ, τοῦ φθόνου ἐκτὸς ὢν τοῦ πολιτικοῦ. ἔμφυτον γὰρ τοῖς πολίταις τὸ ἀλλήλοις διαφθονεῖν· καὶ ὥσπερ τὰ ὕδατα ὀχετηγὸς ἀψαύστως, οὕτω καὶ ἐγὼ διαπορθμεύσω τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῖς ὕμνοις καὶ τὴν περὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας αὐτοῦ εὐδοξίαν ἀψευδῶς καὶ ἀληθῶς ἐπαινέσω· πρόσφορος γάρ ἐστι τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἀνδρείοις ὁ μετὰ τοῦ ἀληθοῦς ὕμνος.

90 ἐν τίν κʼ ἐθέλοι, Γίγαντας ὃς ἐδάμασας, εὐτυχῶς90

then under your protection, Heracles, you who subdued the Giants, Sogenes would dwell happily, fostering a spirit of devotion to his father, beside the rich and sacred road of his ancestors,

91–92

91 ναίειν πατρὶ Σωγένης ἀταλὸν ἀμφέπων

92 θυμὸν προγόνων ἐϋκτήμονα ζαθέαν ἀγυιάν·

And if man receiveth aught from man, then may we say that neighbour is to neighbour a joy worth all else, if he loveth him with steadfast soul: now if even a god will consent hereto, then in such bond with thee, O conqueror of the giants, is Sogenes fain to dwell happily in the well-built sacred street of his ancestors, cherishing a mind of tenderness toward his sire: for as when four horses are yoked together in a car, so hath he his house in the midst of thy holy places, and goeth in unto them both on the right hand and on the left.

93–94

93 ἐπεὶ τετραόροισιν ὥθʼ ἁρμάτων ζυγοῖς

94 ἐν τεμένεσσι δόμον ἔχει τεοῖς, ἀμφοτέρας ἰὼν χειρός. ὦ μάκαρ, σ2

since he has his house in your precincts, flanking him on either hand as he goes, like the yoke-arms of a four-horse chariot. Blessed Heracles,

Scholia ad vv. 93–94 (2 entries)

ad v. 94

a. ἐὼν δ᾿ ἐγγὺς Ἀχαιὸς οὐ μέμψεταί μ᾿ ἀνήρ: Ἀχαιὸν ἄνδρα τὸν Ἠπειρώτην· ἢ αὐτὸν τὸν Νεοπτόλεμον ἢ ἕνα τῶν Ἠπειρωτῶν. Ἀχαιὸς γὰρ οὐ καθάπαξ ὁ Ἠπειρώτης, ἀλλὰ Μυρμιδών· Ἀχαιοὶ γὰρ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Θεσσαλίας ταχθέντες ὑπὸ Νεοπτολέμῳ ἀπεπλάγχθησαν εἰς τὴν Μολοσσίαν καὶ κατῴκησαν εἰς τὴν Ἤπειρον. οὐ μέμψοιτο ἂν οὖν με Ἀχαιὸς ἀνὴρ ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν μικρολόγον παρεστακέναι τὸν Νεοπτόλεμον, ὅτι εἶπον αὐτὸν περὶ κρεῶν μεμαχῆσθαι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπολωλέναι. καθόλου γὰρ ἀπολογεῖσθαι βούλεται περὶ τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου θανάτου πρὸς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας. ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ ᾐτιῶντο τὸν Πίνδαρον, ὅτι γράφων Δελφοῖς τὸν Παιᾶνα ἔφη (Paean VI 117)· ἀμφιπόλοισι μαρνάμενον μοιριᾶν περὶ τιμᾶν ἀπολωλέναι. ἀπολογούμενος γάρ τι ἀντεισήγαγε τοῦτο ὁ Πίνδαρος, ὅτι οὐκ ἔφησε περὶ χρημάτων γεγονέναι τῷ Νεοπτολέμῳ τὴν μάχην, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν νομιζομένων τιμῶν τοῖς Δελφοῖς. ὃ οὖν λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· παρὼν δέ τις ἐνταῦθα Δωδωναῖος οὐ μέμψεταί μοι ὡς ἐνυβρίσαντι τῷ Νεοπτολέμῳ.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐγγύς μου γενόμενος καὶ ἀκούσας αὐτὸς ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος, ὧν εἶπον, ἢ ἕτερος Ἠπειρώτης, οὐκ ἂν μέμψοιτο.

95 τὶν δʼ ἐπέοικεν Ἥρας πόσιν τε πειθέμεν σ295

it is fitting for you to persuade the husband of Hera and the gray-eyed virgin goddess; you are often able to give mortals courage against the impasse of helplessness. Would that you might join their youth and splendid old age to a strong and secure life, and weave it through to the end

Scholia ad vv. 95–95 (2 entries)

ad v. 95

a. Ἰονίας ὑπὲρ ἁλὸς οἰκέων: δοκεῖ ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀρχὴν διαδέξασθαι τῶν Μυρμιδόνων καὶ ἡγήσασθαι ἐν Τροίᾳ. οὗτοι δὲ καὶ Ἀχαιοὶ ἐκαλοῦντο, καθά φησι καὶ Ὅμηρος (B 684)· Μυρμιδόνες δ᾿ ἐκαλεῦντο καὶ Ἕλληνες καὶ Ἀχαιοί. οὗτοι δὲ κατὰ τὸν Ἰόνιον πόντον ᾤκησαν, καθὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος σημαίνει λέγων (N. IV 51)· Νεοπτόλεμος δ᾿ Ἀπείρῳ διαπρυσίᾳ. βουβόται τόθι πρῶνες ἔξοχοι κατάκεινται, Δωδώναθεν ἀρχόμενοι πρὸς Ἰόνιον πόρον.

b. τὸ δὲ προξενίᾳ ἀμφίβολον πότερόν φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος, μὴ μεμφθῆναι ἂν ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰακιδῶν· πρόξενον γὰρ ὄντα μὴ ἄν ποτε κατὰ Νεοπτολέμου εἰπεῖν· καὶ ὅτι πρόξενος ὢν αὐτοῖς ἐπ᾿ οὐδενὶ μεμφθήσομαι· θαρρῶ γὰρ αὐτοῖς· οἷον οὐδείς με μέμψεται· ἢ πέποιθα τῇ προξενίᾳ τῇ πρὸς τοὺς Ἠπειρώτας· ἢ πιστεύω καὶ τῇ συγγενείᾳ ᾗ ἔχομεν Θηβαῖοι πρὸς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας. διὸ οὐ μέμψονταί μοι οὐδὲ οὗτοι.

96–99

 κόραν τε Γλαυκώπιδα· δύνασαι δὲ βροτοῖσιν ἀλκὰν
 ἀμαχανιᾶν δυσβάτων θαμὰ διδόμεν. σ3
 εἰ γάρ σφισιν ἐμπεδοσθενέα βίοτον ἁρμόσαις σ2
 ἥβᾳ λιπαρῷ τε γήραϊ διαπλέκοις σ2

O blessed spirit, thine is it to win hereto the husband of Hera, and the grey-eyed maid; and thou art able to give to mortals strength ever and again against baffling perplexities. Make thou to cleave to them a life of steadfast strength, and wind the bliss thereof amid both youth and a serene old age, and may their children's children possess continually the honours that they now have, and greater in the time to come.

Scholia ad vv. 96–99 (7 entries)

ad v. 97

a. ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις δημόταις καταφανής εἰμι ὡς ἂν οὐδενὶ ἐνεχόμενος ἀτόπῳ πράγματι.

b. ὄμματι δέρκομαι λαμπρόν: καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις μου πολίταις ὁρῶ οὐχ ὑπέρλαμπρον καὶ ὑπεροπτικόν, ἀλλὰ μέτριός τις καὶ χρηστὸς τυγχάνω. ἡ δὲ ὑπέρ συναπτέα τοῦ βάλλων, ἵν᾿ ᾖ οὐχ ὑπέρλαμπρον βάλλων.

c. ἢ οὕτως· οὐδὲ μὴν ἄλλως, φησίν, ἐν τοῖς πολίταις ὑπεροπτικός εἰμι καὶ ὑπέρογκος, οὐ προσβλέπων τοὺς πολίτας ὄμματι λαμπρῷ καὶ ὑπερηφάνῳ, ἀλλὰ προσμειδιῶντι καὶ προσηνεῖ, ὥστε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἄμεμπτος εἶναι.

ad v. 98

a. βίαια πάντα ἐκ ποδὸς ἐρύσαις: διάγω. φησί κατὰ τὰς Θήβας μετριάζων, τὰ βλάσφημα καὶ ὑπεροπτικὰ ἐκ ποδὼν ἀφελκύσας, ἤτοι μακράν μου χωρίσας.

b. ἢ οὕτως· οὕτω, φησί, ζῶ, τὰ βιαστικὰ πάντα ἐκ ποδός μου ἄρας· τουτέστιν οὐδένα βιαζόμενος ζῶ.

ad v. 99

a. ὁ δὲ λοιπὸς εὔφρων ποτὶ χρόνος ἕρποι: ὁ δὲ λοιπὸς χρόνος ἕρποι καὶ βαίνοι πρᾷος ὢν καὶ εὔφρων

b. ὅ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος· εἴθε μοι τὸ ὅλον τοῦ βίου οὕτω μετ᾿ εὐφροσύνης συμπερανθείη. τὸ δὲ ποτὶ ἕρποι ἀντὶ τοῦ προσέρποι.

100

100 εὐδαίμονʼ ἐόντα, παίδων δὲ παῖδες ἔχοιεν αἰεὶ σ2100

in good fortune, and may their children’s children always have

Never shall my heart confess that I have outraged Neoptolemos with irreclaimable words. But thrice and four times to tell over the same tale is emptiness in the end thereof, even as he of the proverb that babbleth among children how that Korinthos was the son of Zeus.

Scholia ad vv. 100–100 (2 entries)

ad v. 100

a. μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ: τίς; σοφὸς μαθών. ἔτι γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα προσαπολογεῖται περὶ τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου. τὸ δὲ ἄν ὑπερβιβαστέον πρὸς τὸν δέ σύνδεσμον. ἵν᾿ ᾖ· μαθὼν δέ τις, εἰ παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον λέγω, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰ ψεύδομαι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· γνώριμος δέ τις καὶ πολίτης εἴποι ἄν τις, εἰ λοξὰ καὶ οὐκ ἀληθῆ λέγω περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ· ἀντὶ τοῦ μαρτυρήσει μοι ἀληθεύοντι.

101–104

 γέρας τό περ νῦν καὶ ἄρειον ὄπιθεν.
 τὸ δʼ ἐμὸν οὔ ποτε φάσει κέαρ
 ἀτρόποισι Νεοπτόλεμον ἑλκύσαι σ4
 ἔπεσι· ταὐτὰ δὲ τρὶς τετράκι τʼ ἀμπολεῖν

the honor of the present day, and a still better one to come. But my heart will never say that I have done violence to Neoptolemus with cruel words. To plough the same ground three or four times

Scholia ad vv. 101–104 (4 entries)

ad v. 103

a. Εὐξενίδα πάτραθε Σώγενες: πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν Σωγένη ἀπέστρεψε τὸν λόγον. Εὐξενίδην δὲ εἶπεν ὡς ἀπό τινος Εὐξένου τῆς ὅλης φατρίας ἀφηγουμένου, ὡς Σκοπάδας καὶ Ἀλευάδας εἴωθε καλεῖν τοὺς Θεσσαλούς, καὶ Ἐμμενίδας τοὺς ἐπὶ Σικελίας. ἢ εὐξενίδας ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐξένους. πανταχοῦ δὲ τοὺς Αἰγινήτας φιλοξένους προσαγορεύει, καὶ νῦν εὐξενίδα ἀντὶ τοῦ εὔξενε.

b. ἄλλως. φατρία ἐν Αἰγίνῃ ἀπὸ Εὐξένου, ἧς ἐστιν ὁ Σωγένης. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ὦ Σώγενες, ἀπομνύω τῇ Εὐξενίδα πάτρᾳ, μὴ τέρμα προβὰς θοὰν ὄρσαι γλῶσσαν, ὡς ἄκοντα χαλκοπάρῃον. τοῦτο δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν πεντάθλων μετενήνοχε τῶν τὸ ἀκόντιον παρὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον τέρμα βαλλόντων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐξάθλων γινομένων.

c. ἐγώ, φησί, καθίημι τοῦ σκοποῦ· ἡ γλῶσσά μου ἐπὶ τὸν σκοπὸν ἐνήνεκται, οὐχ ὑπερπέπτωκε τὸ τέρμα, ὡς ἀκόντιον. τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν. ἐπειδὴ πένταθλός ἐστιν ὁ Σωγένης.

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὄμνυμι τῇ φατρίᾳ τῶν Εὐξενιδῶν, περὶ σοῦ λέγων μὴ ὥσπερ ἀκοντισταὶ, οἳ δι᾿ ἀπληστίαν ἰσχύος ὑπερβάλλουσι τὸ τέρμα καὶ τὸ ὡρισμένον, καθ᾿ οὗ δεῖ πέμψαι, οὕτω κἀγὼ τὴν ἀλήθειαν.

105

105 Διὸς Κόρινθος. ἀπορία τελέθει, τέκνοισιν ἅτε μαψυλάκας, σ35105

is poverty of thought, like babbling “Corinth of Zeus” to children.

Scholia ad vv. 105–105 (35 entries)

ad v. 105

a. ὃς ἐξέπεμψε παλαισμάτων αὐχένα: ἀπὸ τοῦ πρὸς αὐτὸν λόγου εἰς τὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ μετέστη· ὅστις ὁ Σωγένης τῶν τοῦ πεντάθλου ἀγωνισμάτων ἐξέπεμψεν ἑαυτοῦ τὸ γυῖον ἄνευ ἱδρῶτος πρὶν ἐπιπεσεῖν τὴν τοῦ ἡλίου ἀκτῖνα. ἐκ δὲ τούτου τὸ τῆς ἀθλήσεως ἐράσμιον καὶ ταχὺ χαρακτηρίζει. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

b. ἔνιοι δὲ ὅτι νικήσας φασὶ τὸ ἀκόντιον ἐστέφθη, οὐκέτι μέντοι ἐπάλαισε, παραιτησαμένων αὐτὸν τῶν ἄλλων. ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ παλαίοντες χρονοτριβοῦσι καὶ διὰ τὸν πλείονα χρόνον ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ μένουσι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι· πρὶν ἁλίῳ γυῖον ἐμπεσεῖν, τουτέστι πρὸ τοῦ ἐκλυθῆναι τὸ σῶμα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου διὰ τὴν πάλην, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν· πρὶν παλαῖσαί σε. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

c. ὁ ἄκων, φησίν, αἴτιος γενόμενος τῆς παντελοῦς νίκης οὐκ ἐποίησε χρείαν σε ἔχειν τοῦ διὰ πάλης περιγενέσθαι τῶν ἀνταγωνιστῶν, ἀλλά σου ἄβρεκτον τὸν αὐχένα ἐξέπεμψε τοῦ ἀγῶνος. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

a. εἰ πόνος ἦν τὸ τερπνόν: εἰ καὶ κάματος ἦν, φησίν, ἐν τῷ ἀγωνί,εσθαι, ἀλλὰ μείζων ἡ ἐκ τῆς νίκης ἡδονή. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

a. ἔα με νικῶντί γε χάριν: τὸ ὑπερβατὸν οὕτως· ἔα με, εἴ τί περ ἂν ἀερθεὶς ἀνέκραγον, νικῶντί γε χάριν φέρειν. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

a. οὐ γὰρ τραχύς εἰμι καταθέμεν: οὐ γάρ εἰμι ἀηδής, φησί, καὶ ἀπηνὴς τοῖς νικῶσι τὰ ἐγκώμια θέσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

a. εἴρειν στεφάνους ἐλαφρόν: πρὸς αὑτὸν διαλέγεται. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐπὶ τούτοις τοῖς κατορθώμασιν ἐλαφρῶς συντιθέναι καὶ πλέκειν στεφάνους παραιτοῦ, ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγα τι καὶ ἀξιοπρεπὲς ἐφάρμοζε τῇ νίκῃ ἐγκώμιον. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

a. ἀναβάλλεο· Μοῖσά τοι κολλᾷ χρυσόν: ἤτοι ἡ Μοῦσα ἡ ἐγκωμιαστικὴ ποικίλως κοσμεῖ τοὺς ἐπαινουμένους. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

b. οἷον ἡ Μοῦσα πᾶσι χρῆται τοῖς εἰς κόσμον τῶν ἐγκωμιαζομένων. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

c. ἄλλως. λέγειν τι ἐλαφρὸν περὶ τῶν ἱερῶν στεφάνων ἀναβάλλου, οἷον μὴ λέγε κοῦφα περ τῶν νικώντων, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον μεγάλα λέγων αὔξανε αὐτούς. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

d. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνακρούου καὶ ἄρχου τι λέγειν ἐλαφρῶς περὶ τῶν στεφάνων· εἰ μείζονα εἴρηκας αὐξητικὸς ὢν, νῦν ἐλαφρῶς ἄρχου τι λέγειν περὶ αὐτῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

a. καὶ λείριον ἄνθεμον: τινές φασιν εἶναι κουράλιον, εἰρῆσθαι δὲ αὐτὸ ποντίαν ἔερσαν διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν, ἕως μέν ἐστι κατὰ βάθους, ἁπαλὸν εἶναι καὶ φυτῷ ὅμοιον· ὅταν δὲ ἀνασπασθῇ καὶ γένηται ἔξω τοῦ ὕδατος, ἀπολιθοῦσθαι τοῦ ἡλίου καταλάμψαντος αὐτῷ. οἱ δὲ ποντίαν δρόσον τὴν πορφύραν φασὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ κογχυλίου βαφὴν, λείριον δὲ ἄνθος τὸ ἔριον. ἀναφέρει δὲ ταῦτα ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ὑφαινομένων ποικιλίαν ταύτην, ἐπεὶ τὸ ποίημα ὑφάσματι παρέοικεν, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἄλλοις (fr. 179)· ὑφαίνω δ᾿ Ἀμυθαονίδαις ποικίλον ἄνδημα. [Drachmann ad v. 116]

a. Διὸς δὲ μεμναμένος: τοῦ Διὸς εἰς ὑπόμνησιν ἐλθὼν πολυθρύλλητον λόγον ἐκ τῶν ὕμνων ἀνακίνει εὐμούσως καὶ τεταγμένως περί τε τὴν Νεμέαν καὶ τὸν Δία. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει, ἐπεὶ Νεμεονίκης ὁ Σωγένης. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

a. βασιλῆα δὲ θεῶν: τὸν δὲ τῶν θεῶν βασιλέα Δία κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ ἔδαφος ὑμνεῖν προσήκει· ἤτοι τὸ τῆς Νεμέας· ἀνάκειται γὰρ ὁ Νεμεαῖος ἀγὼν τῷ Διΐ· ἢ κατὰ τὸ τῆς Αἰγίνης, ὃ καὶ μᾶλλον διὰ τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα. διατί δὲ πρέπει τὸν Δία ἐν τῇ Αἰγίνῃ ὑμνεῖν, αὐτὸς ἐποίσει. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

a. λέγοντι γὰρ Αἰακόν: τουτέστι, διὰ τὸ τὸν Δία πατέρα εἶναι Αἰακοῦ, ὅς ἐστι πολίαρχος ἡμῶν Διὸς γὰρ καὶ Αἰγίνης Αἰακός. ἰδίως δὲ ἐπὶ ταύτης φαίνεται τῆς ᾠδῆς ἀνεστραμμένος ὁ Πίνδαρος ὁτὲ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου προσώπου διαλέγεται πρὸς τοὺς μεμφομένους περὶ τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου, ὁτὲ δὲ παράγει τὸν χορὸν τῶν Αἰγινητῶν διαλεγόμενον· ἐμᾷ μὲν πολίαρχον· οὐ γὰρ Αἰγινήτης ὁ Πίνδαρος. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

b. φασὶ δὲ τὸν Δία ὑπὸ ταῖς γοναῖς τῆς Αἰγίνης πεφυτευκέναι τὸν Αἰακόν [Drachmann ad v. 123]

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἔφυσε δὲ ὁ Ζεὺς τὸν Αἰακὸν, ὦ Ἡράκλεις, τῇ μὲν ἐμῇ πόλει βοηθόν, σοὶ δὲ πρόθυμον ἀδελφόν. μνημονεύει δὲ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους, ἐπειδὴ ὁ τοῦ νικηφόρου οἶκος ἑκατέρωθεν Ἡρακλείοις περιέχεται τεμένεσιν· ἀπέστρεψε δὲ τὸν λόγον πρὸς τὸν Ἡρακλέα, ὡς τοῦ Αἰακοῦ ὑποδεδεγμένου καὶ ἐξενικότος. προπρεῶνα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ πρόθυμον. φησὶ δὲ καὶ ὅτι ἀδελφὸς Ἡρακλέους ὁ Αἰακός. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

a. εἰ δὲ γεύεται ἀνδρὸς ἀνήρ: εἰ θιγγάνει, φησί, τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ ἐπιδέεται ἀνδρὸς ἀνὴρ εἰς τὰς βιωτικὰς χρείας, τί ἂν φαῖμεν χρῆμα τούτου μεῖζον εἶναι, ἢ τοὺς φιλοῦντας εὐθὺς καὶ γειτνιᾶν; ὁ γὰρ γείτων τάχιον χρείας ἐπειγούσης ἀπαντᾷ. Ἡσίοδος (op. 345)· γείτονες ἄζωστοι ἔκιον, ζώσαντο δὲ πηοί. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπεὶ δεῖται ἄνθρωπος ἀνθρώπου εἰς βίον, τί ἂν εἴη τούτου μεῖζον τοῦ εὑρεῖν γείτονας ἀλλήλους φιλοῦντας; [Drachmann ad v. 127]

c. Ἀρίσταρχος οὕτως· ἐπεὶ δὲ κατὰ τὰς συνουσίας καὶ γειτνιάσεις ἕτερος ἄνθρωπος ἀφ᾿ ἑτέρου γεύεταί τι καὶ ἀπολαύει ἀφομοιούμενος, ὥσπερ ἡ παροιμία ἔχει· χωλῷ παροικεις, κἂν ἑνὶ σκάζειν μάθοις· εἴποιμεν ἂν τὸν ὠφεληθέντα γείτονα ἀπὸ γείτονος ἀξιόχρεων εἶναι χάρμα. παρὸ καὶ Ἡσίοδος (op. 346)· πῆμα κακὸς γείτων, ὅσσον τ᾿ ἀγαθὸς μέγ᾿ ὄνειαρ· [Drachmann ad v. 127]

d. ὁ δὲ λόγος κατ᾿ ἐρώτησιν καὶ ἀπόκρισιν. εἰ δὲ κατὰ τὰς γειτνιάσεις γεύεται καὶ ἀπολαύει γείτονος γείτων δεξιοῦ τε καὶ προθύμου, τί ἂν εἴποιμεν τῷ φιληθέντι τὸν φιλήσαντα; εἶτα ὡς κατὰ ἀπόκρισιν, γείτονα πάντων χρημάτων ἐπάξιον. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

a. εἰ δ᾿ αὐτὸ καὶ θεὸς ἂν ἔχοι: εἰ δὲ τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, ὅτι οἱ φιλοῦντες γείτονες μεγάλως ἀλλήλους ὠφελοῦσι. καὶ περὶ θεὸν τοῦτ᾿ ἂν εἴη, καὶ θεὸς τοῦτ᾿ ἂν ἔχοι ἀγαθὸν γειτνιῶν ἀνθρώπῳ φιλοῦντι, ὥστε πολλὰ αὐτῷ συμβάλλεσθαι. τοῦτο δὲ ἀναφέρει ἐπὶ τὸν Σωγένη καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα· ἦν γὰρ Ἡράκλεια τεμένη ἑκατέρωθεν τῆς οἰκίας Σωγένους. μέγα οὖν ἔχει ἀγαθὸν ὁ Σωγένης τὸ ἔχειν σε γείτονα, ὦ Ἡράκλεις, φιλοῦντα αὐτόν· οὐ γὰρ ἐνίκησεν ἂν εἰ μὴ ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπινοίας. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς εἰ δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ θεὸς παρέχει τὸ τῆς γειτνιάσεως ἀγαθὸν, σὺν σοὶ ἂν, ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ὅστις ἐδάμασας τοὺς Γίγαντας, ὁ Σωγένης εὐτυχῶς βούλοιτο διαζῆν, τὴν σὴν καὶ δικαίαν τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτοῦ θεραπεύων ψυχὴν καὶ τῶν προγόνων τὴν θείαν καὶ πλουσίαν ὁδὸν, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἀμφέπων. [Drachmann ad v. 131]

a. ἐπεὶ τετραόροισιν ὧθ᾿ ἁρμάτων ζυγοῖς: ἐπειδή, φησίν, ὥσπερ τῶν τετρώρων ἁρμάτων ὁ ῥυμὸς μεταξὺ, οὕτω καὶ ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Ἡρακλέους τεμένεσιν ὁ νικηφόρος ἐν μέσῳ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ οἶκον ἔχει. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐπεὶ ἐν τοῖς σοῖς τεμένεσιν, ὦ Ἡράκλεις, τὸν δόμον ἔχει μέσον· ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ἁρμάτων ὁ ῥυμὸς μέσος ἐστὶν, οὕτως ὁ Σωγένους οἶκος ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν χειρῶν, καὶ ἀριστερᾶς καὶ δεξιᾶς, ἔχων τὰ σὰ τεμένη, μέσος ἐστίν. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

c. ὡς ὁ ῥυμὸς ἅρματος τετρώρου. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

a. δύνασαι δὲ βροτοῖσιν ἀλκάν: δύνασαι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τῶν ἀπόρων καὶ ἀμηχάνων εὕρεσιν δοῦναι· ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γὰρ τὸ διδόμεν· καὶ δύνασαι τοὺς ἄλλους θεοὺς πεῖσαι δοῦναι, οὓς προεἱπεν. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· δύνασαι, φησίν, ἀπαλλάξαι τὰς ἀμηχανίας καὶ τὰς ἀτυχίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἀλεξίκακος γὰρ ὑπάρχεις. [Drachmann ad v. 141]

a. εἰ γάρ σφιν ἐμπεδοσθενέα βίοτον: εἴθε γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἀδιάπταιστον βίον ἁρμόσας τῇ τε ἥβῃ καὶ τῷ λιπαρῷ γήρᾳ αὐτῶν προσπλέξαις. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

b. ἄλλως. εἴθε γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐμπεδοσθενῆ τοῦτον τὸν βίον ἁρμόσαις, ἐν τῇ ἀκμῇ καὶ τῷ λιπαρῷ γήρᾳ διαπλέκοις τὸν βίον εὐδαίμονα. [Drachmann ad v. 144]

a. παίδων δὲ παῖδες ἔχοιεν αἰεί: ὡς τιμήν τινα ἐχόντων αὐτῶν, ἢ ἱερωσύνην ἢ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγινήταις. ἔχοιεν οὖν τοῦτο τὸ γέρας, φησίν, οἱ παῖδες τῶν παίδων, ὅπερ νῦν ἔχουσι, καὶ ὄπισθεν αὐτὸ ἄρειον. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

a. τὸ δ᾿ ἐμὸν οὔ ποτε φάσει κέαρ: οὐκ ἀτρόπως φησὶν οὐδ᾿ ἀπεοικότως εἰς μνήμην ἐληλυθέναι τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου. ὁ μὲν οὖν Καλλίστρατος, ἐπεὶ ἔφησε τὸν Σωγένη γείτονα εἶναι τοῦ Ἡρακλέους, καὶ ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος δὲ γειτνιᾷ τῷ θεῷ τῷ ἐν Δελφοῖς, κατὰ τοῦτό φησιν οἰκείως μεμνῆσθαι τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου, διὰ τὴν ἀμφοτέρων γειτνίασιν· ὁ δὲ Ἀριστόδημος, ὅτι μεμφθεὶς ὑπὸ Αἰγινητῶν ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν ἐν Παιᾶσιν εἰπεῖν τὸν Νεοπτόλεμον ἐπὶ ἱεροσυλίᾳ ἐληλυθέναι εἰς Δελφοὺς, νῦν ὥσπερ ὑπεραπολογεῖται εἰπὼν, ὅτι οὐχ ἱεροσυλῶν ἐτελεύτησεν, ἀλλ᾿ ὑπὲρ κρεῶν φιλοτιμηθεὶς ἀνῃρέθη. διὸ καὶ ἐποίσει· ταὐτὰ δὲ τρὶς τετράκις τ᾿ ἀμπολεῖν ἀπορία τελέθει· οἷον ἀπολελόγημαι ἱκανῶς περὶ τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου· τί οὖν ἔτι μέλλω τὰ αὐτὰ ἀναπολεῖν; ἀπορεῖν γάρ ἐστι λόγων τὸ ἀναπολεῖν τὰ αὐτὰ ὥσπερ παισὶ νηπίοις [τοῖς τέκνοις]. τὸ δὲ ἑλκύσαι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνυῤρίσαι φησίν· ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν κυνῶν τῶν ἑλκόντων τὰ σώματα. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· διορίζεται, φησί, καὶ πέποιθεν ἑαυτῇ ἡ ἐμὴ ψυχὴ, μηδέποτε τῷ Νεοπτολέμῳ ἐνυβρίσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

a. ἅτε μαψυλάκας Διὸς Κόρινθος: μαψυλάκας ὁ μάτην φλυαρηθείς. Διὸς Κόρινθος δὲ παροιμία ἐστὶν ἐπὶ τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ λεγόντων· ἡ δὲ παροιμία ἐντεῦθεν ἕρπει. Ἀλήτης ἐλθὼν περὶ τῆς ἐν Κορίνθῳ βασιλείας προσῆλθε τῷ μαντείῳ τῷ ἐν Δωδώνῃ, ὅ ἐστι τοῦ Διός, καὶ ἔχρησεν αὐτῷ τότε κρατήσειν, ὅτε τις δῷ βῶλον γῆς· ἐπιθέσθαι δὲ ἡμέρᾳ πολυστεφάνῳ. ἐλθὼν οὖν ἐν Κορίνθῳ ᾔτει τινὰ ἄρτον ἀγροῖκον ὁ Ἀλήτης, ὁ δὲ λαβὼν βῶλον ἔδωκεν. ἐτελεῖτο δὲ καὶ θυσία τοῖς νεκροῖς ἐν Κορίνθῳ, δι᾿ ἣν τῆς πόλεως ἐν μνήμασιν οὔσης ἐπέρχεται ὁ Ἀλήτας, καὶ εὑρὼν Κρέοντος θυγατέρας περὶ συνθήκας γενομένας. ἔφησέ τε ἐὰν κρατήσῃ. ἕξειν τὴν νεωτέραν αὑτῶν πρὸς γάμον, καὶ πείθεται ἡ κόρη καὶ προδίδωσι τὴν πόλιν τὰς πύλας ἀνοίξασα. καὶ κρατεῖ ὁ Ἀλήτης, καὶ ὠνόμασεν αὐτὴν Διὸς Κόρινθον, ἐπειδὴ διὰ τῆς μαντείας τοῦ Διὸς ἡ ἀρχὴ εἰς αὐτὸν ἦλθεν. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

b. ἂνb. ἄλλως. παροιμία ἐστὶν ἐπὶ τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ λεγόντων ὁ Διὸς Κόρινθος. ὅταν δυσεξελίκτως ἀναπολῶσι τὰ αὐτὰ πολλάκις. ἐγὼ οὖν, φησίν, οὐκ εἰμὶ Διὸς Κόρινθος. δοκεῖ οὖν ἀπὸ τοιούτου τινὸς εἰρῆσθαι ἡ παροιμία· Μεγαρέας φασὶ Κορινθίων ἀποίκους, καὶ πολλὰ τοῖς Κορινθίοις κατ᾿ ἰσχὺν τῆς πόλεως ὑπείκειν· ἄλλα τε γὰρ πλείονα τοὺς Κορινθίους προστάσσειν, καὶ τῶν Βακχιαδῶν εἴ τις τελευτήσαι, διῴκουν δὲ οὗτοι τὴν πόλιν, ἔδει Μεγαρέων ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας ἐλθόντας εἰς Κόρινθον συγκηδεύειν τὸν νεκρὸν τῶν Βακχιαδῶν. ὡς δὲ ὕβρεως οὐδὲν ἀπέλειπον οἱ Κορίνθιοι, τὰ δὲ τῶν Μεγαρέων ἔρρωτο, καὶ πρὸς ἐλπίσι τοῦ μηδὲν παθεῖν ἀποστάντας αὐτοὺς, ἀλλ᾿ ἀφεῖναι, πέμπουσι δῆτα πρέσβεις οἱ Κορίνθιοι κατηγορήσοντας τῶν Μεγαρέων, οἳ προσελθόντες εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἄλλα τε πολλὰ διεξῆλθον καὶ τέλος, ὅτι δικαίως στενάξειεν ἐπὶ τοῖς γενομένοις ὁ Διὸς Κόρινθος, εἰ μὴ λήψοιτο δίκην παρ᾿ αὐτῶν. ἐφ᾿ οἷς παροξυνθέντες οἱ Μεγαρεῖς τοὺς πρέσβεις λίθοις ἔβαλον· καὶ μετὰ μικρὸν ἐπιβοηθησάντων τινῶν τοῖς Κορινθίοις καὶ μάχης γενομένης νικήσαντες, φυγῇ τῶν Κορινθίων ἀποφυγόντων ἐφαπτόμενοι, κτείνοντες ἅμα παίειν τὸν Διὸς Κόρινθον ἐκέλευον. ὅθ ν φησὶν ὁ Δήμων (FHG I 379) ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ τῶν ἄγαν σεμνυνομένων. κακῶς καὶ δειλῶς ἀπαλλαττόντων τὴν παροιμίαν ταύτην τετάχθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 155]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 8

Nemean 8 — for Δεινίᾳ Αἰγινήτῃ

διαυλοδρόμῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 51 lines · 54 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen VIII.

p2. Τῆς ὀγδόης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐννέα. τὸ α΄ ἥμισυ ἔπους καταληκτικόν. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβέλεγος τοῦ τέλους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τεθέντος. τὸ γ΄ Στησιχόρειον. τὸ δ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν μιᾷ πλεονάζον ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς ἰαμβικοῦ· ἢ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον ταῖς ἐναντίαις κατακλειόμενον. τὸ ε΄ ἰαμβέλεγος λειπούσης τῆς ἀρχῆς. τὸ ς΄ λογαοιδικὸν Ἀρχεβούλειον, ἢ ἐπιωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάττονος, ἄτακτον διὰ τὸν σπονδεῖον. τὸ ζ΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ θ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

p3. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἕνδεκα. τὸ α΄ προσοδικὸν ἀπὸ Ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος. τὸ β΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος λείπων τῇ ἀρχῇ. τὸ δ΄ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ταῖς ἐναντίαις κατακλεισθὲν, ἄτακτον, Ἀλκμανικῷ ζήλῳ. τὸ ε΄ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ γ΄ τῆς ἐπῳδοῦ. τὸ η΄ μικτὸν ἐκ τροχαίου πενθημιμεροῦς καὶ δακτυλικοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς. τὸ θ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος, ὑπερτιθεμένου τοῦ τέλους. τὸ ι΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 99)· Ζεῦ πάτερ, γάμον μὲν οὐκ ἐδαισάμην.

p4. inscr. Ἔνιοί φασι σταδιεῖς αὐτόν τε τὸν Δεινίαν καὶ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τοῦτο βλέποντα τὸν Πίνδαρον Δείνιδος δισσῶν σταδίων καὶ πατρὸς εἰπεῖν. παρέχει δέ, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, τὴν ἀπορίαν τὸ μηδέτερον αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς Νεμεονίκαις ἀναγεγράφθαι.

1–3

 ὥρα πότνια, κάρυξ Ἀφροδίτας ἀμβροσιᾶν φιλοτάτων, σ2
 ἅτε παρθενηΐοις παίδων τʼ ἐφίζοισα γλεφάροις,
 τὸν μὲν ἁμέροις ἀνάγκας χερσὶ βαστάζεις, ἕτερον δʼ ἑτέραις.

Queenly Season of Youth, herald of the divine embraces of Aphrodite, you who rest in the eyes of young girls and boys, and carry one man in the gentle arms of compulsion, but handle another man differently. It is a desirable thing, for one who has not strayed from due measure in any deed,

Spirit of beautiful youth, thou herald of Aphrodite's loves ambrosial, who on the eyes of girl or boy alighting, with tenderly constraining hands dost handle one, but other otherwise--it is enough if one not swerving from the true aim, in his every act prevail to attain to the fulfilment of his worthier loves.

Scholia ad vv. 1–3 (2 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Ὥρα πότνια, κᾶρυξ Ἀφροδίτας: συντάττει τὸ προοίμιον ὁ Πίνδαρος εἰς τὸ τῆς ὥρας ἄνθος τοῦ νικηφόρου, εἶτα ἐπικωμιαστικῶς τῶν πατρίων ἐφάπτεται, λέγων τὴν Αἴγιναν δι᾿ ὡραΐσματος ὑπὸ Διὸς ἀνηρπάσθαι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ ἀκμὴ ἐντιμοτάτη, ἄγγελε τῶν ἀφροδισίων καὶ θαυμαστῶν φιλιῶν, ἥτις τοῖς τε τῶν παρθένων βλεφάροις καὶ τοῖς παιδικοῖς ἐπικαθεζομένη, πραέσιν ἔρωσι ταῖς τῆς ἀνάγκης χερσὶ βαστάζεις, ἕτερον δὲ φαύλοις πόθοις. πραέσι δέ φησι ταῖς τῆς ἀνάγκης χερσὶν, ὅτι ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἡμῖν οἱ ἔρωτες παραγίνονται. ἑτέραις δὲ, προσδεκτέον χερσὶν, οἷον τὸν δὲ μὴ πραείαις ἀλλὰ σκληραῖς. πρὸς ἀμφότερα δὲ τὰ μέρη, τοῖς τῶν παρθένων καὶ παίδων, τουτέστι τοῖς παιδικοῖς, τὸ βλεφάροις ἀκουστέον, ἵν᾿ ᾖ τὸ τῆς ἑρμηνείας κατάλληλον.

4 ἀγαπατὰ δὲ καιροῦ μὴ πλαναθέντα πρὸς ἔργον ἕκαστον

Such loves were they that waited on the bridal-bed of Zeus and Aigina, and were dispensers unto them of the Cyprian's gifts: and thence sprang there a son to be king of Oinone, in might of hand and in counsel excellent, and many a time did many pray that they might look on him: for the chosen among the heroes that dwelt around him were fain of their own will to submit them unto his sovereignty, both whoso in rocky Athens were leaders of the host, and at Sparta the children of Pelops.

5 τῶν ἀρειόνων ἐρώτων ἐπικρατεῖν δύνασθαι.5

to be able to win the better kinds of love;

6–7

6 οἷοι καὶ Διὸς Αἰγίνας τε λέκτρον ποιμένες ἀμφεπόλησαν σ1

7 Κυπρίας δώρων· ἔβλαστεν δʼ υἱὸς Οἰνώνας βασιλεὺς

such loves,the shepherds of Cyprian Aphrodite’s gifts, attended the marriage-bed of Zeus and Aegina. And from that union a son was born, the king of Oenone, the best in hands and mind. Many men often prayed that they might see him; for, unbidden, the choicest heroes that dwelled around him

Scholia ad vv. 6–7 (1 entry)

ad v. 6

a. ἀγαπατὰ δὲ καιροῦ: ἀγαπητὸν δέ ἐστι καὶ εὔτακτον τῆς εὐκαιρίας καὶ τοῦ δέοντος καιροῦ μὴ ἀποσφαλέντα πρὸς ἕκαστον ἔργον, τῶν βελτιόνων ἐρώτων ἐπιθυμεῖν δύνασθαι καὶ ἐπικρατεῖν, τῶν δὲ φαύλων ἀπέχεσθαι. τοιούτων οὖν ἐρώτων ἐπικρατεῖν δύνασθαι, φησί, καλόν ἐστιν, οἷοι ἦσαν ἐπὶ Διός τε καὶ Αἰγίνης. ἔστι δὲ καὶ θαυμαστικῶς ἐκλαβεῖν τὸ οἷοι· ὁποῖοι ἀγαθοὶ ἔρωτες. πιθανῶς δὲ ποιμένας δώρων Ἀφροδίτης τοὺς ἔρωτάς φησιν· ὡς γὰρ ὁ ποιμὴν νέμει τὴν ἀγέτην, οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἔρως τὰς συνουσίας. οἷοι οὖν Διὸς καὶ Αἰγίνης περιεπόλησαν τὸ λέκτρον ἔρωτες· ὁ γὰρ Ζεὺς οὐ μόνον δι᾿ ἐπιθυμίαν ἐμίγη τῇ Αἰγίνῃ, ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα καὶ σπερμήνῃ τοὺς ἀρίστους ἐξ αὐτῆς, Αἰακὸν, Πηλέα, Ἀχιλλέα, Νεοπτόλεμον· οὗτοι οὖν οἱ ἔρωτες ἄριστοι, οἱ μὴ μόνον ὀρεγόμενοι τῆς ἀπολαύσεως καὶ τῆς ὥρας αὐτῆς, ἀλλ᾿ ἀποτελεσμάτων ἀξιολόγων καὶ ἔργων ἐπιφανῶν τελεσιουργοί.

8–9

8 χειρὶ καὶ βουλαῖς ἄριστος. πολλά νιν πολλοὶ λιτάνευον ἰδεῖν.

9 ἀβοατὶ γὰρ ἡρώων ἄωτοι περιναιεταόντων

So Aiakos' holy knees clasp I a suppliant for a city well-beloved and for these citizens, and I bear a Lydian crown wrought cunningly with the sound of song, a glory out of Nemea for two races run, of Deinis and of his father Meges.

10 ἤθελον κείνου γε πείθεσθʼ ἀναξίαις ἑκόντες,10

wanted to submit to his commands willingly,

11–13

 οἵ τε κρανααῖς ἐν Ἀθάναισιν ἅρμοζον στρατόν,
 οἵ τʼ ἀνὰ Σπάρταν Πελοπηϊάδαι. σ1
 ἱκέτας Αἰακοῦ σεμνῶν γονάτων πόλιός θʼ ὑπὲρ φίλας

Sparta those who marshalled their people in rocky Athens, and the descendants of Pelops in. As a suppliant I cling to the sacred knees of Aeacus, on behalf of his dear city and these citizens, bringing

Behold, the happiness that is planted with the favour of God is most abiding among men; even such as once in the isle of Cyprus loaded Kinyras with riches.

Scholia ad vv. 11–13 (1 entry)

ad v. 12

a. ἔβλαστε δ᾿ υἱὸς Οἰνώνας: τὸ ἔβλαστεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὤφθη φησίν. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς νήσου καὶ τὴν ἡρωΐδα ὠνόμασεν· υἱὸς γὰρ [τῆς] Οινώνης τῆς Αἰγίνης ὁ Αἰακὸς, χειρὶ καὶ βουλαῖς ἄριστος βασιλεὺς, τουτέστιν ἀνδρείᾳ καὶ φρονήσει. Ὅμηρος (Γ 179)· ἀμφότερον, βασιλεύς τ᾿ ἀγαθὸς κρατερός τ᾿ αἰχμητής.

14 ἀστῶν θʼ ὑπὲρ τῶνδʼ ἅπτομαι φέρων σ2

With poised feet I stand, and take breath for a little ere I speak. For much and in many ways hath been said ere now; and the contriving of new things and putting them to the touchstone to be tried is perilous altogether.

Scholia ad vv. 14–14 (2 entries)

ad v. 14

a. πολλά νιν πολλοὶ λιτάνευον ἰδεῖν: πλεῖστα δέ, φησί, πολλοὶ ἠξίουν θεάσασθαι τὸν Αἰακὸν, περιηχούμενοι τῇ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς εὐδοξίᾳ. καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἀνθήματα τῶν ἡρώων, οὐχ οἱ τυχόντες, ἀλλ᾿ οἱ ἄκροι τῶν περιοικούντων ἀμαχητὶ πείθεσθαι αὐτῷ ἤθελον καὶ χωρὶς τοῦ κρατηθῆναι μάχῃ.

b. οὕτω διέπρεπε, φησίν, ὥστε τοὺς περιοικοῦντας ἑκουσίως πείθεσθαι ταῖς ἀναξίαις, τουτέστι ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς βασιλείαις αὐτοῦ.

15–17

 Λυδίαν μίτραν καναχηδὰ πεποικιλμέναν,
 Δείνιος δισσῶν σταδίων καὶ πατρὸς Μέγα Νεμεαῖον ἄγαλμα.
 σὺν θεῷ γάρ τοι φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος ἀνθρώποισι παρμονώτερος·

a Lydian crown embroidered with song, glory from Nemea in the double foot race for Deinias and his father Megas. For prosperity that is planted with a god’s blessing is more abiding for men;

18–19

18 ὅσπερ καὶ Κινύραν ἔβρισε πλούτῳ ποντίᾳ ἔν ποτε Κύπρῳ.

19 ἵσταμαι δὴ ποσσὶ κούφοις, ἀμπνέων τε πρίν τι φάμεν. σ2

Cyprus such prosperity as once loaded Cinyras with wealth in sea-washed. I stand with feet lightly poised, catching my breath before I speak.

In words find the envious their dainties: envy fasteneth ever on the good, and careth not to strive against the base.

Scholia ad vv. 18–19 (2 entries)

ad v. 19

a. οἵ τε κρανααῖς ἐν Ἀθάναισιν ἅρμοζον στρατόν: οἵτινες, φησί, διῴκουν τὰς Ἀθήνας, ἢ εἰς συμφωνίαν ἦγον τὸ πλῆθος. ταῦτα δὲ ἀνάγεται εἰς ἐκεῖνα, ὅτε αὐχμὸς κατέσχε τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ εὐξαμένου τοῦ Αἰακοῦ ὄμβρος ἐγεγόνει.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· καὶ οἱ ἐν ταῖς τραχείαις Ἀθήναις ἥρμοζον καὶ παρεσκεύαζον καὶ ἤτοι συμμαχοῦντες αὐτῷ παρεῖχον δύναμιν ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν αὐτοῦ ἀρχὴν ὄντες· ὁμοίως παρεσκεύαζον αὐτῷ, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, καὶ οἱ Πελοποννήσιοι καὶ οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι.

20 εα πολλὰ γὰρ πολλᾷ λέλεκται· ν ρὰ δʼ ἐξευρόντα δόμεν βασάνῳ20

For many stories have been told in many ways. But to find something new and submit it to the touchstone for testing is danger itself. Words are a dainty morsel for the envious; and envy always clings to the noble, and has no quarrel with worse men.

21–22

21 ἐς ἔλεγχον, ἅπας κίνδυνος· ὄψον δὲ λόγοι φθονεροῖσιν·

22 ἅπτεται δʼ ἐσλῶν ἀεί, χειρόνεσσι δʼ οὐκ ἐρίζει.

Yea thus did envy slay the son of Telamon, thrusting him through with his own sword. Verily if one be of stout heart but without gift of speech, such an one is a prey unto forgetfulness in a bitter strife, and to the shiftiness of lies is proffered the prize of the greatest. For in the secret giving of their votes the Danaoi courted Odysseus, and thus did Aias, robbed of the golden arms, wrestle in the grip of a bloody death.

23 κεῖνος καὶ Τελαμῶνος δάψεν υἱὸν φασγάνῳ ἀμφικυλίσαις.

Envy devoured the son of Telamon, throwing him onto his own sword. A man who was not gifted in speech, but brave in his heart, is held down by oblivion

24 ἦ τινʼ ἄγλωσσον μέν, ἦτορ δʼ ἄλκιμον, λάθα κατέχει σ2

Yet diverse verily were the strokes wherewith those twain had cloven the warm flesh of the foe, what time they bare up the war against the hedge of spears, whether about Achilles newly slain, or in whatsoever labours else of those wide-ruining days.

Scholia ad vv. 24–24 (2 entries)

ad v. 24

a. ὑπὲρ τῶνδε ἅπτομαι φέρων Λυδίαν μίτραν: ἀλληγορικῶς τὸν ποικίλον ὕμνον οὕτω φησὶν, ὅτι ἐντεχνεῖς οἱ Λύδιοι περὶ τὴν μουσικήν. τὸ γὰρ Λύδιον μέλος ποικίλον.

b. ἄλλως. οὕτως εἶπε τὸ ποίημα αὐτοῦ ὡς Λυδίῳ ἁρμονίᾳ γεγραμμένον. metr. D

25–27

 ἐν λυγρῷ νείκει· μέγιστον δʼ αἰόλῳ ψεύδει γέρας ἀντέταται.
 κρυφίαισι γὰρ ἐν ψάφοις Ὀδυσσῆ Δαναοὶ θεράπευσαν· σ1
 χρυσέων δʼ Αἴας στερηθεὶς ὅπλων φόνῳ πάλαισεν.

under deadly strife; and the greatest prize of honor has been offered to the shifty lie. For in a secret vote the Danaans favored Odysseus; and Aias, robbed of the golden armor, wrestled with death.

Scholia ad vv. 25–27 (1 entry)

ad v. 26

a. Δείνιδος δισσῶν σταδίων καὶ πατρὸς Μέγα Νέμειον ἄγαλμα: τοῦ Δείνιος, ἤτοι τοῦ Δεινίου. Μέγας ὁ τοῦ Δεινίου πατήρ, φησί. δισσῶν δὲ σταδίων, ὅτι διαυλοδρόμος. Νέμεον δὲ ἄγαλμα, τὸ γεγραμμένον εἰς Νεμεακὴν νίκην ποίημα.

28–29

28 ἦ μὰν ἀνόμοιά γε δᾴοισιν ἐν θερμῷ χροῒ σ1

29 ἕλκεα ῥῆξαν πελεμιζόμενοι

Truly, they did not tear equal wounds in the warm flesh of the enemy when they were driven back

Thus was there even of old the treacherous speech of hate, that walketh with the subtleties of tales, intent on guile, slander that breedeth ill: so doth it violence on the thing that shineth, and uplifteth the rottenness of dim men's fame.

Scholia ad vv. 28–29 (1 entry)

ad v. 28

a. σὺν θεῷ γὰρ φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος ἀνθρώποισι παρμονώτερος: ὁ γὰρ γνώμῃ θεοῦ. φησίν, ὄλβος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐμφυτευθεὶς καὶ δοθεὶς μονιμώτερός ἐστιν· ὅστις ὄλβος ἐπλούτισε καὶ εὐδαίμονα πεποίηκε τῷ πλούτῳ τὸν Κινύραν ἐν Κύπρῳ τῇ νήσῳ. τούτου καὶ Ὅμηρος μνημονεύει (Λ 20)· τόν ποτέ οἱ Κινύρας δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι.

30 ὑπʼ ἀλεξιμβρότῳ λόγχᾳ, τὰ μὲν ἀμφʼ Ἀχιλεῖ νεοκτόνῳ,30

under the man-protecting spear, at one time around the newly-slain corpse of Achilles, and on destructive days spent on other toils. It seems that hateful Misrepresentation existed even long ago: a fellow traveler of flattering tales, deceitful-minded, a malignant disgrace. She does violence to the illustrious, and upholds the rotten glory of the obscure.

31–33

 ἄλλων τε μόχθων ἐν πολυφθόροις
 ἁμέραις. ἐχθρὰ δʼ ἄρα πάρφασις ἦν καὶ πάλαι, σ4
 αἱμύλων μύθων ὁμόφοιτος, δολοφραδής, κακοποιὸν ὄνειδος·

Never in me be this mind, O our father Zeus, but to the paths of simplicity let me cleave throughout my life, that being dead I may set upon my children a name that shall be of no ill report.

Scholia ad vv. 31–33 (4 entries)

ad v. 32

a. ἵσταμαι δὴ ποσσὶ κούφοις ἀναπνέων: ἐπειδὴ τοῦ Κινύρου ἐμνήσθη ἐν ὑποδείγματι τῶν διὰ θεὸν τὸν πλοῦτον ὀνησιφόρον ποιουμένων, ἐπιλαμβάνεται ἑαυτοῦ ὁ Πίνδαρος, ἵνα μὴ παρεκβῇ πλείονα εἰς τὸν περὶ Κινύρα λόγον... μεταφέρων ἀπὸ τῶν πεντάθλων φησίν· ἵσταμαι πρὶν παλαῖσαι, εἰ τύχοι, τὸ πνεῦμα συλλεγόμενος.

b. ἄλλως. ἀντὶ τοῦ παύομαι. πάλιν δὲ ἐπιχειρεῖν τοῖς τῶν Αἰγινητῶν πατρίοις μέλλων καὶ ἀγῶνα τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν γινώσκων ἀνα πνεῖν βούλεται καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκ διαλείμματος πάλιν ἀγωνίζεσθαι, ὃν τρόπον οἱ τὰ πένταθλα καρτεροῦντες καὶ κατορθοῦντες.

c. ἄλλως. οἱ μέγα φωνεῖν θέλοντες, οἷον τραγῳδοὶ, προαναπνέουσιν ἐπιπολὺ. ἵν᾿ ὅταν ἀναφωνήσωσιν, ἐξαρκέσῃ ἐπιπλέον ἡ φωνή. πολλαὶ οὗν, φησί, περὶ τοῦ Κινύρου καταβέβληνται ἱστορίαι καὶ διάφοροι, διὸ ἀναπνέω πρὶν εἰπεῖν.

d. πολλὰ γάρ μοι περὶ τῶν Αἰακιδῶν λέλεκται· ἢ πολλή μοί ἐστι μελέτη καὶ φροντὶς ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰς Αἰακίδας ἐγκωμίων.

34 ἃ τὸ μὲν λαμπρὸν βιᾶται, τῶν δʼ ἀφάντων κῦδος ἀντείνει σαθρόν. σ2

For gold some pray, and some for limitless lands: mine be it amid my townsfolk's love to shroud my limbs in earth, still honouring where honour is due, and sowing rebuke on the evildoers.

Scholia ad vv. 34–34 (2 entries)

ad v. 34

a. νεαρὰ δ ἐξευρόντα δόμεν βασάνῳ εἰς ἔλεγχον: ἐμὲ δὲ νῦν, φησί, καινολογῆσαι περὶ τοῦ Κινύρου παρώσαντα τὰ κοινῶς ἱστορούμενα, κινδυνῶδές ἐστιν. ἐὰν γάρ τι καινουργῶ, ἀπιστηθήσομαι.

b. ἢ οὕτω· νεώτερα δὲ ἐγκώμια ἐξευρόντα καὶ ἐπινοήσαντα τῇ τῶν ἀκροατῶν κρίσει δοῦναι πρὸς διάκρισιν καὶ δοκιμασίαν ἐπικίνδυνον. βασάνῳ δὲ, ἤτοιδιαβολῇ, κρίσει. βασανίζοντες γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ τὰ λεγόμενα κρίσιν διδόασιν.

35–37

 εἴη μή ποτέ μοι τοιοῦτον ἦθος, Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἀλλὰ κελεύθοις σ1
 ἁπλόαις ζωᾶς ἐφαπτοίμαν, θανὼν ὡς παισὶ κλέος
 μὴ τὸ δύσφαμον προσάψω. χρυσὸν εὔχονται, πεδίον δʼ ἕτεροι σ1

May I never have such a nature, father Zeus; may I stick to the simple paths of life, so that when I die I will not fasten a bad name to my children. Some men pray for gold, others for boundless land; I pray to find favor with my fellow-citizens until my limbs are buried in the earth, by praising what is praiseworthy and casting blame on wrongdoers.

Scholia ad vv. 35–37 (2 entries)

ad v. 35

a. ὄψον δὲ λόγοι φθονεροῖσιν: τοῦτο πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιτέχνους· τοῖς φθονεροῖς οἱ λόγοι εἰς διαβολὴν τῶν κατηγορουμένων ὄψον εἰσὶν, ἤτοι προσόψημα, τουτέστιν οὐχ ἑτέρῳ χρῶνται προσοψήματι οἱ φθονεροὶ ἢ τοῖς εἰς διαβολὴν λόγοις.

ad v. 37

a. ἅπτεται δ᾿ ἐσλῶν αἰεί: ἀπὸ τῶν φθονούντων ἐπὶ τὸν φθόνον μετήγαγε τὸν λόγον· οὐ τῶν τυχόντων, φησίν, ἅπτεται ὁ φθόνος, ἀλλὰ τῶν μειζόνων· οὐδεὶς γὰρ Θερσίτῃ φθονεῖ, ἀλλ᾿ Ἀγαμέμνονι. χείροσιν οὖν οὐκ ἐρίζει ὁ φθόνος· ὁ γὰρ φθόνος εἰς καλὰ βαίνει.

38–39

38 ἀπέραντον· ἐγὼ δʼ ἀστοῖς ἁδὼν καὶ χθονὶ γυῖα καλύψαιμʼ,

39 αἰνέων αἰνητά, μομφὰν δʼ ἐπισπείρων ἀλιτροῖς.

Thus groweth virtue greater, uplifted of the wise and just, as when a tree watered by fresh dew shooteth toward the moist air on high.

40 αὔξεται δʼ ἀρετά, χλωραῖς ἐέρσαις ὡς ὅτε δένδρεον ᾁσσει, σ140

Excellence grows among skillful and just men up to the liquid air, as a tree shoots up fed by fresh dew. The uses of friends are of all kinds; those in times of toil are the highest, yet delight also seeks to set a trustworthy pledge before the eyes. Megas, to bring your soul back to life again

Scholia ad vv. 40–40 (1 entry)

ad v. 40

a. τὸ δὲ ἀμφικυλίσας φασγάνῳ, ἀντὶ τοῦ ξίφει περικυλίσας. τοῦτο δὲ ἐκ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ἀπὸ τῆς καταπτώσεως τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἀναίρεσίν φησιν.

41–43

 ἐν σοφοῖς ἀνδρῶν ἀερθεῖσʼ ἐν δικαίοις τε πρὸς ὑγρὸν σ3
 αἰθέρα. χρεῖαι δὲ παντοῖαι φίλων ἀνδρῶν· τὰ μὲν ἀμφὶ πόνοις
 ὑπερώτατα· μαστεύει δὲ καὶ τέρψις ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι σ2

Manifold are the uses of friends, chiefest truly amid the press of toil, yet doth joy also desire to behold his own assurance.

Scholia ad vv. 41–43 (5 entries)

ad v. 41

a. ἦ τιν᾿ ἄγλωσσον μέν: ἄγλωσσον δή τινα καὶ ἄλαλον, ἦτορ δὲ ἄλκιμον καὶ ἀνδρεῖον, ἐν λυγρῷ νείκει κατέχει λήθη καὶ θάνατος, τουτέστι καὶ ἕτ ρός τις τῶν ἀλαλωτέρων φθονηθεὶς ἀδίκως ἐτελεύτησεν, ἐν οἷς καὶ ὁ Αἴας.

b. ἄλλως. τοῦτο ὡς πρὸς τὸν Αἴαντα. θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι φιλονεικίας οὔσης καὶ ἔριδος τὸν ἀνδρεῖον τὸ σῶμα, ἀσθενῆ δὲ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, λήθη κατέσχεν.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ναὶ δὴ τὸν μὴ τῷ λόγῳ μὲν ἱκανὸν, ἀνδρεῖον δὲ σῶμα μόνον ἔχοντα, μεγάλη λήθη ἐν τῇ πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς μάχῃ καὶ στάσει κατέχει· καταπαλαίονται γὰρ τῷ λόγῳ καὶ οἱ πάνυ ἀνδρεῖοι καὶ βαρύσωμοι ὑπὸ φρονίμων. τὸν γὰρ ἐν τῷ λέγειν μὴ δεινὸν μηδὲ σοφιστὴν τῷ λόγῳ ὁ τοιοῦτος ὑπερβάλλει.

ad v. 43

a. αἰόλῳ δὲ ψεύδει τῷ ποικίλῳ φησὶ καὶ πιθανῷ· μέγιστον γὰρ πρόσεστι τῷ ποικίλῳ δόλῳ γέρας, φησί, διὰ τὸ τοῦ λόγου πιθανόν. ὅτι ὁ πιθανὸς λόγος καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν οἶδε πολλάκις ὑποκλέπτειν.

b. ἄλλως. μέγιστον νέμεται γέρας τῷ ποικίλῳ ψεύδει· οἱ γὰρ ποικίλως ψευδόμενοι ἀποδοχῆς τυγχάνουσι παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. τούτου δὲ ἀπόδειξιν ἐπιφέρει τὰ ἐφεξῆς.

44 πιστόν. ὦ Μέγα, τὸ δʼ αὖτις τεὰν ψυχὰν κομίξαι σ1

Ah Meges, to bring back thy spirit to earth is to me impossible, and of empty hopes the end is naught. Yet for thy house and the clan of Chariadai I can upraise a lofty column of song in honour of these two pairs of fortunate feet.

Scholia ad vv. 44–44 (1 entry)

ad v. 44

a. κρυφίαισι γὰρ ψάφοις Ὀδυσσῆ: κρυφίαισιν, ἤτοι ταῖς ἀδίκοις ἢ ταῖς κρύφα φερομέναις ψήφοις· οὕτω γὰρ φέρονται. Ὀδυσσέα γοῦν βασκήναντα τῷ Αἴαντι οἱ Ἀχαιοὶ κρυφίας ἐνεγκόντες ψήφους περὶ τῶν Ἀχιλλέως ὅπλων ἐθεράπευσαν οὐκ ὀρθῶς· ἔδει γὰρ Αἴαντα νικῆσαι.

45–47

 οὔ μοι δυνατόν· κενεᾶν δʼ ἐλπίδων χαῦνον τέλος·
 σεῦ δὲ πάτρᾳ Χαριάδαις τʼ Ἐλαφρὸν
 ὑπερεῖσαι λίθον Μοισαῖον ἕκατι ποδῶν εὐωνύμων

is not possible for me. Empty hopes end in vain; but it is easy to set up, for your fatherland and for the Chariads, a monument of the Muses in honor of the twice illustrious feet of two men. I rejoice in letting fly a boast suitable to such a deed; and with incantations a man

48–49

48 δὶς δὴ δυοῖν. χαίρω δὲ πρόσφορον σ1

49 ἐν μὲν ἔργῳ κόμπον ἱείς, ἐπαοιδαῖς δʼ ἀνὴρ

I have joy to utter praise meet for the act, for by such charms of song doth a man make even labour a painless thing. Yet surely was there a Komos-song even of old time, yea before strife began between Adrastos and the sons of Kadmos.

Scholia ad vv. 48–49 (1 entry)

ad v. 48

a. ἦ μὰν ἀνόμοιά γε: οὐχ ὅμοια, φησί, τραύματα ἔλαβον ὅ τε Αἴας καὶ Ὀδυσσεὺς, τουτέστιν οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον οὐδὲ ἐξ ἴσου τοῖς Τρωσὶν ἐπολέμησαν, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν Ὀδυσσεὺς δειλὸς ἦν, ὁ δὲ Αἴας ὠθεῖτο εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους. θερμὰ δὲ ἕλκη τὰ φλεγμαίνοντά φησι. πελεμιζόμενοι δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ πελεμίζοντες ἐνεργητικοῦ καὶ διακινοῦντες. ὁ δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος οὕτως· ἀνόμοια πλήγματα τοῖς πολεμίοις ὅ τε Ὀδυσσεὺς καὶ Αἴας ὑπὸ ἀλεξιμβρότου λόγχης κινούμενοι. τῇ δὲ Αἴαντος ἀνδρείᾳ καὶ Ὅμηρος μαρτυρεῖ (ε 309—10)· ὅτε μοι πλεῖστα χαλκήρεα δοῦρα Τρῶες ἐπέρριψαν περὶ Πηλείωνι θανόντι.

50–51

50 νώδυνον καί τις κάματον θῆκεν. ἦν γε μὰν ἐπικώμιος ὕμνος50

51 δὴ πάλαι καὶ πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰν Ἀδράστου τάν τε Καδμείων ἔριν. σ22

makes hardship painless. Truly, the song of victory existed long ago, even before the quarrel arose between Adrastus and the race of Cadmus.

Scholia ad vv. 50–51 (22 entries)

ad v. 51

a. ἐχθρὰ δ᾿ ἄρα πάρφασις ἦν: πάρφασις, παραλογισμὸς καὶ παράπεισις ἢ ἀπάτη· ἐν ἤθει δὲ προήγαγε τὸν λόγον. ἄρα, φησί, καὶ τότε ἦν ἡ ἐχθρὰ ἀπάτη, ἡ τῶν ἀπατητικῶν λόγων σύμφοιτος καὶ δολοφραδὴς καὶ ὄνειδος οὖσα κακοποιόν. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

b. ἄλλως. ταῦτά φησι δυσανασχετῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδίκως ἀναιρεθῆναι τὸν Αἴαντα διὰ τὰ ψεύδη τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως. διὸ καί φησιν· ἦν ἄρα τις καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἥρωσιν ἀπάτη, οὐ μόνον παρ᾿ ἡμῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

a. τῶν δὲ ἀφάντων κῦδος ἀντείνει σαθρόν: ἀφάντων ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀφανῶν, εὐτελῶν. τὸ δὲ ἀντείνει ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνατείνει, ἐπαίρει. σαθρὸν, πρὸς ὀλίγον. [Drachmann ad v. 58]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τῶν δὲ ἀδόξων τὸ κῦδος μεγαλύνει καὶ ὑψοῖ σαθρὸν αὐτῶν τὸ κλέος· οἰκόβιος γὰρ ἡ τῶν ἀδίκων δόξα καὶ εὐκατάακτος. [Drachmann ad v. 58]

a. εἴη μή ποτέ μοι τοιοῦτον ἦθος, Ζεῦ πάτερ: ὦ Ζεῦ πάτερ, μὴ γένοιτό μοι τὸ ἦθος τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὰς τοῦ βίου μου κελεύθους καὶ ὁδοὺς ἀπλανεῖς φύλαξον, τουτέστιν ἁπλᾶς καὶ ἀκακοήθεις ἀνύοιμι· ὅπως μὴ τελευτήσας τοῖς παισί μου κακὴν καταλείψω φήμην, τουτέστιν ἵνα μὴ δυσφημηθῶσιν οἱ ἐμοὶ παῖδες ἄδικά μου πράξαντος. [Drachmann ad v. 59]

a. χρυσὸν εὔχονται, πεδίον δ᾿ ἕτεροι ἀπέραντον: ἕτεροι μὲν οὖν χρυσὸν πολὺν εὔχονται, κτήσασθαι δηλονότι, ἄλλοι δὲ γῆν πολλὴν πρὸς γεωργίαν· ἐγὼ δὲ εὔχομαι τοῖς πολίταις ἀρέσαι καὶ τεθνάναι ἐπαινῶν μὲν τὰ ἄξια τοῦ ἐπαινεῖσθαι, ψόγον δὲ καὶ μέμψιν τοῖς ἀδίκοις ἐμβάλλων. [Drachmann ad v. 63]

a. αὔξεται δ᾿ ἀρετὰ χλωραῖς ἐέρσαις: ἀντὶ τοῦ ταῖς χλωροποιοῖς δρόσοις· αὗται γὰρ τῶν φυτῶν αὐξητικαί. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· αὔξεται δὲ ἀρετὰ ἐν σοφοῖς τε καὶ δικαίοις τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀερθεῖσα, ὡς ὅτε δένδρον χλωραῖς ἐέρσαις πρὸς ὑγρὸν αἰθέρα. [Drachmann ad v. 68]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· αἄξεται δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὑψωθεῖσα τοῖς σοφοῖς καὶ δικαίοις λόγοις τῶν ποιητῶν, ὥσπερ καὶ φυτὸν ἐπαίρεται πρὸς αἰθέρα καὶ αὔξεται ταῖς χλωροποιοῖς δρόσοις. [Drachmann ad v. 68]

c. ἢ οὕτως· ὥσπερ δένδρον ὕδατι ποτιζόμενον εἰς μῆκος | αὔξεται. [Drachmann ad v. 68]

d. ἢ οὕτως· ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν δικαίων ἐπιτυγχάνουσα ὑψοῦται. τὸ δὲ ἐξῆς· ὡς δένδρον ἀΐσσει πρὸς αἰθέρα ὑγραῖς ἐέρσαις, οὕτω καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ σοφοῖς ἀνδράσι καὶ δικαίοις | αὔξεται ἀερθεῖσα. [Drachmann ad v. 68]

a. χρεῖαι δὲ παντοῖαι φίλων ἀνδρῶν: καὶ πᾶσαι χρεῖαι τῶν προσφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν, φησίν, οἱονεὶ καὶ πρᾶξις πᾶσα ἀνδρῶν προσφιλῶν καὶ δικαίων αὐξάνεται τοῖς ὕμνοις, ἐξόχως δὲ τὰ περὶ πόνους κατορθώματα. [Drachmann ad v. 71]

b. ἄλλως. κατὰ πολλά τις χρείαν ἔχει, φησί, τῶν φίλων ἀνδρῶν· οὐ διαπαντὸς δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν εἰσιν αἱ χρεῖαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἄλλοτε ἄλλου, πῆ μὲν ἐν τοῖς πόνοις καὶ ἔργοις, πῆ δὲ καὶ τέρπεται ὁρῶν τις πιστὸν φίλον· νῦν δὲ δηλαδὴ τοῦ Πινδάρου χρεία, ἵνα ὑμνήσῃ τὸν νικηφόρον. [Drachmann ad v. 71]

a. μαστεύει δὲ καὶ τέρψις ἐν ὄμμασιν: ἐπιζητεῖ δὲ καὶ ἡ τῶν ὀμμάτων τέρψις τὸ πιστὸν ὥστε θέσθαι ἐν ὄμμασι, τουτέστι θεωρῆσαι· καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ φιλοῦντες ὑμᾶς κατὰ ἀλήθειαν, θεωροῦντες τερπόμεθα. Εὐριπίδης (Ion. 732)· εἰς ὄμματ᾿ εὐρὺ φωτὸς ἐμβλέψει γλυκύ. [Drachmann ad v. 73]

a. ὦ Μέγα: ὡς τεθνηκότος τοῦ Μέγα οὕτω φησίν· ἐμοὶ δὲ ἀδύνατον, ὦ Μέγα, τεθνηκότος σου τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπ᾿ ὄψιν καὶ πίστιν ἀγαγεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

a. κενεᾶν δ᾿ ἐλπίδων χαῦνον τέλος: τουτέστιν ἐὰν ἐλπίσω τὰ ἀδύνατα, κενὸς ἔσομαι. [Drachmann ad v. 77]

b. ἢ οὕτω τῶν δὲ ματαίων ἐλπίδων ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἀβέβαιος ἡ ἔκβασις. [Drachmann ad v. 77]

a. σεῦ δὲ πάτρᾳ Χαριάδαις τε: Χαριαδῶν φυλὴ, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ὁ νικηφόρος. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· τῇ δὲ σῇ πατρίδι καὶ τοῖς Χαριάδαις ἀναστηρίξαι καὶ ἱδρῦσαι εὔτονον μουσικὴν στήλην βούλομαι ἕνεκα τῶν δυνατῶν σου ποδῶν καὶ νικηφόρων. δρόμῳ γὰρ ἐνίκησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος· τὸ μὲν ἀναστῆσαι τὸν τεθνεῶτα. φησίν, ἀδύνατόν μοί ἐστι· τῇ δὲ πατρίδι καὶ τῇ φυλῇ, οἵ εἰσι Χαριάδαι, ὑπερεῖσαι λίθον Μουσαῖον, τουτέστι στήλην ἀπὸ Μουσῶν, ἤγουν τὸν ὕμνον, δυνατός εἰμι, ἐφ᾿ οὗ ἡδρασμένοι ἔσονται ἔνδοξοι. λάβρον δὲ τὸν λίθον τῶν Μουσῶν ἀλληγορικῶς τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων εὔτονον στήλην φησί· λάβρον δὲ, διὰ τὸ ῥεύματι χρῆσθαι τοὺς ποιητάς. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

a. χαίρω δὲ πρόσφορον: χαίρω ὅταν ᾖ, φησί, τὰ πεπραγμένα πρόσφορα τῷ λόγῳ· χαίρω δὲ περὶ τῶν διὰ τοῦ ὕμνου κόμπων· ποιητὴς δέ τις τοῖς ὕμνοις ἀνώδυνον τίθησι τὸν πόνον τῷ νικηφόρῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 82]

b. ἄλλως. ταῖς ἐπῳδαῖς. φησίν, ἀνώδυνόν τις ἔθηκε τὸν κάματον· ἐδόκουν γὰρ οἱ ἀρχαῖοι ταῖς ἐπῳδαῖς ἴασιν καὶ θεραπείαν εὑρίσκειν. Ὅμηρος (τ 457)· ἐπαοιδῇ δ᾿ αἷμα κελαινὸν ἔσχεθον. πρὸς τί δὲ τοῦτο εἶπεν; ὅτι ὡς ἐπῳδῇ τις χρησάμενος κουφίζει τὸν κάματον, οὕτω καὶ ἐγὼ ὡς ἐπῳδῇ χρησάμενος τῷ ὕμνῳ κουφίσω τὴν κακοπάθειαν τοῦ ἠθληκότος. [Drachmann ad v. 82]

a. ἦν γε μὰν ἐπικώμιος ὕμνος δὴ πάλαι: τουτέστι τὰ ἐγκώμια ἐγράφετο καὶ πάλαι, πρὶν καὶ τοὺς Ἀργείους ἐπιστρατεῦσαι ταῖς Θήβαις, τουτέστι πρὶν τὰ Νέμεα τεθῆναι ἦν ἐγκώμια. στρατευσάντων γὰρ τῶν περὶ Ἄδραστον ἐπὶ Θήβας ὁ Ἀρχέμορος ὑπὸ τοῦ δράκοντος διεφθάρη, οἱ δὲ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ τοῦ μόρου ἄρξαντι τὰ Νέμεα ἔθηκαν. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

b. subscr. τέλος. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 9

Nemean 9 — for Χρομίῳ Αἰτναίῳ

ἅρματι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 55 lines · 68 scholia parts

Argumentum (3 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen IX.

p2. ἡ ἐννάτη ᾠδὴ μονοστροφική ἐστιν ἐκ κώλων δώδεκα. τὸ α΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ β΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ γ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ε΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ζ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν μετατεθ ίσης τῆς πρώτης ἐπὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβέλεγος, μετατιθεμένης τῆς τελευταίας ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. τὸ θ΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ ι΄ δίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ια΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ιβ΄ πενθημιμερὲς ἰαμβικόν.

p3. inscr. Περὶ τῶν ἐν Σικυῶνι Πυθίων ὁ Ἁλικαρνασεὺς (Herod. 5, 67 ?) οὕτω γράφει·... φησὶ δὲ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῶν Κρισαίων κατὰ θάλασσαν ῥᾳδίως τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ποριζομένων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μακρᾶς γινομένης τῆς πολιορκίας, Κλεισθένην τὸν Σικυώνιον ναυτικὸν ἰδίᾳ παρασκευάσαντα κωλῦσαι τὴν σιτοπομπίαν αὐτῶν, καὶ διὰ ταύτην τὴν εὐεργεσίαν τὸ τρίτον τῶν λαφύρων ἔδοσαν τῷ Κλεισθένει καὶ Σικυωνίοις. ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ Σικυώνιοι τὰ Πύθια πρῶτον παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῖς ἔθεσαν. ὁ δὲ Χρόμιος οὗτος φίλος ἦν Ἱέρωνος, κατασταθεὶς ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τῆς Αἴτνης ἐπίτροπος· ὅθεν καὶ Αἰτναῖος ἐκηρύχθη. αὗται δὲ αἱ ᾠδαὶ οὐκέτι Νεμεονίκαις εἰσὶ γεγραμμέναι· διὸ κεχωρισμέναι φέρονται.

1–4

 κωμάσομεν παρʼ Ἀπόλλωνος Σικυώνοθε, Μοῖσαι, σ2
 τὰν νεοκτίσταν ἐς Αἴτναν, ἔνθʼ ἀναπεπταμέναι ξείνων νενίκανται θύραι,
 ὄλβιον ἐς Χρομίου δῶμʼ. ἀλλʼ ἐπέων γλυκὺν ὕμνον πράσσετε.
 τὸ κρατήσιππον γὰρ ἐς ἃρμʼ ἀναβαίνων ματέρι καὶ διδύμοις παίδεσσιν αὐδὰν μανύει

Sicyon Muses, we will go in victory procession from Apollo’s shrine in to newly-founded Aetna, where the doors flung open wide are overwhelmed by guests, at the prosperous home of Chromius. Make a sweet song of verses! For, mounting his chariot of victorious horses, he gives the word to sing for the mother and her twin children

From Apollo at Sikyon will we lead our triumph forth, ye Muses, unto the new-made city of Aitna, where doors are opened wide to greet the invading guests, even to the fortunate house of Chromios. Come claim for him a song of sweetness: for he goeth up into the chariot of his victory, and biddeth us sing aloud to the mother and her twin children who keep watch over high Pytho in fellowship.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (2 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Κωμάσομεν παρ᾿ Ἀπόλλωνος: ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ ὁ λόγος. ἔνιοι δὲ, κωμάσομεν εἰς τὴν Αἴτνην, φασί. νεόκτιστον δὲ ταύτην φησὶν, ἐπειδὴ ἦν ὁ Ἱέρων νεωστὶ αὐτὴν ἀνακτίσας, πρότερον Κατάνην καλουμένην. ξείνων δὲ θύραι, αἱ τῆς φιλοξενίας. τὸ δὲ νενίκανται ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥττηνται· παντὶ οὖν εἴκουσαι ξένῳ καὶ οὐδένα ἀπελαύνουσαι νικῶνται τῇ φιλοξενίᾳ τοῦ νικηφόρου· ἢ νίκας ἔχουσιν, ἐν οἴῳ τρόπῳ ἐστεφανῶσθαι τόνδε, ἀντὶ τοῦ στέφανον ἔχειν. τὴν δὲ ὅλην Αἴτνην εἰπὼν ἐπήνεγκε Χρομίου δῶμα, ὥστε ὅμοιον εἶναι τῷ (θ 362—3) ἣ δ᾿ ἐς Κύπρον ἵκανε φιλομμειδὴς Ἀφροδίτη, ἐς Πάφον.

b. αἱb. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτω· χορεύσωμεν, ὦ Μοῦσαι, καὶ ὑμνήσωμεν ἐκ Σικυῶνος ἥκοντες καὶ παρὰ τοῦ ἐκεῖσε Ἀπόλλωνος εἰς τὴν καλλίστην Αἴτνην, ἐν ᾗ πᾶσιν ἀνεῳγυῖαι θύραι τοῦ Χρομίου τῆς οἰκίας ἥττηνται ὑπὸ τῶν ξένων, ἔνθα πᾶσι ξένοις ὁ πλούσιος οἶκος ἀνέῳκται ὑπὸ φιλοξενίας ἡττηθείς. ἄγε δὴ οὖν, ὦ Μοῦσαι, διανύσατε καὶ πράσσετε τοὺς ἡδυτάτους διὰ λόγων ὕμνους. τὸ γὰρ τοὺς λοιποὺς κρατοῦν καὶ νικῶν ἅρμα ἐλαύνων ὁ Χρόμιος τῇ τε Λητοῖ καὶ τοῖς δυσὶν αὐτῆς παισὶ τὸ θαυμάζεσθαι δίδωσιν, οὖσιν αὐτοῖς τῆς ὑψηλοτάτης Πυθῶνος καὶ ὁμοκλήροις καὶ ἴσοις ἐπισκόποις.

5 Πυθῶνος αἰπεινᾶς ὁμοκλάροις ἐπόπταις.5

Pytho who jointly watch over steep.

Now there is a saying among men, that one hide not in silence on the ground a good deed done: and meet for such brave tales is divine song.

6–8

 ἔστι δέ τις λόγος ἀνθρώπων, τετελεσμένον ἐσλὸν
 μὴ χαμαὶ σιγᾷ καλύψαι· θεσπεσία δʼ ἐπέων καύχαις ἀοιδὰ πρόσφορος.
 ἀλλʼ ἀνὰ μὲν βρομίαν φόρμιγγʼ, ἀνὰ δʼ αὐλὸν ἐπʼ αὐτὰν ὄρσομεν σ1

There is a saying among men: a noble deed when it is accomplished should not be buried silently in the ground; and divine song is suited to boasting. But we will wake the shouting lyre and the flute in honor of the very pinnacle of horse-contests, which Adrastus established for Phoebus by the streams of the Asopus.

Scholia ad vv. 6–8 (1 entry)

ad v. 8

a. τὸ κρατήσιππον γάρ: κρατήσιππον ἤτοι τὸ συνέχον ἐν τάξει τοὺς ἵππους, ἢ τὸ κρατοῦν καὶ νικῶν τοὺς ἐναντίους.

9 ἱππίων ἄθλων κορυφάν, ἅτε Φοίβῳ θῆκεν Ἄδραστος ἐπʼ Ἀσωποῦ ῥεέθροις· ὧν ἐγὼ

Therefore will we arouse the pealing lyre and rouse the flute, in honour of the very crown of all contests of steeds, which Adrastos in honour of Phoibos ordained beside Asopos' stream.

10 μνασθεὶς ἐπασκήσω κλυταῖς ἥρωα τιμαῖς,10

Having mentioned them, I will adorn that hero with glorious honors,

11–12

11 ὃς τότε μὲν βασιλεύων κεῖθι νέαισί θʼ ἑορταῖς

12 ἰσχύος τʼ ἀνδρῶν ἁμίλλαις ἅρμασί τε γλαφυροῖς ἄμφαινε κυδαίνων πόλιν.

Argos who, at the time when he was ruler there, made his city famous and glorious with new festivals, and contests of men’s strength, and hollow chariots. For once Adrastus fled from bold-thinking Amphiaraus and terrible civil strife, from his ancestral home,; and the sons of Talaus were no longer rulers, overpowered by sedition.

13–14

13 φεῦγε γὰρ Ἀμφιαρῆ ποτε θρασυμήδεα καὶ δεινὰν στάσιν σ2

14 πατρῴων οἴκων ἀπό τʼ Ἄργεος· ἀρχοὶ δʼ οὐκ ἔτʼ ἔσαν Ταλαοῦ παῖδες, βιασθέντες λύᾳ.

Whereof when I make mention with voiceful honour I will celebrate withal the Hero, who then being king in that place did by the founding of a new feast and struggles of the strength of men and of carven cars make his city known abroad and glorious.

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (2 entries)

ad v. 13

a. ἔστι δέ τις λόγος ἀνθρώπων: ἔστι γάρ τις παλαιὰ ποραίνεσις καὶ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ᾀδομένη, ὡς οὐ δεῖ τὸ ὑπό τινος κατεργαζόμενον καλὸν σιγῇ παραδιδόναι, ὥστε εἰς γῆν κατενεχθῆναι καὶ ἄδοξον διὰ τῆς σιωπῆς γενέσθαι.

b. τὸ οὖν ἐπιτελεσθὲν ἀγαθὸν οὐ δεῖ, φησί, τῇ σιγῇ παραδοῦναι οὐδ᾿ ἀνεπισήμαντον ἀφεῖναι. metr. D

15 κρέσσων δὲ καππαύει δίκαν τὰν πρόσθεν ἀνήρ.15

A stronger man puts an end to the previous justice.

16–19

 ἀνδροδάμαντʼ Ἐριφύλαν, ὅρκιον ὡς ὅτε πιστόν, σ3
 δόντες Οἰκλείδᾳ γυναῖκα, ξανθοκομᾶν Δαναῶν ἔσσαν μέγιστοι καί ποτε
 λὸν ἐς ἐς ἑπταπύλους Θήβας ἄγαγον στρατὸν ἀνδρῶν αἰσιᾶν σ2
 οὐ κατʼ ὀρνίχων ὁδόν· οὐδὲ Κρονίων ἀστεροπὰν ἐλελίξαις οἴκοθεν μαργουμένους

The sons of Talaus gave man-conquering Eriphyle, as a faithful pledge, in marriage to Amphiaraus son of Oicles, and became the most powerful of the golden-haired Danaans; and once they led a noble army of men to seven-gated Thebes—an expedition not attended by birds of good omen. In their mad desire to leave home, the son of Cronus, by whirling his lightning-bolt, urged them not to go,

For he was flying before Amphiaraos of bold counsels, and before a dangerous civil strife, from Argos and his father's house: for no longer were the sons of Talaos lords therein, for a sedition had thrust them forth. The stronger man endeth the contention that hath been before.

Scholia ad vv. 16–19 (5 entries)

ad v. 16

a. θεσπεσία δ᾿ ἐπέων καύχας ἀοιδὰ πρόσφορος: τοῖς νενικηκόσι, φησί, πρόσφορός ἐστι καὶ ἐοικυῖα ἡ διὰ τῆς καυχήσεως ᾠδή· τίνες γὰρ ἄλλοι μέλλουσι καυχᾶσθαι ἢ οἱ νικήσαντες; Ἀττικοὶ δὲ λέγουσι καύχην τὴν καύχησιν, καὶ ἄνθην τὴν ἄνθησιν, καὶ βλάστην τὴν βλάστησιν.

b. ἢ οὕτω· προσφορωτέρα ἐστὶ τῆς καυχήσεως ἡ τῶν ἐπῶν ᾠδή· ἢ πρόσφορος καὶ ἀγαθή τις ἡ τῆς τῶν ἐπῶν καυχήσεως ᾠδὴ ἢ ἡ καυχητικὴ ᾠδή.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι πρόσφορός ἐστι καὶ ἁρμόζουσα τούτοις θαυμαστή τις λόγων ᾠδή.

ad v. 18

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἀνὰ μὲν βρομίαν φόρμιγγα: ἑαυτῷ παρακελεύεται ὑμνεῖν τὸν νικηφόρον. βρομία δὲ ἡ φόρμιγξ, ἤτοι παρὰ τὸν βρόμον καὶ τὸν ἦχον τὸν ἀποτελούμενον κατὰ τὸν κιθαρισμόν, ἢ βρομίαν τὴν συναναστρεφομένην τῷ Διονύσῳ. Ὅμηρος (ρ 271)· φόρμιγγός θ᾿ ἣν δαιτὶ θεοὶ ποίησαν ἑταίρην.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· διὰ τοῦτο δὴ σὺν πᾶσιν ὀργάνοις μουσικοῖς, τοῦτο μὲν κιθάρᾳ, τοῦτο δὲ αὐλῷ, ὁρμήσωμεν ἐπὶ τὴν κορυφὴν τῶν ἱππικῶν ἄθλων, ἐπὶ τὸ ἐξαίρετον, τουτέστι τὴν νίκην.

20 στείχειν ἐπώτρυνʼ, ἀλλὰ φείσασθαι κελεύθου. σ120

but to abstain from the journey.

But when they had given to the son of Oikleus for his wife, as one should give surety of an oath, Eriphyle, the slayer of her husband, they became the greatest of the fair-haired Danaoi. So thereafter led they on a time against seven-gated Thebes a host of men, but not by a road of signs propitious: nor would the son of Kronos speed them on their mad journey from their homes, but by the quivering lightnings he darted forth he bade them hold from their road.

Scholia ad vv. 20–20 (1 entry)

ad v. 20

a. ἅ τε Φοίβῳ θῆκεν Ἄδραστος: ἅτινα, τὰ Πύθιά φησι· κατ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸν Πίνδαρον· ἀνατίθησι γὰρ τὴν τῶν Πυθίων θέσιν ἐν Σικυῶνι Ἀδράστῳ, ποιητικὴν ἄγων ἄδειαν, Κλεισθένους αὐτὰ διαθέντος, καθὰ δεδήλωται (sch. inscr.). ἵν᾿ οὖν ἐνδοξότερον ἀποφήνῃ τὸν ἀγῶνα, ὧνπερ, φησίν, ἄθλων μνημονεύσας ἐγὼ καὶ τῶν ἐνδόξων μνησθήσομαι τιμῶν τοῦ ἥρωος Ἀδράστου.

21–23

 φαινομέναν δʼ ἄρʼ ἐς ἄταν σπεῦδεν ὅμιλος ἱκέσθαι
 χαλκέοις ὅπλοισιν ἱππείοις τε σὺν ἔντεσιν· Ἰσμηνοῦ δʼ ἐπʼ ὄχθαισι γλυκὺν
 νόστον ἐρεισάμενοι λευκανθέα σώματʼ ἐπίαναν καπνόν·

And so that company, in bronze armor, and with their horses in war-harnesses, was hastening to arrive at manifest doom. And planting their sweet return on the banks of the Ismenus, they fattened the white-flowering smoke with their corpses. For seven funeral pyres feasted on their bodies’ young limbs. But, for the sake of Amphiaraus, Zeus with his all-powerful thunderbolt

24 ἑπτὰ γὰρ δαίσαντο πυραὶ νεογυίους φῶτας· ὁ δʼ Ἀμφιαρῇ σχίσσεν κεραυνῷ παμβίᾳ

But unto a revealed calamity hasted that company to go forth with bronze shields and the gear of steeds; and on the banks of Ismenos, stayed from their sweet return, they fed the white smoke with their bodies.

25 Ζεὺς τὰν βαθύστερνον χθόνα, κρύψεν δʼ ἅμʼ ἵπποις, σ225

split the deep-breasted earth, and concealed him together with his horses,

Scholia ad vv. 25–25 (2 entries)

ad v. 25

a. ὃς τότε μὲν βασιλεύων: ὅστις Ἄδραστος τὸ τηνικαῦτα λοιπὸν ἐκεῖ βασιλεύων ἐν τῇ Σικυῶνι, οὐκέτι ἐν Ἄργει, παντοίαις ἀρεταῖς, τοῦτο μὲν ἀγωνίσμασιν ἀνδρῶν τοῖς ἐκ δυνάμεως, τοῦτο δὲ φιλοκαλίαις ἁρμάτων γλαφυρῶν καὶ ὡραίων καὶ καινοτέραις εὐωχίαις, ἐμφανεστάτην καὶ ἀοίδιμον ἐποίει τὴν πόλιν.

b. καὶ Κλεισθένης μὲν τὰ ἐν Σικυῶνι Πύθια διέθηκε πρῶτος, ἀνατίθησι δὲ τὸ ὅλον Ἀδράστῳ ὡς διαθέντι, ἐπειδὴ καὶ διωρθώσατο αὐτὸς ὕστερον, καὶ ἄλλως ἐνδοξότερος ὁ ἀνήρ.

26–27

26 δουρὶ Περικλυμένου πρὶν νῶτα τυπέντα μαχατὰν

27 θυμὸν αἰσχυνθῆμεν. ἐν γὰρ δαιμονίοισι φόβοις φεύγοντι καὶ παῖδες θεῶν.

before he could be struck in the back by the spear of Periclymenus, and his warlike spirit disgraced. For amid divinely-sent panic even the children of gods flee. If it is possible, son of Cronus, I would like to put off for as long as I can this fierce trial of empurpled spears, this contest for life and death;

28–29

28 εἰ δυνατόν, Κρονίων, πεῖραν μὲν ἀγάνορα Φοινικοστόλων

29 ἐγχέων ταύταν θανάτου πέρι καὶ ζωᾶς ἀναβάλλομαι ὡς πόρσιστα, μοῖραν δʼ εὔνομον

For seven pyres devoured the young men's limbs, but for Amphiaraos Zeus by almighty thunderbolt clave the deep-breasted earth, and buried him with his steeds, or ever the warrior's soul should be shamed by the smiting of him in the back by Periklymenos' spear. For when the terror cometh of heaven, then flee even the sons of gods.

30 αἰτέω σε παισὶν δαρὸν Αἰτναίων ὀπάζειν, σ330

and I pray to you, grant to the children of the Aetnaeans the long-lived blessing of good laws,

Scholia ad vv. 30–30 (3 entries)

ad v. 30

a. φεῦγε γὰρ Ἀμφιάρηον: περὶ τῆς Ἀδράστου εἰς Σικυῶνα μεταστάσεως Ἡρόδοτος μὲν οὕτω φησίν (V 67)· οἱ δὲ Σικυώνιοι εἰώθεισαν μεγαλωστὶ κάρτα τιμᾶν τὸν Ἄδρηστον. ἡ γὰρ χώρη αὕτη ἦν Πολύβου· ὁ δὲ Ἄδρηστος ἦν Πολύβου θυγατριδέος, ἄπαις δὲ ὁ Πόλυβος τελευτῶν διδοῖ Ἀδρήστῳ τὴν χώρην. Μέναιχμος δὲ ὁ Σικυώνιος οὕτω γράφει (Seripttrer. Al. p. 145)· χρόνου παρελθόντος πολλοῦ Πρῶναξ μὲν ὁ Ταλαοῦ καὶ Λυσιμάχης τῆς Πολύβου βασιλεύων Ἀργείων ἀποθνῄσκει, καταστασιασθεὶς ὑπὸ Ἀμφιαράου καὶ τῶν Μελαμποδιδῶν καὶ τῶν Ἀναξαγοριδῶν· Ἄδραστος δὲ ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ Πρώνακτος φυγὼν ἦλθεν εἰς Σικυῶνα, καὶ τὴν Πολύβου τοῦ μητροπάτορος βασιλείαν παραλαβὼν ἐβασίλευσε τῆς Σικυῶνος, καὶ τὸ τῆς Ἥρας τῆς Ἀλέας καλουμένης ἱερὸν καθ᾿ ὅνπερ ᾤκει τόπον ἱδρύσατο. τὴν δὲ ἐπωνυμίαν ἔλαβε ταύτην τὸ ἱερὸν διὰ τὸ φεύγοντα τὸν Ἄδραστον ἰδρύσασθαι καὶ καλέσαι ἱερὸν Ἥρας Ἀλέας. τὸ δὲ φυγεῖν τινες ἀλᾶσθαι ὠνόμαζον. Διευχίδας δὲ ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ τῶν Μεγαρικῶν (FHG IV 389) τὸ μὲν κενήριον τοῦ Ἀδράστου ἐν Σικυῶνί φησιν, ἀποκεῖσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν Μεγάροις.

b. οἱ δέ φασι· Προῖτος ἐβασίλευσε τοῦ Ἄργους, τῶν θυγατέρων δὲ αὐτοῦ μανεισῶν Μελάμπους μάντις ὢν παρεγένετο· ὁμολογηθέντος δὲ αὐτῷ μισθοῦ τῶν δυεῖν μερῶν τῆς βασιλείας, ἐκάθηρεν αὐτάς· ὡς δὲ ἐκάθηρεν, ἔλαβε κατὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ ἐκοινώσατο τῷ ἀδελφῷ Βίαντι, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ κατέσχεν αὑτῷ, ὥστε γενηθῆναι τὴν ὅλην βασιλείαν τριμερῆ, Μελαμποδίδας, Βιαντίδας, Προιτίδας. Μελάμποδος μ ν οὖν Ἀντιφάτης, οὗ Ὀϊκλῆς, οὗ Ἀμφιάραος· Βίαντος δὲ Ταλαὸς, οὖ Ἄδραστος· Προίτου δὲ Μεγαπένθης, οὖ Ἱππόνους, οὖ Καπανεὺς, οὗ Σθένελος. διαφορὰ δὲ ἐγενήθη τοῖς περὶ Ἀμφιάραον καὶ Ἄδραστον, ὥστε τὸν μὲν Ταλαὸν ὑπὸ Ἀμφιαράου ἀποθανεῖν, τὸν δὲ Ἄδραστον φυγεῖν εἰς Σικυῶνα καὶ γῆμαι τὴν Πολύβου θυγατέρα, τελευτήσαντος δὲ τοῦ Πολύβου χωρὶς ἐπιγονῆς ἀρσενικῆς τὸν Ἄδραστον ἔχειν τὴν Σικυωνίων βασιλείαν. εὐλόγως οὖν εἶπε· φεῦγε γὰρ Ἀμφιάρηον ὁ Ἄδραστος διὰ τὴν στάσιν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς Μελαμποδίδας. ὕστερον μέντοι συνεληλύθασι πάλιν, ἐφ᾿ ᾧ συνοικήσει τῇ Ἐριφύλῃ ὁ Ἀμφιάραος, ἵν᾿ εἴ τι μέγ᾿ ἔρισμα μετ᾿ ἀμφοτέροισι γένηται (Δ 37), αὐτὴ διαιτᾷ.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· ἔφευγε γὰρ πρὸ τούτου πολέμιον ὄντα τὸν Ἀμφιάραον, καὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν στάσιν δεινὴν οὖσαν ἔφευγε καὶ ἐκ τῆς πατρῴας ἑστίας καὶ ἀπὸ Ἄργους.

31 Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἀγλαΐαισιν δʼ ἀστυνόμοις ἐπιμῖξαι

father Zeus, and join the people with splendid celebrations in their city. There they have men who love horses and whose souls are superior to wealth. My words are hard to believe; for reverence, which brings renown, is secretly beguiled by the love of gain. If you had been Chromius’ shield-bearer among foot-soldiers and horses, and in ship-battles,

32–34

 λαόν. ἐντί τοι φίλιπποί τʼ αὐτόθι καὶ κτεάνων ψυχὰς ἔχοντες κρέσσονας σ1
 ἄνδρες. ἄπιστον ἔειπʼ· αἰδὼς γὰρ ὑπὸ κρύφα κέρδει κλέπτεται,
 ἃ φέρει δόξαν. Χρομίῳ κεν ὑπασπίζων παρὰ πεζοβόαις ἵπποις τε ναῶν τʼ ἐν μάχαις

If it be possible, O son of Kronos, this trial of valour against Phenician spears for life or death I would fain defer unto the utmost: and I beg of thee to grant unto the sons of the men of Aitna for long time a portion in good laws, and to make their people to dwell among glories that the citizens have won. Men are there here that love steeds and that have souls above desire of wealth. Hard of credence is the word I have spoken; for the spirit of honour which bringeth glory is stolen secretly by lust of gain.

Scholia ad vv. 32–34 (1 entry)

ad v. 32

a. ἀρχοὶ δ᾿ οὐκέτ᾿ ἔσαν Ταλαοῦ παῖδες: οὐκέτι δὲ εἰς ἄρχοντας ἠριθμοῦντο ἐν τῷ Ἄργει οἱ Ταλαοῦ παῖδες οἱ περὶ Ἄδραστον, βιασθέντες ἐν τῇ στάσει καὶ τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ πρὸς Ἀμφιάραον· ἔφυγε γὰρ Ἄδραστος.

35 ἔκρινας ἂν κίνδυνον ὀξείας ἀϋτᾶς, σ435

you would have been able to judge the danger of the sharp battle-cry,

Scholia ad vv. 35–35 (4 entries)

ad v. 35

a. κρέσσων δὲ καππαύει δίκαν τὰν πρόσθεν ἀνήρ: ὁ δὲ ἰσχυρὸς ἀνὴρ τὸ προϋπάρχον δίκαιον καταπαύει. ἐν ἄλλοις ὁ Πίνδαρος (fr. 169)· νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων ἄγει δικαιῶν τὸ βιαιότατον ὑπερτάτᾳ χειρί.

b. ἢ δεκτέον τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι διὰ τὴν ἔχθραν τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἀδράστῳ· διὸ δὴ καὶ οὗτος ἰσχυθεὶς τότε ὑπὸ Ἀμφιαράου ὕστερον αὐτὸν μετῆλθε, κρείσσων φανεὶς καὶ συνετώτερος. πῶς δὲ μετῆλθε; μέσην ποιησάμενος τὴν Ἐριφύλην τῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν διαφορῶν· ἔφθειρε γὰρ ἐκείνην τῇ δόσει τοῦ ὅρμου, καὶ μετῆλθεν αὐτὸν, ὥστε ἀπολέσθαι.

c. ἀνδροδάμαν δὲ τὴν τὸν ἄνδρα ἀνελοῦσάν φησιν· ἡ γὰρ Ἐριφύλη τὸν ἑαυτῆς ἄνδρα Ἀμφιάραον προὔδωκεν εἰς φόνον. μέμνηται τούτου καὶ Ὅμηρος (λ 326)· στυγερήν τ᾿ Ἐριφύλην, ἣ χρυσὸν φίλου ἀνδρὸς ἐδέξατο τιμήεντα.

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ δὲ συνετὸς ἀνὴρ καὶ κρείσσων τῶν λοιπῶν ὁ Ἄδραστος κατέπαυσε τὴν μάχην τὴν προτέραν οὕτω· τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτοῦ τὴν Ἐριφύλην τὴν τὸν πρότερον ἄνδρα δαμάσασαν ἔδωκε τῷ Ἀμφιαράῳ, ἥτις ὥσπερ τις ὅρκος πιστότατος δοθεῖσα τῷ Ὀϊκλέος παιδὶ Ἀμφιαράῳ καὶ γυνὴ αὐτῷ γενομένη ἔσβεσε τὴν μάχην, καὶ οὕτω τῶν ξανθοκόμων Ἑλλήνων ἐγένοντο περιφανέστεροι οἱ περὶ Ἄδραστον.

36–39

 οὕνεκεν ἐν πολέμῳ κείνα θεὸς ἔντυεν αὐτοῦ
 θυμὸν αἰχματὰν ἀμύνειν λοιγὸν Ἐνυαλίου. παῦροι δὲ βουλεῦσαι φόνου
 παρποδίου νεφέλαν τρέψαι ποτὶ δυσμενέων ἀνδρῶν στίχας
 χερσὶ καὶ ψυχᾷ δυνατοί· λέγεται μὰν Ἕκτορι μὲν κλέος ἀνθῆσαι Σκαμάνδρου χεύμασιν

because in battle it was that goddess, Reverence, who armed his warrior-spirit to repel the destruction of the war-god. But few are able to conspire with hand and heart to turn back against the ranks of the enemy the cloud of slaughter that presses close upon them. Indeed men say that glory blossomed for Hector beside the flowing Scamander;

Hadst thou been shield-bearer to Chromios among foot and horse and in fightings of ships, thou hadst judged concerning his jeopardy in the fierce fray, for in war did that divine honour stir his warrior-soul to ward off havoc of Enyalios. Few are there who may prevail by strength or valour to contrive a turning of the cloud of imminent death against the ranks of the enemy. Howbeit they tell how Hektor's glory flowered beside Skamander's streams, and thus on the steep cliffs of Heloros' banks, where men call the ford the Fountain of Ares, hath this light shined for Agesidamos' son in the beginning of his praise.

40 ἀγχοῦ, βαθυκρήμνοισι δʼ ἀμφʼ ἀκταῖς Ἑλώρου,40

and around the steep cliffs of the Helorus’ banks

And other deeds on other days will I declare, many done amid the dust on the dry land, and yet others on the neighbouring sea. Now out of toils which in youth have been done with righteousness there ripeneth toward old age a day of calm.

41–42

41 ἔνθα Ῥέας πόρον ἄνθρωποι καλέοισι, δέδορκεν σ1

42 παιδὶ τοῦθʼ Ἁγησιδάμου φέγγος ἐν ἁλικίᾳ πρώτᾳ· τὰ δʼ ἄλλαις ἁμέραις

at the place which men call “the passage of Rhea,” this light has shone on the son of Hagesidamus, in his earliest manhood. I will tell of the honors he won at other times, many on the dust of dry land and on the neighboring sea. And out of toils, which are undertaken with the aid of youth and justice, there comes a gentle life at the approach of old age.

Scholia ad vv. 41–42 (1 entry)

ad v. 41

a. καί ποτ᾿ ἐς ἑπταπύλους Θήβας: ἐντεῦθεν δὴ καὶ εἰς τὰς Θήβας ποτὲ τὰς ἑπταπύλους στράτευμα ἤγαγον οὐκ αἰσίοις οἰωνοῖς χρησάμενοι οἱ περὶ Ἀμφιάραον καὶ Ἄδραστον· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Ζεὺς ἀστραπὴν δεξιὰν μηνύσας μαργῶντας αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπειγομένους ἀπὸ τῶν οἴκων ἀπιέναι προσέταξεν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀποσχέσθαι τῆς ἀφίξεως. οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτοῖς δεδώκει δεξιὸν σημεῖον. εἰς δὲ φανερὰν ἄτην καὶ βλάβην τὸ τούτων ἔσπευδε στράτευμα [καὶ] παραγενέσθαι σὺν τοῖς χαλκοῖς ὅπλοις, φησὶ τοῖς πεζοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν.

43–44

43 πολλὰ μὲν ἐν κονίᾳ χέρσῳ, τὰ δὲ γείτονι πόντῳ φάσομαι.

44 ἐκ πόνων δʼ, οἳ σὺν νεότατι γένωνται σύν τε δίκᾳ, τελέθει πρὸς γῆρας αἰὼν ἁμέρα.

Let Chromios know that he hath from the gods a lot of wondrous bliss. For if one together with much wealth have won him glorious renown, it is impossible that a mortal's feet touch any further mountain-top.

45 ἴστω λαχὼν πρὸς δαιμόνων θαυμαστὸν ὄλβον.45

Let him know that he has received marvellous prosperity from the gods.

46 εἰ γὰρ ἅμα κτεάνοις πολλοῖς ἐπίδοξον ἄρηται

For if, together with many possessions, a man wins renown and glory, there is no higher peak on which a mortal can set his feet. Peace loves the symposium, and new-flourishing victory is fostered by soft song, and the voice becomes bold beside the mixing-bowl.

47–49

 κῦδος, οὐκ ἔστι πρόσωθεν θνατὸν ἔτι σκοπιᾶς ἄλλας ἐφάψασθαι ποδοῖν.
 ἡσυχία δὲ φιλεῖ μὲν συμπόσιον· νεοθαλὴς δʼ αὔξεται
 μαλθακᾷ νικαφορία σὺν ἀοιδᾷ· θαρσαλέα δὲ παρὰ κρητῆρα φωνὰ γίνεται.

The banquet loveth peace, and by a gentle song a victory flourisheth afresh, and beside the bowl the singer's voice waxeth brave. Let one mix it now, that sweet proclaimer of the triumphal song, and in silver goblets hand the grapes' potent child, even the goblets which for Chromios his mares erst won, and sent to him from sacred Sikyon, entwined with well-earned crowns of Leto's son.

50 ἐγκιρνάτω τίς νιν, γλυκὺν κώμου προφάταν,50

Let someone mix the wine now, the sweet forerunner of victory-song,

51–54

 ἀργυρέαισι δὲ νωμάτω φιάλαισι βιατὰν
 ἀμπέλου παῖδʼ, ἅς ποθʼ ἵπποι κτησάμεναι Χρομίῳ πέμψαν θεμιπλέκτοις ἁμᾷ
 Λατοΐδα στεφάνοις ἐκ τᾶς ἱερᾶς Σικυῶνος. Ζεῦ πάτερ, σ3
 εὔχομαι ταύταν ἀρετὰν κελαδῆσαι σὺν Χαρίτεσσιν, ὑπὲρ πολλῶν τε τιμαλφεῖν λόγοις

Sicyon and dispense the powerful son of the vine in those silver goblets which once Chromius’ horses won for him and sent from holy together with the duly twined garlands of Leto’s son. Father Zeus, I pray that I may celebrate this excellence by the favor of the Graces, and excel many poets in honoring victory with my verses,

Now claim I, father Zeus, to have well sung this excellent deed by aid of the Charites, and beyond many to do honour to this victory by my words, for the javelin that I throw falleth nearest to the Muses' mark.

Scholia ad vv. 51–54 (3 entries)

ad v. 53

a. Ἰσμηνοῦ δ᾿ ἐπ᾿ ὄχθαισι γλυκὺν νόστον ἐρεισάμενοι: τουτέστιν ἀποθανόντες ἐπὶ ταῖς τοῦ Ἰσμηνοῦ ἀναβολαῖς.

b. τὸν καπνὸνb. λευκανθέα δὲ λέγει τὰ σώματα· γίνεται γὰρ τὰ σώματα τῶν καιομένων νεκρῶν λευκά· ἢ, ὅτι ὁ καπνὸς διὰ τὴν πιμελὴν λευκός ἐστι καὶ βαρὺς, παρὸ οὐδὲ πόρρω διϊκνεῖται μετέωρος καθὼς ὁ ἐκ τῶν ξηρῶν ξύλων καπνός.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τοιγαροῦν παρ᾿ αὐταῖς ταῖς ὄχθαις τοῦ Ἰσμηνοῦ πεσόντες αὐτόθι καὶ τὴν οἴκοι ἀνακομιδὴν ἀπέθεντο, θανάτῳ λυθέντες καὶ ἑαυτῶν τὰ σώματα τροφὴν δόντες τῷ πυρί. ἑπτὰ γὰρ ὅλαι πυρκαϊαὶ τὰ τῶν νέων κατευωχήθησαν καὶ κατέφλεξαν σώματα. τὸ δὲ ἑπτὰ πυραὶ οὐ πρὸς τοὺς λοχαγούς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ τῶν νέων στράτευμα· ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστῃ γὰρ πύλῃ πολυάνδριον ἐγένετο.

55 νίκαν, ἀκοντίζων σκοποῖʼ ἄγχιστα Μοισᾶν. σ4055

throwing my shaft nearest of all to the mark of the Muses.

Scholia ad vv. 55–55 (40 entries)

ad v. 55

a. ὁ δὲ Ἀμφιάρηϊ σχίσσε: τουτέστιν· ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς τῷ Ἀμφιαράῳ διέσχισε τὴν γῆν κεραυνὸν βαλὼν, ὥστε καταποθῆναι αὐτὸν τῷ πάντα βιαζομένῳ κεραυνῷ. τοῦτο οὖν λέγει ὡς τοῦ Ἀμφιαράου σονισταμένου τῷ Περικλυμένῳ, ὃς ἦν υἱὸς Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Χλωρίδος τῆς Τειρεσίου ὁμώνυμος τῷ Νηλέως. πρὶν οὖν φησὶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Περικλυμένου τρωθῆναι τὰ νῶτα τὸν Ἀμφιάραον φεύγοντα καταποθῆναι· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἐπεδίωκεν αὐτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 57]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς τῷ Ἀμφιαράῳ διέσχισε καὶ διέστησε τὴν γῆν τὴν πλατεῖαν, ἄνωθεν ἐπιπέμψας τὸν κεραυνὸν τὸν πάντας βιάζεσθαι δυνάμενον, καὶ οὕτως ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν ἐκρύφθη ὁ Ἀμφιάραος ἅμα τῷ ἅρματι τῷ ἑαυτοῦ, πρὶν ἢ τῷ τοῦ Περικλυμένου δόρατι τρωθῆναι τὰ νῶτα φεύγοντος αὐτοῦ, καὶ αἰσχύνην προστρίψασθαι τῇ ἀνδρειοτάτῃ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ, τοῦ᾿ Ἀμφιαράου, τὸν τοιοῦτον θάνατον. [Drachmann ad v. 57]

a. ἐν γὰρ δαιμονίοισι φόβοις: ἐν γὰρ τοῖς μεγίστοις καὶ ἐνθέοις φόβοις συνέχονται καὶ οἱ τῶν θεῶν παῖδες καὶ φεύγουσι. συγγνώμη οὖν, φησί καὶ τῷ Ἀμφιαράῳ φεύγοντι· ὁ γὰρ Ζεὺς συνεμάχει τότε τοῖς Θηβαίοις, διὸ ἔφευγε τότε ὁ Ἀμφιάραος. οὕτω καὶ ὁ Αἴας ἔφευγεν ἐντροπαλιζόμενος, ὀλίγον γόνυ γουνὸς ἀμείβων (Λ 547), τὸν Δία ἔχων ἀντιστάτην. [Drachmann ad v. 63]

a. πεῖραν μὲν ἀγάνορα: πεῖραν, τὴν λῃστρικὴν ἐπίθεσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

b. Φοινικοστόλων ἐγχέων: μεθ᾿ ὧν οἱ Φοίνικες ἐστάλησαν δοράτων, ἤτοι ὑπὸ Φοινίκων ἐσταλμένων, ἐπειδὴ Φοίνικες ᾤκησαν τὴν Λιβύην μετὰ Καρχηδονίων, οἵτινες ἀνιόντες ἐπολέμουν Σικελούς. διὸ νῦν εὔχεται ὁ Πίνδαρος τῷ Διὶ ὥστε μὴ ἐμποδισθῆναι αὐτῶν ὀργήν. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

c. ἄλλως. οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι ἦσαν τότε Φοίνικες, οἵτινες μέγα ἰσχύοντες ἐπεβάλοντο καὶ τῆς Ἰταλίας καὶ τῆς Σικελίας κρατῆσαι, ἀντεῖχον δὲ οἱ περὶ Γέλωνα καὶ Ἱέρωνα. διὸ καὶ Φοινικόστολα εἶπεν ἔγχη τὰ ὑπὸ Φοινίκων στελλόμενα ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν. τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ὦ Ζεῦ, εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν ἀναβαλέσθαι τὴν πεῖραν, | ἀναβάλλομαι. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

d. πρὶν εἰς πεῖραν τὰ Σικελικὰ καὶ Φοινικικὰ ἔγχη συμβάλλεσθαι περὶ ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου, | ἀναβάλλομαι αὐτὰ, ὦ Ζεῦ, καὶ ὑπερτίθεμαι [Drachmann ad v. 67]

e. ἢ οὕτω· τὸν μὲν πόλεμον τὸν Φοινικικὸν ἀναβάλλομαι, ὦ Ζεῦ, αἰτῶ δέ σε μοῖραν εὔνομον τοῖς παισὶ τῶν Αἰτναίων δοῦναι. τουτέστιν αἰτῶ δέ σε ἱκετεύων, ὦ Ζεῦ, ὥστε ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον τοῖς τῶν Αἰτναίων παισὶν εἰρήνης μοῖραν παρέχειν. ἀπὸ μέρους δὲ τὸ πᾶν, ἀπὸ τῶν Αἰτναίων δηλοῖ τοὺς σύμπαντας Σικελιώτας. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

a. ἀγλαΐαισι δ᾿ ἀστυνόμοις ἐπιμίξαι λαόν: καὶ πολλαῖς εὐφροσύναις ἐπιμίξαι τοὺς ὄχλους, εὐφροσύναις δὲ ἀναστρεφομέναις κατὰ τὴν πόλιν. εἰσὶ γάρ σοι ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἱππικώτατοι ἄνδρες καὶ νικῶντες τῇ προαιρέσει τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ οὐχ ἡττώμενοι χρημάτων. [Drachmann ad v. 73]

b. ἢ οὕτως· εἰσὶν ἄνδρες ἐν Σικελίᾳ καὶ φίλιπποι καὶ ἱπποτρόφοι, ὡς νῦν ὁ Χρόμιος ἵπποις νενικηκώς. εἰς τοῦτον γὰρ ἡ ἀπότασις. [Drachmann ad v. 73]

a. ἄπιστον ἔειπ᾿. αἰδὼς γάρ ὑπόκρυφα κέρδει κλέπτεται: ἄπιστον δὲ εἶπον, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὅτι τὴν προαίρεσίν εἰσί τινες βελτίους χρημάτων. καὶ γὰρ αἰδὼς ὑποκλέπτεται διὰ τοῦ κέρδους, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ αἰδοῦνται διὰ κέρδος τι πρᾶξαι, ἥτις αἰδὼς εὐδοξίαν φέρει. [Drachmann ad v. 78]

b. καὶ ὅτι ἡ αἰδὼς ἡ φέρουσα δόξαν ἔστι· ὅτε παραλογίζεται ὑπὸ φιλοκερδείας. [Drachmann ad v. 78]

c. ἄλλως. κἄν τις, φησίν, αἰδήμων ὑπάρχῃ, ὑπὸ τοῦ κέρδους παραλογίζεται· ἕνεκα γὰρ τοῦ κέρδους καὶ οἱ αἰδήμονες πολλάκις ἀναισχυντοῦσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 78]

a. Χρομίῳ κεν ὑπασπίζων: τῷ Χρομίῳ συμπαρὼν ἂν ἔν τε πεζομαχίᾳ καὶ ἱππομαχίᾳ καὶ ναυμαχίᾳ, ἔκρινας οἷός τις ὁ κίνδυνος ὁ τῶν πολέμων. φαίνεται δὲ, ὅτι βούλεται αὐτὸν ὡς ἀνδρεῖον καὶ διασῴζοντα τοὺς συνόντας αὐτῷ ἀφόβως παραστῆσαι. ἐπεὶ πῶς ἂν ἀγαθὸς γένοιτο κριτὴς μετὰ δέους ἀναστρεφόμενος ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ; [Drachmann ad v. 80]

a. οὔνεκεν ἐν πολέμῳ κείνα θεός: ὁ λόγος ἐπὶ τῆς προειρημένης αἰδοῦς. ᾔδεσαν οὖν, φησίν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ πρὸς τοὺς Φοίνικας πολέμῳ ἐκείνη ἡ θεὸς, δηλονότι ἡ Αἰδώς, παρεσκεύαζεν αὐτοῦ τὸν θυμὸν αἰχμητὴν εἶναι, ὥστε ἀμύνειν λοιγὸν Ἐνυαλίου. Ὅμηρος (Ε 531)· αἰδομένων δ᾿ ἀνδρῶν πλέονες σόοι ἠὲ πέφανται. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

b. παρεσκεύαζεν οὖν ἡ Αἰδὼς τῷ Χρομίῳ, οὐχ ἵνα κτήσηται τὸ κέρδος, ὡς ἄλλοι ἀπαναισχυντοῦσιν, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτοῦ χάριν τοῦ καλοῦ, ἵνα τῇ πατρίδι ἀμύνῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

a. παῦροι δὲ βουλεῦσαι φόνου: ὀλίγοι, φησί, φόνου ἐνεστηκότος βουλεύσασθαι δυνατοὶ τὴν τοῦ πολέμου νεφέλην τρέψαι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους κτείνοντες αὐτοὺς, καὶ χερσὶ καὶ ψυχαῖς, καὶ ἐν τῷ δρᾶσαι καὶ φονεῦσαι τοὺς πολεμίους, καὶ ἐν τῷ βουλεύσασθαι πῶς δεῖ ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς. κατορθοῦται γὰρ ὁ πόλεμος γνώμῃ καὶ χειρί· χειρὶ τῇ ἀνδρείᾳ, ψυχῇ τῇ φρονήσει, ἵν᾿ ᾖ ῥώμῃ μετὰ φρονήσεως. ἀμφότερα δὲ ταῦτα ἔχει ὁ Χρόμιος· καὶ γὰρ οὗτος βουλῇ καὶ χειρὶ ἐγένετο ἀγαθὸς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ πρὸς τοὺς Φοίνικας. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

a. Ἕκτορι μὲν κλέος ἀνθῆσαι: ἀπεικάζει αὐτὸν τῷ Ἕκτορι, καὶ τῷ Ἕκτορί φησιν ἀνθῆσαι τὸ κλέος μαχομένῳ παρὰ τῷ Σκαμάνδρῳ. τοῦτο δὲ εἰς ἔπαινον παρείλκυσε τοῦ Χρομίου. τὸν δὲ Ἕκτορα παρείληφε καὶ οὐκ Αἴαντα ἢ Ἀχιλλέα, τῷ καὶ τὸν Ἕκτορα μεμαχῆσθαι ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος, ὡς καὶ τὸν Χρόμιον. [Drachmann ad v. 93]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· λέγεταί γε μὴν καὶ ᾄδεται τῷ μὲν Ἕκτορι τὴν εὐδοξίαν... παρὰ τῷ Σκαμάνδρῳ, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἀκταῖς τοῦ Ἑλώρου ποταμοῦ, [ἀφ᾿] οὗ δὴ καὶ ὁ Ἀρείας πόρος καλεῖται, δέδεικται τοῦτο τὸ φέγγος τῷ Χρομίῳ, ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ καὶ νέᾳ ἡλικίᾳ. ἐνίκησε γὰρ ἐνταῦθα Καρχηδονίους συμμαχῶν Γέλωνι τῷ τυράννῳ τῷ Ἱπποκράτους διαδόχῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 93]

a. οὗa. βαθυκρήμνοισι δ᾿ ἀμφ᾿ ἀκταῖς Ἑλώρου: περὶ τοῦτον τὸν ποταμὸν συνέστη Ἱπποκράτει τῷ Γελώων τυράννῳ πρὸς Συρακουσίους πόλεμος· ὁ δὲ Γέλων, οὗτος ἑταῖρος, ἱππάρχει τότε Ἱπποκράτει. ἐν δὴ τούτῳ φησὶ τῷ πολέμῳ [εἰκὸς τὸν] Χρόμιον ἐπιδείξασθαι πολλὰ ἔργα κατὰ τὴν μάχην. περὶ δὲ τούτου τοῦ πολέμου Τίμαιος ἐν τῇ ι΄ δεδήλωκε. καθάπαξ γάρ, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, οὐδεμίαν ἄλλην μάχην ἔχομεν εὑρεῖν περὶ τὸν Ἕλωρον τῶν συνηκμακότων τῷ Χρομίῳ τυράννων, ὅτι μὴ σὺν Ἱπποκράτει τοῦ Γελωνος πρὸς Συρακουσίους. ὅτι μὲν οὖν Γέλωνα ἱππαρχεῖν κατέστησεν Ἱπποκράτης, σαφὲς ὁ Τίμαιος ποήσει γράφων οὕτως (FHG I 212)· Ἱπποκράτης δὲ μετὰ τὴν Κλεάνδρου τελευτὴν ἅμα μὲν τοῦ Γέλωνος ἐν τῇ τεταγμένῃ μεμενηκότος, ἅμα δὲ τοῖς Γελῴοις χαρίσασθαι βουλόμενος, μεταπεμψάμενος αὐτὸν καὶ παρακαλέσας ἐπὶ τὰς πράξεις, ἁπάντων τῶν ἱππέων τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἐκείνῳ παρέδωκεν. ὅτι δὲ καὶ ὁ Γέλων τῷ Χρομίῳ ἐχρῆτο ἑταίρῳ, δῆλον πάλιν ἐξ ὧν φησι Τίμαιος ἐν τῇ β΄ γράφων οὕτως (FHG I 212)· ἐπιτρόπους δὲ τοῦ παιδὸς μετ᾿ ἐκεῖνον κατέστησεν Ἀριστόνουν καὶ Χρόμιον τοὺς κηδεστάς· τούτοις γὰρ ὁ Γέλων δέδωκε τὰς ἀδελφάς. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

b. πρὸςb. ἄλλως. Ἕλωρος χωρίον Σικελίας ἤτοι ποταμὸς Συρακούσαις, ἐν ᾧ πολέμου γεγονότος μεταξὺ Ἱπποκράτους τοῦ τυράννου καὶ Συρακουσίων συνεμάχησε Γέλωνι συμμάχῳ τοῦ Ἱπποκράτους ὁ Χρόμιος καὶ ἠρίστευσεν. ἡ δὲ μάχη ἐν στερρῷ χωρίῳ τῷ Ἕλωρι· ὁ δὲ αἰγιαλὸς καλεῖται Ἀρείας πόρος. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

c. ἄλλως. Ἀρείας πόρος ἐλέγετο πᾶς ὁ περὶ τὸν πορθμὸν καὶ τὸ Ῥήγιον τόπος. ἔχει δὲ ὁ ποταμὸς ἱεροὺς ἰχθύας, οἳ παρὰ τῶν διαβαινόντων δέχονται τροφήν. ὁ δὲ τῆς Ἀρείας πόρος ἀνεξήγητός ἐστι· διὸ καὶ ἄδηλον, εἴτε Ἀρείας εἴτε Ῥείας λεκτέον εἴτε ὑφ᾿ ἓν Ἀρειάσπορον. καὶ καλεῖσθαι μέχρι τοῦ νῦν Ἀρείας πόρον διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν φυομένων, ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκέναι ἐκεῖσε πόλεμον. Ἄρεα δὲ οἱ ποιηταὶ τὸν πόλεμόν φασιν. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

a. πολλὰ μὲν ἐν κονίᾳ χέρσῳ: χέρσῳ τῆς ἠπείρου φησί· γείτονι δὲ πόντῳ, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ταῖς νήσοις καὶ θαλασσίοις τόποις. ἐν ὑπερβατῷ δέ φησιν· ἐν δὲ ἄλλαις ἡμέραις φήσω καὶ διελεύσομαι τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ τῆς ἠπείρου καὶ τὰ ἐν ταῖς νήσοις αὐτῷ διηνυσμένα. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐὰν κατορθώσῃ, πάλιν ἐρῶ ὕστερον τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ τῆς ἠπείρου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

a. ἐκ πόνων δὲ, οἳ σὺν νεότατι γένωνται: ἐκ τῶν πόνων τῶν ἐπιτελεσθέντων τῇ νεότητι, καὶ πόνων γε τοιούτων τῶν σὺν δικαίῳ τελεσθέντων, μία ἡμέρα αἰῶνος ὅλου τάξιν ἔχει εἰς εὐφροσύνην· ἐπειδάν τινες ἐν νεότητι πεπονηκότες ὦσι καὶ βεβιωκότες δικαίως, ἡμέρα μία ἐν τῷ γήρᾳ συγκριτική ἐστι πρὸς ὅλον τὸν αἰῶνα. τινὲς δὲ θηλυκῶς φασιν ἐξενηνέχθαι τὴν ἡμέραν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥμερος, καὶ τὸν αἰῶνα θηλυκῶς εἰρῆσθαι· ἡ αἰών ἐστιν αὐτοῖς ἡμέρα, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥμερος καὶ προσηνής ἐστιν αὐτοῖς ὁ βίος πρὸς γῆρας, ὅταν ὦσιν ἐν νεότητι πεπονηκότες δικαίως. τὰ δὲ προσηνῆ κατὰ μεταφορὰν ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας σημαίνεται, ὥσπερ τὰ χαλεπὰ ἀπὸ τῆς νυκτός. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ὁ δὲ ἐκ πόνων καὶ κινδύνων αἰὼν καὶ χρόνος, οἵτινες ἂν πόνοι μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ἐν τῇ νέᾳ ἀνυσθῶσιν ἡλικίᾳ, τούτῳ ὁ πρὸς τὸ γῆρας πᾶς χρόνος ὥσπερ μία ἡμέρα παρατρέχει διὰ τὸ εὐθυμεῖν καὶ μὴ ἐπαισθάνεσθαι τῶν φαύλων. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

c. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ὁ δὲ αἰὼν πρὸς τὸ γῆρας τούτοις τελέθει ἀεὶ φῶς τοῖς πόνοις, οἳ ἂν ἐν νεότητι γένωνται καὶ σὺν δίκῃ. ἔστι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου τῷ Ὁμήρου (τ 360)· αἶψα γὰρ ἐν κακότητι βροτοὶ καταγηράσκουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

a. εἰ γὰρ ἅμα κτεάνοισι πολλοῖς: εἰ γὰρ ἅμα τῷ πλουτεῖν καὶ δοξασθήσεταί τις καλὰ ἐργασάμενος, οὐκ ἔστιν ὑπερθέσθαι ταύτην τὴν μακαριότητα, ὅταν συνέλθῃ δόξα πλούτῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ γὰρ ἅμα πλήθει περιουσίας καὶ δόξαν εὐκλεῆ καρπωσάμενος οὐκέτι περαιτέρω θνητὸς ὢν ὀφείλει περισκοπεῖν οὐδὲ ἄλλης εὐτυχίας ὁδοὺς ἐπιζητεῖν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ποσίν. ἀνυπέρβλητος γάρ, φησίν, αὕτη ἡ ἀρετή. παρέοικε δὲ τῇ ἄνω διανοίᾳ (N. III 19)· εἰ δ᾿ ἐὼν καλὸς ἔρδων δ᾿ ἐοικότα μορφᾷ, οὐκέτι πόρσω, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

a. ἡσυχία δὲ φιλεῖ μὲν συμπόσιον: τῇ μὲν οὖν εἰρήνῃ καὶ ἡσυχίᾳ προσφιλές ἐστι τὸ συμπόσιον, ἡ δὲ νεωστὶ καταπραχθεῖσα νίκη συναύξεται τῇ μαλθακῇ καὶ ἡδείᾳ ᾠδῇ. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

b. ἢ οὕτω· τὸ συμπόσιον τὴν ἡσυχίαν φιλεῖ· καὶ ἔστιν ὅμοιον τῷ (N. V 6) ματέρ᾿ οἰνάνθας ὀπώραν. ἡ δὲ νικηφορία οὐ φιλεῖ ἡσυχίαν, ἀλλ᾿ ὕμνους. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

a. θαρσαλέα δὲ παρὰ κρατῆρα φωνὰ γίνεται: παρὰ δὲ τὸν κρατῆρα, ὃς ἵσταται διὰ τὸ τέλος τῆς νίκης, θαρσαλεωτέρα ἡ φωνὴ γίνεται, καὶ δύναταί τις θαρρῶν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ νικηφόρου ἀνδραγαθίᾳ μετὰ παρρησίας τὸν ὕμνον ᾄδειν τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

b. ἢ ἄλλως· ὅταν τις νικήσῃ, μετὰ παρρησίας εἰς αὐτὸν φωναὶ γενέσθωσαν καὶ ὕμνοι. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

a. ἐγκιρνάτω τίς μιν γλυκὺν κώμου προφάταν: τοίνυν τὸν κρατῆρα τὸν ἱστάμενον ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ ἐγκιρνάτω τις προηγητὴν ὄντα τοῦ ὕμνου. προηγητὴν δὲ ἔφη τοῦ ὕμνου τὸν κρατῆρα, ἐπειδὴ τῇ νίκῃ ἅμα κρατὴρ τῆς σπονδῆς ἵσταται, εἶθ᾿ οὕτως ὁ ὕμνος ᾔδετο. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἤδη κιρνάτω τις τὸν κρατῆρα, ὅς ἐστι προοίμιον καὶ προφήτης κώμου. κωμάζωμεν οὖν αὐτὸν καὶ ὑμνῶμεν, ὅτι νενίκηκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

a. ἀργυρέαισι δὲ νωμάτω φιάλαισι: μετὰ τὸ κερασθῆναι τὸν κρατῆρα, φησί, ἀποβαπτιζέτω τις τὰς φιάλας, καὶ διανεμέτω τοῖς κατακειμένοις. ποίας δὲ φιάλας; ἃς ἔλαβεν ὁ Χρόμιος νικήσας ἔνθεν. ἐν γὰρ τοῖς κατὰ Σικυῶνα Πυθίοις ἀργυραῖ φιάλαι ἔπαθλα. βιατὰν δὲ ἀμπέλου παῖδα τὸν οἶνόν φησιν, ἤτοι τὸν βίᾳ θλιβόμενον, ἢ τὸν βιάζεσθαι εἰδότα καὶ εἰς μέθην ἄγειν. [Drachmann ad v. 121]

a. ἅς ποθ᾿ ἵπποι κτησάμεναι: ἅστινας φιάλας αἱ τοῦ Χρομίου ἵπποι προσεκόμισαν διὰ τῆς νίκης τῷ δεσπότῃ ἅμα τοῖς μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ὑπάρξασιν αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος στεφάνοις ἐκ τῆς ἱερᾶς Σικυῶνος. οὐ παρῆν δὲ ὑπὸ τὴν νίκην, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεπόμφει τὸ ἅρμα. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

b. ἃς ἤνεγκαν, φησίν, ἅμα τοῖς στεφάνοις οἱ ἵπποι. θεμιπλέκτους δὲ τοὺς στεφάνους φησὶν ἤτοι νομίμως καὶ καθηκόντως πεπλεγμένους, ἢ καθὸ πάρεδρός ἐστι τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἡ Θέμις χάριν τοῦ χρηστηρίου· καὶ γὰρ ἦν προφῆτις· ἢ ὅτι δικαίως καὶ ἄνευ δωροδοκίας ἐστέφθη. ἱστορεῖται δὲ τὰ ἐν Φωκίδι χρήμασιν ἀνύεσθαι, διὸ καὶ πρόσκειται ἐνταῦθα τὰ ἐν Σικυῶνι. οἰκείως δὲ ἱερὰν τὴν Σικυῶνα προσηγόρευσεν· ἡ γὰρ Μηκώνη ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐστιν, ἐφ᾿ ἧς οἱ θεοὶ διεδάσαντο τὰς τιμάς. Ἡσίοδος (theog. 535)· καὶ γὰρ ὅτ᾿ ἐκρίνοντο θεοὶ θνητοί τ᾿ ἄνθρωποι Μηκώνῃ. καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fr. 195)· Μηκώνην μακάρων ἕδρανον αὖτις ἰδεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

a. Ζεῦ πάτερ, εὔχομαι: εὔχομαι δὴ οὖν, πάτερ Ζεῦ, καὶ ταύτην αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀρετὴν ὑμνῆσαι ἐπιχαρίτως, ἐπὶ πολλῶν τε καὶ ἄλλων τὴν νίκην αὐτοῦ ὑμνῆσαι τοῖς λόγοις προπέμπων μου τὴν Μοῦσαν ἐγγὺς τοῦ σκοποῦ· οἱονεὶ ἐπαξίως αὐτὸν ὑμνῆσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

b. ἄλλως. τιμαλφεῖν λόγοις, ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμᾶν αὐτὸν λόγοις, προσβάλλων ταῖς Μούσαις τὴν νίκην καὶ συναρμόζων αὐτήν· τοῖς ὕμνοις βάλλων τὴν νίκην. τινὲς δὲ ἀνέγνωσαν περισπωμένως νικᾶν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ὑπὲρ πολλῶν νικῶν τιμᾶν τοῖς λόγοις· ἀκοντίζων δὲ ἐγγὺς τοῦ σκοποῦ τὴν Μοῦσαν, ἤτοι διϊκνούμενος ταῖς Μούσαις. [Drachmann ad v. 127]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 10

Nemean 10 — for Θεαίῳ Ἀργείῳ

παλαιστῇ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 90 lines · 84 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen X.

p2. εἰςΤῆς δεκάτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐστὶν ια΄. τὸ α΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον δισύλλαβον. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ γ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος λείπων μιᾷ ἐν ἀρχῇ, ἢ περίοδος. τὸ δ΄ προσοδικὸν ἀπὸ ἰωνικοῦ καὶ χοριαμβικοῦ. τὸ ε΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ γ΄. τὸ ς΄ περίοδος τροχαϊκὴ ἐπίτριτος ἢ χορίαμβος διὰ τὴν ἀπόδοσιν. τὸ ζ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβέλεγος μετατιθεμένης τῆς τελευταίας ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. τὸ θ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ι΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 99) Ζεῦ πάτερ, γάμον μὲν οὐκ ἐδαισάμην. τὸ ια΄ τὸ αὐτό· τὸ δὲ κολεῷ (vs. 11 vg.) ἀντὶ τοῦ κολῷ κατὰ συνίζησιν.

p3. ἡ δὲ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ιβ΄. τὸ α΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ὅμοιον τῷ ζ΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ γ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ α΄ τῆς ἐπῳδοῦ. τὸ δ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ β΄· τὸ δὲ χαλκέοις (vs. 26 vg.) ἀντὶ τοῦ χαλκοῖς κατὰ συνίζησιν. τὸ ε΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ζ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ η΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ θ΄ ἀναπαιστικὸν Ἀριστοφάνειον ἥμισυ ἀκροτελεύτιον. τὸ ι΄ ἄτακτον ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς διὰ τὸν δεύτερον σπονδεῖον. τὸ ια΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον τῆς α΄ μακρᾶς λελυμένης. τὸ ιβ΄ Εὐριπίδειον.

p4. Inscr. Ἐν Ἄργει τελεῖται τῇ Ἥρᾳ ἀγὼν ἱερὸς Ἑκατόμβαια, ὃν καὶ Ἥραια καλοῦσιν· ἐν γὰρ τῇ τοῦ ἀγῶνος πανηγύρει ἑκατὸν βοῦς θύουσι τῇ Ἥρᾳ. ὁ δὲ Δαναὸς Βήλου παῖς ὢν τοῦ Ἄργους ἐβασίλευσεν, ὁ δὲ Αἴγυπτος τῆς ὁμωνύμου χώρας, ὁ δὲ Ἀγήνωρ τῆς Φοινίκης.

1–4

 Δαναοῦ πόλιν ἀγλαοθρόνων τε πεντήκοντα κορᾶν, Χάριτες, σ4
 Ἄργος Ἥρας δῶμα θεοπρεπὲς ὑμνεῖτε· φλέγεται δʼ ἀρεταῖς
 μυρίαις ἔργων θρασέων ἕνεκεν.
 μακρὰ μὲν τὰ Περσέος ἀμφὶ Μεδοίσας Γοργόνος·

Graces, sing of the city of Danaus and his fifty daughters on their splendid thrones, Hera’s Argos, a home suitable for a god; it blazes with countless excellences because of its bold deeds. Long indeed is the story of Perseus and the Gorgon Medusa,

The city of Danaos and of his fifty bright-throned daughters, Argos the home of Hera, meet abode of gods, sing Graces! for by excellencies innumerable it is made glorious in the deeds of valiant men.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Δαναοῦ πόλιν ἀγλαοθρόνων τε: ἔνιοί φασιν εἰς πλείους νίκας τὸν ἐπίνικον συντετάχθαι· λαβεῖν γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ Ἴσθμια καὶ Πύθια καὶ Νέμεα. περὶ δὲ τῶν Ὀλυμπίων εὔχεται, ὅτε φησί (29)· Ζεῦ πάτερ, τῶν γε μὰν ἔραται. ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος ὅτε βούλοιτο ἐπαινεῖν τὰς πατρίδας τῶν νενικηκότων, ἀθροίζειν εἴωθε τὰ πεπραγμένα ταῖς πόλεσι περιφανῆ, καθὼς ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ, ἧς ἡ ἀρχή· Ἰσμηνὸν ἢ χρυσηλάκατον Μελίαν (fr. 29. 30).

b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ὑμνεῖτε, ὦ Χάριτες, τὴν τοῦ Δαναοῦ πόλιν καὶ τὰς πεντήκοντα αὐτοῦ θυγατέρας.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὅλος· τὴν τοῦ Δαναοῦ πόλιν καὶ τῶν πεντήκοντα θυγατέρων αὐτοῦ, φημὶ δὲ τὸ Ἄργος, ἥτις πόλις Ἀργείων οἰκητήριον θειωδέστατόν ἐστι τῆς Ἥρας, ὑμνήσατε, ὦ Χάριτες. ἔστι δὲ παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Δ 51)· ἦτοι ἐμοὶ τρεῖς μὲν πολὺ φίλταταί εἰσι πόληες, Ἄργος τε Σπάρτη τε καὶ εὐρυάγυια Μυκήνη. καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fr. 108)· τὸν μὲν ἀρισκυδὴς εὖνις ἀνῆκε Διὸς Ἄργος ἔθειν, ἴδιόν περ ἐὸν λάχος· ἀλλὰ γενέθλῃ Ζηνὸς ὅπως σκοτίῃ τρηχὺς ἄεθλος ἔοι.

d. τὸ δὲ φλέγ ται ἀντὶ τοῦ λαμπρύνεται καὶ δοξάζεται· ἐκλάμπει χάριν τῶν ἀρετῶν ὧν ἔσχε.

5–6

5 πολλὰ δʼ Αἰγύπτῳ καταοίκισθεν ἄστη ταῖς Ἐπάφου παλάμαις·5

6 οὐδʼ Ὑπερμνήστρα παρεπλάγχθη, μονόψαφον ἐν κολεῷ κατασχοῖσα ξίφος. σ1

Egypt and many are the cities founded in by the devising of Epaphus. Nor did Hypermnestra go astray, when she restrained in its scabbard her sword, which was alone in its verdict.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (1 entry)

ad v. 6

a. τὰμακρὰ μὲν τὰ Περσέως: ἀπὸ Περσέως ἄρχεται· Ἀργεῖος γὰρ οὗτος. μακρὰ οὖν, φησί, τὰ διηγήματα τὰ περὶ Περσέως, ἃ ἔπραξε κατὰ τὴν Γοργόνα. μακρὰ δὲ αὐτὰ εἶπεν, ἤτοι ὅτι παλαιά ἐστι τὰ λεγόμενα, οἷον ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου μήκους διῖκται εἰς ἡμᾶς, ἢ μακρὰ οἷον ὑψηλὰ καὶ ἔνδοξα· ἢ καὶ τρίτον μακρά ἐστι τὰ διηγήματα, ἐὰν ἄρξωμαι εἰπεῖν τὰ περὶ Περσέως. μακρὰ τοίνυν ἂν εἴη λέγειν καὶ διηγεῖσθαι τὰ Περσέως καὶ Μεδούσης τῆς Γοργόνος. καὶ ῥητορικῶς δὲ τοῦτο ποιεῖ· δοκῶν παραιτεῖσθαι τὸ λέγειν καθ᾿ ἕκαστα τῶν Ἀργείων ἀνδραγαθήματα, λεληθότως καταριθμεῖται αὐτά. ἔστι δὲ ἡ ἱστορία αὕτη. Μέδουσα, μία δὲ τῶν Γοργόνων αὕτη, ἤρισέ ποτε περὶ κάλλους τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ, ἡ δὲ πρὸς τὴν πρόκλησιν ἀγανακτήσασα πείθει Περσέα εἰς τὸν Ὠκεανὸν διαβῆναι, παρασχοῦσα αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν Ἄϊδος κυνέην, εἴη δ᾿ ἂν ἡ ἀορασία, καὶ ἀποτεμεῖν τῆς Γοργόνος τὴν κεφαλήν, ὁ δὲ τῷ αὐτοῦ τάχει θαρρῶν καὶ τῇ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς συμπραξίᾳ ἐπὶ τὸν ἆθλον στέλλεται, καὶ κατειληφὼς τὰς Γοργόνας καὶ ἰδὼν διαδούσας ἀλλήλαις τὸν ὀφθαλμόν, ἑνὶ γὰρ αἱ πᾶσαι ἐχρῶντο, ἁρμοζόμενον τὸ διδόμενον πρὸς τὸ ἐγχείρημα σκοπήσας ἀποτέμνει τῆς Μεδούσης τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ δίδωσι τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ· ἡ δὲ δεξαμένη ἐνέθηκε τῷ ἑαυτῆς στήθει, ὅπως ἂν ἐν τῇ παραθέσει ἡ τοῦ κάλλους εἴη διάκρισις. ἐδυνήθη δὲ καὶ τῇ τῆς Γοργόνος κεφαλῇ τὴν Ἀνδρομέδαν τοῦ κήτους ἀπολύσασθαι· δείξας γὰρ τῷ κήτει τὴν Γοργόνα καὶ ἀπολιθώσας αὐτὸ ἀπέλυσε τῆς βορᾶς τὴν παρθένον. οἱ γὰρ ὁρῶντες τὴν κεφαλὴν τῆς Γοργόνος ἀπελιθοῦντο.

7–9

 Διομήδεα δʼ ἄμβροτον ξανθά ποτε Γλαυκῶπις ἔθηκε θεόν·
 γαῖα δʼ ἐν Θήβαις ὑπέδεκτο κεραυνωθεῖσα Διὸς βέλεσιν σ1
 μάντιν Οἰκλείδαν, πολέμοιο νέφος·

Thebes And once the golden-haired, gray-eyed goddess made Diomedes an immortal god; and the earth in, thunder-struck by the bolts of Zeus, swallowed up the prophetic son of Oicles, Amphiaraus, the storm-cloud of war.

Long is the tale of Perseus, that telleth of the Gorgon Medusa: many are the cities in Egypt founded by the hands of Epaphos: neither went Hypermnestra's choice astray when she kept sheathed her solitary sword.

Scholia ad vv. 7–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 8

a. πολλὰ δ᾿ Αἰγύπτῳ κατῴκισθεν ἄστη: πολλὰ δ᾿ ἂν εἴη λέγειν, ὅπως ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ κατῳκίσθησαν πόλεις ὑπὸ τῶν τοῦ Ἐπάφου χειρῶν. Ἔπαφος δὲ Διὸς καὶ Ἰοῦς, Ἰὼ δὲ Ἰνάχου τοῦ ἐν Ἄργει ποταμοῦ καὶ νύμφης· οὗτος οὖν ὁ Ἔπαφος ἐβασίλευσεν Αἰγύπτου, Ἀργεῖος ὢν ἀπὸ μητρός.

10–11

10 καὶ γυναιξὶν καλλικόμοισιν ἀριστεύει πάλαι· σ210

11 Ζεὺς ἐπʼ Ἀλκμήναν Δανάαν τε μολὼν τοῦτον κατέφανε λόγον·

And Argos has long been the best city for women with beautiful hair; Zeus made this saying clear by visiting Alcmena and Danae, and he united the fruit of intelligence with straightforward justice in the father of Adrastus and in Lynceus.

Scholia ad vv. 10–11 (2 entries)

ad v. 10

a. οὐδ᾿ Ὑπερμήστρα παρεπλάγχθη: τί δ᾿ ἄν τις φήσειε περὶ τῆς Ὑπερμήστρας; ἥτις οὑκ ἐσφάλη φεισαμένη τοῦ αὑτῆς ξίφους καὶ μὴ ἀνελοῦσα τὸν Λυγκέα. παρεπλάγχθη δὲ, ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῦ δέοντος ἀπεπλανήθη λογισμοῦ.

b. ἄλλως. καὶ τοῦτο εἰς ἔπαινόν φησι. τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων Δαναΐδων κοινῇ γνώμῃ ἐπιθεμένων τοῖς Αἰγυπτιάδαις, μόνη ἡ Ὑπερμήστρα, ἐπεὶ διεφύλαξεν αὐτὴν ἁγνὴν παρθένον ὁ Λυγκεὺς, οὐκ ἐφαίνετο ἰσόψηφος ταῖς ἀδελφαῖς, ἀλλὰ μονόψηφος ἐγένετο, ψῆφον ἤνεγκε μόνη καθ᾿ ἑαυτὴν, ἀπολυτικήν τινα ταύτην, ἐν κολεῷ κατασχοῦσα τὸ ξίφος· τουτέστι μόνη παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας Δαναΐδας, ἰδίᾳ ψήφῳ χρησαμένη, οὐκ ἔσπασε κατὰ τοῦ Λυγκέως τὸ ξίφος.

12 πατρὶ δʼ Ἀδράστοιο Λυγκεῖ τε φρενῶν καρπὸν εὐθείᾳ συνάρμοξεν δίκᾳ· σ2

Also their Diomedes did the grey-eyed goddess make incorruptible and a god: and at Thebes, the earth blasted by the bolts of Zeus received within her the prophet, the son of Oikleus, the storm-cloud of war.

Scholia ad vv. 12–12 (2 entries)

ad v. 12

a. Διομήδεα δ᾿ ἄμβροτον ξανθά ποτε γλαυκῶπις ἔθηκε θεόν: καὶ οὗτος Ἀργεῖος, ὃς δι᾿ ἀρετὴν ἀπηθανατίσθη· καὶ ἔστι περὶ τὸν Ἀδρίαν Διομήδεια νῆσος ἱερὰ, ἐν ᾗ τιμᾶται ὡς θεός. καὶ Ἴβυκος οὕτω (fr. 38)·... τὴν Ἑρμιόνην γήμας ὁ Διομήδης ἀπηθανατίσθη σὺν τοῖς Διοσκούροις· καὶ γὰρ συνδιαιτᾶται αὐτοῖς. καὶ Πολέμων ἱστορεῖ (FHG III 122)· ἐν μὲν γὰρ Ἀργυρίπποις ἅγιόν ἐστιν αὐτοῦ ἱερόν· καὶ ἐν Μεταποντίῳ δὲ διὰ πολλῆς αὐτὸν αἴρεσθαι τιμῆς ὡς θεὸν, καὶ ἐν Θουρίοις εἰκόνας αὐτοῦ καθιδρύσθαι ὡς θεοῦ.

b. ἄλλως. οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ τὸν Διομήδην ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ θεὸν ἐποίησε; κατὰ γὰρ τὸν Θηβαϊκὸν πόλεμον Μελάνιππος, ἦν δὲ οὗτος ἥρως Θηβαῖος, ἐτρωσε τὸν Τυδέα· ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὴν πληγὴν θυμήνας καθικέτευσε τὸν Ἀμφιάραον ἀνελεῖν τὸν Μελάνιππον καὶ προσαγαγεῖν αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλήν. προσαχθείσης δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς κεφαλῆς καὶ τῆς ὀργῆς νικησάσης τὸν δέοντα λογισμὸν, ἀπεγεύσατο τῶν Μελανιππείων κρεῶν, ὡς καὶ Εὐριπίδης ἐν τῷ Μελεάγρῳ φησίν (fr. 537)· εἰς ἀνδροβρώτους ἡδονὰς ἀφίξεται κάρηνα πυρσαῖς γένυσι Μελανίππου σπάσας. τετρωμένῳ οὖν τῷ Τυδεῖ ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ τὴν ἀθανασίαν παρήγαγε, καὶ οὐκ ἀπήλαυσε τῆς δωρεᾶς ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρωπείων κρεῶν βρῶσιν· εἶτα ὡς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἠδυνήθη τῆς ἀθανασίας τυχεῖν, ἠξίωσε τὴν θεὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Διομήδην τὸ δῶρον μεταθεῖναι. τιμᾶται γοῦν καὶ παρὰ Θουρίοις καὶ Μεταποντίοις ὡς θεὸς Διομήδης, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι παρὰ τοῖς ἱστορικοῖς εὑρέσθαι αὐτοῦ τὸν θάνατον.

13–14

13 θρέψε δʼ αἰχμὰν Ἀμφιτρύωνος. ὁ δʼ ὄλβῳ φέρτατος

14 ἵκετʼ ἐς κείνου γενεάν, ἐπεὶ ἐν χαλκέοις ὅπλοις σ1

And Zeus nourished the spear of Amphitryon, who attained the height of prosperity and entered into kinship with that god, when, clad in bronze armor,

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (1 entry)

ad v. 14

a. γαῖα δ᾿ ἐν Θήβαις ὑπέδεκτο: καὶ ὁ Ἀμφιάραος Ἀργεῖος. Θηβαῖοι οὖν οὐκ ἔχουσιν ὡς θεὸν τὸν Ὀϊκλέους παῖδα Ἀμφιάραον, σχισθείσης ὑπὸ κεραυνοῦ τῆς γῆς καὶ δεξαμένης αὐτὸν; ὁ γὰρ Ζεὺς εἰς τιμὴν αὐτοῦ σχίσας τὴν γῆν τῷ κεραυνῷ καταδεχθῆναι ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ ἅρματι, καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν ἀθάνατον· ἀφ᾿ οὗ δὴ μέχρι νῦν τὸ τοῦ Ἀμφιαράου μαντεῖον ἐνδοξότατον τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος. ἀμφίβολον δὲ πότερον τὸν Ἀμφιάραον ἐδέξατο ἡ γῆ πολέμου ὄντα νέφος, ἢ ὅτε τὸ τοῦ πολέμου νέφος τοῖς Ἀργείοις ἐπῆλθε τὸ ἀπὸ Θηβῶν, τότε ὁ Ζεὺς κηδόμενος τοῦ Ἀμφιαράου ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῆς γῆς δεχθῆναι καὶ εἶναι ἀθάνατον.

15–17

 Τηλεβόας ἔναρεν· τῷ ὄψιν ἐειδόμενος
 ἀθανάτων βασιλεὺς αὐλὰν ἐσῆλθεν
 σπέρμʼ ἀδείμαντον φέρων Ἡρακλέος· οὗ κατʼ Ὄλυμπον σ1

Olympus he slew the Teleboae. Taking on the appearance of Amphitryon, the king of the immortals entered the hall of that hero, bearing the fearless seed of Heracles; whose bride Hebe, the most beautiful of the goddesses, walks forever in beside her mother Hera, goddess of marriage.

Scholia ad vv. 15–17 (1 entry)

ad v. 17

a. καὶ γυναιξὶ καλλικόμοισι: προεξαριθμησάμενος τὰς τῶν Ἀργείων ἀρετάς φησι μὴ μόνον ἥρωσι διαπρέπειν αὐτοὺς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡρωΐσι γυναιξὶ διαπρέπειν πάλαι, ἀρχῆθεν. τίς ἀπόδειξις ὅτι καὶ γυναιξί; Ζεὺς ἐπ᾿ Ἀλκμήναν Δανάαν τε μολὼν τοῦτον κατέφηνε λόγον· ὅτι καὶ γυναιξὶν ἀριστεύει τὸ Ἄργος, οὐχ ἕτερος μάρτυς ἀλλ᾿ ὁ Ζεύς, ὃς καὶ πρὸς Ἀλκμήνην ἀφίκετο καὶ Δανάην Ἀργείας οὔσας.

18 ἄλοχος Ἥβα τελείᾳ παρὰ ματέρι βαίνοισʼ ἔστι, καλλίστα θεῶν.

Moreover in women of beautiful hair doth the land excel. Thereto in days of old Zeus testified, when he followed after Alkmene and after Danaë.

19 βραχύ μοι στόμα πάντʼ ἀναγήσασθʼ, ὅσων Ἀργεῖον ἔχει τέμενος

My mouth is too small to tell the whole story of all the noble things in which the precinct of Argos has a share.

20–22

 μοῖραν ἐσλῶν· ἔστι δὲ καὶ κόρος ἀνθρώπων βαρὺς ἀντιάσαι·
 ἀλλʼ ὅμως εὔχορδον ἔγειρε λύραν, σ2
 καὶ παλαισμάτων λάβε φροντίδʼ· ἀγών τοι χάλκεος

And there is also the satiety of men, which is grievous to encounter. But nevertheless, awaken the well-strung lyre, and take thought of wrestling; the contest for the bronze shield calls the people to the sacrifice of oxen in honor of Hera and to the trial of contests. There the son of Ulias, Theaeus, was victorious twice, and gained forgetfulness of toils that were bravely borne.

Scholia ad vv. 20–22 (2 entries)

ad v. 21

a. πατρί τ᾿ Ἀδράστοιο Λυγκεῖ τε: οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ τῷ τοῦ Ἀδράστου πατρὶ Ταλαῷ καὶ τῷ Λυγκεῖ ἄριστον λογισμὸν παρέσχε καὶ μετὰ δικαιοσύνης συνήρμοσε; καρπὸς δὲ φρενῶν ὁ λογισμός. τίς δὲ συνήρμοσεν; ὁ Ζεύς.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· καὶ ἐπὶ Ταλαῷ οὖν καὶ Λυγκεῖ τὸν τῶν φρενῶν καρπὸν εὐθὺν ἐποίησεν, ὅ ἐστι δίκαιον αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ζεύς. ἀπὸ Λυγκέως δὲ οἱ περὶ Περσέα.

23–24

23 δᾶμον ὀτρύνει ποτὶ βουθυσίαν Ἥρας ἀέθλων τε κρίσιν·

24 Οὐλία παῖς ἔνθα νικάσαις δὶς ἔσχεν Θεαῖος εὐφόρων λάθαν πόνων. σ3

And in the father of Adrastos and in Lynkeus did Argos mingle ripe wisdom with upright justice: and she reared the warrior Amphitryon. Now he came to the height of honour in his descendants, for in bronze armour he slew the Teleboai, and in his likeness the king of the immortals entered his hall, bearing the seed of fearless Herakles, whose bride in Olympos is Hebe, who by the side of her mother, the queen of marriage, walketh of all divinities most fair.

Scholia ad vv. 23–24 (3 entries)

ad v. 24

a. ὁ δ᾿ ὄλβῳ φέρτατος ἵκετ᾿ ἐς κείνου γενεάν: κοινωσόμενος τῷ Ἀμφιτρύωνι τὴν γενεὰν ὁ Ζεὺς [ἵκετ᾿ εἰς ἐκείνου γενεάν]. πῶς δὲ παρεγένετο συγγενέσθαι; ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ζεὺς τῇ προτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγέννησε τὸν Ἡρακλέα, ὁ δὲ Ἀμφιτρύων τῇ ἑξῆς τὸν Ἰφικλέα, καὶ ἐμίχθη τὰ γένη ἀμφοτέρων.

b. οὐχὶ δὲ ὁ Ζεὺς παρεγένετο εἰς τὴν ἐκείνου σποράν; ὅτε γὰρ τοῖς ὅπλοις ἀναιροῦντος αὐτοῦ τοὺς Τηλεβόας, τηνικαῦτα τὴν ὄψιν ἀφομοιωθεὶς ὁ Ζεὺς τῷ Ἀμφιτρύωνι | καὶ οὕτως εἰς τὸν οἶκον ἐλθὼν τῆς Ἀλκμήνης ἐπλησίασεν αὐτῇ καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἔσπειρεν. ἆθλον γὰρ ἡ Ἀλκμήνη τὸν ἑαυτῆς γάμον προὔθηκε τῷ τοὺς Τηλεβόας καταπολεμήσοντι· ἔπραττε τοῦτο Ἀμφιτρύων, καὶ ἐκείνου περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἀσχολουμένου ὁ Ζεὺς ἀφομοιωθεὶς συνῆλθεν αὐτῇ.

c. ἀδείμαντον δὲ ἔφη τὸ σπέρμα, ὃ ἔμ λλεν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Ἡρακλέους γένεσιν καταβαλεῖν ὁ Ζεύς, ὅ ἐστιν ἄφοβον· ὁ γὰρ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεννηθεὶς ἦν ἄφοβος Ἡρακλῆς.

25–28

 ἐκράτησε δὲ καί ποθʼ Ἕλλανα στρατὸν Πυθῶνι, τύχᾳ τε μολὼν
 καὶ τὸν Ἰσθμοῖ καὶ Νεμέᾳ στέφανον, Μοίσαισί τʼ ἔδωκʼ ἀρόσαι,
 τρὶς μὲν ἐν πόντοιο πύλαισι λαχών,
 τρὶς δὲ καὶ σεμνοῖς δαπέδοις ἐν Ἀδραστείῳ νόμῳ.

GreecePythoNemea And he once was victor over the people of at; and, going with good fortune, he won the crown at the Isthmus and at, and he gave the Muses a field to plough, since he won three times at the gates of the sea, and three times on the sacred ground, according to the ordinance of Adrastus. Father Zeus, his mouth keeps silent what his heart truly desires. The accomplishment of all

29 Ζεῦ πάτερ, τῶν μὰν ἔραται φρενί, σιγᾷ οἱ στόμα· πᾶν δὲ τέλος

My tongue would fail to tell in full the honours wherein the sacred Argive land hath part: also the distaste of men is ill to meet. Yet wake the well-strung lyre, and take thought of wrestlings; a strife for the bronze shield stirreth the folk to sacrifice of oxen unto Hera and to the issue of games, wherein the son of Oulias, Theaios, having overcome twice, hath obtained forgetfulness of the toils he lightly bore.

30 ἐν τὶν ἔργων· οὐδʼ, ἀμόχθῳ καρδίᾳ προσφέρων τόλμαν, παραιτεῖται χάριν·30

deeds rests with you. Adding boldness to a heart that does not shrink from labor, he asks for your grace.

31–33

 γνώτʼ ἀείδω οἷ τε καὶ ὅστις ἁμιλλᾶται περὶ σ1
 ἐσχάτων ἄθλων κορυφαῖς· ὕπατον δʼ ἔσχεν Πίσα
 Ἡρακλέος τεθμόν· ἁδεῖαί γε μὲν ἀμβολάδαν

Pisa I sing what is known to the god and to whoever strives for the chief crown in the foremost games. holds the highest ordinance, that of Heracles. Still, the sweet voices of the Athenians at their festival twice sang victory-songs as a prelude for Theaeus,

Scholia ad vv. 31–33 (1 entry)

ad v. 31

a. οὗ κατ᾿ Ὄλυμπον ἄλοχος: οὗτινος Ἡρακλέους ἡ γαμετὴ κατὰ τὸν Ὄλυμπον Ἥβη παρὰ τῇ τελείᾳ ἑαυτῆς μητρὶ προϊοῦσα πορεύεται τῶν θεῶν ἐκπρεπεστάτη. λέγει δὲ μητέρα τελείαν τὴν Ἥραν. καὶ Αἰσχύλος (fr. 383)· Ἥρα τελεία, Ζηνὸς εὐναία δάμαρ. ἔστι γὰρ αὐτὴ γαμηλία καὶ ζυγία. ἔστι δὲ ὁ γάμος τέλος διὰ τὸ τελειότητα βίου κατασκευάζειν.

34 ἐν τελεταῖς δὶς Ἀθαναίων νιν ὀμφαὶ

Also on a time at Pytho he was first of the Hellenic host, and won crowns at Isthmos and at Nemea, led thither by fair hap, and gave work for the Muses' plough by thrice winning at the Gates of the Sea and thrice on the famous plains in the pastures of Adrastos' home. Of that he longeth for, O Father Zeus, his mouth is silent, with thee are the issues of deeds: but with a spirit strong to labour and of a good courage he prayeth thy grace. Both Theaios, and whosoever struggleth in the perfect consummation of all games, know this, even the supremacy of the ordinance of Herakles that is holden at Pisa: yet sweet preluding strains are those that twice have welcomed his triumph at the festival of the Athenians: and in earthenware baked in the fire, within the closure of figured urns, there came among the goodly folk of Hera the prize of the olive fruit.

35–36

35 κώμασαν· γαίᾳ δὲ καυθείσᾳ πυρὶ καρπὸς ἐλαίας σ135

36 ἔμολεν Ἥρας τὸν εὐάνορα λαὸν ἐν ἀγγέων ἕρκεσιν παμποικίλοις.

and in earth baked by fire olive oil came to the fine men of Hera’s city in jars with richly painted sides.

Scholia ad vv. 35–36 (1 entry)

ad v. 35

a. βραχύ μοι στόμα πάντ᾿ ἀναγήσασθαι: ἥττηταί μοι, φησί, τῶν Ἀργείων ἀνδραγαθημάτων ὁ λόγος, καὶ ἀδυνάτως ἔχει πάντα διηγήσασθαι τὰ τοῦ Ἄργους καλά. διατί δὲ εἰς ταῦτα παρεκβέβηκεν; ὅτι ὁ ἀγὼν, ὃν ἐνίκα ὁ Θειαῖος, τὰ Ἑκατόμβαια, οὐκ ἦν ἐπίσημος οὐδ᾿ ἐκτροπὰς ἔχων. ἵν᾿ οὖν ἔχῃ μῆκος περιποιῆσαι τῇ ᾠδῇ, ἐπὶ τὴν κοινότητα τῶν ἐπαίνων τῆς πατρίδος αὐτοῦ κατήντησεν.

37–39

 ἕπεται δέ, Θεαῖε, ματρώων πολύγνωτον γένος ὑμετέρων σ2
 σὺν εὐάγων τιμὰ Χαρίτεσσί τε καὶ Τυνδαρίδαις θαμάκις.
 ἀξιωθείην κεν, ἐὼν Θρασύκλου σ1

Theaeus, the honor of successful contests often attends on the well-known race of your maternal ancestors, by the favor of the Graces and the Tyndarids. I would think it right, if I were a kinsman of Thrasyclus

Scholia ad vv. 37–39 (3 entries)

ad v. 37

a. ἔστι δὲ καὶ κόρος ἀνθρώπων βαρὺς | ἀντιάσαι: ἔστι μὲν γὰρ ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φθόνος βαρὺς πρὸς ἐναντίωσιν· οὐχ ἡδέως γὰρ ἀκούουσιν ἀλλοτρίων θαυμάτων οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλ᾿ εὐθὺς κόρον ἴσχουσι τῶν ἐπαίνων διὰ βασκανίαν.

b. ἄλλως. ὁ κόρος βαρύς ἐστιν ὁ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων | ἀντιάσαι καὶ συναντῆσαι, τουτέστιν ἀντίος γενηθεὶς ὁ κόρος τῶν ἀνθρώπων βαρύς ἐστι καὶ δυσβάστακτος· διὸ τὸν ὕμνον τῶν Ἀργείων καταλείψας τὸν κόρον φεύξομαι, ὅ ἐστι τὸν φθόνον.

ad v. 39

a. ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως εὔχορδον ἔγειρε λύραν: πρὸς ἑαυτόν φησι ταῦτα ὁ Πίνδαρος· ὅμως μέντοι τὴν εὐάρμοστον λύραν λάμβανε καὶ τὴν φροντίδα τῶν παλαισμάτων δέξαι, τουτέστιν ἐπαίνει τὸν παλαιστήν. χάλκεον δέ φησι τὸν ἀγῶνα, ἤτοι ὅτι ἰσχυρός ἐστιν, ἢ ὅτι χαλκοῦν ὅπλον τὸ ἔπαθλον. ὁ τοίνυν ἀγὼν ὁ στερρότατος τὸν δῆμον παρορμᾷ εἰς τὴν τῆς θεοῦ θυσίαν, εἴς τε τὴν τῶν ἄθλων κρίσιν τὸν δῆμον ὁ τοῦ Οὐλίου παῖς Θειαῖος παρορμᾷ. τὸ παρορμᾷ δὲ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ. δὶς δὲ αὐτόν φησι νενικηκέναι τὰ Ἑκατόμβαια καὶ ἐσχηκέναι εὐφόρων λήθην πόνων. ἐπιλανθάνονται γὰρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἄθλησιν πόνων, ὅταν νικήσωσι. γράφεται δὲ καὶ εὐφρόνων· εὐφόρων μὲν, ἐπεὶ εὔφοροί εἰσιν οἱ τοιοῦτοι πόνοι τῷ ἄριστα ἆθλα ἐνηνοχέναι· εὐφρόνων δὲ, τῶν εὐφραντικῶν.

40–42

 Ἀντία τε ξύγγονος, Ἄργει μὴ κρύπτειν φάος
 ὀμμάτων. νικαφορίαις γὰρ ὅσαις Προίτοιο τόδʼ ἱπποτρόφον
 ἄστυ θάλησεν Κορίνθου τʼ ἐν μυχοῖς καὶ Κλεωναίων πρὸς ἀνδρῶν τετράκις·

and Antias, not to veil the light in my eyes. For this horse-breeding city of Proetus has flourished with so many victories in the glens of Corinth, and four times from the men of Cleonae.

On the renowned race of thy mother's sires there waiteth glory of games by favour of the Graces and the sons of Tyndareus together. Were I kinsman of Thrasyklos and Antias I would claim at Argos not to hide mine eyes. For with how many victories hath this horse-breeding city of Proitos flourished! even in the Corinthian corner and from the men of Kleonai four times, and from Sikyon they came laden with silver, even goblets for wine, and out of Pellene clad in soft woof of wool. But to tell over the multitude of their prizes of bronze is a thing impossible--to count them longer leisure were needed--which Kleitor and Tegea and the Achaians' high-set cities and the Lykaion set for a prize by the race-course of Zeus for the conquerors by strength of hands or feet.

43–44

43 Σικυωνόθε δʼ ἀργυρωθέντες σὺν οἰνηραῖς φιάλαις ἐπέβαν,

44 ἐκ δὲ Πελλάνας ἐπιεσσάμενοι νῶτον μαλακαῖσι κρόκαις·

Sicyon And from they returned with silver wine-goblets, and from Pellana with soft wool cloaks around their shoulders.

45 ἀλλὰ χαλκὸν μυρίον οὐ δυνατὸν45

Tegea But it is impossible to give a full reckoning of their countless prizes of bronze—for it would require long leisure to number them—which Cleitor and and the upland cities of the Achaeans and Mount Lycaeon set by the racecourse of Zeus for men to win with the strength of their feet and hands.

46–48

 ἐξελέγχειν· μακροτέρας γὰρ ἀριθμῆσαι σχολᾶς· σ3
 ὅντε Κλείτωρ καὶ Τεγέα καὶ Ἀχαιῶν ὑψίβατοι πόλιες
 καὶ Λύκαιον πὰρ Διὸς θῆκε δρόμῳ, σὺν ποδῶν χειρῶν τε νικᾶσαι σθένει.

And since Kastor and his brother Polydeukes came to be the guests of Pamphaes, no marvel is it that to be good athletes should be inborn in the race. For they it is who being guardians of the wide plains of Sparta with Hermes and Herakles mete out fair hap in games, and to righteous men they have great regard. Faithful is the race of gods.

Scholia ad vv. 46–48 (3 entries)

ad v. 46

a. ἐκράτησε δὲ καί ποθ᾿ Ἕλλανα στρατόν: κοινῶς τὸ πλῆθος στρατὸν εἶπεν, ὡς καὶ Πύθια νενικηκότος αὐτοῦ καὶ Ἴσθμια καὶ Νέμεα.

b. ἢ οὕτω· παραγέγονε δὲ καὶ ἐκράτησε πάντων τῶν ἀνταγωνιστῶν ἐν τοῖς Πυθίοις.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· σὺν εὐτυχίᾳ δὲ παραγενόμενος ἐκράτησε πάλιν καὶ τοὺς ἐν Ἰσθμῷ καὶ Νεμέᾳ στεφάνους.

49 Κάστορος δʼ ἐλθόντος ἐπὶ ξενίαν πὰρ Παμφάη σ2

But since Castor

Scholia ad vv. 49–49 (2 entries)

ad v. 49

a. Μοίσαισί τ᾿ ἔδωκ᾿ ἀρόσαι: τουτέστι ταῖς Μούσαις ἔδωκεν ἀρόσαι καὶ σπεῖραι τοὺς στεφάνους διὰ τὸν ὕμνον· ἢ ὡς ἑτέρων ποιησάντων καὶ ὑμνησάντων αὐτὸν ἐπὶ ταῖς νίκαις ἐκείναις τοῦτό φησιν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· καὶ παρέσχε πρόφασιν ταῖς Μούσαις· τρίτον μὲν γὰρ κληρωθεὶς ἐνίκησε τὰ Ἴσθμια· πόντου γὰρ πύλας εἶπε τὸν Ἰσθμὸν διὰ τὸ στενόν· τρὶς δὲ τὰ Νέμεα κατὰ τὴν Ἀδράστου διοίκησιν καὶ νομοθέτησιν τελούμενα. οἱ γὰρ ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ Θήβας ἀνενεώσαντο τὰ Νέμεα, ὧν εἷς Ἄδραστος. ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς τῶν ἐν Ἄργει ἐπιφανῶν, διὰ τοῦτο Ἀδραστείῳ νόμῳ φησὶ, χαριζόμενος καὶ διὰ τούτου πλέον τι τοῖς Ἀργείοις. σεμνοῖς δὲ δαπέδοις, τοῖς Νεμείοις φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος· πλησίον γάρ ἐστι Σικυῶνος. Ὅμηρος (Β 572)· ὅθ᾿ Ἄδρηστος πρῶτ᾿ ἐμβασίλευσεν. ἐτίθετο δὲ πάλαι ἐν τῇ Σικυῶνι τὰ Νέμεα· οὐ γὰρ ἂν σημαίνοι τὰ Πύθια τὰ ἐν Σικυῶνι ἀγόμενα· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος περιοδικὸς ὁ στέφανος, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ τῶν Νεμέων· βούλεται δὲ νῦν τοὺς περιοδικοὺς εἰπεῖν. τολοιπὸν γὰρ ἐπιφέρει τὸν Ὀλυμπιόνικον, εὐχόμενος τελειωθῆναι ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὴν περίοδον.

50 καὶ κασιγνήτου Πολυδεύκεος, οὐ θαῦμα σφίσιν50

Sparta and his brother Polydeuces came to Pamphaës to receive a hospitable welcome, it is no wonder that it is innate in their race to be good athletes; since the Dioscuri, guardians of spacious, along with Hermes and Heracles, administer the flourishing institution of the games, and they care very much for just men. Indeed, the race of the gods is trustworthy.

51–54

 ἐγγενὲς ἔμμεν ἀεθληταῖς ἀγαθοῖσιν· ἐπεὶ
 εὐρυχόρου ταμίαι Σπάρτας ἀγώνων
 μοῖραν Ἑρμᾷ καὶ σὺν Ἡρακλεῖ διέποντι θάλειαν, σ2
 μάλα μὲν ἀνδρῶν δικαίων περικαδόμενοι. καὶ μὰν θεῶν πιστὸν γένος.

Now, changing climes alternately, they dwell one day with their dear father Zeus, and the next in the secret places under the earth, within the valleys of Therapnai, fulfilling equal fate: because on this wise chose Polydeukes to live his life rather than to be altogether god and abide continually in heaven, when that Kastor had fallen in the fight.

Scholia ad vv. 51–54 (2 entries)

ad v. 53

a. Ζεῦ πάτερ, τῶν μὲν ἔραται: διὰ τούτων φανερὸν, ὅτι περὶ τῶν Ὀλυμπίων λέγει, φάμενος αὐτὸν ἐπιθυμεῖν καὶ τοῦτον τὸν στέφανον λαβεῖν, ἵν᾿ ἐκπληρώσῃ τὴν περίοδον, σιγᾶν δὲ καὶ ἐπιτρέπειν τῷ θεῷ. διὰ δὲ τοῦ παραιτεῖται χάριν ὑπακουστέον, ὅτι παρὰ σοῦ αἰτεῖται τὴν χάριν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τολμῶν καὶ μοχθῶν τι πράσσειν τῶν πρὸς τὸ ἔργον συντεινόντων.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὧν γε μὴν ἐπιθυμεῖ τυχεῖν, ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ κρύπτει σιωπῶν διὰ τὸ νεμεσητόν. βούλεται δὲ λέγειν τὰ Ὀλύμπια· διὸ καὶ τῷ Διῒ εὔχεται. ἐὰν οὖν, φησί, σὺ θέλῃς, καὶ τὰ Ὀλύμπια ἕξει· παντὸς γὰρ πράγματος τέλος ἐν σοί ἐστιν, ὧ Ζεῦ.

55–56

55 μεταμειβόμενοι δʼ ἐναλλὰξ ἁμέραν τὰν μὲν παρὰ πατρὶ φίλῳ σ155

56 Δὶ νέμονται, τὰν δʼ ὑπὸ κεύθεσι γαίας ἐν γυάλοις Θεράπνας,

Changing places in alternation, the Dioscuri spend one day beside their dear father Zeus, and the other beneath the depths of the earth in the hollows of Therapne, each fulfilling an equal destiny, since Polydeuces preferred this life to being wholly a god and living in heaven, when Castor was killed in battle.

Scholia ad vv. 55–56 (1 entry)

ad v. 55

a. οὐδ᾿ ἀμόχθῳ καρδίᾳ: οὐ χωρὶς μόχθων αἰτεῖται τὰ Ὀλύμπια, ἵνα ἀμόχθως αὐτὰ λάβῃ, ἀλλὰ μοχθήσας καὶ πονήσας καὶ παλαίων παραιτεῖται τὴν χάριν. οὐ συνήθως δὲ τὸ παραιτεῖται ἀντὶ τοῦ αἰτεῖται· ὅ ἐστιν ἐπικέκληται. ἐπιφέρει γάρ· παρὰ σοῦ αἰτεῖται τὴν χάριν ταύτην καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν, ὦ Ζεῦ, τὰ Ὀλύμπια νικῆσαι.

57–59

 πότμον ἀμπιπλάντες ὁμοῖον· ἐπεὶ σ3
 τοῦτον, ἢ πάμπαν θεὸς ἔμμεναι οἰκεῖν τʼ οὐρανῷ,
 εἵλετʼ αἰῶνα φθιμένου Πολυδεύκης Κάστορος ἐν πολέμῳ.

Him did Idas, wroth for his oxen, smite with a bronze spearhead, when from his watch upon Taÿgetos Lynkeus had seen them sitting within a hollow oak; for he of all men walking the earth had keenest eyes. So with swift feet they were straightway come to the place, and compassed speedily a dreadful deed.

Scholia ad vv. 57–59 (3 entries)

ad v. 57

a. γνώτ᾿ ἀείδω θεῷ τε: εὔγνωστα δὲ λέγω αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ Θειαίῳ, ὅστις Θειαῖος ἁμιλλᾶται καὶ σπουδάζει περὶ τῆς κορυφῆς τῶν ἐσχάτων ἄθλων. ἐσχάτων δὲ, τῶν τὸ τέλειον ἐχόντων τῆς δόξης.

b. ἢ οὕτω· φανερὰ δὲ λέγω τῷ τε Δϊὶ καὶ τῷ βουλομένῳ παντὶ ἁμιλλᾶσθαι καὶ σπουδάζειν περὶ τῆς κορυφῆς τῶν τελευταίων ἄθλων. ἄθλων δὲ κορυφὴ καὶ τέλος τὰ Ὀλύμπια. εἰκότως δέ, φησίν, ἐπιθυμεῖ τῶν Ὀλυμπίων· τὸν γὰρ ἐνδοξότατον καὶ ὑπερέχοντα θεσμὸν ἔσχεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους τὰ Ὀλύμπια.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἐπεὶ προεῖπεν αἰνιγματωδῶς, ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι εἰπεῖν τίνων ἐρᾷ, ἦν δὲ τῶν Ὀλυμπίων, ἐπεῖπε· ταῦτα γνωστὰ λέγω καὶ σοὶ, ὦ Ζεῦ, καὶ σοὶ τῷ ἐπιθυμοῦντι ἁμιλλήσασθαι περὶ τούτων τῶν ἄθλων, οἵ εἰσι κορυφαὶ ἔσχαται τῶν ἄθλων. διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἐσχάτου σημαίνει τὸ πρῶτον τῶν ἄθλων· καὶ γὰρ τὸ πρῶτον ἔσχατόν ποτε δύναται γενέσθαι, καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον πρῶτον. κέχρηται καὶ Σοφοκλῆς τῷ ἐσχάτῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ πρώτου (fr. 821)· ἤδη γὰρ ἕδρᾳ Ζεύς, φησίν, ἐν ἐσχάτῃ θεῶν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ.

60 τὸν γὰρ Ἴδας ἀμφὶ βουσίν πως χολωθεὶς ἔτρωσεν χαλκέας λόγχας ἀκμᾷ.60

For Idas, angered for some reason about his cattle, stabbed him with the point of his bronze spear.

61 ἀπὸ Ταϋγέτου πεδαυγάζων ἴδεν Λυγκεὺς δρυὸς ἐν στελέχει σ1

Looking out from Taÿgetus, Lynceus saw them seated in the hollow of an oak; for that man had the sharpest eye of all who live on earth. He and Idas at once reached the spot with swift feet, and quickly contrived a mighty deed;

Scholia ad vv. 61–61 (1 entry)

ad v. 61

a. ἁδεῖαί γε μὲν ἀμβολάδαν: ὡς δὶς αὐτοῦ νενικηκότος τὰ Παναθήναια ταῦτά φησιν· ὀμφαὶ οὖν ἡδεῖαι τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἐκώμασαν αὐτὸν ἀμβολάδαν, τουτέστιν ἀνατεταμένως τῇ φωνῇ καὶ λαμπρῶς· ἢ ἀμβολάδαν ἀνακρουόμεναι, καθὸ προαναβολὰς λέγουσι τὰ πρὸ τοῦ προοιμίου. δὶς οὖν ὑμνήθη καὶ ἐκωμάσθη, φησίν, ᾀδόντων καὶ ὑμνούντων αὐτοῦ τὴν νίκην τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἐν ταῖς τελεταῖς. ἔστι δὲ καὶ οὕτω προενέγκασθαι ἁδείᾳ ἐν τελετᾷ· ἐν ἡδείᾳ τελετῇ ἐκώμασαν αὐτὸν αἱ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ὀμφαὶ δίς. τινὲς δὲ τὸ ἀμβολάδην οὕτως ἀκούουσιν, ὅτι δὶς μὲν ἐνίκησε τὰ Παναθήναια, οὐκ ἐφεξῆς δὲ, ἀλλ᾿ ἀναβολάδην, τουτέστιν ἀναβολῆς τινος γενομένης μεταξύ.

62–64

 ἡμένους. κείνου γὰρ ἐπιχθονίων πάντων γένετʼ ὀξύτατον
 ὄμμα. λαιψηροῖς δὲ πόδεσσιν ἄφαρ
 ἐξικέσθαν, καὶ μέγα ἔργον ἐμήσαντʼ ὠκέως, σ2

But terrible also was the vengeance which by the devising of Zeus those sons of Aphareus suffered: for on the instant came Leto's son in chase of them: and they stood up against him hard by the sepulchre of their father. Thence wrenched they a carved headstone that was set to glorify the dead, and they hurled it at the breast of Polydeukes. But they crushed him not, neither made him give back, but rushing onward with fierce spear he drave the bronze head into Lynkeus' side. And against Idas Zeus hurled a thunderbolt of consuming fire.

Scholia ad vv. 62–64 (2 entries)

ad v. 64

a. γαίᾳ δὲ καυθείσᾳ πυρὶ καρπὸς ἐλαίας ἔμολε: γαῖαν [δὲ] κεκαυμένην εἶπε τὴν ὑδρίαν ἐν ᾗ τὸ ἔλαιον· ὀπτᾶται γὰρ ὁ κέραμος. διὰ δὲ τούτου σημαίνει τοὺς τὰ Παναθήναια νενικηκότας· τίθενται γὰρ Ἀθήνησιν ἐπάθλου τάξιν ἐλαίου πλήρεις ὑδρίαι. διὸ καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fr. 122)· καὶ παρ᾿ Ἀθηναίοις γὰρ ἐπὶ τέγος ἱερὸν ἧνται κάλπιδες, οὐ κόσμου σύμβολον, ἀλλὰ πάλης. γῇ οὖν διὰ πυρὸς καυθείσῃ ὁ καρπὸς τῆς ἐλαίας ἔμολε, τὸ ἔλαιον.

b. Ἥρας δὲ εὐάνορα λαὸν τὸ Ἄργος· ὁ γὰρ Θειαῖος Ἀργεῖος. οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἐξαγωγὴ ἐλαίου ἐξ Ἀθηνῶν, εἰ μὴ τοῖς νικῶσι. φησὶν οὖν τὴν ὑδρίαν πλήρη ἐλαίου κεκομικέναι ἐξ Ἀθηνῶν εἰς Ἄργος τὸν Θειαῖον νικήσαντα. τοῖς γὰρ ἀθληταῖς τοῖς τὰ Παναθήναια νενικηκόσι δίδοται ὑδρία ἐλαίου πλήρης.

65–66

65 καὶ πάθον δεινὸν παλάμαις Ἀφαρητίδαι Διός. αὐτίκα γὰρ65

66 ἦλθε Λήδας παῖς διώκων· τοὶ δʼ ἔναντα στάθεν τύμβῳ σχεδὸν πατρωΐῳ·

and these sons of Aphareus themselves suffered terribly by the devising of Zeus. For right away Polydeuces the son of Leda came in pursuit. They were stationed opposite, near the tomb of their father;

67 ἔνθεν ἁρπάξαντες ἄγαλμʼ Ἀΐδα, ξεστὸν πέτρον, σ2

from there they seized the grave-column, monument to Hades, a polished stone, and hurled it at the chest of Polydeuces. But they did not crush him, or drive him back; rushing forward with his swift javelin,

Scholia ad vv. 67–67 (2 entries)

ad v. 67

a. ἐν ἀγγέων ἕρκεσι παμποικίλοις: ἐν πεποικιλμένοις ἀγγείοις· ἐζωγραφοῦντο γὰρ αἱ ὑδρίαι.

b. ἄλλως. ἐν ἀμφιφορεῦσι χαλκοῖς ἔλαιον ἐτιμῶντο οἱ ἀγωνιζόμενοι Ἀθήνησι τὰ Παναθήναια, ἐπεὶ τὴν ἐλαίαν εὗρεν ἡ θεός. τὰ δὲ χαλκᾶ ταῦτα ἄγγη ἐκ γῆς καιομένης γίνεται· ἡ οὖν γῆ καιομένη δίδωσι τὸν χαλκὸν, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ χαλκοῦ γίνεται τὰ ἀγγεῖα, ἐν οἷς βάλλεται τὸ ἔλαιον. ταύτην οὖν φησι τὴν διάνοιαν. τούτοις γὰρ ἐτιμῶντο.

68–69

68 ἔμβαλον στέρνῳ Πολυδεύκεος· ἀλλʼ οὔ νιν φλάσαν,

69 οὐδʼ ἀνέχασσαν· ἐφορμαθεὶς δʼ ἄρʼ ἄκοντι θοῷ σ1

So were those brothers in one flame burnt unbefriended: for a strife with the stronger is grievous for men to mix in.

Scholia ad vv. 68–69 (1 entry)

ad v. 69

a. ἡἕπεται δὲ, Θειαῖε: ἐπακολουθεῖ, φησί, κατὰ τὸ πολύγνωτον ὑμῶν γένος τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς μητρός, μήτρωες γὰρ οἱ ἀπὸ μητρὸς πρόγονοι, εὐάγων τιμὴ, τουτέστιν ἡ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀγῶσι τοῖς εὖ ἀγωνισθεῖσιν ἢ εὖ καὶ καλῶς γινομένη τιμὴ σὺν Χάρισι καὶ Τυνδαρίδαις. τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς ἀποδίδωσι. | Παμφάης γὰρ συγγενὴς τοῦ Θειαίου, φησίν, ἐξένικε τοὺς Διοσκούρους.

70–72

 ἤλασε Λυγκέος ἐν πλευραῖσι χαλκόν.
 Ζεὺς δʼ ἐπʼ Ἴδᾳ πυρφόρον πλᾶξε ψολόεντα κεραυνόν·
 ἅμα δʼ ἐκαίοντʼ ἔρημοι. χαλεπὰ δʼ ἔρις ἀνθρώποις ὁμιλεῖν κρεσσόνων.

he drove its bronze point into the ribs of Lynceus, and Zeus hurled against Idas a fiery smoking thunderbolt. They burned together, deserted. Strife with those who are stronger is a harsh companion for men.

73–74

73 ταχέως δʼ ἐπʼ ἀδελφεοῦ βίαν πάλιν χώρησεν ὁ Τυνδαρίδας, σ2

74 καί νιν οὔπω τεθναότʼ, ἄσθματι δὲ φρίσσοντα πνοὰς ἔκιχεν.

Swiftly Polydeuces the son of Tyndareus went back to his mighty brother, and found him not yet dead, but shuddering with gasps of breath.

Then quickly came back the son of Tyndareus to his great brother, and found him not quite dead, but the death-gasp rattled in his throat. Then Polydeukes wept hot tears, and groaned, and lifted up his voice, and cried: 'Father Kronion--ah! what shall make an end of woes? Bid me, me also, O king, to die with him. The glory is departed from a man bereaved of friends. Few are they who in a time of trouble are faithful in companionship of toil.'

Scholia ad vv. 73–74 (2 entries)

ad v. 73

a. ἀξιωθείην κεν ἐὼν Θρασύκλου: ἐγώ, φησί, καταξιωθείην τῶν περὶ Θράσυκλον καὶ Ἀντίαν συγγενὴς ὢν ἐν τῷ Ἄργει διάγειν καὶ ζῆν, ἔνθα οὐκ ἂν ἀπαρρησίαστος διετέλεσα οὐδὲ κάτω βλέπων καὶ κρύπτων ἐμαυτοῦ τὸ ἐλεύθερον. οἱ γὰρ νικῶντες μετὰ παρρησίας ἄνω βλέποντες βαδίζουσιν, οἱ δὲ ἡττημένοι οὐχ οὕτως.

b. ἄλλως. τοῦτο εἶπεν ὡς ἐκ τοῦ Θειαίου προσώπου, ὡς αὐτοῦ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ διαλεγομένου· τοῦ γὰρ Θρασύκλου καὶ τοῦ Ἀντία συγγενὴς ὢν ἐν τῷ Ἄργει οὐ κρύψω τὸ φάος τῶν ὀμμάτων, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἀπαρρησιάστως ὄψομαι, ὡς οὐ νενικηκὼς, ἀλλὰ μετὰ παρρησίας· νενίκηκα γάρ· ἄξιος οὖν ἂν εἴην μὴ κρύπτειν τὸ τῶν ὀμμάτων φάος μηδὲ κατηφὴς εἶναι, Ἀντία τ᾿ ὢν καὶ Θρασύκλου σύγγονος.

75–78

 θερμὰ δὴ τέγγων δάκρυα στοναχαῖς
 πάτερ Κρονίων, τίς δὴ λύσις ὄρθιον φώνασε· σ1
 ἔσσεται πενθέων; καὶ ἐμοὶ θάνατον σὺν τῷδʼ ἐπίτειλον, ἄναξ.
 οἴχεται τιμὰ φίλων τατωμένῳ φωτί· παῦροι δʼ ἐν πόνῳ πιστοὶ βροτῶν

Shedding warm tears amid groans, he spoke aloud: “Father, son of Cronus, what release will there be from sorrows? Order me to die too, along with him, lord. A man’s honor is gone when he is deprived of friends; but few mortals are trustworthy in times of toil

Scholia ad vv. 75–78 (1 entry)

ad v. 76

a. νικαφορίαισι γὰρ ὅσαις ἱπποτρόφον: πόσαις γὰρ ἱπποτροφίαις, φησίν, αὕτη ἡ πόλις οὐκ ἔθαλλεν ἡ τοῦ Προίτου, τοῦτο μὲν ἐν τῷ Κορινθίῳ Ἰσθμῷ, τοῦτο δὲ ἐν τῇ Νεμέᾳ τετράκις νικήσασα· ἀπὸ Σικυῶνος δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖσε Πυθίων ἀργυραῖς φιάλαις τιμηθέντες ἀνεχώρησαν ἐπὶ τὸ Ἄργος οἱ πρόγονοι τοῦ Θειαίου.

79 καμάτου μεταλαμβάνειν. ὣς ἔννεπε· Ζεὺς δʼ ἀντίος ἤλυθέ οἱ

to share the hardship.” So he spoke. And Zeus came face to face with him,

Thus said he, and Zeus came, and stood before his face, and spake these words: 'Thou art my son: but thy brother afterward was by mortal seed begotten in thy mother of the hero that was her husband. But nevertheless, behold I give thee choice of these two lots: if, shunning death and hateful old age, thou desirest for thyself to dwell in Olympus with Athene and with Ares of the shadowing spear, this lot is thine to take: but if in thy brother's cause thou art so hot, and art resolved in all to have equal share with him, then half thy time thou shalt be alive beneath the earth, and half in the golden house of heaven.'

80–83

 ἐσσί μοι υἱός· τόνδε δʼ ἔπειτα πόσις καὶ τόδʼ ἐξαύδασʼ ἔπος·
 σπέρμα θνατὸν ματρὶ τεᾷ πελάσαις
 στάξεν ἥρως. ἀλλʼ ἄγε τῶνδέ τοι ἔμπαν αἵρεσιν σ2
 παρδίδωμʼ· εἰ μὲν θάνατόν τε φυγὼν καὶ γῆρας ἀπεχθόμενον

Olympus and said these words: “You are my son. But Castor was begotten after your conception by the hero, your mother’s husband, who came to her and sowed his mortal seed. But nevertheless I grant you your choice in this. If you wish to escape death and hated old age, and to dwell in yourself with me and with Athena and Ares of the dark spear,

Scholia ad vv. 80–83 (2 entries)

ad v. 82

a. ἐκ δὲ Πελλάνας: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ ἐν Πελλήνῃ ἐνίκησαν. τίθεται δὲ παχέα ἱμάτια ἐν Πελλήνῃ ἄγναφα· δυσχείμεροι δὲ οἱ τόποι. περιφραστικῶς δὲ τὴν χλαμύδα μαλακὴν κρόκην εἶπε· καὶ ἑτέρωθι (O. IX 97)· ψυχρᾶν ὁπότ᾿ εὐδιανὸν φάρμακον αὐρᾶν Πελλάνα παρέχει. ὁ δὲ ἀγὼν Διός· καλεῖται δὲ Δίϊα.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἐκ τῆς Πελλήνης δὲ | τὰ Θεοξένια νικῶντες χλανίσιν ἐπιτηδειοτάταις κοσμηθέντες, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ | ἀνεχώρησαν. λέγεται δὲ, ὅτι καὶ ἐξωμίδας ἐτιμῶντο.

84 ναίειν ἐμοὶ αὐτὸς Οὔλυμπον θέλεις σύν τʼ Ἀθαναίᾳ κελαινεγχεῖ τʼ Ἄρει, σ1

Thus spake his father, and Polydeukes doubted not which counsel he should choose. So Zeus unsealed the eye, and presently the tongue also, of Kastor of the brazen mail.

Scholia ad vv. 84–84 (1 entry)

ad v. 84

a. ἀλλὰ χαλκὸν μυρίον οὐ δυνατὸν ἐξελέγχειν: τὸ δὲ τοῦ χαλκοῦ πλῆθος οὐ δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν ἁπλῶς· μακροτέρας γὰρ, οἶμαι, δεῖται σχολῆς. λέβητα γὰρ ἐτιμῶντο ἐν πολλοῖς τῶν ἀγώνων καὶ ἀσπίδα χαλκῆν.

85–89

 ἔστι τοι τούτων λάχος· εἰ δὲ κασιγνήτου πέρι
 μάρνασαι, πάντων δὲ νοεῖς ἀποδάσσασθαι ἴσον,
 ἥμισυ μέν κε πνέοις γαίας ὑπένερθεν ἐών, σ1
 ἥμισυ δʼ οὐρανοῦ ἐν χρυσέοις δόμοισιν.
 ὣς ἄρʼ αὐδάσαντος οὐ γνώμᾳ διπλόαν θέτο βουλάν.

you can have this lot. But if you strive to save your brother, and intend to share everything equally with him, then you may breathe for half the time below the earth, and for half the time in the golden homes of heaven.” When Zeus had spoken thus, Polydeuces did not have a second thought.

Scholia ad vv. 85–89 (1 entry)

ad v. 87

a. ὅν τε Κλείτωρ καὶ Τεγέα: ὅντινα χαλκὸν αἱ περὶ Κλείτορα καὶ Τεγέαν πόλεις Ἀργολικαὶ ἆθλον ἔθηκαν, ὃν καὶ τὸ Λύκαιον ἔθηκε χαλκὸν παρὰ τῷ τοῦ Διὸς βωμῷ τοῖς δυναμένοις νικῆσαι σὺν ποδῶν σθένει, δρόμῳ, καὶ χειρῶν σθένει, πάλῃ καὶ παγκρατίῳ καὶ πυγμῇ.

90 ἀνὰ δʼ ἔλυσεν μὲν ὀφθαλμόν, ἔπειτα δὲ φωνὰν χαλκομίτρα Κάστορος. σ3490

He opened the eye, and then released the voice of the bronze-clad warrior, Castor.

Scholia ad vv. 90–90 (34 entries)

ad v. 90

a. Κάστορος δ᾿ ἐλθόντος ἐπὶ ξενίαν: τοῦ δὲ Κάστορος ἐπιξενωθέντος παρὰ τῷ Παμφάῃ τῷ προγόνῳ σου, ὦ Θειαῖε, ἅμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ Πολυδεύκει, θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν ἀγαθοὺς καὶ θαυμασίους γεγενῆσθαι τοὺς προγόνους σου ἀγωνιστάς· ἐπόπται γάρ εἰσι τῶν ἀγώνων οὗτοι. διὰ τοῦτο γοῦν ἐν τοῖς ἐπάνω (38) εἶπε Χαρίτεσσί τε καὶ σὺν Τυνδαρίδαις τὴν νίκην αὐτῶν ἐληλυθέναι τῷ γένει. [Drachmann ad v. 91]

a. ἐπεὶ εὐρυχόρου ταμίαι Σπάρτας: ἐπεὶ οἱ τῆς εὐρυχόρου Σπάρτης ταμίαι καὶ δεσπόται Διόσκουροι σὺν τῷ Ἑρμῇ καὶ Ἡρακλεῖ τὴν τῶν ἀγώνων μοῖραν τῆς εὐωχίας διέπουσι καὶ διοικοῦσι. [Drachmann ad v. 96]

a. μάλα μὲν ἀνδρῶν δικαίων περικαδόμενοι: πάνυ μὲν ὑμῶν τῶν ὄντων δικαιοτάτων ἀνδρῶν φροντίζοντες διὰ τὸ τῆς ξενίας δίκαιον, καὶ ἄλλως δὲ καὶ κατὰ φύσιν οἱ θεοὶ πιστοί τινες καὶ φιλάνθρωποι περὶ τοὺς εὐσεβοῦντας ὄντες. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ὅτι πίστιν σῴζοντες πρὸς τὸν πρόγονον, φησί, τὸν ὑποδεξάμενον αὐτοὺς, νίκην τούτῳ νῦν ἐδωρήσαντο. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

c. ἢ οὗτοι, φησί, περισσῶς κηδόμενοι τῶν δικαίων ἀνδρῶν. δοκοῦσι γὰρ ἐπιφαινόμενοι κατὰ τὸ πέλαγος σῴζειν τοὺς δικαίους. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

a. μεταμειβόμενοι δ᾿ ἐναλλάξ: μεταβάλλοντες δ᾿ αὐτοὶ οἱ Διόσκουροι καὶ ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἐναλλάσσοντες τὰς ἡμέρας, μίαν μὲν διάγουσιν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ὡς θεοί, μίαν δὲ ἐν τοῖς ὑπογείοις τῆς Θεράπνης, ὁμοίαν καὶ ἴσην ἐκπληροῦντες τύχην. ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι περιπέπτωκε τοῖς ἐν τῇ Νεκυομαντείᾳ λεγομένοις περὶ τῶν Διοσκούρων (λ 303—4)· ἄλλοτε μὲν ζώουσ᾿ ἑτερήμεροι, ἄλλοτε δ᾿ αὖτε τεθνᾶσιν, τιμὴν δὲ λελόγχασιν ἶσα θεοῖσι. φησὶ γὰρ τοὺς Διοσκούρους μίαν μὲν ἡμέραν ὑπὲρ γῆς εἶναι, ἑτέραν δὲ ὑπὸ γῆν, ὥστε κατὰ μὲν τὸν διεσκευακότα τὰ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ παρ᾿ ἡμέραν αὐτοὺς ἀποθνῄσκειν, κατὰ δὲ Πίνδαρον μίαν μὲν ἡμέραν παρὰ τοῖς ἀθανάτοις διαιτᾶσθαι, μίαν δὲ ἡμέραν ὁρῶντας τὰ παρ᾿ ἀνθρώποις σὺν αὐτοῖς εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 103]

a. ἐπεὶ τοῦτον ἢ πάμπαν θεὸς ἔμμεναι: ἐπειδὴ μᾶλλον τοῦτον εἵλετο τὸν αἰῶνα, φησί, Πολυδεύκης, τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἔχων μεθ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἐκ διαδοχῆς θεὸς γενέσθαι καὶ πάλιν ἄνθρωπος, ἤπερ μόνος ἐν οὐρανῷ θεὸς κατοικεῖν, Κάστορος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ φθαρέντος ἐν πολέμῳ. αὐτοῦ γὰρ τρωθέντος καὶ μέλλοντος ἀπόλλυσθαι εἵλετο Πολυδεύκης ὁ τούτου ἀδελφὸς αὐτὸς ἀθάνατος ὢν μᾶλλον παρ᾿ ἡμέραν ἄνθρωπος εἶναι ἅμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ. καὶ πάλιν θεὸς ἅμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἀπολουμένου αὐτοῦ· καὶ οὕτως ἐποίησαν οἱ θεοί. [Drachmann ad v. 107]

a. τὸν γὰρ Ἴδας ἀμφὶ βουσί πως: ἡ ἱστορία ἐστὶ τοιαύτη. Λυγκεὺς καὶ Ἴδας οἱ Ἀφαρέως παῖδες ἐμνηστεύσαντο τὰς δύο Λευκίππου θυγατέρας Φοίβην καὶ Ἐλάειραν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν τῶν γάμων εὐωχίαν τοὺς Διοσκούρους εἰς ἑστίασιν ἐκάλεσαν· οἱ δὲ τὰς κόρας ἀφαρπάσαντες ἀπέφευγον, οἱ δὲ ἐπεδίωκον, καὶ συνίσταται τοῖς Ἀφαρητιάδαις καὶ τοῖς Διοσκούροις μάχη περὶ τῶν γάμων, καὶ ἀναιρεῖται Κάστωρ· εἶτα Πολυδεύκης ἀνεῖλεν ἀμφοτέρους, συμπράξαντος τοῦ Διὸς καὶ κεραυνὸν αὐτοῖς ἐπιπέμψαντος. ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος οὐ διὰ τὰς νύμφας φησὶν αὐτοῖς γεγενῆσθαι τὴν στάσιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ βοῶν ἀπελασίαν. ψυχορραγοῦντος οὖν τοῦ Κάστορος Πολυδεύκης ὢν ἀθάνατος πρὸς τὸν ὄντα φθαρτὸν εἵλετο καταμερίσασθαι τὴν ἀθανασίαν τῇ τῆς φύσεως ἐκνικώμενος ἀνάγκῃ. οὕτως οὖν αὐτοὺς καὶ Ὅμηρος (λ 303) ἑτερημέρους καλεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τὸν Κάστορα γάρ, φησί, τῆς τῶν βοῦν ἀφαιρέσεως ἕνεκεν ὁ Ἴδας ὀργισθείς πως ὁ τοῦ Ἀφαρέως παῖς ἔτρωσεν. [Drachmann ad v. 112]

a. ἀπὸ Ταϋγέτου πεδαυγάζων ἔδε Λυγκεὺς δρυὸς ἐν στελέχει ἥμενος: ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταρχος ἀξιοῖ γράφειν ἥμενον, ἀκολούθως τῇ ἐν τοῖς Κυπρίοις λεγομένῃ ἱστορίᾳ· ὁ γὰρ τὰ Κύπρια συγγράψας φησὶ τὸν Κάστορα ἐν τῇ δρυῒ κρυφθέντα ὀφθῆναι ὑπὸ Λυγκέως· τῇ δὲ αὐτῇ γραφῇ καὶ Ἀπολλόδωρος (III 11, 2) κατηκολούθησε. πρὸς οὕς φησι Δίδυμος· ἀμφοτέρων ὑπὸ τῇ δρυῒ λοχώντων, τοῦ τε Κάστορος καὶ τοῦ Πολυδεύκους, μόνον ὁ Λυγκεὺς τὸν Κάστορα εἶδε; μήποτε οὖν, φησί, δεῖ ἀναγινώσκειν τὴν παραλήγουσαν συλλαβὴν ὀξυτόνως τοῦ ἡμένος ὡς ἠρμένος, ἵνα κατ᾿ ἀμφοῖν ἀκούηται· ἴδε Λυγκεὺς δρυὸς ἐν στελέχει ἡμένος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡμένους, δηλονότι τοὺς Διοσκούρους· ὡς ἀελλόπος καὶ τρίπος· οὐχ ἕδος ἐστὶ, γεραιέ (Λ 648), ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐχ ἕδους. παρατίθεται δὲ καὶ τὸν τὰ Κύπρια γράψαντα οὕτω λέγοντα (fr. 9 Kinkel)· αἶψα δὲ Λυγκεὺς Τηΰγετον προσέβαινε ποσὶν ταχέεσσι πεποιθώς. ἀκρότατον δ᾿ ἀναβὰς διεδέρκετο νῆσον ἅπασαν Τανταλίδου Πέλοπος, τάχα δ᾿ εἴσιδε κύδιμος ἥρως δεινοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἔσω δρυὸς ἄμφω κοίλης, Κάστορά θ᾿ ἱππόδαμον καὶ ἀεθλοφόρον Πολυδεύκεα. νύξε δ᾿ ἄρ᾿ ἄγχι στὰς μεγάλην δρῦν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

b. ὁ μὲν οὖν Κάστωρ ἐλόχα τὸν Ἴδαν, φησίν, ἐν κοίλῃ δρυῒ κρυφθεὶς καὶ τὸν Λυγκέα· ὁ δὲ Λυγκεὺς ὀξυδερκὴς ὢν, ὥστε καὶ διὰ λίθων καὶ διὰ γῆς τὰ γινόμενα βλέπειν, ἰδὼν διὰ τῆς δρυὸς τὸν Κάστορα ἔτρωσε λόγχῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

c. ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ ὄρους περισκοπῶν ὁ Λυγκεὺς ἐθεάσατο αὐτοὺς ἐγκαθεζομένους ἐν στελέχει δρυὸς καὶ ἐλλοχῶντας. τοῦ γὰρ Λυγκέως ὑπὲρ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὀξύτατον ἦν τὸ ὄμμα. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

a. λαιψηροῖς δὲ πόδεσιν ἄφαρ ἐξικέσθαν: τάχιστα δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους πρὸς τοὺς Διοσκούρους δραμόντες παρεγένοντο καὶ μέγιστον ἔργον κατεπράξαντο τρώσαντες τὸν Κάστορα τάχιστα. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ ὑπέστησαν δεινὸν ἔργον οἱ προειρημένοι τοῦ Ἀφαρέως παῖδες ὑπὸ τῶν Διοσκούρων· εὐθέως γὰρ ἦλθεν ὁ Πολυδεύκης τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ πεσόντος· οἱ δὲ ἐλθόντι αὐτῷ ἀνθυπέστησαν ἐξ ἐναντίας περὶ τὸν τάφον τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν Ἀφαρέως, καὶ ἐνέβαλον τῷ στέρνῳ τοῦ Πολυδεύκους στήλην ἑνὸς τῶν κειμένων ἁρπάσαντες ἀπὸ τοῦ τύμβου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν Ἀφαρέως· ἀλλ᾿ οὔτε αὐτὸν ἔπληξαν τὸν Πολυδεύκην, οὔτε ὑποχωρῆσαι εἰς τοὐπίσω πεποιήκασιν οἱ Ἀφαρητιάδαι. [Drachmann ad v. 118]

a. ἐφορμαθεὶς δ᾿ ἄρ᾿ ἄκοντι θοῷ: ὁ δὲ Πολυδεύκης, φησίν, ἐφορμήσας τῷ ταχεῖ δόρατι ἐνέβαλε ταῖς τοῦ Λυγκέως πλευραῖς τὸν σίδηρον. [Drachmann ad v. 129]

a. Ζεὺς δ᾿ ἐπ᾿ Ἴδᾳ πυρφόρον πλᾶξεν: οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἴδᾳ φασίν, οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ ὄρει, τῇ ἴδῃ, ἱνα ἴδην πᾶν ὄρος ὑφηλὸν ἀκούσωμεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ νῦν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀρκαδίαν τελουμένοις ἡ κατὰ Τροίαν συντελ ῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς πυρφόρον καὶ τεφρώδη κεραυνὸν προσέρρηξεν ἀμφοτέροις, ὁμοῦ δὲ ἐκαίοντο ερημωθέντες. χαλεπὴ δὲ καὶ δεινοτάτη ἡ ἔρις το ς ἀνθρώποις ἡ κατὰ τῶν κρειττόνων. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

c. ἡ γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς κρείττονας, φησίν, ἔρις χαλεπή ἐστιν, ὥστε ὁμιλεῖν αὐτοῖς καὶ προσφέρεσθαι. ἀποδιοπομπεῖσθαι δεῖ οὖν τὴν ἔριν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς κρείττονας· ἡ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς ἴσους ὁμιλία εὐκτή, ἡ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς κρείττονας χαλεπή· οἱ γοῦν Ἀφαρητιάδαι ἐρίσαντες κρείττοσι τοῖς Διοσκούροις ἀπώλοντο. [Drachmann ad v. 132]

a. ταχέως δ᾿ ἐπ᾿ ἀδελφεοῦ βίαν: ταχέως δ᾿ ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὁ Πολυδεύκης ἦλθεν ὑποστρέψας, καὶ δὴ αὐτὸν οὔπω τεθνηκότα, πνευστιῶντα δὲ κατέλαβεν. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

b. οὔπω, φησί, τὸν Κάστορα εὗρε τεθνηκότα, τὰς δὲ πνοὰς ὑποψυχρούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς φρίκης. καταψύχονται γὰρ οἱ νεκρούμενοι. [Drachmann ad v. 137]

a. πάτερ Κρονίων, τίς δὴ λύσις ἔσσεται: ὦ πάτερ Ζεῦ, τίς δὴ ἔκλυσις γενήσεται τούτων τῶν πενθῶν; καί μοι θάνατον ἐπίθες καὶ δεῖξον, ὦ βασιλεῦ. [Drachmann ad v. 142]

a. οἴχεται τιμὰ φίλων τατωμένῳ φωτί: τατωμένῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ στερισκομένῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

b. οὐδεὶς συμπονεῖ, φησίν, ἐὰν μὴ φίλος ᾖ καὶ ἀγαθὸς φίλος· στερηθεὶς δὲ τούτου τίνα ἕξω κοινωνὸν τῶν πόνων: [Drachmann ad v. 146]

c. ἢ οὕτως αὐτὸ δεῖ νοεῖν· τὸ τατωμένῳ φησὶ Δωρικῶς· ἀνδρὶ γὰρ τῷ φίλων στερισκομένῳ πᾶσα διέφθαρται τιμή. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

d. ἢ οὕτως· ἐάν τις καθυστερήσῃ τοῦ προσφιλοῦς, ἀποστερεῖται τοῦ συμπράσσοντος, ἀπραγὴς δὲ γενόμενος οὐ τιμᾶται ὑπ᾿ οὐδενός. [Drachmann ad v. 146]

a. παῦροι δ᾿ ἐν πόνῳ πιστοὶ βροτῶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδὲ ὀλίγοι· ὡς καὶ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (E 800)· ἦ ὀλίγον οἷ παῖδα ἐοικότα γείνατο Τυδεύς. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐδὲ ὀλίγων δὲ ἀνθρώπων ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς ὑπερβάλλουσι κινδύνοις τῶν δεινῶν κοινωνεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

c. ἢ οὕτως· οὐδὲ ὀλίγοι δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πιστοὶ κατὰ τοὺς πόνους πάσχουσι τοῖς ἑταίροις τοῦ καμάτου κοινωνεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 147]

a. ἐσσί μοι υἱός· τὸν δ᾿ ἔπειτα: ὁ μὲν Ἡσίοδος (fr. 91) ἀμφοτέρους Διὸς εἶναι γενεαλογεῖ· ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος ἑτέροις τῶν ἱστορικῶν ἐξακολουθήσας τὸν μὲν Πολυδεύκην ἐκ Διός, τὸν δὲ Κάστορα ἐκ Τυνδάρεω εἶναί φησιν, ὡς καὶ Ἡρακλῆς μὲν ἐξ Ἀλκμήνης καὶ Διός, Ἰφικλῆς δὲ ἐξ Ἀμφιτρύωνος. λέγεται γὰρ τοῦτο, ὅτι Πολυδεύκης καὶ Ἑλένη ἐκ Διός εἰσι καὶ Λήδας, Κάστωρ δὲ ἐκ Τυνδάρεω. ὁ μέντοι Ἡσίοδος (fr. 92) οὔτε Λήδας οὔτε Νεμέσεως δίδωσι τὴν Ἑλένην, ἀλλὰ θυγατρὸς Ὠκεανοῦ καὶ Διός. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

b. τὸ δὲ σαφὲς οὕτως· σὺ μὲν, ὦ Πολύδευκες, τυγχάνεις μοι υἱός, τὸν δὲ Κάστορα μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ Τυνδάρεως σπέρμα θνητὸν ὄντα τῇ σῇ μητρὶ συνελθὼν ἔσπειρεν. [Drachmann ad v. 150]

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἄγε τῶνδέ τοι ἔμπαν αἵρεσιν παραδίδωμι: ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως τούτων ἀμφοτέρων σοι τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν ἐπιδίδωμι· εἰ μὲν γὰρ τὸν θάνατον ἐκφυγὼν καὶ τὸ γῆρας τὸ ὀδυνηρὸν αὐτὸς βούλει τὸν οὐρανὸν οἰκεῖν σὺν ἐμοὶ καὶ Ἀθηνᾷ καὶ Ἄρει, ἔστι σοι τούτων μερίς· εἰ δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ Κάστορος διαμάχῃ, πάντων τε τῶν καλῶν βούλει αὐτῷ ἀπομερίσασθαι τὸ ἴσον, τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ τοῦ χρόνου ἕξεις ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν διατρίβων, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ τοῖς τιμίοις τῶν θεῶν οἴκοις. [Drachmann ad v. 153]

a. ὣς ἄρ᾿ αὐδάσαντος: οὕτω ταῦτα τοῦ Διὸς εἰπόντος οὐ κατεμερίσθη τὴν γνώμην ὁ Πολυδεύκης, ἀλλ᾿ εὐθέως ἐπὶ τὸ ἕτερον ἐχώρησεν, ἐπὶ τὸ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν τῷ ἀδελφῷ μερίσασθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 166]

a. ἀνὰ δ᾿ ἔλυσεν μὲν ὀφθαλμόν: ὁ Ζεὺς δηλονότι· οἷον ἤδη μύοντα καὶ κλειόμενον διὰ τὸν θάνατον ἀναβλέψαι ἐποίησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀνέλυσε μὲν καὶ πάλιν ὁρᾶν παρεσκεύασε τὸν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ὀφθαλμόν, ἔπειτα καὶ τὴν φωνὴν ἐνέβαλε τῷ σώματι τοῦ χαλκομίτρα Κάστορος. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

c. subscr. τέλος. [Drachmann ad v. 168]

PINDAR · NEMEAN · ODE 11

Nemean 11 — for Ἀρισταγόρᾳ Τενεδίῳ

πρυτάνει

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 48 lines · 40 scholia parts

Argumentum (7 entries)

p1. Scholia in Nemeonicarum carmen XI.

p2. Τῆς ἑνδεκάτης ᾠδῆς ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐστὶν ἕξ. τὸ α΄ Πινδαρικόν· ἔστι δὲ ἰαμβέλεγος λείπων τῇ ἀρχῇ, καὶ πάλιν ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερὲς λεῖπον τῷ τέλει, ὃ καλεῖται ἀμφιλειπὲς, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ τέλει λείπει. ἡ δὲ ἀπόδοσις (v. 18) τὸ ἀοιδαῖς, ᾠδαῖς ποιεῖ. τὸ β΄ σύνθετον ἀπὸ διμέτρου τροχαίου καὶ ἡμίσεος ἔπους τὸ γ΄ ἔπος παρὰ συλλαβήν. τὸ δ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 99) Ζεῦ πάτερ, γάμον μὲν οὐκ ἐδαισάμην. τὸ ε χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν, ἢ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικὸν πλεονάζον μιᾷ συλλαβῇ. τὸ ς΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

p3. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἐννέα. τὸ α΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ β΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ γ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ α΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ δ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ε΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ζ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμε ρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ὅμοιον τῷ δ΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ θ΄ σύνθετον ἐκ πενθημιμεροῦς τροχαίου καὶ ἑφθημιμεροῦς δακτυλικοῦ.

p4. Inscr.

p5. δέa. Οὐδὲ ὅλως, φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, ἐχρῆν τὴν ᾠδὴν ταύτην εἰς τοὺς ἐπινίκους συνεῶσθαι· οὐ γὰρ ἱερὸν ἀγῶνα νενίκηκεν ὁ Ἀρισταγόρας. ἀλλὰ περιχώρους. γεγράφθαι φησι τὴν ᾠδὴν εἰς πρυτανεύοντα καὶ τῆς πόλεως πρ εστῶτα τὸν Ἀρισταγόραν, σαφὲς δὲ τοῦτο ἐξ ὧν φησιν (9)· ἀλλὰ σὺν δόξᾳ τέλος δυωδεκάμηνον περάσαι. ἠπατῆσθαι δέ φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος ἐνίους, ὡς δοκεῖν ἱεροὺς στεφάνους αὐτὸν ἀνῃρῆσθαι. διὰ τῆς ᾠδῆς δὲ σημαίνεται, ὅτι στεφάνους ἔσχεν ὡς δεκαέξ, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχὶ περιοδικοὺς, ὡς ἐπλανήθησαν ἐκ τοῦ λέγεσθαι (22)· ἐλπίδες δ᾿ ὀκνηρότεραι γονέων παιδὸς βίαν ἔσχον ἐν Πυθῶνι πειρᾶσθαι καὶ Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἀέθλων. οὐ γὰρ σημαίνει διὰ τούτων ὡς Ἴσθμια καὶ Νέμεα νενικηκότος αὐτοῦ. ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον οἱ γονεῖς δι᾿ εὐλάβειαν συγγενικὴν οὐκ ἀπέστειλαν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἱεροὺς στεφάνους. ἐπεὶ κἂν Ἴσθμια καὶ Νέμεα εἰλήφει. ἐποίσει γάρ· ναὶ μὰ γὰρ ὅρκον, ἐμὰν δόξαν παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ καὶ παρ᾿ εὐδένδρῳ μολὼν ὄχθῳ Κρόνου κάλλιον ἂν δηριώντων ἐνόστησ᾿ ἀντιπάλων. ὀμνύει γὰρ ὁ Πίνδαρος, ὅτι κατὰ τῆν ἑαυτοῦ δόξαν, εἰ ἐξεδήμησεν εἰς Πυθὼ καὶ Ὀλυμπίαν, κάλλιον ἂν τῶν συνανταγωνιστῶν ἐπανεληλύθει εἰς τὴν πατρίδα, τουτέστιν ἐνίκησεν ἄν· νῦν δὲ ἐλπίδες ὀκνηρότεραι γονέων κατέσχον αὐτόν, διὸ οὐδ᾿ ὅλως ἐξεδήμησε. συντακτέον οὖν. φησὶν ὁ Δίδυμος, εἰς τὰ Παρθένια, καθὰ καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Φασηλίτην ἀρέσκει.

b. ὅλως οὖν οὐδὲ δεῖ τετάχθαι τὴν ᾠδήν· οὐ γὰρ οἷον Νεμεονίκης ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ὅλως ἀθλοῦντι γέγραπται ἔτι, ἀλλ᾿ ἀνδρὶ τελείῳ πρυτανεύοντι τῆς πατρίδος. εἰ δὲ παραμιμνῄσκεται, ὅτι περιχώρους ἀγῶνας ἐνίκα παῖς ὢν, οὐ διὰ τοῦτο ἀθλητής· καθὸ οὐκ ἀθλητῇ γέγραπται, ἀλλὰ πρυτάνει καθὸ ἐπρυτάνευεν· ἔτυχε δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς παιδικῆς ἡλικίας ἄθλων. διὸ δὴ καὶ ὡς πρυτανεύοντος τὴν Ἑστίαν προσφωνεῖ.

c. ἔοικε δὲ ὁ Ἀρισταγόρας μὴ νῦν νενικηκέναι· φασὶ γὰρ οἱ ἱστορικοὶ παιδὶ μὲν ὄντι πολλὰς ὑπεισελθεῖν νίκας, ἀνδρωθέντι δὲ νῦν καὶ πρυτανεύοντι τὸν Πίνδαρον πρόσχημα μὲν ἐπίνικον γράψαι, τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς προσφώνησιν εἰς τὴν πρυτανείαν. Τένεδος δέ ἐστι καὶ τῆς Λιβύης καὶ τῆς Τροίας.

1–4

 παῖ Ῥέας, ἅ τε πρυτανεῖα λέλογχας,Ἑστία, σ2
 Ζηνὸς ὑψίστου κασιγνήτα καὶ ὁμοθρόνου Ἥρας,
 εὖ μὲν Ἀρισταγόραν δέξαι τεὸν ἐς θάλαμον,
 .εὖ δʼ ἑταίρους ἀγλαῷ σκάπτῳ πέλας,

Daughter of Rhea, you who have received the town hall under your protection, Hestia, sister of Zeus the highest and of Hera who shares his throne, welcome Aristagoras to your dwelling, and welcome to a place near your splendid scepter his companions,

Daughter of Rhea, who hast in thy keeping the city halls, O Hestia! sister of highest Zeus and of Hera sharer of his throne, with good-will welcome Aristagoras to thy sanctuary, with good-will also his fellows who draw nigh to thy glorious sceptre, for they in paying honour unto thee keep Tenedos in her place erect, by drink-offerings glorifying thee many times before the other gods, and many times by the savour of burnt sacrifice; and the sound of their lutes is loud, and of their songs: and at their tables never-failing are celebrated the rites of Zeus, the stranger's friend.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (2 entries)

ad v. 1

a. παῖ Ῥέας, ἅ τε πρυτανεῖα λέλογχας, Ἑστία: τὰ πρυτανεῖά φησι λαχεῖν τὴν Ἑστίαν, παρόσον αἱ τῶν πόλεων ἑστίαι ἐν τοῖς πρυτανείοις ἀφίδρυνται, καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν λεγόμενον πῦρ ἐπὶ τούτων ἀπόκειται. τοῦ δὲ ἱεροῦ πυρὸς ἐν τοῖς πρυτανείοις φυλαττομένου εἴη ἂν τὸ ἔτυμον πυροταμεῖον, κατὰ συγγένειαν τοῦ μ εἰς τὸ ν, ὡς τὸ μίν καὶ τὸ νίν· ἢ κατὰ κοινωνίαν τοῦ β πρὸς τὸ π βρυτανεῖον παρὰ τὸ βρύειν. ὅ ἐστι θάλλειν καὶ αὔξεσθαι, ἀφ᾿ οὗ καὶ τὸ ἔμβρυον τὸ ἐν τῇ γαστρὶ αὐξανόμενον. καί τε βρύει ἄνθεϊ λευκῷ, Ὅμηρος (P 56).

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ Ἑστία, τῆς Ῥέας παῖ, ἥτις ἔλαχες τὰ πρυτανεῖα, τοῦ ὑψίστου Διὸς ἀδελφὴ τυγχάνουσα καὶ τῆς Ἥρας τῆς ὁμοθρόνου καὶ συμβασιλευούσης τῷ Διῒ, καλῶς μὲν τὸν Ἀρισταγόραν ὑπόδεξαι εἰς τὸ πρυτανεῖον, καλῶς δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἑταίρους τοὺς συμπρυτανεύοντας αὐτῷ, τοῦ σοῦ σκήπτρου πέλας. ἐκ τούτου οὖν πρόδηλον, ὡς εἰς τὴν πρυτανείαν γράφεται. ἵδρυται δὲ ἐν τοῖς πρυτανείοις ἡ Ἑστία.

5 οἵ σε γεραίροντες ὀρθὰν φυλάσσοισιν Τένεδον, σ15

who, in honoring you, guard Tenedos and keep her on a straight course;

Scholia ad vv. 5–5 (1 entry)

ad v. 5

a. οἵ σε γεραίροντες: οἵτινές σε τιμῶντες οἱ πρυτάνεις ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ διαφυλάσσουσι τὴν Τένεδον, πολλάκις μὲν σπονδαῖς ἐξιλεούμενοι πρώτην τῶν ἄλλων θεῶν, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ταῖς θυσίαις. πρώτην δὲ ταύτην εἶπε, καθόσον ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς ἤρχοντο. καὶ Σοφοκλῆς (fr. 658)· ὦ πρῷρα λοιβῆς Ἑστία. ἀπὸ οὖν τῆς κνίσης, ὅ ἐστι τῆς πιμελῆς, τὰς θυσίας.

6–9

 πολλὰ μὲν λοιβαῖσιν ἀγαζόμενοι πρώταν θεῶν,
 πολλὰ δὲ κνίσσᾳ· λύρα δέ σφι βρέμεται καὶ ἀοιδά·
 καὶ ξενίου Διὸς ἀσκεῖται Θέμις ἀενάοις σ1
 ἐν τραπέζαις. ἀλλὰ σὺν δόξᾳ τέλος

often they worship you, first of the gods, with libations, and often with the savor of burnt sacrifice. Lyres and songs peal among them, and Themis, who belongs to Zeus the god of hospitality, is honored with everlasting feasts. With glory to the end

So with fair fame and unvexed heart may Aristagoras fulfil his twelve-month term.

Scholia ad vv. 6–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 8

a. λύρα δέ σφισι βρέμεται: λύρα δὲ αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὰς πανηγύρεις ἠχεῖ καὶ ᾠδὴ, καὶ τοῦ ξενίου Διὸς θέμις ἀσκεῖται καὶ ἀποσῴζεται παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς διαπαντὸς ἐν ταῖς τραπέζαις· ἀντὶ τοῦ φιλόξενοί εἰσιν. metr. D

10 δωδεκάμηνον περᾶσαι σὺν ἀτρώτῳ κραδίᾳ, σ210

may he fulfill his twelve-month office, with his heart unwounded.

Scholia ad vv. 10–10 (2 entries)

ad v. 10

a. ἀλλὰ σύν δόξᾳ τέλος δυωδεκάμηνον περάσαι: εὔχεται τὴν ἀρχὴν μετὰ δόξης αὐτὸν διατελέσαι. σὺν ἀτρώτῳ καὶ ἀλύπῳ τῇ καρδίᾳ, τουτέστιν ἀπταίστῳ καὶ ἀβλαβεῖ, τήν ἐνιαυσίαν ἀρχὴν διανύσειε. δῆλον δὲ, καθὼς καὶ προείπομεν (ad inscr.), διὰ τούτων, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπίνικος ἡ ᾠδή.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· παράσχου οὖν αὐτοῖς σὺν εὐδοξίᾳ ἐξενιαυτῆσαι τὴν πρυτανείαν σὺν ἀλύπῳ καρδίᾳ.

11–14

 ἄνδρα δʼ ἐγὼ μακαρίζω μὲν πατέρʼ Ἁγησίλαν,
 καὶ τὸ θαητὸν δέμας ἀτρεμίαν τε ξύγγονον.
 εἰ δέ τις ὄλβον ἔχων μορφᾷ παραμεύσεται ἄλλους, σ3
 ἔν τʼ ἀέθλοισιν ἀριστεύων ἐπέδειξεν βίαν,

I call that man blessed in his father Hagesilas, in his marvellous body, and in his inborn steadiness. But if any man who has prosperity surpasses others in beauty, and displays his strength by being best in the games,

Blessed among men I count his father Arkesilas, and himself for his splendid body and his heritage of a dauntless heart.

Scholia ad vv. 11–14 (3 entries)

ad v. 13

a. ἄνδρα δ᾿ ἐγὼ μακαρίζω μέν: τὸν δὲ ἄνδρα ἐγὼ μακαρίζω Ἀρκεσίλαν τὸν σὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνου ἀνδρεῖόν τε καὶ ἐπέραστον σῶμα.

b. ἄλλως. τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ Ἀρκεσίλαν μακαρίζω θαητὸν ὄντα τὸ σῶμα, καὶ τὸν σύγγονον αὐτοῦ Ἀτρεμίαν· ὡς ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ ὄντος Ἀτρεμίου ἢ ὡς ἀδελφῆς· ἀμφίβολον γάρ.

c. ἢ τὴν συγγενομένην αὐτῷ ἀφοβίαν.

15–16

15 θνατὰ μεμνάσθω περιστέλλων μέλη,15

16 καὶ τελευτὰν ἁπάντων γᾶν ἐπιεσσόμενος· σ2

let him remember that his robes are thrown around mortal limbs, and that he will clothe himself with earth, the end of all.

Scholia ad vv. 15–16 (2 entries)

ad v. 16

a. εἰ δέ τις ὄλβον ἔχων: εἴ τίς ἐστι πλούσιος, φησί, καὶ καλὸς καὶ ἐν ἀέθλοις διήνεγκε τῶν ἄλλων, γινωσκέτω ὅτι θνητός ἐστι, καὶ μηκέτι παρὰ ταῦτα εὐδαιμονίαν μείζονα ζητείτω· μὴ ὡς θεὸς τῶν μειζόνων ὀρεγέσθω.

b. ἢ οὕτως· εἰ δὲ ἀνθρώπων τις εὐδαιμονίαν κεκτημένος καὶ τῷ εἴδει παρέρχεται τοὺς ἄλλους, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄθλοις ἀριστεύουσαν ἐφανέρωσε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἰσχὺν, γινωσκέτω μέλλων ἀποθνῄσκειν. ἡ δὲ τοῦ νοῦ φαντασία τοιαύτη· μὴ διὰ τὸ ὑπερβεβλημένον τῆς εὐδαιμονίας θεοῖς ἑαυτὸν καταριθμείτω, γινωσκέτω δὲ ὅτι ἀνθρωπίνην ἔχει τὴν φύσιν.

17–19

 ἐν λόγοις δʼ ἀστῶν ἀγαθοῖσί νιν αἰνεῖσθαι χρεών,
 καὶ μελιγδούποισι δαιδαλθέντα μελιζέμεν ἀοιδαῖς.
 ἐκ δὲ περικτιόνων ἑκκαίδεκʼ Ἀρισταγόραν

Yet it is right for him to be praised in the good words of his fellow-citizens, and for us to adorn him with the honeyed sound of songs. For in contests of those who live around him, sixteen

But if any man shall possess wealth, and withal surpass his fellows in comely form, and in games have shown his strength to be the best, let such an one remember that his raiment is upon mortal limbs, and that the earth shall be his vesture at the end.

20–21

20 ἀγλααὶ νῖκαι πάτραν τʼ εὐώνυμον20

21 ἐστεφάνωσαν πάλᾳ καὶ μεγαυχεῖ παγκρατίῳ.

splendid victories crowned Aristagoras and his illustrious fatherland, in wrestling and in the proud pancratium.

22–24

 ἐλπίδες δʼ ὀκνηρότεραι γονέων παιδὸς βίαν σ2
 ἔσχον ἐν Πυθῶνι πειρᾶσθαι καὶ Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἄθλων.
 ναὶ μὰ γὰρ ὅρκον, ἐμὰν δόξαν παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ σ2

PythoOlympia But the too hesitant hopes of his parents restrained the boy’s strength from attempting the contests at and. For I swear by the power of Oath: in my judgment, whether he went to Castalia

Yet in good words of his fellow-citizens is it meet that his praise be told, and that we make his name comely with notes of honey-sounding song.

Scholia ad vv. 22–24 (4 entries)

ad v. 22

a. ἐν λόγοις δ᾿ ἀστῶν ἀγαθοῖς μέν: ἐν δὲ τῇ τῶν ἀγαθῶν γνώμῃ ἐπαινεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς προσήκει, φησίν.

b. ἢ οὕτω· τοὺς τοιούτους καὶ τοιαῦτα ἠσκηκότας ἄρχοντας δεῖ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀστῶν τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ λόγοις ἐπαινεῖσθαι καὶ κοσμεῖσθαι ποιήμασιν.

ad v. 24

a. ἐκ δὲ περικτιόνων ἑκκαίδεκ᾿ Ἀρισταγόραν: ὡς τῶν ἀνταγωνιστῶν τοῦ Ἀρισταγόρου τοσούτων ὄντων τῷ ἀριθμῷ.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐκ δὲ τῶν περιοίκων ἀνταγωνιστῶν δεκαὲξ ὄντων τὸν Ἀρισταγόραν αἱ νῖκαι καὶ τὴν τούτου πατρίδα ἐστεφάνωσαν τὴν ἐπίδοξον, πάλῃ καὶ παγκρατίῳ νικήσαντα.

25–26

25 καὶ παρʼ εὐδένδρῳ μολὼν ὄχθῳ Κρόνου25

26 κάλλιον ἂν δηριώντων ἐνόστησʼ ἀντιπάλων,

or to the well-wooded hill of Cronus, he would have returned home in finer fashion than the opponents who strove against him,

27–29

 πενταετηρίδʼ ἑορτὰν Ἡρακλέος τέθμιον
 κωμάσαις ἀνδησάμενός τε κόμαν ἐν πορφυρέοις σ1
 ἔρνεσιν. ἀλλὰ βροτῶν τὸν μὲν κενεόφρονες αὖχαι

having celebrated the four years’ festival ordained by Heracles, and having crowned his hair with purple wreaths. But, among mortals, empty-headed pride

Now among the neighbouring peoples sixteen illustrious victories have crowned Aristagoras and his famous clan in the wrestling-match and in the pankration of weighty honour. But hopes too diffident of his parents kept back the might of their son from essaying the Pythian or Olympian strife: yet verily by the God of Truth I am persuaded that both at Castaly and at the tree-clad hill of Kronos, had he gone thither, he should have turned back home with more honour than any of his rivals who had striven with him, when that he had kept the fifth year's feast ordained of Herakles with dance and song, and with the shining shoots had bound his hair.

Scholia ad vv. 27–29 (1 entry)

ad v. 28

a. ἐλπίδες δ᾿ ὀκνηρότεραι γονέων: παιδὸς δὲ ὄντος τοῦ Ἀρισταγόρου, φησίν, αἱ τῶν γονέων ἐλπίδες ὀκνηρότερον διατεθεῖσαι ἐνεπόδισαν εἴς τε τὴν Πυθῶνα καὶ τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν σταλῆναι τῶν ἄθλων εἵνεκα.

30–31

30 ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔβαλον· τὸν δʼ αὖ καταμεμφθέντʼ ἄγαν σ330

31 ἰσχὺν οἰκείων παρέσφαλεν καλῶν σ2

casts one man out of his goods; and a timid spirit foils another man of the fine achievements that should be his, dragging him back by the hand as he disparages his own strength too much.

Scholia ad vv. 30–31 (5 entries)

ad v. 30

a. ναὶ μὰ γὰρ ὅρκον, ἐμὰν δόξαν: ἐνταῦθα ὄνομα οὐ πρόσκειται. ἰδίως γὰρ οἱ παλαιοὶ κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὅρκου ὤμνυον, ὡς καὶ Ἡσίοδος (theog. 231)· Ὅρκον θ᾿, ὃς δὴ πλεῖστον ἐπιχθονίους ἀνθρώπους πημαίνει, ὅτε κέν τις ἑκὼν ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ.

b. ἄλλως. εὐλαβείᾳ τοῦ ὀμνύειν οἱ ἀρχαῖοι παρελίμπανον τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν θεῶν. διὸ καὶ ψιλῶς εἶπε· ναὶ μὰ γὰρ ὅρκον, τὴν ἐμὴν | δόκησιν καὶ ὑπόληψιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ, ἐφ᾿ ᾧ δοξάζομαι ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐπίορκος.

c. ὁ δὲ ὅλος νοῦς οὕτως· ναὶ μὰ γὰρ τὸν ὅρκον, κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν | δόκησιν ἔν τε Πυθῶνι καὶ ἐν τῷ εὐδένδρῳ ὄρει τοῦ Κρόνου, ὅ ἐστι καὶ ἐν τῇ Ὁλυμπίᾳ. κάλλιον ἂν τῶν ἀνταγωνιζομένων ἐπανῆλθεν ὁ Ἀρισταγόρας τῇ πατρίδι, τὴν πενταετηρικὴν πανήγυριν, διάταξιν καὶ νόμον οὖσαν Ἡρακλέους, κωμάσας καὶ ἀναδησάμενος τὴν κόμην τοῖς στεφάνοις.

ad v. 31

a. παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ καὶ παρ᾿ εὐδένδρῳ μολών: εὐδένδρῳ διὰ τὰ τῶν ἐλαιῶν φυτὰ ἅπερ Ἡρακλῆς ἐξ Ὑπερβορέων κομίσας ἐνεφύτευσε τῇ γῇ.

b. τὸ δὲ παρ᾿ ὄχθῳ Κρόνου, ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῷ κατὰ τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν ἀνιερωθέντι τῷ Κρόνῳ.

32 χειρὸς ἕλκων ὀπίσσω θυμὸς ἄτολμος ἐών.

But thus among mortals is one cast down from weal by empty boasts, while another through overmuch mistrusting of his strength is robbed of his due honours, for that a spirit of little daring draggeth him backward by the hand.

33–34

33 συμβαλεῖν μὰν εὐμαρὲς ἦν τό τε Πεισάνδρου πάλαι

34 αἷμʼ ἀπὸ Σπάρτας· Ἀμύκλαθεν γὰρ ἔβα σὺν Ὀρέστᾳ,

Truly, it was easy to recognize in him the ancient blood of Peisander of Sparta, who came from Amyclae with Orestes,

35–37

 Αἰολέων στρατιὰν χαλκεντέα δεῦρʼ ἀνάγων·
 καὶ παρʼ Ἰσμηνοῦ ῥοὰν κεκραμένον
 ἐκ Μελανίπποιο μάτρωος. ἀρχαῖαι δʼ ἀρεταὶ σ1

leading here a bronze-armored host of Aetolians, and also the blending of his blood with that of his mother’s ancestor Melanippus, beside the stream of the Ismenus. But ancient excellence

Scholia ad vv. 35–37 (1 entry)

ad v. 37

a. ἀλλὰ βροτῶν τὸν μὲν κενεόφρονες αὖχαι: αἱ καυχήσεις. ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν μὲν αἱ ματαιόφρονες καυχήσεις καὶ ἀλαζονεῖαι ἐκ τῶν παρὰ πόδας καλῶν ἀποτυχεῖν παρεσκεύασαν, τῷ τῶν μειζόνων παρὰ δύναμιν καὶ τὸ προσῆκον ὀρέγεσθαι, ἕτερον δὲ ἰσχυρὸν ὄντα κατὰ φύσιν, μετριάζοντα δὲ, καταμεμφόμενον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, τῶν προσόντων καλῶν ἀποσφαλῆναι πεποίηκεν ἡ ψυχὴ ἄτολμος οὖσα καὶ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς τοὐπίσω ἕλκουσα, τουτέστιν ἄτολμον ποιοῦσα.

38–39

38 ἀμφέροντʼ ἀλλασσόμεναι γενεαῖς ἀνδρῶν σθένος·

39 ἐν σχερῷ δʼ οὔτʼ ὦν μέλαιναι καρπὸν ἔδωκαν ἄρουραι,

yields strength in alternate generations of men; the dark fields do not give fruit continuously,

This were an easy thing to divine, that Peisander's stock was from Sparta in the time of old (for from Amyklai he came with Orestes, bringing hither an army of Aiolians in bronze mail): and also that the blood of his mother's brother Melanippos was blended with Ismenos' stream.

40–42

 δένδρεά τʼ οὐκ ἐθέλει πάσαις ἐτέων περόδοις
 ἄνθος εὐῶδες φέρειν πλούτῳ ἴσον,
 ἀλλʼ ἐν ἀμείβοντι. καὶ θνατὸν οὕτως ἔθνος ἄγει

nor are trees accustomed to bear an equal wealth of fragrant flowers in every circling year, but in alternation. And thus the race of mortal men is led

43–44

43 μοῖρα. τὸ δʼ ἐκ Διὸς ἀνθρώποις σαφὲς οὐχ ἕπεται σ2

44 τέκμαρ· ἀλλʼ ἔμπαν μεγαλανορίαις ἐμβαίνομεν,

by Fate. But no clear sign comes to mortals from Zeus. Nevertheless we embark on bold endeavors,

The virtues of an old descent repeat their vigour uncertainly in the generations of men. Neither doth the black-soiled tilth bring forth fruit continually, neither will the trees be persuaded to bear with every year's return a fragrant flower of equal wealth, but in their turns only. Thus also doth destiny lead on the race of mortals. From Zeus there cometh no clear sign to men: yet nevertheless we enter on high counsels, and meditate many acts: for by untameable hope our bodies are enthralled: but the tides of our affairs are hidden from our fore-knowledge. Meet is it to pursue advantage moderately: fiercest is the madness that springeth from unappeasable desires.

Scholia ad vv. 43–44 (2 entries)

ad v. 43

a. συμβαλεῖν λίαν εὐμαρὲς ἦν: ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀρισταγόρου ἀρετῆς εὐμαρὲς ἦν διαγνῶναι συμβαλόντας, ὅτι τοῦ Λακωνικοῦ Πεισάνδρου ἀπόγονος ἦν, τοῦ ποτε σὺν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ἀποικίαν ἀπὸ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος εἰς Λέσβον στειλαμένου τὸ τῶν Αἰολέων γένος· τὸ δὲ δεῦρο ὡς πρὸς τὴν Τένεδον τὴν τῆς Λέσβου· ἦν δὲ συμβαλεῖν καὶ τὸ μητρῷον αὐτοῦ γένος περὶ τὰ Ἰσμηνοῦ ῥεύματα κεκραμένον τῷ Θηβαίῳ Μελανίππῳ.

b. ἢ οὕτω· συμβαλεῖν λίαν εὐμαρὲς ἦν καὶ σημειώσασθαι τὸν ἰδόντα τὸν Ἀρισταγόραν, ὅτι τὸ πάλαι αὐτοῦ αἷμα καὶ τὸ γένος ἦν ἀπὸ Πεισάνδρου τοῦ Σπαρτιάτου· ὡς ἀπό τινος Πεισάνδρου τῶν παλαιῶν ὄντος τοῦ Ἀρισταγόρου. οὗτος δέ, φησί, σὺν Ὀρέστῃ ἀπῴκησεν ἐκ Σπάρτης καὶ τὴν Τένεδον κατῴκησε. Τενέδιος γὰρ ὁ Ἀρισταγόρας. περὶ δὲ τῆς Ὀρέστου εἰς τὴν Αἰολίδα ἀποικίας Ἑλλάνικος ἐν α΄ Αἰολικῶν ἱστόρηκεν (FHG I O M, I 117 J). ὁ δὲ Μελάνιππος οὗτος Θηβαῖος ἦν ἐπὶ τοῦ πολέμου συστὰς τῷ Τυδεῖ. τούτου δοκεῖ διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν λαβὼν ὁ Τυδεὺς τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ ῥήξας ἐκροφῆσαι τὸν ἐγκέφαλον· διὸ καὶ ἀπεστράφη ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ τότε κομίζουσα αὐτῷ τὴν ἀθανασίαν. τὸ μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ πατρὸς γένος εἰς Πείσανδρον, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ μητρὸς εἰς τοῦτον τὸν Μελάνιππον· μήτρωες γὰρ [οὗτοι] οἱ κατὰ μητέρα πρόγονοι.

45–48

 ἔργα τε πολλὰ μενοινῶντες· δέδεται γὰρ ἀναιδεῖ
 ἐλπίδι γυῖα· προμαθείας δʼ ἀπόκεινται ῥοαί.
 κερδέων δὲ χρὴ μέτρον θηρευέμεν·
 ἀπροσίκτων δʼ ἐρώτων ὀξύτεραι μανίαι. σ9

longing for many deeds, for our limbs are bound by shameless hope, while the streams of foresight lie far away. But we must hunt for due measure in our love of gain. The madness of unattainable desires is too sharp.

Scholia ad vv. 45–48 (9 entries)

ad v. 48

a. ἀρχαῖαι δ᾿ ἀρεταί: αἱ ἀρχαῖαι τῶν προγόνων, φησίν, ἀρεταὶ ὕστερον ἐκλάμπουσιν. ἐνίοτε γάρ τις γέγονεν ἀπὸ πρακτικοῦ τινος ἀνδρὸς, εἶθ᾿ οἱ ἐκείνου ἀπόγονοι ἄπρακτοι ὤφθησαν, ἕως διὰ πολλῶν ἐτῶν πάλιν εἷς ἐξέλαμψεν. οὗτος οὖν, φησίν, ἀπὸ Μελανίππου γεγονὼς καὶ Πεισάνδρου δραστηρίων γεγονότων, τῶν δὲ μεταξὺ ἠμαυρωμένων, αὐτὸς ἐξέλαμψε τῶν ἐκείνων ἀρετῶν, αὐτὸς ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἔδειξε τὸ γένος οἷον ἦν.

b. ἣ οὕτως· αἱ δὲ παλαιαὶ ἀρεταὶ ἀποφέρονται σθένος ἐναλλασσόμεναι ταῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων γενεαῖς. οὔτε γὰρ ἐφεξῆς αἱ ἄρουραι καρπὸν δυνατῶς ἀποδιδόασιν, οὔτε μὴν τὰ φυτὰ βούλεται ἐν πάσαις ἐτῶν περιόδοις καρπὸν καὶ βλαστὸν εὐώδη καὶ ἐπικερδῆ φέρειν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐξ ὑπαλλαγῆς καὶ διαστήματος ταῦτα δίδοται, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τοῖς φυτοῖς καὶ ταῖς ἀρούραις ἀναδέχεται.

a. τὸ δ᾿ ἐκ Διὸς ἀνθρώποις σαφὲς οὐχ ἕπεται τέκμαρ: τὸ ἀποβησόμενον τέλος ἐκ τοῦ Διός, φησίν, οὐ προγινώσκομεν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλὰ μεγαληγοροῦμεν μεγάλα τε μενοινῶντες καὶ φροντίζοντες ὑπὲρ ἑαυτούς. τείνει δὲ πρὸς Ἀρισταγόραν, ἐπειδὴ τότε ἦρχε καὶ ἐπρυτάνευε, παραινῶν αὐτῷ μὴ ὑπερηφανεύεσθαι, ἀλλὰ μετρίως βιοῦν, πράως δὲ καὶ ἐν ἀρετῇ διάγειν. [Drachmann ad v. 55]

a. δέδεται γὰρ ἀναιδεῖ ἐλπίδι γυῖα: τουτέστιν ἐμπέφυκεν ἡμῖν ἐλπὶς, ἄποθεν... ἀναιδῆ δὲ τὴν ἐλπίδα εἶπεν, ὅτι οἱ πολλοὶ ἡμῶν ἀδύνατα ἐλπίζουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 59]

b. ἢ ἀναιδῆ τὴν ἐλπίδα εἴρηκε διὰ τὸ πολλάκις τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἀποτυγχάνειν καὶ πάλιν ἐλπίζειν. [Drachmann ad v. 59]

c. ἢ οὕτω· συνδέδεται δὲ τὰ ἡμέτερα σώματα ἀναιδεστάτῃ ἐλπίδι, τὸ δὲ προβουλεύεσθαι καὶ μανθάνειν μακρὰν ἡμῶν ἀπῴκισται. [Drachmann ad v. 59]

d. ἤτοι τῆς δὲ προγνώσεως αἱ ὁδοὶ ἄποθεν ἡμῶν κεῖνται, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ δυνάμεθα ἄνθρωποι ὄντες τὰ μέλλοντα προγινώσκειν. [Drachmann ad v. 59]

a. κερδέων δὲ χρὴ μέτρον θηρευέμεν: οὐ δεῖ, φησί, ζητεῖν ὠφελείας ὑπερμέτρους οὐδὲ κερδαίνειν τὰ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς. ἀπροσίκτων δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀμηχάνων, ὧν οὐκ ἔστι θιγεῖν. τῶν γὰρ ἐρώτων σκληραί εἰσιν αἱ μανίαι καὶ σύντονοι αἱ ἐπιθυμίαι. [Drachmann ad v. 62]

b. πρὸςb. τῶν οὖν ἀμηχάνων ἐρώτων, φησίν, αἱ ἐπιθυμίαι ξυτέρας ἔχουσι τὰς μανίας. πρὸς τί δὲ τοῦτο λέγει; ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν· ὦ Ἀρισταγόρα, οἷς ἔσχηκας καὶ ἔλαβες δεκαὲξ τεφάνοις πλουτεῖς, ἄρχεις, πρυτανεύεις· ἀρκοῦ τούτοις, μηκέτι πὲρ ταῦτα ζήτει. τέλος. Πινδάρου ἐπίνικοι Νεμεονίκαις. [Drachmann ad v. 62]

PINDAR · ISTHMIAN · ODE 1

Isthmian 1 — for Ἡροδότῳ Θηβαίῳ

ἅρματι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 68 lines · 97 scholia parts

Argumentum (5 entries)

p1. Scholia in Isthmionicarum carmen I.

p2. Τῆς πρώτης ᾠδῆς τῶν Ἰσθμίων ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἑπτά. τὸ α΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ β΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν παρὰ τὴν τελευταίαν συλλαβήν. τὸ γ΄ἰαμβέλεγος τὴν τελευταίαν συλλαβὴν μετατιθεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν ἄρχουσαν. γεγένηται δὲ καὶ παρὰ τὸ Σαπφικὸν, συστεῖλαν τὴν παρατέλευτον, πλεονάσαν μιᾷ συλλαβῇ. τὸ δ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ β΄. τὸ ε΄ προσοδιακόν. τὸ ς΄ Πινδαρικὸν ἐκ Σαπφικοῦ πλεονάσαν χοριάμβῳ καὶ συστεῖλαν τὴν παρατέλευτον. τὸ ζ΄ Εὐριπίδειον.

p3. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἕνδεκα. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβέλεγος, ἢ πεντάμετρον καταληκτικὸν δακτυλικόν. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβικὸν μονόμετρον καταληκτικὸν δύο συλλαβαῖς. τὸ γ΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ δακτυλικὸν τετράμετρον βουκολικόν. τὸ ε΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ ς΄ τροχαϊκὸν ἢ ἐπίτριτος. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ θ΄ ὅμοιον τῷ (Archil. fr. 94,2) τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ ι΄ προσοδιακὸν ἑνδεκάσημον ἐνδέον συλλαβῇ τοῦ Ἀρχιλοχείου ἢ τοῦ (Archil. fr. 79) Ἐρασμονίδη Χαρίλαε. τὸ ια΄ Στησιχόρειον.

p4. Inscr.a. Γέφραφε τὴν ᾠδὴν Ἡροδότῳ τῷ Θηβαίῳ, τινὲς δὲ Ὀρχομενίῳ. βέλτιον δὲ Θηβαίῳ ἐπιγεγράφθαι· καὶ γὰρ ταῖς Θήβαις προσδιαλέγεται. καὶ ἑξῆς (10) δέ φησιν· ἐπεὶ στεφάνους ἓξ ὤπασε Κάδμου στρατῷ, τουτέστι τοῖς Θηβαίοις. καὶ πάλιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγων φησί (66)· τιμὰν ἑπταπύλοις Θήβαισι τεύχοντα. τὸ δὲ ἐξαπατῆσαν τοὺς γράφοντας Ὀρχομενίῳ ἐστὶ τὸ Ὀρχομενοῖο πατρῴαν ἄρουραν (35). πρὸς ὅ φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος, ὅτι εἰκός ἐστι τὸν πατέρα Ἡροδότου Ἀσωπόδωρον διά τινας πολιτικὰς στάσεις εἰς τὸν Ὀρχομενὸν μεταστάντα ὕστερόν τε εἰς Θήβας κατελθόντα ἐπίτιμον γενέσθαι. τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ τὸν Πίνδαρον αἰνιττόμενον φάναι (36)· ἅ νιν ἐρειδόμενον ναυαγίαις ἐξ ἀμετρήτας ἁλὸς ἐν κρυοέσσᾳ δέξατο συντυχίᾳ. ναυαγίαν γὰρ εἶπε τὴν ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος εἰς τὸν Ὀρχομενὸν φυγήν.

b. ἄλλως. οἱ Κεῖοι Δηλιακὸν παιᾶνα ἠξίουν τὸν ποιητὴν γράψαι. ἀρξαμένου οὖν γράφειν ἐκείνοις ἐπῆλθεν ἡ νίκη Ἡροδότου Θηβαίου πολίτου, εἰς ὃν προέκρινε μᾶλλον σκέψασθαι, ἀναβαλλόμενος τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν Κείων. διὸ καὶ τὴν εἰσβολὴν πεποίηται τοῦ ἐπινίκου ὁ Πίνδαρος, συγγνῶναι παρακαλῶν τὴν Δῆλον αὐτῷ προυργιαίτερον θεμένῳ τὴν πατρίδα τὰς Θήβας, διὰ τὸ Ἡροδότῳ βούλεσθαι τὸν ἐπίνικον συντάξαι Θηβαίω ὄντι. μέλλοντος γὰρ Κείοις γράφειν προσοδιακὸν παιᾶνα καὶ ὑπογύου ὄντος τοῦ χρόνου, καθ᾿ ὃν ἔδει συντετελέσθαι τὸ ποίημα τὸ Δηλιακὸν, ἔτι περὶ τὴν γραφὴν ἀσχολούμενος μεταξὺ Ἡροδ του Θηβαίου ὄντος καὶ νικήσαντος τὰ Ἴσθμια, ἐάσας ἀσυμπέραστον τὸ εἰς Δῆλον ποίημα συντάττει τῷ Ἡροδότῳ τὸν ἐπίνικον. τὰ δὲ Ἴσθμια διὰ τριετηρίδος ἄγεται.

1–4

 μᾶτερ ἐμά, τὸ τεόν, χρύσασπι Θήβα, σ3
 πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀσχολίας ὑπέρτερον
 θήσομαι. μή μοι κραναὰ νεμεσάσαι σ1
 Δᾶλος, ἐν ᾇ κέχυμαι. σ1

Delos My mother, Thebe of the golden shield, I shall place your interests above my lack of leisure. May rocky, in whose praises I have poured myself out, not be indignant at me.

O mother, Thebe of the golden shield, thy service will I set even above the matter that was in my hand. May rocky Delos, whereto I am vowed, be not therefore wroth with me. Is there aught dearer to the good than noble parents?

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (5 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Μᾶτερ ἐμά: παρόσον καὶ ὁ Πίνδαρος Θηβαῖος. τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ πρὸς τὸν Ἡρόδοτον δίκαιον καθίστησι τὸν λόγον πρὸς τὴν Θήβην καὶ τῶν ἐν χερσὶν ἀφέμενον παρέθηξε καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἐπινίκου γραφῆς φροντίσαι. ἐν ταὐτῷ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὴν πατρίδα καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἡρωΐδα, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἡ πόλις καλεῖται, τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖται· ἡ γὰρ χρύσασπις ἐπὶ τῆς ἡρωίδος, ἣν Ἀσωποῦ καὶ Μετώπης τῆς Λάδωνός φασιν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ Θήβη ἐμὴ μῆτερ, τὸ σὸν πρᾶγμα κα πάσης ἀσχολίας κρεῖσσον προτίθημι καὶ κρίνω μηδαμῶς μοι ἡ τραχεῖα καὶ πετρώδης Δῆλος νεμεσήσειεν, ἐφ᾿ ᾗ νῦν πᾶς ἔγκειμαι. τί βέλτιον ἢ προσφιλέστερον τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς τῆς ἑαυτῶν πατρίδος; φησί. τὸ γὰρ κεδνῶν τοκέων ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς πατρίδος.

c. χρύσασπι: ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμία κατὰ τὰ ὅπλα· ἐκ δὲ τούτου, ὦ γενναίους ἔχουσα ἄνδρας.

ad v. 3

a. κραναά: τραχεῖα καὶ πετρώδης ἡ νῆσος· ἔστι δὲ μία τῶν Κυκλάδων κατὰ τὸ Αἰγαῖον πέλαγος. ἐκ τούτου δῆλον, ὅτι εἰς Δῆλον ἔγραφε Κείοις, ὥστε καὶ ὑποβαίνων φησίν (8) ἐν Κέῳ ἀμφιρύτῳ.

ad v. 4

a. ἐν ᾇ κέχυμαι: τουτέστιν ἐφ᾿ ᾗ νῦν τῇ Δήλῳ τὴν σπουδὴν εἶχον τῆς γραφῆς.

5–6

5 τί φίλτερον κεδνῶν τοκέων ἀγαθοῖς;5

6 εἶξον, Ὠπολλωνιάς· ἀμφοτερᾶν τοι χαρίτων σὺν θεοῖς ζεύξω τέλος, σ5

What is dearer to good men than their noble parents? Yield, island of Apollo; indeed, with the help of the gods I shall accomplish the end of both graceful songs,

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (5 entries)

ad v. 6

a. εἶξον, ὦ ᾿πολλωνιάς· ἀμφοτέρων τοι χαρίτων σὺν θεοῖς: δύο χαρίτων· μιᾶς μὲν, ὅτι αὐτῇ τὸ ἀσυμπέραστον γράφει ποίημα, δευτέρας δὲ, ὅτι πεισθεῖσα ὑπεχώρησε τῷ νῦν τοῦ Ἡροδότου ἐγκωμίῳ.

b. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ὑποχώρησον, ὦ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι τετιμημένη Δῆλε· ὅτι κατ᾿ αὐτὴν ἐγένετο ὁ θεός δύο γὰρ χαρίτων ἕνεκεν συμπραττόντων τῶν θεῶν παρασκευάσω σοι ὕμνον.

c. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτως· ἀμφοτέρων τῶν χαρίτων τὸ τέλος συζεύξω, καθ᾿ ἥν τε σοὶ χαριστέον ἐστὶ καὶ καθ᾿ ἣν τῇ πατρίδι. οἱονεὶ ἀμφότερα ποιήσω, καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἐν ᾧ δεῖ καιρῷ ὑμνήσω καὶ τὸν ἐπίνικον πληρώσω.

d. τὸ δὲ χορεύων ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ χοροῦ ὑμνῶν, ἐπεὶ οἱ χοροὶ ἀπαγγέλλουσι τὰ ποιήματα ἐν Δήλῳ εἰς τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα. πῶς οὖν τὸ Δηλιακὸν ποίημά φησιν ᾄδειν ἐν Κέῳ; μήποτε οὖν προαναλαμβάνοντες ἐν ταῖς πατρίσιν οἱ χορευταὶ ἐμελέτων τὰς ᾠδὰς καὶ οὕτως ἀπήεσαν;

e. ἀπὸ οὖν τοῦ παρακολουθοῦντος τοῖς ὕμνοις τοῦτό φησιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑμνῶν, ὅτι μετὰ χορείας ἐλέγοντο οἱ ὕμνοι.

7–9

 καὶ τὸν ἀκειρεκόμαν Φοῖβον χορεύων
 ἐν Κέῳ ἀμφιρύτᾳ σὺν ποντίοις
 ἀνδράσιν, καὶ τὰν ἁλιερκέα, Ἰσθμοῦ σ2

Ceos honoring in the dance both Phoebus with the unshorn hair, in wave-washed with its mariners, and the sea-dividing reef of the Isthmus.

Give place O Apollonian isle: these twain fair offices, by the grace of God, will I join together in their end, and to Phoibos of the unshorn hair in island Keos with men of her sea-race will I make my choral song, and therewithal this other for the sea-prisoning cliffs of Isthmos.

Scholia ad vv. 7–9 (2 entries)

ad v. 9

a. ἐν Κέῳ ἀμφιρύτᾳ σὺν ποντίοις ἀνδράσιν: σὺν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Κέω φησί. ποντίους δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔφη ὡς νησιώτας.

b. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· καὶ τὸν ἄτμητον τὰς κόμας Ἀπόλλωνα ὑμνῶν ἐν τῇ Κέῳ τῇ ἑκατέρωθεν περιρρεομένῃ θαλάσσῃ σὺν τοῖς νησιώταις ἀν ράσι, καὶ τὴν προβεβλημένην καὶ ὑπὸ θαλάσσης περιοριζομένην τοῦ Ἰσθμοῦ ἐξοχήν. ἵν᾿ ᾖ ὅλον· ὅτι ὑμνήσω καὶ τὴν Κέω καὶ σὲ, ὦ Δῆλε, καὶ τὸν Ἰσθμόν. καὶ ὕστερον σοὶ πάλιν τὸν ἐπίνικον ἀποδώσω.

10–12

 δειράδʼ· ἐπεὶ στεφάνους
 ἓξ ὤπασεν Κάδμου στρατῷ ἐξ ἀέθλων, σ3
 καλλίνικον πατρίδι κῦδος. ἐν ᾇ καὶ τὸν ἀδείμαντον Ἀλκμήνα τέκεν

Since the Isthmus gave to the people of Cadmus six garlands from her games, the glory of triumph for my fatherland, where Alcmena bore her fearless

Scholia ad vv. 10–12 (3 entries)

ad v. 11

a. στεφάνους ἕξ: καταχρηστικώτερον ἀπὸ τῶν πλειόνων.

b. ἄλλως. ἤτοι ἀριθμητικῶς ἓξ ἢ καταχρηστικώτερον ἐπὶ πολλῶν.

c. ἐπεὶ στεφάνους ἓξ ὤπασε Κάδμου στρατῷ: διαπορεῖται τίς ἐνεχείρισε τῷ Κάδμου στρατῷ, τουτέστι ταῖς Θήβαις, τοὺς στεφάνους. ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν τὸν Ἰσθμὸν ἀκούουσιν, ὡς ἑξάκις νενικηκότων τῶν Θηβαίων τὰ Ἴσθμια· ἔνιοι δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν Ἡρόδοτον· τοῦτον γὰρ ἑξάκις Ἴσθμια νενικηκέναι Θηβαῖον ὄντα τούτων δὲ οὐδέτερον ἐν ταῖς Ἰσθμιακαῖς ἀναγραφαῖς ὡμολόγηται· δι᾿ ἣν αἰτίαν οἱ Ἀριστάρχειοι ψιλοῦντες καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ νικηφόρου ἐκλαμβάνοντες τὸν λόγον, περισσὴν εἶναί φασι τὴν ἔξ πρόθεσιν ποιητικῇ συνηθείᾳ· τὸ γὰρ ὅλον εἶναι· ἐπεὶ ὤπασεν, ὅ ἐστι περιεποίησεν· ἄλλως τε οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἀριθμὸν κεῖσθαι· πολλῷ γὰρ μᾶλλον κυδαίνεσθαι τὸν νενικηκότα. Ἀριστόδημος δὲ ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεὺς δασύνων καὶ διαιρῶν τὸ μὲν ἕξ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἡροδότου ἀκούει, τὸ δὲ ὤπασεν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· προστάτης γὰρ τῶν ἀγώνων ὁ θεός. ἓξ οὖν προνοίᾳ φησὶ τοῦ θεοῦ νενικηκέναι τὸν Ἡρόδοτον, οὐκ Ἰσθμικοὺς ἀγῶνας, ἀλλὰ συμμίκτους, οὓς καὶ αὐτὸν ἐπιλέγειν Πίνδαρον (55), ἐν μὲν Θήβαις Ἰόλεια ἢ Ἡράκλεια, ἐν δὲ Ὀρχομενῷ Μινύεια, ἐν δὲ Εὐβοίᾳ Βασίλεια, ἐν δὲ Θεσσαλίᾳ Πρωτεσίλεια, καὶ ἐν Ἰσθμῷ νῦν, καὶ ἄλλους δὲ περιχωρίους, οὓς διὰ μακρῶν παρῆλθεν ὁ Πίνδαρος.

13–14

13 παῖδα, θρασεῖαι τόν ποτε Γηρυόνα φρῖξαν κύνες. σ1

14 ἀλλʼ ἐγὼ Ἡροδότῳ τεύχων τὸ μὲν ἅρματι τεθρίππῳ γέρας,

son, before whom the bold hounds of Geryon once trembled. But I, while I frame for Herodotus a prize of honor for his four-horse chariot,

For six crowns hath Isthmos given from her games to the people of Kadmos, a fair glory of triumph for my country, for the land wherein Alkmene bare her dauntless son, before whom trembled aforetime the fierce hounds of Geryon.

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (1 entry)

ad v. 13

a. ἐν ᾇ: ἐν ᾗ, τῇ Θήβῃ, καὶ καιριωτάτην ἑαυτῷ τῶν πατρίων εἰσβολὴν παρέσχετο.

15–17

 ἁνία τʼ ἀλλοτρίαις οὐ χερσὶ νωμάσαντʼ ἐθέλω σ2
 ἢ Καστορείῳ ἢ Ἰολάου ἐναρμόξαι νιν ὕμνῳ.
 κεῖνοι γὰρ ἡρώων διφρηλάται Λακεδαίμονι καὶ Θήβαις ἐτέκνωθεν κράτιστοι· σ4

SpartaThebes and for managing the reins with his own hands and not another’s, want to join him to the song of Castor or of Iolaus, for of all heroes they were the strongest charioteers, the one born in and the other in.

Scholia ad vv. 15–17 (6 entries)

ad v. 15

a. θρασεῖαι: συλληπτικὸς ὁ τρόπος· εἷς γὰρ ἦν ὁ Γηρυόνου κύων. Ἡσίοδος εἶπεν (theog. 309) Ὄρθον μὲν πρῶτον.

b. εἰς τὸ αὐτό. ἔθος τῷ Πινδάρῳ πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ συμφέρον καὶ τὰς ἱστορίας βιάζεσθαι· ἑνὸς γὰρ ὄντος τοῦ Γηρυόνου κυνὸς, ὥς γε καὶ Ἡσίοδος μαρτυρεῖ (theog. 293)· Ὄρθον τε κτείνας καὶ βουκόλον Εὐρυτίωνα, αὐτὸς τῷ πληθυντικῷ καταχρησάμενος κύνες φησί. καὶ μήποτε ἀνάξιον Ἡρακλέους ἡγήσατο πρὸς ἆθλον καὶ κατόρθωμα τοῦ ἥρωος ἀντιπαρατάξαι τὸν κύνα;

ad v. 17

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἐγὼ Ἡροδότῳ τεύχων: ἀλλ᾿ ἐγὼ τῷ Ἡροδότῳ κατασκευάζων τὸ μὲν ὕμνον, ὅτι τεθρίππῳ αὐτὸς ἀγωνισάμενος δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἐνίκησε· τὸ δὲ, ὅτι καὶ ἱπποτρόφησεν, αὐτὸν βούλομαι ἐφαρμόσαι ἢ Κάστορος ἢ Ἰολάου ὕμνῳ.

b. ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· τὸν Ἡρόδοτον ἱπποτροφήσαντα καὶ δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἀγωνισάμενον καὶ νενικηκότα ὁμοίως Κάστορι καὶ Ἰολάῳ ἀνυμνήσαιμι. διὰ τούτων δὲ συνίστησιν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἡνιόχησεν ὁ Ἡρόδοτος κατὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα.

c. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἐγὼ δὲ τὸ μέλος τῷ Ἡροδότῳ τεύχων τὸ μέν τι, καθόσον ἐνίκησε, τὸ δέ τι, καθὸ αὐτὸς ἡνιόχησε.

d. τὸ μὲν ἄρματι τεθρίππῳ: ὅτι αὐτὸς ἱπποτρόφησε καὶ ἤλασεν.

18 ἔν τʼ ἀέθλοισι θίγον πλείστων ἀγώνων,

And in the games they attempted the greatest number of contests, and adorned their homes with tripods

19 καὶ τριπόδεσσιν ἐκόσμησαν δόμον σ1

But I for Herodotos' praise am fain to do honour unto his four-horsed car, and to marry to the strain of Kastoreian or Iolaic song the fame that he hath earned, handling his reins in his own and no helping hand.

Scholia ad vv. 19–19 (1 entry)

ad v. 19

a. ἁνία τ᾿ ἀλλοτρίαις οὐ χερσὶ νωμάσαντ᾿ ἐθέλω: ἐλλείπει διὰ τὸ νωμᾶσθαι.

20–23

 καὶ λεβήτεσσιν φιάλαισί τε χρυσοῦ,
 γευόμενοι στεφάνων σ1
 νικαφόρων· λάμπει δὲ σαφὴς ἀρετὰ
 ἔν τε γυμνοῖσι σταδίοις σφίσιν ἔν τʼ ἀσπιδοδούποισιν ὁπλίταις δρόμοις, σ1

and caldrons and goblets of gold, tasting victorious garlands. Their excellence shines clearly, in the naked footraces and in the shield-clashing hoplite races,

Scholia ad vv. 20–23 (2 entries)

ad v. 21

a. ἢ Καστορείῳ: ἢ Κάστορος ἱππικοῦ ὄντος, ἢ Ἰολάου. Ἰόλαος δὲ ἦν Ἡρακλέους ἡνίοχος· ἀλλ᾿ εὑρήματα Πινδάρου ἐν Ὑπορχήμασιν (fr. 114), ὡς εὕρημα Κάστορος, ὡς αὐτὸς λέγει.

ad v. 23

a. κεῖνοι γάρ: εἰ καὶ μὴ ἡ ἱστορία συγχωρεῖ, ἀλλ᾿ οὖν γε αὐτὸς σχηματίζει τὸν λόγον. ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ, κεῖνοι γὰρ ἡρώων διφρηλάται, τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτὸς ἐπιφέρει· ἐπεὶ οὗτοι οἱ ἥρωες διέπρεψαν ἐπὶ ἱππικῇ αὐτοὶ ἡνιοχοῦντες. ἰδίως δὲ ὁ λόγος κατὰ τοῦ Ἰολάου εὑρεθήσεται τοῦ Ἡρακλέους ἡνιόχου, κατὰ δὲ τοῦ Κάστορος οὐκέτι· ἀλλὰ τὸ χωρὶς συμβεβηκὸς τῷ Κάστορι καὶ Ἰολάῳ κατ᾿ ἀμφοτέρων κοινῶς εἴρηκε· Λακεδαιμόνιος μὲν γὰρ ὁ Κάστωρ, Θηβαῖος δὲ ὁ Ἰόλαος. καλλίων δέ ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ ἐκδοχὴ, ἵνα ἐπαμφοτερίζοντα τὸν λόγον νοήσωμεν· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ, Κάστωρ τε καὶ Ἰόλαος, ὑπὲρ πάντας τοὺς ἥρωας ἄριστοι γεγόνασιν.

24 οἷά τε χερσὶν ἀκοντίζοντες αἰχμαῖς,

and in all the deeds of their hands, in flinging the spear

25–29

 καὶ λιθίνοις ὁπότʼ ἐν δίσκοις ἵεν.
 οὐ γὰρ ἦν πεντάθλιον, ἀλλʼ ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ σ2
 ἔργματι κεῖτο τέλος.
 τῶν ἀθρόοις ἀνδησάμενοι θαμάκις
 ἔρνεσιν χαίτας ῥεέθροισί τε Δίρκας ἔφανεν καὶ παρʼ Εὐρώτᾳ πέλας,

and whenever they hurled the stone discus. For there was no pentathlon, but for each feat a separate prize was set up. Often crowning their hair with wreaths from these contests they appeared beside the streams of Dirce or near the Eurotas,

For these Kastor and Iolaos were of all heroes the mightiest charioteers, the one to Lakedaimon, the other born to Thebes. And at the games they entered oftenest for the strife, and with tripods and caldrons and cups of gold they made fair their houses, attaining unto victorious crowns: clear shineth their prowess in the foot-race, run naked or with the heavy clattering shield; and when they hurled the javelin and the quoit: for then was there no five-fold game, but for each several feat there was a prize. Oft did they bind about their hair a crowd of crowns, and showed themselves unto the waters of Dirke or on Eurotas' banks, the son of Iphikles a fellow-townsman of the Spartoi's race, the son of Tyndareus inhabiting the upland dwelling-place of Therapna among the Achaians.

Scholia ad vv. 25–29 (2 entries)

ad v. 26

a. ἔν τ᾿ ἀέθλοισι θίγον πλείστων ἀγώνων: κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον ἀποδέδωκεν. οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐν ἄθλοις ἀγώνων τυγχάνει, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν ἀγῶσι τῶν ἄθλων. ἀρχαιοπρεπὴς οὖν καὶ ποιητικώτατος ὁ λόγος, ὥς γε κἀκ τῶν Ὁμηρικῶν δῆλον (Δ 535)· ὁ δὲ χασσάμενος πελεμίχθη· ἔστι γὰρ πελεμιχθεὶς ἀνεχώρησεν.

b. ἄλλως. ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι πλείστων ἔψαυσαν ἄθλων, καὶ τοῖς τρίποσι καὶ λέβησι καὶ ταῖς χρυσαῖς φιάλαις, ἃ ἦν ἔπαθλα τῶν ἀγώνων, τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἐκόσμησαν οἶκον, τῶν τῆς νίκης στεφάνων μεταλαβόντες.

30 Ἰφικλέος μὲν παῖς ὁμόδαμος ἐὼν Σπαρτῶν γένει, σ330

the son of Iphicles, who was of the same city as the race of the Sown Men, and the son of Tyndareus, dwelling among the Achaeans in his highland home of Therapne. Farewell. But I, arraying with song Poseidon and the sacred Isthmus and the shores of Onchestus, shall tell, along with the honors of this man, the very famous fortune of his father Asopodorus

Scholia ad vv. 30–30 (3 entries)

ad v. 30

a. ἀντὶ τοῦa. λάμπει δὲ σαφὴς ἀρετά: σαφῶς ἐπιρρηματικῶς.

b. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· λάμπει δὲ σαφῶς ἡ ἀρετὴ ἔν τε γυμνικοῖς σταδίοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς τῶν ὁπλιτῶν δρόμοις, ὡς πᾶν ἀγώνισμα τούτων ἀγωνισαμένων. ἐπισυλληπτικῷ δὲ κέχρηται τῷ σχήματι· ἐν γὰρ τῷ ἐπὶ Πελίᾳ ἀγῶνι ὁ Ἰόλαος τὸν ὁπλίτην νικᾷ, ὃ κοινὸν ἐπ᾿ ἀμφοτέρων ἔθηκεν· ὁ δὲ Κάστωρ τὰ δευτερεῖα ἔλαβε δισκεύων καὶ ἀκοντίζων· καὶ τοῦτο κοινὸν ἔταξε.

c. τὸ δὲ οἷα θαυμαστικῶς· ὁποῖοι γὰρ ἦσαν ἀκοντίζοντες τὰ δόρατα.

31–34

 έω Τυνδαρίδας δʼ ἐν Ἀχαιοῖς ὑψίπεδον Θεράπνας οἰκ ν ἕδος.
 χαίρετʼ. ἐγὼ δὲ Ποσειδάωνι Ἰσθμῷ τε ζαθέᾳ
 Ὀγχηστίαισίν τʼ ἀϊόνεσσιν περιστέλλων ἀοιδὰν σ1
 γαρύσομαι τοῦδʼ ἀνδρὸς ἐν τιμαῖσιν ἀγακλέα τὰν Ἀσωποδώρου πατρὸς αἶσαν

So hail ye and farewell: I on Poseidon and holy Isthmos, and on the lake-shores of Onchestos will throw the mantle of my song, and will among the glories of this man make glorious also the story of his father Asopodoros' fate, and his new country Orchomenos, which, when he drave ashore on a wrecked ship, harboured him amid his dismal hap. But now once more hath the fortune of his house raised him up to see the fair days of the old time: and he who hath suffered pain beareth forethought within his soul.

Scholia ad vv. 31–34 (1 entry)

ad v. 33

a. [καὶ λιθίνοις ὁπότε δίσκοις ἵεν]: ἃς ἀποτομάδας καλοῦσι, παρόσον οἱ ἀρχαῖοι τοῖς νικῶσιν ἀκοντίῳ τοσοῦτον ἀπετέμνοντο τῆς γῆς ἔπαθλον, ὅσον ὁ νικηφόρος ἠδύνατο βαλεῖν.

35–37

 Ὀρχομενοῖό τε πατρῴαν ἄρουραν, σ3
 ἅ νιν ἐρειδόμενον ναυαγίαις σ2
 ἐξ ἀμετρήτας ἁλὸς ἐν κρυοέσσᾳ σ1

and of his ancestral land of Orchomenus, which received him from the boundless sea when he was hard-pressed by shipwreck, in chilly misfortune. But now once more his hereditary fortune has embarked him on

Scholia ad vv. 35–37 (6 entries)

ad v. 35

a. οὐ γὰρ ἦν πένταθλον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστῳ: οὐκ ἦν, φησί, τότε ὁ πένταθλος ἀγὼν, τὸ ἐκ πέντε ἀγωνισμάτων συνεστηκὸς ἄθλημα, κατ᾿ ἰδίαν δὲ ἑκάστῳ τέλος ὑφειστήκει. τέλος δὲ λέγει ἤτοι τὸ νικηφορῆσαι, ἢ τὸν ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστῳ τιθέμενον στέφανον.

b. ἄλλως· ἀντὶ τοῦ νικήσας ἐνστεφανοῦνται ἀλλὰ καὶ καθ᾿ ἓν ἠγωνίζοντο. πέντε δὲ ἀγωνίσματα, ἃ αὖθις εἰς πένταθλον συνεμίχθη, ἅλμα, δίσκος, ἀκόντιον, δρόμος, πάλη.

c. ἢ οὕτως. τὸ ἑξῆς· οὔπω γὰρ ἦν ἐπὶ Κάστορος καὶ Ἰολάου τὸ πένταθλον, ἀλλὰ διαλελυμένως ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστῳ ἀγωνίσματι καὶ ὁ στέφανος ἦν.

ad v. 36

a. [ἕργματι κεῖτο τέλος]: καὶ Ὅμηρος (θ 190)· βόμβησεν δὲ λίθος, κατὰ δ᾿ ἔπτηξαν ποτὶ γαίῃ.

b. τὸ δὲ κεῖτο τέλος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἦν ἰδιάζων καὶ ὁ στέφανος.

ad v. 37

a. τῶν ἀθρόοις ἀναδησάμενοι: ὧντινων στεφάνων πλείστοις ἀναδησάμενοι βλαστήμασι τὰς κεφαλὰς ἔνδοξοι ὤφθησαν κατὰ τὰς Θήβας καὶ Λακεδαίμονα. πάλιν δὲ πρὸς τὸ αὐτὸ συγκέκρουκε τὸ ἑκατέρῳ συμβεβηκὸς, εἰπὼν αὐτοὺς φανῆναι νενικηκότας πέλας τῆς Δίρκης καὶ τοῦ Εὐρώτα· Ἰόλαος μὲν γὰρ παρὰ τῇ Δίρκῃ· ἔστι γὰρ Θηβῶν αὕτη· Κάστωρ δὲ παρὰ Εὐρώτᾳ· οὗτος γὰρ Δακεδαιμόνιος ποταμός.

38–39

38 δέξατο συντυχίᾳ· σ1

39 νῦν δʼ αὖτις ἀρχαίας ἐπέβασε πότμος

If a man's desire be wholly after valour, and he give thereto both wealth and toil, meet is it that to such as attain unto it we offer with ungrudging heart high meed of praise. For an easy gift it is for a son of wisdom, by a good word spoken in recompense for labour manifold to set on high the public fame. For diverse meeds for diverse works are sweet to men, to the shepherd and to the ploughman, to the fowler and to him whom the sea feedeth--howbeit all those strive but to keep fierce famine from their bellies; but whoso in the games or in war hath won delightful fame, receiveth the highest of rewards in fair words of citizens and of strangers.

Scholia ad vv. 38–39 (1 entry)

ad v. 38

a. ῥεέθροισί τε: πρὸς τὸ Εὐρώτα τὸ ῥεέθροις ἀκουστέον. ἔδει δὲ ἕκαστον οἰκείως ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων χωρίων ἀκοῦσαι.

40 συγγενὴς εὐαμερίας. ὁ πονήσαις δὲ νόῳ καὶ προμάθειαν φέρει· σ140

the fair weather of the old days. And he who has suffered toils gains foresight in his mind.

Scholia ad vv. 40–40 (1 entry)

ad v. 40

a. Ἰφικλέος μὲν παῖς: τὸ ἑξῆς· ὁ μὲν τοῦ Ἰφικλέος παῖς Ἰόλαος πολίτης ὢν Θηβαίοις, ὁ δὲ τοῦ Τυνδάρεω Κάστωρ ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν ἐπίδοξον καὶ ὑψηλοτάτην οἰκῶν Λακεδαίμονα, καὶ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἐπίδοξοι ὤφθησαν.

41–43

 εἰ δʼ ἀρετᾷ κατάκειται πᾶσαν ὀργάν, σ1
 ἀμφότερον δαπάναις τε καὶ πόνοις,
 χρή νιν εὑρόντεσσιν ἀγάνορα κόμπον σ3

If a man has devoted his whole spirit to excellence, sparing neither expense nor toils, it is right to grant the boast of manliness to those who achieve excellence, with an ungrudging

Scholia ad vv. 41–43 (4 entries)

ad v. 41

a. Σπαρτῶν γένει: οἱ γὰρ ὑπὸ Σπαρτῶν ὑπολειφθέντες οἰκισταὶ τῶν Θηβαίων γεγόνασιν, Ὑπερήνωρ, Χθόνιος, Πέλωρος, Οὐδαῖος, Ἐχίων.

ad v. 43

a. ὑψίπεδον Θεράπνας οἰκέων ἕδος: Θεράπνης. τῆς Λακεδαίμονος· Θεράπνη γὰρ κώμη αὐτόθι. τὸ δὲ ὑψίπεδον ἕδος δοκεῖ ἐναντίως εἰρῆσθαι τῷ Ὁμηρικῷ. φησὶ γάρ (δ 1)· οἳ δ᾿ ἷξον κοίλην Λακεδαίμονα κητώεσσαν. ἀλλ᾿ ἀπολυσόμεθα οὕτως· ὑψίπεδος ἡ Λακεδαίμων καθ᾿ ἑαυτήν. κοίλη δὲ ὡς πρὸς τὰς πλησίον πόλεις· ἢ ὑψίπεδον αὐτήν φησι διὰ τὰς τῶν οἰκούντων ἀρετάς τε καὶ εὐδοξίας.

b. ἄλλως. τουτέστι Σπαρτιάτης ὤν· ἡ γὰρ Θεράπνη τῆς Σπάρτης. Ἀχαιοὺς δὲ εἴρηκε τοὺς Σπαρτιάτας, ἐπειδὴ πρότερον οἱ Ἀχαιοὶ τὴν Σπάρτην ᾤκουν, αὖθις δὲ τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν μετὰ Δωριέων ἀφικομένων Δωριεῖς προσωνομάσθησαν.

c. ἰστέον ὅτι τῆς Λακωνικῆς ἐν Θεράπναις τὸ ἱερόν ἐστι τῶν Διοσκούρων.

44 μὴ φθονεραῖσι φέρειν σ3

Us it beseemeth to requite the earth-shaking son of Kronos, who is also neighbour unto us, and to sound his praise as our well-doer, who hath given speed to the horses of our car, and to call upon thy sons, Amphitryon, and the inland dwelling of Minyas, and the famous grove of Demeter, even Eleusis, and Euboia with her curving race-course. And thy holy place, Protesilas, add I unto these, built thee at Phylake by Achaian men.

Scholia ad vv. 44–44 (3 entries)

ad v. 44

a. χαίρετ᾿· ἐγὼ δέ: ὁ λόγος παρὰ τοῦ Πινδάρου πρὸς τοὺς ἥρωας.

b. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ἱλήκοιτε, ὦ ἥρωες, ἐγὼ δὲ τῷ Ποσειδῶνι καὶ τῇ Ἰσθμῷ τῇ θείᾳ καὶ τῷ Ὀγχηστῷ τὸν ὕμνον ἐπιμελῶς παρέχων ἐν ταῖς τιμαῖς καὶ τοῖς κατορθώμασι τοῦ νικηφόρου ὑμνήσω τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἀσωποδώρου τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν. Ὀγχηστὸς δὲ τῆς Βοιωτίας χωρίον πάραλον ἀνιερωμένον Ποσειδῶνι, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος μαρτυρεῖ (Β 506)· Ὀγχηστόν θ᾿ ἱερὸν, Ποσειδήϊον ἀγλαὸν ἄλσος.

c. ἀϊόνεσσι δὲ εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ παράκειται τῇ Ὀγχηστῷ πόλει τῆς Βοιωτίας ἡ Κωπαῒς λίμνη.

45–46

45 γνώμαις. ἐπεὶ κούφα δόσις ἀνδρὶ σοφῷ45

46 ἀντὶ μόχθων παντοδαπῶν ἔπος εἰπόντʼ ἀγαθὸν ξυνὸν ὀρθῶσαι καλόν.

mind. For it is an easy gift for a skilled man to speak words of praise in recompense for labors of all kinds and thus to promote the common good.

47–49

 μισθὸς γὰρ ἄλλοις ἄλλος ἐφʼ ἔργμασιν ἀνθρώποις γλυκύς, σ1
 μηλοβότᾳ τʼ ἀρότᾳ τʼ ὀρνιχολόχῳ τε καὶ ὃν πόντος τρέφει·
 γαστρὶ δὲ πᾶς τις ἀμύνων λιμὸν αἰανῆ τέταται·

Different wages for different deeds are sweet to men, to the shepherd and the ploughman and the bird-trapper, and the man whom the sea nourishes. Every man is intent upon keeping persistent famine from his belly.

Scholia ad vv. 47–49 (1 entry)

ad v. 47

a. περιστέλλων ἀοιδάν: θεραπεύων τὸν ὕμνον, τουτέστιν ἐπιμελείας καὶ σπουδῆς ἀξιῶν.

50–51

50 ὃς δʼ ἀμφʼ ἀέθλοις ἢ πολεμίζων ἄρηται κῦδος ἁβρόν,50

51 εὐαγορηθεὶς κέρδος ὕψιστον δέκεται, πολιατᾶν καὶ ξένων γλώσσας ἄωτον. σ4

But he who wins rich renown in the games or in war receives the highest gain: to be well spoken of by his fellow-citizens and by strangers, the choicest bloom of speech.

But to tell over all that Hermes lord of games hath given to Herodotos by his horses, the short space of my hymn alloweth not. Yea and full oft doth the keeping of silence bring forth a larger joy.

Scholia ad vv. 50–51 (4 entries)

ad v. 51

a. Ὀρχομενοῖό τε πατρῴαν ἄρουραν: προείρηται (sch. inser.), ὅτι αὐτὸς μὲν Θηβαῖος, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ Ὀρχομένιος.

b. ἢ οἱ μὲν τοῦ πατρὸς γονεῖς Ὀρχομένιοι, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ Θηβαῖος διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ γεννηθῆναι.

c. ἢ Ὀρχομένιος διὰ τὸ οἷον ὑπὸ μητρὸς δεχθῆναι ἐκπεσόντα· ἡ γὰρ μήτηρ Ὀρχομενία, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ Θηβαῖος.

d. Τζέτζου. ἄνθρωπε σίγα, μὴ μάτην λαβροστόμει· Θηβῶν μέν ἐστιν Ὀρχομενὸς ἡ πόλις, ἐγκωμίου τρόπῳ δὲ Θηβαῖον γράφει.

52–54

 ἄμμι δʼ ἔοικε Κρόνου σεισίχθονʼ υἱὸν σ3
 γείτονʼ ἀμειβομένοις εὐεργέταν
 ἁρμάτων ἱπποδρόμιον κελαδῆσαι, σ2

For us it is right to celebrate the earth-shaking son of Cronus, returning a good deed to our beneficent neighbor, the lord of horse-racing and chariots;

Scholia ad vv. 52–54 (5 entries)

ad v. 52

a. ἅ νιν ἐρειδόμενον: φυγαδευθεὶς γὰρ ὁ Ἀσωπόδωρος Θήβηθεν ἐν Ὀρχομενῷ ἐπολιτογραφήθη.

b. ἄλλως. ναυαγήσας ὁ Ἀσωπόδωρος ἐν Ὀρχομενῷ ἐξερρίφη.

b. ἅ νιν ἐρειδόμενον ναυαγίαις: ἥτις ἡ Ὀρχομενὸς αὐτόν, ἐπὶ ταύτης γὰρ ὁ λόγος, βαρυνόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς ναυαγίας ἐδέξατο· ἀλληγορεῖ δὲ τὴν ἔκπτωσιν θαλάσσῃ καὶ χειμῶνι παραβάλλων. ἀμφίβολον δέ, φησίν, ἐστὶν, ὁ Δίδυμος, πότερον τὸν Ἡρόδοτον ἢ τὸν Ἀσωπόδωρον λέγει· δύναται γὰρ ἐπ᾿ ἀμφοτέρων ἀκούεσθαι.

ad v. 54

a. συντυχίᾳ: καὶ Αἰσχύλος (Prom. 1015) τὴν δυστυχίαν χειμῶνα καὶ τρικυμίαν λέγει.

b. τῇ φυγῇ κοινὸν γὰρ ἡ συντυχία.

55 καὶ σέθεν, Ἀμφιτρύων,55

EleusisEuboea and to invoke your sons, Amphitryon, and the secluded valley of Minyas, and, the famous precinct of Demeter, and, when we speak of curving race-courses.

56–57

56 παῖδας προσειπεῖν, τὸν Μινύα τε μυχὸν σ1

57 καὶ τὸ Δάματρος κλυτὸν ἄλσος Ἐλευσῖνα καὶ Εὔβοιαν ἐν γναμπτοῖς δρόμοις·

Now may Herodotos, up-borne upon the sweet-voiced Muse's shining wings, yet again with wreaths from Pytho and choice wreaths from Alpheos from the Olympian games entwine his hand, and bring honour unto seven-gated Thebes.

Scholia ad vv. 56–57 (1 entry)

ad v. 56

a. ὁ πονήσαις δὲ νόῳ καὶ προμάθειαν φέρει: ὁ Χρύσιππος ἐμφαίνειν φησὶν, ὡς καὶ πρότερον μὲν συνετῶς ἐγχωρήσαντα, ὡς μὴ κινδυνεύσῃ, καὶ μετὰ τὴν κάθοδον δὲ ἠσφαλισμένον τὰ καθ᾿ ἐαυτόν· τοῦτο οὖν φησιν· ὁ παθὼν τῷ νῷ προμαθὴς γίνεται. Ἀλκμάν (fr. 63)· πεῖρά τοι μαθήσιος ἀρχά. καὶ Ὅμηρος (Hes. op. 218; cfr. P 32. Υ 198)· παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω.

58–59

58 Πρωτεσίλα, τὸ τεὸν δʼ ἀνδρῶν Ἀχαιῶν σ4

59 ἐν Φυλάκᾳ τέμενος συμβάλλομαι.

Phylace Protesilas, I add besides your sacred ground in, the home of Achaean men.

Scholia ad vv. 58–59 (4 entries)

ad v. 58

a. εἰ δ᾿ ἀρεταί: ὅτι ἀρεταὶ κατάκειται εἴρηκεν ἐπιζεύξας πληθυντικῷ ἑνικὸν ῥῆμα τὸ κατάκειται. καὶ ὅτι ὀργὰν τὸ ἦθος λέγει.

b. εἰ δ᾿ ἀρετὰ κατάκειται: Ἀρίσταρχος σὺν τῷ ι γράφει καὶ περισπᾷ, καὶ Ἀττικὴν δέχεται τὴν σύνταξιν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ ὁ λόγος· εἰ τῇ ἀρετῇ κατάκειται πάντα τρόπον, ἔν τε τῷ πονεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι καὶ τῷ δαπανᾶν, τῷ μὲν δαπανᾶν καθόσον ἱπποτρόφησε, τῷ δὲ πονεῖν καθόσον ἡνιόχει· χρὴ τοῖς εὑροῦσι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀρετὴν τὸν ἀγήνορα κόμπον μὴ φθονεραῖσι γνώμαις φέρειν, τουτέστι τὸ σεμνὸν αὐτῶν καύχημα μὴ φθονερῶς φέρειν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπαινεῖν.

c. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτως· εἰ οὖν ἐν ἀρετῇ κεῖται καὶ δαπανῶν καὶ πονῶν, δεῖ τοῖς εὑροῦσι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀρετὴν μὴ φθονεῖν μηδὲ βασκάνους ἐπιφέρειν λόγους.

d. ἔστι δὲ ἄκυρον τὸ μίν.

60–61

60 πάντα δʼ ἐξειπεῖν, ὅσʼ ἀγώνιος Ἑρμᾶς σ160

61 Ἡροδότῳ ἔπορεν σ2

But the brief limits of my song prevent me from telling of all the victories that Hermes, lord of games, granted to Herodotus and his horses. Truly, often that which is hushed in silence actually brings greater pleasure.

Scholia ad vv. 60–61 (3 entries)

ad v. 60

a. χρή μιν εὑρόντεσσι: καὶ ταῦτα περὶ Ἡροδότου τοῦ λόγου ὄντος, καὶ ἐπαναλαμβάνοντος τοῦ Πινδάρου τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ Ἡροδότου. ἔνιοι δὲ πληθυντικῶς ἀναγινώσκουσιν, εἰ δὲ ἀρεταὶ κατάκειται, κατὰ τὴν Πινδάρου συνήθειαν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· εἰ αἱ ἀρεταὶ | κατάκεινται κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐν δυσὶ τούτοις, πόνῳ καὶ δαπάνῃ, χρὴ αὐτόν, τὸν Ἡρόδοτον, ἐπαινεῖν καὶ μὴ φθονεῖν· ἢ χωρὶς τοῦ ἰῶτα· εἰ ἀρετὰ | κατάκειται· ὃ καὶ μᾶλλον. βέλτιον δέ φησιν ὁ Δίδυμος τὸ | εὑρόντεσσιν ἀγάνορα κόμπον ἐπὶ τῶν ἐπαινούντων τοὺς νενικηκότας ἀκούειν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· προσήκει τοῖς | εὑρόντεσσι τὸν ἀγάνορα κόμπον, τουτέστι τὸν ὕμνον εἰς τοὺς δαπάνῃ καὶ ἔργῳ κεκτημένους τὴν ἀρετὴν μὴ φθονεῖν· ὥστε καὶ τὸν Πίνδαρον μὴ δεῖν φθονεῖσθαι διὰ τοὺς εἰς τὸν Ἡρόδοτον ἐπαίνους. λέγοι δ᾿ ἂν ἀγάνορα κόμπον τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔπαινον τὸν ἐκ τῶν ποιημάτων· τοῦτο δὲ σαφὲς ἐκ τοῦ ἐπιφερομένου · ἐπεὶ κούφα δόσις ἀνδρὶ σοφῷ· σοφὸν δ᾿ ἂν εἴη λέγων καὶ τὸν τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἐπαινοῦντα.

ad v. 61

b. τῷ γὰρ σοφῷ κούφη ἐστὶ δόσις, φησίν, ἀντὶ παντοίων μόχθων ἐπαινέσαντα τὸ κοινῇ νομιζόμενον καλὸν ἀνορθῶσαι.

c. κούφα δόσις ἀνδρὶ σοφῷ: ἐπεὶ τῷ σοφῷ ἀνδρὶ ῥᾳδία, φησί, καὶ ἀνεπαχθής ἐστιν ἡ τῶν λόγων δόσις. κοινὸν δὲ καλὸν τὸν ἔπαινόν φησιν· ἐπιδιατείνει γὰρ εἰς τοὺς ἐκτός. κόσμος γάρ ἐστι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν τὸ περὶ ἕνα γινόμενον ἐγκώμιον.

62–63

62 ἵπποις, ἀφαιρεῖται βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχων

63 ὕμνος. ἦ μὰν πολλάκι καὶ τὸ σεσωπαμένον εὐθυμίαν μείζω φέρει.

Now if one at home store hidden wealth, and fall upon other men to mock them, this man considereth not that he shall give up his soul to death having known no good report.

64 εἴη νιν εὐφώνων πτερύγεσσιν ἀερθέντʼ ἀγλααῖς

May he, raised up on the splendid wings of the Pierian Muses with their lovely voices,

65–68

 Πιερίδων ἔτι καὶ Πυθῶθεν Ὀλυμπιάδων τʼ ἐξαιρέτοις
 Ἀλφεοῦ ἔρνεσι φράξαι χεῖρα τιμὰν ἑπταπύλοις
 Θήβαισι τεύχοντʼ. εἰ δέ τις ἔνδον νέμει πλοῦτον κρυφαῖον, σ1
 ἄλλοισι δʼ ἐμπίπτων γελᾷ, ψυχὰν Ἀΐδᾳ τελέων οὐ φράζεται δόξας ἄνευθεν. σ27

Pytho also arm his hand with wreaths from, with exquisite wreaths from the Alpheus and the Olympian games, thus winning glory for seven-gated Thebes. But if someone hoards hidden wealth at home, and attacks others with mockery, he fails to consider that he is giving up his soul to Hades without glory.

Scholia ad vv. 65–68 (28 entries)

ad v. 67

a. μηλοβότᾳ τ᾿ ἀρότᾳ τ᾿ ὀρνιχολόχῳ τε: τῷ τὰ μῆλα νέμοντι, τῷ ποιμένι, καὶ τῷ τὴν γῆν ἀροῦντι, καὶ τῷ τὰς ὄρνις θηρεύοντι, καὶ ὃν πόντος τρέφει· Χρύσιππος τὸν ἔμπορον, Δίδυμος δὲ τὸν ἁλιέα φησί.

ad v. 68

a. γαστρὶ δὲ πᾶς τις ἀμύνων λιμόν: πᾶς γὰρ τὸν λιμὸν ἀποθεραπεύων, φησίν, ἐπίκειται τοῖς ἔργοις καὶ κάμνει. [Drachmann ad v. 69]

b. αἰανῆ δὲ οἱ μὲν τὴν χαλεπὴν παρὰ τὸ αἲ αἴ, οἱ δὲ τὸν διηνεκῆ λιμὸν παρὰ τὸ αἰέν. [Drachmann ad v. 69]

c. τὸ δὲ τέταται ἀντὶ τοῦ σπεύδει. [Drachmann ad v. 69]

a. ὃς δ᾿ ἀμφ᾿ ἀέθλοις ἢ πολεμίζων ἄρηται: ὅστις δὲ ἂν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν ἀγῶνι καὶ πολέμοις ἀνέληται δόξαν ἀνθηρὰν, ἐγκωμιασθεὶς μισθὸν ὑψηλὸν καὶ ἐπίδοξον δέχεται παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν ξένων τῆς γλώσσης τὴν εὐφημίαν. γλώσσης γὰρ ἄωτόν φησι τὸ ἐγκώμιον. [Drachmann ad v. 71]

a. ἄμμι δ᾿ ἔοικε Κρόνου σεισίχθον᾿ υἱόν: Χρύσιππος, παρείληφε, φησί, τὸν Ποσειδῶνα διὰ τὴν γειτνίασιν τοῦ Ὀγχηστοῦ, καθὼς συμβέβηκεν ἱπποδρομίου Ποσειδῶνος ἱερὸν ἐν Θήβαις εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 76]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡμῖν δὲ προσήκει ἀμειβομένοις τὸν ἱππικώτατον Κρόνου παῖδα Ποσειδῶνα εὐεργέτην ὄντα τῶν ἁρμάτων ἀνυμνῆσαι, ἀντιδιδόντας τῷ θεῷ τὸν ὕμνον ἀντὶ τῶν εἰς τὸν νικηφόρον εὐεργεσιῶν. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ λεληθότως καταλέγει τὰς ἐξ αὐτοῦ νίκας. [Drachmann ad v. 76]

a. γείτον᾿ ἀμειβομένοις: γείτονα, τῶν Θηβαίων, ὡς πρὸς τὸν Ὀγχηστόν· καὶ γὰρ αὕτη τῆς Βοιωτίας. [Drachmann ad v. 77]

a. καὶ σέθεν, Ἀμφιτρύων, παῖδας προσειπεῖν: ἔοικεν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ. καταχρηστικῶς δὲ καὶ κατὰ σύλληψιν Ἀμφιτρύωνος ἔφη παῖδας τόν τε Ἡρακλέα καὶ τὸν Ἰόλαον, ὃς ἦν Ἰφικλέους τοῦ Ἀμφιτρύωνος υἱός. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

b. Ἰολάεια δὲ ἐν Θήβαις ἀγὼν καὶ Ἡράκλεια· οἱ δὲ ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτόν φασιν εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

c. Μινύα δὲ μυχὸν τὸν Ὀρχομενὸν εἶπεν· οὗτος γὰρ λέγεται καὶ Ὀρχομενὸς Μινύειος· ταύτην γὰρ ἐνῴκησεν ὁ Μινύας. τοῦτον δὲ τὸν Μινύαν οἱ μὲν Ὀρχομενοῦ γενεαλογοῦσιν, ὡς Φερεκύδης (FHG I 92 M., I 102 J.), ἔνιοι δὲ ἔμπαλιν τὸν Ὀρχομενὸν Μινύου, ἔνιοι δὲ ἀμφοτέρους Ἐτεοκλέους γενεαλογοῦσι, Διονύσιος δὲ τὸν Μινύαν Ἄρεος ἀναγράφει, Ἀριστόδημος δὲ Ἀλεοῦ τὸν Μινύαν, καὶ τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας δὲ Μινύας ἐντεῦθεν γράφει προσηγορεῦσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 79]

a. καὶ τὸ Δάματρος: ὅτι ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι Δήμητρός ἐστιν ἀγὼν καὶ στέφανος ἦν κριθαί. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

b. καὶ τὸ Δάματρος κλυτὸν ἄλσος: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ κατὰ πάντων τῶν ἀγώνων τὸ προσειπεῖν ἀκουστέον, ἵνα ἔχῃ οὕτω· προσήκει προσειπεῖν καὶ τῆς Δήμητρος τὸ ἱερὸν ἄλσος τὴν Ἐλευσῖνα καὶ τὴν Εὔβοιαν, καθ᾿ ἣν ὁ νικηφόρος ἐνίκησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

c. ἄλλως. ἐν τοῖς δρόμοις τούτου καὶ ἀγωνίσμασι προσῆκον ἡμῖν ἐστιν ἀνυμνῆσαι Ἐλευσῖνα καὶ Εὔβοιαν. τὸ δὲ γναμπτοῖς δρόμοις πρὸς πάντα ληπτέον τὰ λεγόμενα· καὶ γὰρ τὸν Ποσειδῶνα, φησί, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Εὔβοιάν τε καὶ Ἐλευσῖνα διὰ τοὺς δρόμους καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐταῖς ἀγῶνας, καθ᾿ οὓς ἐνίκησεν ὁ ἐγκωμιαζόμενος, | ὑμνεῖν προσήκει. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

d. Xρύσιππος· ἐν Εὐβοίᾳ ἄγεται τῷ Ἅιδῃ τὰ Βασίλεια. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

a. Πρωτεσίλα, τὸ τεὸν δ᾿ ἀνδρῶν Ἀχαιῶν: τὸ ἑξῆς· καὶ τὸ σὸν δὲ τέμενος, ὦ Πρωτεσίλαε, τὸ ἐν Φυλάκῃ συγκαταριθμοῦμαι ταῖς τοῦ Ἡροδότου νίκαις. ἔστι δὲ Πρωτεσιλάου τέμενος ἐν Φυλάκῃ δὲ τῇ Θεσσαλικῇ εἴρηται. τέμενος δὲ λέγεται οὐ μόνον τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ ὁ ναός, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἀφωρισμένη χώρα. Ὅμηρος (Ζ 194)· καὶ μὲν οἱ Λύκιοι τέμενος τάμον ἔξοχον αὐτῷ. τελεῖται δὲ τῷ Πρωτεσιλάῳ κατὰ τὴν Φυλάκην ἐπιτάφιος ἀγὼν, καθ᾿ ὃν ὁ νικηφόρος ἐνίκησεν. [Drachmann ad v. 83]

a. πάντα δ᾿ ἐξειπεῖν ὅσ᾿ ἀγώνιος Ἑρμᾶς: πάντα γὰρ διεξελθεῖν, φησίν, ὅσα ὁ τῶν ἀγώνων προστάτης Ἑρμῆς τῷ Ἡροδότῳ ἐχαρίσατο στέμματα ἵπποις ἀγωνιζομένῳ, βραχὺς ὢν ὁ λόγος ἐξασθενεῖ εἰπεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

b. ἄλλως. ἤτοι ὅτι πρὸς τὸν διδόμενον μισθὸν καὶ τὰς ᾠδὰς ἐξέτεινεν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ οὕτω· πάντα αὐτοῦ τὰ ἀγωνίσματα εἰπεῖν βραχὺν μισθὸν ἔχων ὁ ὕμνος οὐ συγχωρεῖ μοι· ἢ ὅτι ἡ συμμετρία τῶν εἰρημένων λόγων ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν ἔκτασιν καὶ τὸ μῆκος. Ἀριστόδημος δὲ καὶ τοῦτο λαμβάνων πρὸς τὸ μόνων τῶν ἐπισήμων αὐτὸν μνημονεύειν, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς παρωδευκέναι, βραχύ φησι μέτρον εἰρηκέναι τοῦ ὕμνου διὰ τὸ τὰς ἐκδόσεις τῶν ἐπινίκων πρὸς ἀριθμὸν ἐπῶν καὶ τριάδων ἔχειν τοὺς μισθούς· παρὸ καὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιλαμβάνεται. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

a. ἦ μὰν πολλάκι καὶ τὸ σεσωπαμένον: διὰ τούτων ἔνιοί φασιν ὑπαινίττεσθαι τὸ περὶ τὴν Νεμέαν αὐτῷ συμβεβηκὸς ἐλάττωμα, ὡς νικηθέντος αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀγῶνα· περὶ γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων εὐχόμενος αὐτῷ νίκην ἀγώνων περὶ τούτου ἡσύχασε· παρὸ σεσιγηκέναι τὴν ἧτταν. ἡσυχασθεῖσι γὰρ ἐνίοτε τοῖς φαύλοις ὑπεῖναι μείζονα χάριν ἤπερ λεχθεῖσιν. ἔνιοι δὲ λέγεσθαι ταῦτα ὡς εἰς τὴν χάριν τοῦ ἐγκωμι ζομένου· δύνασθαι μὲν αὐτὸν ἐκτείνειν τὸ ἐγκώμιον καταλέγοντα τὰς νίκας, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀνάξιοι ἦσαν, σιωπῆσαι. παρὸ καὶ γνωμικῶς ἐπιλέγειν· τὸ σιωπηθὲν καλῶς μείζονα παρέχει τῷ ἐγκωμιαζομένῳ χάριν. [Drachmann ad v. 88]

b. ἄλλως. ναὶ γὰρ δὴ πολλάκις καὶ τὸ σεσιωπημένον μείζονα τὴν εὔκλειαν φέρει. φησὶ δὲ τοῦτο ὡς καὶ ἀδυνάτως ἔχων λόγῳ τὰ τοῦ νικηφόρου ἑρμηνεῦσαι κατορθώματα. [Drachmann ad v. 88]

a. εἴη μιν εὐφώνων πτερύγεσσιν ἀερθέντα: εὔχεται, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς προειρημένοις ἀγῶσιν ἐπέτυχεν, οὕτω καὶ Πύθια καὶ Ὀλύμπια· καὶ τυχεῖν αὐτὸν τῶν τῶν Μουσῶν ὕμνων. [Drachmann ad v. 90]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς εἴη δὲ αὐτὸν τῶν εὐφώνων Μουσῶν τοῖς ἐγκωμίοις μέλεσιν ἐπίδοξον γεγονότα καὶ ἐκ τῆς Πυθίας καὶ ἐκ τῆς Ὀλυμπίας τοῖς ἐξαιρέτοις καὶ διαπρέπουσι τοῦ Ἀλφειοῦ στεφάνοις πληρῶσαι τὴν χεῖρα, τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν ταῖς ἑπταπύλοις Θήβαις ἀπεργαζόμενον. ῥητῶς οὖν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐπεσφράγισται, ὅτι Θηβαῖος ἦν ὁ Ἡρόδοτος. [Drachmann ad v. 90]

c. ἄλλως. ἔρνεσι φράξαι χεῖρά φησιν ἀντὶ τοῦ στεφανωθῆναι, ἀπὸ τοῦ παρακολουθοῦντος· οἷον τῶν στεφάνων κατασχεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 90]

d. ἔρνος δὲ Ἀλφειοῦ τὴν ἐλαίαν λέγει, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ὁ στέφανος τοῖς Ολυμπιονίκαις. [Drachmann ad v. 90]

a. εἰ δέ τις ἔνδον νέμει πλοῦτον κρυφαῖον: εἰ δέ τις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔνδον ἀποταμιευσάμενος ἄδοξον πλοῦτον τοῖς δι᾿ εὐδοξίαν ἀναλίσκουσιν ἐπεμβαίνων καταγελᾷ, οὐ διαλογίζεται τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἄδοξον τῷ ᾅδῃ περιστέλλων καὶ πέμπων. [Drachmann ad v. 96]

b. ἤτοι οὐ διανοεῖται τῷ ᾅδῃ τηρῶν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἄνευ δόξης· οἷον οὐ νοεῖ, ὅτι ἄνευ δόξης τελευτήσει. [Drachmann ad v. 96]

c. Χρύσιππος δὲ γράφει ἀλαοῖσιν, ἐξ οὗ σημαίνεται τυφλοῖς πράγμασιν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ πλοῦτος τυφλός. [Drachmann ad v. 96]

d. Subscr. τέλος. [Drachmann ad v. 96]

PINDAR · ISTHMIAN · ODE 2

Isthmian 2 — for Ξενοκράτει Ἀκραγαντίνῳ

ἅρματι

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 48 lines · 57 scholia parts

Argumentum (5 entries)

p1. Scholia in Isthmionicarum carmen II.

p2. Τοῦ δευτέρου εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων η΄. τὸ α΄ προσοδιακὸν ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ ἑφθημιμερὲς τροχαϊκὸν Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ γ΄ τὸ αὐτὸ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ δ΄ Πινδαρικὸν ἐκ Σαπφικοῦ. τὸ ε΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ τρίμετρον δακτυλικὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ η΄ Στησιχόρειον.

p3. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἑπτά. τὸ α΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ β΄ Πινδαρικόν. τὸ γ΄ Πραξίλλειον. τὸ δ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ τρίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν εἰς ἴαμβον. τὸ ς΄ Πινδαρικὸν ἐκ Σαπφικοῦ. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον.

p4. Inscr.a. Οὗτος ὁ ἐπίνικος γέγραπται μὲν εἰς Ξενοκράτην Ἀκραγαντῖνον, πέμπεται δὲ Θρασυβούλῳ διά τινος Νικασίππου, ὥστε εἶναι ἀποστολικὸν αὐτόν. τὸν δὲ Ξενοκράτην τοῦτον οἱ μὲν προϋπομνηματισάμενοι Θήρωνος ἀδελφὸν εἶναί φασιν, ὁ δὲ Ἀρτέμων (FHG IV 342) σφόδρα τὰ περὶ τοὺς Σικελιώτας πεπολυπραγμονηκὼς αὐτὸν μόνον συγγενῆ φησιν εἶναι Θήρωνος. οὗτος δὲ ὁ Ξενοκράτης οὐ μόνον Ἴσθμια νενίκηκεν ἵπποις, ἀλλὰ καὶ Πύθια κδ΄ Πυθιάδα, ὡς Ἀριστοτέλης (fr. 574) ἀναγράφει· καὶ Σιμωνίδης δὲ (fr. 6) ἐπαινῶν αὐτὸν ἀμφοτέρας αὐτοῦ τὰς νίκας κατατάσσει. Θρασύβουλοι δὲ Σικελιῶται διττοί· ὁ μὲν Δεινομένους, νεώτατος ἀδελφὸς τῶν περὶ Ἱέρωνα καὶ Γέλωνα, ὁ δὲ τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ Ἱέρωνος ἀδελφὸς, οὗ νῦν μνημονεύει Πίνδαρος· ὁ δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος ἀδελφὸν ὑπείληφε τοῦ Ξενοκράτους εἶναι τὸν Θρασύβουλον, ἔνιοι δὲ υἱὸν Ξενοκράτους. ὁ δὲ Ἀσκληπιάδης καταεικοβολεῖ λέγων ἐπὶ τετελευτηκότι τῷ Ξενοκράτει τοὺς λόγους εἶναι, ἐκ τοῦ πολλὰ ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ ἐπὶ παρῳχημένου χρόνου λέγεσθαι, λεχθησόμενα ἂν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος, εἴπερ περιῆν ἔτι. Καλλίστρατος δέ φησι τὸν Πίνδαρον μὴ τυχόντα τοῦ κατ᾿ ἀξίαν μισθοῦ διά τινα μικρολογίαν τοῦ Ξενοκράτους, προσδιαλέγεσθαι Θρασυβούλῳ τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ εἰς Ξενοκράτην, φησί, γέγραφε τὴν ᾠδήν, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς Θρασύβουλον· καὶ γὰρ ἡ εἰσβολὴ περὶ ἀργυρίου μέμψεώς ἐστιν, ὡς θέλοντος αὐτοῦ τὸν κατ᾿ ἀξίαν μισθὸν κομίσασθαι.

p5. Inscr.b. βέλτιον δὲ, ἀδελφὸν εἶναι τοῦ Ξενοκράτους ἢ υἱὸν τὸν Θρασύβουλον, οὐχ ὥς τινες πατέρα.

1–4

 οἱ μὲν πάλαι, ὦ Θρασύβουλε, φῶτες, οἳ χρυσαμπύκων σ2
 ἐς δίφρον Μοισᾶν ἔβαινον κλυτᾷ φόρμιγγι συναντόμενοι, σ1
 ῥίμφα παιδείους ἐτόξευον μελιγάρυας ὕμνους,
 ὅστις ἐὼν καλὸς εἶχεν Ἀφροδίτας

The men of old, Thrasybulus, who mounted the chariot of the Muses with their golden headbands, joining the glorious lyre, lightly shot forth their honey-voiced songs for young men, if one was handsome and had

The men of old, Thrasyboulos, who went up into the Muse's car to give welcome with the loud-voiced lyre, lightly for honour of boys shot forth their honey-sounding songs, whensoever in one fair of form was found that sweetest summer-bloom that turneth hearts to think on fair-throned Aphrodite.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (3 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Οἱ μὲν πάλαι, ὦ Θρασύβουλε: οἱ μὲν πάλαι ἄνδρες, ὦ Θρασύβουλε, οἳ τῶν μουσικῶν ἐπέβησαν ἁρμάτων καὶ τῆς λύρας μετέσχον, οὗτοι ῥᾳδίως τοῖς μουσικοῖς τόξοις ἔβαλλον τοὺς παιδικοὺς ὕμνους, εἴ τις ὢν καλὸς εἶχε τοῦ σώματος ὥραν τὴν μνήμην ἐμποιοῦσαν τῆς Ἀφροδίτης. ὅτι δὲ περὶ παιδικοὺς ἔρωτας ἦν τοῖς λυρικοῖς ἡ τῶν ποιημάτων σπουδὴ, δημώδης ὁ λόγος.

b. ἐξειργάσατο δὲ τὸ προοίμιον ὁ Πίνδαρος πάλιν ἑαυτῷ τῆς τοῦ ἐπινίκου γραφῆς μισθὸν ποριζόμενος. φησὶ δὲ, ὅτι τῶν λυρικῶν οἱ παλαιοὶ ἀμισθὶ πρὸς τὰ καλὰ τὴν σπουδὴν εἶχον, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ παρόντος ἀργυρίου πιπράσκεται τὰ ποιήματα. ταῦτα δὲ τείνει καὶ εἰς τοὺς περὶ Ἀλκαῖον καὶ Ἴβυκον καὶ Ἀνακρέοντα, καὶ εἴ τινες τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ δοκοῦσι περὶ τὰ παιδικὰ ἠσχολῆσθαι· οὗτοι γὰρ παλαιότεροι Πινδάρου· Ἀνακρέοντα γοῦν ἐρωτηθέντα, φασί, διατί οὐκ εἰς θεοὺς ἀλλ᾿ εἰς παῖδας γράφεις τοὺς ὕμνους; εἰπεῖν, ὅτι οὗτοι ἡμῶν θεοί εἰσιν.

ad v. 2

a. χρυσαμπύκων: ἄμπυξ μὲν κυρίως κόσμος τις περὶ τὰς γυναικείας κεφαλάς· Ὅμηρος (Χ 469)· ἄμπυκα κεκρύφαλόν τε· νῦν δὲ ἀπὸ μέρους τὰς τιμίας λέγει.

5 εὐθρόνου μνάστειραν ἁδίσταν ὀπώραν.5

the sweetest ripeness that brings to mind Aphrodite on her lovely throne.

6–9

 ἁ Μοῖσα γὰρ οὐ φιλοκερδής πω τότʼ ἦν οὐδʼ ἐργάτις·
 οὐδʼ ἐπέρναντο γλυκεῖαι μελιφθόγγου ποτὶ Τερψιχόρας σ1
 ἀργυρωθεῖσαι πρόσωπα μαλθακόφωνοι ἀοιδαί. σ1
 τὸ νῦν δʼ ἐφίητι τὠργείου φυλάξαι σ3

For in those days the Muse was not yet a lover of gain, nor did she work for hire. And sweet gentle-voiced odes did not go for sale, with silvered faces, from honey-voiced Terpsichore. But as things are now, she bids us heed

For then the Muse was not yet covetous nor a hireling, neither were sweet lays tender-voiced sold with silvered faces by Terpsichore of honeyed speech. But now doth she bid heed the word of the Argive man which keepeth nigh to the paths of truth:

Scholia ad vv. 6–9 (5 entries)

ad v. 7

a. ὅστις ἐὼν καλός: ὅστις σὺν τῷ καλὸς εἶναι καὶ ἀκμαῖος ἦν.

ad v. 8

a. ὀπώραν: ὀπώραν μὲν ἂν εἴη λέγων [Ἀφροδίτης] τὴν τοῦ σώματος ὥραν καὶ τὸ τοῦ κάλλους ἄνθος· τὸ δὲ μνάστειραν πρὸς τὸ Ἀφροδίτας, τουτέστι τὴν τοῦ σώματος ὀπώραν τὴν τῆς Ἀφροδίτης μνήμην ἐμποιοῦσαν.

ad v. 9

a. ἁ Μοῦσα γὰρ οὐ φιλοκερδής πω τότ᾿ ἦν: νῦν, φησί, μισθοῦ συντάττουσι τοὺς ἐπινίκους, πρώτου Σιμωνίδου προκαταρξαμένου.

b. οὐδ᾿ ἐργάτις, ὅ ἐστιν αἰτοῦσα μισθὸν ἐφ᾿ οἷς ἔπραττεν. ἔνθεν καὶ Καλλίμαχός φησιν (fr. 77)· οὐ γὰρ ἐργάτιν τρέφω τὴν Μοῦσαν ὡς ὁ χῖος Ὑλλίχου νέπους. λέγοι δ᾿ ἂν πρὸς Σιμωνίδην ταῦτα, ὡς φιλάργυρον διασύρων τὸν ἄνδρα.

b. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ἡ γὰρ Μοῦσα τὸ παλαιὸν οὔπω φιλοκερδὴς ἦν, οὐδὲ μισθοῦ συντάττουσα τὰ ποιήματα, οὐδὲ πρὸς τῆς Τερψιχόρης ἐπιπράσκοντο αἱ γλυκεῖαι καὶ εὔφθογγοι ἀποκαλυψάμεναι τὴν παρρησίαν ᾠδαί.

10 ἐτᾶς ῥῆμʼ ἀλαθείας ἄγχιστα βαῖνον,10

Argive the saying of the man, which comes closest to actual truth:

11–14

 χρήματα, χρήματʼ ἀνήρ, ὃς φᾶ κτεάνων θʼ ἅμα λειφθεὶς καὶ φίλων.
 ἐσσὶ γὰρ ὦν σοφός, οὐκ ἄγνωτʼ ἀείδω
 Ἰσθμίαν ἵπποισι νίκαν, σ1
 τὰν Ξενοκράτει Ποσειδάων ὀπάσαις,

“Money, money makes the man,” he said, when he lost his wealth and his friends at the same time. But enough, for you are wise. I sing the Isthmian victory with horses, not unrecognized, which Poseidon granted to Xenocrates,

'Money, money maketh man,' he said, when robbed of goods at once and friends.

Scholia ad vv. 11–14 (1 entry)

ad v. 13

a. ἤτοι πρόσωπον κεκοσμημέναι καὶ λαμπρυνθεῖσαι, ὅτι τὰ ὤνια ὡς τῶν πωλούντων τὰ πρόσωπα ἐκοσμοῦντο, ἵνα δοκῇ παρέλκειν· καὶ ἀργυρίου αὑτὰς πιπράσκουσαι καὶ μισθοῦ λεγόμεναι. περιφραστικῶς οὖν εἴρηκεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τοὺς γράφοντας ἀργύριον λαμβάνειν. τοιοῦτον δέ τι καὶ Ἀνακρέων εἴρηκε, καὶ μή ποτε ἡ ἀπότασίς ἐστιν εἰς τὰ ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνου εἰρημένα; φησ γάρ (fr. 33)· οὐδ᾿ ἀργυρέη κώκοτ᾿ ἔλαμπε Πυθώ.

15–16

15 Δωρίων αὐτῷ στεφάνωμα κόμᾳ σ315

16 πέμπεν ἀναδεῖσθαι σελίνων,

and sent him a garland of Dorian wild celery for his hair, to have himself crowned,

Scholia ad vv. 15–16 (3 entries)

ad v. 15

a. νῦν δ᾿ ἐφίητι τὠργείου φυλάξαι ῥῆμα: νῦν δ᾿ ἐφίητι, τίς; ἡ Μοῦσα δηλονότι. τείνει δὲ καὶ ταῦτα εἰς τὸν Σιμωνίδην.

b. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνδίδωσιν ἡμῖν λέγειν ὁ καιρός.

c. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ παρόντος ἡ φιλοκέρδεια ἐφίησι καὶ ἐνδίδωσι λέγειν τὸ τοῦ Ἀριστοδήμου ῥῆμα ἐγγὺς ἀληθείας βαῖνον· χρήματα. χρήματ᾿ ἀνήρ. ὁ μέντοι Πίνδαρος τὸ ὄνομα οὐ δεδήλωκεν. οὗτος οὖν ὁ Ἀριστόδημος Σπαρτιάτης ὢν, πένης γεγονὼς καὶ συναπολέσας τὴν τῶν φίλων ἑταιρείαν ἔφη· χρήματα χρήματ᾿ ἀνήρ. οὐδὲν δὲ θαυμαστὸν, εἰ Σπαρτιάτην ὄντα τὸν Ἀριστόδημον Ἀργεῖον ἔφη· ἔστι γὰρ καὶ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ τὸ τοιοῦτον εὑρέσθαι. καὶ γὰρ Ἀργείην Ἑλένην φησί (B 161)· καίτοι γε Λακεδαιμονία ἦν.

17–19

 εὐάρματον ἄνδρα γεραίρων, Ἀκραγαντίνων φάος. σ1
 ἐν Κρίσᾳ δʼ εὐρυσθενὴς εἶδʼ Ἀπόλλων νιν πόρε τʼ ἀγλαΐαν σ2
 δʼ καὶ τόθι· κλειναῖς Ἐρεχθειδᾶν χαρίτεσσιν ἀραρὼς σ5

Crisa thus honoring the man of the fine chariot, the light of the people of Acragas. And in widely powerful Apollo looked graciously on him, and gave him glory there as well. And joined with the renowned favors of the sons of Erechtheus

Forasmuch as thou art wise it is nothing hidden to thee that I sing, while I do honour to the Isthmian victory won by speed of horses, which to Xenokrates did Poseidon give, and sent to him a wreath of Dorian parsley to bind about his hair, a man of goodly chariot, a light of the people of Akragas.

Scholia ad vv. 17–19 (8 entries)

ad v. 17

a. χρήματα, χρήματ᾿ ἀνήρ: τοῦτο ἀναγράφεται μὲν εἰς τὰς παροιμίας ὑπ᾿ ἐνίων, ἀπόφθεγμα δέ ἐστιν Ἀριστοδήμου, καθάπερ φησὶ Χρύσιππος ἐν τῷ περὶ παροιμιῶν. τοῦτον δὲ τὸν Ἀριστόδημον Πίνδαρος μὲν οὐ τίθησιν ἐξ ὀνόματος, ὡς προδήλου ὄντος ὅς ἐστιν ὁ τοῦτο εἰπών, μόνον δὲ ἐσημειώσατο τὴν πατρίδα, ὅτι Ἀργεῖος· Ἀλκαῖος δὲ (fr. 49) καὶ τὸ ὄνομα καὶ τὴν πατρίδα τίθησιν, οὐκ Ἄργος, ἀλλὰ Σπάρτην· ὣς γὰρ δή ποτέ φασιν Ἀριστόδημον ἐν Σπάρτᾳ λόγον οὐκ ἀπάλαμνον εἰπεῖν· χρήματ᾿ ἀνήρ· πενιχρὸς δὲ οὐδεὶς πέλετ᾿ ἐσλὸς οὐδὲ τίμιος. καὶ τάχα ἂν τὸν Σπαρτιάτην εἴρηκε Πίνδαρος Ἀργεῖον, παρόσον ἡ πᾶσα Πελοπόννησος Ἄργος ἐκαλεῖτο ὁμωνύμως τῇ πόλει· Ὅμηρος οὖν τὴν Ἑλένην Ἀργείαν φησὶν ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν Λακεδαιμονίαν· Ἀργείαν δὲ εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ Πελοποννησιακήν. Σπαρτιάτην δὲ Ἀριστόδημον ἐν τοῖς ἑπτὰ σοφοῖς ἀναγράφει Ἄνδρων ὁ Ἐφέσιος (FHG II 347).

ad v. 18

a. ὃς φᾶ κτεάνων θ᾿ ἅμα λειφθεὶς καὶ φίλων: ὅστις ὁ Ἀριστόδημος ἀπεφθέγξατο τὸ τοιοῦτον, ἅμα τε τοῦ πλούτου καὶ τῶν φίλων στερηθείς.

b. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτως ἀκούουσιν· ὅστις Ἀριστόδημος τῶν χρημάτων ἐνδεὴς γενόμενος καὶ τῶν φίλων ἐστερήθη.

ad v. 19

a. ἐσσὶ γὰρ ὦν σοφός· οὐκ ἄγνωτ᾿ ἀείδω: ταῦτα οἱ περὶ Καλλίστρατον συνεργεῖν φασιν ἑαυτοῖς· φανερὸν γὰρ ὡς μισθὸν αἰτῶν τὸν Θρασύβουλον τό τε ἀπόφθεγμα προήνεγκε τὸ περὶ τῶν χρημάτων καὶ προσεπιλέγει· οὐκ ἀγνῶτ᾿ ἀείδω, σοφὸς γὰρ εἶ καὶ συνήσεις πρὸς τί ταῦτα εἴρηται. ἔνιοι δὲ τὸ ἄγνωτα προπαροξύνοντες οὐ κατὰ συναλοιφὴν ἀκούουσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἀγνῶτι ἀείδω, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς Ἰσθμικῆς φασὶν αὐτὸν νίκης λέγειν· οὐ περὶ ἀγνώτων, φησίν, ᾄδω. ὁ δὲ Δίδυμος μειοῦσθαί φησι τὸ ἀξίωμα τοῦ ποιητοῦ, εἰ μηδέπω τοῦ ἐπινίκου συντεταγμένου γνώριμός ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ Ξενοκράτους νίκη· ἔμπαλιν γὰρ ὁ Πίνδαρος ἀφανεῖς καὶ ἀδόξους φησὶν εἶναι τὰς νίκας, εἰς ἃς αὐτὸς μηδὲν γέγραφε. γελοίως.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τυγχάνεις οὖν σοφὸς, ὦ Ξενόκρατες, καὶ συνορᾷς τὸ τοῦ λόγου αἴνιγμα· οὐ γὰρ ἄγνωστα λέγω. εἶτα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἀείδω· ᾄδω καὶ τὴν Ἰσθμιακὴν νίκην, ἣν τοῖς ἵπποις ἀγωνιζομένῳ τῷ Ξενοκράτει ὁ Ποσειδῶν δωρησάμενος, ἀπὸ Κορινθιακῶν αὐτῷ σελίνων στέφανον αὐτοῦ ταῖς κόμαις ἐπιτεθῆναι παρέσχετο, τιμῶν τὸν ἱππικώτατον ἄνδρα δόξαν καὶ φῶς ὄντα τῷ τῶν Ἀκραγαντίνων δήμῳ. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ πρὸς αὐτὸν λόγου εἰς τὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ κατηνέχθη.

c. Δωρίων οὖν στεφάνων φησὶν ἀντὶ τοῦ τῶν Ἰσθμίων, Δωριεῖς ἐπείπερ ἐπῴκησαν τὴν Πελοπόννησον.

d. ἢ Δωρίων σελίνων τῶν Κορινθιακῶν, ὅτι Δωριεῖς ἐπῴκησαν τὴν Κόρινθον, ἡ δὲ Κόρινθος πύλαι τῆς Πελοποννήσου· Ἀλήτην γὰρ αὐτήν φασιν οἰκίσαι, ὅθεν καὶ Ἀλητίδαι οἱ Κορίνθιοι.

e. τοῖς [οὖν] τὰ Ἴσθμια ἀγωνιζομένοις σέλινον ξηρὸν ὁ στέφανος, ὑγρὸν δὲ τοῖς τὰ Νέμεα.

20–21

20 ταῖς λιπαραῖς ἐν Ἀθάναις, οὐκ ἐμέμφθη20

21 ῥυσίδιφρον χεῖρα πλαξίπποιο φωτός,

in splendid Athens, he found no fault with the chariot-preserving hand of the man who drove his horses,

22–24

 τὰν Νικόμαχος κατὰ καιρὸν νεῖμʼ ἁπάσαις ἁνίαις·
 ὅντε καὶ κάρυκες ὡρᾶν ἀνέγνον, σπονδοφόροι Κρονίδα
 Ζηνὸς Ἀλεῖοι, παθόντες πού τι φιλόξενον ἔργον·

the hand with which Nicomachus gave the horses full rein at the right moment—that driver whom the heralds of the seasons, the Elean truce-bearers of Zeus son of Cronus recognized, since they had no doubt experienced some hospitable act of friendship from him.

Also at Krisa did far-prevailing Apollo look upon him, and gave him there too glory: and again when he attained unto the crowns of the Erectheidai in shining Athens he found no fault in the chariot-saving hand of the man Nikomachos who drave his horses, the hand wherewith in the instant of need he bare on all the reins.

25–26

25 ἁδυπνόῳ τέ νιν ἀσπάζοντο φωνᾷ25

26 χρυσέας ἐν γούνασιν πίτνοντα Νίκας σ2

And with sweet-breathing voice they greeted him when he fell into the lap of golden Victory

Scholia ad vv. 25–26 (2 entries)

ad v. 26

a. ἐν Κρίσᾳ δ᾿ εὐρυσθενής: τοῦτό φησιν ὡς τὰ Πύθια νενικηκότος αὐτοῦ· ἡ γὰρ Κρίσα τῆς Φωκίδος ἐστὶ χωρίον.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐν δὲ τῇ Κρίσᾳ εὐμενῶς ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἐθεάσατο τὸν Ξενοκράτην, καὶ ἀγωνιζομένῳ τὴν νίκην ἐδωρήσατο.

27–29

 γαῖαν ἀνὰ σφετέραν, τὰν δὴ καλέοισιν Ὀλυμπίου Διὸς
 ἄλσος· ἵνʼ ἀθανάτοις Αἰνησιδάμου σ2
 παῖδες ἐν τιμαῖς ἔμιχθεν.

in their own land, which they call the precinct of Olympian Zeus, where the sons of Aenesidamus were linked with immortal honors.

Moreover the heralds of the seasons, the Elean truce-bringers of Zeus the son of Kronos, recognized him, having met belike with hospitality from him, and in a voice of dulcet breath they gave him greeting for that he had fallen at the knees of golden Victory in their land which men call the holy place of Olympic Zeus, where the sons of Ainesidamos attained unto honour everlasting.

Scholia ad vv. 27–29 (2 entries)

ad v. 28

a. καὶ τόθι κλειναῖς Ἐρεχθειδᾶν χαρίτεσσι: καὶ ὅπου ταῖς ἐνδόξοις, φησί, τῶν Ἀθηναίων χάρισιν ἡρμοσμένος, ἐν ταῖς εὐδαίμοσιν Ἀθήναις, οὐκ ἐμέμψατο τὴν ἡνιοχικὴν χεῖρα.

b. ἄλλως. τοπικῶς, ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τόπῳ. ἐν ταῖς Ἀθήναις, ὁ ταῖς χάρισιν ἡρμοσμένος Ἀπόλλων, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γὰρ τοῦτο, οὐκ ἐμέμφθη τὴν ῥυσίδιφρον χεῖρα ὑπὸ τοῦ πληξίππου φωτὸς, τουτέστι τοῦ Θήρωνος. ὁ γὰρ Νικόμαχος Ἀθηναῖος ὢν ἀμφοτέροις ἡνιόχει, Θήρωνι καὶ Ξενοκράτει. ἐπὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ Ξενοκράτους οὐχ οἷόν τε ἀκούειν· οὐ γὰρ ἀνῄρητο Ὀλυμπικὴν νίκην, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ Θήρων. κοινοποιεῖ δὲ τὰς νίκας ἀμφοῖν ὁ Πίνδαρος συνήθως αὐτῷ. τὸν δὲ Νικόμαχόν φησιν ἀρηρέναι ταῖς λιπαραῖς Ἀθήναις, παρόσον Ἀθηναῖος ἦν· ὃν διὰ τὸ φιλοφρονήσασθαι τοὺς Ἠλείων σπονδηφόρους Ἀθήναζε ἥκοντας ἀντησπάζοντο Ἠλεῖοι παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς, ὅτε Θήρωνι ἡνιόχει.

30–31

30 καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἀγνῶτες ὑμῖν ἐντὶ δόμοι30

31 οὔτε κώμων, ὦ Θρασύβουλʼ, ἐρατῶν, σ1

Truly, Thrasybulus, the homes of your family are not unfamiliar with lovely victory-processions, nor with the sweet boasting of songs.

Scholia ad vv. 30–31 (1 entry)

ad v. 31

a. ῥυσίδιφρον χεῖρα: ἀπὸ μέρους, ἀντὶ τοῦ ῥᾳδίως καὶ ἀμεταγώγως τὰς ἡνίας εὐθύνοντα.

32 οὔτε μελικόμπων ἀοιδᾶν.

For no stranger is your house, O Thrasyboulos, to pleasant shouts of triumph, neither to sweet-voiced songs. For not uphill neither steep-sloped is the path whereby one bringeth the glories of the Helikonian maidens to dwell with famous men.

33–34

33 οὐ γὰρ πάγος, οὐδὲ προσάντης ἁ κέλευθος γίνεται,

34 εἴ τις εὐδόξων ἐς ἀνδρῶν ἄγοι τιμὰς Ἑλικωνιάδων. σ2

For it is no hill to climb, nor is the road steep, if one brings the honors of the Heliconian Muses to the homes of famous men.

Scholia ad vv. 33–34 (2 entries)

ad v. 34

a. ὅν τε καὶ κάρυκες ὡρᾶν: ὅντινα τὸν νικηφόρον οἱ κήρυκες, φησίν, οἱ τὸν καιρὸν καὶ τὴν ὥραν τοῦ Ὀλυμπιακοῦ ἀγῶνος κηρύσσοντες καὶ σπονδηφόροι ὄντες τοῦ ἐν Ἤλιδι Διὸς, ἐγνώρισαν προπαθόντες τι ἡδὺ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ διὰ τὸ φιλόξενον τῆς ὑποδοχῆς, καὶ τῇ ἡδείᾳ αὐτῶν φωνῇ ἠσπάζοντο τὸν Ξενοκράτην τῆς τιμίας Νίκης τοῖς γόνασι προσελθόντα· ἐκ δὲ τούτου, νικῶντα. ἠσπάζοντο δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ὀλυμπιακὴν αὐτῶν γῆν, ἥντινα καλοῦσιν Ὀλυμπίου Διὸς ἄλσος, ἔνθα ταῖς ἀθανάτοις τῆς νίκης τιμαῖς καὶ οἱ τοῦ Αἰνησιδάμου παῖδες Θήρων καὶ Δεινομένης ἐμίγησαν.

b. ἄλλως. οἱ κήρυκες, οἳ τὰς ὥρας καὶ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ Ὀλυμπιακοῦ ἀγῶνος ἐκήρυσσον, καθ᾿ ἃς ἐτελεῖτο.

35–37

 μακρὰ δισκήσαις ἀκοντίσσαιμι τοσοῦθʼ, ὅσον ὀργὰν
 Ξεινοκράτης ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων γλυκεῖαν σ1
 ἔσχεν. αἰδοῖος μὲν ἦν ἀστοῖς ὁμιλεῖν, σ1

Having hurled the discus far, may I fling my javelin as far beyond all others, as Xenocrates obtained a sweet temper surpassing all men. He was honored in his townsmen’s company,

Scholia ad vv. 35–37 (2 entries)

ad v. 36

a. Ζηνὸς Ἀλεῖοι: τοῦ Ἠλείου Διὸς, τοῦ ἐν Ἤλιδι τιμωμένου. Ἦλις δὲ χώρα τῆς Ὀλυμπίας.

ad v. 37

a. φιλόξενον ἔργον: ὑπεδέξατο γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ φιλοξένως ἐξένισεν.

38–39

38 ἱπποτροφίας τε νομίζων ἐν Πανελλάνων νόμῳ·

39 καὶ θεῶν δαῖτας προσέπτυκτο πάσας· οὐδέ ποτε ξενίαν

and he upheld the raising of horses according to the customs of all Greeks. He also welcomed all the banquets for the gods,

By a far throw of the quoit may I hurl even so far as did Xenokrates surpass all men in the sweetness of his spirit. In converse with citizens was he august, and upheld horse-racing after the Hellenes' wont: also worshipped he at all festivals of the gods, nor ever did the breeze that breathed around his hospitable board give him cause to draw in his sail, but with the summer-gales he would fare unto Phasis, and in his winter voyage unto the shores of Nile.

40–42

 οὖρος ἐμπνεύσαις ὑπέστειλʼ ἱστίον ἀμφὶ τράπεζαν·
 ἀλλʼ ἐπέρα ποτὶ μὲν Φᾶσιν θερείαις,
 ἐν δὲ χειμῶνι πλέων Νείλου πρὸς ἀκτάς. σ1

PhasisNile and the force of the blowing wind never made him furl his sail around his hospitable table; he journeyed as far as in the summer, and in the winter sailed to the banks of the.

Scholia ad vv. 40–42 (1 entry)

ad v. 42

a. ἵν᾿ ἀθανάτοις Αἰνησιδάμου: Αἰνησιδάμου παῖδες Θήρων καὶ Δεινομένης, ὧν κυρίως μνημονεύει ὡς Σικελιωτῶν τυράννων· Σικελιώτης δὲ ὁ νικηφόρος.

43–44

43 μή νυν, ὅτι φθονεραὶ θνατῶν φρένας ἀμφικρέμανται ἐλπίδες,

44 μήτʼ ἀρετάν ποτε σιγάτω πατρῴαν, σ3

Now, although envious hopes beset the minds of mortals, let him never hush in silence either his father’s excellence

Let not Thrasyboulos now, because that jealous hopes beset the mind of mortals, be silent concerning his father's prowess, nor from these hymns: for not to lie idle have I devised them. That message give him, Nikesippos, when thou comest unto my honoured friend.

Scholia ad vv. 43–44 (3 entries)

ad v. 44

a. καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἀγνῶτες ὑμῖν ἐντὶ δόμοι: καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἀγνῶτες ὑμῖν εἰσιν οἱ οἶκοι, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄπειροι, ὦ Θρασύβουλε, οὔτε ὕμνων ἐπεράστων οὔτε ὑψηλῶν ᾠδῶν· πάλιν δὲ ἐκ τούτου ὕμνων φησίν.

b. ἄλλως. ἤτοι περιφραστικῶς αὐτὴν τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν δόμους εἶπεν, ἢ οὐκ ἀγνῶτες ὑμῶν εἰσιν οἱ δόμοι τῆς φιλοξενίας, ὅπερ ἄμεινον.

c. τὸ δὲ ἐντί ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰσί Δωρικῶς.

45–48

 μηδὲ τούσδʼ ὕμνους· ἐπεί τοι
 οὐκ ἐλινύσοντας αὐτοὺς εἰργασάμαν.
 ταῦτα, Νικάσιππʼ, ἀπόνειμον, ὅταν σ2
 ξεῖνον ἐμὸν ἠθαῖον ἔλθῃς. σ17

or these songs. For I did not fashion them to stand idle. Give this message, Nicasippus, when you come across my trusty friend.

Scholia ad vv. 45–48 (19 entries)

ad v. 47

a. οὐ γὰρ πάγος οὐδὲ προσάντης ἁ κέλευθος γίνεται: οὐ τραχεῖα, φησίν, ἡ ὁδὸς γίνεται τοῖς τοὺς ἐνδόξους ἐπαινοῦσιν ἄνδρας, τοὐναντίον δὲ ῥᾴδιος καὶ εὐεπίφορος· αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀφορμὰς εἰς τοὺς ἐπαίνους διδόασι.

b. τιμὰς γὰρ Ἑλικωνιάδων τὰς τῶν Μουσῶν φησι, τουτέστι τοὺς ὕμνους καὶ τὰς ᾠδάς.

ad v. 48

a. μακρὰ δισκήσαις ἀκοντίσαιμι: μακρῶς καὶ μεγάλως τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον ῥίψας, φησί, καὶ τὸν νικηφόρον ἐγκωμιάζων, ὑπερβαλοῦμαι τοὺς ἄλλους, ὁπόσον καὶ ὁ Ξενοκράτης τρόπον γλυκὺν καὶ σπουδαιότερον πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔσχεν. [Drachmann ad v. 51]

a. οἱa. αἰδοῖος μὲν ἦν ἀστοῖς ὁμιλεῖν: ἀμφίβολον. ἤτοι γὰρ αὐτὸς ἦν, φησίν, ἐντροπῆς ἄξιος ὁμιλῶν τοῖς ἀστοῖς, ἢ αὐτὸς ἐνετρέπετο ἐν τῷ τοῖς ἀστοῖς ὁμιλεῖν. Διόδωρος δὲ ὁ Ἀριστοφάνειος μὴ νοήσας, ὅτι ἐπὶ τοῦ παρεληλυθότος χρόνου κεῖται τὸ ἦν, θρῆνόν φησι γεγράφθαι, οὔτε ἐκεῖνο νοήσας, ὅτι παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ἐναλλάττονται χρόνοι, οὔτε τὸ ἐπὶ τέλους λεγόμενον τὸ Νικάσιππ᾿ ἀπόνειμον, ὅταν ξεῖνον ἐμὸν ἠθαῖον ἔλθῃς· πρὸς τὸν ζῶντα, οὐ πρὸς τὸν τετελευτηκότα. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

b. ἢ ἔστιν οὕτως· αἰδέσιμος ἦν τοῖς πολίταις συναναστρεφόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 54]

a. ἱπποτροφίας τε νομίζων ἐν Πανελλάνων νόμῳ: ἢ τὸ ἱπποτροφεῖν ἐν Ἕλλησιν αὐτὸς νομοθετῶν, ἢ νόμιμον ἐν Ἕλλησιν εἰδὼς τὸ ἱπποτροφεῖν. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ ἦν. [Drachmann ad v. 55]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἱπποτροφίας νομίζων· καὶ τρέφων τῷ τῶν Ἑλλήνων νόμῳ καὶ ἔθει. [Drachmann ad v. 55]

c. ἤτοι κρίνων καὶ νομιστεύων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἢ ἐπισήμους ποιῶν, παρὰ τὸ νόμισμα. [Drachmann ad v. 55]

a. καὶ θεῶν διαίτας προσέπτυκτο πάσας: καὶ πάσας θεῶν πανηγύρεις ἐπιτηδείως προσεδέχετο. ἐκ δὲ τούτου δηλοῖ, ὅτι εὐσεβῶς καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς διέκειτο. [Drachmann ad v. 57]

b. ἢ οὕτω· κατὰ διάνοιαν προσήγετο καὶ ἠσπάζετο· οὐδὲ νόμιμον καὶ ἔθος ἦγε τὰς ἑορτάς, ἀλλ᾿ οἰκείως ἔχων πρὸς τοὺς θεούς. [Drachmann ad v. 57]

a. οὐδέποτε ξενίαν οὖρος ἐμπνεύσας: ἀλληγορικώτερον ἐχρήσατο τῷ λόγῳ ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν οὐριοδρομουσῶν καὶ μὴ συστελλουσῶν τὰ ἱστία νεῶν· τὸν γὰρ φθόνον ἀνέμῳ εἴκασε, τὴν δὲ τῶν ξένων τράπεζαν νηῒ οὐρίως καὶ ἀβλαβῶς πλεούσῃ. οὐδέποτέ φησι τὸ ἱστίον τῆς τραπέζης, [ὁ Ξενοκράτης] ᾗ τοὺς ξένους ὑπεδέχετο, συνέστειλεν οὔριος ἄνεμος πνεύσας, ἀλλ᾿ ἀεὶ πλήρεσι τοῖς ἱστίοις πρὸς τὰς τῶν ξένων ἑστιάσεις ἐχρήσατο. [Drachmann ad v. 58]

b. Χρύσιππος οὕτω· Ξενοκράτης δὲ οὐδέποτε οὕτως ἐχειμάσθη, ὥστε μὴ διομαλίσαι τὴν τράπεζαν. [Drachmann ad v. 58]

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· οὐδέποτε δὲ παρὰ τὴν φιλόξενον αὐτοῦ τράπεζαν, ἐν ᾗ τοὺς ἐπιφοιτῶντας ἐδεξιοῦτο ξένους, φθόνος τις ἐπιπνεύσας τῆς φιλοξενίας ἔπαυσεν ἑστιάσεις, ἀλλὰ πλήρεσι τοῖς ἱστίοις τοὺς πάντας ἐφιλοφρονεῖτο. [Drachmann ad v. 58]

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἐπέρα ποτὶ μὲν Φάσιν θερείαις: Φάσις ποταμὸς τῆς Σκυθίας· ψυχρότατα δὲ τὰ περὶ αὐτὸν πνεύματα ἔχει. τὸ δὲ Νείλου πρὸς αὐγὰς τινὲς μὲν τὰς τοῦ Νείλου ῥύσεις, τινὲς δὲ ὅτι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἡ ῥύσις αὐτοῦ γίνεται· διὸ καὶ θερμοτάτης καὶ ὑγιεινῆς κράσεως μετέχει τὸ χωρίον. διὰ τούτων δὲ τὴν περὶ τοὺς καιροὺς δεξιότητα τοῦ Ξενοκράτους παρίστησιν ἀλληγορῶν· οὕτω γὰρ εὖ πρὸς τοὺς καιροὺς ἥρμοστο, καθάπερ οἱ ἐν μὲν τῷ θέρει πρὸς τὰ χειμερινὰ ὠθούμενοι, τῷ δὲ χειμῶνι πρὸς τὰ θερινά. [Drachmann ad v. 61]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς πάλιν ἐπὶ τῆς φιλοξενίας τοῦ Ξενοκράτους οὕτως ἔχει· ὁ Ξενοκράτης φιλοφρονούμενος τοὺς ξένους ἔπλει τῷ τῆς τραπέζης ἱστίῳ θέρους πρὸς τὰ ψυχρότερα, χειμῶνος δὲ πρὸς τὰ θερμότερα πλέων· ὥστε πανταχόθεν αὐτοῦ τὸ εὔκρατον καὶ προσηνὲς τῆς φιλοξενίας δηλοῦσθαι. ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ξένων τὴν διάνοιαν ἀκουστέον, ἵν᾿ ᾖ· ἕκαστος, φησί, τῶν ξενιζομένων ἐκ μὲν θερμότητος καὶ καμάτων πρὸς ψυχρότητα καὶ ἀνάκτησιν ὥσπερ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔσπευδεν, ἐκ δὲ χειμῶνος πρὸς θερμότητα. [Drachmann ad v. 61]

a. μὴ νῦν ὅτι φθονεραὶ θνατῶν φρένας: μὴ δ᾿ ὅτι, φησί, περὶ τὰς φρένας τῶν ἀνθρώπων φθονεραὶ κρέμανται ἐλπίδες καὶ διαθέσεις, τουτέστι μὴ διότι φθονεροί εἰσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, παρὰ τοῦτο στειλάμενος τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀρετὴν σιγάτω· λεγέτω δὲ τῶν φθονούντων ἀφροντιστῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 63]

b. τὰς δὲ ἐλπίδας ἀντὶ ἑνὸς τούτων τέταχε, φροντίδος, διανοίας, διαθέσεως. c. μὴ οὖν, φησί, τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀρετὴν σιγῇ παραδότω, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς τὸ κοινὸν φερέτω· τυχὼν γὰρ τῆς νίκης τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀρετὴν εὖ προήγαγε τῇ ἑαυτοῦ δόξῃ. [Drachmann ad v. 63]

a. ἐπεί τοι οὐκ ἐλιννύσσοντας αὐτοὺς εἰργασάμην: ἐπεὶ οὐ τοιούτους, φησίν, εἰργασάμην τοὺς ὕμνους, ὥστε ἐφ᾿ ἑνὸς τόπου μένειν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἑστάναι καθάπερ ἀνδριάντας. τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν καὶ ἀλλαχόθι φησίν (N. V 1)· οὐκ ἀνδριαντοποιός εἰμι, ὥστ᾿ ἐλινύσοντ᾿ ἐργάσασθαι ἀγάλματα ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς βαθμίδος ἑσταότα. [Drachmann ad v. 66]

a. ὁταῦτα, Νικάσιππ᾿, ἀπόνειμον: διὰ τοῦτο δῆλον, ὅτι τὸν εἰς Ξενοκράτην ὕμνον εἰς Ἀκράγαντα διὰ Νικασίππου πέμπει πρὸς Θρασύβουλον τὸν Ξενοκράτους ἀδελφόν· τὸ γὰρ ἀπόνειμον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνάγνωθι. Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Ἀχαιῶν συλλόγῳ (fr. 144)· σὺ δ᾿ ἐν θρόνοισι γραμμάτων πτύχας ἔχων [ἀπόνειμον] νέμει τίς οὐ πάρεστι, τίς ξυνώμοσε. καὶ Παρθένιος ἐν τῇ Ἀρήτῃ (fr. 1 Mein.) τὸ ἄννεμε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνάγνωθι· καὶ ἀννείμῃ Δωριστὶ Βουκόλος (Theocr. 18, 48). [Drachmann ad v. 68]

PINDAR · ISTHMIAN · ODE 3

Isthmian 3 — for Μελίσσῳ Θηβαίῳ

ἵπποις

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 18 lines · 17 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

p1. Scholia in Isthmionicarum carmen III.

p2. Τοῦ τρίτου εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐστὶ δέκα. τὸ α΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ γ΄ τροχαϊκὸν ἐπίτριτον. τὸ δ΄ ἀνακλώμενον ἰωνικὸν διμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ε΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ ς΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ἑφθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ θ΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ι΄ τὸ αὐτό.

p3. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἐστὶν ἕνδεκα. τὸ α΄ προσοδικὸν δωδεκάσημον. τὸ β΄ μονόμετρον ἰωνικόν ἢ ἀναπαιστικόν. τὸ γ΄ τρίμετρον δακτυλικὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ε΄ ὅμοιον τῷ τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ ς΄ ὅμοιον τῷ Ἐρασμονίδη Χαρίλαε. τὸ ζ΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ θ΄ προσοδικὸν δωδεκάσημον. τὸ ι΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ια΄ ἴαμβος.

p4. Inscr. Γέγραπται Μελίσσῳ Θηβαίῳ. οὗτος ἐνίκησεν Ἴσθμια καὶ Νέμεα, πρόσκειται δὲ τῇ ᾠδῇ ἵπποις διὰ τὸ μὴ δηλοῦν τὸν Πίνδαρον τὸ τοῦ ἀγωνίσματος εἶδος, πότερον κέλητι ἢ τεθρίππῳ· μόνον δὲ ἱπποδρομίᾳ λέγει ἐστεφανῶσθαι.

1 εἴ τις ἀνδρῶν εὐτυχήσαις ἢ σὺν εὐδόξοις ἀέθλοις σ1

If any man has good fortune, either in famous contests or by the strength of his wealth, yet restrains troublesome ambition in his mind, he is worthy to be joined with his townsmen’s praises. Zeus, great excellence attends on mortals

If any among men having good fortune and dwelling amid prizes of renown or the power of wealth restraineth in his heart besetting insolence, this man is worthy to have part in his citizens' good words.

Scholia ad vv. 1–1 (1 entry)

ad v. 1

a. εἴ τις ἀνδρῶν εὐτυχήσαις: ὁ λόγος· εἴ τις εὐτύχησεν ἐν ἄθλοις ἢ ἐν πλούτῳ, ὡς τὸν ἐν εὐπραγήμασι δύνασθαι φέρειν κόρον μὴ ἐξυβρίζων, ἄξιός ἐστιν εὐλογεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν. διατί δὲ, αὐτὸς ἐποίσει.

2 ἢ σθένει πλούτου κατέχει φρασὶν αἰανῆ κόρον,

But from thee, O Zeus, cometh all high excellence to mortals; and longer liveth their bliss who have thee in honour, but with minds perverse it consorteth never steadfastly, flourishing throughout all time.

3 ἄξιος εὐλογίαις ἀστῶν μεμίχθαι.

In recompense for glorious deeds it behoveth that we sing the valiant, and amid his triumphal company exalt him with fair honours. Of two prizes is the lot fallen to Melissos, to turn his heart unto sweet mirth, for in the glens of Isthmos hath he won crowns, and again in the hollow vale of the deep-chested lion being winner in the chariot-race he made proclamation that his home was Thebes.

4 Ζεῦ, μεγάλαι δʼ ἀρεταὶ θνατοῖς ἕπονται

Thus shameth he not the prowess of his kinsmen. Ye know the ancient fame of Kleonymos with the chariot: also on the mother's side being akin to the Labdakidai his race hath been conversant with riches, and bestowed them on the labours of the four-horse car.

5 ἐκ σέθεν· ζώει δὲ μάσσων ὄλβος ὀπιζομένων, πλαγίαις δὲ φρένεσσιν5

from you. Greater prosperity lives with those who revere you; but it does not keep company with crooked minds, flourishing equally for all time.

But time with rolling days bringeth changes manifold: only the children of gods are free of wounds.

6 οὐχ ὁμῶς πάντα χρόνον θάλλων ὁμιλεῖ. σ1

By grace of God I have ways countless everywhere open unto me: for thou hast shown forth to me, O Melissos, in the Isthmian games an ample means to follow in song the excellence of thy race: wherein the Kleonymidai flourish continually, and in favour with God pass onward through the term of mortal life: howbeit changing gales drive all men with ever-changing drift.

Scholia ad vv. 6–6 (1 entry)

ad v. 6

a. Ζεῦ, μεγάλαι δ᾿ ἀρεταὶ θνατοῖς ἕπονται ἐκ σέθεν: ἐκ σέθεν εὐτυχοῦσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι· καὶ γὰρ οὐ δι᾿ αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ διὰ θεῶν πρόνοιαν· ἐξ ὧν αὐτοῖς καὶ μεγάλαι ἀρεταὶ ἕπονται.

7 εὐκλέων δʼ ἔργων ἄποινα χρὴ μὲν ὑμνῆσαι τὸν ἐσλόν, σ3

As a recompense for glorious deeds, it is right to celebrate a noble man, and it is right to exalt him in victory-songs with the gentle Graces. Yes, in two contests Melissus

These men verily are spoken of as having honour at Thebes from the beginning, for that they cherished the inhabitants round about, and had no part in loud insolence; if there be borne about by the winds among men aught of witness to the great honour of quick or dead, unto such have they attained altogether. By the brave deeds of their house they have touched the pillars of Herakles, that are at the end of things. Beyond that follow thou no excellence.

Scholia ad vv. 7–7 (3 entries)

ad v. 7

a. ζώει δὲ μάσσων ὄλβος ὀπιζομένων: ὄπις μὲν ἡ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἐπιστροφὴ καὶ τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐσομένου. Ὅμηρος (ξ 82)· οὐκ ὄπιδα φρονέοντες.

b. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ζῇ δὲ ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον ὁ ὄλβος καὶ συναυξανόμενος παραμένει τοῖς ὀπιζομένοις καὶ ἐντρεπομένοις· κομίζονται γὰρ ἀντὶ τῶν πόνων ἐπαίνους οἱ μὴ ὑπεροπτικοί· τοῖς δὲ σκολιόφροσι καὶ παρανόμοις ἀνθρώποις οὐχ ὁμοίως ἀκολουθεῖ ὁ ὄλβος.

c. οἷον οὐδέποτε ὁμιλήσει τοῖς κακοῖς ἡ θάλλουσα εὐδαιμονία.

8 χρὴ δὲ κωμάζοντʼ ἀγαναῖς χαρίτεσσιν βαστάσαι.

Horse-breeders moreover have they been, and found favour with mailed Ares; but in one day the fierce snow-storm of war hath made a happy hearth to be desolate of four men.

9 ἀέ ἔστι δὲ καὶ διδύμων θλων Μελίσσῳ

But now once more after that wintry gloom hath it blossomed, even as in the flowery months the earth blossometh with red roses, according to the counsels of gods.

10 μοῖρα πρὸς εὐφροσύναν τρέψαι γλυκεῖαν10

Thebes has had a share of good fortune, to turn his heart to sweet joyfulness; he received garlands in the glens of the Isthmus, and in the valley of the deep-chested lion he had announced

For the Shaker of Earth who inhabiteth Onchestos and the Bridge between seas that lieth before the valley of Corinth, now giveth to the house this hymn of wonder, and leadeth up out of her bed the ancient glory of the famous deeds thereof: for she was fallen on sleep; but she awaketh and her body shineth preeminent, as among stars the Morning-star.

11 ἦτορ, ἐν βάσσαισιν Ἰσθμοῦ δεξαμένῳ στεφάνους, τὰ δὲ κοίλᾳ λέοντος σ1

For in the land of Athens proclaiming a victory of the car, and at Sikyon at the games of Adrastos did she give like wreaths of song for the sons of Kleonymos that then were. For neither did they refrain to contend with the curved chariot in the great meetings of the people, but they had delight to strive with the whole folk of Hellas in spending their wealth on steeds.

Scholia ad vv. 11–11 (1 entry)

ad v. 11

a. εὐκλέων δ᾿ ἔργων ἄποινα: τῶν δὲ εὐδόξων κατορθωμάτων, φησίν, ἀμοιβὴν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς προσήκει τὸν ἐγκωμιαστικὸν λόγον παρασχεῖν, χρὴ δὲ τὸν τοιοῦτον ὑψῶσαι καὶ μετεωρίσαι ταῖς χάρισιν.

12 ἐν βαθυστέρνου νάπᾳ κάρυξε Θήβαν

Touching the unproven there is silence, and none knoweth them: yea and even from them that strive Fortune hideth herself until they come unto the perfect end; for she giveth of this and of that.

13 ἱπποδρομίᾳ κρατέων. ἀνδρῶν δʼ ἀρετὰν

when he was victorious in horse-racing. He does not dishonor the inborn excellence he has from his ancestors.

The better man hath been ere now overtaken and overthrown by the craft of worse. Verily ye know the bloody deed of Aias, that he wrought beneath the far-spent night, when he smote himself through with his own sword, whereby he upbraideth yet the children of the Hellenes, as many as went forth to Troy.

14 σύμφυτον οὐ κατελέγχει.

But lo! Homer hath done him honour among men, and by raising up his excellence in the fulness thereof hath through the rod of his divine lays delivered it to bards after him to sing.

15 ἴστε μὰν Κλεωνύμου σ115

Surely you know of the ancient glory of Cleonymus in the chariot-races. And, being related to the Labdacids on their mother’s side, they followed a path of wealth with the toil of their four-horse teams. But the whirling days of a man’s lifetime change many things. Only the children of the gods are unwounded.

For the thing that one hath well said goeth forth with a voice unto everlasting: over fruitful earth and beyond the sea hath the light of fair deeds shined, unquenchable for ever.

Scholia ad vv. 15–15 (1 entry)

ad v. 15

a. ἔστι δὲ καὶ διδύμων ἀέθλων Μελίσσῳ μοῖρα: ἔστι δὲ καὶ διπλῶν ἄθλων καὶ νικῶν τῷ Μελίσσῳ μερὶς, ὥστε πρὸς εὐφροσύνην γλυκυτάτην τρέψαι αὐτοῦ τὴν ψυχήν· τοῦτο μὲν ἐν τοῖς βασίμοις τόποις τοῦ Ἰσθμοῦ δεξαμένῳ τοὺς στεφάνους, ἀντὶ τοῦ νικήσαντι ἐν τῷ Ἰσθμῷ· τὰ δέ ἐστιν ἐν τῇ κοίλῃ καὶ βαθυστέρνῳ νάπῃ τοῦ λέοντος, τουτέστι τῇ Νεμέᾳ, ἵππων δρόμῳ νικήσαντι. ἀνεκήρυξε γὰρ Θήβην, φησί. τοῦτο οὖν λέγει ὡς καὶ Ἴσθμια καὶ Νέμεα νενικηκότος αὐτοῦ ἱπποδρομίᾳ.

16 δόξαν παλαιὰν ἅρμασιν·

May we find favour with the Muses, that for Melissos too we kindle such beacon-blaze of song, a worthy prize of the pankration for this scion of Telesias' son.

17 καὶ ματρόθε Λαβδακίδαισιν σύννομοι πλούτου διέστειχον τετραοριᾶν πόνοις.

He being like unto the roaring lions in courage taketh unto him their spirit to be his own in the struggle: but in sleight he is as the fox that spreadeth out her feet and preventeth the swoop of the eagle: for all means must be essayed by him that would prevail over his foe. For not of the stature of Orion was this man, but his presence is contemptible, yet terrible is he to grapple with in his strength.

18 αἰὼν δὲ κυλινδομέναις ἁμέραις ἄλλʼ ἄλλοτʼ ἐξάλλαξεν· ἄτρωτοί γε μὰν παῖδες θεῶν. σ6

And verily once to the house of Antaios came a man to wrestle against him, of short stature but of unbending soul, from Kadmean Thebes even unto corn-bearing Libya, that he might cause him to cease from roofing Poseidon's temple with the skulls of strangers--even the son of Alkmene, he who ascended up to Olympus, after that he had searched out the surface of the whole earth and of the crag-walled hoary sea, and had made safe way for the sailing of ships. And now beside the aegis-bearer he dwelleth, possessing happiness most fair, and hath honour from the immortals as their friend, and hath Hebe to wife, and is lord of a golden house, and husband of Hera's child. Unto his honour upon the heights Elektrai we of this city prepare a feast and new-built altar-ring, where we offer burnt sacrifice in honour of the eight mail-clad men that are dead, whom Megara, Kreon's daughter, bore to be sons of Herakles. To them at the going down of the day there ariseth a flame of fire and burneth all night continually, amid a savoury smoke hurling itself against the upper air: and on the second day is the award of the yearly games, a trial of strength. Therein did this our man, his head with myrtle-wreaths made white, show forth a double victory, after another won already among the boys, for that he had regard unto the many counsels of him who was the pilot of his helm. And with Orseas' name I join him in my triumphal song, and shed over them a glory of delight.

Scholia ad vv. 18–18 (6 entries)

ad v. 18

a. ἴστε μὰν Κλεωνύμου: γινώσκετε μὴν τὴν περὶ τὰ ἅρματα τοῦ Κλεωνύμου ἀρχαιοτάτην ἀρετήν τε καὶ δόξαν. τούτου δὲ τοῦ Κλεωνύμου ὡς προγόνου τοῦ Μελίσσου κατὰ πατέρα μέμνηται· ὁ μὲν γὰρ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ Τελεσιάδας ἐστίν. ἐν δὲ τῇ ἑξῆς ᾠδῇ καθόλου τοὺς συγγενεῖς αὐτοῦ Κλεωνυμίδας κέκληκε. [Drachmann ad v. 24]

a. καὶ ματρόθεν Λαβδακίδαισι σύννομοι: ὡς κατὰ μητέρα ἀπὸ Λαβδάκου καὶ Οἰδίποδος τοῦ Κλεωνύμου ὄντος. διό φησι· καὶ μητρόθεν σύννομοι πλούτου. τὸ γὰρ πρὸς μητρὸς τοῦ Μελίσσου καὶ Κλεωνύμου γένος συνάπτεται τοῖς Λαβδακίδαις διαπρέψασι κατὰ τὴν ἡνιοχικήν. [Drachmann ad v. 26]

b. τὸ δὲ σαφές· τὸ δὲ μητρῷον γένος εἰς τοὺς Λαβδακίδας ἀνάγονται, καὶ κοινωνοὶ τῆς ἐκείνων ὄντες εὐδοξίας πλοῦτον ἱκανὸν περ εκτῶντο ἅρμασιν ἀγωνιζόμενοι. τὸ γὰρ πλούτου διέστιχον ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ πλούτου ἤρχοντο, τουτέστι πλοῦτον ἐκτῶντο. [Drachmann ad v. 26]

a. αἰὼν δὲ κυλινδομέναις ἁμέραις: ὑποφαίνει διὰ τούτων ὡς ποικίλαις χρωμένων τύχαις τῶν τοῦ Μελίσσου προγόνων. ὁ γὰρ βίος, φησίν, ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις εἱλούμενος καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐνιαυτοῖς ἀλλοίας καὶ ἀλλοίας ἀπογεννᾷ περιστάσεις. ἴσως μὲν οὖν εἰς τὰ ἐπὶ τοῖς Λαβδακίδαις τεθρυλλημένα ἀποβλέπει, ἄμεινον δὲ εἰς τὰ ἐν τῇ ἑξῆς ᾠδῇ λεγόμενα· τέσσαρας γάρ φησι κατὰ πόλεμον συγγενεῖς τοῦ Μελίσσου τελευτῆσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 29]

a. ἄτρωτοί γε μὰν παῖδες θεῶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ οἱ θεοὶ, ὡς καὶ παῖδες Ἑλλήνων οἱ Ἕλληνες. [Drachmann ad v. 31]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· μόνοι θεοὶ οὐκ ἔχουσι μεταβολὴν εἰς κακόν· ἄτρωτοι γὰρ οὗτοι· τὰ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐμεταπτωτά φησιν εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 31]

PINDAR · ISTHMIAN · ODE 4

Isthmian 4 — for Μελίσσῳ Θηβαίῳ

παγκρατίῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 74 lines · 92 scholia parts

Argumentum (2 entries)

p1. Scholia in Isthmionicarum carmen IV.

p2. Τοῦ τετάρτου εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος καὶ ἡ ἐπῳδὸς ταὐτὸ μέτρον ἔχει τῷ τρίτῳ.

1–3

 ἔστι μοι θεῶν ἕκατι μυρία παντᾷ κέλευθος· σ3
 ὦ Μέλισσʼ, εὐμαχανίαν γὰρ ἔφανας Ἰσθμίοις
 ὑμετέρας ἀρετὰς ὕμνῳ διώκειν·

Thanks to the gods, I have countless paths opening on every side; Melissus, at the Isthmian games you revealed abundant resources for celebrating in song the excellence of your family, in which the sons of Cleonymus flourish perpetually,

Scholia ad vv. 1–3 (3 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Ἔστι μοι θεῶν ἕκατι μυρία: θεῶν, τῶν Μουσῶν καὶ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.

b. ἢ τῶν θεῶν προνοίᾳ ἐστί μοι μυρία ὁδὸς εἰς τοὺς ὕμνους· πολλάς φησιν ἔχειν εὐμηχανίας καὶ ἀφορμὰς εἰς τοὺς τοῦ Μελίσσου ἐπαίνους διὰ τὸ νικῆσαι τὰ Ἴσθμια.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· τῶν Μουσῶν ἐπιτρεπουσῶν | ἐστί μοι πανταχοῦ οὐ προσάντης ἀλλ᾿ εὐμαρὴς ἡ τῶν ὕμνων ὁδὸς, ὦ νικηφόρε· τὰ γὰρ Ἴσθμια νικήσας εὐμηχανίας πεποίηκας τῷ ὕμνῳ | ἀνυμνεῖν τὰς προγονικὰς ὑμῶν ἀρετάς.

4 αἷσι Κλεωνυμίδαι θάλλοντες αἰεὶ

5–6

5 σὺν θεῷ θνατὸν διέρχονται βιότου τέλος. ἄλλοτε δʼ ἀλλοῖος οὖρος5

6 πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἐπαΐσσων ἐλαύνει. σ2

with a god’s favor, as they progress towards the mortal end of life. But a changeable wind sweeps down and drives all men at different times.

Scholia ad vv. 5–6 (2 entries)

ad v. 6

a. αἷσι Κλεωνυμίδαι: Κλεωνυμίδας κέκληκε τοὺς προγόνους τοῦ Μελίσσου ἀπὸ προγόνου τινὸς Κλεωνύμου. τροπικῶς δὲ τὰ περὶ τῆς τύχης συμπτώματα οὕτω φησί· προεῖπον δὲ ὡς τῆς βασιλείας ἐξέπεσόν ποτε.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· αἷς ταῖς ἀγωνιστικαῖς ἀρεταῖς οἱ σοὶ πρόγονοι διηνεκῶς λάμποντες εὐδαιμονίᾳ τύχης τὸ θνητὸν διαπορεύονται τοῦ βίου τέλος.

7 τοὶ μὲν ὦν Θήβαισι τιμάεντες ἀρχᾶθεν λέγονται

These men truly are spoken of as honored in Thebes from the beginning; they have good relations with the neighboring towns, and are bereft of loud arrogance. And as for the memorials that fly through all the world,

8–9

8 πρόξενοί τʼ ἀμφικτιόνων κελαδεννᾶς τʼ ὀρφανοὶ σ1

9 ὕβριος· ὅσσα δʼ ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπους ἄηται

Scholia ad vv. 8–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 8

a. ἄλλοτε δ᾿ ἀλλοῖος οὖρος: ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ αἰὼν δὲ κυλινδομέναις ἁμέραις ἄλλ᾿ ἄλλοτ᾿ ἐξάλλαξε (III 18)· καὶ γὰρ ἐκ τούτων ὑποφαίνει τὴν περὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Μελίσσου δυσπραγίαν. b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· ἄλλοτε ἀλλοῖος καὶ οὐχ ὁ αὐτὸς παρὰ τῆς τύχης ἄνεμος ἐπιπνεύσας πάντας ἀνθρώπους συμφέρεσθαι πράγμασι παρέχει.

10 μαρτύρια φθιμένων ζωῶν τε φωτῶν10

memorials of boundless fame for living and dead men, they have attained all of these in full. Through their manly deeds they reached from home to touch the farthest limit, the pillars of Heracles—

11–12

11 ἀπλέτου δόξας, ἐπέψαυσαν κατὰ πᾶν τέλος· ἀνορέαις δʼ ἐσχάταισιν σ4

12 οἴκοθεν στάλαισιν ἅπτονθʼ Ἡρακλείαις·

Scholia ad vv. 11–12 (4 entries)

ad v. 11

a. τοὶ μὲν ὦν Θήβαισι τιμάεντες ἀρχᾶθεν λέγονται: τουτέστιν ἄνωθεν ἔτι ἐπίτιμοί εἰσιν οἱ Κλεωνυμίδαι διὰ τὸ Λαβδακίδαι εἶναι καὶ προξενίαν παρέχειν τοῖς περιοίκοις.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· οἱ μὲν οὖν σοὶ πρόγονοι ἄνωθεν καὶ ἐξ ἀρχῆς διαβεβόηνται κατὰ τὰς Θήβας ἐπίτιμοι καὶ ἔνδοξοι γεγονέναι πάντων τῶν ἐνοικούντων ξενισταὶ τῆς τε θορυβώδους ὕβρεως παντελῶς ὄντες ἀλλότριοι.

c. Χρύσιππος οὖν· πιθανῶς τὴν ὕβριν κελαδεινὴν εἴρηκε διὰ τὸ λάλους εἶναι τοὺς ὑβριστάς.

d. τὸ δὲ ὀρφανοὶ οἷον ἐστερημένοι ὕβρεως, οὐκ ὄντες ὑβρισταί, ἀλλὰ πᾶν τοὐναντίον ἥμεροι καὶ ἐπιεικεῖς.

13–14

13 καὶ μηκέτι μακροτέραν σπεύδειν ἀρετάν.

14 ἱπποτρόφοι τʼ ἐγένοντο,

do not pursue excellence any farther than that! And they became breeders of horses

15–17

 χαλκέῳ τʼ Ἄρει ἅδον. σ3
 ἀλλʼ ἁμέρᾳ γὰρ ἐν μιᾷ
 ἀνδρῶν ἐρήμωσεν μάκαιραν ἑστίαν·

and were pleasing to bronze-clad Ares. But on a single day the rough storm of war robbed their blessed hearth of four men. Now, after the wintry gloom of the changing months, the ground has blossomed as if with crimson roses

But time with rolling days bringeth changes manifold: only the children of gods are free of wounds.

Scholia ad vv. 15–17 (3 entries)

ad v. 15

a. ὅσσα δ᾿ ἐπ᾿ ἀνθρώπους ἄηται μαρτύρια: ὅσα δὲ φέρεται ἐπὶ τοὺς ζῶντας ἀνθρώπους καὶ τεθνηκότας μαρτύρια ἀρετῆς, κατὰ πᾶν τέλος τούτων ἐπέψαυσαν, φησί, Κλεωνυμίδαι.

b. ἄλλως. ὁπόσα δὲ ἐν ἀνθρώποις φέρεται τῶν τετελευτηκότων καὶ τῶν ζώντων τῆς μεγίστης εὐδοξίας μαρτύρια, ταῦτα οὗτοι ἐν παντὶ πράγματι ἀναδεξάμενοι φαίνονται.

c. ἢ οὕτως· εἴ τις καὶ πρὶν τεθνηκὼς ἢ νῦν ὢν ἔσχεν ἐξαίρετόν τι, τοῦτο ἔσχον.

18 χθὼν ὥτε φοινικέοισιν ἄνθησεν ῥόδοις σ4

Scholia ad vv. 18–18 (4 entries)

ad v. 18

a. ἀνορέαις δ᾿ ἐσχάταισι: ταῖς δ᾿ ἀρεταῖς αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῶν Θηβῶν μέχρις Ἡρακλείων στηλῶν τὸ κλέος διῖκται· οἷον ἄχρι περάτων κατὰ πάντα τρόπον κεκήρυκται αὐτῶν ἡ ἀνδρεία.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ταῖς οἰκείαις δὲ ἀρεταῖς καὶ τῶν Ἡρακλείων ἅπτονται στηλῶν, καὶ προσήκει ταύτης τῆς ἀρετῆς μὴ ζητεῖν μείζονα.

c. ὁ δὲ Χρύσιππος οὕτως· αἱ δ᾿ ἀνδρεῖαι ὑμῶν καὶ ἐν οἴκῳ διαφαίνονται καὶ μέχρι τῶν Ἡρακλείων στηλῶν διϊκνοῦνται.

d. στήλαις δὲ εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ στηλῶν, ὡς καὶ στεφάνοισι θίγον (J. I 18?) ἀντὶ τοῦ στεφάνων.

19 δαιμόνων βουλαῖς. ὁ κινητὴρ δὲ γᾶς Ὀγχηστὸν οἰκέων

by the will of the gods. The shaker of the earth who dwells at Onchestus

20 καὶ γέφυραν ποντιάδα πρὸ Κορίνθου τειχέων,20

and at the sea-bridge before the walls of Corinth, by offering to that family this marvellous song, wakes from her bed their ancient fame for glorious deeds. For she had fallen asleep, but now she has awakened and her body shines, marvellous to see, like the morning-star among other stars.

21–24

 τόνδε πορὼν γενεᾷ θαυμαστὸν ὕμνον σ3
 ἐκ λεχέων ἀνάγει φάμαν παλαιὰν
 εὐκλέων ἔργων· ἐν ὕπνῳ γὰρ πέσεν· ἀλλʼ ἀνεγειρομένα χρῶτα λάμπει, σ1
 Ἀωσφόρος θαητὸς ὣς ἄστροις ἐν ἄλλοις·

Scholia ad vv. 21–24 (4 entries)

ad v. 21

a. καὶ μηκέτι μακροτέραν σπεύδειν ἀρετάν: ὑπὲρ Ἡρακλείους φησὶ στήλας μὴ δύνασθαι τὴν ἀρετὴν πέμψαι.

b. ὅμοιον τῷ Γαδείρων τὸ πρὸς ζόφον οὐ περατόν (N. IV 69). ἐλλείπει δὲ τὸ χρή.

c. Χρύσιππος τὸ σπεύδειν φησὶν ἀντὶ τοῦ σπευδέτωσαν.

ad v. 23

a. ἱπποτρόφοι τ᾿ ἐγένοντο: καὶ πρὸς ἱπποτροφίαν εἶχον, καὶ ἤρεσκον τῷ Ἄρει, τουτέστι καὶ πολέμων ἦσαν ἔμπειροι, ὅ ἐστι πολεμικοί.

25–27

 ἅ τε κἀν γουνοῖς Ἀθανᾶν ἅρμα καρύξαισα νικᾶν σ2
 ἔν τʼ Ἀδραστείοις ἀέθλοις Σικυῶνος ὤπασεν
 τοιάδε τῶν τότʼ ἐόντων φύλλʼ ἀοιδᾶν.

SicyonGreece She proclaimed their chariot victorious on the high ground of Athens and also in at the games of Adrastus, and thus gave them leaves of song, like these, from the singers of their time. Nor did they keep their curved chariot from competing in the general contests; striving against all of, they rejoiced in spending their wealth on their horses.

Horse-breeders moreover have they been, and found favour with mailed Ares; but in one day the fierce snow-storm of war hath made a happy hearth to be desolate of four men.

Scholia ad vv. 25–27 (2 entries)

ad v. 25

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἁμέρᾳ γὰρ ἐν μιᾷ: Χρύσιππος ἀποδέδωκεν, ὅτι τέσσαρες συγγενεῖς προπεπτώκασιν ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ κατὰ πόλεμον αὐτῶν, καὶ τοῦτο λέγει λελυπηκέναι τὸν οἶκον.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀλλ᾿ ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ τοῦ πολέμου τραχύτατος χειμὼν τὴν μακαριωτάτην ἑστίαν τεσσάρων ἀνδρῶν ἔρημον ἐποίησεν.

28–29

28 οὐδὲ παναγυρίων ξυνᾶν ἀπεῖχον

29 καμπύλον δίφρον, Πανελλάνεσσι δʼ ἐριζόμενοι δαπάνᾳ χαῖρον ἵππων. σ3

But now once more after that wintry gloom hath it blossomed, even as in the flowery months the earth blossometh with red roses, according to the counsels of gods.

Scholia ad vv. 28–29 (3 entries)

ad v. 29

a. νῦν δ᾿ αὖ μετὰ χειμέριον: νῦν δέ, φησί, καθάπερ ἐκ χειμῶνος ἔαρ καθέστηκεν αὐτῷ νενικηκότι, ὥσπερ ἐαρίζουσα γῆ ἐκ χειμῶνος ἐκδίδωσι τὰ ῥόδα. οἷον ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς ἀνθεῖ αὐτοῖς ὁ οἶκος.

b. Χρύσιππος δέ μετ᾿ ἐκείνην τὴν ἀτυχίαν καὶ τὸν χειμῶνα ἤνθησαν.

c. ἀλληγορεῖ ἐπὶ τοῦ βίου· εἰς ἔαρ μετέβαλε, φησίν, ἡ οἰκία Μελίσσου. τὸ γὰρ ποικίλων μηνῶν, ἤτοι καθὸ ποικίλα καὶ πολλὰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ γίνεται, ἢ ποικίλων τῶν καρπῶν, καθ οὓς ὅλη ἡ γῆ ποικίλη γίνεται τῇ τῶν φυτῶν ἐξανθήσει, ὅπερ ἄμεινον.

30 τῶν ἀπειράτων γὰρ ἄγνωστοι σιωπαί,30

Those who attempt nothing face silence and obscurity,

31–34

 ἔστιν δʼ ἀφάνεια τύχας καὶ μαρναμένων,
 πρὶν τέλος ἄκρον ἱκέσθαι· σ1
 τῶν τε γὰρ καὶ τῶν διδοῖ· σ4
 καὶ κρέσσονʼ ἀνδρῶν χειρόνων

and fortune remains hidden even to those who contend, until they reach the final goal. For she dispenses from this side and from that, and the skill of weaker men

Scholia ad vv. 31–34 (5 entries)

ad v. 32

a. ὁ κινητὴρ δὲ γᾶς: ὁ Ποσειδῶν. καὶ γέγονε παρὰ τὸ ἐννοσίγαιος.

ad v. 33

a. Ὀγχηστὸν οἰκῶν: ἱερὸν γὰρ τῷ θεῷ τὸ χωρίον, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι (B 506).

b. γέφυραν δὲ ποντιάδα τὸν Ἰσθμὸν ἔφη διὰ τὸ ἑκατέρωθεν θάλασσαν εἶναι καὶ τὴν διατείνουσαν ζώνην γεφύρᾳ ἐοικέναι.

c. τὸ δὲ σαφὲς οὕτως· ὁ δὲ τῆς γῆς κινητὴρ Ποσειδῶν ὁ τὸν Ὀγχηστὸν οἰκῶν καὶ τὴν θαλασσίαν γέφυραν τὴν πρὸ τῶν τειχῶν τῆς Κορίνθου, τοῦτον ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ χαρισάμενος τὸν ὕμνον τῷ τοῦ Μελίσσου γένει, ἐκ τῶν κοιτῶν ἀσθενήσασαν καὶ νοσηλευομένην πάλιν αὐτῶν τὴν παλαιὰν ἀναρρώννυσι δόξαν. ἦν γὰρ ἀφυπνώσασα καὶ ἀφανὴς γενομένη.

d. ἄλλως. ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν τὴν καθυπνωκυῖαν φήμην ἀνεγείρει καὶ ἀνανεοῦται· παρόσον ἐν ταῖς δυστυχίαις καὶ ὁ πλοῦτος ἠλαττώθη καὶ ἡ ἱππικὴ ἐσιγήθη, νῦν δὲ ταῖς νίκαις ἐπέτυχεν.

35–36

35 ἔσφαλε τέχνα καταμάρψαισʼ. ἴστε μὰν Αἴαντος ἀλκὰν φοίνιον, τὰν ὀψίᾳ35

36 ἐν νυκτὶ ταμὼν περὶ ᾧ φασγάνῳ, μομφὰν ἔχει παίδεσσιν Ἑλλάνων ὅσοι Τρῴανδʼ ἔβαν.

Troy can overtake and trip up a stronger man. Indeed, you know of the bloodstained might of Aias, which late at night he pierced by falling on his own sword, thus bringing blame on all the sons of the Greeks who went to.

37 ἀλλʼ Ὅμηρός τοι τετίμακεν διʼ ἀνθρώπων, ὃς αὐτοῦ

But he is honored throughout the world by Homer, who set the record right concerning all his excellence and told it with the staff of his divine words, for posterity to play.

38–39

38 πᾶσαν ὀρθώσαις ἀρετὰν κατὰ ῥάβδον ἔφρασεν

39 θεσπεσίων ἐπέων λοιποῖς ἀθύρειν. σ2

Touching the unproven there is silence, and none knoweth them: yea and even from them that strive Fortune hideth herself until they come unto the perfect end; for she giveth of this and of that.

Scholia ad vv. 38–39 (2 entries)

ad v. 39

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἀνεγειρομένα χρῶτα λάμπει: ἡ προειρημένη. φησί, φήμη ἀνεγειρομένη λάμπει, καὶ οὕτως ὡς ὁ ἑωσφόρος συγκρινόμενος τοῖς ἄλλοις ἄστροις, διὰ τὴν τοῦ Μελίσσου νίκην. τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ καὶ Εὐριπίδης κέχρηται (fr. 398)· ἰδοῦσα δ᾿ Ἰνοῦς συμφορὰν πολὺν χρόνον νῦν ὄμμ᾿ ἐγείρει.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀλλὰ πάλιν ἀναστᾶσα καὶ διαφανὴς γενομένη οὕτω τὸν χρῶτα λάμπει, ὥσπερ ὁ ἑωσφόρος ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἄστροις ἐκδηλότερός ἐστιν.

40–41

40 τοῦτο γὰρ ἀθάνατον φωνᾶεν ἕρπει,40

41 εἴ τις εὖ εἴπῃ τι· καὶ πάγκαρπον ἐπὶ χθόνα καὶ διὰ πόντον βέβακεν

For if one says something well, that saying goes forth speaking with an immortal voice. And the radiance of fine deeds, forever unquenchable, has crossed the fruitful earth and the sea.

42 ἑργμάτων ἀκτὶς καλῶν ἄσβεστος αἰεί. σ3

Scholia ad vv. 42–42 (3 entries)

ad v. 42

a. ἅ τε κἠν γουνοῖς Ἀθηνᾶν: ἥτις φήμη καὶ δόξα ἐν Ἀθήναις καὶ Σικυῶνι κατὰ τὸν Ἀδράστου ἀγῶνα τὰ τούτου ἅρματα κηρύξασα τὴν νίκην ἐνεχείρισεν.

b. ἄλλως. ἡ φήμη, φησίν, ἡ προειρημένη νικᾶν κηρύξασα τὸ ἅρμα ὑμῶν ἐν Ἀθήναις καὶ Σικυῶνι ἐδωρήσατο ὑμῖν τοιάδε, ὁποῖα ἐγὼ νῦν γράφω εἰς σὲ διὰ τῶν ὕμνων· τοιαῦτα ἔσχον καὶ οἱ πρόγονοί σου παρὰ τῶν τότε γεγονότων ποιητῶν· ὡς καὶ εἰς ἐκείνους γεγραφότων τινῶν ἐπινίκους.

c. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· τοιαῦτα τῶν ὑμετέρων προγόνων τὰ ἐγκώμια τὰ ἐπὶ τοῖς στεφάνοις καὶ ἀγῶσιν. ἔνιοι δέ, τοιαύτας ἔσχον καὶ οἱ πρόγονοί σου παρὰ τῶν τότε ποιητῶν ᾠδάς. τοῦτο δέ φησι Χρύσιππος ὡς ἄλλων ἐγκεκωμιακότων ποιητῶν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τὸν πάλαι τὰς νίκας.

43–44

43 προφρόνων Μοισᾶν τύχοιμεν, κεῖνον ἅψαι πυρσὸν ὕμνων

44 καὶ Μελίσσῳ, παγκρατίου στεφάνωμʼ ἐπάξιον,

May we win the favor of the Muses and kindle that torch of song, a worthy garland from the pancratium

45–47

 ἔρνεϊ Τελεσιάδα. τόλμᾳ γὰρ εἰκὼς
 θυμὸν ἐριβρεμετᾶν θηρῶν λεόντων
 ἐν πόνῳ, μῆτιν δʼ ἀλώπηξ, αἰετοῦ ἅ τʼ ἀναπιτναμένα ῥόμβον ἴσχει. σ3

for Melissus, too, the scion of the race of Telesias. For in the toil of conflict he resembles the spirit of loud-roaring lions in boldness, while in wisdom he is like the fox, who forestalls the swoop of the eagle by falling on her back. And it is right to do anything to blot out one’s enemy.

But lo! Homer hath done him honour among men, and by raising up his excellence in the fulness thereof hath through the rod of his divine lays delivered it to bards after him to sing.

Scholia ad vv. 45–47 (3 entries)

ad v. 47

a. οὐδὲ παναγυρίων ξυνᾶν ἀπεῖχον: οὐδὲ τῶν κοινῶν, φησί, | πανηγύρεων τὸ ἐπικαμπὲς αὐτῶν ἅρμα ἀπεχώριζον.

b. ὃ δέ φησι, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ὅτι οὕτω φιλαγωνιστικοὶ καὶ φιλόδοξοι ἦσαν, ὥστε καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι τῶν κοινῶν | πανηγύρεων ἀγωνίζεσθαι· καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι δὲ περὶ ἱπποτροφίας ἐρίζοντες ἔχαιρον. τῶν γὰρ μὴ καθιέντων αὑτοὺς εἰς ἅμιλλαν καὶ πειρωμένων ἀγῶνος οὐδεμία μνήμη ἐστίν, ὅ ἐστι, σιωπᾶται ὁ βίος τῶν μὴ πονούντων ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἀνδρῶν.

c. Χρύσιππος δέ, σεσημείωται, φησίν, ὁ τόπος διὰ τὴν φράσιν· τὸ γὰρ ἐναντίον βούλεται εἰπεῖν· τῶν ἀπειράτων καὶ ἀπράκτων ἄγνωστοί εἰσιν αἱ λαλιαί, ὅ ἐστιν, ἄν τις μὴ πειραθῇ πράξεων ἀγαθῶν, οὗτος ἀκλεὴς γίνεται. γελοίως.

48 χρὴ δὲ πᾶν ἔρδοντα μαυρῶσαι τὸν ἐχθρόν.

For the thing that one hath well said goeth forth with a voice unto everlasting: over fruitful earth and beyond the sea hath the light of fair deeds shined, unquenchable for ever.

49 οὐ γὰρ φύσιν Ὠαριωνείαν ἔλαχεν·

For Melissus was not allotted the nature of Orion;

50–51

50 ἀλλʼ ὀνοτὸς μὲν ἰδέσθαι,50

51 συμπεσεῖν δʼ ἀκμᾷ βαρύς.

Libya he is negligible to look at, though heavy to grapple with in his strength. And yet once there went from Thebes, Cadmus’ city, a hero short in stature but unflinching in spirit. This hero went to the house of Antaeus in grain-bearing, to keep him from roofing Poseidon’s temple with the skulls of strangers,

52–54

 καίτοι πότʼ Ἀνταίου δόμους σ5
 Θηβᾶν ἀπὸ Καδμεϊᾶν μορφὰν βραχύς, ψυχὰν δʼ ἄκαμπτος, προσπαλαίσων ἦλθʼ ἀνὴρ
 τὰν πυροφόρον Λιβύαν, κρανίοις ὄφρα ξένων ναὸν Ποσειδάωνος ἐρέφοντα σχέθοι,

May we find favour with the Muses, that for Melissos too we kindle such beacon-blaze of song, a worthy prize of the pankration for this scion of Telesias' son.

Scholia ad vv. 52–54 (5 entries)

ad v. 52

a. ἔστι δ᾿ ἀφάνεια τύχας: τὸ ἑξῆς· ἔστι δὲ τὸ τῆς ἐκβάσεως τέλος τῶν μαχομένων ἀτελὲς, πρὶν ἐπὶ τέλος καὶ τὴν νίκην παραγενέσθαι, ὅ ἐστι νικῆσαι. πολλάκις γὰρ τούτων τε κἀκείνων ἡ τύχη δίδωσι, τῆς νίκης τε καὶ ἥττης. ὁ δὲ νοῦς αὐτῷ πρὸς τοῦτο παρείληπται· οἱ σοὶ πρόγονοι διηνεκῶς διετέλουν ἱπποτροφοῦντες, καίτοι τῆς κατὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα τύχης ἄδηλον ἐχούσης τὴν ἔκβασιν. ὅπερ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις (O. V 15)· πρὸς ἔργον κινδύνῳ κεχαλασμένον.

b. ἄλλως. καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις ὃ δήποτε ἀγώνισμα, ἀφανές ἐστι καὶ ἀπροόρατον τὸ ἐκ τῆς τύχης ἀποβησόμενον, πρὶν ἢ τέλος γενέσθαι, πότερον νικήσουσιν ἢ οὔ.

c. τὸ δὲ σαφές· ἔστι δὲ καὶ τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον μαχομένων | τῆς τύχης ἀφανὴς ἡ ἔκβασις, πρὶν τὸ τέλος παραγενέσθαι· ἄλλα γὰρ ἄλλοις ἡ τύχη δίδωσι, καὶ πολλάκις τὸν κρείττονα τῇ τέχνῃ ὑπὸ τῶν χειρόνων | τοῦ δέοντος ἀποσφαλῆναι πεποίηκε.

d. τὸ δὲ καταμάρψαι ἀντὶ τοῦ καταμαρφθῆναι, συσχεθῆναι. προσεπισφραγίζεται οὖν διὰ τούτων, ὅτι πολλάκις ἡ τύχη τὸν κρείττονα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἥττονος ἐποίησε καταγωνισθῆναι τέχνῃ.

e. τὸ δὲ τέχνῃ νῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ δόλῳ καὶ μηχανῇ τινι. | Ὅμηρος δέ (θ 296)· ἀμφὶ δὲ δεσμοὶ τεχνήεντες ἔχυντο· ἀντὶ τοῦ τεχνηέντως· ἔνθεν καὶ τὸ ἀτεχνῶς ἀδόλως.

55–57

 υἱὸς Ἀλκμήνας· ὃς Οὐλυμπόνδʼ ἔβα, γαίας τε πάσας
 καὶ βαθύκρημνον πολιᾶς ἁλὸς ἐξευρὼν θέναρ,
 ναυτιλίαισί τε πορθμὸν ἁμερώσαις.

Olympus Alcmena’s son. He went to, after he had explored all lands and the high-cliffed hollow of the gray sea, and had tamed the straits for sailors. Now he dwells beside aegis-bearing Zeus, and has the most beautiful prosperity. He is honored as a friend by the immortals and is married to Hebe;

58–59

58 νῦν δὲ παρʼ Αἰγιόχῳ κάλλιστον ὄλβον σ5

59 ἀμφέπων ναίει, τετίματαί τε πρὸς ἀθανάτων φίλος, Ἥβαν τʼ ὀπυίει,

Scholia ad vv. 58–59 (5 entries)

ad v. 58

a. ἴστε μὰν Αἴαντος ἀλκὰν φοίνιον: τὸ ταμὼν πρὸς τὴν ἀλκὴν ληπτέον.

b. τὸ δὲ ὀψίᾳ ἐν νυκτὶ τριχῶς νοεῖται· ἢ γὰρ τὴν ὀψίαν τῆς ἡμέρας· ὅτε γὰρ ὀψὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐστὶ, τότε ἀρχὴ τῆς νυκτός· οἷον ἀφ᾿ ἑσπέρας· ἢ κατὰ τὸ ὀψὲ τῆς νυκτὸς, οἷον τὸ μεσονύκτιον, μετὰ τὴν ὀψίαν ὥραν τῆς νυκτὸς, ὥστε ὅλον ὅμοιον εἶναι τῷ ἐν νυκτὸς ἀμολγῷ, ὅτε ἀμέλγουσι πρὸς ἑσπέρας· ἢ τὸ πρὸς ἕω, ὅτε ἐστὶ τῆς νυκτὸς ὀψὲ πρὸ τοῦ ὄρθρου. τοῖς δὲ τὸν ὄρθρον ἀκούουσι καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ἱστορίας συνᾴδει· ὁ γὰρ τὴν Αἰθιοπίδα γράφων (fr. 2 Kinkel) περὶ τὸν ὄρθρον φησὶ τὸν Αἴαντα ἑαυτὸν ἀνελεῖν. c. ἀπορήσειε δ᾿ ἄν τις, πρὸς τί βλέπων τὸν Αἴαντα προσῆκται· εἰ μή ἐστιν ὅτι βραχὺς ὢν ὁ Μέλισσος τῶν ἀλκιμωτέρων καὶ τὸ σῶμα μειζόνων τέχνῃ περιῆν, ὅπερ καὶ ὁ Αἴας ὑπὸ Ὀδυσσέως ἔπαθεν ἐν τῇ κρίσει τῶν ἄθλων καὶ ὅπλων, ἀφαιρεθεὶς τούτων καὶ νικηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ δολίου.

d. ὁ δὲ Χρύσιππος αἰνιγματωδῶς φησι κεῖσθαι τὴν περὶ τοῦ Αἴαντος ἱστορίαν· ἄδηλον γὰρ, πότερον εἰς τὴν πάλην τείνει τὴν γενομένην πρὸς Ὀδυσσέα, ὅτε ἐνίκησε δόλῳ, ἢ εἰς τὰ περὶ τὴν κρίσιν τῶν ὅπλων. ἄμεινον δέ φησιν, ὅτι καὶ ὡς ὁ Αἴας μείζων ὢν κατὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα βαστάζων τὸν Ὀδυσσέα δόλῳ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐλήφθη, οὕτω καὶ ὁ Μέλισσος μείζονα ὄντα τὸν ἀνταγωνιστὴν τῇ τέχνῃ ἐνίκησε.

e. Χρύσιππος οὕτω φησίν· ἴστε Αἴαντα, ὃς μέγας ὢν ὄνειδος τοῖς Ἕλλησι περιεποίησε τὴν κακοκρισίαν αὐτῶν φανερὰν ποιήσας, ἐπεὶ προσεχαρίσαντο τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ.

f. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· γινώσκετε μὴν τὴν τοῦ Αἴαντος δύναμιν τὴν φονίαν καὶ πολεμικὴν, ἣν ἐν ὀψίᾳ περὶ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ ξίφει διατεμὼν καὶ διαφθείρας οὐκ ὀλίγην μέμψιν ἔχει ἐν τοῖς Ἑλλήνων παισὶ τοῖς ἐν Τροίᾳ διαβεβηκόσιν.

60 χρυσέων οἴκων ἄναξ καὶ γαμβρὸς Ἥρας.60

he is lord of a golden house, and son-in-law to Hera.

61 τῷ μὲν Ἀλεκτρᾶν ὕπερθεν δαῖτα πορσύνοντες ἀστοὶ

Megara For him, above the Electran gates, we Thebans, busily preparing the feast and the circle of newly-built altars, pile up burnt offerings in honor of the eight bronze-clad men, now dead, the sons whom, Creon’s daughter, bore him.

62–64

 καὶ νεόδματα στεφανώματα βωμῶν αὔξομεν
 ἔμπυρα χαλκοαρᾶν ὀκτὼ θανόντων, σ8
 τοὺς Μεγάρα τέκε οἱ Κρειοντὶς υἱούς·

Unto his honour upon the heights Elektrai we of this city prepare a feast and new-built altar-ring, where we offer burnt sacrifice in honour of the eight mail-clad men that are dead, whom Megara, Kreon's daughter, bore to be sons of Herakles.

Scholia ad vv. 62–64 (8 entries)

ad v. 63

a. ἀλλ᾿ Ὅμηρός τοι τετίμακεν δι᾿ ἀνθρώπων: Χρύσιππος ἀμφίβολόν φησι τοῦτο εἶναι, πότερον ἐπ᾿ Αἴαντος ἢ ἐπ᾿ Ὀδυσσέως λέγει· πάντοτε γὰρ ὁ Πίνδαρος τὸν Αἴαντα θαυμάζει, νῦν δὲ ὁ λόγος συνᾴδει Ὀδυσσεῖ. καὶ γὰρ τὸ λέγειν, ὃς αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν ὀρθώσαις ἀρετὰν κατὰ ῥάβδον ἔφρασεν, ἐπ᾿ Ὀδυσσέως συμφωνεῖ, ἐπεὶ καὶ μᾶλλον τῆς Ἰλιάδος ἡ Ὀδύσσεια ῥαψῳδεῖται· καὶ ἡ Ἰλιὰς μὲν πολλῶν κοινὸν ἐγκώμιον, ἡ Ὀδύσσεια δὲ μόνου Ὀδυσσέως· καὶ οὐκ ἂν, θέλων συστῆσαι τὸν κρείττονα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἥττονος ἐλαττούμενον διὰ τύχην καὶ τέχνην, τὸν Αἴαντα ἐγκωμιαζόμενον εἰσήγαγεν ὑφ᾿ Ὁμήρου· τοῦτο γὰρ ἔλεγχον εἶχε τοῦ ἐγκωμιαζομένου ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. κατὰ δὲ τούτους ὁ μὲν ἀλλά κείμενος ἔσται διασταλτικός, ὁ δὲ λόγος· καίπερ ἐλάττονα τὸν Ὀδυσσέα γενόμενον Ὅμηρος τετίμηκε. γελοίως. δύναται γὰρ μένειν τὸ αὐτὸ ἄλογον. καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα λέγων ἐπὶ τῆς ἰδίας μένει κρίσεως, καὶ ἐγκαλῶν μὲν ἔσται τῷ ποιητῇ, Ὀδυσσέα δὲ ψέγων.

b. ἄλλως. παρέλιπε τίνα τετίμηκεν Ὅμηρος, νοητέον δὲ ὅτι τὸν Ὀδυσσέα· ὁ γὰρ ἀλλά χωρισμὸν ἔχει παραπλακεὶς τῷ λόγῳ· ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως χείρονα ὄντα τὸν Ὀδυσσέα τετίμηκεν Ὅμηρος.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· ἀλλ᾿ Ὅμηρος τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ποιήσει τιμιώτατον ἀπειργάσατο τὸν Αἴαντα, ὅστις αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν τοῖς ἐγκωμίοις ἀνορθώσας κατὰ ῥαψῳδίαν ἐξέφρασε θείων ἐπῶν συνθέσει, καὶ δέδωκε τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν παιδιαῖς καὶ θυμηδίαις ᾄδειν τὴν Αἴαντος ἀρετήν.

d. τὸ δὲ κατὰ ῥάβδον οἱ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ ῥαψῳδίαν, οἷον· οὐκ ἐάσας χαμαὶ πεσεῖν ἀνέστησεν ὡς ἄγαλμα, καὶ κατὰ ῥάβδον ἔφρασε, τουτέστιν ἐραψῴδησεν· οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἀκούουσι νῦν κατὰ ῥάβδον, ἐπεὶ μετὰ βακτηρίας οἱ ῥαψῳδοὶ τὰ ποιήματα ἀπήγγελλον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ῥάβδον ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ στίχον.

e. τὸ δὲ ἀθύρειν ἀντὶ τοῦ μέλπειν καὶ ὑμνεῖν.

f. ἢ οὕτω· τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα ᾄδειν, ὅτι τῇ θυμηδίᾳ καὶ ἡ ᾠδὴ ἕπεται.

g. ἢ λοιποῖς ἀθύρειν, τοῖς ἐπεσομένοις ἀνδράσι μέλπειν.

h. ἢ μετὰ τοὺς εἰς θεοὺς ὕμνους· καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑτέροις φησίν (N II 1)· Ὅθεν περ καὶ Ὁμηρίδαι τὰ πόλλ᾿ ἀοιδᾷ.

65–66

65 τοῖσιν ἐν δυθμαῖσιν αὐγᾶν φλὸξ ἀνατελλομένα συνεχὲς παννυχίζει65

66 άε αἰθέρα κνις ντι λακτίζοισα καπνῷ,

For them the flame rises in the rays of the setting sun and blazes all night long, prodding the air with fragrant smoke.

To them at the going down of the day there ariseth a flame of fire and burneth all night continually, amid a savoury smoke hurling itself against the upper air: and on the second day is the award of the yearly games, a trial of strength.

67–68

67 καὶ δεύτερον ἆμαρ ἐτείων τέρμʼ ἀέθλων

68 γίνεται, ἰσχύος ἔργον. σ3

And on the second day is that struggle of strength, the final event of the annual games. And there, his head wreathed with white

Scholia ad vv. 67–68 (3 entries)

ad v. 68

a. τοῦτο γὰρ ἀθάνατον φωνᾶεν ἕρπει: τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ἐγκώμιον ἀθάνατον καὶ πολυθρύλλητόν ἐστιν, ὅπερ ἄν τις καλῶς εἴπῃ, ἐπί τε τὴν πολύκαρπον γῆν καὶ διὰ θαλάσσης διαπορεύεται τῶν καλῶν κατορθωμάτων ἡ ἄσβεστος ἀκτὶς, τουτέστιν ὁ ὕμνος.

b. ἢ οὕτω· τὸ ἐγκώμιον, φησίν, ὃ ἃν ῥηθῇ καλῶς, φωνὴν ἔχον ἕρπει πάντη καὶ πορεύεται, οὐκ ἐφ᾿ ἑνὸς τόπου ἕστηκε.

c. Χρύσιππος ἔφη αὐτὸ τὸ ποίημα τοῦ Ὁμήρου ἀθάνατον λέγειν ἢ τὰς τῶν ἐμπεριεχομένων πράξεις τῷ ποιήματι.

69 ἔνθα λευκωθεὶς κάρα

Therein did this our man, his head with myrtle-wreaths made white, show forth a double victory, after another won already among the boys, for that he had regard unto the many counsels of him who was the pilot of his helm. And with Orseas' name I join him in my triumphal song, and shed over them a glory of delight.

70–72

 μύρτοις ὅδʼ ἀνὴρ διπλόαν
 τε νίκαν ἀνεφάνατο παίδων τρίταν πρόσθεν, κυβερνατῆρος οἰακοστρόφου
 γνώμᾳ πεπιθὼν πολυβούλῳ. σὺν Ὀρσέᾳ δέ νιν κωμάξομαι, τερπνὰν ἐπιστάζων χάριν. σ30

myrtle, this man showed forth a double victory, having won before in the boy’s contest by heeding the wise advice of his helmsman and trainer, Orseas. I will honor him together with Orseas in my victory-song, pouring delightful grace on both.

Scholia ad vv. 70–72 (30 entries)

ad v. 72

a. προφρόνων Μοισᾶν τύχοιμεν: ἐπεὶ προείρηκε, τοῦτο γὰρ ἀθάνατον φωνᾶεν ἕρπει, ἐπήνεγκεν εὐκτικῶς· γένοιτο καὶ ἡμῖν προφρόνων τῶν Μουσῶν τυχεῖν, ὥστε ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνων ἐναυγάσασθαι τοῦ πυρὸς, ἵνα παραπλησίως Ὁμήρῳ τὸν Μέλισσον ὑμνήσω. [Drachmann ad v. 73]

b. ἢ οὕτως. εἴθε προθύμων τῶν Μουσῶν τύχοιμεν, ἐκεῖνον τὸν πυρσὸν, τουτέστι τὸν τοιοῦτον πυρσὸν τῶν ἐγκωμίων, ἀναφᾶναι καὶ τῷ τοῦ Μελίσσου παγκρατίῳ· αὐτὸς γὰρ συνῳδὸς καὶ τῇ τῶν στεφάνων εὐδοξίᾳ· ἐπάξιον αὐτοῦ τῶν κατορθωμάτων ὄντα στέφανον. [Drachmann ad v. 73]

a. ἔρνεϊ Τελεσιάδα· τόλμᾳ γὰρ εἰκώς: οἱ μὲν οὕτω· Μελίσσῳ τῷ Τελεσιάδου βλαστήματι, ὡς ὄντος Τελεσιάδου πατρός. οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ ἔρνεϊ στίζουσι καὶ ἐπιφέρουσιν οὕτω· Τελεσιάδᾳ τόλμᾳ γὰρ εἰκώς, ὡς τοῦ Τελεσιάδου ἐναγωνίου προγόνου γενομένου. [Drachmann ad v. 77]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τῷ γὰρ Τελεσιάδῃ [καὶ] τὴν προθυμίαν ὅμοιος ὢν ἐν μὲν τοῖς πόνοις καὶ τοῖς ἀνταγωνισταῖς τοιοῦτος ἦν τὴν τόλμαν, οἷοι οἱ λέοντες ἐν θηρσίν, ἐν δὲ ταῖς μηχαναῖς τεχνικὸς ὡς ἀλώπηξ, ἥτις καὶ τῶν ἀετῶν τὴν ὁρμὴν καὶ τὸν ῥοῖζον δολερῶς ἀνακλινομένη πολλάκις ἀνέκρουσεν. [Drachmann ad v. 77]

c. ἄλλως. οἰκεῖος ὤν τόλμῃ· τὸν τῶν λεόντων θυμὸν ἐν τοῖς πόνοις θηρᾷ. καὶ τῇ μὲν τόλμῃ φησὶν αὐτὸν λέοντι θηρεύοντι ἐοικέναι, κατὰ δὲ τὴν μῆτιν ἀλώπεκι, ἥτις ἀνακλινομένη ὑπτία πρὸς τὸ ἑτοίμως ἀμύνεσθαι, ἐπέχει τὴν τοῦ ἀετοῦ ὁρμὴν, ὅταν ἐπιρομβῇ αὐτὴν βουλόμενος ἁρπάσαι. ἔοικε δὲ διδάσκειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πάλαισμα, ὡς χαμαὶ κειμένου καὶ τὸν μείζονα τέχνῃ νενικηκότος. καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἀλώπηξ ὑπτία τοῖς ποσὶν ἀμύνεται, τὰ μὲν συλλαμβανομένη, τὰ δὲ ἀμύσσουσα. [Drachmann ad v. 77]

a. χρὴ δὲ πᾶν ἔρδοντ᾿ ἀμαυρῶσαι τὸν ἐχθρόν: προσήκει δέ, φησί, πᾶσαν ἀνακινοῦντα μηχανὴν ἄδοξον καταστῆσαι τὸν ἐχθρόν. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει ὡς τοῦ νικηφόρου μηχανῇ νικήσαντος. τὸ δὲ ἀμαυρῶσαι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐλαττῶσαι. Ἡσίοδός φησι (op. 325)· ῥεῖα δέ μιν μαυροῦσι θεοί. διὰ δὲ τούτων παρίστησιν, ὅτι κυλιστικὸς ἦν ὁ Μέλισσος, καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἐξυπτιάσας περιεγένετο. [Drachmann ad v. 81]

a. οὐ γὰρ φύσιν Ὠαριωνείαν ἔλαχεν: τουτέστιν οὐχ ὑπερμεγέθης ἦν, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον μεμπτὸς μὲν καὶ εὐτελὴς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ὄψιν, συμπεσεῖν δὲ κατὰ τοὺς ἀγῶνας βαρύτατος. ὑπερμεγέθη δέ τινες τὸν Ὠρίωνα ἱστοροῦσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 83]

b. ἄλλως. οὐ γὰρ φύσιν Ὠαριωνείαν ἔλαχεν: ὁ γὰρ Ὠρίων διαβόητος ἐπὶ ἀνδρείᾳ, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι (λ 309)· τοὺς δὴ μηκίστους θρέψε ζείδωρος ἄρουρα καὶ πολὺ καλλίους μετά γε κλυτὸν Ὠρίωνα. καὶ πάλιν ὁ Πίνδαρος βραχὺν εἰδὼς κατὰ τὸ σῶμα τὸν νικηφόρον τῇ ἑαυτοῦ τέχνῃ τὸ ὑπεράγαν εὐσωματεῖν καὶ ἀνδρεῖον εἶναι βλάβην ὑπαινίττεται, ὅτι δὴ ὁ Ὠρίων τοιοῦτος ὢν τῶν ὑπὲρ ἑαυτὸν ἐπεθύμησε καὶ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν ἐπεχείρει βιάζεσθαι. [Drachmann ad v. 83]

a. καίτοι πότ᾿ Ἀνταίου δόμους: πάλιν ἑτέραν ἀπολογίαν προσάπτει τὴν κατὰ Ἀνταῖον καὶ Ἡρακλέα. ὁ γὰρ Ἀνταῖος τὴν ἔρημον τῆς Λιβύης οἰκῶν καὶ τὴν ἐρημίαν ἐφόδιον τῆς ἀπανθρωπίας ἐσχηκὼς πάλῃ καταγωνιζόμενος τοὺς παριόντας ἀνῄρει, ὃν ἐπιστὰς Ἡρακλῆς ἀπέκτεινε. τοῦτο γοῦν φησι· καὶ Ἡρακλῆς μικρὸς ὢν πρὸς σύγκρισιν τοῦ Ἀνταίου ἦλθεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως οὐκ ἐνικήθη. βραχὺν δὲ εἶπεν αὐτὸν οὐ μάτην, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεί τινες σύμμετρον αὐτὸν εἶναί φασι τῷ σώματι. Ἡρόδωρος γοῦν ἐν Οἰδίποδί (FHG II 29 M., I 219 J.) φησι τῶν ἄλλων αὐτὸν περιττεύειν, ὥστε τὸ ὅλον σῶμα πηχῶν εἶναι τεσσάρων καὶ ποδός. [Drachmann ad v. 87]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· καί ποτε εἰς τοὺς τοῦ Ἀνταίου οἴκους ἐκ Θηβῶν τὴν μὲν μορφὴν καὶ τὸ σῶμα βραχὺς, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ἀκαταμάχητος παλαίσων ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν σιτοφόρον Λιβύην ὁ Ἡρακλῆς. [Drachmann ad v. 87]

c. Χρύσιππος, ἀκυρότερον, φησί, τὴν Λιβύην εἴρηκε πυροφόρον· οὐ γὰρ πᾶσα τοιαύτη. μήποτε δὲ, ὅτι τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ παράκειται, ἥτις ἐστὶ πολύπυρος. [Drachmann ad v. 87]

a. κρανίοις ὄφρα ξείνων: ἰδίως τὸν Ἀνταῖόν φησι τῶν ξένων τῶν ἡττωμένων τοῖς κρανίοις ἐρέφειν τὸν τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος ναόν· τοῦτο γὰρ ἱστοροῦσι Διομήδην τὸν Θρᾷκα ποιεῖν, Βακχυλίδης (fr. 61 Bgk.) δὲ Εὔηνον ἐπὶ τῶν Μαρπίσσης μνηστήρων, οἱ δὲ Οἰνόμαον, ὡς Σοφοκλῆς (fr. 432). [Drachmann ad v. 92]

b. ἄλλως. ὅπως ταῖς τῶν ἀναιρουμένων ξένων κεφαλαῖς τὸ αὐτόθι τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος τέμενος ἐμφράττοντα Ἀνταῖον ἐπίσχῃ· ἐδυστύχει γὰρ ἀπανθρωπίαν ἅμα καὶ εἰς θεοὺς ἀσέβειαν· καὶ ἐπισχὼν Ἡρακλῆς μισθὸν τοῦ κατορθώματος τὴν εἰς Ὄλυμπον ἀνάβασιν ἐδέξατο. εἶτα παρεκβάσει τῶν Ἡρακλείων κατορθωμάτων τὸν λόγον ποιεῖται ὁ Πίνδαρος, καί φησιν, ὅτι πάσης τῆς γῆς καὶ τῆς πολυβαθοῦς θαλάσσης ἀνερευνήσας καὶ κατειληφὼς τὸ τέλος· θέναρ μὲν γὰρ κυρίως τὸ κοῖλον τῆς χειρὸς παρὰ τὸ θένειν ἡμᾶς αὐτῷ καὶ τύπτειν, νῦν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς κοιλότητος ἐπὶ τοῦ πυθμένος ἔταξε· καὶ ταῖς ναυσὶ τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ τὴν πορείαν ἡμέρως εὐτρεπίσας, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ εἰς Ὄλυμπον ἔβα. [Drachmann ad v. 92]

c. ἐκεῖνος οὖν, φησίν, ἐξευρὼν τὸ πλάτος τῆς θαλάσσης, ἡμερώσας γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν καὶ καθάρας ἀπὸ λῃστῶν καὶ θηρίων εἰς Ὄλυμπον ἀνέβη. [Drachmann ad v. 92]

a. τῷ μὲν Ἀλεκτρᾶν ὕπερθεν: Ἠλεκτρίδες πύλαι ἐν Θήβαις, ἐφ᾿ ὧν ἱερουργοῦσι Θηβαῖοι τιμῶντες Ἡρακλέα καὶ τοὺς ἐκ Μεγάρας τῆς Κρέοντος ὀκτὼ παῖδας αὐτῷ γεγονότας, κατὰ δὲ χόλον Ἥρας ἀναιρεθέντας ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ μεμηνότος. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

b. ἐφ᾿ b. ἄλλως. Χρύσιππος, πρὸς ταῖς καλουμέναις, φησίν, Ἠλέκτραις πύλαις ᾤκησεν Ἀμφιτρύων· μετὰ ταῦτα Ἡρακλῆς ἀνεῖλε τοὺς ἐκ Μεγάρας παῖδας κατὰ ταύτας τὰς πύλας, αἷς κατ᾿ ἔτος Θηβαῖοι ἐναγίζουσί τε τοῖς παισὶ καὶ ἀγῶνας ἐπιταφίους ἄγουσι. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

c. τῷ μὲν οὖν Ἡρακλεῖ, φησίν, αὔξομεν ἔμπυρα, τουτέστιν ἔντομα· τουτέστι τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ συνεχῶς ἔμπυρα κατ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν αὔξομεν· οὐ γὰρ διαπαντὸς λέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

d. Χρύσιππος δέ, ἐκ περιφράσεως τοὺς βωμοὺς αὐτοὺς στεφανώματα βωμῶν εἰρηκέναι· ἢ κατὰ παραγωγὴν εἴρηκε τὰ νέα νεόδματα. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

e. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτω· τῷ μὲν οὖν Ἡρακλεῖ τῶν Ἠλεκτρίδων πυλῶν ὑπεράνω τὴν θυσίαν παρέχοντες οἱ πολῖται καὶ τὰ νεαρὰ στέμματα τῶν βωμῶν, αὔξομεν τὰς θυσίας τῶν πολεμικῶν ὀκτὼ θανόντων αὐτῷ παίδων, οὓς ἡ Μεγάρα ἡ Κρέοντος θυγάτηρ ἔτεκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

f. χαλκοαρᾶν δὲ εἶπεν ὡς βιαιοθανάτων γενομένων τῶν τοῦ Ἡρακλέους παίδων. καὶ ὅτι ὀκτώ φησιν αὐτοὺς εἶναι. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

g. ἄλλως. περὶ τῶν Ἡρακλέους ἐκ Μεγάρας παίδων Λυσίμαχός φησί (FHG III 337) τινας ἱστορεῖν μὴ ὑπὸ Ἡρακλέους ἀλλ᾿ ὑπό τινων δολοφονηθῆναι ξένων· οἱ δὲ Λύκον τὸν βασιλέα φασὶν αὐτοὺς φονεῦσαι· Σωκράτης (FHG IV 499) δὲ ὑπὸ Αὐγέου φησὶν αὐτοὺς δολοφονηθῆναι. καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ δὲ διαλλάττουσι· Διονύσιος μὲν ἐν πρώτῳ Κύκλων (FHG II 9 M, I 178 J.) Θηρίμαχον καὶ Δηϊκόωντα, Εὐριπίδης (fr. 1016) δὲ προστίθησιν αὐτοῖς καὶ Ἀριστόδημον· Δεινίας δὲ ὁ Ἀργεῖος (FHG III 25) Θηρίμαχον, Κρεοντιάδην, Δηϊκόωντα, Δηΐονα· Φερεκύδης δὲ | ἐν δευτέρῳ (FHG I 78 M., I 64 J.) Ἀντίμαχον, Κλύμενον, Γλῆνον, Θηρίμαχον, Κρεοντιάδην, λέγων αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ πῦρ ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐμβεβλῆσθαι· Βάτος δὲ | ἐν δευτέρῳ Ἀττικῶν ἱστοριῶν (FHG IV 350) Πολύδωρον, Ἀνίκητον, Μηκιστόφονον, Πατροκλέα, Τοξόκλειτον, Μενεβρόντην, Χερσίβιον. Ἡρόδωρος δὲ (FHG II 30 M, I 222 J.) καὶ δίς φησι μανῆναι τὸν Ἡρακλέα· ἐκαθάρθη δὲ ὑπὸ Σικάλου, ὥς φησι Μενεκράτης (FHG II 344) λέγων αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς εἶναι ὀκτὼ καὶ καλεῖσθαι οὐχ Ἡρακλείδας, οὐδέπω γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς ὠνομάζετο, ἀλλ᾿ Ἀλκαΐδας. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

a. τοῖσιν ἐν δυθμαῖσιν αὐγᾶν: τοῦτό φησιν ὡς περὶ τὴν ἑσπέραν τελουμένων τῶν νομίμων τοῖς Ἀλκαΐδα ς. δι᾿ ὅλης οὖν φησι νυκτὸς τὴν πυρκαϊὰν μένειν μέχρις ἀνατολῆς ἡλίου. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

b. ἄλλως. ἔθος πρὸς δυσμὰς ἱερουργεῖν τοῖς ἥρωσι, κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἀνατολὰς τοῖς θεοῖς· καὶ συμβολικῶς ἑκάστῳ τὸ τῆς θυσίας πρός τε τὴν αὔξησιν καὶ φθορὰν ἑκατέροις ὀφειλομένην. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτω· τούτοις τοῖς Ἡρακλέους παισὶ τῶν ἡλιακῶν αὐγῶν κατὰ τὰς δυσμὰς ἡ τῶν θυσιῶν ἀναφαινομένη φλὸξ συνεχῶς λάμπει διὰ πάσης τῆς νυκτὸς, τῷ κνισήεντι καπνῷ λακτίζουσα τὸν ἀέρα. σκληροτέρᾳ δὲ κέχρηται μεταφορᾷ· ἐχρῆν γὰρ εἰπεῖν ψαύουσα ἢ θιγγάνουσα τοῦ αἰθέρος ἡ κνῖσα τοῦ καπνοῦ. ἄμεινον Ὅμηρός φησι (Α 317)· κνίση δ᾿ οὐρανὸν ἷκεν ἑλισσομένη περὶ καπνῷ. [Drachmann ad v. 110]

a. καὶ δεύτερον ἆμαρ ἐτείων ἀέθλων: μετὰ δὲ τὰς θυσίας, φησί, τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν ἐνιαυσίων ἀγωνισμάτων τὸ τέλος αὐτοῖς συντελεῖται. τοῦτο δὲ ἀνδρείας ἔργον· τελεῖται γὰρ αὐτόθι ἀγὼν τὰ Ἡράκλεια. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

b. ἄλλως. ἀμφίβολον πότερον μετὰ θυσίαν ταῖς ἑξῆς ἡμέραις δύο ὁ ἀγῶν τῶν Ἡρακλείων συντελεῖται, τῇ μὲν προτέρᾳ πένταθλος καὶ ἱππικὸς, τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ γυμνικός· ἢ δεύτερον ἆμαρ τὸ μετὰ τὴν θυσίαν, ὡς τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἀγομένου, τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ. [Drachmann ad v. 114]

a. ἔνθα λευκωθεὶς κάρα μύρτοις: ἐν ᾧ ἀγῶνι στεφανωθεὶς τοῖς μύρτοις ὁ νικηφόρος διπλῆν νίκην ἔσχε, τρίτην παίδων κατὰ τὸν φθάσαντα χρόνον εὐτυχήσας καὶ πειθόμενος τῇ τοῦ παιδοτρίβου γνώμῃ. τὸ δὲ μύρτοις, ὅτι μυρσίνης στεφάνοις ἐν Θήβαις στεφανοῦνται οἱ νικῶντες τὰ Ἰολάεια. μυρσίνῃ γὰρ στεφανοῦνται διὰ τὸ εἶναι τῶν νεκρῶν στέφος. [Drachmann ad v. 117]

a. τρίταν πρόσθεν, κυβερνατῆρος: πάσας αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸν ἐπιχώριον ἀγῶνα τρεῖς δίδωσι νίκας, καί φησιν, ὅτι μετὰ παίδων προαγωνισάμενος ἐνίκησεν, ἔσχε δὲ καὶ ἑτέρας δύο κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα μετὰ ταῦτα. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

b. ἄλλως. ὡς τρὶς αὐτοῦ τοῦτον ἐστεφανωμένου τὸν ἐπιτάφιον, δὶς μὲν ἐν παισὶν, ἅπαξ δὲ ὅτε ἐγένετο ἀνήρ. Χρύσιππος· διασαφεῖ νῦν, ὅτι δεύτερον ἐνίκησεν ἄνδρας, ἅπαξ δὲ παῖδας τὸν ἀγῶνα· τὸ δὲ τρίταν κεῖται ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώταν· διὸ καὶ πρόσκειται τὸ πρόσθεν, ὅτι πρῶτον ἐνίκησε παῖδας. [Drachmann ad v. 120]

a. σὺν Ὀρσέᾳ δέ νιν: σὺν δὲ τῷ τεχνικῷ Ὀρσέᾳ τὸν νικηφόρον ὑμνῶν καὶ χορεύων ἀνυμνήσων, τερπνὴν τοῖς ἐγκωμίοις ἐπιστάζων τὴν παρὰ τῶν Μουσῶν χάριν. Ὀρσέας δὲ ὄνομα κύριον τοῦ ἀλείπτου. [Drachmann ad v. 123]

PINDAR · ISTHMIAN · ODE 5

Isthmian 5 — for Φυλακίδᾳ Αἰγινήτῃ

παγκρατίῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 63 lines · 55 scholia parts

Argumentum (6 entries)

p1. Scholia in Isthmionicarum carmen V.

p2. Τοῦ πέμπτου εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ὀκτώ. τὸ α΄ Πινδαρικὸν ἐγκωμιολογικὸν, τὴν τελευταίαν συλλαβὴν μεταθὲν εἰς τὴν πρώτην. τὸ β΄ τροχαϊκὸν εἰς ἴαμβον καταλῆγον. τὸ γ΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ α΄. τὸ δ΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ ε΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ α΄. τὸ ς΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαῖος ἐπίτριτος. τὸ η΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

p3. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ἕνδεκα. τὸ α΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ α΄ τῆς στροφῆς. τὸ β΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Ἀρχιλόχειον. τὸ γ΄ Πινδαρικὸν ἐκ Σαπφικοῦ. τὸ δ΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ ε΄ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον εἰς ἴαμβον. τὸ ς΄ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ α΄ τῆς στροφῆς καὶ ἐπῳδοῦ. τὸ ζ΄ Πινδαρικὸν ἐκ Σαπφικοῦ. τὸ η΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ θ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ι΄ πενθημιμερές. τὸ ια΄ πενθημιμερὲς ἰαμβικόν.

p4. Inscr.a. Ταύτην τὴν ᾠδὴν Ἡφαιστίων μετὰ τὴν ἑξῆς φησι γεγράφθαι τὴν Θάλλοντος ἀνδρῶν, καὶ αὐτὴν Πυθέᾳ γεγράφθαι· ἐχρῆν οὖν καὶ προτετάχθαι. καὶ γὰρ ἐν μὲν ἐκείνῃ τὸν Φυλακίδαν ἅπαξ μόνον Ἴσθμιά φησι νικῆσαι (J. VI 3)· ἐν Νεμέᾳ μὲν πρῶτον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τὶν ἄωτον δεξάμενοι στεφάνων, νῦν αὖτε Ἰσθμοῦ δεσπότᾳ Νηρεΐδεσσί τε· εἶτα (J. VI 7)· εἴη δὲ τρίτον. ὡς γὰρ πρῶτον καὶ ἅπαξ ἐν Νεμέᾳ νενικηκὼς,... ἐν Ἰσθμῷ, τρίτον εὔχεται ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ. διὰ δὲ ταύτης δίς (17)· τὶν δ᾿ ἐν Ἰσθμῷ διπλόα θάλλοισ᾿ ἀρετὰ, Φυλακίδα, κεῖται. διηπατῆσθαι δὲ τοὺς προθέντας φησὶ ταύτην ἴσως ὅτι ἐν τῇ ς΄ φησί (2)· δεύτερον κρατῆρα Μοισαίων μελέων κίρναμεν· ὑπολαβεῖν γὰρ ταύτης δευτέραν ἐκείνην λέγειν. τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἔχει οὕτως. ἀλλὰ δευτέραν αὐτῷ κατασκευάζει ἐκείνην Νέμεα γεγράφθαι καὶ Νεμεακὴν εἰς αὐτοὺς ᾠδὴν, ἧς ἡ ἀρχή (N. V 1)· Οὐκ ἀνδριαντοποιός εἰμ᾿ ὥστ᾿ ἐλινύσοντα· ἥτις ἦν καὶ πρώτη, ὡς φανερὸν ἐκ τῶν ποιημάτων.

p5. Inscr.b. προκατασκευάζοντες ἔνιοι ὅτι Φυλακίδᾳ μόνῳ γέγραπται, φασὶ τὸν Πυθέαν μὴ νενικηκέναι Ἴσθμια, ὥστε Ἰσθμιακὴν οὖσαν τὴν ᾠδὴν μὴ ἀναγεγράφθαι κἀκείνῳ· Νέμεα γὰρ κἀκεῖνος ἐνίκησεν, ὥσπερ ὁ Φυλακίδας. λανθάνει δὲ αὐτούς· ἐν γὰρ τῇ γεγραμμένῃ Μίδᾳ ᾠδῇ ὡς οἰκείῳ αὐτῷ ἱστορεῖ, ὅτι καὶ ὁ Πυθέας Ἴσθμια ἐνίκησε. λέγει δὲ ἤδη τετελευτηκότος τοῦ Πυθέα· κεἴ μοί τιν᾿ ἄνδρα τῶν θανόντων, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. τὸ μὲν οὖν προσυντετάχθαι τῆς Μᾶτερ Ἀελίου τὴν Θάλλοντος ἀνδρῶν ὑγιές. οὐκ αἰτιατέον δὲ τοὺς διατάξαντας τὸν Πίνδαρον· οὐ γὰρ κατὰ χρόνους συνέτασσον αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ εἴδη.

p6. Inscr.c. ἄλλως. Καλλίστρατος Φυλακίδᾳ μόνῳ γεγράφθαι φησὶ, συμπεριειλῆφθαι δὲ ἔξωθεν τὴν τοῦ Πυθέου νίκην, καθάπερ καὶ ἐν τῇ μετὰ ταύτην τὴν Εὐθυμένους ὄντος αὐτῶν συγγενοῦς.

1–4

 μᾶτερ Ἁλίου πολυώνυμε Θεία, σ2
 σέο ἕκατι καὶ μεγασθενῆ νόμισαν σ4
 χρυσὸν ἄνθρωποι περιώσιον ἄλλων·
 καὶ γὰρ ἐριζόμεναι

Mother of the Sun, Theia of many names, for your sake men honor gold as more powerful than anything else;

Mother of the Sun, Theia of many names, through thee it is that men prize gold as mighty above all things else: for ships that strive upon the sea and horses that run in chariots, for the honour that is of thee, O queen, are glorified in swiftly circling struggle.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (6 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Μᾶτερ Ἀελίου πολυώνυμε Θεία: ἀκολούθως τᾷ Ἡσιόδῳ· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος Ἡλίου μητέρα τὴν Θείαν γενεαλογεῖ (th. 371. 374)· Θεία δ᾿ Ἠέλιον τέκε μέγαν λαμπράν τε Σελήνην γείναθ᾿ ὑποδμηθεῖσ᾿ Ὑπερίονος ἐν φιλότητι.

b. ἄλλως. Θείας γενεαλογοῦσι τὸν Ἥλιον διὰ τὸ τῆς θέας καὶ τῆς ὄψεως ἡμῖν αἴτιον εἶναι, ὁμωνύμως τῷ περὶ τὴν ὄψιν πάθει, καθὰ καὶ τὸν Ἔρωτα καὶ τὴν Ἐλπίδα. εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεῖν αὐτήν φασιν ὀνοματοπεποιῆσθαι· ἐν φορᾷ γὰρ ὁ ἤλιος ἀεί· ἀφ᾿ οὗ λόγου καὶ τὸν πατέρα Ὑπερίονα, διὰ τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς ἰέναι.

ad v. 2

a. σέο γ᾿ ἕκατι καὶ μεγασθενῆ νόμισαν χρυσόν: ἴσμεν φιλόχρυσον ὄντα πανταχοῦ τὸν Πίνδαρον. κἀνταῦθα οὖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φιλάργυρον προαίρεσιν τεκμηριοῖ τὸν πλοῦτον ἐγκωμιάζων καὶ ὑπαινιττόμενος, ὡς προσήκει τοὺς ἐγκωμιαζομένους χρυσῷ ἀμείβεσθαι τὸν Πίνδαρον.

b. ἄλλως. ἐκ Θείας καὶ Ὑπερίονος Ἥλιος, ἐκ δὲ Ἡλίου ὁ χρυσός. ἑκάστῳ δὲ τῶν ἀστέρων ὕλη τις ἀνάγεται· καὶ Ἡλίῳ μὲν ὁ χρυσὸς, Σελήνῃ δὲ ὁ ἄργυρος, Ἄρεϊ σίδηρος, Κρόνῳ μόλιβδος, Διῒ ἤλεκτρος, Ἑρμῇ κασσίτερος, Ἀφροδίτῃ χαλκός.

c. τὸ δὲ σαφὲς οὕτω· πολυώνυμε καὶ τιμία Θεία, σοῦ χάριν καὶ ἄγαν ἰσχυρὸν τὸν χρυσὸν ἐνόμισαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι περισσῶς τῶν ἄλλων κτημάτων. καὶ γὰρ ἐν θαλάττῃ ναῦς ἀμιλλώμεναι, οἱονεὶ ἐμπορευόμεναι, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῖς ἅρμασιν ἵπποι, καὶ πάλιν κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ ἁμιλλώμενοι, διὰ τὴν σὴν, ὦ δέσποινα, τιμὴν, τὸν χρυσὸν, ταῖς κατὰ θάλασσαν ἁμίλλαις θαυμαστοὶ καὶ ἔνδοξοι γίνονται· καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀγωνιστικοῖς ἄθλοις ἐπέραστον δόξαν ἐσχήκασιν, ἐάν τινα πλεῖστοι στέφανοι ταῖς χερσὶν ἀγωνισάμενον καὶ νενικηκότα ἀναστέψωσι κατὰ τὰς κόμας, νικήσαντα δὲ ἢ χερσὶν ἢ ποδῶν ταχυτῆτι.

d. ἄλλως. ἐνομίστευσαν. σοῦ, φησίν, εἵνεκα, ὦ Θεία, καὶ τὸν χρυσὸν τετιμήκαμεν καὶ νηῶν καὶ ἵππων δρόμους ἐθαυμάσαμεν. εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἐθεώμεθα, οὐκ ἂν ταῦτα ἐτεθήπειμεν.

5 ὑφʼ νᾶες ἐν πόντῳ καὶ ἅρμασιν ἵπποι5

and through the value you bestow on them, o queen, ships contending on the sea and yoked teams of horses in swift-whirling contests become marvels.

6 διὰ τεάν, ὤνασσα, τιμὰν ὠκυδινάτοις ἐν ἁμίλλαισι θαυμασταὶ πέλονται·

And that man also hath won longed-for glory in the strife of games, for whose strong hand or fleet foot abundant wreaths have bound his hair. Through God is the might of men approved.

7–9

 ἔν τʼ ἀγωνίοις ἀέθλοισι ποθεινὸν
 κλέος ἔπραξεν, ὅντινʼ ἀθρόοι στέφανοι
 χερσὶ νικάσαντʼ ἀνέδησαν ἔθειραν σ1

And in athletic contests, someone who has wreathed his hair with many garlands has achieved longed-for fame, when he has been victorious with his hands

Scholia ad vv. 7–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 9

a. ἔν τ᾿ ἀγωνίοις ἀέθλοισι: τοῦτο οἰκείως ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων καὶ τῶν ἁρμάτων· ἐπάγει δέ, κλέος ἔπραξεν· ἔθος γὰρ Πινδάρῳ ἀπὸ πληθυντικοῦ εἰς ἑνικὸν ἀποπίπτειν ἀριθμόν.

10 ἢ ταχυτᾶτι ποδῶν.10

or with the swiftness of his feet. But the valor of men is judged by gods, and there are only two things that cultivate the sweetest flower of life in blossoming prosperity:

11–12

11 κρίνεται δʼ ἀλκὰ διὰ δαίμονας ἀνδρῶν.

12 δύο δέ τοι ζωᾶς ἄωτον μοῦνα ποιμαίνοντι τὸν ἄλπνιστον εὐανθεῖ σὺν ὄλβῳ,

Two things alone there are that cherish life's bloom to its utmost sweetness amidst the fair flowers of wealth--to have good success and to win therefore fair fame. Seek not to be as Zeus; if the portion of these honours fall to thee, thou hast already all. The things of mortals best befit mortality.

13–14

13 εἴ τις εὖ πάσχων λόγον ἐσλὸν ἀκούῃ. σ2

14 μὴ μάτευε Ζεὺς γενέσθαι· πάντʼ ἔχεις, σ2

to have good fortune and a noble reputation. Do not seek to become Zeus; you have everything,

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (4 entries)

ad v. 13

a. κρίνεται δ᾿ ἀλκά: πρόσεστι δύναμις διὰ τοὺς θεούς.

b. ἄλλως. ἤτοι δοκιμάζεται ἢ χωρίζεται ἡ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀλκὴ τῇ τῶν θεῶν εὐμενείᾳ.

ad v. 14

a. δύο δέ τοι ζωᾶς ἄωτον: τὸ εὖ πάσχειν καὶ τὸ λόγον ἀκούειν δύο ὄντα ποιμαίνουσι καὶ παραθάλπουσι τὸν ἀνέλπιστον τῆς ζωῆς ἄωτον, τουτέστι τὸν δυσέλπιστον, ὡς ἀπρόσωπον τὸν κακοπρόσωπον. γράφουσι δὲ ἔνιοι τὸν ἄλπνιστον, τουτέστι τὸν ἥδιστον καὶ προσηνέστατον· ταύτῃ δὲ τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστρόφου φασὶ συνᾴδειν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτω· δύο δὲ μόνα τῆς ζωῆς κάλλιστα ἀπανθίσματα τυγχάνει, ἃ καὶ μόνα ποιμαίνει τὸν οἰκτρὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίον ἀνθηρᾷ σὺν εὐδαιμονίᾳ, εἴ τις καλῶς πάσχων καὶ ἀγαθὸν ἀνυμνηθεὶς ἀκούει λόγον. ἤτοι δὲ καθολικώτερος ὁ λόγος πρὸς τοὺς τῇδε τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχοντας, ἢ πρὸς τὸν νικηφόρον ὡς εὐδαιμονοῦντα καὶ ἐγκωμιαζόμενον.

15–19

 εἴ σε τούτων μοῖρʼ ἐφίκοιτο καλῶν.
 θνατὰ θνατοῖσι πρέπει.
 τὶν δʼ ἐν Ἰσθμῷ διπλόα θάλλοισʼ ἀρετά,
 Φυλακίδα, κεῖται, Νεμέα δὲ καὶ ἀμφοῖν, σ2
 Πυθέᾳ τε παγκρατίου. τὸ δʼ ἐμὸν

Nemea if a share of these fine things comes to you. Mortal aims befit mortal men. But for you, Phylacidas, flourishing twofold excellence is recorded at the Isthmus, and at for both you and Pytheas in the pancratium. But my heart

For thee, Phylakidas, a double glory of valour is at Isthmos stored, and at Nemea both for thee and for Pytheas a pankratiast's crown.

Scholia ad vv. 15–19 (2 entries)

ad v. 18

a. μὴ μάτευε Ζεὺς γενέσθαι: ὅτι ἀκαταλλήλως ἐπέζευξεν. ἔμπροσθεν γὰρ περί τινος ὁ λόγος· εἴ τις εὖ πάσχει, φησίν· εἶτα ὡς πρός τινα ποιούμενος τὸν λόγον φησί· μὴ μάτευε Ζεὺς γενέσθαι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· μὴ ἐπιζήτει θεὸς γενέσθαι· ἀπόχρη γάρ σοι τῆς εὐδαιμονίας τὸ μέγεθος, ἐάν σε τούτων τῶν καλῶν μερίς τις καταλάβῃ· τοῖς γὰρ φθαρτοῖς ἐφάμιλλα τῇ φύσει προσήκει καὶ τὰ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας παρεῖναι.

20–21

20 οὐκ ἄτερ Αἰακιδᾶν κέαρ ὕμνων γεύεται·20

21 σὺν Χάρισιν δʼ ἔμολον Λάμπωνος υἱοῖς σ3

cannot taste songs without telling of the race of Aeacus. I have come with the Graces for the sons of Lampon

Not without the sons of Aiakos will my heart indite of song: and in company of the Graces am I come for sake of Lampon's sons to this commonwealth of equal laws. If then on the clear high road of god-given deeds she hath set her feet, grudge not to mingle in song a seemly draught of glory for her toil.

Scholia ad vv. 20–21 (3 entries)

ad v. 21

a. τὶν δ᾿ ἐν Ἰσθμῷ διπλόαν: σοὶ δὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσθμῷ διπλῆ θάλλουσα, ὦ Φυλακίδα, ἀρετὴ εὐδόξως ἀνάκειται, ἐν δὲ τῇ Νεμέᾳ ἀμφοτέροις ὑμῖν, σοί τε καὶ τῷ Πυθέᾳ παγκρατίου, ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἀρετὰ ἀνάκειται. ἡ δὲ ἐμὴ ψυχὴ γεύεται, φησί, τῶν ἐγκωμίων οὐκ ἄνευ τῆς τῶν Αἰακιδῶν μνήμης· Αἰγινῆται γὰρ ἀμφότεροι.

b. οἷον ἐπιπνέουσί μοι οἱ Αἰακίδαι εἰς τὸ ὑμνεῖν ὑμᾶς· Αἰγινῆται γὰρ οἱ περὶ τὸν Φυλακίδαν.

c. ἢ οὕτως· οὐ χωρὶς τοῦ τοὺς Αἰακίδας συμπεριλαμβάνειν τοῖς ὑμετέροις ὕμνοις ὑμνῶ ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν κἀκείνους ὑμνῶ. σὺν γὰρ ταῖς μουσικαῖς Χάρισι παρεγενόμην καὶ σὺν τοῖς τοῦ Λάμπωνος υἱοῖς εἰς ταύτην τὴν εὔνομον πόλιν Αἴγιναν. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ σὺν Χάρισι καὶ Λάμπωνος υἱοῖς.

22–24

 τάνδʼ ἐς εὔνομον πόλιν. εἰ δὲ τέτραπται
 θεοδότων ἔργων κέλευθον ἂν καθαράν,
 μὴ φθόνει κόμπον τὸν ἐοικότʼ ἀοιδᾷ

to this well-governed city. If Aegina turns her steps to the clear road of god-given deeds, then do not grudge

25–27

 κιρνάμεν ἀντὶ πόνων.
 καὶ γὰρ ἡρώων ἀγαθοὶ πολεμισταὶ
 λόγον ἐκέρδαναν, κλέονται δʼ ἔν τε φορμίγγεσσιν ἐν αὐλῶν τε παμφώνοις ὁμοκλαῖς

to mix for her in song a boast that is fitting recompense for toils. In heroic times, too, fine warriors gained fame, and they are celebrated with lyres and flutes in full-voiced harmonies

For even the great men of old that were good warriors have profited of the telling of their tale, and are glorified on the lute and in the pipe's strains manifold, through immeasurable time: and to the cunning in words they give matter by the grace of Zeus.

28–29

28 μυρίον χρόνον· μελέταν δὲ σοφισταῖς σ2

29 Διὸς ἕκατι πρόσβαλον σεβιζόμενοι·

for time beyond reckoning. Heroes who are honored by the grace of Zeus provide a theme for skilled poets:

Scholia ad vv. 28–29 (2 entries)

ad v. 28

a. εἰ δὲ τέτραπται θεοδότων ἔργων κέλευθον: τὸν λόγον πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀποτείνεται ὁ Πίνδαρος. εἰ δὲ τούτων ὁ βίος καθορᾷ εἰς ὁδὸν καθαρωτάτην θείων ἔργων, μὴ φθόνει τὸν ἀντὶ τῶν πόνων καὶ κατορθωμάτων προσήκοντα τῇ ᾠδῇ ὕμνον ἀνακιρνᾶν καὶ λέγειν.

b. οἷον μὴ φθόνει αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ ἐπαινεῖσθαι καὶ ἀπολαύειν τοὺς ἐξ ἐκείνων κόμπους, ἀνθ᾿ ὧν ἐπόνησεν.

30–33

 ἐν μὲν Αἰτωλῶν θυσίαισι φαενναῖς
 Οἰνεΐδαι κρατεροί,
 ἐν δὲ Θήβαις ἱπποσόας Ἰόλαος σ1
 εο γέρας ἔχει, Περσεὺς δʼ ἐν Ἄργει, Κάστορος δʼ αἰχμὰ Πολυδεύκ ς τʼ ἐπʼ Εὐρώτα ῥεέθροις.

ThebesArgos among the Aetolians the brave sons of Oeneus are worshipped with shining sacrifices; in the horseman Iolaus has his honor, and Perseus in, and the spearman Castor together with Polydeuces by the streams of Eurotas.

Thus by their worship with the blaze of burnt-offerings among Aitolians have the mighty sons of Oineus honour, and at Thebes Iolaos the charioteer, and at Argos Perseus, and by the streams of Eurotas Polydeukes and Kastor's spear:

Scholia ad vv. 30–33 (1 entry)

ad v. 32

a. καὶ γὰρ ἡρώων ἀγαθοὶ πολεμισταί: καὶ γὰρ τῶν ἡρώων οἱ ἀγαθοὶ καὶ ἀνδρεῖοι τὸν ἐγκωμιαστικὸν λόγον καὶ μετὰ τὸν θάνατον παρὰ τῶν ποιητῶν ἐκέρδαναν, ὑμνοῦνται δὲ [πάντα τὸν χρόνον] ἔν τε κιθάραις καὶ αὐλῶν ταῖς ποικίλαις συμφωνίαις διὰ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου.

34 ἀλλʼ ἐν Οἰνώνᾳ μεγαλήτορες ὀργαὶ

But in Oenone the honors belong to the great-hearted spirits

But in Oinone the great souls of Aiakos and his sons, who after much fighting twice sacked the Trojans' town, first when they went with Herakles, and again with the sons of Atreus.

35–38

 Αἰακοῦ παίδων τε· τοὶ καὶ σὺν μάχαις
 δὶς πόλιν Τρώων πράθον ἑσπόμενοι σ2
 Ἡρακλῆϊ πρότερον,
 καὶ σὺν Ἀτρείδαις. ἔλα νῦν μοι πεδόθεν· σ1

of Aeacus and his sons. Twice in battles they sacked the city of the Trojans: the first time following Heracles, the second time the sons of Atreus. Now, drive me into the air! Tell me, who killed Cycnus, and who Hector,

Scholia ad vv. 35–38 (3 entries)

ad v. 36

a. μελέταν δὲ σοφισταῖς Διὸς ἕκατι: σοφιστὰς μὲν καὶ σοφοὺς ἔλεγον τοὺς ποιητάς. Σοφοκλῆς (fr. 820)· μέν᾿ εἰς σοφιστὴν ἐμόν.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τοῖς δὲ σοφοῖς ἀνδρισάμενοι παρέσχοντο τὴν τῶν ἐγκωμίων φροντίδα, καὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ Διὸς γνώμην τιμώμενοι τήνδε τὴν τῶν | ἐγκωμίων φροντίδα καὶ σύνθεσιν. τὸ γὰρ σεβιζόμενοι ἀντὶ τοῦ θαυμαζόμενοι, τιμώμενοι, | σεβόμενοι. καὶ τὸ τοὺς θεοὺς δὲ σέβεσθαι θαυμάζειν ἐστίν. Ὅμηρος (γ 123)· σέβας μ᾿ ἔχει εἰσορόωντα, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔκπληξις καὶ θαῦμα.

ad v. 38

a. ἐν μὲν Αἰτωλῶν θυσίαισι φαενναῖς: καὶ ἐν μὲν ταῖς τῶν Αἰτωλῶν θυσίαις καὶ πανηγύρεσι ταῖς ἐπιδόξοις καὶ λαμπραῖς οἱ τοῦ Οἰνέως παῖδες ἀνυμνοῦνται οἱ ἰσχυροί, ἐν δὲ ταῖς Θήβαις ὁ ἱππικώτατος Ἰόλαος τιμὴν ἔχει, ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς ἐν Ἄργει, τοῦ δὲ Κάστορος καὶ Πολυδεύκους ἡ αἰχμὴ ἐπὶ τοῖς Εὐρώτα ῥεύμασι· πάλιν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ γέρας ἔχει.

39 λέγε, τίνες Κύκνον, τίνες Ἕκτορα πέφνον,

Now drive me upward still; say who slew Kyknos, and who Hektor, and the dauntless chief of Ethiop hosts, bronze-mailed Memnon. What man was he who with his spear smote noble Telephos by Kaïkos' banks? Even they whose home my mouth proclaimeth to be Aigina's glorious isle: a tower is she, builded from long ago, to tempt the climb of high-adventuring valour.

40–42

 καὶ στράταρχον Αἰθιόπων ἄφοβον
 Μέμνονα χαλκοάραν· τίς ἄρʼ ἐσλὸν Τήλεφον
 τρῶσεν ἑῷ δορὶ Καΐκου παρʼ ὄχθαις;

and the fearless commander of the Ethiopians, bronze-armed Memnon? Who wounded noble Telephus with his spear by the banks of Caïcus?

43 τοῖσιν Αἴγιναν προφέρει στόμα πάτραν

Men whose voices name the outstanding island of Aegina as their fatherland, built long ago

44 διαπρεπέα νᾶσον· τετείχισται δὲ πάλαι σ2

Many arrows hath my truthful tongue in store wherewith to sound the praises of her sons: and even but now in war might Aias' city, Salamis, bear witness thereto in her deliverance by Aigina's seamen amid the destroying tempest of Zeus, when death came thick as hail on the unnumbered hosts. Yet let no boast be heard. Zeus ordereth this or that, Zeus, lord of all.

Scholia ad vv. 44–44 (2 entries)

ad v. 44

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἐν Οἰνώνᾳ μεγαλήτορες ὀργαὶ Αἰακοῦ: τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ Αἰγίνῃ· οὕτω γὰρ τὸ πρότερον ἐκαλεῖτο πρὶν ἢ ὑπὸ Διὸς Αἴγιναν τὴν Ἀσωποῦ τοῦ Βοιωτιακοῦ ποταμοῦ θυγατέρα αὐτόθι ἐνεχθῆναι.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀλλ᾿ ἐν τῇ Αἰγίνῃ οἱ μεγαλόψυχοι καὶ ἀνδρεῖοι τρόποι τῶν Αἰακοῦ παίδων ἀνυμνοῦνται καὶ τιμιώτατοι τυγχάνουσιν, οἵτινες ταῖς ἑαυτῶν συμμαχίαις τὴν τῶν Τρώων ἐπόρθησαν πόλιν, τὸ μὲν πρότερον συστρατεύσαντες Ἡρακλεῖ διὰ τὴν Λαομέδοντος ἀδικίαν, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος ἱστορεῖ λέγων (Ε 640)· ὅς ποτε δεῦρ᾿ ἐλθὼν ἕνεχ᾿ ἵππων Λαομέδοντος· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον σὺν τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις. πάλιν δὲ τῷ συλληπτικῷ τρόπῳ κέχρηται· οὐ γὰρ οἱ αὐτοὶ δὶς ἐπόρθησαν τὴν Ἴλιον, ἀλλὰ Τελαμὼν μὲν σὺν Ἡρακλεῖ, Νεοπτόλεμος δὲ σὺν Ἀτρείδαις· τὸ δὲ ἑκατέρῳ συμβὰν λαβὼν εἰς ἓν ἔφη.

45–48

 πύργος ὑψηλαῖς ἀρεταῖς ἀναβαίνειν.
 πολλὰ μὲν ἀρτιεπὴς
 γλῶσσά μοι τοξεύματʼ ἔχει περὶ κείνων
 κελαδέσαι· καὶ νῦν ἐν Ἄρει μαρτυρήσαι κεν πόλις Αἴαντος ὀρθωθεῖσα ναύταις σ2

as a tower for lofty excellence to ascend. My swift tongue has many arrows, to shout the praises of these heroes. And now the city of Aias, Salamis, could testify that she was saved by her sailors in Ares’ confrontation

Scholia ad vv. 45–48 (2 entries)

ad v. 48

a. ἔλα νῦν μοι πεδόθεν, λέγε: ἔλα νῦν μοι, ὦ Μοῦσα, ἐπ᾿ εὐθείας ὁδοῦ καὶ δι᾿ ὁμαλοῦ· τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ πεδόθεν· τά τε τούτων ἐγκώμια ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀνύμνησον καὶ λέγε, τίνες τὸν Κύκνον καὶ τὸν Ἕκτορα ἀνεῖλον καὶ τὸν τῶν Αἰθιόπων ἡγεμόνα Μέμνονα τὸν τῷ χαλκῷ τοῖς ἐναντίοις προσομιλοῦντα, ἤτοι τὸν πολλοὺς χαλκῷ ἀνελόντα ἢ τὸν ὑπὸ χαλκοῦ βλαβέντα· ἑκάτερον γὰρ παρὰ τὴν ἀρήν· τίς δὲ τὸν ἀνδρεῖον Τήλεφον ἔτρωσε τῷ ἑαυτοῦ δόρατι τοῦ τῆς Μυσίας ποταμοῦ Καΐκου παρὰ τὰς ὄχθας. εἶτα κατὰ ἀπόδοσιν ὁ λόγος· οὗτοι τάδε καὶ τάδε ἔπραξαν, οἷς ὁ λόγος τὴν Αἴγιναν πατρίδα δίδωσιν.

b. ἄλλως. πρὸς τὴν Μοῦσαν ὁ λόγος· λέγε μοι τὰ περὶ αὐτούς, φησίν, ἐκ ῥιζῶν. ἢ ἔλα κατὰ μεταφορὰν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν νεῶν· πρόαγε εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν ἀρξάμενος ἄνωθεν καὶ ἐξ ἀρχῆς λέγε, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀνελόντες Κύκνον, Ἕκτορα, Μέμνονα. δῆλον δὲ ὡς εἷς τῶν Αἰακιδῶν, ὁ Ἀχιλλεύς.

49 ἐν πολυφθόρῳ Σαλαμὶς Διὸς ὄμβρῳ

in the destructive storm sent by Zeus,

Now in pleasant song even these honours also of the games welcome the joy for a fair victory. Let any strive his best in such, who hath learnt what Kleonikos' house can do. Undulled is the fame of their long toil, nor ever was their zeal abated by any counting of the cost.

50–52

 ἀναρίθμων ἀνδρῶν χαλαζάεντι φόνῳ.
 ἀλλʼ ὅμως καύχημα κατάβρεχε σιγᾷ·
 Ζεὺς τά τε καὶ τὰ νέμει,

when slaughter poured like hail on countless men. Nevertheless, quench this boast in silence. Zeus dispenses both good and bad, Zeus the master of all. But such honors as these also welcome the joy of triumph, covered with the delicious honey of song. Let a man strive and contend

53–54

53 Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κύριος. ἐν δʼ ἐρατεινῷ

54 μέλιτι καὶ τοιαίδε τιμαὶ καλλίνικον χάρμʼ ἀγαπάζοντι. μαρνάσθω τις ἔρδων

Also have I praise for Pytheas, for that he guided aright the course of Phylakidas' blows in the struggle of hands that bring limbs low, an adversary he of cunning soul.

55–57

 ἀμφʼ ἀέθλοισιν γενεὰν Κλεονίκου σ2
 ἐκμαθών· οὔτοι τετύφλωται μακρὸς σ3
 μόχθος ἀνδρῶν· οὐδʼ ὁπόσαι δαπάναι

in the games when he has learned from the race of Cleonicus. The long toil of their men is not hidden in blind darkness, nor has thought of the expense fretted away their devotion to their hopes. I praise Pytheas also among limb-subduing pancratiasts,

Scholia ad vv. 55–57 (5 entries)

ad v. 55

a. τοῖσιν Αἴγινα προφέρει στόμα: τουτέστι τοῖς προειρημένοις. κατὰ ἀπόδοσιν δὲ ὁ λόγος οὗτοι τάδε καὶ τάδε ἔπραξαν, οἷς ὁ λόγος τὴν Αἴγιναν πατρίδα δίδωσιν.

b. ὃ δὲ βούλεται λέγειν, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· εἴ τις ἐρωτήσειεν αὐτοὺς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ τὰ προκείμενα διαπεπραγμένοι, πάντες ἂν εἴποιεν ὅτι οἱ ἀπὸ Αἰγίνης.

ad v. 56

a. τετείχισται δὲ πάλαι πύργος: κατεσκεύασται δὲ ἐκ πολλοῦ ταῖς τῶν Αἰακιδῶν ἀρεταῖς πύργος ὑψηλότατος τῷ ὕμνῳ ἀναβαίνειν καὶ ὑψοῦσθαι, ἐφ᾿ ὅσον βούλεται.

b. ἄλλως. τοσαῦταί εἰσι περὶ τοὺς Αἰακίδας αἱ ἀρεταὶ, ὥστε πύργον ἐξ αὐτῶν ᾠκοδομῆσθαι. ἀλληγορεῖ δὲ ὡς ἐπὶ τούτων πρότερον· διὸ καὶ τεῖχος ὑψηλὸν εἶπε. θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ὑφέστηκεν αὐτοῖς ἡ εὐδοξία, ὥστε διὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν ἀναβαίνειν.

c. οἷον ὑψοῦται αὐτῶν ἡ ἀρετὴ ὥσπερ τεῖχος· οὗτος γὰρ τὴν αὔξησιν πύργον καὶ τεῖχος εἴωθε λέγειν, ἀφ᾿ οὗ πυργοῦν τὸ αὔξειν καὶ ὑψοῦν λέγεται.

58–59

58 ἐλπίδων ἔκνισʼ ὄπιν. σ1

59 αἰνέω καὶ Πυθέαν ἐν γυιοδάμαις

Take for him a crown, and bring the fleecy fillet, and speed him on his way with this new winged hymn.

Scholia ad vv. 58–59 (1 entry)

ad v. 58

a. πολλὰ μὲν ἀρτιεπὴς γλῶσσά μοι τοξεύματ᾿ ἔχει: τοξεύματα μεταφορικῶς λέγει τοὺς ἐγκωμιαστικοὺς λόγους, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις (O. II 83)· πολλά μοι ὑπ᾿ ἀγκῶνος ὠκέα βέλη.

60–63

 Φυλακίδᾳ πλαγᾶν δρόμον εὐθυπορῆσαι σ3
 χερσὶ δεξιόν, νόῳ ἀντίπαλον.
 λάμβανέ οἱ στέφανον, φέρε δʼ εὔμαλλον μίτραν,
 καὶ πτερόεντα νέον σύμπεμψον ὕμνον. σ14

skillful with his hands in guiding straight the course of Phylacidas’ blows, and with a mind to match. Take a garland for him, and bring him a fillet of fine wool, and send along this winged new song.

Scholia ad vv. 60–63 (17 entries)

ad v. 60

a. καὶ νῦν ἐν Ἄρει μαρτυρήσαι: ἤτοι τῷ Πελοποννησιακῷ πολέμῳ· ἤκμαζε γὰρ κατὰ τὴν τούτων νίκην· ἢ ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἐν Σαλαμῖνι ναυμαχίαν προσφάτως γεγενημένην ἐγράφη οὗτος ὁ ἐπίνικος.

b. ἐνἐκb. ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος τῷ πολυφθόρῳ πολέμῳ τῇ τῶν Αἰγινητῶν ἀρετῇ μαρτυρήσειεν ἃν ἡ Σαλαμὶς ἀνορθωθεῖσα τῶν κινδύνων τοῖς Αἰγινήταις κατὰ τὴν ναυμαχίαν ἀριστεύσασιν. ἐμβαλόντων γὰρ τῶν Περσῶν τῇ Σαλαμῖνι συμμαχήσαντες οἱ Αἰγινῆται καὶ κατορθώσαντες τὸ πλεῖον τοῦ πολέμου κατεργάσαντο.

c. ἃνc. ἢ οὕτω· καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῷ Ἄρει καὶ τῷ χαλαζήεντι Διὸς ὄμβρῳ καὶ τῷ πολυφθόρῳ τῶν ἀναρίθμων ἀνδρῶν φόνῳ μαρτυρήσειεν ἡ πόλις τοῦ Αἴαντος Σαλαμὶς ὁρθωθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν ναυτῶν τῶν Αἰγινητῶν· νησιῶται γάρ.

ad v. 63

a. ἐν πολυφθόρῳ Σαλαμὶς Διὸς ὄμβρῳ: ὄμβρον μὲν τὸν πόλεμον εἴρηκεν, οἷον τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καταπεμφθέντα, διὰ τὸ τῆς βαρβαρικῆς στρατιᾶς πλῆθος. ὑπαινίττεται δὲ τὴν περὶ Σαλαμῖνα ναυμαχίαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἧς ἔλαβον τὰ ἀριστεῖα οἱ Αἰγινῆται, καθά φησιν Ἡρόδοτός (VIII 93) τε καὶ Ἔφορος (FHG I 265 M., II 96 J).

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐν ᾧ, ἐν τῷ πολυφθόρῳ πολέμῳ, τὸ τῶν πεπτωκότων πλῆθος ἰσάριθμον ἦν τῷ χαλαζήεντι Διὸς ὄμβρῳ.

a. ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως καύχημα κατάβρεχε σιγᾷ: ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως εἰ καὶ τηλικαῦτά εἰσι τῶν Αἰγινητῶν τὰ κατορθώματα, βρέχε καὶ ἐπικάλυπτε τῇ σιωπῇ διὰ τὸν ἔξωθεν φθόνον· ὁ γὰρ δὴ Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀπονέμει, καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ φαῦλα. [Drachmann ad v. 65]

a. ἐν δ᾿ ἐρατεινῷ μέλιτι καὶ τοιάδε τιμαί: ἔνιοι οὕτως· ἐν τοιούτῳ μέλιτι καὶ ἡδονῇ ὄντες καὶ τοιαύτῃ τιμῇ τὸ ἐπίνικον χάρμα ἀγαπῶσιν, ὅ ἐστι τὸν ὕμνον. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

b. ἢ οὕτως· αἱ τῶν νικηφόρων τιμαὶ τὴν ἐπινίκιον ᾠδὴν ἀγαπῶσι καὶ φιλοῦσιν ὡς μέλι· οἷον ὡς ἐν μέλιτι ἡ γλυκύτης ἐστὶν, οὕτω καὶ τοῖς νικῶσιν αἱ ἐπινίκιοι ᾠδαί. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

c. ἢ οὕτω· καὶ αἱ τοιαίδε τιμαὶ, καίπερ ἐν μέλιτι οὖσαι, τουτέστιν ἥδουσαι, ὅμως ἀγαπῶσι τὸ καλλίνικον χάρμα, τουτέστι τὴν ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐπινίκων χαρὰν ἀγαπῶσι. τιμὰς γὰρ λέγει τὰς ἐκ τῶν νικῶν περιγινομένας δόξας. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτως· ἐν δὲ τοιαύτῃ τοῦ λόγου ἡδονῇ καὶ τῇ τῶν | κατορθωμάτων τιμῇ τὸ τῆς νίκης ἐγκώμιον ἀγαπητῶς καὶ οὐχ ὑπεροπτικῶς δέχονται, καίτοι παρὸν αὐτοῖς ἀλαζονεύεσθαι ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν | κατορθωμάτων τιμῇ. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

a. μαρνάσθω δέ τις ἔρδων: ὁ λόγος προστακτικός. ἀγωνιζέσθω, φησί, τὶς ἐν ἀγῶσι καὶ ἀντεχέσθω τῶν ἄθλων, τοῦ Κλεονίκου τὸ γένος ζηλώσας· Κλεόνικος δὲ πατήρ ἐστι τοῦ Λάμπωνος, ὁ δὲ Λάμπων τοῦ Φυλακίδα· οὐδαμῶς γὰρ ἀποκέκρυπται καὶ ἀφανής ἐστιν ἡ τῶν πολυχρονίων πόνων σπουδή. [Drachmann ad v. 70]

a. οὐδ᾿ ὁπόσαι δαπάναι ἐλπίδων: Ἀρίσταρχος οὕτως· οὐδὲ ὁπόσαι δαπάναι αὐτοῖς ἐγενήθησαν ἐπὶ τῶν ἐκβεβηκυιῶν ἐλπίδων τῶν περὶ τὴν νίκην, ἔκνισα τῇ φωνῇ, οὐδὲ ἐλυπήθην τῇ φωνῇ, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ὕμνησα αὐτούς. ἔνιοι δὲ καταλληλότερον γράφουσι σὺν τῷ ν ἔκνιξ᾿ ὄπιν, ἵν᾿ ᾖ Πινδαρικὸν σχῆμα· οὐκ ἔκνιξαν αἱ δαπάναι οὐδὲ ὁ μόχθος αὐτῶν τετύφλωται, ἀλλὰ ὀξυδερκεῖ καὶ ἔχει καλὰ ἀποτελέσματα. ὥστε εἶναι· οὐδὲ ὁπόσαι δαπάναι τὴν τῶν ἐλπίδων ὄπιν, τουτέστι τὸ μέλλον ὀπίσω ἔσεσθαι, ἔκνισαν καὶ ἐλύπησαν. [Drachmann ad v. 73]

a. αἰνέω καὶ Πυθέαν ἐν γυιοδάμαις: οὗτος ὁ Πυθέας ἐπεστάτησε τοῦ Φυλακίδα καὶ ἤλειψεν αὐτὸν, ἤτοι ἀδελφὸς ὢν τοῦ Φυλακίδα ἢ καὶ ὁμώνυμός τις τούτῳ. ἐπαινῶ οὖν, φησί, καὶ τὸν ἀλείπτην αὐτοῦ τοῖς πόνοις τοῖς γυιοδάμαις ποιήσαντα τὸν τῶν πληγῶν δρόμον εὐθυπορῆσαι. παγκρατιαστὴς γὰρ, διὸ εὐθυπόρουν αἱ πληγαί. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

b. ἤτοι τὴν τῶν πληγῶν ὁρμήν τε καὶ σπουδὴν πληγῶν δρόμον φησὶν, ἵνα λέγῃ τὸ παγκράτιον· συνεχεῖς γὰρ αἱ τῶν χειρῶν ἐξορμήσεις. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

c. ἐν γυιοδάμαις δὲ, τοῖς ἀθληταῖς τοῖς τὰ γυῖα τῇ γυμνασίᾳ καταπονοῦσιν, ἢ τοῖς καταπονοῦσι τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων γυῖα. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

a. χερσὶ δεξιὸν, νόῳ ἀντίπαλον: τουτέστιν ἴσα ἐπιτεύγματα ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ νοεῖν καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτεύγμασι τῶν χειρῶν. b. οἷον καθ᾿ ἑκάτερον ἐπίσης ἐπιδέξιον. [Drachmann ad v. 77]

a. λάμβανέ οἱ στέφανον: οἱ μὲν τὸν λόγον πρὸς τὴν Αἴγινάν φασιν εἶναι· ὑποδέχου αὐτῷ τὸν στέφανον· οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὴν Μοῦσαν. καὶ στέφανον μὲν τὸν ἐπίνικον λέγει, εὔμαλλον δὲ μίτραν τὴν ταινίαν τὴν ἐξ ἐρίου ξανθοῦ τοῖς στεφάνοις προσπλεκομένην. [Drachmann ad v. 78]

PINDAR · ISTHMIAN · ODE 6

Isthmian 6 — for Φυλακίδᾳ Αἰγινήτῃ

παγκρατίῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 75 lines · 58 scholia parts

Argumentum (4 entries)

p1. Scholia in Isthmionicarum carmen VI.

p2. Τοῦ ἕκτου εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ἐστὶ δεκατριῶν. τὸ α΄ ἰαμβέλεγος. τὸ β΄ τροχαϊκὸν εἰς ἴαμβον καταλῆγον. τὸ γ΄ δίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ δακτυλικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. τὸ ε΄ ἴαμβος δίμετρος ὑπερκατάληκτος. τὸ ς΄ πενθημιμερὲς δακτυλικόν. τὸ ζ΄ δίμετρον ἰαμβικὸν ἀκατάληκτον μετὰ τοῦ ε΄ εὕρηται. τὸ η΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ τροχαῖος ἐπίτριτος. τὸ ι΄ τρίμετρον τροχαϊκὸν καταληκτικόν. τὸ ια΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ιβ΄ βακχειακόν. τὸ ιγ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον.

p3. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων ια΄. τὸ α΄ ἐκ Σαπφικοῦ τοῦ ἑνδεκασυλλάβου Πινδαρικόν. ἡ τοι κοινή ἐστι. τὸ β΄ ἰαμβέλεγος τοῦ τέλους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν μετατεθέντος. τὸ γ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ πενθημιμερές. τὸ ε΄ Εὐριπίδειον. τὸ ς΄ παρὰ τὸ Ἀρχιλόχειον· Ἐρασμονίδη Χαρίλαε. ἔστι δὲ συγκείμενον... περιττεύοντος μιᾷ συλλαβῇ καὶ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ μεμειωμένου τοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ ἑνὶ τροχαίῳ. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ἐγκωμιολογικόν. τὸ θ΄ ἐγκωμιολογικὸν παρὰ συλλαβὴν μίαν τοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς ἰαμβικοῦ. τὸ ι΄ παρὰ τὸ ια΄ Σαπφικόν...

p4. ἼσθμιαInser. Πεποίηται ὁ ἐπίνικος οὗτος Φυλακίδᾳ καὶ Πυθέᾳ καὶ Εὐθυμένει παγκρατιασταῖς, καὶ Νέμεα. τῶν δὲ ῥηθέντων ὁ Εὐθυμένης οὗτος μητράδελφος ἦν.

1–4

 θάλλοντος ἀνδρῶν ὡς ὅτε συμποσίου σ1
 δεύτερον κρητῆρα Μοισαίων μελέων
 κίρναμεν Λάμπωνος εὐάθλου γενεᾶς ὕπερ, ἐν Νεμέᾳ μὲν πρῶτον, ὦ Ζεῦ,
 τίν γʼ ἄωτον δεξάμενοι στεφάνων, σ1

Just as we mix the second bowl of wine when the men’s symposium is flourishing, here is the second song of the Muses for Lampon’s children and their athletic victories: first in Nemea, Zeus, in your honor they received the choicest of garlands,

As one may do amid merry revel of men, so mingle we a second time the bowls of Muses' melody in honour of Lampon's athlete progeny.

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (2 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Θάλλοντος ἀνδρῶν ὡς ὅτε συμποσίου: ὥσπερ ἀκμάζοντος, φησί, συμποσίου καὶ δεύτερον κρατῆρα, οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῖς Λάμπωνος υἱοῖς, θάλλουσι καὶ ἀκμάζουσι ταῖς νίκαις, καὶ δεύτερον στήσομεν κρατῆρα μουσικῶν ἐγκωμίων ὑπὲρ τῆς Λάμπωνος εὐάθλου γενεᾶς, τουτέστιν ὑπὲρ τῶν κατορθωμάτων τῶν Λάμπωνος υἱῶν.

ad v. 4

a. ἐν Νεμέᾳ μὲν πρῶτον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τὶν ἄωτον: δεξάμενοι, φησί, τὸ ἄνθος τῶν στεφάνων ἐν Νεμέᾳ, σοὶ, ὦ Ζεῦ, πρῶτον κίρναμεν κρατῆρα. ὁ πρῶτος οὖν κρατὴρ Διὸς Ὀλυμπίου, ὁ δεύτερος Γῆς καὶ ἡρώων, ὁ τρίτος Διὸς σωτῆρος.

5 νῦν αὖτε Ἰσθμοῦ δεσπότᾳ5

and now in honor of the lord of the Isthmus and the fifty Nereids, for the victory of the youngest son, Phylacidas. May there be a third libation of honey-voiced songs to pour over Aegina in honor of Zeus Soter of Olympia.

6–9

 Νηρεΐδεσσί τε πεντήκοντα, παίδων ὁπλοτάτου
 Φυλακίδα νικῶντος. εἴη δὲ τρίτον σ1
 σωτῆρι πορσαίνοντας Ὀλυμπίῳ Αἴγιναν κάτα
 σπένδειν μελιφθόγγοις ἀοιδαῖς.

Our first, O Zeus, was unto thee, when at Nemea we won thy excellent crown, and now is this second unto the lord of Isthmos and unto the fifty daughters of Nereus, for that Phylakidas the youngest son is winner in the games. And be it ours to make ready yet a third for the Saviour, the Olympian one, and in honour of Aigina make libation of our honey-speaking song.

Scholia ad vv. 6–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 7

a. νῦν αὖτ᾿ ἐν Ἰσθμοῦ δεσπότᾳ: νῦν δὲ νικήσαντος ἐν Ἰσθμῷ, τουτέστι τὰ Ἴσθμια, τοῦ νεωτέρου Φυλακίδου, τῷ δεσπότῃ αὐτοῦ Ποσειδῶνι καὶ ταῖς Νηρεΐσι κίρναμεν τὸν δεύτερον κρατῆρα.

10–11

10 εἰ γάρ τις ἀνθρώπων δαπάνᾳ τε χαρεὶς σ210

11 καὶ πόνῳ πράσσει θεοδμάτους ἀρετάς,

For if a man, rejoicing in expense and toil, achieves godly excellence, and a divinity sows the seed of lovely fame in him, then he already casts his anchor on the farthest shore of prosperity, since he is honored by the gods. The son of Cleonicus prays that with such feelings

Scholia ad vv. 10–11 (2 entries)

ad v. 10

a. εἴη δὲ τρίτον σωτῆρι πορσαίνοντας: ὁ λόγος εὐκτικός. εὔχεται δὲ τὸν τρίτον τῶν ᾠδῶν κρατῆρα κεράσαι, νικήσαντος αὐτοῦ τὰ Ὀλύμπια. τὸν δὲ τρίτον κρατῆρα Διὸς σωτῆρος ἔλεγον, καθὰ καὶ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Ναυπλίῳ (fr. 92)· Ζεῦ παυσίλυπε, καὶ Διὸς σωτηρίου σπονδὴ τρίτου κρατῆρος. τὸν μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον Διὸς Ὀλυμπίου ἐκίρνασαν, τὸν δὲ δεύτερον ἡρώων, τὸν δὲ τρίτον Διὸς σωτῆρος. καθὰ καὶ Αἰσχύλος ἐν Ἐπιγόνοις (fr. 55)· λοιβὰς Διὸς μὲν πρῶτον ὡραίου γάμου Ἥρας τε. εἶτα· τὴν δευτέραν γε κρᾶσιν ἥρωσιν νέμω· εἶτα· τρίτον Διὸς σωτῆρος εὐκταίαν λίβα. Διὸς δὲ σωτῆρος ἔλεγον τὸν τρίτον διὰ τὸ τοὺς τοῦτον πίνοντας σταθεροὺς γίνεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ μετὰ τοῦτον εἰς ἄτην καὶ ἀνομίαν καὶ ἀσέλγειαν τρέπεσθαι. ἔλεγον δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ τέλειον διὰ τὸ τέλειον εἶναι τὸν τρίτον ἀριθμὸν ἀρχὴν ἔχοντα καὶ μέσον καὶ τέλος.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εἵη δὲ ἡμᾶς καὶ τρίτον τῷ σωτῆρι καὶ Ὀλυμπίῳ Διῒ στῆσαι κρατῆρα καὶ ταῖς ἡδείαις ᾠδαῖς ἀνυμνεῖν τὴν Αἴγιναν. δύναται μὲν οὖν τοῦτο καὶ οὕτω· κατὰ Αἴγιναν σπένδειν· δύναται δὲ καὶ τὸ εξῆς· κατασπένδειν τὴν Αἴγιναν. χαριέντως δὲ τὸ κατασπένδειν ὡς ἐπὶ κρατῆρος καὶ σπονδῆς διόλου τροπικῶς ἐφυλάχθη. ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· γένοιτο αὐτὸν καὶ Ὀλύμπια νικῆσαι.

12–14

 σύν τέ οἱ δαίμων φυτεύει δόξαν ἐπήρατον, ἐσχατιαῖς ἤδη πρὸς ὄλβου
 βάλλετʼ ἄγκυραν θεότιμος ἐών.
 τοίαισιν ὀργαῖς εὔχεται σ2

For if a man rejoice to suffer cost and toil, and achieve god-builded excellence, and therewithal fate plant for him fair renown, already at the farthest bounds of bliss hath such an one cast anchor, for the glory that he hath thereby from God. With such desires prayeth the son of Kleonikos that he may fulfil them ere he meet death or hoary eld.

Scholia ad vv. 12–14 (2 entries)

ad v. 14

a. εἰ γάρ τις ἀνθρώπων δαπάνᾳ τε χαρείς: εἰ γάρ τις, φησί, τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ δαπανᾶν εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα χαρεὶς, καὶ οὐχ ὑποστειλάμενος δαπάνην, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ πονεῖν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι, τουτέστι καὶ φιλοπονήσας, πράσσει τὰς θεοδμήτους ἀρετὰς, ὅ ἐστι τὰς ὑπὸ θεῶν δεδομημένας καὶ κατεσκευασμένας, ὁ θεός τε αὐτῷ συμφυτεύει δόξαν· πάντων, φησί, τούτων μετέχων πρὸς ταῖς ἐσχατιαῖς τοῦ ὄλβου βάλλεται ἄγκυραν, οἷον ὁρμίζει ἐπ᾿ ἄκρον τῆς εὐδαιμονίας, ὥστε μὴ ἂν πορρωτέρω δύνασθαι προελθεῖν τῆς εἰς ἄνθρωπον πιτνούσης εὐδαιμονίας.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εἰ γάρ τις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τῇ δαπάνῃ χαρεὶς καὶ ἡσθεὶς γλυκεῖαν ἔσχε τὴν ἔκβασιν, καὶ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν ἀρετὰς κατορθοῖ καὶ ἡ τύχη αὐτῷ ἐπιφύει δόξαν ἐπέραστον, γινωσκέτω ἤδη πρὸς τὸ ἔσχατον καὶ ἄκρον τῆς εὐδαιμονίας ἑαυτὸν προσορμίσας.

15–16

15 ἀντιάσαις Ἀΐδαν γῆράς τε δέξασθαι πολιὸν15

16 ὁ Κλεονίκου παῖς· ἐγὼ δʼ ὑψίθρονον

he will meet death and welcome gray old age. And I entreat Clotho, throned on high, and her sister Fates, to hear my friend’s prayers for fame.

17–18

17 Κλωθὼ κασιγνήτας τε προσεννέπω ἑσπέσθαι κλυταῖς

18 ἀνδρὸς φίλου Μοίρας ἐφετμαῖς.

Now I call on high-throned Klotho and her sister Fates to draw nigh unto the praying of the man I love.

19 ὔμμε τʼ, ὦ χρυσάρματοι Αἰακίδαι,

And as for you, sons of Aeacus with your golden chariots,

20–21

20 τέθμιόν μοι φαμὶ σαφέστατον ἔμμεν σ120

21 τάνδʼ ἐπιστείχοντα νᾶσον ῥαινέμεν εὐλογίαις.

I say that it is my clearest law to sprinkle you with praises whenever I set foot on this island. Countless continuous roads have been cut a hundred feet wide for your fine deeds, both beyond the springs of the Nile and through the land of the Hyperboreans. There is no city so barbarous or so strange in its speech

Scholia ad vv. 20–21 (1 entry)

ad v. 20

a. τοίαισιν ὀργαῖς εὔχεται ἀντιάσαις: τοιούτοις τρόποις, φησίν, εὐδαιμονίας ὁ τοῦ Κλεονίκου παῖς Λάμπων συντυχὼν εὔχεται λοιπὸν τόν τε θάνατον καὶ τὸ γῆρας δέξασθαι.

22–24

 μυρίαι δʼ ἔργων καλῶν τέτμηνθʼ ἑκατόμπεδοι ἐν σχερῷ κέλευθοι,
 καὶ πέραν Νείλοιο παγᾶν καὶ διʼ Ὑπερβορέους· σ1
 οὐδʼ ἔστιν οὕτω βάρβαρος οὔτε παλίγγλωσσος πόλις,

And upon you also, golden-charioted seed of Aiakos, I say it is clear law to me to shed the dew of my good words, what time I set my foot upon this isle.

Scholia ad vv. 22–24 (1 entry)

ad v. 23

a. ἐγὼ δ᾿ ὑψίθρονον Κλωθώ: ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν τιμίαν, φη ί, Κλωθὼ καὶ τὰς αὐτῆς ἀδελφὰς παρακαλῶ τελειῶσαι τὰς εὐχὰς αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐπακοῦσαι καὶ ἐπακολουθῆσαι ταῖς εὐχαῖς τοῦ φίλου ἀνδρὸς καὶ τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι. προηύξατο δὲ καὶ Ὀλύμπια νικῆσαι καὶ τρίτον κρατῆρα κεράσαι. ἐφετμαὶ δὲ οὐ κυρίως αἱ εὐχαὶ, ἀλλ᾿ αἱ ἐντολαί. εὐχὴ δὲ ἡ παρὰ τῶν ὑπερεχόντων αἴτησις.

25 ἅτις οὐ Πηλέος ἀΐει κλέος ἥρωος, εὐδαίμονος γαμβροῦ θεῶν,25

that it does not know the fame of the hero Peleus, the fortunate in-law of gods,

26 οὐδʼ ἅτις Αἴαντος Τελαμωνιάδα

or of Aias and his father Telamon. The son of Alcmena led him in ships to Troy, the toil of heroes, for war that delights in bronze, as an eager ally along with the men of Tiryns because of Laomedon’s wrongdoing.

27–29

 καὶ πατρός· τὸν χαλκοχάρμαν ἐς πόλεμον σ1
 ἆγε σὺν Τιρυνθίοισι πρόφρονα σύμμαχον ἐς Τρωΐαν, ἥρωσι μόχθον,
 Λαομεδοντίαν ὑπὲρ ἀμπλακίαν

For innumerable hundred-foot straight roads are cleft for your fair deeds to go forth, beyond the springs of Nile, and through the Hyperboreans' midst: neither is any town so barbarous and strange of speech that it knoweth not the fame of Peleus, that blissful son-in-law of gods, or of Aias son of Telamon, and of Aias' sire; whom unto brazen war an eager ally with Tirynthian men Alkmene's son took with him in his ships to Troy, to the place of heroes' toil, to take vengeance for Laomedon's untruth.

Scholia ad vv. 27–29 (1 entry)

ad v. 27

a. ὑμέ τ᾿ ὦ χρυσάρματοι Αἰακίδαι: ὑμᾶς τε, ὦ τίμιοι κατὰ τὰ ἅρματα Αἰακίδαι, νόμιμον καὶ σύνηθες εἶναί μοι λέγω σαφέστατον καὶ δῆλον εἰς μνήμην εἰσερχομένῳ τῆς Αἰγίνης πρότερον ἐγκωμιάζειν. ἵνα τὸ ὑπερβατὸν οὕτως ἔχῃ· ἐμοὶ δὲ τήνδε τὴν νῆσον ἐπιπορευομένῳ προτέρους ὑμᾶς, ὦ χρυσάρματοι Αἰακίδαι, νόμιμόν ἐστι ῥαίνειν τοῖς ὕμνοις καὶ ἐγκωμιάζειν.

30–32

 ἐν ναυσὶν Ἀλκμήνας τέκος.
 εἷλε δὲ Περγαμίαν, πέφνεν δὲ σὺν κείνῳ Μερόπων σ2
 ἔθνεα καὶ τὸν βουβόταν οὔρεϊ ἴσον σ1

He took Pergamos, and with Telamon’s help he slew the tribes of Meropes, and the herdsman Alcyoneus, huge as a mountain, whom he found at Phlegrae, and he did not keep his hands off the deep-voiced bow-string, not

Scholia ad vv. 30–32 (3 entries)

ad v. 31

a. μυρίαι δ᾿ ἔργων καλῶν: τῶν γὰρ ἀγαθῶν ἔργων, φησί, πολλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι αἱ τῶν ἐγκωμίων ὁδοὶ, ὥστε καὶ πέρα Νείλου διαβαίνειν καὶ εἰς Ὑπερβορέους ἀκμητὶ καὶ ἀνεμποδίστως τὸ ἐγκώμιον.

b. ἄλλως. ὁδοὶ πολλαί εἰσιν ἑκατόμπεδοι, τουτέστι μεγάλαι, καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς φέρουσαι τῶν ὑμετέρων πράξεων εἰς τοὺς ὕμνους· ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα ὑμῶν ἥκει ἡ εὔκλεια μέχρι Νείλου καὶ Ὑπερβορέων. τὰ δὲ ἑκατέρωθεν παρείληφε πέρατα, τὴν σύμπασαν οἰκουμένην θέλων εἰπεῖν.

ad v. 32

a. τέτμηνται: κατώρθωνται. πρόκεινται.

33–34

33 Φλέγραισιν εὑρὼν Ἀλκυονῆ, σφετέρας δʼ οὐ φείσατο σ1

34 χερσὶν βαρυφθόγγοιο νευρᾶς σ1

There did Herakles take the city of Pergamos, and with help of Telamon slew the nations of the Meropes, and the herdsman whose stature was as a mountain, Alkyoneus whom he found at Phlegrai, and spared not of his hands the terrible twanging bowstring.

Scholia ad vv. 33–34 (2 entries)

ad v. 33

b. τέτμηνθ᾿ ἑκατόμπεδοι: κατώρθωνται, πρόκεινται ἐφεξῆς πλατεῖαι οὖσαι.

ad v. 34

a. οὐδ᾿ ἔστιν οὕτω βάρβαρος: οὐδαμῶς δὲ τις οὕτω βάρβαρος τυγχάνει οὐδὲ τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀλλόκοτος πόλις, ἥτις τοῦ Πηλέως οὐ κατακούει τὴν δόξαν | ἥρωος εὐδαίμονος καὶ γαμβροῦ τῶν θεῶν.

35–37

 Ἡρακλέης. ἀλλʼ Αἰακίδαν καλέων
 κεῖνον ἐς πλόον κύρησε δαινυμένων.
 τὸν μὲν ἐν ῥινῷ λέοντος στάντα κελήσατο νεκταρέαις σπονδαῖσιν ἄρξαι

Heracles. But when he came to summon the son of Aeacus to that expedition, he found them feasting. Standing in a lion’s skin, the strong warrior, son of Amphitryon, was asked to pour the first libation of nectar by incomparable Telamon, who lifted up to him

38–39

38 καρτεραίχμαν Ἀμφιτρυωνιάδαν, σ1

39 ἄνδωκε δʼ αὐτῷ φέρτατος

But when he went to call the son of Aiakos to the voyage he found the whole company at the feast. And as he stood there in his lion's skin, then did Telamon their chief challenge Amphitryon's son of the mighty spear to make initiative libation of nectar, and handed on unto him the wine-cup rough with gold.

Scholia ad vv. 38–39 (1 entry)

ad v. 38

a. οὐδ᾿ ἅτις Αἴαντος Τελαμωνιάδα: οὐδὲ ἥτις πόλις τοῦ Τελαμῶνος τοῦ Αἰακοῦ παιδὸς καὶ τοῦ πατρός· εἶτα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, οὐ κατακούει τὴν δόξαν· ὅντινα Τελαμῶνα εἰς ἰσχυρότατον πόλεμον συνεπήγαγε σὺν τοῖς Ἀργείοις αὐτοῦ ὑπηρέταις ὁ Ἡρακλῆς πρόθυμον ὄντα σύμμαχον καὶ μεγάλην βλάβην τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Τροίαν οἰκοῦσιν ἥρωσι τῶν τοῦ Λαομέδοντος ἁμαρτιῶν χάριν. ὁ γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς μετὰ Τελαμῶνος δοκεῖ κατειργάσθαι τὰ πολλά.

40–42

 οἰνοδόκον φιάλαν χρυσῷ πεφρικυῖαν Τελαμών,
 ὁ δʼ ἀνατείναις οὐρανῷ χεῖρας ἀμάχους
 εἴ ποτʼ ἐμάν, ὦ Ζεῦ πάτερ, αὔδασε τοιοῦτον ἔπος·

the wine-bearing goblet bristling with gold. And Heracles stretched his invincible hands up to heaven and said, “Father Zeus, if you have ever heard my prayers with a willing heart,

43 θυμῷ ἐθέλων ἀρὰν ἄκουσας,

And Herakles stretched forth to heaven his invincible hands and spake on this wise: 'If ever, O father Zeus, thou hast heard my prayer with willing heart, now, even now, with strong entreaty I pray thee that thou give this man a brave child of Eriboia's womb, that by award of fate my friend may gain a son of body as staunch as this hide that hangeth about me, which was of the beast that I slew at Nemea, first of all my labours; and let his soul be of like sort.'

44 νῦν σε, νῦν εὐχαῖς ὑπὸ θεσπεσίαις

now, now with divine prayers

45–48

 λίσσομαι παῖδα θρασὺν ἐξ Ἐριβοίας σ2
 ἀνδρὶ τῷδε, ξεῖνον ἀμὸν μοιρίδιον τελέσαι,
 τὸν μὲν ἄρρηκτον φυάν, ὥσπερ τόδε δέρμα με νῦν περιπλανᾶται σ5
 θηρός, ὃν πάμπρωτον ἄθλων κτεῖνά ποτʼ ἐν Νεμέᾳ·

I entreat you to grant this man a brave son from Eriboea, a son fated to be my guest-friend. May he have a body as invulnerable as this skin that is now wrapped around me, from the beast whom I killed that day in Nemea as the very first of my labors. And may he have spirit to match.” When he had spoken, the god sent to him

Scholia ad vv. 45–48 (7 entries)

ad v. 45

a. εἷλε δὲ Περγαμίαν: καὶ ἐπόρθησε τὴν Πέργαμον, φησίν. οὕτω γὰρ τὴν τῶν Τρώων ἀκρόπολιν λεγομένην εἶπεν, ὡς | καὶ Ὅμηρος μνημονεύει (E 446)· Περγάμῳ ἐν ἱερῇ· σὺν δὲ τῷ Τελαμῶνι ἀνεῖλε τὰ πλήθη τῶν ἐν τῇ Κῷ ἐθνῶν. ταύτης δὲ τῆς ἱστορίας | καὶ Ὅμηρος μνημονεύει (Ξ 255, Ο 28)· καί μιν ἔπειτα Κόωνδ᾿ εὖ ναιομένην ἀπένεικας.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· σὺν δὲ τῷ Τελαμῶνι καὶ τὰ τῶν Κῴων ἔθνη καταγωνισάμενος ἀνεῖλε.

ad v. 47

a. καὶ τὸν βουβόταν οὔρεϊ ἶσον Φλέγραισιν εὑρὼν Ἀλκυονῆ: Φλέγρα τῆς Θρᾴκης χωρίον. διέτριβε δὲ ὁ Ἀλκυονεὺς κατὰ τὸν Θρᾳκικὸν Ἰσθμόν.

b. βουβόταν δὲ τὸν βουκόλον φησὶ, παρόσον τὰς Ἡλίου βοῦς ἀπήλασεν· ὅθεν καὶ ὁ πόλεμος θεῶν πρὸς τοὺς Γίγαντας.

c. τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐφείσατο ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου τὸ ἐναντίον σημαίνει· οὐκ ἐφείσατο, ἀλλ᾿ ἐχρήσατο· οἷον ἐπεδαψιλεύσατο πολλοὺς τῶν πολεμίων τοξεύσας ὁ Ἡρακλῆς·

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐν δὲ τῇ Φλεγραίᾳ Ἡρακλῆς ἰδὼν τὸν Ἀλκυονέα τὸν ἐκτράπελον καὶ τερατώδη τὸ σῶμα οὐκ ἐφείσατο τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ τόξου καὶ ἔμενεν, ἀλλὰ τὸν Αἰακοῦ παῖδα τὸν Τελαμῶνα εἰς τοῦτον τὸν πλοῦν καὶ ταύτην τὴν συμμαχίαν καλῶν ἔτυχεν ἀνευρὼν εὐωχούμενον τὸν Τελαμῶνα.

e. οὐκe. ἄλλως. ταῦτα ἀπήρτισται τὸ κατάλληλον οὐκ ἔχοντα, ἃ δὴ ὁ Ἀρίσταρχος σημειοῦται. καὶ εἰσὶν οἳ κεχιάσθαι φασὶν, ὅτι ἰδίως ἐπιβέληκεν ὡς ἐν διαστολῇ τοῦ οὐ φείσατο· ἀλλ᾿ Αἰακίδαν καλέων· ἀνατρέχων ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἱστορίας. οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἴδιον, ἐὰν ὁ ἀλλά ἀντὶ τοῦ δέ τάσσηται· Αἰακίδαν δὲ καλέων. νῦν ἄρχεται τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους, ἀκριβῶς τὸ ὅλον προεκθείς.

49 θυμὸς δʼ ἑπέσθω. ταῦτʼ ἄρα οἱ φαμένῳ πέμψεν θεὸς

And when he had thus spoken, the god sent forth the king of birds, a mighty eagle, and sweet delight thrilled him within, and he spake aloud as a seer speaketh: 'Behold, the son whom thou askest shall be born unto thee, O Telamon:' also after the bird's name that had appeared unto them he said that the child's name should be the mighty Aias, terrible in the strife of warring hosts: so he spake, and sate him down straightway.

50 ἀρχὸν οἰωνῶν μέγαν αἰετόν· ἁδεῖα δʼ ἔνδον νιν ἔκνιξεν χάρις,50

the king of birds, a great eagle. He felt thrilled inside with sweet joy,

51–53

 εἶπέν τε φωνήσαις ἅτε μάντις ἀνήρ·
 ἔσσεταί τοι παῖς, ὃν αἰτεῖς, ὦ Τελαμών·
 καί νιν ὄρνιχος φανέντος κέκλεʼ ἐπώνυμον εὐρυβίαν Αἴαντα, λαῶν σ3

and he spoke like a prophet: “Telamon, you will have the son that you ask for. Name him after the bird that appeared: wide-ruling Aias, awesome in the war-toils of the people.”

Scholia ad vv. 51–53 (3 entries)

ad v. 53

a. τὸν μὲν ἐν ῥινῷ λέοντος στάντα: τοῦτο ἰδίως. οὐ γὰρ ὁ Τελαμὼν ἐκέλευσε τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ ἐμβῆναι τῷ δέρματι καὶ εὔξασθαι, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτὸς ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τοῦτο κατ᾿ ἰδίαν ἔπραξε προαίρεσιν. εἴληπται δὲ ἐκ τῶν μεγάλων Ἠοιῶν ἡ ἱστορία (fr. 140)· ἐκεῖ γὰρ εὑρίσκεται ἐπιξενούμενος ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τῷ Τελαμῶνι καὶ ἐμβαίνων τῇ δορᾷ καὶ εὐχόμενος, καὶ οὕτως ὁ διόπομπος αἰετὸς, ἀφ᾿ οὗ τὴν προσωνυμίαν ἔλαβεν Αἴας.

b. ἐνb. ἔνιοι δὲ οὕτως ἀκούουσι· τοῦτον μὲν ῥινῷ λέοντος ἰδὼν ὁ Τελαμὼν τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἄφνω ἐφεστῶτα ἐν τῇ δορᾷ παρεκελεύσατο αὐτῷ, ὡς ἧκεν ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ, σπένδειν· τουτέστι μὴ ἀποθέμενον τὸ δέρμα, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς εἶχεν ἄρξασθαι τῶν σπονδῶν· ὡς ὅμοιον εἶναι τῷ (Σ 392)· Ἥφαιστε, πρόμολ᾿ ὧδε, Θέτις νύ τι σεῖο χατίζει.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τοῦτον μὲν οὖν τὸν Ἡρακλέα σὺν τῇ τοῦ λέοντος δορᾷ στάντα ἐκέλευσεν ὁ Τελαμὼν σπονδῶν ἀπάρξασθαι καὶ θῦσαι τοῖς θεοῖς.

54 ἐν πόνοις ἔκπαγλον Ἐνυαλίου.

But for me it were long to tell all those valiant deeds. For for Phylakidas am I come, O Muse, a dispenser of thy triumphal songs, and for Pytheas, and for Euthymenes; therefore in Argive fashion my tale shall be of fewest words.

55–58

 ὣς ἆρα εἰπὼν αὐτίκα
 ἀν ἕζετʼ. ἐμοὶ δὲ μακρὸν πάσας αγήσασθʼ ἀρετάς·
 Φυλακίδᾳ γὰρ ἦλθον, ὦ Μοῖσα, ταμίας
 Πυθέᾳ τε κώμων Εὐθυμένει τε. τὸν Ἀργείων τρόπον σ4

He spoke, and immediately sat down. But for me it would take a long time to tell the story of all their excellence. For I came, Muse, a steward of victory-songs to Phylacidas and Pytheas and Euthymenes. The story will be told in the Argive manner, very briefly.

Scholia ad vv. 55–58 (4 entries)

ad v. 58

a. ἄνδωκε δ᾿ αὐτῷ φέρτατος οἰνοδόκον φιάλαν χρυσῷ πεφρικυῖαν: Ἀρίσταρχος ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῶν κάπρων φησὶν εἰρῆσθαι· φρίξας εὖ λοφιήν (τ 446)· ὡς ἐξοχὰς ἐχούσης τῆς φιάλης καὶ τετραχυμμένης τῇ ποικιλίᾳ τοῦ χρυσοῦ, καθαπερανεὶ πεφρικότα κάπρον. ἵν᾿ ᾖ ὅμοιον τῷ (Ν 339)· ἔφριξεν δὲ μάχη φθισίμβροτος ἐγχείῃσι. διὰ γὰρ τὰς ἀκμὰς τῶν δοράτων φρῖξαι φησὶ τὴν μάχην.

b. ἔνιοι δὲ τὴν λαμπρὰν ἤκουσαν, | ἐπειδὴ διὰ τὰς στιλβηδόνας ὥσπερ ἀκτῖνες ἀποσείονται καὶ ἔκστασις γίνεται.

c. χρυσῷ πεφρικυῖαν: διὰ τὴν ἀπόστιλψιν λέγει.

d. |d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· παρέσχε δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγαθὸς Τελαμὼν οἴνου δεκτικὴν φιάλην | καὶ στίλβουσαν τῷ χρυσῷ.

59 εἰρήσεταί που κἀν βραχίστοις.

Three victories have they won in the pankration of Isthmos, and others at leafy Nemea, even these noble sons and their mother's brother: how fair a portion of song have they brought to light! yea and they water with the Charites' delicious dew their clan of the Psalychidai, and have raised up the house of Themistios, and dwell here in a city which the gods love well.

60–63

 ἄραντο γὰρ νίκας ἀπὸ παγκρατίου σ1
 τρεῖς ἀπʼ Ἰσθμοῦ, τὰς δʼ ἀπʼ εὐφύλλου Νεμέας,
 ἀγλαοὶ παῖδές τε καὶ μάτρως· ἀνὰ δʼ ἄγαγον ἐς φάος οἵαν μοῖραν ὕμνων·
 τὰν Ψαλυχιδᾶν δὲ πάτραν Χαρίτων

For those splendid boys and their uncle won three victories in the pancratium—at the Isthmus, and others at Nemea with its fine trees, and they brought to light a great share of praises. With the lovely dew of the Graces they refresh the family of the Psalychids;

Scholia ad vv. 60–63 (1 entry)

ad v. 60

a. ὃ δ᾿ ἀντείνας οὐρανῷ χεῖρας ἀμάχους: ὁ δὲ ἀνατείνας τῷ οὐρανῷ τὰς ἀκαταμαχήτους αὐτοῦ χεῖρας τοιοῦτον ἐφώνησε λόγον· ὦ πάτερ Ζεῦ, εἴ ποτε τῶν ἐμῶν εὐχῶν ἑκὼν καὶ μετὰ προθυμίας κατήκουσας, ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος θείαις εὐχαῖς καθικετεύω, ἀνδρειότατον τῷ Τελαμῶνι ἐκ τῆς γαμετῆς Ἐριβοίας γενέσθαι παῖδα. ἦν γὰρ ὁ Τελαμὼν παιδοποιΐας ἐπιθυμῶν.

64 ἄρδοντι καλλίστᾳ δρόσῳ,

And Lampon, in that he bestoweth practice on all he doth, holdeth in high honour the word of Hesiod which speaketh thereof, and exhorteth thereunto his sons, whereby he bringeth unto his city a general fame: and for his kind entreating of strangers is he loved, to the just mean aspiring, to the just mean holding fast; and his tongue departeth not from his thoughts: and among athlete men he is as the bronze-grinding Naxian whetstone amid stones.

65–68

 τόν τε Θεμιστίου ὀρθώσαντες οἶκον τάνδε πόλιν
 θεοφιλῆ ναίοισι. Λάμπων δὲ μελέταν
 ἔργοις ὀπάζων Ἡσιόδου μάλα τιμᾷ τοῦτʼ ἔπος, σ3
 υἱοῖσί τε φράζων παραινεῖ,

they have kept upright the house of Themistius, and they live in a city which the gods love. Lampon, “taking care with his work,” honors these words of Hesiod, and he advises his sons with them too,

Scholia ad vv. 65–68 (3 entries)

ad v. 67

a. μοιρίδιον τελέσαι: τὸ τελέσαι κατὰ κοινοῦ· τελέσαι τῷδε παῖδα, καὶ λίσσομαί σε τὸν ἐμὸν φίλον Τελαμῶνα εὐτυχῆ τελέσαι.

b. τὸ δὲ περιπλανᾶται ἀντὶ τοῦ περικινεῖται, περίκειται ἢ περιλαμβίανει δίχα πίλναται· διὸ καὶ εὐσυμβόλως ἐν ἀρχαῖς τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἐπιστῆναι τῇ λεοντείᾳ δορᾷ ἐκέλευσε.

c. τὸ δὲ θυμὸς δ᾿ ἑπέσθω, ἤτοι ἀνδρεία δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ῥώμη ἑπέσθω ἴσως τῷ τοῦ λέοντος θυμῷ· ἢ οὕτως· ἑπέσθω δὲ τῷ Αἴαντι καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἄτρωτος καὶ μὴ ὑπείκουσα, καθάπερ καὶ τὸ σῶμα.

69 ξυνὸν ἄστει κόσμον ἑῷ προσάγων,

thus bringing a shared adornment to his city.

70–74

 καὶ ξένων εὐεργεσίαις ἀγαπᾶται,
 μέτρα μὲν γνώμᾳ διώκων, μέτρα δὲ καὶ κατέχων·
 γλῶσσα δʼ οὐκ ἔξω φρενῶν· φαίης κέ νιν ἀνδράσιν ἀθληταῖσιν ἔμμεν σ2
 Ναξίαν πέτραις ἐν ἄλλαις χαλκοδάμαντʼ ἀκόναν.
 πίσω σφε Δίρκας ἁγνὸν ὕδωρ, τὸ βαθύζωνοι κόραι

He is loved for his kindness to his guest-friends; he pursues with moderation in his thoughts and restrains with moderation. He does not say one thing and think another. You might say that for athletes he is like the bronze-mastering Naxian whetstone among other stones. I shall give him to drink the pure water of Dirce, which the deep-waisted daughters of

Now will I give him to drink of the holy water of Dirke, which golden-robed Mnemosyne's deep-girdled daughters made once to spring out of the earth, beside the well-walled gates of Kadmos.

Scholia ad vv. 70–74 (2 entries)

ad v. 72

a. ταῦτ᾿ ἄρα οἱ φαμένῳ: ταῦτα εἰπόντι, φησί, τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ζεὺς τῶν ὀρνίθων τὸν μέγαν καὶ ἔξοχον ἀετόν· ἡδεῖα δὲ αὐτὸν διεκίνησεν ἡδονὴ, καὶ εἶπε τοιαῦτα ὥσπερ τις ἀκριβέστατος μάντις.

b. ἢ οὕτω· χαρὰ ἐκέντρισε, τουτέστιν ἐχάρη κατὰ ψυχήν.

75 χρυσοπέπλου Μναμοσύνας ἀνέτειλαν παρʼ εὐτειχέσιν Κάδμου πύλαις. σ1875

golden-robed Mnemosyne brought forth beside the fine-walled gates of Cadmus.

Scholia ad vv. 75–75 (18 entries)

ad v. 75

a. ἐνἜσσεταί τοι παῖς, ὦ Τελαμών: γενήσεταί σοι παῖς, ὦ Τελαμών. καὶ δὴ αὐτὸν τὸ θεῖον παρακελεύεται τοῦδε τοῦ φανέντος ὄρνιθος ἐπώνυμον Αἴαντα, ἔξωθεν τὸ καλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄνομα, γενναῖον ὄντα πᾶσι τοῖς πόνοις καὶ καμάτοις τοῦ πολέμου καὶ ἔξαρχον τῶν ἄλλων ὄχλων· ἵνα τὸ ἐσόμενον ἔξωθεν ἀκούωμεν. δῆλον οὖν, ὅτι παρὰ τὴν πτῆσιν καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀετοῦ ἐπιφάνειαν Αἴαντα τὸν παῖδα κέκληκεν ὁ Τελαμών. [Drachmann ad v. 76]

a. ἐμοὶ δὲ μακρὸν πάσας ἁγήσασθ᾿ ἀρετάς: ἐμοὶ δὲ μέγα καὶ ἀπερίγραπτον λόγῳ τὸ διηγήσασθαι πάσας τὰς τῶν Αἰακιδῶν ἀρετάς· ἦλθον γὰρ, ὦ Μοῦσα, συντόμως κατὰ τὸν Ἀργείων τρόπον τῷ Φυλακίδᾳ καὶ τῷ Πυθέᾳ καὶ τῶ Εὐθυμένει τῶν ἐγκωμίων δοτὴρ καὶ ταμίας. [Drachmann ad v. 82]

a. εἰρήσεταί πού κ᾿ ἐν βραχίστοις: τουτέστιν ἐπὶ βραχὺ εἰρήσθω. Μακρολόγοι μὲν οὖν οἱ Ἴωνες, σύντομοι δὲ οὐ μόνον Λάκωνες, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀργεῖοι. Σοφοκλῆς Ὀδυσσεῖ μαινομένῳ (fr. 424)· πάντ᾿ οἶσθα, πάντ᾿ ἔλεξα τἀντεταλμένα· μῦθος γὰρ Ἀργολιστὶ συντέμνει βραχύς. [Drachmann ad v. 87]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ῥηθήσεται δὲ ἐν βραχέσι λόγοις τὸ ἐγκώμιον· ἐδέξαντο νίκας ἀγωνιζόμενοι παγκρατίῳ. [Drachmann ad v. 87]

a. τρεῖς ἀπ᾿ Ἰσθμοῦ: τρεῖς μὲν ἐν Ἰσθμῷ, φησί, τὰς δὲ αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς ἐπιδόξου Νεμέας οἵ τε ἀγαθοὶ παῖδες τοῦ Λάμπωνος καὶ οἱ τούτων μήτρωες, ἐδέξαντο νίκας ἀπὸ κοινοῦ. μήτρωες δὲ, ἀντὶ τοῦ μήτρως δὲ, ὁ Εὐθυμένης, ὅτι μητρὸς ἀδελφὸς τῶν Λάμπωνος υἱῶν. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

b. τὸ δὲ οἵαν θαυμαστικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁποίαν εἴρηκεν· ὁποίαν δὲ καὶ ἡλίκην ὕμνων μερίδα ἀνήγαγον εἰς φῶς ἐπὶ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ἀνδρείαις. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἀνήγαγον δέ, φησίν, εἰς φῶς τὴν μοῖραν τῶν ὕμνων. λέγει δὲ τὴν τῶν ἑαυτοῦ μοῖραν ὕμνων, ἣν νικήσαντες ἀνήγαγον εἰς φῶς. οἷον οἱ ὕμνοι οἱ εἰς τοὺς περὶ Φυλακίδαν ἐπιφανεῖς ἐγένοντο, ὅτι ἐνίκησαν. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

d. Ψαλυχιάδαι δὲ φυλὴ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ, ἀφ᾿ ἦς ὁ νικηφόρος. τὴν δὲ τῶν Ψαλυχιαδῶν φατρίαν τῇ τῶν Χαρίτων καλλίστῃ δρόσῳ καταβρέχουσι, φησὶ δὲ τοῖς ὕμνοις. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

e. ἄλλως. συλληπτικῶς εἶπε τὸ χωρὶς ἑκατέρῳ συμβεβηκός· ὁ μὲν γὰρ Φυλακίδας Ἴσθμια δὶς νικᾷ καὶ Νέμεα ἅπαξ, ὁ δὲ Εὐθυμένης ἅπαξ Ἴσθμια, ὁ δὲ Πυθέας Νέμεα· ὃν δὴ μήτρωα καλεῖ τούτων ὡς κατὰ μητέρα προσήκοντα· οὐ γὰρ πιθανὸν μητράδελφον ἀκούειν. [Drachmann ad v. 89]

a. τόν τε Θεμιστίου ὀρθώσαντες οἶκον: καὶ τὸν τοῦ Θεμιστίου δὲ οἶκον ταῖς ἑαυτῶν εὐδοξίαις ἀνορθώσαντες ταύτην τὴν πόλιν οἰκοῦσι τὴν θεοφιλῆ. ἦν δὲ ὁ Θεμίστιος πρόγονος αὐτῶν, οὗ καὶ ἐν τοῖς Νεμεονίκαις μνημονεύει (N V 50)· εἰ δὲ Θεμίστιον ἵκεις ὥστ᾿ ἀείδειν. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

a. Λάμπων δὲ μελέταν ἔργοις ὀπάζων Ἡσιόδου: μελέτη δέ τοι ἔργον ὀφέλλει (op. 410). ὁ δὲ Λάμπων, φησί, διηνεκῶς τοῖς ἔργοις τὴν μελέτην διδοὺς τὸν τοῦ Ἡσιόδου τιμᾷ καὶ ἀποδέχεται λόγον, καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ παισὶ λέγων τὸν στίχον παραινεῖ ἄθλων καὶ εὐδοξίας ἀντέχεσθαι, κοινὴν εὐδοξίαν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδι προσάπτων. [Drachmann ad v. 97]

a. καὶ ξείνων εὐεργεσίαις ἀγαπᾶται: τιμᾶται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν ξένων εὐεργεσίαις· τυγχάνει γὰρ ὢν φιλόξενος· τὰ προσήκοντα μὲν τῇ γνώμῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ μετερχόμενος, τὰ προσήκοντα δὲ καὶ κατέχων εἰς ἑαυτὸν καὶ λογιζόμενος. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

b. ἢ οὕτω· διὰ τὸ φιλόξενος εἶναι καὶ ὑπὸ ξένων καὶ ὑπὸ πολιτῶν τιμᾶται, καὶ διανοούμενος τὰ μέτρια καὶ ἐνεργῶν καὶ πράσσων. [Drachmann ad v. 102]

a. γλῶσσα δ᾿ οὐκ ἔξω φρενῶν: τουτέστιν οὐδὲν ἄκαιρον φλυαρεῖ, ἀλλ᾿ ὃ σκέπτεται. παρὰ γὰρ πολλοῖς ἡ γλῶττα προτρέχει τῆς διανοίας. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἡ δὲ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ λόγος οὐκ ἔστιν ἔξωθεν τῶν δεουσῶν φρενῶν, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προπετῶς φθέγγεται. [Drachmann ad v. 105]

a. φαίης κέ νιν ἄνδρ᾿ ἐν ἀθληταῖς: εἴποι δ᾿ ἄν τις αὐτὸν τὸν Λάμπωνα εἶναι τοιοῦτον ἄνδρα ἐν τοῖς ἀθληταῖς, οἵαν ἐν πέτραις ἑτερογενέσι Ναξίαν ἀκόνην, δυνάμενον ἀθλητὰς μάλιστα παραθῆξαι. νομίζονται γὰρ διαφορώταται τῶν ἄλλων ἀκονῶν αἱ κατὰ τὴν ἐν Κρήτῃ Νάξον. τοσοῦτον οὖν φησι τῶν ἄλλων ἀλειπτῶν διαφέρειν ἐν τοῖς ἀθληταῖς, ὅσον ἐν ἄλλαις ἀκόναις αἱ Νάξιαι διαφέρουσιν. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εἴποις δ᾿ ἂν αὐτὸν τὸν Λάμπωνα ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀθληταῖς οὕτως ἰσχυρὸν εἶναι ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις λίθοις ἡ Ναξία. ποιεῖ δὲ πρὸς ἀκόνην ὁ Νάξιος λίθος. [Drachmann ad v. 106]

a. πίσω σφε Δίρκας ἁγνὸν ὕδωρ: ἀλληγορεῖ νῦν· ποτιῶ, φησίν, αὐτοὺς τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς Δίρκης ὕδωρ, ὃ αἱ Μοῦσαι ἀνατεῖλαι ἐποίησαν· τουτέστι τῷ ἐμῷ ῥεύματι, ἤτοι τῷ ποιήματι ποτιῶ αὐτούς. Θηβαῖος γὰρ, ἡ δὲ Δίρκη ἐν Θήβαις· διὸ ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀναβεβλῆσθαί φησι τὸν ὕμνον. πῖσαι δὲ τὸ ποτίσαι, καὶ τὰς ποτίστρας δὲ πίσας ἔλεγον. [Drachmann ad v. 108]

PINDAR · ISTHMIAN · ODE 7

Isthmian 7 — for Στρεψιάδῃ Θηβαίῳ

παγκρατίῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 51 lines · 48 scholia parts

Argumentum (3 entries)

p1. Scholia in Isthmionicarum carmen VII.

p2. Τοῦ ἑβδόμου εἴδους ἡ στροφὴ καὶ ἀντίστροφος κώλων ὀκτώ. τὸ α΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ β΄ ἰωνικὸν τετράμετρον ἰαμβικῷ κατακλειόμενον, βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἐκ πενθημιμεροῦς ἰαμβικοῦ καὶ διμέτρου τροχαϊκοῦ καταληκτικόν. τὸ δ΄ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν· ἡ τελευταία βραχεῖα. τὸ ς΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον.

p3. ἡ ἐπῳδὸς κώλων καὶ αὐτὴ ὀκτώ. τὸ α΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ β΄ παλιαμβικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ γ΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ δ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ε΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ς΄ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ζ΄ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ η΄ ἐπιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.

1–4

 τίνι τῶν πάρος, ὦ μάκαιρα Θήβα, σ2
 καλῶν ἐπιχωρίων μάλιστα θυμὸν τεὸν
 εὔφρανας; ἦ ῥα χαλκοκρότου πάρεδρον σ2
 Δαμάτερος ἁνίκʼ εὐρυχαίταν

In which of the local glories of the past, divinely blessed Thebe, did you most delight your spirit? Was it when you raised to eminence the one seated beside Demeter of the clashing bronze cymbals, flowing-haired

Wherewithal of the fair deeds done in thy land, O divine Thebe, hath thy soul had most delight? Whether when thou broughtest forth to the light Dionysos of the flowing hair, who sitteth beside Demeter to whom the cymbals clang? or when at midnight in a snow of gold thou didst receive the mightiest of the gods, what time he stood at Amphitryon's doors and beguiled his wife, to the begetting of Herakles? Or when thou hadst honour in the wise counsels of Teiresias, or in Iolaos the cunning charioteer, or the unwearied spears of the Spartoi? or when out of the noise of the strong battle-cry thou sentest Adrastos home to horse-breeding Argos, of his countless company forlorn? or when thou madest the Dorian colony of the men of Lakedaimon stand upright upon its feet, and the sons of Aigeus thy progeny took Amyklai, according to the oracles of Pytho?

Scholia ad vv. 1–4 (4 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Ὁ λόγος πευστικὸς πρὸς τὴν Θήβην, ᾧ καὶ ἀποχρώμενος λεληθότως αὐτῆς ἐγκώμια καταριθμεῖται.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς οὕτω· τίνι τῶν φθασάντων ἐπιχωρίων ἀγαθῶν, ὦ μακαριωτάτη Θήβη, μάλιστα τὴν σὴν ψυχὴν εὔφρανας;

ad v. 3

a. ἦ ῥα χαλκοκρότου πάρεδρον: παρὰ τὰ ἐπικτυποῦντα ἐν ταῖς τελεταῖς τῆς Δήμητρος κύμβαλα. μετὰ γὰρ κυμβάλων καὶ τυμπάνων περιϊοῦσα ἡ θεὸς καὶ τούτοις ἠχοῦσα ἐζήτει πρὸς τὸ πάντας ἀκούειν καὶ πυνθάνεσθαι ὅ τι ζητεῖ. πάρεδρον δὲ Δήμητρος εἶπε τὸν Διόνυσον, κατὰ μὲν τὸν μυστικὸν λόγον, ὅτι παρεδρεύει αὐτῇ ὁ ἐκ Περσεφόνης γεγονὼς Ζαγρεὺς Διόνυσος, ὁ κατά τινας Ἴακχος· κατὰ δὲ τὸν φυσικὸν λόγον, ἐπειδὴ τῇ ξηρᾷ τροφῇ, ἣ ἀνάκειται τῇ Δήμητρι, παρέπεται ἡ τοῦ οἴνου χρῆσις, ἣ ὅτι ἡ σταφυλὴ ἐδωδίμη ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς πόσιν ἐπιτηδεία.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἆρ᾿ ἡνίκα ἀνέτειλας καὶ ἐγέννησας τὸν εὔτριχα Διόνυσον τὸν πάρεδρον τῆς χαλκοκρότου Δήμητρος;

5 ἄντειλας Διόνυσον; ἢ χρυσῷ μεσονύκτιον νίφοντα δεξαμένα τὸν φέρτατον θεῶν, σ25

Dionysus? Or when you received, as a snow-shower of gold in the middle of the night, the greatest of the gods,

Scholia ad vv. 5–5 (2 entries)

ad v. 5

a. ἢ χρυσῷ μεσονύκτιον: ἢ ὅτε τὸ μεσονύκτιον χρυσῷ καταστάζοντα ἐδέξω τὸν τῶν θεῶν ἔξαρχον Δία.

b. ἄλλως. ἰδίως λέγει τὸν Δία ὗσαι χρυσὸν, ἡνίκα ἐμίγνυτο Ἀλκμήνῃ· ἢ τὰ ἐπὶ Δανάης μυθευόμενα ἐπὶ Ἀλκμήνην μετήγαγεν.

6–7

6 ὁπότʼ Ἀμφιτρύωνος ἐν θυρέτροις

7 σταθεὶς ἄλοχον μετῆλθεν Ἡρακλείοις γοναῖς;

when he stood in the doorway of Amphitryon, and then went in to the wife to beget Heracles? Or did you delight most in the shrewd counsels of Teiresias? Or in the wise horseman Iolaus?

8–9

8 ἢ ὅτʼ ἀμφὶ πυκναῖς Τειρεσίαο βουλαῖς;

9 ἢ ὅτʼ ἀμφʼ Ἰόλαον ἱππόμητιν; σ1

Nay, but the glory of the old time sleepeth, and mortals are unmindful thereof, save such as married to the sounding stream of song attaineth unto the perfect meed that wisdom giveth. New triumph now lead for Strepsiades with melodious hymn: for at Isthmos hath he borne away the pankratiast's prize. Wondrous in strength is he, and to look upon of goodly shape, and his valour is such as shameth not his stature.

Scholia ad vv. 8–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 9

a. ὁπότ᾿ Ἀμφιτρύωνος ἐν θυρέτροις σταθείς: ἡνίκα τοῦ Ἀμφιτρύωνος κατὰ τὰ πρόθυρα σταθεὶς τὴν γαμετὴν μετῆλθε ταῖς θείαις γοναῖς. κατὰ πάντων δὲ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ εὔφρανας ἀκουστέον.

10 ἢ Σπαρτῶν ἀκαμαντολογχᾶν; ἢ ὅτε καρτερᾶς Ἄδραστον ἐξ ἀλαλᾶς ἄμπεμψας ὀρφανὸν10

Or in the Sown Men, untiring with the spear? Or when you sent Adrastus back from the mighty war-shout, bereft

11–14

 μυρίων ἑτάρων ἐς Ἄργος ἵππιον; σ2
 ἢ Δωρίδʼ ἀποικίαν οὕνεκεν ὀρθῷ
 ἔστασας ἐπὶ σφυρῷ σ1
 Λακεδαιμονίων, ἕλον δʼ Ἀμύκλας σ2

of countless companions, to Argos, home of horses? Or because you stood upright on its feet the Dorian colony of the men of Lacedaemon, and your descendants,

Scholia ad vv. 11–14 (5 entries)

ad v. 11

a. ἢ ὅτ᾿ ἀμφὶ Τειρεσίαο: ἢ ὅτε ταῖς τοῦ Τειρεσίου πυκναῖς καὶ συνεταῖς μαντείαις.

b. ἱππόμητιν δὲ τὸν Ἰόλαόν φησι, παρόσον ἡνιόχησεν Ἡρακλεῖ. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ πρὸς πάντα τὸ θυμὸν τεὸν εὔφρανας.

ad v. 13

a. ἢ Σπαρτῶν ἀκαμαντολογχᾶν: τῶν κατὰ τὰς Θήβας ἀναδοθέντων ἐκ τῶν δρακοντείων ὀδόντων, ὧν καὶ Εὐριπίδης (Phoen. 795) μέμνηται· ἢ Σπαρτῶν φησι τῶν ἄγαν πολεμικῶν. ὁ γὰρ Φερεκύδης (F H G I 83 M., I 67 J.) διττά φησιν εἶναι Σπαρτῶν γένη· τὸν γὰρ Ἄρη καὶ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν τοὺς μὲν ἡμίσεις τῶν ὀδόντων Κάδμῳ δοῦναι, τοὺς δὲ ἡμίσεις Αἰήτῃ· Ἀνδροτίων δέ φησι (F H G I 373) φυγόντα ἐκ τῆς Φοινίκης τὸν Κάδμον μετὰ ἱκανῶν σποράδων κατελθεῖν εἰς Θήβας, ὅθεν διὰ τὸ συμμιγὲς καὶ σποράδην εἶναι Σπαρτοὶ ἐκλήθησαν· οἱ δὲ Θηβαῖοι τὰ περὶ αὐτῶν ψευδῶς ἐτερατούργησαν.

ad v. 14

a. ἢ ὅτε καρτερᾶς Ἄδραστον ἐξ ἀλαλᾶς: τῆς μάχης, διὰ τὰς ἐν αὐτῇ θορυβώδεις φωνάς. ὅτι δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ λόχων ἀπεσώθη ὁ Ἄδραστος, δῆλον.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἢ ὅτε ἐκ τῆς ἰσχυροτάτης μάχης ἀπέπεμψας τὸν Ἄδραστον ὀρφανωθέντα, ὦ Θήβη, μυρίων καὶ ἀναρίθμων στρατιωτῶν εἰς τὸ ἱππικὸν Ἄργος.

15–17

 Αἰγεῖδαι σέθεν ἔκγονοι, μαντεύμασι Πυθίοις;
 ἀλλὰ παλαιὰ γὰρ
 εὕδει χάρις, ἀμνάμονες δὲ βροτοί,

the Aegeids, captured Amyclae according to the Pythian oracles? But since ancient grace sleeps, and mortals are forgetful

So shineth he forth by grace of the Muses iris-haired, and to his uncle of like name hath he given to share his crown, for albeit bronze-shielded Ares gave him over unto death, yet remaineth there for the valiant a recompense of renown. For let whoso amid the cloud of war from his beloved country wardeth the bloody shower, and maketh havoc in the enemy's host, know assuredly that for the race of his fellow-citizens he maketh their renown wax mightily, yea when he is dead even as while he was yet alive.

18–19

18 ὅ τι μὴ σοφίας ἄωτον ἄκρον σ2

19 κλυταῖς ἐπέων ῥοαῖσιν ἐξίκηται ζυγέν.

of whatever does not reach the highest bloom of skillful song, joined to glorious streams of words,

Scholia ad vv. 18–19 (2 entries)

ad v. 18

a. ἢ Δωρίδ᾿ ἀποικίαν: οἱ Ἡρακλεῖδαι ἔσχον παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ χρησμὸν συλλαβεῖν Αἰγείδας, καὶ οὕτω τῆς Πελοποννήσου κρατήσειν. ἦσαν δὲ οὗτοι Φλεγραῖοι ἀνέκαθεν, φυλὴ ἐν Αἰγίνῃ. οἱ δὲ δεξάμενοι κατὰ τὸ Πυθικὸν χρηστήριον, τῆς ἐλπίδος οὐκ ἐκπεσόντες, κρατήσαντες δὲ τῆς Πελοποννήσου, μετῴκισαν εἰς Θήβας τοὺς Αἰγείδας. ἔνιοι δέ φασιν Αἰγείδας Ἀθηναίους τὸ ἀνέκαθεν εἶναι· ἔνιοι δὲ Αἰγείδας φυλὴν ἐν Θήβῃ, ἀφ᾿ ἧς σύμμαχοι ἐπὶ τὴν Λακεδαίμονα ἦλθον καὶ ἐκράτησαν· ἔνιοι, ὅτι οὕτως ὀνομάζονταί τινες ἐν Λακεδαίμονι ἀπὸ Αἰγέως τινὸς Θηβαίου, ὃν συνεργῆσαι τοῖς Ἡρακλείδαις φασὶ πρὸς τὴν κατάκτησιν τῆς Λακωνικῆς. ἔνιοι Ἀργεῖδαι γράφουσι διὰ τὸ Ἀργείαν προσονομάζεσθαι τὴν Ἀριστοδήμου γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀπογόνου τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν, ἐξ ἧς ἐγένετο Προκλῆς καὶ Εὐρυσθένης οἱ κατασχόντες τὴν Λακωνικήν.

b. φατρίαςb. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἢ ὅτε τὴν Δωρίδα τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν κάθοδον ἐπ᾿ ἀσφαλοῦς στῆναι παρεσκεύασας· ἔλαβον γὰρ τὰς Ἀμύκλας οἱ σοὶ ἀπόγονοι Αἰγεῖδαι τοῖς τοῦ Πυθίου Ἀπόλλωνος μαντεύμασιν. c. ἄλλως. Αἰγείδας νῦν οὐκ ἂν εἴη λέγων τοὺς Ἀθηναίους· περὶ γὰρ Θηβῶν ὁ λόγος. καὶ εἰσὶν Αἰγεῖδαι φατρία Θηβαίων, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἧκόν τινες εἰς Σπάρτην Λακεδαιμονίοις βοηθήσοντες ἐν τῷ πρὸς Ἀμυκλαεῖς πολέμῳ, ἡγεμόνι χρησάμενοι Τιμομάχῳ, ὃς πρῶτος μὲν πάντα τὰ πρὸς πόλεμον διέταξε Λακεδαιμονίοις, μεγάλων δὲ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἠξιώθη τιμῶν· καὶ τοῖς Ὑακινθίοις δὲ ὁ χάλκεος αὐτοῦ θώραξ προτίθεται· τοῦτον δὲ Θηβαῖοι ὅπλον ἐκάλουν. ταῦτα ἱστορεῖ καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν τῇ Λακώνων πολιτείᾳ (fr. 532). ἔνιοι δέ φασι τὸν Πίνδαρον νῦν μὴ τοῦ πρὸς Ἀμυκλαεῖς πολέμου μνημονεύειν μηδὲ τῶν σὺν Τιμομάχῳ Αἰγειδῶν, ἀλλὰ τῶν σὺν τοῖς Ἡρακλείδαις εἰς Πελοπόννησον κατελθόντων, ὧν Ἀριστόμαχος ὁ Κλεάδα καὶ Κλεάδας ὁ Ὕλλου ἡγοῦντο· καὶ γὰρ τότε Θήβηθεν ἥκειν τοῖς Δωριεῦσι τοὺς ἁψαμένους τῆς καθόδου Αἰγείδας μετὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων· εἶναι δὲ τοὺς Θήβηθεν Αἰγείδας τὸ ἀνέκαθεν Ἀθηναίους. δυεῖν οὖν ἀποστόλων ἐκ τῆς τῶν Αἰγειδῶν τῶν Θηβαίων εἰς Σπάρτην γεγονότων, ἔργον ἀποφήνασθαι, ποτέρου ὁ Πίνδαρος νῦν μνημονεύει. μή ποτε δὲ τῆς δευτέρας; Ἀριστοτέλης (ibid) γάρ φησιν, ὅτι πολεμοῦντες οἱ Λάκωνες Ἀμυκλαεῦσιν, ὡς ἐπύθοντο παρὰ θεοῦ τοὺς Αἰγείδας συμμάχους λαβεῖν, εἰς Ἀθήνας ἐπορεύοντο. καταλύσαντες δὲ ἐν Θήβαις εὐωχουμένης τῆς τῶν Αἰγειδῶν φατρίας ἐκλήθησαν. ἀκούσαντες δὲ μετὰ δεῖπνον εὐχομένου τοῦ ἱερέως διδόναι τοὺς θεοὺς τοῖς Αἰγείδαις τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ συμβαλόντες τὸν χρησμὸν, ἐντεῦθεν ἔλαβον τὴν συμμαχίαν.

20–21

20 κώμαζʼ ἔπειτεν ἁδυμελεῖ σὺν ὕμνῳ20

21 καὶ Στρεψιάδᾳ· φέρει γὰρ Ἰσθμοῖ

then begin the victory procession with a sweet-singing hymn for Strepsiades; for he is the victor in the pancratium at the Isthmus, both awesome in his strength and handsome to look at; and he treats excellence as no worse a possession than beauty.

22 νίκαν παγκρατίου· σθένει τʼ ἔκπαγλος ἰδεῖν τε μορφάεις· ἄγει τʼ ἀρετὰν οὐκ αἴσχιον φυᾶς.

So didst thou, son of Diodotos, following the praise of the warrior Meleagros, and of Hektor, and of Amphiaraos, breathe forth the spirit of thy fair-flowering youth amid the company of fighters in the front, where the bravest on slenderest hopes bare up the struggle of war.

23–24

23 φλέγεται δὲ ἰοπλόκοισι Μοίσαις, σ4

24 μάτρωΐ θʼ ὁμωνύμῳ δέδωκε κοινὸν θάλος,

He is made radiant by the violet-haired Muses, and he has given a share in his flowering garland to his uncle and namesake,

Scholia ad vv. 23–24 (4 entries)

ad v. 23

a. ἀλλὰ παλαιὰ γὰρ εὕδει χάρις: Ἀρίσταρχος τοῦτο λεγόμενον, φησίν, ὑπόνοιαν δίδωσιν, ὡς ὅτε ἔγραφεν ὁ Πίνδαρος, ἀχαριστουμένων τι τῶν Θηβαίων ὑπὸ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων. ἐὰν δὲ ὑποτεθῇ τὰ ἑξῆς, ὅ τι μὴ σοφίας ἄωτον, ὡς ἐν τῷ καθόλου λέγων ἔσται, ὅπερ πολλάκις εἴωθε λέγειν· ὅτι πᾶσα χάρις πεπαλαιωμένη καθεύδει καὶ μεμάρανται, καὶ ὅτι τοιούτου πράγματος ἀμνήμονές εἰσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ὃ ἂν μὴ ἀοίδιμον γένηται καὶ τύχῃ ὕμνου τινός.

b. ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ἀλλὰ πᾶσα χάρις, φησί, παλαιῶν ἔργων ἀφυπνώττει καὶ εἰς λήθην ἐμπίπτει, ἀμνήμονες δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι γίνονται τούτου, ὅπερ ἂν μὴ τὸ τῆς σοφίας ἄκρον ἀπάνθισμα τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τῶν λόγων ἐγκωμίοις ἐπικαταλάβῃ καὶ ἐπαίνοις ἐπιζεύξῃ.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἀμνήμονες δὲ οἱ ἄνθρωποι τούτου, ὅ τι μὴ εἰς τὸ τῆς σοφίας ἄκρον ἀπάνθισμα παραγένηται ὑποζυγὲν τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τῶν λόγων ἐγκωμίοις.

d. ἄλλως. συζευχθὲν τοῖς ὕμνοις τὸ ποίημα.

25–27

 χάλκασπις ᾧ πότμον μὲν Ἄρης ἔμιξεν,
 τιμὰ δʼ ἀγαθοῖσιν ἀντίκειται.
 ἴστω γὰρ σαφὲς ὅστις ἐν ταύτᾳ νεφέλᾳ χάλαζαν αἵματος πρὸ φίλας πάτρας ἀμύνεται, σ3

for whom Ares of the bronze shield mixed the cup of destiny; but honor is laid up as recompense for good men. For let him know clearly, whoever, in this cloud of war, wards off the hailstorm of blood in defense of his dear fatherland

Scholia ad vv. 25–27 (3 entries)

ad v. 27

a. κώμαζ᾿ ἔπειτ᾿ ἐν ἁδυμελεῖ σὺν ὕμνῳ: πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ὁ λόγος· εἴ τι ἐκείνοις ἥσθης, φησί, καὶ νῦν κώμαζε.

b. ἵνα μὴ ἡ νίκη τοῦ Στρεψιάδου σιωπηθῇ, κώμαζε καὶ συνέξαρχε σὺν ἁδυμελεῖ ὕμνῳ. περιττεύει δὲ ἤτοι ἡ ἔν πρόθεσις ἢ ἡ σύν· μία γὰρ ἀρκεῖ.

c. ἄλλως. ἐνταῦθα ἀπὸ τῆς πεύσεως ἀποδέδωκεν. εὐφρανθεῖσα, ὦ Θήβη, ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀρχαιοτέροις καλοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος χόρευε καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ Στρεψιάδῃ.

28–29

28 λοιγὸν ἄντα φέρων ἐναντίῳ στρατῷ,

29 ἀστῶν γενεᾷ μέγιστον κλέος αὔξων

by bringing destruction to the enemy host, that he is causing the greatest glory to grow for the race of his fellow-citizens,

30–34

 ζώων τʼ ἀπὸ καὶ θανών. σ2
 τὺ δέ, Διοδότοιο παῖ, μαχατὰν
 αἰνέων Μελέαγρον, αἰνέων δὲ καὶ Ἕκτορα
 Ἀμφιάρηόν τε,
 εὐανθέʼ ἀπέπνευσας ἁλικίαν σ2

in both his life and his death. And you, son of Diodotus, emulating the warrior Meleager, emulating Hector and Amphiaraus, breathed out your blossoming youth

Then suffered I a pang unspeakable, but now hath the earth-grasper granted unto me a calm after the storm: I will set chaplets on my hair and sing. Now let no jealousy of immortals mar whatever sweet thing through a day's pursuit I follow, as it leadeth on up to old age, and unto the term of life appointed.

Scholia ad vv. 30–34 (4 entries)

ad v. 30

a. ἰδεῖν τε μορφάεσ᾿: οὐχ ἥττων ἐστί, φησίν, ἡ γνώμη τοῦ κάλλους. οὐχ ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ παρ᾿ Ὁμήρῳ (ρ 454)· οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ᾿ ἐπὶ εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν.

b. ἢ οὕτω· φέρει δὲ καὶ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀρετὴν οὐκ αἰσχύνουσαν τὴν τοῦ σώματος εὐμορφίαν.

ad v. 34

a. μάτρῳ θ᾿ ὁμωνύμῳ: τοῦ Στρεψιάδου μήτρως ὁμώνυμος. οὗτος ἀνῃρέθη κατὰ τὸν Πελοποννησιακὸν πόλεμον.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τῷ δὲ ὁμωνύμῳ αὐτοῦ μήτρωϊ τὴν τῆς νίκης εὐδοξίαν τε καὶ ἡδονὴν παρέσχετο, ᾧ, τῷ μήτρωϊ, ὁ Πελοποννησιακὸς πόλεμος τὸν θάνατον παρέσχετο καὶ ἐπέβαλε· τῇ δὲ τιμῇ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἰσοῦται. ἐὰν δὲ κατ᾿ εὐθεῖαν πτῶσιν τὸ τιμά, ὁ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· πᾶσι γὰρ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἡ τιμὴ ἀντίκειται καὶ πλησιάζει, καὶ μάλιστα τοῖς τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος προεμένοις ἀντὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τιμὴ κεῖται. ὥστε δῆλον ὅτι πρὸς τετελευτηκότα ὁ λόγος.

35–36

35 προμάχων ἀνʼ ὅμιλον, ἔνθʼ ἄριστοι35

36 ἔσχον πολέμοιο νεῖκος ἐσχάταις ἐλπίσιν.

in the front ranks, where the best men sustained the strife of war at the limit of their hopes. They endured unspeakable sorrow; but now the holder of the earth has sent me calm after the storm. I shall sing entwining my hair with garlands. May the envy of the immortals not disturb

37–39

 ἔτλαν δὲ πένθος οὐ φατόν· ἀλλὰ νῦν μοι σ2
 Γαιάοχος εὐδίαν ὄπασσεν
 ἐκ χειμῶνος. ἀείσομαι χαίταν στεφάνοισιν ἁρμόσαις. ὁ δʼ ἀθανάτων μὴ θρασσέτω φθόνος,

For all we in like manner die, albeit our lots be diverse. If any lift up his eye to look upon things afar off, yet is he too weak to attain unto the bronze-paved dwelling of the gods. Thus did winged Pegasos throw his lord Bellerophon, when he would fain enter into the heavenly habitations and mix among the company of Zeus. Unrighteous joyance a bitter end awaiteth.

Scholia ad vv. 37–39 (2 entries)

ad v. 37

a. ἴστω γὰρ σαφὲς, ὅστις ἐν ταύτᾳ νεφέλᾳ: ὅστις, φησίν, ἐν τῇ τοῦ Ἄρεος νεφέλῃ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ, τὴν τοῦ αἵματος χάλαζαν ἀμύνεται ἐναντίον φέρων ὄλεθρον τοῖς πολεμίοις, ἴστω ὁ τοιοῦτος μέγιστον παρὰ τῶν ἀστῶν κλέος αὔξων τῷ ἐαυτοῦ γένει. ταῦτα δὲ λέγει ὡς περὶ τὴν Σαλαμῖνα τοῦ Λάμπωνος ἠνδραγαθηκότος.

b. ἄλλως. ἐν τῇ τοῦ πολέμου νεφέλῃ, φησὶ δὲ τῇ βλαβερᾷ τῆς μάχης φθορᾷ, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν χειμώνων. καὶ διόλου τὰ τῆς ἀλληγορίας σῴζεται.

40–43

 ὅ τι τερπνὸν ἐφάμερον διώκων
 ἕκαλος ἔπειμι γῆρας ἔς τε τὸν μόρσιμον
 αἰῶνα. θνᾴσκομεν γὰρ ὁμῶς ἅπαντες·
 δαίμων δʼ ἄϊσος· τὰ μακρὰ δʼ εἴ τις

whatever delight I pursue from day to day as I peacefully make my way towards old age and the allotted span of my life. For we die all alike, but our fates are diverse. If a man looks to things far away, he is too short to reach the bronze-floored home of the gods; winged Pegasus threw

44 παπταίνει, βραχὺς ἐξικέσθαι χαλκόπεδον θεῶν ἕδραν· ὅτι πτερόεις ἔρριψε Πάγασος σ1

But to us, O Loxias of the golden-flowing hair, give also at thy Pythian games a new fair-flowering crown.

Scholia ad vv. 44–44 (1 entry)

ad v. 44

a. τὺ δὲ Διοδότοιο παῖ: πρὸς τὸν ὁμώνυμον τῷ νικηφόρῳ Στρεψιάδην Διοδότου παῖδά [φησι] καὶ ὡς πρὸς περιόντα τὸν λόγον ποιεῖται· σὺ δὲ, Διοδότου παῖ, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ τιθέμενος Μελέαγρόν τε καὶ Ἕκτορα καὶ τὰς τούτων ζηλῶν ἀρετὰς κατὰ πόλεμον ἐτελεύτησας προμαχόμενος τῆς πατρίδος.

45–49

 δεσπόταν ἐθέλοντʼ ἐς οὐρανοῦ σταθμοὺς
 ἐλθεῖν μεθʼ ὁμάγυριν Βελλεροφόνταν
 Ζηνός· τὸ δὲ πὰρ δίκαν
 γλυκὺ πικροτάτα μένει τελευτά.
 ἄμμι δʼ, ὦ χρυσέᾳ κόμᾳ θάλλων, πόρε, Λοξία,

his master Bellerophon, who wanted to go to the dwelling-places of heaven and the company of Zeus. A thing that is sweet beyond measure is awaited by a most bitter end. But grant to us, Loxias, luxuriant with your golden hair,

50–51

50 τεαῖσιν ἁμίλλαισιν σ150

51 εὐανθέα καὶ Πυθόϊ στέφανον. σ16

a blossoming garland also from your contests at Pytho.

Scholia ad vv. 50–51 (17 entries)

ad v. 50

a. ἔνθ᾿ ἄριστοι ἔσχον πολέμοιο νεῖκος ἐσχάταισιν ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίσιν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔσχατα ἐπελπίζοντες, ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολέσθαι, καὶ μὴ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὑποστελλόμενοι.

ad v. 51

a. ἔτλαν δὲ πένθος οὐ φατόν: ὁ τῷ ἀποθανόντι διαφέρων ἐγὼ ὁ χορός, φησίν, ἔτλαν. |

b. οἱ σοὶ οἰκεῖοι.

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὑπέμεινα δὲ σοῦ πεπτωκότος λύπην καὶ συμφορὰν ἀφόρητον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος Ποσειδῶν εὐδίαν ἔδωκεν ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ χειμῶνος, οἱονεὶ μετὰ τὴν χειμερινὴν τῶν φθασάντων κατάστασιν εὐδία ἄλυπος παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ὑμᾶς διεδέξατο.

a. ἀείσομαι χαίταν στεφάνοισιν ἁρμόζων: ὁ λόγος ἐπαμφοτερίζει. ἤτοι γὰρ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ κεφαλὴν ἁρμόσας τοῖς στεφάνοις ᾄσομαι τὸν ἐπίνικον, ἢ οὕτως· τὸν ἐπίνικον ᾄσω τὴν τοῦ νικηφόρου κεφαλὴν τοῖς στεφάνοις ἁρμόζων· φησὶ δὲ τοῖς μουσικοῖς. | [Drachmann ad v. 53]

b. ἄλλως. τοὐναντίον εἶπε· βούλεται γὰρ λέγειν τοὺς στεφάνους τῇ χαίτῃ ἁρμόζων. [Drachmann ad v. 53]

a. ὁ δ᾿ ἀθανάτων μὴ θρασσέτω φθόνος: Ἀρίσταρχος ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐρεθίζειν ἀκούει, τάττεσθαι δέ φησι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ταράττειν. μὴ οὖν, φησί, με ὁ ἐκ θεῶν ταραττέτω φθόνος, εἰ τὸ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τερπνὸν τοῦτο ἀεὶ κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ἡμέραν διώκων καὶ θηρεύων μεθ᾿ ἡσυχίας καταστρέφω τὸν βίον. [Drachmann ad v. 55]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ὁ δὲ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν φθόνος μὴ συνθραυέτω, ὅτι ἑκάστης ἡμέρας ἥσυχος καὶ πρᾷος ὢν μετὰ ἡσυχίας καταγηράσκω, καὶ παραγίνομαι εἰς τὸν μεμοιραμένον χρόνον. ἐὰν δὲ κατὰ τὸ φθόνος θῶμεν τὴν τελείαν, ἔσται ὁ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· εἴθε, ὅπερ τερπνὸν, ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας μεταδιώκων καὶ δεξάμενος μεθ᾿ ἡσυχίας ἐπί τε τὸ γῆρας καὶ τὸν μεμοιραμένον χρόνον παραγενοίμην. καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος ὡς παρὰ τοῦ νικηφόρου, ἐκεῖνο μέντοι ὡς παρὰ τοῦ ποιητικοῦ προσώπου. [Drachmann ad v. 55]

a. θνᾴσκομεν γὰρ ὁμῶς: καθάπαξ γὰρ πάντες ἄνθρωποι ἑνὶ καὶ τῷ αὐτῷ ὑποπίπτομεν θανάτῳ, τὰ δὲ τοῦ δαίμονος καὶ τῆς τύχης οὐκέτι ἴσα ἐστὶ καὶ ὅμοια τοῖς πᾶσι. [Drachmann ad v. 59]

a. δαίμων δ᾿ ἄϊστος: τουτέστιν οὐκ ἔστι προφανὴς ὁ δαίμων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, οὐδὲ οἶδε τὸ ἐκβησόμενον. [Drachmann ad v. 60]

b. τὰ μακρὰ δ᾿ εἴ τις παπταίνει, βραχὺς ἐξικέσθαι: εἰ δέ τις τὰ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτὸν σκοπεῖ καὶ λαβεῖν σπουδάζει, οὗτος βραχὺς καὶ ἀσθενὴς πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας παραγενέσθαι τέλος καὶ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ τῶν θεῶν ἰσχυρότατον ἕδρασμα. [Drachmann ad v. 61]

c. ἢ οὕτως· ἀσθενής ἐστι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος, εἴ τις μακρὰ βλέπει ὡς ἐφαψόμενος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς τῶν θεῶν διαίτης. θνητὸς εἶ, φησί· τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο. [Drachmann ad v. 61]

a. ὅτι πτερόεις ἔρριψε Πάγασος: ὑπόδειγμα τοῦ μὴ δεῖν ἐπαίρεσθαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον μέχρις οὐρανοῦ Βελλεροφόντην καὶ Πήγασον ἔλαβεν. [Drachmann ad v. 63]

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ γὰρ δὴ Πήγασος ἀπεσείσατο καὶ κατέστρεψε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ δεσπότην Βελλεροφόντην τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἐπιθυμήσαντα καὶ εἰς τὸ τῶν θεῶν ἄθροισμα παραγενέσθαι βουληθέντα. [Drachmann ad v. 63]

a. τὸ δὲ πὰρ δίκαν γλυκύ: τὸ δὲ ἐξ ἀδικίας ἡδὺ γενόμενον πικρὸν τέλος λαμβάνει. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

b. οἷον οἱ ἀδίκως κερδαίνοντες ἄχρι τέλους οὐχ ἥδονται. [Drachmann ad v. 67]

a. ἄμμι δ᾿, ὦ χρυσέᾳ κόμᾳ θάλλων: ἡμῖν δὲ, ὦ τῇ χρυσῇ κόμῃ θάλλων Ἀπόλλων, παράσχου καὶ ἐν τοῖς σοῖς Πυθικοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἀγωνισαμένοις ἀνθηρὸν ἀναδήσασθαι στέφανον. εὔχεται οὖν αὐτὸν καὶ Πύθια νικῆσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 69]

PINDAR · ISTHMIAN · ODE 8

Isthmian 8 — for Κλεάνδρῳ Αἰγινήτῃ

παγκρατίῳ

Greek: PerseusDL/canonical-greekLit · Scholia: Drachmann (Teubner) · 70 lines · 62 scholia parts

Argumentum (2 entries)

p1. Scholia in Isthmionicarum carmen VIII.

p2. Τὸ ὄγδοον εἶδος μονοστροφικόν ἐστι κώλων εἰκοσιδύο. τὸ α΄ Φαλαίκειον. τὸ β΄ ὅμοιον τῷ τίς σὰς παρήειρε φρένας. τὸ γ΄ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ δ΄ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ε΄ ἐννεασύλλαβον Σαπφικὸν πλεονάζον τοῦ Γλυκωνείου μιᾷ συλλαβῇ. τὸ ς΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ζ΄ τροχαϊκὸν ἀπὸ ἰαμβικοῦ καταληκτικόν. τὸ η΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ θ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ι΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ια΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ιβ΄ τὸ αὐτό. τὸ ιγ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικόν. τὸ ιδ΄ ἐννεασύλλαβον Σαπφικὸν πλεονάζον μιᾷ συλλαβῇ τοῦ Γλυκωνείου. τὸ ιε΄ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ᾿ ἐλάσσονος βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ις΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ιζ΄ ἐπιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. τὸ ιη΄ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. τὸ ιθ΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ἡ νον μακρά. τὸ κ΄ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερές. τὸ κα΄ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. τὸ κβ΄ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον.

1–2

1 Κλεάνδρῳ τις ἁλικίᾳ τε λύτρον σ2

2 εὔδοξον, ὦ νέοι, καμάτων

Young men! One of you go, in honor of Cleandros and his youth, to the splendid doorway of his father Telesarchus, and awake the victory-song, glorious recompense for his troubles, as a reward for his victory at the Isthmus, and

For Kleandros in his prime let some of you, ye young men, go stand before the shining portal of his father Telesarchos, and rouse a song of triumph, to be a glorious recompense of his toils, for that he hath achieved reward of victory at Isthmos, and hath showed his strength in the games of Nemea.

Scholia ad vv. 1–2 (2 entries)

ad v. 1

a. Κλεάνδρῳ τις ἁλικίᾳ τε: τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ τις καὶ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ αὐτοῦ καταγέτω τῶν πόνων τὸν εὔδοξον κῶμον, τουτέστι τὴν διὰ τοῦ ἐγκωμίου εὔκλειαν ἐσομένην αὐτῷ· τῶν γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ἄθλησιν πόνων οἷον λύσις ἐστὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον λύτρον καὶ λυτήριον· οὕτω γὰρ τὸν εἰς τὸν νικηφόρον ὕμνον εἶπε. τῶν τε γὰρ πόνων καὶ τῆς Ἰσθμιακῆς νίκης ἔτι τε τῆς Νεμεακῆς ἔλαβε τὸ κράτος.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ τις καὶ τῇ τούτου ἡλικίᾳ λύσιν καὶ ἀμοιβὴν ἐπίδοξον τῶν καμάτων ἐγειρέτω τὸν ὕμνον παρὰ τὰ πρόθυμα τοῦ Τελεσάρχου στὰς, ὄντα τὸν ὕμνον τῆς τε Ἰσθμιακῆς νίκης καὶ τῆς ἐν Νεμέᾳ λύσιν καὶ ἀμοιβὴν, ὅτι δὴ τῶν ἄθλων νίκην καὶ ἐπικράτειαν εὗρεν ἀνδρείως ἀγωνισάμενος.

3–4

3 πατρὸς ἀγλαὸν Τελεσάρχου παρὰ πρόθυρον ἰὼν ἀνεγειρέτω

4 κῶμον, Ἰσθμιάδος τε νίκας ἄποινα, καὶ Νεμέᾳ

For him I also, albeit heavy at heart, am bidden to call upon the golden Muse. Yea since we are come forth from our sore troubles let us not fall into the desolation of crownlessness, neither nurse our griefs; but having ease from our ills that are past mending, we will set some pleasant thing before the people, though it follow hard on pain: inasmuch as some god hath put away from us the Tantalos-stone that hung above our heads, a curse intolerable to Hellas.

5 έω ἀέθλων ὅτι κράτος ἐξεῦρε. τῷ καὶ ἐγώ, καίπερ ἀχνύμενος θυμόν, αἰτέομαι χρυσέαν καλέσαι Μοῖσαν. ἐκ μεγάλων δὲ πενθ ν λυθέντες5

because he found strength in the Nemean games. Therefore I too, though grieving in my heart, am asked to invoke the golden Muse. Released from great sorrows, let us not fall into bereavement of garlands; do not nurse your pain. Having ceased from insurmountable troubles, we will sing something sweet for the people, even after toil. Since

6–7

6 μήτʼ ἐν ὀρφανίᾳ πέσωμεν στεφάνων,

7 μήτε κάδεα θεράπευε· παυσάμενοι δʼ ἀπρήκτων κακῶν

But now hath the passing of this terror ended my sore disquietude, and ever it is better to look only on the thing hard by. For the guile of time hangeth above the heads of men, and maketh the way of their life crooked, yet if Freedom abide with them, even such things may mortals cure.

8–9

8 γλυκύ τι δαμωσόμεθα καὶ μετὰ πόνον· σ1

9 ἐπειδὴ τὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλᾶς

But it is meet that a man cherish good hope: and meet also that I, whom seven-gated Thebes reared, proffer chiefly unto Aigina the choicest of the Graces' gifts, for that from one sire were two daughters born, youngest of the children of Asopos, and found favour in the eyes of the king Zeus.

Scholia ad vv. 8–9 (1 entry)

ad v. 8

a. τῷ καὶ ἐγὼ καίπερ ἀχνύμενος θυμόν: τούτῳ οὖν τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ ἐγὼ καίπερ λυπούμενος τὴν ψυχὴν τῶν τετελευτηκότων προγόνων ἕνεκεν, ὅμως αἰτοῦμαι τὴν τιμίαν προσκαλέσασθαι καὶ παρεστάναι Μοῦσαν.

10 τὸν Ταντάλου λίθον παρά τις ἔτρεψεν ἄμμι θεός,10

one of the gods has turned aside for us the stone of Tantalus above our heads,

11–12

11 ἀτόλματον Ἑλλάδι μόχθον. ἀλλά

12 μοι δεῖμα μὲν παροιχόμενον σ2

an unbearable hardship for Greece. But as for me, the passing away of terror has stopped my mighty worry. It is always better to look at what lies before one’s foot, in every case. For a treacherous lifetime hangs over men’s heads,

One by the fair stream of Dirke he set to be the queen of a city of charioteers, and thee the other he bare to the Oinopian isle, and lay with thee, whence to the sire of great thunderings thou didst bear the godlike Aiakos, best of men upon the earth.

Scholia ad vv. 11–12 (2 entries)

ad v. 12

a. ἐκ μεγάλων δὲ πενθέων λυθέντες: ὡς ἔστιν εἰκάσαι, ἐν τῇ περὶ Σαλαμῖνα ναυμαχίᾳ προσήκοντές τινες Κλεάνδρῳ ἐτελεύτων· συντέτακται γὰρ ἡ ᾠδὴ ἐπὶ κατωρθωμένῳ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἤδη τῷ πολέμῳ· ὥς γε παρίστησιν ἐν τούτοις (9)· ἐπειδὴ τὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλᾶς γε Ταντάλου λίθον, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.

b. ἐκ μεγάλων δὲ πενθέων: τῶν ἐκ πολέμου· ἐμφαίνει δὲ, ὅτι οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐνίκησαν.

13–14

13 σκοπεῖν καρτερὰν ἔπαυσε μέριμναν· τὸ δὲ πρὸ ποδὸς ἄρειον ἀεὶ

14 χρῆμα πᾶν. δόλιος γὰρ αἰὼν ἐπʼ ἀνδράσι κρέμαται, σ2

This man even among divinities became a decider of strife: and his godlike sons and his sons' sons delighting in battle were foremost in valour when they met in the ringing brazen melley: chaste also were they approved, and wise of heart.

Scholia ad vv. 13–14 (2 entries)

ad v. 14

a. μήτ᾿ ἐν ὀρφανίᾳ πέσωμεν στεφάνων: ἐκ δὲ τῶν μεγάλων πενθῶν μὴ καταπέσωμεν ἀδοξίᾳ καὶ ὀρφανίᾳ στεφάνων, μήτε ἐπὶ πλέον ταῖς λύπαις ἐπίκεισο καὶ αὔξανε.

b. ἔνιοι δέ· ἐπὶ δευτέρου προσώπου εἶπεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ θεραπεύωμεν. λέγει δέ· τὰ κακὰ μὴ κολακεύωμεν μηδὲ θρηνῶμεν ἀεί.

15 ἑλίσσων βίου πόρον· ἰατὰ δʼ ἔστι βροτοῖς σύν γʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ τά. χρὴ δʼ ἀγαθὰν ἐλπίδʼ ἀνδρὶ μέλειν· χρὴ δʼ ἐν ἑπταπύλοισι Θήβαις τραφέντα15

twisting around the path of life. Yet even this may be healed for mortals, if only they have freedom. It is right for a man to take to heart good hope; and it is right for a man raised in seven-gated Thebes to offer the choicest bloom of the Graces to Aegina. For as twin daughters they were born to the same father, the youngest of Asopus’ children, and they were pleasing to Zeus the king. He caused one of them to dwell beside the beautiful stream

16–17

16 Αἰγίνᾳ Χαρίτων ἄωτον προνέμειν,

17 πατρὸς οὕνεκα δίδυμαι γένοντο θύγατρες Ἀσωπίδων σ2

Thereof was the god's council mindful, what time for the hand of Thetis there was strife between Zeus and glorious Poseidon, each having desire that she should be his fair bride, for love had obtained dominion over them.

Scholia ad vv. 16–17 (2 entries)

ad v. 17

a. παυσάμενοι δ᾿ ἀπράκτων κακῶν: τῶν δὲ ἀνωφελήτων λυπῶν καὶ πενθῶν ἀνάπαυσιν ἐσχηκότες γλυκύ τι παίξωμεν καὶ εἰς τὸν δῆμον ἀγάγωμεν μετὰ τοὺς πόνους, ἐπειδὴ τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἡμῶν ἐπηρτημένον Ταντάλειον λίθον παρέτρεψέ τις θεῶν, τὸν ἀνυπομόνητον καὶ δεινὸν τῇ Ἑλλάδι πόνον· φησὶ δὲ τὸν Ξέρξου πόλεμον.

b. ἄλλως. ἰστέον ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἧτταν τῶν Περσῶν καὶ τὴν Ξέρξου στρατείαν ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐγράφη οὗτος ὁ ἐπίνικος· Ταντάλου γὰρ λίθον εἴρηκε μεταφορικῶς τὸν ἐπικρεμάμενον καὶ προσδοκώμενον τοῖς Ἕλλησι φόβον τῆς προειρημένης στρατείας, διὰ τὸ μυθολογεῖσθαι τῷ Ταντάλῳ λίθον ἐπαιωρεῖσθαι, καθάπερ καὶ Εὐριπίδης εἴρηκε (Orest. 6. 7)· κορυφῆς ὑπερτέλλοντα δειμαίνων πέτρον ἀέρι ποτᾶται καὶ τίνει ταύτην δίκην.

18–19

18 ὁπλόταται, Ζηνί τε ἅδον βασιλέϊ.

19 ὃ τὰν μὲν παρὰ καλλιρόῳ

Yet did not the wisdom of the immortal gods fulfil for them such marriage, when they had heard a certain oracle. For Themis of wise counsels spake in the midst of them of how it was pre-destined that the sea-goddess should bear a royal offspring mightier than his father, whose hand should wield a bolt more terrible than the lightning or the dread trident, if she came ever into the bed of Zeus, or of brethren of Zeus.

20 Δίρκᾳ φιλαρμάτου πόλιος ᾤκισσεν ἁγεμόνα·20

of Dirce, to lead a chariot-loving city;

21–22

21 σὲ δʼ ἐς νᾶσον Οἰνοπίαν ἐνεγκὼν

22 κοιμᾶτο, δῖον ἔνθα τέκες

but he carried you to the island Oenopia and slept with you there, where you bore Aeacus, the dearest of all men on earth to the loud-thundering father. Aeacus settled disputes even for the gods. His god-like

'Cease ye herefrom: let her enter a mortal's couch and see her son fall in war, who shall be as Ares in the might of his hands, and as the lightning in the swiftness of his feet. My counsel is that ye give her to be the heaven-sent prize of Peleus son of Aiakos, whom the speech of men showeth to be their most righteous, an offspring of Iolkos' plain. Thus straightway let the message go forth to Cheiron's cave divine, neither let the daughter of Nereus put a second time into your hands the ballot-leaves of strife. So on the evening of the mid-month moon shall she unbind for the hero the fair girdle of her virginity.'

23–24

23 Αἰακὸν βαρυσφαράγῳ πατρὶ κεδνότατον ἐπιχθονίων· ὃ καὶ σ1

24 δαιμόνεσσι δίκας ἐπείραινε· τοῦ μὲν ἀντίθεοι

Thus spake the goddess her word to the children of Kronos, and they bowed their everlasting brows. Nor failed her words of fruit, for they say that to Thetis' bridals came those twain kings even with the rest.

Scholia ad vv. 23–24 (1 entry)

ad v. 23

a. ἀλλ᾿ ἐμοὶ δεῖμα μὲν παροιχομένων: ἐμοὶ δὲ τῶν φθασάντων κακῶν τόν τε φόβον καὶ τὴν μέριμναν αἱ νῦν τῆς νίκης εὐφροσύναι ἔλυσαν.

25 ἀρίστευον υἱέες υἱέων τʼ ἀρηΐφιλοι παῖδες ἀνορέᾳ χάλκεον στονόεντʼ ἀμφέπειν ὅμαδον· σώφρονές τʼ ἐγένοντο πινυτοί τε θυμόν.25

sons and their sons, devoted to war, were the best in manliness, engaged in the brazen battle-throng that causes groans, and they were wise and prudent in spirit. All this was remembered even by the assembly of the blessed gods, when Zeus and splendid Poseidon contended for marriage with Thetis, each of them wanting her to be his lovely bride; for desire possessed them.

26–27

26 ταῦτα καὶ μακάρων ἐμέμναντʼ ἀγοραί, σ4

27 Ζεὺς ὅτʼ ἀμφὶ Θέτιος ἀγλαός τʼ ἔρισαν Ποσειδᾶν γάμῳ, σ3

Out of the mouths of the wise hath the young valour of Achilles been declared to them that beheld it not. He it was who stained the vine-clad Mysian plain with the dark blood of Telephos that he shed thereon, and made for the sons of Atreus a safe return across the sea, and delivered Helen, when that he had cut asunder with his spear the sinews of Troy, even the men who kept him back as he plied the work of slaughterous battle on the plain, the strength of Memnon and high-hearted Hektor, and other chiefs of pride. Unto all these did Achilles, champion of the Aiakid race, point the way to the house of Persephone, and thereby did he glorify Aigina and the root whence he was sprung.

Scholia ad vv. 26–27 (7 entries)

ad v. 26

a. τὸ δὲ πρὸ ποδὸς ἄρειον αἰεὶ χρῆμα πᾶν: ὅτι τῶν παρόντων καὶ ἐνεστηκότων ἀεί φησιν ὁ Πίνδαρος δεῖν ἀντέχεσθαι καὶ μὴ ὀρέγεσθαι τῶν μελλόντων.

b. ἢ οὕτως· πᾶν δὲ προσήκει τὸ παρὰ πόδας πρᾶγμα σκοπεῖν καὶ εὖ διατιθέναι.

c. ἀεὶ δὲ βέλτιόν ἐστι πᾶν τὸ παρὰ πόδας πρᾶγμα προσβλέπειν.

d. ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ὅτι καιροῦ νίκης καὶ εὐφροσύνης παραπεσόντος τῶν παρὰ πόδας ἐχώμεθα.

ad v. 27

a. δόλιος γὰρ αἰὼν ἐπ᾿ ἀνδράσι κρέμαται: ποικίλος καὶ εὐμετάθετος.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὁ γὰρ δὴ τῆς ζωῆς χρόνος ἐνήρτηται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸν τοῦ βίου πόρον κυλίων καὶ προϊών.

c. ἢ οὕτως· ὁ γὰρ χρόνος πολλὰς εὑρίσκει μεταβολὰς ἑλίσσων τὸν τοῦ βίου πόρον, τουτέστι τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ βίου.

28–29

28 ἄλοχον εὐειδέʼ ἐθέλων ἑκάτερος

29 ἑὰν ἔμμεν· ἔρως γὰρ ἔχεν.

Neither in death was he of songs forsaken, for at his funeral pyre and beside his tomb stood the Helikonian maiden-choir, and poured thereon a dirge of many melodies. For so the immortals willed, to give charge unto the songs of goddesses over that valorous man even in his death.

30 ἀλλʼ οὔ σφιν ἄμβροτοι τέλεσαν εὐνὰν θεῶν πραπίδες, σ230

But the immortal minds of the gods did not accomplish that marriage for them,

Scholia ad vv. 30–30 (2 entries)

ad v. 30

a. ἰατὰ δ᾿ ἐστὶ βροτοῖς: τὰ προσπίπτοντα μετὰ ἐλευθερίας ἰατά ἐστι καὶ ἐὰν ἀτυχία ὑπάρχῃ. ἠλευθερωμένοι οὖν καὶ νενικηκότες τοὺς Πέρσας, εἰ καὶ ἐν ἀτυχίᾳ γεγόνατε, εὐθυμεῖτε.

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως πρὸς τὰ συμβεβηκότα δεινὰ φορητά ἐστι καὶ ταῦτα, προσούσης καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας.

31–32

31 ἐπεὶ θεσφάτων ἐπάκουσαν· εἶπε δʼ

32 εὔβουλος ἐν μέσοισι Θέμις, σ2

when they heard the divine prophecies. Wise Themis spoke in their midst and said that it was fated that the sea-goddess should bear a princely son, stronger than his father, who would wield another weapon in his hand more powerful than the thunderbolt

And now also holdeth such charge good, and the Muses' chariot speedeth to sound the glories of Nikokles the boxer. Honour to him who in the Isthmian vale hath won the Dorian parsley: for he even as Achilles overcame men in battle, turning them to confusion, with hand from which flight was vain. Him shameth not this kinsman of his father's noble brother. Wherefore let some one of the young men his fellows twine for Kleandros a wreath of tender myrtle for his pankratiast victory. For the games whose name is of Alkathoos, and the youth of Epidauros, have ere now entertained him with good hap. To praise him is given unto the good: for in no hidden corner quenched he his youth, unproven in honourable deeds.

Scholia ad vv. 31–32 (2 entries)

ad v. 32

a. χρὴ δ᾿ ἀγαθὰν ἐλπίδα: προσήκει δὲ τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδα τοῖς ἀνδράσι φροντίζεσθαι· προσήκει δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἑπταπύλοις Θήβαις τὸν τραφέντα τῇ τε Θήβῃ καὶ τῇ Αἰγίνῃ τὸν ὕμνον τὸν ὄντα Χαρίτων ἀπάνθισμα διδόναι.

b. ἢ οὕτω· δεῖ δὴ τὸν Θηβαῖον εὐχαριστεῖν τῇ Αἰγίνῃ καὶ τὸ ἄνθος τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν Χαρίτων προσνέμειν. πρὸς τί δὲ τοῦτό φησιν; ὅτι ὁ μὲν νενικηκὼς Αἰγινήτης, αὐτὸς δὲ Θηβαῖος.

33–34

33 οὕνεκεν πεπρωμένον ἦν φέρτερον γόνον ἄνακτα πατρὸς τεκεῖν

34 ποντίαν θεόν, ὃς κεραυνοῦ τε κρέσσον ἄλλο βέλος

FRAGMENTS.

35 ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν παύσατε· βροτέων δὲ λεχέων τυχοῖσα διώξει χερὶ τριόδοντός τʼ ἀμαιμακέτου, Δί τε μισγομέναν ἢ Διὸς παρʼ ἀδελφεοῖσιν.—35

or the irresistible trident, if she lay with Zeus or one of his brothers. “No, cease from this. Let her accept a mortal’s bed, and see her son die in battle, a son who is like Ares in the strength of his hands and like lightning in the swift prime of his feet. My counsel is to bestow this god-granted honor of marriage on Peleus son of Aeacus,

36–37

36 υἱὸν εἰσιδέτω θανόντʼ ἐν πολέμῳ,

37 τʼ χεῖρας Ἄρεΐ ἐναλίγκιον στεροπαῖσί τʼ ἀκμὰν ποδῶν. σ3

Nearly two-thirds of the Fragments cannot be assigned to any distinct class: the rest are divided among (1) [Greek: Epinikia], or Triumphal Odes (such as are the odes remaining to us entire), (2) [Greek: Hymnoi], or Hymns sung by a choir in honour of gods, (3) [Greek: Paianes], or Hymns of a like kind but anciently addressed especially to Apollo and Artemis for their intervention against pestilence, (4) [Greek: Dithyramboi], or choral songs of more general compass, verging sometimes on the drama, (5) [Greek: Prosodia], or Processional Songs, (6) [Greek: Parthenia], or Songs for a Choir of Maidens, (7) [Greek: Hyporchaemata], or Songs with Accompaniment of Dance, (8) [Greek: Enkomia], or Odes sung by a [Greek: komos] in praise of some person but not necessarily on any special occasion, (9) [Greek: Skolia], or Songs to be sung at Banquets, (10) [Greek: Thraenoi], or Dirges.

Scholia ad vv. 36–37 (3 entries)

ad v. 37

a. πατρὸς οὔνεκα δίδυμαι γένοντο θυγατέρες: Θήβη καὶ Αἴγινα αἱ Ἀσωποῦ τοῦ Βοιωτιακοῦ ποταμοῦ θυγατέρες νεώτεραι τὴν γένεσιν· ἦν γὰρ προτεχθεῖσα Μετώπη καὶ ἄλλαι τινές.

b. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὅτι δὴ ἐκ τῶν Ἀσωποῦ θυγατρῶν νεώτεραι ἐγεννήθησαν Αἴγινα καὶ Θήβη, καὶ ἀμφότεραι ἀρέσασαι τῷ Διῒ τίμιαι γεγένηνται.

c. ἄλλως. διὰ τοῦτό φησι τὸν Θηβαῖον χάριν νέμειν τῷ Αἰγινήτῃ, ἐπειδὴ ἀδελφαὶ ἐγένοντο αἱ ἡρωΐδες Θήβη τε καὶ Αἴγινα· Ἀσωποῦ γὰρ ἀμφότεραι· εἰσὶν οὖν, οἳ Διὸς τὴν Θήβην γενεαλογοῦσι, καθάπερ Λύκος ἐν τῷ περὶ Θηβῶν. μετὰ γὰρ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Δευκαλίωνός φησι Δία μιγέντα Ἰοδάμᾳ τῇ Ἰτώνου τοῦ Ἀμφικτύονος τεκνῶσαι τὴν Θήβην, ἣν δοῦναι Ὠγύγῳ, ἀφ᾿ οὗ Ὠγυγίη ἡ Θήβη ἐκλήθη.

38–39

38 τὸ μὲν ἐμὸν Πηλέϊ γάμου θεόμορον

39 ὀπάσσαι γέρας Αἰακίδᾳ,

FRAGMENT OF A DITHYRAMB,

40 ὅντʼ εὐσεβέστατον φάτις Ἰωλκοῦ τράφειν πεδίον·40

who is said to be the most pious man living on the plain of Iolcus.

TO BE SUNG AT ATHENS.

41–42

41 ἰόντων δʼ ἐς ἄφθιτον ἄντρον εὐθὺς σ1

42 Χείρωνος αὐτίκʼ ἀγγελίαι·

Let the message be sent at once to Cheiron’s immortal cave, right away, and let the daughter of Nereus never again place the leaves of strife in our hands. On the evening of the full moon

Scholia ad vv. 41–42 (1 entry)

ad v. 41

a. ὁ τὰν μὲν παρὰ καλλιρόῳ Δίρκᾳ: ὅστις Ζεὺς τὴν μὲν παρὰ τῇ καλλιρόῳ Δίρκῃ ᾤκισε καὶ τῆς φιλαρμάτου πόλεως κατέστησε δέσποιναν· φησὶ δὲ τοῦτο, ὅτι τῆς Βοιωτίας μητρόπολις.

43–44

43 μηδὲ Νηρέος θυγάτηρ νεικέων πέταλα δὶς ἐγγυαλιζέτω

44 ἄμμιν· ἐν διχομηνίδεσσιν δὲ ἑσπέραις ἐρατὸν

Hither! Olympian gods to our choice dance, and make your grace to descend thereon and to glorify it, ye who in sacred Athens visit the city's incensed centre-stone, and her famed market-place of splendid ornament; receive ye violet-entwinëd crowns and drink-offerings of spring-gathered herbs, and look on me who am come from the house of Zeus with my bright song a second time unto the ivy-crownëd god, whom we call Bromios, even the god of clamorous shout.

45–47

 λύοι κεν χαλινὸν ὑφʼ ἥρωϊ παρθενίας. ὣς φάτο Κρονίδαις ἐννέποισα θεά· τοὶ δʼ ἐπὶ γλεφάροις νεῦσαν ἀθανάτοισιν· ἐπέων δὲ καρπὸς σ3
 οὐ κατέφθινε. φαντὶ γὰρ ξύνʼ ἀλέγειν
 καὶ γάμον Θέτιος ἄνακτα. καὶ νεαρὰν ἔδειξαν σοφῶν

let her loosen the lovely bridle of her virginity for that hero.” So the goddess spoke, addressing the sons of Cronus, and they nodded assent with their immortal brows. The fruit of her words did not perish, for they say that Zeus shared the common concern even for the marriage of Thetis. And the voices of poets made known the youthful excellence of Achilles to those who had been unaware of it—Achilles, who

To sing the offspring of the Highest and of Kadmeän mothers am I come.

Scholia ad vv. 45–47 (3 entries)

ad v. 45

a. σὲ δ᾿ ἐς νᾶσον Οἰνοπίαν ἐνεγκὼν κοιμᾶτο: ἀπέστρεψε τὸν λόγον πρὸς τὴν Αἴγιναν· σὲ δὲ, ὦ Αἴγινα, φησίν, εἰς τὴν Οἰνοπίαν διακομίσας νῆσον συνεκοιμήθη, ἔνθα τὸν ἐνδοξότατον ἐγέννησας Αἰακὸν τῷ μεγαλοήχῳ Διῒ, συνετώτατον πάντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων. εὐφήμως οὖν εἶπε τὸ κοιμᾶτο, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (θ 296)· τὼ δ᾿ ἐς δέμνια βάντε κατέδραθον.

b. Οἰνοπίαν δὲ τὴν νῆσον ὠνόμασεν ἀπὸ Οἰνώνης τῆς Βουδίωνος.

c. ἄμεινον δὲ ἀπὸ Οἴνοπος ἥρωός τινος λέγεσθαι αὐτήν.

48–49

48 στόματʼ ἀπείροισιν ἀρετὰν Ἀχιλέος·

49 ὃ καὶ Μύσιον ἀμπελόεν

In Argive Nemea the prophet of the god overlooketh not the branch of palm, what time with the opening of the chamber of the Hours, the nectarous plants perceive the fragrant spring.

50 αἵμαξε Τηλέφου μέλανι ῥαίνων φόνῳ πεδίον, σ150

stained the vine-covered plain of Mysia, spattering it with the dark blood of Telephus,

Then, then are strown over the face of the eternal earth the lovely violet-tufts, then are roses twined in hair, then sound to the flute's accompaniment voices of song, then sound our choice hymns unto the honour of bright-filleted Semele ...

Scholia ad vv. 50–50 (1 entry)

ad v. 50

a. τοῦ μὲν ἀντίθεοι ἀρίστευον υἱέες: τούτου μὲν τοῦ Αἰακοῦ οἱ ἰσόθεοι παῖδες ἦσαν ἄριστοι, καὶ οἱ τῶν παίδων υἱοὶ ἐτύγχανον πολεμικώτατοι, καὶ ἀνδρεῖοι περιέπειν τὰς μάχας ἐγένοντο, καὶ σωφρονέστατοι καὶ συνετοὶ τὴν ψυχήν.

51–52

51 γεφύρωσέ τʼ Ἀτρεΐδαισι νόστον,

52 Ἑλέναν τʼ ἐλύσατο, Τρωΐας

and bridged a homecoming for the Atreids, and freed Helen, cutting with his spear the sinews of Troy, which had once tried to keep him from marshalling on the plain the work of man-slaying war—he cut down

53–54

53 ἶνας ἐκταμὼν δορί, ταί νιν ῥύοντό ποτε μάχας ἐναριμβρότου

54 ἔργον ἐν πεδίῳ κορύσσοντα, Μέμνονός τε βίαν

FRAGMENTS OF A PROCESSION-SONG ([Greek: prosodion]),

55–57

 ὑπέρθυμον Ἕκτορά τʼ ἄλλους τʼ ἀριστέας· οἷς δῶμα Φερσεφόνας μανύων Ἀχιλεύς, οὖρος Αἰακιδᾶν, Αἴγιναν σφετέραν τε ῥίζαν πρόφαινεν.
 τὸν μὲν οὐδὲ θανόντʼ ἀοιδαὶ ἔλιπον,
 ἀλλά οἱ παρά τε πυρὰν τάφον θʼ Ἑλικώνιαι παρθένοι σ2

the high-spirited strength of Memnon, and Hector, and other excellent heroes. Achilles, champion of the sons of Aeacus, showed them the way to the house of Persephone, and thus brought fame to Aegina and to his race. Even when he was dead songs did not forsake him; beside his pyre and tomb the Muses of Helicon stood, and poured over him the many-voiced dirge. It proved to be the will of the immortals

IN HONOUR OF DELOS.

Scholia ad vv. 55–57 (2 entries)

ad v. 57

a. ταῦτα καὶ μακάρων ἐμέμναντ᾿ ἀγοραί: ταῦτα, φησί, καὶ αἱ τῶν θεῶν σύνοδοι ἐμέμνηντο, ὅτε Ζεὺς περὶ τῆς Θέτιδος καὶ Ποσειδῶν ἐφιλονείκησαν, ἑκάτερος ἐπέραστον ἑαυτῷ γαμετὴν ποιῆσαι βουλόμενος.

b. ἄλλως. ταῦτα καὶ οἱ σύλλογοι τῶν θεῶν διέφερον. τείνει δὲ εἰς ἐκεῖνα· ὁ Ζεὺς βουλόμενος Θέτιδι πλησιάσαι ἐκωλύθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Προμηθέως· εἶτα Πηλεῖ ἔδοξεν αὐτὴν ἐγγυῆσαι. τεθρύλληται δὲ ἡ ἱστορία παρά τε συγγραφεῦσι καὶ ποιηταῖς, ἀκριβῶς δὲ κεῖται καὶ παρὰ Αἰσχύλῳ ἐν Προμηθεῖ Δεσμώτῃ. διαφωνεῖται δὲ τοῖς λοιποῖς καὶ ἰδιαζόντως ὁ Πίνδαρος καὶ Ποσειδῶνά φησιν ἀμφισβητῆσαι περὶ τοῦ γάμου· ἢ ζητητέον, τίνι κατηκολούθησεν ὁ Πίνδαρος.

58–59

58 στάν, ἐπὶ θρῆνόν τε πολύφαμον ἔχεαν.

59 ἔδοξʼ ἆρα τόδʼ ἀθανάτοις,

Hail! god-reared daughter of the sea, earth-shoot most dear to bright-haired Leto's children, wide earth's immoveable marvel, who of mortals art called Delos, but of the blessed gods in Olympus the dark earth's far-seen star... ... For of old time it drifted before the waves and stress of winds from every side; but when she of Koios set foot thereon, as the swift pains of her travailing drew nigh, then verily from roots deep down in earth there sprang upright four pillars with adamantine base, and on their capitals they held up the rock: there was the goddess delivered, and looked upon her blessed brood........

60 ἐσλόν γε φῶτα καὶ φθίμενον ὕμνοις θεᾶν διδόμεν.60

to make a noble man, even when dead, a theme for the hymns of goddesses;

FRAGMENT OF A SONG WITH ACCOMPANIMENT OF DANCE ([Greek: huporchaema]), WRITTEN ON OCCASION OF AN ECLIPSE OF THE SUN, PROBABLY THAT OF APRIL 30, B.C. 463.

61–62

61 τὸ καὶ νῦν φέρει λόγον, ἔσσυταί τε

62 Μοισαῖον ἅρμα Νικοκλέος

and even now this brings up a subject for words, and the Muses’ chariot rushes forward to shout praises in memory of Nicocles the boxer. Honor him, who won the garland of wild Dorian celery in the Isthmian valley; since

63–64

63 μνᾶμα πυγμάχου κελαδῆσαι. γεραίρετέ νιν, ὃς Ἴσθμιον ἂν νάπος

64 Δωρίων ἔλαχεν σελίνων· ἐπεὶ περικτίονας σ1

Wherefore, O Light of the Sun, thou that seest all things and givest bounds unto the sight of mine eyes--wherefore O star supreme hast thou in the daytime hidden thyself, and made useless unto men the wings of their strength and the paths that wisdom findeth, and hastest along a way of darkness to bring on us some strange thing?

Scholia ad vv. 63–64 (1 entry)

ad v. 64

a. ἔρως γὰρ ἔσχεν· ἀλλ᾿ οὔ σφιν: ἔρως γὰρ καὶ ἐπιθυμία, φησί, τῶν ἐκείνης γάμων ἀμφοτέρους κατεῖχεν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδαμῶς αἱ ἄφθαρτοι τῶν θεῶν φρένες συμπερασθῆναι τοὺς γάμους συνεχώρησαν, ἐπειδὴ τῶν μεμοιραμένων κατήκουσαν.

65–67

 ἐνίκασε δή ποτε καὶ κεῖνος ἄνδρας ἀφύκτῳ χερὶ κλονέων. τὸν μὲν οὐ κατελέγχει κριτοῦ γενεὰ πατραδελφεοῦ· ἁλίκων τῷ τις ἁβρὸν
 ἀμφὶ παγκρατίου Κλεάνδρῳ πλεκέτω
 μυρσίνας στέφανον, ἐπεί νιν Ἀλκαθόου τʼ ἀγὼν σὺν τύχᾳ σ1

he too was once victorious over all that lived around him, battering them with his inescapable hands. He is not dishonored by the offspring of his father’s distinguished brother. Therefore let another young man weave for Cleandros a garland of tender myrtle in honor of the pancratium, since the contest of Alcathous and the young men of Epidaurus welcomed him before in his success. A good man may praise him,

Now in the name of Zeus I pray unto thee, O holy Light, that by thy swift steeds thou turn this marvel in the sight of all men to be for the unimpaired good hap of Thebes. Yet if the sign which thou showest us be of some war, or destruction of harvest, or an exceeding storm of snow, or ruinous civil strife, or emptying of the sea upon the earth, or freezing of the soil, or summer rains pouring in vehement flood, or whether thou wilt drown the earth and make anew another race of men, then will I suffer it amid the common woe of all....

Scholia ad vv. 65–67 (1 entry)

ad v. 67

a. εἶπε δ᾿ εὔβουλος: εἶπε δὲ καὶ ἐχρησμῴδησεν ἡ εὔβουλος δικαιοσύνη τὸν ἐκ Θέτιδος γεννηθέντα κρείττονα τοῦ πατρὸς γενέσθαι. καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ διαφωνοῦσιν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ Αἰσχύλος Προμηθέα φησὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖν, οὗτος δὲ Θέμιν.

68–69

68 ἐν Ἐπιδαύρῳ τε νεότας δέκετο πρίν·

69 τὸν αἰνεῖν ἀγαθῷ παρέχει·

FRAGMENTS.

70 ἥβαν γὰρ οὐκ ἄπειρον ὑπὸ χειᾷ καλῶν δάμασεν. σ2770

for he did not restrain his youth, keeping it hidden in his pocket and ignorant of fine deeds.

Scholia ad vv. 70–70 (27 entries)

ad v. 70

a. Διῒ μισγομέναν ἢ Διὸς παρ᾿ ἀδελφεοῖσιν: ὑπερβατῶς ἔχει πρὸς τὸ ποντίαν θεόν· ἤτοι οὖν Διῒ μιγεῖσα βελτίονα παῖδα τοῦ πατρὸς τέξει, ἢ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς τοῦ Διὸς βελτίονα πάλιν τοῦ Διὸς παῖδα τέξει· πληθυντικῶς δὲ εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφῷ, τῷ Ποσειδῶνι· σύνηθες δὲ τὸ σχῆμα Πινδάρῳ (fr. 75, 11)· ὑπάτων μέν τε πατέρων γυναικῶν τε Καδμειᾶν, ἀντὶ τοῦ Διὸς καὶ Σεμέλης. [Drachmann ad v. 75]

a. ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν παύσατε: ἀποστρέψας τὸν λόγον ἐξήνεγκεν ὡς αὐτῆς τῆς Θέμιδος λεγούσης. ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν παύσατε καὶ ἐπίσχετε· λέγει δὲ τὰ τῆς πρὸς τὴν Θέτιν μίξεως· ἀνθρωπίνων δὲ γάμων τυχοῦσα τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῆς θεωρησάτω τεθνηκότα ἐν πολέμῳ, τὸν τῷ Ἄρει τὰς χεῖρας κατὰ τὴν μάχην ὅμοιον. [Drachmann ad v. 76]

a. τὸ μὲν ἐμὸν Πηλεῖ θεάμοιρον: τοῦτο ἰσοδυναμεῖ τῷ κατὰ μὲν ἐμὲ ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην, οἷον τὸ μὲν ἐμοὶ ἀρέσκον ἐστὶ τοῦτο. ἠθικῶς δὲ λέγει· ἐγὼ κελεύω | τῷ Πηλεῖ τὸ ὑπὸ θεῶν μεμοιραμένον τοῦ γάμου μέρος ὀπάσαι. [Drachmann ad v. 83]

a. ὅν τ᾿ εὐσεβέστατόν φασιν: ὅντινα τὸν Πηλέα λέγουσιν εὐσεβέστατον τὴν τῆς Ἰωλκοῦ τρέφειν γῆν. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Ἰωλκοῦ πόλεως Θετταλικῆς ὅλην βούλεται τὴν Θεσσαλίαν δηλοῦν· ταύτης γὰρ ὁ Πηλεὺς ἐβασίλευεν, ἡ δὲ Ἰωλκὸς οὐκ ἦν ὑπὸ τὸν Πηλέα. [Drachmann ad v. 85]

a. ἰόντων δ᾿ ἐς ἄφθιτον ἄντρον: Ἀττικῶς· πορευέσθωσαν· ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (Α 338)· τὼ δ᾿ αὐτὼ μάρτυροι ἔστων. πορευέσθωσαν δέ, φησίν, εἰς τὸ ἄφθιτον σπήλαιον τοῦ Χείρωνος αἱ περὶ τοῦ γάμου ἀγγελίαι, ἀντὶ τοῦ· τὸ δόξαν ἡμῖν νῦν φανερὸν γενέσθω τῷ Χείρωνι. [Drachmann ad v. 88]

a. νεικέων πέταλα δὶς ἐγγυαλιζέτω: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῶν φιλονεικιῶν τὰ φύλλα· τροπικώτερον δὲ τῶν φιλονεικιῶν τὰς στάσεις ἢ τὰ νείκη, ὡς Ἴβυκος (fr. 29) κλάδον Ἐνυαλίου καὶ Ὅμηρος (Β 540) ὄζον Ἄρηος. ποῖα δὲ νείκη δισσὰ ἡ Θέτις τοῖς θεοῖς παρασχεῖν ἔμελλεν; οὐ γὰρ προεγεγόνει νεῖκος ἐξ αὐτῆς, ὥστε τοῦτο δεύτερον τὸ ὑπὲρ τοῦ γάμου αὐτῆς εἰρημένον. ἤτοι οὖν τοῦτο λέγει· ἐπεὶ νεῖκος ὑμῖν ἕστηκε νῦν περὶ τοῦ γάμου τῆς Θέτιδος τῶν δύο διαφερομένων θεῶν, μὴ πρὸς ἓ ἕποντι καὶ ἕτερον κατασκευαζέτω· ἢ προγεγονέναι μέν φησι νεῖκος τὸ τῶν Τιτάνων, δεύτερον δὲ ἔσεθαι, εἰ ἐκ ταύτης γεννηθείη παῖς ἀθάνατος· ἢ ὅτι ἐφιλονείκησαν Ποσειδῶν τε καὶ Ζεὺς περὶ Αἰγίνης, ὅτε καὶ μεταβαλεῖν δοκεῖ τὴν νῆσον Ποσειδῶν, καθὰ ἄλλοι τέ φασι καὶ Πυθαίνετος προσαγόμενος Ὀρφέα. [Drachmann ad v. 92]

a. ἐν διχομηνίδεσσι δ᾿ ἑσπέραις: τουτέστιν ἐν ταῖς τῆς πανσελήνου νυξί· κατὰ ταύτας γὰρ ἐποίουν τοὺς γάμους. [Drachmann ad v. 93]

b. ἀντὶ τοῦ διαπαρθενευέτω δὲ ἐν τῇ πανσελήνῳ νυκτί. [Drachmann ad v. 93]

c. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐν δὲ ταῖς νυξὶ ταῖς καταλαμπομέναις τῇ σελήνῃ τὸν ἐπέραστον τῆς παρθενίας ὑπολύοι δεσμὸν τῷ ἥρωϊ Πηλεῖ. χαλινὸν δὲ παρθενίας σκληρότερον καὶ διθυραμβωδῶς αὐτὴν εἶπε, κατὰ περίφρασιν τὴν παρθενίαν βουλόμενος σημῆναι. παρασημήναιτο δὲ ἄν τις, διὰ τί πανσελήνοις ἐγάμουν. [Drachmann ad v. 93]

a. τοὶ δ᾿ ἐπὶ γλεφάροις νεῦσαν ἀθανάτοισιν: οἱ περὶ τὸν Δία, φησί, τοῖς βλεφάροις νεύσαντες τέλος τοῖς ῥηθεῖσιν ἐφήρμοσαν. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

b. ἢ τοῖς βλεφάροις ἐπένευσαν παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Α 528)· ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾿ | ὀφρύσι νεῦσε Κρονίων. ταπεινῶς δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν βλεφάρων ὅλον εἶπε τὸ πρόσωπον. [Drachmann ad v. 95]

a. ἐπέων δὲ καρπὸς οὐ κατέφθινε: τῶν δὲ λόγων ἡ ἀρχὴ οὐ κατεφθείρετο, φησίν. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ὁ δὲ καρπὸς τῶν ἐπῶν ὧν εἶπεν οὐκ ἀπέφθινεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐτελεσιουργήθη· ἐγαμήθη γὰρ ἡ Θέτις τῷ Πηλεῖ. [Drachmann ad v. 100]

a. καὶ νέαν ἔδειξαν σοφῶν στόμα: καὶ τὰ τῶν σοφῶν νέα στόματα, φησί, τοῖς ἀπείροις ἔδειξε τὴν τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως ἀρετήν· οὐ γὰρ μόνος Ὅμηρος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείους ἄλλοι νεώτεροι... [Drachmann ad v. 104]

b. ἢ οὕτως· ἀεὶ δὲ θάλλειν καὶ νεωτέραν εἶναι τοῖς ἀπείροις τὴν Ἀχιλλέως ἀρετὴν τὰ τῶν σοφῶν στόματα πεποίηκεν. [Drachmann ad v. 104]

a. ὃ καὶ Μύσιον ἀμπελόεν: ὅστις Ἀχιλλεὺς καὶ τὸ ἀμπελόφυλλον πεδίον τῆς Μυσίας τῷ φόνῳ καὶ τῇ ἀναιρέσει τοῦ Τηλέφου ᾕμαξε. πρὸς ἀμφότερα δὲ τοῦτό φησι, καὶ ὅτι ἡ Μυσία οἰνοφόρος, καὶ ὅτι κλήμασιν ἀμπέλων πεδηθέντα Τήλεφον τὸν Αὔγης καὶ Ἡρακλέους ἀνεῖλεν ὁ Ἀχιλλεύς. [Drachmann ad v. 109]

a. γεφύρωσέ τ᾿ Ἀτρεάδαισι νόστον: κατεβάλετό τε γέφυραν, φησί, τῆς ἀνακομιδῆς τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις ἀνελὼν τοὺς συνέχοντας καὶ ῥυομένους τὴν Τροίαν ἄνδρας· οὖτοι γάρ εἰσιν ἶνες καὶ οἷον νεῦρα καθάπερ σῶμα συνέχοντες· οὓς ἑξῆς καταλέγει. [Drachmann ad v. 111]

a. ταί μιν ῥύοντό ποτ᾿ ἐκ μάχας: αἵτινες. φησίν, ἶνες, τουτέστιν οἱ γενναιότατοι τῆς πόλεως ἐρρύοντο καὶ ἐκώλυον τὸν Ἀχιλλέα τῆς ἐναριμβρότου μάχης τὸ ἔργον κορύσσοντα, τουτέστι μάχην κατ᾿ αὐτῶν ποιοῦντα· ὁ γὰρ Ἀχιλλεὺς ἀνεῖλε καὶ τὴν Μέμνονος ἰσχὺν καὶ τὸν Ἕκτορα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀριστέας. [Drachmann ad v. 113]

a. οἷς δῶμα Περσεφόνας: οἷς τοῖς ἀριστεῦσι τῆς εἰς Ἅιδου καθόδου μηνυτὴς ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς ἐγένετο. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

b. ἢ οὕτως· οἷς σημαίνων τὸν Ἅιδην ἀντὶ τοῦ οὓς ἀναιρῶν. ἀναιρῶν γὰρ αὐτοὺς αἴτιος ὥσπερ τῆς εἰς Ἅιδου καθόδου αὐτοῖς ἐγίνετο, καὶ τὴν Αἴγιναν, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδα, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ῥίζαν, φησὶ δὲ τοὺς προγόνους, ἐνδόξους καθίστα. [Drachmann ad v. 119]

a. τὸν μὲν οὔτε θανόντ᾿ ἀοιδαὶ ἔλιπον: τὸν μὲν οὖν, τὸν Ἀχιλλέα, οὔτε θανόντα αἱ ἐπαινετικαὶ ᾠδαὶ κατέλιπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ παρά τε τὴν πυρκαιὰν καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸν τάφον αἱ Μοῦσαι ἔστησαν καὶ θρῆνον πολυθρύλλητον ἀνεβάλοντο. ταῦτα δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν δευτέραν νέκυιαν ἀναπέμπει (ω 60)· Μοῦσαι δ᾿ ἐννέα πᾶσαι ἀμειβόμεναι ὀπὶ καλῇ θρήνεον. [Drachmann ad v. 125]

a. ἔδοξ᾿ ἄρα καὶ ἀθανάτοις: ἔδοξεν ἄρα καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τεθνηκότα τοῖς τῶν Μουσῶν ὕμνοις διδόναι, τουτέστιν ἐγκωμίων αὐτὸν τυχεῖν. [Drachmann ad v. 130]

a. τὸ καὶ νῦν φέρει λόγον: τὸ ὑμνῆσαι γοῦν τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ τελευτήσαντα, φησί, φέρει λόγον. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

b. ἢ οὕτως· διὸ καὶ νῦν ἔχει λόγον ὑμνεῖν ἀποθανόντα αὐτὸν ὡς Ἀχιλλέα. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

c. ἢ καὶ οὕτως· διὸ καὶ νῦν ὁ λόγος ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὸ ἐγκώμιον τοῦ Νικοκλέους ἄγει, τοῦ γεγονότος θείου καὶ προγόνου τοῦ Κλεάνδρου. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

d. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· διὸ καὶ νῦν ὁ λόγος ἡμᾶς παρορμᾷ καὶ τὸ τῶν Μουσῶν ἅρμα τοῦ πυκτικωτάτου Νικοκλέους τὸ μνῆμα καὶ τὴν τῶν κατορθωμάτων ἀρετὴν ὑμνῆσαι καὶ τιμῆσαι αὐτόν. [Drachmann ad v. 133]

e. ὡς Ἴσθμια αὐτοῦ νενικηκότος τοῦ Νικοκλέους φησί· περὶ γὰρ αὐτοῦ ὁ λόγος. [Drachmann ad v. 133]